HomeMy WebLinkAboutContract 58683 Volume 2I
'
CONFORMED
fO_RTWOllTH
CONTRACT
CITY SECRETARY -r::::~(p ~ 3
CONTRACl NO. __;:V~...;,_--=----
FOR
THE CONSTRUCTION OF
Village Creek Water Reclamation Facility
Digester Mixing, Flares, and Dome Improvements Phase 1
Mattie Parker
Mayor
VOLUME 2of2
City Project No.102562
X-26887
Chris Harder P .E .
Director, Water Department
Lauren Prieur P .E .
David Cooke
City Manager
Interim Director, Transportation and Public Works Department
Prepared for
The City of Fort Worth
September 2022
Hazen and Sawyer
In association with
Gupta and Associates In c
JQ Infrastructure
CP&Yinc.
Vic Weir Consulting
Hazen GAi mtw.1
OFFICIAL RECORD
CHTY SECRETARY
FT. WORTH, TX
City of Fort Worth
Standard Construction Specification
Documents
Adopted September 2011
00 00 00
STANDARD CONSTRUC TI ON S PECIFI CATION DO CUMENTS
Pagel ofS
SECTION 00 00 00
TABLE OF CONTENTS
VOLUME 1
Division 00 -General Conditions Last Revised
00 05 10 Mayor and Council Communication 07 /01 /2011
00 05 15 Addenda 07 /01/2011
00 11 13 Invitation to Bidders 07 /19/2021
00 21 13 Instructions to Bidders 11 /02/2021
00 35 13 Conflict of Interest Statement 02/24/2020
00 41 00 Bid Form 09 /30/2021
00 41 01 Schedule of Suooliers
00 42 43 Proposal Form Unit Price 0 1/20/2012
00 43 13 Bid Bond 09/30/2021
00 43 37 Vendor Compliance to State Law Nonresident Bidder 09/30/2021
00 45 11 Bidders Prequalifications 08 /13/2021
00 45 12 Prequalification Statement 09/30/2021
00 45 13 Prequalification Aoolication 08 /13 /2021
00 45 26 Contractor Compliance with Workers' Compensation Law 07 /0 1/2011
00 45 40 Business Equity Goal 10/27/2021
00 52 43 Al!reement 11 /23/2021
00 6113 Performance Bond 07 /0 1/2021
00 6114 Payment Bond 07 /0 1/2011
00 61 19 Maintenance Bond 07 /0 1/2011
00 61 25 Certificate of Insurance 07 /0 1/2011
00 72 00 General Conditions 08 /23 /2021
00 73 00 Suoolementary Conditions 03 /09/2020
IVISIOn -o· .. 01 G enera IR eqmrements L R . d ast . ev1se
0111 00 Summarv of Work 12/20/2012
0114 00 Coordination with Owner's Onerations
012500 Substitution Procedures 07 /01 /2011
012900 Measurement and Pavment
01 31 19 Preconstruction Meeting 08/17/2012
01 31 20 Project Meetings 07/01/2011
01 32 13 Schedule of Values 08 /2017
01 32 16 Construction Progress Schedul e 08 /13 /2021
01 32 33 Preconstruction Video 07/01 /2011
01 32 35 Aerial-Photographic Do cumentation 08 /01/2017
0133 00 Submittals 12/20/2012
01 35 13 Soecial Project Procedures 03 /11 /2022
01 45 23 Testing and Insp ection Serv ic e s 07 /0 1/201 1
01 50 00 Temporary Facilities and Controls 07/01/2011
Ql §§ ~6 Sa:eet Yse PeFmit aRa Metii:fieatiees te +faffie Geea:el Q3,l~~,l~Q~l
01 57 13 Storm Water Pollution Prevention Plan 07 /01 /2011
01 58 13 Temporary Project SiQllage 07/01/2011
CITY OF FORT WORTH Villag e Creek WRF, Digester Mixing. Flare and Dome Improvem ents Phase I
ST AND ARD CONSTRUCTI ON SPECTFI CA TION DOCUMENTS Citv Proiect No. I 01651
Revised Marc h 11, 2022
00 00 00
STANDARD CONSTRUC TION SPECIFI C ATION DOCUM ENTS
Page 2 of8
01 60 00 Product Requirements 12/20/2012
01 66 00 Product Storage and Handling Requirements 07/01/2011
01 70 00 Mobilization and Remobilization 11/22/2016
01 71 23 Construction Staking and Survey 02/14/2018
01 74 23 Cleaning 07/01/2011
017500 Startin!! and Adiustin!!
017600 Asset Mana!!ement
017719 Closeout Requirements 03/22/2021
01 78 23 Operation and Maintenance Data 12/20/2012
01 78 39 Project Record Documents 07/01/2011
Technical Specifications which have been modified by the Engineer specifically for this
Project have been bolded and underlined; all hard copies are included in the Project's
Contract Documents
D" . . 02 E . ti C d"f IVISIOn -XIS DI! on I 10ns as ev1se L tR . d
02 4100 Demolition
02 41 13 Selective Site Demolition 03/11/2022
02 41 14 T r .:i: ... n -· -1 1 At.. ,.1_ . 12:/20/2012: -. .
02 41 15 Paving Removal 02 /02 /2 016
02 4116 Demolition and Removal of Existin!! Structures and Eauioment
02 50 00 Asbestos Remediation
02 5613 Di!!ester Cleanin!!
Division 03 -Concrete
031100 Concrete Formin!!
03 15 00 Concrete Accessories
03 20 00 Concrete Reinforcin!!
03 30 00 Cast-In-Place Concrete
03 34 13 Controlled Low Strength Material (CLSM) 12 /20/2012
03 34 16 Concrete Base Material for Trench Repair 12 /20/2012
03 60 00 Groutin!!
03 74 00 Modifications To Existin!! Concrete
03 80 00 l\s,f-.J'.C: "-··---"--~. ._ -r, -12:/2:0/2012: .. --•-•v •-------..., .... -v
03 93 00 Concrete Reoair and Rehabilitation
Division 04 -Masonry I 04 01 20 I Brick Masonry Repair
Division 05 -Metals
05 05 33 Anchor Svstems
05 12 00 Structural Steel Framin!!
05 50 13 Miscellaneous Metals Fabrications
05 53 16 Aluminum Gratin!! and Checkered Plates
C ITY OF FORT WORTH Village Creek WRF, Digester Mixing, Flare and Dome Improvements Phase I
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFI CA TYON DOCUMENTS City Proiect No. 102652
R ev ised March 11 , 2022
00 00 00
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS
Page 3 of8
Division 07 -Sealants
07 13 50 Wateroroofine
07 21 00 Buildin!! Insulation
07 2129 Di!!ester Dome Insulation
07 52 00 Built-Un Bituminous Roofine
07 60 00 Flashin!! and Sheet Metal
07 70 00 Roof Soecialties and Accessories
07 9100 Preformed Joint Seals
07 92 00 Joint Sealants
D" . . 08 0 IVISIOn -ioemnes
081116 Aluminum Doors and Frames
08 5113 Aluminum Windows and Frames
08 7100 Finish Hardware
08 80 00 Glass and Glazin!!
Oivh:ion 0() Fi .. :~J.,.,.,
09 65 00 Resilient Floorin!!
09 80 00 Concrete Protective Coatines-Comoosites
09 90 00 Paintin!!
09 96 60 Polvurethane MIC Coatinl!s
Division 23 -Heatin!!. Ventilatin!!. and Air Conditionin!! lHV AC)
23 00 00 Basic HV AC Reauirements
23 05 93 HV AC Testine. Adiustinl!. and Balancine
23 07 00 HV AC Insulation
23 09 01 RV AC Automatic Temoerature Controls
23 23 00 Refrieerant Pioine
23 3113 Metal Ducts and Duct Accessories
23 34 00 HVAC Fans
23 64 00 Packaeed Water Chillers
23 74 00 Packaeed HV AC Eauioment
VOLUME2
Division 26 -Electrical
26 00 00 Electrical -General Provisions
26 05 13 Medium Voltaee Cables
26 05 19 Low-Volta!!e Wires and Cables
26 05 26 Groundim! and Bondin!! Svstem
26 05 29 Electrical Suooort Hardware
26 05 33 Racewavs. Boxes. Enclosures and Fittines
26 05 36 Cable Trav
26 05 43 Undereround Svstem
26 05 50 NEMA Frame Induction Motors. 600 Volts and Below
CITY OF FORT WORTH Vi llage Creek WRF, Digester Mixing. Flare and Dom e Improvements Pha se I
ST AND ARD CONSTRUCT ION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS City Proiect No. I 01 651
Revised March I I , 2022
26 05 73
26 12 19
2613 22
26 22 13
26 24 16
26 2419
26 25 01
26 2713
26 27 26
26 28 16
26 29 23
26 29 86
26 29 87
26 36 23
26 4100
26 4119
26 43 13
26 50 00
00 00 00
STANDARD C ONSTRUC TION SPECIFICATION DOC UME NTS
Page 4 of8
Power Svstem Studv Ver.9
Pad Mounted Transformers
Medium Volta2e Sealed Deadfront Distribution Switch2ear
Distribution Drv-Tvne Transformers
Panelboards
Low Volta2e Motor Control Centers
Low Voltal!e Metal-Enclosed Feeder Bus Duct Ver.6
Power Meterinl! and Protective Relavs
Li2ht Switches and Recentacles
Low Volta1:;e Enclosed Circuit Breakers and Disconnect
Switches
Low Volta2e Variable Freauencv Drives
Mechanical Eauipment Control Panels (MECPs)
Electrical Contractor Provided Control Panels ffiCPs)
Low Volta!!e Enclosed Automatic Transfer Switches
Li2htnin2 Protection Svstem
Electrical Demolition
Low Voltal!e AC Sur!!e Protective Devices (SPDs)
Li2htin2 Svstem
Division 31 -Earthwork
310001 Earthwork
31 10 00 Site Clearing 03 /22 /2021
31 23 16 Unclassified Excavation 01 /28 /2013
31 23 23 Borrow 01 /28 /2013
312324 Flowable Fill
31 24 QQ emeaakmeats Ql,l28,l2QB
31 25 00 Erosion and Sediment Control 04 /29/2021
3 I 36 QQ Gaeieas I 2,l2Q ,l2Q I 2
31 3+ QQ n · -12,IW ,1Wl2
31 63 29 Drilled Concrete Piers
IVISIOn -xtenor o· . . 32 E I mprovements
32 01 17 Permanent Asphalt Paving Repair 12/20/2012
32 QI 18 'r A 1 _1 ... Tit. _n -·-l2,IW/2Ql2 . -· -·-· . ---·
32 01 29 Concrete Paving Repair 12/20/2012
32 11 00 Surface Restoration
32 11 23 Flexible Base Courses 12/20/2012
32 11 29 Lime Treated Base Courses 12/20/2012
32 11 33 Gemeet +Featea Base Get1Fses Q6,IIQ,IW22
32 11 3+ T • -• ,.J 'r. -• c,_•1 c, • :1· Q8,l21/Wl5 -· --
32 12 16 Asphalt Paving 12 /20/2012
32 12 +3 A n .L ,1+ T\_ .. ~ r, c, __ , __ "-_ 12/W,IW12 . ---
32 13 13 Concrete Paving 06/10/2022
32 13 20 Concrete Sidewalks, Driv eways and Barrier Free Ramps 12/09/202 1
32 13 73 Concrete Paving Joint Sealants 12/20/2012
32 14 16 T"'lt. • t Ty_'.'-n. -~-.._ 12,IW,IW12 -.. --
C ITY OF FORT WORTH Village Creek WRF. Digester Mixing. Flare and Dome Improvements Phase I
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS City Proiect No. 102652
R evised March I I , 2022
32 16 13
32 17 23
32 17 25
32 31 13
32 31 26
32 31 29
32 32 13
32 90 00
32 91 19
32 92 13
32 92 14
32 93 43
00 00 00
STANDARD CONSTRUC TION SP ECIFIC ATION DOCUMENT S
Page 5 of 8
Concrete Curb and Gutters and Valley Gutters 06/10/2022
n l\ .,_ 1 • --06/10/2022 . --· ··-·
,.-, ___ ,._ A ,J _1 n :_. 11/04 /2013 ___. ............... -
GhaiR l<eRees aRa Gates 12/20/2012
Wife l<eAees aRa Gates 12/20/2012
Weea PeRees aRa Gates 12/20,12012
,.-, __ ._ :_ Dl-,.., D '"~ll n 06,IOS /201 8 ... --
Final Grading and Landscaping
'T' :1 n1 __ .J r:_·_1...: __ rn 1 •• n·_t... r ···-"" 03,ll 1/2022 .& '-'r--. . --J-
C1 -.J 1 . 05,113 /2021 .... ,.,
11.T l\.T. ... -C1
r __
05,113 ,12021 . . -
+Fees aaa Shmes 12/20/2012
Division 33 -Utilities
33 01 30 C, __ ,l l\A" L -1-'T' -9,I07/2018 -· .
33 01 31 r,1 _n _.J r,• • 'T'nlno ,:n: rr,r,•r, T\ T " C1 03,111/2022 -··----·"' ---·---··-·· -·
33 01 32 r,1 ~ ,..,. • 'r-1--. fr,r,-r'\T\ T {' T"\. :_ 03 /11/2022 --· ... ..., ... ...,,.. ... --·
33 03 lO D ,n n ·--re . ·-{' -·· --C' •.•.• 12/20/2012 ~ . -· ....,_.,., _ _.._...., V
33 04 10 T . • D ,. -,J r,1 . _1 y __ 1 _.; 12/20,12012 ~-----··-..
33 04 11 GeHesieR Geetf0l +est Statieas 12/20/2012
33 04 12 ""-A--~ ,.-,n.t.._r ~ C'. --12,120/2012 . . --.. -
33 04 30 Temporary Water Services 07 /01 /2011
33 04 40 r'l ----,J A ·--'T' ~ -£''1'1 1 -•--lLK • 02 /06 /2013 --··-· ... _.., ... -· ·-
33 04 50
,.-,1 ___ : __ rn: 03 /11 /2022 .
33 05 10 Utility Trench Excavation, Embe dment, and Backfill 04 /02/2021
33 05 12 \Un T : __ T 12,120,12012 -,-,
33 05 13 T'. r'--n·· ,J r"!--,J D ·-·--12,109/2021 . ' --_ ....
33 05 14 Adjusting Manholes , Inlets , Valve Boxes , and Other Structures to 03 /1 1/2 022 Grade
33 05 I e GeReFete WateF ¥.mlts 12/20 /2012
33 05 17 GeeeFete GellaFs 03,IJ 1,12022
33 05 20 A •• r, ·--12/20/2012 . ___ ..... ,...,
33 05 21 +aReel biRef Plate 12,120,1 2012
33 05 22 C, 1 ,..,_ • -n : __ 12/20/2012 -. ·..--
33 05 23 TT. 1 'r. ,. -12/20,12012 . -. -·
33 05 24 T-,11 -. _,.-r, ·--n · =-r -. --'r. .1 T . D1 06/19,12013 --. -. ... --·. .
33 05 26 Utility Markers/Locators 12/20/2012
33 05 30 Location of Existing Utilities 12/20/2012
33 05 61 Utility Structures
33 11 05 Bolts, Nuts , and Gaskets 12/20/201 2
33 1110 n "1 -T n : 12,120/2012 --
33 11 11 n -•"l n T r-· 09/20,12017 ~ ·-. .
33 11 12 n _1 •.•. :_ •. 1 r,1...1 __ ;.J _ r n,r r,, n ,n _, __ n: l Ul6f2018 . -· ... . . -.. -.
33 11 13 r n n· D--U T ~ {' , r .. 1;_,1 __ -r. 12/20,12012 -·-_.._ ---. . r---, -·--'--" • 1
33 11 14 D _. .J C'•--1 n · -,J y:;: .. · -12,120,12012 --..
33 12 10 Watef Se~'iees l iReh te 2 iReh 02,114/2017
33 12 11 T U T. l\A" 12 /20/2012 ... -
CITY OF FORT WORT H Village Creek WRF, Digester Mixing. Flare and Dome Improvements Phase 1
STANDARD CON STRUC TION SPECIF ICA TION DOCUMENTS Citv Proiect No. 101651
R evised M arch 11, 2022
33 12 2Q
33 12 21
33 12 25
33 12 3Q
33 12 4Q
33 12 SQ
33 12 6Q
33 31 12
33 31 13
33 31 15
33 31 2Q
33 31 21
33 31 22
33 31 23
33 31 SQ
33 31 7Q
33 39 IQ
33 39 2Q
33 39 3Q
33 39 4Q
33 39 6Q
33 41 IQ
33 41 11
33 41 12
33 41 13
33 46 QQ
33 46 Ql
33 46 Q2
33 49 IQ
33 49 2Q
33 49 4Q
~· -""' -.
34 41 IQ
34 41 IQ .Ql
34 41 IQ.Q2
34 41 IQ .Q3
34 41 11
34 41 13
34 41 2Q
3 4 41 2Q .Ql
34 41 2Q .Q2
34 41 2Q .Q3
34 41 3Q
34 41 SQ
34 71 13
00 00 00
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DO CUMENTS
Page 6 of 8
R es ili ent Seated Gate l,lal¥e Q5 f Qaf2Ql5
A"l,;Tl."I T A T"I>. 1 --c, __ .. _.J T"I, ,, ''-1. --Q4/2 3f2Q l 9 . . --. -· -u
r,
·-T"'
',._; __ H T-..... _. Q2 f Qa f2Ql 3 ·--
r, 1 . ·-·: A :-'\T-1.-A -.Ll'--r n .Ll-H T " l2f2Q f2Ql2 ··-... -· -·-. -·--J ·-r,• T T ..1 ··-Ql,£Q3 /2Ql4 . .... ........ ,-_ ......
U I-" _, C'1 "-. ..__. ---12/2Q/2Q12 F -••U
" -_, -' nl r r,r_l ,_ A --.Ll. Qa /19/2 Ql3 ---·--· -. --·
r,. -' :_ n1 -n :--/r""Tnn, 12/2 Q/2 Q1 2 .... -..L ·r--• I
T,''.L ---n _· r n · __ "' r, : ... C C-12f2Q/Wl2 . • 'F -.. ....,...,..,.,...., ... ..,,
TT ' -L T"\ .. n _1. . , .1 -/T TT"\TIT:''\ ._ . r " " Q4 /23/2Ql9 . -·"'J .... ..., -··· -· . -. ·-----·
n -1--,:-•• 1 r""Ll --: ~ r n, rr,, r, ... : .. " "-n • El a/1 9/Wn ........ J ... . . ---.-.-........ -· ..
Pol yvinyl CAloride (PVC) Clo s ed Profile Grn;,riey Sanitary Se:wer 12/2Q/2Q12 P-if}e
C C C l:-T :_: __ 12/2Q /2Ql2 -----J -----~
C :. " n: r, l .. 12 /2Q /2Ql2 --...,_. ..L .. .., .... ...
C" -" C" . --r,_ ..1 " T • -g4 12a/2Q B --.-. ----.. _._.
r, 1 : __ • A:_ ,,_1.,_ 1' " " •--D ..... 12/2Q /2Ql2 . ... -- -----· -..... --
C as t tH Plaee Conerete Maaholes l2/2Q /2Ql2
Preeast Conerete Manholes 12f 2Q f2Ql2 .,., '---""--L -1 --12/2 Q/2 Ql2 . •u u
H I---A ·-r,i ' /U T A r,, l2f2Qf 2Ql2 --·-. -.
T:-1' C C C -·-Q4/2 9/2Q21 --·---· ---· -·· --
n-· r -'£"' C • " -n · /£"'. 1 Q7 fQ l /2 Ql l -· ---,LIL ,._,...,,.,._ .... ..L .I. ---· ..., ...... ..,
TT' n. n _L ,L •. I _ /TTn.nrn n · r " ...,. __ . 12f2Q/2Q l2 .. -"'J .... ..., -·· ·-. _.... .,,_, ..... -r ......, ---'-'-••-•
n_:_r ~ n 1. • .1 r c,nnr,\ n · l l/13 f2Ql 5 -· . -· -..
D -1• ,I -n : 1'. "· n :_ 4/Q2 /2Q2 1 ..L '-' .. r---r-..L -..--------...
" ------12 /2Q /2Q12 -
Slotted Storm 9rains Q7 /Ql f2Ql 1
+ren eh 9rains Q:;z /Ql /2Ql I
C as t ie Plaee Maaholes aa d Ameti oe :Qo ~res 12 f2Q f2Ql2
£"'-.I __ ,-1 T"'\ T I -• Q3fl 1/2 Q2 2 ___ .., -··-....... •u
C n. -T T ---"----' n r:_ I L Q+fQl f2Ql l -... .
...... ... , -· -· --r __ 1'_c-:_ ('' --1-Q3/ll f 2Q2 2 .. ·-
A tta ehmeat A C oatroUer C aaia et 12/18/2Ql 5
A D £"' .11 " . ,.. --·· Q2/2Ql 2 . . --. ...... ..., ... ·-· -.
A ,_ r, c,_ r, ··---r, --~.!":--'-=--Q lf2Ql2 . -...,..., ...... _ .... _ -~-
T -r __ ,.,.._ ('' 1-l l /2 2/2 Ql3 ---· . _.,.. ___ -·-·
n ·-· T -1'£". c · 1-Q3/l l f2Q 22 . .... ,.., ... ---...,,,._, ............
n _ .•. T ll -•· A --.LI '--12 /2Q /2 Ql 2 -J . ·--
A '-1 T D T"'\ n ~ T Qefl 5/2QI 5 . -· . -
r, T D T"'\ D -..1 •• -T --Qa/15/2Q l5 ~ -----
D --· a '-1 T D n. D ~ T Qa/15/2Ql 5 . ··-· . ---
A l .-· ,_ c : -~ 11 /12 /W B . -"'--1-..... _' .,., r\ r""-L l-g2 ,12af 2Q1 a ,,.., -. . --
+raffie C oatrol Q3,£22 f2Q 21
CITY OF FORT WORTH Village Creek WR F , Di gester Mixing, Flare and Dom e Improvem ents Ph ase I
ST AND ARD CONSTRUCTION SPECJFICA TION DOCUMENTS City Proiect N o. I 02652
R evised March 11, 2022
00 00 00
STAND AR D CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATI ON DOCUM ENTS
Page 7 of8
Division 40 -Process Interconnections
40 05 00 Basic Mechanical ReQuirements
40 05 07 Pipe Supports
40 05 19 Ductile Iron Pipe
40 05 24.13 Steel Pipe for Di2ester Gas Service
40 05 31 PVC/CPVC Pipe
40 05 33 Hi2h Density Polyethylene <HDPE) Pipe
40 05 41 Pipin2 Expansion Compensation
40 05 51 Valves, General
40 05 57 Valve Operators and Electric Valve Actuators
40 05 62 Plu2 Valves
40 05 63.00 Ball Valves
40 05 64.00 Butterfly Valves
40 05 65.23 Check Valves
40 05 68.13 PVC and CPVC Valves
40 05 68.23 Miscellaneous Valves
40 05 97 Pininl! and Eouinment Identification Svstems
40 06 20 Process Pipe. Valve. and Gate Schedules
40 06 70 Process Instruments Schedule
40 4113 Heat Tracin2 Systems
40 4213 Insulation
40 6100 Process Control Svstems General Provisions
40 61 21 Process Control System Testin2
40 6126 Process Control Systems Trainin2
40 6196 Control Loop Descriptions
40 62 63 Operator Interface Terminal
40 63 00 Pro2rammable Lo2ic Controller
40 67 00 Instrumentation Control Panels
40 68 60 Application Services
40 70 50 Instrumentation Support Hardware
40 71 00 Flow Instrumentation EQuipment
40 72 00 Level Instruments
40 73 00 Pressure Instruments
40 74 00 Temperature Instruments
40 75 00 Analytical Instruments
40 78 00 Panel Mounted Control Devices
40 95 15 lnput-Outnut List
Division 41 -Material Processin and Handlin ment
41 22 00 Portable Davit Crane
Division 43 -Process Gas and Li uid Handlin Purification ment
43 20 00 Pum s General
43 23 19 Horizontal Centrifu
C ITY OF FORT W O RTH Village Creek WRF, Digester Mixing. Flare and Dome Improvements Phase I
ST ANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECTF ICA TION D OCUMENT S City Proiect No. 102652
Revi sed March I I , 2022
00 00 00
STANDARD CONSTRUC TI ON SPECI.FICATION DOCUMENTS
Page 8 of8
IVISIOn -D" . . 46 W ater an dW E astewater ;qutpment
46 00 00
46 73 19
46 73 22
46 73 23
46 73 36
Appendix
GC-4.01
GC-4.02
GC-4.04
GC-4 .06
GC-6.06.D
GC-6.07
GC-6.09
GC-6.24
GR-016000
Eouinment General Provisions
DiPester Gas Saf etv Eauinment and Flares
HvdroPen Sulfide Removal Vessels
Refrfoerative DiPester Gas Drvers
Pumned Di!!ester MixinP Svstem
Availability of Lands: None
Subsurface and Physical Conditions
Geotechnical Investigation New Digester Mixing Flare and Dome Impro vements,
Dated September 19, 2022 by Alliance Geotechnical Group
Subsurface Utility Exploration by CPY, Dated November 16, 202 1
Subsurface Ut ility Exploration by Criado & Associates
Underground Facilities: None
Hazardous Environmental Condition at Site
Comprehensive Asbestos and lead Survey Dated August 31, 2022 by Industrial
Hygiene and Safety Technology, Inc.
Minority and Women Owned Bus iness Enterprise Compliance
MBE Good Faith Effort Form
MBE Joint Venture Form
MBE Prime Contractor Waiver Form
MBE Special In structions Form
MBE Subcontractor Supplier Util ization Form
Wage Rates
Wage Rate Table
Permits and Utilities: None
Nondiscrimination: None
Product Requirements
Standard Products List
END OF SECTION
CITY OF FORT WORTH Village Creek WRF, Digester Mixing, Flare and Dome Improvements Phase I
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECrFTCATION DOCUMENTS City Proiect No. 102652
Revised March I I , 2022
PART 1 -GENERAL
1.01 SCOPE OF WORK
SECTION 26 00 00
ELECTRICAL -GENERAL PROVISIONS
A. Furnish all labor, materials and equipment required to install , test and provide an
operational , electrical system as specified and as shown on the Drawings.
B . All equipment described herein shall be submitted and furnished as an integral part of
equipment specified elsewhere in these Specifications .
C. All electrical work provided under any Division of the Specifications shall fully comply
with the requirements of Division 26 .
D. The work shall include furnishing , installing and testing the equipment and materials
detailed in each Section of Division 26 .
E . The work shall include furnishing and install ing the following:
1. Provide a complete raceway system , wire and field connections for all motors ,
motor controllers, control devices , control panels and electrical equipment
furnished under other Divisions . Coordinate construction schedule and electrical
interface with the supplier of electrical equipment specified under other Divisions
as required by the Contract Documents .
2. Provide a complete raceway system, wiring and terminations for all field-mounted
instruments furnished and mounted under other Divisions , including process
instrumentation primary elements, transmitters , local indicators and control panels.
Lightning and surge protection equipment wiring at process instrumentation
transmitters . Install vendor furnished cables specified under other Divis ions as
required by the Contract Documents.
3. Provide a complete raceway system for the Data Cables and specialty cable
systems, including those furnished under other Divisions. Install the Data Cables
and other specialty cable systems, in accordance with the system manufacturers'
installation instructions . Review the raceway layout, prior to installation , with the
Process Control System supplier and the cable manufacturer to ensure raceway
compatibility with the systems and materials being furnished . Where redundant
cables are furnished , install the cables in separate raceways as required by the
Contract Documents .
4. Furnish and install precast electrical and instrumentation manholes , hand holes
and light pole foundations as required by the Contract Documents. Pole
CONFORMED , 12/0 1/2022
FWW VILLAGE CREEK WRF , DIGESTER MIXING , FL.ARE , DOME IMPROVEMENTS
CITY PROJECT NO . 102652
26 00 00-1 ELECTRICAL-GENERAL PROVIS IONS
foundations shall be designed and installed in accordance with the structural
D ivisions of these Specifications.
5 . Power monitoring for the Owner's facilities shall be performed by the Owner's
existing Ovation DCS system. Monitoring information from equipment specified in
the individual Sections of Division 26 , and as shown on the Drawings , shall be
interfaced to the monitoring system.
6 . Coordinate the sequence of demolition with the sequence of construction to
maintain plant operation in each area . Remove and demolish equipment and
materials in such a sequence that the existing and proposed plant will function
properly with no disruption of treatment.
7 . Make modifications to existing motor control centers , switchboards , panelboards
and motor controllers including installation of circuit breakers , etc., or
disconnection of circu its as required to provide the power supplies to new and
existing equipment to maintain the plant in operation.
8 . All bidders shall visit the site of the project, prior to submitting a bid, and satisfy
themselves as to any question that they might have , relating to existing equipment,
cond ition or construction.
9 . Provide standby generation to keep the Owner's process in service as requ ired by
the Contract Documents .
F. Provide all electrical relocation work associated with the relocation of equipment for the
existing and new facilities , including disconnecting all existing wiring and conduits and
providing new w iring and conduit to the relocated equipment as specified in Section 26
41 19.
G. Maintain the Owner's process operations during all construction including any required
electrical or control system outages. Prior to bidding , obtain all needed process
operational requirements and restrictions from the Owner's staff during the site visits to
determine the effect the operational restrictions may have on the construction schedule
and/or bid price . Verify any process related information which may be shown or
specified . If the obtained information conflicts with information in the Contract
Documents , notify the Engineer in writing prior to bidding . As a minimum , include in the
Contract Schedule and Bid Price the following items required to comply with operational
requirements :
1. Additional Time and/or Expense
2 . Additional Expense for after-hours work ,
3 . Add itional equipment, materials , and personnel.
4 . Standby generation with fuel.
CONFORMED , 12/01 /2022
FWW VI LLAGE CREEK WRF , DIGESTER MIXING , FLARE , DOME IMPROVEMENTS
CITY PROJECT NO. 102652
26 00 00-2 ELECTRICA L -GENERAL PROVISIONS
H . The Bid Price shall be in complete compliance with the Contract Documents. Any
exception shall be included in the bid with a detailed explanation that clearly indicates
the paragraph of this Specification and / or the item in the Drawings to which the
exception applies. The Contractor shall explain in detail the reasons for the exception.
The inclusion of an exception and its explanation as specified shall not constitute any
obligation on the part of the Engineer/ Owner to accept the Bid Price with the exception .
I. This Specification shall have precedence over any conflict in the bidder's submittals and
I or descriptive information and the Contract Documents unless an exception is made at
the time of bidding as specified herein , and the bid price is accepted with the bidder's
exception by the Engineer/ Owner.
J. Provide all tools , equipment, supplies, and shall perform all labor required to install the
equipment specified in the Contract Documents to install, test, and place into satisfactory
operation in the time specified for completion in the Contract Documents. Failure of any
of the participants in executing the requirements of this Contract to perform the work as
specified shall not constitute an acceptable reason for the Owner to grant any change in
the Contract Price or additions to the Contract Time .
K . The work includes demolition of existing electrical equipment, associated conductors
and raceways. Included is the removal of ductbanks and manholes . The Contractor
shall visit the site and verify the size of the ductbanks to be removed by inspection at the
manholes and other places where the conduits transition from concealed to exposed.
The Contractor shall include all labor and expense to remove the ductbanks, provide fill
dirt to replace the volume of ductbank removed and compact to 95%. The Contractor
shall reseed grass areas and repair streets or sidewalks disturbed by the removal of
ductbanks shown or specified to be removed .
1.02
Prior to submission of any Submittals required in this Division, field verify the
ratings (Voltage, HP, FLA, etc) and accessories (space heaters, temperature
switches, etc) of all existing equipment scheduled to be reconnected to new
electrical distribution or control equipment and notify Engineer of any
discrepancies with Contract drawings. Field verify all loads connected to existing
electrical distribution equipment scheduled for demolition and notify Engineer of
any existing loads that are not identified for reconnection to new distribution
equipment in Contract drawings. Submittals for any Division 26 Section will not be
accepted until this requirement is complete.
ELECTRICAL WORK REQUIRED IN OTHER DIVISIONS
A. No references are made to any other section which may contain work related to any
other section. The Contract Documents , which is defined to include both the Drawings
and the Specifications , shall be taken with every section related to every other section as
required to meet the requirements specified . The organization of the Contract
Documents into specification divisions and sections is for organization of the documents
themselves and does not relate to the division of suppliers or labor which the Contractor
may choose to employ in the execution of the Contract. Where references are made to
CONFORMED , 12/01 /2022
FWW VILLAGE CREEK WRF , DIGESTER MI X ING , FLARE , DOME IMPROVEMENTS
CITY PROJECT NO . 102652
26 00 00-3 ELECTRICAL -GENERAL PROVISIONS
other Sections and other Divisions of the Specifications , provide such information or
additional work as may be required in those references, and include such information or
work as may be specified. Examine all Sections of the Specifications and Drawings and
determine the power and wiring requirements and provide external wiring and raceways,
as required to provide a fully functioning power, control and process control systems. If
the equipment requires more conductors and/or wiring, due to different equipment being
supplied, provide the additional conductors, raceways and/or wiring, and include in the
Contract Price and Schedule.
B. Process Divisions
1. Examine all Process Equipment Specifications and Drawings, determining power
and wiring requirements . Provide external wiring and raceways, as required to
provide a fully functioning Process Control System . If the equipment requires more
conductors and/or wiring, due to different equipment being supplied, furnish the
additional conductors, raceways and/or wiring, with no change in Contract Price or
Schedule .
C . Mechanical Divisions
1. Examine all Mechanical Equipment Specifications and Drawings, determining
power and wiring requirements. Provide external wiring and raceways , as required
to provide fully functioning Mechanical Equipment Control Systems . If the
equipment requires more conductors and/or wiring, due to different equipment
being supplied , furnish the additional conductors, raceways and/or wiring with no
change in Contract Price or Schedule.
D. Electric Valve Operator Divisions
1. Examine all Electric Valve Operator Equipment Specifications and Drawings,
determining power and wiring requirements. Provide external wiring and raceways,
as required to provide a fully functioning Electric Valve Operator Control System. If
the equipment requires more conductors and/or wiring due to different equipment
being supplied, furnish the additional conductors, raceways and/or wiring with no
change in Contract Price or Schedule .
1.03 SUBMITT ALS
A. Submit Shop Drawings , in accordance with Division 1 requirements, for equipment,
materials and all other items furnished under each Section of Division 26 , except where
specifically stated otherwise. An individually packaged submittal shall be made for each
Section and shall contain all the information required by the Section. Partial submittals
will not be accepted and will be returned without review.
B. Submittals will not be accepted for Section 26 00 00 .
C . Each Section submittal shall be complete, contain all the items listed in the Specification
Section, and shall be clearly marked to indicate which items are applicable on each cut
FWW VILLAGE CREEK WRF , DIGESTER MIXING, FLARE , DOME IMPROVEMENTS
CITY PROJECT NO . 102652
CONFORMED , 12/01/2022 26 00 00-4 ELECTRICAL -GENERAL PROVISIONS
sheet page. The Submittal shall list any exceptions to the Specifications and Drawings ,
and the reason for such deviation . Shop drawings, not so checked and noted , w ill be
returned without review.
D. Check shop drawings for accuracy and contract requirements prior to submittal to the
Owner/Engineer. Errors and omissions on approved shop drawings shall not provide
relief from the responsibility of providing materials and workmanship required by the
Specifications and Drawings . Shop drawings shall be stamped with the date checked
and a statement indicating that the shop drawings conform to Specifications and
Drawings . Only one Specification Section may be made per transmittal.
E. Material shall not be ordered or shipped until the shop drawings have been approved.
No material shall be ordered , or shop work started if the related shop drawings are
marked "APPROVED AS NOTED CONFIRM", "APPROVED AS NOTED RESUBMIT",
"REVISE AND RESUBMIT", "REJECTED ", or "NOT APPROVED".
F. All approved shop drawings shall be maintained on site for the Owner's Inspector and for
the Owner's Engineer to verify at the time of delivery of equipment to the job site.
G. Up-to-date Record Drawings shall be promptly furnished when the equipment installation
is complete . Payment will be withheld until Record Drawings have been furnished and
approved .
H. All shop drawing subm ittals and all O&M submittals shall be submitted in hard copy
format and in electronic format using PDF files including a Table of Contents which is
indexed on DVDs. Electronic submittals are mandatory and those which are received
not indexed as specified will be returned without review . Hard copy submittals may not
be required if so stipulated in the Contract Documents. No change in Contract Amount
or Contract Time will be allowed for delays due to unacceptable submittals .
1.04 REFERENCE CODES AND STANDARDS
A. Electric equipment, materials and installation shall comply with the National Electrical
Code (NEC) and with the latest edition of the following codes and standards :
1. National Electrical Safety Code (NESC)
2. Occupational Safety and Health Administration (OSHA)
3. National Fire Protection Association (NFPA)
4 . National Electrical Manufacturers Association (NEMA)
5. American National Standards Institute (ANSI)
6. Insulated Cable Engineers Association (ICEA)
7. International Society of Automation (ISA)
CONFORMED , 12/0 1/2022
FWW VILLAGE CREEK WRF , DIGESTER MIXING , FLARE , DOME IMPROVEMENTS
CITY PROJECT NO. 102652
26 00 00-5 ELECTRICAL -GENERAL PROVISIONS
8. Underwriters Laboratories (UL)
9. Factory Mutual (FM)
10 . City of Fort Worth Electrical Code
B. Where reference is made to one of the above standards, the revision in effect at the time
of bid opening shall apply.
C. All material and equipment, for which a UL standard exists , shall bear a UL label. No
such material or equipment shall be brought onsite without the UL label affixed.
D . If the issue of priority is due to a conflict or discrepancy between the provisions of the
Contract Documents and any referenced standard, or code of any technical society,
organization or association, the provisions of the Contract Documents will take
precedence if they are more stringent. If there is any conflict or discrepancy between
standard specifications, or codes of any technical society, organization or association , or
between Laws and Regulations, the higher performance requirement shall be binding ,
unless otherwise directed by the Owner/Engineer.
E. In accordance with the intent of the Contract Documents, compliance with the priority
order specified shall not justify an increase in Contract Price or an extension in Contract
Time nor limit in any way, full compliance with all Laws and Regulations at all times,
1.05 HAZARDOUS AREAS
A. Equipment, materials and installation in areas designated as hazardous on the Drawings
shall comply with NEC Articles 500 , 501 , 502 and 503.
B . Equipment and materials installed in hazardous areas shall be UL listed for the
appropriate hazardous area classification.
1.06 CODES, INSPECTION AND FEES
A. Equipment, materials and installation shall comply with the requirements of the local
authority having jurisdiction.
B . Obtain all necessary permits and pay all fees required for permits and inspections.
1.07 SIZE OF EQUIPMENT
A. Investigate each space in the structure through which equipment must pass to reach its
final location . Coordinate shipping splits with the manufacturer to permit safe handling
and passage through restricted areas in the structure.
B . The equipment shall be kept upright at all times during storage and handling. When
equipment must be tilted for passage through restricted areas , brace the equipment to
ensure that the tilting does not impair the functional integrity of the equipment.
CONFORMED , 12/01/2022
FWW VILLAGE CREEK WRF , DIGESTER MIXING , FLARE , DOME IMPROVEMENTS
CITY PROJECT NO . 102652
26 00 00-6 ELECTRICAL -GENERAL PROVISIONS
1.08 RECORD DRAWINGS
A. As the work progresses, legibly record all field changes on a set of Project Contract
Drawings, hereinafter called the "Record Drawings". The Record Drawings and
Specifications shall be kept up to date throughout the project.
B. The Record Drawings shall be reviewed in a meeting with the Owner/Engineer monthly.
C . Record Drawings shall accurately show the installed condition of the following items:
1. One-line Diagram(s).
2 . Raceways and pull boxes.
3 . Conductor sizes and conduit fills.
4 . Panel Schedule(s).
5. Control Wiring Diagram(s).
6. Lighting Fixture Schedule(s).
7. Lighting fixture, receptacle and switch outlet locations.
8. Underground raceway and duct bank routing . The drawings shall include the
measured width and height of the ductbank and shall survey the elevation of the
top of the duct bank or record its depth of burial below grade at intervals not to
exceed 50 feet along the entire length . Changes in direction between termination
points shall be surveyed and recorded on the record drawings.
9. Planview, measured dimensions and locations of switchgear, distribution
transformers , substations, motor control centers and panelboards .
10. Modifications to controls systems or any piece of electrical equipment including
field-verified existing controls and all changes clearly identified.
11 . All protective device and electrical system monitoring device settings .
D. Submit a typical example of a schedule of control wiring raceways and wire numbers,
including the following information:
1. Circuit origin, destination and wire numbers.
2. Field wiring terminal strip names and numbers .
E. As an alternate, submit a typical example of point-to -point connection diagrams showing
the same information , may be submitted in place of the schedule of control wiring
raceways and wire numbers.
CONFORMED , 12/01/2022
FWW VILLAGE CREEK WRF , DIGESTER MIXING , FLARE , DOME IMPROVEMENTS
CITY PROJECT NO . 102652
26 00 00-7 ELECTRICAL -GENERAL PROVISIONS
F. Submit the record drawings and the schedule of control wiring raceways and wire
numbers (or the point-to-point connection diagram) to the Owner/Engineer.
G. Retainage will not be paid until the point-to-point connection diagrams have been
furnished to the Owner/Engineer.
1.09 EQUIPMENT INTERCONNECTIONS
A. Review shop drawings of equipment furnished under other related Divisions and prepare
coordinated wiring interconnection diagrams or wiring tables . Submit copies of wiring
diagrams or tables with Record Drawings.
B . Furnish and install all equipment interconnections.
1.10 MATERIALS AND EQUIPMENT
A. Materials and equipment shall be new , except where specifically identified on the
Drawings to be re-used.
B. Material or equipment from a manufacturer, not submitted and approved for this project
shall not be brought on site. Use of any such material or equipment, will be rejected , and
shall be removed and replaced , with the approved material and equipment, with no
change allowed in the Contract Price or Schedule.
C. Material and equipment shall be UL listed, where such listing exists.
D. All material , products, equipment and workmanship being furnished for the project shall
be replaced if it does not meet the requirements of Contract Documents even if installed ,
with no change in Contract Price or Schedule.
1.11 JOBSITE DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING
A. Prior to jobsite delivery, successfully complete all submittal requirements, and present to
the Owner/Engineer upon delivery of the equipment, an approved copy of all such
submittals. Delivery of incomplete constructed equipment, or equipment which failed any
factory tests, will be rejected and shall be removed and replaced with no change in
Contract Price or Schedule .
B. Equipment and materials shall be handled and stored in accordance with the
manufacturer's instructions, and as specified in the individual Specification Sections .
1.12 WARRANTIES
A. Manufacturer's warranties shall be provided as specified in each of the Specification
Sections .
CONFORMED , 12/01 /2022
FWW VILLAGE CREEK WRF , DIGESTER MIXING, FLARE , DOME IMPROVEMENTS
CITY PROJECT NO . 102652
26 00 00-8 ELECTRICAL -GENERAL PROVISIONS
1.13 EQUIPMENT IDENTIFICATION
A. Identify all equipment (disconnect switches, separately mounted motor starters, control
stations, etc.) furnished under Division 26 with the name of the equipment it serves .
Motor control centers, control panels, panelboards, switchboards , switchgear, junction or
terminal boxes, transfer switches , etc., shall have nameplate designations as shown on
the Drawings.
PART 2 -PRODUCTS (NOT USED)
PART 3 -EXECUTION
3.01 INTERPRETATION OF DRAWINGS
A. The Drawings do not show exact locations of conduit runs. Coordinate the conduit
installation with other trades and the actual supplied equipment.
B. Install each three-phase circuit in a separate conduit unless otherwise shown on the
Drawings.
C. Unless otherwise approved by the Owner/Engineer, conduit shown exposed shall be
installed exposed; conduit shown concealed shall be installed concealed. Submit a
Request for lnfom,ation for any conduit route which is not clearly identified as concealed
or exposed in the Contract Documents prior to its installation.
D. Circuits are shown as "home-runs" shall be field routed. The raceway system provided
shall include all necessary fittings, supports and boxes for a complete code-compliant
raceway installation. Field routed raceway shall avoid blocking access to equipment
either existing or spaces planned for future equipment and shall avoid blocking
personnel egress through doors or access hatches.
E. Verify the exact locations and mounting heights of lighting fixtures, switches and
receptacles prior to installation.
F. Except where dimensions are shown, the locations of equipment, fixtures, outlets and
similar devices shown on the Drawings are approximate only. Detem,ine exact locations
and obtain approval from the Owner/Engineer during construction. Obtain infom,ation
relevant to the placing of electrical work and in case of any interference with other work,
proceed as directed by the Owner/Engineer and furnish all labor and materials
necessary to complete the work in an approved manner.
G . Circuit layouts are not intended to show the number of fittings, or other installation
details. Furnish all labor and materials necessary to install and place in satisfactory
operation all power, lighting and other electrical systems shown.
CONFORMED , 12/01/2022
FWW VILLAGE CREEK WRF , DIGESTER MIXING, FLARE , DOME IMPROVEMENTS
CITY PROJECT NO . 102652
26 00 00-9 ELECTRICAL -GENERAL PROVISIONS
H. Redesign of electrical or mechanical work, which is required due to the use of a pre-
approved alternate item shall include the arrangement of equipment and/or layout other
than that which is specified or shown herein. All additional work and materials required
shall be provided with no change in the contract price or schedule. Redesign and
detailed plans shall be submitted to the Owner/Engineer for approval.
I. Raceways and conductors for lighting, switches, receptacles and other miscellaneous
low voltage power and signal systems as specified are not shown on the Drawings .
Raceways and conductors shall be provided as required for a complete and operating
system . Refer to riser diagrams for signal system wiring. Homeruns, as shown on the
Drawings, identify raceways to be run exposed and raceways to be run concealed.
Raceways installed exposed shall be near the ceiling or along walls of the areas through
which they pass and shall be routed to avoid conflicts with HVAC ducts, cranes hoists,
monorails, equipment hatches, doors, windows, etc. Raceways installed concealed shall
be run in the center of concrete floor slabs , above suspended ceilings, or in partitions as
required.
J. Provide all conduit and conductors or data highway cables to RTU and/or PLC
termination cabinets , where designated on the Drawings or otherwise required by the
Specifications, the manufacture of the equipment, or submitted and approved systems .
The conduit and conductors or data highway cables as shown on the interface drawings
may not necessarily be shown on the floor plan .
K. Install conductors carrying low voltage signals (typically twisted shielded pair cables) in
raceways totally separate from all other raceways containing power or 120-Volt control
conductors . Do not combine conductors carrying low voltage signals in wireways without
barriers or NEC code-compliant separation for their entire length in the wire way, and/or
provide separate wireways to provide separation of the conductors. Low voltage signal
conductors routed through manholes or hand holes shall be bundled and separated from
other conductors.
L. Raceways and conductors for thermostats controlling HVAC unit heaters, exhaust fans
and similar equipment are not shown on the Drawings. Provide raceways and
conductors between the thermostats, the HVAC equipment and the motor starters for a
complete and operating system. All raceways and power conductors shall be in
accordance with Division 26. Raceways shall be installed concealed in all finished space
and may be installed concealed or exposed in process spaces . Refer to the HVAC
drawings for the locations of the thermostats and controls.
M. Raceways and conductors for the fire alarm, sound and page party systems are not
shown on the Drawings. Provide raceways and conductors as required by the system
manufacturer for a complete and operating system . All raceways and power conductors
shall be in accordance with Division 26. Raceways shall be installed concealed in all
finished spaces and may be installed exposed or concealed in process spaces.
CONFORMED, 12/01/2022
FWW VILLAGE CREEK WRF , DIGESTER MIXING , FLARE , DOME IMPROVEMENTS
CITY PROJECT NO . 102652
26 00 00-10 ELECTRICAL -GENERAL PROVISIONS
3.02 EQUIPMENT PADS AND SUPPORTS
A. Electrical equipment pads and supports, of concrete or steel including structural
reinforcing and lighting pole foundations, are shown on the Structural Drawings.
B . Electrical equipment or raceways shall not be attached to or supported from , sheet metal
walls.
C . Electrical equipment pads shall be provided for all free-standing equipment. Dimensions
shall be 3-inches high . With 3-inch extension from front of equipment for equipment
mounted against the wall and 3-inch extension on front and rear sections when
equipment is rear accessible.
3.03 SLEEVES AND FORMS FOR OPENINGS
A. Provide and place all sleeves for conduits penetrating floors, walls, partitions , etc. Locate
all necessary slots for electrical work and form before concrete is poured .
B. Unless measurements are shown on the drawings, the locations for stubbing up and
terminating concealed conduits which are shown on the drawings are approximate .
Exact locations are required for stubbing-up and terminating concealed conduit. Obtain
shop drawings and templates from equipment vendors or other subcontractors and
locate the concealed conduit before the floor slab is poured.
C . Where setting drawings are not available in time to avoid delay in scheduled floor slab
pours, the Owner/Engineer may allow the installations of such conduit to be exposed .
Requests for this deviation must be submitted in writing. No change in Contract Price or
Schedule for such change will be allowed.
D . Seal all openings , sleeves, penetration and slots as specified in Section 26 05 33.
3.04 CUTTING AND PATCHING
A. Coordinate with Divisions 2 and 3 for cutting and patching .
B. Core drill holes in concrete floors and walls as required. Obtain written permission from
the Owner/Engineer before core drilling any holes larger than two inches .
C . Schedule the installation of work to provide the minimum amount of cutting and patching.
D. Cutting or drilling holes for the installation of raceway through joists, beams, girders ,
columns or any other structural members is strictly prohibited . If a structural member is
cut or drilled, restore the structural member to its previous condition in complete
accordance with the instructions of the Structural Engineer, with no change in contract
price or schedule regardless of the extent of the repairs required to restore the member
to its previous condition .
E. Cut opening only large enough to allow easy installation of the conduit.
CONFORMED . 12/01/2022
FWW VILLAGE CREEK WRF , DIGESTER MIXING , FLARE , DOME IMPROVEMENTS
CITY PROJECT NO. 102652
26 00 00-11 ELECTRICAL-GENERAL PROVISIONS
F. Patching shall be of the same kind and quality of material as was removed.
G. The completed patching work shall restore the surface to its original appearance or
better.
H. Patching of waterproofed surfaces shall render the area of the patching completely
waterproofed.
I. Remove rubble and excess patching materials from the premises .
J. Existing conduits are cut at the floor line of wall line, they shall be filled with grout of
suitable patching material approved by the Structural Engineer.
3.05 INSTALLATION
A . Any work not installed according to the Drawings and this Section shall be subject to
change as directed by the Owner/Engineer. No change in Contract Price or Schedule
will be allowed for making these changes.
B . All dimensions shall be field verified at the job site and coordinated with the work of all
other trades.
C. Electrical equipment shall always be protected against mechanical or water damage.
Electrical equipment shall not be stored outdoors . Electrical equipment shall be stored
in dry permanent shelters as required by each Specification Section. Do not install
electrical equipment in its permanent location until structures are weather-tight. If any
apparatus has been subject to possible injury by water, it shall be thoroughly dried out
and tested as directed by the Owner/Engineer or shall be replaced with no change in
Contract Price or Schedule, at the Owner/Engineer's discretion.
D. Equipment that has been damaged shall be replaced or repaired by the equipment
manufacturer, at the Owner/Engineer's discretion .
E. Repaint any damage to the factory applied paint finish using touch-up paint furnished by
the equipment manufacturer. If the metallic portion of the panel or section is damaged,
the entire panel or section shall be replaced , at no additional cost to the Owner.
F. NEMA 3R, 4 or 4X enclosures shall not have raceways entering from the top if the
enclosure is installed in a damp or wet area. Should raceways be installed entering the
top, the enclosure shall be replaced and raceways re-routed to enter the side or bottom.
Conductors , if installed, shall be removed and replaced. Correction of raceways
entering the top and conductor replacement shall be provided with no change in
Contract Price or Schedule.
G. Conduits exiting tray in airconditioned indoor electrical rooms will enter the top of
electrical enclosures . The location of these conduits shall be coordinated with the HVAC
duct vents such that cold air will not blow on the conduits causing condensation which
will enter the electrical enclosures. After installation, inspect the conduits while the
CONFORMED , 12/01 /2022
FWW VILLAGE CREEK WRF , DIGESTER MIXING , FLARE , DOME IMPROVEMENTS
CITY PROJECT NO . 102652
26 00 00-12 ELECTRICAL -GENERAL PROVISIONS
HVAC system is running to insure no condensation is forming and entering any electrical
enclosure. Re-direct the air flow if possible or re-route the conduits to avoid
condensation. Conductors in re-routed conduits shall be replaced, re-terminated.
retested and the operation of the equipment retested with no change in the Contract
Price or Schedule.
3.06 PHASE BALANCING
A. The Drawings do not attempt to balance the electrical loads across the phases. Circuits
on motor control centers and panelboards shall be field connected to result in evenly
balanced loads across all phases.
B. Field balancing of circuits shall not alter the conductor color coding requirements as
specified in Section 26 05 19.
3.07 MANUFACTURER'S SERVICE
A. Provide manufacturer's services for testing and start-up of the equipment as listed in
each individual Specification Section. All settings, including those settings and arc flash
labels required by the Power System Study, shall be made to the equipment and
approved by the Owner/Engineer prior to energizing of the equipment.
B. Testing and startup shall not be combined with training . Testing and start-up time shall
not be used for manufacturer's warranty repairs.
3.08 TESTS AND SETTINGS
A. Test systems and equipment furnished under Division 26 and repair or replace all
defective work. Make adjustments to the systems as specified and/or required.
B. All tests required by the individual specification Sections shall be completed prior to
energizing electrical equipment. Submit a sample test form or procedure. and submit the
required test reports and data to the Owner/Engineer for approval at least two weeks
prior to the startup of the tested equipment. Include names of all test personnel and
initial each test.
C. Check motor nameplates for correct phase and voltage . Check bearings for proper
lubrication.
D. Check wire and cable terminations for tightness .
E . Check rotation of motors prior to energization. Disconnect driven equipment if damage
could occur due to wrong rotation . If the motor rotates in the wrong direction, the
rotation shall be immediately corrected , or tagged and locked out until rotation is
corrected.
CONFORMED , 12/01/2022
FWW VILLAGE CREEK WRF , DIGESTER MIXING , FLARE , DOME IMPROVEMENTS
CITY PROJECT NO . 102652
26 00 00-13 ELECTRICAL -GENERAL PROVISIONS
F. Verify all temiinations at transfomiers, equipment, capacitor connections, panels, and
enclosures by producing a 1 2 3 rotation on a phase sequenced motor when connected
to "A", "B" and "C" phases.
G . Provide mechanical inspection, testing and setting of circuit breakers, disconnect
switches, motor starters, control equipment, etc. for proper operation.
H. Check interlocking, control and instrument wiring for each system and/or part of a
system to prove that the system will function properly as indicated by schematic and
wiring diagrams.
I. Check the ampere rating of thermal overloads for motors and submit a typed record to
the Owner/Engineer of same , including MCC cubicle location and load designation,
motor service factor, horsepower, full load current and starting code letter. If
inconsistencies are found , new thermal elements shall be supplied and installed.
J. Verify motor power factor capacitor ratings.
K. Testing shall be scheduled and coordinated with the Owner/Engineer at least two weeks
in advance . Provide qualified test personnel, instruments and test equipment.
L. Refer to the individual equipment sections for additional specific testing requirements.
M. Make adjustments to the systems and instruct the Owner's personnel in the proper
operation of the systems.
3.09 TRAINING
A. Provide manufacturer's training as specified in each individual section of the
Specifications.
CONFORMED , 12/01/2022
END OF SECTION
FWW VILLAGE CREEK WRF , DIGESTER MIXING , FLARE , DOME IMPROVEMENTS
CITY PROJECT NO . 102652
26 00 00-14 ELECTRICAL-GENERAL PROVISIONS
PART 1 -GENERAL
1.01 SCOPE OF WORK
SECTION 26 05 13
MEDIUM VOLTAGE CABLES
A. Furnish, install and test the medium voltage cables and accessories as shown on the
Drawings and as specified herein .
B. This Section shall apply to all temporary and permanent feeders used on the project.
1.02 RELATED WORK
A. No references are made to any other section which may contain work related to any
other section . The Contract Documents shall be taken as a whole with every section
related to every other section as required to meet the requirements specified. The
organization of the Contract Documents into specification divisions and sections is for
organization of the documents themselves and does not relate to the division of
suppliers or labor which the Contractor may choose to employ in the execution of the
Contract. Where references are made to other Sections and other Divisions of the
Specifications, the Contractor shall provide such information or additional work as may
be required in those references, and include such information or work as may be
specified.
B. Other Divisions
1. The Contractor shall be responsible for examining all Sections of the
Specifications and Drawings, and shall determine the power and wiring
requirements and shall provide external wiring and raceways, as required to
provide a fully functioning power, control and process control systems. If the
equipment requires more conductors and/or wiring, due to different equipment
being supplied, the Contractor shall furnish the additional conductors, raceways
and/or wiring, with no change in the Contract Price, and with no increase in
Contract Time.
1.03 SUBMITT ALS
A. Shop Drawings
1. Submit catalog data of all wire and cable and accessories specified under this
Section with all selections , options and exceptions clearly indicated . The date of
manufacture for each reel of cable shall be submitted . Cable manufactured 12
months or more prior to the date of this Contract will not be acceptable. All cut
sheets shall be clearly marked to indicate which products are being submitted for
CONFORMED , 12 /01 /2022
FWW VILLAGE CREEK WRF , DIGESTER MIXING, FLARE , DOME IMPROVEMENTS
CITY PROJECT NO . 102652
26 0513-1 MEDIUM VOLTAGE CABLES
use on this project. Unmarked cut sheets will be cause to reject the submittal and
return it for revision.
2 . The wire and cable lugs submittal shall include the type of crimping tool required
for use on each size and type of lug , including instructions for use of the tool.
3. Submit layouts to confirm the routing of conductors and all termination points , as
shown on the Drawings , including pulling lengths, pulling directions, and any
requested splice points. Submit pulling lengths, pulling directions , calculated
pulling tensions and any requested splice points.
4. Submit the manufacturer's field services engineering cable pulling tension
calculations for each pull calculated in each direction to the Engineer/Owner.
Copies shall be available in the field for reference prior to each pull being done.
B . Certified Tests
1. Submit certified test reports of manufacturer's standard production testing and
inspection as specified .
2 . Submit independent testing firm reports as specified .
C. Cable Splicing and Termination Certifications
1. Submit a training certification for each electrician who will do cable splicing and
termination, showing that the electrician has received cable splicing training , within
the last five years , by one of the specified cable splice manufacturers listed herein .
As an alternate , the Contractor may submit evidence that the electrician has
successfully completed , with in the last five years , a National Joint Apprenticeship
Committee (NJATC) course on cable splicing .
D. Operation and Maintenance Manua ls
1. Submit Operation and Maintenance Manuals containing installation and
maintenance instructions for splice and termination kits .
E. Letter of Compl iance with manufacturer's installation standards .
1.04 REFERENCE STANDARDS
A. Medium voltage cables shall meet or exceed the specifications and requirements of the
latest Insulated Cable Engineers Association (ICEA) and the Association of Edison
Illuminating Companies (AEIC) publications , except as modified by this Section .
B . Ethylene-propylene rubber (EPR) insulated cable shall meet or exceed ICEA S-93-639
(NEMA WC-74).
CONFORMED , 12 /0 1/2 022
FVVW VILLAGE CREEK WRF , DIGESTER MI X ING , FLARE , DOME IMPROVEMENTS
CITY PROJECT NO . 102652
26 05 13-2 MEDIUM VOLTAGE CABLES
C . Cables shall comply with Underwriters Laboratories (UL) Standard 1072, IEEE 383 and
1202 , #1 /0 AWG and larger.
D. Field testing and commissioning shall be done in accordance with the cable
manufacturer's recommendations , unless otherwise modified by th is Section.
E. NFPA 70 -National Electrical Code (NEC)
F. Where reference is made to one of the above standards , the revision in effect at the time
of bid opening shall apply .
1.05 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. The general construction of the cable and the insulation material used shall be similar to
that used for cable of the same size and rating in continuous production for at least five
years and successfully operating in the field in substantial quantities .
B . Upon request, the manufactu rer shall submit a copy of his Quality Assurance Manual
detailing the quality control and quality assurance measures in place at his facility.
C . The manufacture r shall have available for audit detailed descriptions of the method by
which his various manufacturing processes and production test are recorded , thus
enabling the "traceability" of the completed cable. All steps in the manufacturing
process , from receipt of raw material to the final tests , are to be included. Where
multiple records are used , the method for cross-referencing shall be noted.
D. Cable shall be UL listed as Type MV-105 , and for cable tray use.
E. Cable with a manufacture date of greater than 12 months previous will not be
acceptable.
1.06 JOBSITE DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING
A. Prior to jobsite delivery, the Contractor shall have successfully completed all submittal
requirements , and present to the Owner/Engineer upon delivery of the equipment, an
approved copy of all such submittals. Delivery of incomplete constructed equipment, or
equipment which failed any factory tests , will not be permitted .,
B. Reels not completely restrained , with interlocking flanges or broken flanges , damaged
reel covering or any other indication of damaged , will be rejected.
C . Unload reels using a sling and spreader bar. Roll reels in the direction of the arrows
shown on the reel and on surfaces free of obstructions that could damage the cable .
D. Store cable on a solid , well drained location . Cover cable reels with plastic sheeting or
tarpaulin . Do not lay reels flat.
CONFORM E D, 12/01 /2022
FWW VI LLAGE CREEK WRF , DIGESTER MIXING , FLARE , DOME IMPROVEMENTS
CITY PROJECT NO . 102652
26 0513-3 MEDIUM VOLTAGE CABLES
E. Seal cable ends with heat shrinkable end caps. Do not remove end caps until cables
are ready to be terminated .
1.07 WARRANTY
A. The Contractor shall warrant the cable against failures of cables from product failure or
installation damage for a period of tv.•o years from date of projeot asseptanse 2 years
from the date defined in Section 00 72 00 GENERAL CONDITIONS and Section 00
73 00 SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS TO GENERAL CONDITIONS, and shall
remove and replace the cables at his own expense during the two-year warranty period.
Any warranty work requiring shipping or transporting of the equipment shall be
performed by the Contractor at no expense to the Owner. The Contractor shall also
furnish a manufacturer's extended written warranty for a period of five years from the
end of the original two-year warranty , covering product replacement due to product
failure.
PART 2 -PRODUCTS
2.01 GENERAL
A. The manufacturer's name, the voltage class, type of insulation, thickness of insulation,
conductor size, UL listing and date of manufacture shall be printed on the jacket.
B. Cables shall be suitable for use in partially submerged wet locations, in non-metallic or
metallic conduits, underground duct systems and direct buried installation.
C. Cables shall be furnished in reel lengths, each long enough to reach from connection
point to connection point without splice , utilizing the manufacturer's published maximum
reel length capability for each type and size to be used on this Project. If any length
capability is insufficient to provide without splice, the Shop Drawing submittal shall
clearly describe the insufficiency, and explain the location required for such a splice.
Such exception must be described in detail, and approved by the Owner/Engineer
before the cable is ordered. Installation of such splices without such approval, will
require removal of such cable and replacement with another manufacturer's cable
meeting the requirements of the location , all at no expense to the Owner/Engineer.
D. Cables shall be able to operate continuously at 105°C conductor temperature, with an
emergency rating of 140°C and a short circuit rating of 250°C. Emergency overloads
shall be possible for periods of up to 100 hours . Five 100-hour emergency overload
operations within the life time of the cable shall be possible.
E. Medium voltage cable shall be shielded unless specifically shown otherwise on the
Drawings.
F. Acceptable manufacturers:
CONFORMED , 12/01 /2022
FWW VILLAGE CREEK WRF , DIGESTER MIXING , FLARE , DOME IMPROVEMENTS
CITY PROJECT NO . 102652
26 05 13-4 MEDIUM VOLTAGE CABLES
1. Okonite Company, Inc.
2 . General Cable
3. Southwire
4. Kerite
G. The listing of specific manufacturers above does not imply acceptance of their products
that do not meet the specified ratings , features and functions . Manufacturers listed
above are not relieved from meeting these specifications in their entirety.
2.02 CABLE RATINGS AND TYPE
A. 5 kV Cable
1. Cable type: Single conductor.
2. Insulation level : 5 kV-133% / 8 kV. -100%.
3. Multiconductor cable shall meet construction requirements as specified in 2.03
below plus include a copper ground wire and overall flame-retardant PVC cover.
B . 15 kV Cable
1. Cable type : Single conductor.
2 . Insulation level : 15 kV -133%
3. Multiconductor cable shall meet construction requirements as specified in 2.03
below plus include a copper ground wire and overall flame-retardant PVC cover.
2.03 CABLE CONSTRUCTION
A . Medium voltage cables shall be UL Listed MV-105 in accordance with UL 1072, UL CT
Cable Tray Listed , meet UL vertical and horizontal flame tests , IEEE 383 and UL 70 ,000
BTU/HR Ribbon Burner Flame Test, IEEE 1202 flame test, ICEA T-29-520 210 ,000
BTU/HR Ribbon Burner Flame Test and shall have the following physical characteristics
in accordance with ICEA, AEIC and UL standards:
1. Conductor: Annealed uncoated copper, Class B concentric stranded per ASTM B-
8 .
2. Strand Screen : Extruded semiconducting EPR strand screen meeting or
exceeding the electrical and physical requirements of ICEA S-93-639/NEMA
WC74 & S-97-682 and AEIC S8 and UL 1072.
CONFORMED , 12 /01 /2022
FWW VILLAGE CREEK WRF , DIGESTER MIXING , FLARE , DOME IMPROVEMENTS
CITY PROJECT NO . 102652
26 0513-5 MEDIUM VOLTAGE CABLES
3. Insulation: Ethylene propylene rubber (EPR) 133% insulation level for the voltage
required or specified meeting or exceeding the electrical and physical
requirements of ICEA S-93-639/NEMA WC74 & S-97-682 and AEIC S8 and UL
1072. Cross linked polyethylene (XLPE), tree-retardant cross linked polyethylene
(TRXLPE) or insulations other than EPR are not acceptable. The insulation
thickness shall be as follows:
a. 5 kV -0.115 inches
b. 15 kV -0,220 inches
4. Insulation Screen : Extruded semiconducting EPR insulation screen, 6 mils thick,
applied directly over the insulation meeting or exceeding the electrical and physical
requirements of ICEA S-93-639/NEMA WC74 & S-97-682 and AEIC S8 and UL
1072. Overlaying with an extruded insulation shield of thermoset semi-conducting
polymeric layer, free stripping . XLPE or TR-XLPE are not acceptable
5 . Metallic Shield: 5 mils annealed copper tape helically applied with a minimum
overlap of 25%. round wire or flat ribbon wire shields longitudinally or helically
applied or corrugated copper tapes are not acceptable.
6 . Jacket: Moisture abrasion and flame resistant [polyvinyl chloride (PVC)
Chlorosulphonated Polyethylene (CSPE). Meets or exceeds electrical and physical
requirements of ICEA S93-639\NEMA WC74, AEIC S8 and UL 1072 for polyvinyl
chloride jackets. UL Listed as MV-105 and sunlight resistant per UL 1072.
2.04 CABLE ACCESSORIES
A . General
1. Cable termination and splicing material shall be as manufactured by Raychem; 3M
Corp .; Elastimold or equal. All material used in terminating and splicing medium
voltage cables shall be as recommended by the cable manufacturer. Cables shall
be terminated and spliced in accordance with the kit supplier's drawings.
2. Cable terminations shall meet or exceed IEEE Standard 48, Class I requirements .
3 . EP insulated cable splices shall meet or exceed the requirements of ANSI C119 .1
and IEEE 404 .
4 . Cable accessories shall be by one manufacturer to assure adequate installer
training and application assistance .
5 . The manufacturer shall be able to document a minimum of five years successful
field experience as well as demonstrating technical life assessment as requested .
The manufacturer shall establish and document a Quality Assurance Program
implementing suitable procedures and controls for all activities affecting quality.
CONFORMED , 12/01 /2022
FWW VILLAGE CREEK WRF , DIGESTER MIXING , FLARE , DOME IMPROVEMENTS
CITY PROJECT NO . 102652
26 05 13-6 MEDIUM VOLTAGE CABLES
The program shall provide documentation that verifies the quality of production
joint kits and traceability back to inspection records, raw material and the original
designs and design proof tested joints .
B. Indoor/Outdoor Cable Termination (5 to 35 kV)
1. Single conductor shielded cable terminations for indoor or applications shall be
cold-applied , pre-stretched body with molded skirts, solder-blocked ground braid
and solderless ground clamp .
2 . Termination shall have a current rating equal to , or greater than the cable
ampacity.
3. Termination shall accommodate any form of cable shielding or construction without
the need for special adapters .
4 . Acceptable products :
a . 3M Corp. 7600 Series
b. Raychem TFT-XXXE-SG W/Sheds Series.
c. Approved Equal.
C . Medium Voltage Cable Splice
1. Single conductor shielded cable terminations for indoor, outdoor and buried
applications shall be 15/25kV Class deadbreak separable splices to splice two ,
three or four cables or to deadend a single cable . They shall be fully shielded,
submersible and shall meet the requirements of IEEE Std 386-2006 standard-
Separable Insulates Connector Systems . The splices shall be rated for 600A or
900A and shall be suitable for the repair or extension of underground feeders .
Installed either direct buried or in a vault , 600A separable splices can be used on
all 15 and 25 kV Class power distribution systems . They shall be made of high
quality peroxide , cured EPDM rubber to provide excellent electrical , thermal and
mechanical reliability . All shall have 5/8 inch-11 UNC 2A copper threads that meet
IEEE Std 286-2006 standard requirements for 600A separable connections. The
capacitive test point on the insulating plug provides a means of testing the circuit
without disturb ing the bolted connections. Separable splices and deadbends shall
be designed for use on solid dielectric cable (XLPE or EPR) with extruded
semiconductive shields and concentric neutral , with or without a jacket. Installation
on jacketed concentric neutral cable may require additional sealing material. Cold
shrinkable adapters shall be provided for tape shield, linear corrugated and drain
wire cable adaptation for use with separable splices.
CONFORMED , 12 /01 /2022
FWW VILLAGE CREEK WRF , DIGESTER MIXING , FLARE , DOME IMPROVEMENTS
CITY PROJECT NO . 102652
26 05 13-7 MEDIUM VOLTAGE CABLES
2. Splice all shielded cables rated 35,000 volts or less with conductor sizes ranging
from #4 AWG to 1,000 kcmil in accordance with the instructions provided with the
splice .
3. Shielded cable splices shall be capable of normal continuous operations at the
rated voltage and current on the cable it is to be used on (35 kV maximum). The
splice kit shall contain all of the necessary materials required to make the splices .
A comprehensive step-by-step instruction sheet shall be included with each kit.
4. Acceptable products:
a. 3M Corp. QSIII.
b. Raychem CAS-XXM-X Series
c . Approved equal
D. Heat Shrinkable Bus Connection Kits
1. Bus kits shall be capable of insulating bus bars two inches to six inches wide and
for connection of one to four cables. Kits shall electrically insulate and
environmentally seal the connection and be easily re-enterable .
2 . Cable-to-bus bar connection kits shall be rated up to 35 kV class and tested in
accordance with ANSI C37 .20c , Section 5.2.1.4 Test for Bus Bar Insulation and
Section 5.2.9 Flame-Retardant Test for Applied Insulation.
3. Manufacturers
a. Raychem Corp., Type BBIT
b . Approved equal
E. Lugs and Connectors
1. Copper lugs and connectors shall be long barrel type, crimped with standard
industry tooling , and made electrically and mechanically secure. The lugs and
connectors shall have a current carrying capacity equal to the conductors for which
they are rated and meet UL 486 requirements for 75°C. Lugs larger than #8 AWG
shall be long barrel two-hole lugs with NEMA spacing. The lugs and connectors
shall be rated for operation through 35 kV. The lugs shall be of closed end
construction to exclude moisture migration into the cable conductor.
F. Electrical Grounding Braid
1. Conducting metal braid shall be tinned copper, woven from 240 strands of
#30 AWG copper wires and be capable of carrying fault current comparable to that
of #6 AWG copper wire , 3M Corp., Scotchbrand 25 or equal.
CONFORMED , 12 /01 /2022
FWW VILLAGE CREEK WRF , DIGESTER MIXING , FLARE , DOME IMPROVEMENTS
CITY PROJECT NO . 102652
26 05 13-8 MEDIUM VOLTAGE CABLES
G. Separable Connectors
1. Connectors shall be constructed from peroxide-cured EDPM Rubber and shall
have a tin plated copper probe. Connectors shall have a jacket seal to prevent
moisture ingress similar or equal to the jacket seal provided by Cooper Industries
"Posi-Break" elbow system. Connectors shall meet or exceed the following
standards : IEEE 386 Standard for Separable Connectors , IEEE 404 Standard for
Cable Joints and Splices , IEEE 48 Standards for Cable Terminations, IEEE 592
Standard for Exposed Semiconducting Shields , ANSI C119.4 Standard for Copper
and Aluminum Conductors , AEIC CS8 and ICEA S-94-469 and S-92-684 Latest
Standards for Cables Rated 5,000 -46,000 Volts.
2 . Ratings
Parameter 15 kV
Class
BIL 95 kV
AC withstand voltage (one 34 kV minute)
DC withstand voltage (10 53 kV minutes)
3 . Operational temperature ratings : -40°C to 65°C .
4 . Manufacturers
a . Cooper Power Systems
b . Thomas and Betts
c. Elastimold
d . Raychem
e . 3M
5 . 200 Amp Load Break Elbow Connector -Provide fully insulated shielded load
break separable connector with stainless steel reinforced pulling eye , capacitive
voltage test port and grounding tabs . Elbows shall be capable of ten full 200
ampere load break operations at 70% -80% power factor . The connector shall
withstand one fault close operation at 10 kA for 10 cycles (0 .17 seconds) 1.3 max
asymmetrical. The connector shall withstand continuous 200 Amperes and
momentary 10 kA for 10 cycles . Temperature range for load break hot stick
operations are from -20°C to 65 °C at altitudes less than 6000 feet.
CONFORMED , 12 /0 1/2022
FWW VILLAGE CREEK WRF , DIGESTER MIXING , FLARE , DOME IMPROVEMENTS
CITY PROJECT NO . 102652
26 05 13-9 MEDIUM VOLTAGE CABLES
6. 600 Amp Separable (non-load break) Elbow Connectors -Provide fully insulated
separable connectors with stainless steel reinforced pulling eye , capacitive voltage
test port and grounding tab. Elbows shall be capable of continuously carrying 600
amperes. Connectors shall withstand 25 kA momentary for 10 seconds, and shall
have the same operational temperature and altitude ratings of the 200 ampere
load break elbow connectors specified herein.
7 . Elbow Surge Arrestors -Provide elbow surge arrestors where elbows connect to
dead front transformers or pad mounted switchgear. Arrestors shall be distribution
class metal oxide varistor type which meets or exceeds IEEE C62.11 for MOVE
arrestors.
H. Cable Fault Indicators -Provide cable fault indications at all manholes and termination
points.
1. Manufacturers
a . Cooper STAR current reset faulted circuit indicator
b . Thomas and Betts AccuTrip
c. SEL AR-URD Underground Auto Ranger
I. Cable Marking Systems
1. A 7-mil , flame retardant, cold and weather-resistant vinyl plastic electrical tape
shall be used for phase identification, 3M Corp.; Scotch 35 Tape or equal.
2. Cable tags shall be heat stamped nylon secured by polypropylene cable ties,
Thomas & Betts No. TC228-9 or equal.
2.05 PULLING COMPOUNDS
A. Pulling compound shall be nontoxic, nonflammable, noncombustible and noncorrosive.
The material shall be UL listed and compatible with the cable insulation and jacket.
B . Manufacturers
1. Ideal Company
2 . Polywater, Inc.
3. Cable Grip Co .
CONFORMED , 12 /01 /2022
FWW VILLAGE CREEK WRF , DIGESTER MIXING , FLARE , DOME IMPROVEMENTS
CITY PROJECT NO. 102652
26 05 13-10 MEDIUM VOLTAGE CABLES
2.06 SHOP TESTING
A. Perform manufacturers' standard production testing and inspection in accordance with
Section 9 of the referenced ICEA st andards. The manufacturer shall submit certified
proof of compliance with ICEA design and test standards.
B. Provide certified test reports indicating that the cable has passed the following tests:
1. Partial Corona Discharge Test in accordance with ICEA S-93-639 Section 9.8.2.
2. Vertical tray flame test in accordance with IEEE 1202.
PART 3 -EXECUTION
3.01 GENERAL
A. Determine the cutting lengths, reel arrangements and total lengths of cable required and
shall furnish this data to the cable manufacturer as soon as possible to assure on-time
delivery of cable.
B. The Contractor shall employ the services of the field engineering services available from
the cable manufacturer for installation, termination and splicing training. The Contractor
shall obtain pulling tension calculations for all pulls as specified below.
C. The Contractor shall provide a Certificate of Training issued within the last two years.
3.02 INSTALLATION
A. Cable Installation
1. Except for hand-pulled conductors into raceways, all wire and cable installation
shall be installed directly from the manufacturer's reel, with tension-monitoring
equipment. Where conductors are found to have been installed without tension-
monitoring, the conductors and cables shall be immediately removed from the
raceways, permanently identified as rejected material, and removed from the
jobsite. New conductors and cables shall be installed, tagged and raceways
resealed, all at no increase in Contract Price or Contract Time.
2. When temperature is below S0°F, cable reels shall be stored at 70°F for at least 24
hours before installation.
3. Do not exceed manufacturer's recommendations for maximum pulling tensions
and minimum bending radii. The Contractor shall furnish such information to the
Owner/Engineer, and the information shall be available at the project site.
4. Where the cable pulling direction is selectable, pull cables from the direction that
requires the least tension, and fewer bends in the last 25% of pull.
CONFORMED, 12/01/2022
FWW VILLAGE CREEK WRF , DIGESTER MIXING , FLARE , DOME IMPROVEMENTS
CITY PROJECT NO . 102652
26 05 13-11 MEDIUM VOLTAGE CABLES
5. Feed cables into raceway with zero tension and without cable crossover at
raceway entrance .
6. The Contractor shall use only approves means of pulling the cable. Cable shall not
be pulled using a vehicle or crane .
7 . The Contractor shall provide the services of the cable manufacturer to be present
during the installation of all sections of the cable. The manufacturer shall provide a
report to the Owner at the conclusion of the installation, that to his knowledge, he
observed no procedures that were contrary to the recommended installation
procedures recommended by the manufacturer.
8. The Contractor shall provide pulling tension calculations for every pull regardless
of length. The cable manufacturer's field services engineering shall provide the all
pulling tensions for each pull . The calculations shall be done from both directions
to determine the least amount of tension required . All pulling tension calculations
shall be submitted to the Engineer prior to installation and copies of the
calculations shall be available in the field for reference during each pull.
B. Splicing and Terminating
1. Cables shall be installed with no splices unless approved by the Engineer/Owner
on a case-by-case basis. Proposed splice locations shall be submitted to the
Owner/Engineer for approval prior to the start of installation . Cables installed fully
or partially which require splices without approval will be rejected and shall be
removed and replaced without a change in Contract Price or Time .
2 . The work area shall be kept warm, dry and ventilated during splicing and
terminating of the cables.
3. Splicing (if previously approved) and terminating shall be performed by electricians
having formal training and a minimum of five years' field experience in this type of
splicing work with 5 kV and 15 kV cable , as specified herein.
4. Prepare cables in accordance with splice or termination kit manufacturers
installation details .
5. Maintain shield continuity around splices . Bond cable shields at each terminal or
splice location .
6. Install a neoprene tape wrap around each splice and bonding jumper to provide a
watertight environmental seal.
7 . Insulate and seal each cable-to-bus termination with heat shrinkable bus
connector kits .
CONFORMED , 12 /01 /2022
FWW VILLAGE CREEK WRF , DIGESTER MIXING , FLARE , DOME IMPROVEMENTS
CITY PROJECT NO . 102652
26 0513-12 MEDIUM VOLTAGE CABLES
8. The Contractor shall provide the services of the manufacturer to inspect the
splicing and provide a letter to document his findings. Any deficiencies shall be
corrected by the Contractor to the satisfaction of the manufacturer.
9. Cables shall not be bent sharper than the minimum bending radius allowed by the
cable manufacturer. Care shall be taken during installation and training the cables
to termination points such that the cables are not bent less than the minimum
allowed radius at any time for any reason . Straightening a cable bent too sharply
is not an acceptable solution. Cables bent with a bending radius less than
permitted at any time are rejected and shall be removed and replaced immediately
with no increase in Contract Price or Contract Time allowed .
10. Pulling wheels used in a cable pull where a change in the direction of the cable
pull is required (such as the entry or exit point or through a man hole) shall have a
diameter twice the minimum bending radius of the cable . Minimum bending radius
of cables shall be at least 12 times the outside diameter of the cable or larger if
required by the manufacturer. For example, a one-inch diameter cable shall have
a minimum bending radius of 12 inches. Pulling wheels for this example shall be
24-inches in diameter, minimum.
C. Electric Arc and Fire Proofing
1. In manholes , cable trays and exposed locations, wrap medium voltage cables with
one half-lapped layer of Scotch Brand 77 Electric Arc and Fireproofing Tape .
Tape shall be secured with a two-layer band of Scotch Brand 69 Glass Electrical
Tape over the last wrap .
D. Marking and Identification
1. Plastic nameplates shall be installed in each manhole, pull box and at splice and
terminating points. These nameplates shall show the phase and feeder
designations and the date when the cable was installed or splice or termination
was made. The feeder designation shall be as indicated on the Drawings .
Nameplates shall be tied to each cable with self-locking nylon tie.
3.03 FIELD TESTING
A. Notify the Owner/Engineer at least two weeks prior to scheduling any testing . All testing
raw data shall be recorded by hand on paper even if the testing technician is using an
electronic means to record the data. All raw data shall be submitted to the Engineer/
Owner for their records. No testing will be allowed without either the Engineer's or
Owner's representative / inspector being present during all testing procedures. The
witness will sign the raw data forms on which he/ she has witnessed being filled in. Any
testing done which is not witnessed and the raw data documentation signed by the
witness will not be accepted and shall be re-done with the witness present. No increase
in Contract Price nor Contract Time will be allowed for retesting.
CONFORMED , 12 /01 /2022
FWW VILLAGE CREEK WRF , DIGESTER MIXING , FLARE , DOME IMPROVEMENTS
CITY PROJECT NO . 102652
26 05 13-13 MEDIUM VOLTAGE CABLES
B . Equipment testing and inspection for all new cables shall be performed in accordance
with the manufacturer's recommendations on a generic form, and shall include the
following :
1. Visual and mechanical inspection.
2. Shield continuity test.
3. Insulation resistance test.
4. Partial Discharge Test
C . Equipment testing and inspection for existing cables shall be performed in accordance
with the manufacturer's recommendations, and shall include the following :
1. Visual and mechanical inspection.
2 . Shield continuity test.
3. Insulation resistance test.
D. When new cables are shown on the drawings or approved by the Engineer to be spliced
into existing cables, Tests 1, 2 and 3 above shall be performed . After test results are
approved and the splice is completed , an insulation resistance test and a shield
continuity test shall be performed on the length of new and existing cable including the
splice.
E. Submit certified copies of the test results and leakage plots to the Owner/Engineer in
accordance with Division 1 within five days of completion the of the tests.
F. Immediately notify the Owner/Engineer and do not energize the cables if any of the
following conditions occur:
1. Cable damage .
2 . Improper installation or grounding .
3 . Shield discontinuity or high resistance .
4. Dielectric absorption ratio and polarization index below 1.5.
5 . Abnormal plot of leakage current versus voltage.
G . Defective or Damaged Cables
1. The Owner/Engineer shall make sole determination of the acceptability of the
cables based on the submitted test reports. Do not energize cables until the test
reports have been reviewed and approved by the Owner/Engineer.
CONFORMED , 12 /01 /2022
FWW VILLAGE CREEK WRF , DIGESTER MIXING , FLARE , DOME IMPROVEMENTS
CITY PROJECT NO. 102652
26 05 13-1 4 MEDIUM VOLTAGE CABLES
2. If, in the opinion of the Owner/Engineer, the cables, terminations or splices are
determined to be damaged or defective , provide the following remedial actions at
no additional cost to the Owner:
a. Remove splices and terminations as directed by the Engineer and
completely re-test the cables to determine whether the cables are damaged
or defective .
b. Remove and replace damaged or defective cables as directed by the
Owner/Engineer.
c . Remake terminations and splices with new kits.
d. Completely re-test cable, splices and terminations as previously tested
above .
CONFORMED , 12/01 /2022
END OF SECTION
FWW VILLAGE CREEK WRF , DIGESTER MIXING , FLARE , DOME IMPROVEMENTS
CITY PROJECT NO . 102652
26 05 13-15 MEDIUM VOLT AGE CABLES
CONFORMED , 12/01 /2022
THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK
FWW VILLAGE CREEK WRF , DIGESTER MIXING , FLARE , DOME IMPROVEMENTS
CITY PROJECT NO. 102652
26 05 13-16 MEDIUM VOLTAGE CABLES
PART 1 -GENERAL
1.01 SCOPE OF WORK
SECTION 26 05 19
LOW-VOLTAGE WIRES AND CABLES
A. Furnish, install and test all wire , cable and appurtenances as shown on the Drawings
and as specified herein .
1.02 RELATED WORK
A. No references are made to any other section wh ich may contain work related to any
other section . The Contract Documents shall be taken as a whole with every section
related to every other section as required to meet the requirements specified. The
organization of the Contract Documents into specification divisions and sections is for
organization of the documents themselves and does not relate to the division of
suppliers or labor which the Contractor may choose to employ in the execution of the
Contract. Where references are made to other Sections and other Divisions of the
Specifications , the Contractor shall provide such information or add itional work as may
be required in those references , and include such information or work as may be
specified .
B . Other Divisions
1. The Contractor shall be responsible for exam ining all Sections of the
Specifications and Drawings , and shall determine the power and wiring
requirements and shall provide external w iring and raceways , as requ ired to
provide a fully functioning power, control and process control systems . If the
equipment requires more conductors and/or wiring , due to different equipment
being supplied , the Contractor shall furnish the additional conductors , raceways
and/or wiring , with no change in the Contract Price , and with no increase in
Contract Time.
1.03 SUBMITT ALS
A. Shop Drawings
1. Submit catalog data of all wire and cable , connectors and accessories , specified
under this Section with all selections , options and exceptions clearly indicated. All
cut sheets shall be clearly marked to indicate which products are being submitted
for use on this project. Unmarked cut sheets will be cause to reject the submittal
and return it for revision .
B. Certified Tests
CONFORMED , 12/01 /2022
FWW VILLAGE CREEK WRF , DIGESTER MIX ING , FLARE , DOME IMPROVEMENTS
CITY PROJECT NO . 102652
26 05 19-1 LOW-V OLTAGE WIRES AND CABLES
1. Submit a test report of all installed wire insulation tests.
C. Operation and Maintenance Manuals
1. Submit Operation and Maintenance Manuals containing installation and
maintenance instructions for splice and termination kits .
1.04 REFERENCE CODES AND STANDARDS
A. The equipment in this specification shall be designed and manufactured according to
latest revision of the following standards (unless otherwise noted):
1. NFPA 70 -National Electrical Code (NEC)
2. NEMA WC-5 -Thermoplastic-Insulated Wire and Cable for the Transmission and
Distribution of Electrical Energy
3. ANSI/TINEIA 606A -Standard for telecommunications Infrastructure
1.05 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. The general construction of the wire, cables and the insulation material used shall be
similar to that used for cable of the same size and rating in continuous production for at
least 15 years and successfully operating in the field in substantial quantities .
B . Wire and cable with a manufacture date of greater than 12 months previous will not be
acceptable.
C. Wire and cable shall be in new condition , with the manufacturer's packaging intact,
stored indoors since manufacture , and shall not have been subjected to the weather.
Date of manufacture shall be clearly visible on each reel.
D. The manufacturer of these materials shall have produced similar electrical materials for
a minimum period of five years. When requested by the Owner/Engineer, an acceptable
list of installations with similar equipment shall be provided demonstrating compliance
with this requirement.
1.06 JOBSITE DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING
A. Prior to jobsite delivery , complete all submittal requirements, and present to the
Owner/Engineer prior to delivery of the equipment, an approved copy of all such
submittals. Delivery of incomplete constructed equipment, or equipment which failed any
factory tests, will not be permitted .,
B. Check for reels not completely restrained , reels with interlocking flanges or broken
flanges, damaged reel covering or any other indication of damage. Do not drop reels
from any height.
CONFORMED , 12/0 1/2022
FWW VILLAGE CREEK WRF , DIGESTER MIXING , FLARE , DOME IMPROVEMENTS
CITY PROJECT NO . 102652
26 05 19-2 LOW-VOLTAGE WIRES AND CABLES
C . Unload reels using a sling and spreader bar. Roll reels in the direction of the arrows
shown on the reel and on surfaces free of obstructions that could damage the wire and
cable.
D. Store cable on a solid , well drained location. Cover cable reels with plastic sheeting or
tarpaulin. Do not lay reels flat.
1.07 WARRANTY
A. Provide warranties, including the manufacturer's warranty, for the equipment specified
and the proper installation thereof, to be free from defects in material and workmanship
/\ for two years from date of final acceptance 2 years from the date defined in Section
0 00 72 00 GENERAL CONDITIONS and Section 00 73 00 SUPPLEMENTARY
CONDITIONS TO GENERAL CONDITIONS of the equipment and its installation. Within
such period of warranty, all material and labor necessary to return the equipment to new
operating condition shall be provided. Any warranty work requiring shipping or
transporting of the equipment shall be provided at no expense to the Owner.
PART 2 -PRODUCTS
2.01 GENERAL
A. Wires and cables shall be annealed, 98% conductivity, soft drawn , tinned copper.
B. All conductors shall be Class B stranded.
C . Except for control, signal and instrumentation circuits, wire smaller than #12 AWG shall
not be used .
2.02 POWER & BUILDING WIRE
A. All building wire shall be tinned stranded copper conductors, Type XHHW-2
B. Manufacturers
1. Southwire
2. General Cable
3 . Okonite
4. Encore Wire
2.03 VARIABLE FREQUENCY DRIVE CABLE
A. Cable for use with VFDs shall be symmetrical design, three stranded Class D , tinned
copper, circuit conductors with XLPE insulation, three bare copper grounds, 100%
CONFORMED , 12/01/2022
FWW VILLAGE CREEK WRF, DIGESTER MIXING , FLARE , DOME IMPROVEMENTS
CITY PROJECT NO . 102652
26 05 19-3 LOW-VOLTAGE WIRES AND CABLES
shields with 50% overlap, and overall PVC jacket. Cable shall be 2000 volt, UL 1277
Type TC, XHHW-2 rated, 90°C., IEEE 1202/383.
B. Manufacturers
1. Belden
2. General Cable
3. Southwire
4. Okonite
5 . Encore Wire
2.04 TRAY CABLE
A. Cable for tray use shall be stranded tinned copper conductors, Type XHHW-2 insulation,
rated as UL Type TC cable. Cable shall be sunlight resistant and approved for direct
burial.
B. Manufacturers
1. Southwire
2. General Cable
3. Okonite
4. Encore Wire
2.05 GROUNDING ELECTRODE CONDUCTOR
A. Grounding electrode conductor shall be tinned stranded copper conductor, Type XHHW-
2 with green insulation .
B. Manufacturers
1. Southwire
2. General Cable
3 . Okonite
4. Encore Wire
CONFORMED , 12/01/2022
FWW VILLAGE CREEK WRF , DIGESTER MIXING , FLARE , DOME IMPROVEMENTS
CITY PROJECT NO . 102652
26 0519-4 LOW-VOLTAGE WIRES AND CABLES
2.06 BONDING JUMPER
A. Bonding Jumper shall be bare tinned stranded copper conductor.
B. Manufacturers
1. Southwire
2. General Cable
3. Okonite
4. Encore Wire
2.07 CONTROL WIRE AND CABLE
A. Control wire shall be NEC Type XHHW-2.
B. Multi-conductor control cable , shall be tinned stranded , #14 AWG 600-volt, XHHW-2,
insulated , PVC outer jacket overall , Type TC, UL rated for underground wet location .
C. Manufacturers
1. Southwire
2. Okonite
3 . General Cable
4 . Encore Wire
2.08 INSTRUMENTATION CABLE
A. Cables for 4-20 ma , RTD , potentiometer and similar signals shall be PL TC rated and
shall be:
1. Single pair cable :
a . Conductors: Two #16 AWG stranded, tinned and twisted on two-inch lay
b. Insulation: PVC with 600-volt, 90°C rating
c. Shield : 100% Mylar tape with drain wire
d. Jacket: PVC with manufacturer's identification
e. UL 1685 listed for underground wet location use
f . Manufacturers
CONFORMED , 12/01/2022
FWW VILLAGE CREEK WRF , DIGESTER MIXING , FLARE , DOME IMPROVEMENTS
CITY PROJECT NO . 102652
26 0519-5 LOW-VOLTAGE WIRES AND CABLES
1) Okonite
2) Belden
2 . Three conductor (triad) cable:
a. Conductors: Three #16 AWG stranded, tinned and twisted on two-inch lay
b. Insulation: PVC with 600-volt, 90°C rating
c. Shield : 100% Mylar tape with drain wire
d. Jacket: PVC with manufacturer's identification
e. UL 1685 listed for underground wet location use
f. Manufacturers:
1) Okonite
2) Belden
3. Multiple pair cables (where shown on the Drawings):
a. Conductor: Multiple pairs , #16 AWG stranded, tinned and twisted on a two-
inch lay
b. Insulation : PVC with 600-volt, 90°C rating
c . Shield: Individual pairs shielded with 100% Mylar tape and drain wire
d. Jacket: PVC with manufacturer's identification
e. UL 1685 listed for underground wet location use
f . Manufacturers:
1) Okonite
2) Belden
2.09 COMMUNICATION CABLES
A. Cables for Ethernet and RS485 shall be rated and shall be :
1. Category Se above Grade shielded Cable
a. Conductors : Four bonded pair #24 AWG Bare Copper
CONFORMED , 12/01/2022
FWW VILLAGE CREEK WRF , DIGESTER MIXING , FLARE , DOME IMPROVEMENTS
CITY PROJECT NO . 102652
26 05 19-6 LOW-VOLTAGE WIRES AND CABLES
b. Insulation: Polyolefin
c. Shield: 100% aluminum foil polyester tape with drain wire
d. Jacket: PVC with 600-volt rated and manufacturer's identification
e . UL21047 and UL 1666 listed for indoor and dry locations use
f. Manufacturers
1 ) Belden 7957 A
2. Category Se above Grade un-shielded Cable
a. Conductors: Four bonded pair #24 AWG Bare Copper
b. Insulation: Polyolefin
c. Jacket: PVC with 300-volt rated and manufacturer's identification
d . NEC CMR
e. UL 1666 listed for indoor and dry locations use
f. Manufacturers
1 ) Belden 7923A
3. Category 6 above Grade shielded Cable
a. Conductors: Four bonded pair #23 AWG Bare Copper
b. Insulation: Polypropylene
c . Shield : 100% aluminum foil polyester tape with drain wire
d. Jacket: PVC with 600-volt rated and manufacturer's identification
e. Transmission Standards: Category 6 -TIA 568.C.2
f. NEC CMR
g. Flame Test Method : UL 1666 Vertical Riser listed for indoor and dry locations
use
h. Manufacturers
1)
CONFORMED , 12/01/2022
Belden 7953A
FWW VILLAGE CREEK WRF , DIGESTER MIXING , FLARE , DOME IMPROVEMENTS
CITY PROJECT NO . 102652
26 05 19-7 LOW-VOLTAGE WIRES AND CABLES
4. Category 6 above Grade un-shielded Cable
a. Conductors: Four bonded pair #23 AWG Bare Copper
b. Insulation: Polyolefin
c . Jacket: PVC with 300-volt rated and manufacturer's identification
d. Transmission Standards: Category 6 -TIA 568.C.2
e. Nominal Velocity of Propagation: 72%
f. Flame Test Method: UL 1666 Vertical Riser listed for indoor and dry locations
use
g. Manufacturers
1) Belden 7940A
5. Category 6 below Grade Cable
a. Conductors : 4 pair 23AWG Bare Copper
b. Insulation: Polyolefin
c . Shield: 100 percent aluminum foil polyester tape with drain wire
d . Jacket: Polyethylene with 300 volts rated and manufacturer's identification
e . Misc.: Gel filled and NEMA WC-63.1 , listed for outdoor and wet locations
use
f . Manufacturers:
1) CommScope SYSTIMAX GigaSPEED X1 OD 1571
6. 485 Communications Cable
a . Conductors : One pair #24 AWG Tinned Copper
b . Insulation : Polyethylene
c . Shield: 100% aluminum foil polyester tape with tinned copper drain wire
d. Jacket: PVC with 300-volt rated and manufacturer's identification
e . Misc.: UL2919 listed for indoor and dry locations use
f . Manufacturers
FWW VILLAGE CREEK WRF , DIGESTER MIXING , FLARE , DOME IMPROVEMENTS
CITY PROJECT NO . 102652
CONFORMED , 12/01/2022 26 05 19-8 LOW-VOLTAGE WIRES AND CABLES
1 ) Belden 9841
B. Color code for Ethernet communications cables shall be as follows.
1. Green -Phone / Data
2. Red -FIRE Alarm
3. Blue -SCADA
2.10 TERMINATION MATERIALS
A. Power Conductors: Termination materials, of conductors at equipment, shall be as
specified in the relevant equipment Section.
B . Control and Instrumentation Conductors (including graphic panel , alarm , low-and high-
level signals): Termination connectors shall be DIN-rail-mounted one-piece molded
plastic blocks with tubular-clamp-screw type, with end barriers , dual side terminal block
numbers and terminal group identifiers . Terminals to be UL Listed for stranded
conductor terminations . Rated for a maximum of 2 #14 stranded conductors. Color of
terminals to comply with NFPA 79.
C. Manufacturers
1. Phoenix Contact
2 . Entrelec
3. Weidmuller
4 . Allen Bradley
5. Approved equal
D. Motor Conductors: Motor connections with conductors #12 AWG up to #6 AWG shall be
ring type compression terminations on the motor leads and secured with bolt, nut and
spring washer. Connections shall be -30°C rubber insulated , half lap , and two layers
minimum of Scotch 33 or equal vinyl tape. Motor terminations for conductors #8 AWG
and larger shall be in accordance with paragraph "Lugs and Connectors " below. Motors
provided on this project per specification 26 05 50 and/ or 26 05 51 shall have motor
terminals enclosures with bus and NEMA one-hole or two-hole pads to accommodate
the conductor terminals specified herein.
E. Lugs and Connectors
1. All lugs and connectors shall be tin plated copper and shall be crimped type,
installed with standard industry tooling. Lugs and connectors shall match the wire
size where used, and shall be clearly identified and color coded on the connector.
CONFORMED , 12/01 /2022
FWW VILLAGE CREEK WRF , DIGESTER MIXING , FLARE , DOME IMPROVEMENTS
CITY PROJECT NO . 102652
26 05 19-9 LOW-VOLTAGE WIRES AND CABLES
All connections shall be made for stranded wire and shall be made electrically and
mechanically secured. The lugs and connectors shall have a current carrying
capacity equal to the conductors for which they are rated and meet UL 486
requirements for 75°C. Lugs for #12 AWG up to #6 AWG shall be ring terminals.
Conductors #4 AWG and larger shall be two-hole long barrel lugs with NEMA
spacing. All lugs shall be the closed end construction to exclude moisture
migration into the cable conductor.
2.11 SPLICE MATERIALS
A. Power Conductors: Circuits shall be pulled from terminal to terminal, without splicing,
except where splicing is shown on the Drawings . No other splicing will be permitted. For
wires sizes #8 AWG and smaller, provide color coded wire nuts , with metal inserts, 3M
or Ideal , rubber insulated with half lap and two layers minimum of Scotch 33 tape . For
wires greater than #8 AWG, provide a heat shrink insulated , color-coded , die-crimped
splice lug, T&B 54XXX, or equal, rubber insulated , with half lap and two layers minimum
of Scotch 33 tape.
B . Control and Instrumentation Conductors (including graphic panel, alarm, low and high
level signals): No splicing of control and instrumentation conductors will be permitted.
2.12 WALL AND FLOOR SLAB OPENING SEALS
A. Wall and floor slab openings shall be sealed with "FLAME-SAFE" as manufactured by
the Thomas & Betts Corp. or equal.
2.13 WIRE AND CABLE TAGS
A. Use the tagging formats for wire and cable as shown on the Drawings . Where
modifications or additions are made to existing wire and cable runs , replace existing tags
with new modified tags .
B . Wire tags for wire sizes , #2 AWG and smaller, shall be heat shrink type Raychem TMS-
SCE, or approved equal with the tag numbers typed with an indelible marking process.
Character size shall be a minimum of 1 /8-inch in height. Hand written tags shall not be
acceptable . Where ends are not available , attach cable tags with nylon tie cord.
C. Tags for wires larger than #2 AWG and all cables shall be thermally printed polyethylene
type , Brady TLS 2200 or approved equal, nylon zip tied in accordance with the
manufacturer's instructions.
D . Tags relying on adhesives or taped-on markers are not acceptable .
E. Tagging shall be done in accordance with the execution portion of these Specifications.
CONFORMED , 12/01/2022
FWW VILLAGE CREEK WRF , DIGESTER MIXING , FLARE , DOME IMPROVEMENTS
CITY PROJECT NO . 102652
26 05 19-10 LOW-VOLTAGE WIRES AND CABLES
2.14 WIRE COLOR CODE
A. All wire shall be color coded or coded using electrical tape in sizes #8 or greater, where
colored insulation is not available. Where tape is used as the identification system , it
shall be applied in all junction boxes , manholes and other accessible intermediate
locations as well as at each termination.
B. The following coding shall be used:
System Wire
1-Phase , 3 Wire Phase A
Phase B
Neutral
208Y/120 , Volts
3-Phase, 4 Wire
480/277, Volts
3-Phase, 4 Wire
Phase A
Phase B
Phase C
Neutral
Phase A
· Phase B
Phase C
Neutral
2.15 CABLE TAG COLOR CODE
Color
Black
Blue
White
Black
Red
Blue
White
Brown
Orange
Yellow
Gray/White with one
or more colored
stripes
A. All cable tags shall be white in color with black printing.
PART 3 -EXECUTION
3.01 GENERAL
A. Do not install conductors until the raceway system is in place. No conductor shall be
installed between outlet points, junction points or splicing points, until raceway sections
have been completed, and raceway covers are installed for protection of conductors
from damage or exposure to the elements. Any conductor installed in an incomplete
raceway system shall be removed from the raceway system and from project site. A
complete inspection of such raceway sections shall be completed, before new
conductors are installed .
B. Installed unapproved wire shall be removed and replaced at no additional cost to the
Owner.
C. Completely swab raceway system before installing conductors. Do not use cleaning
agents and lubricants which have a deleterious effect on the conductors or their
insulation .
CONFORMED , 12/01/2022
FWW VILLAGE CREEK WRF , DIGESTER MIXING , FLARE , DOME IMPROVEMENTS
CITY PROJECT NO . 102652
26 05 19-11 LOW-VOLTAGE WIRES AND CABLES
D. Pull all conductors into a raceway at one time , using wire pulling lubricant as needed to
protect the wire.
E. Except for hand-pulled conductors into raceways , all wire and cable installation shall be
installed with tension-monitoring equipment. Conductors which are found to have been
installed without tension-monitoring shall be immediately removed from the raceways ,
permanently identified as rejected material , and removed from the jobsite . New
conductors and cables shall be reinstalled, tagged and raceways resealed , with no
change in the Contract Price or Schedule allowed .
F. Do not exceed cable manufacturer's recommendations for maximum pulling tensions
and minimum bending radii. Where pulling compound is used, use only UL listed
compound compatible with the cable outer jacket and with the raceway involved .
G . T ighten all screws and terminal bolts using torque type wrenches and/or drivers to
tighten to the inch-pound requirements of the NEC and UL.
H. Single conductors and cables in manholes , hand holes, vaults , cable trays , and other
indicated locations are not wrapped together by some other means such as arc and
fireproofing tapes , shall be bundled throughout their exposed length with nylon , self-
locking , releasable , cable ties placed at intervals not exceeding four inches on centers .
I. All wire and cable installed in cable trays shall be UL Listed as Type TC, for cable tray
use .
3.02 CONDUCTORS 1000 VOL TS AND BELOW
A. Provide conductor sizes indicated on Drawings , as a minimum .
B. Use crimp connectors on all stranded conductors.
C. Soldered mechanical joints insulated with tape will not be acceptable .
D. Arrange wiring in cabinets and panels neatly cut to proper length Surplus wire shall be
removed unless noted otherwise . Conductors shall be bridled or bundled and secured in
an acceptable manner. Identify all circuits entering motor control centers and all other
control enclosures in accordance with the conductor identification system specified
herein .
E . Terminate control and instrumentation wiring with methods consistent with terminals
provided , and in accordance with te rminal manufacturer's instructions .
F. Attach compression lugs , larger than #6 AWG , with a tool specifically designed for that
purpose which provides a complete , controlled crimp where the tool will not release until
the crimp is complete. Use of plier type crimpers is not acceptable.
G . Cap spare conductors and conductors not terminated with the UL listed end caps.
CONFORMED , 12/0 1/202 2
FWW VILLAGE CREEK WRF , DIGESTER MIXING , FLARE , DOME IMPROVEMENTS
CITY PROJECT NO . 102652
26 05 19-12 LOW-V OLTAGE W IRES AND CABLES
H. Remove all burrs, chamfer all edges, and install bushings and protective strips of
insulating material to protect the conductors passing through holes or over edges in
sheet metal enclosures.
I. Provide at least 6 feet spare conductors in freestanding panels and at least two feet
spare in other assemblies for all conductors which are to be terminated by others.
Provide additional conductor length in any assembly where it is obvious that more
conductor will be needed to reach the termination point.
J . Do not combine power conductors in the same raceway unless shown on Drawings . Do
not run signal conductors carrying voltages less than 120 volts AC in the same raceway
as conductors carrying higher voltages regardless of the insulation rating of the
conductors. Do not share neutrals on branch circuits .
3.03 GROUNDING
A. Conduits and other raceways shall contain an equipment grounding conductor whether
the raceway is metallic or not. Conduits, motors , cabinets , outlets and other equipment
shall be properly grounded in accordance with NEC requirements and specification 26
05 26. Ground wires exposed to mechanical damage shall be installed in rigid aluminum
conduit. Make connections to equipment with solderless connections . Connections to
ground rods shall be of the fused type equal to the Cadweld process.
3.04 TERMINATIONS AND SPLICES
A. No splices of wire and cable will be permitted , except where specifically permitted by the
Owner/Engineer in writing , or as shown on the Drawings .
B . Power conductors: Terminations shall be made with connectors as specified . Splices,
where specifically allowed as stated above, shall be made in a Termination Cabinet
(TC).
C. Control Conductors: Splices of control conductors will not be permitted between terminal
points. Terminations shall be made with approved terminals as specified .
D. Instrumentation Signal Conductors (including graphic panel , alarm , low and high level
signals): Splices of Instrumentation conductors will not be permitted between terminal
points. Terminations shall be made with connectors as specified. The shield of pair
shielded and triad shielded shall be terminated on terminal strips. Provide dedicated
terminal block to every conductor including shields . Double lugging terminations is not
acceptable.
3.05 INSTRUMENTATION CABLES
A. Instrumentation cables shall be installed in raceways as specified. Unless specifically
shown on the Drawings, all instrumentation circuits shall be installed as single shielded
twisted pair cables or single shielded twisted triads. In no case shall a circuit be made up
CONFORMED , 12/01 /2022
FWW VILLAGE CREEK WRF , DIGESTER MIXING , FLARE , DOME IMPROVEMENTS
CITY PROJECT NO . 102652
26 05 19-13 LOW-V OLTAGE WIRES AND CABLES
using conductors from different pa irs or triads . Triads shall be used wherever three wire
circuits are required.
B . Terminal blocks shall be provided at all instrument cable junction boxes , and all circuits
shall be identified at such junctions.
C. Shielded instrumentation wire, coaxial cable, data highway cable, discrete 1/0 , multiple
conductor cable , and fiber optic cables shall be run without splices between instruments ,
terminal boxes, or panels. The shield shall be continuous for the entire run .
D. Shields shall be grounded at the PLC/RTU. Terminal blocks shall be provided for
inter-connecting shield drain wires at all junction boxes. Individual circuit shielding shall
be provided with its own block.
E. Shield wire shall be wrapped and taped at the transmitter end of the signal run . Before
termination , peel back the outer sheath , leaving the shield intact. Wrap the drain wire
around the conductors , leaving approximately two inches exposed. Wrap the drain wire
with two layers of Scotch 33 tape.
3.06 WIRE TAGGING
A. All wiring shall be tagged at all termination points and at all major access points in the
electrical raceways. A termination point is defined as any point or junction where a wire
or cable is physically connected. This includes terminal blocks and device terminals . A
major access point to a raceway is defined as any enclosure; box or space designed for
wire or cable pulling or inspection and includes pull boxes, manholes, and junction
boxes.
B . Wire tags shall show both origination and destination information to allow for a wire or
cable to be traced from point in the field. Information regarding its origination shall be
shown in parenthesis .
C . For multiconductor cables, both the individual conductors and the overall cable shall be
tagged. Conductors that are part of a multiconductor cable shall reference the cable
identification number that they are a part of, as well as a unique conductor number within
the cable .
3.07 CABLE TAGGING
A. All cables shall be tagged at all termination points and at all major access points in the
electrical raceways as defined in the wire tag section of this Specification .
B . The cable tag shall be installed where the cable enters and leaves each access point
(e.g., junction box, manhole, etc.). In cases of limited access space , a single tag may be
used that shows both equipment tag origination and destination . In the case where the
jacket is stripped for terminations , the tag shall be installed at the end of the jacket.
CONFORMED , 12/01/2022
FWW VI LLAGE CREEK WRF , DIGESTER MIXING , FLARE , DOME IMPROVEMENTS
CITY PROJECT NO . 102652
26 05 19-14 LOW-VOLTAGE WIRES AND CABLES
3.08 RACEWAY SEALING
A. Raceways entering junction boxes or control panels containing electrical or
instrumentation equipment shall be sealed with 3M 1 000NS Watertight Sealant or
approved equal.
B. This requirement shall apply to for all raceways in the conduit system.
3.09 FIELD TESTS
A. Conductors under 1000 volts
1. Perform insulation resistance testing of all power circuits below 1000 volts with a
1000-volt megger, in accordance with the recommendations of the wire
manufacturer.
2 . Prepare a written test report of the results and submit to the Owner/Engineer prior
to final inspection .
3. Minimum acceptable value for insulation resistance is 100 megohms. Lower
values shall be acceptable only by the Owner/Engineer's specific written approval.
4 . Disconnect equipment that might be damaged by this test. Perform tests with all
other equipment connected to the circu it.
B. Tests : After instrumentation cable installation and conductor termination by the
instrumentation and control supplier, perform tests to ensure that instrumentation cable
shields are isolated from ground , except at the grounding point in the instrumentation
control panel. Remove all improper grounds .
CONFORMED , 12/01/2022
END OF SECTION
FWW VILLAGE CREEK WRF , DIGESTER MIXING , FLARE , DOME IMPROVEMENTS
CITY PROJECT NO . 102652
26 05 19-15 LOW-VOLTAGE WIRES AND CABLES
CONFORMED , 12/01/2022
THIS PAGE IS INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK
FWW VILLAGE CREEK WRF , DIGESTER MIXING, FLARE , DOME IMPROVEMENTS
CITY PROJECT NO . 102652
26 0519-16 LOW-VOLTAGE WIRES AND CABLES
PART 1 -GENERAL
1.01 SCOPE OF WORK
SECTION 26 05 26
GROUNDING AND BONDING SYSTEM
A. Furnish all labor, materials, equipment and incidentals required to install a complete
Grounding and Bonding System, in strict accordance with Article 250 of the National
Electrical Code (NEC), and as shown on the Drawings and specified herein.
B. The system shall include ground wires, ground rods, exothermic connections, mechanical
connectors, structural steel connections, all as shown on the Drawings, and as specified
herein, to provide a bonding to earth ground of all metallic materials likely to become
energized.
1.02 RELATED WORK
A. No references are made to any other section which may contain work related to any other
section. The Contract Documents shall be taken as a whole with every section related to
every other section as required to meet the requirements specified. The organization of
the Contract Documents into specification divisions and sections is for organization of the
documents themselves and does not relate to the division of suppliers or labor which the
Contractor may choose to employ in the execution of the Contract. Where references are
made to other Sections and other Divisions of the Specifications, the Contractor shall
provide such information or additional work as may be required in those references, and
include such information or work as may be specified.
B. Other Divisions
1. The Contractor shall be responsible for examining all Sections of the
Specifications and Drawings, and shall determine the power and wiring
requirements and shall provide external wiring and raceways, as required to
provide a fully functioning power, control and process control systems. If the
equipment requires more conductors and/or wiring, due to different equipment
being supplied, the Contractor shall furnish the additional conductors, raceways
and/or wiring, with no change in the Contract Price, and with no increase in
Contract Time.
1.03 SUBMITTALS
A. Submit to the Engineer, in accordance with Division 1 and Section 26 00 00, shop
drawings and product data, for the following:
1. Ground rods.
CONFORMED, 12/01/2022
FWW VILLAGE CREEK WRF , DIGESTER MIXING , FLARE , DOME IMPROVEMENTS
CITY PROJECT NO . 102652
26 05 26-1 GROUNDING AND BONDING SYSTEM
2. Grounding conduit hubs.
3. Waterpipe ground clamps .
4. Buried grounding connections .
5. Compression lugs.
6 . Exothermic bonding system.
B. All shop drawing submittals and all O&M submittals shall be submitted in hard copy format
and in electronic format using PDF files and shall include an indexed Table of Contents.
Electronic submittals are mandatory, and any submittal received not indexed as specified
will be returned without review . Hard copy submittals may not be required if so stipulated
in the Contract Documents. No change in Contract Price or Schedule will be allowed for
delays due to unacceptable submittals.
C. All cut sheets shall be clearly marked to indicate which products are being submitted for
use on this project. Unmarked cut sheets will cause the submittal to be rejected and
returned for revision.
1.04 REFERENCE CODES AND STANDARDS
A. All products and components shown on the Drawings and listed in this specification shall
be designed and manufactured according to latest revision of the following standards
(unless otherwise noted):
1. NFPA 70 -National Electrical Code (NEC)
2 . UL 467-2007 --Grounding and Bonding Equipment
3. NFPA 70E -Standard for Electrical Safety in the Workplace
B . All equipment components and completed assemblies specified in this Section of the
Specifications shall bear the appropriate label of Underwriters Laboratories .
1.05 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. The manufacturer of these materials shall have produced similar electrical materials and
equipment for a minimum period of five years . When requested by the Owner/Engineer,
an acceptable list of installations wi t h similar equipment shall be provided demonstrating
compliance with this requirement.
1.06 JOBSITE DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING
A. Prior to jobsite delivery, complete all submittal requirements, and present to the
Owner/Engineer prior to delivery of the equipment, an approved copy of all such
CONFORMED , 12/01/2022
FWW VILLAGE CREEK WRF , DIGESTER MIXING , FLARE , DOME IMPROVEMENTS
CITY PROJECT NO . 102652
26 05 26-2 GROUNDING AND BONDING SYSTEM
IA
submittals. Delivery of incomplete constructed equipment, onsite factory work , or failed
factory tests will not be permitted .
B. Protect equipment during shipment, handling, and storage by suitable complete
enclosures . Protect equipment from exposure to the elements and keep thoroughly dry.
1.07 WARRANTY
A. Provide warranties, including the manufacturer's warranty , for the equipment specified and
the proper installation thereof, to be free from defects in material and workmanship for twe
years from date of final acceptance 2 years from the date defined in Section
CONDITIONS TO GENERAL CONDITIONS of the equipment and its installation . Within
such period of warranty , all material and labor necessary to return the equipment to new
operating condition shall be provided . Any warranty work requiring shipping or transporting
of the equipment shall be provided at no expense to the Owner
PART 2 -PRODUCTS
2.01 RACEWAYS
A. Conduit shall be as specified under Section 26 05 33.
B . All raceways , condu its and ducts shall contain equipment grounding conductors sized in
accordance with the NEC. Minimum sizes shall be #12 AWG unless otherwise indicated
on the drawings .
2.02 CONDUCTORS
A. Conductors shall be as specified under Section 26 05 19 and 26 05 13.
B. Equ ipment grounding conductors shall be tinned insulated XHHW-2 conductors .
Conductors shall be green where available from the wire manufacturers or marked with
green tape as specified under 26 05 19 and 26 05 13.
C . Grounding electrode conductors shall be tinned copper where direct buried , or encased in
concrete. Tinned grounding electrode conductors or lightning protection conductors where
exposed to damage shall be installed in conduit. Grounding electrode conductors or
lightning protection down lead conductors shown , specified or required to be installed in
conduit per the NEC with no other conductors shall be bare tinned copper. Bare
conductors installed in metallic conduits shall be bonded to the metallic conduit at both
ends .
D. Ground ing electrode conductors routed between concealed grounding electrodes or
interconnecting grounding electrode counterpoise loop conductors to exposed (IE
"Pigtails ") shall be bare tinned copper.
CONFORMED , 12/0 1/2022
FWW V ILLAGE CREEK WRF , DIGESTER MI X ING , FLARE , DOME IMPROVEMENTS
CITY PROJECT NO . 102652
26 05 26-3 GROUNDING AND BONDING SYSTEM
2.03 GROUNDING ELECTRODES
A. Ground rods shall be 3/4-inch by 10-foot copper clad steel and constructed in accordance
with UL 467 . The minimum copper thickness shall be 10 mils .
B . Manufacturers for ground rods
1. ERICO
2. Copperweld
3. Approved equal.
2.04 CONNECTORS AND CONNECTIONS
A. Waterpipe ground clamps shall be cast bronze.
1. Manufacturers
a. Thomas & Betts Co . Cat. JPT
b . Burndy
C . O.Z. Gedney Co.
d . Cooper Power Systems
e . Erico
f. Harger
g. Approved equal
h . Provide the correct size for the pipe .
B . Other grounding system clamps , where specified or shown shall be cast bronze .
1. Manufacturers
a .
b .
c.
d.
e .
Thomas & Betts Co .
Burndy
O.Z . Gedney Co.
Cooper Power Systems
Erico
FWW VILLAGE CREEK WRF , DIGESTER MIXING , FLARE , DOME IMPROVEMENTS
CITY PROJECT NO . 102652
CONFORMED , 12/01/2022 26 05 26-4 GROUND ING AND BONDING SYSTEM
f. Harger
g. Approved equal.
C. All concealed grounding system or lightning protection system connections shall be by an
exothermic weld process
2. Manufacturers
a . T&B Furseweld SCR1
b. Burndy Thermoweld
c . Cadweld
d. Approved equal.
3 . Exothermic welded connections shall be used in exposed locations as specified
herein.
D. Provide a Burndy Hyground Irreversible Compression System or equal in areas where the
Owner's operations prevent the use of an exothermic welded connection. The use of a
compression system ground connection is otherwise prohibited without written approval
on a case-by-case basis from the Owner or Engineer. Permission shall be submitted
through the RFI process. Compression connectors installed without permission shall be
removed and replaced with exothermic weld connections with no change in the Contract
Price or change in the Contract Schedule allowed .
E. All grounding connections which would require exothermic welding in a Class 1 Division 1
Area as determined by NFPA 820, or the Engineer, or the NEC Authority Having
Jurisdiction shall use a Burndy Hyground Irreversible Compression System, or equal.
PART 3 -EXECUTION
3.01 INSTALLATION
A. Route exposed grounding electrode conductors in rigid aluminum conduits to protect the
conductors from damage. The rigid conduits shall be aluminum or PVC-coated aluminum
conduits as specified in 26 05 33. Bond the protecting conduits to the grounding electrode
conductors at both ends . Water pipe grounding connections shall not be painted. Painted
connections shall be disassembled , replaced and reconnected.
B . Install equipment grounding conductors in all raceways for the power, control and
instrumentation systems . Grounding conductors shall be independent conductors and
shall be separate from all shield drain wires.
CONFORMED , 12/01/2022
FWW VILLAGE CREEK WRF , DIGESTER MIXING , FLARE , DOME IMPROVEMENTS
CITY PROJECT NO . 102652
26 05 26-5 GROUNDING AND BONDING SYSTEM
C. Conduits and other raceways sha ll conta in an equipment grounding conductor whether
the raceway is metallic or not. Conduits , motors , cabinets , outlets and other equipment
shall be properly bonded in accordance with NEC requirements. Where ground wire is
exposed to mechanical damage , install wire in rigid metallic condu it.
D. In NEC classified areas , connection of grounding electrode connections to structural steel
columns shall be made with long barrel type one-hole heavy duty copper compression
lugs , bolted through 1 /2-inch maximum diameter holes drilled in the column web, with
stainless steel hex head cap screws and nuts .
E. In new construct ion, bond each bu ilding column to the grounding electrode counterpoise
system whether or not specifically shown on the Drawi ngs using grounding electrode
conductors . Grounding electrode conductors rising from the counterpoise to bond to a
column shall be made using an insulated conductor the same size as the conductors used
to form the counterpoise . Exposed grounding electrode conductors shall be routed in rigid
conduit. Bond metallic condu its as specified. Grounding electrode conductor connections
to structural steel columns shall be made w ith as permitted by the Structural Engineer with
long barrel type one -hole heavy duty copper compression lugs , bolted through 1/2-inch
maximum diameter holes drilled in the column web , with stainless steel hex head cap
screws and nuts .
F. Metal conduits stubbed into a motor control center shall be term inated with insulated
grounding bushings and connected to the motor control center ground bus . Bond boxes
mounted below motor control centers to the motor control center ground bus . Size the
ground ing wire in accordance with NEC Table 250 .122 , except that a minimum #12 AWG
shall be used .
G . Liqu id t ight flexible metal conduit in sizes 1-1/2-inch and larger shall have bonding
jumpers . Bonding jumpers shall be external , run parallel (not spiraled) and fastened with
plastic tie wraps.
H. Ground transformer neutrals to the nearest available ground ing electrode with a conductor
sized as shown with a minimum size in accordance with NEC Article 250 .66 .
I. Provide power system grounding electrodes (ground rods) no closer than twice the length
of the ground rod . Where a lightn ing protection is specified to be provided , the Contractor
shall provide a dedicated lightning protection system grounding electrode (ground rod) at
the end of every down lead if no counterpoise is present or shall connect directly to the
power system counterpoise without driving a separate ground rod. Refer to Section 26 41
00 for lightn ing protection system specifications.
J . Provide a #1/0 AWG bare tinned grounding conductor the full length of each cable tray
system , bond each section and tray fitting to the tray grounding conductor. Route the tray
grounding conductor along the outside of the cable tray. Install no grounding clamps on
the inside of the tray to avoid damage to tray conductors. Bond the tray grounding
conductor to the power system counterpoise grounding electrode system at the end of the
tray , or for tray systems installed in a loop configuration , bond in at least two locations at
CONFORMED , 12/0 1/2022
FWW VILLAGE CREEK WRF , DIGESTER MI X ING , FLARE , DOME IMPROVEMENTS
CITY PROJECT NO . 102652
26 05 26-6 GROUNDING AND BONDING SYSTEM
opposite sides of the tray loop. Bond every enclosure to which tray conductors are routed
to the tray grounding conductor. Bond every conduit or raceway routing tray conductors
away from or to the tray system to the cable tray and to the cable tray grounding conductor.
K. All equipment enclosures , motor and transformer frames , conduits systems , cable tray,
cable armor, exposed structural steel and all other equipment and materials required by
the NEC to be grounded, shall be grounded and bonded in accordance with the NEC.
L. Seal exposed connections between different metals with no-oxide paint, Grade A or equal.
M. Lay all underground grounding conductors' slack and, where exposed to mechanical
injury, protect by pipes or other substantial guards . If guards are iron pipe, or other
magnetic material, electrically connect conductors to both ends of the guard . Make
connections as specified herein .
N. Care shall be taken to ensure good ground continuity, between the conduit system and
equipment frames and enclosures . Where necessary, bonding jumper conductors shall
be provided .
0. Ground all grounding type receptacles to the outlet boxes with a minimum, #12 AWG
XHHW-2 stranded green conductor, connected to the ground terminal of the receptacle
and bonded to the outlet box by means of a grounding screw.
3.02 INSPECTION AND TESTING
A. Inspect the grounding and bonding system conductors and connections for tightness and
proper installation.
B. Use Biddle Direct Reading Earth Resistance Tester or equivalent test instrument to
measure resistance to ground of the system . Perform testing in accordance with test
instrument manufacturer's recommendations using the fall-of-potential method.
C . All test equipment shall be provided under this Section and approved by the
Owner/Engineer.
D. Resistance to ground testing shall be preceded by no precipitation for a minimum of five
days. Submit test results in the form of a graph showing the number of points measured
(12 minimum) and the numerical resistance to ground .
E. Testing shall be performed before energizing the electrical distribution system.
F. A separate test shall be conducted for each building or system.
G. Notify the Engineer immediately if the resistance to ground for any building or system is
greater than five ohms .
CONFORMED , 12/01/2022
FWW VILLAGE CREEK WRF , DIGESTER MIXING , FLARE , DOME IMPROVEMENTS
CITY PROJECT NO. 102652
26 05 26-7 GROUNDING AND BONDING SYSTEM
CONFORMED , 12/01/2022
END OF SECTION
FWW VILLAGE CREEK WRF , DIGESTER MIXING , FLARE , DOME IMPROVEMENTS
CITY PROJECT NO . 102652
26 05 26-8 GROUNDING AND BONDING SYSTEM
PART 1 -GENERAL
1.01 SCOPE OF WORK
SECTION 26 05 29
ELECTRICAL SUPPORT HARDWARE
A. Furnish and install electrical support hardware, as shown on the Drawings and as
specified herein.
B . Hardware shall include anchor systems, adhesive anchor systems, metal framing
systems, and other electrical support systems , as shown on the Drawings and specified
herein.
1.02 RELATED WORK
A. No references are made to any other section which may contain work related to any
other section . The Contract Documents shall be taken as a whole with every section
related to every other section as required to meet the requirements specified . The
organization of the Contract Documents into specification divisions and sections is for
organization of the documents themselves and does not relate to the division of
suppliers or labor which the Contractor may choose to employ in the execution of the
Contract. Where references are made to other Sections and other Divisions of the
Specifications , the Contractor shall provide such information or additional work as may
be required in those references, and include such information or work as may be
specified .
B . Other Divisions
1. The Contractor shall be responsible for examining all Sections of the
Specifications and Drawings , and shall determine the power and wiring
requirements and shall provide external wiring and raceways, as required to
provide a fully functioning power, control and process control systems. If the
equipment requires more conductors and/or wiring, due to different equipment
being supplied, the Contractor shall furnish the additional conductors, raceways
and/or wiring , with no change in the Contract Price , and with no increase in
Contract Time.
1.03 SUBMITTALS
A. Submit to the Owner/Engineer, in accordance with Division 1, the manufacturers' names
and product designation or catalog numbers for the types of materials specified or
shown on the Drawings . All cut sheets shall be clearly marked to indicate which
products are being submitted for use on this project. Unmarked cut sheets will cause
the submittal to be rejected and returned for revision.
CONFORMED, 12/01/2022
FWW VILLAGE CREEK WRF , DIGESTER MIXING , FLARE , DOME IMPROVEMENTS
CITY PROJECT NO . 102652
26 05 29-1 . ELECTRICAL SUPPORT HARDWARE
8. The submittal information , for anchor systems , shall contain manufacturer's
specifications and technical data i ncluding;
1. Acceptable base material conditions (i.e. cracked, un-cracked concrete)
2 . Acceptable drilling methods
3 . Acceptable bore hole conditions (dry, water saturated, water filled, under water)
4 . Manufacturer's installation instructions including bore hole cleaning procedures
and adhesive injection .
5 . Cure and gel time tables
6 . Temperature ranges (storage , installation and in-service).
C . All shop drawing submittals and all O&M submittals shall be submitted in hard copy
format and in electronic format using PDF files on a CD and/or a flash drive and shall
include an indexed Table of Contents . Electronic submittals are mandatory and any
submittal received not indexed as specified will be returned without review. Hard copy
submittals may not be required if so stipulated in the Contract Documents. No change in
Contract Price or Schedule will be allowed for delays due to unacceptable submittals.
D . Submittals shall also contain information on related equipment to be furnished under this
Specification. Incomplete submittals not containing the required information on the
related equipment will also be returned without review.
1.04 REFERENCE CODES AND STANDARDS
A. All products and components shown on the Drawings and listed in this specification shall
be designed and manufactured according to latest revision of the following standards
(unless otherwise noted):
1. NFPA 70 National Electrical Code (NEC)
2 . NFPA ?OE Standard for Electrical Safety in the Workplace
3. ASTM E 488-96 (2003); Standard Test Method for Strength of Anchors in
Concrete and Masonry Elements, ASTM International.
4 . ASTM E 1512-93, Standard Test Methods for Testing Bond Performance of
Adhesive-Bonded Anchors , ASTM International
5 . AC308 ; Acceptance Criteria for Post-Installed Anchors in Concrete Elements ,
Latest revision .
6. SAE 316 Stainless Steel Grades
CONFORMED , 12/01/2022
FWW VILLAGE CREEK WRF , DIGESTER MIXING , FLARE , DOME IMPROVEMENTS
CITY PROJECT NO . 102652
26 05 29-2 ELECTRICAL SUPPORT HARDWARE
B. All equipment components and completed assemblies having a UL standard specified in
this Section of the Specifications, , shall bear the appropriate label of Underwriters
Laboratories.
1.05 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. The manufacturer of these materials shall have produced similar electrical materials and
equipment for a minimum period of five years . When requested by the Owner/Engineer,
a list of installations with similar equipment shall be provided demonstrating compliance
with this requirement.
1.06 JOBSITE DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING
A. Prior to jobsite delivery , all submittal requirements must be complete, and an approved
copy of all such submittals shall be available to the Owner/Engineer prior to delivery of
the equipment. Delivery of equipment not completely constructed , onsite factory work, or
failed factory tests will not be permitted.
B. Materials shall be handled and stored in accordance with manufacturer's instructions.
C . Adhesive Anchor Systems.
1. Deliver materials undamaged in Manufacturer's clearly labeled, unopened
containers , identified with brand , type, and ICC-ES Evaluation Report number.
2 . Coordinate delivery of materials with scheduled installation date , minimizing
storage time at job-site.
3. Store materials under cover and protect from weather and damage in compliance
with Manufactu rer's requirements , including temperature restrictions.
4. Comply with recommended procedures, precautions or remedies described in
material safety data sheets as applicable.
5. Do not use damaged or expired materials .
6 . Storage restrictions (temperature range) and expiration date must be supplied with
product
D. Metal Framing Systems
1. Material shall be new and unused , with no signs of damage from handling .
1.07 WARRANTY
A. Provide warranties, including the manufacturer's warranty , for the equipment specified
and the proper installation thereof, to be free from defects in material and workmanship
/\ for two years from date of final acceptance 2 years from the date defined in Section
ill 00 72 00 GENERAL CONDITIONS and Section 00 73 00 SUPPLEMENTARY
FWW VILLAGE CREEK WRF , DIGESTER MIXING , FLARE, DOME IMPROVEMENTS
CITY PROJECT NO . 102652
CONFORMED , 12 /01/2022 26 05 29-3 ELECTR ICAL SUPPORT HARDWARE
CONDITIONS TO GENERAL CONDITIONS of the equipment and its installation. Within
such period of warranty, all material and labor necessary to return the equipment to new
operating condition shall be provided . Any warranty work requiring shipping or
transporting of the equipment shall be provided at no expense to the Owner.
PART 2 -PRODUCTS
2.01 ANCHORING SYSTEMS
A. Acceptable Manufacturers
1. Subject to compliance with the Contract Documents, the following Manufacturers
are acceptable:
a. HIL Tl Kwik Bolt 3
b. Approved equal
2 . The listing of specific manufacturers above does not imply acceptance of their
products that do not meet the specified ratings , features and functions .
Manufacturers listed above are not relieved from meeting these specifications in
their entirety.
B . Product Description
1. Torque controlled expansion anchor consisting of anchor body, expansion element
(wedges), washer and nut. Anchor shall be used for anchor sizes less than 3/8
inch.
2. All parts shall be 316 stainless steel materials conforming to SAE 316.
3. UL 203 Rated.
2.02 ADHESIVE ANCHORING SYSTEMS
A. Acceptable Manufacturers
1. Subject to compliance with the Contract Documents, the following Manufacturers
are acceptable:
a. HIL Tl HIT-RTZ with HIT-HY 200 MAX.
b . Approved equal
2. The listing of specific manufacturers above does not imply acceptance of their
products that do not meet the specified ratings, features and functions .
Manufacturers listed above are not relieved from meeting these specifications in
their entirety.
CONFORMED , 12/01/2022
FWW VILLAGE CREEK WRF , DIGESTER MIXING , FLARE, DOME IMPROVEMENTS
CITY PROJECT NO. 102652
26 05 29-4 ELECTRICAL SUPPORT HARDWARE
B. Product Description
1. Anchor body with helical cone shaped thread on the embedded end and standard
threads on the exposed end, with washer and nut , inserted into Injection adhesive.
Anchor shall be used for anchor sizes 3/8 inch and larger.
2 . All parts shall be 316 stainless steel materials conforming to SAE 316 standards.
2.03 STRUT SUPPORT SYSTEMS
A. Acceptable Manufacturers
1. Subject to compliance with the Contract Documents , the following Manufacturers
are acceptable :
a. Tyco Unistrut
b . B-Line
c . Super-Strut
d. Approved equal
2. The listing of specific manufacturers above does not imply acceptance of their
products that do not meet the specified ratings , features and functions.
Manufacturers listed above are not relieved from meeting these specifications in
their entirety.
B. Product Description
1. Metal framing system for use in the mounting or support of electrical systems ,
panels and enclosures , and including lighting fixture supports, trapeze hangers
and conduit supports .
2 . Components shall consist of telescoping channels, slotted back-to-back channels ,
end clamps all threads and conduit clamps .
3. Minimum sizes shall be 13/16-inch through 3-1/4 inch.
4. Components shall be assembled by means of flat plate fittings, 90-degree angle
fittings , braces, clevis fittings , Li-fittings , Z-fittings , Wing-fittings , Post Bases ,
channel nuts , washers , etc.
5. Field welding of components will not be permitted.
6. Unless otherwise specified or shown on the Drawings , all parts shall be 316
stainless steel material conforming to SAE 316 .
CONFORMED , 12/0 1/2022
FWW VILLAGE CREEK WRF , DIGESTER MIXING , FLARE , DOME IMPROVEMENTS
CITY PROJECT NO . 102652
26 05 29 -5 ELECTRICAL SUPPORT HARDWARE
7. Framing systems for chlorine and ammonia rooms shall be manufactured of
structural fiberglass.
PART 3-EXECUTION
3.01 GENERAL
A. Install all equipment strictly in accordance with the manufacturer's instructions and the
Contract Drawings.
B. The locations of devices are shown as general on the Drawings and may be varied
within reasonable limits as to avoid any piping or other obstruction without change in the
Contract Price or Schedule, subject to the approval of the Owner and Engineer.
Coordinate the installation of the devices for piping and equipment clearance.
C . No electrical equipment or raceways shall be attached to or supported from, sheet metal
walls .
D . Install required safety labels.
E . Electrical support channel shall be used to construct support assemblies as shown on
the drawings . Horizontal braces attached to concrete or CMU walls or structural building
steel are permitted if the space between the back of the support structures and the
attachment points are too small to permit a walk space. No attachments to sheet metal
are permitted as specified above . Incorporate additional channel materials and/or
provide assemblies of double channel with enough vertical and horizontal members to
from a rigid structure whether or not such additional materials or the use of double
channel materials are shown or specified. Support structures shall be rigid without the
use of channels to from angle supports between the back or front of the assembly and
the ground . Angle supports are strictly prohibited because they provide tripping hazards.
Outdoor supports structures shall be able to support the equipment with the structural
strength to withstand wind gusts up to 90 mph without damage.
3.02 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL
A. Inspect installed equipment for anchoring, alignment, grounding and physical damage.
B. Check tightness of all accessible electrical connections. Minimum acceptable values are
specified in manufacturer's instructions.
3.03 POST INSTALLED ANCHOR SYSTEMS
A. Prior to installation of the anchor systems , the hole shall be clean and dry in accordance
with the manufacturer's instructions .
CONFORMED , 12/01/2022
FWW VILLAGE CREEK WRF , DIGESTER MIXING , FLARE , DOME IMPROVEMENTS
CITY PROJECT NO . 102652
26 05 29-6 ELECTRICAL SUPPORT HARDWARE
3.04 CLEANING
A. Remove all rubbish and debris from inside and around the installation . Remove dirt,
dust, or concrete spatter from the interior and exterior of the equipment using brushes ,
vacuum cleaner, or clean, lint free rags. Do not use compressed air.
CONFORMED , 12/01/2022
END OF SECTION
FWW VILLAGE CREEK WRF , DIGESTER MIXING , FLARE , DOME IMPROVEMENTS
CITY PROJECT NO . 102652
26 05 29-7 ELECTR ICAL SUPPORT HARDWARE
CONFORMED , 12/01/2022
THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK
FWW VILLAGE CREEK WRF , DIGESTER MIXING , FLARE , DOME IMPROVEMENTS
CITY PROJECT NO . 102652
26 05 29-8 ELECTRICAL SUPPORT HARDWARE
--
SECTION 26 05 33
RACEWAYS, BOXES, ENCLOSURES, AND FITTINGS
PART 1 -GENERAL
1.01 SCOPE OF WORK
A. Furnish and install complete raceway systems as shown on the Drawings and as
specified herein . A raceway system shall consist of materials designed expressly for
containing wires and cables, including but not limited to, conduit, device bodies, conduit
bodies, raceway boxes, enclosures containing electrical devices, controls and related
materials.
B. Raceways and conductors that are listed on the raceway and conductor schedules are
generally not shown on the Drawings , except where they are required to pass through a
restricted or designated space . Raceways indicated to be run "exposed" on the
schedules shall be run near the ceilings or along the walls of the areas through which
they pass and shall be routed to avoid conflicts with HVAC ducts , cranes and hoists ,
lighting fixtures, doors and hatches, etc. Raceways indicated to be run concealed shall
be run in the center of concrete floor slabs , in partitions, or above hung ceilings , as
required.
1.02 RELATED WORK
A. No references are made to any other section which may contain work related to any
other section . The Contract Documents shall be taken as a whole with every section
related to every other section as required to meet the requirements specified. The
organization of the Contract Documents into specification divisions and sections is for
organization of the documents themselves and does not relate to the division of
suppliers or labor which the Contractor may choose to employ in the execution of the
Contract. Where references are made to other Sections and other Divisions of the
Specifications , the Contractor shall provide such information or additional work as may
be required in those references and include such information or work as may be
specified .
B. Other Divisions
1. The Contractor shall be responsible for examining all Sections of the
Specifications and Drawings , and shall determine the power and wiring
requirements and shall provide external wiring and raceways, as required to
provide a fully functioning power, control and process control systems. If the
equipment requires more conductors and/or wiring, due to different equipment
being supplied , the Contractor shall furnish the additional conductors , raceways
and/or wiring , with no change in the Contract Price, and with no increase in
Contract Time.
CONFORMED , 12 /01 /2022
FWW VILLAGE CREEK WRF, DIGESTER MIXING , FLARE , DOME IMPROVEMENTS
CITY PROJECT NO . 102652
26 05 33 -1 RACEWAYS , BOXES , ENCLOSURES ,
AND FITTINGS
1.03 SUBMITTALS
A. Submit to the Owner/Engineer, in accordance with Division 1, the manufacturers' names
and product designation or catalog numbers of all materials specified.
1. Cut sheets for each individual item shall be submitted .
2. Each cut sheet shall be clearly marked to indicate the item submitted and/or mark
out items which are not being submitted for approval. Submittals not clearly
marked will be returned with the indication REVISE AND RESUBMIT as a
minimum or other indication per the specifications as warranted.
B . Submit to the Owner/Engineer, certification that the electricians installing the PVC
coated conduit have a five-year minimum experience, in the installation of the product.
C . All shop drawing submittals and all O&M submittals shall be submitted in hard copy
format and i n electronic format using PDF files on a CD and/or a flash drive and shall
include an indexed Table of Contents. Electronic submittals are mandatory , and any
submittal received not indexed as specified will be returned without review. Hard copy
submittals may not be required if so stipulated in the Contract Documents . No change in
Contract Price or Schedule will be allowed for delays due to unacceptable submittals .
D. Submittals shall also contain information on related equipment to be furnished under this
Specification . Incomplete submittals not containing the required information on the
related equipment will also be returned without review .
1.04 REFERENCE CODES AND STANDARDS
A. All products and components shown on the Drawings and listed in this specification shall
be designed and manufactured according to latest revision of the following standards
(unless otherwise noted):
1. NFPA 70 -National Electrical Code (NEC)
2 . NFPA 70E -Standard For Electrical Safety in the Workplace
3 . UL 6A -Electrical Rigid Meta l Conduit
4 . ANSI C80.5 -Electrical Rigid Aluminum Conduit
5 . UL 5148 -Outlet Bodies
B. All equipment components and completed assembl ies specified in this Section of the
Specifications shall bear the appropriate label of Underwriters Laboratories .
CONFORMED , 12/01 /2022
FWW VILLAGE CREEK WRF , DIGESTE R MI X ING , FLARE , DOME IMPROVEMENTS
CITY PROJECT NO . 102652
26 05 33-2 RACEWAYS , BOXES , ENCLOSURES ,
AND FITTINGS
1.05 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. The manufacturer of these materials shall have produced similar electrical materials and
equipment for a minimum period of five years. When requested by the Owner/Engineer,
an acceptable list of installations with similar equipment shall be provided demonstrating
compliance with this requ irement.
B . The manufacturer of the assembly shall be the manufacturer of the major components
within the assembly. All assemblies shall be of the same manufacturer.
C . The installer of materials specified herein, shall have a minimum of five years '
experience in the installation of each type of material. Proof of experience shall be
submitted, upon request of the Owner/Engineer, prior to installation .
D. Used materials are unacceptable , will be rejected and shall be removed from the job
site. Used materials , if installed, shall be removed and replaced with new materials . If
new materials are insta ll ed with used materials, and the removal of the used materials
renders the new materials in an unacceptable condition , such as new conductors
installed in used raceway components , (determined by the Engineer/Owner alone) then
the new materials shall be removed along with the used materials and replaced. No
increase in the Contract Price nor in Contract Schedule will be allowed.
1.06 JOBSITE DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING
A. Prior to jobsite delivery, complete all submittal requirements , and present to the
Owner/Engineer prior to delivery of the equipment, an approved copy of all such
submittals. Delivery of incomplete constructed equipment, or equipment which failed any
factory tests , will not be permitted .
B . Materials shall be handled and stored in accordance with manufacturer's instructions .
C . Materials shall not be stored exposed to sunlight. Such materials shall be completely
covered .
D. Materials showing signs of previous use, jobsite storage at another location , or exposure
to the elements or other damage will be rejected.
1.07
A.
IA
WARRANTY
Provide warranties , including the manufacturer's warranty, for the equipment specified
and the proper installation thereof, to be free from defects in material and workmanship
for two years from date of final acceptance 2 years from the date defined in Section
00 72 00 GENERAL CONDITIONS and Section 00 73 00 SUPPLEMENTARY
CONDITIONS TO GENERAL CONDITIONS of the equipment and its installation . Within
such period of warranty, all material and labor necessary to return the equipment to new
operating condition shall be provided. Any warranty work requiring shipping or
transporting of the equipment shall be provided at no expense to the Owner.
FWW VILLAGE CREEK WRF , DIGESTER MIXING , FLARE , DOME IMPROVEMENTS
CITY PROJECT NO . 102652
CONFORMED , 12/01 /2022 26 05 33-3 RACEWAYS , BOXES , ENCLOSURES ,
AND FITTINGS
PART 2 -PRODUCTS
2.01 GENERAL
A. Raceways and fittings shall be as shown on the Drawings, with a minimum 3/4-inch
trade size .
B. Device entries less than 3/4 inch shall be provided with an adaptor to connect ¾-inch or
larger conduit. The following adaptors are acceptable:
1. REA 12SA, Cooper Crouse Hinds or equal, for aluminum
2. ADAPT ADU302930, REDAPT or equal , for 316 stainless.
2.02 CONDUIT RACEWAY
A. PVC Coated Rigid Aluminum Conduit (CRMC)
1. PVC coated rigid aluminum conduit shall have a minimum 0.040-inch thick,
polyvinyl chloride coating permanently bonded to rigid aluminum conduit and an
internal chemically cured urethane or enamel coating.
2. Rigid Aluminum conduit shall be extruded from AA 6063 alloy in temper
designation T-1 and shall conform to FED Spec WW-C-540C, ANSI C80.5 and UL
6A.
3. The ends of all couplings, fittings, etc. shall have a minimum of one pipe diameter
in length of PVC overlap .
4 . Manufacturers for PVC coated conduit and fittings
a. Perm a-Cote
b. Robroy Industries
C. O'Kote, Inc.
d. Calbond
e. Ocal.
5. Elbows and couplings shall be PVC coated by the same manufacturer supplying
the conduit PVC coating system. Elbows and couplings used with PVC coated
conduit shall be furnished with a PVC coating bonded to the aluminum , the same
thickness as used on the coated aluminum conduit.
B. Liquid tight Aluminum Flexible Metal Conduit (LFMC)
CONFORMED , 12/01/2022
FWW VILLAGE CREEK WRF , DIGESTER MIXING , FLARE , DOME IMPROVEMENTS
CITY PROJECT NO . 102652
26 05 33-4 RACEWAYS , BOXES , ENCLOSURES,
AND FITTINGS
1. Liquid tight aluminum flexible metal conduit shall have an interlocked aluminum
core , PVC jacket rated for 60 degrees C,. and meeting NEC Article 351.
2. Manufacturers
a. Anaconda Metal Hose Div.
b. Southwire
C. Anaconda American Brass Co.
d. American Flexible Conduit Co ., Inc.
e. Universal Metal Hose Co.
f . ALFLEX
g. Approved equal
3. Fittings used with liquid tight flexible aluminum conduit shall be copper-free
aluminum and shall conform to FEDSPEC AA50552 , and UL-514B .
C. Aluminum Flexible Metal Conduit (FMC)
1. Aluminum flexible metal conduit shall have an interlocked aluminum core , meeting
NEC Article 348, UL 1 and Federal Specification WW-C-566C.
2. Manufacturers
a. Anaconda Metal Hose Div.
b. Southwire
C. Anaconda American Brass Co .
d. American Flexible Conduit Co., Inc.
e. Universal Metal Hose Co .
f. Approved equal
3. Fittings used with aluminum flexible metal conduit shall be copper-free aluminum
shall conform to FEDSPEC AA50552.
D. Rigid Aluminum Conduit (RMC)
CONFORMED, 12 /01 /2022
FWW VILLAGE CREEK WRF , DIGESTER MIXING , FLARE , DOME IMPROVEMENTS
CITY PROJECT NO . 102652
26 05 33-5 RACEWAYS , BOXES , ENCLOSURES ,
AND FITTINGS
1. Rigid Aluminum conduit shall be extruded from AA 6063 alloy in temper
designation T-1 and shall conform to FED Spec WW-C-540C, ANSI C80.5 and UL
6A.
2 . Manufacturer for rigid aluminum conduit and fittings
a. Wheatland Tube Company
b. Allied
c . American Conduit
d. Patriot Industries
e . Approved equal
E. Rigid PVC Schedule 40 Conduit (RNC)
1. Schedule 40 PVC Rigid Nonmetallic Conduit (RNC) shall be designed for use
underground as described in the NEC , resistant to sunlight. The conduits and
fittings shall be manufactured to NEMA TC-2 , Federal Specification WC1094A and
UL 651 specifications . Fittings shall be manufactured to NEMA TC-3 , Federal
Specification WC1094A and UL 514B . Conduit shall have a UL Label.
2 . Manufacturers
a. Rocky Mountain Colby
b. Carlon
c . Kraloy
d. Approved equal
F. Rigid PVC Schedule 80 Conduit (RNC)
1. Schedule 80 PVC Rigid Nonmetallic Conduit (RNC) shall be designed for use
above ground and underground as described in the NEC , resistant to sunlight. The
conduits and fittings shall be manufactured to NEMA TC-2 , Federal Specification
WC1094A and UL 651 specifications. Fittings shall be manufactured to NEMA TC-
3 , Federal Specification WC1094A and UL 514B . Conduit shall have a UL Label.
2 . Manufacturers
a. Rocky Mountain Colby
b. Carlon
CONFORMED , 12 /01 /2022
FWW V IL LAGE CREEK WRF , DIGESTER MIXING , FLARE , DOME IMPROVE MENTS
CITY PROJECT NO . 102652
26 05 33-6 RACEWAYS , BOXES , ENCLOSURES ,
AND FITTINGS
c. Kraloy
d. Approved equal
2.03 WIREWAYS
A. All wireways shall be NEMA 4X 316 stainless steel , with gasketed hinged covers and
stainless steel quick-release type latches. Wireway shall have two Breather/Drains for
each ten feet of wireway . Breather/Drain shall be in the bottom , near the ends of the
wireway. Wireways shall have integral welded mounting lugs . Bolted -on mounting lugs
are unacceptable. Provide stainless steel internal barriers to isolate signal cables from
power conductors and multiconductor digital control cables .
B. Manufacturers
1. Industria l Enclosure Corporation
2. Cooper B Line
a . Approved equal
C. Breather/Drains
1. Eaton Crouse-Hinds 316 stainless steel
a . Approved equal
2.04 RACEWAY BOXES AND EQUIPMENT ENCLOSURES
A. The term box and enclosure are synonymous for this specification. Boxes and
enclosures specified herein , include terminal boxes , junction boxes , pull boxes , and
boxes for switch , receptacles and lighting. Enclosures used for electrical and
instrumentation equipment, other than terminal boxes , shall be provided as described in
this section with references to this specification in other specification sections . All
raceway boxes and equipment enclosures shall be provided with a common ground
point and shall be UL rated .
B. NEMA Type 4X boxes shall be 316 stainless steel or aluminum only as otherwise
specified or shown with mounting lugs or brackets welded on the box , suitable for wall
mounting , or have mounting feet where self-standing . Boxes for wall-mounting shall
have integral welded-on mounting lugs. Enclosures with mounting feet shall have the
mounting feet brackets for the attachment of mounting feet welded on . Boxes
manufactured with holes intended for mounting using bolted-on mounting lugs or feet are
not acceptable. Drilling through the back of the box to mount is strictly prohibited. Drilled
boxes shall be removed and replaced . All boxes shall have continuously welded seams
ground smooth, and shall have continuous hinged , gasketed doors. Box bodies shall not
be less than 16 gauge . Boxes larger than 24 inches X 20 inches shall have a three-point
FWW VILLAGE CREEK WRF , DIGESTER MIXING , FLARE , DOME IMPROVEMENTS
CITY PROJECT NO . 102652
CONFORMED , 12 /0 1/2022 26 05 33 -7 RACEWAYS , BOXES , ENCLOSURES ,
AND FITTINGS
type latch with handle. Boxes 24 inches X 20 inches or smaller shall have 316 stainless
steel luggage type quick release latches , or three-point latch system with all components
316 stainless steel. Latch systems requiring tools to open or close are unacceptable.
C. NEMA 4X 316 Stainless Steel enclosures
1. Use for all locations unless otherwise shown or specified
2. Type 316 stainless steel , body and door
3 . Stainless steel continuous hinge
4. Foam in-place gasket
5. Single point quarter turn latches (20-inch X 24-inch and smaller). All others shall
have three-point
6. Manufacturers
a . Enclosures housing electrical equipment may be constructed by the
manufacturer of that equipment but shall meet the all the physical
requirements specified herein.
b. Eaton Crouse Hinds
C. Hoffman
d . Appleton Electric
e . EMF Company
f. NEMA Enclosures Company
g. Cooper B Line
h. Rittal
i. Approved equal
D. NEMA 4X Aluminum [Where shown on the Drawings] boxes shall be constructed as
follows:
1. Type 5052 aluminum , body and door
2 . Stainless steel continuous hinge
3 . Foam in-place gasket
CONFORMED , 12/01 /2022
FWW VILLAGE CREEK WRF , DIGESTER MIXING , FLARE , DOME IMPROVEMENTS
CITY PROJECT NO . 102652
26 05 33-8 RACEWAYS , BOXES , ENCLOSURES ,
AND FITTINGS
4. Single point quarter turn latches (20-inch X 24-inch and below). All others three-
point latch
5. Manufacturers
a. Enclosures housing electrical equipment may be constructed by the
manufacturer of that equipment but shall meet the all the physical
requirements specified herein.
b. Hoffman
c. EMF Company
d. NEMA Enclosures Company
e. Cooper B Line
f. Approved equal
E. Chemical Rooms and areas specified or shown to be corrosive : NEMA 4X nonmetallic
boxes shall be constructed as follows :
1. PVC or Fiberglass reinfo rced polyester body and door.
2 . UV inhibitors
3. UL Listed
4 . RoHS compliant
5. Formed in place polyurethane gasket in continuous channel.
6 . 316 Stainless steel quarter turn cover bolts with metallic handles .
7 . Manufacturers
a. Enclosures housing electrical equipment may be constructed by the
manufacturer of that equipment but shall meet the all the physical
requirements specified herein.
b. Allied Molded Products , Inc.
c. Cantex
d. Cooper
e . Hoffman
CONFORMED, 12/01 /2022
FWW VILLAGE CREEK WRF , DIGESTER MIXING , FLARE , DOME IMPROVEMENTS
CITY PROJECT NO . 102652
26 05 33-9 RACEWAYS , BOXES , ENCLOSURES ,
AND FITTINGS
f. Hubbell-Wiegmann Non-Metallic
g. Approved equal
F. Classified Areas, NEMA 7/4X boxes (Class 1, Division 1, Groups A, B, C, and D, or as
defined in NFPA 70) shall be constructed as follows:
1. Copper free cast aluminum body and cover
2. Stainless steel hinges
3. Watertight neoprene gasket
4. Stainless steel quarter turn cover bolts with metallic handles.
5 . Manufacturers
a . Enclosures housing electrical equipment may be constructed by the
manufacturer of that equipment but shall meet the all the physical
requirements specified herein .
b . Eaton Crouse-Hinds
c . Appleton Electric
d. Approved equal
G. NEMA 12 boxes [Where shown on the Drawings] shall be constructed as follows:
1. Type 5052 aluminum, body and door
2 . Stainless steel continuous hinge
3 . Foam in-place gasket
4 . Single point quarter turn latches (20-inch X 24-inch and below). All others three-
point latch
5 . Manufacturers
a. Enclosures housing electrical equipment may be constructed by the
manufacturer of that equipment but shall meet the all the physical
requirements specified herein.
b . Hoffman
c . EMF Company
CONFORMED , 12 /01 /2022
FWW VILLAGE CREEK WRF , DIGESTER MIXING , FLARE , DOME IMPROVEMENTS
CITY PROJECT NO . 102652
26 05 33-10 RACEWAYS , BOXES , ENCLOSURES ,
AND FITTINGS
d. NEMA Enclosures Company
e. Cooper
f. Approved equal
H. NEMA 1 or NEMA 1A boxes shall not be used.
I. Malleable iron boxes shall not be used.
2.05 DEVICE BOXES
A. Device boxes installed in aluminum raceway systems for switches and receptacle , etc .,
shall be copper free cast aluminum , and shall have tapered , threaded , hubs , with
integral bushings . Boxes shall have internal grounding screw, and a minimum of two
mounting feet. Boxes shall be type FD .
B. Manufacturers
1. Eaton Crouse-Hinds
2 . Appleton
3. Approved equal
2.06 CONDUIT OUTLET BODIES
A. Conduit outlet bodies and covers shall be Form 7, copper-free aluminum , with captive
screw-clamp cover, neoprene gasket and stainless-steel screws and clamps for conduits
up to and including 2-1/2 inches .
B . Manufacturers
1. Eaton Crouse-Hinds Form 7 with Mark 7 wedge-nut cover
2. Appleton
3 . Approved equal
C. Provide junction boxes for conduits larger than 2-1/2 inches.
D. All outlet boxes and covers for Class 1 Division 2 areas shall be rated NEMA 4X.
1. Manufacturers
a . Eaton Crouse-Hinds EA Series
b. Approved equal
CONFORMED , 12 /01 /2022
FWW VI LLAGE CREEK WRF , DIGESTER MIXING , FLARE , DOME IMPROVEMENTS
CITY PROJECT NO . 102652
26 05 33-11 RACEWAYS , BOXES , ENCLOSURES ,
AND FITT INGS
2.07 CONDUIT HUBS
A. Conduit hubs for use on raceway system pull and junction boxes shall be watertight,
threaded aluminum, insulated throat , stainless steel grounding screw
B. Manufacturers
1. T&B H150GRA Series
2 . Approved equal
C . Conduit hubs for use on outlet boxes or boxes containing electrical or instrumentation
equipment shall be watertight, threaded steel , insulated throat, hub of the female-female
type , with locking nipple of male construction. Hubs shall be T&B HT Series , or approved
equal. Hubs with female locking nipples , where the hub projects into the box , will not be
acceptable .
2.08 GROUNDING BUSHINGS
A. Grounding bushings shall be insulated lay-in lug grounding bushings with tin-plated
copper grounding path. Bushings shall have integrally molded noncombustible phenolic
insulated surfaces rated 150°C . Each bushing shall be furnished with a plastic insert
cap . The size of the lug shall be sufficient to accommodate the maximum ground wire
size required by the NEC for the application .
B. Manufacturers
1. O-Z/Gedney Type ABLG
2. Approved equal
2.09 RACEWAY SEALANT
A. Raceway sealant for use in the sealing of raceway hubs , entering or terminating in boxes
or enclosures where such sealing is shown or specified , shall be 3M 1000NS Watertight
Sealant, or approved equal.
2.10 CONDUIT PENETRATION SEALS
A. Conduit wall and floor seals
1. O.Z./Gedney Co . Series CSM
a. Type CSML-XXXP shall be used for all applications that do not require a
recessed sealing bushing.
CONFORMED , 12/01 /2022
FWW VILLAGE CREEK WRF , DIGESTER MIXING , FLARE , DOME IMPROVEMENTS
CITY PROJECT NO . 102652
26 05 33-12 RACEWAYS , BOXES , ENCLOSURES ,
AND FITTINGS
b. Type CSMI-XXXP shall be used for all applications that require a recessed
sealing bushing.
2. Approved equal
2.11 EXPANSION-DEFLECTION COUPLING
A. Combination expansion-deflection fitt ings with 3/4-inch axial expansion and contraction
movement, 3/4 -inch parallel misalignment movement, and up to 30 degrees of angular
movement in any direction. It shall be copper-free aluminum, with exterior tinned copper
braid bonding jumper and 316 stainless grounding straps
B . Manufacturers
1. Eaton Crouse-Hinds Model XD
2. Approved equal
C . Provide an aluminum cover over the fitting to protect the rubber portions from exposure
to direct sun light. Secure the aluminum sun shield with a minim of two stainless steel
tie wraps .
D . Nylon tie wraps are not acceptable .
2.12 EXPANSION FITTINGS
A. Expansion fittings shall provide eight-inch movement, shall be made of copper-free
aluminum , with exterior tinned copper braid bonding jumper and 316 stainless grounding
straps. Provide internal grounding . Nylon tie wraps are not acceptable .
B . Manufacturers
1. Eaton Crouse-Hinds Co . Type XJGSA
2 . Approved equal
2.13 EXPLOSION-PROOF SEALS, BREATHERS AND DRAINS
A. Explosion proof fittings shall be designed for Class 1 Division 1, Group D , hazardous
locations. Fittings shall be copper-free aluminum , with seals, breathers and drains.
Provide type ED , or as required for the application .
B . Manufacturers
1. Eaton Crouse-Hinds Co.
2 . Appleton Electric Co .
CONFORMED , 12 /01 /2022
FWW VILLAGE CREEK WRF , DIGESTER MIXING , FLARE , DOME IMPROVEMENTS
CITY PROJECT NO . 102652
26 05 33-13 RACEWAYS , BOXES , ENCLOSURES ,
AND FITTINGS
3. O .Z./Gedney Co.
4 . Approved equal
2.14 KELLEMS GRIPS
A. Kellems grips cable supports shall be 316 stainless steel.
2.15 CONDUIT MOUNTING EQUIPMENT
A. Pull and junction box supports, spacers, conduit support rods, clamps, hangers, channel,
nut, bolts, washers, etc . and shall be 316 stainless steel. Nylon tie wraps are not
acceptable.
2.16 CONDUIT IDENTIFICATION TAGGING
A. Use the tagging formats for conduits as shown on the Drawings. Where modifications or
additions are made to existing equipment replace existing tags with new modified tags .
B. Conduit identification plates shall be embossed stainless steel with stainless steel band,
permanently secured to the conduit without screws. Nylon tie wraps are not acceptable .
C. Identification plates shall be as manufactured by the Panduit Corp. or equal.
PART 3 -EXECUTION
3.01 RACEWAY APPLICATIONS
A. Unless exact locations are shown on the Drawings, coordinate the placement of raceway
systems and related components with other trades and existing installations .
B. Raceway Systems for the installation of Fiber Optic Cables shall not contain conduit
bodies , device boxes, or raceway boxes containing less than twelve inches of bend
radius .
C. Unless shown on the Drawings or specified otherwise, the raceway type installed with
respect to the location shall be as follows, including all materials:
1.
Raceway System Location
Rigid Galvanized (RSC) Type Not acceptable for use on this Project
FWW VILLAGE CREEK WRF , DIGESTER MIXING , FLARE , DOME IMPROVEMENTS
CITY PROJECT NO . 102652
CONFORMED , 12 /01/2022 26 05 33-14 RACEWAYS , BOXES , ENCLOSURES ,
AND FITTINGS
Raceway System Location
2 . PVC Coated Aluminum (CRMC) Type All embedded raceway bends , underground
duct bank bends of more than 20 degrees, and
all raceway stub-ups to a minimum of six
inches above finished floor or grade and in
Chlorine and Caustic rooms .
3. Liquidtight Flexible Aluminum (LFMC) Type Raceway connection to vibrating equipment,
and as shown on the Drawings in all areas .
4. Rigid Non-metallic, Schedule 80 PVC Underground encased in red dyed reinforced
(RNC) Type concrete.
5 . Flexible Aluminum (FMC) Type Fixture whip connection to lighting fixtures in
NEMA 12 areas (maximum 3-feet). BX or AC
type prefabricated cables are not permitted.
6. Aluminum Rigid Metal (RMC) Type All above grade areas, except for concrete
embedded and those areas described in
Locations 2 through 6 above .
D. All conduit of a given type shall be the product of one manufacturer.
3.02 BOX APPLICATIONS
A. All raceway junction pull and terminal boxes and electrical equipment enclosures shall
have NEMA ratings for the location in which they are installed , and as specified herein .
B . The distance between each raceway entry inside the box and the opposite wall of the
box shall not be less than eight times the metric designator (trade size) of the largest
raceway in a row . This distance shall be increased for additional entries by the amount
of the sum of the diameters of all other raceway entries in the same row on the same
wall of the box . Each row shall be calculated individually, and the single row that
provides the maximum distance shall be used.
C. Provide cast aluminum conduit fittings for exposed switch, receptacle and lighting outlet
boxes .
D. All raceway boxes and wall -mounted electrical equipment enclosures shall be provided
with factory mounting integral welded mounting lugs . Bolt-on gasketed mounting lugs
attached through factory-drilled holes are not acceptable for any raceway box or
electrical equipment enclosure . Drilling through the back of any box or enclosure is
prohibited , and if so installed , shall be removed and replaced, with no increase in the
Contract Price or Construction Schedule.
CONFORMED , 12 /01/2022
FWW VILLAGE CREEK WRF , DIGESTER MIXING , FLARE , DOME IMPROVEMENTS
CITY PROJECT NO . 102652
26 05 33-15 RACEWAYS , BOXES , ENCLOSURES ,
AND FITTINGS
E. No penetrations shall be made in the top of boxes or electrical equipment enclosures in
wet locations.
F. Boxes for use only on concealed, above ground, interior electrical wiring , in air-
conditioned administrative buildings remote to the process area, may be NEMA 1
galvanized boxes as specified for such areas. All boxes used in such areas, for exposed
wiring , shall be NEMA 12 aluminum or 316 stainless steel as specified above .
3.03 DEVICE BOX APPLICATIONS
A. Device boxes shall be used for mounting wiring devices such as receptacles , switches,
thermostats, lighting and other permanently mounted devices. All device boxes shall be
installed with a minimum of 1/4-inch air space between the back of the box and the wall
or back panel on which it is installed . The space may be created with enough 316
stainless steel washers to provide the required air space or may be mounted using 316
stainless steel slotted channel.
3.04 CONDUIT OUTLET BODIES APPLICATIONS
A. Conduit outlet bodies may be used on conduits up to and including 2-1/2 inches, except
where junction boxes are shown or otherwise specified. For conduits larger than 2-1/2
inches , junction boxes shall be provided.
3.05 CONDUIT HUB APPLICATIONS
A. Unless specifically stated herein or described on the Drawings, all raceways shall
terminate at an outlet with a conduit hub. Locknut or double locknut terminations will not
be permitted .
B . When conduits contain equipment grounding conductors the wire shall be grounded to
the hub(s) associated with that grounding conductor.
3.06 INSULATED GROUNDING BUSHING APPLICATIONS
A. Insulated grounding bushings shall be provided and used to terminate raceways where
the raceways enter pad-mounted electrical equipment or switchgear from the bottom
where there is no wall or floor pan on which to anchor or terminate the raceway.
B. All other raceways shall terminate on enclosures with a conduit hub , except for NEMA
7/4X areas .
C. Grounding bushing caps shall remain on the bushing until the wire is ready to be pulled .
3.07 CONDUIT FITTINGS APPLICATIONS
A . Combination expansion-deflection fittings shall be installed where conduits cross
structure expansion joints , and where installed in exposed conduit runs such that the
CONFORMED , 12/01/2022
FWW VILLAGE CREEK WRF , DIGESTER MIXING , FLARE , DOME IMPROVEMENTS
CITY PROJECT NO. 102652
26 05 33 -16 RACEWAYS , BOXES , ENCLOSURES ,
AND FITTINGS
distance between expansion-deflection fittings does not exceed 150 feet of conduit run.
Expansion-deflection fittings are acceptable in indoor locations out of exposure to direct
sunlight or other outdoor locations which are shaded.
B . Expansion-deflection fittings are not acceptable for use outdoors unless approved in
writing on a case-by-case basis from the Engineer/Owner. Where combination
expansion-deflection fittings with exposed non-metallic sections, are approved by the
Engineer/Owner for use where exposed to sunlight or other outdoor locations which are
shaded, an aluminum wrap shall be installed loosely over the non-metallic portion,
extending at least two inches beyond the ends. The wrap shall be loosely secured , to
permit movement, with at least two 316 SS fasteners . Nylon tie-wraps are not
acceptable.
C. Provide an expansion fitting with a minimum of six inches available movement shall be
installed on the exposed side of under to above grade conduit transitions . Expansion-
deflection fittings shall not be provided unless approved and protected as specified
above.
3.08 CONDUIT PENETRATION SEALS APPLICATIONS
A. Conduit wall seals shall be used where underground conduits penetrate walls or at other
locations shown on the Drawings .
B. Conduit sealing bushings shall be used to seal conduit ends exposed to the weather and
at other locations shown on the Drawings.
3.09 EXPLOSION-PROOF SEALS, BREATHERS AND DRAINS APPLICATIONS
A. Fittings consisting of sealing fittings, breathers, drains, with sealing compound and fiber,
as specified herein, shall be used as required to meet all the requirements of the
National Electrical Code.
3.10 CONDUIT TAG APPLICATIONS
A. All conduits shall be tagged within one foot of the entry of equipment, and wall and floor
penetrations .
B. Tag all underground conduits and ducts at all locations, exiting and entering from
underground, including manholes and handholes.
3.11 RACEWAY SEALING
A. All raceways entering junction boxes, terminal junction boxes, electrical equipment
enclosures or control panels containing electrical or instrumentation equipment shall be
connected to the box, enclosure or panel using conduit hubs and shall be sealed with
Raceway Sealant, as specified herein.
CONFORMED , 12/01/2022
FWW VILLAGE CREEK WRF , DIGESTER MIXING, FLARE , DOME IMPROVEMENTS
CITY PROJECT NO . 102652
26 05 33-17 RACEWAYS , BOXES , ENCLOSURES ,
AND FITTINGS
B . This requirement shall be strictly adhered to for all raceways in the conduit system.
3.12 PVC RACEWAY TO PVC COATED ALUMINUM RACEWAY TRANSITIONS IN
CONCRETE ENCASEMENT
A. Transitions from PVC raceway to PVC coated aluminum raceway in concrete
encasements shall be made as follows:
1. Terminate the PVC conduit in a threaded PVC female adapter.
2. Terminate the PVC coated aluminum conduit in a threaded male adaptor.
3. Thread the male PVC-coated aluminum conduit adaptor into the female threaded
PVC adapter.
B . Tighten the joint securely, then double layer wrap the joint with two-inch vinyl electrica l
tape for a distance of two inches each side of the threaded joint to prevent any contact
between any exposed aluminum threads and concrete.
3.13 RACEWAY INSTALLATION
A. Do not install pull wires and conductors until the raceway system is in place . No wire
shall be installed between outlet points , junction points or splicing points, until all
raceway sections are complete , and all raceway covers are installed for protection of
conductors from damage or exposure to the elements. Conductors installed into
incomplete raceway systems are considered improperly installed and are in violation of
the NEC . The occurrence of wire installed in an incomplete installation, shall require the
removal of such conductors from the project site, and replacement of the conductors at
with no increase in Contract Price or Schedule . The raceway system shall be completed
and inspected by the Engineer/Owner, before new conductors are installed .
B. No conduit smaller than 3/4-inch electrical trade size , shall be used , nor shall any have
more than the equivalent of three 90-degree bends in any one run. Pull boxes shall be
provided as necessary. Conduit reducers which are the same type of the raceway shall
be installed where manufacturer-provided enclosures are not available with conduit hubs
larger than 1/2-inch at the enclosure to terminate 3/4-inch conduit. The raceway fill shall
be adjusted to accommodate the smaller opening in the manufacturer-provided
enclosure . Notify the Engineer/Owner prior to the installation of the raceway into
enclosures with openings smaller than the specified minimum . Raceways installed
without notice are considered unacceptable and may be required to be removed at the
Engineer's/Owner's discretion with no increase in the Contract Price or Schedule
allowed.
C. All raceways , installed underground, shall be installed in accordance with Section 26 05
43 Underground System , and be a minimum size of two-inch trade size.
CONFORMED , 12 /01/2022
FWW V IL LAGE CREEK WRF , DIGESTER MIXING , FLARE , DOME IMPROVEMENTS
CITY PROJECT NO . 102652
26 05 33 -1 8 RACEWAYS , BOXES , ENCLOSURES ,
AND FITTINGS
D. Raceways entering or leaving the raceway system, which could be subjected to the entry
of moisture , rain or liquid of any type, shall be tightly sealed , using 3M 1 000NS
Watertight Sealant, or approved equal at any possible moisture entry point both before
and after the installation of cables to prevent the entry of water or moisture to the
Raceway System at any time. Any damage to new or existing equipment, due to the
entrance of moisture from unsealed raceways, shall be corrected by complete
replacement of such equipment. No increase in the Contract Price or Schedule will be
allowed. Cleaning or drying of such damaged equipment will not be acceptable.
E. Conduit supports, other than for underground raceways, shall be spaced at intervals of
eight feet or less, as required by the NEC and as required to obtain rigid construction.
Conduits shall be supported near the entry into any enclosure in accordance with the
NEC. Conduits shall not be used to support other conduits, nor shall conduits be
supported from cable tray .
F . Single conduits shall be supported by means of one-hole pipe clamps in combination
with one-screw back plates, to raise conduits from the surface.
G . Multiple runs of conduits shall be supported on trapeze type hangers with horizontal
members and threaded hanger rods. The rods shall be not less than 3/8-inch diameter.
Multiple conduits mounted on walls shall be supported using strut and 316 stainless
steel conduit clamps , screws , nuts and washers.
H. Surface mounted panel boxes, junction boxes, conduit, etc. shall be supported as
specified herein .
I. Conduit hangers shall be attached to structural steel by means of beam or channel
clamps . Where attached to concrete surfaces, anchors shall be as specified in Section
26 05 29 Electrical Support Hardware.
J . No electrical equipment enclosures , boxes , terminal junction boxes or raceways shall be
attached to or supported from, sheet metal walls.
K. All conduits on exposed work shall be run at right angles to and parallel with the
surrounding wall and shall conform to the form of the ceiling . No diagonal runs will be
allowed . Bends in parallel conduit runs shall be concentric. Offsets in conduit runs shall
all be done at the same point and shall all be the same angle, so the entire installation
appears to be parallel or concentric at every point. All conduits shall be run perfectly
straight and true.
L. Conduits terminated into enclosures shall be perpendicular to the walls where flexible
liquid tight or rigid conduits are required . The use of short seal tight elbow fittings for
such terminations will not be permitted, except for connections to instrumentation
transmitters, where multiple penetrations are required.
CONFORMED , 12/01/2022
FWW VILLAGE CREEK WRF , DIGESTER MIXING , FLARE , DOME IMPROVEMENTS
CITY PROJECT NO . 102652
26 05 33 -19 RACEWAYS , BOXES , ENCLOSURES ,
AND FITTINGS
M. Conduits containing equipment grounding conductors and terminating in boxes shall
have insulated throat grounding bushings. The grounding conductor shall be grounded
to the box.
N. Conduits shall be installed using threaded fittings . Running threads will not be permitted .
0. Provide glued type conduit fittings on PVC conduit.
P. Conduits installed which are not in compliance with these requirements shall be
removed and reinstalled at the Engineer's/Owner's discretion. If conductors are installed
when the improper installation is discovered, the conductors shall be removed from the
raceway, discarded and removed them from the job site, replaced, re-terminated,
retagged , and retested in accordance with the specifications. The function of the system
shall be retested in its entirety. No increase in Contract Time or Schedule will be
allowed .
Q. Liquid tight flexible metallic conduit shall be used for the primary and secondary of
transformers, generator terminations and other equipment where vibration is present.
Use in other locations is not permitted, except for connections to instrumentation
transmitters, where multiple penetrations are required. Liquid tight flexible metallic
conduit shall have a maximum length not greater than that of a factory manufactured
elbow of the conduit size being used . The maximum bending radius shall not be less
than that shown in the NEC Chapter 9, Table 2, "Other Bends ". BX or AC type
prefabricated cables will not be permitted.
R. Seal the remaining openings or spaces of conduits passing through openings in walls or
floor slabs to prevent the passage of flame or smoke where additional openings or space
around the conduits are present.
S. Conduit ends exposed to the weather or corrosive gases shall be sealed with conduit
sealing bushings .
T. Raceways terminating in Control Panels or enclosures outdoors or any wet or damp
location or any location where plant process equipment is located , or any location not
otherwise specifically designated as a dry electrical room , control room or office space,
which contain electrical equipment or terminal blocks, shall not enter from the top of the
enclosure. The raceways shall be sealed with a watertight sealant as specified herein .
Enclosures entered from the top where top entry is prohibited, will be rejected and shall
be removed and replaced regardless of the Division which contains the specification for
the enclosure. The use of UL Listed conduit closures to restore the NEMA rating of the
enclosure will not be accepted . Conduit entering the top of the enclosures shall be
removed and re-routed to enter the enclosure from the side or bottom. Conductors
installed in top entering conduits shall be pulled back to the nearest conduit body or
junction box and re-routed with the conduit , provided the conductors are long enough to
be re-terminated . Conductors found to be insufficient in length to be re-terminated shall
be completely removed and replaced , re-tested , re-tagged , re-tested and the control
CONFORMED , 12/01/2022
FWW VILLAGE CREEK WRF , DIGESTER MIXING , FLARE , DOME IMPROVEMENTS
CITY PROJECT NO . 102652
26 05 33-20 RACEWAYS , BOXES , ENCLOSURES ,
AND FITTINGS
function of the panel shall be re-tested. If the enclosure is provided by an OEM, the
enclosure and its contents shall be returned to the OEM for a new enclosure . No
increase in Contract Price nor increase in Contract Time will be allowed the Contractor
for making these corrections.
U. All conduits from external sources entering or leaving a multiple compartment enclosure
shall be stubbed up into the bottom horizontal wire way or other manufacturer
designated area, directly below the vertical section in which the conductors are to be
terminated. Conduits entering from cable tray shall be stubbed into the upper section.
V. Conduit sealing and drain fittings shall be installed in areas designated as NEMA 4X or
7.
W . A conduit identification plate shall be installed on all power, instrumentation, alarm and
control conduits at each end of the run and at intermediate junction boxes , manholes ,
etc. Conduit plates shall be installed before conductors are pulled into conduits . Exact
identification plate location shall be coordinated with the Owner/Engineer at the time of
installation to provide uniformity of placement and ease of reading . Conduit numbers
shall be exactly as shown on the Drawings.
X . Mandrels shall be pulled through all existing conduits that will be reused and through all
new conduits two inches in diameter and larger prior to installing conductors.
Y. 3/16-inch polypropylene pull lines shall be installed in all new conduits noted as spares
or designated for future equipment.
Z . All conduit that may under any circumstance contain liquids such as water,
condensation, liquid chemicals, etc. shall be arranged to drain away from the equipment
served. If conduit drainage is not possible, conduit seals shall be used to plug the
conduits at the point of attachment to the equipment.
M . Conduits shall not cross pipe shafts, access hatches or vent duct openings. They shall
be routed to avoid such present or future openings in floor or ceiling construction .
BB. The use of running threads is prohibited. Where such threads are necessary, a
three-piece union shall be used .
CC . Conduits passing from heated to unheated spaces, exterior spaces, refrigerated spaces,
cold air plenums , etc. shall be sealed with Watertight Sealant as specified herein.
DD . Conduits shall be located a minimum of three inches from steam or hot water piping.
Where crossings are unavoidable , the conduit shall be kept at least one inch from the
covering of the pipe crossed.
EE . Conduits terminating at a cable tray shall be supported independently from the cable
tray. Provide a conduit support within one foot of the cable tray. The weight of the
conduit shall not bear on the cable tray.
FWW VILLAGE CREEK WRF , DIGESTER MIXING , FLARE , DOME IMPROVEMENTS
CITY PROJECT NO. 102652
CONFORMED , 12 /01/2022 26 05 33-21 RACEWAYS , BOXES , ENCLOSURES ,
AND FITTINGS
FF . Conduits entering the top of electrical equipment enclosures from cable tray or otherwise
routed from above the equipment in airconditioned dry indoor spaces shall coordinate
their placement with the HVAC duct vents such that cold air from the HVAC system will
not blow directly on the vertical conduits causing condensation. Conduits which cannot
be located away from direct exposure to cold air from the HVAC system shall be
insulated to prevent condensation from forming inside the conduits or shall be re-routed.
In all cases, condensation caused by cold air from the HVAC system shall be prevented
from entering electrical enclosures. Equipment damaged by water from condensation
shall be removed, replaced, conductors re-terminated , and its operation retested with no
change in the contract price or schedule.
GG. All changes of direction on PVC coated steel conduit greater than 20 degrees shall be
accomplished using long radius bends. Any field bends shall be made using equipment
designed to prevent damage to the PVC coating.
CONFORMED , 12/01 /2022
END OF SECTION
FWW VILLAGE CREEK WRF , DIGESTER MIXING , FLARE , DOME IMPROVEMENTS
CITY PROJECT NO . 102652
26 05 33-22 RACEWAYS , BOXES , ENCLOSURES ,
AND FITTINGS
PART 1 -GENERAL
1.01 SCOPE OF WORK
SECTION 26 05 36
CABLE TRAY
A. Furnish and install complete cable tray systems, with all accessories, fittings, supports,
as shown on the Drawings and as specified herein.
B. Cable tray runs outline the general routing of raceways. Select actual routing in the field
to follow Drawings as closely as possible and to avoid interfering with pipes, ducts,
structural members, or other equipment. Deviations in routing from that shown on the
Drawings must be approved by the Engineer, with no change in the Contract Price or
Schedule allowed.
1.02 RELATED WORK
A. Refer to Division 26 00 00 and the Contract Drawings , for related work and electrical
coordination requirements.
1.03 SUBMITTALS
A. Shop Drawings
1. Submit to the Owner/Engineer, in accordance with Division 1, a complete tray
layout and routing in a computer-aided format , fittings and hangers, with tray type ,
sizes , dimensions and support points.
a . Submittal shall show tray routing, with elevations.
b. Drawings shall show locations of tray hangers and/or concrete inserts where
concrete inserts are to be used
c. The use of the Engineer's Drawings as a base plan for the layout is not
allowed . Calculations shall be provided for loading and deflections.
Calculations shall be submitted in a format (Excel spread sheet and PDF on
CD and or flash drive or acceptable equal) which will permit hand calculation
verification by the Owner/Engineer.
B. Product Data: Provide data for fittings and accessories.
C. Manufacturer's Instructions: Indicate application conditions and limitations of use
stipulated by product testing agency specified under Regulatory Requirements . Include
instructions for storage, handling , protection, examination, preparation and installation of
product.
CONFORMED , 12/01/2022
FWW VILLAGE CREEK WRF , DIGESTER MIXING , FLARE , DOME IMPROVEMENTS
CITY PROJECT NO . 102652
26 05 36-1 CABLE TRAY
D. Operation and Maintenance Manuals
1. Submit Operation and Maintenance Manuals containing installation and
maintenance instructions for the cable tray and its components.
1.04 REFERENCE STANDARDS
A . National Fire Protection Association (NFPA)
1. NFPA 70 -National Electrical Code , Article 392 Cable Trays.
B. National Electrical Manufacturers Association (NEMA)
1. NEMA VE-1 -2002 Metal Cable Tray Systems
2. NEMA VE-2 -2001 Cable Tray Installation Guidelines
C. Underwriters Laboratories (UL)
D. Where reference is made to one of the above standards , the revision in effect at the time
of bid opening shall apply .
1.05 REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS
A. Conform to the requirements of NFPA 70.
B . Furnish products listed and classified by UL as suitable for the purpose specified herein
and as shown on the Drawings .
1.06 JOBSITE DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING
A. Prior to jobsite delivery , complete all submittal requirements, and present to the
Owner/Engineer prior to delivery of t he equipment, an approved copy of all such
submittals . Delivery of incomplete constructed equipment, or equipment which failed any
factory tests , will not be permitted .,
B. Materials shall be handled and stored in accordance with manufacturer's instructions .
C . Materials shall not be stored exposed to sunlight. Such materials shall be completely
covered.
D. Materials showing signs of previous or jobsite exposure will be rejected.
CONFORMED , 12/01/2022
FWW VILLAGE CREEK WRF , DIGESTER MIXING , FLARE , DOME IMPROVEMENTS
CITY PROJECT NO . 102652
26 05 36 -2 CABLE TRAY
1.07 WARRANTY
A. Provide warranties, including the manufacturer's warrantee, for the equipment specified
and the proper installation thereof, to be free from defects in material and workmanship
/\ for two years from date of final aooeptanoe 2 years from the date defined in Section
~ 00 72 00 GENERAL CONDITIONS and Section 00 73 00 SUPPLEMENTARY
CONDITIONS TO GENERAL CONDITIONS of the equipment and its installation . Within
such period of warranty, all material and labor necessary to return the equipment to new
operating condition shall be provided . Any warranty work requiring shipping or
transporting of the equipment shall be provided at no expense to the Owner.
PART 2 -PRODUCTS
2.01 MANUFACTURERS
A. Subject to compliance with the Contract Documents , the following manufacturers are
acceptable :
1. T.J. Cope Allied .
2. Cooper 8-Line
3. Approved Equal
B. The listing of specific manufacturers above does not imply acceptance of their products
that do not meet the specified ratings, features and functions . Manufacturers listed
above are not relieved from meeting these specifications in their entirety .
2.02 LADDER-TYPE CABLE TRAY
A. Description : NEMA VE 1, Class 20C (minimum 100 pounds per foot load rating) ladder
type tray.
B. Material: Aluminum
C . Finish: N/A.
D. Inside Width: As indicated on the Drawings .
E. Inside Depth: Minimum five inches , unless otherwise shown on the Drawings.
F. Straight section Rung Spacing: nine inches on center.
G . Each rung shall be capable of supporting a 200 pound concentrated load at the center of
the cable tray span and width , over and above the specified cable load , with a safety
factor of 1.5.
CONFORMED , 12/01 /2022
FWW VILLAGE CREEK WRF , DIGESTER MIXING , FLARE , DOME IMPROVEMENTS
CITY PROJECT NO . 102652
26 05 36 -3 CABLE TRAY
H . Inside Radius of Fittings: Minimum 24 inches, unless otherwise shown on the Drawings .
I. Provide clamps, hangers, brackets, splice plates , reducer plates, blind ends, barrier
strips , connectors , nuts , bolts, washers , lock washers, all thread and grounding straps ,
all of 316 stainless steel.
J. Dividers: Dividers shall be supplied to isolate cables of different voltage ratings that
occupy the same cable tray.
2.03 WARNING SIGNS
A. Permanent warning label shall appear on all straight sections and fittings and shall have
the following wording: WARNING! DO NOT USE CABLE TRAY AS A WALKWAY ,
LADDER OR SUPPORT. USE ONLY AS A MECHANICAL SUPPORT FOR CABLES .
PART 3 -EXECUTION
3.01 INSTALLATION
A. Install in accordance with manufacturer's instructions .
B. Install metallic cable tray in accordance with NEMA VE 2 Cable Tray Installation
Guidelines, and as specified herein .
C. Conduits, containing wire or cables entering or leaving the cable tray shall be securely
clamped to the cable tray , but the tray shall not act as the primary means of conduit
support . Conduits or any other raceway containing conductors routed from or to the
cable tray system shall be provided with their own independent supports .
D . Provide supports at each connection point, at the end of each run, and at other points to
maintain spacing between supports of 12 feet maximum.
E. Use expansion connectors where required . Install bonding jumpers at each at each
expansion splice plate. Bonding jumpers shall be rated for the cable tray ampacity. All
tray systems shall have a continuous bare tinned copper grounding conductor as
specified herein. The bonding jumpers shall be provided in addition to the grounding
conductor.
F. Ground and bond cable tray under provisions of NEC Article 392 .
1. Provide continuity between tray components .
2 . Install a bare #1/0 AWG bare tinned copper cable through entire length of each
tray (both medium voltage power and low voltage power and control} and bond to
each cable tray section and bond the tray ground to the electrical system
grounding electrode grid at all ends . If tray system is configured in a loop, then
bond the tray grounding conductor to the power system grounding electrode grid at
CONFORMED , 12/01/2022
FWW VILLAGE CREEK WRF , DIGESTER MIXING , FLARE , DOME IMPROVEMENTS
CITY PROJECT NO . 102652
26 05 36 -4 CABLE TRAY
two points minimum. The tray ground shall be routed along the outside of the tray
to avoid damage to tray conductors from the ground clamps. Bond the tray
grounding conductor to every enclosure to which any tray conductor is routed.
3. Bond any metallic raceway which routes conductors to or from cable tray to the
cable tray itself and to the cable tray grounding conductor . Route a bonding
conductor from the tray grounding conductor through the raceway routing
conductors to or from the tray system to the enclosure which the tray conductors
are routed. Bond the grounding conductor to the enclosure ground bus .
G. Use anti-oxidant compound to prepare aluminum contact surfaces before assembly.
CONFORMED , 12/01/2022
END OF SECTION
FWW VILLAGE CREEK WRF , DIGESTER MIXING , FLARE , DOME IMPROVEMENTS
CITY PROJECT NO . 102652
26 05 36-5 CABLE TRAY
CONFORMED , 12/01/2022
THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK
FWW VILLAGE CREEK WRF , DIGESTER MIXING , FLARE , DOME IMPROVEMENTS
CITY PROJECT NO . 102652
26 05 36-6 CABLE TRAY
PART 1 -GENERAL
1.01 SCOPE OF WORK
SECTION 26 05 43
UNDERGROUND SYSTEM
A. Furnish and install a complete underground system of raceways, manholes and
handholes as shown on the Drawings and as specified herein.
B. Raceways for use in structural concrete is specified in Section 26 05 33 Raceways,
Boxes and Fittings.
1.02 RELATED WORK
A. No references are made to any other section which may contain work related to any
other section . The Contract Documents shall be taken as a whole with every section
related to every other section as required to meet the requirements specified. The
organization of the Contract Documents into specification divisions and sections is for
organization of the documents themselves and does not relate to the division of
suppliers or labor which the Contractor may choose to employ in the execution of the
Contract. Where references are made to other Sections and other Divisions of the
Specifications, the Contractor shall provide such information or additional work as may
be required in those references, and include such information or work as may be
specified.
B. Other Divisions
1. The Contractor shall be responsible for examining all Sections of the
Specifications and Drawings , and shall determine the power and wiring
requirements and shall provide external wiring and raceways, as required to
provide a fully functioning power, control and process control systems. If the
equipment requires more conductors and/or wiring, due to different equipment
being supplied, the Contractor shall furnish the additional conductors, raceways
and/or wiring, with no change in the Contract Price, and with no increase in
Contract Time.
1.03 SUBMITTALS
A. Submit to the Engineer, in accordance with Division 1 and Section 26 00 00, shop
drawings and product data, for the following:
1. Manholes, handholes and associated hardware.
2. Plastic duct spacers
CONFORMED, 12/01/2022
FWW VILLAGE CREEK WRF , DIGESTER MIXING , FLARE , DOME IMPROVEMENTS
CITY PROJECT NO . 102652
26 05 43-1 UNDERGROUND SYSTEM
B. Submittals shall also contain information on related equipment to be furnished under this
Specification but described in the related Sections listed in the Related Work paragraph
above. Incomplete submittals not containing the required information on the related
equipment will be returned unreviewed .
1.04 REFERENCE CODES AND STANDARDS
A. All products and components shown on the Drawings and listed in this specification shall
be designed and manufactured according to latest revision of the following standards
(unless otherwise noted):
1. NFPA 70 -National Electrical Code (NEC)
2. NFPA 70E -Standard For Electrical Safety in the Workplace
3 . ASTM A615/A615M-06a -Standard Specification for Deformed and Plain Carbon-
Steel Bars for concrete Reinforcement
4. ASTM A48 -Standard Specification for Gray Iron Castings
5 . ASTM A536 -Standard Specification for Ductile Iron Castings
6 . AASHTO M306-04/ ASTM A48 -Drainage Structure Castings, Section 7.0 Proof
Load Testing
7 . ASTM C-850-Specifications for underground precast concrete utility structures
B. All excavation , trenching , and related sheeting , bracing, etc., as shown on the Drawings
and listed in these Specifications, shall comply with the following standards (unless
otherwise noted):
1. Occupational Safety and Health Administration (OSHA)
a . Excavation safety standards (29 CFR Part 1926.650 Subpart P) -
Excavation .
2. American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM)
a. ASTM D 698a -Standard Test Methods for Laboratory Compaction
Characteristics of Soil Using Standard Effort (12,400 ft-lbf/ft3 (600kN-
m/m3 )).
C. All equipment components and completed assemblies specified in this Section of the
Specifications shall bear the appropriate label of Underwriters Laboratories .
1.05 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. The manufacturer of these materials shall have produced similar electrical materials and
equipment for a minimum period of five years . When requested by the Owner/Engineer,
FWW VILLAGE CREEK WRF , DIGESTER MIXING , FLARE, DOME IMPROVEMENTS
CITY PROJECT NO . 102652
CONFORMED , 12/01/2022 26 05 43-2 UNDERGROUND SYSTEM
an acceptable list of installations with similar equipment shall be provided demonstrating
compliance with this requirement.
B. The precast manholes shall be manufactured in a NPCA (National Precast Concrete
Association) Certified Plant.
1.06 JOBSITE DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING
A. Prior to jobsite delivery, the Contractor shall have successfully completed all submittal
requirements, and present to the Owner/Engineer upon delivery of the equipment, an
approved copy of all such submittals. Delivery of incomplete constructed equipment,
onsite factory work, or failed factory tests will not be permitted.
B. Materials shall be handled and stored in accordance with manufacturer's instructions.
C. Materials shall not be stored exposed to sunlight. Such materials shall be completely
covered .
D. Materials showing signs of previous or jobsite exposure will be rejected.
1.07 WARRANTY
A. The Manufacturer shall warrant the equipment to be free from defects in material and
workmanship for two years from date of final acceptance 2 years from the date defined
in Section 00 72 00 GENERAL CONDITIONS and Section 00 73 00
/).. SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS TO GENERAL CONDITIONS of the equipment.
5 Within such period of warranty , the Manufacturer shall promptly furnish all material and
labor necessary to return the equipment to new operating condition. Any warranty work
requiring shipping or transporting of the equipment, or materials shall be performed by
the Contractor at no expense to the Owner.
PART 2 -PRODUCTS
2.01 MATERIALS
A. Raceway System
1. Raceway system shall be Schedule [80] PVC Rigid Nonmetallic Conduit (RNC),
designed for use aboveground and underground as described in the NEC,
resistant to sunlight. The conduits and fittings shall be manufactured to NEMA TC-
2, Federal Specification WC1094A and UL 651 specifications. Minimum raceway
size shall be 2 inch. Fittings shall be manufactured to NEMA TC-3, Federal
Specification WC1094A and UL 514B. Conduit shall have a UL Label. Conduit
shall be Carlon, Kraloy, or approved equal.
2 . PVC coated rigid aluminum conduit shall have a minimum 0.040-inch thick,
polyvinyl chloride coating permanently bonded to rigid aluminum conduit and an
CONFORMED , 12/01/2022
FWW VILLAGE CREEK WRF, DIGESTER MIXING , FLARE , DOME IMPROVEMENTS
CITY PROJECT NO . 102652
26 05 43 -3 UNDERGROUND SYSTEM
internal chemically cured urethane or enamel coating. The ends of all couplings ,
fittings, etc. shall have a minimum of one pipe diameter in length of PVC overlap.
PVC coated conduit and fittings shall be as manufactured by Perma-Cote, Robroy
Industries, Calbond or Ocal. Any field bends shall be made using equipment
designed to prevent damage to the PVC coating.
3. All underground raceways of the underground system, terminating in manholes or
hand holes shall use terminators of the same size and type as the raceway
4 . Blank Duct Plugs shall be sized for the duct installed on, and shall be TYCO Type
JM-BLA-XXDXXXCR, with rubber gasket, or approved equal.
5. Duct spacers shall be as manufactured by Carlon or equal.
6. Where raceways terminate into existing and new manholes , handholes or
structures, the duct bank stee l shall be anchored into the manhole, handhole or
structure with a Hilti HIT 150 MAX epoxy anchoring system . The termination of the
duct bank steel shall utilize a minimum 24-inch length of reinforcing bar anchored
not less than four inches into the manhole , handhole or structure wall, and lapped
into each reinforcing bar in the duct bank .
7 . Concrete encasement for raceways and duct banks shall be normal weight
concrete weighing not more than 145 pounds per cubic foot with compressive
strength , a minimum of 3000 pounds per square inch , or greater if required by
other Divisions of the Specifications , at 28 days, Concrete shall have crushed
aggregate with a maximum size of 3/4-inch , a slump of four to six inches and flow
freely without the use of vibrators . Install red dye of 40 pounds per 10 cubic yards .
of concrete , installed in the truck at the concrete plant.
8. Reinforcing steel shall comply with ASTM A615 Grade 60 and of a size and
installation as shown on the Drawings .
B . Manholes and Handholes
1. General
a. Manholes and hand holes shall be of the precast concrete type, designed for
a Class H20 load with sizes as shown on the Drawings, and as
manufactured by Oldcastle Precast, Mansfield, TX, or approved equal.
2. Construction
a . Concrete for manholes and handholes shall have a 28-day compressive
strength of 5000 PSI. Cement shall be Type 1 or Ill. Reinforcing steel shall
be Grade 60 with minimum yield strength of 60 ,000 PSI. Design loadings
shall be H-20-44 w/impact.
CONFORMED , 12/01/2022
FWW VILLAGE CREEK WRF , DIGESTER MIXING , FLARE , DOME IMPROVEMENTS
CITY PROJECT NO. 102652
26 05 43 -4 UNDERGROUND SYSTEM
b. The top of all manholes shall be field removable and have stainless steel
lift ing eyes.
c. Duct bank entries into the manhole or handhole shall be centered on the
entering wall , and shall contain the appropriate number and size of duct
terminators to match the corresponding duct bank.
d. Each manhole and handhole shall have a minimum size of 1 inches by 12
inches by 2 inches deep concrete sump in the middle of the floor of the
manhole or handhole , or as shown on the Drawings .
3. Manhole Covers
a. Unless otherwise shown on the Drawings , manhole and handhole covers
shall be heavy duty 36-inch machined gray iron , and AASHTO M306-04/
ASTM A48 CL35B Minimum , 40,000-pound proof load value (Class H20 X
2 .5) "True Traffic" load covers, complete with frame, and "Electric" or
"Commun ication " raised lettering recessed flush , as required , on the cover.
Covers shall be V-1600-5 , with drop handles as manufactured by East
Jordan Iron Works , Ardmore , OK
b. All castings shall be made in the USA, cast with the foundry 's name , part
number, "Made in USA", and production date (example: mm/dd/yy). Castings
without proper markings will be rejected . Manufacturer shall certify that all
castings conform to the ASTM and AASHTO Designations as specified
herein. All casting shall be true to pattern in form and dimension , free from
pouring faults , sponginess , cracks , blow holes and other defects in positions
affecting strength and value for the service intended. Angles shall be filleted ,
and arises shall be sharp and true.
4. Access Hatch
a. Where access hatches are shown on the Drawings, hatches shall be heavy
duty aluminum, for H-20 load rating , sized as shown on the Drawings .
Hatches shall be CHS Series as manufactured by East Jordan Iron Works ,
Ardmore , OK.
b. Material shall be 6061-T6 aluminum for bars , angle and extrusions . 1/4-inch
diamond plate shall be 5066 aluminum .
c. Unit shall have a heavy duty pneumatic-spring , for ease of operation when
opening cover. Cover shall be counter-balanced so that one person can
easily open the hatch door.
d. Frame shall be of extruded aluminum with a continuous 1-1/4 inch anchor
flange. A dovetail groove shall be extruded into the seat of the frame with a
1 /8 " silicone gasket.
CONFORMED , 12/01/2022
FWW VILLAGE CREEK WRF , DIGESTER MIXING , FLARE , DOME IMPROVEMENTS
CITY PROJECT NO . 102652
26 05 43-5 UNDERGROUND SYSTEM
e. Hinges shall be of heavy-duty design, the material shall be grade 316
stainless steel, with a 3/8-inch grade 316 stainless steel pin. Hinge shall be
bolted to the channel frame and diamond plate with grade 316 stainless steel
bolts and nylon lock nuts. Aluminum shall be supplied with mill finish.
Exterior of frame which comes in contact with concrete shall have one coat
black primer.
f. Each hatch shall be supplied with a stainless steel slam lock, with the
keyway protected by a threaded aluminum plug. The plug shall be flush with
the top of the 1/4-inch diamond plate. The slam lock shall be fastened with
grade 316 stainless steel bolts and washers.
g. Each hatch shall be equipped with a stainless steel lift handle . Lift handles
shall be flush with top of 1 /4-inch diamond plate.
h. Each hatch shall be supplied with a 1-1 /2-inch threaded drain coupler on
underside of channel frame for pipe connection.
5 . Hardware
a. Cable racks shall be of the heavy duty non-metallic type with arm lengths of
8 inches, 14 inches, and 20 inches, each supporting a load of not less than
250 pounds at the outer end. Racks shall be molded in one piece of U.L.
listed glass reinforced nylon, Catalog CR36N with RA0BN, RA14N and
RA20N arms as manufactured by Underground Devices Inc. Northbrook, IL.
Cable racks shall be secured to the manhole and walls by drilled, Hilti HIT-
HY 150 MAX epoxy anchoring system, with Hilti 316 stainless steel bolts .
Arms for racks shall be vertically spaced not greater than 24 inches on
centers.
b. Pulling irons shall be of copolymer polypropylene coated 1/2-inch diameter
cable, with a rated pulling strength of 7500 pounds and a polyethylene
pulling iron pocket, all recessed in the manhole wall opposite each duct
entry. Pulling irons for handholes shall have the pulling iron located in the
floor of the handhole near the center of the handhole opposite the duct entry.
Pulling irons shall be as manufactured by M.A. Industries, Inc. Peachtree,
GA. or Bowco Industries, Portland OR.
c. Manhole and hand hole ladders shall be constructed of fiberglass reinforced
plastic , safety yellow, 18-inch rung width with 12-inch rung spacing , Safrail
as manufactured by Strongwell Corp., Bristol, VA. Furnish a total of two
ladders , each of a length four feet greater than the deepest manhole in the
underground system .
C. Polyethylene Warning Tape
1. Subject to compliance with the Contract Documents, the following Manufacturers
are acceptable:
CONFORMED , 12/01/2022
FWW VILLAGE CREEK WRF , DIGESTER MIXING , FLARE , DOME IMPROVEMENTS
CITY PROJECT NO . 102652
26 05 43-6 UNDERGROUND SYSTEM
a. Brady Detectable ldentoline
b. Approved Equal
2. The listing of specific manufacturers above does not imply acceptance of their
products that do not meet the specified ratings, features and functions.
Manufacturers listed above are not relieved from meeting these specifications in
their entirety .
3. Warning tape shall be metal detectable polyester with subsurface graphics, black
letters on red tape. The tape shall meet the OSHA 1926.956(c)(1 ), two-inch
minimum width, for location tracing.
PART 3 -EXECUTION
3.01 GENERAL
A. The Contractor shall field verify the routing of all underground duct banks before
placement. He shall modify the routing as necessary to avoid underground utilities or
above ground objects. Modification or rerouting for the convenience of the Contractor, or
to reduce the length of duct run as designed, will not be permitted. The Contractor shall
provide any alternate routing of the duct banks to the Owner/Engineer and, after
approval, shall proceed with the installation.
B . All changes of direction, less than 20 degrees, shall be made using a hotbox, strictly in
conformance with the conduit manufacturer's instructions . Changes of direction greater
than 20 degrees shall be accomplished using long radius bends of PVC coated rigid
aluminum conduit.
C. The Contractor shall saw cut and repair existing pavements above new and modified
existing duct banks. The Contractor shall provide the alternate routing of the duct banks
to the Owner/Engineer and after approval shall proceed with the installation.
D. Install raceways to drain away from buildings. Raceways between manholes or
handholes shall drain toward the manholes or handholes. Raceway slopes shall not be
less than 3 inches per 100 feet.
E. Reinforce raceway banks as shown on the Drawings .
F. A #4/0 stranded bare tinned copper ground conductor shall be installed along the top of
the rebar cage, as shown on the Drawings , for the full length of each duct run between
manholes and handholes, and bonded to a ground rod in the vicinity of each manhole
and handhole.
G . Lay raceway lines in trenches on compacted earth as specified herein.
CONFORMED , 12/01/2022
FWW VILLAGE CREEK WRF , DIGESTER MIXING , FLARE, DOME IMPROVEMENTS
CITY PROJECT NO . 102652
26 05 43-7 UNDERGROUND SYSTEM
H. Use plastic spacers located not more than four feet apart to hold raceways in place.
Spacers shall provide not less than two-inch clearance between raceways .
I. The minimum cover for raceway banks shall be 24 inches unless otherwise permitted by
the Owner/Engineer.
J . Raceway terminations at all manholes, existing and new, shall be with terminator for
PVC conduit.
K. Blank duct plugs shall be used to seal the ends of all unused ducts in the duct system .
Plugs shall be installed at all locations where the ducts enter and leave the manholes or
handholes , and all entrances and exits to the underground system .
L. Where raceways enter or exit the Underground System , and the raceways rise to a
higher elevation upon entering or leaving the System , such raceways shall be tightly
sealed at the higher elevation, both before and after the installation of cables, such that
there shall be no entry of water or moisture to the Underground System at any time .
Raceways shall be sealed with 3M 1 000NS Watertight Sealant, or approved equal.
M . No wire shall be pulled until the duct system has been completed in every detail.
N. Swab all raceways clean before installing cable.
0 . Train cables in manholes and handholes and support and restrain them on cable racks .
All cables passing manhole duct entrances in the manhole or handhole shall pass above
all duct entrances . No cable shall pass in front of or below duct bank entrances .
P. Polyethylene Warning Tape shall be installed in the trench above each raceway or duct
bank and located at the elevations shown on the Drawings .
Q . The Contractor shall tag all underground conduits at all locations , exiting and entering
from underground , including manholes and handholes .
R. The m inimum raceway size shall be 2-inch.
3.02 TRENCH EXCAVATION
A. The excavation shall extend to the width and depth as shown on the Drawings , or as
specified , and shall provide suitable room for installing manholes, handholes, ducts and
appurtenances.
B. Furn ish and place all sheeting , bracing and supports.
C . Excavation shall include material of every description and of whatever substance
encountered , regardless of the methods or equipment required to remove the material.
Pavement shall be cut with a saw, wheel or pneumatic chisel along straight lines before
excavating.
CONFORMED , 12/0 1/2022
FWW V ILLAGE CREEK WRF , DIGESTER MIXING , FLARE , DOME IMPROVEMENTS
CITY PROJECT NO . 102652
26 05 4 3-8 UNDERGROUND SYSTEM
D. The Contractor shall strip and stockpile topsoil from grassed areas crossed by trenches.
At the Contractor's option, topsoil may be otherwise disposed of and replaced, when
required, with approved topsoil of equal quality.
E. While excavating and backfilling is in progress, traffic shall be maintained, and all utilities
and other property protected, as provided for in the Contract Documents .
F. Materials shall be excavated to the depth indicated on the Drawings and in widths
sufficient for installing manholes and laying the ducts. Coordinate the trench width the
Details shown on the Drawings . The bottom of the excavations shall be firm and dry in
all respects acceptable to the Owner/Engineer. Trench width shall be a practical
minimum, but not less than 6 inches greater on each side, than the total duct section
arrangement, including reinforcing steel.
G . Excavation and dewatering shall be accomplished by methods which preserve the
undisturbed state of sub grade soils. The trench may be excavated by machinery to, or
just below, the designated sub grade, provided that material remaining in the bottom of
the trench is no more than slightly disturbed. Sub grade soils which become soft , loose
or otherwise unsatisfactory as a result of inadequate excavation, dewatering or other
construction methods, shall be removed and replaced by gravel fill, of aggregate as
specified herein, as required by the Owner/Engineer at the Contractor's expense.
3.03 EXCAVATION BELOW GRADE AND REFILL
A. Regardless of the nature of unstable material encountered , or the groundwater
conditions , trench and excavation drainage shall be complete and effective.
B. If deemed necessary by the Owner/Engineer, or as shown on the Drawings , the
Contractor shall be required to deposit pea gravel for duct bedding or gravel refill for
excavation below grade, directly on the bottom of the trench immediately after
excavation has reached the proper depth and before the bottom of the trench has
become softened or disturbed by any cause whatsoever. All excavation shall be made in
open trenches. Gravel used for this purpose, shall be aggregate , as specified that is no
larger than one-half the minimum clear spacing between electrical ducts, and a
maximum coarse aggregate size of 3/4-inch .
3.04 BACKFILLING
A. Remove from the excavation all materials which the Owner/Engineer may deem
unsuitable for backfilling .
B . Backfilling shall not commence until , not less than 48 hours after placing of any concrete
embedment, have lapsed .
C. Where the duct banks are laid in the yard or manhole is set, the remainder of the trench ,
after concrete encasement, shall be filled with common fill material, void of rock or other
non-porous material, in layers not to exceed eight inches in loose measure and
compacted to 90% standard Proctor density at optimum moisture content of+/-4%. The
FWW VILLAGE CREEK WRF , DIGESTER MIXING , FLARE , DOME IMPROVEMENTS
CITY PROJECT NO. 102652
CONFORMED , 12/01/2022 26 05 43 -9 UNDERGROUND SYSTEM
backfill shall be mounded six inches above the existing grade or as directed by the
Owner/Engineer. Where a grass, loam or gravel surface exists prior to excavations in the
yard, it shall be removed , conserved and replaced to the full original depth as part of the
work under the duct items . In some areas , it may be necessary to remove excess
material during the cleanup process, so that the ground may be restored to its original
level and condition.
D. Where the duct banks are laid or manhole is set in paved areas or designated future
paved areas , existing or designated future structures , or other existing or future util ities ,
the remainder of the trench above the encasement, shall be backfilled with select
common fill or select fill material in layers not to exceed eight inches loose measure and
compacted at optimum moisture content(+/-3%) to 95% standard Proctor density.
E. Compaction shall be by use of hand or pneumatic tamping with tools weighing at least
20 pounds. The material being spread and compacted shall be placed in layers not over
eight inches loose thick. If necessary, sprinkling shall be employed in conjunction with
rolling or ramming .
F. Bituminous pav ing shall not be placed in backfill.
G . Water jetting will not be accepted as a means of consolidating or compacting backfill.
H. All road surfaces shall be broomed and hose-cleaned immediately after backfilling. Dust
control measures shall be employed at all times .
3.05 RESTORING TRENCH AND ADJACENT SURFACES
A. In paved areas , the edge of the existing pavement to be removed shall be cut along
straight lines , and the pavement replaced with the same type and quality of the existing
paving .
B . In sections where the duct bank passes through grassed areas, the Contractor shall , at
his own expense , remove and rep lace the sod, or shall loam and reseed the surface to
the satisfact ion of the Owner/Engineer.
3.06 CLEANING
A. Remove all rubbish and debris from inside and around the underground system .
Remove dirt, dust , or concrete spatter from the interior and exterior of manholes ,
handholes and structures , using brushes , vacuum cleaner, or clean , lint free rags. Do
not use compressed air .
CONFORMED , 12/0 1/2022
END OF SECTION
FWW VILLAGE CREEK WRF , DIGESTER MIXING , FLARE , DOME IMPROVEMENTS
CITY PROJECT NO . 102652
26 05 43-10 UNDERGROUND SYSTEM
SECTION 26 05 50
NEMA FRAME INDUCTION MOTORS, 600 VOL TS AND BELOW
PART 1 -GENERAL
1.01 SCOPE OF WORK
A. Provide electric motors , accessories, and appurtenances complete and operable, in
conformance with the individual driven equipment specifications and other sections of
the Contract Documents.
B. Unless otherwise shown or specified, the motors shall be single speed, single winding, in
strict compliance with the requirements specified herein. The driven equipment
manufacturer shall select the exact motor speed.
C . The provisions of this Section shall apply to all low voltage NEMA Frame AC squirrel
cage induction motors, except as indicated otherwise .
1.02 RELATED WORK
A. Refer to Division 26 00 00 and the Contract Drawings , for related work and electrical
coordination requirements .
1.03 SUBMITTAL$
A . Submittals shall be made in accordance with the requirements of Division 1, Section 26
00 00, the Contract Documents and as specified herein the following:
1. The manufacturers' names and product designation or catalog numbers for the
types of materials specified or shown on the Drawings .
2. Cut sheets for each individual item shall be submitted.
3. All cut sheets shall be clearly marked to indicate which products are being
submitted for use on this project.
4. Unmarked cut sheets will cause the submittal to be rejected and returned for
revision.
B. All shop drawing submittals and all O&M submittals shall be submitted Division 1. No
change in Contract Price or Schedule will be allowed for delays due to unacceptable
submittals.
C. Submittals shall also contain information on related equipment to be furnished under this
Specification . Incomplete submittals not containing the required information on the
related equipment will also be returned without review
CONFORMED , 12/01/2022
FWW VILLAGE CREEK WRF , DIGESTER MIXING , FLARE , DOME IMPROVEMENTS
CITY PROJECT NO . 102652
26 05 50-1 NEMA FRAME INDUCTION
MOTORS , 600 VOL TS AND BELOW
D. Submittals shall be made in accordance with the requirements of the process equipment
division of these Specifications, and as specified herein.
E. Submittals for equipment specified herein shall be made as a part of equipment
furnished under other Sections. Individual submittals for equipment specified herein will
not be accepted and will be returned without review.
F. Submit for approval, a manufacturer's conducted training agenda for all training specified
herein. Training agenda shall not be submitted until final approval of the Operation and
Maintenance Manual.
G. Submit to the Owner/Engineer, shop drawings and product data , for the following:
1. Name of Drive
2 . Horsepower of Motor
3 . Phase
4 . Efficiency at 1/2 , 3/4 and full load
5 . Voltage
6 . Power Factor at 1/2 , 3/4 , and full load
7. Speed
8 . NEMA Design Starting Torque
9. NEMA Frame and Dimensions
10 . Full Load Current
11 . Locked Rotor Current
12. Insulation Class
13. Temperature Rise at 1.0 Service Factor
14. Enclosure
15. Bearing design life
16. Special features (i.e ., space heaters , RTDs , oversize conduit box and corrosion
resistant features).
17. Nameplate Drawing with Information as listed herein .
CONFORMED , 12/01/2022
FWW VILLAGE CREEK WRF , DIGESTER MIXING , FLARE , DOME IMPROVEMENTS
CITY PROJECT NO . 102652
26 05 50-2 NEMA FRAME INDUCTION
MOTORS , 600 VOL TS AND BELOW
18. Maximum power factor correction capacitor kV AR that can be switched with the
motor. Assembly drawings
19. Anchor bolt location drawings
20 . Equipment weights
21. Catalog data Nondestructive test procedures
22 . Acceptance test procedure
23. Surface preparation and painting procedure
24 . Shipping, handling , and storage procedures
25. Installation/erection procedure Electrical equipment heat run test records
26. Nameplate data
27. Performance/acceptance test report
H. Suppliers of fractional horsepower motors below frame 143T will not be required to
submit operational characteristics.
I. Factory Tests . Submittals shall be made for factory tests as specified above .
J. Field Test Reports . Submittals shall be made for field tests specified herein.
K. Operation and Maintenance Manuals.
1. Operation and maintenance manuals shall include the following information:
a . Manufacturer's contact address and telephone number for parts and service .
b. Instruction books and/or leaflets
c . Recommended renewal parts list
d . Record Documents for the information required by the submitted motor
information above.
1.04 REFERENCE STANDARDS
A. Motors shall be designed, built , and tested in accordance with the latest revision of the
following standards :
1. National Electrical Manufacturers Association Inc. (NEMA)
a . NEMA MG-1 -Motors and Generators .
FWW VILLAGE CREEK WRF , DIGESTER MIXING , FLARE , DOME IMPROVEMENTS
CITY PROJECT NO . 102652
CONFORMED , 12/01/2022 26 05 50-3 NEMA FRAME INDUCTION
MOTORS , 600 VOL TS AND BELOW
b. NEMA MG-1 Part 9 -Sound Power Limits and Measurement Procedures .
c. NEMA MG-2 -Safety Standard for Construction and Guide for Selection ,
Installation and Use of Electric Motors and Generators.
2. National Fire Protection Association (NFPA)
a. NFPA-70 -National Electrical Code.
3 . Underwriters Laboratories, Inc. (UL)
a . UL-1004 -Electric Motors. UL547 -Thermal Protectors for Motors
b. UL67 4 -Electric Motors and Generators for Use in Hazardous Locations ,
Class I Groups C and D, Class II Groups E, F and G
4. Institute of Electrical and Electronics Engineers, Inc. (IEEE)
a. IEEE Std . 1 -General Principles for Temperature Limits in the Rating of
Electric Equipment.
b. IEEE Std 43 -Recommended Practice for Testing Insulation Resistance of
Rotating Machinery.
c. IEEE Std. 112 -Standard Test Procedure for Polyphase Induction Motors
and Generators .
d. IEEE Std. 275 -Recommended Practice for Thermal Evaluation of Insulation
Systems for AC Electric Machinery Employing Form-wound Pre-insulated
Stator Coils , Machines Rated 6,900 V and Below.
e . IEEE Std. 429 -Standard Test Procedure for the Evaluation of Sealed
Insulation Systems for AC Electric Machinery Employing Form-wound Stator
Coils .
f . IEEE Std . 1349 -Guide for the Application of Electric Motors in Class 1, Div
2 Hazardous Locations .
5 . Anti-Friction Bearing Manufacturer's Association Inc. (AFBMA):
a. AFBMA-9 & 11 -Load Ratings and Fatigue Life for Roller Bearings.
B . Where reference is made to one of the above standards, the revision in effect at the time
of bid opening shall apply.
CONFORMED , 12/01/2022
FWW VILLAGE CREEK WRF , DIGESTER MIXING , FLARE , DOME IMPROVEMENTS
CITY PROJECT NO . 102652
26 05 50-4 NEMA FRAME INDUCTION
MOTORS , 600 VOL TS AND BELOW
1.05 DEFINITIONS
A. Motors specified herein are three-phase, squirrel cage induction type for 1/2 HP and
above , and single phase for less than 1/2 HP, except as specifically specified elsewhere
in these Specifications.
B. The word "Drive" shall be construed to mean the driven equipment, i.e. pump , hoist, fan,
compressor, or adjustable frequency drive connected with the motor.
C . If there is inconsistency of size on different Drawing sheets or between Drawings and
other sections of Specifications, relating to the horsepower designation, then the larger
size shall be required.
1.06 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Motor Compatibility . Verify that the motor included with the drive is compatible with
driven equipment and complies with these Specifications . In the event that the motors
described in these Specifications cannot be applied to the application or equipment
offered, an exception may be submitted , stating clearly the deviations and the reasons
for such deviations. The acceptance or rejection of such deviations shall be at the sole
discretion of the Owner/Engineer.
B . When motors are furnished w ith driven equipment, the driven equipment supplier shall
be responsible for mounting the motor and driven equipment as a complete unit ,
correctly aligned and coupled with the coupling or sheave specified on the driven
equipment data sheet, and for designing vibration , special , or unbalanced forces
resulting from equipment operation.
C . Motors manufactured more than 24 months prior to the date of this Contract will not be
acceptable. Date of manufacture , of each motor shall be on the nameplate.
1.07 JOBSITE DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING
A. Prior to jobsite delivery, complete all submittal requirements , and present to the
Owner/Engineer upon delivery of the equipment, an approved copy of all such
submittals . Delivery of incomplete constructed equipment, or equipment which failed any
factory tests, will not be permitted .,
B. Equipment shall be handled and stored i n accordance with manufacturer's instructions.
Two copies of these instructions shall be included with the equipment at time of
shipment, and shall be made available to the Contractor and Owner. The instructions
shall include detailed assembly instructions including but not limited to wiring
interconnection diagrams, rigging for lifting , skidding , jacking and moving using rolling
equipment to place the equipment, bolt torquing requirements for bus and all other
components which require the installation of bolted connections , and instructions fo r
storing the equipment prior to energizing.
CONFORMED , 12/01/2022
FWW VILLAGE CREEK WRF , DIGESTER MIXING , FLARE , DOME IMPROVEMENTS
CITY PROJECT NO . 102652
26 05 50-5 NEMA FRAME INDUCTION
MOTORS , 600 VOL TS AND BELOW
C. Protect equipment during shipment, handling, and storage by suitable complete
enclosures . Protect equipment from exposure to the elements and keep thoroughly dry.
D. Protect painted surfaces against impact, abrasion, discoloration, and other damage.
Repaint damaged painted surfaces to the satisfaction of the Owner/Engineer.
E. If motors are shipped as an integral part of the associated mechanical equipment, the
motors shall be stored and handled in accordance with the manufacturer's instructions
F. If motors are shipped separately, the motor shall be installed in its permanent, finished
location shown on the Drawings w ithin 14 calendar days of arriving onsite. If the
equipment cannot be installed within 14 calendar days , the equipment shall not be
delivered to the site, but stored offsite , until such time that the site is ready for
permanent installation of the equipment. Motors stored off site shall not be included in
any pay applications. Payment for motors will not be allowed until delivered to the job
site.
G. Provide temporary electrical power and operate space heaters , during storage and after
motors are installed in permanent location , until equipment is placed in service . Unless
stored in a heated air-conditioned space, space heaters shall be energized within 24
hours of arrival. Failure to energize space heaters as required shall constitute improper
storage and the motors are subject to rejection and are subject to be returned to the
Factory for inspection and re-testing. Improperly stored motors may be inspected and
tested in the field . The choice to return equipment or conduct an inspection and test in
the field lie solely with the Engineer/ Owner. No pay appl ications for improperly stored
motors will be accepted prior to receiving the manufacture 's report of inspection , testing
and certification that the motors are acceptable for installation with full warrantee still in
force . Storage and transportation to the storage s ite and from storage to the job site shall
be provided with no change in Cont ract Price or Contract Time allowed .
H. The motor shaft shall be rotated on a monthly basis , if such is recommended or required
by the motor manufacturer; the date recorded , and copies of the record provided to the
Owner/Engineer and the manufacturer. T~e manufacturer shall confirm receipt of the
rotation record .
1.08
A.
ffi
WARRANTY
Provide warranties , including the manufacturer's warrantee , for the equipment specified
and the proper installation thereof, to be free from defects in material and workmanship
for h\10 years from date of final acceptance 2 years from the date defined in Section
00 72 00 GENERAL CONDITIONS and Section 00 73 00 SUPPLEMENTARY
CONDITIONS TO GENERAL CONDITIONS of the equipment and its installation. Within
such period of warranty , all material and labor necessary to return the equipment to new
operating condition shall be provided . Any warranty work requiring shipping or
transporting of the equipment shall be provided at no expense to the Owner.
FWW VILLAGE CREEK WRF , DIGESTER MI X ING , FLARE , DOME IMPROVEMENTS
CITY PROJECT NO . 102652
CONFORMED , 12/0 1/2022 26 05 50-6 NEMA FRAME INDUCTION
MOTORS , 600 VOL TS AND BELOW
8. Where the equipment manufacturer furnishes the motor and control as an integral part of
the equipment package, the motor(s) shall have the same warranty as the equipment
package.
PART 2 -PRODUCTS
2.01 MANUFACTURERS
A. Subject to compliance with the Contract Documents, the following Manufacturers are
acceptable :
1. ABB
2. TECO -Westinghouse
3 . Baldor Reliant
4 . US Motors
5. No equal
8 . The listing of specific manufacturers above does not imply acceptance of their products
that do not meet the specified ratings, features and functions. Manufacturers listed
above are not relieved from meeting these specifications in their entirety .
2.02 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS
A. Each motor provided shall have an Identification Tag Number, conforming to the
numbering system and equipment name shown on the Drawings.
8 . Specific motor data such as horsepower, speed , enclosure type, etc., is specified under
the detailed specification for the mechanical equipment with which the motor is supplied .
C. The motor manufacturer's nameplates shall be engraved or embossed on stainless steel
and fastened to the motor frame with stainless steel screws or drive pins. Nameplates
shall indicate clearly all of the items of information enumerated in NEMA Standard MG-1 ,
as applicable, including but not limited to the following information:
1. Horsepower (output).
2. RPM at full load.
3 . Time rating .
4 . Frequency.
5 . Number of phases .
CONFORMED , 12/01/2022
FWW VILLAGE CREEK WRF , DIGESTER MIXING , FLARE , DOME IMPROVEMENTS
CITY PROJECT NO . 102652
26 05 50 -7 NEMA FRAME INDUCTION
MOTORS , 600 VOL TS AND BELOW
6. Model number.
7. Rated voltage .
8. Service factor .
9. Full load amps.
10. Insulation class .
11. NEMA design letter.
12. NEMA code letter.
13. Temperature Rise at 1.0 Service Factor.
14 . NEMA Frame size.
15 . Motor Weight
16 . Date of manufacture .
17 . Thermal protection (if supplied).
18. Nominal Efficiency
19. Enclosure
D. Where frequent starting occurs, the design for frequent starting duty shall be equal to the
duty service required by the driven equipment.
E. Hazardous Environments
1. Motors located in hazardous classified areas shall be provided with a box for
potting compound to seal connections in accordance with NEMA MG 1.
2 . Class I, Division 1: Totally-enclosed fan-cooled, explosion-proof, UL listed and
labeled. Motors shall be UL rated for operation with VFD units for VFD
applications .
3. Class I, Division 2: Motors shall comply with IEEE 1349 for construction and
temperature rise .
F. Altitude : Under 3300 feet. For applications above 3300 feet , motors shall be specifically
designed and certified for operation at the specific altitude.
G . Motors shall have sufficient horsepower and torque capacity to drive the equipment
without overloading under all conditions, without exceeding the nameplate rating of the
motor and without use of the service factor .
FWW VILLAGE CREEK WRF , DIGESTER MIXING , FLARE , DOME IMPROVEMENTS
CITY PROJECT NO . 102652
CONFORMED , 12/01/2022 26 05 50 -8 NEMA FRAME INDUCTION
MOTORS , 600 VOL TS AND BELOW
H. Motors shall have a breather drain in each end bracket of the TEFC motor enclosure.
Stainless steel automatic breather drains shall be provided in the lowest part of both end
brackets to allow drainage of condensation.
I. Motors shall be slide rail mounted for all belt or chain-driven applications.
J. Air inlets and outlets shall be protected by vermin-proof, corrosion resistant louvers. The
air inlets shall be located on end or side as required by the application.
K. Motors shall have an oversized, gasketed, cast iron conduit box, field adjustable in 90-
degree increments unless the box contains equipment, diagonally split with tapped NPT
threaded conduit entrance hole, and shall exceed the minimum volumes defined in IEEE
841-2001. Neoprene conduit box cover gasket and neoprene lead seal gasket with
flexible nipples to ensure the seal is maintained as the leads are moved shall be
furnished. Provision for grounding shall be provided in the conduit box utilizing a
mounted clamp-type lug. Provide the size and number of threaded conduit openings or
integral conduit hubs for the conduits containing the motor power conductors .
L. Lugs, terminators, etc ., shall be in accordance with Section 26 05 19 for 600 Volt
conductors.
M . Provide one-hole lugs for connection to conductors #12 AWG through #8 AWG . Provide
termination pads to terminate NEMA two-hole long barrel lugs for conductors #6 AWG
and larger.
N. Motor frames , end brackets, and conduit box shall be of cast-iron .
0. Provide lifting lugs on the motor frame.
P. Motors shall be NEMA Design B standard, unless otherwise specified in the process
equipment division of these Specifications .
Q. Service factor shall be 1.15 for all motors .
1. In sizing motors , no portion of a motor's service factor above 1.0 shall be used in
normal continuous operation of the motor.
R. Motors shall be of the Energy Efficient type, and shall meet or exceed efficiencies as
listed in the Table at the end of this Specification. (Part 4)
S . All motors shall be continuous time rated suitable for operation in a 40°C ambient,
unless specified otherwise in the process equipment division of these Specifications.
T. Unless otherwise indicated or specified, motors shall be totally enclosed fan cooled
(TEFC), for all applications. See the process equipment division of these Specifications
for pumps and other equipment that require additional enclosure requirements.
CONFORMED , 12/01/2022
FWW VILLAGE CREEK WRF, DIGESTER MIXING , FLARE, DOME IMPROVEMENTS
CITY PROJECT NO . 102652
26 05 50-9 NEMA FRAME INDUCTION
MOTORS , 600 VOL TS AND BELOW
U. All TEFC Motors shall have corrosion resistant enclosures, fan , cover, epoxy paint,
corrosion resistant fittings and stainless steel or aluminum nameplates similar to "Mill
and Chemical", "Corra-Duty", "Chemical Processing " motors , or equal.
V . Motors are to be bi-directional. If the fan must be unidirectional, it shall be the motor
manufacturer's responsibility to obtain the direction required from the drive manufacturer.
W. Guards
1. Exposed moving parts shall be provided with guards in accordance with the
requirements of OSHA. Guards shall be fabricated of flattened expanded metal
screen , 3/4-inch No. 10, to provide visual inspection of moving parts without
removal of the guard .
2 . Guards shall be galvanized after fabrication and shall be designed to be readily
removable to facilitate maintenance of moving parts. Windows shall be provided in
the guard for access to the lubricating fittings .
2.03 FRACTIONAL HORSEPOWER MOTORS -LESS THAN 1/2 HORSEPOWER
A. Motor voltage shall be single phase , 115 volts , 60 Hertz, unless otherwise shown on the
Drawings .
B . Enclosures shall be TEFC or TENV.
C . Motors shall have NEMA standard Class "F" insulation with a maximum temperature rise
of 90 °C above a 40°C ambient , on a continuous operation or intermittent duty, at
nameplate horsepower.
D. Motors shall have a built-in manual or automatic reset thermal protector, or an integrally
mounted , enclosed manual reset , motor overload switch.
2.04 MOTORS 1/2 HORSEPOWER AND LARGER
A. Motor voltage shall be three-phase, single voltage , random wound sized as shown on
the Drawings , and in compliance with IEEE 841 (Mill & Chemical).
B . Motors shall have NEMA standard Class "H" insulation with a maximum temperature rise
of 90 °C above a 40 °C ambient, on a continuous operation or intermittent duty, at
nameplate horsepower.
C . Motors shall have non-hygroscopic encapsulated windings of copper. Motor leads shall
be Class H rated , with permanent identification.
D . Motor rotors and assembly, shall be dynamically balanced.
CONFORMED , 12/0 1/2022
FWW V ILLAGE CREEK WRF , DIGESTER MIXING , FLARE , DOME IMPROVEMENTS
CITY PROJECT NO . 102652
26 05 50-10 NEMA FRAME INDUCTION
MOTORS , 600 VOL TS AND BELOW
E. Motors less than 15 HP shall have a locked rotor inrush not exceeding MG-1. Motors
15 HP and larger shall have a locked rotor inrush kVA ' not exceeding Code G (6.29
kVA/HP).
F. Motors shall meet or exceed the Minimum Guaranteed Efficiencies, listed in the Table of
Part 4 of this Section, at the approximate nameplate current values at 460 volts.
G . The motor insulation system for motors controlled with Variable Frequency Drives
(VFDs) shall have full capability to handle the common mode voltage conditions imposed
by the VFD. Motor insulation system shall conform to all of the requirements of the latest
version of NEMA MG1, Part 31 for peak voltage withstand capability .
H. All motors controlled with VFDs or soft starters shall have a minimum 1600 Volt
insulation systems.
I. The critical speed of the shaft and rotor assembly shall exceed the operating speed by a
minimum of 10%.
J. The no-load sound pressure level, based on the A-weighted scale at three feet, when
measured in accordance with NEMA MG 1 Section 1 Part 9, shall not exceed the values
listed in Table 9-1.
K. Vibration limits shall not exceed 0.2-inches/second at any frequency .
L. Motors shall have a minimum of one grounding pad on each motor frame. Motors larger
than 75 HP shall have a minimum of two brass grounding pads on each motor frame.
M . Bearings
1. Motors 1/2 through 5 HP shall have permanently lubricated sealed antifriction ball-
bearings with L 10 lifetime of 50,000 hours .
2. Motors larger than 5 HP shall have oil or grease-lubricated antifriction ball-
bearings with L 10 lifetime of 50,000 hours.
3 . Vertical motor thrust and guide bearings shall conform to AFBMA standards and
shall have L 10 lifetime ratings as specified for ball-bearings of the same
horsepower range. Down thrust information shall be provided to the motor
manufacturer by the equipment supplier.
4 . Anti-friction motor bearings shall be designed to be regreaseable and initially shall
be filled with grease suitable for the motor ambient temperature specified .
5. Grease lubricated bearings, except those specified to be factory sealed and
lubricated, shall be fitted with easily accessible grease supply , flush, drain and
relief fittings. Extension tubes shall be used when necessary. Grease supply
fittings shall be standard hydraulic type as manufactured by the Alemite Division of
the Stewart Warner Corporation.
FWW VILLAGE CREEK WRF , DIGESTER MIXING , FLARE , DOME IMPROVEMENTS
CITY PROJECT NO. 102652
CONFORMED , 12/01/2022 26 05 50-11 NEMA FRAME INDUCTION
MOTORS , 600 VOL TS AND BELOW
6. Sealed bearings shall be contact seal (lip) or non-contact labyrinth type.
7. Motors operating on VFDs shall have the opposite drive end bearing insulated and
a shaft grounding brush insta ll ed at the drive end of the motor.
8. Motors located in a Class I Division II environment that are VFD driven shall be
rated for Class I Division I environment when equipped with shaft grounding
devices. All accessories (ground devices, tempe rature switches, space heaters ,
etc shall be rated for Class I Division I environment.
N. Space Heaters
1. Space heaters shall be supplied with all three-phase motors and shall conform to
the following :
a. Heaters shall be of the cartridge or flexible wrap around type installed within
the motor enclosure adjacent to core iron . Heaters shall be rated for 120
volts , single phase with wattage as required. The heater wattage and
voltage shall be embossed on the motor nameplate. Power leads for
heaters shall be brought out at the motor accessory lead junction box.
Provide integral condu it hubs or threaded openings 3/4-inch minimum .
0. Stator Temperature Detection
1. Bi-metallic switch type winding temperature detectors of shall be provided for all
NEMA Frame motors 100 HP and up , and for all NEMA Frame motors controlled
by variable frequency drives . Provide the detectors factory installed , embedded ,
with leads terminating in the main conduit box. Device shall protect the motor
aga inst damage from overheating caused by single phasing , overload , high
ambient temperature , abnormal voltage , locked rotor, frequent starts or ventilation
failure . The switch shall have normally closed contacts . Not less than three
detectors shall be furnished with each motor.
2 . Wire all temperature detectors to a separate terminal box on the motor. Terminal
box shall be weatherproof NEMA 4 with barrier-type screw-post terminals .
2.05 FACTORY TESTING
A. Motors rated 100 HP and larger shall be standard motor tested . Except where specific
testing or witnessed shop tests are required by the specifications for driven equipment,
factory test reports may be copies of routine test reports of electrically duplicate motors .
Test report shall indicate test procedure and instrumentation used to measure and
record data. Test report shall be certified by the motor manufacturer's test personnel
and be submitted to the Engineer for approval.
B. As specified herein , provide a complete test per NEMA MG1 and IEEE Standard 112 ,
consisting of the following:
CONFORMED , 12/01/2022
FWW V IL LAGE CREEK WRF , DIGESTER MIXING , FLARE , DOME IMPROVEMENTS
CITY PROJECT NO . 102652
26 05 50-12 NEMA FRAME INDUCTION
MOTORS , 600 VOL TS AND BELOW
1. Full Load Heat Run
2. Temperature Test (Actual loading method)
3 . Performance Test
4 . Locked Rotor Test
5. No Load Saturation
6 . Speed Torque
7. Winding Resistance (A 118 and 43)
8 . High Potential
9 . Noise Test (A 85)
C . Balance and vibration shall meet NEMA standards MG1-12.05 and MG1-12 .06 .
PART 3 -EXECUTION
3.01 INSTALLATION
A. Install motors in accordance with the manufacturer's instructions .
B . Make a visual and mechanical inspection .
C . Check for physical damage.
D. Compare equipment nameplate info rmation with single line diagram and report any
discrepancies .
E . Inspect for proper mounting , grounding , connection , and lubrication.
F. Inspect each motor for the proper installation , rated voltage , phase and speed .
G. Check for proper phase and ground connections . Check to see that multi-voltage motors
are connected for the proper voltage.
H. Motor connections shall be ring type compression terminations on the motor leads and
secured with bolt, nut and spring washer. Connections shall be rubber Scotch 33 tape
insulated , half lapped with a minimum of two layers of tape , minimum .
I. Space heaters shall be continuously energized as specified .
CONFORMED , 12 /01 /2022
FWW VILLAGE CREEK WRF , DIGESTER MIXING , FLARE , DOME IMPROVEMENTS
CITY PROJECT NO . 102652
26 05 50-13 NEMA FRAME INDUCTION
MOTORS , 600 VOL TS AND BELOW
J. All motors operated on variable frequency drives shall be bonded from the motor foot to
system ground with a high-frequency ground strap made of flat braided, tinned copper
with terminations to accommodate motor foot and system ground connection.
3.02 TESTS
A. Test for proper rotation prior to connection to the driven equipment.
B. Test the insulation (megger test) of all new motors, 10 HP and above, in accordance
with NEMA MG-1. Test voltage shall be 1000 volts AC plus twice the rated voltage of the
motor.
C . For motors 300 HP and larger, test duration shall be for ten minutes with resistances
tabulated every 15 seconds for the first minute and then every minute for the next ten.
The megohm rating at the end of the ten minutes shall be at least twice as high as the 1-
minute reading . Dielectric absorption ratio and polarization index shall be calculated .
D. Perform a rotation test to ensure proper shaft direction .
E. Where a motor is inverter fed, the direction of rotation shall be checked by momentary
application of voltage to the motor, to confirm that the phase sequence is the same as
the incoming power to the inverter.
F. Measure running current and evaluate relative to load conditions and nameplate full load
amperes .
G. Inspect for unusual mechanical or electrical noise or signs of overheating during initial
test run .
H. Monitor motors during startup and commissioning to record operating amps, voltage and
operating vibration levels.
I. Submit test report and all recorded field data. Submit copies of the raw data recorded in
the field , signed by the person recording the data, and typewritten certified reports. The
motors will not be accepted until the reports are submitted and approved .
CONFORMED , 12/01/2022
FWW VILLAGE CREEK WRF , DIGESTER MIXING , FLARE , DOME IMPROVEMENTS
CITY PROJECT NO . 102652
26 05 50-14 NEMA FRAME INDUCTION
MOTORS , 600 VOL TS AND BELOW
PART 4 -TABLE OF MOTOR EFFICIENCIES
2-POLE
(3600 RPM)
HP Min. Efficiency
1.0 72 .0
1.5 80 .0
2.0 81.5
3.0 82 .5
5.0 85 .5
7.5 87 .5
10.0 88 .5
15 .0 89 .5
20 .0 88 .5
25 .0 89.5
30 .0 89 .5
40.0 90 .2
50 .0 91 .0
60 .0 91 .7
75 .0 91 .7
100.0 92.4
125.0 93.6
150.0 93.6
200.0 94 .1
250.0 94 .5
300 .0 94 .5
350 .0 94 .5
400 .0 94 .5
450 .0 94.5
500.0 94.5
CONFORMED , 12/01/2022
MOTOR FULL-LOAD EFFICIENCIES
4-POLE 6POLE 8POLE
(1800 RPM) (1200 RPM) (900 RPM)
Min. Efficiency Min. Efficiency Min. Efficiency
80.0 77.0 70.0
81 .5 82 .5 74 .0
81 .5 84 .0 80.0
85 .5 85.5 81.5
85.5 85.5 82 .5
87.5 87 .5 82 .5
87.5 87.5 86.5
89 .5 88 .5 87.5
89 .5 88 .5 87 .5
91 .0 90 .2 87.5
91 .0 90.2 89.5
91 .7 91.7 89 .5
91 .7 91 .7 90 .2
92.4 92.4 90 .2
93 .0 92.4 91.7
93 .6 93 .0 91 .7
93.6 93 .0 92 .4
94.1 94.1 92.4
94.1 94.1 93 .0
94.1 94 .1 93.6
94.5 94.1 --
94.5 94 .1 --
94 .5 --
94 .5 --
95.0 --
END OF SECTION
FWW VILLAGE CREEK WRF , DIGESTER MIXING , FLARE , DOME IMPROVEMENTS
CITY PROJECT NO . 102652
26 05 50 -15 NEMA FRAME INDUCTION
MOTORS , 600 VOL TS AND BELOW
CONFORMED , 12/01/2022
THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK
FWW VILLAGE CREEK WRF , DIGESTER MIXING , FLARE , DOME IMPROVEMENTS
CITY PROJECT NO . 102652
26 05 50-16 NEMA FRAME INDUCTION
MOTORS , 600 VOL TS AND BELOW
PART 1 -GENERAL
1.01 SCOPE OF WORK
SECTION 26 05 73
POWER SYSTEM STUDY
A. Provide a Power System Study for the electrical power system, including a Short Circuit
Study, Coordination Study, Arc Flash Hazard Study, Motor Starting Voltage Drop Study
and additional studies as listed below.
B. The electrical power system shall be deemed to include the utility company's
transformer, the Owner's entire power distribution system, all existing and new system
components, including any on-site standby generation. The short circuit and coordination
study reports shall provide an evaluation of the electrical power systems and the model
numbers and settings of the protective relays or devices and metering or motor
monitoring devices for setting by the Contractor. The Study shall include settings for all
motor protective relays and electric system monitoring devices.
C . The Study shall model all electrical equipment down to and including 480-Volt utilization
equipment. All motors shall be modeled individually, including disconnect switches, if
present.
D. Obtain and provide all pertinent data necessary for the successful completion of the
Power System Studies, including information on all existing or new equipment and wiring
pertinent to the Study. This includes all cable and raceway data, data for existing or new
motors, data from all existing or new switchgear, motor control centers , panel boards,
and separately mounted fuses, starters and circuit breakers. Obtain all existing or new
protective device information to include all present settings. Obtain any needed data or
information from Contract Documents, various suppliers, the Electric Utility and from
conducting his own field investigations. If during field investigations conflicts between the
Contract Documents and the field conditions are encountered, immediately notify the
Owner/Engineer for a resolution to the conflict. Copies of the data obtained, shall be
organized and submitted to the Owner/Engineer at the same time of transmittal to the
Study Engineer, to show that all the requested data gathering work has been completed .
1.02 RELATED WORK
A. The related work, associated with this Section, shall include all Sections of the
Specifications, and the Contract Drawings .
B. The Contractor shall diligently prosecute the work of providing the information required,
to the Study Engineer, particularly that information required from the Contractor's
electrical equipment suppliers.
CONFORMED , 12/01/2022
FWW V ILLAGE CREEK WRF, DIGESTER MIXING, FLARE , DOME IMPROVEMENTS
CITY PROJECT NO . 102652
26 05 73-1 POWER SYSTEM STUDY
1.03 SUBMITTALS
A . No later than four weeks after Contract Award, provide a submittal of the name and
qualifications of the Study Engineer, for approval. No submittals required under this
section will be accepted until this requirement is met, and if submitted will be returned
without review .
B. Provide the following additional submittals :
1. Preliminary Study: The first submittal shall consist only of the Short Circuit Study
results and equipment evaluation , based upon sound engineering reasonable
assumptions, where known values are not available. This submittal shall be used
by the Study Engineer to ascertain the short circuit current rating of the related
equipment. This submittal shall be made and approved prior to any shop drawing
submittal being reviewed for electrical equipment for which the results of this
preliminary study are required. The submittal and approval of the Preliminary
Study is a critical milestone in the Construction Schedule. Failure to submit an
acceptable study in a timely manner may delay the Project Schedule. No
exceptions will be made for the specified sequence of the submittal of the Study
prior to the submittal of shop drawings , and any delays caused by a late submittal
of the Study will not be a cause for the Engineer / Owner to allow any extension of
the Contract Time or Contract Price.
2. Final Study: The final submittal shall be the Final Study and shall include all items
listed under "Scope of Work" in this Section. No electrical equipment for which the
results of the final study are required , shall be energized until such results have
been reviewed and approved by the Engineer/ Owner, and applied to such
electrical equipment, and certified as Settings Complete by the manufacturer's
field representative. This submittal is required to include a PDF of the study and a
copy of the SKM raw data input files on a CD and/or a flash drive .
C. Upon completion of the studies , submit the studies for approval to the Owner/Engineer.
The study submittal shall include all the input and output data files in electronic format
for use directly with the specified study software . The Study shall include an actual size
sample of an Arc Flash and Shock Hazard label with typical information shown. Allow
not less than three calendar weeks for review of the both the Preliminary and Final
Studies by the Owner/Engineer. The submittal shall not contain unresolved questions,
conflicts or selective device coordination conflicts. A submittal containing such questions
or conflicts will be returned unreviewed , and shall not be resubmitted until such
questions or conflicts have been resolved. Delays in the Construction Schedule due to
the submittal of unacceptable Power System Studies will not be a cause for the Engineer
/ Owner to approve any changes in t he Contract Time or Contract Price .
D. The completed, sealed , and signed studies , with all known issues resolved , shall be
submitted to the Owner/Engineer for approval , not less than 30 days prior to site delivery
CONFORMED , 12/01/2022
FWW VILLAGE CREEK WRF , DIGESTER MIXING , FLARE , DOME IMPROVEMENTS
CITY PROJECT NO . 102652
26 05 73-2 POWER SYSTEM STUDY
of any equipment containing protective devices requiring selections and settings for
certification by the manufacturer. Final copies shall be in electronic form (Adobe PDF
formatted files). SKM data files, including any custom forms, labels, formats, and
libraries, shall be provided at the same time in electronic format as specified herein. All
individual arc flash labels, ready for installation, shall be provided with this submittal.
E. Submit for approval, a manufacturer's conducted training agenda for all training specified
herein. Training agenda shall not be submitted until final approval of the Operation and
Maintenance Manual
1.04 REFERENCE CODES AND STANDARDS
A. The specified studies shall be in accordance with the latest versions of the following
codes and standards.
1. IEEE Standard 1584 -IEEE Guide for Performing Arc-Flash Hazard Calculations,
Including Amendment 1584a.
2 . NFPA-70E -Standard for Electrical Safety Requirements for Employee
Workplaces.
3. ANSI/NFPA 70 -National Electrical Code
B. The studies shall be performed using SKM Power Tools Electrical Engineering Analysis
Software for Windows .
1.05 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. The studies shall be performed by an Electrical Engineering Services firm, who is
regularly engaged in power system studies. The studies shall be performed by a
Licensed Professional Electrical Engineer(PE) in the regular employment of the firm with
proficiency in electrical power systems engineering and shall seal and sign the final
completed power system studies. The Study Engineer shall be licensed to practice
engineering in the State of Texas.
B. The PE shall comply with the State PE Law in the submittal of the Preliminary and Final
Studies. The Preliminary Study shall bear the name and registration number of the PE
who will be sealing the work along with the statement acceptable to the State PE Board
which indicates the work is "Preliminary, Not for Construction" and is "Issued for
Review". The final report shall bear the Engineer's Seal, Registration Number, Original
Signature and Date in accordance with the State PE Laws .
C. Computer Model Revision Control
1. The Study Engineer shall check out and receive from the Owner, prior to executing
the Study, the base model computer file to be used with the SKM System Analysis
computer program. The Study Engineer shall be responsible for the return of this
computer file to Owner upon completion of the Study and acceptance of the
FWW VILLAGE CREEK WRF , DIGESTER MIXING , FLARE , DOME IMPROVEMENTS
CITY PROJECT NO. 102652
CONFORMED, 12/01/2022 26 05 73-3 POWER SYSTEM STUDY
Report by the Owner/Engineer. Field verify all existing protective equipment,
protective device settings and conductors shown in the model which are in series
with the new equipment all the way from the Utility and or Generator power
sources to the connection point of the new equipment. Field verify the name plate
data on all existing motors connected to the same bus or any upstream bus which
is in series with the new equipment. The same criterion applies to all existing
equipment modified under this Contract. Notify the Owner/Engineer of any
discrepancies discovered which exist between the Owner's power system model
and existing field conditions prior to the submittal of any Studies for review .
2. The Study Engineer shall incorporate the Study conducted for this Contract into
the overall base model computer file. The updated file shall be returned to the
Engineer for review along with the Report Submittal. It is unacceptable to add the
branches of the new equipment provided under this Contract in a stand-alone or
separated configuration from the overall power system and adding in the available
fault current at the point of attachment. All revisions and the addition of all new
equipment shall be tied into the existing power system model by the Study
Engineer.
3. The Study Engineer shall forward the updated base model computer files to the
Owner with the submittal of the Preliminary Study for the Engineer to check, and
again the final model shall be submitted upon approval of the Final Report
Submittal. This shall constitute checking this file back in to the Owner. Should the
Report Submittal be rejected for any reason, the base model computer file shall be
checked out again and returned to the Study Engineer for further use.
1.06 SCHEDULE OF WORK
A. The selection of the Study Engineer shall be submitted to the Owner/Engineer for
approval in a timely manner, in accordance with the time specified. The Study shall be
completed and submitted in the phases as specified above.
B . The completed studies, with all known issues resolved , shall be submitted to the
Owner/Engineer for approval, as specified above.
PART 2 -STUDIES
2.01 ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING SERVICES FIRMS
A. The work experience resume of the Study Engineers who will be doing the work and the
Professional Engineer who will be sealing the Final Study shall be submitted along with
his/ her PE registration number in the State where the equipment is to be installed.
Subject to compliance with the Contract Documents, the following services firms are
acceptable:
1. Cutler Hammer Engineering Services
CONFORMED , 12/01/2022
FWW VILLAGE CREEK WRF , DIGESTER MIXING , FLARE , DOME IMPROVEMENTS
CITY PROJECT NO. 102652
26 05 73-4 POWER SYSTEM STUDY
2. General Electric Co. Engineering Services
3. Schneider Electric Engineering Services
4 . Allen Bradley Co. Engineering Services
5. Approved Equal
2.02 SHORT CIRCUIT AND COORDINATION STUDY
A. Provide a complete short circuit study. Include three phase , phase-to-ground
calculations and X/R ratios. Provide an equipment interrupting or withstand evaluation
based on the actual equipment and model numbers provided on this project including
any existing equipment modified in any way under this project. The Contractor shall field
verify the name plate data of all existing transformers , protective device equipment and
the size and length of any existing conductors in series with the new or modified
equipment in the Contract. Conductor lengths in concealed conduit shall be estimated to
the best of the Contractor's ability from field observations and any available existing
conformed to construction record drawings. Generic devices or values are not
acceptable . Normal system operating method, alternate operation , and operations that
could result in maximum fault conditions , shall be thoroughly addressed in the study.
Provide single phase to ground and three phase to ground fault information. The study
shall assume all motors are operating at rated voltage with the exception that motors ,
clearly identified as "standby," shall not be included . Electrical equipment bus
impedances shall be assumed as zero. Short circuit momentary duties and interrupting
duties shall be calculated on the basis of maximum available fault current at the
switchgear busses, switchboard busses , motor control centers and panelboards. The
study shall be performed using actual available short circuit currents as obtained from
the Electric Utility. An assumption of infinite bus for the purposes of the Preliminary or
Final study is not acceptable .
B. Provide an equipment evaluation study to determine the adequacy of the fault bracing of
all bus from the panel board level up to the main switchgear or protective device .
Include circuit breakers , controllers, surge arresters , busway, switches, and fuses by
tabulating and comparing the short circuit ratings of these devices with the available fault
currents .
C. Provide a protective device coordination study . The study shall include all electrical
equipment provided under this Contract, including Control Panels containing power and
protection equipment lighting panels and power panels . The Study shall include any
upstream or downstream equipment that has an impact on the Coordination Study. The
study shall show transformer damage curves , cable short circuit-withstand curves and
motor starting curves . The phase overcurrent and ground fault protection shall be
included, as well as settings for all other adjustable protective devices. All motor
monitoring relays and protective or monitoring devices that are a part of a supplier's
equipment, such as soft starters or adjustable frequency drives shall be included.
Include the last protective device in the Electric Utilities ' system feeding each facility
CONFORMED , 12/0 1/2022
FWW VILLAGE CREEK WRF , DIGESTER MIXING , FLARE , DOME IMPROVEMENTS
CITY PROJECT NO . 102652
26 05 73 -5 POWER SYSTEM STUDY
being considered . Include all medium voltage switchgear, distribution switchboards ,
motor control centers and 480 Volt panelboard main circuit breakers . Complete the short
circuit study down to the main breaker or largest feeder on all on all 480 Volt
panelboards . Panelboard branch circuit devices need not be considered. The phase
overcurrent and ground-fault protection shall be included, as well as settings for all other
adjustable protective devices. All motor monitoring relays and protective or monitoring
devices that are a part of a supplier's equipment , such as soft starters or adjustable
frequency drives , shall be included. Include the last protective device in the Electric
Utilities system feeding each facility being considered.
D. Selective device coordination is required between protective devices in equipment
specified in each Section of the Electrical Specifications, and between each piece of
electrical equipment supplied for this project. Include settings for the protective devices
in existing equipment feeding any piece of new equipment. . If the Study Engineer,
during his work , determines that selective coordination cannot be obtained in or between
pieces of existing and new equipment as specified , the Owner/Eng ineer shall
immediately be notified , Provide the supporting information to the Owner/Engineer for
resolut ion of the problem .
E. Projects executed in phases may not have the new equipment provided under earlier
phases on site when this study is being done. Obtain the shop drawings from the Owner
for that equipment and include that data in this study. Obtain study data done by the
Study Engineer doing any studies under previous phases and include that data in this
study . Clearly indicate what information was obtained from the Owner. This is
acceptable only for the preliminary phases of this study. The final study shall include
actual information on equ ipment provided under the earl ier phases , including fault
stud ies and protective dev ice coord ination .
F. As a minimum , each short circuit study shall include the following :
1. One-Line Diagram : The presentation of the One Line Diagram shall be on one or
more 22 x 34-inch drawings with match lines if on multiple sheets , using font sizes
wh ich are easily readable. Include the following information and activities listed
below:
a. Locat ion and function of each protective device in the system , such as
relays , direct-acting trips , fuses , etc .
b. Type designation , current rating , range or adjustment, manufacturer's style
and catalog number for all protective devices .
c . Power and voltage ratings , impedance , primary and secondary connections
(Delta , Wye , Grounded Wye , Zig-Zag , etc.) of all transformers . Use the
ratings of the actual transformers being provided where available . The Final
Study shall use the name plate information on the transformers provided .
Use the actual name plate information on all existing transformers . Generic
transformer data on new or existing transformers are not acceptable.
CONFORM ED, 12/0 1/2022
FWW VI LLAGE CRE EK WRF , DIGESTER MIXING , FLAR E, DOME IMPROVEMENTS
CITY PROJECT NO . 102652
26 05 73-6 POWER SYSTEM STUDY
d . The type , manufacturer, and ratio of all instrument transformers energizing
each relay shall be included on both existing and new instrument
transformers. Field verify this information on all existing protective devices
which are in series with the new equipment provided under this Contract.
e . Nameplate ratings of all motors and generators with their sub transient
reactance . Field verify the name plate information of all existing generator
providing power to the new equipment, and field verify the name plate motor
information on all motors connected to the bus of existing equipment which
is in series with the new equipment.
f. Sources of short circuit currents such as utility ties, generators, synchronous
motors, and induction motors . Provide short circuit studies using each
source of power separately. The study shall determine if there is sufficient
short circuit current to adequately cause interruption of a protective device
using the weaker power source (typically local generation), and shall
determine if the equipment can safely interrupt the fault if the greater power
source is connected. Additional short circuit calculations shall include
emergency as well as normal switching conditions as well as normal and
emergency power sources described here in .
g. All significant circuit elements such as transformers , cables , breakers , fuses ,
reactors , etc. shall be included .
h. The time-current setting of existing adjustable relays and direct-acting trips , if
applicable. The Contractor shall field verify the information as specified
herein .
i. Arrange for the shutdown of the equipment requiring field verification with the
Owner, Investigations shall be done at a time, including after hours if
necessary, which do not significantly interrupt the Owner's process
operations .
2. Impedance Diagram : The presentation of the Impedance Diagram shall be on one
or more 22 x 34-inch drawings with match lines if on multiple sheets , using font
sizes which are easily readable. Include the following:
a. Available fault current or impedance from the utility company.
b. Local generated capacity impedance.
c. Transformer and/or reactor impedances.
d . Cable impedances.
e. System voltages .
f . Grounding scheme (resistance grounding , solid grounding , or no grounding).
FWW VILLAGE CREEK WRF , DIGESTER MIXING , FLARE , DOME IMPROVEMENTS
C ITY PROJECT NO . 102652
CONFORMED , 12/01/2022 26 05 73 -7 POWER SYSTEM STUDY
3. Calculations : Include the following :
a. Determine the paths and situations where short circuit curr:ents are the
greatest. Assume bolted faults and calculate the three-phase and line-to-
ground short circuits of each case.
b. Calculate the maximum and minimum fault currents.
G. Provide Time-Current Curves (TCC ) on 8-1 /2 x 11 log-log paper.
1. The Time Current Curves shall be presented in series only. Parallel branches
shall not appear on the same TCC presentation.
2. Do not put more than one branch of protective devices on any one coordination
curve .
3 . Show a max imum of five devices in series on one TCC. Include a one-line diagram
and the names of each protective device in the branch on the coordination curve
drawing . Use the same color for the same protective device appearing on different
TCC presentations .
4 . Provide separate drawings for ground fau lt coordinat ion curves .
5 . Use the names designated in the Contract Documents .
6 . Include motor starting curves and transformer inrush and damage curves , and
cable short circuit withstand curves .
H. The study shall include , where shown in the project , the selection and sizing of the type
of low resistance ground (LRG) system and all associated components , includ ing the
selection of the appropriate relay to detect a single line to ground fault. The study shall
also recommend the minimum size of cables to attach the electrical service to the LRG
system.
I. The high resistance grounding system , where shown in the project, shall be sized such
that a single phase can be grounded , and the system still continues to operate wh ile the
ground fault alarm is be ing locally displayed and transmitted to SCADA.
2.03 ARC FLASH HAZARD STUDY
A. The Power System Study shall include an Arc Flash Hazard Study that shall present the
level of arc flash hazard for each item of electrical equipment , and the appropriate level
of pro tection required per OSHA standards .
B. The analysis shall be performed w ith the aid of computer software intended for the
purpose , to calculate Arc-Flash Incident Energy (AFIE) levels and flash protection
boundary distances .
CONFORMED , 12/0 1/2 02 2
FWW VILLAGE CREEK WRF , DIGESTER MIXING , FLARE , DOME IMPROVEMENTS
CITY PROJECT NO . 10 2652
26 05 73-8 POWER SYSTEM STUDY
C. The analysis shall be performed under each possible condition and shall identify the
worst-case Arc-Flash condition. The preliminary report shall describe, when applicable ,
how these conditions differ from worst-case bolted fault conditions.
D. The calculations shall be performed in accordance with IEEE 1584 and safe approach
requirements determined in accordance with NFPA-70E. (Latest versions)
E. Results of the Analysis shall be submitted in tabular form on an Excel spread sheet, and
shall include, device or bus name, bolted fault and arcing fault current levels , flash
protection boundary distances , personal-protective equipment and AFIE levels. The
analysis shall be presented on paper and included with the specified electronic format
files.
F. After approval of the Study, provide the Arc Flash Hazard Warning Labels . The Study
Engineer shall oversee the installation of the required labels for each item of electrical
equipment furnished on the project and for each item of existing equipment for which the
arc flash hazard has changed. A typical warning label shall be submitted with the Study
for approval , and shall include the information listed below, at minimum .
1. Flash Hazard Protection Boundary.
2. Limited Approach Boundary.
3. Restricted Boundary.
4. Incident Energy Level.
5. Required Personal Protective Equipment Rating.
6 . Type of Fire Rated Clothing.
G. Labels shall be affixed to the enclosures, in a readily vis ible location , for all power-
handling equipment as follows .
1. Switchgear
a . One label for the line side of the main breaker
b . One label for the load side of the main breaker (switchgear bus)
c. One label on each vertical section, indicating the data for the switchgear bus
2 . MCCs
a. One label for the line side of the main breaker
b . One label for the load side of the main breaker (MCC bus)
c . One label on each vertical section , indicating the data for the MCC bus
FWW VILLAGE CREEK WRF , DIGESTER MI X ING , FLARE , DOME IMPROVEMENTS
CITY PROJECT NO . 10 2652
CONFORMED , 12/01 /2022 26 05 73-9 POWER SYSTEM STUDY
3. Switchboards
a. One label for each switchboard operated at 480 Volts or above
b. Label to indicate data for line side of the main breaker
4. Panelboards
a. One label for each panelboard operated at 480 Volts or above
b. Label to indicate data for line side of the main breaker
5. Control panels, including combination starters
a . Single label at each unit operated at 480 Volts or above.
b. Label to indicate data for the line side of the disconnect device.
6 . Disconnect switches
a. Single label at each disconnect switch operated at 480 Volts or above.
b. Label to indicate data for the line side of the switch
H. Size of each label shall be not less than 4 inches wide and 3 inches tall.
2.04 MOTOR STARTING VOLTAGE DROP STUDY
A . The motor starting study shall be provided for motors over 100 HP , full voltage started ..
B . The study shall select the largest motor on a bus and shall assume all other motors on
that bus are running. Where a Main-Tie-Main bus configuration is present, the study
shall be done with both Main breakers closed and the Tie breaker open, and with one
Main open and the Tie breaker closed.
C . Where the Utility feeders are feeding the switchgear, the study shall be done for each
feeder based on the actual system impedance for each utility feeder.
D. A motor starting analysis shall be made where on-site standby generation is available to
power the MCC using only the available power from the generator. If the generator has
been sized to run only part of the load , then the system shall be modeled with only that
part of the load running.
PART 3 -EXECUTION
3.01 FIELD SERVICES
A. Label Installation Certification
CONFORMED , 12/01 /2022
FWW VILLAGE CREEK WRF , DIGESTER MIXING , FLARE , DOME IMPROVEMENTS
CITY PROJECT NO . 102652
26 05 73-10 POWER SYSTEM STUDY
1. When the label installation is complete, the Contractor, the Contractor's Study
Engineer and the Owner/Engineer shall jointly inspect each location and show to
the Owner/Engineer's satisfaction that labels are installed in all the specified
locations, and in any additional recommended locations indicated in the Study.
B. Training
1. Provide the services of the Arc-Flash Training Engineer to conduct a training
program for the Owner's personnel. The class shall include the following:
a. The class shall be held for not less than one eight-hour day for each shift of
maintenance and operational personnel.
b. The care, application and use of protective personal equipment described by
the warning signs installed on the project.
c. Conduct training at a location onsite to be designated d by the Owner.
Include class sessions in the field at equipment locations as may be required
for instruction.
d. Applicable information from the Power System Study shall be provided to the
attendees .
e. Submit a detailed class syllabus to the Engineer/Owner for review and
approval prior to holding the training class.
2 . Provide the services of the Power System Study Engineer to conduct power
system operation training for the Owner's personnel. The class shall include the
following :
a. The class shall be held for not less than one eight-hour day for each shift of
maintenance and operational personnel.
b. Instruction in the safe operation of the power system for both new electrical
power distribution equipment included in the study and existing power
distribution equipment which is in series with the new equipment.
c. The safe operation of electrical equipment Kirk Key interlocks .
d. Power system switching which avoids configurations that may exceed
equipment short circuit ratings, or that may cause other undesirable or
danger if certain circuits are paralleled .
e. Provide handout materials including one-line diagrams and O&M information
for each person in attendance .
f. Submit a detailed class syllabus to the Engineer/Owner for review and
approval prior to holding the training class.
CONFORMED , 12/01/2022
FWW VILLAGE CREEK WRF , DIGESTER MIXING , FLARE , DOME IMPROVEMENTS
CITY PROJECT NO . 102652
26 05 73 -11 POWER SYSTEM STUDY
C . The cost of Field Services shall be included in the Contract Price and the schedule for
training shall be included in the Contract Schedule .
D. The Owner reserves the right to videotape the training for the Owner's use .
CONFORMED , 12/01 /2022
END OF SECTION
FWW V ILLAGE CREEK WRF , DIGESTER MIXING , FLARE , DOME IMPROVEMENTS
CITY PROJECT NO . 102652
26 05 73-1 2 POWER SYSTEM STUDY
PART 1 -GENERAL
1.01 SCOPE OF WORK
SECTION 26 12 19
PAD-MOUNTED TRANSFORMERS
A. Furnish and install pad-mounted transformer(s) as specified herein and as shown on the
Drawings.
B. The provisions of this Section shall apply to all pad-mounted transformers, except as
indicated otherwise.
1.02 RELATED WORK
A. No references are made to any other section which may contain work related to any
other section . The Contract Documents shall be taken as a whole with every section
related to every other section as required to meet the requirements specified. The
organization of the Contract Documents into specification divisions and sections is for
organization of the documents themselves and does not relate to the division of
suppliers or labor which the Contractor may choose to employ in the execution of the
Contract. Where references are made to other Sections and other Divisions of the
Specifications, the Contractor shall provide such information or additional work as may
be required in those references, and include such information or work as may be
specified.
B. Other Divisions
1. The Contractor shall be responsible for examining all Sections of the
Specifications and Drawings, and shall determine the power and wiring
requirements and shall provide external wiring and raceways, as required to
provide a fully functioning power, control and process control systems. If the
equipment requires more conductors and/or wiring , due to different equipment
being supplied, the Contractor shall furnish the additional conductors, raceways
and/or wiring, with no change in the Contract Price, and with no increase in
Contract Time.
1.03 SUBMITTALS
A. Submittals shall be made in accordance with the requirements of Division 1, Section 26
00 00 and as specified herein.
B. Provide systems engineering with coordination curves, to demonstrate coordination
between existing and proposed breakers and/or fuses submitted , such that protective
device coordination is accomplished. Such curves and settings shall be included as a
part of these submittals.
CONFORMED, 12/01/2022
FWW VILLAGE CREEK WRF, DIGESTER MIXING, FLARE , DOME IMPROVEMENTS
CITY PROJECT NO . 102652
26 12 19-1 PAD-MOUNTED TRANSFORMERS
C. Submittals for equipment and materials, furnished under this Section of the
Specifications, will not be accepted prior to approval of the Power System Study
specified under Section 26 05 73. Submittals made prior to such approval will be
returned without review. All cut sheets shall be clearly marked to indicate which
products are being submitted for use on this project. Unmarked cut sheets will be cause
to reject the submittal and return it for revision without review.
D. Submittals shall also contain information on related equipment to be furnished under this
Specification. Incomplete submittals not containing the required information on the
related equipment will also be returned without review.
E. Shop Drawings and Product Data. For each transformer specified under this Section,
submit the following information:
1. Master drawing index
2. Front view elevation or outline drawing and weight
3. Floor plan with recommended pad dimensions
4. Schematic diagram
5. Nameplate diagram
6. Component list with detailed component information, including original
manufacturer's part number.
7 . Insulating fluid data, including environmental details
8. Conduit entry/exit locations
9 . Ratings including:
a.
b .
C.
d.
e.
f.
g.
h.
kVA
Primary and secondary voltage
Taps
Primary and secondary continuous current
Basic Impulse/ Insulation level (BIL)
Impedance
Insulation class and temperature rise
Sound level
FWW VILLAGE CREEK WRF , DIGESTER MIXING , FLARE , DOME IMPROVEMENTS
CITY PROJECT NO. 102652
CONFORMED , 12/01/2022 26 12 19-2 PAD-MOUNTED TRANSFORMERS
10. Cable terminal sizes or dead front elbow information.
11. Specified accessories
F. Operation and Maintenance Manuals .
1. Operation and Maintenance Manuals shall include the following information:
a . Manufacturer's contact address and telephone number for parts and service .
b. Instruction books and/or leaflets
c. Recommended renewal parts list
d. Drawings and information required by the Submittals part of this Section .
e. Project record drawings clearly indicating operating features and including
as-built shop drawings , outline drawings , and schematic and wiring
diagrams .
f . Volume of fluid.
1.04 REFERENCE STANDARDS
A. The pad-mounted transformer(s) and all components shall be designed , manufactured
and tested in accordance with the latest applicable NEMA and ANSI standards as
follows ;
1. ANSI C57 . 12.26 , Pad-Mounted , Compartmental-Type , Self-Cooled , Three-Phase
Distribution Transformers for Use with Separable Insulated High Voltage
Connectors , High Voltage , 34 500 GrdGrounded Y/19 920 Volts and Below; 2500
KVA and Smaller, Requirements
2. ANSI C57. 12.70 , Terminal Markings and Connections for Distribution and Power
Transformers
3 . ANSI C119 .2 , Separable Insulated Connectors
4 . ANSI/IEEE C57.12 .00 -2000, General Requirements for Liquid-Immersed ,
Distribution , Power, and Regulating Transformers,
5 . ANSI/IEEE C57 .12.80, Terminology for Power and Distribution Transformers
6. ANSI/IEEE C57 .12 .90 , Test Code for Liquid-Immersed Distribution , Power and
Regulating Transformers and Guide for Short-Circuit Testing of Distribution and
Power Transformers
CONFORMED , 12/01/2022
FWW VILLAGE CREEK WRF , DIGESTER MIXING , FLARE , DOME IMPROVEMENTS
CITY PROJECT NO . 102652
26 12 19-3 PAD -MOUNTED TRANSFORMERS
1.05 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. The manufacturer of this equipment shall have produced similar equipment for a
minimum period of ten years. When requested by the Engineer, an acceptable list of
installations with similar equipment shall be provided demonstrating compliance with this
requirement.
8. The manufacturer of the assembly shall be the manufacturer of the major components
w ithin the assembly. All assemblies shall be of the same manufacturer. Equipment that
is manufactured by a third party and "brand labeled " shall not be acceptable .
C. All components and material shall be new and of the latest field proven design and in
current production. Obsolete components or components scheduled for immediate
discontinuation shall not be used .
D. Equipment submitted shall fit within the space shown on the Drawings. Equipment which
does not fit within the space is not acceptable.
E. For the equipment specified herein , the manufacturer shall be ISO 9001 2000 certified.
F. Equipment submitted shall fit within the space shown on the Drawings . Equipment which
does not fit within the space is not acceptable .
G . Transformers manufactured more than 24 months prior to the date of this Contract will
not be acceptable .
1.06 JOBSITE DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING
A. Prior to jobsite delivery, the Contractor shall have successfully completed all submittal
requirements , and present to the Owner/Engineer upon delivery of the equipment , an
approved copy of all such submittals . Delivery of incomplete constructed equipment , or
equipment which failed any factory tests , will not be permitted.
8 . Equipment shall be handled and stored in accordance with manufacturer's instructions .
Two copies of these instructions shall be included with the equipment at time of
shipment, and shall be made available to the Contractor and Owner. The instructions
shall include detailed assembly instructions including but not limited to wiring
interconnection diagrams , rigging for lifting , skidding , jacking and moving using rolling
equipment to place the equipment, bolt torqueing requirements for bus and all other
components which require the insta ll ation of bolted connections , and instructions for
storing the equipment prior to energ izing.
C . Shipping groups shall be designed to be shipped by truck, rail, or ship . Indoor groups
shall be bolted to skids. Breakers and accessories shall be packaged and shipped
separately.
CONFORMED , 12/01/2022
FWW VILLAGE CREEK WRF , DIGESTER MIXING, FLARE , DOME IMPROVEMENTS
CITY PROJECT NO . 102652
26 12 19-4 PAD -MOUNTED TRANSFORMERS
D. Equipment shall be equipped to be handled by crane. Where cranes are not available,
equipment shall be su itable for skidding in place on rollers using jacks to raise and lower
the groups.
E. Equipment shall be installed in its permanent finished location shown on the Drawings
within 14 calendar days of arriving onsite. If the equipment cannot be installed within 14
calendar days , the equipment shall not be delivered to the site , but stored offsite , at the
Contractor's expense , until such time that the site is ready for permanent installation of
the equipment.
F. Where space heaters are provided in equipment, provide temporary electrical power and
operate space heaters during jobsite storage , and after equipment is installed in
permanent location , until equipment is placed in service .
1.07 WARRANTY
A. The Manufacturer shall warrant the equipment to be free from defects in material and
workmanship for two years from date of final acceptance 2 years from the date defined
in Section 00 72 00 GENERAL CONDITIONS and Section 00 73 00
/\ SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS TO GENERAL CONDITIONS of the equipment.
~ Within such period of warranty , the Manufacturer shall promptly furnish all material and
labor necessary to return the equipment to new operating condition. Any warranty work
requiring shipping or transporting of the equipment shall be performed by the
Manufacturer, at no expense to the Owner.
PART 2 -PRODUCTS
2.01 MANUFACTURERS
A. Manufacturers
1. GE Prolec
2. Eaton
3 . Square D
4. ABB
B. The listing of specific manufacturers above does not imply acceptance of their products
that do not meet the specified ratings , features and functions. Manufacturers listed
above are not relieved from meeting these specifications in their entirety.
2.02 RA TINGS
A. The ratings of the transformer shall be as follows :
1. kVA Rating: As shown on the Drawings. (55/65/0A)
CONFORM E D, 12/01 /2022
FWW VILLAGE CREEK WRF , DIGESTER MIXING , FLARE , DOME IMPROVEMENTS
CITY PROJECT NO . 102652
26 12 19-5 PAD-MOUNTED TRANSFOR MERS
2. Impedance: 5.75% (ANSI Standard Tolerance)
3. HV: As shown on the Drawings.
4 . HVBIL 95 kV BIL for 15KV
60 KV BIL for 5 KV
5. HV de-energized Taps: +/-2 -2-1/2% full capacity
6 . LV: As shown on the Drawings.
7. LV BIL 60 KV BIL for 5 KV
30KV for 480 V
2.03 CONSTRUCTION
A. Insulating Fluid
1. Transformer shall be filled with the specified fluid. The filling process shall utilize a
sufficient process to ensure that the core and coil assembly is free of moisture
prior to filling the tank.
2. Provide a description of the filling process.
3 . Insulating fluid shall be Less-flammable [bio -based] transformer liquids and shall
meet the following requirements :
4 . NFPA 70 and FM APP GUIDE for less-flammable liquids having a fire point not
less than 300 degrees C tested in accordance with ASTM 092
5 . Dielectric strength not less than 33 kV tested in accordance with ASTM
0877 /O877M.
6 . In accordance with the latest edition of the NEC
7. High fire point fluids shall be Factory Mutual, and UL approved .
8. Shall meet the requirements of National Electrical Code® Section 450-23
9 . Shall meet the requirements of the National Electrical Safety Code® (IEEE Std
C2™-2002 standard), Section 15 .
10 . The dielectric coolant shall be non-toxic*, non-bioaccumulating and be readily and
completely biodegradable per EPA OPPTS 835 .3100 .
11 . The base fluid shall be 100% derived from edible seed oils and food grade
performance enhancing additives . The fluid shall not require genetically altered
CONFORMED , 12/01/2022
FWW VILLAGE CREEK WRF , DIGESTER MIXING , FLARE , DOME IMPROVEMENTS
CITY PROJECT NO . 102652
26 12 19-6 PAD-MOUNTED TRANSFORMERS
seeds for its base oil. The fluid shall result in zero mortality when tested on trout
fry (Per OECD G.L. 203).
12. The fluid shall be certified to comply with the US EPA Environmental Technology
Verification (ETV) requirements and tested for compatibility with transformer
components . The transformer manufacturer shall certify that the transformer is
non-PCB containing no detectable PCBs.
13 . Nonflammable transformer liquids including askarel and insulating liquids
contain ing tetrachloroethylene, perchloroethylene, chlorine compounds , or
halogenated compounds are not acceptable.
14 . Silicon or mineral oil insulating liquids are not acceptable.
15 . In accordance with the latest edition of the NEC
16 . High fire point fluids shall be Factory Mutual and UL approved.
B. Manufacturers
1. Cargill FR3
2 . PROLEC GE VG-100
3. ABB BIOTEMP
4. Approved or equal
C . The transformer manufacturer shall certify that the transformer is non-PCB containing no
detectable PCBs .
D. Do not provide nonflammable transformer liquids including askarel and insulating liquids
containing tetrachloroethylene , perchloroethylene, chlorine compounds, or halogenated
compounds
E. The transformer shall carry its continuous rating with average winding temperature rise
by resistance that shall not exceed 55°C , based on average ambient of 30 °C over 24
hours , with a maximum of 40°C. The insulation system shall allow an additional 12%
kVA output at 65°C average winding temperature rise by resistance , on a continuous
basis , without any decrease in normal transformer life.
F. The transformer shall be designed to meet the sound level standards for liquid
transformers as defined in NEMA and ANSI.
G. High-voltage and low-voltage windings shall be copper .
H. The main transformer tank and attached components shall be designed to withstand
pressures greater than the required operating design value without permanent
CONFORMED , 12/01 /2022
FWW VILLAGE CREEK WRF , DIGESTER MIXING , FLARE , DOME IMPROVEMENTS
CITY PROJECT NO . 102652
26 12 19-7 PAD-MOUNTED TRANSFORMERS
deformation . Construction shall consist of carbon steel plate reinforced with external
s idewall braces . All seams and joints shall be continuously welded.
I. Each radiator assembly shall be individually welded and receive a quality control
pressurized check for leaks. The entire tank assembly shall receive a similar leak test
before tanking . A final six-hour leak test shall be performed.
J. The transformers shall be compartmental -type , self-cooled and tamper-resistant for
mounting on a pad . The unit shall restrict the entry of water (other than flood water) into
the compartments so as not to impa ir its operation. There shall be no exposed screws,
bolts or other fastening devices which are externally removable.
K. The transformers shall consist of a transformer tank , and full-height bolt-on high-and
low-voltage cable terminating compartments located side-by-side separated by a rigid
metal barrier. Each compartment shall have separate doors , designed to provide access
to the high-voltage compartment only after the low-voltage has been opened . There shall
be at least one additional fastening device accessible only after the low-voltage door has
been opened , wh ich shall be removed to open the high-voltage door. Doors shall be
mounted flush with the cabinet frame . The low-voltage door shall have a handle-
operated , three-point latching mechanism designed to be secured with a single padlock.
A hex-head bolt shall be incorporated into the low-voltage door latching mechanism.
Both high and low-voltage doors shall be incorporated into the low-voltage door latching
mechan ism. Both high and low-voltage doors shall be equipped with lift-off type stainless
steel hinges and door stops to secure them in the open position .
L . Compartment sills , doors and covers shall be removable to facilitate cable pulling and
installation . The h igh-voltage door shall be on the left with the low-voltage door on the
r ight. Compartments shall be designed for cable entry from below.
M . Transformers shall be supplied with a bolted main tank cover and be of a sealed-tank
construction designed to withstand a pressure of 7 psig without permanent distortion.
The tank cover shall be domed to shed water and be supplied with a tamper-resistant
access handhole sized to allow access to internal bushing and switch connections.
Transformers supplied with "less flammable " flu ids , (high-molecular-weight hydrocarbon
or silicone), shall be manufactured to withstand 12 psig w ithout rupture . The transformer
shall remain effectively sealed for a top-o il temperature of -5 °C to 1 OS °C. When
necessary to meet the temperature rise rating specified above , flat cooling panels of the
common header type shall be provided .
N . When high-voltage taps are specified above, full-capacity taps shall be provided with a
tap changing mechanism designed for de-energized operation . The tap changer
operator shall be located within o n e of the compartments .
0. The coil wind ings shall be of the two wind ing type , designed to reduce losses and
manufactured with the conductor materia l as specified above. All insulating materials
shall be rated for 120°C class .
CONFOR M ED , 12/0 1/2022
FWW VILLAGE CR EE K WRF , DIGESTER MIXING , FLARE , DOME IMPROVEMENTS
CITY PROJECT NO . 102652
26 12 19-8 PAD-MOUNTED TRANSFORMERS
P. The core material shall be high-grade, grain-oriented, non-aging silicon core steel with
high magnetic permeability, low hysteresis and eddy current losses . Magnetic flux
densities are to be kept well below saturation to allow for a minimum of 10% overvoltage
excitation . The cores shall be properly annealed to reduce stresses induced during the
manufacturing processes and reduce core losses.
Q. The core frame shall be designed to provide maximum support of the core and coil
assembly. The core frame shall be welded or bolted to ensure maximum short-circuit
strength .
R. The core and coil assembly shall be designed and manufactured to meet the short-
circuit requirements of ANSI C57.12.90. The core and coil assembly shall be baked in an
oven, prior to tanking, to "set" the epoxy coating on the Kraft paper and remove moisture
from the insulation prior to vacuum filling .
S . Transformer shall be vacuum-filled with the appropriate fluid as indicated above. The
process shall be of sufficient vacuum and duration to ensure that the core and coil
assembly is free of moisture prior to filling the tank. Provide a description of the process
and location to take oil samples to avoid shutdown .
T. Any exposed copper inside the enclosure shall be tinned.
2.04 FINISH
A. Transformer units shall include suitable outdoor paint finish . The paint shall be applied
using an electrostatically deposited dry powder system to a minimum of three (3) mils
average thickness. Units shall be painted padmount green , Munsell No .7GY3 .29/1.5.
2.05 ACCESSORIES
A. Dial-type thermometer
B. Liquid level gauge (May equip with alarm contacts but if so equipped, remember to
connect to SCADA or an alarm panel)
C. Pressure-vacuum gauge
D. One-inch drain valve with sample valve for oil testing . Provide externally accessible port
for oil sampling and testing.
E. Pressure relief valve
F. Non-PCB label
G . One-inch upper fill/filter press connection
H. Alarm contacts
I. Rapid pressure rise relay (ANSI device 63X)
FWW VILLAGE CREEK WRF , DIGESTER MIXING , FLARE , DOME IMPROVEMENTS
CITY PROJECT NO. 102652
CONFORMED , 12/01/2022 26 12 19-9 PAD-MOUNTED TRANSFORMERS
J. Winding temperature relay (ANSI device 49X)
2.06 PRIMARY CONNECTIONS
A. Transformer primary connections shall be dead front wells, inserts, cable parking
supports, and elbows for cable sizes shown on the drawings .
8. Load break Connectors and Bushings shall meet the following requirements :
1. 200 AL db k C oa rea onnec or a mgs In t R f .A ccor d . h IEEE Std 386™ standard ance wit
VOLTAGE RA TINGS (kV) 15
Standard Voltage Class (kV) 15
Maximum Rating Phase-to-Phase (kV) 14.4
Maximum Rating Phase-to-Ground (kV) 8.3
AC 60 Hz 1 Minute Withstand (kV) 34
DC 15 Minute Withstand (kV) 53
BIL and Full Wave Crest (kV) 95
Minimum Corona Voltage Level 11
CURRENT RATINGS kV 15
Continuous Amps RMS 200
Switching (make/break operations at 200 Amps 10
RMS)
Fault Closure (Amps RMS sym . at 14.4 kV for 0.17s 10 ,000
after 10 switching operations)
Short Time (Amps RMS sym. for 0.17s 3,500 A rms 10 ,000
sym . for 3.0s
2.07 LIGHTNING ARRESTORS
A. Provide distribution class lightning arrestors in the primary compartment. Lightning
arrestors shall be elbow connected .
2.08 PRIMARY FUSING
A. Where shown on the drawings , provide the following fuses:
1. Provide full-range , current lim iting fuses in load break drywell canisters .
CONFORMED , 12/01/2022
FWW VILLAGE CREEK WRF , DIGESTER MIXING , FLARE , DOME IMPROVEMENTS
CITY PROJECT NO . 102652
26 12 19-10 PAD-MOUNTED TRANSFORMERS
2.09 PRIMARY AND SECONDARY TERMINAL COMPARTMENTS
A. A ground bus shall be provided in each of the Primary and Secondary Terminal
Compartments , sufficient in size to terminate all incoming and outgoing cable grounding
conductors, neutrals and metallic raceways. Where a wye secondary is provided , the
neutral of the secondary shall be bonded to the secondary ground bus .
2.10 REMOTE MONITORING AND CONTROL INTERFACE
A. General : All control and interconnection points from the equipment to the plant control
and monitoring system shall be brought to a separate connection box. No field
connections shall be made directly to the equipment control devices.
B. Discrete control or status functions shall be form C relays with contacts rated ten
amperes at 120 volts AC . Analog signals shall be isolated from each other.
2.11 FACTORY TESTING
A. The following standard factory tests shall be performed on the equipment provided under
this section . All tests shall be in accordance with the latest applicable ANSI and NEMA
standards.
1. Resistance measurements of all windings on the rated voltage connection of each
unit and at the tap extremes of one unit only of a given rating on this project
2 . Ratio tests on the rated voltage connection and on all tap connections
3. Polarity and phase-relation tests on the rated voltage connections
4. No-load loss at rated voltage on the rated voltage connection
5. Exciting current at rated voltage on the rated voltage connection
6. Impedance and load loss at rated current on the rated voltage connection of each
unit and on the tap extremes of one unit only of a given rating on this project
7 . Applied potential test
8. Induced potential tests
B . The manufacturer shall provide three certified copies of factory test reports .
C . The following special factory tests shall be performed on the equipment provided under
this Section. All tests shall be in accordance with the latest applicable ANSI and NEMA
standards.
1. Temperature tests shall be made on one unit only of a project covering one or
more units of a given KVA rating. Tests shall not be required when there is
available a record of a temperature test on an essentially duplicate unit.
CONFORMED , 12/01/2022
FWW VILLAGE CREEK WRF , DIGESTER MIXING , FLARE , DOME IMPROVEMENTS
CITY PROJECT NO . 102652
261219-11 PAD-MOUNTED TRANSFORMERS
2 . Basic impulse test on all windings.
PART 3-EXECUTION
3.01 INSTALLATION
A. The Contractors shall install all equipment per the manufacturer's recommendations,
NEC and the Contract Drawings.
3.02 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL
A. Provide the services of a qualified factory-trained manufacturer's representative to assist
the Contractor in installation and start-up of the equipment specified under this Section
for a period of two working days. The manufacturer's representative shall provide
technical direction and assistance to the Contractor in general assembly of the
equipment , connections and adjustments , and testing of the assembly and components
contained herein .
B . The Contractor shall provide three copies of the manufacturer's field start-up report.
3.03 FIELD TESTING
A. Measure primary and secondary voltages for proper tap settings .
B. Megger primary and secondary windings
C . Liquid transformers
1. Test oil for dielectric strength and dissolved gasses
2 . The Contractor shall provide three copies of the laboratory report for the liquid
3. Two o il tests shall be provided. One sample shall be taken after the transformer is
delivered to the site , prior to energization. A second sample shall be taken after
final commissioning , energization and process equipment startup.
3.04 FIELD ADJUSTING
A. Adjust taps to deliver appropriate secondary voltage
B . The Power Monitoring and Protective Relays shall be set in the field by a qualified
representative of the manufacturer, retained by the Contractor, in accordance with
settings designated in a coordinated study of the system as required in Section 26 05 73
Power System Study. All such settings , includ ing the application of arc flash labels , shall
have been made and Approved by the Owner/Engineer, prior to energizing of the
equipment.
CONFORMED , 12/01/2022
FWW VILLAGE CREEK WRF , DIGESTER MIXING , FLARE , DOME IMPROVE MENTS
CITY PROJECT NO . 10265 2
26 12 19-12 PAD-MOUNTED TRANSFORMERS
3.05 MANUFACTURER'S CERTIFICATION
A. A qualified factory-trained manufacturer's representative shall certify in writing that the
equipment has been installed, adjusted and tested in accordance with the
manufacturer's recommendations.
B . The Contractor shall provide three copies of the manufacturer's representative's
certification.
3.06 TRAINING
A. Provide manufacturer's services for training of plant personnel in operation and
maintenance of the equipment furnished under this Section.
B . The training shall be for a period of not less than one eight-hour day.
C . The cost of training program to be conducted with Owner's personnel shall be included
in the Contract Price . The training and instruction , insofar as practicable, shall be
directly related to the system being supplied.
D. Provide detailed O&M manuals to supplement the training course . The manuals shall
include specific details of equipment supplied and operations specific to the project.
E . The training session shall be conducted by a manufacturer's qualified representative .
Training program shall include instructions on the transformers auxiliary devices,
protective devices and other major components.
F . The Owner reserves the right to videotape the training sessions for the Owner's use .
CONFORMED , 12/01/2022
END OF SECTION
FWW VILLAGE CREEK WRF , DIGESTER MIXING , FLARE , DOME IMPROVEMENTS
CITY PROJECT NO . 102652
26 12 19-13 PAD-MOUNTED TRANSFORMERS
CONFORMED , 12/01/2022
THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK
FWW VILLAGE CREEK WRF , DIGESTER MIXING , FLARE , DOME IMPROVEMENTS
CITY PROJECT NO . 102652
26 12 19-14 PAD-MOUNTED TRANSFORMERS
SECTION 26 13 22
MEDIUM VOLTAGE SEALED DEADFRONT PAD-MOUNTED DISTRIBUTION SWITCHGEAR
PART 1 -GENERAL
1.01 SCOPE OF WORK
A. Furnish and install assemblies of pad mounted medium voltage sealed dead front
distribution switchgear, together with appurtenances, complete and operable, as
specified herein and as shown on the Contract Drawings .
B. Manufacturer shall provide line by line specification compliance. Note Compliance (C),
Deviation (D) with an explanation for the deviation, and Exception (E) with explanation
for the exception. C, D and E shall be listed by each paragraph of the specification
section in the margins. If more room is required for explanations, attach them to the
noted specification section in the submittals listed by its corresponding numbered
paragraph.
1.02 RELATED WORK
A. Refer to Division 26 00 00 and the Contract Drawings, for related work and electrical
coordination requirements.
1.03 SUBMITTALS
A. Submittals shall be made in accordance with the requirements of Division 1, Section 26
00 00, the Contract Documents and as specified herein the following:
1. The manufacturers' names and product designation or catalog numbers for the
types of materials specified or shown on the Drawings.
2. Cut sheets for each individual item shall be submitted.
3. All cut sheets shall be clearly marked to indicate which products are being
submitted for use on this project.
4. Unmarked cut sheets will cause the submittal to be rejected and returned for
revision.
B . All shop drawing submittals and all O&M submittals shall be submitted Division 1. No
change in Contract Price or Schedule will be allowed for delays due to unacceptable
submittals.
C. Submittals shall also contain information on related equipment to be furnished under this
Specification . Incomplete submittals not containing the required information on the
related equipment will also be returned without review
CONFORMED, 12/01/2022
FWW VILLAGE CREEK WRF , DIGESTER MIXING , FLARE , DOME IMPROVEMENTS
CITY PROJECT NO . 102652
26 13 22 -1 MEDIUM VOLTAGE SEALED DEADFRONT
PAD-MOUNTED DISTRIBUTION SWITCHGEAR
D . Submittals shall be made in accordance with the requirements of the process equipment
division of these Specifications, and as specified herein.
E. Submittals for equipment specified herein shall be made as a part of equipment
furnished under other Sections. Individual submittals for equipment specified herein will
not be accepted and will be returned without review.
F . The original equipment manufacturer, (OEM) shall create all equipment shop drawings,
including all wiring diagrams, in the manufacturer's Engineering department. All
equipment shop drawings shall bear the original equipment manufacturer's logo, drawing
file numbers, and shall be maintained on file in the OEM's archive file system .
Photocopies of the Engineer's ladder schematics are unacceptable as shop drawings .
G. Submittals for equipment and materials , furnished under this Section of the
Specifications , will not be accepted prior to approval of the Qualifications and
Preliminary Study submittals required in the Power System Study specified under
Section 26 05 73. Submittals made prior to such approval will be returned unreviewed .
H. Time-current coordination curves for protective device relays, circuit breakers , and fuses
submitted shall be included as a part of these submittals.
I. Submit for approval, a manufacturer's conducted training agenda for all training specified
herein . Training agenda shall not be submitted until final approval of the Operation and
Maintenance Manual.
J . Submit to the Owner/Engineer, shop drawings and product data , for the following:
1. Master drawing index
2 . Front view elevation
3 . Floor plan
4. Top view
5. Single line
6 . Schematic diagram
7. Nameplate schedule
8. Component list with detailed component information, including original
manufacturer's part number.
9 . Conduit entry/exit locations
10 . Assembly ratings including:
FWW VILLAGE CREEK WRF , DIGESTER MIXING , FLARE , DOME IMPROVEMENTS
CITY PROJECT NO . 102652
CONFORMED , 12/01/2022 26 13 22 -2 MEDIUM VOLTAGE SEALED DEADFRONT
PAD-MOUNTED DISTRIBUTION SWITCHGEAR
a. Short-circuit rating
b. Voltage
c . Continuous current
d. Basic impulse level for equipment over 600 volts
11. Major component ratings including:
a. Voltage
b. Continuous current
c. Interrupting ratings
12. Number and size of cables per phase, neutral if present, ground and all cable
terminal sizes.
K. Factory Tests. Submittals shall be made for factory tests specified herein.
L. Field Test Reports . Submittals shall be made for field tests specified herein .
M. Operation and Maintenance Manuals.
1. Operation and maintenance manuals shall include the following information:
a. Manufacturer's contact address and telephone number for parts and service.
b. Instruction books and/or leaflets
c . Recommended renewal parts list
d. Record Documents for the information required by the Submittals paragraph
above .
N. The manufacturer shall submit for approval , a training agenda for all training specified
herein . Training agenda shall not be submitted until final approval of the Operation and
Maintenance Manual.
1.04 REFERENCE CODES AND STANDARDS
A. The medium voltage pad mounted switchgear and protection devices in this specification
shall be designed and manufactured according to latest revision of the following
standards (unless otherwise noted):
1. ANSI C57 .12.28 , Pad-Mounted Equipment ---Enclosure Integrity
2 . ANSI C119.2 , Separable Insulated Connectors
FWW VILLAGE CREEK WRF , DIGESTER MIXING , FLARE , DOME IMPROVEMENTS
CITY PROJECT NO. 102652
CONFORMED , 12/01/2022 2613 22 -3 MEDIUM VOLTAGE SEALED DEADFRONT
PAD-MOUNTED DISTRIBUTION SWITCHGEAR
3. IEEE/ANSI 71 , 72, 73, 74 Standard for Three Phase Manually Operated
Subsurface Load Interrupting Switches .
4. ANSI/IEEE Std. 386 , Separable Insulated Connector Systems for Power
Distribution Systems Above 600 Volts .
5. ANSI/IEEE C57.13, Instrument Transformers , Requirements for
6 . ASTM D-2472 Specification for Sulfur Hexafluoride , SF6.
7. IEC 298 Arc Resistant Switchgear
8. International Electrical Testing Association 2003 Acceptance Testing
Specifications
9. The applicable portions of IEEE C37.74, IEEE C37 .60-2012 , IEC 62271-100 , IEC
62271-200, and IEEE C37 .20 .7 which specify test procedures and sequences for
the load-interrupter switches , f ault interrupters , and the complete switchgear
assembly.
1.05 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. The manufacturer of this equipment shall have produced similar equipment for a
minimum period of ten years . When requested by the Engineer, an acceptable list of
installations with similar equipment shall be provided demonstrating compliance with this
requirement.
B . The manufacturer of the assembly shall be the manufacturer of the major components
within the assembly . All assemblies shall be of the same manufacturer. Equ ipment that
is manufactured by a third party and "brand labeled " shall not be acceptable .
C . All components and material shall be new and of the latest field proven design and in
current production. Obsolete components or components scheduled for immediate
discontinuation shall not be used.
1.06 JOBSITE DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING
A. Prior to jobsite delivery , complete all submittal requirements , and present to the
Owner/Engineer prior to delivery of t he equipment , an approved copy of all such
submittals. Delivery of incomplete constructed equipment, or equipment which failed any
factory tests , will not be permitted .,
B. Equipment shall be handled and stored in accordance with manufacturer's instructions.
Two copies of these instructions shall be included with the equipment at time of
shipment and shall be made available to the Installer working in the field and
Engineer/Owner. The instructions shall include detailed assembly instructions including
but not limited to wiring interconnection diagrams , rigging for lifting , skidding, jacking and
moving using rolling equipment to place the equipment, bolt torquing requirements for
FWW VILLAGE CREEK WRF , DIGESTER MIXING , FLARE , DOME IMPROVEMENTS
CITY PROJECT NO . 102652
CONFORMED , 12/0 1/2 022 26 13 22 -4 MEDIUM VOLTAGE SEALED DEADFRONT
PAD-MOUNTED DISTR IBUTION SWITCHGEAR
bus and all other components which require the installation of bolted connections, and
instructions for storing the equipment prior to energizing.
C. Shipping groups shall be designed to be shipped by truck, rail, or ship. Indoor groups
shall be bolted to skids. Breakers and accessories shall be packaged and shipped
separately.
D. Equipment shall be equipped to be handled by crane. Where cranes are not available,
equipment shall be suitable for skidding in place on rollers using jacks to raise and lower
the groups.
E. Equipment shall be installed in its permanent finished location shown on the Drawings
within 30 calendar days of arriving onsite. If the equipment cannot be installed within 30
calendar days, the equipment shall not be delivered to the site, but stored offsite until
such time that the site is ready for permanent installation of the equipment. No increase
in the Contract Price or Schedule will be allowed for storage or transportation.
F. Space heaters provided in equipment shall be provided with temporary electrical power
to operate during jobsite storage and after equipment is installed in permanent location.
Space heater operation shall be continuous until equipment is powered and placed in
service .
G. The equipment shall be provided through a local authorized sales channel within 100
miles of the job site that has the ability to provide Factory Authorized Field Services.
The manufacturer shall have local Factory Field Service Technicians within 100 miles of
the job site .
1.07 WARRANTY
A. Provide warrantees, including the manufacturer's warranty, for the equipment specified
and the proper installation thereof, to be free from defects in material and workmanship
for two years [except for variable frequency dri 11es which shall be for two years, from
~ date of final acceptance 2 years from the date defined in Section 00 72 00 GENERAL
~ CONDITIONS and Section 00 73 00 SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS TO GENERAL
CONDITIONS of the equipment and its installation. Within such period of warranty, all
material and labor necessary to return the equipment to new operating condition shall be
provided . Any warranty work requiring shipping or transporting of the equipment shall be
provided at no expense to the Owner.
PART 2 -PRODUCTS
2.01 MANUFACTURERS
A. Subject to compliance with the Contract Documents, the following Manufacturers are
acceptable:
CONFORMED , 12/01/2022
FWW VILLAGE CREEK WRF , DIGESTER MIXING , FLARE , DOME IMPROVEMENTS
CITY PROJECT NO . 102652
26 13 22 -5 MEDIUM VOLTAGE SEALED DEADFRONT
PAD-MOUNTED DISTRIBUTION SWITCHGEAR
1. G & W Electric
2. S & C Electric
3 . No equal
B. The listing of specific manufacturers above does not imply acceptance of their products
that do not meet the specified ratings, features and functions. Manufacturers listed
above are not relieved from meeting these specifications in their entirety.
2.02 RA TINGS
A. The ratings for the integrated pad-mounted gear shall be as designated below per ANSI
Standard .
1. Switchgear Ratings -25,000 Amp Fault Rating
Frequency, 60
Hz
Short-Circuit Current, Amperes, RMS , 25 000
Symmetrical
Voltage Class 15.5 27 38
kV Maximum Voltage 15.5 29 38
kV BIL Voltage, kV 95 125 150
Main Bus Continuous Current, 1200 1200 1200
Amperes (2) (5)
Continuous Current, g~8 g~8 g~8 Amperes Load Dropping
Three-Current, Amperes (3)
Pole Load-Fault Closing Current, Duty-25 000 25 000 25 000
Interrupter Cycle 65 000 65 000 65 000
Switches Three-Time, Amperes, 16 000 16 000 16 000
RMS, Symmetrical Three-41 600 41 600 41 600
Time, Amperes, Peak
Ten-Time, Amperes,
RMS, SymmetricalTen-
Time, Amperes , Peak
Continuous Current, Amperes 600 600 600
(3) 600 600 600 Load Dropping Current, 25 000 25 000 c?cm Amperes (3)
Fault Fault Interrupting Current , 25 000 25 000 25
Interrupters Duty-Cycle 000
Three-Time, Amperes , 25 000 25 000 c?cm RMS, Symmetrical Ten-
Time, Amperes, RMS , 00 uuu 00 uuu cllib
Symmetrical Fault Closing ·10 uuu ·10 uuu atln
Current, Duty-Cycle 41 600 41 600 41
Three-Time, Amperes, 600
FWW VILLAGE CREEK WRF , DIGESTER MIXING , FLARE , DOME IMPROVEMENTS
CITY PROJECT NO . 102652
CONFORMED , 12/01/2022 26 13 22 -6 MEDIUM VOLTAGE SEALED DEADFRONT
PAD-MOUNTED DISTRIBUTION SWITCHGEAR
B. Notes for Tables
RMS, Symmetrical Three-
Time , Amperes, Peak
Ten-Time , Amperes,
RMS , SymmetricalTen-
Time, Amperes , Peak
1. Actual capabilities may be limited to lower values by the bushing inserts , elbows,
and cables used on these units. (200-A ratings are avail-able in SF6 models only.)
2 . 1200-ampere bus rating is available .
3 . 900-ampere load interrupting and fault interrupting ratings are available.
4. Ratings are 600 amperes continuous and load dropping when the fault interrupters
are furnished with 600-ampere bushings.
5. See Drawings for specific switchgear ratings
2.03 CONSTRUCTION
A General
1. Each switchgear unit shall consist of the enclosure, switch tank , load , fault
interrupter, and metering enclosure with controls as specified herein.
2 . Refer to the Drawings for the actual layout and location of equipment and
components; current ratings of devices , bus bars , components ; protective relays,
voltage ratings of devices , components and assemblies and other required details .
3. Switchgear units shall be arranged as shown on the Drawings .
B . Enclosures
1. Construct all enclosures using 316 stainless steel , single welded, sized as shown
on the Drawings , and manufactured to ANSI C37 . 72 and C57 .12.28 standards .
2. Mount enclosures for switch tanks and for metering independently of the switch
tank . Provide doors for enclosures with tamper-resistant features including hinged
access doors with penta-head locking bolts and provisions for padlocking . Provide
the enclosure with lifting provisions and painted with a green finish.
3. Furnish nameplates for each device as indicated in drawings. All nameplates shall
be laminated plastic , black lettering on a wh ite background, attached with stainless
steel screws . There shall be a master nameplate that indicates equipment ratings ,
manufacturer's name , shop order number and general information.
CONFORMED , 12/01/2022
FWW VILLAGE CREEK WRF , DIGESTER MIXING , FLARE , DOME IMPROVEMENTS
CITY PROJECT NO . 102652
26 13 22 -7 MEDIUM VOLTAGE SEALED DEADFRONT
PAD-MOUNTED DISTRIBUTION SWITCHGEAR
C. Bushings and Bushing Wells
1. Bushings and bushing wells shall conform to ANSI/IEEE Standard 386 .
2 . Bushings and bushing wells shall include a semiconductive coating.
3. Bushings and bushing wells shall be mounted in such a way that the
semiconductive coating is solidly grounded to the hermetically sealed tank.
4. 600 A dead break separable connectors shall meet the following requirements in
Accordance with IEEE Std. 386™ standard:
VOLTAGE RA TINGS (kV) 15 25 35
Standard Voltage Class 25 25 35
Maximum Rating Phase-to-Ground 15 .2 15.2 36 .6
AC 60 Hz 1 Minute Withstand 40 40 50
DC 15 Minute Withstand 78 78 103
BIL and Full Wave Crest 125 125 150
Minimum Corona Voltage Level 19 19 26
CURRENT RA TINGS (kV) 15 25 26
600 Amp Interface (900 Amp rating is available)
Continuous (Amps RMS) 600 600 600
24 Hour Overload (Amps RMS) 1,000 1,000 1,000
Short Time (Amps RMS Sym . for 0.17 25,000 25,000 25,000
seconds)
Short Time (Amps RMS Sym . for 3 .0 10 ,000 10 ,000 10,000
seconds)
200 Amp Interface On Load break Reducing Tap Plug (LRTP)
Continuous 200 200 200
Switching (make/break operations at 200 A 10at 10 at 10 at
rms) 14.4 kV 26.3 kV 36 .6 kV
Fault Closure (Amps RMS sym . for 0.17s 10 ,000 . 10 ,000 10 ,000
after 10 switching operations) at 14 .4 at 26.3 at 36.6
kV kV kV
FWW VILLAGE CREEK WRF , DIGESTER MIXING , FLARE , DOME IMPROVEMENTS
CITY PROJECT NO . 102652
CONFORMED , 12/01/2022 26 13 22 -8 MEDIUM VOLTAGE SEALED DEADFRONT
PAD-MOUNTED DISTRIBUTION SWITCHGEAR
Short Time (Amps RMS sym. for 0.17 10,000 10,000 10,000
seconds)
Short Time (Amps RMS sym. for 3.0 3,500 3,500 3,500
seconds)
D. Switch Tanks (SF6)
1. Construct all enclosures using 316 stainless steel; single welded, sized for the
switch arrangement as shown on the Drawings, and manufactured to ANSI C37.72
and C57 .12.28 standards . Construction shall be dead front. Switches shall be
shipped filled with SF6 gas conforming to ASTM D-2472. Switch tanks shall have
manual operating mechanisms and viewing windows.
a. Fill the switchgear with SF6 gas to a pressure of 7 psig at 68°F (20°C).
b. Evacuate the hermetically sealed tank prior to filling with SF6 gas to
minimize moisture in the tank .
c. The switchgear shall withstand system voltage at a gas pressure of O psig at
68°F (20°C).
d. Provide a gas-fill valve.
e. Provide a temperature-compensated pressure gauge that is color coded to
show the operating range. The gauge shall be mounted inside the gas-tight
tank (visible through a large viewing window) to provide consistent pressure
readings regardless of the temperature or altitude at the installation site .
2 . Viewing Windows
a. Provide a large viewing window at least 6 inches (152 mm) by 12 inches
(305 mm) to allow visual verification of the switch-blade position (Closed,
Open, and Grounded) while shining a flashlight on the blades .
b. Provide each fault interrupter with a large viewing window at least 6 inches
(152 mm) by 12 inches (305 mm) to allow visual verification of the
disconnect-blade position (Closed, Open , and Grounded) while shining a
flashlight on the blades .
c. Locate viewing windows on the opposite side of the gear from the bushings
and bushing wells .
d . Routine operations near high-voltage elbows and cables are not acceptable .
e. Provide a cover for each viewing window to prevent operating personnel
from viewing the flash which may occur during switching operations.
FWW VILLAGE CREEK WRF , DIGESTER MIXING , FLARE , DOME IMPROVEMENTS
CITY PROJECT NO . 102652
CONFORMED , 12/01/2022 2613 22-9 MEDIUM VOLTAGE SEALED DEADFRONT
PAD-MOUNTED DISTRIBUTION SWITCHGEAR
ffi
3. High-Voltage Bus
a. Bus and interconnections shall withstand the stresses associated with short-
circuit currents up through the maximum rating of the switchgear.
b. Before installation of aluminum bus, prepare the contact surfaces by
machine-abrading to remove all oxide film. Immediately after abrasion, shall
be coat the electrical contact surfaces with a uniform coating of an oxide
inhibitor and sealant.
4. Ground Connection Pad
a . Provide one ground-connection pad on the tank of the switchgear.
b. The ground-connection pad shall be the same type of stainless steel as the
tank and welded to the tank . The ground connection shall have a short-
circuit rating equal to that of the switchgear.
c. When an enclosure is provided , no less than one enclosure ground pad shall
be provided welded to the enclosure. Ground the enclosure to the tank .
d . Provide the following optional features :
1) One ground-connection pad per way shall be provided.
2) A tin-plated copper ground bus shall extend through the length of
the switchgear enclosure. The ground bus shall have sufficient
space and provisions for grounding all cable as shown on the
Drawings.
5. Connections
a. For gear rated 25 kA short circuit, load-interrupter switches and fault
interrupters shall be equipped with 900-ampere bushings .
b. Bushings and bushing wells shall be located on one side of the gear to
reduce the required operating clearance.
c . Provide the following optional features:
1) Bushings rated 600 or 900 amperes continuous shall be provided
without a threaded stud.
6 . Provide each tank with the following:
a. Welded stainless steel tank with stainless steel fasteners.
b. Lifting provisions .
FWW VILLAGE CREEK WRF , DIGESTER MIXING , FLARE , DOME IMPROVEMENTS
CITY PROJECT NO. 102652
CONFORMED , 12/01/2022 26 13 22 -10 MEDIUM VOLTAGE SEALED DEADFRONT
PAD-MOUNTED DISTRIBUTION SWITCHGEAR
C.
d.
e.
f.
ffi g.
h.
Internal ground pad for each way.
Gas pressure gauge and fill valve.
Switch operating handles with padlock provision and end stops.
Dead break bushing for each cable, as shown on the Drawings.
Parking stand for each cable with insulated parking bushing and cap.
Stainless steel three-line diagram and corrosion-resistant nameplates
E. Load Interrupter Switches
1. Design Rating and Standards.
a. Provide a three-time and ten-time duty-cycle fault-closing rating as specified
under "Ratings" and/or as shown on the Drawings for three-phase, group-
operated load-interrupter switches . This rating defines the ability to close the
switch the designated number of times against a three-phase fault with
asymmetrical (peak) current in at least one phase equal to the rated value,
with the switch remaining operable and able to carry and interrupt rated
current. Certified test abstracts establishing such ratings shall be submitted .
b. Provide switch contacts plated with high-conductivity copper alloy with arcing
tips of copper/tungsten alloy. The contacts shall be designed such that
arcing does not occur around main current interchange and contact pressure
shall increase with increasing current flow. Contact movement shall provide
sufficient open contact separation for efficient arc extinction, withstand field
DC testing levels and maintain BIL levels .
c . Provide an integral ground position that is readily visible through the viewing
window for each switch. The Ground position shall have a three-time and
ten-time duty-cycle fault-closing rating.
d . Provide an Open position that is readily visible through the viewing window
for each switch to eliminate the need for cable handling and exposure to high
voltage to establish a visible gap.
e . Size the open gaps of the switch to allow cable testing through a feed-
through bushing or the back of the elbow.
f. Equip each switch with an internally mounted spring assisted operating
mechanism capable of providing quick-make, quick-break operation in either
switching direction . The mechanism shall be capable of delivering sufficient
torque with latches for each position of load interrupting. All switch positions
shall be clearly identified, pad lockable, and adaptable to key lock schemes.
CONFORMED , 12/01/2022
FWW VILLAGE CREEK WRF , DIGESTER MIXING , FLARE , DOME IMPROVEMENTS
CITY PROJECT NO . 102652
26 13 22 -11 MEDIUM VOLTAGE SEALED DEADFRONT
PAD -MOUNTED DISTRIBUTION SWITCHGEAR
F. Fault Interrupter Switches
1. Design Ratings and Standards
a. Provide a three-time and ten-time duty-cycle fault-closing and fault
interrupting rating as specified under "Ratings " and/or as shown on the
Drawings for each fault interrupter. This rating defines the fault interrupter's
ability to close the designated number of times against a three-phase fault
with asymmetrical (peak) current in at least one phase equal to the rated
value and clear the resulting fault current, with the interrupter remaining
operable and able to carry and interrupt rated current. Certified test abstracts
establishing such ratings shall be submitted.
b. Provide each fault interrupter with a disconnect with an integral Ground
position readily visible through the viewing window to eliminate the need for
cable handling and exposure to high voltage to ground the equipment.
c. Provide the Ground pos ition with a three-time and ten-time duty-cycle fault-
closing rating.
d. Provide the disconnect with an Open position that is readily visible through
the viewing window to eliminate the need for cable handling and exposure to
high voltage to establish a visible gap.
e . Provide a single integrated design , so operation between the Closed and
Open positions or the Open and Ground positions is accomplished with a
single, intuitive movement including its three-position disconnect for the fault
interrupter.
f. Size the open gaps of the disconnect to allow cable testing through a
feedthrough bushing or the back of the elbow.
g. Provide an internal indicator for each fault interrupter to show when it is in
the Tripped condition. The indicator shall be clearly visible through the
viewing window .
h . The fault interrupter shall be a non-reclosing, manual reset device ,
incorporating vacuum bottles. It shall be designed, tested and built per
applicable sections of ANSI C37.72-1987. The vacuum interrupter assembly
shall be rated as specified in this Section . Each fault interrupter shall consist
of vacuum bottles and a spring-assisted operating mechanism . Where
shown on the Drawings, a disconnect shall be provided in series with the
vacuum interrupter, containing an integral ground position. The disconnect
shall be readily visible through the viewing window to indicate "switch
position grounded ".
CONFORMED , 12/01/2022
FWW V ILLAGE CREEK WRF , DIGESTER MIXING , FLARE , DOME IMPROVEMENTS
CITY PROJECT NO . 102652
26 13 22-12 MEDIUM VOLTAGE SEALED DEADFRONT
PAD-MOUNTED DISTRIBUTION SWITCHGEAR
i. The interrupter operating mechanism shall consist of the support assembly,
linkage, spring latch mechanism, and solenoid utilized for electronic tripping.
Interrupting time shall be 3.0 cycles maximum (50 milliseconds). The
movable contact shaft shall be flagged to indicate the contact position, open
or closed . The contact position indicator shall be fully visible through viewing
windows in the switch tank .
j. Each output shall be equipped with an individual vacuum interrupter fully
enclosed in the switch tank. Electrical opening of the vacuum interrupter
shall be by a solenoid that is activated from sources external to the switch
tank. Closing (reset) of the vacuum interrupter shall be mechanical, by the
use of a lever, mounted external to the switch tank.
k. Mechanical load break or reset shall be activated by an operating lever
mounted external to the switch tank. The mechanical linkage assembly shall
provide for a "trip-free" operation which allows the vacuum interrupter to
interrupt independent of the operating lever if closing into a faulted or
overloaded phase or circuit.
I. Operating mechanism shall be equipped with an operation selector to
prevent inadvertent operation from the closed position directly to the
grounded position or directly from the grounded position to the closed
position.
G. Operating Mechanisms
1. Operate each load-interrupter switch and fault interrupter by means of a quick-
make, quick-break mechanism . The operating mechanism shall be actuated from
the outside of the switch tank, with an operating handle. The operating shaft shall
be constructed of stainless steel.
2. The manual handle shall charge the operating mechanism for closing, opening,
and grounding of the switches and fault interrupters.
3 . A single, integrated operating mechanism shall fully operate each fault interrupter
or load-interrupter switch in a continuous movement, so additional operations are
not required to establish Open or Ground positions.
4. Equip each operating mechanisms with an operation selector to prevent
inadvertent operation from the Closed position directly to the Grounded position, or
from the Grounded position directly to the Closed position . The operation selector
shall require physical movement to the proper position to permit the next
operation.
5. Operating shafts shall be pad lockable in any position to prevent operation .
CONFORMED , 12/01/2022
FWW VILLAGE CREEK WRF, DIGESTER MIXING , FLARE , DOME IMPROVEMENTS
CITY PROJECT NO . 102652
26 13 22 -13 MEDIUM VOLTAGE SEALED DEADFRONT
PAD-MOUNTED DISTRIBUTION SWITCHGEAR
6 . The operation selector shall be pad lockable to prevent operation to the grounded
position.
7. The operating mechanism shall indicate the switch position, which shall be clearly
visible from the normal operating position.
H. Fault Interrupter Relay
1. Each Fault Interrupter shall have Manufacturer's standard overcurrent relay. All
switches feeding transformers with low voltage secondaries shall meet this
requirement.
a. A microprocessor-based overcurrent control shall be provided to initiate fault
interruption.
b. For dry-vault-mounted style and pad-mounted style switchgear, the control
shall be mounted in a watertight enclosure. The control shall be removable in
the field without taking the gear out of service.
c. Control settings shall be field-programmable using a personal computer
connected via a USB port to the control. The USB port shall be accessible
from the exterior of the enclosure. All programming software is resident on
the control and can be accessed via personal computer using the Microsoft
Edge or Firefox web browser. Energization of the gear shall not be required
to set or alter control settings.
d. Power and sensing for the control shall be supplied by integral current
transformers .
e. The control shall provide time-current characteristic (TCC) curves, including
standard E-speed, K-speed, T-speed, coordinating-speed tap, coordinating-
speed main, and relay curves per IEEE C37.112-1996 and IEC 60255-
151 :2009. Coordinating-speed tap curves shall optimize coordination with
load-side weak-link/backup current-limiting fuse combinations and
coordinating-speed main curves shall optimize coordination with tap-
interrupter curves and upstream feeder breakers.
f. The standard E-speed curve shall have phase-overcurrent settings ranging
from 7E through 400E. The standard K-speed curve shall have phase-
overcurrent settings ranging from BK through 200K. The standard T-speed
curve shall have phase-overcurrent settings ranging from BT through 200T .
The coordinating-tap curve shall have phase-overcurrent and independent
ground-overcurrent settings ranging from 15 amperes through 400 amperes .
The coordinating-main curve shall have phase-overcurrent and independent
ground-overcurrent settings ranging from 25 amperes through 800 amperes.
CONFORMED, 12/01/2022
FWW VILLAGE CREEK WRF , DIGESTER MIXING , FLARE, DOME IMPROVEMENTS
CITY PROJECT NO . 102652
26 13 22 -14 MEDIUM VOLTAGE SEALED DEADFRONT
PAD-MOUNTED DISTRIBUTION SWITCHGEAR
& 2 .
3.
4 .
& 5 .
g. Time-current characteristic curves shall conform to the following IEEE
C37.112-1996 IEEE and IEC 60255-151:2009 Standard Inverse-Time
Characteristic Equations for Overcurrent Relays : U .S . Moderately Inverse
Curve U1 , U.S. Inverse Curve U2, U .S. Very Inverse Curve U3, U.S.
Extremely Inverse Curve U4, U .S. Short-Time Inverse Curve US, I.E.C.
Class A Curve (Standard Inverse) C1, I.E .C. Class B Curve (Very Inverse)
C2 , I.E .C. Class C Curve (Extremely Inverse) C3,
h. I.E.C. Long-Time Inverse Curve C4, and I.E .C . Short-Time Inverse Curve
CS.
i. The control shall have two independently settable and field-adjustable
definite-time delay settings . (A definite-time delay setting can be configured
to be an instantaneous trip setting if the definite-time delay is set to 0
milliseconds.)
j. The minimum trip current shall be 14 amperes for Vista switchgear with
660 : 1 ratio current transformers , and 28 amperes for models with 1320: 1
ratio current transformers .
k. Event records shall be easily viewable from the control using a personal
computer connected to the USB port. The event log shall capture the last 64
events recorded by the overcurrent control.
I. The control shall store sufficient energy to operate the fault interrupters
without affecting the accuracy or coordination under fault conditions.
An electronic assembly shall be pro¥ided to sense load and fault current on each
phase of the load tap circuits. The electronic control shall be po1.\lered from control
power transformers (CPT) mounted inside the SF6 insulated switch tank, unless
otherwise shown on the drawings. No external power source shall be required for
01,1er current protection unless otherwise sho11m on the drawings.
The electronic control shall monitor the current on the indi1.iidual phases of the load
circuits using input from the current transformers. Temperature range shall be
40°G to +70°C.
Control settings shall be field programmable by using a personal computer or dip
switches. For computer programming the personal computer shall be connected
via a data port to the control. The data port shall be accessible from the exterior of
the enclosure. Neither external power nor energization of the switchgear shall be
required to set or alter control settings. Trip characteristics (TCC curves) shall be
field selectable . Trip selection shall be selectable with the load taps energized .
Control shall record and store the last 12 events minimum , \\1ith the data basked
up by a 100\/J\ minimum UPS powered from the control power transformer. E¥ent
FWW VILLAGE CREEK WRF , DIGESTER MIXING , FLARE , DOME IMPROVEMENTS
CITY PROJECT NO . 102652
CONFORMED , 12/01/2022 26 13 22 -15 MEDIUM VOLTAGE SEALED DEADFRONT
PAD-MOUNTED DISTRIBUTION SWITCHGEAR
resords shall be sapable of being easily m<trastable from the sontrol using a
personal somputer sonnested to the data port.
I. Low Voltage Compartment/Enslosure and Components
ffi +1-:-. --1TH-htte:t-ltt10'Yl'l,t-' 1~.iot:ttl1n:ta::ttg:tte:t-G~oc11m~p-oattrtttmttett-nttit/'t:iefHn1t:;Gtt:I01tiSrttU-Hre:t-o-ShHiac:Hlfrl ebee..;;;aHS5teCHp=naH=raatH=e½-=-, -tiglfiro~ut:HnCHd*e*d~stEArUtHGfrttHUHre~,
and shall allow somplete assessibility for test and/or maintenanse without
exposure to medium voltage . The low voltage sompartment shall be mounted on
the outside of the pad mounted enslosure for pad mounted style s11,itshgear. The
low \'Oltage enslosure shall be mounted to a vault wall for 1.iault mounted style
switshgear. The low voltage enslosure shall be mounted on a user supplied pad
above grade level for Undercover™ Style s 1•♦.<itshgear .
2 .
3 .
4.
5 .
6 .
7.
8.
Q.
10.
11 .
The 10'.v voltage sompartment/enslosure shall be large enough to assommodate
six motor operator sontrols.
The low 1.ioltage sompartment/enslosure shall ha1.ie a minimum spase of 16 in . (41
om) high X 26 in. (66 om) wide X 11 in. (28 om) deep for a user spesified RTU and
sommunisation devise.
All low voltage somponents , insluding the batteries , shall operate over the
temperature range of 40° C ( 40° r) to +65 ° C (149 ° r).
To guard against unauthorized or inadvertent entry, the low voltage sompartment/
enslosure shall not have any externally assessible hardware.
The low voltage sompartment/enslosure shall inslude appropriate vents to prevent
gas and moisture buildup. Vents shall be ssreened and filtered to prevent entry of
insests and shall be mounted to prevent rain entry and to minimize entry of dust
into the enslosure.
ror submersible applisations, all motor operator wiring between the switshgear
tank and the low voltage sompartment/enslosure shall be submersible .
ror submersible applisations, all surrent and voltage sensing wiring between the
switshgear tank and the low voltage sompartment/enslosure shall be submersible.
Low voltage wiring , exsept for short lengths, sush as sonnestions to terminal
blosks , shall be shielded for isolation from medium voltage.
The low voltage sompartment/enslosure shall be sonstrusted using 316 stainless
Control sabling between the tank and low voltage enslosure 15 feet (4 57 om) or
greater in length shall be furnished with a braided shield to protest elestronis
somponents from damage under surge and transient sonditions.
FWW VILLAGE CREEK WRF , DIG ESTER MIXING , FLARE , DOME IMPROVEMENTS
CITY PROJECT NO. 102652
CONFORMED , 12/01/2022 26 13 22 -16 MEDIUM VOLTAGE SEALED DEADFRONT
PAD-MOUNTED DISTRIBUTION SWITCHGEAR
12. Single point grounding methods shall be used on cabling bet•,•.ieen the tank and
low voltage enclosure to protect electronic components from damage under surge
and transient conditions.
J. Voltage Indication
1. Voltage indication with provisions for low-voltage phasing
a. Voltage indication with provisions for low-voltage phasing shall be provided
for each load-interrupter switch and fault interrupter by means of capacitive
taps on the bushings, eliminating the need for cable handling and exposure
to high voltage to test the cables for voltage and phasing. This feature shall
include a flashing liquid-crystal display to indicate the presence of voltage for
each phase and a solar panel to supply power for testing of the complete
voltage-indication circuit and phasing circuit.
b. The voltage-indication feature shall be mounted on the covers for the
viewing windows, on the opposite side of the gear from the bushings and
bushing wells, so that operating personnel shall not be required to perform
any routine operations near high-voltage elbows and cables .
K. Optional Features:
ffi 1.
2 .
3.
4.
Three phase current sensing shall be pro,.iided.
A portable remote control de•.iico shall be if plugs into an adaptor on the face of the
motor control board and allO'.•,•s the user to activate the motor operator at a
maximum distance of 50 foot (1524 cm) from the gear.
Provide Remote Low Pressure Alarm including internal contact for remote low
pressure indication with wiring to outside of tank with wires routed to 10'.¥ voltage
enclosure. Provide Remote Low-Pressure Alarm-including internal contact
for remote low-pressure indication with wiring to outside of tank with wires
routed to terminal blocks in the cable compartment.
All ways shall be provided with auxiliary contacts for remote position indication with
wiring to outside of tank with wires routed to low voltage enclosure . All ways shall
be provided with auxiliary contacts for remote position indication with wiring
to outside of tank with wires routed to terminal blocks in the cable
compartment.
2.04 SWITCHGEAR STYLE
A. Pad-Mounted Style
1. The following optional feature should be specified as required:
CONFORMED , 12/01/2022
FWW VILLAGE CREEK WRF , DIGESTER MIXING , FLARE , DOME IMPROVEMENTS
CITY PROJECT NO . 102652
26 13 22-17 MEDIUM VOLTAGE SEALED DEADFRONT
PAD-MOUNTED DISTRIBUTION SWITCHGEAR
ffi 2.
3.
To guaFd against corrosion caused by mctremely harsh eni.1ironmental conditions,
the hermetically sealed tank shall be made of Type 304 L stainless steel. To guard
against corrosion caused by extremely harsh environmental conditions, the
hermetically sealed tank shall be made of Type 316 stainless steel.
Enclosure for Pad Mounted Switchgear
a . The switchgear shall be provided with a pad-mounted enclosure suitable for
installation of the gear on a concrete pad.
b. The pad-mounted enclosure shall be separable from the switchgear to allow
clear access to the bushings and bushing wells for cable termination .
c. The enclosure shall be constructed using 316 stainless steel.
d . The enclosure shall be provided with removable front and back panels and
hinged lift-up roof sections for access to the operating and termination
compartments . Each roof section shall have a retainer to hold it in the Open
position .
e. Lift-up roof sections shall overlap the panels and shall have provisions for
padlocking that incorporate a means to protect the padlock shackle from
tampering.
f. The base shall consist of continuous 90-degree flanges , turned inward and
welded at the corners, for bolting to the concrete pad.
g. Panel openings shall have 90-degree flanges, facing outward, that shall
provide strength and rig idity as well as deep overlapping between panels
and panel openings to guard against water entry.
h. For bushings rated 600 amperes continuous, the termination compartment
shall be of an adequate depth to accommodate encapsulated surge
arresters mounted on 600-ampere elbows having 200-ampere interfaces.
i. An instruction manual holder shall be provided.
j. Non-removable lifting tabs shall be provided .
2.05 ACCESSORIES
A. Motor Operator
1. Provide one portable three phase motor operator for remote operation of each
switch.
B. Hazard-Alerting Signs
CONFORMED , 12/01/2022
FWW VILLAGE CREEK WRF , DIGESTER MIXING , FLARE , DOME IMPROVEMENTS
CITY PROJECT NO . 102652
26 13 22 -18 MEDIUM VOLTAGE SEALED DEADFRONT
PAD-MOUNTED DISTRIBUTION SWITCHGEAR
1. The exterior of the pad-mounted enclosure (if furnished) shall be provided with
"Warning-Keep Out-Hazardous Voltage Inside-Can Shock, Burn , or Cause
Death " signs.
2 . Each unit of switchgear shall be provided with a "Danger-Hazardous Voltage-
Failure to Follow These Instructions Will Likely Cause Shock, Burns , or Death"
sign . The text shall further indicate that operating personnel must know and obey
the employer's work rules, know the hazards involved, and use proper protective
equipment and tools to work on this equipment.
3 . Each unit of switchgear shall be provided with a "Danger-Keep Away-
Hazardous Voltage-Will Shock, Burn, or Cause Death " sign.
4. Nameplates , Ratings Labels , and Connection Diagrams
5 . Each unit of switchgear shall be provided with a nameplate indicating the
manufacturer's name , catalog number, model number, date of manufacture , and
serial number.
6. Each unit of switchgear shall be provided with a ratings label indicating the
following: voltage rating; main bus continuous current rating ; short-circuit rating;
fault-interrupter ratings , including interrupting and duty-cycle fault-closing; and
load-interrupter switch ratings , including duty-cycle fault-closing and short-time .
C. Kirk Key Interlocks
1. Provide Kirk Key interlocks between switchgear lineups, or between a switchgear
lineup and other switchgear, where multiple sources of power are present, to
prevent paralleling sources of power, as shown on the Drawings. Kirk keyed
interlocks shall be Kirk HD Series (Heavy Duty) 316 Series of 316 stainless steel ,
or approved equal.
D. Floor Mat
1. Provide a corrugated non-conducting floor mat and include the floor mat in the
submittals for this section . The floor mat shall have the following features :
a. Compliance with ANSI/ASTM D-178-01 standards
b. Class 3
c. Minimum 3/8-inch thick by three feet wide
d . Length : Extending the full length of the switchgear lineup and provided in
one piece
e . Made from insulating rubber
CONFORMED , 12/01/2022
FWW VILLAGE CREEK WRF , DIGESTER MIXING , FLARE , DOME IMPROVEMENTS
CITY PROJECT NO . 102652
26 13 22 -19 MEDIUM VOLTAGE SEALED DEADFRONT
PAD-MOUNTED DISTRIBUTION SWITCHGEAR
f . Resistant to acid exposure, UV, oil spills, high and low temperatures
g. Boasting hydrophobic and fire-retardant characteristics
h . Anti-skid patterns on the top and bottom surfaces
i. Durable and puncture resistant
j. Easily washable with mild detergent
k. Manufacturers:
1) Wearwell
2) RMH Safety
3) American Floor Mats
4) Approved equal
2.06 REMOTE MONITORING AND CONTROL INTERFACE
A. General: All control and interconnection points from the equipment to the plant control
and monitoring system shall be brought to a separate connection box. No field
connections shall be made directly to the equipment control devices . Functions to be
brought out shall be as described in the Control Strategies in Section 40 96 30 .
B . Discrete control or status functions shall be form C relays with contacts rated at 120
volts AC . Analog signals shall be isolated from each other.
C. Equipment functions to be directly interfaced to the Plant Control and Monitoring System
(PCS), shall be designed for operation with an Ethernet Connection .
D . The equipment manufacturer shall factory enter the proper IP Address for such
connection . Upon request by the Contractor, the Owner/Engineer will provide the proper
Internet Protocol Address (IP Address), to be configured by the equipment manufacturer.
E . Refer to Section 40 96 15 Instrumentation Input Output List for monitored parameters.
2.07 FACTORY TESTING
A. The manufacturer shall perform tests which confirm that the switch meets applicable
ANSI and NEMA Standards. The tests shall verify not only the performance of the
switch and interrupter assembly, but also the suitability of the enclosure venting , rigidity
and bus bracing .
2.08 FACTORY TEST REPORTS
CONFORMED , 12/01/2022
FWW VILLAGE CREEK WRF , DIGESTER MIXING , FLARE , DOME IMPROVEMENTS
CITY PROJECT NO . 102652
2613 22-20 MEDIUM VOLTAGE SEALED DEADFRONT
PAD-MOUNTED DISTRIBUTION SWITCHGEAR
A. Following completion of factory tests, furnish to the Owner/Engineer, for review and
approval, four certified copies of all test data required by the Specifications . The
Owner/Engineer will review test data and, upon determining that the equipment meets
contract requirements, authorization will be given for jobsite delivery. Incomplete
equipment or equipment failing factory tests will not be accepted at the jobsite. Only
Jobsite delivery shall not be made, without written approval of test data by the
Owner/Engineer.
PART 3 -EXECUTION
3.01 MANUFACTURER'S REPRESENTATIVE
A. Provide the services of a qualified factory-trained manufacturer's engineer to assist in
the installation and start-up of the equipment specified under this Section for period of
not less than two working days per Switchgear Unit. The manufacturer's engineer shall
provide technical direction and assistance in general assembly of the equipment,
connections and adjustments, and shall perform all testing of the assembly and
components contained therein.
B. Provide three copies of the manufacturer's field start-up report.
3.02 INSTALLER'S QUALIFICATIONS
A. Installer's Certificate of ISO 9001 2000 Compliance .
B. Installer shall be specialized in installing medium voltage pad-mount switchgear with
minimum five years documented experience.
3.03 EXAMINATION
A. Examine installation area to assure there is enough clearance to install the switchgear.
B. Check concrete pads for uniformity and level surface.
C. Verify that switchgear is ready to install.
D. Verify field measurements are as instructed by manufacturer.
3.04 INSTALLATION
A. Install all equipment per the manufacturer's recommendations and Contract Drawings.
B . The switches shall be mounted outdoors on a concrete pad . Cable entrance shall be
through the bottom of the switchgear. Coordinate the required locations of the line side
and load side stub-outs.
C. Bond all conduits to the switchgear housing using grounding bushings.
CONFORMED , 12/01/2022
FWW VILLAGE CREEK WRF , DIGESTER MIXING, FLARE , DOME IMPROVEMENTS
CITY PROJECT NO . 102652
26 13 22 -21 MEDIUM VOLTAGE SEALED DEADFRONT
PAD-MOUNTED DISTRIBUTION SWITCHGEAR
D. Make cable connections with 600 A separable elbows suitable for termination on the
switchgear primary and secondary bushings. Refer to Section 26 05 13 Medium Voltage
Cables and the Drawings, for cables to be connected on the primary and secondary
sides .
E. Installed required safety labels .
3.05 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL
A. Inspect installed switchgear for anchoring, alignment, grounding and physical damage.
B. Check tightness of all accessible electrical connections. Minimum acceptable values are
specified in manufacturer's instructions.
3.06 FIELD ADJUSTING
A. Adjust all switches, access doors and operating handles for free mechanical and
electrical operation as described in manufacturer's instructions .
B. The Power Monitoring and Protective Relays shall be set in the field by a qualified
representative of the manufacturer, in accordance with settings designated in a
coordinated study of the system as required in Section 26 05 73 Power System Study.
All such settings, including the application of arc flash labels , shall have been made and
Approved by the Owner/Engineer, prior to energizing of the equipment.
C . The manufacturer shall provide curves , etc ., as may be required for the Power System
Study .
D. Return extra Kirk keys to the Owner before energizing equipment.
3.07 FIELD TESTING
A. All field testing shall be performed by the manufacturer's field engineer.
B. Megger and record phase to phase and phase to ground insulation resistance of each
bus section. Megger for one minute for each measurement at minimum voltage of 1000
volts DC . Measured Insulation resistance shall be at least 1000 megohms .
C. Test each key interlock system for proper functioning.
3.08 CLEANING
A. Clean interiors of switchgear, switchboards , panels , separate enclosures to remove
construction debris , dirt, shipping materials .
3.09 EQUIPMENT PROTECTION AND RESTORATION
CONFORMED , 12/01/2022
FWW VILLAGE CREEK WRF , DIGESTER MIXING , FLARE , DOME IMPROVEMENTS
CITY PROJECT NO . 102652
26 13 22 -2 2 MEDIUM VOLTAGE SEALED DEADFRONT
PAD-MOUNTED DISTRIBUTION SWITCHGEAR
/
A. Touch-up and restore damaged surfaces to factory finish, as approved by the
manufacturer. If the damaged surface cannot be returned to factory specification, the
surface shall be replaced.
3.10 MANUFACTURER'S CERTIFICATION
A. A qualified factory-trained manufacturer's representative shall personally inspect the
equipment at the jobsite and shall certify in writing that the equipment has been installed,
adjusted , and tested, in accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations, including
all settings designated in the Power System Study.
B. Provide three copies of the manufacturer's representative 's certification.
3.11 TRAINING
A. Provide manufacturer's services for training of plant personnel in operation and
maintenance of the equipment furnished under this Section.
B. The training shall be for a period of not less than one eight-hour day.
C . The cost of training program, to be conducted with Owner's personnel, shall be included
in the Contract Price . The training and instruction, insofar as practicable, shall be directly
related to the equipment being supplied.
D. Provide detailed O&M manuals to supplement the training course. The manuals shall
include specific details of equipment supplied and operations specific to the project.
E. The training session shall be conducted by a manufacturer's qualified representative.
Training program shall include instructions on the assembly, circuit breaker, protective
devices, metering and other major components.
F . The Owner reserves the right to video record the training sessions.
CONFORMED , 12/01/2022
END OF SECTION
FWW VILLAGE CREEK WRF , DIGESTER MIXING , FLARE, DOME IMPROVEMENTS
CITY PROJECT NO . 102652
26 13 22-23 MEDIUM VOLTAGE SEALED DEADFRONT
PAD-MOUNTED DISTRIBUTION SWITCHGEAR
CONFORMED , 12/01/2022
THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK
FWW VILLAGE CREEK WRF , DIGESTER MIXING , FLARE , DOME IMPROVEMENTS
CITY PROJECT NO. 102652
26 13 22 -24 MEDIUM VOLTAGE SEALED DEADFRONT
PAD-MOUNTED DISTRIBUTION SWITCHGEAR
PART 1 -GENERAL
SECTION 26 22 13
DISTRIBUTION DRY-TYPE TRANSFORMERS
1.01 SCOPE OF WORK
A. Furnish and install single-phase and three-phase general purpose individually mounted
dry-type transformers of the two-windings type, self-cooled as specified herein, and as
shown on the Drawings .
B . The provisions of this Section shall apply to all dry-type distribution transformers, except
as indicated otherwise .
1.02 RELATED WORK
A. No references are made to any other section which may contain work related to any
other section . The Contract Documents shall be taken as a whole with every section
related to every other section as required to meet the requirements specified . The
organization of the Contract Documents into specification divisions and sections is for
organization of the documents themselves and does not relate to the division of
suppliers or labor which the Contractor may choose to employ in the execution of the
Contract. Where references are made to other Sections and other Divisions of the
Specifications, the Contractor shall provide such information or additional work as may
be required in those references, and include such information or work as may be
specified .
B . Other Divisions
1. The Contractor shall be responsible for examining all Sections of the
Specifications and Drawings , and shall determine the power and wiring
requirements and shall provide external wiring and raceways , as required to
provide a fully functioning power, control and process control systems . If the
equipment requires more conductors and/or wiring , due to different equipment
being supplied, the Contractor shall furnish the additional conductors, raceways
and/or wiring , with no change in the Contract Price, and with no increase in
Contract Time.
1.03 SUBMITTALS
A. Submittals shall be made in accordance with the requirements of Division 1, Section 26
00 00 and as specified herein.
B. Submittals for equipment and materials , furnished under this Section of the
Specifications , w ill not be accepted prior to approval of the Power System Study
specified under Section 26 05 73 . Submittals made prior to such approval will be
CONFORMED , 12/01/2022
FWW VILLAGE CREEK WRF , DIGESTER MIXING , FLARE, DOME IMPROVEMENTS
CITY PROJECT NO . 102652
26 22 13-1 DISTRIBUTION DRY-TYPE TRANSFORMERS
returned without review. All cut sheets shall be clearly marked to indicate which
products are being submitted for use on this project. Unmarked cut sheets will be cause
to reject the submittal and return it for revision without review.
C. Submittals shall also contain information on related equipment to be furnished under this
Specification but described in the related sections listed in the Related Work paragraph
above. Incomplete submittals not containing the required information on the related
equipment will also be returned without review.
D. All equipment supplied under this Section of the Specifications shall be products of the
same Manufacturer, and shall be contained in one single submittal. Partial submittals will
be returned without review. Submittals shall also contain information on related
equipment to be furnished under this Specification but described in the related sections
listed in the Related Work paragraph above. Incomplete submittals not containing the
required information on the related equipment will also be returned without review.
E. Equipment specified in Process Equipment and Mechanical Equipment Divisions, and
supplied as an integral part of a process equipment manufacturer's package, but
referred to this Section for component details, shall be submitted with the manufacturer's
package in those Divisions .
F. Shop Drawings and Product Data . For each transformer specified under this Section,
submit the following information :
1. Outline dimensions and weights
2. Typical/Design test data
3. Transformer ratings including:
a . kVA
b. Primary and secondary voltage
c . Taps
d. Basic impulse level (BIL) for equipment over 600 volts
e. Design impedance
f. Insulation class and temperature rise
g. Sound level
4 . Product data sheets
5. Connection diagrams
6. Installation information
FWW VILLAGE CREEK WRF , DIGESTER MIXING , FLARE , DOME IMPROVEMENTS
CITY PROJECT NO. 102652
CONFORMED , 12/01/2022 26 22 13-2 DISTRIBUTION DRY-TYPE TRANSFORMERS
7. Date of manufacture for each transformer
8. Where applicable the following additional information shall be submitted to the
Engineer:
a. Specified accessories
G. Operation and Maintenance Manuals.
1. Operation and Maintenance Manuals shall include the following information:
a. Manufacturer's contact address and telephone number for parts and service.
b. Instruction books and/or leaflets
c. Recommended renewal parts list
d . Record Drawings of information required by the Submittals part of this
Section .
e . Project record drawings clearly indicating operating features and including
as-built shop drawings , outline drawings , and schematic and wiring
diagrams .
1.04 REFERENCE STANDARDS
A. The dry-type transformer(s) and all components shall be designed , manufactured and
tested in accordance with the latest applicable NEMA and ANSI standards as follows ;
1. DOE 2016 Energy Efficiency Standards , 10 CFR Part 431
2. ANSI C57 .96 2004 Guide for Loading Dry-Type Distribution and Power
Transformers
3 . ASTM 0635 -Standard Test Method for Insulation Materials
4 . NEMA ST20
5. UL 1561
6 . IEEE-519
7. IEEE-597
8. NFPA 70 -National Electrical Code
CONFORMED , 12/01/2022
FWW VILLAGE CREEK WRF , DIGESTER MIXING , FLARE , DOME IMPROVEMENTS
CITY PROJECT NO . 102652
26 22 13-3 DISTRIBUTION DRY-TYPE TRANSFORM ERS
1.05 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. The manufacturer of this equipment shall have produced similar equipment for a
minimum period of ten years. When requested by the Engineer, an acceptable list of
installations with similar equipment shall be provided demonstrating compliance with this
requirement.
B. The manufacturer of the assembly shall be the manufacturer of the major components
within the assembly. All assemblies shall be of the same manufacturer. Equipment that
is manufactured by a third party and "brand labeled" shall not be acceptable.
C. All components and material shall be new and of the latest field proven design and in
current production. Obsolete components or components scheduled for immediate
discontinuation shall not be used .
D. Equipment submitted shall fit within the space shown on the Drawings. Equipment which
does not fit within the space is not acceptable.
E. For the equipment specified herein , the manufacturer shall be ISO 9001 2000 certified.
F. Transformers manufactured more than 24 months prior to the date of this Contract will
not be acceptable.
G. Transformers shall meet the US Department of Energy (DOE) 2016 Energy Efficiency
Standards 10 CFR Part 421.
1.06 JOBSITE DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING
A. Prior to jobsite delivery, the Contractor shall have successfully completed all submittal
requirements, and present to the Owner/Engineer upon delivery of the equipment, an
approved copy of all such submittals. Delivery of incomplete constructed equipment, or
equipment which failed any factory tests, will not be permitted.,
B. Equipment shall be handled and stored in accordance with manufacturer's instructions.
Two copies of these instructions shall be included with the equipment at time of
shipment, and shall be made available to the Contractor and Owner/Engineer
C . Shipping groups shall be designed to be shipped by truck, rail, or ship. Indoor groups
shall be bolted to skids . Breakers and accessories shall be packaged and shipped
separately.
D. Equipment shall be equipped to be handled by crane . Where cranes are not available,
equipment shall be suitable for skidding in place on rollers using jacks to raise and lower
the groups.
E. Equipment shall be installed in its permanent finished location shown on the Drawings
within seven calendar days of arriving onsite. If the equipment cannot be installed within
seven calendar days, the equipment shall not be delivered to the site, but stored offsite,
CONFORMED , 12/01/2022
FWW VILLAGE CREEK WRF , DIGESTER MIXING , FLARE , DOME IMPROVEMENTS
CITY PROJECT NO . 102652
26 22 13-4 DISTRIBUTION DRY-TYPE TRANSFORMERS
at the Contractor's expense , until such time that the site is ready for permanent
installation of the equipment.
F. Where space heaters are provided in equipment, provide temporary electrical power and
operate space heaters during jobsite storage, and after equipment is installed in
permanent location , until equipment is placed in service.
1.07 WARRANTY
A. The Manufacturer shall warrant the equipment to be free from defects in material and
workmanship for t\'10 years from date of final acceptance 2 years from the date defined
in Section 00 72 00 GENERAL CONDITIONS and Section 00 73 00
/\ SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS TO GENERAL CONDITIONS of the equipment.
~ Within such period of warranty , the Manufacturer shall promptly furnish all material and
labor necessary to return the equipment to new operating condition. Any warranty work
requiring shipping or transporting of the equipment shall be performed by the Contractor
at no expense to the Owner.
PART 2 -PRODUCTS
2.01 MANUFACTURERS
A. Subject to compliance with the Contract Documents , the following Manufacturers are
acceptable:
1. ABB
2. Eaton
3 . Square D
8 . The listing of specific manufacturers above does not imply acceptance of their products
that do not meet the specified ratings , features and functions . Manufacturers listed
above are not relieved from meeting these specifications in their entirety.
2.02 RA TINGS
A. The ratings of the transformer shall be as follows :
1. kVA Rating :
2 . Impedance:
3. HV:
4. LV:
5 . LV:
CONFORMED , 12/0 1/2022
As shown on the Drawings.
ANSI Standard Tolerance
As shown on the Drawings.
As shown on the Drawings.
As shown on the Drawings .
FWW VILLAGE CREEK WRF , DIGESTER MIXING , FLARE , DOME IMPROVEMENTS
CITY PROJECT NO . 102652
26 22 13-5 DISTRIBUTION DRY-TYPE TRANSFORMERS
2.03 CONSTRUCTION
A. Insulation Systems
1. Transformer insulation system shall be as follows:
a. Up to 15 kVA , three-phase and single-phase: UL recognized 180°C rated
insulation system , encapsulated with 115°C rise.
b. 15 kVA, and above, three-phase and single-phase: UL recognized 200°C
rated insulation system, ventilated, with 115°C rise.
2. Required performance shall be obtained without exceeding the above indicated
temperature rise in a 40°C maximum ambient, and a 24-hour average ambient of
30°C
3. All insulation materials shall be flame-retardant and shall not support combustion
as defined in ASTM Standard Test Method D635.
4. Windings shall have a BIL of 10 kV minimum.
B. Core and Coil Assemblies
1. Transformer core shall be constructed with high-grade , non-aging , silicon steel
with high magnetic permeability, and low hysteresis and eddy current losses .
Maximum magnetic flux densities shall be substantially below the saturation point.
The transformer core volume shall allow efficient transformer operation at 10%
above the nominal tap voltage. The core laminations shall be tightly clamped and
compressed. Coils shall be wound of electrical grade copper with continuous
wound construction .
2 . Transformer coil assembly shall be impregnated with non-hydroscopic ,
thermosetting varnish and cured to reduce hot spots and seal out moisture ; the
core shall be coated with HAPs (Hazardous Air Pollutants) free water reducible
electrical varnish to give good corrosion resistance . The assembly shall be
installed on vibration-absorbing pads.
3 . On single and three-phase units rated 15 kVA and below , the core and coil
assembly shall encapsulation system shall minimize the sound level. Enclosure
construction shall be encapsulated, non-ventilated 316 stainless steel enclosure ,
with lifting eyes .
4. On single and three-phase units , rated above 15 kVA , the core and coil assembly
shall be ventilated , weatherproof 316 stainless steel enclosure. All ventilation
openings shall be protected against falling dirt. The assembly shall be installed on
vibration-absorbing pads .
CONFORMED , 12/01 /2022
FWW VILLAGE CREEK WRF , DIGESTER MIXING , FLARE , DOME IMPROVEMENTS
CITY PROJECT NO . 102652
26 22 13-6 DISTRIBUTION DRY-TYPE TRANSFORMERS
5. Terminals shall be welded to the leads of the coils for better conductivity, less
maintenance and lower risk of hot spots. Terminals shall not be spot welded or
bolted to the coil leads.
6. The neutral bus shall be configured to accommodate 200% of the rated current.
C. Taps
1. Three-phase transformers rated 15 through 500 kVA shall be provided with six 2-
1 /2% taps, two above and four below rated primary voltage
2 . All single-phase transformers, and three-phase transformers rated below 15 kV A
and above 500 kVA, shall be provided with the manufacturer's standard tap
configuration.
D. Isolation Pad
1. Each transformer , pad-mounted, bracket-mounted, or suspended, shall utilize
double deflecting neoprene mounting vibration isolators as manufactured by
Mason Industries Type ND , sized according to rated capacities.
E. Finish
1. Enclosures , other than stainless steel , shall be finished with ANSI Gray color,
weather-resistant enamel .
F. Accessories
1. On vent ilated outdoor units provide suitable weather shields over ventilation
openings .
2 . Lug kits shall be provided by the Manufacturer of the transformer .
2.04 FACTORY TESTING
A. The following standard factory tests shall be performed on the equipment provided under
this section . All tests shall be in accordance with the latest applicable ANSI and NEMA
standards .
1. Ratio tests at the rated voltage connection and at all tap connections
2 . Polarity and phase relation tests on the rated voltage connection
3 . Applied potential tests
4 . Induced potential test
5. No-load and excitation current at rated voltage on the rated voltage connection
CONFORMED , 12/0 1/2022
FWW VILLAGE CREEK WRF , DIGESTER MIXING , FLARE , DOME IMPROVEMENTS
CITY PROJECT NO . 102652
26 22 13-7 DISTRIBUTION DRY-TYP E TRANSFORMERS
PART 3 -EXECUTION
3.01 INSTALLATION
A. The Contractors shall install all equipment per the manufacturer's recommendations and
the contract drawings.
B . Securely connect all neutrals and transformer enclosures to ground.
3.02 FIELD ADJUSTMENTS
A. Adjust taps to deliver appropriate secondary voltage.
3.03 FIELD TESTING
A. Measure primary and secondary voltages for proper tap settings.
CONFORMED , 12/01/2022
END OF SECTION
FWW VILLAGE CREEK WRF , DIGESTER MIXING , FLARE , DOME IMPROVEMENTS
CITY PROJECT NO. 102652
26 22 13-8 DISTRIBUTION DRY-TYPE TRANSFORMERS
PART 1 -GENERAL
1.01 SCOPE OF WORK
SECTION 26 24 16
PANELBOARDS
A. Furnish and install panelboard(s) as specified herein and as shown on the Drawings.
B. The provisions of this Section shall apply to all panelboards, except as indicated
otherwise.
1.02 RELATED WORK
A. No references are made to any other section which may contain work related to any
other section . The Contract Documents shall be taken as a whole with every section
related to every other section as required to meet the requirements specified . The
organization of the Contract Documents into specification divisions and sections is for
organization of the documents themselves and does not relate to the division of
suppliers or labor which the Contractor may choose to employ in the execution of the
Contract. Where references are made to other Sections and other Divisions of the
Specifications , the Contractor shall provide such information or additional work as may
be required in those references , and include such information or work as may be
specified.
B . Other Divisions
1. The Contractor shall be responsible for examining all Sections of the
Specifications and Drawings, and shall determine the power and wiring
requirements and shall provide external wiring and raceways , as required to
provide a fully functioning power, control and process control systems . If the
equipment requires more conductors and/or wiring, due to different equipment
being supplied, the Contractor shall furnish the additional conductors , raceways
and/or wiring , with no change in the Contract Price, and with no increase in
Contract Time.
1.03 SUBMITT ALS
A. Submittals shall be made in accordance with the requirements of Division 1, Section 26
00 00 and as specified herein .
B . Provide systems engineering to produce coordination curves, showing coordination
between existing and breakers and/or fuses submitted, such that protective device
coordination is accomplished . Such curves and settings shall be included as a part of
these submittals .
CONFORMED , 12/01 /2022
FWW VILLAGE CREEK WRF , DIGESTER MIXING , FLARE , DOME IMPROVEMENTS
CITY PROJECT NO . 102652
26 24 16-1 PANELBOARDS
C. Submittals shall also contain information on related equipment to be furnished under this
Specification but described in the related Sections listed in the Related Work paragraph
above . Incomplete submittals not containing the required information on the related
equipment will also be returned without review. All cut sheets shall be clearly marked to
indicate which products are being submitted for use on this project. Unmarked cut
sheets will be cause to reject the submittal and return it for rev is ion wi t hout review.
D. Shop Drawings and Product Data . T he following information shall be submitted to the
Engineer:
1. Master drawing index
2. Front v iew elevation
3 . Top view
4 . Nameplate schedule
5. UL Listing of the completed assembly
6 . Conduit entry/exit locations
7 . Assembly ratings including:
a . Short-circuit rating
b . Voltage
c . Continuous current
8 . Major component ratings includ ing:
a . Voltage
b. Continuous current
c . Interrupting ratings
9 . Descriptive bulletins
10 . Product data sheets .
11. Cable terminal sizes .
E . Operation and Maintenance Manuals .
1. Operation and maint enance manuals shall include the following information :
a . Manufacturer's contact address and telephone number for parts and service.
CONFORMED , 12/0 1/2022
FWW VILLAGE CREEK WRF , DIGESTER MIXING , FLARE , DOME IMPROVEMENTS
CITY PROJECT NO . 102652
26 24 16-2 PANELBOARDS
b. Instruction books and/or leaflets
c. Recommended renewal parts list
d . Record Documents for the information required by the Submittals paragraph
above.
1.04 REFERENCE CODES AND STANDARDS
A The low voltage panelboard assembly and all components in this specification shall be
designed and manufactured according to latest revision of the following standards
(unless otherwise noted):
1. UL 67 -Panelboards
2 . UL 50 -Cabinets and Boxes
3 . NEMA PB-1 2006 -Panelboards
4 . Fed . Spec. W-P-115C
1.05 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A The manufacturer of this equipment shall have produced similar equipment for a
minimum period of ten years. When requested by the Engineer, an acceptable list of
installations with similar equipment shall be provided demonstrating compliance with this
requirement.
B . The manufacturer of the assembly shall be the manufacture r of the major components
within the assembly. All assemblies shall be of the same manufacturer. Equipment that
is manufactured by a th ird party and "brand labeled " shall not be acceptable .
C . All components and material shall be new and of the latest field proven design and in
current production. Obsolete components or components scheduled for immediate
discontinuation shall not be used.
D. For the equipment specified herein , the manufacturer shall be ISO 9001 2000 certified.
E. Equipment subm itted shall fit within the space shown on the Drawings . Equipment which
does not fit within the space is not acceptable.
1.06 JOBSITE DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING
A Prior to jobsite delivery , the Contractor shall have successfully completed all submittal
requirements , and present to the Owner/Engineer upon delivery of the equipment, an
approved copy of all such submittals. Delivery of incomplete constructed equipment,
onsite factory work , or failed factory tests will not be permitted .
CONFORMED , 12/0 1/2022
FWW VILLAGE CREEK WRF , DIGESTER MIXING , FLARE , DOME IMPROVEMENTS
CITY PROJECT NO . 102652
26 24 16 -3 PANELBOARDS
B. Equipment shall be handled and stored in accordance with manufacturer's instructions.
Two copies of these instructions shall be included with the equipment at time of
shipment, and shall be made available to the Contractor and Owner. The instructions
shall include detailed assembly instructions including but not limited to wiring
interconnection diagrams, rigging for lifting, skidding , jacking and moving using rolling
equipment to place the equipment , bolt torqueing requirements for bus and all other
components which require the installation of bolted connections , and instructions for
storing the equipment prior to energizing.
C. Equipment shall be stored indoors and protected from moisture, dust and other
contaminants.
D. Equipment shall not be installed until the location is finished and protected from the
elements.
1.07 WARRANTY
A. The Manufacturer shall warrant the equipment to be free from defects in material and
workmanship for two years from date of final acceptance 2 years from the date defined
in Section 00 72 00 GENERAL CONDITIONS and Section 00 73 00
A_ SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS TO GENERAL CONDITIONS of the equipment.
~ Within such period of warranty the Manufacturer shall promptly furnish all material and
labor necessary to return the equipment to new operating condition . Any warranty work
requiring shipping or transporting of the equipment shall be performed by the Contractor
at no expense to the Owner.
PART 2 -PRODUCTS
2.01 MANUFACTURERS
A. Subject to compliance with the Contract Documents, the following Manufacturers are
acceptable .
1. ABB
2 . Eaton
3 . Square D
B. The listing of specific manufacturers above does not imply acceptance of their products
that do not meet the specified ratings, features and functions . Manufacturers listed
above are not relieved from meeting these specifications in their entirety.
2.02 RA TINGS
A. The service voltage , overall short ci r cuit withstand and interrupting rating of the
equipment and components shall be as shown on the Drawings , except that the
CONFORMED , 12/01/2022
FWW VILLAGE CREEK WRF , DIGESTER MIXING , FLARE , DOME IMPROVEMENTS
CITY PROJECT NO. 102652
26 24 16-4 PANELBOARDS
minimum interrupting rating shall be 22,000 amperes RMS symmetrical for 240/120 volt
single-phase or 208Y/120 volt three-phase. The minimum interrupting for 480Y/277 volt
three-phase shall be 65,000 amperes RMS symmetrical. Panelboards employing series
connected ratings for main, feeder and branch devices are not acceptable and shall not
be provided.
B . Panelboards shall be UL listed and labeled as suitable for use as service equipment.
C. Where the panelboard is shown or specified to contain a surge protective device (SPD),
the complete panelboard, including the SPD, shall be UL67 listed.
D . Panelboards shall be designed for continuous operation , at rated current, in a 40°C
ambient.
E. For additional ratings and construction notes , refer to the Drawings .
2.03 CONSTRUCTION
A. General
1. Refer to the Drawings for actual layout and location of equipment and
components, and other required details .
2 . A nameplate shall be provided listing manufacturer's name, panel type and rating .
Nameplates shall be engraved , laminated impact acrylic, matte finish , not less than
1 /16-inch thick by 3/4-inch by 2-1 /2-inch, Rowmark 322402 , or equal. Nameplates
shall be 316 SS screw mounted to all enclosures except for NEMA 4 and 4X.
Nameplates for NEMA 4 and 4X enclosures shall be attached with double faced
adhesive strips, TESA TUFF TAPE 4970, .009 X 1/2 inch, or equal. Prior to
installing the nameplates, the metal surface shall be thoroughly cleaned with 70%
alcohol until all residues has been removed. Epoxy adhesive or foam tape is not
acceptable .
B. Enclosures
1. General
a . Each enclosure shall be provided with a legend pocket on the inner door.
b . Enclosures shall not have holes or knockouts .
2 . NON METALLIC
a. Chemical Rooms . NEMA 4X constructed as follows:
1)
2)
CONFORMED , 12/01/2022
PVC or Fiberglass reinforced polyester body and door.
UV inhibitors
FWW VILLAGE CREEK WRF , DIGESTER MIXING , FLARE , DOME IMPROVEMENTS
CITY PROJECT NO . 102652
26 24 16-5 PANELBOARDS
3) Luggage type quick release latches
4) Foam-in-place gasketed doors
3. ALUMINUM
a. NEMA 4X Aluminum
1) Type 5052 aluminum, body and door
2) Stainless steel hinge pins
3) Foam in-place gasket
4 . NEMA12
a . NEMA 12 Steel
1) Mild Steel body and door
2) Stainless steel hinge Pins
5. Not otherwise Defined
a. Where an enclosure is not otherwise defined or shown on the Drawing
1) NEMA 4X Stainless Steel
2) Type 316 stainless steel, body and door
3) Stainless steel hinges
4) Foam in-place gasket
6. NEMA 1 or NEMA 1A boxes shall not be used.
C . Surge Protective Devices (SPDs)
1. Where panelboards are shown or specified to include an SPD, the panelboard
manufacturer shall be the manufacturer of the Type 2 SPD, and the SPD shall be
located within the panelboard , unless otherwise shown on the Drawings . Refer to
Section 26 43 13 for specifications of the SPDs, and the required submittals to be
included under this Section. Submittals not containing the required information in
Section 26 43 13 will be returned un-reviewed .
2 . The SPD shall be installed immediately following the load side of the main breaker.
SPDs installed in main lug only panelboards shall be installed immediately
following the incoming main lugs . The SPD shall be interfaced to the panelboard
via a direct bus bar connection. The SPD shall not limit the use of through-feed
CONFORMED , 12/01/2022
FWW VILLAGE CREEK WRF , DIGESTER MIXING , FLARE , DOME IMPROVEMENTS
CITY PROJECT NO . 102652
26 24 16-6 PANELBOARDS
lugs , sub-feed lugs, and sub-feed breaker options. See Section 26 43 13 for
additional requirements.
D. Exteriors
1. Unless otherwise noted, all panels shall be designed for surface mounting.
2. Hinged doors covering all circuit breaker handles shall be provided on all panels.
3. Doors shall have semi flush type cylinder lock and catch, except that doors over 48
inches in height shall have a vault handle and three-point latch, complete with lock,
arranged to fasten door at top, bottom and center. Door hinges shall be
concealed. Furnish two keys for each lock . All locks shall be keyed alike;
directory frame and card having a transparent cover shall be furnished on each
door.
E. Interiors
1. At least four studs for mounting the panelboard interior shall be furnished.
2 . Interiors shall be so designed that circuit breakers can be replaced without
disturbing adjacent units and without removing the main bus connectors and shall
be so designed that circuits may be changed without machining, drilling or tapping .
3. All interiors shall be completely factory assembled with circuit breakers , wire
connectors , etc . All wire connectors , except screw terminals , shall be of the anti
turn solderless type and all shall be suitable for copper wire of the sizes indicated .
F. Susses
1. All busses , including neutral busses and ground bars, shall be of tin plated copper.
Neutral busses shall be full size . Phase bussing shall be full height without
reduction . Cross connectors shall be tin plated copper.
2 . Neutral buss ing shall have a suitable lug for each outgoing feeder requiring a
neutral connection .
3 . Spaces for future circuit breakers shall be bussed for the maximum device that can
be fitted into them.
4. Equipment ground bars, of tin-plated copper, shall be furnished.
5 . Branch circuits shall be arranged using double row construct ion except when
narrow column panels are indicated . Branch circuits shall be numbered by the
manufacturer.
CONFORMED , 12/01 /2022
FWW VILLAGE CREEK WRF , DIGESTER MIXING , FLARE , DOME IMPROVEMENTS
CITY PROJECT NO . 102652
26 24 16-7 PANELBOARDS
2.04 CIRCUIT BREAKERS
A. Panelboards shall be equipped with circuit breakers with frame size and trip settings as
shown on the Drawings.
B. Circuit breakers shall be molded case , bolt-on type.
C. Each circuit breaker used in 208Y/120 volt, three phase, or 120/240 volt single phase,
panelboards shall have an interrupting capacity of not less than 22,000 amperes, RMS
symmetrical .
D. Each circuit breaker used in 480Y/277 volt and 480 volt panelboards shall have an
interrupting capacity of not less than 65,000 amperes, RMS symmetrical.
E. Circuit breakers shall be as manufactured by the panelboard manufacturer.
2.05 MINI-POWER CENTERS
A. Mini-power centers shall include a main primary breaker, a dry-type transformer and
circuit breaker-type load center in a common NEMA 3R 316 stainless steel enclosure,
suitable for indoor/outdoor operation.
B . kVA and voltage ratings shall be as shown on the Drawings . Main primary breaker shall
have an interrupting rating of 65 ,000 amperes at 480Y/277 volts and a secondary load
center rated at 14 ,000 amperes interrupting capacity (AIC) RMS symmetrical at 120/240
or 208Y/120 volts as shown on the drawings . Transformer sound levels shall not exceed
the following ANSI and NEMA levels for self-cooled ratings:
1. Up to 9 KVA 40 db
2 . 10to30KVA 45db
C . Transformer shall be copper wound , 220°C insulation system with a maximum full load
temperature rise of 115°C rise . Transformers shall be epoxy-resin encapsulated . The
core of the transformer shall be grounded to the enclosure with the neutral wired out to a
neutral bus and bonded to a ground bus inside the transformer enclosure. Provide two
5% FCBN taps . All interconnecting wiring between the primary breaker and transformer,
secondary main breaker and transformer and load center shall be of copper and factory
installed.
D. Power center shall have phase, neutral and ground tinned copper buses , and be
complete with all circuit breakers as shown on the drawings . Breakers shall have an
interrupting rating of 10 ,000 amperes minimum , and shall be of the bolt-on type .
CONFORMED , 12/0 1/202 2
FWW VILLAGE CREEK WRF , DIGESTER MIXING , FLARE , DOME IMPROVEMENTS
CITY PROJECT NO . 102652
26 24 16-8 PANELBOARDS
PART 3 -EXECUTION
3.01 INSTALLATION
A. Mount boxes for surface mounted panelboards so there is at least 1/2-inch air space
between the box and the wall.
B. Connect panelboard branch circuit loads so that the load is distributed as equally as
possible between the phase busses.
C. Type circuit d irectories giving location and nature of load served. Install circuit directories
in each panelboard.
CONFORMED , 12/0 1/2022
END OF SECTION
FWW VILLAGE CREEK WRF , DIGESTER MIXING , FLARE , DOME IMPROVEMENTS
CITY PROJECT NO . 102652
26 24 16-9 PANELBOARDS
CONFORMED , 12/01/2022
THIS PAGE IS INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK
FWW VILLAGE CREEK WRF , DIGESTER MIXING , FLARE , DOME IMPROVEMENTS
CITY PROJECT NO . 102652
26 24 16-10 PANELBOARDS
SECTION 26 24 19
LOW VOLTAGE MOTOR CONTROL CENTERS
PART 1 -GENERAL
1.01 SCOPE OF WORK
A. Furnish and install assemblies of low voltage motor control centers (MCCs), together
with appurtenances, complete and operable , as specified herein and as shown on the
Contract Drawings.
B . Automatic transfer switches , automatic transfer schemes, variable frequency drives ,
SPDs and programmable controllers shall be factory installed by the motor control center
manufacturer as shown on the Drawings.
C . Motor control centers shall be sized to include all equipment, spares and spaces shown
on the Drawings.
1.02 RELATED WORK
A. No references are made to any other section which may contain work related to any
other section . The Contract Documents shall be taken as a whole with every section
related to every other section as required to meet the requirements specified. The
organization of the Contract Documents into specification divisions and sections is for
organization of the documents themselves and does not relate to the division of
suppliers or labor which the Contractor may choose to employ in the execution of the
Contract. Where references are made to other Sections and other Divisions of the
Specifications, the Contractor shall provide such information or additional work as may
be required in those references , and include such information or work as may be
specified .
B . Other Divisions
1. The Contractor shall be responsible for examining all Sections of the
Specifications and Drawings , and shall determine the power and wiring
requirements and shall provide external wiring and raceways , as required to
provide a fully functioning power, control and process control systems. If the
equipment requires more conductors and/or wiring, due to different equipment
being supplied , the Contractor shall furnish the additional conductors, raceways
and/or wiring , with no change in the Contract Price, and with no increase in
Contract Time.
1.03 SUBMITTALS
A. Submittals shall be made in accordance with the requirements of Division 1, Section 26
00 00 and as specified herein.
CONFORMED , 12/01 /2022
FWW VILLAGE CREEK WRF , DIGESTER MIXING , FLARE , DOME IMPROVEMENTS
CITY PROJECT NO . 102652
26 24 19-1 LOW VOLT AGE MOTOR CONTROL CENTERS
B. All shop drawing submittals and all O&M submittals shall be submitted in hard copy
format and in electronic format using PDF files on a CD and/or a flash drive including a
Table of Contents which is indexed on DVDs. Electronic submittals are mandatory and
those which are received not indexed as specified will be returned without review. Hard
copy submittals may not be required if so stipulated in the Contract Documents. No
change in Contract Amount or Contract Time will be allowed for delays due to
unacceptable submittals.
C. Provide systems engineering to produce coordination curves , showing coordination
between existing protective devices and breakers and/or fuses submitted, such that
protective device coordination is accomplished. Such curves and settings shall be
included as a part of these submittals.
D. Submittals shall also contain information on related equipment to be furnished under this
Specification but described in the related sections to which reference is made in the
Related Work paragraph above . Incomplete submittals not containing the required
information on the related equipment will be returned unreviewed .
E. Provide original equipment manufacturer (OEM) created equipment shop drawings ,
including all wiring diagrams, created in the manufacturer's Engineering department. All
equipment shop drawings shall bear the original equipment manufacturer's logo , drawing
file numbers , and shall be maintained on file in the OEM 's archive file system .
Photocopies of the Engineer's ladder schematics are unacceptable as shop drawings .
F. Submit to the Owner/Engineer, shop drawings and product data , for the following:
1. Equipment outline drawings showing elevation and plan views, dimensions,
weight , shipping splits and metering layouts. Indicate all options, special features,
ratings and deviations from the Specifications.
2 . Conduit entrance drawings , including floor penetrations .
3 . Bus arrangement drawings .
4. Unit summary tables showing detailed equipment description and nameplate data
for each compartment.
5. Product data sheets and catalog numbers for overcurrent protective devices,
motor starters , control relays , control stations, meters, pilot lights, etc. List all
options, trip adjustments and accessories furnished specifically for this project.
Clearly mark each sheet to indicate which items apply and/or those items that do
not apply. Unmarked cut sheets will cause rejection of the submittal and its return
for revision .
6. Provide control systems engineering to produce custom unit elementary drawings
showing interwiring and interlocking between units and to remotely mounted
CONFORMED , 12/01/2022
FWW VILLAGE CREEK WRF , DIGESTER MIXING , FLARE , DOME IMPROVEMENTS
CITY PROJECT NO . 102652
26 24 19-2 LOW VOLT AGE MOTOR CONTROL CENTERS
devices . Show wire and terminal numbers. Indicate special identifications for
electrical devices per the Drawings.
7. Master drawing index
8. Front view elevation
9. Floor plan
10. Top view
11. Single line
12. Schematic diagram, including manufacturer's selections of component ratings, and
CT and PT ratios .
13. Nameplate schedule
14. UL Listing of the completed assembly.
15. Component list with detailed component information , including original
manufacturer's part number.
16. Conduit entry/exit locations
17 . Assembly ratings including :
a . Short-circuit rating
b. Voltage
C. Continuous current
18. Major component ratings including:
a. Voltage
b. Continuous current
C. Interrupting ratings
19. Descriptive bulletins
20 . Product data sheets.
21 . Number and size of cables per phase, neutral if present, ground and all cable
terminal sizes .
22. Key interlock scheme drawing and sequence of operations
CONFORMED , 12/01/2022
FWW VILLAGE CREEK WRF , DIGESTER MIXING , FLARE , DOME IMPROVEMENTS
CITY PROJECT NO . 102652
26 24 19-3 LOW VOLT AGE MOTOR CONTROL CENTERS
23. Busway connection and amperage rating.
24. Instruction and renewal parts books.
25. Itemized list of spare parts furnished specifically for this project, including
quantities, description and part numbers.
G. Harmonic distortion calculations for Variable Frequency Drives (VFDs).
H . Factory Tests . Submittals shall be made for factory tests specified herein.
I. Field Test Reports . Submittals shall be made for field tests specified herein.
J . Operation and Maintenance Manuals.
1. Operation and maintenance manuals shall include the following information :
a . Manufacturer's contact address and telephone number for parts and service .
b. Instruction books and/or leaflets
c . Recommended renewal parts list
d . Record Documents for the information required by the Submittals paragraph
above .
K . Subm it for approval , a manufacturer's conducted training agenda for all train ing specified
here in . Training agenda shall not be submitted until final approval of the Operation and
Maintenance Manual.
1.04 REFERENCE CODES AND STANDARDS
A. The low voltage motor control centers and all components in this specification shall be
designed and manufactured accord ing to latest revision of the following standards
(unless otherwise noted):
1. NEMA Standard ICS 2 -2000 Industrial Control and Systems
2 . UL 845-Electric Motor Control Centers
3 . NEMA Standard SG-3 -Low Voltage Power Circuit Breakers
4 . NFPA 70 -National Electrical Code (NEC)
5 . NFPA 70E -Standard For Electrical Safety in the Workplace
6 . UL 1008 -Transfer Switches
7 . UL 991 -Tests for Safety-Related Controls Employing Solid-State Devices
CONFORMED , 12/0 1/2022
FWW VILLAGE CR EE K WRF , DIGESTER MIXING , FLARE , DOME IMPROVEMENTS
CITY PROJECT NO . 102652
26 24 19-4 LOW VOLT AGE MOTOR CONTRO L CENTERS
8 . NFPA 110 -Emergency and Standby Power Systems
9 . NEMA ICS 10 -AC Transfer Switch Equipment
10. IEEE 446 -Recommended Practice for Emergency and Standby Power Systems
11. ANSI IEEE Standard C62.41-1991 Surge Withstand Capacity
12 . CSA 22.2, No. 14 & 66 CSA requirements for power electronics
13 . FCC Part 15, Sub Part J, Class A RFI/EMI emission standards
14 . ANSI IEEE Standard 519-1992 Harmonic limits
15 . UL 508C UL requirements for power conversion equipment
B . All equipment components and completed assemblies specified in this Section of the
Specifications shall bear the appropriate label of Underwriters Laboratories .
1.05 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. The manufacturer of the equipment provided shall have produced similar equipment for
a minimum period of ten years . When requested by the Engineer, an acceptable list of
installations with similar equipment shall be provided demonstrating compliance with this
requirement.
B. The manufacturer of the assembly provided shall be the manufacturer of the major
components within the assembly. All assemblies provided shall be manufactured by the
same manufacturer. Equipment that is manufactured by a third party and "brand labeled"
will not be acceptable.
C . All components and material shall be new and of the latest field proven design and in
current production. Obsolete components or components scheduled for immediate
discontinuation shall not be used.
D . Equipment submitted shall fit within the space shown on the Drawings . Equipment which
does not fit within the space is not acceptable. Maximum allowab le dimensions for each
MCC lineup shall be as listed below. Submit coordinated room layout with dimensions of
all other electrical equipment showing NEC Article 110 clearances are maintained with
submitted equipment.
1. MCC-DC1A: 105"W x 52 "0
2 . MCC-DC1B: 105"W x 52"0
E. For the equipment specified herein , the manufacturer shall be ISO 9001 2000 certified.
CONFORMED , 12 /0 1/2022
FWW VILLAGE CREEK WRF , DIGESTER MI X ING , FLARE , DOME IMPROVEMENTS
CITY PROJECT NO . 102652
26 24 19-5 LOW VOLTAGE MOTOR CONTROL CENTERS
1.06 JOBSITE DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING
A. Prior to jobsite delivery, complete all submittal requirements, and present to the -
Owner/Engineer upon delivery of the equipment, an approved copy of all such
submittals. Delivery of incomplete constructed equipment, onsite factory work , or failed
factory tests will not be permitted.
B. Equipment shall be handled and stored in accordance with manufacturer's instructions.
Two copies of these instructions shall be included with the equipment at time of
shipment, and shall be made available to the Contractor and Owner/Engineer.
C. Shipping groups shall be designed to be shipped by truck, rail, or ship. Indoor groups
shall be bolted to skids. Breakers and accessories shall be packaged and shipped
separately.
D. Equipment shall be equipped to be handled by crane. Where cranes are not available,
equipment shall be suitable for skidding in place on rollers using jacks to raise and lower
the groups.
E . Equipment shall be installed in its permanent finished location shown on the Drawings
within seven calendar days of arriving onsite. If the equipment cannot be installed within
seven calendar days, the equipment shall not be delivered to the site, but stored offsite ,
until such time that the site is ready for permanent installation of the equipment with no
change in Contract Price or Schedu le .
F. Space heaters provided in equipment shall be provided with temporary electrical power
to operate during jobsite storage and after equipment is installed in permanent location .
Space heater operation shall be continuous until equipment is powered and placed in
service.
1.07 WARRANTY
A. Provide warrantees , including the manufacturer's warranty, for the equipment specified
and the proper installation thereof, to be free from defects in material and workmanship
for ti.vo years from date of final acceptance 2 years from the date defined in Section
00 72 00 GENERAL CONDITIONS and Section 00 73 00 SUPPLEMENTARY
CONDITIONS TO GENERAL CONDITIONS of the equipment and its installation . Within
such period of warranty, all material and labor necessary to return the equipment to new
operating condition shall be provided. Any warranty work requiring shipping or
transporting of the equipment shall be provided at no expense to the Owner.
PART 2 -PRODUCTS
2.01 MANUFACTURERS
A. Subject to compliance with the Contract Documents, the following Manufacturers are
acceptable :
CONFORMED , 12/01/2022
FWW VILLAGE CREEK WRF , DIGESTER MIXING , FLARE , DOME IMPROVEMENTS
CITY PROJECT NO . 102652
26 24 19-6 LOW VOLTAGE MOTOR CONTROL CENTERS
1. Eaton
2 . ABB
3. Rockwell
4. Square D
B. The listing of specific manufacturers above does not imply acceptance of their products
that do not meet the specified ratings, features and functions. Manufacturers listed
above are not relieved from meeting these specifications in their entirety .
2.02 RATINGS
A. The service voltage, overall short circuit withstand and interrupting rating of the
equipment and devices shall be as shown on the Drawings. Main and feeder circuit
protective devices shall be fully rated for the specified short circuit duty. Systems
employing series connected ratings for main and feeder devices shall not be used .
Motor starter units shall be tested and UL labeled for the specified short circuit duty in
combination with the motor branch circuit protective device .
B. The continuous current rating of the main horizontal bus shall be as shown on the
Drawings. Vertical busses shall be sized for the structure load and shall have a
minimum rating of 300 amperes.
C. Motor control centers , including devices , shall be designed for continuous operation at
rated current in a 40°C ambient temperature.
D. For additional ratings and construction notes , refer to the Drawings .
2.03 CONSTRUCTION
A. General
1. Refer to Drawings for: actual layout and location of equipment and components;
current ratings of devices , bus bars, components ; protective relays, voltage ratings
of devices, components and assemblies; and other required details .
2. Control units shall be arranged as shown on the Drawings .
3. Provide a factory-installed dedicated Point of Utilization Device (SPD) specified in
Section 26 43 13 , Individual Control Panel and Related Equipment Protection
(Type 3), and Section 26 17 13, Power Metering and Protective Relays when the
equipment contains a programmable logic controller (PLC) or a uninterruptible
power supply (UPS) or Protective Relay devices, or is otherwise indicated on the
drawings.
4 . Nameplates
CONFORMED , 12/01 /2022
FWW VILLAGE CREEK WRF, DIGESTER MIXING , FLARE , DOME IMPROVEMENTS
CITY PROJECT NO . 102652
26 2419-7 LOW VOLTAGE MOTOR CONTROL CENTERS
a. External
1) Furnish nameplates for each device as specified herein and as
indicated on the Drawings. All nameplates shall be laminated plastic,
black lettering on a white background, attached with stainless steel
screws. There shall be a master nameplate that indicates equipment
ratings, manufacturer's name , shop order number and general
information. Cubicle nameplates shall be mounted on the front face.
Nameplates shall be engraved , laminated impact acrylic, matte finish ,
not less than 1 /16-inch thick by 3/4-inch by 2-1 /2-inch, Rowmark
322402. Nameplates shall be 316 SS screw mounted to all enclosures
except for NEMA 4 and 4X. Nameplates for NEMA 4 and 4X
enclosures shall be attached with double faced adhesive strips, TESA
TUFF TAPE 4970, .009 X 1/2 inch, or equal. Prior to installing the
nameplates , the metal surface shall be thoroughly cleaned with 70%
alcohol until all residue has been removed. Epoxy adhesive or foam
tape is not acceptable .
b. Internal
1) Control components mounted within the assembly, such as fuse
blocks, relays, pushbuttons , switches , etc., shall be suitably marked for
identification , corresponding to appropriate designations on
manufacturer's wiring diagrams.
C . Special
1) Identification nameplates shall be white with black letters , caution
nameplates shall be yellow with black letters , and warning nameplates
shall be red with white letters.
5 . Control Devices and Indicators
a. All operating control devices , indicators, and instruments shall be securely
mounted on the panel door. All controls and indicators shall be 30-millimeter,
corrosion resistant , NEMA 4X/13 , anodized aluminum or reinforced plastic.
Booted control devices are not acceptable. Auxiliary contacts shall be
provided for remote run indication and indication of each status and alarm
condition. Additional controls shall be provided as specified herein and as
required by the detailed mechanical and electrical equipment requirements .
b . Indicator lamps shall be LED type . For all control applications, indicator
lamps shall incorporate a push-to-test feature . Lens colors shall be as
follows :
1)
2)
CONFORMED , 12/01/2022
Red for ON , Valve OPEN , and Breaker CLOSED .
Green for OFF, Valve CLOSED and Breaker OPEN.
FWW V ILLAGE CREEK WRF , DIGESTER MIXING , FLARE , DOME IMPROVEMENTS
CITY PROJECT NO . 102652
26 24 19-8 LOW VOLT AGE MOTOR CONTROL CENTERS
3) Amber for FAIL.
4) Blue for READY
5) White for POWER ON.
c. Mode selector switches (HAND-OFF-AUTO, LOCAL-OFF-REMOTE, etc.)
shall be as shown on the Drawings. Units shall have the number of positions
and contact arrangements, as required. Each switch shall have an extra dry
contact for remote monitoring.
d. Pushbuttons, shall be as follows:
1) Red for STOP, Valve OPEN, Breaker OPEN and mushroom Red for
EMERGENCY STOP.
2) Green for START, Valve CLOSE and Breaker CLOSE.
3) Black for RESET.
e. Furnish nameplates for each device . All nameplates shall be laminated
plastic, black lettering on a white background, attached with stainless steel
screws. Device mounted nameplates are not acceptable .
f. The manufacturer shall not remove, reuse , alter, or replace original
equipment nameplates or equipment tags associated with equipment or
components supplied by the manufacturer's suppliers and sub-suppliers.
6. Control and Instrument Power Transformers
a. Control power transformers, encapsulated, shall be provided where shown
on the Drawings. Transformer shall be sized for the entire load, including
space heaters, plus 25% spare capacity, and shall be not less than 100 VA.
Provide a load calculation showing the sizing of the control power
transformer complies with this requirement.
b. Control power transformers shall be 120 volts grounded secondary. Primary
side of the transformer shall be fused in both legs. One leg of the
transformer secondary shall be solidly grounded while the other leg shall be
fused.
B. Enclosures
1. Structures shall be NEMA Type 1A unless noted otherwise on the Drawings.
2. Motor control centers shall consist of a series of metal enclosed, free standing,
dead front vertical sections bolted together to form double wall construction
between sections. Individual vertical sections shall be nominally 90 inches high,
20 inches wide and 20 inches deep unless otherwise shown on the Drawings.
FWW VILLAGE CREEK WRF , DIGESTER MIXING , FLARE , DOME IMPROVEMENTS
CITY PROJECT NO . 102652
CONFORMED , 12/01/2022 26 24 19-9 LOW VOLTAGE MOTOR CONTROL CENTERS
Vertical sections shall be mounted on steel channel sills. Bottom channel sills shall
be mounted front and rear of the vertical sections extending the full width of each
shipping split. Top of each section shall have removable plates with lifting angle.
MCCs shall be constructed to allow field installation of additional sections to each
end and shall be provided with full depth cover plates (rodent barriers) at each end
of the motor control center channel sills .
3. Provide continuous top and bottom horizontal wireways extending the full width of
the lineup , isolated from the horizontal bus. Provide a four-inch wide , full height,
vertical wire way in each section, equipped with a hinged door and cable supports .
Vertical wire way shall be isolated from the bus and device compartments .
Wireways or other metal member's openings shall have rolled edges or protective
grommets.
4. All cables shall enter and ex it underground from the bottom of the structure , unless
otherwise shown on the Draw ings.
5 . Provide individual , flange formed , pan type door with concealed hinges and
quarter turn latches for each device compartment and future space . Doors shall
be removable. Door removal shall not be required to withdraw starter units or
feeder tap devices.
6 . Motor control centers shall be designed for mounting against the wall or back-to-
back with another MCC . All wiring , bus joints and other mechanical parts requiring
tightening or other maintenance shall be accessible from the front or top .
7 . Each vertical section shall be divided into no more than six compartments which
shall contain a feeder breaker , combination motor control unit , or other control
assemblies connected to a common vert ical power bus.
8. Vertical sections shall contain horizontal wire ways at top and bottom of the
structure . The design shall be such to permit a continuous wi ring trough from end
to end of the entire width of the motor control center. End vertical sections shall
have cover plates , which can be easily removed to allow continuation of w ire ways
and horizontal bus extensions for future addition of vertical sections .
9 . The vertical section shall also have a continuous vertical raceway extending the
full height of the structure and shall intersect with the horizontal raceways. This
wire way shall be provided with barriers which completely isolate the wire way from
the bus compartments , the controlle r compartment , and the adjacent vertical units .
The w ire way shall have its own separate hinged door.
10. Combination motor control units (Size 5 and smaller), as well as other electrical
assemblies, including feeder tap units (225 ampere and smaller), shall be provided
with appropriately rated stab assemblies for draw out (plug-in) type construction .
11 . Plug in provisions shall include a positive guide rail system and stab shrouds to
insure alignment of stabs with the vertical bus. The stab shall be designed to
CONFOR MED , 12/0 1/2022
FWW V IL LAGE CREEK WRF , DIGES T ER MI X ING , FLARE , DOME IMPROVEMENTS
CITY PROJECT NO . 102652
26 24 19-10 LOW VOLT AGE MOTOR CONTROL CENTERS
increase bus contact pressure during a fault. The stab design shall assure a
consistent low-resistance contact with the vertical bus, even after repeated
insertions and removals. The unit shall be equipped with a lockout mechanism to
lock the drawer in an extended or stabbed position for maintenance and testing.
Each draw out compartment shall have a separate hinged removable door.
12 . Each unit compartment shall be provided with an individual front hinged door.
Motor control and feeder units shall be interlocked mechanically with a unit
disconnect device to prevent unintentional opening of the door while unit is
energized. An interlock between the unit disconnect and the structure shall
prevent the removal or reinsertion of the unit when the unit is in the "ON" position.
Means shall be provided for releasing the interlock for intentional access and/or
application of power. Pad locking arrangements shall permit locking the
disconnect device in the "OFF" position .
13 . The MCC shall be furnished as a completely factory assembled unit where
transportation facilities and installation requirements permit. Minimize shipping
splits if required .
14 . All painted steel work shall be treated with a primer coat and a finish coat , or
bonderized and finished with a coat of baked enamel at the factory , such that no
field painting will be required except for "touching up" of damaged areas. Color
shall be manufacturer's standard .
15. Furnish documentation with the equipment as follows: Compartments containing
panel boards shall have a card holder on the inside of the door with the branch
circuits clearly identified . Compartments containing motor starters shall each have
an overload heater section table posted inside the door. All control compartments
shall have a pocket on the inside of the door with a copy of the appropriate
schematic and wiring diagram .
16. Where the motor control center is shown outdoors the construction shall be NEMA
3R and shall be as follows:
a . The MCC shall be non-walk-in weatherproof construction of basic indoor
equipment enclosed in a weatherproof enclosure . Gasket all covers , provide
filters for ventilation louvers and a sloped roof.
b. The MCC shall be supported on a heavy gauge, welded steel channel base
extending around all four sides, constructed to exclude rodents , vermin , and
dust.
c . All non-current carrying metal parts of the control center assembly shall be
cleaned of all weld spatter and other foreign material and given a heat cured ,
phosphatized chemical pretreatment to inhibit rust.
CONFORMED , 12/01/2022
FWW VILLAGE CREEK WRF , DIGESTER MIXING , FLARE, DOME IMPROVEMENTS
CITY PROJECT NO . 102652
26 24 19-11 LOW VOLT AGE MOTOR CONTROL CENTERS
d. Roof structure shall be watertight with a continuous drip edge channel on the
front. Roof shall slope to the rear for water drainage. Holes for lifting eyes
shall be blind tapped .
e. Provide tamper resistant, pad lockable, weathertight, gasketed cubicle doors
and switch handle covers, with stainless steel hinge pins .
f . Each vertical section shall have heavy duty, 240 volts AC, space heaters,
thermostat controlled , of sufficient capacity to prevent condensation with the
equipment de-energized, while operating at half their rated voltage. Heaters
shall be provided with perforated metal guards and a circuit breaker
disconnect. 120-volt AC control power shall be provided from the MCC.
C. Construction
1. Provide individual compartments for each removable combination starter and
feeder tap device unit. Each vertical section shall accommodate a maximum of six
compartments. Steel barriers shall isolate the top , bottom and sides of each
compartment from adjacent units and wireways. Removable units shall connect to
the vertical bus in each section with tin plated, self-aligning, pressure type copper
plug connectors. Size 6 and larger starter units may be wired directly to the bus .
Removable units shall be aligned in the structure on guide rails or shelves and
secured with a cam latch mechanism or racking screw.
2 . Provide individual, isolated compartments for fixed mounted devices such as
circuit breakers, cable lugs, metering, relaying and control devices. Main and bus
tie circuit breakers shall be wired directly to the main horizontal bus . All bus
connections shall be fully rated .
3. Provide the following features :
a . Provision to padlock removable units in a partially withdrawn TEST position ,
with the bus stabs disengaged .
b. Provision to padlock unit disconnect handles in the OFF position with up to
three padlocks.
c . Mechanical interlock with bypass to prevent opening unit door with
disconnect in the ON position , or moving disconnect to the ON position while
the unit door is open.
d. Mechanical split type terminal blocks for disconnecting external control
wiring.
e. Auxiliary contact on unit disconnect to isolate control power when fed from
an external source.
f. Disconnect operating handles and control devices.
CONFORMED , 12/01/2022
FWW VILLAGE CREEK WRF , DIGESTER MIXING , FLARE , DOME IMPROVEMENTS
CITY PROJECT NO . 102652
26 24 19-12 LOW VOLT AGE MOTOR CONTROL CENTERS
D. Bus Systems
1. The bus support system shall be high dielectric strength , low moisture absorbing
high impact material.
2. Bus bracing shall be minimum 65,000 amperes RMS symmetrical, and be equal to
or exceed the value shown on the Drawings.
3. Busses shall have uniform cross-sectional area throughout their length. Tapered
bus will not be acceptable .
4 . All bolted bus mating surfaces and splicing material shall be the same plated
material as the bus .
5. The main horizontal bus shall extend the entire length of the motor control center.
The main bus bars shall be rated as shown on the Contract Drawings but shall not
be less than 600 amperes.
6. Main horizontal bus: Tin plated copper, bolted joints , accessible from the front of
the structure , fully rated throughout the lineup, and factory insulated by taping. All
field assembled joints shall be taped after installation , equal to the factory bus
taping .
7. Vertical section bus: Tin plated copper, full height , totally insulated and isolated by
labyrinth design barrier of glass-reinforced polyester, or sandwich
insulated/isolated busses , with shutters to cover stab openings when units are
withdrawn. Provide fish tape barriers to isolate bottom wireways from lower ends
of vertical bus. Bus shall be provided in each vertical draw out section .
8 . Vertical busses used for a tie circuit breaker or tie feeder lugs shall be rated for a
continuous capacity equivalent to the main horizontal bus rating.
9. Horizontal ground bus: Provide a 300A minimum , continuous tin-plated copper
ground bus in each section equipped with lugs for termination of feeder and
branch circuit ground conductors . Connect to ground bus in adjacent sections with
splice plates. Provide ground bolted connectors for 2/0 AWG minimum wire at
each end of the bus.
E . Wiring
1. Wiring : Stranded tinned copper, minimum size #14 AWG , with 600 volt , 90 °C,
flame retardant , Type SIS cross-lined polyethylene insulation , NEMA Class II ,
Type B . Line side power wiring shall be sized for the full rating or frame size of the
connected device. All conductors #1/0 AWG and larger shall be terminated with
long barrel NEMA two-hole lugs .
CONFORMED , 12/01/2022
FWW VILLAGE CREEK WRF , DIGESTER MIXING , FLARE , DOME IMPROVEMENTS
CITY PROJECT NO. 102652
26 24 19-13 LOW VOLT AGE MOTOR CONTROL CENTERS
2. Identification: Numbered sleeve type wire markers at each termination point, color
coding per NEMA standards and the NEC. Foreign voltage control wiring shall be
yellow.
3. All control wiring to draw out units shall be run through split type terminal blocks
(draw out) which can be split to allow easy unit removal. Motor 'T ' leads shall bolt
directly to starter or overloads and shall not utilize split type terminal blocks.
Terminal blocks shall be of the fully shielded , tubular screw clamp type, resilient
collar design to eliminate loose connections. Terminal blocks shall be nickel or tin
plated and have exposed wire numbering corresponding to the connected wires.
Terminals shall have a maximum of two wires per terminal.
4. All wiring shall be neatly bundled with ty-raps and supported to wire way supports.
Control wiring shall be bundled separately from power wiring . In addition , low
signal wiring (millivolt and milliamp) shall be bundle separately from the rest of the
control wiring.
5. Where "shipping splits" are required between the control compartments and the
starter cubicles , interconnecting jumper wires shall be provided for field re-
connection.
6. Field installed interior wiring shall be neatly grouped by circuit and bound by plastic
tie wraps. Circuit groups shall be supported so that circuit terminations are not
stressed . In addition, low signal wiring (millivolt and milliamp) shall be bundle
separately from the rest of the control wiring .
7 . In general , all conduit entering or leaving a motor control center shall be stubbed
up into the bottom horizontal wire way directly below the vertical section in which
the conductors are to be terminated or shall enter the motor control center from the
top. Conduits shall not enter the motor control center from the side unless
approved in writing by the Owner/Engineer.
8. All field wiring and all field-installed internal wiring shall be tagged and coded with
an identification number as shown on the Drawings. Coding shall be typed on a
heat shrinkable tube applied to each end showing origination and destination of
each wire. The marking shall be permanent, non-smearing , solvent-resistant type
similar to Raychem TMS-SCE, or equal.
F. Main Section
1. The MCC main sections shall include the main and tie breakers , metering and
power feeder entrance to the MCC . Where a power feeder entrance is shown on
the Drawings , the power feeder entrance section shall be provided . Provide bus
extensions and compression lugs for number and size of incoming cables as
shown on the Drawings. Where main and tie breakers are shown to be key
interlocked , interlocks shall be Kirk-Key type .
CONFORMED , 12/01 /2022
FWW VILLAGE CREEK WRF , DIGESTER MIXING , FLARE , DOME IMPROVEMENTS
CITY PROJECT NO . 102652
26 24 19-14 LOW VOLT AGE MOTOR CONTROL CENTERS
2. Where Kirk-Key arrangements are used, the Kirk keyed interlocks shall be Kirk HD
Series (Heavy Duty) 316 Series of 316 stainless steel or approved equal.
G. Surge Protective Devices
1. Furnish where shown on the Drawings, or specified herein, a manufacturer
provided and installed, Low Voltage Surge Protective Devices (SPD) (Type 2), as
specified in Section 26 27 13 of these Specifications. Connection to the MCC shall
be with a surge rated disconnect, mounted integral to the MCC.
H. Main Circuit Protective Devices
I. Arc Energy-reduction is required on breakers that are rated at or can be set at 1200
amperes or higher.
1. Unless otherwise shown on the Drawings, single main or main-tie-main or main-
tie-tie-main circuit breakers, with a frame rating larger than 1200, shall be insulated
case (ICCB), 3 Pole , 600 Volt, fixed or draw out type, manually operated, with
stored energy closing mechanism . Breakers shall be electrically operated where
shown as (EO) on the Drawings. Trip device shall be solid state with adjustable
long time, short time with short time i2t switch, adjustable instantaneous settings,
and adjustable ground fault settings with i2t switch. Provide overload, short circuit,
and ground fault indicator lights. A remote energy-reduction maintenance switch
with local indication connected to the instantaneous setting shall be provided to
reduce the setting to minimum to reduce arc flash during equipment maintenance.
2. Unless otherwise shown on the Drawings, single main or main-tie-main circuit
breakers, with a frame rating of 1200 amperes or less, shall be molded case
(MCCB), three-pole, 600 volt , fixed type, manually operated with stored energy
closing mechanism . Trip device shall be solid state with adjustable long time, short
time with short time i2t switch , adjustable instantaneous settings, and adjustable
ground fault settings with i2t switch. A remote energy-reduction maintenance
switch with local indication connected to the instantaneous setting shall be
provided to reduce the setting to minimum to reduce arc flash during equipment
maintenance
3. Insulated case and molded breakers shall have a UL 489 listing.
4 . Main devices shall be equipped with contacts for remote status trip indication and
"inhibit" function as shown on the Drawings. Device rating shall be as shown on
the Drawings.
J. Feeder Protective Devices (Non-Motor Loads)
1. Unless otherwise shown on the Drawings, feeder circuit breakers, 1200 ampere
down to 250-ampere , shall be molded case , three-pole, 600-volt, fixed type,
manually operated with stored energy closing mechanism. Trip device shall be
solid state with adjustable long time pickup, adjustable instantaneous, adjustable
FWW VILLAGE CREEK WRF , DIGESTER MIXING , FLARE , DOME IMPROVEMENTS
CITY PROJECT NO . 102652
CONFORMED , 12/01/2022 26 24 19-15 LOW VOLTAGE MOTOR CONTROL CENTERS
ground fault pickup and delay; ground fault delay and pickup trips for selective
tripping, and overload, short circuit and ground fault indicator lights. On breakers
rated 1200 amperes or above, provide a remote energy-reduction maintenance
switch with local indication connected to the instantaneous setting shall be
provided to reduce the setting to minimum to reduce arc flash during equipment
maintenance
2. Unless otherwise shown on the Drawings, feeder circuit breakers, less than 250
ampere-frame, shall be molded case, three-pole, 600-volt, fixed type, manually
operated with over-center toggle mechanism .
3. All circuit breakers shall have trip units of the modular type for easy changing of
trip range.
4. All Main and Feeder circuit breakers shall have provision for padlocking in the OFF
position .
K. Interlocks
1. Electrical, mechanical and Kirk-Key interlocks shall be provided on breakers where
shown on the Drawings .
2. Where Kirk-Key arrangements are used, the Kirk keyed interlocks shall be Kirk HD
Series (Heavy Duty) 316 Series of 316 stainless steel or approved equal.
L. Control and Instrument Power Transformers .
1. Control power transformers shall be provided where shown on the Drawings .
Transformer shall be sized for the entire load, including space heaters, plus 25%
spare capacity . Provide a load calculation showing that the sizing of the control
power transformer complies with this requirement.
2. Control power transformers shall be 120-volt grounded secondary. Primary side of
the transformer shall be fused in both legs. One leg of the transformer secondary
shall be solidly grounded while the other leg shall be fused .
M. Furnish lugs for incoming line feeders, sizes as shown on the Drawings . Allow adequate
clearance for bending and terminating of cable size and type specified .
2.04 MOTOR CONTROLLERS
A. General
1. The Drawings indicate the approximate horsepower and intended control scheme
of the motor driven equipment. Provide the NEMA size starter, circuit breaker trip
ratings, control power transformers and thermal overload heater element ratings
matched to the motors and control equipment supplied, in compliance with the
NEC and the manufacturer's heater selection tables . All variations necessary to
CONFORMED , 12/01/2022
FWW VILLAGE CREEK WRF , DIGESTER MIXING , FLARE , DOME IMPROVEMENTS
CITY PROJECT NO . 102652
26 2419-16 LOW VOLTAGE MOTOR CONTROL CENTERS
accommodate the motors and controls as actually furnished shall be made without
extra cost to the Owner.
2. Motor starters shall be as shown on the Drawings. All motor starters shall be
combination units, full voltage non-reversing (FVNR), with adjustable
instantaneous trip magnetic only circuit breakers, or motor circuit protectors
(MCP), unless otherwise specified or shown on the Drawings. NEMA starter sizes
and breaker trip ratings shall be as required for the horsepower indicated but shall
be in no case less than NEMA Size 1. If the manufacturer of the equipment
utilizing the motor, supplies a motor horsepower larger than that shown on the
Drawings , the Contractor shall supply a motor starter sufficient in size to control
the motor supplied . International (IEC) starters shall not be acceptable.
3. Each motor starter shall have a 120-volt operating coil unless otherwise noted .
4 . NEMA Size 5 and smaller shall be draw out design with stab-on connectors
engaging the vert ical buses . Larger units shall be of the fixed (bolt-in) design .
5 . Overload relays shall be standard Class 20, ambient compensated , manually reset
by pushbutton located on front of the compartment door. A normally closed
contact shall be directly used in the start circuit and a normally open contact shall
be wire to a terminal board for overload alarm .
6 . Control power transformers shall be 120-volt grounded secondary. Primary shall
be fused w ith slow blow fuses in each phase. One leg of the transformer
secondary shall be solidly grounded while the other leg shall be fused . The
transformer shall be oversized for auxiliary loads as indicated on drawings , but in
no case be smaller than 100 VA.
7 . Combination starters shall include a motor circuit protector (MCP) in series with a
motor controller and an overload protective device. The MCP shall have an
adjustable magnetic trip range in percent of rated continuous current and a trip test
feature . MCP's shall be labeled in accordance with UL489.
8. Where indicated on the Control Schematic title , motor starter logic shall be
contained in a PLC with Modbus TCP Ethernet Communications . The PLC shall
not be affected by VFD frequency interference . The PLC shall be programmed by
the manufacturer using the control schematics shown on the Drawings .
B. Magnetic Motor Starters
1. Motor starters shall be two or three pole, single or three-phase as required , 60
Hertz, 600 volt , magnetically operated , full voltage non reversing except as shown
on the Draw ings . NEMA sizes shall be as required for the horsepower shown on
the Drawings . IEC rated starters are unacceptable .
2. Each motor starter shall have a 120-volt operating coil , and control power
transformer . Starters shall have motor overload protection in each phase .
FWW VILLAGE CREEK WRF , DIGESTER MIXING , FLARE , DOME IMPROVEMENTS
CITY PROJECT NO . 102652
CONFORMED , 12/01/2022 26 24 19-17 LOW VOLT AGE MOTOR CONTROL CENTE RS
Auxiliary contacts shall be provided as shown on the Drawings . A minimum of one
normally open and one normally closed auxiliary contacts shall be provided in
addition to the contacts shown on the Drawings.
3. Overload relays shall be adjustable, ambient compensated and manually reset.
4. Control power transformers shall be sized for additional load of 100 VA or an
additional 10% whichever is larger. Transformer primary shall be equipped with
slow blow fuses. Control power transformers shall not be located behind other
components and shall be accessible for removal or replacement without removing
any other component.
5. Built in control stations and indicating lights shall be furnished where shown on the
Drawings.
6. All wires shall be terminated on terminal blocks and shall be tagged.
7. The control compartment shall have a copy of the appropriate schematic and
wiring diagram .
C. Combination Magnetic Motor Starters
1. Motor starters shall be a combination motor circuit protector and contactor, two or
three pole, single or three-phase as required , 60 Hertz, 600 volt, magnetically
operated, full voltage non reversing unless otherwise shown on the Drawings.
NEMA starter sizes shall be as shown on the Drawings . If the motor supplied by
the equipment supplier is larger than that shown on the Drawings, supply a larger
starter size corresponding to the motor supplied. Motor circuit protectors shall be
molded case with adjustable magnetic trip only . They shall be specifically
designed for use with magnetic motor starters. Motor circuit protectors shall be
current limiting type, with additional current limiters if required. IEC rated starters
are unacceptable .
2. Each motor starter shall have a 120-volt operating coil , and control power
transformer. Starters shall have motor overload protection in each phase.
Auxiliary contacts shall be provided as shown on the Drawings. A minimum of one
normally open and one normally closed auxiliary contacts shall be provided in
addition to the contacts shown on the Drawings.
3. Overload relays shall be adjustable, ambient compensated and manually reset.
4 . Control power transformers shall be sized for additional load of 100 VA or an
additional 10% whichever is larger. Transformer primary shall be equipped with
time delay fuses .
5 . Built in control stations and indicating lights shall be furnished where shown on the
Drawings.
CONFORMED , 12/01/2022
FWW VILLAGE CREEK WRF , DIGESTER MIXING , FLARE , DOME IMPROVEMENTS
CITY PROJECT NO . 102652
26 24 19-18 LOW VOLT AGE MOTOR CONTROL CENTERS
6. All wires shall be terminated on terminal blocks and shall be tagged.
7 . The control compartment shall have a copy of the appropriate schematic and
wiring diagram.
D. Multi-Speed and Reversing Starters
1. Multi speed and reversing starters shall include two motor rated contactors as
described above , mechanically and electrically interlocked so that only one device
may be energized at any time .
E. Reduced Voltage Starters
1. Reduced Voltage Auto-Transformer Type Starters (RVAT).
a. Auto-transformer type with closed circuit transition. Auto transformers shall
be dry type with 50%, 65% and 80% voltage taps and over temperature
protection . Timing relays shall be electronic, adjustable. Relay settings shall
be approximately 75% of relay range . Contactors shall be electrically and
mechanically interlocked
2 . Reduced Voltage Solid State Type Starters (SSRV).
a . The solid-state reduced-voltage starter shall be an integrated unit with power
SCRs , logic board , paralleling bypass and output contactors , and electronic
overload relay enclosed in a single molded housing
b. The SCR-based power section shall consist of six back-to-back SCRs and
shall be rated for a minimum peak inverse voltage rating of 1500 volts PIV
c. Units using triacs or SCR/diode combinations shall not be acceptable
d. Resistor/capacitor snubber networks shall be used to prevent false firing of
SCRs due to dV/dT effects
e. The logic board shall be accessible for testing , service and replacement.
f. The logic board shall be identical for all ampere ratings and voltage classes
and shall be conformal coated to protect environmental concerns
g. The paralleling run bypass contactor shall energize when the motor reaches
90% of full speed and close/open under one times motor current
h. The parallel ing run bypass contactor shall utilize an intelligent coil controller
to limit contact bounce and optimize coil voltage during varying system
conditions
CONFORMED , 12/01/2022
FWW V ILLAGE CREEK WRF , DIGESTER MIXING , FLARE , DOME IMPROVEMENTS
CITY PROJECT NO . 102652
26 24 19-1 9 LOW VOLTAGE MO TOR CONTROL CENTERS
i. Starter shall be provided with electronic overload protection as standard and
shall be based on inverse time-current algorithm. Overload protection shall
be capable of being disabled during ramp start for long acceleration loads .
j. Overload protection shall be adjusted via the device keypad and shall have a
motor full load ampere adjustment from 30 to 100% of the maximum
continuous ampere rating of the starter.
k. Starter shall have selectable overload class setting of 5 , 10 , 20 or 30.
I. Starter shall be capable of either an electronic or mechanical reset after a
fault
m. Units using bimetal overload relays are not acceptable
n. Over temperature protection (on heat sink) shall be provided.
o. Starters shall provide protection against improper line-side phase rotation.
Starter shall shut down if a line-side phase rotation other than A-B-C exists .
Provision for disabling shall be provided.
p. Starters shall provide protection against a phase loss or unbalance
condition . Starter shall shut down if a 50% current differential between any
two phases is encountered . Provision for disabling shall be provided .
q. Starter shall provide protection against a motor stall condition as standard .
Provision for disabling shall be provided.
r. Starter shall provide protection against a motor jam condition as standard.
Provision for disabling shall be provided.
s. Starter shall be provided with a Form C normally open, normally closed
contact that shall change state when a fault condition exists . Contacts shall
be rated 60 VA (resistive load) and 20 VA (inductive load). In addition , an
LED display on the device keypad shall indicate type of fault
(Overtemperature, Phase Loss , Jam, Stall , Phase Reversal and Overload)
t. The following control function adjustments on the device keypad are
required :
1) Selectable Torque Ramp Start or Current Limit Start
2) Adjustable Kick Start Time : 0-2 seconds
3) Adjustable Kick Start Torque: 0-85%
4) Adjustable Ramp Start Time : 0.5-180 seconds
5) Adjustable Initial Starting Ramp Torque: 0-85%
FWW VILLAGE CREEK WRF , DIGESTER MIXING , FLARE , DOME IMPROVEMENTS
CITY PROJECT NO . 102652
CONFORMED , 12/01/2022 26 24 19-20 LOW VOLTAGE MOTOR CONTROL CENTERS
6) Adjustable Smooth Stop Ramp Time : 0-60 seconds.
u. Maximum continuous operation shall be at 115% of continuous ampere
rating
v. Pump Control Option .
1) Provide control algorithm for pump start-up and shut down sequences .
Control algorithm shall reduce the potential for water hammer in a
centrifugal pump system . Upon a start command, the speed of the
motor shall increase, under the control of the soft starter
microprocessor, to achieve a gentle start. After the speed has reached
its nominal value, the bypass contactors shall close , and the pump
shall run at design speed . Upon a stop command , the bypass
contactors shall open , and the motor speed decreased in a tapered
slope , to gradually slow the flow until the motor is brought to a stop .
The start and stop ramp times shall be adjustable for the application
requirements . The pump control option shall be factory installed .
3. Wye delta starters shall be closed circuit transition for use with 6 or 12 lead
motors .
F. Variable Frequency Drives (VFDs) {Where shown inside the MCC on the drawings)
1. Fans shall be furnished for soft start starters and Variable Frequency Drives
(VFDs), as required by the manufacturer, to provide air circulation and cooling and
shall be as follows :
a. The fan shall operate only when the drive is "ON " and for a cool-down period
after the drive has stopped. Otherwise the fan shall not run when the drive is
"OFF ". Louvers , if provided, shall have externally removable filters. The filter
shall be metallic and washable .
b. Fan power shall be obtained from a tap on the main control power
transformer .
c. A "loss of cooling " fault shall be furnished . In the event of clogged filters or
fan failure , the drive shall produce an alarm and then , in a predetermined
time , shut down safely without electronic component failure .
2 . The VFD shall be a sinusoidal Pulse width modulated (PWM) type , with sensor-
less Dynamic Torque Vector Control capability , designed for use with standard
induction motors , constant or variable torque as required for the load application ,
with current limiting input fuses, incoming line reactors and/or active filters , circuit
breaker disconnect, motor isolation contactor, control transformer overload relays
and process signal follower card . Drives shall be UL listed. Variable frequency
drives manufactured for HVAC applications are not acceptable .
CONFORMED , 12/01 /2022
FWW VILLAGE CREEK WRF , DIGESTER MIXING , FLARE , DOME IMPROVEMENTS
CITY PROJECT NO. 102652
26 24 19-21 LOW VOLTAGE MOTOR CONTROL CENTERS
3. The Drawings indicate the approximate horsepower and intended control scheme
of the motor driven equipment. Prov ide the VFD , auxiliary components and
equipment where shown or specified, and matched to the motors and control
equipment actually supplied , in compliance with the NEC. All variations necessary
to accommodate the motors and controls as actually furnished shall be made
without extra cost to the Owner.
4. The VFD shall be sized for a motor one NEMA size larger than the motor being
supplied .
5 . The VFD inverter/chopper shall be of the pulse width modulated (PWM), neutral
point clamp (NPC) type, converting the utility input voltage and frequency to a
variable voltage and frequency output via a two-step operation. Adjustable Current
Source VFDs are not acceptable . The output devices shall be Insulated Gate
Bipolar Transistors (IGBTs). Bipolar Junction Transistors , GTOs or SCRs are not
acceptable.
6. Drive output voltage shall vary with frequency to maintain a constant volts/hertz
ratio up to base speed (60 hertz) output. Constant or linear voltage output shall be
supplied at frequencies greater than base speed (60 hertz).
7 . The Drive shall be capable of a minimum of 100% rated current in continuous
operation .
8. The drive one minute overload current rat ing shall be not less than 110% of rated
current.
9. Each VFD shall have a thermal magnetic circuit breaker to provide a disconnect
means. Operating handle shall protrude through the door. The disconnect shall not
be mounted on the door. The handle position shall indicate ON , OFF , and
TRIPPED condition . The handle shall have provisions for padlocking in the OFF
position with at least three padlocks . Interlocks shall prevent unauthorized opening
or closing of the VFD door with the disconnect handle in the ON position . Door
handle interlock shall have provision for defeating by qualified maintenance
personnel.
10. Where the cables from the VFD to the motor exceed 100 feet in length , a properly
sized line reactor shall be installed at the VFD output to reduce dv/dt levels and
the resultant peak voltage overshoots at the motor terminals.
11 . Make provisions to accept a remote dry contact closure to start and stop the
drive(s) with the drive control system in the AUTO mode .
12 . Service Conditions
a . Input power: MCC voltage plus 10%, minus 5%, three-phase , 60 Hertz .
b. Input frequency: 57 to 63 Hz .
CONFORMED , 12/01 /2022
FWW V ILLAGE CREEK WRF , DIGESTER MIXING , FLARE , DOME IMPROVEMENTS
CITY PROJECT NO . 102652
26 24 19-22 LO W VOLTAGE MOTOR CONTROL CENTERS
c. Ambient temperature: O to 40°C (Enclosed).
d . Elevation: Up to 3300 feet above mean sea level.
e. Relative humidity: Up to 90% non-condensing.
13. Minimum Drive Efficiency: The VFD shall have an efficiency at full load and speed
that exceeds 95% for VFDs below 15 HP and 97% for drives 15 HP and above.
The efficiency shall exceed 90% at 50% speed and load.
14. Displacement Power Factor: 0.95 or better at any speed, measured at drive input
terminals .
15. Drive Output: 100% rated current continuous , suitable for operation of the driven
equipment over a 30:1 speed range without overloading or low speed cogging.
Drives shall be capable of a continuous overload up to 110% rated current and a
maximum 150% overload for one minute. Starting torque shall be matched to the
load.
16 . Voltage Regulation: plus or minus 1 % of rated value , no load to full load.
17. Output Frequency Drift: No more than plus or minus 0.5% from setpoint.
18. Drives shall withstand five cycle transient voltage dips of up to 15% of rated
voltage without an undervoltage trip or fault shutdown, while operating a variable
torque load .
19. Protection of power semiconductor components shall be accomplished without the
use of fast acting semiconductor output fuses. Subjecting the controller to any of
the following conditions shall not result in component failure or the need for fuse
replacement.
a. Short circuit at controller output
b . Ground fault at controller output
c . Open circuit at controller output
d. Input undervoltage
e . DC bus overvoltage
f . Loss of input phase
g. AC line switching transients
h. Instantaneous overload
i. Sustained overload exceeding 115% of controller rated current
CONFORMED , 12/01/2022
FWW VILLAGE CREEK WRF , DIGESTER MIXING , FLARE , DOME IMPROVEMENTS
CITY PROJECT NO . 102652
26 24 19-23 LOW VOLT AGE MOTOR CONTROL CENTERS
j . Overtemperature responsive to a thermal switch in the motor or an overload
relay
20. The controller electronics sha ll contain light emitting diodes (LED's) to monitor and
indicate the following conditions .
a. Under voltage
b. Overvoltage
C. Ground Fault
d. Instantaneous Overcurrent
e. Over temperature
f . Power UP Delay/Reset
g . Drive Enabled
h . Bus Capacitors Charged]
21 . Where shown on the Drawings , make provisions to accept a 4 20 mA DC input
signal for remote speed control. Input shall be isolated at the drive and active with
the drive control system in the AUTO mode .
22 . Where shown on the Drawings , furnish a pneumatic process follower allowing
motor speed control proportional to a 3-15PSIG pneumatic s ignal.
23 . Where shown on the Drawings , furnish a 120 volts AC control to allow VFD to
interface with remote dry contacts .
24 . Where shown on the Drawings , furnish a motor over-current relay to provide
sensing of a given level of load current.
25 . Provide a 4 20 mADC isolated output signal proportional to speed for remote
speed indication .
26 . Provide two sets of Form C auxiliary dry contacts for remote indication of VFD
running status .
27. Provide two sets of Form C auxiliary dry contacts for remote indication of VFD
fault.
28. Followi ng an over or undervolt age trip , the drive shall automatically restart after a
short time delay after the incoming line voltage is within the specified range .
29. The equipment manufacturer shall provide a harmonic analysis showing that the
drives meet IEEE 519 at the Point of common Coupling . The Point of Common
CONFORMED , 12/01/202 2
FWW VILLAGE CREEK WRF , DIGESTER MIXING , FLARE , DOME IMPROVEMENTS
CITY PROJECT NO. 102652
26 24 19-24 LOW VO LT AG E MO T OR CONTROL CENTERS
coupling shall be defined as the incoming line terminals of the motor control
center. Total harmonic distortion shall be calculated under worst-case condition in
accordance with the procedure outlined in IEEE Standard 519-1992. Copies of
these calculations shall be submitted for approval. The worst-case condition of
operation is defined as follows :
a. All VFDs in the MCC are operating at full speed and all other loads on the
MCC are in the "OFF" condition.
30. The voltage harmonic distortion, at the point of common coupling, shall not exceed
5% as indicated in Table 10.2 of IEEE 519.
31. The current harmonic distortion, at the point of common coupling, shall not exceed
the limits in Table 10.3 of IEEE 519 .
32 . The harmonic analysis shall include all voltage and current harmonics to the 50th
33. Each VFD shall, as a minimum , contain a 5% line reactor. The manufacturer shall
additionally use individual matrix filters, or an active harmonic filter on the MCC
bus, as shown on the Drawings, for mitigating harmonic distortion. All VFDs of a
single drive size shall have the same type and size of mitigating device. Other
types of mitigation are not acceptable .
34 . In the event that the harmonic distortion does not meet the specified limits in the
field tests, the manufacturer shall provide and the Contractor shall provide and
install, at no additional expense to the Owner, additional filtering sufficient to meet
IEEE 519 as specified. The manufacturer may substitute new VFDs containing
matrix filters or an additional section on the MCC containing an active harmonic
filter connected to the MCC bus, to meet the specified requirements. All VFDs of a
single drive size shall still shall have the same type and size of mitigating device .
Any Field modifications to the VFDs, their wiring , their enclosures, or relocation of
cells in the MCC requiring motor or control conductor splicing to meet the specified
requirements , will not be acceptable .
35 . Compliance shall be verified with onsite field measurements of both the voltage
and current harmonic distortion at the point of common coupling with operating
conditions as defined above .
G. Harmonic Correction Units
1. Where Harmonic Correction Units are shown on the Drawings as an integral part
of the MCC, the units shall be factory designed as a part of the MCC, for the
attenuation of harmonics induced by nonlinear loads such as Variable Frequency
Drives .
2. The harmonic correction unit shall be in a totally enclosed dead-front, free-
standing MCC assembly. Structures shall be 90 inches high and 21 inches deep
for front-mounted units. Structures shall contain a horizontal wireway at the top ,
FWW VILLAGE CREEK WRF , DIGESTER MIXING , FLARE, DOME IMPROVEMENTS
CITY PROJECT NO . 102652
CONFORMED , 12/01/2022 26 24 19-25 LOW VOLT AGE MOTOR CONTROL CENTERS
isolated from the horizontal bus by metal barriers and shall be readily accessible
through a hinged cover. Adequate space for conduit and wiring to enter the top or
bottom shall be provided without structural interference.
3 . An operating mechanism shall be mounted on the primary of each harmonic
correction unit. It shall be mechanically interlocked with the door to prevent
access unless the disconnect is in the "OFF" position. A defeater shall be provided
to bypass this interlock. With the door open, an interlock shall be provided to
prevent inadvertent closing of the disconnect. Padlocking facilities shall be
provided to positively lock the disconnect in the "OFF " position with from one to
three padlocks with the door open or closed.
4. Harmonic Correction Units shall be disconnected from the power source by a
molded case switch. All units shall include 200,000 AIC rated fuses with Class T
actuation. All units shall be provided with a grounding lug . Grounding by the
Contractor shall be performed according to local and national standards.
5. The harmonic correction units shall be sized to meet 5% total harmonic current
d.istortion {THO {I)}, and <5% total harmonic voltage distortion {THO (V)} levels as
defined by IEEE 519-1992 at the incoming line terminals of the VFD.
6 . The harmonic correction unit shall be designed in accordance with the applicable
sections of the following standards. Where a conflict arises between these
standards and this specification , this specification shall govern .
a. ANSI IEEE standard C62.41-1991 Surge Withstand Capacity
b. CSA 22.2, No. 14 & 66 CSA requirements for power electronics
c . FCC Part 15, Sub Part J, Class A RFI/EMI emission standards
d . ANSI IEEE standard 519-1992 Harmonic limits
e . UL 508C UL requirements for power conversion equipment
7. The motor control center manufacturer shall install the harmonic correction unit in
the motor control center. The harmonic correction unit shall be approved by UL or
CSA for installation in the motor control center.
8. Modes of Operation
a. The harmonic correction unit shall be designed to electronically inject
harmonic current to cancel load produced harmonic current such that the
upstream power harmonic current and voltage are reduced to below 5%
TDD and 5% THO (V) as defined by ANSI IEEE standard 519-1992 for load
demand and voltage distortion limits. TDD refers to the total load demand of
the applied circuit. The applied circuit may be a single nonlinear load, an
CONFORMED , 12/01/2022
FWW VILLAGE CREEK WRF , DIGESTER MIXING , FLARE , DOME IMPROVEMENTS
CITY PROJECT NO . 102652
26 24 19-26 LOW VOLT AGE MOTOR CONTROL CENTERS
entire distribution bus load, or the facility load at the Point-of-Common
Coupling (PCC)
b. Reactive current compensation (displacement power factor correction) shall
be activated via a digital keypad/display mounted on the door of the
enclosure. When reactive current compensation is activated, the harmonic
correction unit shall first perform harmonic current correction and then use
the remaining capacity to inject reactive current compensation to the
specified level herein defined
9 . Design
a . Each unit of the harmonic correction units shall meet FCC Part 15 , Sub Part
J Class A requirements for both radiated and conducted EMI.
b. All harmonic correction units shall be defined as a power electronic device
consisting of power semiconductors that switch into the AC lines to modulate
its output to cance l detrimental harmonic and/or reactive currents. A DC bus
shall store power for power semiconductor switching. A microprocessor shall
control the operation of the power converter.
c. Each unit shall be designed with a current limiting function to protect the
semiconductors . When this level is attained, a message shall be displayed
indicating the output capacity is at -maximum capacity and actuate the at-
maximum capacity relay. Operation shall continue indefinitely at th is level
without trip off or destruction of the power correction unit.
d. Two distinct levels of faults shall be employed. Non-critical level faults shall
provide automatic restart and a return to normal operation upon automatic
fault clearance . Critical level faults stop the function of the unit and await
operator action
1)
2)
CONFORMED , 12/01/2022
Faults such as ac line over-voltage, AC line under-voltage , AC line
power loss , and AC line phase imbalance shall be automatically
restarted . Upon removal of these fault conditions , the power correction
system shall restart without Operator action . Automatic restart shall not
occur if five faults have occurred in less than five minutes. During the
fault condition , except line loss , the display shall state the type of fault
and indicate that automatic restart will occur. The run relay and run
LED shall be disabled . The fault relay shall not be enabled unless time
out occurs. Upon AC line loss , t he power-on relay shall be disabled
and no display shall be provided .
All other types of faults shall be considered critical and stop the power
correction system. The display shall indicate the fault condition and
"STOP." The run LED and relay shall be disabled and the fault relay
enabled. The Operator shall be required to initiate a power reset (turn
power OFF and ON) to restart the power correction system.
FWW VILLAGE CREEK WRF , DIGESTER MIXING , FLARE , DOME IMPROVEMENTS
CITY PROJECT NO . 102652
26 24 19-27 LOW VO LT AGE MOTOR CONTROL CENTERS
e. The logic of the harmonic correction unit shall monitor the load current by
utilizing two current transformers (CTs) mounted on phases A and 8 to direct
the function of the powe r electronic converter. A third current transformer is
required if single-phase or three-phase line-to-neutral connected loads are
present downstream from the location of the CTs. The ratio of the CTs shall
be entered into the logic via the digital keypad/display to calibrate the
operat ion of the power correction system. The output of the current
transformers shall be 5 amperes
f. Up to three harmonic correction units may be installed in parallel to inject
current according to the information received from one set of CTs . The units
will function independently. If one unit is stopped or faulted, the remaining
units will adjust accordingly to maintain optimum harmonic cancellation
levels up to the capacity of the remaining units
10 . Performance Requirements
a. Input Power:
1) Voltage : Same as MCC service .
2) Voltage Tolerance: +/-10% of nominal
3) Frequency: 60 Hertz, +/-5%
4) Current Limit: 100% of rating
5) Surge Withstand Capability: ANSI/IEEE std. C62.41-1991 without
damage
11 . Output Performance
a . Performance of the harmonic correction unit shall be independent of the
impedance of the power source. All performance levels shall be atta ined
whether on the ac lines or backup generator or output of the uninterruptible
power supply (UPS)
b . Harmonic Correction:
1) Limit 2nd through 50th order harmonic current to <5% TDD as defined
in ANSI/IEEE STD 519-1992 at each installed location . Harmonic
levels for individual harmonic orders shall comply with respective
levels established in ANSI/IEEE STD 519-1992.
2)
CONFORMED , 12/01/2022
Limit the THO (V) added to the electrical system immediately upstream
of the power correction system location(s) to less than or equal to 5%
as defined in ANSI/IEEE STD 519-1992. The power correction system
shall not correct for utility supplied voltage distortion levels .
FWW V ILLAGE CREEK WRF , DIGESTER MIXING , FLARE , DOME IMPROVEMENTS
CITY PROJECT NO . 102652
26 24 19-28 LOW VOLT AGE MOTOR CONTROL CENTERS
c . Reactive Current Compensation: to 0.95 lagging displacement power factor.
Leading power factor is not permitted
12. Environmental Conditions
a. The harmonic correction unit shall be able to withstand the following
environmental conditions without damage or degradation of operating
characteristics or life
1) Operating Ambient Temperature: 0 degrees C (32°F) to 40°C (104 °F).
2) Storage Temperature : -40°C (-40°F) to 65°C (149°F).
3) Relative Humidity: 0 to 95%, non-condensing.
4) Altitude: Operating to 2000 meters (6500 feet). Derated for higher
elevations .
5) Audible Noise: Generated by power correction system not to exceed
65 dbA measured one meter from surface of unit.
13 . Current Transformers
a. Split core type current transformers shall be installed as defined herein and
shown in the electrical drawings . Current transformers shall be rated for the
total rated RMS current of the total load at each installed location.
b . Two current transformers per power correction system location shall be
provided and shall be mounted on phases A and B. A third current
transformer shall be provided if single or three-phase line-to-neutral
connected loads are present downstream from the location of the CTs .
c. Each current transformer shall have a current output of five amperes.
Current capacity of each current transformer shall be 5000 , 3000 , 1000 or
500 , as required for the electrical system where installed . No other ratings
are acceptable.
d. Each current transformer shall be rated for 400 Hertz.
14 . Operator Controls and Interface
a . All units shall include a digital interface model (DIM) that includes an
alphanumeric display to clearly display information. All information shall be in
English. Operators include run , stop , setup , enter, and up/down scroll .
b . The display shall provide operating data while functioning . Standard
operating parameters available for display are ac line voltage, total RMS
load current , harmonic current of load , reactive current of load , output
harmonic and reactive current of power correction system .
FWW VILLAGE CREEK WRF , DIGESTER MIXING , FLARE , DOME IMPROVEMENTS
CITY PROJECT NO . 102652
CONFORMED , 12/01/2022 26 24 19-29 LOW VOLTAGE MOTOR CONTROL CENTERS
c. When the output of the power correction unit is at full rated capacity, the
display shall indicate at-maximum capacity and actuate an at-maximum
capacity relay.
d . All fault conditions shall be displayed as they occur. Diagnostic information
shall be provided in English and clearly indicate the nature of the fault.
e. The run pushbutton shall include a red LED. LED shall be lighted when unit
is running.
f . Contacts shall be provided for operator information for power-on, run, fault
and at-maximum capacity. Each contact shall be rated for one ampere at
120/240 volts. One Form C contact shall be provided for each relay.
15. An RS-485 serial communication port shall be provided for remote control and
diagnostic information.
H . Combination Contactors
1. Combination contactors shall be a circuit breaker and contactor, 600 Volt, three-
pole, 60 Hertz, magnetically operated. NEMA size shall be as required for the
kilowatt ratings shown on the Drawings , but shall be not less than NEMA size 1.
2. Contactors shall have a 120-volt operating coil and control power transformer.
Furnish the control power transformer with extra capacity for the unit heater fan .
3. Combination Contactors used for lighting control shall be as specified herein,
magnetically operated , with the number of channels and poles as shown on the
Drawings. Each contactor shall be controlled by an Astronomic Time Clock Tyco
Model TC-100, or approved equal.
I. Control Relays
1. Control relays shall be 300-volt, industrial rated, plug-in socket type , housed in a
transparent polycarbonate dust cover, designed in accordance with UL Standard
508 for motor controller duty. Continuous contact rating shall be 10 amperes
resistive, 1 /4 HP at 120 volts AC , operating temperature minus 10 to plus 55°C.
Provide spare normally open and normally closed contacts. Relays shall be Potter
& Brumfield KRP Series or equal with neon coil indicator light. Timing relays shall
be 300-volt, solid state type, with rotary switch to select the timing range.
Pneumatic timing relays are unacceptable .
2.05 METERING AND PROTECTIVE RELA VS
A. Where an elapsed time meter is specified or shown on the Drawings, a six digit, non-
resettable elapsed time meter shall be installed on the face of each motor starter. Meter
shall be as specified in Section 26 27 13.
FWW VILLAGE CREEK WRF , DIGESTER MIXING , FLARE, DOME IMPROVEMENTS
. CITY PROJECT NO. 102652
CONFORMED , 12/01/2022 26 24 19-30 LOW VOLT AGE MOTOR CONTROL CENTERS
B. A 100VA minimum UPS shall be provided, powered from the control power transformer
to provide control power to the feeder management relays and power quality meters .
C. Furnish where shown on the Drawings, a Phase Protective Relay (PPR), as shown on
the Drawings , and as specified in Section 26 27 13 Power Metering and Protective
Relays .
D. Furnish where shown on the Drawings, a Motor Protection System (MP3), as shown on
the Drawings , and as specified in Section 26 27 13 Power Metering and Protective
Relays.
E. Furnish where shown on the Drawings, a Remote RTD Metering and Protection (RRTD),
as shown on the Drawings , and as specified in Section 26 27 13 Power Metering and
Protective Relays.
F. Furnish where shown on the Drawings, a Motor Protection System (MP4), as shown on
the Drawings , and as specified in Section 26 27 13 Power Metering and Protective
Relays .
G . Furnish where shown on the Drawings, a Power Quality Meter (PM1 ), for each Main or
Feeder Breaker, as shown on the Drawings and as specified in Section 26 27 13 Power
Metering and Protective Relays .
2.06 REMOTE MONITORING AND CONTROL INTERFACE
A. General : All control and interconnection points from the equipment to the plant control
and monitoring system shall be brought to a separate connection box. No field
connections shall be made directly to the equipment control devices. Functions to be
brought out shall be as described in the Control Strategies in Section 40 61 96.
B. Discrete control or status functions shall be form C relays with contacts rated at 120
volt~ AC. Analog signals shall be isolated from each other.
1. Each meter shall include a minimum of two (2) 4-20mA analog outputs .
C. Refer to Section 40 61 93 Instrumentation Input Output List for monitored parameters.
D. Communication
1. For remote monitoring, one of the following communication capabilities shall be
provided:
a . One integral 10/100BaseT Ethernet port supporting Modbus TCP.
2. The protocol interface shall implement the following:
a . All data shall be available and/or mirrored within the Modbus 4x or "Holding
Register" memory area .
CONFORMED , 12/01/2022
FWW VILLAGE CREEK WRF , DIGESTER MIXING , FLARE , DOME IMPROVEMENTS
CITY PROJECT NO. 102652
26 24 19-31 LOW VOLTAGE MO TOR CONTROL CENTERS
b. Register 4x00001 shall exist and be readable to allow simple, predictable
"comm tests".
2.07 ACCESSORIES
A. Provide the following accessories.
1. Furnish and install a non-conducting switchboard floor mat, minimum 3/8-inch-
thick by 3 feet wide, meeting ANSI/ASTM D-178-01 Type 2 Class 3, Wearwell 702
or equal, and extending the full length of the equipment lineup .
2.08 SPARE PARTS
A. Provide the following spare parts :
1. Three -Control fuses of type used.
2. One dozen each of cover bolts, spring nuts and door fasteners .
3. One quart or 12 aerosol cans of touch-up paint.
B. Spare parts shall be boxed or packaged for long term storage and clearly identified on
the exterior of package. Identify each item with manufacturers name, description and
part number
2.09 FACTORY TESTING
A. The Motor Control Center shall be completely assembled, wired, and adjusted at the
factory and shall be given the manufacturer's routine shop tests and any other additional
operational test to insure the workability and reliable operation of the equipment.
B . Prior to factory testing, the manufacturer shall check to see that all selections and
settings required by the Power System Study Engineer have been performed.·
C. Factory test equipment and test methods shall conform with the latest applicable
requirements of ANSI , IEEE, UL , and NEMA standards.
D. The operational test shall include the proper connection of supply and control voltage
and, as far as practical, a mockup of simulated control signals and control devices shall
be fed into the boards to check for proper operation.
E. The manufacturer shall provide three certified copies of factory test reports as specified
in Paragraph 1.03F .
CONFORMED , 12/01/2022
FWW VILLAGE CREEK WRF , DIGESTER MIXING , FLARE , DOME IMPROVEMENTS
CITY PROJECT NO . 102652
26 24 19-32 LOW VOLT AGE MOTOR CONTROL CENTERS
PART 3 -EXECUTION
3.01 MANUFACTURER'S REPRESENTATIVE
A. Provide the services of a qualified factory-trained manufacturer's field engineer to assist
in installation and start-up of the equipment specified under this Section for a period of
not less than two working days , with not less than one working day per motor control
center. The manufacturer's field engineer shall provide technical direction and
assistance in general assembly of the equipment, connections and adjustments, and
testing of the assembly and components contained therein.
B. Provide three copies of the manufacturer's field-testing report .
3.02 VARIABLE FREQUENCY DRIVES INSTALLATION
A. Provide the services of a manufacturer's field engineer to assist the Contractor in
installation, adjusting , programming , startup, testing and training on the VFDs furnished
and installed as a part of the MCCs.
3.03 INSTALLER'S QUALIFICATIONS
A. Provide an installer who shall be specialized in installing low voltage motor control
centers with minimum five years documented experience. Experience documentation
shall be submitted for approval prior to beginning work on this project.
3.04 EXAMINATION
A. Examine installation area to assure there is enough clearance to install the equipment.
B. Housekeeping pads shall be included for the motor control centers as detailed on the
Drawings except for motor control centers which are to be installed adjacent to an
existing unit. Housekeeping pads for these (if used) shall match the existing installation .
C . Check concrete pads and baseplates for uniformity and level surface.
D. Verify that the equipment is ready to install.
E. Verify field measurements are as instructed by manufacturer.
3.05 INSTALLATION
A. Install all equipment per the manufacturer's recommendations and Contract Drawings .
B . Install required safety labels.
3.06 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL
A. Inspect installed equipment for anchoring , alignment, grounding and physical damage .
CONFORMED , 12/01 /2022
FWW VILLAGE CREEK WRF , DIGESTER MIXING , FLARE , DOME IMPROVEMENTS
CITY PROJECT NO . 102652
26 24 19-33 LOW VOLTAGE MOTOR CONTROL CENTERS
B . Check tightness of all accessible electrical connections. Minimum acceptable values are
specified in manufacturer's instructions.
3.07 FIELD ADJUSTING
A. Adjust all circuit breakers, switches , access doors , operating handles for free mechanical
and electrical operation as described in manufacturer's instructions .
B . The Power Monitoring and Protective Relays shall be set in the field by a qualified
representative of the manufacturer, in accordance with settings designated in a
coordinated study of the system as required in Section 26 05 73 Power System Study .
All such settings, including the application of arc flash labels , shall have been made and
Approved by the Owner/Engineer, prior to energizing of the equipment.
C . Return spare Kirk keys to the Owner after final acceptance .
3.08 FIELD TESTING
A. Provide a manufacturer's field engineer who shall make all electrical field tests
recommended by the manufacturer. Disconnect all connections to solid-state equipment
prior to testing.
B. Megger and record phase to phase and phase to ground insulation resistance of each
bus section . Megger, for one minute , at minimum voltage of 1000 volts DC . Measured
Insulation res istance shall be at least 100 megohms. In no case shall the manufacturer's
maximum test voltages be exceeded.
C . Complete the following test forms:
1. Motor Control Center Test Report: Before energ izing the motor control center,
perform megohm meter tests. The measurements shall be made on all phase
busing and the data checked for conformance with typical manufacturer's data .
The tests shall adhere to manufacturer's testing recommendations for the proper
testing methods and test voltage levels for each piece of equipment. Readings
that fall below manufacturer's recommended values will not be acceptable . Provide
any necessary remedial action before the busing is energized. A data sheet and
test report shall be submitted to the Owner/Engineer for each MCC and shall be
reviewed and approved prior to energization of the MCC. The test report shall
include the following equipment information :
a. MCC (SB or PNL) Name and number:
b. MCC (SB or PNL) man ufacturer
c . MCC (SB or PNL) Nameplate data :
1 ) Volts :
CONFORMED , 12/01/2022
FWW VI LLAGE CREEK WRF , DIGESTER MIXING , FLARE , DOME IMPROVEMENTS
CITY PROJECT NO . 102652
26 24 19-34 LOW VOLT AGE MOTOR CONTROL CENTERS
2) Horizontal bus amps:
3) Main breaker amps:
d. Insulation test (measured):
1) Phase A-B :
2) Phase B-C:
3) Phase C-A:
4) Phase A-G :
5) Phase B-G :
6) Phase C-G :
e. Equipment d isconnected during test:
f . Date of test:
g . Tested by:
D . Test reports showing unsatisfactory results may require the removal of all defective or
suspected materials , equipment and/or apparatus , and their replacement with new items
as determined by the Owner/Engineer with no change in the Contract Price or Schedule
allowed. Retesting , if required by the Owner/Engineer shall be done with no change in
Contract Price or Schedule .
E. Test each key interlock system for proper functioning .
F . The manufacturer's field engineer shall perform field measurements , of both the voltage
and current harmonic distortion at the point of common coupling with operating
conditions to determine compliance with the Specifications .
3.09 CLEANING
A. Remove all rubbish and debris from inside and around the equipment. Remove dirt,
dust, or concrete spatter from the interior and exterior of the equipment using brushes ,
vacuum cleaner, or clean, lint free rags . Do not use compressed air.
3.10 EQUIPMENT PROTECTION AND RESTORATION
A. Touch-up and restore damaged surfaces to factory finish , as approved by the
manufacturer. If the damaged surface cannot be returned to factory specification , the
surface shall be replaced .
CONFORMED , 12/01/2022
FWW VILLAGE CREEK WRF , DIGESTER MIXING , FLARE , DOME IMPROVEMENTS
CITY PROJ ECT NO . 102652
26 24 19-35 LOW VOLTAGE MOTOR CONTROL CENTERS
3.11 MANUFACTURER'S CERTIFICATION
A. Provide a qualified factory-trained manufacturer's representative who shall personally
inspect the equipment at the jobsite and shall certify in writing that the equipment has
been installed, adjusted, and tested , in accordance with the manufacturer's
recommendations , including all settings designated in the Power System Study .
B. Provide three copies of the manufacturer's representative's certification.
3.12 TRAINING
A. Provide manufacturer's services for training of plant personnel in operation and
maintenance of the equipment furnished under this Section.
B . The training shall be for a period of not less than one eight-hour day.
C . The cost of training program to be conducted with Owner's personnel shall be included
in the Contract Price . The training and instruction , insofar as practicable , shall be directly
related to the system being supplied .
D. Provide detailed O&M manuals to supplement the training course. The manuals shall
include specific details of equipment supplied and operations specific to the project.
E. The training session shall be conducted by a manufacturer's qualified representative .
Training program shall include instructions on the assembly, motor starters , protective
devices , metering , and other major components .
F. The Owner reserves the right to videotape the training sessions for the Owner's use .
CONFORMED , 12/01/2022
END OF SECTION
FWW VILLAGE CREEK WRF , DIGESTER MIXING , FLARE , DOME IMPROVEMENTS
CITY PROJECT NO . 102652
26 24 19-36 LOW VOLT AGE MOTOR CONTROL CENTERS
SECTION 26 25 01
LOW VOLTAGE METAL-ENCLOSED FEEDER BUS DUCT
PART 1 -GENERAL
1.01 SCOPE OR WORK
A. Furnish and install assemblies of medium voltage metal-enclosed bus duct together with
appurtenances, complete and operable, as specified herein and as shown on the
Contract Drawings.
B. The Drawings indicate general routing of the bus duct. Select actual routing in the field to
follow Drawings as closely as possible, and to avoid interfering with pipes, ducts,
structural members, or other equipment. Deviations in routing from that shown on the
Drawings must be approved by the Engineer, at no additional cost to the Owner.
1.02 RELATED WORK
A. Refer to Division 26 00 00 and the Contract Drawings, for related work and electrical
coordination requirements .
1.03 SUBMITTALS
A. Submittals shall be made in accordance with the requirements of Division 1, Section 26
00 00 , the Contract Documents and as specified herein the following:
1. The manufacturers' names and product designation or catalog numbers for the
types of materials specified or shown on the Drawings.
2 . Cut sheets for each individual item shall be submitted .
3. All cut sheets shall be clearly marked to indicate which products are being
submitted for use on this project.
4 . Unmarked cut sheets will cause the submittal to be rejected and returned for
revision .
B. All shop drawing submittals and all O&M submittals shall be submitted in accordance
with the requirements listed in Division 1. No change in Contract Price or Schedule will
be allowed for delays due to unacceptable submittals.
C . Submittals shall also contain information on related equipment to be furnished under this
Specification . Incomplete submittals not containing the required information on the
related equipment will also be returned without review
CONFORMED , 12/01/2022
FWW VILLAGE CREEK WRF , DIGESTER MIXING , FLARE , DOME IMPROVEMENTS
CITY PROJECT NO . 102652
26 25 01-1 LOW VOLTAGE METAL-ENCLOSED FEEDER BUS DUCT
D. Submittals shall be made in accordance with the requirements of the process equipment
division of these Specifications, and as specified herein.
E. The original equipment manufacturer, (OEM) shall create all equipment shop drawings,
including all wiring diagrams , in the manufacturer's Engineering department. All
equipment shop drawings shall bear the original equipment manufacturer's logo , drawing
file numbers, and shall be maintained on file in the OEM's archive file system .
Photocopies of the Engineer's ladder schematics are unacceptable as shop drawings .
F. Submittals for equipment and materials , furnished under this Section of the
Specifications, will not be accepted prior to approval of the Qualifications and
Preliminary Study submittals required in the Power System Study specified under
Section 26 05 73. Submittals made prior to such approval will be returned unreviewed.
G. Submit for approval, a manufacturer's conducted training agenda for all training specified
herein . Training agenda shall not be submitted until final approval of the Operation and
Maintenance Manual. Shop Drawings and Product Data .
H. The following information shall be submitted to the Engineer:
1. Shop Drawings: Indicate bus duct type , dimensions, support points and finishes.
2 . Product Data : Provide data for fittings and accessories.
3 . Dimensioned drawings with plan , elevation, and other views necessary for clarity .
4. General Bus Duct description drawings with views of bus bar, supporting blocks,
and the housing arrangement.
5. Bus termination drawings showing details of the connecting equipment
(transformers , switchgear, etc .).
6. Drawings and diagrams indicating the Owner's other terminal locations ;
I. Factory Tests . Submittals shall be made for factory tests specified herein .
J. Field Test Reports . Submittals shall be made for field tests specified herein .
K . Operation and Maintenance Manuals.
1. Operation and maintenance manuals shall include the following information :
a. Manufacturer's contact address and telephone number for parts and service .
b. Instruction books and/or leaflets
c . Recommended renewal parts list
CONFORMED , 12/01/2022
FWW VILLAGE CREEK WRF , DIGESTER MIXING , FLARE , DOME IMPROVEMENTS
CITY PROJECT NO . 102652
26 25 01-2 LOW VOLTAGE METAL-ENCLOSED FEEDER BUS DUCT
d. Record Documents for the information required by the Submittals paragraph
above .
e. Field Test Reports
1.04 REFERENCE CODES AND STANDARDS
A. National Fire Protection Association (NFPA)
1. NFPA 70 -National Electric Code.
B. American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM)
C. National Electrical Manufacturers Association (NEMA)
D. American National Standards Institute (ANSI IEEE-C37 .23)
E. Underwriters Laboratories (UL)
F. Where reference is made to one of the above standards, the revision in effect at the time
of bid opening shall apply.
G. It shall be the manufacturer's responsibility to be knowledgeable of the requirements of
the above Standards and Codes. Where standards or codes conflict , ANSI IEEE-C37 .23
shall be the governing document.
H. All equipment components and completed assemblies specified in this Section of the
Specifications shall bear the appropriate label of Underwriters Laboratories.
1.05 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. The manufacturer of this equipment shall have produced similar equipment for a
minimum period of ten years. When requested by the Engineer, an acceptable list of
installations with similar equipment shall be provided demonstrating compliance with this
requirement.
B. The manufacturer of the assembly shall be the manufacturer of the major components
within the assembly . All assemblies shall be of the same manufacturer. Equipment that
is manufactured by a third party and "brand labeled" shall not be acceptable .
C. All components and material shall be new and of the latest field proven design and in
current production. Obsolete components or components scheduled for immediate
discontinuation shall not be used .
D. Equipment submitted shall fit within the space shown on the Drawings. Equipment which
does not fit within the space is not acceptable .
E. For the equipment specified herein, the manufacturer shall be ISO 9001 2000 certified .
CONFORMED , 12/01/2022
FWW VILLAGE CREEK WRF , DIGESTER MIXING , FLARE , DOME IMPROVEMENTS
CITY PROJECT NO . 102652
26 25 01-3 LOW VOLTAGE METAL-ENCLOSED FEEDER BUS DUCT
F. Equipment submitted shall fit within the space shown on the Drawings. Equipment which
does not fit within the space is not acceptable .
1.06 JOBSITE DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING
A. Prior to jobsite del ivery, complete all submittal requirements , and present to the
Owner/Engineer upon delivery of the equipment, an approved copy of all such
submittals. Delivery of incomplete constructed equipment, or equipment wh ich failed any
factory tests, will not be permitted .,
B . Equipment shall be handled and stored in accordance with manufacturer's instructions.
Two copies of these instructions shall be included with the equipment at time of
shipment and shall be made available to the Contractor and Owner.
C . Equipment shall be installed in its permanent finished location shown on the Drawings
within seven calendar days of arriving onsite. If the equipment cannot be installed within
seven calendar days, the equipment shall not be delivered to the s ite , but stored offsite
until such time that the site is ready for permanent installation of the equipment with no
change in Contract Price or Schedu le .
D. Where space heaters are provided in equipment, provide temporary electrical power and
operate space heaters during jobsite storage , and after equipment is installed in
permanent location , until equipment is placed in service .
1.07 WARRANTY
A. Provide warrantees , includ ing the manufacturer's warranty, for the equipment specified
IA
and the proper installation thereof, to be free from defects in material and workmansh ip
for tv.10 years from date of final aooeptanoe 2 years from the date defined in Section
00 72 00 GENERAL CONDITIONS and Section 00 73 00 SUPPLEMENTARY
CONDITIONS TO GENERAL CONDITIONS of the equipment and its installation. Within
such period of warranty , all material and labor necessary to return the equipment to new
operating condition shall be provided . Any warranty work requiring shipping or
transporting of the equipment shall be provided at no expense to the Owner.
PART 2 -PRODUCTS
2.01 MANUFACTURERS
A. The feeder bus duct shall be provided by the same manufacturer of the switchgear to
which it is connected .
2.02 CONSTRUCTION
A. General
CONFORMED , 12/0 1/2022
FWW VILLAGE CREEK WRF , DIGESTER MIXING , FLARE , DOME IMPROVEMENTS
CITY PROJECT NO . 102652
26 25 01 -4 LOW VO LTAGE METAL-ENCLOSE D FEEDER BUS DUCT
1. Refer to Drawings for: actual layout and location of equipment and components;
current ratings of devices, bus bars , components; voltage ratings of devices,
components and assemblies ; and other required details.
2. Furnish nameplates for each device as indicated on the Drawings. Nameplates
shall be engraved, laminated impact acrylic , matte finish, not less than 1/16-inch
thick by 3/4 by 2-1/2-inches , Rowmark 322402. Nameplates shall be 316 SS screw
mounted to all enclosures except for NEMA 4 and 4X. Nameplates for NEMA 4
and 4X enclosures shall be attached with double faced adhesive strips, TESA
TUFF TAPE 4970 , .009 X ½", or equal. Prior to installing the nameplates, the
metal surface shall be thoroughly cleaned with 70% alcohol until all residue has
been removed. Epoxy adhesive or foam tape is not acceptable .
3. All nameplates shall be laminated plastic, black lettering on a white background ,
attached with stainless steel screws . There shall be a master nameplate that
indicates equipment ratings, manufacturer's name , shop order number and
general information.
4. The bus duct shall be furnished with a sign marked "DANGER 480 VOL TS KEEP
OUT". Letters shall be not less than 1 inch high, 1/4-inch stroke. Sign shall be
laminated plastic with white letters on a black background, fastened by 316
stainless steel screws and OSHA approved.
8. Bus duct shall be designed for the same indoor or outdoor installations as the switchgear
to which it is connected. The bus duct shall be totally enclosed, non-ventilated , weather
resistant, with peaked top cover.
C. All bus duct shall be designed for use in a 40°C ambient.
D. Ratings : Ratings shall be as follows:
1. Voltage -As shown on the Drawings and shall match that of the switchgear to
which it is connected.
2 . Fault Current Withstand: Shall match the switchgear to which it is connected and
shall be 65kA minimum
3. Rated continuous current: Shall match the bus rating of the switchgear to which it
is connected .
4 . Momentary withstand current greater than available fault current and shall, at
least , match the switchgear fault current rating to which it is connected.
5. Conductor total temperature limit 105oC for tin plated surfaces, or equivalent
bolted bus joints .
6. Enclosure total temperature limit shall match the switchgear to which it is
connected but shall not be less than 80oC.
CONFORMED , 12/01/2022
FWW VILLAGE CREEK WRF , DIGESTER MIXING , FLARE, DOME IMPROVEMENTS
CITY PROJECT NO . 102652
26 25 01-5 LOW VOLTAGE METAL-ENCLOSED FEEDER BUS DUCT
E. Conductors
1. Tinned Copper-ETP 110 ASTM Designation B 187
2 . Conductors shall not exceed specified temperature limit when operated at the
rated current.
3. Conductor supports shall be provided to withstand short circuit currents and
remain functional after short circuit has been experienced.
4. Neutrals shall be fully rated.
F. Bus Joints
1. Temperature rise of bus bar joint shall not exceed 55oC above a maximum 40oC
ambient, or a total of 105oC operating temperature.
2 . Standard hardware shall be 316 stainless steel , including bolts , nuts , flat washers ,
and lock washers .
3 . Contact surfaces of bolted copper joints shall be tin plated .
G. Bus Bar Insulation
1. Bus bars shall have fully insulated conductors and conductor joints. Bus insulating
materials shall be fluidized epoxy, flame retardant , rated for continuous operation
at 105oC (Class 105). The insulation level of the combined system shall meet or
exceed the requirements in Table 5 of ANSI Standard C37.23 .
2. Insulation at bus joints shall be molded vinyl boots , or appropriate insulating tape.
H. Grounding
1. The bus enclosure shall be designed to carry the system ground fault current
without excessive temperature rise . A separate ground bus shall be provided on
the inside of the bus enclosure and shall terminate to equipment.
2 . Flexible jumpers shall be provided at all expansion joints to ensure ground
continuity.
3. The housing ground continuity shall be maintained at the shipping splits using
housing ground splice plates .
I. Conductor Support Systems
1. Bus conductors shall be rigidly supported with in the enclosure and shall be braced
to withstand the short circuit currents rating of the switchgear to which it is
connected .
CONFORMED , 12/01/2022
FWW VILLAGE CREEK WRF , DIGESTER MIXING , FLARE , DOME IMPROVEMENTS
CITY PROJECT NO . 102652
26 25 01-6 LOW VOLTAGE METAL-ENCLOSED FEEDER BUS DUCT
2. Supports shall be non-hygroscopic, track resistant, flame retardant, completely
molded, lass-reinforced polyester blocks . Silicone rubber inserts shall be supplied
between the conductors and the support blocks to eliminate the air gap between
them .
3. The use of cut GPO-3 fiberglass plates, with or without porcelain inserts for any
voltage, is not acceptable, except when serving as a vapor barrier.
J. Enclosures
1. Indoor enclosures shall be aluminum.
2. All exposed surfaces are to be finished as described below:
a. All surfaces shall be cleaned to prepare them for paint adhesion.
b . All surfaces shall have a primer coat applied to 0.2 mil minimum dry film
thickness.
c . Outside surfaces shall have a final finish coat of 1.0 mil minimum dry film
thickness.
3. Enclosure shall be designed for a maximum temperature rise of 40oC when
carrying rated current in a 40oC ambient.
4. Removable covers shall be provided throughout the bus duct run, both top and
bottom, for access to bus joints and supports without the need for disassembling
the bus duct. Welded covers are unacceptable.
K. Outdoor Weatherproof Construction (NEMA 3R)
1. Top covers shall be peaked and have drip lips to shed and prevent entry of wind-
blown rain.
2. Outdoor exposed enclosure assembly hardware shall be 316 stainless steel.
3. Top cover joints, and joints with end flanges , are to be flanged, gasketed , and
protected with a metallic sealing strip .
. 4. Screened breather/drains are required along bottom covers and at all low points of
the installation.
5. Bus duct shall be marked in accordance with Article 368.120 of the NEC, with the
voltage and current rating for which they are designed, and with the
manufacturer's name or trademark in such a manner as to be visible from the floor
after installation. Bus duct supports shall not obscure visibility requirements .
L. Wall, Floor, or Roof Entrances
CONFORMED , 12/01/2022
FWW VILLAGE CREEK WRF , DIGESTER MIXING , FLARE , DOME IMPROVEMENTS
CITY PROJECT NO . 102652
26 25 01-7 LOW VOLTAGE METAL-ENCLOSED FEEDER BUS DUCT
1. Bus duct shall include an internal vapor/fire barrier for one half hour to four hour
fire rating, where specified, at all wall, floor, and roof penetrations when required.
2 . A 316 stainless steel throat frame shall be provided to seal between the outside of
the bus enclosure , and the building opening .
M. Factory Testing
N.
1. All equipment shall be subjected to ANSI-C37.23 standard production tests.
2. Manufacturer may be requested to submit test reports showing compliance with
the following ANSl-37.23 design tests, or may submit design tests performed on
similar ratings along with technical data to substantiate compliance of the
equipment being furnished:
a . Temperature Rise
b . Insulation Withstand
C. Impulse
d . Wet and Dry Withstand
e . Momentary
f . Insulation Flame Retardance
g . Water Tightness
Equipment Connections
1. All transition parts for connection to mating equipment terminals shall be provided .
2 . Equipment connections shall include bolting hardware , bus adapters (where
required), insulating materials and assembly drawings.
3. Where connection to porcelain bushing of transformers , generators, or reactors is
required , flexible connectors having a continuous current rating equal to or greater
than the main conductors shall be furnished. Coordination for connections to other
equipment shall be provided.
0 . Expansion Joints (For enclosures or conductors.)
1. Expansion joints are required for straight runs exceeding 80 feet.
2. Expansion joints may be factory or field assembled. Full assembly instructions
shall be furnished when field installation is required .
3 . Only Outdoor Expansion Joints shall be used.
CONFORMED , 12/01 /2 022
FWW VILLAGE CREEK WRF , DIGESTER MIXING , FLARE , DOME IMPROVEMENTS
CITY PROJECT NO . 102652
26 25 01-8 LOW VOLTAGE METAL-ENCLOSED FEEDER BUS DUCT
4. Flanges shall include expansion joints.
PART 3 -EXECUTION
3.01 INSTALLATION
A. Install the bus duct in accordance with Article 368 of the NEC and the manufacturer's
instructions.
B. Provide supports at each connection point, at the end of each run, and at other points to
maintain spacing between supports of five feet maximum.
C. Use expansion connectors where required .
D. Ground and bond bus duct under provisions of NEC Article 368.
E. Provide continuity between bus duct sections .
F. Provide cable tray angle brackets and supports to keep cable tray from swaying or
moving horizontally.
G . Install required safety labels.
3.02 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL
A. Inspect installed bus duct for anchoring , alignment, grounding and physical damage .
B . Check tightness of all accessible electrical connections. Minimum acceptable values are
specified in manufacturer's instructions .
3.03 FIELD ELECTRICAL TESTING
A. Perform all electrical field tests recommended by the manufacturer. Disconnect all
connections to solid-state equipment prior to testing .
B . Megger and record phase to phase and phase to ground insulation resistance of each
bus section. Megger for one minute for each measurement at minimum voltage of 1000
VDC . Measured Insulation resistance shall be at least 100 megohm.
C. Perform an overpotential test on each phase. Test each phase-to-ground with all other
phases grounded . Test voltage shall be not less than 1000 VDC or in accordance with
the manufacturer's published data .
D. Submit the results of all specified tests to the Engineer/Owner within five business days
for approval and for their permanent records.
3.04 CLEANING
CONFORMED , 12/01/2022
FWW VILLAGE CREEK WRF , DIGESTER MIXING , FLARE , DOME IMPROVEMENTS
CITY PROJECT NO . 102652
26 25 01 -9 LOW VOLTAGE METAL-ENCLOSED FEEDER BUS DUCT
A. Clean interior and exterior of the housing to remove construction debris , dirt, shipping
materials.
3.05 EQUIPMENT PROTECTION AND RESTORATION
A. Touch-up and restore damaged surfaces to factory finish, as approved by the
manufacturer. If the damaged surface cannot be returned to factory specification, the
surface shall be replaced.
3.06 MANUFACTURER'S CERTIFICATION
A. A qualified factory-trained manufacturer's representative shall certify in writing that the
equ ipment has been installed , adjusted and tested in accordance with the
manufacturer's recommendations .
8 . Provide three copies of the manufacturer's representative's certification .
CONFORMED , 12/01 /2022
END OF SECTION
FWW VIL LAGE CREEK WRF , DIGESTER MIXING , FLARE , DOME IMPROVEMENTS
CITY PROJECT NO . 102652
26 25 0 1-10 LOW VOLTAGE METAL-ENCLOSED FEEDER BUS DUCT
SECTION 26 27 13
POWER METERING AND PROTECTIVE RELAYS
PART 1 -GENERAL
1.01 SCOPE OF WORK
A. This Section of the Specifications describes the requirements for power metering and
protective relays to be furnished under other Sections of the Specifications to which
reference is made in the Related Work paragraph of this Section.
B. All equipment described herein shall be submitted and furnished as an integral part of
equipment specified elsewhere in these Specifications .
1.02 RELATED WORK
A. No references are made to any other section which may contain work related to any
other section . The Contract Documents shall be taken as a whole with every section
related to every other section as required to meet the requirements specified . The
organization of the Contract Documents into specification divisions and sections is for
organization of the documents themselves and does not relate to the division of
suppliers or labor which the Contractor may choose to employ in the execution of the
Contract. Where references are made to other Sections and other Divisions of the
Specifications, the Contractor shall provide such information or additional work as may
be required in those references , and include such information or work as may be
specified.
B. Other Divisions
1. The Contractor shall be responsible for examining all Sections of the
Specifications and Drawings, and shall determine the power and wiring
requirements and shall provide external wiring and raceways , as required to
provide a fully functioning power, control and process control systems. If the
equipment requires more conductors and/or wiring , due to different equipment
being supplied , the Contractor shall furnish the additional conductors, raceways
and/or wiring , with no change in the Contract Price, and with no increase in
Contract Time .
1.03 SUBMITT ALS
A . Refer to Division 26 00 00 for media and format for shop drawing submittals .
B. All cut sheets shall be clearly marked to indicate which products are being submitted for
use on this project. Unmarked cut sheets will cause the submittal to be rejected and
returned for revision.
CONFORMED , 12/01/2022
FWW VILLAGE CREEK WRF , DIGESTER MIXING , FLARE , DOME IMPROVEMENTS
CITY PROJECT NO . 102652
26 27 13-1 POWER METERING AND PROTECTIVE RELAYS
C . Submittals shall also contain information on related equipment to be furnished under this
Specification . Incomplete submittals not containing the required information on the
related equipment will also be returned without rev iew.
D. Submit catalog data for all items supplied from this specification Section as applicable.
Submittal shall include catalog data , functions, ratings, inputs , outputs, displays , etc.,
enough to confirm that the meter or relay provides every specified requirement. Any
options or exceptions shall be clearly indicated.
E. Operation and Maintenance Manuals.
1. Operation and Maintenance manuals shall include the following information :
a . Manufacturer's contact address and telephone number for parts and service .
b . Instruction books and/or leaflets
c. Recommended renewal parts list
d . Record Documents for the information required by the Submittals above .
1.04 REFERENCE CODES AND STANDARDS
A. The equipment in this specification shall be des igned and manufactured according to
latest revision of the following standards (unless otherwise noted):
1. NEMA/ISCI -109 Transient Overvoltage W ithstand Test
2 . IEEE Std . 472/ANSI C37.90A Surge Withstand Capabil ity Tests
3. IEC 255 .4 Surge Withstand Capability Tests
B . All meters , relays and associated equipment shall comply with the requirements of the
National Electr ic Code and Underwriters Laboratories (UL) where applicable.
C . Each specified device shall also conform to the standards and codes listed in the
individua l device paragraphs .
1.05 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. The manufacturer of this equipment shall have produced similar electrical equipment for
a minimum period of five years. When requested by the Owner/Engineer, an acceptable
list of installations with similar equipment shall be provided demonstrating compliance
with this requirement.
B . Equ ipment submitted shall fit within the space or location shown on the Drawings .
Equipment which does not fit within the space or location is not acceptable .
C. For the equipment specified herein , the manufacturer shall be ISO 9001 2000 certified .
CONFORMED , 12/01 /2 022
FWW VILLAGE CRE EK WRF , DIGESTER MI X ING , FLARE , DOME IMPROVEMENTS
CITY PROJECT NO . 102652
26 27 13-2 POWER MET E RING AND PROTECTIVE RELAYS
1.06 WARRANTY
A. Provide warrantees, including the manufacturer's warranty, for the equipment specified
~
and the proper installation thereof, to be free from defects in material and workmanship
for two years from date of final aooeptanoe 2 years from the date defined in Section
00 72 00 GENERAL CONDITIONS and Section 00 73 00 SUPPLEMENTARY
CONDITIONS TO GENERAL CONDITIONS of the equipment and its installation. Within
such period of warranty, all material and labor necessary to return the equipment to new
operating condition shall be provided. Any warranty work requiring shipping or
transporting of the equipment shall be provided at no expense to the Owner
PART 2 -PRODUCTS
2.01 GENERAL
A. Metering and Protective Relay Enclosures
1. Enclosures for meters and protective relays located within the associated
equipment shall have the same Enclosure Types as specified for the associated
equipment.
B. Settings
1. Refer to Section 26 05 73 Power System Study for relay settings.
2.02 POWER QUALITY METER (PM1)
A. Subject to compliance with the Contract Documents, the following Manufacturers are
acceptable:
1. GE Multilin PQMII Power Quality Meter
2 . Schweitzer Engineering Laboratories Model SEL-735
B. The listing of specific manufacturers above does not imply acceptance of their products
that do not meet the specified ratings , features and functions . Manufacturers listed
above are not relieved from meeting these specifications in their entirety.
C. General
1. All circuit boards shall have a harsh environment conformal coating to resist H2S
gas and other corrosive agents , including humidity.
D. Monitoring and Metering
1. Metering Functions with accuracy of 0.2% for A & V and 0.4% for power
parameters
CONFORMED , 12/01/2022
FWW VILLAGE CREEK WRF , DIGESTER MIXING , FLARE , DOME IMPROVEMENTS
CITY PROJECT NO . 102652
26 27 13-3 POWER METERING AND PROTECTIVE RELAYS
a. A, V, VA, W, VAR, KWH, KVARH, KVAH, PF, Hz
b. W, VAR, A, VA Demand
c. A, V Unbalance
2. Power Analysis Functions.
a . Total Harmonic Distortion
b. Individual harmonics
c . Waveform capture
d. Historical data
e. Minimum and maximum metered values complete with time and date
f. Record of last 40 events
g. Two independent data logs
E. User Interface and Programming
1. Integrated keypad to access actual values and set points .
a . 2 -line, 40 character illuminated display for use with keypad . The display
shall have:
1) Variable scrolling rates .
2) Front mounted LEDs to display alarms, communication status , relay
status , simulation mode , self-test failure, and set point access status.
3) Relay reset button to clear alarm and auxiliary conditions .
2. The meter shall have one alarm output relay with Form C contacts.
3. Relay output shall be through alarm , auxiliary and pulse output functions .
4 . The meter shall provide a use r configurable pulse output based on KWH , KVARH
or KVAH .
5 . The meter shall provide a pulse input for demand synchronization .
6 . The meter shall include a simulation mode capability for testing the functionality
and meter response to programmed conditions without the need for external
inputs.
CONFORMED , 12/01/2022
FWW VILLAGE CREEK WRF , DIGESTER MIXING , FLARE , DOME IMPROVEMENTS
CITY PROJECT NO . 102652
26 27 13-4 POWER METERING AND PROTECTIVE RELAYS
7 . The relay shall include a power systems option consisting of harmonic analysis,
triggered trace memory waveform captu re, event record and data logger functions .
F. Control Power:
1. Range of available control power: DC: 88-300 VDC ; AC: 70-265 VAC, 48 to 62 Hz.
2. LO Range: DC: 20-60 VDC ; AC: 20-48 VAC, 48 to 62 Hz .
G. Communication
1. For remote monitoring, the following communication ports shall be provided:
a. One Industry Standard port for meter and relay programming using a laptop
computer.
b . One RS-485 port.
c. Two (2) 4-20mA analog outputs.
2.03 PHASE FAILURE RELAY (PFR)
A. Subject to compliance with the Contract Documents, the following Manufacturers are
acceptable:
2. Taylor Phase-Guard Model P
3. Approved equal
B . The listing of specific manufacturers above does not imply acceptance of their products
that do not meet the specified ratings , features and functions. Manufacturers listed
above are not relieved from meeting these specifications in their entirety.
C. Protection
1. Indicators -LED
a. Normal -Green.
b. Phase loss or Low Voltage -Yellow .
c . Reverse Phase -Red .
2. Enclosure
a. As required in accordance with the Area Classification and Enclosure Types
specified herein .
3. Functions .
CONFORMED , 12/01/2022
FWW VILLAGE CREEK WRF , DIGESTER M IX ING , FLARE , DOME IMPROVEMENTS
CITY PROJECT NO . 102652
26 27 13-5 POWER METERING AND PROTECTIVE RELAYS
a. Automatic Reset
b. Phase Loss .
1) 12% or more.
2) Delay 1-1/2 seconds.
c. Low Voltage Protection
1 ) Drop at 70% of normal
2) Reset at 90% of normal
d . Time Delays
1) Adjustable
e. Over Voltage Protection
1) Greater than 15%
2) Reset at 5% greater than normal
2.04 ACCESSORIES
A. Furnish nameplates for each device as indicated on drawings. Color schemes shall be
as indicated on Drawings .
PART 3 -EXECUTION
3.01 INSTALLATION
A. All equipment specified herein shall be factory installed, field adjusted, tested and
cleaned as an integral part of equipment specified elsewhere in these Specifications.
B . Enclosure Mounting Requirements :
1. Mount all wall-mounted enclosures with an air gap between the enclosure and wall
or mounting plate . Create the air space with slotted channel or several stainless
steel washers which together will make at least a ¼-inch space .
2. Provide mounting feet for floor mounted enclosures.
3. Mount all enclosures with integral welded-on mounting lugs. Drilling through the
back of any enclosure to provide a mounting means is prohibited. Any enclosure
drilled to provide a mounting means will be rejected and shall be replaced with no
CONFORMED , 12/01/2022
FWW VILLAGE CREEK WRF , DIGESTER MIXING , FLARE , DOME IMPROVEMENTS
CITY PROJECT NO. 102652
26 27 13-6 POWER METERING AND PROTECTIVE RELAYS
change in Contract Time or Price even if the enclosure installation is complete with
raceway attached and conductors installed.
4. Penetrations in any enclosures with a NEMA 3R, 4 or 4X rating which is located in
any wet or damp area or in any process area whether it appears to be dry or not
shall be in the sides or bottom only. Top penetrations in any enclosure located as
described herein shall not be done for any reason , including raceway entries or
equ ipment mounting . Top penetrations by the Contractor or by the original
equipment manufacturer in the factory are all prohibited. Any enclosure with a top
penetration located in the areas specified will be rejected and shall be removed
and replaced , even if it requires a return to the factory . Raceway penetrating the
top shall be re-routed and re-installed. All installed conductors in re-routed
raceway shall be removed and re-routed in the re-routed raceway. Conductors
found to be too short to be re-terminated shall be removed back to their source or
load as the case may be , and shall be replaced. Splicing is prohibited and
unacceptable . All specified corrective measures shall be provided with no change
in Contract Time or Price.
CONFORMED , 12/0 1/2022
END OF SECTION
FWW VILLAGE CREEK WRF , DIGESTER MIXING , FLARE , DOME IMPROVEMENTS
CITY PROJECT NO . 102652
26 27 13-7 POWER METERING AND PROTECTIVE RELAYS
CONFORMED , 12/0 1/2022
THIS PAGE IS INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK
FWW VILLAGE CREEK WRF , DIGESTER MIXING , FLARE , DOME IMPROVEMENTS
CITY PROJECT NO. 102652
26 27 13-8 POWER METERING AND PROTECTIVE RELAYS
SECTION 26 27 26
LIGHT SWITCHES AND RECEPTACLES
PART 1 -GENERAL
1.01 SCOPE OF WORK
A. Furnish all labor, materials, equipment, and install wiring devices as shown on the
Drawings and as specified herein.
B. Provide all interconnecting conduit and branch circuit wiring for receptacle circuits in
accordance with the NEC.
1.02 RELATED WORK
A. No references are made to any other section which may contain work related to any
other section. The Contract Documents shall be taken as a whole with every section
related to every other section as required to meet the requirements specified . The
organization of the Contract Documents into specification divisions and sections is for
organization of the documents themselves and does not relate to the division of
suppliers or labor which the Contractor may choose to employ in the execution of the
Contract. Where references are made to other Sections and other Divisions of the
Specifications, the Contractor shall provide such information or additional work as may
be required in those references, and include such information or work as may be
specified .
B . Other Divisions
1. The Contractor shall be responsible for examining all Sections of the
Specifications and Drawings , and shall determine the power and wiring
requirements and shall provide external wiring and raceways, as required to
provide a fully functioning power, control and process control systems. If the
equipment requires more conductors and/or wiring, due to different equipment
being supplied, the Contractor shall furnish the additional conductors, raceways
and/or wiring, with no change in the Contract Price, and with no increase in
Contract Time.
1.03 SUBMITTALS
A. Shop Drawings
1. Submit catalog data of all switches, receptacles and other specified items under
this Section, with all options , application locations and exceptions clearly indicated .
All cut sheets shall be clearly marked to indicate which products are being
submitted for use on this project. Unmarked cut sheets will be cause to reject the
submittal and return it for revision .
CONFORMED , 12/01/2022
FWW VILLAGE CREEK WRF , DIGESTER MIXING , FLARE , DOME IMPROVEMENTS
CITY PROJECT NO. 102652
26 27 26-1 LIGHT SWITCHES AND RECEPTACLES
1.04 REFERENCE STANDARDS
A. Wiring devices shall comply with the requirements of the National Electrical Code (NEC)
and shall be Underwriters Laboratories (UL) labeled .
1.05 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. The manufacturer of these materials shall have produced similar electrical materials and
equipment for a minimum period of fi ve years . When requested by the Owner/Engineer,
an acceptable list of installations with similar equipment shall be provided demonstrating
compliance with th is requirement.
B . The manufacturer of the assembly shall be the manufacturer of the major components
within the assembly. All assemblies shall be of the same manufacturer.
1.06 JOBSITE DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING
A. Prior to jobsite delivery, the Contractor shall have successfully completed all submittal
requirements , and present to the Owner/Engineer upon delivery of the equipment, an
approved copy of all such submittals. Delivery of incomplete constructed equipment, or
equipment which failed any factory tests , will not be permitted .,
B . Equipment shall be handled and stored in accordance with manufacturer's instructions.
C . Equipment shall be stored indoors and protected from moisture , dust and other
contaminants.
D. Equipment shall not be installed until the location is finished and protected from the
elements .
1.07 WARRANTY
A. The Manufacturer shall warrant the equipment to be free from defects in material and
workmanship for two years from date of final acceptance 2 years from the date defined
in Section 00 72 00 GENERAL CONDITIONS and Section 00 73 00
SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS TO GENERAL CONDITIONS of the equipment. IA
Within such period of warranty , the Manufacturer shall promptly furnish all material and
labor necessary to return the equipment to new operating condition .
PART 2 -PRODUCTS
2.01 MANUFACTURERS
A. Subject to compliance with the Contract Documents , the Manufacturers listed in each
product category are acceptable .
CONFORMED , 12/01 /2022
FWW VILLAGE CREEK WRF , DIGESTER MIXING , FLARE , DOME IMPROVEMENTS
CITY PROJECT NO . 102652
26 27 26-2 LIGHT SWITCHES AND RECEPTACLES
B. The listing of specific manufacturers does not imply acceptance of their products that do
not meet the specified ratings , features and functions. Manufacturers listed are not
relieved from meeting these specifications in their entirety.
2.02 RA TINGS
A. The service voltage, shall be as shown on the Drawings. The overall short circuit
withstand and interrupting rating of the equipment and devices shall be equal to or
greater than the overall short circuit withstand and interrupting rating of the feeder device
immediately upstream of the equipment.
2.03 MATERIALS
A. Wall switches shall be heavy duty, industrial specification grade, toggle action, flush
mounting quiet type. All switches shall conform to the latest revision of Federal
Specification WS 896.
1. Manufacturer
a . Cooper (catalog number as listed)
b. Hubbell, Inc.
c . Pass & Seymour, Inc.
d. Approved equal
2 . Single pole, 20 Amp, 120/277 Volt-(Cooper 2221V)
3. Double pole, 20 Amp , 120/277 Volt-(Cooper. 2222V)
4 . Three way, 20 Amp, 120/277 Volt -(Cooper 2223V)
5. Four way, 20 Amp , 120/277 Volt -(Cooper 2224V)
6 . Single pole , 20 Amp, 120/277 Volt -key operated -(Cooper AH1191 N)
7 . Single pole , 20 Amp, 120 Volt -red pilot-lighted handle -(Cooper 2221 PL)
8. Single pole , 20 Amp, 120 Volt, clear lighted handle -(Cooper 2221 LTV)
9. Momentary contact, three position , 2 circuit , center off -(Cooper 1995V)
B. Explosion-proof single pole factory sealed switches shall be for 20 Amps , 120/277 volts ,
mounted in copper free aluminum boxes .
1. Manufacturers
a. Crouse-Hinds EDS Series
CONFORMED , 12/01/2022
FWW VILLAGE CREEK WRF , DIGESTER MIXING , FLARE , DOME IMPROVEMENTS
CITY PROJECT NO . 102652
26 27 26-3 LIGHT SWITCHES AND RECEPTACLES
b. Appleton Electric Co .
c. Killark
C . Receptacles shall be heavy duty , corrosion resistant , specification grade of the following
types and manufacturer or equal. Receptacles shall conform to Fed Spec WC596.
1. Manufacturers
a. Cooper (catalog numbers as listed)
b . Hubbell , Inc.
c. Pass & Seymour, Inc.
2 . Duplex , 20 Amp , 125 Volt, 2 Pole , 3 Wire Grounding , high impact, arc and
moisture resistant yellow nylon construction , heavy nickel plating on metal parts;
(Cooper 5362CRY
3 . Single , 20 Amp , 250 Volt, 2 Pole , 3 Wire ; (Cooper 5461 GY)
D . Weatherproof covers
1. Die cast aluminum. Plastic or other non-metallic in-use covers are not acceptable .
2 . Weatherproof while-in-use rat ing
3 . Manufacturers
a . Eaton Catalog No. WIUMHN
b . Thomas & Betts
E. Special purpose
1. Manufacturers
a. Cooper (catalog number as l isted)
b . Hubbell
c . Pass & Seymour
2 . Clock hanger single, 15 Amp , 125 Volt , 2 Pole , 3 Wire , with hanging hook on
device plate . (Cooper 452)
3 . Single , corrosion resistant locking , 20 Amp , 125 Volt , 2 Pole , 3 Wire ; Cooper,
Catalog No . CRL520R and plug (Cooper CRL520P)
CONFOR M ED , 12/0 1/2022
FWW V ILLAGE CREEK WRF , DIGESTER MIXING , FLARE , DOME IMPROVEMENTS
CITY PROJECT NO . 102652
26 27 26 -4 LIGHT SWITCHES AND RECEPTACLES
4. Single twist-lock, 30 Amp, 125 Volt, 1 Phase, 3 Wire; Cooper, Catalog No.
CRL530R; plug. (Cooper CRL530P)
5. Single twist-lock, 20 Amp, 250 Volt, 1 Phase, 3 Wire; Cooper, Catalog No.
CRL620R; plug. (Cooper CRL620P) similar by Hubbell, Inc.; Pass & Seymour, Inc.
or equal.
6. Single twist-lock, 30 Amp, 250 Volt, 1 Phase, 3 Wire; Cooper, Catalog No.
CRL630R; plug. (Cooper CRL630P)
F. Explosion-proof receptacles and plugs
1. Manufacturers
a. Appleton Electric (Catalog number as listed)
b. Crouse-Hinds
c . Hubbell Inc.
2. Single, 20 Amp, 125 Volt, 1 Phase, 3 Wire. (Appleton EFSC175-2023 and plug
ECP-2023)
3. Duplex, 20 Amp, 125 Volt, 1 Phase, 3 Wire. (Appleton EFSC275-2023 and plug,
ECP-2023)
4. Single, 20 Amp , 250 Volt, 1 Phase, 3 Wire. (Appleton EFSC175-20232 and plug
ECP-20232)
5. Duplex, 20 Amp, 250 Volt , 1 Phase , 3 Wire . (Appleton EFSC275-20232 and plug
ECP-20232)
G . Device Plates
1. Plates for indoor flush mounted devices shall be of the required number of gangs
for the application involved and shall be as follows :
a. Administration type buildings : Smooth , high impact nylon of the same
manufacturer and color as the device. Final color to be as selected by the
Architect.
b . Where permitted in other areas of the plant, flush mounted devices in
cement block construction shall be Type 302 high nickel (18-8) stainless
steel of the same manufacturer as the devices .
2. Plates for indoor surface mounted device boxes shall be cast metal of the same
material as the box, Crouse-Hinds No. DS23G and DS32G, or equal.
CONFORMED , 12/01/2022
FWW VILLAGE CREEK WRF , DIGESTER MIXING , FLARE , DOME IMPROVEMENTS
CITY PROJECT NO . 102652
26 27 26-5 LIGHT SWITCHES AND RECEPTACLES
3. Oversized plates shall be installed where standard plates do not fully cover the
wall opening .
4. Device plates for switches mounted outdoors or indicated as weatherproof shall be
gasketed , cast aluminum with provisions for padlocking switches "On" and "Off',
Crouse Hinds No . DS185, or equal.
5. Multiple surface mounted devices shall be ganged in a single , common box and
provided with an adapter, if necessary, to allow mounting of single gang device
plates on multi-gang cast boxes.
6. Engraved device plates shall be provided where required .
7. Weatherproof, gasketed cover for GFI receptacle mounted in a FS/FD box
a. Manufacturers
1) Cooper, Catalog No . 4501-FS
2) Hubbell , Inc.
3) Pass & Seymour, Inc.
H. Three Phase Power Receptacles
1. Three phase power receptacles and plugs shall be rated for the voltage and
current ratings of the connected load unless otherwise shown on the Drawings .
2. Receptacles and plug housings shall be constructed of copper free aluminum
listed to UL standard 498 for watertight construction . Hardware shall be stainless
steel .
3 . Performance
a. Maximum working voltage : 600 volts RMS .
b. Dielectric withstand voltage: 3000 vo lts.
c . Full load break capability at rated current.
d. 5000 connect/disconnect cycles at rated voltage and current.
4. Furnish and install one mating plug with each receptacle .
5. Provide the following features :
a . Color coded by voltage .
b . One-piece housing/angled back box
CONFORMED , 12/01 /2 022
FWW VILLAGE CREEK WRF , DIGESTER MIXING , FLARE , DOME IMPROVEMENTS
CITY PROJECT NO . 102652
26 27 26 -6 LIGHT SWITCHES AND RECEPTACLES
c. Shrouded pins
d . Self-closing gasketed cover.
e . Watertight cable entrances/stress relief grips.
f. Mating keys.
g. All current carrying components shall be tin plated including contacts.
h. Conductor clamping screws shall be stainless steel.
6. Acceptable manufacturers:
a. Hubbell (North American Rated Series II)
b. General Electric
c. Cooper
d. Meltric
I. Interlocked Three Phase Power Receptacles
1. Interlocked three phase power receptacles shall include a combination receptacle
and a mechanically interlocked disconnect switch. The two units shall be
interlocked to prevent removal or insertion of the plug unless the switch is in the
OFF position. The receptacle shall meet the requirements of Power Receptacles
specified herein .
2 . Provide a matching plug for every unit furnished.
3 . Switch , power receptacle and mating plug shall be constructed of copper free
aluminum .
4 . Assembly shall be listed to UL Standard 498 for watertight-construction.
5. Hardware shall be stainless steel.
6. Performance :
a . Maximum working voltage: 600 volts RMS.
b . Dielectric withstand voltage: 3000 volts.
c. Full load break capability at rated current.
d. 5000 connecUdisconnect cycles at rated voltage and current.
7. Provide the following features:
FWW VILLAGE CREEK WRF , DIGESTER MIXING, FLARE , DOME IMPROVEMENTS
CITY PROJECT NO . 102652
CONFORMED , 12/01/2022 26 27 26-7 LIGHT SWITCHES AND RECEPTACLES
a. Color coded by voltage .
b. One-piece housing/angled back box
c . Shrouded pins
d. Self-closing gasketed cover.
e. Watertight cable entrances/stress rel ief grips.
f . Mating keys .
g. All current carrying components shall be tin plated including contacts.
h. Conductor clamping screws shall be stainless steel.
8 . The disconnect switch shall be unfused or fused, as shown on the Drawings, or
otherwise specified herein or if required by the NEC , with ratings as hereinbefore
specified . Provide lockout provisions on the disconnect switch handle.
9 . Manufacturers
a . Crouse-Hinds
b. Appleton
C . K illark
d . Hubbell
J . 30 Amp , 480 volt Receptacles
1. 30 Amp , 480 Volt receptacles shall be 3 Pole , 4 Wire , grounding pin and sleeve
type , with circuit breaking capability. The receptacle shall meet the requirements of
Power Receptacles specified herein .
2 . Manufacturers
a . Crouse Hinds Arktite style 2, Catalog No. ARE 3423
b . Approved equal
3. The listing of specific manufacturers above does not imply acceptance of their
products that do not meet the specified ratings , features and functions .
Manufacturers listed above are not relieved from meeting these specifications in
the ir entirety .
4. All current carrying components shall be tin plated including contacts.
CONFOR M ED , 12/0 1/2022
FWW VILLAGE CREEK WRF , DIGESTER MI X ING , FLARE , DOME IMPROVEMENTS
CITY PROJECT NO. 102652
26 27 26-8 LIGHT SWITCHES AND RECEPTACLES
5. Conductor clamping screws shall be stainless steel.
6 . Furnish and install one matching plug for each receptacle shown on the Drawings .
K. Welding Receptacles and Disconnect Switches
1. Manufacturers:
a . Crouse Hinds Arktite Receptacles with Enclosed Safety Switches", Catalog
No. WSR103542.
b. Approved equal
2. The listing of specific manufacturers above does not imply acceptance of their
products that do not meet the specified ratings, features and functions.
Manufacturers listed above are not relieved from meeting these specifications in
their entirety.
3. Welding receptacles and disconnect switches shall be rated 600 Volts , 100 Amp ,
3-pole , 4-wire , 60 Hz . Receptacle shall be mechanically interlocked with its
disconnect switch to prevent breaking the circuit with the receptacle and plug .
Ground wire shall be bonded to the plug and receptacle housings . Enclosure type
shall be NEMA 4 . The receptacle shall meet the requirements of Power
Receptacles specified herein.
a. All current carrying components shall be tin plated including contacts .
b. Conductor clamping screws shall be stainless steel.
4. Furnish and install one matching plug for the welder.
L. Portable Generator Input Receptacle
1. Portable generator input receptacle shall be weatherproof, rated for 600 Volts, 100
Amp , 3 Phase , 4 Wire grounding pin and sleeve type with a 15 degree mounting
adapter, spring door cove r .
2 . Manufacturers
a. Crouse Hinds Catalog No. 1042S22 w ith plug , Crouse Hinds Catalog No .
APJ 10487S22
3. The listing of specific manufacturers above does not imply acceptance of their
products that do not meet the specified ratings, features and functions.
Manufacturers listed above are not relieved from meeting these specifications in
their entirety .
4 . All current carrying components shall be tin plated including contacts.
CONFORMED , 12/0 1/2022
FWW VI LLAGE CREEK WRF , DIGESTER MIXING , FLARE , DOME IMPROVEMENTS
CITY PROJECT NO . 102652
26 27 26-9 LIGHT SWITCHES AND RECEPTACLES
5. Conductor clamping screws shall be stainless steel.
6. Both receptacle and plug sha ll have reversed contacts .
M. Poke-Through Service Fittings
1. Poke-through service fittings shall be installed in a two-inch core drilled hole , fit
floor thicknesses of 2-1/2 inches to 7 inches and be fire rated.
2 . Poke-through service fittings shall be provided with barriers to handle both high
and low tension services and be designed for both new construction and building
retrofit.
3 . Service fitting heads shall each contain a 20 Amp , 125-volt, 2-pole, 3-wire duplex
receptacle on one side and provisions for up to two-25 pair telephone cables on
the remaining side .
4 . Manufacturers
a . Raceway Components
b. Walker
c . Square D
PART 3 -EXECUTION
3.01 INSTALLATION
A. Switches and receptacles shall be installed flush with the finished wall surfaces in areas
w ith stud frame and gypsum board construction , in dry areas with cement block
construction or when raceways are shown as concealed on the Drawings.
B. Do not install flush mounted devices in areas designated DAMP , WET or
WET/CORROSIVE on the Drawings. Provide surface mounted devices in these areas.
C . Provide weatherproof devices covers in areas designated WET or WET/CORROSIVE on
the Draw ings .
D . Unless otherwise shown on the Drawings , wall switches and other wall mounted controls
shall be installed at 54 inches AFF .
E. Convenience receptacles shall be 36 inches above the floor unless otherwise shown .
F . Convenience receptacles installed outdoors and in rooms where equipment may be
hosed down shall be 36 inches above floor or grade . Switches shall be ganged together
under one cover plate .
CONFORMED , 12/01/2022
FWW V ILLAGE CREEK WRF , DIGESTER MIXING , FLARE , DOME IMPROVEMENTS
CITY PROJECT NO . 102652
26 27 26-10 LIGHT SW ITCHES AND RECEPTACLES
G . The location of all devices is shown, in general , on the Drawings and may be varied
within reasonable limits so as to avoid any piping or other obstruction without extra cost,
subject to the approval of the Owner. Coordinate the installation of the devices for
piping and equipment clearance.
H. Convenience receptacles and light switches shall be connected using stranded pig tails
and spring fork insulated lugs . Feed-through wiring of receptacles is prohibited.
3.02 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL
A. Test wiring devices to ensure electrical continuity of grounding . Energize the circuit to
demonstrate compliance with the requirements.
CONFORMED , 12/01/2022
END OF SECTION
FWW VILLAGE CREEK WRF , DIGESTER MIXING, FLARE , DOME IMPROVEMENTS
CITY PROJECT NO . 102652
26 27 26-11 LIGHT SWITCHES AND RECEPTACLES
CONFORMED , 12/01/2022
THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK
FWW VILLAGE CREEK WRF , DIGESTER MIXING , FLARE , DOME IMPROVEMENTS
CITY PROJECT NO . 102652
26 27 26-12 LIGHT SWITCHES AND RECEPTACLES
SECTION 26 28 16
LOW VOLTAGE ENCLOSED CIRCUIT BREAKERS AND DISCONNECT SWITCHES
PART 1 -GENERAL
1.01 SCOPE OF WORK
A. The Contractor shall furnish and install low voltage enclosed circuit breakers and
disconnect switches, together with appurtenances, complete and operable, as specified
herein and as shown on the Contract Drawings.
B. All equipment specified in this Section of the Specifications shall be the product of one
manufacturer and shall be factory constructed and assembled by that manufacturer.
1.02 RELATED WORK
A. No references are made to any other section which may contain work related to any
other section. The Contract Documents shall be taken as a whole with every section
related to every other section as required to meet the requirements specified. The
organization of the Contract Documents into specification divisions and sections is for
organization of the documents themselves and does not relate to the division of
suppliers or labor which the Contractor may choose to employ in the execution of the
Contract. Where references are made to other Sections and other Divisions of the
Specifications, the Contractor shall provide such information or additional work as may
be required in those references, and include such information or work as may be
specified .
B. Other Divisions
1. The Contractor shall be responsible for examining all Sections of the
Specifications and Drawings, and shall determine the power and wiring
requirements and shall provide external wiring and raceways, as required to
provide a fully functioning power, control and process control systems . If the
equipment requires more conductors and/or wiring, due to different equipment
being supplied, the Contractor shall furnish the additional conductors, raceways
and/or wiring, with no change in the Contract Price, and with no increase in
Contract Time.
1.03 SUBMITTALS
A. Submittals shall be made in accordance with the requirements of Division 1, Section 26
00 00 and as specified herein .
B. Submittals for equipment and materials, furnished under this Section of the
Specifications, will not be accepted prior to approval of the Power System Study
CONFORMED , 12/01/2022
FWW VILLAGE CREEK WRF , DIGESTER MIXING , FLARE , DOME IMPROVEMENTS
CITY PROJECT NO . 102652
26 28 17-1 LOW VOLTAGE ENCLOSED CIRCUIT
BREAKERS AND DISCONNECT SWITCHES
specified under Section 26 05 73 . Submittals made prior to such approval will be
returned unreviewed.
C. Submittals shall also contain information on related equipment to be furnished under this
Specification but described in the related Sections listed in the Related Work paragraph
above . Incomplete submittals not containing the required information on the related
equipment will also be returned without review. All cut sheets shall be clearly marked to
indicate which products are being submitted for use on this project. Unmarked cut
sheets will be cause to reject the submittal and return it for revision without review.
D. The original equipment manufacturer shall create all equipment shop drawings , including
all wiring diagrams , in the manufacturer's Engineering department. All equipment shop
drawings shall bear the original equ ipment manufacturer's logo, drawing file numbers,
and shall be maintained on file in the original equipment manufacturer's archive file
system. Photocopies of the Engineer's ladder schematics are unacceptable as shop
drawings.
E. Submit to the Owner/Engineer , shop drawings and product data, for the following:
1. Product data sheets and catalog numbers for overcurrent protective trip devices on
circuit breakers and switches , relaying, meters, pilot lights , etc. The
manufacturer's name shall be clearly visible on each cut sheet submitted. List all
options, trip adjustments and accessories furnished specifically for this project.
2. Provide control systems engineering to produce custom unit elementary drawings
showing interwiring and interlocking between components and to remotely
mounted devices . Include and identify all connecting equipment and remote
devices on the schematics. The notation "Remote Device" will not be acceptable.
Show wire and terminal numbers. Indicate special identifications for electrical
devices per the Drawings.
3. Provide plan and elevation drawings of each controller or enclosure, with
dimensions, exterior and interior views, showing component layouts, controls ,
terminal blocks, etc ..
4. Schematic diagram
5. Nameplate schedule
6. UL Listing of the completed assembly .
7. Component list with detailed component information , including original
manufacturer's part number.
8. Conduit entry/exit locations
9. Assembly ratings including :
FWW VILLAGE CREEK WRF , DIGESTER MIXING , FLARE , DOME IMPROVEMENTS
CITY PROJECT NO . 102652
CONFORMED , 12/01/2022 26 2817-2 LOW VOLTAGE ENCLOSED CIRCUIT
BREAKERS AND DISCONNECT SWITCHES
a. Short-circu it rating
b. Voltage
c . Continuous current
10. Major component ratings including:
a. Voltage
b. Continuous current
c . Interrupting ratings
11 . Number and size of cables per phase , neutral if present, ground and all cable
terminal sizes .
12 . Key interlock scheme drawing and sequence of operations
13 . Busway connection and amperage rating .
14 . Instruction and renewal parts books.
F. Factory Tests. Submittals shall be made for factory tests specified herein .
G. Field Test Reports . Submittals shall be made for field tests specified herein.
H. Operation and Maintenance Manuals.
1. Operation and maintenance manuals shall include the following information :
a. Manufacturer's contact address and telephone number for parts and service.
b. Instruction books and/or leaflets
c . Recommended renewal parts list
d. Record Documents for the information required by the Submittals paragraph
above .
I. The manufacturer shall submit for approval , a training agenda for all training specified
herein. Training agenda shall not be submitted until final approval of the Operation and
Maintenance Manual.
1.04 REFERENCE CODES AND STANDARDS
A. All products and components shown on the Drawings and listed in this specification shall
be designed and manufactured according to latest revision of the following standards
(unless otherwise noted):
CONFORMED , 12/01/2022
FWW VILLAGE CREEK WRF , DIGESTER MIXING , FLARE , DOME IMPROVEMENTS
CITY PROJECT NO . 102652
26 28 17-3 LOW VOLTAGE ENCLOSED CIRCUIT
BREAKERS AND DISCONNECT SWI T CHES
1. NEMA Standard AB1 -Molded Case Circuit Breakers, Molded Case Switches and
Circuit Breaker Enclosures
2. NFPA 70 -National Electrical Code (NEC)
3. NFPA 70E -Standard For Electrical Safety in the Workplace
4. IEEE 242 -Protection and Coordination of Industrial and Commercial Power
Systems
5. IEEE 399 -Power Systems Analysis
6. UL 489 -Molded Case Circuit Breakers and Circuit Breaker Enclosures
7. UL 1066 -Low Voltage AC and DC Power Circuit Breakers Used in Enclosures .
B. All equipment components and completed assemblies specified in this Section of the
Specifications shall bear the appropriate label of Underwriters Laboratories .
1.05 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. The manufacturer of this equipment shall have produced similar equipment for a
minimum period of ten years. When requested by the Engineer, an acceptable list of
installations with similar equipment shall be provided demonstrating compliance with this
requirement.
B. The manufacturer of the assembly shall be the manufacturer of the major components
within the assembly. All assemblies shall be of the same manufacturer. Equipment that
is manufactured by a third party and "brand labeled" shall not be acceptable.
C. All components and material shall be new and of the latest field proven design and in
current production. Obsolete components or components scheduled for immediate
discontinuation shall not be used.
D. For the equipment specified herein, the manufacturer shall be ISO 9001 2000 certified .
E. Equipment submitted shall fit within the space shown on the Drawings . Equipment which
does not fit within the space is not acceptable .
1.06 JOBSITE DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING
A. Prior to jobsite delivery , the Contractor shall have successfully completed all submittal
requirements, and present to the Owner/Engineer upon delivery of the equipment, an
approved copy of all such submittals . Delivery of incomplete constructed equipment, or
equipment which failed any factory tests, will not be permitted .
B. Equipment shall be handled and stored in accordance with manufacturer's instructions .
Two copies of these instructions shall be included with the equipment at time of
FWW VILLAGE CREEK WRF , DIGESTER MIXING , FLARE , DOME IMPROVEMENTS
CITY PROJECT NO . 102652
CONFORMED , 12/01/2022 26 28 17-4 LOW VOLTAGE ENCLOSED CIRCUIT
BREAKERS AND DISCONNECT SWITCHES
shipment, and shall be made available to the Contractor and Owner. The instructions
shall include detailed assembly instructions including but not limited to wiring
interconnection diagrams, rigging for lifting, skidding, jacking and moving using rolling
equipment to place the equipment, bolt torqueing requirements for bus and all other
components which require the installation of bolted connections, and instructions for
storing the equipment prior to energizing.
C. Equipment shall be stored indoors and protected from moisture, dust and other
contaminants.
D. Equipment shall not be installed until the location is finished and protected from the
elements.
1.07 WARRANTY
A. The Manufacturer shall warrant the equipment to be free from defects in material and
workmanship for two years from date of final aooeptanoe 2 years from the date defined
in Section 00 72 00 GENERAL CONDITIONS and Section 00 73 00
SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS TO GENERAL CONDITIONS of the equipment. ~
Within such period of warranty the Manufacturer shall promptly furnish all material and
labor necessary to return the equipment to new operating condition. Any warranty work
requiring shipping or transporting of the equipment or components shall be performed by
the Contractor at no expense to the Owner.
PART 2 -PRODUCTS
2.01 MANUFACTURERS
A. Subject to compliance with the Contract Documents, the following Manufacturers are
acceptable:
1. Eaton
2 . General Electric Co.
3 . Square D
B. The listing of specific manufacturers above does not imply acceptance of their products
that do not meet the specified ratings, features and functions. Manufacturers listed
above are not relieved from meeting these specifications in their entirety.
C. All equipment furnished under this Section shall be of the same manufacturer.
2.02 RA TINGS
A. The service voltage, shall be as shown on the Drawings. The overall short circuit
withstand and interrupting rating of the equipment and devices shall be equal to or
FWW VILLAGE CREEK WRF , DIGESTER MIXING , FLARE , DOME IMPROVEMENTS
CITY PROJECT NO . 102652
CONFORMED , 12/01/2022 26 28 17-5 LOW VOLTAGE ENCLOSED CIRCUIT
BREAKERS AND DISCONNECT SWITCHES
greater than the overall short circuit withstand and interrupting rating of the feeder device
immediately upstream of the circuit breaker or switch. Systems employing series
connected ratings for main and feeder devices shall not be used.
B . Circuit breakers, safety switches and associated devices shall be designed for
continuous operation at rated current in a 40°C ambient temperature.
C. Furnish heavy duty Mill rated devices.
D . For additional ratings and construction notes , refer to the Drawings.
2.03 CONSTRUCTION
A . General
1. Refer to Drawings for: actual layout and location of equipment and components;
current ratings of devices, components ; protective relays , voltage ratings of
devices, components and assemblies; and other required details .
2. Furnish lugs for incoming wiring, sizes as shown on the Drawings. Allow adequate
clearance for bending and terminating of cable size and type specified, Lugs for
#12 AWG up to #6 AWG shall be ring terminals. Conductors #4 AWG and larger
shall be two-hole long barrel lugs with NEMA spacing. All lugs shall be the closed
end construction to exclude moisture migration into the cable conductor. See also
Section 26 05 19 Wires and Cables (1000 Volt Maximum) for additional
requirements.
3. Built in control stations and indicating lights shall be furnished where shown on the
Drawings .
4. Furnish nameplates for each device as indicated in Drawings. Nameplates shall be
engraved , laminated impact acrylic, matte finish, not less than 1/16-inch thick by
3/4-inch by 2-1/2-inch, Rowmark 322402. Nameplates shall be 316 SS screw
mounted to all enclosures except for NEMA 4 and 4X. Nameplates for NEMA 4
and 4X enclosures shall be attached with double faced adhesive strips, TESA
TUFF TAPE 4970, .009 X 1/2 inch , or equal. Prior to installing the nameplates, the
metal surface shall be thoroughly cleaned with 70% alcohol until all residue has
been removed . Epoxy adhesive or foam tape is not acceptable.
B . Enclosures
1. General
a . Provide 316 SS hardware for all enclosures .
b. All enclosure doors shall have bonding studs . The enclosure interior shall
have a bonding stud .
CONFORMED , 12/01/2022
FWW VILLAGE CREEK WRF , DIGESTER MIXING , FLARE , DOME IMPROVEMENTS
CITY PROJECT NO . 102652
26 28 17-6 LOW VOLTAGE ENCLOSED CIRCUIT
BREAKERS AND DISCONNECT SWITCHES
c. Enclosures shall not have holes or knockouts for conduit entry.
d . All panels installed outdoors shall have a factory applied, suitable primer and
final coat of weatherproof white paint.
e. All enclosures shall be provisioned with hardware for a padlock.
f. All enclosures shall have integral welded mounting lugs .
g. See Section 26 05 33 Raceways, Boxes and Fittings for additional
requirements.
2. NEMA 7/4X
a . Class 1, Division 1, Groups A , B, C, and D, or as defined in NFPA 70).
Boxes shall be constructed as follows :
1) Copper free cast aluminum body and cover
2) Stainless steel hinges
3) Watertight neoprene gasket
4) Stainless steel cover bolts
5) All penetrations shall be factory drilled and tapped .
3. NON METALLIC
a . Chemical Rooms. NEMA 4X constructed as follows :
1) PVC or Fiberglass reinforced polyester body and door.
2) UV inhibitors
3) Luggage type quick release latches
4) Foam-in-place gasketed doors
4. ALUMINUM
a . NEMA 4X Aluminum
1) Type 5052 aluminum , body and door
2) Stainless steel hinge
3) Foam in-place gasket
FWW V ILLAGE CREEK WRF , DIGESTER MIXING , FLARE , DOME IMPROVEMENTS
CITY PROJECT NO . 102652
CONFORMED , 12/01/2022 26 28 17-7 LOW VOLTAGE ENCLOSED CIRCUIT
BREAKERS AND DISCONNECT SWITCHES
4) Single point quarter turn latches
5. NEMA 12
a. NEMA 12 Steel
1) Mild steel body and door
2) Stainless steel hinges
3 ) Foam in-place gasket
4) Single point quarter turn latches
6 . NEMA 4X Stainless Steel were not otherwise Defined
a . Where an enclosure is not otherwise defined or shown on the Drawing
1) NEMA 4X Stainless Steel
2) Type 316 stainless steel , body and door
3) Stainless steel hinge
4) Foam in-place gasket
5) Single point quarter turn latches
7. NEMA 1 or NEMA 1A boxes shall not be used .
8. Malleable iron boxes shall not be used .
9. Provide a flange mounted , or through the door, disconnect operating handle with
mechanical interlock having a bypass that will allow the enclosure door to open
only when the circuit breaker or switch is in the OFF position . The circuit breaker
or switch shall have the capab ility of being bypassed after the door has been
opened .
C . Internal Wiring
1. Wiring : Stranded t inned copper , minimum size No . 14 AWG , with 600 Volt , 90 °C ,
flame retardant , Type SIS thermosetting 600-volt insulation , NEMA Class II , Type
B wiring . Line side power wiring shall be sized for the full rating or frame size of
the connected device.
2. All wiring shall be tagged and coded with an identification number as shown on the
Drawings. Coding shall be typed on a heat shrinkable tube applied to each end
showing origination and des tination of each wire . The marking shall be permanent,
CONFORMED , 12/01/2022
FWW V ILLAG E CREE K WRF , DIGESTER MI XI NG , FLARE , DOME IMPROVEMENTS
CITY PROJECT NO . 102652
26 28 17-8 LOW VOLTAGE ENCLOSED C IRCUIT
BREAKERS AND DISCONNECT SWITCHES
non-smearing, solvent-resistant type similar to Raychem TMS-SCE, or equal.
Wire tags shall be machine-printed. Wire tags relying on adhesives of any type are
unacceptable .
3 . All wiring shall be neatly bundled with tie wraps and supported to wire way
supports. Control wiring shall be bundled separately from power wiring. In addition,
low signal wiring (millivolt and milliamp) shall be bundle separately from the rest of
the control wiring.
D. Field Installed Internal Wiring
1. Field installed interior wiring shall be neatly grouped by circuit and bound by plastic
tie wraps. Circuit groups shall be supported so that circuit terminations are not
stressed. In addition, low signal wiring (millivolt and milliamp) shall be bundle
separately from the rest of the control wiring . Wiring shall not be supported using
adhesive supports . Adhesive wire supports are unacceptable, and if installed shall
be removed and replaced with a non-adhesive support with no increase in
Contract Price or Time.
2. All field wiring shall be tagged and coded with an identification number. Coding
shall be typed on a heat shrinkable tube applied to each end of the wire. The
marking shall be a permanent, non-smearing, solvent-resistant type similar to
Raychem TMS-SCE, or equal. Wire tags shall be machine-printed . Wire tags
relying on adhesives of any type are unacceptable.
3 . In general, all conduit entering or leaving equipment shall be stubbed up into the
bottom of the enclosure directly below the area in which the conductors are to be
terminated, or from the top if shown on the Drawings and not located in a wet,
damp or any process area. Conduits shall not enter the side unless approved in
writing by the Owner/Engineer.
2.04 CIRCUIT BREAKERS
A. Insulated Case Circuit Breakers (ICCBs)
1. Unless otherwise shown on the Drawings, circuit breakers, larger than a 1200
ampere rating , shall be insulated case (ICCB), three-ale, 600 volt, fixed type , with
stored energy closing mechanism.
2. Breakers shall be manually operated unless indicated as electrically operated (EO)
on the Drawings.
3. Electrically operated breakers shall be complete with close/open pushbuttons or a
control switch, as shown on the Drawings , with red and green indicating lights to
indicate breaker contact position, and 120-volt AC motor operators.
CONFORMED, 12/01/2022
FWW VILLAGE CREEK WRF , DIGESTER MIXING , FLARE , DOME IMPROVEMENTS
CITY PROJECT NO . 102652
26 28 17-9 LOW VOLTAGE ENCLOSED CIRCUIT
BREAKERS AND DISCONNECT SWITCHES
4. All insulated case circuit breakers shall have a minimum symmetrical interrupting
capacity of 65,000 amperes , with ind iv idual interrupting capacity as shown on the
Drawings . Insulated case circu it breakers without an instantaneous trip element
adjustment shall be equipped with a fixed internal instantaneous override set at the
upper limit.
5. All insulated case circuit breakers shall be constructed and tested in accordance
with UL 489 . The circuit breakers shall carry a UL label.
6 . All insulated case circuit breakers shall have an adjustable long time pickup, and
delay ; adjustable short time pickup and delay; short time i2t switch ; high range
instantaneous (fixed at the breaker's short-time withstand rating), adjustable
ground fault pickup and delay; ground fault delay and pickup trips for selective
tripping , and overload , short circuit , and ground fault indicator lights .
B . Molded Case Circuit Breakers (MCCB 's)
1. Unless otherwise shown on the Drawings , circuit breakers 225 ampere frame
rating and larger, shall be molded case (MCCB), three-Pole , 600-volt, fixed type ,
with stored energy closing mechanism. Breakers shall be manually operated
unless indicated as electrically operated (EO) on the Drawings. Trip device shall
be solid state with adjustable long time pickup , and delay ; adjustable short time
pickup and delay; short time i2t switch; adjustable instantaneous pickup ,
ad j ustable ground fault pickup and delay, and ground fault delay and pickup trips
for selective tripping .
2. Unless otherwise shown on the Drawings , circuit breakers less than 225 ampere
frame rat ing shall be molded case , three-Pole , 600-volt, fixed type , manually
operated with stored energy closing mechanism . Circuit breakers shall have
inverse time and instantaneous tripping characteristics .
3. Where shown on the Drawings or specified in the Contract Documents , breakers
shall be rated for 100% cont inuous duty, and shall carry a UL 489 listing .
2.05 DISCONNECT SWITCHES
A. Disconnect switches shall be heavy duty, quick make , quick break , visible blades , 600-
volt , three-pole with full cover interlock, interlock defeat and flange mounted operating
handle.
2.06 FUSED DISCONNECT SWITCHES
A. Fused disconnect switches shall be heavy duty, quick make , quick break , visible blades ,
600 volt , three-pole with full cover interlock, interlock defeat and flange mounted
operating handle .
CONFORM E D, 12/0 1/20 22
FWW VILLAGE CREEK WRF , DIGESTER MI XING , FLARE , DOME IMPROVEMENTS
CITY PROJECT NO . 102652
26 28 17-10 LOW V OLTAGE ENCLOSED CIRCUIT
BR EAKERS AND D ISCONN ECT SWI T CHES
B. Fuses shall be rejection type, 600 volts , 200 ,000 A.I.C., dual element, time delay,
Bussman Fusetron , Class RK 5 or equal.
2.07 MOTOR ISOLATION SWITCHES
A. For motors up to and including 100 horsepower, the isolating switch shall be a
horsepower rated, quick make , quick break , visible blades , 600 volt , three pole motor
circuit switch , in an enclosure as listed above and sized for the motor as shown on the
Drawings . The switch shall be plainly marked "Do not operate under load ".
B . For motors greater than 100 horsepower, the isolating switch shall be a current rated,
qu ick make , quick break , visible blades , 600 volt , three pole motor circuit switch , in an
enclosure as listed above and sized for the motor as shown on the Drawings . The switch
shall be plainly marked "Do not operate under load ".
C . Where a switch status auxil iary contact is shown on the Drawings , the auxiliary contact
shall be early break (opens before the switch is opened) and early make (closes before
the switch is closed). The auxiliary contact shall be rated 5 amperes at 480 volts .
2.08 DOUBLE THROW MANUAL TRANSFER SWITCH
A. Manual transfer switches shall be heavy duty, quick make, quick break , visible blades ,
600-volt, three-ole , fused or non -fused as shown on the Contract Documents , with flange
mounted operating handle.
2.09 SPARE PARTS
A. Provide the follow ing spare parts :
1. Three -Fuses of each type used.
B . Spare parts shall be boxed or packaged for long term storage and clearly identified on
the exterior of package. Identify each item with manufacturers name , description and
part number
2 .10 FACTORY TESTING
A. The circuit breakers and disconnects shall be completely assembled , wired, and
adjusted at the factory and shall be given the manufacturer's routine shop tests and any
other additional operational test to insure the workability and reliable operation of the
equipment.
B. Factory test equipment and test methods shall conform with the latest applicable
requirements of ANSI , IEEE , UL , and NEMA standards , and shall be subject to the
Owner/Engineer's approval.
CONFORMED , 12/01/2022
FWW VILLAGE CREEK WRF , DIGESTER MI X ING , FLARE , DOME IMPROVEM E NTS
CITY PROJECT NO . 102652
26 28 17-1 1 LOW VOLTAGE ENCLOSED CIRCUIT
BREAKERS AND DISCONNECT SWIT CHES
PART 3 -EXECUTION
3.01 INSTALLER'S QUALIFICATIONS
A. Installer shall be specialized in installing low voltage circuit breakers and disconnect
switches with minimum five years documented experience. Experience documentation
shall be submitted for approval prior to beginning work on this project.
3.02 EXAMINATION
A. Examine installation area to assure there is enough clearance to install the equipment.
B. Verify that the equipment is ready to install.
C. Verify field measurements are as instructed by manufacturer.
3.03 INSTALLATION
A. The Contractor shall install all equipment per the manufacturer's recommendations and
Contract Drawings .
B . Install required safety labels .
C. Conduit entry into the top of any NEMA 4/4X rated enclosure in any outdoor, damp, wet
or process area is strictly prohibited . Any enclosure entered from the top will be
removed, the conduit and conductors re-routed , or conductors replaced if too short . No
increase in Contract Price or Contract Time will be allowed.
3.04 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL
A. Inspect installed equipment for anchoring, alignment, grounding and physical damage .
B. Check tightness of all accessible electrical connections. Minimum acceptable values are
specified in manufacturer's instructions .
3.05 FIELD ADJUSTING
A. Adjust all circuit breakers , switches, access doors , operating handles for free mechanical
and electrical operation as described in manufacturer's instructions.
B . The Power Monitoring and Protective Devices shall be set in the field by a qualified
representative of the manufacturer, retained by the Contractor, in accordance with
settings designated in a coordinated study of the system as required in Section 26 05 73
Power System Study. All such settings, including the application of arc flash labels, shall
have been made and Approved by the Owner/Engineer, prior to energizing of the
equipment.
CONFORMED , 12/01/2022
FWW VILLAGE CREEK WRF , DIGESTER MIXING , FLARE , DOME IMPROVEMENTS
CITY PROJECT NO . 102652
26 2817-12 LOW VOLTAGE ENCLOSED CIRCUIT
BREAKERS AND DISCONNECT SWITCHES
3.06 FIELD TESTING
A. Perform all electrical field tests recommended by the manufacturer. Disconnect all
connections to solid-state equipment prior to testing.
B. Megger and record phase to phase and phase to ground insulation resistance . Megger,
for one minute, at minimum voltage of 1000 volts DC. Measured Insulation resistance
shall be at least 100 megohms. In no case shall the manufacturer's maximum test
voltages be exceeded.
C. Test the ground fault protection system using a high current injection method .
D. Test the rating plug for correct rating.
3.07 CLEANING
A. Remove all rubbish and debris from inside and around the equipment. Remove dirt,
dust, or concrete spatter from the interior and exterior of the equipment using brushes ,
vacuum cleaner , or clean , lint free rags. Do not use compressed air.
3.08 EQUIPMENT PROTECTION AND RESTORATION
A. Touch-up and restore damaged surfaces to factory finish , as approved by the
manufacturer. If the damaged surface cannot be returned to factory specification , the
surface shall be replaced.
CONFORMED , 12/01/2022
END OF SECTION
FWW VILLAGE CREEK WRF , DIGESTER MIXING , FLARE , DOME IMPROVEMENTS
CITY PROJECT NO . 102652
26 28 17-13 LOW VOLTAGE ENCLOSED CIRCUIT
BREAKERS AND DISCONNECT SWITCHES
CONFORMED , 12/01 /2022
THIS PAGE IS INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK
FWW VILLAGE CREEK WRF , DIGESTER MIXING , FLARE , DOME IMPROVEMENTS
CITY PROJECT NO . 102652
26 28 17-14 LOW VOLTAGE ENCLOSED CIRCUIT
BREAKERS AND DISCONNECT SWITCHES
SECTION 26 29 23
LOW VOLTAGE VARIABLE FREQUENCY DRIVES (VFDS)
PART 1 -GENERAL
1.01 SCOPE OF WORK
A. Furnish and install separately enclosed low voltage adjustable frequency drives, together
with appurtenances, complete and operable, as specified herein and as shown on the
Contract Drawings. The terms, VFD, ASD . AFD and Inverter are used synonymously.
B . All equipment supplied under this Section of the Specifications shall be products of the
same Manufacturer and shall be contained in one single submittal. Partial submittals will
be returned unreviewed. Submittals shall also contain information on related equipment
to be furnished under this Specification but described in the related Sections listed in the
Related Work paragraph herein. Incomplete submittals not containing the required
information on the related equipment will also be returned unreviewed.
C. Equipment specified in the Process Equipment Division and supplied as an integral part
of a process equipment manufacturer's package, but referred to this Section for
component details, shall be submitted with the manufacturer's package submittal under
the Process Equipment Sections.
D . The minimum requirements for functionality, and control and alarm inputs and outputs,
are specified herein. Additional requirements shall be as specified in the Process
Equipment Division, Instrumentation Division Equipment, Mechanical Division
Equipment and the Contract Drawings.
E. Coordinate the VFD and the motor it drives and provide a certification that the VFD is
suitable for the application.
1.02 RELATED WORK
A. Refer to Division 26 00 00 and the Contract Drawings, for related work and electrical
coordination requirements.
1.03 SUBMITTAL$
A. Submittals shall be made in accordance with the requirements of Division 1, Section 26
00 00, the Contract Documents and as specified herein the following:
1. The manufacturers' names and product designation or catalog numbers for the
types of materials specified or shown on the Drawings.
2 . Cut sheets for each individual item shall be submitted .
CONFORMED , 12/01/2022
FWW VILLAGE CREEK WRF , DIGESTER MIXING , FLARE , DOME IMPROVEMENTS
CITY PROJECT NO. 102652
26 29 23-1 LOW VOLTAGE VARIABLE FREQUENCY
DRIVES (VFDS)
3. All cut sheets shall be clearly marked to indicate which products are being
submitted for use on this project.
4. Unmarked cut sheets will cause the submittal to be rejected and returned for
revision.
B. All shop drawing submittals and all O&M submittals shall be submitted Division 1. No
change in Contract Price or Schedule will be allowed for delays due to unacceptable
submittals.
C. Submittals shall also contain information on related equipment to be furnished under this
Specification . Incomplete submittals not containing the required information on the
related equipment will also be returned without review
D. Submittals shall be made in accordance with the requirements of the process equipment
division of these Specifications, and as specified herein .
E. Submittals for equipment specified herein shall be made as a part of equipment
furnished under other Sections. Individual submittals for equipment specified herein will
not be accepted and will be returned without review .
F. The original equipment manufacturer, (OEM) shall create all equipment shop drawings,
including all wiring diagrams, in the manufacturer's Engineering department. All
equipment shop drawings shall bear the original equipment manufacturer's logo, drawing
file numbers, and shall be maintained on file in the OEM's archive file system.
Photocopies of the Engineer's ladder schematics are unacceptable as shop drawings .
G. Submittals for equipment and materials , furnished under this Section of the
Specifications , will not be accepted prior to approval of the Qualifications and
Preliminary Study submittals required in the Power System Study specified under
Section 26 05 73 . Submittals made prior to such approval will be returned unreviewed.
H. Time-current coordination curves for protective device relays, circuit breakers, and fuses
submitted shall be included as a part of these submittals .
I. Submit for approval, a manufacturer's conducted training agenda for all training specified
herein. Training agenda shall not be submitted until final approval of the Operation and
Maintenance Manual. Shop Drawings and Product Data .
J. The following information shall be submitted to the Engineer:
1. Product data sheets and catalog numbers for all components of the drives,
including motor contactors, drive components , control relays , control stations ,
meters, pilot lights, etc . The manufacturer's name shall be clearly visible on the
each cut sheet submitted. List all options , trip adjustments and accessories
furnished specifically for this project. Clearly mark each sheet to indicate which
items apply and/or those items that do not apply.
CONFORMED , 12/01/2022
FWW VILLAGE CREEK WRF , DIGESTER MIXING , FLARE , DOME IMPROVEMENTS
CITY PROJECT NO. 102652
26 29 23-2 LOW VOLTAGE VARIABLE FREQUENCY
DRIVES (VFDS)
2. Provide drive performance specifications . Submit a manufacturer's harmonics test
on each type of drive being furnished. The test may be on a similar unit with
identical components.
3. Provide control systems engineering to produce custom unit elementary drawings
showing interwiring and interlocking between components and to remotely
mounted devices. Include and identify all connecting equipment and remote
devices on the schematics. The notation "Remote Device" shall not be acceptable.
Show wire and terminal numbers. Indicate special identifications for electrical
devices per the Drawings.
4. Provide plan and elevation drawings of each controller or enclosure , with
dimensions , exterior and interior views , showing component layouts , controls ,
terminal blocks , etc.
5 . Schematic diagram , including manufacturer's selections of component ratings , and
CT and PT ratios .
6 . Nameplate schedule
7. UL Listing of the completed assembly
8 . Component list with detailed component information , including original
manufacturer's part number.
9 . Conduit entry/exit locations
10 . Assembly ratings including :
a . Short-circuit rating
b . Voltage
c. Continuous current
d. Trip curves for each specified product
11 . Major component ratings including:
a. Voltage
b. Continuous current
c. Interrupting ratings
12. Number and size of cables per phase, neutral if present, ground and all cable
terminal sizes.
CONFORMED , 12/01/2022
FWW VILLAGE CREEK WRF , DIGESTER MIXING , FLARE , DOME IMPROVEMENTS
CITY PROJECT NO . 102652
26 29 23-3 LOW VOLTAGE VARIABLE FREQUENCY
DRIVES (VFDS )
13. Floor mat. The manufacturer of the specified equipment may not manufacturer or
provide floor mats . However, the inclusion of the floor mats in this submittal is
mandatory and shall be included in the submittal, or it will be considered
incomplete and will be returned for revision and resubmittal.
14. Instruction and renewal parts books.
K. Certification that the VFD being supplied is suitable for the application.
L. Factory Tests. Submittals shall be made for factory tests specified herein.
M. Field Test Reports. Submittals shall be made for field tests specified herein.
N. Operation and Maintenance Manuals.
1. Operation and maintenance manuals shall include the following information :
a. Manufacturer's contact address and telephone number for parts and service.
b . Instruction books and/or leaflets
c . Recommended renewal parts list
d . Record Documents for the information required by the Submittals paragraph
above .
1.04 REFERENCE CODES AND STANDARDS
A. All products and components shown on the Drawings and listed in this specification shall
be des igned and manufactured according to latest revision of the following standards
(unless otherwise noted):
1. NEMA Standard ICS 2 -2000 Industrial Control and Systems
2. NFPA 70 -National Electrical Code (NEC)
3. NFPA 70E -Standard for Electrical Safety in the Workplace
4 . IEEE 519 (latest revision) -Guide for Harmonic Control and Reactive
Compensation of static Power Converters
5. UL 489 -Standard for Safety for Molded-Case Circuit Breakers
6 . UL 508C -Power Conversion Equipment
7. NEMA ICS 2 -Starters, Contactors, Overload Relays , Rated Not More Than 200
Volts AC or 750 Volts DC.
8 . NEMA ICS 6 -Industrial Control and Systems Enclosures
FWW VILLAGE CREEK WR F, DIGESTER MIXING , FLARE , DOME IMPROVEMENTS
CITY PROJECT NO . 102652
CONFORMED , 12/01 /2022 26 29 23-4 LOW VOLTAGE VARIABLE FREQUENCY
DRIVES (V FDS )
9. NEMA ICS 7.0 -Industrial Controls & Systems for VFD
10. IEC 61200-2 -Vibration Levels
11. IEC 61800-02 and -3 -Adjustable Speed Electrical Power Drive Systems
a. Fulfill all EMC immunity requirements
12 . EN 50082-1 and -2 -Test Standards
B. In the case of conflict between the requirements of this Section and those of the listed
documents, the requirements of this Section shall prevail.
C . All equipment components and completed assemblies specified in this Section of the
Specifications shall bear the appropriate label of Underwriters Laboratories .
1.05 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. The manufacturer of this equipment shall have produced similar equ ipment for a
minimum period of ten years. When requested by the Engineer, an acceptable list of
installations with similar equipment shall be provided demonstrating compliance with this
requirement.
B . The manufacturer of the assembly shall be the manufacturer of the major components
within the assembly. All assemblies shall be of the same manufacturer. Equipment that
is manufactured by a third party and "brand labeled " will not be acceptable .
C . All components and material shall be new and of the latest field proven design and in
current production. Obsolete components or components scheduled for immediate
discontinuation shall not be used.
D. Equipment submitted shall fit within the space shown on the Drawings . Equipment which
does not fit within the space is not acceptable . Maximum allowable dimensions for each
enclosure shall be as listed below. Submit coordinated room layout with dimensions of
all other electrical equipment showing NEC Article 110 clearances are maintained with
submitted equipment.
1. Pumped Mixing (PMX) VFDs : 39.S "W x 30"0
a . Top Entry/Top Exit
2. Digested Sludge Transmission (OS) VFDs: 30 "W x 24 "0
a. Top Entry/Bottom Exit
3. Thickened Sludge (TS-1) VFD: 31 "W x 20"0
a . Top Entry/Bottom Exit
FWW VILLAGE CREEK WRF , DIGESTER MIXING , FLARE , DOME IMPROVEMENTS
CITY PROJECT NO . 102652
CONFORMED , 12/01/2022 26 29 23-5 LOW VOLTAGE VARIABLE FREQUENCY
DRIVES (VFDS )
E. VFDs larger than 60HP shall be capable of mounting directly against the wall , and with
spacing between adjacent VFDs of no greater than 6".
F. For the equipment specified herein , the manufacturer shall be ISO 9001 2000 certified .
1.06 JOBSITE DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING
A. Prior to jobsite delivery, complete all submittal requirements , and presen t to the
Owner/Engineer upon delivery of the equipment, an approved copy of all such
submittals . Del ivery of incomplete constructed equipment, onsite factory work , or failed
factory tests will not be permitted.
B. Equipment shall be handled and stored in accordance with manufacturer's instructions.
Two copies of these instructions shall be included with the equipment at time of
sh ipment and shall be made available to the Contractor and Owner/Engineer.
C. Shipp ing groups shall be designed to be shipped by truck, rail , or ship . Indoor groups
shall be bolted to sk ids . Breakers and accessories shall be packaged and shipped
separately.
D. Equipment shall be installed in its permanent finished location shown on the Drawings
within seven calendar days of arriving onsite . If the equipment cannot be installed within
seven calendar days , the equipmen t shall not be delivered to the site , but stored offsite
until such t ime that the site is ready for permanent installation of the equipment with no
change in the Contract Price or Schedule . Payment will not be approved for equipment
stored off site .
E. Where space heaters are provided in equipment, provide temporary electrical power and
operate space heaters during storage , and after equipment is installed in permanent
location , until equipment is placed in service.
1.07 WARRANTY
A . Provide warrantees , includ ing the manufacturer's warrantee , for the equipment specified
and the proper installation thereof, to be free from defects in material and workmansh ip
for t\vo years from date of final asseptanse 2 years from the date defined in Section
00 72 00 GENERAL CONDITIONS and Section 00 73 00 SUPPLEMENTARY
CONDITIONS TO GENERAL CONDITIONS of the equipment and its installation. Within
such period of warranty, all material and labor necessary to return the equipment to new
operating condition shall be provided. Any warranty work requiring shipping or
transporting of the equipment shall be provided at no expense to the Owner.
PART 2 -PRODUCTS
2.01 MANUFACTURERS
CONFORMED , 12/01/2022
FWW VI LL AGE CREEK WRF , DIGESTER MI X ING , FLAR E, DOME IMPROVEMENT S
CITY PROJECT NO. 102652
26 29 23-6 LOW V OLTAGE VARIABLE FREQUENCY
DRIVES (VFDS )
A. Subject to compliance with the Contract Documents, the following Manufacturers are
acceptable :
1. Eaton
2 . ABB
3 . Schneider Electric Company
4. Rockwell Automation/Allen-Bradley
5 . Approved equal
B. The listing of specific manufacturers above does not imply acceptance of their products
that do not meet the specified ratings , features and functions. Manufacturers listed
above are not relieved from meeting these specifications in their entirety.
C . All equipment furnished under this Section shall be of the same manufacturer.
2.02 RA TINGS
A. Service Conditions
1. The Drawings indicate the approximate horsepower and intended control scheme
of the motor driven equipment. Provide the VFD , auxiliary components and
equipment where shown or specified, and matched to the motors and control
equipment supplied , in compliance with the NEC . All variations necessary to
accommodate the motors and controls as actually furnished shall be made without
extra cost to the Owner.
2 . The service voltage shall be as shown on the Drawings. The overall short circuit
withstand and interrupting rating of the VFD and devices shall be equal to or
greater than the overall short circuit withstand and interrupting rating of the feeder
device immediately upstream of the adjustable frequency drives. Adjustable
frequency drives shall be tested , and UL labeled for the specified short circuit duty
in combinat ion with the motor branch circuit protective device .
3 . The drive shall be UL and cUL listed and not require external fuses. The drive shall
also be CE labeled and comply with standards EN 61800-3 for EMC compliance
and EN 61800-2 for low voltage compliance.
4 . The drive shall be capable of operating in compliance with IEEE 519-1992 .
5. Input power: 480 VAC , 3-phase power input.
6 . Input frequency: 57 to 63 Hz .
7. Ambient temperature : -10°C to 40°C (Enclosed).
FWW VILLAGE CREEK WRF , DIGESTER MIXING , FLARE , DOME IMPROVEMENTS
CITY PROJECT NO . 102652
CONFORMED , 12/01 /2022 26 29 23 -7 LOW VO LTAGE VARIABLE FREQUENCY
DRIVES (VFDS )
8. Elevation: Up to 3300 feet above mean sea level.
9. Relative humidity: Up to 90% non-condensing .
B. Coordinate with the mechanical equ ipment supplier to determine the motor horsepower.
The VFD , for both constant and variable torque applications , shall be sized for a motor
one NEMA size larger than the motor being supplied.
C . Provide the overload capacity required to serve the load. The overload capacity shall
be :
1. Normal DutyNariable Torque Load -110% for 1 minute , every 10 minutes .
2 . Heavy Duty/Constant Torque Load -150% for 1 minute , every 10 minutes .
D. The VFD output shall be 100% rated current continuous , suitable for operation of the
driven equipment over a 30 :1 speed range without overloading or low speed cogging .
Starting torque shall be matched to the load.
E. Rated output voltage shall be programmable for motor ratings from 180 to 240 volts , or
from 320 to 480 volts .
F. The Drive shall be able to operate after a voltage dip below 175 VAC on 230 VAC input
power and 310 VAC on 460 VAC input power for 15 milliseconds at 85% full load current
without any disturbances in output power delivered to the load .
G. The VFD output voltage shall vary with frequency to maintain a constant volts/hertz ratio
up to base speed (60 hertz) output. Constant or linear voltage output shall be supplied at
frequencies greater than base speed (60 hertz).
H. The VFD overload current rating shall be 110% of rated current for one minute for
variable torque applications and 150% of rated current for constant torque applications,
in an ambient temperature of 104°F .
I. The VFD shall have an efficiency at full load and speed that exceeds 95% for VFDs
below 15 HP and 97% for drives 15 HP and above . The efficiency shall exceed 90% at
50% speed and load .
J. The true power factor shall be 0.95 or better at any speed , measured at drive input
terminals.
K. The voltage regulation shall be plus or minus 1 % of rated value , no load to full load.
L. Output Frequency Drift shall be not more than plus or minus 0 .5% from setpoint.
M . VFDs shall withstand five cycle transient voltage dips of up to 15% of rated voltage
without an undervoltage trip or fault shutdown , while operating a variable torque load.
CONFORMED , 12/0 1/2022
FWW VILLAGE CREEK WRF , DIGESTER MIXING , FLARE , DOME IMPROVEMENTS
CITY PROJECT NO . 102652
26 29 23-8 LOW VOLTAGE VARIABLE FREQUENCY
DRIVES (VFDS )
N. Line notching , transients, and harmonics on the incoming line shall not affect drive
performance .
0. The VFDs shall meet IEC 61200-2 for vibration levels .
P . The VFDs shall be able to withstand voltage variations of -15% to +10% and imbalance
up to 3% without tripping or affecting drive performance .
Q. For additional requirements and construction notes, refer to the Drawings.
2.03 CONSTRUCTION
A. General
1. Refer to Drawings for: actual layout and location of equipment and components;
current ratings of devices , components ; protective relays , voltage ratings of
devices , components and assemblies ; and other required details .
2 . Control units shall be arranged as shown on the Drawings.
3 . Surge Protective Devices
a. Provide a dedicated Point of Utilization Device (SPD), as specified in Section
16196 26 43 13, Individual Control Panel and Related Equipment Protection
(Type 3).
b . Equipment conta i ning an uninterruptible power supply (UPS) shall be
installed at the factory. The UPS shall meet the requirements of Section
16260 26 33 53 Single Phase Uninterruptible Power Supply System.
4 . Where Kirk-Key arrangements are used, the Kirk keyed interlocks shall be Kirk HD
Series (Heavy Duty) 316 Series of 316 stainless steel or approved equal.
5. Nameplates
a . External
1) Nameplates shall be engraved , laminated impact acrylic, matte finish ,
not less than 1/16-in thick by 3/4-in by 2-1/2-in , Rowmark 322402 .
Nameplates shall be 316 SS screw mounted to all enclosures except
for NEMA 4 and 4X. Nameplates for NEMA 4 and 4X enclosures shall
be attached with double faced adhesive strips , TESA TUFF TAPE
4970, .009 X 1/2", or equal. Prior to installing the nameplates, the
metal surface shall be thoroughly cleaned with 70% alcohol until all
residue has been removed. Epoxy adhesive or foam tape is not
acceptable.
FWW VILLAGE CREEK WRF , DIGESTER MIXING , FLARE , DOME IMPROVEMENTS
CITY PROJECT NO . 102652
CONFORMED , 12/01 /2022 26 29 23-9 LOW VOLTAGE VARIABLE FREQUENCY
DRIVES (VFDS )
2) Provide a master nameplate that indicates equipment ratings ,
manufacturer's name, shop order number and general information.
Cubicle nameplates shall be mounted on the front face, on the rear
panel and inside the assembly , visible when the rear panel is removed .
3) Provide permanent warning signs as follows :
a) "Danger-High Voltage-Keep Out" on all doors .
b) "Warning-Hazard of Electric Shock -Disconnect Power Before
Opening or Working on This Unit" on main power disconnect.
b. Internal
1) Control components mounted within the assembly, such as fuse
blocks, relays , pushbuttons, switches , etc., shall be suitably marked for
identification , corresponding to appropriate designations on
manufacturer's wiring diagrams.
c . Special
1) Identification nameplates shall be white with black letters , caution
nameplates shall be yellow with black letters, and warning nameplates
shall be red with white letters .
6 . Control Devices and Indicators
a . All operating control devices, indicators , and instruments shall be securely
mounted on the panel door. All controls and indicators shall be 30mm ,
corrosion resistant, NEMA 4X/13 , anodized aluminum or reinforced plastic .
Booted control devices are not acceptable. Auxiliary contacts shall be
provided for remote run indication and indication of each status and alarm
condition . Additional controls shall be provided as specified herein and as
required by the detailed mechanical and electrical equipment requirements.
b . Indicator lamps shall be LED type. For all control applications, indicator
lamps shall incorporate a push-to-test feature. Lens colors shall be as
follows :
1)
2)
3)
4)
5)
CONFORMED , 12/0 1/2022
Red for ON, Valve OPEN , and Breaker CLOSED.
Green for OFF , Valve CLOSED and Breaker OPEN.
Amber for FAIL.
Blue for READY
White for POWER ON.
FWW VILLAGE CREEK WRF , DIGESTER MIXING , FLARE , DOME IMPROVEMENTS
CITY PROJECT NO . 102652
26 29 23-10 LOW VOLTAGE VARIABLE FREQUENCY
DRIVES (VFDS )
c. Mode selector switches (HAND-OFF-AUTO, LOCAL-OFF-REMOTE, etc.)
shall be as shown on the Drawings. Units shall have the number of positions
and contact arrangements, as required. Each switch shall have an extra dry
contact for remote monitoring.
d. Pushbuttons, shall be as follows:
1) Red for STOP , Valve OPEN, Breaker OPEN and mushroom Red for
EMERGENCY STOP.
2) Green for START, Valve CLOSE and Breaker CLOSE.
3) Black for RESET .
e. Furnish nameplates for each device. All nameplates shall be laminated
plastic, black lettering on a white background, attached with stainless steel
screws. Device mounted nameplates are not acceptable.
f. The manufacturer shall not remove, reuse , alter, or replace original
equipment nameplates or equipment tags associated with equipment or
components supplied by the manufacturer's suppliers and sub-suppliers.
g. Control and Instrument Power Transformers
1) Control power transformers shall be provided where shown on the
Drawings. Transformer shall be sized for the entire load, including
space heaters (cabinet and motor heaters), plus 25% spare capacity .
Provide a load calculation showing that the sizing of the control power
transformer complies with this requirement. Where VFDs are provided
for existing motors, field verify rating of existing motor space heaters.
2) Control power transformers shall be 120 volts grounded secondary.
Primary side of the transformer shall be fused in both legs. One leg of
the transformer secondary shall be solidly grounded while the other leg
shall be fused.
7 . A failure alarm with horn and beacon light shall be provided when required or
specified. Silence and Reset buttons shall be furnished . Alarm horn and beacon
shall be by Federal Signal; Crouse-Hinds, or equal, NEMA 4X for all areas except
for NEMA 7 areas, which shall be NEMA 7 cast aluminum.
8. Where specified or shown on the Drawings, a six-digit, non-resettable elapsed
time meter shall be installed on the face of each motor starter. Meter shall be as
specified in Section 26 27 13.
9. Each VFD shall have an HMCP or thermal magnetic circuit breaker, as shown on
the Drawings , to provide a disconnect means. VFDs above 75HP shall have a
CONFORMED , 12/01/2022
FWW VILLAGE CREEK WRF , DIGESTER MIXING , FLARE, DOME IMPROVEMENTS
CITY PROJECT NO . 102652
26 29 23-11 LOW VOLTAGE VARIABLE FREQUENCY
DRIVES (VFDS)
solid-state circuit breaker. Disconnecting means shall have a through the door
lockable handle, mechanically interlocked with the enclosure door. The disconnect
shall not be mounted on the door. The handle position shall indicate ON, OFF,
and TRIPPED condition. The handle shall have provisions for padlocking in the
OFF position with at least three (3) padlocks. Interlocks shall prevent unauthorized
opening or closing of the VFD door with the disconnect handle in the ON position.
Door handle interlock shall be defeatable only by qualified maintenance personnel.
10. Each VFD shall have the appl ication specific, Hand-Off-Remote and Auto-Manual
selector switches for local and remote Auto-Manual operation , provisions to accept
a remote dry contact closure to start and stop the drive with the drive control
system in the AUTO mode, provisions to accept a 4-20 mA de input signal for
remote speed control, and other input, output and communications interfaces as
shown on the Drawings. Inputs shall be isolated at the drive and active with the
drive control system in the AUTO mode .
11. Each VFD shall be microprocessor based with an LED and LCD display to monitor
operating conditions . The Drive display section shall allow for local operation and
setting of Drive function codes and display fault indication and reasons associated
with the fault. The LED display shall offer nine different display settings and the
LCD shall have the capacity to display five lines of information at a time . The
keypad shall be capable of copying , uploading and downloading drive function
codes. Displays and settings shall be as specified for each of the horsepower
ranges of VFDs .
12. Where shown on the Drawings, furnish a three-pole contactor bypass , including a
drive input disconnect, an VFD input isolation contactor, bypass contactor and a
VFD output contactor that is electrically and mechanically interlocked with the
bypass contactor. This circuit shall include control logic, status lights and motor
over-current relays . The complete bypass system Hand-Off-Auto with Inverter-
Bypass selector switch(s), and Inverter/Bypass pilot lights shall be packaged with
the VFD. The unit shall be set up for Manual bypass operation upon an VFD trip .
B. Enclosures
1. General
a. Enclosures shall meet all the requirements listed here in and those
requirements of Section 26 05 33 Raceways Boxes Enclosures and Fittings.
b. Each enclosure shall incorporate a removable back panel , and side panels,
on which control components shall be mounted . Back panel shall be secured
to the enclosure with collar studs for wall mounted enclosures, and 316 SS
hardware for free standing enclosures.
c . All free-standing enclosures shall be provided with feet of the same
construction as the enclosure.
CONFORMED , 12/01/2022
FWW VILLAGE CREEK WRF , DIGESTER MIXING , FLARE , DOME IMPROVEMENTS
CITY PROJECT NO . 102652
26 29 23-12 LOW VOLTAGE VARIABLE FREQUENCY
DRIVES (VFDS )
d . The enclosure door shall be interlocked with the main circuit breaker by a
panel mounted cable driven operating mechanism.
e. Back panel shall be tapped to accept all mounting screws. Self-tapping
screws shall not be used to mount any components.
f. All enclosure doors shall have bonding studs . The enclosure interior shall
have a bonding stud.
g. Each enclosure shall be provided with a documentation pocket on the inner
door.
h. Enclosures shall not have holes or knockouts.
i. Provide manufacturer's window kits where shown on the Drawings.
j . All panels installed outdoors shall have a factory applied, suitable primer and
final coat of weatherproof white paint.
k. All enclosures shall be padlockable.
2 . NEMA12
a. NEMA 12 Aluminum
1) Type 5052 aluminum, body and door
2) Stainless steel continuous hinge
3) Foam in-place gasket
4) Single point quarter turn latches (20"x24" and below). All others 3-point
latch
3. Not Defined
a. Where an enclosure is not otherwise defined or shown on the Drawing
1)
2)
3)
4)
5)
CONFORMED , 12/01/2022
NEMA 4X 316 Stainless Steel
Type 316 stainless steel, body and door
Stainless steel continuous hinge
Foam in-place gasket
Single point quarter turn latches (20"x24 " and below). All others 3-point
latch
FWW VILLAGE CREEK WRF , DIGESTER MIXING , FLARE , DOME IMPROVEMENTS
CITY PROJECT NO . 102652
26 29 23-13 LOW VOLTAGE VARIABLE FREQUENCY
DRIVES (VFDS)
4. NEMA 1 or NEMA 1A boxes shall not be used.
5. Malleable iron boxes shall not be used .
C. Cooling Fans
1. Fans shall be furnished for VFDs, as required by the manufacturer, to provide air
circulation and cooling. The fan shall be controlled by a thermostat and shall
operate only when the drive is "ON" and for a cool-down period after the drive has
stopped. Otherwise the fan shall not run when the drive is "OFF". Louvers, if
provided , shall have externally removable filters. The filter shall be metallic and
washable.
2 . Fan motors shall be protected by an input circuit breaker. ry,etal squirrel cage ball
bearing , three phase fan motors with 10-year design life shall be used in the drive
design. Plastic muffin fans are not acceptable . Fan power shall be obtained from a
tap on the main control power transformer.
3. A "loss of cooling" fault shall be furnished. In the event of clogged filters or fan
failure, the drive shall produce an alarm and then , in a predetermined time , shut
down safely without electronic component failure .
4 . Redundant fans shall be provided in the drive design as backup in the event of fan
failure .
D. Internal Wiring
1. Wiring: Tinned stranded copper, minimum size No. 14 AWG, with 600 Volt , 90-
degree C , flame retardant , Type MTW thermoplastic insulation, NEMA Class II,
Type B wiring. Line side power wiring shall be sized for the full rating or frame size
of the connected device.
2. Identification: Numbered sleeve type wire markers at each termination point, color
coding per NEMA standards and the NEC . Foreign voltage control wiring shall be
yellow .
3. All wiring shall be tagged and coded with an identification number as shown on the
Drawings. Coding shall be typed on a heat shrinkable tube applied to each end
showing origination and destination of each wire. The marking shall be permanent,
non-smearing, solvent-resistant type like Raychem TMS-SCE, or equal.
4 . All wiring shall be neatly bundled with ty-raps and supported to wire way supports.
Control wiring shall be bundled separately from power wiring . In addition, low
signal wiring (millivolt and mill iamp) shall be bundle separately from the rest of the
control wiring.
E. Field Installed Internal Wiring
CONFORMED , 12/01/2022
FWW VILLAGE CREEK WRF , DIGESTER MIXING , FLARE , DOME IMPROVEMENTS
CITY PROJECT NO . 102652
26 29 23-14 LOW VOLTAGE VARIABLE FREQUENCY
DRIVES (VFDS)
1. Field installed interior wiring shall be neatly grouped by circuit and bound by plastic
tie wraps . Circuit groups shall be supported so that circuit terminations are not
stressed . In addition, low signal wiring (millivolt and milliamp) shall be bundle
separately from the rest of the control wiring.
2 . All field wiring shall be tagged and coded with an identification number. Coding
shall be typed on a heat shrinkable tube applied to each end of the wire. The
marking shall be a permanent, non-smearing , solvent-resistant type like Raychem
TMS-SCE, or equal
3 . In general , all conduit entering or leaving equipment shall be stubbed up into the
bottom of the enclosure directly below the area in which the conductors are to be
terminated, or from the top if shown on the Drawings. Conduits shall not enter the
side unless approved in writing by the Owner/Engineer.
F . Control Relays
1. Control relays shall be 300-volt, industrial rated, plug-in socket type , housed in a
transparent polycarbonate dust cover , designed in accordance with UL Standard
508 for motor controller duty. Continuous contact rating shall be 10 amperes
resistive , 1 /4 HP at 120 VAC, operating temperature -10 to +55°C. Provide spare
N.O . & N .C . contacts . Relays shall be equipped with neon coil indicator light.
Timing relays shall be 300 Volt, solid state type, with rotary switch to select the
timing range. All relays provided in the equipment shall be NEMA rated . IEC rated
relays are not acceptable .
2.04 ADJUSTABLE FREQUENCY DRIVES (VFDS) FOR MOTORS 60 HP AND SMALLER
A. General
1. Each VFD shall be a 6-pulse , Pulse Width Modulated (PWM) design converting
the utility input voltage and frequency to a variable voltage and frequency output
via a two-step operation, designed for use with standard induction motors,
constant or variable torque as required for the load application , with current limiting
input fuses , incoming line reactors , circuit breaker disconnect, control transformer
overload relays and process signal follower card . Drives shall be UL listed .
Adjustable frequency drives manufactured for HVAC applications are not
acceptable . Adjustable Current Source VFDs are not acceptable . The output
devices shall be Insulated Gate Bipolar Transistors (IGBTs). Bipolar Junction
Transistors , GTOs or SCR' are not acceptable.
2. The VFD shall have an EMI/RFI filter as standard.
3 . Each VFD shall consist of the following general components :
a . Full wave diode rectifier to convert supply AC to a fixed DC voltage.
CONFORMED , 12/01/2022
FWW VILLAGE CREEK WRF , DIGESTER MIXING , FLARE , DOME IMPROVEMENTS
CITY PROJECT NO . 102652
26 29 23-15 LOW VOLTAGE VARIABLE FREQUENCY
DRIVES (VFDS )
b . DC link capacitors
c . Insulated Gate Bipolar Transistor (IGBT) power section . The power section
shall use vector dispersal pulse width modulated (PWM) control and soft
switching IGBTs.
d . Microprocessor based control and display section.
4. Each VFD shall , as a minimum , contain a 3% input line reactor, as standard .
5. The VFD shall be able to start into a spinning motor. The VFD shall be able to
determine the motor speed in any direction and resume operation without tripping.
If the motor is spinning in the reverse direction, the VFD shall start into the motor
in the reverse direction , bring the motor to a controlled stop, and then accelerate
the motor to the preset speed .
6. The Drive shall maintain set frequency regardless of load fluctuations.
7 . The Drive shall be able to operate after a voltage dip below 175 VAC on 230 VAC
input power and 310 VAC on 460 VAC input power for 15 milliseconds at 85% full
load current without any disturbances in output power delivered to the load . If
power exceeds this level, six (6) different modes or active and inactive restart
modes shall be available . The decrease in motor speed shall be adjustable in the
event of a momentary power outage .
8 . The Drive shall have a programmable start frequency , adjustable from 0.1 to 60
hertz , with a 1 hertz resolution and with a holding time adjustable from 0.1 to 1 0
seconds .
9 . The Drive shall have IGBT soft switching and a low noise control power supply
system to reduce the noise from the drive.
10. The Drive shall have a frequency bias (starting frequency) function programmable
from -120 to +120 Hz of maximum frequency, with 0.1 Hz resolution .
11 . Drive frequency gain shall be programmable from 0-200%, with 0.1 % resolution .
12 . The Drive shall be capable of motor slowdown or stop by selectable regenerative
(to the DC link) dynamic braking while following one of the four selectable
deceleration ramps and control the braking torque by setting it 's value from 0, 20
to 150%, 999 (no limit) of Drive rating. It shall also can change the rate of
deceleration automatically by stopping the braking action long enough to avoid
Drive over-voltage trip .
13 . The Drive shall can start into a rotating load (forward or reverse) and shall
smoothly accelerate or decelerate to the set point without experiencing component
damage .
CONFORMED , 12/0 1/2022
FWW VILLAGE CREEK WRF , DIGESTER MI X ING , FLARE , DOM E IMPROVEMENTS
CITY PROJECT NO . 102652
26 29 23 -16 LOW VOLTAGE VARIABLE FREQUENCY
DRIVES (VFDS )
14. The Drive shall can stop by selectable DC injection braking. It shall be adjustable
from 0 to 100% braking level and have a programmable starting frequency for DC
braking (0 .2-60 hertz) and programmable braking time (0 .1 to 30 .0 seconds).
15. The Drive shall have a start Frequency Setting that incorporates a Holding Time at
the Frequency Setting, adjustable up to 10 seconds in duration .
16. The Drive shall provide at least three selectable skip frequencies with
programmable band widths, adjustable 0 to 30 Hz , which shall not allow operation
at or near mechanical resonance speeds.
17. The Drive shall provide selectable slip compensation, which shall sense output
current and adjust output
18. The Drive shall have Droop operation , balancing drooping characteristics to speed
and load variations. Th is function shall be adjustable from -9.9 to 0.0 Hz.
19. The Drive shall have a selectable Torque Limiting function for both motoring and
braking that shall sense an overload condition and shall reduce frequency and
current temporarily until the load reaches acceptable levels . If the overload
condition is not settled in the proper amount of time , the Drive shall trip on
overload . The Torque Limiting shall be programmable from 20-150% of Drive rated
motor torque (30 HP and below) and from 20 -150% of Drive rated motor torque
(40 HP and above), with 1 % resolution.
20. The Drive shall have a selectable electronic inverse time thermal overload function
as required by NEC and UL Standard 991 for an AC Induction Motor (Refer to
applicable codes for specific installation requirements). The overload shall be
programmable from 20 -135% of Drive rated current.
21 . The Drive shall have an over-voltage protection function that operates if supply
voltage rises above rated value or by motor's regeneration .
22 . The Drive shall treat short circuits in either the output load or the output module as
an over-current.
23. If the Drive heat sink temperature exceeds approximately 1 00o C , the Drive shall
shut down on over temperature fault.
24 . The Drive shall provide output ground fault protection .
B. Control and Monitor Interface
1. The Control shall have a graphic back-lit liqu id crystal display (LCD) which can be
configured to display frequency , current , function code set points , or drive status
and fault codes . It shall display lines with characters of text, providing display at a
minimum of:
CONFORMED , 12/0 1/2022
FWW V ILLAGE CREEK WRF , DIGESTER MIXING , FLAR E, DOME IMPROVEMENTS
CITY PROJECT NO . 102652
26 29 23 -17 LOW V OLTAGE VARIABLE FREQUENCY
DR IVES (VFDS )
a. Monitor
b. Operate
C. Parameter setup
d . Actual parameter values
e . Active faults
f. Fault history
g. LCD adjustments
2 . Setups and Adjustments
a . Start command from keypad , remote or communications port
b . Speed command from keypad, remote or communications port
c. Motor direction selection
d. Maximum and minimum speed limits
e . Acceleration and deceleration times, two settable ranges
f . Critical (skip) frequency avoidance
g. Torque limit
h. Multiple attempt restart function
i. Multiple preset speeds adjustment
j. Catch a spinning motor start or normal start selection
k . Programmable analog output
I. DC brake current magnitude and time
m . PIO process controller
3. System Interfaces
a. Remote manual/auto
b. Remote start/stop
c . Remote forward/reverse
FWW VILLAGE CREEK WRF , DIGESTER MIXING , FLARE , DOME IMPROVEMENTS
CITY PROJECT NO . 102652
CONFORMED , 12/01/2022 26 29 23-18 LOW VOLTAGE VARIABLE FREQUENCY
DRIVES (VFDS )
d. Remote preset speeds
e. Remote external trip
f. Remote fault reset
g. Process control speed reference interface, 4-20mA DC
h. Potentiometer and 1-1 0VDC speed reference interface
i. Two RS-485 programming and operation interface ports
C . Outputs - A minimum of two discrete programmable digital outputs, one programmable
open collector output, and one programmable analog output shall be provided , with the
following available at minimum:
1. Programmable relay outputs with one set of Form C contacts for each , selectable
with the following available at minimum:
a. Fault
b. Run
C. Ready
d. Reversed
e. Jogging
f. At speed
g . Torque Limit Supervision
h. Motor rotation direction opposite of commanded
i. Over-temperature
2 . Programmable open collector output with available 24VDC power supply and
selectable with the following available at minimum :
a. Fault
b. Run
c. Ready
d. Reversed
e . Jogging
CONFORMED , 12/01/2022
FWW VILLAGE CREEK WRF , DIGESTER MIXING , FLARE , DOME IMPROVEMENTS
CITY PROJECT NO. 102652
26 29 23-19 LOW VOLT AGE VARIABLE FREQUENCY
DRIVES (VFDS)
f. At speed
g . Torque Limit Supervision
h. Motor rotation direction opposite of commanded
i. Over-temperature
3 . Programmable analog output signal, selectable with the following available at
minimum:
a. Motor current
b. Output frequency
C . Frequency reference
d . Motor speed
e . Motor torque
f. Motor power
g. Motor voltage
h. DC-bus voltage
i. Al1 (Analog Input 1)
j. AI2 (Analog Input 2)
2.05 ADJUSTABLE FREQUENCY DRIVES (VFDS) FOR MOTORS LARGER THAN 60 HP
A. General
1. Acceptable Topologies
a. 18-pulse Construction
1) Each drive shall be a minimum 18-pulse, IGBT based sinusoidal PWM
type AC Drive capable of operating a squirrel cage induction motor with a
full load current equal to or less than the continuous output of the Drive .
The drive panel shall incorporate a phase shift transformer and a
minimum 18 pulse converter.
b. Active Front End
1) Use a transistor-based Active Front End as the input rectifier that uses a
Selective Harmonic Elimination algorithm , mitigating the harmonics
CONFORMED , 12/01/2022
FWW VILLAGE CREEK WRF , DIGESTER MIXING , FLARE , DOME IMPROVEMENTS
CITY PROJECT NO . 102652
26 29 23-20 LOW VOLTAGE VARIABLE FREQUENCY
DR IVES (VFDS)
enough to meet IEEE-519-2014 without the need for phase shifting
transformers and multi-pulse diode rectifiers . Total current harmonic
distortion shall not exceed 5% at the VFD input terminals at full load
conditions . AFE rectifier shall be phase rotation insensitive , tolerant of line
voltage imbalance up to 10% without affecting the harmonic mitigation or
VFD output, and capable of operating the motor at full output with a 10%
drop on input voltage .
2) Use an LCL filter assembly to filter up to and including the 50th harmonic
to reduce EMI/RFI emissions. The LCL filter assembly shall include
Passive Dampening. The drive will provide Active Resonance Detection
and Protection to minimize any damage to the drive from supply side
resonance.
2 . Regulator technology shall be software configurable to either V/Hz (single or multi
motor) mode or Sensorless Dynamic Torque Vector mode (single motor). Full ,
closed loop flux vector control shall be available for constant torque applications.
In V/Hz mode at base speed (60 hertz) and below, the Drive shall operate in
constant volts per hertz mode . Above base speed (60 hertz), the Drive may
selectively operate in either a constant volt per hertz mode or a constant voltage
extended frequency mode.
3 . The VFD shall be able to start into a spinning motor. The VFD shall be able to
determine the motor speed in any direction and resume operation without tripping.
If the motor is spinning in the reverse direction , the VFD shall start into the motor
in the reverse direction , bring the motor to a controlled stop, and then accelerate
the motor to the preset speed .
4. The Drive shall maintain set frequency regardless of load fluctuations.
5. The Drive shall be able to operate after a voltage dip below 175 VAC on 230 VAC
input power and 310 VAC on 460 VAC input power for 15 milliseconds at 85% full
load current without any disturbances in output power delivered to the load. If
power exceeds this level , six different modes or active and inactive restart modes
shall be available. The decrease in motor speed shall be adjustable in the event of
a momentary power outage.
6. The Drive shall have a programmable start frequency, adjustable from 0.1 to 60
hertz, with a 1 hertz resolution and with a holding time adjustable from 0.1 to 10
seconds.
7 . The Drive shall have IGBT soft switching and a low noise control power supply
system to reduce the noise from the drive.
8. The Drive shall have a frequency bias (starting frequency) function programmable
from -120 to +120 Hz of maximum frequency, with 0.1 Hz resolution.
CONFORMED , 12/01/2022
FWW VILLAGE CREEK WRF, DIGESTER MIXING , FLARE , DOME IMPROVEMENTS
CITY PROJECT NO . 102652
26 29 23-21 LOW VOLTAGE VARIABLE FREQUENCY
DRIVES (VFDS)
9 . Drive frequency gain shall be programmable from 0-200%, with 0.1 % resolution .
10. The Drive shall be capable of motor slowdown or stop by selectable regenerative
(to the DC link) dynamic braking while following one of the four selectable
deceleration ramps and control the braking torque by setting its value from 0 , 20 to
150%, 999 (no limit) of Drive rating. It shall also be capable of changing the rate of
deceleration automatically by stopping the braking action long enough to avoid
Drive over-voltage trip.
11 . The Drive shall can start into a rotating load (forward or reverse) and shall
smoothly accelerate or decelerate to the set point without experiencing component
damage .
12. The Drive shall can stop by selectable DC injection braking . It shall be adjustable
from 0 to 100% braking level and have a programmable starting frequency for DC
braking (0 .2-60 hertz) and programmable braking time (0 .1 to 30 .0 seconds).
13. The Drive shall have a start Frequency Setting that incorporates a Holding Time at
the Frequency Setting , adjustable up to 10 seconds in duration.
14. The Drive shall provide at least three selectable skip frequencies with
programmable band widths, adjustable 0 to 30 Hz, which shall not allow operation
at or near mechanical resonance speeds.
15. The Drive shall provide selectable slip compensation, which shall sense output
current and adjust output
16. The Drive shall have Droop operation, balancing drooping characteristics to speed
and load variations . This function shall be adjustable from -9.9 to 0.0 Hz .
17. The Drive shall have a selectable Torque Limiting function for both motoring and
braking that shall sense an overload condition and shall reduce frequency and
current temporarily until the load reaches acceptable levels. If the overload
condition is not settled in the proper amount of time , the Drive shall trip on
overload. The Torque Limiting shall be programmable from 20-150% of Drive rated
motor torque (30 HP an below) and from 20-150% of Drive rated motor torque (40
HP and above), with 1 % resolution .
18. The Drive shall have an integral underload protection function to automatically
sense under-torque conditions due to low suction pressure conditions. Coordinate
with Pumped Mixing supplier to set underload function parameters for specific
motor-pump combination supplied.
19. The Drive shall have a selectable electronic inverse time thermal overload function
as required by NEC and UL Standard 991 for an AC Induction Motor (Refer to
applicable codes for specific installation requirements). The overload shall be
programmable from 20 -135% of Drive rated current.
CONFORMED , 12/01/2022
FWW VILLAGE CREEK WRF , DIGESTER MIXING , FLARE , DOME IMPROVEMENTS
CITY PROJECT NO. 102652
26 29 23-22 LOW VOLTAGE VARIABLE FREQUENCY
DRIVES (VFDS)
20. The Drive shall have an over-voltage protection function that operates if supply
voltage rises above rated value or by motor's regeneration.
21. The Drive shall treat short circuits in either the output load or the output module as
an over-current.
22 . If the Drive heat sink temperature exceeds approximately 100°C, the Drive shall
shut down on over temperature fault.
23. The Drive shall provide output ground fault protection.
24. The drive shall include a motor dv/dt filter for use on motor cable for all motors
a. The dv/dt filter shall be located internal to the VFD enclosure and shall
reduce the dv/dt clamp any voltage overshoots of the VFD output. It will
return the energy in the voltage overshoots to the VFD de bus.
B . Control and Monitor Interface
1. The Control shall have a graphic back-lit liquid crystal display (LCD) which can be
configured to display frequency, current, function code set points, or drive status
and fault codes. It shall display lines with characters of text, providing display at a
2.
minimum of:
a. Monitor
b. Operate
C. Parameter setup
d. Actual parameter values
e. Active faults
f. Fault history
g . LCD adjustments
Setups and Adjustments
a . Start command from keypad, remote or communications port
b . Speed command from keypad, remote or communications port
c. Motor direction selection
d. Maximum and minimum speed limits
FWW VILLAGE CREEK WRF , DIGESTER MIXING , FLARE , DOME IMPROVEMENTS
CITY PROJECT NO . 102652
CONFORMED , 12/01/2022 26 29 23-23 LOW VOLTAGE VARIABLE FREQUENCY
DRIVES (VFDS)
e. Acceleration and deceleration times , two settable ranges
f. Critical (skip) frequency avoidance
g. Torque limit
h. Multiple attempt restart function
i. Multiple preset speeds adjustment
j . Catch a spinning motor start or normal start selection
k. Programmable analog output
I. DC brake current magnitude and time
m. PIO process controller
3. System Interfaces
a. Remote manual/auto
b. Remote start/stop
c . Remote forward/reverse
d . Remote preset speeds
e. Remote external trip
f. Remote fault reset
g . Process control speed reference interface , 4-20mA DC
h. Potentiometer and 1-10VDC speed reference interface
i. Programming interface port .
C. Outputs - A minimum of two discrete programmable digital outputs, one programmable
open collector output , and one programmable analog output shall be provided, with the
following available at minimum:
1. Programmable relay outputs with one set of Form C contacts for each, selectable
with the following available at minimum :
a . Fault
b. Run
CONFORMED , 12/01/2022
FWW VILLAGE CREEK WRF , DIGESTER MIXING , FLARE , DOME IMPROVEMENTS
CITY PROJECT NO . 102652
26 29 23-24 LOW VOLTAGE VARIABLE FREQUENCY
DRIVES (VFDS)
C . Ready
d. Reversed
e. Jogging
f . At speed
g. Torque Limit Supervision
h. Motor rotation direction opposite of commanded
i. Over-temperature
2. Programmable open collector output with available 24VDC power supply and
selectable with the following available at minimum:
a. Fault
b. Run
c. Ready
d. Reversed
e . Jogging
f . At speed
g. Torque Limit Supervision
h. Motor rotation direction opposite of commanded
i. Over-temperature
3. Programmable analog output signal, selectable with the following available at
minimum:
a . Motor current
b. Output frequency
c . Frequency reference
d. Motor speed
e. Motor torque
f . Motor power
CONFORMED , 12/01/2022
FWW VILLAGE CREEK WRF, DIGESTER MIXING , FLARE , DOME IMPROVEMENTS
CITY PROJECT NO . 102652
26 29 23-25 LOW VOLTAGE VARIABLE FREQUENCY
DRIVES (VFDS)
g. Motor voltage
h. DC-bus voltage
i. Al1 (Analog Input 1)
j. Al2 (Analog Input 2)
2.06 REMOTE MONITORING AND CONTROL INTERFACE
A . General: All control and interconnection points from the equipment to the plant control
and monitoring system shall be brought to a separate connection box. No field
connections shall be made directly to the equipment control devices. Functions to be
brought out shall be as specified in the Instrumentation Divisions .
B . Discrete control or status functions shall be form C relays with contacts rated at 120
volts AC . Analog signals shall be isolated from each other.
C. Equipment functions to be directly interfaced to the Plant Control and Monitoring
System , shall be designed for operation with an Ethernet Connection .
D. The equipment manufacturer shall factory enter the proper IP Address for such
connection . Upon request by the Contractor, the Owner/Engineer will provide the proper
Internet Protocol Address (IP Address), to be configured by the equipment manufacturer.
E. Refer to the Instrumentation Divisions for monitored parameters.
F. Communication
1. For remote monitoring, one of the following communication capabilities shall be
provided:
a. One integral 10/100BaseT Ethernet port supporting Modbus TCP .
2. The protocol interface shall implement the following:
a . All data shall be available and/or mirrored within the Modbus 4x or "Holding
Register" memory area.
b . Register 4x00001 shall exist and be readable to allow simple, predictable
"comm tests".
2.07 SPARE PARTS
A . Provide the following spare parts:
1. Three -Control fuses of type used.
CONFORMED , 12/01/2022
FWW VILLAGE CREEK WRF , DIGESTER MIXING , FLARE , DOME IMPROVEMENTS
CITY PROJECT NO . 102652
26 29 23-26 LOW VOLTAGE VARIABLE FREQUENCY
DRIVES (VFDS)
2. Three -Power fuses of type used.
3. One -spare keypad of each type used.
B. Spare parts shall be boxed or packaged for long term storage and clearly identified on
the exterior of package. Identify each item with manufacturers name, description, and
part number
2.08 ACCESSORIES
A. Provide the following accessories:
1. Provide a corrugated non-conducting floor mat and include the floor mat in the
submittals for this section. The floor mat shall have the following features:
a . Compliance with ANSI/ASTM D-178-01 standards
b. Type II : Made of any elastomer or combination of elastomeric compounds
with the following special properties:
1) Ozone Resistant ASTM 0178-01
2) Flame Resistant ASTM 0178-01
3) Oil Resistant ASTM 0471-97
Working Proof Withstand Thickness
Classification Voltaae Voltaae Voltaae
10000 V 3/16 INCH
Class1 7500 V AC AC 20000 V AC
17000 V 20000 V 1/4 INCH
Class2 AC AC 30000 V AC
26500 V 30000 V 3/8 INCH
Class3 AC AC 40000 V AC
36000 V 40000 V 1/2 INCH
Class4 AC AC 50000 V AC
c . Classification: 1
d . Minimum 3/16-inch thick by three feet wide .
e. Length: Extending the full length of the switchgear lineup and provided in
one piece
f . Made from insulating rubber
g. Resistant to acid exposure, UV, oil spills, high and low temperatures
h. Boasting hydrophobic and fire-retardant characteristics
CONFORMED , 12/01/2022
FWW VILLAGE CREEK WRF , DIGESTER MIXING , FLARE , DOME IMPROVEMENTS
CITY PROJECT NO. 102652
26 29 23-27 LOW VOLTAGE VARIABLE FREQUENCY
DRIVES (VFDS)
i. Anti-skid patterns on the top and bottom surfaces
j. Durable and puncture resistant
k . Easily washable with m ild detergent
I. Manufacturers:
1) American Floor Mats
2) DIMEX
3) HIC Insulation Universal
4) PAC (Production Automation Corporation)
5) No equal
6) Approved equal
2.09 FACTORY TESTING
A . The VFDs shall be completely assembled, wired, and adjusted at the factory and shall
be given the manufacturer's routine shop tests and any other additional operational test
to insure the workability and reliable operation of the equipment.
B. Prior to factory testing, submit confirmation that the manufacturer has checked and
verifies that all selections and settings required by the Power System Study Engineer
have been performed.
C. Factory test equipment and test methods shall conform with the latest applicable
requirements of ANSI, IEEE, UL, and NEMA standards.
D . The operational test shall include the proper connection of supply and control voltage
and , as far as practical , a mockup of simulated control signals and control devices shall
be fed into the boards to check for proper operation.
PART 3-EXECUTION
3.01 MANUFACTURER'S REPRESENTATIVE
A. Provide the services of a qualified factory-trained manufacturer's field engineer to assist
in the installation and start-up of each type of the equipment specified below for a period
of not less than two working days , with not less than one working day per VFD. The
manufacturer's field engineer shall provide technical direction and assistance in general
assembly of the equipment, connections and adjustments, and testing of the assembly
and components contained therein .
CONFORMED , 12/01/2022
FWW VILLAGE CREEK WRF , DIGESTER MIXING, FLARE , DOME IMPROVEMENTS
CITY PROJECT NO . 102652
26 29 23-28 LOW VOLTAGE VARIABLE FREQUENCY
DRIVES (VFDS )
3.02 INSTALLER'S QUALIFICATIONS
A. Provide an installer who shall be specialized in installing low voltage adjustable
frequency drives with minimum five years documented experience . Experience
documentation shall be submitted for approval prior to beginning work on this project.
3.03 EXAMINATION
A. Examine installation area to assure there is enough clearance to install the equipment.
B. Housekeeping pads shall be included for the floor mounted motor controllers as detailed
on the Drawings except for motor controllers which are to be installed adjacent to an
existing unit. Housekeeping pads for these (if used) should match the existing
installation .
C . Check concrete pads and baseplates for uniformity and level surface .
D. Verify that the equipment is ready to install.
E. Verify field measurements are as instructed by manufacturer.
3.04 INSTALLATION
A . Install all equipment per the manufacturer's recommendations and Contract Drawings.
B. Install required safety labels.
3.05 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL
A. Inspect installed equipment for anchoring, alignment, grounding and physical damage.
B. Check tightness of all accessible electrical connections. Minimum acceptable values are
specified in manufacturer's instructions.
3.06 FIELD ADJUSTING
A. Adjust all circuit breakers, switches , access doors , operating handles for free mechanical
and electrical operation as described in manufacturer's instructions.
B . The Power Monitoring and Protective Relays shall be set in the field by a qualified
representative of the manufacturer, in accordance with settings designated in a
coordinated study of the system as required in Section 26 05 73 Power System Study.
All such settings , including the application of arc flash labels , shall have been made and
Approved by the Owner/Engineer, prior to energizing of the equipment.
C. Return spare Kirk keys to the Owner after final acceptance of the equipment.
3.07 FIELD TESTING
CONFORMED , 12/01/2022
FWW VILLAGE CREEK WRF , DIGESTER MIXING , FLARE , DOME IMPROVEMENTS
CITY PROJECT NO . 102652
26 29 23 -29 LOW VOLTAGE VARIABLE FREQUENCY
DRIVES (VFDS)
A. The VFD manufacturer's field engineer shall perform all electrical field tests
recommended by the manufacturer and make all control adjustments required for the
individual application of the drive .
B. Submit the results of all specified tests to the Engineer/Owner within five business days
for approval and for their permanent records .
3.08 CLEANING
A. Remove all rubbish and debris from inside and around the motor controllers . Remove
dirt, dust, or concrete spatter from the interior and exterior of the equipment using
brushes , vacuum cleaner, or clean, lint free rags. Do not use compressed air .
3.09 EQUIPMENT PROTECTION AND RESTORATION
A. Touch-up and restore damaged surfaces to factory finish , as approved by the
manufacturer. If the damaged surface cannot be returned to factory specification, the
surface shall be replaced.
3.10 MANUFACTURER'S CERTIFICATION
A. Provide the services of a qualified factory-trained manufacturer's representative who
shall certify in writing that the equipment has been installed , adjusted, including all
settings designated in the Power System Study, and tested in accordance with the
manufacturer's recommendations .
B. Provide three copies of the manufacturer's representative's cert ification .
3.11 TRAINING
A. Provide manufacturer's services for training of plant personnel in operation and
maintenance of the adjustable frequency drives furnished under this Section .
B. The training for each type of equipment shall be for a period of not less than one eight-
hour day.
C. The cost of the training program to be conducted with Owner's personnel shall be
included in the Contract Price . The training and instruction, insofar as practicable , shall
be directly related to the system being supplied.
D. Provide detailed O&M manuals to supplement the training course . The manuals shall
include specific details of equipmen t supplied and operations specific to the project.
E. The training session shall be conducted by a manufacturer's qualified representative .
Training program shall include instructions on the assembly , motor starters, protective
devices , metering , and other major components.
F. The Owner reserves the right to videotape the training sessions for the Owner's use .
FWW VILLAGE CREEK WRF , DIGESTER MIXING , FLARE , DOME IMPROVEMENTS
C ITY PROJECT NO . 102652
CONFORMED , 12/01/2022 26 29 23-30 LOW VOLTAGE VARIABLE FREQUENCY
DRIVES (VFDS )
CONFORMED , 12/01/2022
END OF SECTION
FWW VILLAGE CREEK WRF , DIGESTER MIXING , FLARE , DOME IMPROVEMENTS
CITY PROJECT NO. 102652
26 29 23-31 LOW VOLTAGE VARIABLE FREQUENCY
DRIVES (VFDS)
CONFORMED , 12/01 /2022
THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK
FWW VILLAGE CREEK WRF , DIGESTER MIXING , FLARE , DOME IMPROVEMENTS
CITY PROJECT NO . 102652
26 29 23-32 LOW VOLTAGE VARIABLE FREQUENCY
DRIVES (VFDS )
SECTION 26 29 86
MECHANICAL EQUIPMENT CONTROL PANELS (MECPS)
PART 1 -GENERAL
1.01 SCOPE OF WORK
A. Furnish and install functional control panels to operate control systems manually or
automatically as specified in the detailed requirements of this Section, and as described
in the Mechanical Equipment Division.
B. All submittals for, process equipment panels specified under this Section, shall be
submitted as a part of the Process Equipment submittal.
1.02 RELATED WORK
A. Refer to Division 26 00 00 and the Contract Drawings , for related work and electrical
coordination requirements.
1.03 SUBMITTALS
A. Submittals shall be made in accordance with the requirements of Division 1, Section 26
00 00, the Contract Documents and as specified herein the following:
1. The manufacturers' names and product designation or catalog numbers for the
types of materials specified or shown on the Drawings.
2. Cut sheets for each individual item shall be submitted.
3. All cut sheets shall be clearly marked to indicate which products are being
submitted for use on this project.
' 4. Unmarked cut sheets will cause the submittal to be rejected and returned for
revision.
B . All shop drawing submittals and all O&M submittals shall be submitted Division 1. No
change in Contract Price or Schedule will be allowed for delays due to unacceptable
submittals.
C. Submittals shall also contain information on related equipment to be furnished under this
Specification. Incomplete submittals not containing the required information on the
related equipment will also be returned without review
D. Submittals shall be made in accordance with the requirements of the process equipment
division of these Specifications , and as specified herein.
FWW VILLAGE CREEK WRF , DIGESTER MIXING , FLARE , DOME IMPROVEMENTS
CITY PROJECT NO . 102652
CONFORMED , 12/01/2022 26 29 86-1 MECHANICAL EQUIPMENT CONTROL
PANELS (MECPS)
E. Submittals for equipment specified herein shall be made as a part of equipment
furnished under other Sections. Ind ividual submittals for equipment specified herein will
not be accepted and will be returned without review .
F. The original equipment manufacturer, (OEM) shall create all equipment shop drawings,
including all wiring diagrams, in the manufacturer's Engineering department. All
equipment shop drawings shall bear the original equipment manufacturer's logo , drawing
file numbers, and shall be maintained on file in the OEM's archive file system .
Photocopies of the Engineer's ladder schematics are unacceptable as shop drawings.
G. Submittals for equipment and materials, furnished under this Section of the
Specifications, will not be accepted prior to approval of the Qualifications and
Preliminary Study submittals required in the Power System Study specified under
Section 26 05 73 . Submittals made prior to such approval will be returned unreviewed.
H. Time-current coordination curves for protective device relays, circuit breakers , and fuses
submitted shall be included as a part of these submittals .
I. Submit for approval , a manufacturer's conducted training agenda for all training specified
herein . Training agenda shall not be submitted until final approval of the Operation and
Maintenance Manual. Shop Drawings and Product Data.
J . The following information shall be submitted to the Engineer:
1. The mechanical equipment manufacturer shall use his control systems
engineering department to produce custom unit elementary drawings.
a. Drawings shall be on the mechanical equipment manufacturer's drawing
sheets and shall include all schematics for control logic as described in the
Process Equipment Specifications , and any associated control schematics
shown on the Engineer's Drawings for this project.
b . Show interwiring and interlocking between components and to remotely
mounted devices . Include and identify all connecting equipment and remote
devices on the schematics . The notation "Remote Device" will nbt be
acceptable .
c. Show wire and terminal numbers. Indicate special identifications for devices
as required by the mechanical equipment manufacturer or as may be shown
on the Drawings .
d. Photocopies of the Engineer's ladder schematics are unacceptable as shop
drawings .
2 . Equipment outline drawings shall show elevation, plan and interior views, front
panel arrangement, dimensions , we ight, shipping splits, conduit entrances and
CONFORMED , 12 /01 /2 022
FWW VILLAGE CREEK WRF , DIGESTER MIXING , FLARE , DOME IMPROVEMENTS
CITY PROJECT NO . 102652
26 29 86-2 MECHANICAL EQUIPMENT CONTROL
PANELS (MECPS )
anchor bolt pattern . Indicate all options, special features, ratings and deviations
from this Section.
3. Provide power and control schematics which shall include all external connections .
Show wire and terminal numbers and color-coding .
4. Provide instruction and replacement parts books, which shall include
manufacturer's part numbers , selections of component ratings, and CT and PT
ratios.
5. Provide as-built final drawings.
6. Provide documentation that the panel assembly facility is a UL-508 certified facility.
7. Provide a facsimile of the UL label that is to be applied to the completed panel.
8. Furnish complete Bill of Materials indicating manufacturer's name and part
numbers .
9 . Manufacturer's cut sheets for every component used in the panel assembly
adequately marked to show the items being included. The manufacturer's name
shall be clearly visible on each cut sheet submitted. Unmarked cut sheets will
cause rejection of the submittal and its return for revision .
10. Assembly ratings shall be provided including:
a. Short-circuit rating
b. Voltage
c . Continuous current
11. Major component ratings shall be provided including:
a. Voltage
b. Continuous current
c. Interrupting ratings
12. Cable terminal sizes.
13 . Instruction and renewal parts books.
K. Factory Tests : Submittals shall be made for factory tests specified herein .
L. Field Test Reports: Submittals shall be made for field tests specified herein.
M. Operation and Maintenance Manuals:
FWW VILLAGE CREEK WRF , DIGESTER MIXING , FLARE , DOME IMPROVEMENTS
CITY PROJECT NO. 102652
CONFORMED , 12/01 /2022 26 29 86-3 MECHANICAL EQUIPMENT CONTROL
PANELS (MECPS )
1. Operation and Maintenance Manuals shall be provided which shall include the
following information:
a. Manufacturer's contact address and telephone number for parts and service.
b. Instruction books and/or leaflets
c. Recommended renewal parts list
d . Record Documents for the information required by the Submittals paragraph
above.
N. Submit the manufacturer's training agenda for all training specified herein. Training
agenda shall not be submitted until final approval of the Operation and Maintenance
Manual.
1.04 REFERENCE CODES AND STANDARDS
A. All products and components shown on the Drawings and listed in this specification shall
be designed and manufactured according to latest revision of the following standards
(unless otherwise noted):
1. NEMA Standard ICS 2 -2000 Industrial Control and Systems
2 . NFPA 70 -National Electrical Code (NEC)
3. NFPA 70E -Standard for Electrical Safety in the Workplace
4 . NFPA 79 -Electrical Standard for Industrial Machinery
5. UL 508/508A -Industrial Control Enclosures
B. All equipment components and completed assemblies specified in this Section of the
Specifications shall bear the appropriate label of Underwriters Laboratories.
1.05 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. The manufacturer of the control panels shall have produced similar equipment for a
minimum period of five years. When requested by the Engineer, an acceptable list of
installations with similar equipment shall be provided demonstrating compliance with this
requirement.
B . The control panels shall be assembled in a UL-508 certified facility. A submittal of
documentation certifying that the panel fabrication facility is a UL-508 certified facility, is
required. A UL label shall be affixed to the inside of the external door by the panel
fabrication assembly . Submit a facsimile of the UL label in the submittal information.
CONFORMED , 12 /01/2022
FWW VILLAGE CREEK WRF , DIGESTER MIXING , FLARE , DOME IMPROVEMENTS
CITY PROJECT NO . 102652
26 29 86-4 MECHANICAL EQUIPMENT CONTROL
PANELS (MECPS)
C . All components and material shall be new and of the latest field proven design and in
current production . Obsolete components or components scheduled for immediate
discontinuation shall not be used .
D. Control panels submitted shall fit within the space shown on the Drawings . Equipment
which does not fit within the space is not acceptable.
E. For the equipment specified herein , the manufacturer shall be ISO 9001 2000 certified.
1.06 JOBSITE DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING
A. Prior to jobsite delivery, complete all submittal requirements , and present to the
Owner/Engineer upon delivery of the equipment, an approved copy of all such
submittals . Delivery of incomplete constructed equipment, onsite factory work , or failed
factory tests will not be permitted .
B. Equipment shall be handled and stored in accordance with manufacturer's instructions .
Two copies of these instructions shall be included with the equipment at time of
shipment and shall be made available to the Contractor and Owner/Engineer.
C. Shipping groups shall be designed to be shipped by truck , rail , or ship . Indoor groups
shall be bolted to skids . Breakers and accessories shall be packaged and shipped
separately.
D. Equipment shall be installed in its permanent finished location shown on the Drawings
within seven calendar days of arriving onsite . If the equipment cannot be installed within
seven calendar days , the equipment shall not be delivered to the site , but stored offsite ,
until such time that the site is ready for permanent installation of the equipment with no
change in the Contract Pr ice or Schedule .
E. Where space heaters are provided in equipment, provide temporary electrical power and
operate space heaters during storage , and after equipment is installed in permanent
location , until equipment is placed in service .
1.07 WARRANTY
A . Provide warrantees , including the manufacturer's warranty , for the equipment specified
and the proper installation thereof, to be free from defects in material and workmanship
for two years from date of final acceptance 2 years from the date defined in Section
00 72 00 GENERAL CONDITIONS and Section 00 73 00 SUPPLEMENTARY
CONDITIONS TO GENERAL CONDITIONS of the equipment and its installation. Within
such period of warranty , all material and labor necessary to return the equipment to new
operating condition shall be provided . Any warranty work requiring shipping or
transporting of the equipment shall be provided at no expense to the Owner.
CONFORMED , 12 /0 1/2022
FWW V ILLAGE CREEK WRF , DIGESTER MIXING , FLARE , DOME IMPROVEMENTS
CITY PROJECT NO . 102652
26 29 86-5 MECHAN ICAL EQUIPMENT CONTROL
PANELS (MECPS )
PART 2 -PRODUCTS
2.01 MATERIAL MANUFACTURERS
A. Subject to compliance with the Contract Documents, the following electrical material
manufacturers are acceptable :
1. ABB
2. Eaton
3. Square D Co .
4 . Rockwell Automation
5 . Approved equal
B . The listing of specific manufacturers above does not imply acceptance of their products
that do not meet the specified ratings , features and functions. Materials listed above are
not relieved from meeting these Specifications in their entirety.
C . Provide control panels supplied by the mechanical equipment manufacturer who shall be
responsible for providing all required controls and apparatus as specified utilizing the
specified components herein.
D . The acceptable electrical material manufactures listed above may not manufacture all
materials required in the completed control panels. Other sections list acceptable
material manufacturers , which produce those additional required components .
Submittals shall include all components required.
2.02 RATINGS
A. The service voltage shall be as specified and/or as shown on the Drawings . The overall
short circuit withstand , and interrupting rating of the equipment and devices shall be not
less than 22 ,000 amperes RMS symmetrical at 480Y/277 Volts , and equal to or greater
than the overall short circuit withstand and interrupting rating of the feeder device
immediately upstream of the Control Panel. The manufacturer of the control panel shall
provide a disconnect with current limiting fuses to reduce the available fault current at
the control panel if required to meet the short circuit withstand and interrupting rating of
the feeder device immediately upstream of the control panel. The fused disconnect shall
be provided and installed at no additional cost. This includes all circuit breakers and
combination motor starters. Systems of motor controllers employing series connected
ratings for main and feeder devices shall not be used and are not acceptable . Motor
starter units shall be tested and UL 508A labeled for the specified short circuit duty in
combination with the motor branch circuit protective device .
CONFORMED , 12 /01 /2022
FWW VI LLAGE CREEK WRF , DIGESTER MIXING , FLARE , DOME IMPROVEMENTS
CITY PROJECT NO . 102652
26 29 86-6 MECHANICAL EQUIPMENT CONTROL
PANELS (MECPS )
B. There shall be selective device coordination between the Main Breaker, Feeder
Breakers and control circuit protective devices. When using a circuit breaker or fuses as
a main protective device, the instantaneous trip levels of the main protective device shall
be higher than the available fault current to the control panel. If fuses are utilized in the
control panel design, the protective devices for three-phase loads shall contain single
phase protection of such equipment. If a fault occurs in the circuit of one load of a design
with a backup load, the feeder protective device shall not remove both loads from the
control system .
C . Use ground fault sensing on grounded wye systems .
D. The complete control panel assembly shall be UL certified and carry a UL listing for
"Industrial Control Panels ".
E. The control panel shall meet all applicable requirements of the National Electrical Code.
F . The control panel enclosure shall be NEMA rated as specified herein .
G . Motor controllers, includ ing associated devices , shall be designed for continuous
operation at rated current in a 40°C ambient temperature .
H. For additional ratings and construction notes, refer to the mechanical equipment
specifications and the Drawings .
I. The Manufacturer shall produce and install on each panel , an Arc Flash Warning Label
listing the various Flash Hazard Protection Boundaries , calculated from NFPA ?OE ,
Annexes , as listed below:
1. Flash Hazard Protection Boundary.
2 . Limited Approach Boundary.
3 . Restricted Boundary .
4 . Prohibited Boundary.
5 . Incident Energy Level.
6 . Required Personal Protective Equipment Class .
7 . Type of Fire Rated Clothing .
J . Provide an Arc Flash Warning Label printed in color and affixed to the front of each
panel provided . Secure the required information from the Engineering Firm providing the
study , as required in Section 26 05 73 Power System Study] [as provided by the
Engineer.
CONFORMED , 12 /01 /2022
FWW VILLAGE CREEK WRF , DIGES TER MIXING , FLARE , DOME IMPROVEMENTS
CITY PROJECT NO . 102652
26 29 86-7 MECHANICAL EQUIPMENT CONTROL
PANELS (MECPS )
K. Shown below is a typical label. Size of each label shall be not less than 8 inches wide
and 6 inches tall.
/ 1.lll Arc Flash and
'-It' S hock H azard
_ Fla-ti!, Hu..-.rd 8et.ftidlt-ry
1 FLa--.H...,d.at181r"~ _PP.....,.._ __ _
-&hod& Na:drd..,._n CO'W'tlr -~ ...... _ ..
-.... "t.lkled~Nll • ---
PMII AIJIWMG~ •
2.03 CONSTRUCTION
A. General
1. Submit actual layout and location of equipment and components ; current ratings of
devices , bus bars , componen t s ; protective relays , voltage ratings of devices ,
components and assembl ies ; and other required details . NEMA rat ings of all
devices shall meet or exceed the rating of each panel.
2 . Control units shall be arranged as shown on the Drawings .
3 . Except for VFD components , where the equipment contains a programmable logic
controller {PLC) or an un interruptible power supply (UPS), the equipment
manufacturer shall furnish factory installed , a dedicated Point of Utilization Device
(SPD), as specified in Section 26 43 13, Individual Control Panel and Related
Equ ipment Protection {Type 3).
4 . Where Kirk-Key arrangements are used , the Kirk keyed interlocks shall be Kirk HD
(Heavy Duty) 316 Series of 3 16 stainless steel or approved equal.
5 . Nameplates
a . Exterior
1)
CONFORMED , 12/0 1/2022
Nameplates shall be engraved , laminated impact acryl ic , matte finish ,
not less than 1 /16-inch thick by ¾-inch by 2-1 /2-inch, Rowmark
322402. Nameplates shall be 316 SS screw mounted to all enclosures
except for NEMA 4 and 4X. Nameplates for NEMA 4 and 4X
enclosures shall be attached with double faced adhesive strips , TESA
TUFF TAPE 4970 , .009 X ½ inch , or equal. Prior to i nstalling the
FWW VIL LAGE CREEK WRF , DIGESTER MIXING , FLARE , DOME IMPROV EM E NTS
CITY PROJECT NO . 102652
26 29 86-8 MECHANICAL EQUIPMENT CONTROL
PANELS (MECPS )
adhesive nameplates, the metal surface shall be thoroughly cleaned
with 70% alcohol until all residues have been removed . Epoxy
adhesive or foam tape is not acceptable.
2) There shall be a master nameplate that indicates supply voltage
equipment ratings, short circuit current rating, manufacturer's name,
shop order number and general information . Cubicle nameplates shall
be mounted on the front face, on the rear panel and inside the
assembly, visible when the rear panel is removed.
3) Provide permanent warning signs as follows:
a) "Danger-High Voltage-Keep Out" on all doors.
b) "Warning-Hazard of Electric Shock -Disconnect Power Before
Opening or Working on This Unit" on Main Power Disconnect or
Disconnects.
b . Internal
1) Provide the panel with a UL 508A label.
2) Control components mounted within the assembly, such as fuse
blocks, relays , pushbuttons , switches, etc ., shall be suitably marked for
identification , corresponding to appropriate designations on
manufacturer's wiring diagrams.
c . Special
1) Identification nameplates shall be white with black letters , caution
nameplates shall be yellow with black letters, and warning nameplates
shall be red with white letters.
6. Control Devices and Indicators
a. All operating control devices, indicators, and instruments shall be securely
mounted on the panel door. All controls and indicators shall be 30mm ,
corrosion resistant , NEMA 4X/13 , anodized aluminum or reinforced plastic.
Booted control devices are not acceptable . Auxiliary contacts shall be
provided for remote run indication and indication of each status and alarm
condition . Additional controls shall be provided as specified herein and as
required by the detailed mechanical and electrical equipment requirements.
b. Indicator lamps shall be LED type . For all control applications , indicator
lamps shall incorporate a push-to-test feature . Lens colors shall be as
follows:
1)
CONFORMED , 12 /01/2022
Red for ON , Valve OPEN , and Breaker CLOSED.
FWW VILLAGE CREEK WRF , DIGESTER MIXING , FLARE , DOME IMPROVEMENTS
CITY PROJECT NO . 102652
26 29 86-9 MECHANICAL EQUIPMENT CONTROL
PANELS (MECPS )
2) Green for OFF, Valve CLOSED and Breaker OPEN.
3) Amber for FAIL.
4) Blue for READY
5) White for POWER ON.
c . Mode selector switches (HAND-OFF-AUTO, LOCAL-OFF-REMOTE, etc.)
shall have the number of positions and contact arrangements, as required.
Each switch shall have an extra dry contact for remote monitoring .
d. Pushbuttons shall be as follows:
1) Red for STOP, Valve OPEN, Breaker CLOSE and mushroom Red for
EMERGENCY STOP.
2) Green for START, Valve CLOSE and Breaker OPEN.
3) Black for RESET.
e . Furnish nameplates for each device. All nameplates shall be laminated
plastic, black lettering on a white background , attached with stainless steel
screws . Device mounted nameplates are not acceptable .
f. Original equipment or device nameplates shall not be removed, reused,
altered, or replaced including equipment tags associated with equipment or
components supplied by the manufacturer's suppliers and sub-suppliers.
g . Control and Instrument Power Transformers
1) Control power transformers shall be provided. Transformer shall be
sized for the entire load, including starter coils , relays coils ,
condensation control space heaters, air conditioners, cooling fans and
all other required auxiliary loads , plus 25% spare capacity . In no case
shall the control transformer be not less than 1 00V A. Provide a load
calculation showing that the sizing of the control power transformer
complies with this requirement.
2) Control power transformers shall be 120-volt grounded secondary.
Primary side of the transformer shall be fused in both legs . One leg of
the transformer secondary shall be solidly grounded , and the other leg
shall be fused.
7. A failure alarm with horn and beacon light shall be provided when required or
specified . Silence and Reset buttons shall be furnished. Alarm horn and beacon
shall be by Federal Signal ; Crouse-Hinds , or equal , NEMA 4X for all areas except
for NEMA 7 areas, which shall be NEMA 7/4X cast aluminum .
CONFORMED , 12/01/2022
FWW VILLAGE CREEK WRF , DIGESTER MIXING , FLARE , DOME IMPROVEMENTS
CITY PROJECT NO . 102652
26 29 86 -10 MECHANICAL EQUIPMENT CONTROL
PANELS (MECPS)
B. Enclosures
1.
2 .
General
a . Enclosures shall meet the requirements specified in Section 26 05 33
Raceways , Boxes and Fittings.
b. Each enclosure shall incorporate a removable back panel , and side panels ,
on which control components shall be mounted . Back panel shall be secured
to the enclosure with collar studs for wall mounted enclosures, and 316 SS
hardware for free standing enclosures.
C. All free-standing enclosures shall be provided with feet of the same
construction as the enclosure .
d. The enclosure door shall be interlocked with the main circu it breaker by a
panel mounted cable driven operating mechanism .
e . Back panel shall be tapped to accept all mounting screws. Self-tapping
screws shall not be used to mount any components .
f . All enclosure doors shall have bonding studs . The enclosure interior shall
have a bonding stud .
g. Each enclosure shall be provided with a documentation pocket on the inner
door.
h. Enclosures shall not have holes or knockouts .
i. Provide manufacturer's window kits where shown on the Drawings.
j. All panels installed outdoors shall have a factory applied , suitable primer and
final coat of weatherproof white paint.
k . All enclosures shall be pad lockable.
NEMA 7/4X
a. Class 1, Division 1, Groups A , B , C , and D , or as defined in NFPA 70).
Boxes shall be constructed as follows:
1)
2)
3)
4)
Copper free cast aluminum body and cover
Stainless steel hinges
Watertight neoprene gasket
Stainless steel cover bolts
FWW VILLAGE CREEK WRF , DIGESTER MIXING , FLARE , DOME IMPROVEMENTS
CITY PROJECT NO . 102652
CONFORMED , 12/01 /2022 26 29 86-11 MECHAN ICAL EQUIPMENT CONTROL
PANELS (MECPS )
5) All penetrations shall be factory drilled and tapped.
3 . NON-METALLIC
a . Chemical Rooms. NEMA 4X constructed as follows:
1) PVC or Fiberglass reinforced polyester body and door.
2) UV inhibitors
3) Luggage type quick release latches
4) Foam-in-place gasketed doors
4 . ALUMINUM
a. NEMA 4X Aluminum
1) Type 5052 aluminum, body and door
2) Stainless steel continuous hinge
3) Foam in-place gasket
4) Single point quarter turn latches (20"x24" and below). All others 3-point
latch
5. NEMA 12
a. NEMA 12 Aluminum
1) Type 5052 aluminum , body and door
2) Stainless steel continuous hinge
3) Foam in-place gasket
4) Single point quarter turn latches (20 "x24 " and below). All others three-
point latch
6. Otherwise Not Defined NEMA 4X Stainless Steel
a. Where an enclosure is not otherwise defined or shown on the Drawing
1) NEMA 4X 316 Stainless Steel
2) Type 316 stainless steel , body and door
3) Stainless stee l continuous hinge
FWW VILLAGE CREEK WRF , DIGESTER MIXING , FLARE , DOME IMPROVEMENTS
CITY PROJECT NO . 102652
CONFORMED , 12/01 /2022 26 29 86-12 MECHANICAL EQUIPMENT CONTROL
PANELS (MECPS )
4) Foam in-place gasket
5) Single point quarter turn latches (20 "x24 " and below). All others 3-point
latch
7. NEMA 1 or NEMA 1A boxes shall not be used.
8 . Malleable iron boxes shall not be used.
C. Environmental Conditioning
1. Condensation Control
a . A self-contained enclosure condensation heater with thermostat and fan
shall be mounted inside the control panel, if panel is mounted outdoors or in
a non-air-conditioned space .
1) Enclosure heaters shall be energized from 120-volt, single-phase
power supply and sized to prevent condensation within the enclosure .
2) Locate enclosure heaters to avoid overheating electronic hardware or
producing large temperature fluctuations on the hardware.
3) Enclosure heaters shall have an internal fan for heat distribution and
shall be controlled with adjustable thermostats. The thermostat shall
have an adjustment range of 40 °F to 90°F. Provide a circuit breaker or
fused disconnect switch within the enclosure .
4) Enclosure heaters shall be Hoffman type DAH or equal.
b. Strip heaters may be provided if they are 240-volt rated , powered at 120
volts AC and do not have a surface temperature higher than 60 °C. Strip
heaters and thermostats shall be as manufactured by Chromalox or equal.
1) Strip heaters shall be Chromalox , Type OT, 1.5-in wide , 240 Volts ,
single phase , 150 watts , energized at 120 volts , with rust resisting iron
sheath , Catalog No. OT-715, Product Code No. 129314, or equal.
Provide enough wattage in heaters to prevent condensation should the
interior temperature of the enclosure drop below the dew point.
2) A control thermostat mounted inside the control Panel shall be
Chromalox , Type WR , single stage , Catalog No. WR-80 , Product Code
No .263177, or equal.
3) The strip heater terminals shall be guarded by a protective terminal
cover.
CONFORMED , 12 /0 1/2022
FWW VILLAGE CREEK WRF , DIGESTER MIXING , FLARE , DOME IMPROVEMENTS
CITY PROJECT NO . 102652
26 29 86-13 MECHANICAL EQUIPMENT CONTROL
PANELS (MECPS )
4) High temperature connecting lead wire shall be used between the
thermostat and the heater terminals. Wire shall be No. 12 AWG
stranded, nickel-plated copper with Teflon glass insulation and shall be
the product of Chromalox, Catalog No. 6-CFl-12, Product Code No.
263783, or equal.
c. Each panel shall have ½" stainless steel condensate drains, installed on a
stainless-steel conduit hub, HGTZ Series, T&B or equal, in the bottom of the
enclosure. Drain shall be O-Z Gedney DBB-50SS , or equal.
2 . Corrosion Control
a. Provide corrosion protection in each control panel with a corrosion-Inhibiting
vapor capsule as manufactured by Northern Instruments; Model Zerust VC,
or Hoffman Engineering ; Model A-HCI, or equal.
3 . Panel Interior Ambient Contro l
a . The manufacturer shall provide ambient temperature control within the panel
to maintain internal temperatures below the maximum operating
temperatures of the panel components. An ambient temperature range of -
20°C to 40°C .
b . The manufacturer shall provide panel internal heat rise calculations to show
that the panel internal temperatures will be maintained below the maximum
operating temperatures of the panel components .
c. The calculation shall show all the internal and external heat gain loads , the
expected internal rise in temperature in degrees C above the specified
ambient. Panels for which the calculated heat rise exceeds 40°C. shall have
an air conditioning system , sized as required to reduce the heat rise to 40 °C.
or less, without violating the NEMA rating of the enclosure .
d. The air conditioner, when required , shall have the following features :
1) Use CFC-free R134a refrigerant.
2) Have fully gasketed flanges on all four mounting edges for a watertight
seal that maintains NEMA 4X rating of the panel.
3) Thermostatic low temperature control to provide energy efficient
operation and prevents over-cooling.
4) EMI/RFI suppressor to minimize transient spikes during compressor
on/off cycling.
5) Separated blower-driven evaporator and condenser air systems for
closed loop cooling .
FWW VILLAGE CREEK WRF , DIGESTER MIXING , FLARE , DOME IMPROVEMENTS
CITY PROJECT NO . 102652
CONFORMED, 12 /01/2022 26 29 86-14 MECHANICAL EQUIPMENT CONTROL
PANELS (MECPS)
6) UL listed.
7) Stainless steel enclosure.
8) Internal corrosion resistant coating .
9) Low ambient kit.
10) Short cycle protector.
11) Manufacturers
a) Hoffman
b) Thermo Electric
c) Approved equal.
4. Enclosure Fans
a. Fans shall be furnished for soft start starters and VFDs, as required by the
manufacturer, to provide air circulation and cooling . Fans shall be controlled
by a temperature switch . The fan shall operate only when the drive is "ON"
and for a cool-down period after the drive has stopped Otherwise the fan
shall not run when the drive is "OFF". Louvers , if provided, shall have
externally removable filters . The filter shall be metallic and washable . The
NEMA rating of the enclosure shall not be violated in any case .
b. Fan motors shall be protected by an input circuit breaker. Metal squirrel cage
ball bearing, three phase fan motors with 10-year design life shall be used in
the drive design. Plastic muffin fans are not acceptable. Fan power shall be
obtained from a tap on the main control power transformer.
c . A "loss of cooling" fault shall be furnished. In the event of clogged filters or
fan failure , the drive shall produce an alarm and then , in a predetermined
time, be shut down safely without electronic component failure by the
temperature switch.
d. Redundant fans shall be provided in the drive design as backup in the event
of fan failure.
D. Internal Wiring
1. Power and control wiring shall be tinned stranded copper, minimum size No . 14
AWG, with 600 Volt, 90-degree C, flame retardant, Type MTW thermoplastic
insulation. Line side power wiring shall be sized for the full rating or frame size of
the connected device.
CONFORMED , 12/01/2022
FWW VILLAGE CREEK WRF, DIGESTER MIXING , FLARE , DOME IMPROVEMENTS
CITY PROJECT NO . 102652
26 29 86-15 MECHANICAL EQUIPMENT CONTROL
PANELS (MECPS)
2. Analog signal wires shall be 600 Volt Class , insulated stranded tinned copper,
twisted shielded #16 AWG pair.
3. All interconnecting wires between panel mounted equipment and external
equipment shall be terminated at numbered terminal blocks. Field wiring shall not
be terminated directly on any panel-mounted device .
4 . All wiring shall be tagged and coded with an identification number as shown on the
Drawings . Coding shall be typed on a heat shrinkable tube applied to each end
showing origination and destination of each wire. The marking shall be permanent ,
non-smearing , solvent-resistant type like Raychem TMS-SCE, or equal.
5. All wiring shall be enclosed in PVC wire trough with slotted side openings and
removable cover. Plan wire routing such that no low twisted shielded pair cable
conducting analog 4-20 mA signals or low voltage analog signals are routed in the
same wire trough as conductors carrying discrete signals or power .
6 . All control panel wiring shall use the following color code .
a. Black : AC power at line vo ltage
b . Red : switched AC power
c. Orange : May be energ ized while the main disconnect is in the off position
d. White : AC neutral
e. Orange/white stripe or wh ite/orange stripe : separate derived neutral
f . Red/white stripe or white/red stripe : switched neutral
g . Green or green w/ yellow tracer: ground/earth ground
h . Blue : Ungrounded DC power
i. Blue/white stripe or wh ite/blue stripe : DC grounded common
j . Brown : 480V AC 3 phase -phase A
k. Orange : 480V AC 3 phase -phase B
I. Yellow : 480V AC 3 Phase -phase C
m. Purple : common for analog signal wiring
n . Brown : positive leg of an analog signal
E. Field Installed Internal Wiring
FWW V ILLAG E CREEK WRF , DIGESTER MIXING , FLARE , DOME IMPROVEMENTS
CITY PROJECT NO . 102652
CONFORMED , 12/0 1/2022 26 29 86-16 MECHANICAL EQU IPMENT CONTROL
PANELS (MECPS)
1. Field installed interior wiring shall be neatly grouped by circuit and bound by plastic
tie wraps . Circuit groups shall be supported so that circuit terminations are not
stressed. In addition, low signal wiring (millivolt and milliamp) shall be bundle
separately from the rest of the control wiring.
2 . All field wiring shall be tagged and coded with an identification number. Coding
shall be typed on a heat shrinkable tube applied to each end of the wire. The
marking shall be a permanent, non-smearing, solvent-resistant type like Raychem
TMS-SCE, or equal
3. In general, all conduit entering or leaving equipment shall be stubbed up into the
bottom of the enclosure directly below the area in which the conductors are to be
terminated . Conduits shall not enter the side unless approved in writing by the
Owner/Engineer. Top entry of conduits is prohibited unless approved by the
Owner/Engineer on a case-by-case basis .
F. Terminal Blocks
1. Terminal blocks shall be DIN-rail-mounted one-piece molded plastic blocks with
tubular-clamp-screw type and end barriers . Terminal blocks shall be rated for 600
volts except for control and instrumentation circuits, or 4-20 mA analog signal
conductors .
2 . Provide 600-volt rated terminal blocks for any conductor carrying any voltage over
120 volts to ground.
3. Provide 600-volt rated strap screw terminal blocks for any power conductors
carrying over 20 amps , at any voltage. Terminals shall be double sided and
supplied with removable covers to prevent accidental contact with live circuits .
4. Power conductors carrying over 20 amperes, at any voltage, shall be terminated to
strap-screw type terminal blocks with crimp type , pre-insulated, ring-tongue lugs.
Lugs shall be the appropriate size for the terminal block screws and for the number
and size of the wires terminated. Do not terminate more than one conductor in
any lug , and do not land more than two conductors under any strap-screw terminal
point.
5 . Terminals shall have permanent, legible identification , clearly visible with the
protective cover removed . Each terminal block shall have 20% spare terminals, but
not less than two spare terminals.
6 . Use the manufacturer's provided bridge connectors to interconnect terminal blocks
terminating common or ground conductors .
7 . Twisted shielded pair or triad cables shall have each individual conductor and
shield drain wire landed on individual terminal blocks . Use the manufacturer's
CONFORMED , 12 /01/2022
FWW VILLAGE CREEK WRF , DIGESTER MIXING , FLARE , DOME IMPROVEMENTS
CITY PROJECT NO. 102652
26 29 86-17 MECHANICAL EQUIPMENT CONTROL
PANELS (MECPS )
provided bridge connectors to interconnect terminal blocks term inating the shield
drain wire conductors.
8. Control circuits , 120-volts and below, and 4-20 mA analog signal conductors shall
be terminated with manufacturer's recommended insulated connectors.
9. Provide an AC ground bar bonded to the panel enclosure (if metal) with 20% spare
terminals .
10. Prov ided ground terminal blocks for each twisted-shielded pa ir or triad cable drain
wire. Double lugg ing of any twisted-shielded pair or triad cable conductor is
prohibited.
2.04 SERVICE ENTRANCE DEVICE
A. Control Panel which are rated or rated and used as a service entrance panel , shall be
provided w ith factory installed ded icated Surge Protective Device (SPD), Type 2,
permanently connected , on the load side of the service entrance device . Prov ided the
SPD as specified in Section 26 43 13 Low Voltage AC Surge Protective Devices (SPDs).
2.05 MAIN CIRCUIT PROTECTIVE DEVICE
A . Unless ot herw ise shown on the Drawings , the main circuit protective device shall be a
molded case (MCCB), Three-Pole , 600-Volt, fixed type , manually operated with stored
energy clos ing mechanism . Trip device shall be solid state with adjustable long time
pickup , and delay; adjustable short t ime pickup and delay; short time i2t switch ,
adjustable ground fault pickup and delay , and ground fault delay and pickup trips for
se lective tripping .
B. Provide a flange mounted main power disconnect operating handle with mechanical
interlock that will allow the panel door to open only when the switch is in the OFF
position. Where panels are shown or specified with inner and outer doors , disconnecting
handles and controls shall be located on the inner door.
2.06 MOTOR CONTROLLERS
A. Manufacturers
1. Subject to compliance with the Contract Documents , the following Manufacturers
are acceptable :
a . Eaton
b. ABB
c . Rockwell Automation
CONFORMED , 12 /01 /2022
FWW VILLAGE CREEK WRF , DIGESTER MIXING , FLARE , DOME IMPROVEMENTS
CITY PROJECT NO . 10 2652
26 29 86-1 8 MECHANICAL EQUIPMENT CONTROL
PANELS (MECPS )
d. Schneider Electric Company
e. No equal
2. The listing of specific manufacturers above does not imply acceptance of their
products that do not meet the specified ratings, features and functions.
Manufacturers listed above are not relieved from meeting these specifications in
their entirety .
B . General
1. Provide the NEMA size starter, circuit breaker trip ratings, control power
transformers and thermal overload heater element ratings matched to the motors
and control equipment supplied, in compliance with the NEC and the
manufacturer's heater selection tables. All variations necessary to accommodate
the motors and controls as actually furnished shall be made without extra cost to
the Owner.
2 . All incoming power and control wiring leaving or entering the control panel shall be
terminated with the lugs specified for the size and type of wire required. Furnish
terminals appropriately sized to terminate the specified wire lugs. Allow adequate
clearance for bending and terminating of wire and cables which are the size and
type specified, shown or required .
3 . A NEMA rated magnetic motor starter shall be furnished for each motor. Each
motor starter shall be provided with a motor circuit protector, or circuit breaker, and
equipped to provide undervoltage release and overload protection on all three
phases . The short circuit protective device shall have an adjustable magnetic trip
range up to 1400 percent of rated continuous current and a trip test feature. MCPs
shall be labeled in accordance with UL489 . NEMA starter sizes and breaker trip
ratings shall be as required for the horsepower indicated but shall be in no case
less than NEMA Size 1. If the manufacturer of the equipment utilizing the motor,
supplies a motor horsepower larger than that shown on the Drawings , provide a
motor starter sized to control the motor supplied. No change in the Contract Price
or Schedule will be allowed for such changes.
4. A mechanical disconnect mechanism, with bypass, shall be installed on each
motor circuit protector, capable of being locked in the "OFF" position to provide a
means of disconnecting power to each motor. Disconnects mechanisms shall be
located inside the enclosure such that the main circuit breaker handle is the only
device interlocked with the panel door.
5. Each motor starter shall have a 120-volt operating coil unless otherwise noted.
6. Overload relays shall be standard Class 20 , ambient compensated, manually reset
by pushbutton located on front of the starter door. A normally closed contact shall
be directly connected in series with the starter circuit to shut off the starter and a
FWW VILLAGE CREEK WRF , DIGESTER MIXING , FLARE , DOME IMPROVEMENTS
CITY PROJECT NO. 102652
CONFORMED , 12/01/2022 26 29 86-19 MECHANICAL EQUIPMENT CONTROL
PANELS (MECPS)
normally open contact from the overload relay shall be wired to a terminal block for
an overload alarm .
7. All interfaces between control panel and remote devices shall be isolated via an
interposing relay . Interposing relays shall have contacts rated for 250 VAC and 10
Amperes continuous. Relays shall be Control Relays as specified herein .
C . Magnetic Motor Starters
1. Motor starters shall be two or three-pole , s ingle or three-phase as required , 60
Hertz, 600 -volt , magnetically operated , full voltage reversing , or non-reversing as
required by the mechanical process design. NEMA sizes shall be as required for
the horsepower shown on the Drawings , but not less than NEMA 1.
2 . Each motor starter shall have a 120-volt operating coil , and control power
transformer. Starters shall have motor overload protection in each phase.
Auxiliary contacts shall be provided as shown on the Drawings . A minimum of one
N.O . and one N.C . auxiliary contacts shall be provided in addition to the contacts
required connected as specified above .
3 . Overload relays shall be adjustable , ambient compensated and manually reset.
4 . Built in control stations and indicating lights shall be furnished where shown on the
Drawings .
5 . All wires shall be terminated on term inal blocks and shall be tagged .
6 . Provide as -bu ilt wiring diagrams mounted in a protective cover inside the panel.
D. Contacto rs
1. Contactors shall be a circuit breaker and contactor, 600-Volt, three-pole , 60 Hz ,
magnetically operated . NEMA size shall be as required for the kilowatt ratings
required for the equipment provided but shall be not less than NEMA size 1.
2 . Contactors shall have a 120-Volt operating coil and control power transformer.
Furnish the control power transformer with extra capacity for the unit heater fan.
E. Control Relays
1. Control relays shall be 300-volt, industrial rated , plug-in socket type , housed in a
transparent polycarbonate dust cover , designed in accordance with UL Standard
508 for motor controller duty. Continuous contact rating shall be 10 amperes
resistive , 1/4 HP at 120 VAC , operating temperature minus 10 °C to plus 55 °C.
Provide spare N .O . & N .C . contacts. Re lays shall be Potter & Brumfield KRP
Series or equal with neon coil ind icator light. Timing relays shall be 300-Volt , solid
state type , with rotary switch to select the timing range .
CONFORMED , 12/01 /2 02 2
FWW V ILLAGE CRE EK WRF , DIGESTER MIXING , FLARE , DOME IMPROVEMENTS
CITY PROJECT NO . 102652
26 29 86-20 MECHANICAL EQUIPMENT CONTROL
PANELS (MECPS )
F . Elapsed Time Meter
1. A six-digit, non-resettable elapsed time meter shall be installed on the face of each
motor starter. Meter shall be as specified in Section 26 27 13.
2.07 LOGIC DEVICES
A. Programmable Logic Controller
B. Where the control panel conta ins a programmable logic controller (PLC) for
programming of the control logic , as shown on the Drawings, the PLC shall be as
specified in Section 40 63 00 Programmable Logic Controllers. The manufacturer shall
provide the address list, and the interface to connect to the Owner's plant monitoring
system for monitoring of the PLC 's operation.
C . Provide a scripted program file for all PLCs .
D. The equipment manufacturer shall furnish factory installed , a dedicated Point of
Utilization Device (SPD), as specified in Section 26 43 13 Individual Control Panel and
Related Equipment Protection (Type 3).
E. The manufacturer shall provide the address list and an Ethernet interface to connect to
the Owner's plant monitoring system for monitoring of the PLC 's operation .
PART 3 -EXECUTION
3.01 OPERATION INTERFACE TERMINAL (OIT)
A. Where the control pane l contains an Operation Interface Terminal as shown on the
Drawings , for interfacing to the control logic, the manufacturer shall provide the address
list, and an Ethernet and serial interface , to connect to the related PLC for monitoring
and control of the PL C's operation. The OIT shall be as specified in Section 40 62 63
Operations Interface Terminal.
B . Provide a scripted application and fully documented setup for all OITs .
C . The equipment manufacturer shall furnish factory installed , a dedicated Point of
Utilization Device (SPD), as specified in Section 26 43 13 Individual Control Panel and
Related Equipment Protection (Type 3).
D. The manufacturer shall provide the address list and an Ethernet interface to connect to
the Owner's plant monitoring system for monitoring of the PLC 's OIT interface.
3.02 INSTRUMENTATION DEVICES
A. Level Switches
CONFORMED , 12 /01 /2022
FWW VILLAGE CREEK WRF , DIGESTER MIXING , FLARE , DOME IMPROVEMENTS
CITY PROJECT NO . 102652
26 29 86-21 MECHANICAL EQUIPMENT CONTROL
PANELS (MECPS )
1. Where Level Switches are specified or shown on the Drawings, refer to the
Instrumentation Division for the required devices.
B. Programmable Logic Controllers (PLCs)
1. Where PL Cs are specified herein or shown on the Drawings, refer to the
Instrumentation Division for the required devices.
C. Operator Interface Terminals (OITs)
1. Where OITs are specified herein or shown on the Drawings , refer to the
Instrumentation Divisions for the required devices.
3.03 REMOTE MONITORING AND CONTROL INTERFACE
A. General : All control and interconnection points from the equipment to the plant control
and monitoring system shall be brought to a separate connection box. No field
connections shall be made directly to the equipment control devices . Functions to be
brought out shall be as described in the Control Strategies in Section 40 61 96 .
B . Discrete control or status functions shall be form C relays with contacts rated at 120
volts AC . Analog signals shall be isolated from each other.
C . Equipment functions to be directly interfaced to the Plant Control and Monitoring
System, shall be designed for operation with an Ethernet Connection .
D. The equipment manufacturer shall factory enter the proper IP Address for such
connection . Upon request by the Contractor, the Owner/Engineer will provide the proper
Internet Protocol Address (IP Address), to be configured by the equipment manufacturer.
E. Refer to Section 40 61 93 Instrumentation Input Output List for monitored parameters.
F. Communication
1. For remote monitoring, one of the following communication capabilities shall be
provided:
a . One integral 10/1 00Base T Ethernet port supporting Mod bus TCP, Ethernet
IP and SNMP protocols .
b . One media protocol converter, interfacing the provided equipment to a
10/100BaseT Ethernet port supporting Modbus TCP, Ethernet IP and SNMP.
2 . The protocol interface shall implement the following :
a . All data shall be available and/or mirrored within the Modbus 4x or "Holding
Register" memory area .
CONFORMED , 12/01/2022
FWW VILLAGE CREEK WRF , DIGESTER MIXING , FLARE , DOME IMPROVEMENTS
CITY PROJECT NO . 102652
26 29 86-22 MECHANICAL EQUIPMENT CONTROL
PANELS (MECPS)
b. Register 4x00001 shall exist and be readable to allow simple, predictable
"comm tests".
c. Software tools shall function properly with slaves' only supporting Modbus
functions 3, 4 and 16. Requiring support of diagnostic function 8 is not
acceptable.
d. Software tools shall be configurable to write a single register as either
function 6 or 16.
e. Software tools shall allow setting the Modbus/TCP "Unit Id" to be a value
other than zero. This is required for Ethernet-to-Serial bridging.
3 . The media protocol converter shall meet the following criteria:
a. The converter shall support 10/1 00Base-T Ethernet. The serial port speed
(baud rate) shall support 230kbps. The protocol shall support Modbus TCP,
Ethernet IP , DF1, and Modbus RTU/ASCII. Protocol shall be Web Browser
configurable.
b . Operating limits shall be 0-60°C , with humidity range minimum of 5-90%.
Shock capability on the serial port shall be ESD +15 kV air GAP meeting IEC
1000-4-2. Power requirements shall be 9-30VDC at 0.5A minimum.
c . The converter shall have LED status for serial , signals , power, and Ethernet.
d. The converter housing shall be UL 1604 , Class 1 Division 2, DIN Rail
mountable. The converter shall have DB-9M port connection , with screw
terminals , to the input.
e. Converter shall be Digi One IAP or approved equal.
3.04 SPARE PARTS
A. Provide the following spare parts for each control panel in the quantities specified:
1. Six replacement fuses , all types and sizes
2. One replacement lamp , of each color, for pilot lights
3 . One of each color replacement lens caps for pilot lights
4 . One starter coil for each NEMA size furnished
5. One , three-pole set of replacement overload heaters of each size range used
6 . One , three-pole set of starter contacts of each NEMA size used .
CONFORMED , 12 /01/2022
FWW VILLAGE CREEK WRF , DIGESTER MIXING , FLARE , DOME IMPROVEMENTS
CITY PROJECT NO . 102652
26 29 86-23 MECHAN ICAL EQUIPMENT CONTROL
PANELS (MECPS )
7. One can of aerosol touch-up paint.
B. Spare parts shall be boxed or packaged for long term storage. Identify each item with
manufacturer's name, description and part number on the exterior of the package.
3.05 FACTORY TESTING
A. The entire control panel shall be completely assembled , wired, and adjusted at the
factory and shall be given the manufacturer's routine shop tests and any other additional
operational test to insure the workability and reliable operation of the equipment.
B. Factory test equipment and test methods shall conform with the latest applicable
requirements of ANSI, IEEE , UL , and NEMA standards.
C . The operational test shall include the proper connection of supply and control voltage
and, as far as practical, a mockup of simulated control signals and control devices shall
be fed into the boards to check for proper operation.
D. Factory test equipment and test methods shall conform to the latest applicable
requirements of ANSI , IEEE, UL, and NEMA standards, and shall be subject to the
Owner/Engineer's approval.
PART 4 -EXECUTION
4.01 INSTALLER'S QUALIFICATIONS
A. Provide an installer who shall be specialized in installing this type of equipment, with
minimum 5 years documented experience . Experience documentation shall be
submitted for approval prior to beginning work on this project.
4.02 EXAMINATION
A. Examine installation area to assure there is enough clearance to install the equipment.
B. Housekeeping pads shall be included for the floor mounted motor controllers as detailed
on the Drawings except for motor controllers which are to be installed adjacent to an
existing unit. Housekeeping pads for these (if used) should match the existing
installation .
C . Check concrete pads and baseplates for uniformity and level surface .
D. Verify that the equipment is ready to install.
E. Verify field measurements are as instructed by manufacturer.
4.03 INSTALLATION
CONFORMED , 12/01 /2022
FWW VILLAGE CREEK WRF , DIGESTER MIXING , FLARE , DOME IMPROVEMENTS
CITY PROJECT NO . 102652
26 29 86-24 MECHANICAL EQUIPMENT CONTROL
PANELS (M ECPS )
A. Install all equipment per the manufacturer's recommendations and Contract Drawings.
B . Conduit hubs for use on raceway system pull and junction boxes shall be watertight,
threaded aluminum, insulated throat, stainless steel grounding screw, as manufactured
by T&B H150GRA Series, or equal.
C. Conduits entering a Control Panel shall not enter the enclosure through the top.
0. Install required safety labels.
4.04 RACEWAY SEALING
A. Raceways entering junction boxes containing terminal blocks or control panels
containing electrical or instrumentation equipment shall be sealed with 3M 1 000NS
Watertight Sealant or approved equal.
B. This requirement applies to all raceways in the conduit system .
4.05 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL
A. Inspect installed equipment for anchoring , alignment, grounding and physical damage.
B . Check tightness of all accessible electrical connections. Minimum acceptable values are
specified in manufacturer's instructions.
C. Provide one set of as-built panel drawings , laminated, in each panel pocket.
4.06 FIELD ADJUSTING
A. Adjust all circuit breakers, switches, access doors, operating handles for free mechanical
and electrical operation as described in manufacturer's instructions.
B. The adjustable breakers shall be set in the field by a qualified representative of the
manufacturer, in accordance with settings designated in a coordinated study of the
system as required in Section 26 05 73 Power System Study. All such settings, including
the application of arc flash labels, shall have been made and Approved by the
Owner/Engineer, prior to energizing of the equipment.
4.07 FIELD TESTING
A. Perform all electrical field tests recommended by the manufacturer. Disconnect all
connections to solid-state equipment prior to testing. All field testing shall be witnessed
by the Owner.
B . Megger and record phase to phase and phase to ground insulation resistance. Megger,
for one minute, at minimum voltage of 1000 VDC. Measured Insulation resistance shall
CONFORMED , 12 /01/2022
FWW VILLAGE CREEK WRF , DIGESTER MIXING , FLARE , DOME IMPROVEMENTS
CITY PROJECT NO . 102652
26 29 86-25 MECHANICAL EQUIPMENT CONTROL
PANELS (MECPS)
be at least 100 megohms. In no case shall the manufacturer's maximum test voltages be
exceeded .
C . Test each key interlock system for proper functioning .
D. Test all control logic before energizing the motor or equipment.
4.08 CLEANING
A. Remove all rubbish and debris from inside and around the motor controllers. Remove
dirt, dust, or concrete spatter from the interior and exterior of the equipment using
brushes , vacuum cleaner, or clean , lint free rags. Do not use compressed air.
4.09 EQUIPMENT PROTECTION AND RESTORATION
A. Touch-up and restore damaged surfaces to factory finish, as approved by the
manufacturer. If the damaged surface cannot be returned to factory specification, the
surface shall be replaced.
4.10 MANUFACTURER'S CERTIFICATION
A. Provide a qualified factory-trained manufacturer's representative who shall certify in
writing that the equipment has been installed , adjusted , including all settings designated
in the Power System Study, and tested in accordance with the manufacturer's
recommendations .
B. Provide three copies of the manufacturer's representative's certification.
4.11 TRAINING
A. Provide manufacturer's services for training of plant personnel in operation and
maintenance of the soft start starters furnished under this Section.
B. The training for each type of equipment shall be for a period of not less than one eight-
hour day.
C. The cost of training program to be conducted with Owner's personnel shall be included
in the Contract Price. The training and instruction, insofar as practicable, shall be directly
related to the system being supplied .
D. Provide detailed O&M manuals to supplement the training course. The manuals shall
include specific details of equipment supplied and operations specific to the project.
E . The training session shall be conducted by a manufacturer's qualified representative.
Training program shall include instructions on the assembly, motor starters, protective
devices , metering , and other major components.
CONFORMED , 12 /01/2022
FWW VILLAGE CREEK WRF , DIGESTER MIXING , FLARE , DOME IMPROVEMENTS
CITY PROJECT NO . 102652
26 29 86-26 MECHANICAL EQUIPMENT CONTROL
PANELS (M ECPS )
F. The Owner reserves the right to videotape the training sessions for the Owner's use.
CONFORMED , 12/01/2022
END OF SECTION
FWW VILLAGE CREEK WRF , DIGESTER MIXING , FLARE , DOME IMPROVEMENTS
CITY PROJECT NO . 102652
26 29 86-27 MECHANICAL EQUIPMENT CONTROL
PANELS (MECPS)
CONFORMED , 12 /01/2022
THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK
FWW VILLAGE CREEK WRF , DIGESTER MIXING , FLARE , DOME IMPROVEMENTS
CITY PROJECT NO . 102652
26 29 86-28 MECHANICAL EQUIPMENT CONTROL
PANE LS (MECPS)
SECTION 26 29 87
ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR PROVIDED CONTROL PANELS (ECPS)
PART 1 -GENERAL
1.01 SCOPE OF WORK
A. Furnish and install functional control panels to manually or automatically operate control
systems as specified in the detailed requirements of this Section, and logic and
schematics as shown on the Electrical Drawings.
B . Submittals for Electrical Control Panels, not clearly specified as Control Panels by the
Electrical Contractor, shall be submitted under the Section of the Specifications specified
in the Process Equipment Division or Mechanical Equipment Division, and shall not be
submitted under this Section. Control Panels for those Divisions, shall meet the
requirements of Section 26 29 86 Mechanical Equipment Manufacturer's Control Panels ,
and shall be submitted as a part of the Mechanical Equipment manufacturer's submittals
or Process Equipment Division Submittals. Control panels specified within the
Instrumentation Sections of Division 40 shall be submitted as a part of the
Instrumentation submittals .
1.02 RELATED WORK
A. No references are made to any other section which may contain work related to any
other section. The Contract Documents shall be taken as a whole with every section
related to every other section as required to meet the requirements specified. The
organization of the Contract Documents into specification divisions and sections is for
organization of the documents themselves and does not relate to the division of
suppliers or labor which the Contractor may choose to employ in the execution of the
Contract. Where references are made to other Sections and other Divisions of the
Specifications , the Contractor shall provide such information or additional work as may
be required in those references, and include such information or work as may be
specified.
B. Other Divisions
1. The Contractor shall be responsible for examining all Sections of the
Specifications and Drawings, and shall determine the power and wiring
requirements and shall provide external wiring and raceways, as required to
provide a fully functioning power, control and process control systems . If the
equipment requires more conductors and/or wiring, due to different equipment
being supplied, the Contractor shall furnish the additional conductors, raceways
and/or wiring, with no change in the Contract Price, and with no increase in
Contract Time .
CONFORMED, 12/01/2022
FWW VILLAGE CREEK WRF , DIGESTER MIXING , FLARE , DOME IMPROVEMENTS
CITY PROJECT NO . 102652
26 29 87-1 ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR PROVIDED
CONTROL PANELS (ECPS)
1.03 SUBMITTALS
A. Submittals shall be made in accordance with the requirements of Division 1, Section 26
00 00 and as specified herein.
B. Provide systems engineering to produce coordination curves, showing coordination
between existing facilities and breakers and/or fuses submitted , such that protective
device coordination is accomplished. Such curves and settings shall be included as a
part of these submittals .
C. Submittals shall also contain information on related equipment to be furnished under this
Specification but described in the related Sections listed in the Related Work paragraph
above. Incomplete submittals not containing the required information on the related
equipment will also be returned unreviewed.
D. The original equipment manufacturer shall create all equipment shop drawings , including
all wiring diagrams, in the manufacturer's Engineering department. All equipment shop
drawings shall bear the original equipment manufacturers logo, drawing file numbers,
and shall be maintained on file in the original equipment manufacturer's archive file
system. Photocopies of the Engineer's ladder schematics are unacceptable as shop
drawings.
E. Submit to the Owner/Engineer, shop drawings and product data, for the following:
1. Product data sheets and cata log numbers for overcurrent protective devices,
motor starters, control relays, control stations , meters, pilot lights , etc. The
manufacturer's name shall be clearly visible on each cut sheet submitted. List all
options , trip adjustments and accessories furnished specifically for this project.
Clearly mark each sheet to indicate which items apply and/or those items that do
not apply.
2. Provide control systems engineering to produce custom unit elementary drawings
showing inter-wiring and interlocking between components and to remotely
mounted devices . Include and identify all connecting equipment and remote
devices on the schematics. The notation "Remote Device" will not be acceptable.
Show wire and terminal numbers. Indicate special identifications for electrical
devices per the Drawings .
3 . Equipment outline drawings showing elevation, plan and interior views, front panel
arrangement, dimensions, weight, shipping splits, conduit entrances and anchor
bolt pattern. Indicate all options , special features, ratings and deviations from this
Section .
4 . Schematic diagram , including manufacturer's selections of component ratings, and
CT and PT ratios.
CONFORMED , 12/01/2022
FWW VILLAGE CREEK WRF , DIGESTER MIXING , FLARE , DOME IMPROVEMENTS
CITY PROJECT NO. 102652
26 29 87-2 ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR PROVIDED
CONTROL PANELS (ECPS)
5. Power and control schematics including external connections. Show wire and
terminal numbers , and color-coding .
6. Instruction and replacement parts books .
7. As-built final drawings.
8. Documentation that the panel assembly facility is a UL-508 certified panel shop.
9 . Facsimile of the UL label that is to be applied to the completed panel.
10 . Furnish complete Bill of Materials indicating manufacturer's name and part
numbers.
11. Manufacturer's cut sheets for every component used in the panel assembly
adequately marked to show the items being included. The manufacturer's name
shall be clearly visible on each cut sheet submitted .
12. Assembly ratings including:
a . Short-circuit rating
b. Voltage
C. Continuous current
13. Major component ratings including:
a. Voltage
b. Continuous current
C. Interrupting ratings
14. Cable terminal sizes .
15. Instruction and renewal parts books.
F. Factory Tests. Submittals shall be made for factory tests specified herein .
G . Field Test Reports . Submittals shall be made for field tests specified herein.
H. Operation and Maintenance Manuals.
1. Operation and maintenance manuals shall include the following information:
a. Manufacturer's contact address and telephone number for parts and service.
b. Instruction books and/or leaflets
FWW VILLAGE CREEK WRF , DIGESTER MIXING , FLARE , DOME IMPROVEMENTS
CITY PROJECT NO . 102652
CONFORMED , 12/01/2022 26 29 87-3 ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR PROVIDED
CONTROL PANELS (ECPS)
c. Recommended renewal parts list
d. Record Documents for the information required by the Submittals paragraph
above.
I. The manufacturer shall submit for approval, a training agenda for all training specified
herein. Training agenda shall not be submitted until final approval of the Operation and
Maintenance Manual .
1.04 REFERENCE CODES AND STANDARDS
A. All products and components shown on the Drawings and listed in this specification shall
be designed and manufactured according to latest revision of the following standards
(unless otherwise noted):
1. NEMA Standard ICS 2 -2000 Industrial Control and Systems
2. NFPA 70 -National Electrical Code (NEC)
3. NFPA 70E -Standard for Electrical Safety in the Workplace
4. NFPA 79 -Electrical Standard for Industrial Machinery
5 . UL 508/508A -Industrial Control Enclosures
B. All equipment specified in this Section of the Specifications shall bear the appropriate
label of Underwriters Laboratories .
1.05 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. The manufacturer of this equipment shall have produced similar equipment for a
minimum period of five years . When requested by the Owner/Engineer, an acceptable
list of installations with similar equipment shall be provided demonstrating compliance
with this requirement.
B. The control panels shall be assembled in a UL-508 certified facility. A submittal of
documentation certifying that the panel fabrication facility is a UL-508 certified facility , is
required . A UL label shall be affixed to the inside of the external door by the panel
fabrication assembly . Submit a facsimile of the UL label in the submittal information.
C. All components and material shall be new and of the latest field proven design and in
current production. Obsolete components or components scheduled for immediate
discontinuation shall not be used .
D. Control Panels submitted shall fit within the space shown on the Drawings. Equipment
which does not fit within the space is not acceptable .
E. For the equipment specified herein, the manufacturer shall be ISO 9001 2000 certified .
CONFORMED , 12/01/2022
FWW VILLAGE CREEK WRF , DIGESTER MIXING , FLARE , DOME IMPROVEMENTS
CITY PROJECT NO . 102652
26 29 87-4 ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR PROVIDED
CONTROL PANELS (ECPS)
F. Equipment components and devices shall be UL labeled wherever UL standards exist
for such equipment. The completed control panel shall be UL Labeled in accordance
with UL 508 and 508A and other applicable UL standards. The panel shall also be UL
labeled for the environment in which it is to be placed. A UL label shall be affixed to the
inside of the external door by the panel fabrication assembly. Submit a facsimile of the
UL label in the submittal information .
1.06 JOBSITE DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING
A. Prior to jobsite delivery, the Contractor shall have successfully completed all submittal
requirements , and present to the Owner/Engineer upon delivery of the equipment, an
approved copy of all such submittals . Delivery of incomplete constructed equipment,
onsite factory work, or failed factory tests will not be permitted .
B. Equipment shall be handled and stored in accordance with manufacturer's instructions.
Two copies of these instructions shall be included with the equipment at time of
shipment, and shall be made available to the Contractor and Owner/Engineer.
C. Shipping groups shall be designed to be shipped by truck, rail, or ship . Indoor groups
shall be bolted to skids. Breakers and accessories shall be packaged and shipped
separately.
D. Equipment shall be installed in its permanent finished location shown on the Drawings
within seven calendar days of arriving onsite . If the equipment cannot be installed within
seven calendar days , the equipment shall not be delivered to the site , but stored offsite ,
at the Contractor's expense , until such time that the site is ready for permanent
installation of the equipment.
E . Where space heaters are provided in equipment, provide temporary electrical power and
operate space heaters during storage , and after equipment is installed in permanent
location, until equipment is placed in service .
1.07 WARRANTY
A. The Manufacturer shall warrant the equipment to be free from defects in material and
workmanship for two years from date of final acceptance 2 years from the date defined
~ in Section 00 72 00 GENERAL CONDITIONS and Section 00 73 00
SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS TO GENERAL CONDITIONS of the equipment.
Within such period of warranty , the Manufacturer shall promptly furnish all material and
labor necessary to return the equipment to new operating condition . Any warranty work
requiring shipping or transporting of the equipment shall be performed by the
Manufacturer, at no expense to the Owner.
CONFORMED , 12/01/2022
FWW VI LLAGE CREEK WRF , DIGESTER MIXING , FLARE , DOME IMPROVEMENTS
CITY PROJECT NO . 102652
26 29 87-5 ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR PROVIDED
CONTROL PANE LS (ECPS )
PART 2 -PRODUCTS
2.01 MATERIAL MANUFACTURERS
A. Subject to compliance with the Contract Documents, the following material
Manufacturers are acceptable for items not specifically specified else ware:
1. ABB
2. Eaton / Cutler-Hammer
3 . Square D Co.
4. Allen Bradley
B . The listing of specific manufacturers above does not imply acceptance of their products
that do not meet the specified ratings , features and functions . Materials listed above are
not relieved from meeting these Specifications in their entirety .
2.02 RA TINGS
A. The service voltage shall be as specified and as shown on the Drawings . The overall
short circuit withstand and interrupting rat ing of the equipment and devices shall be
equal to or greater than the overall short circuit withstand and i nterrupting rating of the
feeder device immediately upstream of the Control Panel , but not less than 22 ,000
amperes RMS symmetrical at 480/277 volts , this includes all circuit breakers and
combination motor starters. Systems of motor controllers employ ing series connected
ratings for main and feeder devices shall not be used. Motor starter units shall be tested
and UL 508A labeled for the specified short circuit duty in combination with the motor
branch circuit protective device .
B. There shall be selective device coordination between the Main Breaker, Feeder
Breakers and control circuit protective devices . When using a circuit breaker or fuses as
a main protective device , the instantaneous trip levels of the main protective device shall
be higher than the available fault current to the control panel. If fuses are utilized in the
control panel design, the protective devices for three-phase loads shall contain single
phase protection of such equipment. If a fault occurs in the circuit of one load of a des ign
with a backup load, the feeder protective device shall not remove both loads from the
control system .
C. Use ground fault sensing on grounded wye systems .
D. The complete control panel assembly shall be UL certified or carry a UL listing for
"Industrial Control Panels".
E. The control panel shall meet all applicable requirements of the National Electrical Code .
CONFORMED , 12/01 /2022
FWW VILLAGE CREEK WRF , DIGESTER MIXING , FLARE , DOME IMPROVEMENTS
CITY PROJECT NO . 102652
26 29 87-6 ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR PROVIDED
CONTROL PANELS (ECPS)
F. Motor controllers, including associated devices, shall be designed for continuous
operation at rated current in a 40°C ambient temperature.
G. For additional ratings and construction notes, refer to the Drawings.
H . The Manufacturer shall produce and install on each panel , an Arc Flash Warning Label
listing the various Flash Hazard Protection Boundaries, calculated from NFPA ?OE,
Annexes , as listed below:
1. Flash Hazard Protection Boundary.
2. Limited Approach Boundary .
3. Restricted Boundary.
4. Incident Energy Level.
5 . Required Personal Protective Equipment Class.
6 . Type of Fire Rated Clothing .
I. Provide an Arc Flash Warning Label, printed in color and affixed to the front of each
panel provided.
J . Shown below is a typical label. Size of each label shall be not less than 6 inches w ide
and 4 inches tall.
2.03 CONSTRUCTION
A. General
CONFORMED , 12 /01 /2022
Arc Flash and Shock Risk
Appropriate PPE Required
lash 1sk ound ary
Flash Risk at
Sh irt & pants or covera ll , Nonmelti ng
(ASTM F15 0 6) or Untreated Fibe r
Shoc k Risk when co ver is removed
Glove Class
Lim ited Approach
Restricte d App roac h
Min imum Arc Rating
FWW VILLAGE CREEK WRF , DIGESTER MIXING , FLARE , DOME IMPROVEMENTS
CITY PROJECT NO . 102652
26 29 87 -7 ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR PROVIDED
CONTROL PANELS (ECPS)
1. Refer to Drawings for: actual layout and location of equipment and components ;
current ratings of devices , bus bars , components; protective relays , voltage ratings
of devices, components and assemblies; and other required details.
2. Control units shall be arranged as shown on the Drawings.
3. Except for VFD equipment, where the equipment contains a programmable logic
controller (PLC) or a uninterruptible power supply (UPS), the equipment
manufacturer shall furnish factory installed , a dedicated Point of Utilization Device
(SPD), as specified in Section 26 43 13, Individual Control Panel and Related
Equipment Protection (Type 3).
4. Where Kirk-Key arrangements are used, the Kirk keyed interlocks shall be Kirk HD
Series (Heavy Duty) 316 Series , made of 316 stainless steel , or approved equal.
5. Nameplates
a. External
1) Nameplates shall be engraved , laminated impact acrylic, matte finish ,
not less than 1 /16-inch thick by 3/4-inch by 2-1 /2-inch, Rowmark
322402 . Nameplates shall be 316 SS screw mounted to all enclosures
except for NEMA 4 and 4X. Nameplates for NEMA 4 and 4X
enclosures shall be attached with double faced adhesive strips, TESA
TUFF TAPE 4970 , .009 X 1/2 inches, or equal. Prior to installing the
adhesive nameplates , the metal surface shall be thoroughly cleaned
with 70% alcohol until all residue has been removed. Epoxy adhesive
or foam tape is not acceptable.
2) There shall be a master nameplate that indicates supply voltage
equipment ratings , short circuit current rating , manufacturer's name ,
shop order number and general information . Cubicle nameplates shall
be mounted on the front face , on the rear panel and inside the
assembly , visible when the rear panel is removed.
3) Provide permanent warning signs as follows:
a) "Danger-High Voltage-Keep Out" on all doors.
b) "Warning-Hazard of Electric Shock -Disconnect Power Before
Opening or Working On This Unit" on main power disconnect or
disconnects.
b. Internal
1)
CONFORMED , 12/0 1/2022
Provide the panel with a UL 508A label.
FWW V IL LAGE CREEK WRF , DIGESTER MIXING , FLARE , DOME IMPROVEMENTS
CITY PROJECT NO . 102652
26 29 87 -8 ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR PROVIDED
CONTROL PANELS (ECPS)
2) Control components mounted within the assembly, such as fuse
blocks , relays, pushbuttons, switches, etc., shall be suitably marked for
identification, corresponding to appropriate designations on
manufacturer's wiring diagrams .
c . Special
1) Identification nameplates shall be white with black letters, caution
nameplates shall be yellow with black letters, and warning nameplates
shall be red with white letters .
6. Control Devices and Indicators
a. All operating control devices, indicators, and instruments shall be securely
mounted on the panel door. All controls and indicators shall be 30-millimeter,
corrosion resistant, NEMA 4X/13 , anodized aluminum or reinforced plastic.
Booted control devices are not acceptable. Auxiliary contacts shall be
provided for remote run indication and indication of each status and alarm
condition. Additional controls shall be provided as specified herein and as
required by the detailed mechanical and electrical equipment requirements .
b. Indicator lamps shall be LED type. For all control applications, indicator
lamps shall incorporate a push-to-test feature. Lens colors shall be as
follows :
1) Red for ON , Valve OPEN , and Breaker CLOSED.
2) Green for OFF , Valve CLOSED and Breaker OPEN.
3) Amber for FAIL.
4) Blue for READY
5) White for POWER ON .
c. Mode selector switches (HAND-OFF-AUTO , LOCAL-OFF-REMOTE, etc .)
shall be as shown on the Drawings. Units shall have the number of positions
and contact arrangements , as required . Each switch shall have an extra dry
contact for remote monitoring .
d . Pushbuttons , shall be as follows:
1) Red for STOP , Valve OPEN, Breaker CLOSE and mushroom Red for
EMERGENCY STOP.
2) Green for START, Valve CLOSE and Breaker OPEN.
3) Black for RESET .
CONFORMED , 12/01/2022
FWW VILLAGE CREEK WRF , DIGESTER MIXING , FLARE , DOME IMPROVEMENTS
CITY PROJECT NO. 102652
26 29 87-9 ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR PROVIDED
CONTROL PANELS (ECPS)
e. Furnish nameplates for each device. All nameplates shall be laminated
plastic , black lettering on a white background , attached with stainless steel
screws . Dev ice mounted nameplates are not acceptable.
7. Control and Instrument Power Transformers
a . Control power transformers shall be provided where shown on the Drawings.
Transformer shall be sized for the entire load , including space heaters , plus
25% spare capacity, and shall be not less than 100 VA.
b. Control power transformers shall be 120 volt grounded secondary. Primary
side of the transformer shall be fused in both legs. One leg of the
transformer secondary shall be solidly grounded while the other leg shall be
fused .
8. A failure alarm with horn and beacon light shall be provided when required or
specified . Silence and reset buttons shall be furnished. Alarm horn and beacon
shall be by Federal Signal ; Crouse-Hinds , or equal, NEMA 4X for all areas except
for NEMA 7 areas , which shall be NEMA 7/4X cast aluminum.
9. Where specified or shown on the Drawings , a six digit , non-resettable elapsed time
meter shall be installed on the face of each motor starter. Meter shall be as
specified in Section 26 27 13 .
B . Enclosures
1. General
a . Each enclosure shall incorporate a removable back panel, and side panels ,
on which control components shall be mounted . Back panel shall be secured
to the enclosure with collar studs for wall mounted enclosures, and 316 SS
hardware for free standing enclosures .
b. All free standing enclosures shall be provided with feet of the same
construction as the enclosure.
c . The enclosure door shall be interlocked with the main circuit breaker by a
panel mounted cable driven operating mechanism.
d. Back panel shall be tapped to accept all mounting screws . Self-tapping
screws shall not be used to mount any components.
e . All enclosure doors shall have bonding studs. The enclosure interior shall
have a bonding stud .
f . Each enclosure shall be provided with a documentation pocket on the inner
door.
CONFORMED , 12/01 /2022
FWW V IL LAGE CREEK WRF , DIGESTER MIXING , FLARE , DOME IMPROVEMENTS
CITY PROJECT NO . 102652
26 29 87 -1 0 ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR PROVIDED
CONTROL PANELS (ECPS )
g. Enclosures shall not have holes or knockouts.
h. Provide manufacturer's window kits where shown on the Drawings.
i. All panels installed outdoors shall have a factory applied, suitable primer and
final coat of weatherproof white paint.
j . All enclosures shall be padlockable .
2. NEMA 7/4X
a. Class 1, Division 1, Groups A, B, C, and D, or as defined in NFPA 70).
Boxes shall be constructed as follows :
1) Copper free cast aluminum body and cover
2) Stainless steel hinges
3) Watertight neoprene gasket
4) Stainless steel cover bolts
5) All penetrations shall be factory drilled and tapped.
b. Manufacturers
1) Cooper Crouse Hinds Type EJB , Style C
2) Appleton Electric Type AJBEW
3) Approved Equal
3. NON METALLIC
a. Chemical Rooms. NEMA 4X constructed as follows:
1) PVC or Fiberglass reinforced polyester body and door.
2) UV inhibitors
3) Luggage type quick release latches
4) Foam-in-place gasketed doors
b. Manufacturers
1)
2)
Hoffman Polypro
Hubbell-Wiegmann Non-Metallic
FWW VILLAGE CREEK WRF , DIGESTER MIXING , FLARE , DOME IMPROVEMENTS
CITY PROJECT NO . 102652
CONFORMED , 12/01/2022 26 29 87-11 ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR PROVIDED
CONTROL PANELS (ECPS)
3) Approved Equal
4. ALUMINUM
a . NEMA 4X Aluminum
1) Type 5052 aluminum, body and door
2) Stainless steel continuous hinge
3) Foam in-place gasket
4) Single point quarter turn latches (20 inches X 24 inches and below). All
others three-point latch
b . Manufacturers
1) Hoffman Com line
2) EMF Company
3) NEMA Enclosures Company
4) Hammond Company
5) Approved Equal
5. NEMA 12
a. NEMA 12 Aluminum
1) Type 5052 aluminum, body and door
2) Stainless steel continuous hinge
3) Foam in-place gasket
4) Single point quarter turn latches (20 inches X 24 inches and below). All
others three-point latch
b . Manufacturers
1)
2)
3)
4)
CONFORMED , 12/01/2022
Hoffman Comline
EMF Company
NEMA Enclosures Company
Hammond Company
FWW VILLAGE CREEK WRF , DIGESTER MIXING , FLARE , DOME IMPROVEMENTS
CITY PROJECT NO . 102652
26 29 87-12 ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR PROVIDED
CONTROL PANELS (ECPS)
5) Approved Equal
6. NEMA 12
a . NEMA 12 Mild Steel
1) Mild Steel, body and door painted ANSI 61 Gray
2) Stainless steel continuous hinge pin
3) Foam in-place gasket
4) Single point quarter turn latches (20-inches x 24-inches and below). All
others three-point latch
b. Manufacturers
1) Hoffman
2) EMF Company
3) NEMA Enclosures Company
4) Hammond Company
5) Approved Equal
7. Otherwise Not Defined NEMA 4X Stainless Steel
a . Where an enclosure is not otherwise defined or shown on the Drawing
1) NEMA 4X 316 Stainless Steel
2) Type 316 stainless steel, body and door
3) Stainless steel continuous hinge
4) Foam in-place gasket
5) Single point quarter turn latches (20-inches x 24-inches and below). All
others three-point latch
b. Manufacturers
1)
2)
3)
CONFORMED , 12/01/2022
EMF Company
NEMA Enclosures Company
Hammond Company
FWW VILLAGE CREEK WRF , DIGESTER MIXING , FLARE , DOME IMPROVEMENTS
CITY PROJECT NO . 102652
26 29 87-13 ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR PROVIDED
CONTROL PANELS (ECPS)
4) Rittal
5) Approved Equal
8 . NEMA 1 or NEMA 1A boxes shall not be used .
9. Malleable iron boxes shall not be used.
C. Environmental Conditioning
1 . Condensation Control
a . A self-contained enclosure condensation heater with thermostat and fan
shall be mounted inside the control panel , if panel is mounted outdoors or in
a non-air-cond itioned space .
1) Enclosure heaters shall be energized from 120 volt , single -phase
power supply and sized to prevent condensation within the enclosure.
2) Locate enclosure heaters to avo id overheating electronic hardware or
producing large temperature fluctuations on the hardware.
3) Enclosure heaters shall have an internal fan for heat distribution and
shall be controlled w ith adjustable thermostats . The thermostat shall
have an adjustment range of 40 °F to 90 °F. Prov ide a circu it breaker or
fused disconnect switch within the enclosure .
4 ) Enclosure heaters shall be Hoffman type DAH or equa l.
b . Strip heaters may be provided if they are 240-volt rated , powered at 120
volts AC and do not have a surface temperature higher than 60 °C. Strip
heaters and thermostats shall be as manufactured by Chromalox or equal.
1) Strip heaters shall be Chromalox , Type OT , 1.5-inches wide , 240 volts,
single phase , 150 watts , energ ized at 120 volts , with rust resisting iron
sheath , Catalog No . OT-715 , Product Code No. 129314 , or equal.
Provide sufficient wattage in heaters to prevent condensation should
the interior temperature of the enclosure drop below the dew point.
2) A control thermost at mounted inside the control Panel shall be
Chromalox , Type WR, single stage , Catalog No. WR-80 , Product Code
No .263177 , or equal.
3) The strip heater terminals shall be guarded by a protective terminal
cover.
4)
CONFORMED , 12/0 1/2022
High temperature connecting lead wire shall be used between the
thermostat and the heater terminals. Wire shall be #12 AWG stranded ,
FWW V IL LAGE CREEK WRF , DI GESTER MIXING , FLARE , DOME IMPROVEMENTS
CITY PROJECT NO . 102652
26 29 87-1 4 ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR PROVIDED
CONTROL PANE LS (E CPS )
nickel-plated copper with Teflon glass insulation and shall be the
product of Chromalox, Catalog No. 6-CFl-12, Product Code No .
263783, or equal.
c. Each panel shall have a 1/2-inch stainless steel condensate drain, installed
on a stainless steel conduit hub, HGTZ Series, T&B or equal, in the bottom
of the enclosure . Drain shall be O-Z GedneyDBB-50SS, or equal.
2. Corrosion Control
a. Provide corrosion protection in each control panel with a corrosion-inhibiting
vapor capsule
b. Manufacturers
1) Northern Instruments; Model Zerust VC
2) Hoffman Engineering ; Model A-HCI
3) Approved equal.
3. Panel Interior Ambient Control
a. The manufacturer shall provide ambient temperature control within the panel
to maintain internal temperatures below the maximum operating
temperatures of the panel components. an ambient temperature range of -
20° C to 40°C .
b. The manufacturer shall provide panel internal heat rise calculations to show
that the panel internal temperatures will be maintained below the maximum
operating temperatures of the panel components.
c. The calculation shall show all the internal and external heat gain loads , the
expected internal temperature rise in degrees C above the specified
ambient, If the specified temperature range cannot be met, an air
conditioning system shall be provided with sufficient capacity to maintain the
temperature within the specified limits . Panels , for which the calculated heat
rise exceeds 40 °C ., shall have an air conditioning system , sized as required
to reduce the heat rise to 40°C. or less, without violating the NEMA rating of
the enclosure .
d . The air conditioner shall have the following features:
1)
2)
CONFORMED , 12/01/2022
Use CFC-free R134a refrigerant.
Have fully gasketed flanges on all four mounting edges for a watertight
seal that maintains NEMA 4X rating of the panel.
FWW VILLAGE CREEK WRF , DIGESTER MIXING , FLARE , DOME IMPROVEMENTS
CITY PROJECT NO . 102652
26 29 87-15 ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR PROVIDED
CONTROL PANELS (ECPS)
4.
3) Thermostatic low temperature control to provide energy efficient
operation and prevents over-cooling.
4) EMI/RFI suppressor to minimize transient spikes during compressor
on/off cycling.
5) Separated blower-driven evaporator and condenser air systems for
closed loop cooling.
6) UL listed.
7) Stainless steel enclosure.
8) Internal corrosion resistant coating .
9) Low ambient kit.
10) Short cycle protector.
11) Manufacturers
a) Hoffman
b) Thermo Electric
c) Approved equal.
Enclosure Fans
a . Fans shall be furnished for soft start starters and VFDs , as required by the
manufacturer, to provide air circulation and cooling . Fans shall be controlled
by a temperature switch . The fan shall operate only when the drive is "ON "
and for a cool-down period after the drive has stopped Otherwise the fan
shall not run when the drive is "OFF". Louvers , if provided , shall have
externally removable filters . The filter shall be metallic and washable .
b . Fan motors shall be protected by an input circuit breaker. Metal squirrel cage
ball bearing , three phase fan motors with 10-year design life shall be used in
the drive design. Plastic muffin fans are not acceptable . Fan power shall be
obtained from a tap on the main control power transformer.
c . A "loss of cooling " fau lt shall be furn ished . In the event of clogged filters or
fan failure , the drive shall produce an alarm and then , in a predetermined
time , be shut down safely without electronic component failure by the
temperature switch .
d. Redundant fans shall be provided in the drive design as backup in the event
of fan failure .
FWW VILLAGE CREEK WR F, DIGESTER MI X ING , FLARE , DOME IMPROVEMENTS
CITY PROJECT NO . 102652
CONFORMED , 12/0 1/202 2 26 29 87-1 6 ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR PROVIDED
CONTROL PANELS (ECPS )
--
D. Internal Wiring
1. Power and control wiring shall be tinned stranded copper, minimum size #14
AWG, with 600 volt, 90°C, flame retardant, Type MTW thermoplastic insulation.
Line side power wiring shall be sized for the full rating or frame size of the
connected device, and as shown on the Drawings.
2. Analog signal wires shall be 600 Volt Class, insulated stranded tinned copper,
twisted shielded #16 AWG pair.
3. All interconnecting wires between panel mounted equipment and external
equipment shall be terminated at numbered terminal blocks. Field wiring shall not
be terminated directly on any panel-mounted device.
4 . All wiring shall be tagged and coded with an identification number as shown on the
Drawings . Coding shall be typed on a heat shrinkable tube applied to each end
showing origination and destination of each wire. The marking shall be permanent,
non-smearing, solvent-resistant type similar to Raychem TMS-SCE, or equal.
5 . All wiring shall be enclosed in PVC wire trough with slotted side openings and
removable cover. Plan wire routing such that no low twisted shielded pair cable
conducting analog 4-20 mA signals or low voltage analog signals are routed in the
same wire trough as conductors carrying discrete signals or power. The following
trough color code shall be used .
a. Black: for all 480-volt AC circuits
b. Grey: 24-volt DC circuit
c . White: 120-volt AC circuits
d . Blue: intrinsically safe circuits
6 . All control panel wiring shall use the following color code.
a. Black: AC power at line voltage
b. Red : switched AC power
c. Orange : May be energized while the main disconnect is in the off position
d. White: AC neutral
e. Orange/white stripe or white/orange stripe: separate derived neutral
f. Red/white stripe or white/red stripe: switched neutral
g. Green or green w/ yellow tracer: ground/earth ground
CONFORMED , 12/01/2022
FWW VILLAGE CREEK WRF , DIGESTER MIXING , FLARE , DOME IMPROVEMENTS
CITY PROJECT NO . 102652
26 29 87-17 ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR PROVIDED
CONTROL PANELS (ECPS)
h . Blue : Ungrounded DC power
i. Blue/white stripe or white/blue stripe: DC grounded common
j. Brown: 480V AC three phase -phase A
k . Orange: 480V AC three phase -phase B
I. Yellow: 480V AC three Phase -phase C
m. Purple: common for analog signal wiring
n. Brown : positive leg of an analog signal
E. Field Installed Internal Wiring
1. Field installed interior wiring shall be neatly grouped by circuit and bound by plastic
tie wraps . Circuit groups shall be supported so that circuit terminations are not
stressed. In addition, low signal wiring (millivolt and milliamp) shall be bundle
separately from the rest of the control wiring.
2. All field wiring shall be tagged and coded with an identification number. Coding
shall be typed on a heat shrinkable tube applied to each end of the wire . The
marking shall be a permanent, non-smearing , solvent-resistant type similar to
Raychem TMS-SCE, or equal
3. In general, all conduit entering or leaving equipment shall be stubbed up into the
bottom of the enclosure directly below the area in which the conductors are to be
terminated, or from the top if shown on the Drawings. Conduits shall not enter the
side unless approved in writing by the Owner/Engineer.
F. Terminal Blocks
1. Terminal blocks shall be DIN-rail-mounted one-piece molded plastic blocks with
tubular-clamp-screw type and end barriers. Terminal blocks shall be rated for 600
volts except for control and instrumentation circuits, or 4-20 mA analog signal
conductors .
2. Provide 600 volt rated terminal blocks for any conductor carrying any voltage over
120 volts to ground .
3. Provide 600 volt rated strap screw terminal blocks for any power conductors
carrying over 20 amperes , at any voltage. Terminals shall be double sided and
supplied with removable covers to prevent accidental contact with live circuits .
4. Power conductors carrying over 20 amperes, at any voltage shall be terminated to
strap-screw type terminal blocks with crimp type, pre-insulated , ring-tongue lugs .
Lugs shall be of the appropriate size for the terminal block screws and for the
CONFORMED , 12/01/2022
FWW VILLAGE CREEK WRF , DIGESTER MIXING , FLARE , DOME IMPROVEMENTS
CITY PROJECT NO. 102652
26 29 87-18 ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR PROVIDED
CONTROL PANELS (ECPS)
number and size of the wires terminated . Do not terminate more than one
conductor in any lug, and do not land more than two conductors under any strap-
screw terminal point.
5. Term inals shall have permanent, legible identification, clearly visible with the
protective cover removed. Each terminal block shall have 20% spare terminals , but
not less than two spare terminals .
6 . Use the manufacturer's provided bridge connectors to interconnect terminal blocks
terminating common or ground conductors.
7 . Twisted shielded pair or triad cables shall have each individual conductor and
shield dra in wire landed on individual terminal blocks. Use the manufacturer's
provided bridge connectors to interconnect terminal blocks terminating the shield
drain wire conductors.
8. Control circuits , 120 volts and below, and 4-20 mA analog signal conductors shall
be terminated with manufacturer's recommended insulated connectors .
9 . Provide an AC ground bar bonded to the panel enclosure (if metal) with 20% spare
terminals.
10. Provided ground terminal blocks for each twisted-shielded pair drain wire.
2.04 SERVICE ENTRANCE DEVICE
A. Where the Control Panel is rated and used as a service entrance panel , the
manufacturer shall furnish factory installed in the Control Panel , a dedicated (SPD)
(Type 2), permanently connected , Surge Protective Device on the load side of the
service entrance panel , as specified in Section 26 43 13 Low Voltage AC Surge
Protective Dev ices (SPDs).
2.05 MAIN CIRCUIT PROTECTIVE DEVICE
A. Unless otherwise shown on the Drawings, the main circuit protective device shall be a
molded case (MCCB), three Pole , 600 volt , fixed type , manually operated with stored
energy closing mechanism . Trip device shall be solid state with adjustable long time
pickup , and delay; adjustable short time pickup and delay; short time i2t switch ;
adjustable ground fault pickup and delay, and ground fault delay and pickup trips for
selective tripping.
B . Provide a flange mounted main power disconnect operating handle with mechanical
interlock having a bypass that will allow the panel door to open only when the switch is in
the OFF position . Where panels are shown or specified with inner and outer doors ,
disconnecting handles and controls shall be located on the inner door.
CONFORMED , 12/01 /2022
FWW V ILLAGE CREEK WRF , DIGESTER MIXING , FLARE , DOME IMPROVEMENTS
CITY PROJECT NO . 102652
26 29 87-1 9 ELECT RICAL CONTRACTOR PROVIDED
CONTRO L PANELS (ECPS )
2.06 MOTOR CONTROLLERS
A. Manufacturers
1. Subject to compliance with the Contract Documents, the following Manufacturers
are acceptable:
a. Eaton
b. ABB
c. Allen Bradley
d. Square D
2 . The listing of specific manufacturers above does not imply acceptance of their
products that do not meet the specified ratings, features and functions.
Manufacturers listed above are not relieved from meeting these specifications in
their entirety .
B. General
1. The Drawings indicate the approximate horsepower and intended control scheme
of the motor driven equipment. Provide the NEMA size starter, circuit breaker trip
ratings, control power transformers and thermal overload heater element ratings
matched to the motors and control equipment actually supplied , in compliance with
the NEC and the manufacturer's heater selection tables. All variations necessary
to accommodate the motors and controls as actually furnished shall be made
without extra cost to the Owner.
2. Furnish lugs for incoming wiring, sizes as shown on the Drawings. Allow adequate
clearance for bending and terminating of cable size and type specified.
3. A NEMA rated magnetic motor starter shall be furnished for each motor. Each
motor starter shall be provided with a motor circuit protector (MCP), or circuit
breaker, and equipped to provide undervoltage release and overload protection on
all three phases . The short circuit protective device shall have an adjustable
magnetic trip range up to 1400% of rated continuous current and a trip test feature.
MCPs shall be labeled in accordance with UL489. NEMA starter sizes and breaker
trip ratings shall be as required for the horsepower indicated, but shall be in no
case less than NEMA Size 1. If the manufacturer of the equipment utilizing the
motor, supplies a motor horsepower larger than that shown on the Drawings, the
Contractor shall supply a motor starter sufficient in size to control the motor
supplied .
4. A mechanical disconnect mechanism, with bypass, shall be installed on each
motor circuit protector, capable of being locked in the "OFF" position to provide a
CONFORMED , 12/01/2022
FWW VILLAGE CREEK WRF , DIGESTER MIXING , FLARE , DOME IMPROVEMENTS
CITY PROJECT NO . 102652
26 29 87-20 ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR PROVIDED
CONTROL PANE LS (ECPS)
means of disconnecting power to each motor. Disconnects mechanisms shall be
located inside the enclosure such that the main circuit breaker handle is the only
device interlocked with the panel door.
5 . Each motor starter shall have a 120-volt operating coil unless otherwise noted.
6. Overload relays shall be standard Class 20, ambient compensated, manually reset
by pushbutton located on front of the starter door. A normally closed contact shall
be directly used in the start circuit and a normally open contact shall be wire to a
terminal board for overload alarm.
7. All interfaces between control panel and remote devices shall be isolated via an
interposing relay. Interposing relays shall have contacts rated for 250 volts AC and
10 amperes continuous. Relays shall be Control Relays as specified herein.
C. Magnetic Motor Starters
1. Motor starters shall be two or three pole, single or three phase as required, 60
Hertz, 600 volts , magnetically operated, full voltage non reversing. NEMA sizes
shall be as required for the horsepower shown on the Drawings.
2 . Each motor starter shall have a 120-volt operating coil , and control power
transformer . Starters shall have motor overload protection in each phase.
Auxiliary contacts shall be provided as shown on the Drawings. A minimum of one
normally open and one normally closed auxiliary contacts shall be provided in
addition to the contacts required.
3. Overload relays shall be adjustable, ambient compensated and manually reset.
4 . Built in control stations and indicating lights shall be furnished where shown on the
Drawings.
5. All wires shall be terminated on terminal blocks and shall be tagged.
6 . Provide as built wiring diagram and post it in a protective cover inside the cell.
D. Contactors
1. Contactors shall be a circuit breaker and contactor , 600 volt, three-pole , 60 Hertz,
magnetically operated. NEMA size shall be as required for the kilowatt ratings
required for the equipment provided, but shall be not less than NEMA size 1.
2. Contactors shall have a 120 volt operating coil and control power transformer.
Furnish the control power transformer with extra capacity for the unit heater fan.
3. Combination Contactors used for lighting control shall be as specified herein,
magnetically operated, with the number of channels and poles as shown on the
Drawings. Each contactor shall be controlled by an Astronomic Time Clock Tyco
FWW VILLAGE CREEK WRF, DIGESTER MIXING , FLARE , DOME IMPROVEMENTS
CITY PROJECT NO. 102652
CONFORMED , 12/01/2022 26 29 87-21 ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR PROVIDED
CONTROL PANELS (ECPS)
Model TC-100 or approved equal, 3000 VA photo control Precision Controls Model
T-368-AL or approved equal, or a combination of both clock and photo control, all
as shown on the Drawings . The photocell shall be separately located as shown on
the Drawings. The photocell enclosure shall be as required by the area
classification.
E. Control Relays
1. Control relays shall be 300 vo lt, industrial rated, plug-in socket type , housed in a
transparent polycarbonate dust cover, designed in accordance with UL Standard
508 for motor controller duty. Continuous contact rating shall be 1 O amperes
resistive , 1 /4 HP at 120 volt AC, operating temperature minus 1 O to plus 55 °C.
Provide spare normally open and normally closed contacts. Relays shall be Potter
& Brumfield KRP Series or equal with neon coil indicator light. Timing relays shall
be 300 Volt, solid state type, with rotary switch to select the timing range.
F. Elapsed Time Meter
1. A six digit, non-resettable elapsed time meter shall be installed on the face of each
motor starter. Meter shall be as specified in Section 26 27 13.
2.07 PROGRAMMABLE LOGIC CONTROLLER (PLC)
A. Where the control panel contains a programmable logic controller (PLC) for
programming of the control logic, as shown on the Drawings, the PLC shall be as
specified in Section 40 63 00 Programmable Logic Controllers . The manufacturer shall
provide the address list, and the interface to connect to the Owner's plant monitoring
system for monitoring of the PLC 's operation.
B. Provide a scripted program file for all PLCs .
C . The equipment manufacturer shall furnish factory installed, a dedicated Point of
Utilization Device (SPD), as specified in Section 26 43 13 Individual Control Panel and
Related Equipment Protection {Type 3).
D . The manufacturer shall provide the address list and an Ethernet interface to connect to
the Owner's plant monitoring system for monitoring of the PLC's operation .
2.08 OPERATION INTERFACE TERMINAL (OIT)
A. Where the control panel contains an Operation Interface Terminal as shown on the
Drawings , for interfacing to the control logic, the manufacturer shall provide the address
list, and an Ethernet and serial interface, to connect to the related PLC for monitoring
and control of the PLC's operation. The OIT shall be as specified in Section 40 62 63
Operations Interface Terminal.
B. Provide a scripted application and fully documented setup for all OITs.
CONFORMED , 12/01/2022
FWW VILLAGE CREEK WRF , DIGESTER MIXING , FLARE , DOME IMPROVEMENTS
CITY PROJECT NO . 102652
26 29 87-22 ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR PROVIDED
CONTROL PANELS (ECPS)
C . The equipment manufacturer shall furnish factory installed, a dedicated Point of
Utilization Device (SPD), as specified in Section 26 43 13 Individual Control Panel and
Related Equipment Protection (Type 3).
D. The manufacturer shall provide the address list and an Ethernet interface to connect to
the Owner's plant monitoring system for monitoring of the PLC 's OIT interface .
2.09 REMOTE MONITORING AND CONTROL INTERFACE
A. General : All control and interconnection points from the equipment to the plant control
and monitoring system shall be brought to a separate connection box . No field
connections shall be made directly to the equipment control devices . Functions to be
brought out shall be as described in the Control Strategies in Section 40 61 96.
B. Discrete control or stat us functions shall be form C relays with contacts rated at 120
volts AC. Analog signals shall be isolated from each other.
C. Equipment functions to be directly interfaced to the Plant Control and Monitoring
System , shall be designed for operation with an Ethernet Connection.
D. The equipment manufacturer shall factory enter the proper IP Address for such
connection. Upon request by the Contractor, the Owner/Engineer will provide the proper
Internet Protocol Address (IP Address), to be configured by the equipment manufacturer.
E. Refer to Section 40 61 93 Instrumentation Input Output List for monitored parameters .
F. Communication
1. For remote monitoring (where shown on drawings), one of the following
communication capabilities shall be provided :
a . One integral 10/1 00Base T Ethernet port supporting Mod bus TCP, Ethernet
IP and SNMP protocols.
b. One media protocol converter, interfacing the provided equipment to a
10/1 00Base T Ethernet port supporting Mod bus TCP .
2.10 SPARE PARTS
A. Provide the following spare parts for each control panel in the quantities specified:
1. One box-replacement fuses , all types and sizes used
2 . One replacement lamp , of each color, for pilot lights
3. One of each color replacement lens caps for pilot lights
4. One starter coil for each NEMA s ize furnished
FWW VILLAGE CREEK WRF , DIGESTER MIXING , FLARE , DOME IMPROVEMENTS
CITY PROJECT NO . 102652
CONFORMED , 12/01/2022 26 29 87-23 ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR PROVIDED
CONTROL PANELS (E CPS )
5 . One, Three-pole set of replacement overload heaters of each size range used
6. One , Three-pole set of starter contacts of each [NEMA] size used .
7 . One can of aerosol touch-up paint.
B . Spare parts shall be boxed or packaged for long term storage. Identify each item with
manufacturer's name, description and part number on the exterior of the package .
2.11 FACTORY TESTING
A. The entire control panel shall be completely assembled, wired, and adjusted at the
factory and shall be given the manufacturer's routine shop tests and any other additional
operational test to insure the workability and reliable operation of the equipment.
B. Factory test equipment and test methods shall conform with the latest applicable
requirements of ANSI , IEEE , UL , and NEMA standards .
C. The operational test shall include the proper connection of supply and control voltage
and, as far as practical , a mockup of simulated control signals and control devices shall
be fed into the boards to check for proper operation.
D. Factory test equipment and test methods shall conform to the latest applicable
requirements of ANSI , IEEE , UL , and NEMA standards , and shall be subject to the
Owner/Engineer's approval.
PART 3 -EXECUTION
3.01 INSTALLER'S QUALIFICATIONS
A. Installer shall be specialized in installing this type of equipment with minimum 5 years
documented experience. Experience documentation shall be submitted for approval prior
to beginning work on this project.
3.02 EXAMINATION
A. Examine installation area to assure there is enough clearance to install the equipment.
B . Housekeeping pads shall be included for the floor mounted motor controllers as detailed
on the Drawings with the exception of motor controllers which are to be installed
adjacent to an existing unit. Housekeeping pads for these (if used) should match the
existing installation .
C. Check concrete pads and baseplates for uniformity and level surface .
D. Verify that the equipment is ready to install.
CONFORMED , 12/01 /2022
FWW VILLAGE CREEK WRF , DIGESTER MIXING , FLARE , DOME IMPROVEMENTS
CITY PROJECT NO. 102652
26 29 87 -24 ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR PROVIDED
CONTROL PANELS (ECPS)
E. Verify field measurements are as instructed by manufacturer.
3.03 INSTALLATION
A. The Contractor shall install all equipment per the manufacturer's recommendations and
Contract Drawings.
8. Conduit hubs for use on raceway system pull and junction boxes shall be watertight,
threaded aluminum, insulated throat , stainless steel grounding screw, as manufactured
by T&8 H150GRA Series, or equal.
C. Conduits entering a control Panel or box containing electrical equipment, shall not enter
the enclosure through the top.
D. Install required safety labels .
3.04 RACEWAY SEALING
A. Where raceways enter junction boxes or control panels containing electrical or
instrumentation equipment, all entrances shall be sealed with 3M 1 000NS Watertight
Sealant , or approved equal.
8. This requirement shall be strictly adhered to for all raceways in the conduit system.
3.05 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL
A. Inspect installed equipment for anchoring , alignment, grounding and physical damage.
8. Check tightness of all accessible electrical connections . Minimum acceptable values are
specified in manufacturer's instructions.
C. Provide one set of as-built panel drawings laminated, in each panel pocket.
3.06 FIELD ADJUSTING
A. Adjust all circuit breakers, switches, access doors, operating handles for free mechanical
and electrical operation as described in manufacturer's instructions.
8. The Power Monitoring and Protective Relays shall be set in the field by a qua lified
representative of the manufacturer, retained by the Contractor, in accordance with
settings designated in a coordinated study of the system as required in Section 26 05 73
Power System Study. All such settings, including the application of arc flash labels, shall
have been made and Approved by the Owner/Engineer, prior to energizing of the
equipment.
CONFORMED , 12/01/2022
FWW VILLAGE CREEK WRF , DIGESTER MIXING , FLARE , DOME IMPROVEMENTS
CITY PROJECT NO. 102652
26 29 87-25 ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR PROVIDED
CONTROL PANELS (ECPS)
3.07 FIELD TESTING
A. Perform all electrical field tests recommended by the manufacturer. Disconnect all
connections to solid-state equipment prior to testing.
B. Megger and record phase to phase and phase to ground insulation resistance. Megger,
for one minu t e, at minimum voltage of 1000 volts DC. Measured Insulation resistance
shall be at least 100 megohms. In no case shall the manufacturer's maximum test
voltages be exceeded.
C. Test each key interlock system for proper functioning.
D. Test all control logic before energizing the motor or equipment.
3.08 CLEANING
A. Remove all rubbish and debris from inside and around the motor controllers . Remove
dirt, dust, or concrete spatter from the interior and exterior of the equipment using
brushes , vacuum cleaner, or clean, lint free rags. Do not use compressed air.
3.09 EQUIPMENT PROTECTION AND RESTORATION
A. Touch-up and restore damaged surfaces to factory finish , as approved by the
manufacturer. If the damaged surface cannot be returned to factory specification , the
surface shall be replaced.
3.10 MANUFACTURER'S CERTIFICATION
A . A qualified factory-trained manufacturer's representative shall personally inspect the
equipment at the jobsite and shall certify in writing that the equipment has been installed ,
adjusted , and tested, in accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations, including
all settings designated in the Power System Study .
B. The Contractor shall provide three copies of the manufacturer's representative's
certification.
3.11 TRAINING
A. Provide manufacturer's services for training of plant personnel in operation and
maintenance of the soft start starters furnished under this Section.
B . The training for each type of equipment shall be for a period of not less than one eight-
hour day.
C. The cost of training program to be conducted with Owner's personnel shall be included
in the Contract Price. The training and instruction, insofar as practicable , shall be directly
related to the system being supplied .
CONFORMED , 12/01/2022
FWW VILLAGE CREEK WRF , DIGESTER MIXING, FLARE , DOME IMPROVEMENTS
CITY PROJECT NO . 102652
26 29 87-26 ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR PROVIDED
CONTROL PANELS (ECPS)
D. Provide detailed O&M manuals to supplement the training course. The manuals shall
include specific details of equipment supplied and operations specific to the project.
E. The training session shall be conducted by a manufacturer's qualified representative.
Training program shall include instructions on the assembly, motor starters, protective
devices , metering , and other major components .
F. The Owner reserves the right to videotape the training sessions for the Owner's use.
CONFORMED , 12/01/2022
END OF SECTION
FWW VILLAGE CREEK WRF , DIGESTER MIXING , FLARE , DOME IMPROVEMENTS
CITY PROJECT NO . 102652
26 29 87-27 ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR PROVIDED
CONTROL PANELS (ECPS)
CONFORMED , 12/01/2022
THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK
FWW VILLAGE CREEK WRF , DIGESTER MIXING , FLARE , DOME IMPROVEMENTS
CITY PROJECT NO. 102652
26 29 87-28 ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR PROVIDED
CONTROL PANELS (ECPS)
SECTION 26 36 23
LOW VOLTAGE ENCLOSED AUTOMATIC TRANSFER SWITCHES (ATSS)
PART 1 -GENERAL
1.01 SCOPE OF WORK
A. Furnish and install low voltage enclosed automatic and manual transfer switches (ATSs),
together with appurtenances , complete and operable as specified herein and as shown
on the Contract Drawings.
B. The items of equipment are for individual applications as separately enclosed items .
Submittals made under this Section, for components and electrical items specified under
other Sections, will be returned unreviewed.
1.02 RELATED WORK
A. Refer to Division 26 00 00 and the Contract Drawings , for related work and electrical
coordination requirements .
1.03 SUBMITTALS
A. Submittals shall be made in accordance with the requirements of Division 1, Section 26
00 00, the Contract Documents and as specified herein the following:
1. The manufacturers' names and product designation or catalog numbers for the
types of materials specified or shown on the Drawings.
2. Cut sheets for each individual item shall be submitted.
3. All cut sheets shall be clearly marked to indicate which products are being
submitted for use on this project.
4 . Unmarked cut sheets will cause the submittal to be rejected and returned for
revision .
B. All shop drawing submittals and all O&M submittals shall be submitted Division 1. No
change in Contract Price or Schedule will be allowed for delays due to unacceptable
submittals.
C . Submittals shall also contain information on related equipment to be furnished under this
Specification. Incomplete submittals not containing the required information on the
related equipment will also be returned without review
D . Submittals shall be made in accordance with the requirements of the process equipment
division of these Specifications , and as specified herein .
CONFORMED , 12/01/2022
FWW VILLAGE CREEK WRF , DIGESTER MIXING , FLARE , DOME IMPROVEMENTS
CITY PROJECT NO . 102652
26 36 23-1 LOW VOLT AGE ENCLOSED AUTOMATIC
TRANSFER SWITCHES
E. Submittals for equipment specified here in shall be made as a part of equipment
furnished under other Sections. Individual submittals for equipment specified herein w ill
not be accepted and will be returned without review.
F. The original equipment manufacturer, (OEM) shall create all equipment shop drawings,
including all wiring diagrams, in the manufacturer's Engineering department. All
equipment shop drawings shall bear the original equipment manufacturer's logo , drawing
file numbers , and shall be maintained on file in the OEM 's archive file system.
Photocopies of the Engineer's ladder schematics are unacceptable as shop drawings .
G. Submittals for equipment and materials , furnished under this Section of the
Specifications , will not be accepted prior to approval of the Qualifications and
Preliminary Study submittals required in the Power System Study specified under
Section 26 05 73 . Submittals made prior to such approval will be returned unreviewed.
H. Time-current coordinat ion curves fo r protective device relays , circu it breakers , and fuses
submitted shall be included as a part of these subm ittals.
I. Submit for approval , a manufacturer's conducted training agenda for all training specified
herein . Tra ining agenda shall not be submitted until final approval of the Operation and
Maintenance Manual. Shop Drawings and Product Data .
J . The followin g information shall be submitted to the Engineer:
1. Product data sheets and catalog numbers for ove rcurrent protective trip devices on
circu it breakers and switches , relaying , meters , pilot lights, etc . The
manufacturer's name shall be clearly visible on each cut sheet subm itted . List all
options , trip adjustments and accessories furn ished specifically for this project.
Clearly mark each sheet to indicate which items apply and/or those items that do
not apply .
2 . Provide control systems engineering to produce custom unit elementary drawings
showing interwiring and interlocking between components and to remotely
mounted devices . Include and identify all connecting equipment and remote
devices on the schematics. The notation "Remote Device " will not be acceptable.
Show wire and terminal numbers. Indicate special identifications for electrical
devices per the Drawings .
3. Provide plan and elevation drawings of each controller or enclosure , with
dimensions , exterior and interior views , showing component layouts , controls ,
terminal blocks , etc ..
4. Schematic diagram
5. Nameplate schedule
6. UL Listing of the completed assembly .
CONFORMED , 12/01 /2022
FWW VILLAGE CREEK WRF , DIGESTER MIXING , FLARE , DOME IMPROVEMENTS
CITY PROJECT NO . 102652
26 36 23-2 LOW VOLTAGE ENCLOSED AUTOMATIC
TRANSFER SWITCHES
7. Component list with detailed component information , including original
manufacturer's part number.
8. Conduit entry/exit locations
9. Assembly ratings including :
a. Short-circuit rating
b. Voltage
c . Continuous current
10 . Major component ratings including :
a. Voltage
b. Continuous current
c. Interrupting ratings
11. Number and size of cables per phase, neutral if present, ground and all cable
terminal sizes .
12 . Instruction and renewal parts books .
K. Factory Tests . Submittals shall be made for factory tests specified herein.
L. Field Test Reports . Submittals shall be made for field tests specified herein .
M. Operation and Maintenance Manuals.
1. Operation and maintenance manuals shall include the following information :
a. Manufacturer's contact address and telephone number for parts and service .
b. Instruction books and/or leaflets
c . Recommended renewal parts list
d. Record Documents for the information required by the Submittals paragraph
above .
N. The manufacturer shall submit for approval, a training agenda for all training specified
herein . Training agenda shall not be submitted until final approval of the Operation and
Maintenance Manual.
CONFORMED , 12/01/2022
FWW V ILLAGE CREEK WRF , DIGESTER MIXING , FLARE , DOME IMPROVEMENTS
CITY PROJECT NO . 102652
26 36 23-3 LOW VOLTAGE ENCLOSED AUTOMATIC
TRANSFER SWITCHES
1.04 REFERENCE CODES AND STANDARDS
A. All products and components shown on the Drawings and listed in this specification shall
be designed and manufactured according to latest revision of the following standards
(unless otherwise noted):
1. NFPA 70 National Electrical Code (NEC)
2. NFPA ?OE Standard for Electrical Safety in the Workplace
3. UL 1008 Underwriters Laboratories standard for automatic transfer switches
4. CSA: C22.2 No. 178 certified at 600 VAC
5 . NFPA 101 : Life safety code
6 . NFPA 11 O: Standard for emergency and standby power systems
7 . IEEE 446 : I.E.E.E . recommended practice for emergency and standby power
systems
8. NEMA ICS10 : AC automatic transfer switch equipment (supersedes ICS2-447)
9 . UL 50/508: Enclosures
10 . ANSI C33 . 76: Enclosures
11 . NEMA 250: Enclosures
12 . IEEE 472: (ANSI C37.90A): Ringing wave immunity
13 . EN55022 (CISPR11): Conducted and radiated emissions
14 . IEEE 242 -Protection and Coordination of Industrial and Commercial Power
Systems
15 . IEEE 399-Power Systems Analysis
16 . UL 489 -Molded Case Circu it Breakers and Circu it Breaker Enclosures
17 . UL 1066 -Low-Voltage AC and DC Power Circuit Breakers Used in Enclosures.
B . All equipment components and completed assemblies specified in this Section of the
Specifications shall bear the appropriate label of Underwriters Laboratories.
1.05 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. The manufacturer of this equipment shall have produced similar equipment for a
minimum period of ten years . When requested by the Engineer, an acceptable list of
CONFORMED , 12/01 /2 022
FWW VILLAGE CREEK WRF , DIGESTER MIXING , FLARE , DOME IMPROVEMENTS
CITY PROJECT NO. 102652
26 36 23-4 LOW VOLTAGE ENCLOSED AUTOMATIC
TRANSFER SWITCHES
installations with similar equipment shall be provided demonstrating compliance with this
requirement.
B. The manufacturer of the assembly shall be the manufacturer of the major components
within the assembly. All assemblies shall be of the same manufacturer. Equipment that
is manufactured by a third party and "brand labeled" shall not be acceptable .
C. All components and material shall be new and of the latest field proven design and in
current production . Obsolete components or components scheduled for immediate
discontinuation shall not be used.
D. Equipment submitted shall fit within the space shown on the Drawings . Equipment which
does not fit within the space is not acceptable.
E. For the equipment specified herein , the manufacturer shall be ISO 9001 2000 certified .
F. Equipment submitted shall fit within the space shown on the Drawings . Equipment which
does not fit within the space is not acceptable.
1.06 JOBSITE DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING
A. Prior to jobsite delivery, complete all submittal requirements, and present to the
Owner/Engineer upon delivery of the equipment , an approved copy of all such
submittals . Delivery of incomplete constructed equipment, or equipment which failed any
factory tests, will not be permitted.,
B. Equipment shall be handled and stored in accordance with manufacturer's instructions .
C. Equipment shall be stored indoors and protected from moisture , dust and other
contaminants.
D. Equipment shall not be installed until the location is finished and protected from the
elements .
1.07 WARRANTY
A. Provide warrantees, including the manufacturer's warrantee , for the equipment specified
and the proper installation thereof, to be free from defects in material and workmanship
~ for two years from date of final acceptance 2 years from the date defined in Section
5 00 72 00 GENERAL CONDITIONS and Section 00 73 00 SUPPLEMENTARY
CONDITIONS TO GENERAL CONDITIONS of the equipment and its installation . Within
such period of warranty, all material and labor necessary to return the equipment to new
operating condition shall be provided . Any warranty work requiring shipping or
transporting of the equipment shall be provided at no expense to the Owner.
CONFORMED , 12/01/2022
FWW VILLAGE CREEK WRF , DIGESTER MIXING , FLARE , DOME IMPROVEMENTS
CITY PROJECT NO . 102652
26 36 23-5 LOW VOLTAGE ENCLOSED AUTOMATIC
TRANSFER SWITCHES
PART 2 -PRODUCTS
2.01 MANUFACTURERS
A. Subject to compliance with the Contract Documents, the following Manufacturers are
acceptable:
1. ASCO
2 . Zenith
3. Onan
4. Eaton
5 . Approved equal
B . The listing of specific manufacturers above does not imply acceptance of their products
that do not meet the specified ratings , features and functions. Manufacturers listed
above are not relieved from meeting these specifications in their entirety.
C . All equipment furnished under this Section shall be of the same manufacturer.
2.02 RA TINGS
A. The service voltage , shall be as shown on the Drawings. The overall short circuit
withstand and interrupting rating of the equipment and devices shall be equal to or
greater than the overall short circuit withstand and interrupting rating of the feeder device
immediately upstream of the automatic transfer switch. Systems employing series
connected ratings for main and feeder devices shall not be used .
B. The withstand current capacity of the main contacts shall not be less than 20 times the
continuous duty rating when coordinated with any molded case circuit breaker
established by certified test data . Refer to required withstand and close ratings as
detailed in th is specification .
C . Temperature rise tests in accordance with UL 1008 shall have been conducted after the
overload and endurance tests to confirm the ability of the units to carry their rated
currents within the allowable temperature limits.
D. For additional ratings and construction notes , refer to the Drawings.
2.03 CONSTRUCTION
A. General
CONFORMED , 12/01/2022
FWW VILLAGE CREEK WRF, DIGESTER MIXING , FLARE , DOME IMPROVEMENTS
CITY PROJECT NO . 102652
26 36 23 -6 LOW VOLT AGE ENCLOSED AUTOMATIC
TRANSFER SWITCHES
1. The equipment described in this specification shall contain factory assembled and
operational tested circuit breakers and accessories and be self-supporting in a
manner to be installed on a level concrete pad.
2. Refer to Drawings for actual layout and location of equipment and components;
current ratings of devices, bus bars, components ; protective relays, voltage ratings
of devices , components and assemblies; and other required details .
3 . Units shall be arranged as shown on the Drawings.
4 . Nameplates
a. External
1) Nameplates shall be engraved, laminated impact acrylic, matte finish ,
black letters on white background, not less than 1/16-inch thick by
3/4-inch by 2-1/2-inch , Rowmark 322402. Nameplates shall be 316 SS
screw mounted to all enclosures except for NEMA 4 and 4X.
Nameplates for NEMA 4 and 4X enclosures shall be attached with
double faced adhesive strips, TESA TUFF TAPE 4970 , .009 X 1/2
inch , or equal. Prior to installing the nameplates , the metal surface
shall be thoroughly cleaned with 70% alcohol until all residue has been
removed . Epoxy adhesive or foam tape is not acceptable .
b. Internal
1) Control components mounted within the assembly, such as fuse
blocks , relays, pushbuttons , switches , etc., shall be suitably marked for
identification, corresponding to appropriate designations on
manufacturer's wiring diagrams.
C . Special
1) Identification nameplates shall be white with black letters , caution
nameplates shall be yellow with black letters, and warning nameplates
shall be red with white letters .
5. Control Devices and Indicators
a. All operating control devices, indicators, and instruments shall be securely
mounted on the panel door. All controls and indicators shall be 30
millimeters , corrosion resistant, NEMA 4X/13, anodized aluminum or
reinforced plastic. Booted control devices are not acceptable. Auxiliary
contacts shall be provided for remote run indication and indication of each
status and alarm condition. Additional controls shall be provided as specified
herein and as required by the detailed mechanical and electrical equipment
requirements.
CONFORMED , 12/01/2022
FWW VILLAGE CREEK WRF , DIGESTER MIXING, FLARE , DOME IMPROVEMENTS
CITY PROJECT NO . 102652
26 36 23-7 LOW VOLT AGE ENCLOSED AUTOMATIC
TRANSFER SWITCHES
b . Indicator lamps shall be LED type . For all control applications , indicator
lamps shall incorporate a push-to-test feature . Lens colors shall be as
follows :
1) Red for ON , Valve OPEN , and Breaker CLOSED.
2) Green for OFF , Valve CLOSED and Breaker OPEN.
3) Amber for FAIL.
4 ) Blue for READY
5) White for POWER ON.
c . Mode selector switches (HAND-OFF-AUTO , LOCAL-OFF-REMOTE , etc)
shall be as shown on the Drawings. Units shall have the number of positions
and contact arrangements , as required. Each switch shall have an extra dry
contact for remote monitoring.
d. Pushbuttons , shall be as follows:
1) Red for STOP , Valve OPEN , Breaker OPEN and mushroom Red for
EMERGENCY STOP.
2) Green for START , Valve CLOSE and Breaker CLOSE .
3) Black for RESET .
e. Furnish nameplates for each device . All nameplates shall be lam inated
plastic , black lettering on a white background , attached with sta inless steel
screws . Device mounted nameplates are not acceptable.
f . The manufacturer shall not remove , reuse , alter, or replace original
equipment nameplat es or equipment tags associated with equipment or
components supplied by the manufacturer's suppliers and sub-suppliers .
B . Enclosures
1. General
a . Enclosures shall meet all the requirements listed here in and those
requirements of Section 26 05 33 Raceways Boxes Enclosures and Fittings.
b . Provide 316 SS hardwa re for all enclosures .
c . All enclosure doors shall have bonding studs . The enclosure interior shall
have a bonding stud .
CONFORMED , 12/01 /2 022
FWW VIL LAGE CREEK WRF , DIGESTER MI X ING , FLARE , DOME IMPROVEMENTS
CITY PROJECT NO . 102652
26 36 23-8 LOW VOLTAGE ENCLOSED AUTOMATIC
T RANSFER SWITCH ES
d. Each enclosure shall be provided with a documentation pocket on the inner
door.
e. Enclosures shall not have holes or knockouts.
f. All panels installed outdoors shall have a factory applied, suitable primer and
final coat of weatherproof white paint.
g. All enclosures shall be pad lockable .
h. All wall-mounted enclosures shall be provided with welded on integral
mounting lugs of the same material as the enclosure. Bolted on mounting
lugs are unacceptable .
i. All free-standing enclosures shall be provided with integral welded on feet of
the same construction as the enclosure . Bolted on mounting feet are
unacceptab le.
2 . NEMA 12
a. NEMA 12 Aluminum
1) Type 5052 aluminum, body and door
2) Stainless steel continuous hinge
3) Foam in-place gasket
4) Single po int quarter turn latches (20 "x24 " and below). All others 3-point
latch
3. Not Defined
a. Where an enclosure is not otherwise defined or shown on the Drawing
1) NEMA 4X 316 Stainless Steel
2) Type 316 stainless steel , body and door
3) Stainless steel continuous hinge
4) Foam in-place gasket
5) Single point quarter turn latches (20 "x24 " and below). All others 3-point
latch
4 . NEMA 1 or NEMA 1A boxes shall not be used.
5. Malleable iron boxes shall not be used .
FWW VILLAGE CREEK WRF , DIGESTER MIXING , FLARE , DOME IMPROVEMENTS
CITY PROJECT NO . 102652
CONFORMED , 12/01 /2022 26 36 23-9 LOW VOLTAGE ENCLOSED AUTOMATIC
TRANSFER SWITCHES
C . Internal Wiring
1. Wiring : Stranded tinned copper, minimum size #14 AWG, with 600-volt, 90°C ,
flame retardant, Type SIS thermoplastic insulation , NEMA Class II, Type B wiring .
Line side power wiring shall be sized for the full rating or frame size of the
connected device .
2 . All wiring shall be tagged and coded with an identification number as shown on the
Drawings . Coding shall be typed on a heat shrinkable tube applied to each end
showing origination and destination of each wire . The marking shall be permanent ,
non-smearing , solvent-resistant type like Raychem TMS-SCE , or equal.
3 . All wiring shall be neatly bundled with ty-raps and supported to wire way supports .
Control wiring shall be bundled separately from power wiring . In addition, low
signal wiring (millivolt and mill iamp) shall be bundle separately from the rest of the
control wiring .
D. Field Installed Internal Wiring
1. Field installed interior wiring shall be neatly grouped by circuit and bound by plastic
tie wraps . Circuit groups shall be supported so that circuit terminations are not
stressed. In addition, low signal wiring (millivolt and milliamp) shall be bundle
separately from the rest of the control wiring.
2. All fiel d wiring shall be tagged and coded with an identification number. Coding
shall be typed on a heat shrinkable tube applied to each end of the wire. The
marking shall be a permanent, non-smearing , solvent-resistant type , similar to
Raychem TMS-SCE , or equal
3. In general , all conduit entering or leaving equipment shall be stubbed up into the
bottom of the enclosure directly below the area in which the conductors are to be
terminated, or from the top if shown on the Drawings . Conduits shall not enter the
side unless approved in writing by the Owner/Engineer.
E. Control and Instrument Power Transformers .
1. Contro l power transformers shall be provided where shown on the Drawings.
Transformer shall be sized for the entire load, including space heaters , plus 25%
spare capacity.
2 . Control power transformers shall be 120-volt grounded secondary. Primary side of
the transformer shall be fused in both legs. One leg of the transformer secondary
shall be solidly grounded while the other leg shall be fused .
2.04 EQUIPMENT
A. General
CONFORMED , 12/01 /2022
FWW VILLAGE CREEK WRF , DIGESTER MI X ING , FLARE , DOME IMPROVEMENTS
CITY PROJECT NO . 102652
26 36 23 -10 LOW VOLTAGE ENCLOSED AUTOMATIC
TRANSFER SWITCHES
1. Automatic transfer switches shall be designed for an emergency and normal
source voltage and current ratings as shown on the Drawings. Switches shall be
listed under UL 1008.
2. The switches shall initiate transfer of the load to the emergency source when any
phase of the normal source drops below 90 percent of normal voltages.
3 . The transfer switches shall be adequately constructed to carry full rated current on
a continuous 24-hour basis in all approved enclosures and shall not show
excessive heating or be subject to de rating. The transfer switches shall be
capable of withstanding inrush current values to 20 times full load current rating
without mechan ical distortion of main contact poles or supports. The transfer
switches shall be capable of withstanding all available system fault currents
without parting of or damage to contacts during the fault clearing time of the
system over current device.
4 . The transfer switches shall be of inherently three-pole double throw construct ion
and shall have three position operation : closed to normal source , open , closed to
emergency source. Transfer switches with circuit breakers or contactors are not
acceptable. Time delay between opening of the closed contacts and closing of the
open contacts shall be a minimum of 400 milliseconds to allow for voltage decay
before transfer is complete. The following accessories shall be furnished:
a. Adjustable 0 to 30 second time delay to override normal source power
outages .
b . Adjustable 1 to 300 second time delay before retransfer.
5 . A maintained contact test auto switch and normal/emergency pilot lights shall be
mounted on the enclosure door.
6. Automatic transfer or automatic transfer with non-automatic re-transfer operation.
Provide a field se lectable programmable set po int that permits the transfer switch
to operate in either of two modes:
a. Fully automatic mode (auto re-transfer)
b. Automat ic transfer from Source 1 to Source 2 with manually initiated re-
transfer operation
B. Automatic Transfer Switch
1. Transfer switches shall be rated for the voltage and ampacity as shown on the
plans and shall have 600-volt insulation on all parts in accordance with NEMA
standards .
CONFORMED , 12/01/2022
FWW VILLAGE CREEK WRF , DIGESTER MIXING , FLARE , DOME IMPROVEMENTS
CITY PROJECT NO . 102652
26 36 23-11 LOW VOLT AGE ENCLOSED AUTOMATIC
T RANSFER SWITCH ES
2. The unit shall be rated based on all classes of loads, i.e., resistive, tungsten,
ballast and inductive loads. Switches rated 400 amperes or less shall be UL listed
for 100% tungsten lamp load.
3. Switches composed of molded case breakers, contactors or components thereof
not specifically designed as an automatic transfer switch will not be acceptable .
4 . The automatic transfer switch shall be equipped with a solenoid protection scheme
that removes any attempts of operating the solenoids after three consecutive trials
until manual intervention by an operator.
5. The withstand current capacity of the main contacts shall not be less than 20 times
the continuous duty rating when coordinated with any molded case circuit breaker
established by certified test data.
6. The transfer switch manufacturer shall submit test data for each size switch ,
showing it can withstand fault currents of the magnitude and the duration
necessary to maintain the system integrity . Minimum UL listed withstand and close
into fault ratings shall be as follows : (All values 480 volt , RMS symmetrical , less
than 20% power factor)
Any Molded Case Breaker Fault Current
Size (Amps) (RMS Symmetrical)
Upto150 10,000
151 -260 30,000
261 -400 35,000
401 -1200 50,000
1201 -4000 100,000
Specific Coordinated Fault Current
Molded Case Breaker Size (RMS Symmetrical)
(Amps)
Up to 150 30,000
151 -260 42,000
261 -400 50,000
401 -800 65 ,000
801 -1200 85,000
1201 -4000 100,000
Current Limiting Fuse Size
(Amps)
Up to 4000 200 ,000
C. Generator Controls
1. Where the emergency source is a standby generator, the following additional
functions shall be provided:
FWW VILLAGE CREEK WRF , DIGESTER MIXING , FLARE , DOME IMPROVEMENTS
CITY PROJECT NO. 102652
CONFORMED , 12/01/2022 26 36 23-12 LOW VOLTAGE ENCLOSED AUTOMATIC
TRANSFER SWITCHES
a. The ATS shall incorporate adjustable three phase under and over-voltage
and three phase under and over-frequency sensing on the normal source.
b. When the voltage of any phase of the normal source is reduced to 80% or
exceeds 110% nominal voltage, or frequency is displaced 2 Hertz from
nominal, for a period of 0-10 seconds (programmable) a pilot contact shall
close to initiate starting of the engine generator.
c. The ATS shall incorporate adjustable three phase under and over-voltage
and three phase under and over-frequency sensing on the emergency
source.
d. When the emergency source has reached a voltage value within +/-10% of
nominal and achieved frequency within +/-5% of the rated value, the load
shall be transferred to the emergency source after a programmable time
delay.
e. When the normal source has been restored to not less than 90% of rated
voltage on all phases, the load shall be re-transferred to the normal source
after a time delay of Oto 30 minutes (programmable).
f. If the engine generator should fail while carrying the load, retransfer to the
normal source shall be made instantaneously upon restoration of proper
voltage (90%) on the normal source .
D. Control Panel
1. The transfer switch shall be equipped with a microprocessor based control panel.
The control panel shall perform the operational and display functions of the
transfer switch. The display functions of the control panel shall include ATS
position and source availability.
2 . The equipment manufacturer shall furnish factory installed, a dedicated Point of
Utilization Device (SPD), as specified in Section 26 43 13, Individual Control Panel
and Related Equipment Protection (Type 3).
3. The digital display shall be accessible without opening the enclosure door and
shall be provided with an LCD display screen with touch pad function and display
menus. The programming functions shall be pass code protected .
4 . The control panel shall be provided with menu driven display screens for transfer
switch monitoring , control and field changeable functions and settings.
5. The control panel shall be opto-isolated from electrical noise and provided with the
following inherent control functions and capabilities :
CONFORMED , 12/01/2022
FWW VILLAGE CREEK WRF , DIGESTER MIXING , FLARE , DOME IMPROVEMENTS
CITY PROJECT NO . 102652
26 36 23-13 LOW VOLT AGE ENCLOSED AUTOMATIC
TRANSFER SWITCHES
a. Multipurpose display for continuous monitoring and control of the ATS
functions and settings. All field changeable functions shall be pass code
protected and accessible through the keypad.
b. Built-in diagnostic display that includes the capturing of historical data , such
as number of transfers and time on emergency power source, for ease of
troubleshooting.
c . Touch pad test switch with Fast Test/Load/No Load positions to simulate a
normal source failure.
d. Time delay to override momentary normal source failure prior to engine start.
Field programmable 0-10 seconds (adjustable by increments of 0.1 second)
factory set at three seconds.
e. Time delay on retransfer to normal source, programmable 0-60 minutes
(adjustable by increments of 0.1 minute) factory set at 30 minutes . If the
emergency source fails during the retransfer time delay, the transfer switch
controls shall automatically bypass the time delay and .immediately retransfer
to the normal position.
f . Time delay on transfer to emergency, programmable 0-5 minutes, factory set
at one second .
g. Terminals for remote test/peak shave operation and transfer inhibit to the
emergency source.
h . An in-phase monitor shall be provided. The monitor shall compare the phase
angle difference between the normal and emergency sources and be
programmed to anticipate the zero-crossing point to minimize switching
transients.
i. Auxiliary contacts ( one normally open each) shall be provided to indicate
normal and emergency source availability.
j . Auxiliary contacts (one normally open each) shall be provided to indicate
normal , open, and emergency position of the switch.
k. A load/no load clock exerciser shall be incorporated within the
microprocessor and shall be programmable to start the engine generator set
and transfer the load (when selected) for exercise purposes on a weekly
basis. The exerciser shall contain a lithium battery for memory retention
during an outage .
I. A timed auxiliary contact (one normally closed) adjustable 0-60 seconds
shall be provided to allow motor loads to be disconnected prior to transfer in
either direction .
CONFORMED , 12/01/2022
FWW VILLAGE CREEK WRF , DIGESTER MIXING , FLARE , DOME IMPROVEMENTS
CITY PROJECT NO . 102652
26 36 23-14 LOW VOLTAGE ENCLOSED AUTOMATIC
TRANSFER SWITCHES
m. Provide a momentary pushbutton to bypass the time delays on transfer and
retransfer and programmable commit/no commit control logic.
E. Accessories
1. Provide the following accessories :
a . Selector and Disconnect Switches .
1) Three-position selector switch; Stop/ Test/Automatic.
2) Disconnect selector switch to disconnect engine starting circuit.
3) Combination auto/manual retransfer selector switch .
4) Automatic/manual operation for ATS .
5) Maintained Auto -Maintained Test.
6) Where neither source is a standby generator, provide a Source
selector switch circuit to select either source as primary.
2.05 SPARE PARTS
A. Provide the following spare parts :
1. Three -Fuses of each type used.
B . Spare parts shall be boxed or packaged for long term storage and clearly identified on
the exterior of package . Identify each item with manufacturers name , description and
part number
2.06 REMOTE MONITORING AND CONTROL INTERFACE
A. General : All control and interconnection points from the equipment to the plant control
and monitoring system shall be brought to a separate connection box . No field
connections shall be made directly to the equipment control devices. Functions to be
brought out shall be as described in the Control Strategies in Section 40 96 30 .
B . Discrete control or status functions shall be form C relays with contacts rated at 120
volts AC . Analog signals shall be isolated from each other.
2.07 FACTORY TESTING
A. The ATS shall be completely assembled, wired , and adjusted at the factory and shall be
given the manufacturer's routine shop tests and any other additional operational test to
insure the workability and reliable operation of the equipment.
CONFORMED , 12/01/2022
FWW VI LLAGE CREEK WRF , DIGESTER MIXING , FLARE , DOME IMPROVEMENTS
CITY PROJECT NO . 102652
26 36 23-15 LOW VOLTAGE ENCLOSED AUTOMATIC
TRANSFER SWITCHES
B. Factory test equipment and test methods shall conform with the latest applicable
requirements of ANSI, IEEE, UL, and NEMA standards, and shall be subject to the
Owner/Engineer's approval.
PART 3 -EXECUT ION
3.01 INSTALLER'S QUALIFICATIONS
A. Installer shall be specialized in installing ATSs with minimum five years documented
experience . Experience documentation shall be submitted for approval prior to beginning
work on this project.
3.02 EXAMINATION
A. Examine installation area to assure there is enough clearance to install the equipment.
B. Verify that the equipment is ready to install.
C. Verify field measurements are as instructed by manufacturer.
3.03 INSTALLATION
A. Install all equipment per the manufacturer's recommendations and Contract Drawings.
B. Install required safety labels.
3.04 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL
A. Inspect installed equipment for anchoring, alignment, grounding and physical damage.
B. Check tightness of all accessible electrical connections. Minimum acceptable values are
specified in manufacturer's instructions.
3.05 FIELD ADJUSTING
A. Adjust all ATSs for free mechanical and electrical operation as described in
manufacturer's instructions.
B . Adjust all circuit breakers, switches, access doors, operating handles for free mechanical
and electrical operation as described in manufacturer's instructions .
C . Protective devices shall be set in the field by a qualified representative of the
manufacturer, in accordance with settings designated in a coordinated study of the
system as required in Section 26 05 73 Power System Study. All such settings, including
the application of arc flash labels , shall have been made and Approved by the
Owner/Engineer, prior to energizing of the equipment.
CONFORMED , 12/01/2022
FWW VILLAGE CREEK WRF , DIGESTER MIXING , FLARE , DOME IMPROVEMENTS
CITY PROJECT NO . 102652
26 36 23-16 LOW VOLT AGE ENCLOSED AUTOMATIC
TRANSFER SWITCHES
3.06 FIELD TESTING
A. Perform all electrical field tests recommended by the manufacturer. Disconnect all
connections to solid-state equipment prior to testing.
B. Megger and record phase to phase and phase to ground insulation resistance. Megger,
for 1 minute, at minimum voltage of 1000 volts DC. Measured Insulation resistance shall
be at least 100 megohms . In no case shall the manufacturer's maximum test voltages be
exceeded.
3.07 CLEANING
A. Remove all rubbish and debris from inside and around the equipment. Remove dirt,
dust, or concrete spatter from the interior and exterior of the equipment using brushes ,
vacuum cleaner, or clean, lint free rags . Do not use compressed air.
3.08 EQUIPMENT PROTECTION AND RESTORATION
A. Touch-up and restore damaged surfaces to factory finish, as approved by the
manufacturer. If the damaged surface cannot be returned to factory specification, the
surface shall be replaced .
3.09 MANUFACTURER'S CERTIFICATION
A. A qualified factory-trained manufacturer's representative shall certify in writing that the
equipment has been installed, adjusted and tested in accordance with the
manufacturer's recommendations.
B. Provide three copies of the manufacturer's representative's certification.
3.10 TRAINING
A. Provide manufacturer's services for training of plant personnel in operation and
maintenance of the equipment furnished under this Section.
B. The training shall be for a period of not less than one-half eight-hour day.
C. The cost of training program to be conducted with Owner's personnel shall be included
in the Contract Price . The training and instruction, insofar as practicable, shall be
directly related to the system being supplied.
D. Provide detailed O&M manuals to supplement the training course. The manuals shall
include specific details of equipment supplied and operations specific to the project.
E. The training session shall be conducted by a manufacturer's qualified representative .
Training program shall include instructions on the assembly, circuit breaker, protective
devices , metering , and other major components.
CONFORMED , 12/01/2022
FWW VILLAGE CREEK WRF , DIGESTER MIXING , FLARE , DOME IMPROVEMENTS
CITY PROJECT NO . 102652
26 36 23-17 LOW VOLTAGE ENCLOSED AUTOMATIC
TRANSFER SWITCHES
F. The Owner reserves the right to videotape the training sessions for the Owner's use.
CONFORMED , 12/01/2022
END OF SECTION
FWW VILLAGE CREEK WRF , DIGESTER MIXING , FLARE , DOME IMPROVEMENTS
CITY PROJECT NO . 102652
26 36 23-18 LOW VOLTAGE ENCLOSED AUTOMATIC
TRANSFER SWITCHES
PART 1 -GENERAL
1.01 SCOPE OF WORK
SECTION 26 41 00
LIGHTNING PROTECTION SYSTEM
A. The contractor shall provide all labor, materials, equipment and incidentals as shown,
specified, and required to furnish and install a lightning protection system that fully meets
the UL Standards listed herein. The Contractor shall provide an inspection of each new
structure, or modified existing structure, by Underwriters Laboratories and shall obtain a
Master Label for each new or modified structure
B . The Contractor shall employ the services of a licensed lightning protection systems
engineering company to design and install the lightning protection system and prepare
detailed installation drawings and material specifications. The system shall include
ground wires , ground rods, exothermic connections, mechanical connectors, structural
steel connections, all as shown on the Drawings , and as specified herein, to provide a
bonding to earth ground of all metallic materials likely to become energized. Compliance
with all provisions of Section 26 05 26 shall be included under this specification .
C. The Franklin Rod system shall be used. Other systems such as the early streamer
emission (ESE) are not acceptable
D. The Bid Price shall be in complete compliance with the Contact Documents. Any
exception shall be included in the bid with a detailed explanation that clearly indicates
the paragraph of this Specification and / or the item in the Drawings to which the
exception applies. The Contractor shall explain in detail the reasons for the exception.
The inclusion of an exception and its explanation as specified shall not constitute any
obligation on the part of the Engineer/ Owner to accept the Bid Price with the exception .
E. This Specification shall have precedence over any conflict in the bidder's submittals and
I or descriptive information and the Contract Documents unless an exception is made at
the time of bidding as specified herein, and the bid price is accepted with the bidder's
exception by the Engineer/ Owner.
F. The Contractor shall provide all tools, equipment, supplies, and shall perform all labor
required to install the equipment specified in the Contract Documents in order to install,
test, and place into satisfactory operation in the time specified for completion in the
Contract Documents. Failure of any of the Contractors sub-contractors or suppliers to
perform the work as specified shall not constitute an acceptable reason for the Owner to
grant any change in the Contract Price or additions to the Contract Time .
CONFORMED , 12/01/2022
FWW VILLAGE CREEK WRF , DIGESTER MIXING , FLARE , DOME IMPROVEMENTS
CITY PROJECT NO . 102652
26 41 00 -1 LIGHTNING PROTECTION SYSTEM
1.02 RELATED WORK
A No references are made to any other section which may contain work related to any
other section . The Contract Documents shall be taken as a whole with every section
related to every other section as required to meet the requirements specified . The
organizat ion of the Contract Documents into specification divisions and sections is for
organization of the documents themselves and does not relate to the division of
suppliers or labor which the Contractor may choose to employ in the execution of the
Contract. Where references are made to other Sections and other Divisions of the
Specifications , the Contractor shall provide such information or additional work as may
be required in those references, and include such information or work as may be
specified.
B . Other Divisions
1. The Contractor shall be responsible for examining all Sections of the
Specifications and Drawings , and shall determine the power and wiring
requirements and shall provide external wiring and raceways , as required to
provide a fully functioning power, control and process control systems. If the
equ i pment requires more conductors and/or wiring , due to different equipment
being supplied, the Contractor shall furnish the additional conductors , raceways
and/or wiring , with no change in the Contract Price , and with no increase in
Contract Time .
1.03 SUBMITTALS
A Shop Drawings : Submit for approval the following :
1. Complete design drawings , fo r each structure and the site , showing the type , size ,
and locations of all ground ing , down conductors , through roof/through wall
assemblies , roof conductors and air terminals , shall be submitted to the Engineer
for approval.
B. All cut sheets shall be clearly marked to indicate which products are being submitted for
use on this project. Unmarked cut sheets will be cause to reject the submittal and return
it for revision .
C . All shop drawing submittals and all O&M submittals shall be submitted accordance with
Division 1.
1.04 REFERENCE CODES AND STANDARDS
A All products and components shown on the Drawings and listed in this specification shall
be designed , manufactured , and installed according to latest revision of the following
standards (unless otherwise noted):
1. NFPA 70 -National Electrica l Code (NEC)
CONFORMED , 12/0 1/2022
FWW VILLAGE CREEK WRF , DIGESTER MIXING , FLARE , DOME IMPROVEMENTS
CITY PROJECT NO. 102652
26 41 00 -2 LIGHTNING PROTECTION SYSTEM
2. NFPA 780 -Lightning Protection Code
3. LPI 175 -Lightning Protection Institute Installation Standard
4. UL 96A-Installation Requirements for Lightning Protection Systems
B . All equipment specified in this Section of the Specifications shall bear the appropriate
label of Underwriters Laboratories.
1.05 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. The manufacturer of the lightning protection system equipment shall have produced
similar equipment for a minimum period of five years and the lightning protection
engineering company shall have been designing and installing lighting protection
systems for at least five years . When requested by the Engineer, an acceptable list of
installations with similar equipment shall be provided demonstrating compliance with this
requirement.
B. The lightning protection system shall conform to the requirements and standards for
lightning protection system of the LPI , UL and NFPA. Standard requirements
C . All components and material shall be new and of the latest field proven design and in
current production. Obsolete components or components scheduled for immediate
discontinuation shall not be used.
1.06 JOBSITE DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING
A. Prior to jobsite delivery , complete all submittal requirements , and present to the
Owner/Engineer prior to delivery of the equipment and materials , an approved copy of all
such submittals.
B. Protect equipment and materials during shipment, handling, and storage by suitable
complete enclosures. Protect equipment from exposure to the elements and keep
thoroughly dry .
C. Protect painted surfaces against impact, abrasion , discoloration , and other damage .
Repaint damaged painted surfaces to the sat isfaction of the Owner/Engineer.
1.07 WARRANTY
A. The Manufacturer shall warrant the system and equipment to be free from defects in
material and workmanship for t\vo years from date of final asseptanse 2 years from the
date defined in Section 00 72 00 GENERAL CONDITIONS and Section 00 73 00
SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS TO GENERAL CONDITIONS of the equipment.
Within such period of warranty the Manufacturer shall promptly furnish all material and
labor necessary to return the equipment to new operating condition . Any warranty work
requiring shipping or transporting of the equipment shall be performed by the
Manufacturer, at no expense to the Owner.
CONFORMED , 12/01 /2022
FWW VILLAGE CREEK WRF , DIGESTER MIXING , FLARE , DOME IMPROVEMENTS
CITY PROJECT NO . 102652
26 41 00 -3 LIGHTNING PROTECTION SYSTEM
PART 2 -PRODUCTS
2.01 SUPPLIERS
A. Subject to compliance with the Contract Documents , the following Suppliers are
acceptable :
1. Bonded Lightning/ Advanced Lightning Technology , Argyle , Texas
2. Hicks Lightning Protection , Ponder, Texas
3 . VFC , Inc . Grapevine , Texas
4 . Approved Equal
B. The listing of specific suppliers above does not imply acceptance of their products that
do not meet the specified ratings , features and funct ions. Manufacturers listed above are
not relieved from meeting these specifications in their entirety.
2.02 GENERAL
A. The system to be furnished under this specification shall be the standard product of
manufacturers regularly engaged in the production of lightning protection equipment and
shall be the manufacturer's latest approved design. Lightning protection system
installers/ designers shall be certified by the Lightning Protection Institute for the work .
Submit LPI training and qualifications for each designer and installer. The installation
shall be in full compliance with UL 96A and NFPA 780. Should conflict between the two
standards be discovered and at issue for the project , submit the issue to the Engineer for
resolution.
B. All equipment shall be new and of a design and construction to suit the application
where it is used in accordance with accepted industry standards and LPI , UL , and NFPA
standard requirements.
C. At the point where an electrical service of 1000 Volts or less is generated , a surge
protection device shall be provided and installed , complying with UL96A, for a UL Master
Label Certificate of Inspection . The surge protection device shall comply with UL
Standard 144 9 Third Edition , as a Type 1 or Type 2 lightning rated unit of 20ka or more ,
as specified in Section 26 43 13 .
CONFORMED , 12/0 1/2022
FWW VILLAGE CREEK WRF, DIGEST ER MIXING , FLARE , DOME IMPROVEMENTS
CITY PROJECT NO . 10265 2
26 4 1 00-4 LIGHTNING PROTECTION SYSTEM
2.03 MATERIALS
A. Class I Class II materials may be utilized for Class I structures, not exceeding 75 feet
above grade . All other structures shall utilize Class II materials.
B. Unless otherwise specified herein, all materials shall be tin plated copper with 316
stainless steel fasteners (nuts, bolts, washers and anchors) , and used in accordance
with LPI, UL and NFPA code requirements.
C. Aluminum materials, with 316 stainless steel fasteners (nuts, bolts, washers and
anchors), shall be used only on aluminum, galvalume or galvanized metal structures.
Where aluminum, galvalume or galvanized metal parapet caps are used, the entire roof
lightning protection equipment shall utilize aluminum components. Approved transitional
components shall be used for transitions to aluminum materials. Down leads and
grounding shall utilize tinned copper with the bimetal transition occurring at the bi-metal
through roof assembly.
D. All air terminal bases for flat roof areas shall be the adhesive type .
E. Conductors shall be tinned copper, (aluminum where installed on aluminum roofs).
Provide conductors with their wire size, stranding, and weight in accordance with NFPA
780.
F. Conductor fasteners shall be an approved type of non-corrosive metal , and have ample
strength to support conductors. Cable fasteners shall be of the adhesive type.
G . All cable connecters shall be tin coated copper cast bronze with screw pressure type
316 stainless steel bolts, washers and nuts.
H . Where any part of a protection system is exposed to potential mechanical injury, protect
it by covering it with PVC conduit.
PART 3 -EXECUTION
3.01 INSTALLATION
A. All materials shall be installed by experienced workmen that specialize in this type of
work. The lightning protection system shall be installed per approved shop drawings and
UL and NFPA recommended practices.
B. Install air terminals on structure steel framework bonded to the down coming cables.
Unless otherwise specified herein, all materials shall be tin plated copper with 316
stainless steel fasteners (bolts, nuts, washers and anchors) , and used in accordance
with LPI, UL and NFPA code requirements . Conduit shall be as specified under Section
26 05 33 .
C . Bond structure steel framework as required by NFPA 780 and UL 96A.
CONFORMED , 12/01/2022
FWW VILLAGE CREEK WRF , DIGESTER MIXING , FLARE, DOME IMPROVEMENTS
CITY PROJECT NO. 102652
26 41 00-5 LIGHTNING PROTECTION SYSTEM
D. Bond all metal pipes and metal structures as required by NFPA 780 and UL 96A..
E. All concealed conductors shall be installed in Schedule 40 PVC conduit.
F. Provide a dedicated lightning protection system ground rod at the ground end of each
down lead in accordance with NFPA 780 4 .13.1.1 (1 ). If a grounding counterpoise loop
is present, bond each lightning protection system down lead to the nearest power
system grounding electrode (ground rod) which is a part of the counterpoise in
accordance with NFPA 780 4.13.1.1 (2). Exothermically weld each down lead to the
ground rod. All down lead conductors shall be installed without splice from the roof
lightning protection conductors to the dedicated lightning protection system ground rod .
G. All concealed lightning protection system connections shall be exothermically welded.
The only exception shall be for lightning protection systems installed in NEC Classified
areas as determined by NFPA 820 , the Engineer or the NEC Authority Having
Jurisdiction.
H. All compone nts of the system, on or above the roof, shall be connected to the system
ground.
3.02 TESTING
A. Employ the services of a UL field inspector, for inspection of the system upon completion
of the installation. The Contractor shall assume full responsibility for the correctness of
the installation and shall make any and all corrections and additions deemed necessary
by the UL inspector. The Contractor shall pay for all costs of the UL inspection and any
subsequent re-inspections as required.
B. Inspection and testing to be performed by personnel regularly engaged in the installation
and testing of Master Labeled lightning protection systems .
C. Inspect the system for proper installation.
D. Test the complete system for continuity to the electrical grounding system.
E. An application shall be made to the Underwriters Laboratories Inc. for inspection and
certification, and shall be delivered to the Engineer, confirming that all concealed
components have been monitored during job construction.
F. A UL Certification shall be provided for each and every new structure, including all parts
of existing structures that are expanded, as defined by NFPA 780 and UL 96A. A Master
Label shall be obtained for all structures where the service voltage is less than 1000
VAC .
G . All inspections shall be done by a third party inspector in person on site by a UL or LPI
certified inspector. Self-inspection by the lightning protection system designer or
installer is not acceptable. Photographic inspection is not acceptable. All lightning
protection system inspections shall be witnessed by the Engineer/ Owner. Unwitnessed
CONFORMED , 12/01/2022
FWW VILLAGE CREEK WRF , DIGESTER MIXING , FLARE, DOME IMPROVEMENTS
CITY PROJECT NO. 102652
26 41 00-6 LIGHTNING PROTECTION SYSTEM
inspections are not acceptable and shall be re-done if not witnessed with no change in
the Contract Price or Contract Time.
CONFORMED , 12/01/2022
END OF SECTION
FWW VILLAGE CREEK WRF , DIGESTER MIXING , FLARE, DOME IMPROVEMENTS
CITY PROJECT NO . 102652
26 41 00-7 LIGHTNING PROTECTION SYSTEM
CONFORMED , 12/01/2022
THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK
FWW VILLAGE CREEK WRF , DIGESTER MIXING , FLARE , DOME IMPROVEMENTS
CITY PROJECT NO . 102652
26 41 00-8 LIGHTNING PROTECTION SYSTEM
PART 1 -GENERAL
1.01 SCOPE OF WORK
SECTION 26 41 19
ELECTRICAL DEMOLITION
A. Furnish, install and test all equipment, wiring and appurtenances as may be required to
perform the electrical demolition shown on the Drawings and as specified herein.
B. Make all required field verifications specified and/or as necessary to determine all the
requirements as specified for the continued operation of the Owners facilities during the
construction process prior to bidding. All costs and time required to perform the work
shall be included in the Contract Price and Schedule .
1.02 RELATED WORK
A. Refer to Division 26 00 00 and the Contract Drawings, for related work and electrical
coordination requirements.
1.03 SCHEDULES
A. Schedule all required shutdowns with the Owner/Engineer to coordinate the system
demolition and installation of temporary facilities with the Owner's operational
requirements .
1.04 STANDARDS
A. Temporary wiring of systems to maintain operation of facilities while undergoing
modifications and demolition shall be provided in accordance with:
1. American National Standards Institute / National Fire Protection Association
(ANSI/NFPA), No. 70 -National Electrical Code (NEC), Article No . 590 -
Temporary Wiring .
1.05 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Verify field measurements and circuiting arrangements are as shown on the Drawings .
B. Verify that abandoned wiring and equipment serve only abandoned facilities.
C. Demolition drawings are based on casual field observation and existing record
documents . Discrepancies shall be reported to the Owner/Engineer before disturbing the
existing installation.
D. Beginning demolition, signifies the existing conditions have been accepted and warrants
that service to equipment and items not scheduled or indicated for removal will be
CONFORMED , 12/01/2022
FWW VILLAGE CREEK WRF , DIGESTER MIXING , FLARE , DOME IMPROVEMENTS
CITY PROJECT NO. 102652
26 4119-1 ELECTRICAL DEMOLITION
maintained. Temporary shutdowns and demolishing of any equipment shall be arranged
and approved by the Owner to not interrupt critical process operations.
PART 2 -PRODUCTS
2.01 MATERIALS AND EQUIPMENT
A. Materials and equipment for patching and extending work shall be as specified in
individual Sections.
2.02 DESIGN AND CONSTRUCTION
A. Provide temporary electrical conductors and raceway as required to maintain continued
operation in accordance with the Owner's operational requirements and meeting the
requirements of the NEC .
PART 3 -EXECUTION
3.01 PREPARATION
A. Disconnect electrical systems in walls, floors and ceilings scheduled for removal.
B . Coordinate utility service outages with the Utility Company . Continuous service to
operating equipment shall be provided as required by the Owner's process operational
needs which may include the temporary use of portable generation as specified herein .
C. Provide temporary wiring and connections to maintain existing systems in service during
construction . When work must be performed on energized equipment or circuits, use
personnel experienced in such operations .
D. Existing Electrical Service: Maintain existing system in service until new system is
complete and ready for service . Disable system only to make switchovers and
connections. Obtain permission from the Owner/Engineer at least one week in advance ,
before partially or completely disabling system.
E. The Owner's process operations shall continue without interruption throughout the
project demolition and construction as required by the Owner and/or regulating bodies
including but not limited to the EPA , and State or Local authorities having jurisdiction .
1. As required to meet the Owner's process requirements , provide on-site generation
with the capacity and voltage required by the Owner's power system to prevent
process interruptions unacceptable to the Owner. Include all engine-generator
fluids and fuel and rental expenses for the duration required by the work in the
Contract Price .
2 . Examine the Contract Documents and make any site visits necessary , including
interviews with Owner's Personnel to determine what process are required to
CONFORMED , 12/01/2022
FWW VILLAGE CREEK WRF , DIGESTER MIXING , FLARE , DOME IMPROVEMENTS
CITY PROJECT NO . 102652
26 41 19-2 ELECTRICAL DEMOLITION
remain in service prior to bidding. Include all costs to keep the required process in
operation including all materials , labor, expenses required by the electric Utility
serving the project site and on-site generation in the Contract Price and Schedule.
The determination of the requirements for continued process operations prior to
bidding is required . No increase in Contract Time or Price will be allowed if this
requirement is not met.
3 . If failure to provide adequate power to keep the process in operation which causes
a regulatory body to levy fines against the Owner, Owner shall be reimbursed. No
increase in Contract Price for such expenses will be accepted.
3.02 DEMOLITION AND EXTENSION OF EXISTING ELECTRICAL WORK
A. Remove , relocate and extend existing installations to accommodate new construction.
B . Remove abandoned wiring from the load to the source of supply.
C. Remove exposed abandoned conduit, including abandoned conduit above accessible
ceiling finishes. Cut conduit flush with walls and floors, and patch surfaces to match the
existing surfaces.
D . Disconnect abandoned outlets and remove devices. Remove abandoned outlets if
conduit serving them is abandoned and removed . Provide blank cover for abandoned
outlets which are not removed .
E . Disconnect and remove abandoned panelboards and distribution equipment. Remove all
associated conduit and conductors and the supporting means. Patch the wall, floor, or
other surfaces where the equipment and associated raceway were attached to match
the existing surfaces .
F. Disconnect and remove electrical devices associated with mechanical equipment that
has been removed. Remove all associated raceway and conductors. Patch the wall,
floor, or other surfaces where the electrical devices and associated raceway were
attached to match the existing surfaces .
G . Repair adjacent constr uction and finishes damaged during demolition and extension
work.
H. Maintain access to existing installations which remain active. Modify installation or
provide access to panels as appropriate .
I. Where the demolition or revision of any portion of a raceway or box in the raceway
system , in classified area, causes the raceway system of the area to no longer comply
with the classification or specification requirements of the area , provide and install such
boxes, fittings, etc. as may be necessary to return the raceway system to compliance
with the classification of the area and with these specifications.
CONFORMED , 12/01/2022
FWW VILLAGE CREEK WRF , DIGESTER MIXING , FLARE , DOME IMPROVEMENTS
CITY PROJECT NO . 102652
26 41 19-3 ELECTRICAL DEMOLITION
J. Extend existing installations using materials and methods as specified for new work.
Using existing raceways is acceptable where extension of existing raceways is shown or
specified on ly if the ex isting raceways are in accordance with the specifications for the
new raceways . Replace existing raceways which do not meet these specifications .
K. All work sha ll be done in an orderly and careful manner. Hold noise , dust, and vibration
to a minimum and conduct the work to avoid any damage to the surroundings . Remove
all items an d parts as shown and noted on the Drawings and as otherwise may be
required to be removed to complete the work as specified .
L. Salvaged Eq uipment and Materials
1. The Owner shall have the right to retain any or all electrical and instrumentation
equipment shown or specified to be removed from the site.
2 . Prior to starting demolition , the Contractor and Owner/Engineer shall jointly visit
the areas of demolition and the Owner/Engineer will designate those items that are
to remain the property of the Owner.
3. Equ ip ment and material designated by the Owner to remain the property of the
Owner shall be removed from the work area and transported to a designated
locatio n on the site and stored for the Owner's use. Store on wood runners raised
above the surrounding grade and cover with weather resistant covering and tie
securely or store inside Owner furn ished storage as directed by the
Owner/Engineer.
4 . Take necessary precautions in removing Owner designated property to prevent
damage during the demolition process. Remove steel structural members by
unboltin g , cutting welds , or cutting rivet heads and punching shanks through holes .
Do not use a cutt ing torch to separate the Owner's equipment or material unless
approved by the Owner/Engineer.
5. If poss ible , items to be salvaged shall be removed in one piece or in a manner that
does not impact their reuse. Loose components may be removed separately.
Controls and electrical equ ipment may be removed from the equipment and
handled separately. Large units may be handled separately.
M. Material removed from the construct ion s ite during demolition , and any equipment not
otherwise designated to remain the property of the Owner in accordance with the pre-
demolition identification process shall become the property of the Contractor and shall
be promptly removed from the construction site .
N. Refurbish and replace any existing facility to be left in place which is damaged by the
demolition operations with no change in Contract Pr ice or Schedule. The repair of such
damage shall result in the parts be ing returned to such a condition which is at least
equal to that found at the start of the Work .
CONFORMED , 12/01/2022
FWW VI LL AGE CREEK WRF , DIGESTE R MIXING , FLARE , DOME IMPROVEMENTS
CITY PROJECT NO . 102652
26 41 19-4 ELECTRICAL DEMOLITION
3.03 CLEANING AND REPAIR
A. Clean and repair existing materials and equipment which remain or are to be reused.
B. Panelboards : Clean exposed surfaces and check tightness of electrical connections .
Replace damaged circuit breakers and provide closure plates for vacant positions.
Provide typed circuit directory showing revised circuiting arrangement.
CONFORMED , 12/01/2022
END OF SECTION
FWW VILLAGE CREEK WRF , DIGESTER MIXING , FLARE , DOME IMPROVEMENTS
CITY PROJECT NO . 102652
26 4119-5 ELECTRICAL DEMOLITION
CONFORMED , 12/01/2022
THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK
FWW VILLAGE CREEK WRF , DIGESTER MIXING , FLARE , DOME IMPROVEMENTS
CITY PROJECT NO . 102652
26 4119-6 ELECTRICAL DEMOLITION
SECTION 26 43 13
LOW VOLTAGE AC SURGE PROTECTIVE DEVICES (SPDS)
PART 1 -GENERAL
1.01 SCOPE OF WORK
A. This Section of the Specifications describes the requirements for low voltage AC surge
protective devices (SPDs 1 Kv and less), to be furnished under other Sections of the
Specifications.
B. All equipment described herein shall be submitted, and factory installed, as an integral
part of equipment specified elsewhere in these Specifications .
1.02 RELATED WORK
A. Refer to Division 26 00 00 for related work and electrical coordination requirements.
1.03 SUBMITTALS
A. Submittals for equipment specified herein shall be made as a part of equipment
furnished under other Sections. Individual submittals for equipment specified herein will
not be accepted and will be returned unreviewed . Unmarked cut sheets will cause
rejection of the submittal and its return for revision.
B . Submittals shall also contain information on related equipment to be furnished under this
Specification but described in the related sections to which reference is made in the
Related Work paragraph above. Incomplete submittals not containing the required
information on the related equipment will be returned unreviewed.
C . Submit catalog data for all items supplied from this specification Section as applicable.
Submittal shall include catalog data, functions , ratings, inputs, outputs , displays, etc .,
enough to confirm that the SPD provides every specified requirement. Any options or
exceptions shall be clearly indicated, with the reason for such deviations. Acceptance of
any deviation will be at the sole discretion of the Owner/Engineer. Shop drawings , not
so checked and noted, will be returned unreviewed.
D . The submittals shall include :
1. Dimensional drawing of each SPD type .
2 . UL 1449 Third Edition Listing, Standard for Safety, Surge Protective Devices ,
documentation . Provide verification that the SPD complies with the required
ANSI/UL 1449 3rd Edition listing by Underwriters Laboratories (UL) or other
Nationally Recognized Testing Laboratory (NRTL).
CONFORMED , 12/01/2022
FWW VILLAGE CREEK WRF , DIGESTER MIXING , FLARE , DOME IMPROVEMENTS
CITY PROJECT NO . 102652
264313-1 LOW VOLTAGE AC SURGE
PROTECTIVE DEVICES (SPDS)
3 . UL 1283 Listing , Electromagnetic Interference Filters , documentation .
4 . ANSI/IEEE C6241 and C6245 , Category C3 (20kV-1.2/50 , 10kA-8/20µs waveform)
clamping voltage test results.
E. Operation and Maintenance Manuals.
1. Operation and Maintenance manuals shall include the following information:
a. Manufacturer's contact address and telephone number for parts and service.
b. Instruction books and/o r leaflets
c . Recommended renewa l parts list
d. Record Documents for the information required by the Submittals above .
1.04 REFERENCE CODES AND STANDARDS
A. The equ ipment in this specification shall be designed and manufactured according to
latest rev ision of the following standards (unless otherwise noted):
1. UL 14 4 9 Third Edition -Surge Protective Devices
2 . UL 1283 Electromagnetic Interference Filters
3. ANSI/IEEE C62.41.2-2002 -IEEE Recommended Practice on Characterization of
Surge Voltages in Low Voltage AC Power Circuits
4 . ANSI/IEEE C62.45-2002 -IEEE Recommended Practice on Surge Testing for
Equipment Connected to Low-Voltage AC Power Circuits .
5 . NEC Article 285 -Surge Protective Devices
6 . NEMA/ISCI -109 Transient Overvoltage Withstand Test
7. IEEE Std . 472/ANSI C37.90A Surge Withstand Capability Tests
8 . IEC 255 .4 Surge Withstand Capability Tests
B. All SPDs an d their installation shall comply with the requirements of the National Electric
Code and Underwriters Laboratories (UL) where applicable .
C . Each specified device shall also conform to the standards and codes listed in the
individual device paragraphs .
CONFORMED , 12/01 /2022
FWW V ILLAGE CREEK WRF , DIGESTER MIXING , FLARE , DOME IMPROVEMENTS
CITY PROJECT NO . 102652
26 4 3 13-2 LOW VO LTAGE AC SURGE
PROTECT IVE DEVICES (SPDS )
1.05 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. The manufacturer of this equipment shall have produced similar electrical equipment for
a minimum period of five years. When requested by the Owner/Engineer, an acceptable
list of installations with s imilar equ i pment shall be provided demonstrating compliance
with this requirement.
B . The manufacturer of the SPD shall be the same as the manufacturer of the service
entrance and distribution equipment in which the devices are installed and shipped. The
protected electrical equipment, after installation of the SPD , shall be fully tested and
cert ified to the following UL standards:
1. UL 67 -Panelboards.
2. UL 845 -Motor Control Centers .
3 . UL 891 -Switchboards .
4 . UL 1558 -Low Voltage Switchgear.
C . For the equ ipment specified herein , the manufacturer shall be ISO 9001 or 9002
certified.
1.06 WARRANTY
A. Provide warrantees , including the manufacturer's warrantee , for the equipment specified
and the proper installation thereof, to be free from defects in material and workmanship 4' for two years from date of final asseptanse 2 years from the date defined in Section
LI 00 72 00 GENERAL CONDITIONS and Section 00 73 00 SUPPLEMENTARY
CONDITIONS TO GENERAL CONDITIONS of the equipment and its installation . With in
such period of warranty, all material and labor necessary to return the equipment to new
operating condition shall be provided. Any warranty work requiring shipping or
transporting of the equipment shall be provided at no expense to the Owner.
PART 2 -PRODUCTS
2.01 MANUFACTURERS
A. Subject to compliance with the Contract Documents , the following Manufacturers are
acceptable (Type 1 and Type 2):
1. Cutler Hammer.
2 . ABB
3 . Square D
CONFORMED , 12/0 1/2022
FWW VILLAGE CREEK WRF , DIGESTER MI X ING , FLARE , DOME IMPROVE MEN TS
CITY PROJECT NO . 102652
26 4 3 13 -3 LOW VOLTAGE AC SURGE
PROTECTIVE DEV ICES (SPDS )
4. Allen Bradley
5. Approved equal
B. Subject to compliance with the Contract Documents, the following Manufacturers are
acceptable (Type 3):
1. Edco SLAC Series
2. Phoenix Contact
3. Brick Wall Model PWOM20
4 . Approved equal
2.02 SERVICE ENTRANCE AND DISTRIBUTION EQUIPMENT
A. General
1. All SPDs shall be internal to the equipment being protected. Externally housed
SPDs will not be acceptable .
2. All SPDs shall be marked with a short-circuit current rating and shall meet or
exceed the available fault current at the connection point.
3 . UL 1449 Usage Classifications .
a. Type 1 -Permanently connected SPDs intended for installation between the
secondary of the service transformer and the line side of the service
equipment overcurrent device, and intended to be installed without an
external overcurrent protective device.
b. Type 2 -Permanently connected SPDs intended for installation on the load
side of service equipment overcurrent device ; including SPDs located at the
branch panel.
c . Type 3 -Point of utilization SPDs, installed at a minimum conductor length
of 10 meters (30 feet) from the electrical service panel to the point of
utilization , for example cord connected , direct plug-in, receptacle type and
SPDs installed at the utilization equipment being protected . The distance (10
meters) is exclusive of conductors provided with or used to attach SPDs .
4 . Construction of Type 1 and Type 2.
a . Fully Integrated Component Design: All of the SPD's components and
diagnostics shall be contained within one discrete assembly. SPDs or
individual SPD modules that must be ganged together in order to achieve
higher surge current ratings or other functionality will not be accepted.
FWW VILLAGE CREEK WRF , DIGESTER MIXING , FLARE , DOME IMPROVEMENTS
CITY PROJECT NO . 102652
CONFORMED , 12/01/2022 26 43 13-4 LOW VOLTAGE AC SURGE
PROTECTIVE DEVICES (SPDS)
b. Overcurrent Protection : The unit shall contain thermally protected MOVs.
The thermally protected MOVs shall have a thermal protection element
packaged together with the MOV in order to achieve overcurrent protection
of the MOV. The thermal protection element shall disconnect the MOV(s)
from the system in a fail-safe manner should a condition occur that would
cause them to enter a thermal runaway condition.
c . Maintenance Free Design : The SPD shall be maintenance free and shall not
require any user intervention throughout its life . SPDs containing items such
as replaceable modules, replaceable fuses, or replaceable batteries are not
acceptable. SPDs requiring any maintenance of any sort such as periodic
tightening of connections are not acceptable.
d. Balanced Suppression Platform: The surge current shall be equally
distributed to all MOV components to ensure equal stressing and maximum
performance . The surge suppression platform must provide equal
impedance paths to each matched MOV. Designs incorporating replaceable
SPD modules are not acceptable .
e . Electrical Noise Filter: Each unit shall include a high-performance EMI/RFI
noise rejection filter. Noise attenuation for electric line noise shall be up to 50
dB from 10 kHz to 100 MHz using the MIL-STD-220A insertion loss test
method .
f . Internal Connections: No plug-in component modules or printed circuit
boards shall be used as surge current conductors. All internal components
shall be soldered , hardwired with connections utilizing low impedance
conductors .
g . Power and ground connections shall be prewired within the protected
equipment.
h. Local Monitoring: Visible indication of proper SPD connection and operation
shall be provided . The indicator lights shall indicate which phase as well as
which module is fully operable . The status of each SPD module shall be
monitored on the front cover of the enclosure as well as on the module. A
push-to-test button shall be provided to test each phase indicator. Push-to-
test button shall activate a state change of dry contacts for testing purposes .
i. Surge Counter: The SPD shall indicate user how many surges have
occurred at the location. The surge counter shall trigger each time a surge
event with a peak current magnitude of a minimum of 50 ± 20A occurs. A
reset pushbutton shall also be standard, allowing the surge counter to be
zeroed . The reset button shall contain a mechanism to prevent accidental
resetting of the counter via a single, short-duration button press. To prevent
accidental resetting , the surge counter reset button shall be depressed for a
CONFORMED , 12/01/2022
FWW VILLAGE CREEK WRF , DIGESTER MIXING , FLARE , DOME IMPROVEMENTS
CITY PROJECT NO. 102652
26 43 13-5 LOW VOLT AGE AC SURGE
PROTECTIVE DEVICES (SPDS)
minimum of two seconds in order to clear the surge count total. The ongoing
surge count shall be stored in non-volatile memory or UPS backup.
j. Remote Monitoring: For remote monitoring, the SPDs shall provide the same
discrete and analog signal and control functions as specified for local
monitoring and the surge counter, to a terminal strip for outgoing connection
to a PLC as shown on the Drawings. The functions shall be converted as
specified for interface to the monitored equipment.
k. T he voltage surge suppression system shall incorporate thermally protected
metal-oxide varistors (MOVs) as the core surge suppression component for
the service entrance and all other distribution levels. The system shall not
utilize silicon avalanche diodes, selenium cells , air gaps , or other
components that may crowbar the system voltage leading to system upset or
create any environmental hazards.
I. SPD shall be Listed in accordance with UL 1449 Third Edition and UL 1283,
Electromagnetic Interference Filters .
m. Integrated surge protective devices (SPD) shall be Component Recognized
in accordance with UL 1449 Third Edition , Section 37.3.2 and 37.4 at the
standard's highest short circuit current rating (SCCR) of 200 kA, including
intermediate level of fault current testing.
n . SPD shall be tested with the ANSI/IEEE Category C High exposure
waveform (20kV-1.2/50µs , 1 0kA-8/20µs).
o. SPD shall provide suppression for all modes of protection: L-N , L-G , and N-
G in WYE systems (7 Mode).
5. Construction of Type 3 .
a . Fully Integrated Component Design: All of the SPD 's components and
diagnostics shall be contained within one discrete assembly. SPDs or
individual SPD modules that must be ganged together in order to achieve
higher surge current ratings or other functionality will not be accepted .
b . Maintenance Free Design: The SPD shall be maintenance free and shall not
require any user intervention throughout its life . SPDs containing items such
as replaceable modules, replaceable fuses , or replaceable batteries are not
acceptable . SPDs requiring any maintenance of any sort such as periodic
tightening of connections are not acceptable .
c . Electrical Noise Filter: Each unit shall include a high-performance EMI/RFI
noise rejection filter. Noise attenuation for electric line noise shall be up to 50
dB from 10 kHz to 100 MHz using the MIL-STD-220A insertion loss test
method.
CONFORMED , 12/01/2022
FWW VILLAGE CREEK WRF , DIGESTER MIXING , FLARE , DOME IMPROVEMENTS
CITY PROJECT NO . 102652
26 43 13-6 LOW VOLTAGE AC SURGE
PROTECTIVE DEVICES (SPDS)
d. Internal Connections : No plug-in component modules or printed circuit
boards shall be used as surge current conductors. All internal components
shall be soldered , hardwired with connections utilizing low impedance
conductors.
e . Power and ground connections shall be prewired within the protected
equipment.
f. Local Mon itoring: Visible indication of proper SPD connection and operation
shall be provided. The indicator light shall indicate that the module is fully
operable. The status of each SPD module shall be monitored on the front
cover of the module.
g. SPD shall be Listed in accordance with UL 1449 Third Edition and UL 1283,
Electromagnetic Interference Filters.
h. SPD shall be tested with the ANSI/IEEE Category C High exposure
waveform (20kV-1.2/50µs, 1 0kA-8/20µs).
B. Applications .
1. Service Entrance Rated Equipment {Type 1 ).
a. This applies to switchgear, switchboards, panelboards, motor control
centers , and other devices installed as service entrance equipment where
the SPD is to be permanently connected between the secondary of the
service transformer and the line side of the service equipment overcurrent
device.
b. Service entrance located SPDs shall be tested and demonstrate suitability
for application within ANSI/IEEE C62.41 Category C environments.
c . The SPD shall be of the same manufacturer as the equipment
d. The SPD shall be factory installed inside the equipment, at the assembly
point , by the original equipment manufacturer
e. Locate the SPD on the load side of the main disconnect device , as close as
possible to the phase conductors and the ground/neutral bars.
f . The SPD shall be connected through a UL approved disconnecting means.
The disconnect shall be located in immediate proximity to the SPD .
Connection shall be made via bus, conductors , or other connections
originating in the SPD and shall be kept as short as possible .
g . The SPD shall be integral to the equipment as a factory standardized design.
CONFORMED , 12/01/2022
FWW VILLAGE CREEK WRF , DIGESTER MIXING , FLARE , DOME IMPROVEMENTS
CITY PROJECT NO . 102652
26 43 13-7 LOW VOLTAGE AC SURGE
PROTECT IVE DEVICES (SPDS)
h . All monitoring and diagnostic features shall be visible from the front of the
equipment.
2. Distribution Equipment Applications (Type 2).
a. This applies to switchgear, switchboards, panelboards , motor control
centers, and other non-service entrance equipment where the SPD is to be
permanently connected on the load side of the equipment overcurrent
device .
b. The SPD shall be of the same manufacturer as the equipment.
c. The SPD shall be included and mounted within the equipment by the
manufacturer.
d . The manufacturer shall size and provide the overcurrent and disconnecting
means for the SPD .
e. The SPD units shall be tested and demonstrate suitability for application
within ANSI/IEEE C62.41 Category B environments.
f . The SPD shall be located within the panelboard, unless otherwise shown on
the Drawings . SPDs shall be installed immediately following the load side of
the main breaker. SPDs installed in main lug only panelboards shall be
installed immediately following the incoming main lugs .
g . The SPD shall not limit the use of through-feed lugs, sub-feed lugs , and sub-
feed breaker options .
h. All monitoring and diagnostic features shall be visible from the front of the
equipment.
3 . Individual Control Panel and Related Equipment Protection (Type 3).
a . Locate the SPD on the load side of the ground and neutral connections.
b. The SPD shall be connected through a disconnect circuit breaker or fuse as
shown on the drawings. The disconnecting means shall be located in
immediate proximity to the SPD . Connection shall be made via bus ,
conductors, or other connections originating in the SPD and shall be kept as
short as possible.
c . All monitoring and diagnostic features shall be visible from the front of the
equipment.
4. Mechanical Equipment Manufacturer's Provided Control Panels (MEMs) and
Electrical Manufacturer's Provided Control Panels (OEMs) Applications (Type 1,
Type 2 , and Type 3)
CONFORMED , 12/01/2022
FWW VILLAGE CREEK WRF , DIGESTER MIXING , FLARE , DOME IMPROVEMENTS
CITY PROJECT NO . 102652
26 43 13-8 LOW VOLT AGE AC SURGE
PROTECTIVE DEVICES (SPDS)
a. Where any such panel is installed as service entrance equipment, a Type 1
SPD shall be installed .
1) The same requirements for other service entrance equipment listed
above apply to this application except for the requirement that the
Type 1 SPD shall not be required to be of the same manufacturer as
the panel.
b . Where any such panel is installed as non-service entrance equipment, but
within 50' of wire length of the incoming power line when that line is
overhead.
1) The same requirements for other non-service entrance equipment
listed above apply to this application except for the requirement that
the Type 2 SPD shall not be required to be of the same manufacturer
as the panel.
2) Where a Type 1 SPD is installed , a Type 2 SPD is not required on the
same panel unless otherwise specifically shown on the drawings .
c. Where any such panel includes a PLC , a Type 3 SPD shall be installed.
1) The same requirements for other individual control panel and related
equipment listed above apply to this application .
2) The SPD shall be integral to the MEM or OEM panel, as a factory
standardized design.
C . Ratings
1. Unit Operating Voltage : Refer to drawings for operating voltage and unit
configuration .
2 . SPD shall be designed to withstand a maximum continuous operating voltage
(MCOV) of not less than 115% of nominal RMS voltage .
3. Minimum surge current rating shall be 240 kA per phase (120 kA per mode) for
service entrance and 120 kA per phase (60 kA per mode) for distribution
applications .
4. UL 1449 clamping voltage must not exceed the following: Voltage Protection
Rating (VPR)
Voltage
240/120
208Y/120
CONFORMED , 12/01/2022
1200/B00V
800V
L-G
800V
800V
N-G
800V
800V
FWW VILLAGE CREEK WRF , DIGESTER MIXING , FLARE , DOME IMPROVEMENTS
CITY PROJECT NO . 102652
26 43 13-9 LOW VOLTAGE AC SURGE
PROTECTIVE DEVICES (SPDS)
480Y.277
600Y/347
1200V
1500V
1200V
1500V
1200V
1500V
5. Pulse life test: Capable of protecting against and surviving 5000 ANSI/IEEE
Category C High transients without failure or degradation of clamping voltage by
more than 10%.
6. Minimum UL 1449 3rd edition withstand Nominal Discharge Current (In) rating to
be 20kA per mode
2.03 ACCESSORIES
A. Furnish nameplates for each device as indicated on drawings. Color schemes shall be
as indicated on Drawings .
PART 3-EXECUTION
3.01 INSTALLATION
A. All equipment specified herein shall be factory installed, field adjusted, tested and
cleaned as an integral part of equipment specified elsewhere in the individual equipment
Specification .
B . Types 1 and 2 shall be grounded and bonded as a part of the individual equipment as
specified in the individual equipment Section. Type 3 shall be grounded and bonded in
accordance with the SPD manufacturer's instructions.
CONFORMED , 12/01/2022
END OF SECTION
FWW VILLAGE CREEK WRF , DIGESTER MIXING , FLARE , DOME IMPROVEMENTS
CITY PROJECT NO . 102652
26 43 13-10 LOW VOLTAGE AC SURGE
PROTECTIVE DEVICES (SPDS)
PART 1 -GENERAL
1.01 SCOPE OF WORK
SECTION 26 50 00
LIGHTING SYSTEM
A. Furnish all labor, materials, equipment and incidentals required and install a complete
lighting system ready for operation as shown on the Drawings and as specified herein.
1.02 RELATED WORK
A. No references are made to any other section which may contain work related to any
other section. The Contract Documents shall be taken as a whole with every section
related to every other section as required to meet the requirements specified . The
organization of the Contract Documents into specification divisions and sections is for
organization of the documents themselves and does not relate to the division of
suppliers or labor which the Contractor may choose to employ in the execution of the
Contract. Where references are made to other Sections and other Divisions of the
Specifications, the Contractor shall provide such information or additional work as may
be required in those references , and include such information or work as may be
specified .
B. Other Divisions
1. The Contractor shall be responsible for examining all Sections of the
Specifications and Drawings, and shall determine the power and wiring
requirements and shall provide external wiring and raceways , as required to
provide a fully functioning power, control and process control systems. If the
equipment requires more conductors and/or wiring , due to different equipment
being supplied , the Contractor shall furnish the add itional conductors , raceways
and/or wiring, with no change in the Contract Price , and with no increase in
Contract Time .
1.03 SUBMITTALS
A. Submittals shall be made in accordance with the requirements of Division 1, Section 26
00 00 and as specified herein. All cut sheets shall be clearly marked to indicate wh ich
products are being submitted for use on this project. Unmarked cut sheets will be cause
to reject the submittal and return it for revision .
B. Submittals shall also contain information on related equipment to be furnished under this
Specification but described in the related sections listed in the Related Work paragraph
above . Incomplete submittals not containing the required information on the related
equipment will be returned without review.
CONFORMED , 12/0 1/2022
FWW VILLAGE CREEK WRF , DIGESTER MIXING , FLARE , DOME IMPROVEMENTS
CITY PROJECT NO . 102652
26 50 00-1 LIGHTING SYSTEM
C. Manufacturer's technical information for the materials proposed for use in the systems.
D. For all light pole foundations shown to be installed in earth, provide installation and
anchoring drawings that are stamped and sealed by a licensed engineer in the state of
Texas. The soil condition shall be assumed to be disturbed earth. If compaction is
assumed , a compaction test shall be performed on all foundation locations, showing the
minimum field density assumed in the foundation design.
E. Submit manufacturer's name and catalog data for all lighting equipment specified in this
Section and on the lighting fixture schedule.
F. Shop drawings: Clearly indicate lum i naire type, name of the job. Contractor shall
endeavor to submit all luminaires, drivers and integral controls shop drawings at one
time , in one package. Any re-submittals shall include all luminaire, driver and integral
controls previously rejected or requiring further information . Specialty SSL, custom, or
modified fixtures may be submitted as a separate package .
G . Shop Drawings: Reproductions of the Contract Drawings are not acceptable as shop
drawings.
H . Product Data : Provide dimensions , ratings and specific catalog number and identification
of items and accessories and performance data .
I. Shop Drawings: Indicate any dimensions and components for each luminaire that are
not a standard product of the manufacturer.
J . Wiring Diagrams -as needed for special operation or interaction with other system(s).
K. Photometric Data : Where indicated below or for substitutions , supply complete
photometric data for the fixture , including optical performance, rendered by NVLAP
approved laboratory developed according to the methods of the Illuminating Engineering
Society of North America . Submit electronically , in !ESNA LM-63 standard format. Types
XX and YY.
L. Submit photometric data for all substitute luminaries. Photometric reports are not
required from specified manufacturer unless noted in paragraph H above.
M . Specification Sheets: If lacking sufficient detail to indicate compliance with Contract
Documents , standard specification sheets will not be accepted. This includes , but is not
limited to , luminaire type designation, manufacturer's complete catalog number, voltage ,
LED type , CCT, CRI, specific driver information , system efficacy, L70 life rating , and any
modifications necessary to meet the requirements of the Contract Documents.
N . Substitutions shall include complete photometric data as outlined in paragraph H above ,
and point-by-point calculations for the specific conditions on the project. Samples shall
be required for consideration of any substitutions and must be submitted in accordance
with the terms outlined in paragraph below.
CONFORMED , 12/01/2022
FWW VILLAGE CREEK WRF , DIGESTER MIXING , FLARE , DOME IMPROVEMENTS
CITY PROJECT NO . 102652
26 50 00-2 LIGHTING SYSTEM
O. Working Samples of all substitutions: Samples shall be 120-volt with cord and plug
attached, and shall include specified LEDs and all modifications necessary to meet the
requirements specified in the Contract Documents.
P. Energy Efficiency:
1. Submit documentation for Energy Star qualifications for equipment provided under
work of this Section.
2. Submit data indicating luminaire efficiency.
3. Submit data indicating Ballast Efficacy Factor (BEF).
4 . Submit data indicating Luminaire Efficacy rating (LER).
5. Submit data indicating color rendition index of light source.
Q . Submit environmental data in accordance with Table 1 of ASTM E2129 for products
provided under work of this Section .
R. Manufacturer's technical information for the materials proposed for use in the systems .
1.04 REFERENCE CODES AND STANDARDS
A. All lighting fixtures shall be in accordance with the National Fire Protection Association
(NFPA) NFPA 70 "National Electrical Code" (NEC), and shall be constructed in
accordance with the latest edition of the Underwriters Laboratories (UL) "Standards for
Safety, Electric Lighting Fixtures".
B . National Energy Policy Act of 2005, Public Law No. 109-58.
C. IESNA LM-63 -ANSI Approved Standard File Format for Electronic Transfer of
Photometric Data and Related Information; 2002.
D. NFPA 70 -National Electrical Code; National Fire Protection Association; 2008.
E . IESNA LM-79-08 IESNA -Approved Method for Electrical and Photometric.
F. Measurements of Solid State Lighting Products ; 2008 .
G. IESNA LM-80-08 IESNA -Approved Method for Measuring Lumen Maintenance of LED
Light Sources.
H. IESNA LM-80-08 IESNA -Approved Method for Measuring Lumen Maintenance of LED
Light Sources.
I. IESNA TM-21-2011 -Projecting Long Term Lumen Maintenance of LED Light Sources .
J . UL 8750 -Light Emitting Diode {LED) Equipment for Use in Lighting Products .
CONFORMED , 12/01/2022
FWW VILLAGE CREEK WRF , DIGESTER MIXING , FLARE , DOME IMPROVEMENTS
CITY PROJECT NO . 102652
26 50 00-3 LIGHTING SYSTEM
K. OSHA 29CFR1910.7 -Luminaires shall be listed by national recognized testing
laboratory approved by United Stated Department of Labor , Occupational Safety and Health
Administration (OSHA).
1.05 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. All fixtures shall be of the energy-efficient type.
B. The manufacturer of these materials shall have produced similar lighting fixtures for a
minimum pe riod of five years. When requested by the Owner/Engineer, an acceptable
list of installations with similar systems shall be provided demonstrating compliance with
this requirement.
C. The lum inaires shall be manufactured in accordance with a manufacturer quality
assurance (QA) program . The QA program shall include two types of quality assurance:
(1) design quality assurance and (2) production quality assurance. The production
quality assurance shall include statistically controlled routine tests to ensure minimum
performance levels of the modules built to meet this specification . These tests shall
include : CCT, CRI , Lumen output and wattage . Tests shall be recorded, analyzed and
mainta ined for future reference.
D. QA process and test results documentation shall be kept on file for a minimum period of
seven years.
E. LED luminaire designs not satisfying design qualification testing and the production
quality assurance testing performance requirements described below shall not be
labeled , advertised , or sold as conforming to this specification .
F. Equipment s ubm itted shall fit with in the space shown on the Drawings . Equipment which
does not fit with in the space is not acceptable .
1.06 JOBSITE DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING
A. Prior to jobsite delivery , the Contractor shall have successfully completed all submittal
requirements , and present to the Owner/Engineer upon delivery of the equipment, an
approved copy of all such submittals . Delivery of incomplete constructed equipment,
ons ite factory work, or failed factory tests will not be permitted.
B. Protect equipment during shipment , handling , and storage by suitable complete
enclosures . Protect equipment from exposure to the elements and keep thoroughly dry.
C . Protect painted surfaces against impact, abras ion , discoloration , and other damage.
Repaint damaged painted surfaces to the satisfaction of the Owner/Engineer.
D. Equipment shall be installed in its permanent location shown on the Drawings w ithin
seven calen dar days of arriving ons ite. If the equipment cannot be installed within seven
calendar days , the equipment shall be stored on site in a dry heated and air conditioned
space . If there is no such storage space on site , the equipment shall not be del ivered to
CONFOR ME D, 12/0 1/2022
FWW VILLAGE CREEK WRF , DIGESTER MIXING , FLARE , DOME IMPROVE MENTS
CITY PROJECT NO . 102652
26 50 00 -4 LIGHTING SY STEM
the site, but stored offsite, at the Contractor's expense, until such time that the site is
ready for permanent installation of the equipment.
E. Shipping groups shall be designed to be shipped by truck, rail, or ship. Indoor groups
shall be bolted to skids. Breakers and accessories shall be packaged and shipped
separately.
1.07 WARRANTY
A. Provide warranties, including the manufacturer's warranty, for the equipment specified
and the proper installation thereof, to be free from defects in material and workmanship 4' for w.10 years from date of final aooeptanoe 2 years from the date defined in Section
B 00 72 00 GENERAL CONDITIONS and Section 00 73 00 SUPPLEMENTARY
CONDITIONS TO GENERAL CONDITIONS of the equipment and its installation. Within
such period of warranty, all material and labor necessary to return the equipment to new
operating condition shall be provided. Any warranty work requiring shipping or
transporting of the equipment shall be provided at no expense to the Owner.
PART 2 -PRODUCTS
2.01 MANUFACTURERS
A. Subject to compliance with the Contract Documents, the following Manufacturers are
acceptable:
1. Lighting fixture manufacturers and types as required by the "Lighting Fixture
Schedule" on the Drawings. The catalog numbers are given as a guide to the
design and quality of fixture desired . Equivalent designs and equal quality fixtures
of other manufacturers will be acceptable upon approval by the Owner/Engineer.
B. The listing of specific manufacturers above does not imply acceptance of their products
that do not meet the specified ratings, features and functions. Manufacturers listed
above are not relieved from meeting these specifications in their entirety.
C . Where specified to match existing fixtures, fixtures of the same manufacturer and type
shall be installed.
2.02 LIGHTING FIXTURES
A. General
1. All lamps shall be of one manufacturer and shall be as manufactured by
Osram/Sylvania Electric Products, Inc.; General Electric Co.; North American
Philips Lighting Corp. or equal.
2. All ballasts shall be UL listed, ETL certified, Class "P", high power factor (minimum
0 .90).
CONFORMED , 12/01/2022
FWW VILLAGE CREEK WRF , DIGESTER MIXING , FLARE , DOME IMPROVEMENTS
CITY PROJECT NO . 102652
26 50 00-5 LIGHTING SYSTEM
3. Ballasts shall have an "A" sound rating or better.
4. All ballasts used in exterior applications shall have a minimum starting temperature
of 0°F unless otherwise specified.
5. All interior ballasts shall have a minimum starting temperature of 50°F.
6. Ballasts shall be parallel wired type and designed to operate the number and
length of lamps specified .
7. The to tal harmonic distortion {THO) of each ballast shall be 10% or less .
8. Ballasts shall have a minimum ballast factor of 0.88 = N and as specified in the
fixture schedule.
9. Ballasts shall have nominal power factor 0.90 or higher.
10. Ballasts shall have a maximum lamp current crest factor of 1.4.
11. Ballast shall provide normal rated life for the lamp specified.
12. All electronic ballasts shall be warranted for parts and replacement for five full
years from the date of installation .
13 . All ballasts shall be as manufactured by G .E., Advance , Model Mark V , similar by
Osram/Sylvania; MagneTek or equal.
14 . Where the equipment contains a programmable logic controller (PLC) or an
uninterruptible power supply (UPS), the equipment manufacturer shall furnish
factory installed, a dedicated Point of Utilization Device (SPD), as specified in
Section 26 43 13 , Individual Control Panel and Related Equipment Protection
(Type 3).
B. LED Luminaires
1. Each luminaire shall consist of an assembly that utilizes LEDs as the light source .
In addition , a complete luminaire shall consist of a housing, LED array, and
electronic driver (power supply) and integral controls as per this specification .
2. Each luminaire shall be designed to operate at an average operating temperature
of 25°C .
3 . The operating temperature range shall be 0°C to +25 °C. Each luminaire shall meet
all parameters of this specification throughout the minimum operational life when
operated at the average operating temperature.
4 . Nominal luminaire dimensions : refer to light fixture schedules.
C. Luminaire Construction :
CONFORMED , 12/01/2022
FWW VILLAGE CREEK WRF , DIGESTER MIXING , FLARE , DOME IMPROVEMENTS
CITY PROJECT NO . 102652
26 50 00-6 LIGHTING SYSTEM
1. Luminaire housing to have no visible welding, screws , springs , hooks, rivets, bare
LEDs or plastic supports.
2 . The luminaire shall be a single, self-contained device , not requiring onsite
assembly for installation. The power supply and circuit board for the luminaire shall
be integral to the unit.
3. Luminaires shall be fabricated from post painted cold rolled steel and shall be a
rigid structure with integral T-bar clips.
4. Finish : Polyester powder coat painted with 92% high-reflective paint after
fabrication .
5. Reflector: rugged one-piece cold rolled steel with embossed multi-facets, echoing
the frequency of the retractor prisms to distribute soft light at multiple angles,
without flashing thus reducing high luminance contrast.
6 . End caps shall be sloped at 70 degrees to create depth.
7 . Luminaire to have smooth transition between T-bar and reflector arch. No
doorframe or exposed hardware.
8. Polymeric materials (if used) of enclosures containing either the power supply or
electronic components of the luminaire shall be made of UL94VO flame retardant
materials . Luminaire lenses are excluded from this requirement.
9 . Integral Grid Clips required on recessed mounted luminaires along with integral tie
wire mounting points .
10 . Luminaire to have air removal capability as specified .
11 . The assembly and manufacturing process for the SSL luminaire shall be designed
to assure all internal components are adequately supported to withstand
mechanical shock and vibration .
D. LED Sources
1. LEDs shall be manufactured by:
a . Nichia
b. Samsung
c. Osram
2 . Lumen Output -minimum initial lumen output of the luminaire shall be as follows
for the lumens exiting the luminaire in the 0-90 degree zone -as measured by
IESNA Standard LM-79-08 in an accredited lab . Exact tested lumen output shall
be clearly noted on the shop drawings.
FWW VILLAGE CREEK WRF , DIGESTER MIXING , FLARE , DOME IMPROVEMENTS
CITY PROJECT NO . 102652
CONFORMED , 12/0 1/2022 26 50 00 -7 LIGHTING SYSTEM
3. Lumen output shall not decrease by more than 20% over the minimum operational
life of 50,000 hours .
4. Individual LEDs shall be connected such that a catastrophic loss or the failure of
one LED will not result in the loss of the entire luminaire .
5. LED Boards shall be suitable for field maintenance or service from below the
ceiling with plug-in connectors. LED boards shall be upgradable.
6. Light Color/Quality
a. Correlated Color temperature (CCT) range as per specification, between
3500K, 41 00K and 5000K shall be correlated to chromaticity as defined by
the absolute (X ,Y) coordinates on the 2-D CIE chromaticity chart .
b . The color rendition index (CRI) shall be 80 or greater.
c . Color shift over 6,000 hours shall be <0 .007 change in u' v ' as demonstrated
in IES LM80 report .
E. Power Supply and Driver
1. Driver: AccuDrive , 120-277 Volt , UL Listed, CSA Certified, Sound Rated A+. Driver
shall be greater than 80% efficient at full load across all input voltages. Input wires
shall be #18 AWG solid copper minimum .
2 . Driver shall be suitable for full-range dimming. The luminaire shall be capable of
continuous dimming without perceivable flicker over a range of 100% to 5% of
rated lumen output with a smooth shutoff function. Dimming shall be controlled by
a 0-10 volt signal.
3. Driver shall be UL listed.
4 . Maximum stand-by power shall be one watt.
5. Driver disconnect shall be provided where required to comply with codes.
6 . The electronics/power supply enclosure shall be internal to the SSL luminaire and
be accessible per UL requirements .
7 . The surge protection which resides within the driver shall protect the luminaire
from damage and failure for transient voltages and currents as defined in
ANSI/IEEE C64.41 2002 for Location Category A , where failure does not mean a
momentary loss of light during the transient event.
F. Electrical
1. Operation Voltage -The luminaire shall operate from a 50 or 60 Hertz ±3 Hertz AC
line over a voltage ranging from 120 volts AC to 277 volts AC. The fluctuations of
FWW VILLAGE CREEK WRF , DIGESTER MIXING , FLARE , DOME IMPROVEMENTS
CITY PROJECT NO . 102652
CONFORMED , 12/01/2022 26 50 00-8 LIGHTING SYSTEM
line voltage shall have no visible effect on the luminous output. The standard
operating voltages are 120 volts AC , 277 volts AC, 347 volts AC.
2 . Power Factor : The luminaire shall have a power factor of 90% or greater at all
standard operating voltages and full luminaire output.
3. THO: Total harmonic distortion (current and voltage) induced into an AC power line
by a luminaire shall not exceed 20% at any standard input voltage.
4. Surge Suppression: The luminaire shall include surge protection to withstand high
repetition noise and other interference.
5. RF Interference: The luminaire and associated onboard circuitry must meet Class
A emission limits referred in Federal Communications Commission (FCC) Title 47,
Subpart B, Section 15 Non-Consumer requirements for EMI/RFI emissions .
6. Electrical connections between normal power and driver must be modular utilizing
a snap fit connector. All electrical components must be easily accessible after
installation and be replaceable without removing the fixture from the ceiling .
7. All electrical components shall be RoHS compliant.
G. Exit Sign: UL listed. Provide with automatic power failure device with integral self-testing
module and fully automatic high/low trickle charger in a self-contained power pack.
Battery shall be sealed electrolyte type; shall operate unattended ; and require no
maintenance , including no additional water, for a period of not less than five years . LED
exit sign shall have emergency run time of 1-1/2 hours (minimum). The light emitting
diodes shall have rated lamp life of 70,000 hours (minimum). All exit sign fixtures shall
be rated maximum of five watts per fixture .
H. Photometric Requirements
1. Luminaire performance shall be tested as described herein .
2. Luminaire performance shall be judged against the specified minimum illuminance
in the specified pattern for a particular application.
3. Luminaire lighting performance shall be adjusted (depreciated) for the minimum
life expectancy (Section 2 .2.5).
4. The performance shall be adjusted (depreciated) by using the LED manufacturer's
data or the data from the IESNA Standard TM-21 test report , which ever one
results in a higher level of lumen depreciation.
5. The luminaire may be determined to be compliant photometrically, if:
a . The initial minimum illuminance level is achieved in 100% of the area of the
specified lighting pattern.
CONFORMED , 12/01/2022
FWW VILLAGE CREEK WRF , DIGESTER MIXING , FLARE , DOME IMPROVEMENTS
CITY PROJECT NO. 102652
26 50 00-9 LIGHTING SYSTEM
b. The measurements shall be calibrated to standard photopic calibrations .
c. Add specific project requirements.
I. Thermal Management
1. The thermal management (of the heat generated by the LEDs) shall be of
sufficient capacity to assure proper operation of the luminaire over the expected
useful life (Section 1.2.9 c).
2. The LED manufacturer's maximum junction temperature for the expected life
(Section 1.2.9 c) shall not be exceeded at the average operating ambient (Section
1.2.4).
3. The LED manufacturer's maximum junction temperature for the catastrophic failure
shall not be exceeded at the maximum operating ambient (Section 1.2.5).
4. The luminaire shall have an UL IC rating .
5. The D river manufacturer's maximum case temperature shall not be exceeded at
the maximum operating ambient. Thermal management shall be passive by
design . The use of fans or other mechanical devices shall not be allowed.
J . Emergency Li ghting Battery Units
1. Emergency lighting units shall be as specified in the Lighting Fixture Schedule
shown on the Drawings .
2 . Battery units shall be of the self-contained , fully automatic type with sealed lead
acid batteries, volt-meters.
3 . Unit enclosures shall be compatible to their environment and units shall comply
with the requirements of NFPA 70 (NEC).
4 . It sha ll be the responsibility of the contractor to provide all necessary mounting
hardware .
5. Shall be factory installed and provide a range of 800 to 1400 lumens of light for 90
minutes . Output is based on t he size and wattage of the luminaire .
6 . Integral or remote test switch shall be provided as per specification.
K. Flexible Fixture Hangers
1. Flexible fixture hangers used in non-hazardous areas shall be type ARB and
flexible fixture supports used in hazardous areas shall be Type EFH as
manufactured by the Crouse-Hinds Co ., similar by Appleton Electric Co ; Killark a
Division of Hubbell Inc.; or equal.
CONFORMED , 12/01 /202 2
FWW VILLAGE CREEK WRF , DIGESTER MIXING , FLARE , DOME IMPROVEMENTS
CITY PROJECT NO. 102652
26 50 00 -10 LIGHTING SYSTEM
2. Where required in Section 26 00 00 -ELECTRICAL GENERAL PROVISIONS , all
pendent-mounted and recessed in suspended ceilings, recessed lighting fixtures
shall be provided with four anti-sway supports to meet Type II seismic
requirements .
PART 3 -EXECUTION
3.01 INSTALLATION
A. The location of lighting fixtures shown on the Drawings is approximate. The Contractor
shall install the lighting fixtures after major ducts and piping are installed , to avoid
conflicts. He shall install the fixtures to avoid shadows and blocking of light, relocating
the fixtures as necessary, at no cost to the Owner.
B . Each fixture shall be a completely finished unit with all components , mounting and/or
hanging devices necessary, for the proper installation of the particular fixture in its
designated location and shall be completely wired ready for connection to the branch
circuit wires at the outlet.
C . All flush mounted fixtures shall be supported from the structure and shall not be
dependent on the hung ceilings for their support.
D. Fixtures noted to be installed flush in suspended ceilings shall be of mounting types
su ited for the type ceiling involved . Troffers (2 X 4), provided in suspended ceiling grids ,
shall be installed w ith safety cl ips to hold the fixture securely in the ceiling grid . It shall be
the responsibility of the Contractor to verify the ceiling types prior to ordering fixtures .
E. Flexible fixture hangers shall be used for all pendant mounted fixtu res . Fixtures two feet
long and larger shall be supported with a minimum of two fixture hangers.
F . Conduit run in areas with hung ceilings shall be installed in the space above the hung
ceiling as close to the structure as possible. Conduits shall be supported from the
structure .
G . Exterior lighting poles shall be mounted plumb.
H . Fixture locations are shown on the Drawings in approximate locations ; however exact
locations shall be coordinated so as to avoid conflicts with HVAC ducts , equipment and
other obstacles .
I. Install all required hardware and mounting brackets to secure luminaires to structure per
local code requirements .
J . Bond luminaires and metal accessories to branch circuit equipment ground ing
conductor.
K. Install fixtures securely, in a neat and workmanlike manner, as specified in NECA 501.
CONFORMED , 12/01/2022
FWW VILLAGE CREEK WRF , DIGESTER MIXING , FLARE , DOME IMPROVEMENTS
CITY PROJECT NO . 102652
26 50 00 -11 LIGHTING SYSTEM
L. Where the Drawings state a particular mounting height, it shall imply that the bottom of
the fixture shall be mounted at the stated mounting height above the finished floor,
unless specifically noted otherwise .
M. The minimum mounting height for the bottom of lights and exit signs shall be 80 inches
above the finished floor in compliance with Americans with Disabilities Act (ADA).
N. Flangeless fixtures for recess mounting in drywall shall be provided with mud ring and
plaster guard , install per manufacturer's instructions .
3.02 REPLACEMENT
A. Lamps (except for H.I.D.) used during the building construction, prior to two weeks from
completion of the work , shall be removed and replaced with new lamps .
3.03 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL
A. Perform field inspection , testing , and adjusting in accordance with Section 014000 .
B. Operate each luminaire after installation and connection. Inspect for improper
connections and operation.
C . Test and cali b rate all controls associated with luminaires , i.e. integral photocells and
occupancy sensors.
3.04 CLEANING UP
A. Clean electrical parts to remove conductive and deleterious materials.
B. Remove dirt and debris from lens enclosures.
1. For cleaning acrylic lenses or diffusers, use a feather duster or dry cotton
cheesecloth to rid the lens/diffuser of any minor dust. For fingerprints, smudges, or
other dirt present, use an ammonia-based cleaner (such as Windex) and wipe
carefully with cotton cheesecloth (so as to avoid injury from any prismatic texture
of the lens).
2. Job site contamination may not necessarily be removed using the above
recommendations. In that case the lens would need to be replaced .
C . Clean photometric control surfaces as recommended by manufacturer.
D. Plastic dust cover bags to be provided with new parabolic reflector lighting fixtures shall
be removed after all construction activity that may cause dust formation on reflector
surfaces has been completed.
E. All fixtures shall be left in a clean condition , free of dirt and defects, before acceptance
by the Owner/Engineer.
CONFORMED , 12/01/2022
FWW VILLAGE CREEK WRF , DIGESTER MIXING , FLARE , DOME IMPROVEMENTS
CITY PROJECT NO . 102652
26 50 00-12 LIGHTING SYSTEM
CONFORMED , 12/01/2022
END OF SECTION
FWW VILLAGE CREEK WRF , DIGESTER MIXING , FLARE , DOME IMPROVEMENTS
CITY PROJECT NO . 102652
26 50 00-13 LIGHTING SYSTEM
CONFORMED , 12/01/2022
THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK
FWW VILLAGE CREEK WRF , DIGESTER MIXING , FLARE, DOME IMPROVEMENTS
CITY PROJECT NO . 102652
26 50 00-14 LIGHTING SYSTEM
PART 1 -GENERAL
1.01 THE REQUIREMENT
SECTION 31 00 01
EARTHWORK
A. Furnish all labor, equipment and materials required to complete all work associated with
excavation , including off-site borrow excavation , dewatering , backfill , drainage layers
beneath and around structures, foundation and backfill stone, filter fabric, embankments,
stockpiling topsoil and any excess suitable material in designated areas, in place
compaction of embankments , backfill and subgrades beneath foundations and
roadways , excavation support, disposing from the site all unsuitable materials, providing
erosion and sedimentation control grading, site grading and preparation of pavement
and structure subgrade, and other related and incidental work as required to complete
the work shown on the Drawings and specified herein.
B . All excavations shall be in conformity with the lines , grades, and cross sections shown
on the Drawings or established by the Engineer.
C. It is the intent of this Specification that the Contractor conduct the construction activities
in such a manner that erosion of disturbed areas and off-site sedimentation be
absolutely minimized .
D. All work under this Contract shall be done in conformance with and subject to the
limitations of the latest editions of the Texas Department of Transportation Standard
Specifications for Construction and Maintenance of Highways, Streets, and Bridges.
1.02 RELATED WORK SPECIFIED ELSEWHERE
A. Requirements of related work are included in Division 01 and Division 02 of these
Specifications .
1.03 REFERENCE SPECIFICATIONS, CODES, AND STANDARDS
A. Without limiting the generality of the other requirements of the Specifications , all work
herein shall conform to the applicable requirements of the following documents. All
referenced Specifications, codes, and standards refer to the most current issue available
at the time of Bid.
1. Texas Department of Transportation Standard Specifications for Construction and
Maintenance of Highways , Streets, and Bridges .
2 . American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM):
CONFORMED , 12/01/2022
FWW VILLAGE CREEK WRF , DIGESTER MIXING , FLARE , DOME IMPROVEMENTS
CITY PROJECT NO . 102652
31 00 01 -1 EARTHWORK
a . ASTM C 127 -Test for Specific Gravity and Absorption of Coarse
Aggregate.
b. ASTM C 136 -Test for Sieve Analysis of Fine and Coarse Aggregates.
c . ASTM D 422 -Particle Size Analysis of Soils.
d . ASTM D 423 -Test for Liquid Limit of Soils .
e. ASTM D 424 -Test for Plastic Limit and Plasticity Index of Soils .
f. ASTM C 535 -Test for Resistance to Degradation of Large Size Coarse
Aggregate by Abrasion and Impact in the Los Angeles Machine .
g . ASTM D 698 -Standard Method of Test for the Moisture Density Relations
of Soils Using a 5.5 lb . (2.5 kg) Rammer and a 12inch (305 mm) Drop.
h . ASTM D1556 -Test for Density of Soil in Place by the SandCone Method.
i. ASTM D1557 -Test for MoistureDensity Relations of Soils and Soil
Aggregate Mixtures Using 1 0lbs. (4 .5 kg) Rammer and 18inch (457 mm)
Drop .
j . ASTM D2049 -Test Method for Relative Density of Cohesionless Soils.
k . ASTM D2167 -Test for Density of Soil in Place by the RubberBalloon
Method.
I. ASTM D2216 -Test for Laboratory Determination of Water (Moisture)
Content of Soil, Rock , and Soil Aggregate Mixtures .
m . ASTM D2487 -Test for Classification of Soils for Engineering Purposes.
n . ASTM D2922 -Test for Density of Soil and SoilAggregate in Place by
Nuclear Methods (Shallow Depth).
1.04 SUBSURFACE CONDITIONS
A. Information on subsurface conditions is referenced under Division 01 , General
Requirements .
B . Attention is directed to the fact that there may be water pipes , storm drains and other
utilities located in the area of proposed excavation . Perform all repairs to same in the
event that excavation activities disrupt service .
CONFORMED , 12 /01 /2022
FWW V ILLAGE CREEK WRF , DIGESTER MIXING , FLARE , DOME IMPROVEMENTS
CITY PROJECT NO . 102652
31 00 01 -2 EARTHWORK
1.05 SUBMITTAL$
A. In accordance with the procedures and requirements set forth in Section 01 33 00 -
Submittal Procedures, the Contractor shall submit the following:
1. Name and location of all material suppliers.
2 . Certificate of compliance with the standards specified above for each source of
each material.
3. List of disposal sites for waste and unsuitable materials and all required permits for
use of those sites.
4 . Plans and cross sections of open cut excavations showing side slopes and limits
of the excavation at grade .
5. Samples of synthetic filter fabric and reinforced plastic membrane with
manufacturer's certificates or catalog cuts stating the mechanical and physical
properties. Samples shall be at least one (1) foot wide and four (4) feet long taken
across the roll with the warp direction appropriately marked.
6. Construction drawings and structural calculations for any types of excavation
support required . Drawings and calculations shall be sealed by a currently
registered Professional Engineer in the State or Commonwealth in which the
project is located .
7. Monitoring plan and pre-construction condition inspection and documentation of all
adjacent structures, utilities, and roadways near proposed installation of
excavation support systems and near areas where dewatering is required to
facilitate construction .
8 . Dewatering procedures .
1.06 PRODUCT HANDLING
A. Soil and rock material shall be excavated, transported, placed , and stored in a manner
so as to prevent contamination , segregation and excessive wetting . Materials which
have become contaminated or segregated will not be permitted in the performance of
the work and shall be removed from the site.
1.07 USE OF EXPLOSIVES
A. Explosives shall not be utilized in the performance of the Work .
CONFORMED , 12/01/2022
F\/1/W VILLAGE CREEK WRF, DIGESTER MIXING , FLARE , DOME IMPROVEMENTS
CITY PROJECT NO. 102652
31 00 01 -3 EARTHWORK
PART 2 -PRODUCTS
2.01 SELECT FILL
A. Soils from the excavations meeting requirements stipulated herein with the exceptions of
topsoil and organic material may be used as Select Fill for backfilling , constructing
embankm,ents , reconstructing existing embankments, and as structural subgrade
support.
B. Select Fill used for embankment construction shall be soil, sand , or gavel classified per
the Unified Soil Classification System (USCS) as SP , SM, SW, GP, GW with a maximum
of 20 percent by weight fines passing the No. 200 sieve and a Plasticity Index (Pl)
between 7 and 20 for silty or clayey material and a Maximum Pl of 6 for granular
material.
C . Granular Select Fill shall consist of sandy gravel or gravelly sand , free of organic
material , environmental contaminants, snow, ice , frozen soil, or other unsuitable
material , and be well-graded within the following limits:
U.S. Standard Percent Finer
Sieve Size by Weight
3 in. 100
No . 4 30-80
No . 40 10-50
No . 200 0-8
D. Regardless of material used as Select Fill , materials shall be compacted at a moisture
content satisfactory to the Engineer, which shall be approximately that required to
produce the maximum density except that the moisture content shall not be more than
1 % below nor more than 4% above the optimum moisture content for the particular
material tested in accordance with the ASTM D698.
E. Where excavated material does not meet requirements for Select Fill , Contractor shall
furnish off-site borrow material meeting the specified requirements herein . Determination
of whether the borrow material will be paid for as an extra cost will be made based on
Article 4 of the General Conditions , as amended by the Supplementary Conditions .
F . When the excavated material from required excavations is suitable for use as Select Fill,
backfill , bedding , or embankments , but is replaced with off-site borrow material for the
Contractor's convenience , the costs associated with such work and material shall be
borne by the Contractor.
G. Contractor shall stockpile on site in areas designated in the Contract Documents or as
approved by the Owner to avoid hauling material offsite unless contaminated. No
stockpiling of excavated material would be allowed within 50 feet or in a manner or
CONFORMED , 12/01/2022
F\/1/W VILLAGE CREEK WRF , DIGESTER MIXING , FLARE , DOME IMPROVEMENTS
CITY PROJECT NO . 102652
31 00 01 -4 EARTHWORK
location that would permit erosion and its subsequent sedimentation into storm drains ,
streams, ponds , wetlands or other natural areas.
1. Topsoil
a. Topsoil shall be considered the surface layer of soil and sod , suitable for use
in seeding and planting. It shall contain no mixture of refuse or any material
toxic to plant growth .
2 . Geotextiles
a. The Contractor shall provide geotextiles as indicated on the Drawings and
specified herein. The materials and placement shall be as indicated under
Section 31 05 19 -Geotextiles .
PART 3 -EXECUTION
3.01 STRIPPING OF TOPSOIL
A. In all areas to be excavated , filled , paved , or graveled the topsoil shall be stripped to its
full depth and shall be deposited in storage piles on the site , at locations designated by
the Engineer, for subsequent reuse. Topsoil shall be kept separated from other
excavated materials and shall be piled free of roots and other undesirable materials .
3.02 EXCAVATION
A. All material excavated , regardless of its nature or composition , shall be classified as
UNCLASSIFIED EXCAVATION. Excavation shall include the removal of all soil , rock ,
weathered rock , rocks of all types , boulders , conduits , pipe , and all other obstacles
encountered and shown to be removed within the limits of excavation shown on the
Drawings or specified herein . The cost of excavation shall be included in the Lump Sum
Bid Price and no additional payment will be made for the removal of obstacles
encountered within the excavation limits shown on the Drawings and specified herein.
B . Excavation by blasting is prohibited .
C . All suitable material removed in the excavation shall be used as far as practicable in the
formation of embankments, subgrades , and shoulders , and at such other places as may
be indicated on the Drawings or indicated by the Engineer. No excavation shall be
wasted except as may be permitted by the Engineer. Refer to the drawings for specific
location and placement of suitable excavated materials in the formation of
embankments, backfill , and structural and roadway foundations . THE ENGINEER
AND/OR MATERIALS TESTING CONSULTANT WILL DESIGNATE MATERIALS THAT
ARE UNSUITABLE. The Contractor shall furnish off-site d isposal areas for the
unsuitable material. Where suitable materials containing excessive moisture are
CONFORMED , 12/0 1/2022
FWW V ILLAGE CREEK WRF , DIGESTER MIX ING , FLARE , DOME IMPROVEMENTS
CITY PROJECT NO. 102652
31 00 01 -5 EARTHWORK
encountered above grade in cuts, the Contractor shall construct above grade ditch
drains prior to the excavation of the cut material when in the opinion of the Engineer
and/or materials testing consultant such measures are necessary to provide proper
construction .
D . All excavations shall be made in the dry and in such a manner and to such widths as will
give ample room for properly constructing and inspecting the structures and/or piping
they are to contain and for such excavation support, pumping and drainage as may be
required . Excavation shall be made in accordance with the grades and details shown on
the Drawings and as specified herein.
E. Excavation slopes shall be flat enough to avoid slides that will cause disturbance of the
subgrade or damage of adjacent areas. Excavation requirements and slopes shall be as
indicated in the Drawings . The Contractor shall intercept and collect surface runoff both
at the top and bottom of cut slopes. The intersection of slopes with natural ground
surfaces, including the beginning and ending of cut slopes, shall be uniformly rounded
as shown on the Drawings or as may be indicated by the Engineer. Concurrent with the
excavation of cuts the Contractor shall construct intercepting berm ditches or earth
berms along and on top of the cut slopes at locations shown on the Drawings or
designated by the Engineer. All slopes shall be finished to reasonably uniform surfaces
acceptable for seeding and mulching operations . No rock or boulders shall be left in
place which protrude more than 1 foot within the typical section cut slope lines, and all
rock cuts shall be cleaned of loose and overhanging material. All protruding roots and
other objectionable vegetation shall be removed from slopes . The Contractor shall be
required to submit plans of open-cut excavation for review by the Engineer before
approval is given to proceed .
F . It is the intent of these Specifications that all structures shall bear on an aggregate base ,
crushed stone or screened gravel bedding placed to the thickness shown on the
Drawings, specified in these Specifications, or not less than 6-inches . Bedding for
process piping shall be as specified in Section 40 05 00 -Basic Mechanical
Requirements , or as shown on the Drawings.
G . The bottom of all excavations for structures and pipes shall be examined by the
Engineer and/or materials testing consultant for bearing value and the presence of
unsuitable material. If, in the opinion of the Engineer and/or materials testing consultant,
additional excavation is required due to the low bearing value of the subgrade material,
or if the in-place soils are soft, yielding, pumping and wet, the Contractor shall remove
such material to the required width and depth and replace it with thoroughly compacted
select fill , and/or crushed stone or screened gravel as indicated by the Engineer.
Payment for such additional work ordered by the Engineer shall be made as an extra by
a Change Order in accordance with the General Conditions and Division 01. No
payment will be made for subgrade disturbance caused by inadequate dewatering or
improper construction methods.
CONFORMED , 12/01/2022
FWW VILLAGE CREEK WRF , DIGESTER MI X ING , FLARE , DOME IMPROVEMENTS
CITY PROJECT NO . 102652
31 00 01 -6 EARTHWORK
H . All cuts shall be brought to the grade and cross section shown on the Drawings, or
established by the Engineer, prior to final inspection and acceptance by the Engineer.
I. Slides and overbreaks which occur due to negligence, carelessness or improper
construction techniques on the part of the Contractor shall be removed and disposed of
by the Contractor as indicated by the Engineer at no additional cost to the Owner. If
grading operations are suspended for any reason whatsoever, partially completed cut
and fill slopes shall be brought to the required slope and the work of seeding and
mulching or other required erosion and sedimentation control operations shall be
performed.
J. Where the excavation exposes sludge, sludge contaminated soil or other odorous
materials, the Contractor shall cover such material at the end of each workday with a
minimum of 6-inches and a maximum of 24-inches of clean fill. The work shall be an
odor abatement measure and the material shall be placed to the depth deemed
satisfactory by the Engineer for this purpose.
3.03 EXCAVATION SUPPORT
A. The Contractor shall furnish , place, and maintain such excavation support which may be
required to support sides of excavation or to protect structures, pipes, and utilities from
possible damage and to provide safe working conditions. The Contractor shall be
exclusively responsible for maintaining structure integrity without overstressing and
damaging existing structures, pipes , and utilities resulting from the Contractor's desires
to temporarily place, move, or remove loads on or adjacent to existing structures, pipes,
and utilities. If the Engineer is of the opinion that at any point sufficient or proper
supports have not been provided, he may order additional supports put in at the expense
of the Contractor. The Contractor shall be responsible for the adequacy of all supports
used and for all damage resulting from failure of support system or from placing,
maintaining and removing it.
B . Selection of and design of any proposed excavation support systems is exclusively the
responsibility of the Contractor. Contractor shall submit drawings and calculations on
proposed systems sealed by a Professional Engineer currently registered in the State or
Commonwealth in which the project is located .
C . The Contractor shall exercise caution in the installation and removal of supports to
ensure no excessive or unusual loadings or vibrations are transmitted to any new or
existing structure . The Contractor shall promptly repair at his expense any and all
damage that can be reasonably attributed to installation or removal of excavation
support system.
D . Contractor shall monitor movement and vibration in the excavation support systems as
well as movement and vibration at adjacent structures, utilities and roadways near
excavation supports . Contractor shall submit a monitoring plan developed by the
CONFORMED , 12/01/2022
FWW VILLAGE CREEK WRF , DIGESTER MIXING , FLARE , DOME IMPROVEMENTS
CITY PROJECT NO . 102652
31 00 01 -7 EARTHWORK
excavation support design engineer. All pre-construction condition assessment and
documentation of adjacent structures on-site and off-site shall be performed by the
Contractor. If any sign of distress such as cracking or movement occurs in any adjacent
structure , utility or roadway during installation of supports , subsequent excavation ,
service period of supports, subsequent backfill and construction , or removal of supports,
Engineer shall be notified immediately. Contractor shall be exclusively responsible for
repair of any damage to any roadway , structure , utility , pipes , etc. both on-site and off-
site , as a result of his operations.
E. All excavation supports shall be removed upon completion of the work except as
indicated herein. The Engineer may permit supports to be left in place at the request and
expense of the Contractor. The Eng ineer may order certain supports left permanently in
place in addition to that required by t he Contract. The cost of the materials so ordered
left in place , less a reasonable amount for the eliminated expense of the removal work
omitted , will be paid as an extra by a Change Order i n accordance with the General
Conditions and Division 01. Any excavation supports left in place shall be cut off at least
two (2) feet below the finished ground surface or as directed by the Engineer.
3.04 PROTECTION OF SUBGRADE
A. To minimize the disturbance of bearing materials and provide a firm foundation, the
Contractor shall comply with the following requ irements :
1. Use of heavy rubber-tired construction equ ipment shall not be permitted on the
final subgrade unless it can be demonstrated that drawdown of groundwater
throughout the entire area of the structure is at least 3 feet below the bottom of the
excavation (subgrade). Even then , the use of such equipment shall be prohibited
should subgrade disturbance result from concentrated wheel loads .
2 . Subgrade soils disturbed through the operations of the Contractor shall be
excavated and replaced with compacted select fill or crushed stone at the
Contractor's expense as indicated by the Engineer.
3 . The Contractor shall provide positive protection against penetration of frost into
materials below the bearing level during work in winter months . This protection can
consist of a temporary blanket of straw or salt hay covered with a plastic
membrane or other acceptable means.
3.05 PROOFROLLING
A. The subgrade of all st ructures and all areas that will support pavements or select fill shall
be proofrolled . After stripping of topsoil , excavation to subgrade and prior to placement
of fills , the ex posed subgrade shall be carefully inspected by probing and testing as
needed . Any topsoil or other organic material sti ll in place , frozen , wet, soft, or loose soil ,
and other undesirable materials shall be removed . The exposed subgrade shall be
proofrolled with a heavily loaded tandem-wheeled dump truck to check for pockets of
FWW V ILLAGE CREEK WRF , D IGESTER MIXING , FLARE , DOME IMPROVEMENT S
CITY PROJECT NO . 102652
CONFORMED , 12/01 /2022 31 00 01 -8 EARTHWORK
soft material hidden beneath a thin crust of better soil. Any unsuitable materials thus
exposed shall be removed and replaced with an approved compacted material.
3.06 DEWATERING
A. The Contractor shall do all dewatering as required for the completion of the work.
Procedures for dewatering proposed by the Contractor shall be submitted to the
Engineer for review prior to any earthwork operations. All water removed by dewatering
operations shall be disposed of in accordance with the Texas Commission on
Environmental Quality.
B. The dewatering system shall be of sufficient size and capacity as required to control
groundwater or seepage to permit proper excavation operations, embankment
construction and reconstruction , subgrade preparation, and to allow concrete to be
placed in a dry condition. The system shall include a sump system or other equipment,
appurtenances and other related earthwork necessary for the required control of water.
The Contractor shall drawdown groundwater to at least 3 feet below the bottom of
excavations (subgrade) at all times in order to maintain a dry and undisturbed condition .
C. The Contractor shall control , by acceptable means, all water regardless of source. Water
shall be controlled and its disposal provided for at each berm , structure, etc . The entire
periphery of the excavation areas shall be ditched and diked to prevent water from
entering the excavation. The Contractor shall be fully responsible for disposal of the
water and shall provide all necessary means at no additional expense to the Owner. The
Contractor shall be solely responsible for proper design, installation , proper operation,
maintenance, and any failure of any component of the system.
D. The Contractor shall be responsible for and shall repair without cost to the Owner, any
damage to work in place and the excavation, including damage to the bottom due to
heave and including removal of material and pumping out of the excavated area. The
Contractor shall be responsible for damages to any other area or structure caused by his
failure to maintain and operate the dewatering system proposed and installed by the
Contractor.
E. The Contractor shall take all the steps that he considers necessary to familiarize himself
with the surface and subsurface site conditions, and shall obtain the data that is required
to analyze the water and soil environment at the site and to assure that the materials
used for the dewatering systems will not erode, deteriorate, or clog to the extent that the
dewatering systems will not perform properly during the period of dewatering . Copies of
logs of borings and laboratory test results are available to the Contractor. This data is
furnished for information only, and it is expressly understood that the Owner and
Engineer will not be held responsible for any interpretations or conclusions drawn
therefrom by the Contractor.
CONFORMED , 12/01/2022
FWW VILLAGE CREEK WRF , DIGESTER MIXING , FLARE , DOME IMPROVEMENTS
CITY PROJECT NO . 102652
31 00 01 -9 EARTHWORK
F. Prior to the execution of the work, the Contractor, Owner and Engineer shall jointly
survey the condition of adjoining structures . Photographs and records shall be made of
any prior settlement or cracking of structures, pavements , and the like, that may become
the subject of possible damage claims .
3.07 EMBANKMENTS
1. The Contractor shall perform the construction of embankments in such a manner
that cut and fill slopes will be completed to final slopes and grade in a continuous
operation . The operation of removing excavation material from any cut and the
placement of embankment in any fill shall be a continuous operation to completion
un less otherwise permitted by the Engineer.
2 . Surfaces upon which embankments are to be constructed shall be stripped of
topsoil, organic material, rubb ish and other extraneous materials . After stripping
and prior to placing embankment material, the Contractor shall compact the top
12-inches of in place soil as specified under Paragraph 3.09, COMPACTION.
3. Any soft or unsuitable materials revealed before or during the in place compaction
shall be removed as indicated by the Engineer and/or materials testing consultant
and replaced with select fill.
4. Ground surfaces on which embankment is to be placed, shall be scarified or
stepped in a manner which will permit bonding of the embankment with the
existing surface. The embankment soils shall be as specified under Part 2 -
Products , and shall be deposited and spread in successive , uniform ,
approximately horizontal layers not exceeding 8-inches in compacted depth for the
full width of the cross section and shall be kept approximately level by the use of
effective spreading equipment. Hauling shall be distributed over the full width of
the embankment, and in no case will deep ruts be allowed to form during the
construction of the embankment. The embankment shall be properly drained at all
times . Each layer of the embankment shall be thoroughly compacted to the density
specified under Paragraph 3.09 , COMPACTION.
5 . The embankment or fill material in the layers shall be of the proper moisture
content before rolling to obtain the prescribed compaction. Wetting or drying of the
material and manipulation when necessary to secure a uniform moisture content
throughout the layer shall be required. Should the material be too wet to permit
proper compaction or rolling , all work on all portions of the embankment thus
affected shall be delayed until the material has dried to the required moisture
content. Samples of all embankment materials for testing , both before and after
placement and compaction, will be taken at frequent intervals . From these tests ,
correct ions, adjustments, and modifications of methods, materials, and moisture
content will be made to construct the embankment.
CONFORMED , 12/01/2022
FWW VILLAGE CREEK WRF , DIGESTER MIXING , FLARE , DOME IMPROVEMENTS
CITY PROJECT NO . 102652
310001 -10 EARTHWORK
6. Where embankments are to be placed and compacted on hillsides, or when new
embankment is to be compacted against embankments, or when embankment is
built in part widths, the slopes that are steeper than 4 :1 shall be loosened or
plowed to a minimum depth of 6 inches or, if in the opinion of the Engineer, the
nature of the ground is such that greater precautions should be taken to bind the
fill to the original ground then benches shall be cut in the existing ground as
indicated by Engineer.
7. When rock and other embankment material are excavated at approximately the
same time , the rock shall be incorporated into the outer portions of the
embankments and the other material which meets the requirements for select fill
shall be incorporated into the formation of the embankments. Stones or
fragmentary rock larger than 4-inches in their greatest dimension will not be
allowed within the top 6-inches of the final grade. Stones, fragmentary rock, or
boulders larger than 12-inches in their greatest dimension will not be allowed in
any portions of embankments and shall be disposed of by the Contractor as
indicated by the Engineer. When rock fragments or stone are used in
embankments, the material shall be brought up in layers as specified or directed
and every effort shall be exerted to fill the voids with finer material to form a dense,
compact mass which meets the densities specified for embankment compaction.
3.08 BACKFILLING
A. All structures and pipes shall be backfilled with the type of materials shown on the
Drawings and specified herein. Select fill shall be deposited in successive , uniform ,
approximately horizontal layers not exceeding 8-inches in compacted depth for the full
width. Stones or fragmentary rock larger than 4-inches in their greatest dimension will
not be allowed within the top 6-inches of the ground nor within 6 inches of pipes. No
stone or fragmentary rock larger than 12-inches in their greatest dimension will be
allowed for any portion of backfill. Compaction shall be in accordance with the
requirements of Paragraph 3.09 , COMPACTION .
B . Where excavation support is used, the Contractor shall take all reasonable measures to
prevent loss of support beneath and adjacent to pipes and existing structures when
supports are removed . If significant volumes of soil cannot be prevented from clinging to
the extracted supports , the voids shall be continuously backfilled as rapidly as possible.
The Contractor shall thereafter limit the depth below subgrade that supports will be
installed in similar soil conditions or employ other appropriate means to prevent loss of
support.
3.09 COMPACTION
A. The Contractor shall compact embankments, backfill , crushed stone, aggregate base,
and in place subgrade in accordance with the requirements of this Section. The densities
specified herein refer to percentages of maximum density as determined by the noted
CONFORMED , 12/01/2022
FWW VILLAGE CREEK WRF , DIGESTER MIXING , FLARE , DOME IMPROVEMENTS
CITY PROJECT NO . 102652
31 00 01 -11 EARTHWORK
test methods . Compaction of materials on the project shall be in accordance with the
following schedule:
CONFORMED , 12/01 /2022
FWW VILLAGE CREEK WRF , DIGESTER MIXING , FLARE , DOME IMPROVEMENTS
CITY PROJECT NO . 102652
3 1 00 01 -12 EARTHWORK
Density% Density% Max. Lift
Std. Proctor Mod. Proctor Thickness as
(D698) (D1557) Compacted Inches
Embankments Beneath Structures* 98 95 8
Other Embankments 95 92 8
Backfill Around Structures 95 92 8
Backfill in Pipe Trenches 95 92 8
Crushed Stone Beneath Structures ** ** 12
Select Sand --98 8
Aggregate Base Course (ABC) Beneath --98 8 Pavements and Structures
Crushed Stone Backfill ** ** 12
Crushed Stone Pipe Bedding ** ** 12
In Place Subgrade Beneath Structures 98 95 Top 12-inches
* Embankments beneath structures sha ll be cons idered to include a zo ne 1 0 feet out from the foundation of the structure
extend ing down to the natural ground on a 45° slope.
** The aggregate shall be compacted to a degree acceptable to t he Engineer by use of a vibratory compactor and/o r
crawler tractor.
B. Field density tests will be made by the materials testing consultant to determine if the
specified densities have been achieved, and these tests shall be the basis for accepting
or rejecting the compaction . In-place density tests will be performed in accordance with
ASTM D 1556, ASTM D 2167 , or ASTM D 2922 . The Engineer, in conjunction with the
materials testing consultant , will be the judge as to which test method will be the most
appropriate. Failure to achieve the specified densities shall require the Contractor to
re-compact the material or remove it as required . The Contractor shall , if necessary,
increase his compactive effort by increasing the number of passes, using heavier or
more suitable compaction equipment, or by reducing the thickness of the layers. The
Contractor shall adjust the moisture contents of the soils to bring them within the
optimum range by drying them or adding water as required .
C . Testing will be performed as frequently as deemed necessary by the Engineer and/or
materials testing consultant. As a minimum, one in-place density test shall be performed
for each 1000 cubic yards of embankment placed and 500 cubic yards of backfill placed
or one test performed each day for either.
3.10 REMOVAL OF EXCESS AND UNSUITABLE MATERIALS
A. The Contractor shall remove and dispose of off-site all unsuitable materials. Within thirty
(30) consecutive days after Notice to Proceed , the Contractor shall submit to the
FWW VILLAGE CREEK WRF , DIGESTER MIXING , FLARE , DOME IMPROVEMENTS
CITY PROJECT NO . 102652
CONFORMED , 12/01/2022 310001 -13 EARTHWORK
Engineer for review all required permits and a list of disposal sites for the unsuitable
materials. If the disposal site is located on private property, the submittal shall also
include written permission from the owner of record.
B. All unsu itable materials shall be disposed of in locations and under conditions that
comply with federal , state/commonwealth and local laws and regulations.
C . The Contractor shall obtain an off-site disposal area prior to beginning demolition or
excavation operations .
D . All excess and unsuitable materials shall be hauled in trucks of sufficient capacity and
tight construction to prevent spillage. Trucks shall be covered to prevent the propagation
of dust.
E. When all excess and unsuitable material disposal operations are completed , the
Contractor shall leave the disposal sites in a condition acceptable to the Owner and
Owner(s) of t he disposal site(s).
3.11 BORROW EXCAVATION
A. Description
1. The work covered by th is section consists of the excavation of approved material
from borrow sources and the hauling and utilization of such material as required on
the Drawings or directed by the Engineer. It shall also include the removing ,
stockpiling , and replacement of topsoil on the borrow source ; the satisfactory
disposition of material from the borrow source which is not suitable for use; and
the satisfactory restoration of the borrow source and haul roads to an acceptable
condition upon completion of the work.
2 . Borrow excavation shall not be used before all available suitable unclassified
excavation has been used for backfill and incorporated into the embankments.
B . Coordination with Seeding Operations
1 . The Contractor shall coordina te the work covered by this section with the
construction of embankments so that the requirements of Section 31 00 01 -
Earthwork are met.
C. All materials shall meet the requirements of Paragraph 2.01 -Select Fill , of this
specification section.
D . Construction Methods
1. General
CONFORMED , 12/01 /2022
FWW VILLAGE CREEK WRF , DIGESTER MIXING , FLARE , DOME IMPROVEMENTS
CITY PROJECT NO. 102652
3 1 00 01 -14 EARTHWORK
a . The surface of the borrow area shall be thoroughly cleared and grubbed and
cleaned of all unsuitable material including all organics, topsoil , etc., before
beginning the excavation. Disposal of material resulting from clearing and
grubbing shall be in accordance with Section 31 10 00 -Clearing , Grubbing ,
and Site Preparation .
b. Each borrow operation shall not be allowed to accumulate exposed , erodible
slope area in excess of 1 acre at any one given time without the Contractor's
beginning permanent seeding and mulching of the borrow source or other
erosion control measures as may be approved by the Engineer.
c. The topsoil shall be removed and stockpiled at locations that will not interfere
with the borrow operations and that meet the approval of the Engineer.
Temporary erosion control measures shall be installed as may be necessary
to prevent the erosion of the stockpile material. Once all borrow has been
removed from the source or portion thereof, the stockpiled topsoil shall be
spread uniformly over the source .
d. Where it is necessary to haul borrow material over existing roads, the
Contractor shall use all necessary precautions to prevent damage to the
existing roads . The Contractor shall also conduct his hauling operations in
such a manner as to not interfere with the normal flow of traffic and shall
keep the traffic lanes free from spillage at all times.
2 . Owner Furnished Sources
a. Where borrow sources are furnished by the Owner the location of such
sources will be as designated on the Drawings or as directed by the
Engineer.
b. The Owner will furnish the necessary haul road right-of-way at locations
designated by the Engineer. All haul roads required shall be built,
maintained , and when directed by the Engineer, obliterated , at no cost to the
Owner. Where the haul road is to be reclaimed for cultivation the Contractor
shall plow or scarify the area to a minimum depth of 8 inches .
c . The borrow sources shall be left in a neat and presentable condition after
use . All slopes shall be smoothed , rounded , and constructed not steeper
than 3:1 . Where the source is to be reclaimed for cultivation the source shall
be plowed or scarified to a minimum depth of 8 inches , disc harrowed , and
terraces constructed . The source shall be graded to drain such that no water
will collect or stand and a functioning drainage system shall be provided .
d. All sources shall be seeded and mulched in accordance with Section 32 90
00 -Final Grading and Landscaping.
CONFORMED , 12/0 1/2022
FWW VILLAGE CREEK WRF , DIGESTER MIXING , FLARE , DOME IMPROVEMENTS
CITY PROJECT NO . 102652
31 00 01 -15 EARTHWORK
3. Contractor Furnished Sources
a. The approval of borrow sources furnished by the Contractor shall be subject
to the following conditions :
1) The Contractor shall be responsible for acquiring the right to take the
material and any rights of access that may be necessary; for locating
and developing the source ; any local, state and/or federal permitting
associated with developing the source, including erosion control and
separate SWPPP associated with activities at the source site ; and any
clearing and grubbing and drainage ditches necessary.
a) Such right shall be in writing and shall include an agreement w ith
the Owner that the borrow source may be dressed , shaped ,
seeded, mulched , and drained as agreed upon by Contractor
and property owner after all borrow has been removed .
4 . Maintenance
a. During construction and until final acceptance the Contractor shall use any
methods approved by the Engineer which are necessary to maintain the
work covered by th is Section so that the work will not contribute to excessive
soil erosion .
CONFORMED , 12/01 /2 022
END OF SECTION
FWW VI LLAGE CR EE K W RF , DIGESTER MI X ING , FLARE , DOME IMPROVEMENT S
CITY PROJECT NO . 102652
31 00 0 1 -1 6 EARTHWORK
SECTION 311000
2 SITE CLEARING
3 PARTl-GENERAL
4 1.1 SUMMARY
5 A. Section Includes:
31 1000-1
SITE CLEARING
Page I of6
6 1. Preparation of right-of-way and other designated areas for construction operations
7 by removing and disposing of all obstructions including clearing and grubbing and
8 trees , when removal of such obstructions is not specifically shown on the Drawings
9 to be paid by other Sections.
10 B. Deviations from this City of Fort Worth Standard Specification
11 1. Modified 1.2.A
12 C. Related Specification Sections include but are not necessarily limited to
13 1. Division O -Bidding Requirements, Contract Forms and Conditions of the Contract
14 2. Division 1 -General Requirements
15 3. Section 02 41 13 -Selective Site Demolition
16 4 . Section 02 41 14 -Utility Removal/Abandonment
17 1.2 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES
18 A . Measurement and Payment
19 l. Site Clearing
20 a . Measurement and Payment
21 1) Measw:emeet fer this Item shall be by lump sum, sq1:mre yard, or per aere.
22 Work associated with this Item is considered subsidiary to the various
23 items bid. No separate payment will be allowed for this Item.
24 b . Paymeet
25 1) The work perfermed aed the materials fumished ie aeeordaeee with this
26 Item shall be paid fer at the lump sl:lm, sql:lare yard, or per aere priee bid fer
27 "Site Clearieg".
28 c . The price bid shall include:
29 I) Pruning of designated trees and shrubs
30 2) Removal and disposal of structures and obstructions (unless separate bid
31 item is provided under 02 41 13 "Selective Site Demolition or 02 41 14
32 "Utility Remoi,ral/Abaedoemeet").
33 3) Removal and disposal of designated trees under 6-inch in diameter-wheft
34 biddieg by ll:lmp Sl:lffi or sql:lare yard
35 4) Remo1;al of ALL trees whee biddieg by aere.
36 5) Backfilling of holes
37 6) Clean-up
38 2 . Tree Removal (for trees 6-inch or larger in diameter whee Site Clearing is bid by
39 lurnp sl:lm or sql:lare yard)
40 a. Measurement and Payment
CITY OF FORT WORTH Village Creek WRF. Digester Mixing. Flare and Dome Improvements Phase 1
ST ANDA RD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICA TTON DOCUMENTS City Proiect No. 102652
Revised March 22 , 202 1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
3 11000-2
SITE CLEARING
Page 2 of6
1) Measttrement for this Item shall be per eaeh. Work associated with this
Item is considered subsidiary to the various items bid. No separate
payment will be allowed for this Item.
2) Measurefflent ef diameter for tree reme,.,al shall be at standard "Diameter at
Breast Height" er DBH, where Breast Height shall be 54" abe¥e grade.
b. Payment
1) The werk performed and the materials furnished in aeeerdanee with this
Item shall be paid for at the Hnit priee bid per eaeh "Tree Reme•,ral" for:
a) VarieHs diameter ranges
c. The price bid shall include:
1) Removal and disposal of tree , including removal of root to a depth at least 2
foot below grade
2) Grading and backfilling of holes
3) Excavation
4) Clean-up
3. Tree Removal and Transplantation
a . Measurement and Payment
1) MeasUrement for this Item shall be per eaeh. Work associated with this
Item is considered subsidiary to the various items bid. No separate
payment will be allowed for this Item.
b. Payment
1) The werk performed and the materials furnished in aeeerdanee with this
Item shall be paid for at the tmit priee bid per eaeh "Tree Transplant" for:
a) VarieHs diameter ranges
c . The price bid shall include:
1) Pruning of designated trees and shrubs
2) Moving tree with truck mounted tree spade
3) Grading and backfilling of holes
4) Replanting tree at temporary location (determined by Contractor)
5) Maintaining tree until Work is completed
6) Replanting tree into original or designated location
7) Excavation
8) Fertilization
9) Mulching
10) Watering
11) Clean-up
12) Warranty period
4. Tree Protection
a . Measurement and Payment
1) Measttrement fer this Item shall be per eaeh as designated en Constrlietion
Dra,.,vings for preteetien Work associated with this Item is considered
subsidiary to the various items bid. No separate payment will be allowed
for this Item.
b. Payment
1) The ,vork perfermed and the materials furnished in aeeordanee with this
Item shall be paid for at the HAit priee bid per eaeh "Tree Preteetion" for:
a) Varieus ealiper ranges
c. The price bid shall include :
1) Protection of tree utilizing measures designated on Construction Drawings
CITY OF FORT WORTH Village Creek WRF. Digester Mixing. Flare and Dome Improvements Phase I
STANDARD CONSTRU CTION SPECIFICA TTO N DOCUMENTS Citv Proiect No. 102652
Revi sed March 22 , 202 1
311000 -3
SITE CL EARING
Page 3 o f6
2) Installation of work of barriers as designated on Construction Drawings
2 3) Maintenance of protection measures throughout construction completed
3 4) Replanting tree into original or designated location
4 5) Excavation
5 6) Fertilization
6 7) Mulching
7 8) Clean-up including removal on constriction completion of protection
8 measures
9 1.3 REFERENCES [NOT USED]
10 1.4 ADMINSTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS
11 A. Permits
12 1. Contractor shall obtain Tree Removal Permits and Urban Forestry Permits as
13 required by the City's Tree Ordinance. PARD-Forestry details can be found here:
14 Forestry -Welcome to the City of Fort Worth (fortworthtexas .gov). Urban Forestry
15 Compliance's ordinance and requirements are within Zoning and can be found here:
16 Zoning -Welcome to the City of Fort Worth (fortworthtexas.gov).
17 B. Preinstallation Meetings
18 1. Hold a preliminary site clearing meeting and include the Contractor, City Forester
19 (if City owned tree) or representative of Urban Forestry if privately owned trees),
20 City Inspector, and the Project Manager for the purpose of reviewing the
21 Contractor's tree removal plan. Clearly mark all trees to remain on the project site
22 prior to the meeting .
23 2. The Contractor will provide the City with a Disposal Letter in accordance to
24 Division O 1.
25 1.5 SUBMITT ALS [NOT USED]
26 1.6 ACTION SUBMITTALS/INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED]
27 1.7 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS [NOT USED]
28 1.8 MAINTENANCE MA TE RIAL SUBMITT ALS [NOT USED]
29 1.9 QUALITY ASSURANCE [NOT USED]
30 1.10 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING [NOT USED]
31 1.11 FIELD CONDITIONS [NOT USED)
32 1.12 WARRANTY [NOT USED]
33 PART 2 -PRODUCTS [NOT USED]
CITY OF FORT WORTH Village Creek WRF, Digester Mixing. Flare and Dome Improvements Phase I
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFT CATION DOCUMENTS Citv Proiect No. 102652
R ev ised March 22, 202 1
PART 3 -EXECUTION
2 3.1 INST ALLERS [NOT USED]
3 3.2 EXAMINATION [NOT USED]
4 3.3 PREPARATION
3 11000 -4
SITE CLEARING
Page 4 of6
5 A . All trees identified to be protected and/or preserved should be clearly flagged with
6 survey tape as per Construction Drawings .
7 B. Following taping and prior to any removals or site clearing, the Contractor shall meet
8 with the City, the Engineer and the Landowner, if necessary, to confirm trees to be
9 saved.
10 3.4 INSTALLATION
11 A. Protection of Trees
12 1. Protect designated trees and prune trees and shrubs as shown on the Drawings.
13 Refer to the Drawings for tree protection details.
14 2. If the Drawings do not prov ide tree protection details , protected trees shall be
15 fenced by placing 6-foot tall metal T-posts in a square around the tree trunk with
16 the comers located on the canopy drip line, unless instructed otherwise.
17 3 . When site conditions do not allow for the T-posts to be installed at the drip line , the
18 T-posts may be installed no less than 8 feet from the tree trunk. 4-foot high 12 ½
19 gauge stock fencing or orange plastic snow fence shall be attached to the T-posts to
20 form the enclosure.
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
4. For city-owned trees , PARO-Forestry pe1111ission required to install protective
fencing inside of canopy dripline (Critical Root Zone).
5. Additional trunk protection (cladding) is required w h en protective fencing is
a pproved within the Critical Root Zone.
6 . Do not park equipment, service equipment, store materials, or disturb the root area
under the branches of trees designated for preservation.
7. When shown on the Drawings, treat cuts on trees with an approved tree wound
dressing within 30 minutes of making a pruning cut or otherwise causing damage to
the tree.
8 . Trees and brush shall be mulched on-site.
a. Burning as a method of d isposal is not allowed.
32 B . Hazardous Materials
33 I. The Contractor will notify the Engineer immediately if any hazardous or
34 questionable materials not shown on the Drawings are encountered. This includes ;
35 but not limited to :
36 a . Floor tiles
37 b . Rooftiles
38 c. Shingles
39 d. Siding
40 e. Utility piping
41 2. The testing, removal , and disposal of hazardous materials will be in accordance
42 with Division 1.
C ITY OF FORT WORTH Village Creek WRF. Digester Mixing. Flare and Dome Improvements Phase I
ST A ND ARD CONSTRUCTION SPECTFICA TION DOCUMENTS Citv Proiect No. I 02652
Revise d March 22, 202 1
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
311000-5
SITE CLEARING
Page 5 of6
C. Site Clearing
1. Clear areas shown on the Drawings of all obstructions, except those landscape
features that are to be preserved. Such obstructions include, but are not limited to:
a. Remains of buildings and other structures
b. Foundations
c. Floor slabs
d. Concrete
e. Brick
f. Lumber
g . Plaster
h. Septic tank drain fields
Abandoned utility pipes or conduits
J. Equipment
k. Trees
I. Fences
m. Retaining walls
n. Other items as specified on the Drawings
2. Remove vegetation and other landscape features not designated for preservation,
whether above or below ground, including, but not limited to :
a. Curb and gutter
b. Driveways
c. Paved parking areas
d. Miscellaneous stone
e. Sidewalks
f . Drainage structures
g. Manholes
h. Inlets
1. Abandoned railroad tracks
J. Scrap iron
k . Other debris
3. Remove culverts, storm sewers, manholes, and inlets in proper sequence to
maintain traffic and drainage in accordance with Section 02 41 14.
4 . In areas receiving embankment, remove obstructions not designated for
preservation to 2 feet below natural ground.
5 . In areas to be excavated, remove obstructions to 2 feet below the excavation level.
6. In all other areas, remove obstructions to 1 foot below natural ground .
7. When allowed by the Drawings or directed by the Engineer, cut trees and stumps
off to ground level.
a. Removal of existing structures sh al I be as per Section 02 41 13.
D. Disposal
1. Dispose of all trees within 24 hours of removal at an approved off-site facility.
2. All materials and debris removed becomes the property of the Contractor, unless
otherwise stated on the Drawings.
3 . The Contractor will dispose of material and debris off-site in accordance with local ,
state, and federal laws and regulations.
46 3.5 REPAIR [NOT USED]
CITY OF FORT WORTH Village Creek WRF, Digester Mixing, Flare and Dome Improvements Phase 1
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Citv Proiect No. 102652
Revised March 22, 2021
3.6 RE-INSTALLATION [NOT USED]
2 3.7 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL [NOT USED]
3 3.8 SYSTEM STARTUP [NOT USED]
4 3.9 ADJUSTING [NOT USED]
5 3.10 CLEANING [NOT USED]
6 3.11 CLOSEOUT ACTIVITIES [NOT USED]
7 3.12 PROTECT ION [NOT USED]
8 3.13 MAINTENANCE [NOT USED]
9 3.14 ATTACHMENTS [NOT USED]
10 END OF SECTION
11
Revision Log
DATE NAME SUMMARY OF CHANGE
311000-6
SITE CLEARING
Page 6 of6
12/20 /2012 D . Johnson I .4.A Permits : Removed ordinance number and added City's website address
12
3/22 /2021 MOwen 1.2 Clarified measurement and payment. 1.4 . Clarified admin istrative requirements .
3.4 Clarified additional installation requirements for tree protection and disposal.
CITY OF FORT WORT H Village Creek WRF, Digester Mixing, Flare and Dom e lmprovements Phase I
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFTCATTON DOCUMENTS Citv Proiect No . 102652
Revised March 22 , 202 1
SECTION 31 23 16
2 UNCLASSIFIED EXCAVATION
3 PART 1 -GENERAL
4 1.1 SUMMARY
5 A. Section Includes:
3 1 2316-1
UNCLASSIFI ED EXCAVA TTON
Page I of6
6 1. Excavate areas as shown on the Drawings or as directed . Removal of materials
7 encountered to the lines, grades, and typical sections shown on the Drawings and
8 removal from site. Excavations may include construction of
9 a . Roadways
10 b . Drainage Channels
11 c. Site Excavation
12 d . Excavation for Structures
13 e . Or any other operation involving the excavation of on-site materials
14 B . Deviations from this City of Fort Worth Standard Specification
15 1. Modified 1.2.A.l
16 2. Modified 1.2.A.2
17 C. Related Specification Sections include, but are not necessarily limited to :
18 1. Division O -B idding Requirements , Contract Forms and Conditions of the Contract
19 2. Di v ision 1 -General Requirements
20 3. Section 31 24 00 -Embankments
21 1.2 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES
22 A . Measurement and Payment
23 1. Excavation by Plan Q1:taetity
24 a . Measurement and Payment
25 I) Meas1:trefflent for this Item shal I be by the e1:tbie yaFd in its final f'lOSition
26 1:tsing the average end area method. Limits of meas&ement are sho•,1,re on
27 the Dmwings. Work associated with this Item is considered subsidiary
28 to the various items bid. No separate payment will be allowed for this
29 Item.
30 2) When meas&ed by the 01:tbie yard in its fo:ml f')Osition , this is a f')lans
31 q1:tantity ffleas1:trement Item. The q1:tantity to be f')aid is the qHaRtity sho•+Yn
32 m the f'lFOf'lOSal , llllless modified by Artiele 11 .04 of the Geeeml
33 Conditions. Additional meas1:trnments or eale1:tlations will be made if
34 aa:i1:tsffRents of q1:tantities aFe reqHiFed .
35 b. Paymeet
36 I) The work f')erfoFmed and materials furnished in aeeordanee vrith this Item
37 and meas1:tred as f'lFOYided lillder "Meas&ement" will be f')aid for at the 1:tnit
38 f')riee bid f')er e1:tbie yard of "Ueelassified E:,rnaYatioe by Plae". No
39 additional eomf')ensation will be allowed for roek or shrinlmge/swell
40 faetors , as these are the Contraetor's responsibility.
4 1 c . The price bid shall include:
42 I) Excavation
CITY OF FORT WORTH
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENT
Revised 0 I /28/2013
Village Creek WRF, Digester Mixing, Flare and Dome Improvements Phase I
Citv Proiect No. 102652
I
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
2 5
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
3 1 23 16 -2
UNC LA SSIFIE D EXCAVATION
Pa ge 2 of6
2) Excavation Safety
3) Drying
4) Dust Control
5) Reworking or replacing the over excavated material in rock cuts
6) Hauling
7) Disposal of excess material not used elsewhere onsite
8) Scarification
9) Clean-up
2 . Exea,•ation by Sm·yeyed Qaantity
a. Measarement
1) Measlifement for this Item shall be b:,· the eabie :,·ard in its fmal positioe
ealealated asing the a·,erage end area or eomposite method.
a) The City ·.viii perfoffl'l a referenee sarYe)' onee the Site has been eleared
to obtain existteg gro\¼Od eoeditions .
b) The City will perfoffl'l a final post eoestruetioe sar'♦'ey.
e) The Contraetor will be paid for the eabie yardage of Exeavated material
ealealated as the differeaee betweea the two sm=Yeys .
d) Partial payments will be based on estimated plaB qaaatity
measurements ealealated by the Engineer.
b . Payment
1) The work performed aad materials furnished in aeeordaaee with this Item
and measared as provided ander "Measarement" will be paid for at the lillit
priee bid per eabie yard of "Unelassified Exea¥ation by SliPtey".
e. The priee bid shall inelude:
1) Exeavation
2) Exea,·ation Safety
3) Drying
4) Dast Coatrol
5) Rev,orking or replaeing the O'f'er exeavated material in roek eats
a) Haliling
7) Disposal of exeess material not ased else1.vhere onsite
8) SearifieatioH
9) Cleaa up
34 1.3 REFERENCES [NOT USED]
35 A. Definitions
36 1. Unclassified Excavation -Without regard to materials, all excavations shall be
37 considered unclassified and shall include all materials excavated. Any reference to
38 Rock or other materials on th e Drawings or in the specifications is solely for the
39 City and the Contractor's information and is not to be taken as a classification of
40 the excavation.
41 1.4 ADMINSTRA TIVE REQUIREMENTS
42 A . The Contractor will provide the City with a Dispos al Letter in accordance to Division
43 01.
C ITY OF FORT W O RTH
ST ANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION D OCUMENT
Revised 0 1/28 /2013
Village Creek WRF, Digester Mixing, Flare and Dome Improvements Phase I
City Proiect No. 102652
312316 -3
UNCLASSIFIED EXCAVATION
Page 3 of6
1.5 SUBMITT ALS rNoT USED]
2 1.6 ACTION SUBMITT ALS/INFORMATIONAL SUBMITT ALS [NOT USED]
3 1.7 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS [NOT USED]
4 1.8 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITT ALS rNoT USED]
5 1.9 QUALITY ASSURANCE
6 A. Excavation Safety
7 1. The Contractor shall be solely responsible for making all excavations in a safe
8 manner.
9 2. All excavation and related sheeting and bracing shall comply with the requirements
10 of OSHA excavation safety standards 29 CFR part 1926 and state requirements .
11 1.10 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING
12 A. Storage
13 1. Within Existing Rights-of-Way (ROW)
14 a. Soil may be stored within existing ROW, easements or temporary construction
15 easements, unless specifically disallowed in the Contract Documents.
16 b. Do not block drainage ways, inlets or driveways.
17 c . Provide erosion control in accordance with Section 31 25 00.
18 d. When the Work is performed in active traffic areas , store materials only in
19 areas barricaded as provided in the traffic control plans.
20 e. In non-paved areas, do not store material on the root zone of any trees or in
21 landscaped areas.
22 2 . Designated Storage Areas
23 a. If the Contract Documents do not allow the storage of spoils within the ROW,
24 easement or temporary construction easement, then secure and maintain an
25 adequate storage location.
26 b . Provide an affidavit that rights have been secured to store the materials on
27 private property.
28 c . Provide erosion control in accordance with Section 31 25 00.
29 d . Do not block drainage ways.
30 1.11 FIELD CONDITIONS
31 A. Existing Conditions
32 1. Any data which has been or may be provided on subsurface conditions is not
33 intended as a representation or warranty of accuracy or continuity between soils. It
34 is expressly understood that neither the City nor the Engineer will be responsible
35 for interpretations or conclusions drawn there from by the Contractor.
36 2. Data is made available for the convenience of the Contractor.
CITY OF FORT WORTH
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENT
Revised 0 I /28/20 13
Village Creek WRF, Digester Mixing. Flare and Dome Improvements Phase I
City Proiect No. 102652
1.12 WARRANTY [NOT USED]
2 PART 2 -PRODUCTS [NOT USED]
3 2.1 OWNER-FURNISHED [NOT USED]
4 2.2 PRODUCT TYPES AND MATERIALS
5 A . Materials
6 1. Unacceptable Fill Material
312316-4
UNCLASSIFIED EXCAVATION
Page 4 of6
7 a. In-situ soi ls classified as ML, MH, PT, OL or OH in accordance with ASTM
8 D2487
9 PART 3 -EXECUTION
10 3.1 INST ALLERS [NOT USED]
11 3.2 EXAMINATION [NOT USED]
12 3.3 PREPARATION [NOT USED]
13 3.4 CONSTRUCTION
14 A. Accept ownership of unsuitable or excess material and dispose of material off-site
15 accordance with local , state, and federal regulations at locations .
16 B . Excavations shall be performed in the dry , and kept free from water, snow and ice
17 during construction with eh exception of water that is applied for dust control.
18 C. Separate Unacceptable Fill Material from other materials, remove from the Site and
19 properly dispose according to disposal plan.
20 D . Maintain drainage in the excavated area to avoid damage to the roadway sections and
21 proposed or existing structures .
22 E. Correct any damage to the subgrade caused by weather, at no additional cost to the
23 City.
24 F . Shape slopes to avoid loosening material below or outside the proposed grades .
25 Remove and dispose of slides as directed.
26 G. Rock Cuts
27 1. Excavate to finish grades .
28 2 . In the event of over excavation due to contractor error below the lines and grades
29 established in the Drawings, use approved embankment material compacted in
30 accordance with Section 31 24 00 to replace the over excavated at no additional
31 cost to City .
32 H . Earth Cuts
33 I. Excavate to finish subgrade
34 2 . In the event of over excavation due to contractor error below the lines and grades
35 established in the Drawings, use approved embankment material compacted in
36 accordance with Section 31 24 00 to replace the over excavated at no additional
37 cost to City .
CITY OF FORT WORTH
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECTFICATION DOCUMENT
Revised O 1/28/2013
Village Creek WRF, Digester Mixing, Flare and Dome Improvements Phase 1
City Proiect No. 102652
312316-5
UN C LASSIFI ED EXCAVATION
Page 5 of 6
3. Manipulate and compact subgrade in accordance with Section 31 24 00.
2 3.5 REP AIR [NOT USED]
3 3.6 RE-INSTALLATION rNoT USED]
4 3.7 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL
5 A. Subgrade Tolerances
6 1. Excavate to within 0.1 foot in all directions .
7 2 . In areas of over excavation , Contractor provides fill material approved by the City
8 at no expense to the City.
9 3.8 SYSTEM STARTUP [NOT USED]
10 3.9 ADJUSTING rNoT USED]
11 3.10 CLEANING rNoT USED]
12 3.11 CLOSEOUT ACTIVITIES [NOT USED]
13 3.12 PROTECTION [NOT USED]
14 3.13 MAINTENANCE [NOT USED]
15 3.14 ATTACHMENTS [NOT USED]
16 END OF SECTION
Revision Log
DATE NAME SUMMARY OF CHANGE
12/20/2012 D . Johnson 1.2 -Measurement and Payment Section modified ; Blue Text added for clarification
1/28 /1 3 D . Johnson 1.2 -Modified Bid Item name s in payment section to differentiate between Payment
Methods on bid li st.
CITY OF FORT WORTH
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFI CA TION DO CUMENT
Revised O I /28 /201 3
Village Creek WRF, Digester Mixing. Flare and Dome Improvements Phase 1
City Proiect No . 102652
THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK
CITY OF FORT WORTH
ST AND ARD CONSTRUC TION SPECJFICA TION DOCUMENT
Revised O I /28 /20 I 3
Village Creek WRF, Digester Mixing. Flare and Dome Improvements
Citv Proiect No. 102652
-
SECTION 31 23 23
2 BORROW
3 PARTl-GENERAL
4 1.1 SUMMARY
5 A. Section Includes:
6 1. Furnish, place and compact Borrow material for grading.
7 B. Deviations from this City of Fort Worth Standard Specification
8 1. Modified 1.2.A
9 C. Related Specification Sections include, but are not necessarily limited to :
3 1 23 23 . I
BORROW
Page I of7
10 1. Division 0 -Bidding Requirements, Contract Forms and Conditions of the Contract
11 2 . Division 1 -General Requirements
12 3. Section 31 24 00 -Embankments
13 1.2 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES
14 A. Measurement and Payment
15 1. Borrow by Plan Quantity
16 a . Measurement and Payment
17 l) Measurement for this Item shall be by the eHbie yard in its final position
18 Hsing the a¥erage end area method. Limits of measurement are shown on
19 the Dra\vings. Work associated with this Item is considered subsidiary
20 to the various items bid. No separate payment will be allowed for this
21 Item.
22 2) When meas1:Hed by the eubie yard in its final position, this is a plans
23 quantity measurement Item. The quantity to be paid is the quantity shown
24 in the proposal, unless modified by Artiele 11 .04 of the General
25 Conditions . Additioeal measurements or ealeulations will be made if
26 adjustments of quantities are required.
27 b. Payment
28 l) The work perfofffl:ed and materials fimlished in aeeordanee vlith this Item
29 and ffleasured as pro¥ided under "Measl:Hement" will be paid for at the unit
30 prise bid per eubie yard of "Borrow by Pia-a " for the YarioHs borrovl
31 fflaterials . },fo additional eofflpensation will be allo1v1ed for reek or
32 shrinkage/s1v1ell faetors, as these are the Contraetor's responsibility .
33 c . The price bid shall include:
34 1) Transporting or hauling material
35 2) Furnishing, placing, compacting and finishing Borrow
36 3) Construction Water
37 4) Dust Control
38 5) Clean-up
39 6) Proof Rolling
40 7) Disposal of excess or waste material
41 8) Reworking or replacement of undercut material
42 2. Borro'H by Surre)1ed Quaatity
CITY OF FORT WORTH
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPEC IFI C ATION DOCUM E NT
Revised 0 I /28 /201 3
Village Creek WRF, Digester Mixing, Flare and Dome Improvements Phase I
City Proiect No. 102652
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
a. Measl:lremeflt
3 1 23 23 -2
BORROW
Page 2 of7
1) Measl:lremeflt for this Item shall be by the el:laie yard ifl its fiMI flOSitiofl
ealel:llated Hsing the a,,erage efld area or eom}'.losite method.
a) The Cit)' will }'.lerform a refereflee sun'e~' oflee the Site has beefl eleared
to obtain eKisting grol:lnd eonditions.
b) The Cit)' v,rill }'.lerform a fiflal flOSt eoflstruetiofl sl:lrvey.
e) The Contraetor will be }'.laid for the el:lbie yardage of Borrow material
ealeHlated as the differenee between the two sl:lrYeys.
d) Partial }'.laymeflts will be based Ofl estimated fllafl qHaRtity
measl:lfements ealel:llated by the ERgineer.
b . Payment
1) The vmrk }'.lerformed and materials furnished iR aeeordaRee with this Item
and measl:lfed as flroYided l:lnder "Measl:lrement" will be J')aid for at the lHlit
}'.lriee bid J')er el:laie yard of "Borrow by SHrvey" for:
a) Variol:ls Borro\Y materials
e. The J')riee bid shall inelHde:
1) Transl:')orting or haHling material
2) Fl:lmishiag, fllaeing , eoml:')aeting and finishing Borrow
3) Constmetion Water
4) Clean Hp
5) DHst Control
6) Proof Rolling
7) Disf!osal of eKeess or waste material
8) Re•uorkiRg or replaeement ofHRderel:lt material
3. Borrow by Delivered Ql:lantity
a. Measl:lremeRt
1) Measl:lrement for this Item sh al I be by the el:lbie yard of loose Borrow
material as deli,,ered to the Site and reeorded by tmek tieket flFOVided to the
~
b. Payment
1) The work J')erformed and materials furnished in aeeordanee with this Item
and measured as provided l:lnder "Measl:lrement" will be }'.laid for at the l:lflit
J')riee bid J')er wbie yard of "Borrow by Deli\rery" deli1,rered to the Site and
reeorded by tmek tieket for:
a) Variol:ls Borrow materials
e. The J')riee bid shall inell:lde:
1) TraRS}'.lorting or haHling material
2) Fl:lmishiRg, fllaeing , eom}'.laetiRg and fiRishiRg Borrow
3) ConstraetioR 'Hater
4) Clean Hp
5) Dl:lst CoRtrol
6) Proof Rolliag
7) Disposal of eKeess or waste material
8) Rev1orking or replaeement ofl:IRderel:lt material
45 1.3 REFERENCES
46 A. Reference Standards
47 I . Reference standards cited in this Specification refer to the current reference
48 standard published at the time of the latest revision date logged at the end of this
49 Specification unless a date is specifically cited.
CITY OF FORT WORTH
STANDARD CONSTR UCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENT
Revised 0 I /28/2013
Village Creek WRF, Digester Mixing. Flare and Dome Improvements Phase l
Citv Proiect No. 102652
2. ASTM Standards
31 23 23 -3
BORROW
Page 3 of 7
2 a . ASTM D2487, Standard Practice for Classification of Soils for Engineering
3 Purposes (Unified Soil Classification System)
4 b . ASTM D43 I 8-I 0, Standard Test Methods for Liquid Limit, Plastic Limit, and
5 Plasticity Index of Soils
6 c . ASTM D6913 , Standard Test Methods for Particle-Size Distribution
7 (Gradation) of Soils Using Sieve Analysis
8 d. ASTM D698, Standard Test Methods for Laboratory Compaction
9 Characteristics of Soil Using Standard Effort (12,400 ft-lbf/ft 3)
10 1.4 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS [NOT USED]
11 1.5 SUBMITT ALS
12 A. Submittals shall be in accordance with Section O 1 33 00.
13 B. All submittals shall be approved by the City prior to construction .
14 C. Submit laboratory tests reports for each soil borrow source used to supply general
15 borrow and select fill materials.
16 1.6 ACTION SUBMITTALS/INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS
1 7 A. Shop Drawings
18 1. Stockpiled Borrow material
19 a. Provide a description of the storage of the delivered Borrow material only if the
20 Contract Documents do not allow storage of materials in the right-of-way of the
21 easement.
22 1.7 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS [NOT USED]
23 1.8 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITT ALS [NOT USED]
24 1.9 QUALITY ASSURANCE
25 A. Borrow material shall be tested prior to delivery to the Site .
26 1. Provide Proctor Test results , Gradation and Atterberg Limits for Borrow material
27 from each source.
28 a . All testing listed above shall be performed in terms of ASTM 0698, ASTM
29 D6913 and ASTM D4318-10 respectively.
30 1.10 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING
31 A. Delivery
32 I . Coordinate all deliveries and haul-off.
33 B . Storage
34 I . Within Existing Rights-of-Way (ROW)
35 a . Borrow materials may be stored within existing ROW, easements , or temporary
36 construction easements, unless specifically disallowed in the Contract
37 Documents.
38 b. Do not block drainage ways, inlets, or driveways.
39 c. Provide erosion control in accordance with Section 31 25 00 .
40 d . Store materials only in areas barricaded as provided in the traffic control plans .
CITY OF FORT WORTH
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFI CATION DOCUMENT
Revised O 1/28/201 3
Village Creek WRF, Digester Mixing. Flare and Dome Improvements Phase I
City Proiect No. 102652
31 23 23 -4
BORROW
Page 4 of7
e. In non-paved areas, do not store material on the root zone of any trees or in
2 landscaped areas.
3 2. Designated Storage Areas
4 a. If the Contract Documents do not allow the storage of Borrow materials within
5 the ROW, easement, or temporary construction easement, then secure and
6 maintain an adequate storage location.
7 b. Provide an affidavit that rights have been secured to store the materials on
8 private property.
9 c. Provide erosion control in accordance with Section 31 25 00 .
l O d . Do not block drainage ways.
11 e. Only materials used for 1 working day will be allowed to be stored in the work
12 zone.
13 1.11 FIELD CONDITIONS [NOT USED]
14 1.12 WARRANTY (NOT USED]
15 PART2-PRODUCTS
16 2.1 OWNER-FURNISHED [NOT USED]
17 2.2 PRODUCT TYPES AND MATERIALS
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
A. Borrow
l . Additional soil beneath pavements , roadways, foundations and other structures
required to achieve the elevations shown on the Drawings.
2. Acceptable Fill Material
a . In-situ or imported soils classified as CL, CH, SC or GC in accordance with
ASTM D2487
b . Free from deleterious materials , boulders over 6 inches in size and organics
c. Can be placed free from voids
d . Must have 20 percent passing the number 200 sieve
3 . Blended Fill Material
a. In-situ soils classified as SP, SM , GP or GM in accordance with ASTM D2487
b . Blended with in-situ or imported Acceptable Fill material to meet the
requirements of an Acceptable Fill Material
c. Free from deleterious materials, boulders over 6 inches in size and organics
d. Must have 20 percent passing the number 200 sieve
4 . Select Fill
a. Classified as SC or CL in accordance w ith ASTM D2487
b . Liquid limit less than 35
c. Plasticity index between 8 and 20
5. Cement Stabilized Sand (CSS)
a . Sand or silty sand
b. Free of clay or plastic material
c. Minimum of 4 percent cement content of Type I/II portland cement
d . 100 to 150 psi compressive strength at 2 days in accordance with ASTM
D1633, Method A
e. 200 to 250 psi compressive strength at 23 days in accordance with ASTM
DI 633 , Method A
CITY OF FORT WORTH
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENT
Revised O I /28 /20 I 3
Village Creek WRF, Digester Mixing, Flare and Dome Improvements Phase l
Citv Proiect No. 102652
f. Mix in a stationary pug mill, weigh-batch or continuous mixing plant
2 2.3 ASSEMBLY OR FABRICATION TOLERANCES [NOT USED]
3 2.4 ACCESSORIES [NOT USED]
4 2.5 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL [NOT USED]
5 PART 3 -EXECUTION
6 3.1 INST ALLERS [NOT USED]
7 3.2 EXAMINATION [NOT USED]
8 3.3 PREPARATION [NOT USED]
9 3.4 INSTALLATION
IO A. All Borrow placement shall be performed in accordance to Section 31 24 00.
11 3.5 REPAIR [NOT USED]
12 3.6 RE-INSTALLATION [NOT USED]
13 3.7 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL
14 A. Field quality control will be performed in accordance to Section 31 24 00 .
15 3.8 SYSTEM STARTUP [NOT USEDJ
16 3.9 ADJUSTING [NOT USED]
17 3.10 CLEANING [NOT USED]
18 3.11 CLOSEOUT ACTIVITIES [NOT USED]
19 3.12 PROTECTION [NOT USED]
20 3.13 MAINTENANCE [NOT USED]
21 3.14 ATTACHMENTS [NOT USED]
22 END OF SECTION
Revision Log
DATE NAME SUMMARY OF CHANGE
31 23 23 - 5
BORROW
Page 5 of7
12/20/2012 D . Johnson 1.2 - M easureme nt and Payme nt Section modified; Blue Text added for clarification
23
1/28/13 D. Johnson 1.2 -Modified Bid Item names in payment section to differentiate between Payment
CITY OF FORT WORTH
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENT
Revised O I /28/2013
Methods on bid list.
Village Creek WRF, Digester Mixing. Flare and Dome Improvements Phase I
City Proiect No. 102652
31 23 23 -6
BORROW
Page 6 of7
THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK
CITY OF FORT WORTH
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENT
R evised 0 1/28/2013
Village Creek WRF, Dige.~ter Mixing, Flare and Dome Improvements Pha .~e I
City Proiect No. 102652
PART 1 -GENERAL
1.01 WORK INCLUDED
SECTION 312324
FLOWABLE FILL
A. The Contractor shall furnish all labor, equipment, materials and services, including
pumping equipment and application, necessary for the manufacture, transportation and
placement of all cementitious flowable fill as shown on the Contract Drawings or as
ordered by the Engineer, except for the work specifically included under other items.
1.02 RELATED WORK
A. Division 03 -Concrete
1.03 SUBMISSIONS
A. In accordance with the procedures and requirements set forth in the General Conditions
and Division 01, the Contractor shall submit the following:
1. Shop Drawings
2 . Certifications of specification compliance for all sources of each material
3. Manufacturer's data on all admixtures
4. Mix design and trial mix test results
5. Aggregate gradation
1.04 QUALITY CONTROL
A. The Contractor shall engage the services of a testing laboratory, with the qualifications
required by Section 03 30 00 -Cast-in-Place Concrete, and experienced in the design
and testing of flowable fill materials and mixes, to perform material evaluation tests and
to design mixes for flowable fill. A trial mix shall be performed to verify the flowable fill
mix design. The trial mix shall also report slump , air content, yield, cement content, and
dry unit weight per ASTM C143 and ASTM 06023.
PART 2-MATERIALS
2.01 CEMENTITIOUS FLOWABLE FILL
CONFORMED , 12/01/2022
FWW VILLAGE CREEK WRF , DIGESTER MIXING , FLARE , DOME IMPROVEMENTS
CITY PROJECT NO . 102652
31 23 24 -1 FLOWABLE FILL
A. Flowable fill (controlled low strength material) shall be a uniform mixture of sand, Type II
Portland cement, fly ash, admixtures and water. The mix design shall produce a flowable
material with little or no bleed water, which produces a minimum compressive strength of
50 psi and maximum compressive strength of 100 psi at 56 days. The cured material
shall be excavatable and have a maximum dry weight of 100 pounds per cubic foot.
Slump of mix at the point of application shall be ?-inches to 10-inches.
B . Admixtures specifically designed for flowable fill shall be used to improve flowability,
reduce unit weight, control strength development, reduce settlement and reduce bleed
water. Admixtures shall be Mastercell 25 by BASF Construction Chemicals ; Darafill by
Grace Construction Products; or approved equal. Cement and all other materials shall
be as specified in Section 03 30 00 -Cast-in-Place Concrete .
C. Fine Aggregate (Sand) shall consist of natural or manufactured siliceous sand , clean
and free from deleterious substances , and graded within the following limits:
PART 3 -EXECUTION
Sieve Size Percent Passing by
Weight
3/8" 100
No . 4 95 to 100
No . 8 80 to 100
No . 16 50 to 85
No . 30 25 to 60
No. 50 10 to 30
No . 100* 2 to 10
*For manufactured sand , t he percen t pass ing the
No. 1 DO Sieve may be increased up to 20 %.
3.01 PLACEMENT OF FLOWABLE FILL
A. Flowable fill shall be batched and premixed by an approved producer, dispensed from
ready-mix trucks , and placed by approved methods and equipment.
B . Flowable fill shall be placed as needed to completely fill the space to receive it with no
trapped air pockets or other voids. Positive means of allowing the air to escape shall be
provided where necessary and after approval of the Engineer. Where placed against,
CONFORMED , 12/01/2022
FWW VILLAGE CREEK WRF , DIGESTER MIXING , FLARE , DOME IMPROVEMENTS
CITY PROJECT NO. 102652
31 23 24 -2 FLOWABLE FILL
around and inside existing structures , lift heights shall be limited so as not to overload
the structure. The Eng ineer shall approve lift heights and procedures . Specific
procedures and methods shall be included in the Contractor's shop drawing submittals.
C . Where flowable fill is placed around piping and other elements subject to floating within
the fill space, positive means shall be taken to provide temporary balancing loads to
prevent uplift or fill lift heights shall be limited to prevent uplift.
D. Application of loads or placement of other fill materials or concrete on top of flowable fill
shall not occur until the flowable fill surface is determined to be suitable for loading per
ASTM D6024 subject to the approval of the Engineer.
CONFORMED , 12/0 1/2022
END OF SECTION
FWW VILLAGE CREEK WRF , DIGESTER MIXING , FLARE , DOME IMPROVEMENTS
CITY PROJECT NO . 102652
31 23 24 -3 FLOWABLE FILL
CONFORMED , 12/01/2022
THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK
FWW VILLAGE CREEK WRF , DIGESTER MIXING , FLARE , DOME IMPROVEMENTS
CITY PROJECT NO . 102652
31 23 24 -4 FLOWABLE FILL
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
L I
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
44
31 25 00 - I
EROSION AND SEDIMENT CONTROL
PART 1 -GENERAL
1.1 SUMMARY
A. Section Includes:
SECTION 31 25 00
EROSION AND SEDIMENT CONTROL
Page I of IO
1. Implementation of the project's Storm Water Pollution Prevention Plan (SWPPP)
and installation, maintenance, removal of erosion and sediment controls devices ,
and establishment of final stabilization.
B . Deviations from this City of Fort Worth Standard Specification
1. Modified 1.2.A
C. Related Specification Sections include, but are not necessarily limited to :
1. Division O -Bidding Requirements, Contract Farms and Conditions of the Contract
2 . Division 1 -General Requirements
1.2 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES
A. Measurement and Payment
1. Storm Water Pollution Pre:i,'ention Plan <l aere
a. Measurement
I) niis Item is eonsidered subsidiary to tl'\e :i,'arious Items bid.
b . Paymeet
l) The work performed aed Ehe materials furafshed iB aeeorda-eee with thf s
Item a-re subsidiary to tl'\e strueture or Items being bid and no otl'\er
eompensation will be allo•.ved.
2 . Storm Water Pollution Prevention Plan~ 1 acre
a. Measurement for this lteffi shall be by lump sum. and Payment
1) Work associated with this Item is considered subsidiary to the various items
bid. No separate payment will be allowed for this Item.
b. Payment
1) The work performed aed the ffiaterials furafshed in aeeorda-eee with this
Item shall be paid for at tb.e lump sum priee bid for "SWPPP ::'! l aere".
c. The price bid shall include:
1) Preparation of SWPPP
2) Implementation
3) Permitting fees
4) Installation
5) Maintenance
6) Removal
7) Obtaining and/or complying with grading and/or fill permits, ifrequired
8) Final stabilization
1.3 REFERENCES
A. Reference Standards
1. Reference standards cited in this Specification refer to the current reference
CITY OF FORT WORTH Village Creek WRF, Digester Mixing. Flare, and Dome Improvements Phase I
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Citv Proiect No. 102652
Revi se d Apri l 29 , 2021
I
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
31 25 00 - I
EROSION AND SEDIMENT C ONTROL
Page 2 of 10
standard published at the time of the latest revision date logged at the end of this
Specification , unless a date is specifically cited .
2. ASTM Standard :
a . ASTM D3786 , Standard Test Method for Bursting Strength of Textile
Fabrics-Diaphragm Bursting Strength Tester Method
b . ASTM D4632 , Standard Test Method for Grab Breaking Load and Elongation
of Geotexti Jes
c . ASTM D4751, Standard Test Method for Determining Apparent Opening Size
of a Geotextile
d . ASTM D4833 , Standard Test Method for Index Puncture Resistance of
Geomembranes and Related Products
3 . Texas Commission on Environmental Quality (TCEQ) TPDES General Permit No.
TXR150000
4. TxDOT Departmental Material Specifications (DMS)
a . DMS-6230 "Temporary Sediment Control Fence Fabric"
1.4 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS [NOT USED]
1.5 SUBMITTALS
A. Storm Water Pollution Prevention Plan (SWPPP)
B. TCEQ Notice oflntent (NOi) for Storm Water Discharges Associated with
Construction Activity under the TPDES GeneralPermit
C. Construction Site Notice
D . TCEQ Notice of Termination (NOT) for Storm Water Discharges Associated with
Construction Activity under the TPDES GeneralPermit
E. Notice of Change (ifapplicable)
F . Grading and/or fill perrrut , if required
1.6 ACTION SUBMITTALS/INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED]
1.7 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS [NOT USED]
1.8 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITT ALS [NOT USED]
1.9 QUALITY ASSURANCE [NOT USED]
1.10 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING [NOT USED]
1.11 FIELD [SITE] CONDITIONS [NOT USED]
1.12 WARRANTY [NOT USED]
PART 2 -PRODUCTS
2.1 OWNER-FURNISHED loR] OWNER-SUPPLIED PRODUCTS [NOT USED]
2.2 PRODUCT TYPES AND MATERIALS
A. Rock Filter Dams
I. Aggregate
C ITY OF FORT WORTH Village Creek WRF, Digester Mixing, Flare. and Dome Improvements Phase .I
ST AND ARD CONSTR UC TION SPEC IFI CATION DOCUMENTS City Proiect No. 102652
R ev ised April 29, 202 1
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
:L:,
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
31 25 00 -I
EROSION AND SEDIMENT CONTROL
Page 3 of 10
a . Furnish aggregate with hardness, durability, cleanliness and resistance to
crumbling, flaking and eroding acceptable to the Engineer.
b. Provide thefollowing:
2. Wire
1) Types 1, 2 and 4 Rock Filter Dams
a) Use 3 to 6 inch aggregate.
2) Type 3 Rock Filter Dams
a) Use 4 to 8 inch aggregate.
a. Provide minimum 20 gauge galvanized wire for the steel wire mesh and tie
wires for Types 2 and 3 rock filterdams
b. Type 4 damsrequire:
1) Double-twisted, hexagonal weave with a nominal mesh opening of2 ½
inches x 3 ¼ inches
2) Minimum 0.0866 inch steel wire fornetting
3) Minimum 0.1063 inch steel wire for selvages and comers
4) Minimum 0.0866 inch for binding or tie wire
B. Geotextile Fabric
1. Place the aggregate over geotextile fabric meeting the following criteria:
a . Tensile Strength of 250 pounds, per ASTM D4632
b. Puncture Strength of 135 pounds, per ASTM D4833
c. Mullen Burst Rate of 420 psi, per ASTM D3786
d. Apparent Opening Size of No. 20 (max), per ASTM D475 l
C. Stabilized Construction Entrances
1. Provide materials that meet the details shown on the Drawings and this Section.
a. Provide crushed aggregate for long and short-term construction exits .
b . Furnish aggregates that are clean, hard, durable and free from adherentcoatings
such as salt, alkali , dirt, clay, loam, shale, soft or flaky materials and organic
and injurious matter.
c. Use 3 to 5 inch coarse aggregate with a minimum thickness of 12 inches .
d . The aggregate shall be placed over a geotextile fabric meeting the following
criteria:
I) Tensile Strength of300 pounds, per ASTM D4632
2) Puncture Strength of 120 pounds, per ASTM D4833
3) Mullen Burst Rate of 600 psi, per ASTM D3786
4) Apparent Opening Size of No. 40 (max), per ASTM D4751
D . Embankment for Erosion Control
I . Provide rock, loam, clay, topsoil or other earth materials that will form a stable
embankment to meet the intended use.
E. Sandbags
1. Provide sandbag material of polypropylene, polyethylene or polyamide woven
fabric with a minimum unit weight of 4 ounces per square yard, a Mullen burst-
strength exceeding 300 psi, and an ultraviolet stability exceeding 70 percent.
2 . Use natural coarse sand or manufactured sand meeting the gradation given in Table
I to fill sandbags.
3. Filled sandbags must be 24 to 30 inches long , 16 to 18 inches wide, and 6 to 8
inches thick.
CITY OF FORT WORTH Village Creek WRF, Digester Mixing, Flare, and Dome Improvements Phase 1
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPEC IFI C ATION DOCUME NTS Citv Proiect No. 102652
Re vised April 29, 202 1
31 25 00 -I
£ROSTON AND SE DIMENT CONTROL
2
3
4 Table 1
5 Sand Gradation
7
6 Sieve# Maximum Retained(% by Weight)
4 3 percent
100 80 percent
200 95 percent
8 F . Temporary Sediment Control Fence
9 1. Provide a net-reinforced fence using woven geo-textile fabric .
10 2 . Logos visible to the traveling public will not be allowed.
11 a. Fabric
Page 4 of 10
12 1) Provide fabric materials in accordance with DMS-6230 , "Temporary
13 Sediment Control Fence Fabric."
14 b. Posts
15 1) Provide essentially straight wood or steel posts with a minimum length of
16 48 inches, unless otherwise shown on theDrawings .
1 7 2) Soft wood posts must be at least 3 inches in diameter or nominal 2 x 4 inch
18 3) Hardwood posts must have a minimum cross-section of 1-1/2 x 1-1/2 inch
19 4) T-or L-shaped steel posts must have a minimum weight of 1.3 pounds per
20 foot.
21 c. Net Reinforcement
22 1) Provide net reinforcement of at least 12-1/2 gauge galvanized welded wire
23 mesh, with a maximum opening size of 2 x 4 inch, at least 24 inches wide,
24 unless otherwise shown on theDrawings.
25 d . Staples
26 I) Provide staples with a crown at least 3 /4 inch wide and legs 1 /2 inch long .
27 2.3 ACCESSORIES [NOT USED]
28 2.4 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL [NOT USED]
29
30 PART 3 -EXECUTION
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
3.1 INST ALLERS [NOT USED]
3.2 EXAMINATION [NOT USED]
3.3 PREPARATION [NOT USED]
3.4 INSTALLATION
A Storm Water Pollution Prevention Plan
1. Develop and implement the project's Storm Water Pollution Prevention Plan
(SWPPP) in accordance with the TPDES Construction General Permit TXRI 50000
requirements . Prevent water pollution from storm water runoff by using and
maintaining appropriate structural and nonstructural BMPs to reduce pollutants
discharges to the MS4 from the construction site.
B . Control Measures
C ITY OF FORT WORTH Village Creek WRF, Digester Mixing, Flare, and Dome Improvements Phase I
ST ANDA RD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS City Proiect No. 102652
Revised April 29 , 202 1
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
EROSION AND SEDIME NT CONTROL
Page 5 of 10
1. Implement control measures in the area to be disturbed before beginning
construction, or as directed. Limit the disturbance to the area shown on the
Drawings or as directed.
2. Control site waste such as discarded building materials, concrete truck washout
water, chemicals, litter and sanitary waste at the construction site.
3. If, in the opinion of the Engineer, the Contractor cannot control soil erosion and
sedimentation resulting from construction operations, the Engineer will limit the
disturbed area to that which the Contractor is able to control.
4. Immediately correct ineffective control measures . Implement additional controls as
directed . Remove excavated material within the time requirements specified in the
applicable storm water permit.
5. Upon acceptance of vegetative cover by the City, remove and dispose of all
temporary controlmeasures, temporary embankments, bridges, matting, falsework ,
piling, debris, or other obstructions placed during construction that are not a part of
the finished work, or as directed .
C. Do not locate disposal areas, stockpiles, or haul roads in any wetland, water body, or
stream bed.
D. Do not install temporary construction crossings in or across any water body without the
prior approval of the appropriate resource agency and the Engineer.
E. Provide protected storage area for paints, chemicals, solvents , and fertilizers at an
approved location . Keep paints, chemicals, solv ents, and fertilizers off bare ground and
provide shelter for stored chemicals .
F . Installation and Maintenance
1. Perform work in accordance with the TPDE S Construction General Permit
TXR150000 .
2. When approved, sediments may be disposed of within embankments, or inareas
where the material will not contribute to further siltation and when appropriate
stabilization is provided.
3 . Dispose of removed material in accordance with federal , state, and local
regulations .
4 . Remove devices upon approval or when directed.
a. Upon removal , finish-grade and dress the area.
b . Stabilize disturbed are a s in accordance with the permit, and as shown on the
Drawings or directed.
5. The Contractor retains ownership of stockpiled material and must remove it from
the project whe n new installations or replacements are no longer required.
G. Rock Filter Dams for Erosion Control
I. Remove trees , brush , stumps and other objectionable material that may interfere
with the construction of rock filter dams.
2. Place sandbags as a foundation when required or at th.e Contractor's option.
3 . For Types I , 2 , 3 , and 5 , place the aggregate to the lines , height, and slopes
specified, without undue voids.
C ITY OF FORT WORTH Villag e Creek WRF, Digester Mixing. Flare, and Dome Improvements Phase 1
STANDARD CON STRUC TION SPEC IFI CATION DOCUMENTS CitvProiect No. 102652
R evised April 29, 202 1
I
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
31 25 00 -I
EROSION AND SEDIMENT CONTROL
Page 6 of 10
4. For Types 2 and 3 , place the aggregate on the mesh and then fold the mesh atthe
upstream side over the aggregate and secure it to itself on the downstream side with
wire ties , or hog rings , or as directed.
5. Place rock filter dams perpendicular to the flow of the stream or channel unless
otherwise directed.
6. Construct filter dams according to the following criteria, unless otherwise shown on
the Drawings:
a . Type 1 (Non-reinforced)
1) Height -At least 18 inches measured vertically from existing ground to top
of filter dam
2) Top Width-At least 2 feet
3) Slopes -At most 2: 1
b . Type 2(Reinforced)
1) Height -At least 18 inches measured vertically from existing ground to top
of filter dam
2) Top Width -At least 2 feet
3) Slopes -At most 2: 1
c. Type 3 (Reinforced)
1) Height -At least 3 6 inches measured vertically from existing ground to top
of filter dam
2) Top Width -At least 2 feet
3) Slopes -At most 2: 1
d . Type 4 (Sack Gabions)
1) Unfold sack gabions and smooth out kinks and bends.
2) For vertical filling , connect the sides by lacing in a single loop-double loop
pattern on 4-to 5-inches spacing. At 1 end, pull the end lacing rod until
tight, wrap around the end, and twist 4 times. At the filling end, fill with
stone, pull the rod tight, cut the wire with approximately 6 inches
remaining, and twist wires 4 times.
3) For horizontal filling, place sack flat in a filling trough, fill with stone, and
connect sides and secure ends as described above.
4) Lift and place without damaging the gabion.
5) Shape sack gabions to existing contours .
e. Type 5
1) Provide rock filter dams as shown on the Drawings.
H. Construction Entrances
I . When tracking conditions exist, prevent traffic from crossing or exiting the
construction site or moving directly onto a public roadway, alley, sidewalk, parking
area, or other right of way areas other than at the location of construction entrances.
2 . Place the exit over a foundation course, ifnecessary.
a. Grade the foundation course or compacted sub grade to direct runoff from the
construction exits to a sediment trap as shown on the Drawings or as directed.
3. At dri ve approaches, make sure the construction entrance is the full width of the
drive and meets the length shown on the Drawings.
a . The width shat I be at least 14 feet for I -way and 24 feet for 2-way traffic for all
other points of ingress or egress or as directed by the Engineer.
I. Earthwork for Erosion Control
C ITY OF FORT WORTH Village Creek WRF, Digester Mixing, Flare, and Dome Improvements Phase 1
STANDARD CONSTRUC TION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Citv Proiect No. 102652
R ev ised April 29, 2021
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
•'-'
31 25 00 - I
EROSION AND SEDIMENT CONTROL
Page 7 of 10
1. Perform excavation and embankment operations to minimize erosion and to remove
collected sediments from other erosion control devices.
a . Excavation and Embankment for Erosion Control Measures
1) Place earth dikes , swales or combinations of both along the low crown of
daily lift placement, or as directed, to prevent runoff spillover.
2) Place swales and dikes at other locations as shown on the Drawings or as
directed to prevent runoff spillover or to divert runoff.
3) Construct cuts with the low end blocked with undisturbed earth to prevent
erosion of hillsides.
4) Construct sediment traps at drainage structures in conjunction with other
erosion control measures as shown on the Drawings or as directed.
5) Where required, create a sediment basin providing 3,600 cubic feet of
storage per acre drained, or equivalent control measures for drainage
locations that serve an area with 10 or more disturbed acres at 1 time, not
including offsite areas.
b . Excavation of Sediment and Debris
1) Remove sediment and debris when accumulation affects the performance of
the devices, after a rain , and when directed.
2) Remove sediment from sediment traps and sedimentation ponds no later
than the time that design capacity has been reduced by 50%.
J . Sandbags for Eros ion Control
1. Construct a berm or dam of sandbags that will intercept sediment-laden storm water
runoff from disturbed areas , create a retention pond, detain sediment and release
water in sheet flow.
2. Fill each bag with sand so that at least the top 6 inches of the bag is unfilled to
allow for proper tying of the open end.
3. Place the sandbags with their tied ends in the same direction .
4 . Offset subsequent rows of sandbags 1/2 the length of the preceding row.
5 . Place a single layer of sandbags downstream as a secondary debris trap.
6 . Place additional sandbags as necessary or as directed for supplementary support to
berms or dams of sandbags or earth.
K. Temporary Sediment-ControlFence
1. Provide temporary sediment-control fence near the downstream perimeter of a
disturbed area to intercept sediment from sheet flow.
2. Incorporate the fence into erosion-control measures used to control sedimentin
areas of higher flow. Install the fence as shown on the Drawings, as specified in this
Section, or as directed by the Engineer or City representative.
a. Post Installation
1) Embed posts at least 18 inches deep , or adequately anchor, if in rock, with a
spacing of 6 to 8 feet and install on a slight angle toward the run-off source .
b . Fabric Anchoring
1) Dig trenches along the uphill side of the fence to anchor 6 to 8 inches of
fabric.
2) Provide a minimum trench cross-section of 6 x 6 inches
3) Place the fabric against the side of the trench and align approximately2
inches of fabric along the bottom in the upstream direction .
4) Backfill the trench , then hand-tamp .
C ITY OF FORT WORTH Village Creek WRF. Digester Mixing. Flare. and Dome Improvements Phase 1
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SP EC IFI C ATION DOCUM E NTS City Proiect No. 102652
R evised April 29 , 202 1
1
2
5 3
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
11
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
4
c. Fabric and Net ReinforcementAttachment
31 25 00 - I
EROSION AND SEDIMENT CONTROL
Page 8 of 10
1) Unless otherwise shown under the Drawings , attach the reinforcement to
wooden posts with stap le s, or to stee l posts with T-clips, in at least 4 places
equally spaced.
2) Sewn verticalpockets may be used to attach reinforcement to end posts.
3) Fasten the fabric to the top strand of reinforcement by hog rings or cord
every 15 inches or le ss.
d. Fabric and Net Splices
l) Locate splices at a fence post with a minimum lap of 6 inches attached in at
least 6 places equally spaced, unless otherwise shown under the Drawings .
a) Do not locate splices in concentrated flow areas.
2) Requirements for installation of used temporary sediment-control fence
include the following:
a) Fabric with minimal or no visible signs of biodegradation (weak fi bers)
b) Fabric without excessive patching (more than 1 patch every 15 to20
feet)
c) Posts without bends
d) Backing without holes
3.5 REPAIR/RESTORATION [NOT USED]
3.6 RE-INSTALLATION [N OT USED]
3.7 FIELD (oR] SITE QUALITY CONTROL [NOT USED]
3.8 SYSTEM STARTUP [NOT USED]
3.9 ADJUSTING [NOT USED]
3.10 CLEANING
A. Waste Management
1. Remove sediment, debris and litter as needed.
3.11 CLOSEOUT ACTIVITIES
A. Erosion control measures remain in place and are maintained until all soil disturbing
activities at the project site have been completed.
B. Establish a uniform vegetative cover with a density of70 percent on all unpaved areas,
on areas not covered by permanent structures, or in areas where permanent erosion
control measures (i.e. riprap , gabions, or geotextiles) have been employed.
C. Once vegetative cover is achieved, the contractor shall remove all temporary control
measures , before final project acceptance. It is the contractor's responsibility to remove
all temporary control measures, unless transfer of maintenance and subsequent removal
is transferred to another entity in writing .
D. Upon achievement of final stabilization, submit NOT to TCEQ, and provide a copy of
the NOT to the City of Fort Worth"s Environmental Quality Division, ifrequired.
E. Complete and submit a Final Grading Certificate to Development Services , if required.
CITY OF FORT WORTH Vi llage Creek WRF, Digester Mixing, Flare. and Dome Improvements Phase 1
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS City Proiect No. 102652
Revi sed April 29 , 202 1
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
24
25
26
2
3
4
5
6
7
31 25 00 -I
EROSION AND SEDIMENT CONTROL
Page 9 of IO
3 .12 PROTECTION [N OT USED]
3.13 MAINTENANCE
A Install and maintain the integrity of temporary erosion and sedimentation control
devices to accumulate silt and debris until earthwork construction and permanent
erosion control features are in place or the disturbed area has been adequately stabilized
as determined by the Engineer.
B. If a device ceases to function as intended, repair or replace the device or portions
thereof as necessary.
C. Perform inspections of the construction site as prescribed in the Construction General
Permit TXR150000.
D. Records of inspections and modifications based on the results of inspections must be
maintained and available in accordance with the permit.
3.14 ATTACHMENTS [NOT USED]
END OF SECTION
Revision Log
DATE NAME SUMMARY OF CHANGE
1.1 A. I . R evised language re : what section inc ludes, 1.2 A. 2. c . Clarified items
included in price, 1.5 Added items to li st of submi tta ls, 2.2Revised language under
April 29 , 2021 MOwen product types/mate ri als , 3.4 Revised language under" In stallation", and 3. 11 C .
Added language to clarify responsi bili ty to remove temporary protection de vice and
em phasi ze clearing of ROW
CITY OF FORT WORTH Vi llage Creek WRF, Digester Mixing. Flare, and Dome Improvements Phase 1
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS City Proiect No . 102652
Revised April 29 , 202 1
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
31 25 00 - I
EROSION AND SEDIMENT CONTROL
Page 10 of 10
THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK
CITY OF FORT WORTH Village Creek WRF, Digester Mixing, Flare. and Dome Improvements Phase 1
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION S PEC IFICATION DOCUMENTS City Proiect No. 102652
Revised April 29 , 202 1
PART 1 -GENERAL
1.01 SUMMARY
A. Section Includes:
SECTION 31 63 29
DRILLED CONCRETE PIERS
1 . Drilled concrete piers.
B. Related Specification Sections include but are not necessarily limited to:
1. Division 01 -General Requirements.
2. Section 03 20 00 -Concrete reinforcement
3. Section 03 30 30 -Cast-in-Place Concrete.
C. Unit Prices:
1. Measurement:
a. Length of drilled piers for payment to be measured from tip to cut-off
elevation.
b. Any drilled pier length extending above cut-off elevation indicated will
not be measured for payment.
c. Drilled pier lengths extending below authorized tip elevation will not
be measured for payment.
2 . Payment:
a . Contract bid price for Drilled Piers to be based on the total number,
length , and diameter of drilled piers, and reinforcing steel indicated
on Drawings.
b. Bid price to include all costs for drilled pier drilling, removing
excavated material; furnishing, placing, and removing casing where
required; dewatering where necessary; furnishing and placing
concrete ; reinforcing steel; dowels; any other associated materials;
and furnishing all labor, equipment, installation supervision and
accessories required for complete pile installation as shown on the
Drawings and indicated in this Specification Section.
CONFORMED , 12/01/2022
FWW VILLAGE CREEK WRF , DIGESTER MIXING , FLARE, DOME IMPROVEMENTS
CITY PROJECT NO . 102652
31 63 29-1 DRILLED CONCRETE PIERS
c . Adjustment to bid price for drilled pier length to be made in
accordance with unit prices in the Bid Proposal.
1) Indicate on Bid Proposal Form a single unit price per linear
foot , for each drilled pier of a given diameter as shown on the
Drawings.
2) These prices will be used to determine any additional amount
due to Contractor if the Engineer orders an increase in drilled
pier length , or credit due to the Owner if a decrease in drilled
pier length is ordered .
3) No payments for changes in length will be made unless
changes are directed by the Engineer and such order is verified
in writing.
4) No price adjustment will be made for individual drilled piers but
will be made on the total lineal footage of drilled pier installed
for each diameter.
d . No payment will be made for the following :
1) Drilled piers placed outside of specified tolerances .
2) Dr illed piers disapproved by Engineer for reasons stated
elsewhere in this Specification Section .
e. Contractor will be paid for all shafts drilled and terminated and new
foundations placed due to underground obstructions at unit price
indicated in bid documents .
1.02 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Referenced Standards :
1. American Concrete Institute (ACI):
a. 305R, Hot Weather Concreting.
b. 306R , Cold Weather Concreting .
c . 336 .1, Specification for the Construction of Drilled Piers .
d. 336 .3R, Report on Design and Construction of Drilled Piers .
2. ASTM International (ASTM):
a. A36 , Standard Specification for Carbon Structural Steel.
CONFORMED , 12/01/2022
FWW VILLAGE CREEK WRF , DIGESTER MIXING , FLARE , DOME IMPROVEMENTS
CITY PROJECT NO . 102652
3 1 63 29 -2 DRILLED CONCRETE PIERS
b. A252, Standard Specification for Welded and Seamless Steel Pipe
Piles .
3. Building code :
a. International Code Council {ICC):
1) International Building Code and associated standards ,
including all amendments, referred to herein as Building Code .
B. Qualifications:
1. Installer to have a minimum of five years ' experience in installing drilled
piers in soils similar to those to be encountered on this Project site .
C . Monitoring
1. CONTRACTOR shall employ a testing lab to monitor the installation of
the drilled piers. The laboratory and OWNER representative shall monitor
all pier drilling operations. CONTRACTOR shall give a minimum two days'
notice to the laboratory for services in conjunction with drilled piers .
1.03 DEFINITIONS
A. Installer or Applicator :
1. Installer or applicator is the person actually installing or applying the
product in the field at the Project site .
2 . Installer and applicator are synonymous.
1.04 SUBMITTAL$
A. Shop Drawings :
1. See Specification Division 01 for requirements for the mechanics and
administration of the submittal process.
2 . Fabrication and/or layout drawings .
a . Log of installation of all drilled piers .
b . Shop Drawings of all reinforcing , anchor bolts , dowels and
accessories required for the drilled piers.
3. Product technical data including :
a. Acknowledgement that products submitted meet requirements of
standards referenced.
CONFORMED , 12/01/2022
FWW VILLAGE CREEK WRF , DIGESTER MIXING , FLARE , DOME IMPROVEMENTS
CITY PROJECT NO . 102652
31 63 29-3 DRILLED CONCRETE PIERS
b. Manufacturer's installation instructions .
c. Proposed concrete mix design for drilled piers : For each class of
d . concrete . Include revised mix proportions when characteristics of
materials , Project conditions, weather, test results , or other
circumstances warrant adjustments .
e. Laboratory Test Reports : For evaluation of concrete materials and
mix design .
4 . Cert ifications .
B . Qualificat ions :
1. Records for a minimum of t hree previous installations by the Contractor of
required type of pile and in similar soil conditions.
C. Informational Submittals:
1. Copies of concrete strength tests fo r concrete placed in the drilled piers.
2. Drilled pier installation log.
PART 2 -PRODUCTS
2.01 CONCRETE
A. Concrete :
1. 28-day minimum compressive strength: 4000 PSI.
2 . Comply with Specification Section 03 30 00.
2.02 REINFORCING STEEL
A. Provide reinforcing steel conforming to requirements of Specification Section 03
20 00
1. Reinforcing sizes , number, configurations, spacing, and lengths to be as
indicated on Drawings .
PART 3 -EXECUTION
3.01 LINES AND LEVELS
A. Furnish lines and levels necessary for drilled pier installation .
CONFORMED , 12/0 1/2022
FI/VW VILLAG E CR EE K WRF , DIGESTER MIXING , FLARE , DOM E IMPROVEMENTS
CITY PROJECT NO . 102652
31 63 29-4 DRILLED CONCRETE PIERS
1. Contractor is solely responsible for final placement and location of drilled
piers .
B. As-installed pile coordinates shall be surveyed by the Contractor.
1. Include field survey of final cut off elevation of each pile.
2. Provide access to Engineer for all installed piles.
3.02 INSTALLATION
A. Provide drilled piers with straight shafts of uniform required diameter as
indicated.
B . Drilled pier bottom elevation or elevations indicated on the Drawings are to be
used as a guide and shall be used for bid purposes.
1. Final elevation or elevations of bottom of drilled piers shall be as
determined and directed by Geotechnical Engineer.
C. Provide temporary steel casing in drilled pier holes as required to allow cleaning
and inspection of the bottom of each drilled pier, to prevent caving in and to
prevent entering of ground water into the drilled pier holes.
1. Casing to be steel cylinders of adequate thickness as required to support
all loadings encountered during drilled pier installation.
2. Casing steel to conform to requirements of either ASTM A252, Grade 2 , or
ASTM A36.
3 . Weld sections of casing together with continuous full penetration welds to
make all joints watertight.
D. Maintain bottom of drilled pier excavations free of loose, wet , soft or frozen
materials, mud, snow and water until drilled pier concrete is placed.
1. Prevent, by whatever means are necessary, the drilled pier bottom
excavations from becoming loose, wet, frozen or soft before drilled pier
concrete is placed .
2. In no case shall there be more than a 1-inch depth of water at bottom of
drilled pier at time of concrete placement.
3. Excavate drilled pier bottoms to a level plane .
E. Remove materials resulting from excavating for drilled piers to an area
CONFORMED , 12/01/2022
FWW VILLAGE CREEK WRF , DIGESTER MIXING , FLARE , DOME IMPROVEMENTS
CITY PROJECT NO . 102652
31 63 29-5 DRILLED CONCRETE PIERS
1. Remove excavated materials from around drilled pier holes as soon as
excavation for holes has been completed.
F . Provide gas testing equipment, ventilation equipment, protective cage, and other
safety e q uipment required for inspection and cleaning of drilled pier excavations
or for any other operations necessitating entry into drilled pier holes .
G . Do not begin excavation for any drilled piers until a qualified representative of the
CONTRACTOR's Testing Lab is present to witness the excavation.
1. The bottom subgrade of each drilled pier at time of placing pier concrete
shall be at an elevation which will provide the drilled pier with the following
properties:
a. Free of loose , wet, soft or frozen materials.
b . Free of water exceeding a 1-inch maximum depth .
c . Is at a minimum depth as indicated on the drawings .
H . Do not place drilled pier concrete until the CONTRACTOR's testing laboratory
represen tative approves the bottom subgrade of the drilled pier for the above
requirements .
I. When drilled pier bottom subgrade does not meet the requirements of this
Specification Section , take corrective action as directed by the Geotechnical
Eng ineer to bring bottom subgrade into conformance to requirements.
J . After approval of drilled pier bottom subgrade is obtained and after Engineer
approves placement of drilled pier re inforcing steel , dowels and anchor bolts ,
place dri ll ed pier concrete as soon as possible , in manner that will preclude
segregation of concrete aggregates , infiltration of water and soil , or any other
occurrence which would tend to decrease strength of concrete or supporting
capacity of finished drilled pier.
1. Limit concrete free fall to four (4) feet.
2. Cover open holes for protection of workmen , and to keep out foreign
mat erials until concrete is placed .
3 . Drill and place concrete fo r a drilled pier in one day's time.
4 . Pla ce concrete in a continuous manner to prevent cold joints from form ing .
5. Do not allow concrete to free fall through reinforcing stee l.
K. When concrete free fall is potentially greater than four (4) feet , use tremie
method to place concrete .
CONFORMED , 12/0 1/2022
FWW VILLAGE CREEK WRF , DIG ESTER MIXING , FLARE , DOME IMPROVEMENTS
CITY PROJ ECT NO . 102652
31 63 29-6 DR ILLED CONCRE TE P IE RS
1. Use tremie pipe between 6-inch and 8-inch diameter.
2. Provide positive control to ensure that bottom of tremie pipe is at all times
below concrete surface.
L. In withdrawing casing used to brace drilled pier excavation and maintain water
tightness during concrete placement, always keep bottom of casing below top of
concrete surface to prevent a reduction in diameter of drilled pier shaft due to
earth pressure and to prevent soil and ground water from entering and mixing
with the concrete .
1. Pull casing by uniform vertical lifts, continuously plumb, in such a manner
to allow continuous observation of interior level of concrete .
2. Pull casing at a uniform rate .
M . Vibrate top six feet of drilled pier concrete .
1. Vibrate each two (2) feet lift of this top six (6) feet prior to subsequent
concrete being placed.
2 . Perform vibration after casing has been withdrawn if casing is not
permanent.
N. Surface of drilled pier at cut off elevation to be level with diameter required by
Drawings .
1. Where top surface of drilled pier has a mushroomed configuration , remove
excess concrete in such manner to prevent damage to top of drilled pier
and to provide drilled pier of diameter required.
0 . If during drilling, an underground obstruction prevents shaft from being drilled to
required depth, terminate shaft and fill with concrete .
1. Notify Engineer so a new drilled pier arrangement and foundation can be
designed to replace terminated shaft.
P. Do not place concrete for drilled piers against soft, loose or frozen ground.
Q . After placement of concrete for a drilled pier is completed, cure exposed top
surface of drilled pier for a minimum of seven days.
1. When outside temperature falls below 40° F, maintain temperature of
exposed top surface of drilled piers at a minimum of 50° F during the curing
period.
2. Follow recommendations of ACI 306R for curing concrete in cold weather
and recommendations of ACI 305R for curing concrete in hot weather.
CONFORMED , 12/01/2022
FWW VILLAGE CREEK WRF , DIGESTER MIXING , FLARE , DOME IMPROVEMENTS
CITY PROJECT NO . 102652
31 63 29-7 DRILLED CONCRETE PIERS
3.03 SUPERVISION AND INSPECTION
A. Drilled pier installer to provide qualified , experienced person in his employ to
supervise all drilling and concrete filling of all drilled piers .
3.04 TOLERANCES
A. Place each drilled pier plumb at locations indicated.
1. Maximum allowable tolerance from true vertical measured from center of
shaft shall not exceed more than 1.5 % of the drilled pier length, 12.5% of
shaft diameter, or 1.5-inch whichever is less.
2. Shaft at cut off elevation shall not be off center horizontally from its
required location more than 1/24 of shaft diameter or 2-inch, whichever is
less.
3. If tolerances are exceeded , Contractor to pay for corrective design and
co nstruction that may be required.
3.05 REINFORCEMENT
A. Place steel reinforcing cage in drilled pier holes as indicated after Geotechnical
Engineer has approved drilled pier bottom subgrade and before placing concrete.
1. Adequately support reinforcement by means to ensure indicated vertical
position , concentric alignment and required concrete cover over reinforcing
steel .
2 . Prov ide additional reinforcing steel in drilled piers as directed by Engineer
due to revised condition of drilled pier installation.
3 . Place all dowels and anchor bolts extending from tops of drilled piers
immediately after concrete shaft has been fully placed .
3.06 DISAPPROVED DRILLED PIERS
A. Drilled piers will be disapproved and replaced as directed by Engineer for
following reasons:
1. Concrete not reaching minimum required 28 day compressive strength, or
containing cracks , voids , soft material , inclusions of earth or other foreign
ma terials , or any other defect which , in the opinion of the Engineer, may
affect the strength of the drilled pier.
2. Drilled piers out of horizontal and vertical alignment in excess of tolerances
specified.
CONFORMED , 12/0 1/2022
FWW VILLAGE CREEK WRF , DIGESTER MIXING , FLARE , DOME IMPROVEMENTS
CITY PROJECT NO . 102652
31 63 29-8 DRILLED CONCRETE PIERS
3. Drilled piers of improper size and depth, and drilled piers suspected to be
of incorrect diameter due to any reason .
B. Any additional drilled piers or additional construction required due to disapproved
drilled piers will be placed by Contractor at no additional expense to Owner.
C. Reimburse Engineer for any additional engineering work required for redesign
due to disapproved drilled piers.
3.07 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL
A. Concrete testing in accordance with Section 03 30 00 -Cast-in-Place Concrete.
3.08 DRILLED PIER RECORDS
A. Keep a log of each installed drilled pier including :
1. Drilled pier location by column grid lines or by other means.
2 . Date drill pier was installed.
3. Bottom elevation of drilled pier.
4 . Cut off elevation of drilled pier .
5. Total length of drilled pier from bottom to cut off elevation.
6. Diameter of drilled pier shaft.
7. Diameter and height of belled bottom.
8. Whether or not hole was cased.
9 . Deviation from allowable installation tolerances.
10. Stratigraphy of subgrade materials encountered during drilling.
11 . Concrete delivery ticket truck numbers used to fill drilled pier.
B . After all drilled piers are installed, submit copy of complete drilled pier logs to
Engineer.
1. Report to be signed by Contractor and Testing Agency/Special Inspector.
CONFORMED , 12/01/2022
END OF SECTION
FWW VILLAGE CREEK WRF , DIGESTER MIXING , FLARE , DOME IMPROVEMENTS
CITY PROJECT NO . 102652
31 63 29 -9 DRILLED CONCRETE PIERS
CONFORMED , 12/01/2022
THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK
FWW VILLAGE CREEK WRF , DIGESTER MIXING, FLARE , DOME IMPROVEMENTS
CITY PROJECT NO. 102652
31 63 29-10 DRILLED CONCRETE PIERS
3201 17 -1
PERMAN ENT ASPHALT PA YING R EPAIR
Page I of7
SECTION 32 01 17
2 PERMANENT ASPHALT PAVING REPAIR
3 PART 1 -GENERAL
4 1.1 SUMMARY
5 A. Section includes:
6 1. Flexible pavement repair to include, but not limited to:
7 a. Utility cuts (water, sanitary sewer, drainage, franchise utilities , etc.)
8 b. Warranty work
9 c. Repairs of damage caused by Contractor
10 d . Any permanent asphalt pavement repair needed during the course of
11 construction
12 B. Deviations from this City of Fort Worth Standard Specification
13 1. Modified 1.2A.
14 C. Related Specification Sections include, but are not necessarily limited to:
15 1. Division O -Bidding Requirements, Contract Forms, and Conditions of the
16 Contract
17 2 . Division 1 -General Requirements
18 3 . Section 03 34 16 -Concrete Base Material for Trench Repair
19 4 . Section 32 12 16 -Asphalt Paving
20 5. Section 32 13 13 -Concrete Paving
21 6. Section 33 05 10 -Utility Trench Excavation, Embedment and Backfill
22 1.2 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES
23 A . Measurement and Payment
24 1. Asphalt Pavement Repair
25 a. Measurement and Payment
26 1) MeasHfeRleat fer this Item will he hy the liaear feet of Asphalt Pavemeat
27 Repair hasea ea the aefiaea •Niatl'l aaa roa<iv.•ay elassifieatioa speeifiea ia
28 the Drawiags. Work associated with this Item is considered subsidiary
29 to the various items bid. No separate payment will be allowed for this
30 Item.
31 h . Paymeat
32 I) The work perferraea aHa materials :fi:H:B.ishea Hl aeeoraooee •Nith this Item
33 aaa measHfea as proyiaea uaaer "Measuremeat" will he paia fer at the uait
34 priee bis priee per liaear feet of Asphalt P1wemeat Repair.
35 c. The price bid shall include:
36 1) Preparing final surfaces
37 2) Furnishing, loading, unloading, storing, hauling and handling all materials
38 including freight and royalty
39 3) Traffic control for all testing
40 4) Asphalt, aggregate, and additive
41 5) Materials and work needed for corrective action
CITY OF FORT WORTH Village Creek WRF, Digester Mixing, Flare and Dome Improvements Phase I
STANDARD CONSTR UC TION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENT Citv Proiect No. 102652
Revised December 20, 2012
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
320117-2
PERMANENT ASPHALT PAVING REPAIR
Page 2 of7
6) Trial batches
7) Tack coat
8) Removal and/or sweeping excess material
2. Asphalt Pa,,·emeAt Repair for Utilit)· SerYiee TreAeh
a . Meam:1remeAt
l) Measureme0t for this Item will be b)' the li0ear foot of Asphalt Paveme0t
Repair ee0tered OA the proposed se'uer serviee line measured from the faee
of eurb to the limit of the Asphalt Paveme0t Repair for the maiA sewer liAe.
b. Payme0t
l) The work performed a0d materials furnished in aeeord00ee with this Item
aAd measured as provided uAder "MeasuremeAt" is subsidiary to the items
bid 'Nill be paid for at the uAit priee bid priee per liAear foot of "Asphalt
PaYeme0t Repair, SeF¥iee" i0stalled for:
a) Various types of utilities
e . The priee bid shall iAelude:
l) Preparing fi0al surfaees
2) FurnishiAg, loadiAg , unloadiAg, storiAg, hi¼UliAg aAd i:iaAdli0g all materials
ineludisg freight aad royalty
3) Traffie eoAtrol for all testiAg
4) Asphalt, aggt=egate, aAd additive
5) Materials a0d work seeded for eorreetive aetio0
a) Trial bate!:ies
7) Taek eoat
8) Remo7,•al aAdlor S'>1,1eepiAg e~ceess material
3. Asp!:ialt PaYemeAt Repair BeyoAd DefiAed Widt!:i
a. MeasuremeAt
I) MeasuremeAt for this Item 'Nill be by the square yard for asphalt pa7,•emeAt
repair beyoAd pay limits of t!:ie defiAed width of Asphalt Pw,emeAt Repair
by roadway elassifieatioe s13eeified i0 the Drawi0gs.
b. PaymeAt
I) T!:ie work performed aed materials furnis!:ied iA aeeordaAee with this Item
asd measured as pro't1ided lHlder "MeasuremeAt" will be paid for at the uAit
priee bid per square yard of Aspi:ialt P07,•emeAt Repair Beyo0d DefiAed
WitWr.
e . The priee bid shall inelude:
1) PrepariAg fiAal surfaees
2) Furnisi:iiAg, loadiAg , unloadiAg, storiAg, hauliAg aAd hOAdliAg all materials
i-Beludieg freight a0d royalty
3) Traffie eoAtrol for all testiAg
4) As13halt , aggt=egate, a0d additiYe
5) Materials a0d vrork Reeded for eorreeti·,e aetioA
a) Trial batehes
7) Taek eoat
8) Removal aed/or S\11eepi0g e*eess material
4 . E*tra Width Asphalt PaYeme0t Re13air
a. MeasuremeAt
l) MeasuremeAt for this Item will be by the square )'Ord for surfaee repair
(does eot i0el1:1de base repair) for:
a) Various thielrnesses
CITY OF FORT WORTH Village Creek WRF, Digester Mixing. Flare and Dome Improvements Pha .~e 1
STANDARD CONSTR UCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUM ENT Citv Proiect No . 102652
Revised December 20, 2012
320117-3
PERMANENT ASPHALT PA YING REP AIR
Page 3 of?
b. PaymeRt
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
I) The work performed aRd materials famished iR aeeordaRee 1+Yith this Item
a:Hd meastH=ed as provided Uflder "Measurement" •Nill be paid for at the llflit
priee bid per square yard ofB~ctra Width Asphalt PaYemeRt Repair
10
11
12
13
14
e . The priee bid shall i:aelude :
1) PrepariRg fiRal stH=faees
2) FlH"nishrng , loading, UflloadiRg , storing, hauling and haadling all materials
iReludiRg freight aRd royalty
3) Traffie eontrol for all testing
4) Asphalt, aggregate, and additive
5) Materials aRd work Reeded for eorreetive aetioR
6) Trial batehes
7) Taek eoat
8) Removal and,lor sweeping e*eess material
15 1.3 REFERENCES
16 A. Definitions
17 1. H.M.A.C. -Hot Mix Asphalt Concrete
18 1.4 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS
19 A. Permitting
20 1. Obtain Street Use Permit to make utility cuts in the street from the Transportation
21 and Public Works Department in conformance with current ordinances .
22 2. The Transportation and Public Works Department will inspect the paving repair
23 after construction.
24 1.5 SUBMITT ALS [NOT USED]
25 1.6 ACTION SUBMITTALS/INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS
26 A. Asphalt Pavement Mix Design: submit for approval: see Section 32 12 16.
27 1.7 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS [NOT USED]
28 1.8 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITT ALS [NOT USED]
29 1.9 QUALITY ASSURANCE [NOT USED]
30 1.11 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING [NOT USED]
31 1.12 FIELD CONDITIONS
32 A. Place mixture when the roadway surface temperature is 45 degrees F or higher and
33 rising unles s otherwise approved .
CITY OF FORT WORTH Village Creek WRF, Dige.~ter Mixing. Flare and Dome Improvements Pha .~e I
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENT City Proiect No. 102652
Revised December 20 , 2012
32 01 17 - 4
PERM A NENT ASPHALT PAVING REPAIR
Page 4 of7
1.13 WARRANTY [NOT USED]
2 PART2-PRODUCTS
3 2.1 OWNER-FURNISHED [NOT USED]
4 2.2 MATERIALS
5 A. Backfill
6 I . See Section 33 05 I 0.
7 B . Base Material
8 1. Concrete Base Material for Trench Repair: See Section 03 34 16 .
9 2 . Concrete Base: See Section 32 13 13.
10 C . Asphalt Paving: see Section 32 12 16 .
11 I. H.M.A.C. paving: Type D.
12 2.3 ACCESSORIES [NOT USED]
13 2.4 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL [NOT USED]
14 PART 3 -EXECUTION
15 3.1 INST ALLERS [NOT USED]
16 3.2 EXAMINATION [NOT USED]
17 3.3 PREPARATION
18 A. Surface Preparation
19 I. Mark pavement cut for repairs for approval by the City.
20 2 . Contractor and City meet prior to saw cutting to confirm limits of repairs .
21 3.4 INSTALLATION
22 A . General
23 1. Equipment
24 a . Use machine intended for cutting pavement.
25 b. Milling machines may be used as long as straight edge is maintained.
26 2 . Repairs: In true and straight lines to dimensions shown on the Drawings.
27 3. Utility Cuts
28 a. In a true and straight line on both sides of the trench
29 b . Minimum of 12 inches outside the trench walls
30 c. If the existing flexible pavement is 2 feet or less between the lip of the existing
31 gutter and th e edge of the trench repair, remove the existing paving to such
32 gutter.
33 4. Limit dust and residues from sawing from entering the atmosphere or drainage
34 facilities.
35 B . Removal
CITY OF FORT WORTH Village Creek WRF, Digester Mixing, Flare and Dome Improvements Phase I
ST ANDA RD CO N STR UC TIO N SP ECIFJ C A TION DOCUM ENT City Proiect No. 102652
Rev ised December 20 , 201 2
3201 17-5
PERMANENT ASPHALT PAVTNG REPAIR
Page 5 of?
I. Use care to prevent fracturing existing pavement structure adjacent to the repair
2 area.
3 C. Base
4 1. Install replacement base material as specified in Drawings.
5 D. Asphalt Paving
6 I. H.M.A.C placement: in accordance with Section 32 12 16
7 2. Type D surface mix
8 3. Depth: as specified in Drawings
9 4 . Place surface mix in lifts not to exceed 3 inches.
10 5. Last or top lift shall not be less than 2 inches thick .
11 3.5 REPAIR/RESTORATION [NOT USED]
12 3.6 RE-INST ALLA TI ON [NOT USED]
13 3.7 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL [NOT USED]
14 3.8 SYSTEM STARTUP [NOT USED]
15 3.9 ADJUSTING [NOT USED]
16 3.10 CLEANING [NOT USED]
17 3.11 CLOSEOUT ACTIVITIES [NOT USED]
18 3.12 PROTECTION [NOT USED]
19 3.13 MAINTENANCE [NOT USED)
20 3.14 ATTACHMENTS [NOT USED)
21
22
23
END OF SECTION
Revision Log
DATE NAME SUMMARY OF CHANGE
1.2 .A -Modified Items to be included in price bid ; Added blue text for clarification
12/20/2012 D . Johnson ofrepair width on utility trench repair; Added a bid item for utility service trench
repair.
CITY OF FORT WORTH Village Creek WRF, Digester Mixing, Flare and Dome Improvements Pha.~e I
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICA TJON DOCUMENT Citv Proiect No. 102652
Revised December 20 , 201 2
THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK
CITY OF FORT WORTH
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPEC IFT CA TTON DOCUME NT
Revised December 20, 201 2
Village Creek WRF. Digester Mixing. Flare and Dome Improvements
Citv Proiect No. 102652
32 01 29 - 1
CONCRETE PAVING REPAIR
Page 1 of4
I SECTION 32 01 29
2 CONCRETE PAVING REPAIR
3 PARTl-GENERAL
4 1.1 SUMMARY
5 A. Section includes:
6 1. Concrete pavement repair to include, but not limited to:
7 a. Utility cuts (water, sanitary sewer, drainage, etc.)
8 b. Warranty work
9 c. Repairs of damage caused by Contractor
10 d . Any other concrete pavement repair needed during the course of construction
11 B. Deviations from this City of Fort Worth Standard Specification
12 1. Modified 1.2.A.1
13 C. Related Specification Sections include , but are not necessarily limited to:
14 1. Division O -Bidding Requirements, Contract Forms, and Conditions of the Contract
15 2 . Division 1 -General Requirements
16 3. Section 32 01 18 -Temporary Asphalt Paving Repair
17 4. Section 32 12 16 -Asphalt Paving
18 5. Section 32 13 13 -Concrete Paving
19 6. Section 33 05 10 -Utility Trench Excavation, Embedment and Backfill
20 1.2 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES
21 A. Measurement and Payment
22 1. Concrete Pavement Repair
23 a. Measurement and Payment
24 1) Measurement for this Item shall be by the square yard of Conerete
25 Pavemeat Repair for ¥arious: Work associated with this Item is
26 considered subsidiary to the various items bid. No separate payment
27 will be allowed for this Item.
28 a) Street types
29 2) Limits of repair will be based oa the time of serYiee of the existiag
30 pavement. The age of the pa->,iement 1Nill need to be determined by the
31 Engineer through eoordination 1.vith the City. For piwement ages:
32 a) IO years or less: repair eatire panel
33 b) Greater than 10 years: repair to limits per Drawings
34 b. Payment
35 I) The work performed and materials frn:aished ia aeeordaaee v,rith fhis Item
36 and rneas\:lfed as pro1,iided under "Meas\:lfernent" shall be paid for at the
37 unit priee bid per square yard ofConerete Pa1,iernent Repair
38 c. The price bid shall include:
39 1) Shaping and fine grading the placement area
40 2) Furnishing and applying all water required
CITY OF FORT WORTH Village Creek WRF, Digester Mixing, Flare and Dome Improvements Pha .~e I
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENT CitvProiect No.102652
Revi sed December 20, 2012
3201 29-2
CONCRETE PAVING REPAIR
Page 2 of 4
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
3) Furnishing , loading and unloading, storing, hauling and handling all
concrete
10
11
12
13
14
4) Furnishing , loading and unloading, storing , hauling and handling all base
material
5) Mixing , placing , finishing and curing all concrete
6) Furnishing and installing reinforcing steel
7) Furnishing all materials and placing longitudinal, warping, expansion and
contraction joints, including all steel dowels , dowel caps and load
transmission units required, wire and devices for placing, holding and
supporting the steel bar, load transmission units , and joint filler in the
proper position; for coating steel bars where required by the Drawings
8) Sealing joints
9) Monolithically poured curb
10) Cleanup
15 1.3 REFERENCES (NOT USED]
16 1.4 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS
17 A. Permitting
18 1. Obtain Street Use Permit to make utility cuts in the street from the Transportation
19 and Public Works Department in conformance with current ordinances .
20 2. Transportation and Public Works Department will inspect paving repair after
21 construction .
22 1.5 SUBMITTALS (NOT USED]
23 1.6 ACTION SUBMITTALS/INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS
24 A. Concrete Mix Design : submit for approval in accordance with Section 32 13 13.
25 1.7 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS (NOT USED]
26 1.8 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMTTT ALS (NOT USED]
27 1.9 QUALITY ASSURANCE (NOT USED]
28 1.10 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING (NOT USED]
29 1.11 FIELD CONDITIONS
30 A. Weather Conditions : Place concrete as specified in Section 32 13 13 .
31 1.12 WARRANTY (NOT USED]
32 PART 2 -PRODUCTS
33 2.1 OWNER-FURNISHED PRODUCTS [NOT USED]
34 2.2 MATERIALS
35 A . Embedment and Backfill: see Section 33 05 10 .
36 B . Base material : Concrete base: see Section 32 13 13 .
CITY OF FORT WORTH Village Creek WRF, Dige.~ter Mixing, Flare and Dome Improvement.~ Pha .~e I
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DO CUMENT Citv Proiect No. 102652
R evised D ecember 20 , 2012
32 01 29 - 3
CONCRETE PAVING REPAIR
Page 3 of 4
I C. Concrete: see Section 32 13 13 .
2 1. Concrete paving: Class H or Class HES.
3 2. Replace concrete to the specified thickness .
4 2.3 ACCESSORIES [NOT USED]
5 2.4 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL [NOT USED]
6 PART 3-EXECUTION
7 3.1 INST ALLERS [NOT USED]
8 3.2 EXAMINATION [NOT USED]
9 3.3 PREPARATION
10 A. Replace a continuous section if multiple repairs are closer than 10 feet apart from edge
11 of one repair to the edge of a second repair.
12 B. If the cut is to be covered, use steel plates of sufficient strength and thickness to support
13 traffic.
14 1. Construct a transition of hot-mix or cold-mix asphalt from the top of the steel plate
15 to the existing pavement to create a smooth riding surface .
16 a. Hot-mix or cold-mix asphalt: conform to the requirements of Section 32 12 16 .
17 C. Surface Preparation: mark pavement cut repairs for approval by the City.
18 3.4 INSTALLATION
19 A. Sawing
20 I . General
21 a. Saw cut perpendicular to the surface to full pavement depth .
22 b . Saw cut the edges of pavement and appurtenances damaged subsequent to
23 sawing to remove damaged areas .
24 c . Such saw cuts shall be parallel to the original saw cut and to neat straight lines .
25 2 . Sawing equipment
26 a . Power-driven
27 b. Manufactured for the purpose of sawing pavement
28 c. In good operating condition
29 d. Shall not spall or facture concrete adjacent to the repair area
30 3 . Repairs: [n true and straight lines to dimensions shown on the Drawings
31 4 . Utility Cuts
32 a . In a true and straight line on both sides of the trench
33 b. Minimum of 12 inches outside the trench walls
34 5. Prevent dust and residues from sawing from entering the atmosphere or drainage
35 facilities .
36 B. Removal
37 1. Use care in removing concrete to be repaired to prevent spalling or fracturing
38 concrete adjacent to the repair area.
39 C. Base: as specified in Drawings
CITY OF FORT WORTH Village Creek WRF, Digester Mixing, Flare and Dome Improvements Phase 1
STANDARD CON STRUCTION SPECIFI C ATION DOCUM ENT Citv Proiect No. 102652
Revi sed December 20, 201 2
32 01 29 -4
CONCRETE PAVING REPAIR
Page 4 of 4
I D . Concrete Pavi ng
2 1. Concrete placement: in accordance with Section 32 13 13.
3 2. Reinforce concrete replacement: as specified in Drawings
4 3.5 REPAIR/RESTORATION [NOT USED]
5 3.6 RE-INSTALLATION [NOT USED]
6 3.7 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL [NOT USED]
7 3.8 SYSTEM STARTUP [NOT USED]
8 3.9 ADJUSTING [NOT USED]
9 3.10 CLEANING [NOT USED]
IO 3.11 CLOSEOUT ACTIVITIES [NOT USED]
11 3.12 PROTECTION [NOT USED]
12 3.13 MAINTENANCE [N OT USED]
13 3.14 ATTACHMENTS [NOT USED]
14 END OF SECTION
Revision Log
DATE NAME SUMMARY OF CHANGE
1.2 .A -Modified Items to be included in price bid ; Added blue text for clarification
12/20 /2012 D . Johnson of repair width on uti lity trench repair
2 .2 .C. l -Changed to Class P to C lass H
15
CITY OF FORT WORTH Village Creek WRF, Digester Mixing, Flare and Dome Impro vements Phase I
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICA TTON DOCUMENT Citv Proiect No. 102652
Revised December 20, 20 12
PART 1 -GENERAL
1.01 THE REQUIREMENT
SECTION 32 11 00
SURFACE RESTORATION
A. Provide all labor, equipment, and materials necessary for final grading, topsoil
placement, and miscellaneous site work not included under other Sections but required
to complete the work as shown on the Drawings and specified herein.
1.02 RELATED WORK SPECIFIED ELSEWHERE
A. Section 31 00 01 -Earthwork
B. Section 31 25 00 -Erosion and Sedimentation Control
C. Section 32 90 00 -Final Grading and Landscaping
PART 2-MATERIALS
2.01 TOPSOIL
A. Topsoil shall meet the requirements of Section 31 00 01 -Earthwork .
PART 3 -EXECUTION
3.01 FINAL GRADING
A. Following approval of rough grading the subgrade shall be prepared as follows:
1. For riprap , bare soil 24 inches below finish grade or as directed by Engineer.
2. For topsoil, scarify 2-inches deep at 4 inches below finish grade.
3.02 TOPSOIL PLACEMENT
A. Topsoil shall be placed over all areas disturbed during construction under any contract
except those areas which will be paved, graveled or rip rapped.
B. Topsoil shall be spread in place for lawn and road shoulder seed areas at a 4-inch
consolidated depth and at a sufficient quantity for plant beds and backfill for shrubs and
trees .
CONFORMED , 12/01/2022
FWW VILLAGE CREEK WRF , DIGESTER MIXING , FLARE , DOME IMPROVEMENTS
CITY PROJECT NO. 102652
32 11 00 -1 SURFACE RESTORATION
C. Topsoil shall not be placed in a frozen or muddy condition .
D. Final surface shall be hand or mechanically raked to an even finished surface to finish
grade as shown on Drawings .
E. All stones , roots over 4-inches ,rubbish , and other deleterious materials shall be removed
and disposed of.
CONFORMED , 12/0 1/2022
END OF SECTION
FWW VILLAGE CREEK WRF , DIGESTER M IXI NG , FLARE , DOME IMPROVEMENTS
CITY PROJE CT NO . 102652
32 11 00 -2 SURFACE RESTORATION
32 11 23 -I
FLEXIBLE BASE COURSES
Page I of9
l SECTION 32 11 23
2 FLEXIBLE BASE COURSES
3 PARTl-GENERAL
4 1.1 SUMMARY
5 A. Section Includes:
6 1. Foundation course for surface course or for other base course composed of flexible
7 base constructed in one or more courses in conformity with the typical section.
8 B. Deviations from this City of Fort Worth Standard Specification
9 1. Modified 1.2.A
10 C. Related Specification Sections include, but are not necessarily limited to:
11 1. Division O -Bidding Requirements, Contract Forms, and Conditions of the
12 Contract
13 2. Division 1 -General Requirements
14 1.2 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES
15 A. Measurement and Payment
16 1. MeasuremeAt Work associated with this Item is considered subsidiary to the
17 various items bid. No separate payment will be allowed for this Item.
18 a. MeasuremeAt fer this Item will be by the square yard of PleJlible Base Course
19 for Yarious:
20 1) Depths
21 2) TYJ3es
22 3) Gradations
23 2. PaymeAt
24 a . The work performed and materials furnished in accordance •with this Item and
25 measured as provided uAder "MeasuremeAt" will be paid for at the UAit price
26 bid per square yard of Fle:i<ible Base Course .
27 3. The price bid shall include:
28 a. Preparation and correction of subgrade
29 b . Furnishing of material
30 c. Hauling
31 d . Blading
32 e. Sprinkling
33 f. Compacting
34 1.3 REFERENCES
35 A. Definitions
36 1. RAP -Recycled Asphalt Pavement.
37 B . Reference Standards
38 1. Reference standards cited in this specification refer to the current reference standard
39 published at the time of the latest revision date logged at the end of this
40 specification, unless a date is specifically cited.
41
CITY OF FORT WORTH Village Creek WRF, Digester Mixing. Flare and Dome Improvements Phase I
ST AND ARD CONSTRUCTION SPECTFTCA TION DOCUMENT City Project No. /02652
Revised December 20, 2012
32 11 23 -2
FLEXIBLE BAS E COURSES
Page 2 of9
2. ASTM International (ASTM):
2 a. D698, Standard Test Methods for Laboratory Compaction Characteristics of
3 Soil Using Standard Effort (12 400 ft-lbf/ft3 (600 kN-m/m3))
4 3. Texas Department of Transportation (TXDOT):
5 a. Tex-104-E , Determining Liquid Limits of Soils
6 b. Tex-I 06-E, Calculating the Plasticity Index of Soils
7 c. Tex-107-E, Determining the Bar Linear Shrinkage of Soils
8 d. Tex-110-E , Particle Size Analysis of Soils
9 e . Tex-116-E, Ball Mill Method for Determining the Disintegration of Flexible
10 Base Material
11 f. Tex-117-E, Triaxial Compression for Disturbed Soils and Base Materials
12 g. Tex-411-A, Soundness of Aggregate Using Sodium Sulfate or Magnesium
13 Sulfate
14 h. Tex-413-A, Determining Deleterious Material in Mineral Aggregate
15 1.4 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS [NOT USED]
16 1.5 ACTION SUBMITTALS [NOT USED]
17 1.6 ACTION SUBMITTALS/INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED]
18 1.7 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS [NOT USED]
19 1.8 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED]
20 1.9 QUALITY ASSURANCE [NOT USED]
21 1.10 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING [NOT USED]
22 1.11 FIELD [SITE] CONDITIONS [NOT USED]
23 1.12 WARRANTY [NOT USED]
24 PART 2 -PRODUCTS [NOT USED]
25 2.1 OWNER-FURNISHED PRODUCTS [NOT USED]
26 2.2 MATERIALS
27 A. General
28 1. Furnish uncontaminated materials of uniform quality that meet the requirements of
29 the Drawings and specifications .
30 2. Obtain materials from approved sources.
31 3. Notify City of changes to material sources.
32 4. The City may sample and test project materials at any time before compaction
33 throughout the duration of the project to assure specification compliance.
34 B . Aggregate
35 1. Furnish aggregate of the type and grade shown on the Drawings and conforming to
36 the requirements of Table I.
37 2 . Each source must meet Table 1 requirements for liquid limit, plastiCity index, and
38 wet ball mill for the grade specified.
39 3 . Do not use additives such as but not limited to lime, cement, or fly ash to modify
40 aggregates to meet the requirements of Table I, unless shown on the Drawings .
CITY OF FORT WORTH Village Creek WRF, Digester Mixing. Flare and Dome Improvements Phase I
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENT City Proiect No. 102652
Revised December 20 , 20 12
I
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
32 11 23 - 3
FLEXIBLE BASE COURSES
Table 1
Mt . IR a ena eqmremen s
Prooertv Tes t Method Grade 1 Grade 2
Master gradation sieve
size (% retained)
2-1/2 in. -0
1-3 /4 in . 0 0-10
7/8 in . Tex-110-E 10-35 -
3/8 in . 30-50 -
No.4 45 -65 45-75
No. 40 70-85 60-85
Liauid limit % max .1 Tex-104-E 35 40
PlastiCitv index max .' Tex-106-E 10 12
Wet ball mill % max.2 40 45
Wet ball mill,% max . Tex-116-E increase passing th e 20 20
No. 40 sieve
Classification3 1.0 1.1 -2.3
Min . compressive
strength 3, psi Tex -I I 7-E
lateral pressure O psi 45 35
latera l pressure 15 psi 175 175
I . Determine plastic index in accordance wi th Tex -107-E (linear
shrinkage) when liquid limit is unattainable as defined in
Tex-104-E .
2 . When a soundness valu e is required by the Drawings, te st
material in accordance with Tex-411-A.
3. Meet both th e classification an d the minimum compressive
strength, unless otherwise shown on the Drawings.
4. Material Tolerances
Page 3 of9
a. The City may accept material if no more than I of the 5 most recent gradation
tests has an individual sieve outside the specified limits of the gradation.
b . When target grading is required by the Drawings, no single failing test may
exceed the master grading by more than 5 percentage points on sieves No . 4
and larger or 3 percentage points on sieves smaller than No . 4 .
c. The City may accept material if no more than I of th e 5 most recent plasticity
index tests is outside the specified limit. No single failing test may exceed the
allowable limit by more than 2 points.
5 . Material Type s
a. Do not us e fillers or binders unle ss approved.
b . Furnish the type specified on the Drawings in accordance with the following:
I) Type A
a) Crushed stone produced and graded from oversize quarried aggregate
that originates from a single, naturally occurring source.
b) Do not use gravel or multiple so urce s.
2) Typ e B
a) Only for use as base material for temporary pavement repairs.
b) Do not exceed 20 percent RAP by weight unless shown on Drawings.
3) Type D
a) Type A material or crushed concrete.
b) Crushed concrete containing gravel wi ll be considered Type D
materi al.
CITY OF FORT WORTH Village Creek WRF, Digester Mixing. Flare and Dome Improvements Pha se 1
ST AND ARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFlCA TION DOCUMENT Citv Proiect No . I 02652
Revi sed December 20 , 2012
32 11 23 - 4
FLEXIBLE BASE COURSES
Page 4 of9
1 c) The City may require separate dedicated stockpiles in order to verify
2 compliance .
3 d) Crushed concrete must meet the following requirements:
4 (1) Table 1 for the grade specified.
5 (2) Recycled materials must be free from reinforcing steel and other
6 objectionable material and have at most 1.5 percent deleterious
7 material when tested in accordance with TEX-413-A.
8 C. Water
9 1. Furnish water free of industrial wastes and other objectionable matter.
10 2.3 ACCESSORIES [NOT USED]
11 2.4 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL [NOT USED]
12 PART 3 -EXECUTION
13 3.1 INSTALLERS [NOT USED]
14 3.2 EXAMINATION [NOT USED]
15 3.3 PREPARATION
16 A. General
17 1. Shape the subgrade or existing base to conform to the typical sections shown on the
18 Drawings or as directed.
19 2. When new base is required to be mixed with existing base:
20 a. Deliver, place, and spread the new flexible base in the required amount.
21 b . Manipulate and thoroughly mix the new base with existing material to provide
22 a uniform mixture to the specified depth before shaping.
23 B. Subgrade Compaction
24 1. Proof roll the roadbed before pulverizing or scarifying in accordance with the
25 following:
26 a. Proof Rolling
27 1) City Project Representative must be on-site during proof rolling operations.
28 2) Use equipment that wi ll apply sufficient load to identify soft spots that rut
29 or pump.
30 a) Acceptable equipment includes fully loaded single-axle water truck
31 with a 1500 gallon capacity.
32 3) Make at least 2 passes with the proof roller (down and back= I pass).
33 4) Offset each trip by at most 1 tire width.
34 5) If an unstable or non-uniform area is found, correct the area.
35 b. Correct
36 1) Soft spots that rut or pump greater than 3/4 inch
37 2) Areas that are un stable or non-uniform
38 2. Installation of base material cannot proceed until compacted subgrade approved by
39 the City.
CITY OF FORT WORTH Village Creek WRF, Digester Mixing, Flare and Dome Improvements Phase I
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENT City Proiect No. 102652
Revised December 20, 2012
2
3 3.4 INSTALLATION
4 A. General
32 I I 23 -5
FLEXIBLE BASE COURS E S
Page 5 of9
5 1. Construct each layer uniformly, free of loose or segregated areas , and with the
6 required density and moisture content.
7 2. Provide a smooth surface that conforms to the typical sections, lines, and grades
8 shown on the Drawings or as directed.
9 3. Haul approved flexible base in clean, covered trucks.
IO B. Equipment
I I 1. General
12 a. Provide machinery, tools, and equipment necessary for proper execution of the
13 work .
14 2. Rollers
15
16
17
a . The Contractor may use any type of roller to meet the production rates and
quality requirements of the Contract unless otherwise shown on the Drawings
or directed.
18 b. When specific types of equipment are required, use equipment that meets the
19 specified requirements .
20 c. Alternate Equipment.
21 1) Instead of the specified equipment, the Contractor may, as approved,
22 operate other compaction equipment that produces equivalent results.
23 2) Discontinue the use of the alternate equipment and furnish the specified
24 equipment if the desired results are not achieved.
25 d. City may require Contractor to substitute equipment if production rate and
26 quality requirements of the Contract are not met.
27 C. Placing
28 1 . Spread and shape flexible base into a uniform layer by approved means the same
29 day as delivered unless otherwise approved.
30 2. Place material such that it is mixed to minimize segregation.
31 3. Construct layers to the thickness shown on the Drawings, while maintaining the
32 shape of the course.
33 4 . Where subbase or base course exceeds 6 inches in thickness, construct in 2 or more
34 courses of equal thickness.
35 5 . Minimum lift depth: 3 inches
36 6. Control dust by sprinkling.
37 7 . Correct or replace segregated areas as directed.
38 8 . Place successive base courses and finish courses using the same construction
39 methods required for the first course.
40 D. Compaction
41 1 . General
42 a . Compact using density control unless otherwise shown on the Drawings.
43 b. Multiple lifts are permitted when shown on the Drawings or approved .
CITY OF FORT WORTH Village Creek WRF, Digester Mixing, Flare and Dome Improvements Phase I
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENT Citv Proiect No. 102652
Revi sed December 20, 201 2
32 11 23 - 6
FLEXIBLE BAS E COURS ES
Page 6 of9
c. Bring each layer to the moisture content directed . When necessary, sprinkle the
2 material to the extent necessary to provide not less than the required density .
3 d. Compact the fu ll depth of the subbase or base to the extent necessary to remain
4 firm and stable under construction equipment.
5 2 . Rolling
6 a . Begin rolling longitudinally at the sides and proceed towards the center,
7 overlapping on successive trips by at least 1/2 the width of the roller unit.
8 b . On superelevated curves , begin rolling at the low side and progress toward the
9 high side .
10 c. Offset alternate trips of the roller.
11 d. Operate rollers at a speed between 2 and 6 mph as directed.
12 e . Rework, recompact, and refinish material that fails to meet or that loses
13 required moisture, density, stability, or finish before the next course is placed or
14 the project is accepted.
15 f . Continue work until specification requirements are met.
16 g . Proof roll the compacted flexible base in accordance with the following:
17 1) Proof Rolling
18 a) City Project Representative mus t be on-site during proof rolling
19 operations .
20 b) Use equipment that will apply sufficient load to identify soft spots that
21 rut or pump .
22 (1) Acceptable equipment includes fully loaded single-axle water truck
23 with a 1500 ga llon capacity.
24 c) Make at least 2 pas ses with the proof roller (down and back = 1 pass).
25 d) Offset each trip by at most 1 tire width.
26 e) If an unstable or non-uniform area is found, correct the area .
27 2) Correct
28 a) Soft spots that rut or pump greater than 3/4 inch .
29 b) Areas that are unstable or non-uniform.
30 3 . Tolerances
31 a . Maintain the shape of the course by blading.
32 b . Completed surface shall be smooth and in conformity with the typical sections
33 shown on the Drawings to the established lines and grades .
34 c. For subgrade beneath paving surfaces , correct any deviation in excess of 1/4
35 inch in cross section in length greater than 16 feet measured longitudinally by
36 loosening, adding or removing material. Reshape and recompact by sprinkling
37 and rolling .
38 d . Correct all fractures , settlement or segregation immediately by scarifying the
39 areas affected, adding suitable material as required. Reshape and recompact by
40 sprinkling and rolling.
41 e. Should the subbase or base course, due to any reason, lose the required
42 stability , density and finish before the surfacing is complete, it shall be
43 recompacted at the sole expense of the Contractor.
44 4 . Density Control
45 a. Minimum Density: 95 percent compaction as determined by ASTM D698 .
46 b. Moisture content: minus 2 to plus 4 of optimum .
47 E . Finishing
C ITY OF FORT WORTH Village Creek WRF, Digester Mixing, Flare and Dome Improvements Phase I
STANDARD CO N STRUCTION SPECIFT C A TION DOCUM ENT Citv Proiect No. 102652
Revised December 20, 2012
32 11 23 -7
FLEXIBLE BASE COURSE S
1. After completing compaction, clip, skin, or tight-blade the surface with a
maintainer or subgrade trimmer to a depth of approximately 1/4 inch .
2. Remove loosened material and dispose of it at an approved location.
Page 7 of9
2
3
4
5
3. Seal the clipped surface immediately by rolling with an appropriate size pneumatic
tire roller until a smooth surface is attained .
6
7
8
4. Add small increments of water as needed during rolling.
5. Shape and maintain the course and surface in conformity with the typical sections ,
lines, and grades as shown on the Drawings or as directed.
9
10
11
6. In areas where surfacing is to be placed, correct grade deviations greater than 1/4
inch in 16 feet measured longitudinally or greater than 1/4 inch over the entire
width of the cross-section .
12
13
7. Correct by loosening , adding, or removing material.
8. Reshape and recompact in accordance with 3.4 .C .
14 3.5 REPAIR/RESTORATION [NOT USED]
15 3.6 RE-INSTALLATION [NOT USED]
16 3.7 QUALITY CONTROL
17 A. Density Test
18 1. Contractor to measure density of flexible base course .
19 a. Notify City Project Representative when flexible base ready for density testing.
20 b . Spacing directed by City (1 per 200 LF sleek minifRufR).
21 c . City Project Representative determines location of density testing .
22 3.8 SYSTEM STARTUP [NOT USED]
23 3.9 ADJUSTING [NOT USED]
24 3.10 CLEANING [NOT USED]
25 3.11 CLOSEOUT ACTIVITIES [NOT USED]
26 3.12 PROTECTION [NOT USED]
27 3.13 MAINTENANCE [NOT USED]
28 3.14 ATTACHMENTS [NOT USED]
29 END OF SECTION
30
31
32
Revision Log
DATE NAME SUMMARY OF CHANGE
CITY OF FORT WORTH Village Creek WRF, Digester Mixing. Flare and Dome Improvements Phase 1
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFIC ATION DOCUMENT City Proiect No.102652
R ev ised December 20, 201 2
PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK
32 11 23 -8
FLEXIBLE BAS E COURSES
Page 8 of9
CITY OF FO RT WORTH Village Creek WRF, Digester Mixing, Flare and Dome Improvements Phase 1
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFTCA TTON DOCUMENT City Proiect No. 102652
Revi se d Dece mber 20, 20 12
32 11 29 - I
LIM E TR EATED BASE COU RS ES
Page I of 11
SECTION 32 11 29
2 LIME TREATED BASE COURSES
3 PARTl-GENERAL
4 1.1 SUMMARY
5 A . Section Includes:
6 1. Treating subgrade, subbase and base courses by the pulverization, addition of lime ,
7 mixing and compacting the mix material to the required density .
8 2 . Item applies to the natural ground, embankment, existing pavement; base or
9 subbase courses placed and shall conform to the typical section , lines and grades
10 shown on the Drawings .
11 B . Deviations from this City of Fort Worth Standard Specification
12 1. Modified 1.2.A
13 C. Related Specification Sections include , but are not necessarily limited to :
14 1. Division O -Bidding Requirements , Contract Forms, and Condition s of the Contract
15 2 . Division 1 -General Requirements
16 3 . Section 31 23 23 -Borrow
17 4. Section 32 11 23 -Flexible Base Courses
18 1.2 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES
19 A. Measurement and Payment
20 1. Hydrated Lime , Commercial Lime Slurry, and Quicklime
21 a. Measl:tfeffl.ent Work associated with this Item is considered subsidiary to
22 the various items bid. No separate payment will be allowed for this Item.
23 1) Meas1:1reffl.eet fer this Iteffl. shall be by the tee (Elry weight) ef Hydrated
24 Lime 1:1sed te prepare slurry at the jeb site .
25 b . Payffl.eet
26 1) The werk tJerfefffl.ed aed ffl.aterials furnished ie aeeerdaeee with this lteffl.
27 and measl:tfed as preYided 1:1nder "Meas1:1rement " will be paid fer at the 1:1nit
28 priee bid per tee ef Hydrated Liffle.
29 c . The price bid shall include :
30 1) Furnishing th e material
31 2) All fr e ight in v ol v ed
32 3) All unloading, storin g, and handling
33 2 . Cemmereial Liffle ShHTy
34 a. Meas1:1rement
35 1) Meas1:1reffl.eet fer this lteffl shall be by the tee (dry weiget) as eale1:1lated
36 frem the miAiml:¼ffl. pereeAt dr)' selids eeeteAt ef the sh:lFF)' m1:1ltiplied bJ' the
37 weight ef the slHfFY in tens deli 1,'ered.
38 b. PayffleAt
39 I) The vterk perfenned and material s furnished in aeeerdaAee with this Item
40 aed ffl.ea sl:tfed as preYided l¼eder "Measl:tfeffl.eet" will be paid fer at the 1:lflit
41 priee bid per ten ef Cemmereial Liffle Slw=ry .
42 e . The priee bid shall i:Rel1:1de:
C IT Y OF FORT WORTH Village Creek WRF, Digester Mixing. Flare and Dome Improvements Phase I
STANDARD CON STRUC TION SPECJFI CA TJ ON DOCUMENT Citv Proiect No. 102652
Revised December 20, 2012
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
l) furnishing the material
2) All freight inYolved
3) All unloading, storing , and handling
3 . Quieldime
a . Measurement
32 11 29 -2
LIME TR EATE D BAS E COURSES
Page 2 of 11
I) Measurement for this Item shall be b:,• the ton (a:ry weight) of Quieklime.
Measurement for QHieklirAe in slurry form shall ee measured ey the ton
(a:ry 1.veight) of the Quieklime used to prepare the sll:H'f)'.
e. Payment
I) The work performed and materials furnished ia aeeordanee with this Item
and measured as pro•,rided under "Measurement" will be paid for at the ooit
priee eid per toe of Quieklime.
e. The priee bid shall inelude:
I) PHrnishing the material
2) All freight i:BvolYed
3) All unloading, storing, aad handling
4. Lime Treatment
a. MeasHremeat Work associated with this Item is considered subsidiary to
the various items bid. No separate payment will be allowed for this Item.
I) Measurement for this Item shall be by the square :,•ard of surfaee area as
estaelished by the v,idths sho•Nn oa the Drawings and the leagths measured
at plaeerAeat.
b . Paymeat
l) The work performed aad rAaterials furnished in aeeordanee v,ith this lterA
and measured as provided under "Measurement" 1.vill be paid for at the ooit
priee bid per square yard of Lime Treatment applied for:
a) Various depths
c. The price bid shall include:
I) Preparing the roadbed
2) Loosening, pulverizing application of lime, water content in the slurry
mixture and the mixing water
3) Mixing, shaping, sprinkling, compacting, finishing, curing and maintaining
4) Performing all manipulations required
34 1.3 REFERENCES
35 A. Definitions
36 1. Hydrated Lime : dry powdered material consisting of calcium hydroxide.
37 2. Commercial Lime Slurry: liquid mixture of hydrated lime solids and water
38 delivered to a project in slurry form.
39 3. Quicklime: dry material consisting of calcium oxide furnished in either of two
40 grades :
41 a. Grade OS -grade of"pebble" quicklime suitable for use in the preparation of
42 slurry for wet placing.
43 b . Grade S -finely graded quicklime for use only in the preparation of slurry for
44 wet placing.
45 B . Reference Standards
CITY OF FORT WORTH Village Creek WRF, Digester Mixing, Flare and Dome Improvements Phase I
ST ANDA RD CONST RU CTTON SPECIFICA TTON DO CUMEN T City Proiect No . ./02652
R evised December 20 , 2012
32 11 29 -3
LIME TREATED BA SE COURS ES
Page 3 of 11
1 I . Reference standards cited in this specification refer to the current reference standard
2 published at the time of the latest revision date logged at the end of this
3 specification , unless a date is specifically cited .
4 2 . ASTM International (ASTM):
5 a. D698 , Standard Test Methods for Laboratory Compaction Characteristics of
6 Soil Using Standard Effort (12 400 ft-lbf/ft3 (600 kN-rn/m3))
7 b . D6938, Standard Test Method for In-Place Density and Water Content of Soil
8 and Soil-Aggregate by Nuclear Methods (Shallow Depth)
9 3 . Texas Department of Transportation (TXDOT):
10 a . Tex-101-E, Preparing Soil and Flexible Base Materials for Testing
11 b . Tex-140-E, Measuring Thickness of Pavement Layer
12 c . Tex-600-J , Sampling and Testing of Hydrated Lime, Quicklime and
13 Commercial Lime Slurry
14 1.4 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS [NOT USEDJ
15 1.5 ACTION SUBMITTALS [NOT USED]
16 1.6 ACTION SUBMITT ALS/INFORMA TIONAL SUBMITT ALS [NOT USED]
17 1.7 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS [NOT USED]
18 1.8 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTLAS [NOT USED]
19 1.9 QUALITY ASSURANCE [NOT USED]
20 1.10 DELIVERY AND STORAGE
21 A. Truck Delivered Lime
22 1. Each truck ticket shall bear the weight of lime measured on certified scales.
23 2. Submit delivery tickets , certified by supplier, that include weight with each bulk
24 delivery of lime to the site.
25 1.11 SITE CONDITIONS
26 A . Start lime application only when the air temperature is at least 35 °F and rising or is at
27 least 40°F. Measure temperature in the shade and away from artificial heat.
28 B . Suspend application when the City determines that weather conditions are unsuitable .
29 1.12 WARRANTY [NOT USED]
30 PART 2 -PRODUCTS
31 2.1 OWNER-FURNISHED PRODUCTS [NOT USED]
32 2.2 MATERIALS
33 A. General
34 1. Furnish uncontaminated materials of uniform quality that meet the requirements of
35 the Drawings and specifications .
36 2 . Notify the City of the proposed material sources and of changes to material sources.
37 3. Obtain verification from the City that the specification requirements are met before
38 using the sources.
39 4 . The City may sample and test project materials at any time before compaction.
CITY OF FORT WORTH Village Creek WRF, Digester Mixing, Flare and Dome Improvements Phase I
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPEC IFT CA TTON DOCUMENT City Proiect No . 102652
Revised Decemb er 20 , 201 2
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
B . Lime
1. Hydrated Lime
a . pumpable suspension of solids in water
32 11 29 - 4
LIM E TR EA TED BASE COURS ES
Page 4 of 11
b. solids portion of the mixture when considered as a basis of "solids content,"
sha ll consist of principally hydrated lime of a quality and fineness sufficient to
meet the chemical and physical requirements.
2. Dry Lime: Do not use unless approved by City.
3. Quicklime
a. Use quicklime only when specified by the City.
b . dry material consisting of essentially calcium oxide .
c . Furnished in either of two grades :
1) Grade DS
2) Grade S
4. Furnish lim e that meets the following requirements
a. Chemical Requirements
Table 2
1me Ch . IR em1ca eqmrements
Hydrated Commercial Lime
Lime Slurrv
Tota l "active" lim e 90.0 Min 87 .0 Min
content, percent by
weight
U nhy drated lime 5.0 Max
content , p ercent b y
weight CaO
"Free Water" 5.0 Max
content, percent by
weight water
b . Physical Requirements
Table 3
one Ph . IR 1ys1ca t eqmremen s
Hydrated Commercial Lime
Lime Sl urrv
Wet Sieve Requirement, As
percentage by Weight
Re sidue:
Retain e d on No. 6 sieve 0 .2 Max 0 .2 Max
Reta ined on No. 30 sieve 4 .0 Max 4 .0 Max
Dry Sieve Requirement, As
percentage by Weight
Residue:
Retained on a I -in s ieve
Retained on a 3/4 -in s ieve
Retained on a No. I 00
s ieve
Retained on a No. 6 sieve 0 .2 M ax 0 .2 Max
Quicklime
87.0 Min
Quicklime
8.0 M ax 1
0.0
10 .0 M ax
Grade O s -80 Min
Grade S -no limits
8.0 Max 1
I The amo unt tot al "active " lime content, as CaO , in th e materia l retained on the o. 6 sieve must not
exceed 2.0 % bv weieht of the original aui ck lim e.
c. Slurry Grades
CITY OF FORT WORTH Village Creek WRF, Digester Mixing, Flare and Dome Improvements Phase I
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENT City Proiect No . 102652
Rev ise d December 20, 20 12
32 11 2 9 -5
LIM E TREATED BASE COURSE S
I
2
3
Grade I
Grade 2
Grade 3
Page 5 of 11
Table 4
L. SI G d 1me urry ra es
Minimum Dry Solids Contents
bv Percenta11:e of the Slurry
31
35
46
4 C. Flexible Base Courses: Furnish base material that meets the requirements of Section 32
5 11 23 , for the type and grade shown on the Drawings, before the addition of lime .
6 D . Water: Furnish water free of industrial wastes and other objectionable material.
7 E. Borrow: See Section 31 23 23.
8 2.3 ACCESSORIES rNOT USED]
9 2.4 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL [NOT USED]
10 PART 3-EXECUTION
11 3.1 INST ALLERS rNOT USED]
12 3.2 EXAMINATION [NOT USED]
13 3.3 PREPARATION
14 A. Shape the subgrade or existing base to conform to the typical sections shown on the
15 Drawings or as directed.
16 3.4 INSTALLATION
17 A. General
18 1. Produce a completed course of treated material containing:
19 a . uniform lime mixture, free from loose or segregated areas .
20 b . uniform density and moisture content.
21 c . well bound for full depth.
22 d. with smooth surface and suitable for placing subsequent courses .
23 2. Maximum layer depth of lime treatment in single layer: 8 inches.
24 3. For treated subgrade exceeding 8 inches deep , pulverize, apply lime , mix, compact
25 and finish in equal layers not exceeding 5 inches deep .
26 B. Equipment
27 1. General: Provide machinery, tools , and equipment necessary for proper execution
28 of the work.
29 2. Rollers
30 a . The Contractor may use any type of roller to meet the production rates and
31 quality requirements of the Contract unless otherwise shown on the Drawings
32 or directed.
33 b . When specific types of equipment are required, use equipment that meets the
34 specified requirements.
35 c . Alternate Equipment
36 1) Instead of the specified equipment, the Contractor may, as approved,
37 operate other compaction equipment that produces equi valent results.
C ITY OF FORT WORTH Village Creek WRF, Digester Mixing. Flare and Dome Improvements Phase 1
STANDARD CONSTRU CTION SPECIFIC A TTON DOCUME NT City Proiect No . 102652
R evised December 20 , 201 2
32 11 29 -6
LIM E TREATED BAS E COURSES
Page 6 of 11
2) Discontinue the use of the alternate equipment and furnish the specified
2 equipment if the desired results are not achieved.
3 d. City may require Contractor to substitute equipment if production rate and
4 quality requirements of the Contract are not met.
5 3. Storage Facility
6 a. Store quicklime and dry hydrated lime in closed, weatherproof containers.
7 4 . Slurry Equipment
8 a. Use slurry tanks equipped with agitation devices to slurry hydrated lime or
9 quicklime on the project or other approved location.
10 b. The City may approve other slurrying methods.
11 c. Provide a pump for agitating the slurry when the distributor truck is not
12 equipped with an agitator.
13 5. Pulverization Equipment
14 a. Provide pulverization equipment that:
15 l) Cuts and pulverizes material uniformly to the proper depth with cutters that
16 plane to a uniform surface over the entire width of the cut
17 2) Provides a visible indication of the depth of cut at all times, and uniformly
18 mixes the materials
19 C. Pulverization
20 1. Pulverize or scarify existing material after shaping so that l 00 percent passes a 2
21 1 /2 inch sieve.
22 2. If the material cannot be uniformly processed to the required depth in a single pass,
23 excavate and windrow the material to expose a secondary grade to achieve
24 processing to depth as shown in the Drawings.
25 D . Application of Lime
26 1. Uniformly apply lime as shown on the Drawings or as directed.
27 2 . Add lime at the percentage specified in Drawings.
28 3. Apply lime only on an area where mixing can be completed during the same
29 working day .
30 4. Minimize dust and scattering of lime by wind . Do not apply lime when wind
31 conditions , in the opinion of the City, cause blowing lime to become dangerous to
32 traffic or objectionable to adjacent property owners.
33 5. Slurry Placement
34 a. Hydrated Lime
35 1) Mix Lime with water and apply slurry
36 2) Apply Type B, commercial lime slurry, with a lime percentage not less
37 applicable for grade used
38 3) Distribute lime at the rate shown on the Drawings
39 4) Make successive passes over a measured surface of roadway until the
40 proper moisture and lime content have been achieved.
41 b. Quicklime
42 l) Spread the residue for the Quicklime slurrying procedure uniformly over
43 the length of the roadway.
44 2) Residue is primarily inert material with little stabilizing value; however,
45 may contain a small amount of Quicklime particles that slake slowly. A
46 concentration of these particles could cause the compacted stabilized
47 material to swell during slaking .
C ITY OF FORT WORTH Village Creek WRF, Digester Mixing, Flare and Dome Improvements Phase I
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENT Citv Proiect No. 102652
Re vised December 20, 2012
32 11 29 • 7
LIM E TREA TE D BA SE COURS ES
Page 7 of 11
1 E. Mixing
2 1. Begin mixing w ithin 6 hours of application of lime.
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
2. Hydrated lime exposed to the open air for 6 hours or more between application and
mixing , or that experiences excessive loss due to washing or blowing, will not be
accepted for payment.
3 . Thoroughly mix the material and lime using approved equipment.
4. Mix until a homogeneous , friable mixture of material and lime is obtained, free
from all clods and lumps .
5 . Do not mix greater than 1 inch deeper than the stabilization depth specified.
6. Materials containing plastic clay or other materials that are not readily mixed with
lime shall be mixed as thoroughly as possible at the time of lime application,
brought to the proper moisture content and sealed with a pneumatic roller.
7. Allow the mixture to cure for 72 hours or as directed by City.
8. When pebble grade quicklime is used, allow the mixture to cure for 2 to 4 days .
9. Sprinkle the treated materials during the mixing and curing operation to achieve
adequate hydration and proper moisture content.
10 . After curing , re sume mixing until a homogeneous , friable mixture is obtained .
11. After mixing, City will sample the mixture at roadway moisture and test in
accordance wi th Tex-101-E , Part III , to determine compliance with the gradation
requirements in Table 5 .
Table 5
Gra dation Requirements (Minimum % Pass ing)
Sieve Size Base
1-3 /4 in . 100
3/4 in . 85
No.4 60
24 F. Compaction
25 1. General
26 a . Begin compaction immediately after final mixing .
27 b . Aerate and sprinkle as necessary to provide optimum moisture content.
28 c . Multiple lifts are permitted when shown on the Drawings or approved.
29 d . Bring each layer to the moisture content directed.
30 2. Rolling
3 1 a . Begin rolling longitudinally at the side s and proceed toward the center,
32 ov erlapping on successive trips by at least one-half the width of the roll er unit.
33 b . On supere levated curves, begin rolling at the low side and progress toward the
34 high side .
35 c. Offset alternate trips of the roller.
36 d. Operate rollers at a speed between 2 and 6 MPH or as directed .
37 e . Rework, recompact, and refinish material that fails to me et or that loses
38 required moisture , density , stability , or finish before the next course is placed or
39 the proj ect is accepted .
40 1) Continue work until sp ecification re quirements are met.
41 2) Rework in accordan ce with Maintenance item of thi s Section.
42 f. Proof roll the lime treated base cours e in accordance with the following :
43 I) ProofRolling
CITY O F FORT WORT H Village Creek WRF, Digester Mixing, Flare and Dome Improvements Phase I
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENT Citv Proiect No. 102652
Revised Decem ber 20, 20 12
32 11 29 - 8
LIME TREATED BASE COURS ES
Page 8 of 11
a) City Project Representative must be on-site during proof rolling
2 operations.
3 b) Use equipment that will apply sufficient load to identify soft spots that
4 rut or pump.
5 (1) Acceptable equipment includes fully loaded single-axle water truck
6 with a 1500 gallon capacity.
7 c) Make at least 2 passes with the proof roller (down and back= 1 pass).
8 d) Offset each trip by at most 1 tire width.
9 e) If an unstable or non-uniform area is found , correct the area.
10 2) Correct
11 a) Soft spots that rut or pump greater than 3/4 inch.
12 b) Areas that are unstable or non-uniform.
13 3 . Density Control
14 a. Compact until the entire depth of the mixture has achieved a uniform density of
15 not less than 95 percent of the maximum density as determined by ASTM
16 D698.
17 b. Moisture content: minus 2 to plus 4 optimum.
18 G. Maintenance
19 1. Maintain the completed soil lime base in good condition, satisfactory to the City as
20 to grade , crown and cross section until the overlaying or next course is constructed.
21 2 . Keep surface of the compacted course moist until covered by other base or
22 pavement.
23 3. Reworking a Section
24 a. When a section is reworked within 72 hours after completion of compaction,
25 rework the section to provide the required density.
26 b . When a section is reworked more than 72 hours after completion of
27 compaction, add additional lime at 25 percent of the percentage specified.
28 c. Reworking includes loosening , adding material or removing unacceptable
29 material if necessary, mixing as directed, compacting, and finishing.
30 H. Finishing
31 I . After completing compaction of the final course, clip , skin, or tight-blade the
32 surface of the lime-treated material with a maintainer or subgrade trimmer to a
33 depth of approximately 1/4 inch.
34 2. Remove loosened material and dispose of at an approved location.
35 3 . Roll the clipped surface immediately with a pneumatic tire roller until a smooth
36 surface is attained.
37 4 . Add small amounts of water as needed during rolling.
38 5. Shape and maintain the course and surface in conformity with the typical sections,
39 lines, and grades shown on the Drawings or as directed.
40 I. Curing
41 I. Cure for the minimum number of days shown in Table 6 and by finished pavement
42 type:
43 a. Concrete pavement
44 1) Sprinkle with water
45 2) Maintain moisture during curing
C ITY OF FORT WORTH Village Creek WRF, Digester Mixing, Flare and Dome Improvements Phase 1
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECTFICATTON DOCUMENT City Proiect No.102652
Revised D ecember 20 , 2012
32 11 29 -9
LIME TREATED BASE COURSES
Page 9 of 11
2
3
4
5
3) Do not allow equipment on the finished course during curing except as
required for sprinkling.
b . Asphalt Pavement
1) Apply an asphalt material at a rate of 0 .05 to 0 .2 0 gallon per square yard.
2) Do not allow equipment on the finished course during curing.
6
7
Table 6
Minimum Curio Re uirements Before Placin uent Courses 1
Untreated Material Curio
PI ~ 35 2
PI > 35 5
I. Subject to the approval of the City. Proof rolling may be required as
an indicator of adequate curing .
8
9
2. Begin paving operations or add courses within 14 calendar days of final
compaction.
10 3.5 REPAIR/RESTORATION rNoT USED]
11 3.6 RE-INSTALLATION [NOT USED]
12 3.7 QUALITY CONTROL
13 A. Density Test
14 1. City Project Representative must be on site during density testing
15 2. Contractor to measure density oflime treated base course in accordance with
16 ASTM D6938 .
17 3. Spacing directed by City (1 per 200 LF hleek minimum).
18 4. City Project Representative determines density testing locations.
19 B. Depth Test
20 1. In-place depth will be evaluated for each 500-foot roadway section
21 2. Determine in accordance with Tex-140-E in hand excavated holes.
22 3. For each 250 ~-foot section, 3 phenolphthalein tests will be performed.
23 4 . City Project Representative determines depth testing location s.
24 3.8 SYSTEM STARTUP [NOT USED]
25 3.9 ADJUSTING [NOT USED]
26 3.10 CLEANING [NOT USED]
27 3.11 CLOSEOUT ACTIVITIES [NOT USED]
28 3.12 PROTECTION [NOT USED]
29 3.13 MAINTENANCE [NOT USED]
30 3.14 ATTACHMENTS [NOT USED]
31 END OF SECTION
Revision Log
DATE NAME SUMMARY OF CHA GE
CITY OF FORT WORTH Village Creek WRF. Dil!ester Mixing, Flare and Dome Improvements Phase I
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICA TJON DOCUMENT City Proiect No. 102652
Revised December 20 , 2012
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
PAGE INTENTIONALLY L EFT BLANK
32 11 29 -IO
LIME TREATED BASE COURS ES
Page 10 of 11
CITY OF FORT WORTH Village Creek WRF, Digester Mixing, Flare and Dome Improvements Phase 1
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECTFTCA TTON DOCUMENT Citv Proiect No. 102652
Revised December 20 , 2012
I SECTION 32 12 16
2 ASPHALT PAVING
3 PART 1-GENERAL
4 1.1 SUMMARY
5 A. Section Includes :
32 12 16 -I
ASPHALT PA VlNG
Page I of26
6 1. Constructing a pavement layer composed of a compacted, dense-graded mixture of
7 aggregate and asphalt binder for surface or base courses
8 B. Deviations from this City of Fort Worth Standard Specification
9 1. Modified 1.2.A
10 C. Related Specification Sections include, but are not necessarily limited to :
11 1. Division O -Bidding Requirements, Contract Forms, and Conditions of the Contract
12 2 . Division 1 -General Requirements
13 3. Section 32 01 17 -Permanent Asphalt Paving Repair
14 1.2 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES
15 A . Measurement and Payment
16 1. Asphalt Pavement
17 a . Measurement and Payment
18 1) Meam:tremeet for this Item shall be by the StJ:Uare yard of eompleted aed
19 aeeepted asphalt paYemeet ie its fieal positioe for various: Work
20 associated with this Item is considered subsidiary to the various items
21 bid. No separate payment will be allowed for this Item.
22 a) Thielrnesses
23 b) Types
24 b. Paymeet
25 1) The work performed and materials furnished in aeeordaeee with this Item
26 aed measured as proYided ueder "Measuremeet" vlill be paid for at the ueit
27 priee bid per
28 c . The price bid shall include:
29 1) Shaping and fine grading the placement area
30 2) Furnishing, loading, unloading , storing, hauling and handling all materials
31 including freight and royalty
32 3) Traffic control for all testing
33 4) Asphalt, aggregate, and additive
34 5) Materials and work needed for corrective action
35 6) Trial batches
36 7) Tack coat
37 8) Removal and/or sweeping excess material
38 2 . H.M .A.C . Transition
39 a . Measurement and Payment
CITY O F FORT WORTH Village Creek WRF, Digester Mixing, Flare and Dome Improvements Phase I
ST AND ARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFT C A TTON DOCUME NT Citv Proiect No. 102652
Revised D ecember 20 , 201 2
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
321216-2
ASPHALTPAVTNG
Page 2 of26
I) Measurement for this Item shall be b)· the ton of eomposite Hot Mix
Asphalt requires for H.M.AC. Traesitioa. Work associated with this
Item is considered subsidiary to the various items bid. No separate
payment will be allowed for this Item.
b. Payment
I) Tee work perfonnes aes materials furnishes ie aeeorsaeee 1,vite this Item
ans measlH'ea as pro•liaes unser "Measurement" will be pais for at the unit
priee bis per toe of Hot Mix As13ealt.
c . The price bid shall include:
l) Shaping and fine grading the roadbed
2) Furnishing, loading, unloadi ng , storing, hauling and handling all materials
including freight and royalty
3) Traffic control for all testing
4) Asphalt, aggregate, and additive
5) Materials and work needed for corrective action
6) Trial batches
7) Tack coat
8) R emoval and/or sweeping excess material
3. Asphalt Base Course
a. Measurement and Payment
1) Measuremeat for thi s Item shall be b)' tee square yars of Asphalt Base
Course eompletes ans aeeeptes in its final position for: Work associated
with this Item is considered subsidiary to the various items bid. No
separate payment will be allowed for this Item.
a) Various te:ielrnesses
b) Various types
b. Payment
I) Tee vrork perfonnea aas materials furnishes i-fl aeeorsaeee with this Item
ans measlH'es as pro1lises Uflser "MeaslH'ement" will be pais for at the Uflit
priee bis per square yars of Asphalt Base Course.
c. The price bid shall include:
1) Shaping and fine grading the roadbed
2) Furnishing, loading, unloading, storing, hauling and handling all materials
including freight and royalty
3) Traffic control for all testing
4) Asphalt , aggregate, and additive
5) Materials and work needed for corrective action
6) Trial batches
7) Tack coat
8) R emoval and/or swee ping excess material
4. H.M.A.C. Pavement Le ve l Up
a. Measurement and Payment
1) Measuremeet for this Item shall be by tee toa ofH.M.A .C. eompletes aes
aeeeptes in its final position . Work associated with this Item is
considered subsidiary to the various items bid. No separate payment
will be allowed for this Item.
b . Payment
CITY OF FORT WORTH Village Creek WRF. Digester Mixing, Flare and Dom e lmprovements Pha se I
ST ANDA RD CONSTR UCTION SPECIFICA TI ON DOCUMENT City Proiect No. 102652
Revised December 20, 20 12
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
321216-3
ASPHALT PA VTNG
Page 3 of26
1) The vrork perfornted a-nd ll'laterials fumished ifl aeeordaAee with this Item
and measw=ed as provided under "Measuremeat" will be paid fur at the uait
priee bid per tofl of H.M.A.C.
c. The price bid shall include:
1) Shaping and fine grading the roadbed
2) Furnishing , loading, unloading, storing, hauling and handling all materials
including freight and royalty
3) Traffic control for all testing
4) Asphalt, aggregate, and additive
5) Materials and work needed for corrective action
6) Trial batches
7) Tack coat
8) Removal and/or sweeping excess material
5. H.M.A.C . Speed Cushion
a . Measurement and Payment
l) Measw=ement for this Item shall be per eaeh H.M.A.C . Speed Cushion
iAstalled. Work associated with this Item is considered subsidiary to the
various items bid. No separate payment will be allowed for this Item.
b . Payment
I) The work perfurnted afld ll'laterials furnished in aeeordaflee with this lte!l'l
and measw=ed as preYided uader "Measw=ement" will be paid fur at the unit
priee bid per eaeh H.M.A.C. Speed C1:1shioA iflstalled aAd aeeepted in its
final position .
c. The price bid shall include:
1) Shaping and fine grading the roadbed
2) Furnishing, loading, unloading, storing, hauling and handling all materials
including freight and royalty
3) Traffic control for all testing
4) Asphalt, aggregate, and additive
5) Materials and work needed for corrective action
6) Trial batches
7) Tack coat
8) Removal and/or sweeping excess material
34 1.3 REFERENCES
35 A. Abbreviations and Acronyms
36 1. RAP (reclaimed asphalt pavement)
37 2 . SAC (surface aggregate classification)
38 3 . BRSQC (Bituminous Rated Source Quality Catalog)
39 4 . AQMP (Aggregate Quality Monitoring Program)
40 5 . H.M .A .C. (Hot Mix Asphalt Concrete)
41 6. WMA (Warm Mix Asphalt)
42 B . Reference Standards
43 1. Reference standards cited in this specification refer to the current reference standard
44 published at the time of the latest revision date logged at the end of this
45 specification, unless a date is specifically cited.
46 2. National Institute of Standards and Technology (NIST)
CITY OF FORT WORTH Village Creek WRF. Digester Mixing, Flare and Dom e Improvements Pha se I
ST AND ARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENT Citv Proiect No. I 02652
Revised December 20 , 2012
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
32 12 16 -4
ASPHALT PAVING
Page 4 of26
a. Handbook 44 -2007 Edition: Specifications, Tolerances, and Other Technical
Requirements for Weighing and Measuring Devices
3. ASTM International (ASTM):
a . ASTM D6084 -06 Standard Test Method for Elastic Recovery of Bituminous
Materials by Ductilometer
4. American Association of State Highway and Transportation Officials
a. MP2 Standard Specification for Superpave Volumetric Mix Design
b . PP28 Standard Practice for Superpave Volumetric Design for Hot Mix Asphalt
(HMA)
c . T 201 , Kinematic Viscosity of Asphalts (Bitumens)
d. T 202 Standard Method of Test for Viscosity of Asphalts by Vacuum Capillary
Viscometer
e . T 316 Standard Method of Test for Viscosity Determination of Asphalt Binder
Using Rotational Viscometer
f . TP 1-93 Test Method for Determining the Flexural Creep Stiffness of Asphalt
Binder Using the Bending Beam Rheometer (BBR)
5. Texas Department of Transportation
a. Bituminous Rated Source Quality Catalog (BRSQC)
b . TEX 100-E, Surveying and Sampling Soils for Highways
c . Tex 106-E, Calculating the Plasticity Index of Soils
d . Tex 107-E, Determining the Bar Linear Shrinkage of Soils
e . Tex 200-F, Sieve Analysis of Fine and Coarse Aggregates
f. Tex 203-F, Sand Equivalent Test
g . Tex-204-F , Design of Bituminous Mixtures
h. Tex-207-F , Determining Density of Compacted Bituminous Mixtures
t. Tex 217-F, Determining Deleterious Material and Decantation Test for Coarse
Aggregates
J. Tex-226-F , Indirect Tensile Strength Test
k . Tex-227-F , Theoretical Maximum Specific Gravity of Bituminous Mixtures
I. Tex-243-F, Tack Coat Adhesion
m . Tex-244-F , Thermal profile of Hot Mix Asphalt
n. Tex 280-F, Determination of Flat and Elongated Particles
o . Tex 406-A, Material Finer Than 75 µm (No. 200) Sieve in Mineral Aggregates
(Decantation Test for Concrete Aggregates)
p . Tex 408-A, Organic Impurities in Fine Aggregate for Concrete
q. Tex 410-A, Abrasion of Coarse Aggregate using the Los Angeles Machine
r. Tex 411-A, Soundness of Aggregate by Using Sodium Sulfate or Magnesium
s. Tex 460-A , Determining Crushed Face Particle Count
t. Tex 461-A, Degradation of Coarse Aggregate by Micro-Deval Abrasion
u . Sulfate
v . Tex-530-C , Effect of Water on Bituminous Paving Mixtures
w . Tex-540-C, Measurement of Polymer Separation on Heating in Modified
Asphalt Systems
x . Tex-541-C, Rolling Thin Film Oven Test for Asphalt Binders
y. Tex-920-K, Verifying the Accuracy of Drum Mix Plant Belt Scales
z. Tex-921-K, Verifying the Accuracy of Hot Mix Plant Asphalt Meters
aa. Tex 923-K, Verifying the Accuracy of Liquid Additive Metering Systems
C ITY OF FORT WORTH Village Creek WRF, Digester Mixing, Flare and Dome Improvements Phase I
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENT City Proiect No. 102652
Revised December 20, 2012
1.4 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS [NOT USED]
321216-5
ASPHALT PA YING
Page 5 of26
2 1.5 ACTION SUBMITT ALS [NOT USED]
3 1.6 ACTION SUBMITTALS/INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS
4 A. Asphalt Paving M ix Design: Submit for approval. See 2 .2 .B . l.
5 1.7 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS [NOT USED]
6 1.8 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED]
7 1.9 QUALITY ASSURANCE [NOT USED]
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
1.10 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING [NOT USED]
1.11 FIELD CONDITIONS
A. Weather Conditions
1. Place mixture when the roadway surface temperature is equal to or higher than the
temperatures lis ted in Table 1.
Table 1
M'. m1mum p avement S f T ur ace emperatures
Minimum Pavement Surface Temperatures in
Deerees Fahrenheit
Originally Specified High Subsurface Layers or Surface Layers Placed in
Temperature Binder Night Paving Operations Daylight Operations
Grade
PG64 or lower 45 50
PG 70 55 1 60 1
PG 76 or higher 60 1 60 1
I.C ontractors may pave at temperatures 10 °F lower than the values shown in Table 1
when utilizing a paving process including WMA or equipment that eliminates thermal
segregation. In such cases, the contractor must use either a hand held thermal camera
or a hand held infrared thermometer operated in accordance with Tex-244-F to
demonstrate to the satisfaction of the City that the uncompacted mat has no more than
10° F of thermal segregation.
2. Unless otherwise shown on the Drawings, place mixtures only when weather
conditions and moisture conditions of the roadway surface are suitable in the
opinion of the City.
CITY OF FORT WORTH Village Creek WRF, Digester Mixing, Flare and Dome Improvements Phase I
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECTFICA TION DOCUMENT City Proiect No. 102652
Revised December 20 , 2012
1.12 WARRANTY (NOT USED]
2 PART2-PRODUCTS
3 2.1 OWNER-FURNISHED PRODUCTS [NOT USED]
4 2.2 MATERIALS
5 A. General
321216-6
ASPHALT PA YING
Page 6 of26
6 1. Furnish uncontaminated materials of uniform quality that meet the requirements of
7 the Drawings and specifications .
8 2. Notify the City of all material sources.
9 3. Notify the City before changing any material source or formulation.
10 4 . When the Contractor makes a source or formulation change, the City will verify
11 that the requirements of this specification are met and may require a new laboratory
12 mixture design, trial batch , or both.
13 5. The City may sample and test project materials at any time during the project to
14 verify compliance.
15 6 . The depth of the compacted lift should be at least 2 times the nominal maximum
16 aggregate size.
I 7 B . Aggregate
18 1. General
19 a. Furnish aggregates from sources that conform to the requirements shown in
20 Table 1, and as specified in this Section , unless otherwise shown on the
21 Drawings.
22 b. Provide aggregate stockpiles that meet the definition in this Section for either
23 coarse aggregate or fine aggregate .
24 c. When reclaimed asphalt pavement (RAP) is allowed by Drawing note, provide
25 RAP stockpiles in accordance with this Section.
26 d . Aggregate from RAP is not required to meet Table 2 requirements unless
27 otherwise shown on the Drawings.
28 e. Supply mechanically crushed gravel or stone aggregates that meet the
29 definitions in Tex 100 E .
30 f . Samples must be from materials produced for the project.
31 g. The City will establish the surface aggregate classification (SAC) and perform
32 Los Angeles abrasion , magnesium sulfate soundness, and Micro-Deval tests .
33 h. Perform all other aggregate quality tests listed in Table 2.
34 1. Document all test results on the mixture design report.
35 J . The City may perform tests on independent or split samples to verify
36 Contractor test results .
37 k. Stockpile aggregates for each source and type separately and designate for the
38 City.
39 I. Determine aggregate gradations for mixture design and production testing
40 based on the washed sieve analysi s given in Tex 200 F , Part IT.
41
C ITY OF FORT WORTH Village Creek WRF, Digester Mixing, Flare and Dome Improvements Phase I
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECTFI CA TTON DOCUME NT City Proiect No. 102652
Revised December 20 , 20 12
I
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
Table 2
A!!l!re2ate Quality Requirements
Propertv Test Method
Coarse A!!l!rel!ate
SAC AQMP
321216-7
ASPHALT PA YING
Page 7 of26
Requirement
As shown on
Drawings
Deleterious material, percent, max Tex-217-F, Part I 1.5
Decantation, percent, max Tex-217-F, Part II 1.5
Micro-Deval abrasion, percent, max Tex-461-A Note 1
Los Angeles abrasion, percent, max Tex-410-A 40
Magnesium sulfate soundness, 5 cycles, percent, max Tex-411-A 30 2
Coarse aggregate angularity, 2 crushed faces, Tex 460-A, Part I 85 3
percent, min
Flat and elongated particles (a), 5: 1, percent, max Tex-280-F 10
Fine A!!l!re2ate
Linear shrinkage, percent, max Tex-107-E 3
Combined A!!l!re2ate
Sand equivalent, percent, min Tex-203-F 45
I. Not used for acceptance purposes. Used by the City as an indicator of the need for further investigation.
2 . Unless otherwise shown on the Drawings .
3 . Unless otherwise shown on the Drawings . Only applies to crushed gravel.
m. Coarse Aggregate
1) Coarse aggregate stockpiles must have no more than 20 percent material
passing the No. 8 sieve.
2) Maximum aggregate size should not be over half of the proposed lift depth
to prevent particle on particle contact issues .
3) Provide aggregates from sources listed in the BRSQC.
4) Provide aggregate from unlisted sources only when tested by the City
and/or approved before use .
5) Allow 30 calendar days for the City to sample, test, and report results for
unlisted sources.
6) Class B aggregate meeting all other requirements in Table 2 may be
blended with a Class A aggregate in order to meet requirements for Class A
materials.
7) When blending Class A and B aggregates to meet a Class A requirement,
ensure that at least 50 percent by weight of the material retained on the
No. 4 sieve comes from the Class A aggregate source.
8) Blend by volume if the bulk specific gravities of the Class A and B
aggregates differ by more than 0.300 .
9) When blending, do not use Class C or D aggregates.
I 0) For blending purposes, coarse aggregate from RAP will be considered as
Class B aggregate .
11) Provide coarse aggregate with at least the minimum SAC shown on the
Drawings.
12) SAC requirements apply only to aggregates used on the surface of travel
lanes, unless otherwise shown on the Drawings .
n . RAP is salvaged, milled , pulverized, broken, or crushed asphalt pavement.
I) No RAP permitted for TYPE D H.M.A.C.
CITY OF FORT WORTH Village Creek WRF, Digester Mixing, Flare and Dome Improvements Phase 1
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPEC IFICATION DOCUMENT Citv Proiect No. 102652
R evi sed Dec ember 20, 201 2
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
0 .
32 12 16 -8
ASPHALT PAVlNG
Page 8 of26
2) Use no more than 20 percent RAP on TYPE B H.M.A.C. unless otherwise
shown on the Drawings .
3) Crush or break RAP so that I 00 per cent of the particles pass the 2 inch
sieve.
4) RAP from either Contractor or City, inc luding RAP generated during the
project, is permitted only when shown on the Drawings.
5) City-owned RAP, if allowed for use, will be available at the location
shown on th e Drawings.
6) When RAP is used, determine asphalt content and grad ation for mixture
design purposes .
7) Perform other tests on RAP when shown on the Drawings.
8) When RAP is allowed by plan note, use no more than 30 percent RAP in
Type A or B mixtures unless otherwise shown on the Drawings .
9) Do not use RAP contaminated with dirt or other objectionable materials.
10) Do not use the RAP if the decantation value exceeds 5 percent and the
plasticity index is greater than 8.
11) Test the stockpi led RAP for decantation in accordance with the la boratory
method given in Tex-406-A, Part I.
12) Determine the plasticity index using Tex-106-E if the decantation value
exceeds 5 percent.
13) The decantation and plasticity index requirements do not apply to RAP
samples with asphalt removed by extraction.
14) Do not intermingle Contractor-owned RAP stockpiles with City-owned
RAP stockpiles.
15) Remove unused Contractor-owned RAP material from the project site upon
completion of the project.
16) Return unused City-owned RAP to the designated stockpile location .
Fine Aggregate
I) Fine aggregates consi st of manufactured sands, screenings , and field sands .
2) Fine aggregate stockpiles must meet the gradation requirements in Table 3 .
3) Supply fine aggregates that are free from organic impurities.
4) The City may test the fine aggregate in accordance with Tex-408 -A to
verify the material is free from organic impurities .
5) At most I 5 percent of the total aggregate may be field sand or other
uncrushed fine aggregate.
6) With the exception of field sand, u se fine aggregate from coarse aggregate
sources that meet the requirements shown in Tab le 2, unless otherwi se
approved.
7) If IO percent or more of the stockpile is retained on the No. 4 sieve, te st the
stockpile and verify that it meets the requirements in Table 1 for coarse
aggregate angularity (Tex-460 -A) and flat and elongated particles
(Tex-280-F).
CITY OF FORT WORTH Village Creek WRF, Digester Mixing, Flare and Dome Improvements Phase I
STANDARD CONSTR UCTlON SPECIFICA TlON DOCUMENT Citv Pro iect No. 102652
Revised December 20, 2012
I
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
G d f R ra a 100
Sieve Size
3/8"
#8
#200
2. Mineral Filler
Table 3
eomremen s or me ,l!l!ree:a e t i F" A t
percent Passing by Weight or
Volume
100
70-100
0-30
32 12 16-9
ASPHALT PAVING
Page 9 of26
a . Mineral filler consists of finely divided mineral matter such as agricultural
lime, crusher fines, hydrated lime, cement, or fly ash .
b . Mineral filler is allowed unless otherwise shown on the Drawings .
c. Do not use more than 2 percent hydrated lime or cement, unless otherwise
shown on the Drawings. The Drawings may require or disallow specific
mineral fillers . When used , provide mineral filler that:
1) Is sufficiently dry, free-flowing, and free from clumps and foreign matter;
2) Does not exceed 3 percent linear shrinkage when tested in accordance with
Tex-107-E ; and meets the gradation requirements in Table 4.
Table 4
G d . R ra atton eqmremen s or mera t i M" I F"II 1 er
percent Passing by Weight or
Sieve Size Volume
#8 100
#200 55 -100
3 . Baghouse Fines
a. Fines collected by the baghouse or other dust-collecting equipment may be
reintroduced into the mixing drum
4. Asphalt Binder
a . Furnish the type and grade of performance-graded (PG) asphalt binder specified
as follows :
1) Performance-Graded Binders (PG Binders)
a) Must be smooth and homogeneous
b) Show no separation when tested in accordance with Tex-540-C
c) Meet Table 5 requirements
CITY OF FORT WORTH Village Creek WRF, Digester Mixing, Flare and Dome Improvements Phase I
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFI CATION DOC UMENT City Proiect No . /02652
Rev ise d Decemb er 20, 201 2
Property and Test Method
Average 7-day max pave ment design
temperature, °C 1
Min pa vement design tem perature, °C 1
F las h point , T 48 , Min , °C
Viscosity , T 3 16 :2· 3
Max , 3.0 Pa x s , test temperature , °C
Dynamic shear, T 315 :4
G*/sin(d), Min , 1.00 kP a
Te st temperature @ IO rad/sec ., °C
Elastic recovery , D 6084 , 50 °F, percent
Min
Ma ss lo ss, Tex-541-C, Max , perc ent
Dyn amic s hea r, T 3 15 :
G*/sin(d), Min , 2 .20 kPa
Te st temperature @ IO rad/sec., °C
PG58
-22 I -28 I -34
< 58
>-I ;; I >-
22 34
58
-I -I 30
Table 5
Performance-Graded Bind ers
P erform anc e Grade
PG64 PG70
-1 6 I -22 I -28 I -34 -16 I -22 I -28 I -34
< 64 < 70
>-I ;; I ;; I ;~ >-I ;; I ;; I >-
16 16 34
ORIGINAL BINDER
230
135
64 70
-I -I 30 I 50 -I 30 I 50 I 60
ROLLING TIDN-FJLM OVEN (Tex-541-C)
I
58 64 70
C ITY OF FORT WORTH Village Creek WRF, Digester Mixing, Flare and Dome Improvements Phase I
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECTFICA TION DOCUME T City Proiect No . 10 2652
ece mb er 20 , 20 12
PG76
-16 I -22 I -28 I -34
<76
>-I ;; I ;; I >-
16 34
76
30 I 50 I 60 I 70
76
3212 16-10
ASP HALT PAVING
Page 10 of26
PG 82
-16 I -22 I -28
< 82
>-I ;; I >-
16 28
82
50 I 60 I 70
82
Prop erty a nd Test Me thod -22
PAV aging temp erature, °C
Dynamic shea r, T 315 : 25
G*/sin(d), Max , 5000 kP a
Te st temperature @ 10 rad/sec., °C
Cree p stiffness, T 313 :5• 6 -12
S, max, 300 MPa ,
m-va lue , min , 0 .3 00
Test temperature @ 60 sec ., °C
Direct ten sion, T 3 14:6 -12
Fa il ure strain , m in, 1.0 pe rce nt
Test temperature @ 1.0 mm/min ., °C
PG 58
-28 -34
Tabl e 5 (c ontinu ed)
Perform anc e-Graded Bind e rs
P erforman ce Gr ade
PG 64 PG70
-16 -22 -28 -34 -16 -22 -28 -34
PRESSUR E AG ING VESSEL (PAV) R ES ID UE (R 28)
100
22 19 2 8 25 22 19 2 8 25 22 19
-18 -24 -6 -12 -18 -24 -6 -12 -18 -24
-18 -24 -6 -12 -1 8 -24 -6 -12 -18 -24
32 .
A SPHALTPn rr
Page 11 o f2 6
PG 76 PG82
-16 -22 -28 -34 -16 -2 2 -28
28 25 22 19 28 25 22
-6 -12 -18 -24 -6 -12 -18
-6 -12 -1 8 -24 -6 -12 -1 8
I. Pavement temp eratures are es timated fro m a ir te mp eratures usin g an a lgo rithm co nta in ed in a De partme nt-suppli ed co mpute r program, may be provided by the De partment, or by fo ll owin g th e procedures
o utlined in AAS HT O MP 2 and PP 28 .
2. Thi s requirement may be wa ive d a t th e Department's di screti on if th e suppli er warrants th at the as ph a lt binder can be adequate ly pump ed , mi xed, a nd co mp ac ted at temp eratures that meet a ll a ppli ca b le
safety , environm enta l, and co nstructabi lity requirement s. At tes t temp eratures wh ere th e binder is a Newtoni an fluid , an y s uita b le sta nda rd means of vi scosity mea surement may be use d , includin g capi ll ary
(T 20 I o r T 202) or ro tati ona l v isco metry (T 3 16).
3. V iscos ity at I 35 °C is an indi cato r o f mi x in g and comp ac ti on te mperatures that ca n be ex pected in th e la b a nd fi e ld . Hi gh va lu es may indi cate hi gh mi xin g and co mp action te mp eratures. Additi o na ll y,
s ignifi ca nt va ri ati on ca n occ ur fr om batch to batc h. Contractors sho u ld be awa re th at va ri ati on co uld s ig nificantl y imp ac t th e ir mi x in g and comp actio n ope rati ons . Co ntrac tors are th erefo re res pons ibl e fo r
ad dress in g any constru cta bi lity issues th at may arise .
4 . Fo r qu ali ty co ntrol o f un modifi ed as ph alt binder pro ducti on, measuremen t of th e v iscosi ty of the ori g in a l as ph a lt binde r may be sub stituted for dynam ic shear meas uremen ts ofG•/sin (d) at test
te mp eratures whe re th e as ph a lt is a Newtoni an fluid . Any s uita ble standard means of viscos ity meas ur ement may be used , including ca pill ary (T 20 I or T 202 ) or rotation al visco me try (T 3 16).
5. Sili co ne beam mo ld s , as desc ribe d in AAS HTO TP 1-93 , are acce pta bl e fo r use .
6. If creep sti ffness is be low 300 MP a , direc t te ns ion tes t is no t requ ire d . If creep stiffness is between 300 and 600 MP a , th e direc t tens ion fa ilure strain req uire me nt ca n be used in stead o f th e cree p sti ffness
requirement. The m-va lue require me nt mu st be sat is fi ed in bo th cases .
C ITY OF FORT WORTH Vi llage Creek WR F, Digester Mixing. Flare an d Do m e Improvements Ph ase 1
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICA TION DOCUMENT City Pro iect No. 101651
R evised Decemb er 20 , 201 2
I
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
32 12 16 -12
ASPHALT PA YING
Page 12 of26
b. Separation testing is not required if:
I) A modifier is introduced separately at the mix plant either by injection in
the asphalt line or mixer,
2) The binder is bl ended on site in continuously agitated tanks , or binder
acceptance is based on field samples taken from an in-line samp ling port at
the hot mix plant after the addition of modifiers.
5. Tack Coat
a . Unless otherwise shown on the Drawings or approved, furnish CSS-lH, SS-lH,
or a PG binder with a minimum high-temperature grade of PG 58 for tack coat
binder in accordance with Section 2 .2 .A.5.
6. Additives
a . General
1) When shown on the Drawings, use the type and rate of additive specified.
2) Other additives that facilitate mixing or improve the quality of the mixture
may be allowed when approved .
b . Liquid Antistripping Agent
I) Furnish and incorporate all required asp halt antistripping agents in asphalt
concrete paving mixtures and asphalt-stabi li zed base mixtures to meet
moisture resistance testing requirements.
2) Provide a liqu id antistripping agent that is uniform and shows no evidence
of crystallization, settling, or separation .
3) Ensure that all liquid antistripping agents arrive in:
a) Properly labeled and unopened containers , as shipped from the
manufacturer, or
b) Sealed tank trucks with an invoice to show contents and quantities
c) Provide product information to the City including:
(I) Material safety data sheet
(2) Specific gravity of the agent at the manufacturer 's recommended
addition temperature ,
(3) Manufacturer's recommended dosage range, and
(4) Handling and sto rag e instructions
4) Addition of lim e or a liquid antistripping agent at the Mix Plant,
incorporate into the binder as follows :
a) Handle in accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations.
b) Add at the manufacturer's recommended addition temperature.
c) Add into the asphalt line by means of an in-line-metering device.
c . Liquid Asphalt Additive Meters
I) Provide a means to check the accuracy of meter output for asphalt primer,
fluxing material, and liquid additives .
2) Furnish a meter that reads in increments of 0 .1 gal. or less .
3) Verify accuracy of the meter in accordance with Tex -923-K.
4) Ensure the accuracy of the meter within 5.0 percent.
7. Mixes
a. Design Requirements
I) Unless otherwise shown on the Drawings, use the typical weight design
example given in Tex-204-F, Part I, to design a mixture meeting the
requirements listed in Tables 2 through 8.
CITY OF FORT WORTH Village Creek WRF. Digester Mixing. Flare and Dome Improvements Pha se l
ST ANDA RD CONSTRUCTION SP ECTFICA TION DOCUMENT City Proiect No. 102652
Revised Decemb er 20 , 201 2
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
32 12 16 -13
AS PH A LT PAVl NG
Page 13 of26
2) Furnish the City with representative samples of all materials used in the
mixture de sign .
3) The City will veri fy the mixture design .
4) If the de sign cannot be verified by the City, furnish another mixture design .
Table 6
Master Gradation Bands ( percent Passing by Weight or V olume)
an dVl t·p ti o ume nc roper es
Sieve B C D
Fine Coarse Fine Size Base Surface Surface
1-1 /2" ---
1" 98.0-100.0 --
3/4" 84.0-98.0 95.0-100.0 -
1/2" --98.0-100.0
3/8" 60.0-80.0 70 .0-85 .0 85.0-100.0
#4 40 .0-60.0 43.0-63.0 50 .0-70 .0
#8 29.0-43.0 32.0-44.0 35.0-46.0
#3 0 13.0-28.0 14 .0-28.0 15 .0-29.0
#5 0 6.0-20.0 7.0-21.0 7 .0-20.0
#2 00 2.0-7.0 2.0-7.0 2.0-7.0
Design VMA 1, percent Minimum
-13.0 14.0 15.0
Plant-Produced VMA, percent Minimum
-12.0 13.0 14.0
1. Voids in Mineral Aggregates .
Table 7
Lb t a ora orv M. t D IX ure eSI!!n p f roper 1es
Property Test Requirement Method
Target laboratory-molded density, percent Tex-207-F 96.0 1
Tensile strength (dry), psi (mold ed to 93 Tex-226-F 85 -2002
percent ±1 percent density)
Boil test3 Tex-530-C -
I. Unless otherwise shown on the Drawings.
2. May exceed 200 psi when app roved and may be waived when a pp roved .
3. Used to estab li sh baseline for comparison to production results . May be waived when
approved .
8. Warm Mix Asphalt (WMA)
a. WMA is defined as additives or processes that allow a reduction in the
temperature at which asphalt mixtures are produced and placed.
b . WMA is allowed for u se at the Contractor's option unless otherwise shown on
the Drawings.
c. Produce an asphalt mixture within the temperature range of2 I 5 degrees F and
275 degrees F.
CITY OF FORT WORTH Village Creek WRF, Digester Mixing, Flare and Dome Improvements Phase I
ST AND ARD CONSTRUCTlON SPECTFICA TlON DOCUMENT City Proiect No . I 02652
Revised December 20 , 2012
32 12 16 -14
ASPHALT PAVING
Page 14 of26
d. When WMA is not required by Drawings, produce an asphalt mixture within
the temperature range of 215 degrees F and 275 degrees F.
4 2.3 ACCESSORIES [NOT USED]
5 2.4 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL [NOT USED]
6 PART 3 -EXECUTION
7 3.1 INST ALLERS [NOT USED]
8 3.2 EXAMINATION [NOT USED]
9 3.3 PREPARATION
IO A. Hauling Operations
11 1. Before use, clean all truck beds to ensure mixture is not contaminated.
12 2. When a release agent is necessary to coat truck beds, use a release agent approved
13 by the City.
14 3. Petroleum based products, such as diesel fuel, should not be used.
15 4 . If wind, rain , temperature or haul distance impacts cooling, insulate truck beds or
16 cover the truck bed with tarpaulin.
17 5 . If haul time in project is to be greater than 30 minutes, insulate truck beds or cover
18 the truck bed with tarpaulin.
19 3.4 INSTALLATION
20 A. Equipment
21 1. General
22 a . Provide required or necessary equipment to produce, haul, place, compact, and
23 core asphalt concrete pavement.
24 b. Ensure weighing and measuring equipment complies with specification.
25 c. Synchronize equipment to produce a mixture meeting the required proportions.
26 2 . Production Equipment
27 a. Provide :
28 1) Drum-mix type, weigh-batch, or modified weigh-batch mixing plants that
29 ensure a uniform, continuous production
30 2) Automatic proportioning and measuring devices with interlock cut-off
31 circuits that stop operations if the control system malfunctions
32 3) Visible readouts indicating the weight or volume of asphalt and aggregate
33 proportions
34 4) Safe and accurate means to take required samples by inspection forces
35 5) Permanent means to check the output of metering devices and to perform
36 calibration and weight checks
37 6) Additive-feed systems to ensure a uniform , continuous material flow in the
38 desired proportion
39 3 . Weighing and Measuring Equipment
40 a . General
41 1) Provide weighing and measuring equipment for materials measured or
42 proportioned by weight or volume.
CITY OF FORT WORTH Village Creek WRF. Digester Mixing. Flare and Dome Improvements Phase 1
ST ANDA RD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENT City Proiect No. 102652
Rev ised December 20, 20 12
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
4 .
32 12 16 -15
ASPHALT PA VTNG
Page 15 of26
2) Provide certified scales , scale installations , and measuring equipment
meeting the requirements of NIST Handbook 44, except that the required
accuracy must be 0.4 percent of the material being weighed or measured .
3) Furnish leak-free weighing containers large enough to hold a complete
batch of the material being measured.
b. Truck Scales
1) Furnish platform truck scales capable of weighing the entire truck or truck-
trailer combination in a single draft .
c. Aggregate Batching Scales
I) Equip scales used for weighing aggregate with a quick adjustment at zero
that provides for any change in tare.
2) Provide a visual means that indicates the required weight for each
aggregate.
d . Suspended Hopper
I) Provide a means for the addition or the removal of small amounts of
material to adjust the quantity to the exact weight per batch.
2) Ensure the scale equipment is level.
e. Belt Scales
l) Use belt scales for proportioning aggregate that are accurate to within 1.0
percent based on the average of 3 test runs, where no individual test run
exceeds 2 .0 percent when checked in accordance with Tex-920-K.
f. Asphalt Material Meter
l) Provide an asphalt material meter with an automatic digital display of the
volume or weight of asphalt material.
2) Verify the accuracy of the meter in accordance with Tex-921-K.
3) When using the asphalt meter for payment purposes , ensure the accuracy of
the meter is within 0.4 percent.
4) When used to measure component materials only and not for payment ,
ensure the accuracy of the meter is within 1.0 percent.
g . Liquid Asphalt Additive Meters
l) Provide a means to check the accuracy of meter output for asphalt primer,
fluxing material , and liquid additives.
2) Furnish a meter that reads in increments of 0 . I gallon or less .
3) Verify accuracy of the meter in accordance with Tex-923-K.
4) Ensure the accuracy of the meter within 5.0 percent.
Drum-Mix Plants. Provide a mixing plant that complies with the requirements
below.
a . Aggregate Feed System
I) Provide :
a) A minimum of 1 cold aggregate bin for each stockpile of individual
materials used to produce the mix
b) Bins designed to prevent overflow of material
c) Scalping screens or other approved methods to remove any oversized
material , roots , or other objectionable materials
d) A feed system to ensure a uniform , continuous material flow in the
desired proportion to the dryer
e) An integrated means for moisture compensation
f) Belt scales, weigh box , or other approved devices to measure the
weight of the combined aggregate
CITY OF FORT WORTH Village Creek WRF, Digester Mixing. Flare and Dome Improvements Phase I
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICA TTON DOCUMENT City Proiect No. 102652
Revised Decemb er 20, 20 12
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
5.
3212 16-16
ASPHALT PA VTNG
Page 16 of26
g) Cold aggregate bin flow indicators that automaticall y sign al interrupted
material flow
b . Rec laimed Asphalt Pavement (RAP) Feed System
I) Provide a separate system to weigh and feed RAP into the hot mix plant.
c. Mineral Filler Feed System
1) Provide a closed system for mineral filler that maintains a constant supply
with minimal loss of material through the exhaust system.
2) Interlock the measuring device into the automatic plant controls to
automatically adjust the supply of mineral filler to p lant production and
provide a consistent percentage to the mixture.
d. Heating, Drying, and Mixing Systems
1) Provide:
a) A dryer or mixing system to agitate the aggregate during heating
b) A heating system that controls the temperature during production to
prevent aggregate and asphalt bi nde r damage
c) A heating system that completely burns fuel and leaves no residue
d) A recording thermometer that continuously measures and records the
mixture discharge temperature
e) Dust collection system to collect excess dust escaping from the drum.
e. Asphalt Binder Equipment
1) Supply equipment to heat binder to the required temperature.
2) Equip the heating apparatus with a continuously recording thermometer
located at the highest temperature point.
3) Produce a 24 hour chart of the recorded temperature.
4) Place a device with automatic temperature compensation that accurately
meters the binder in the line leading to the mixer.
5) Furnish a sampling port on the line between the storage tank and mixer.
Supply an additional sampling port between any additive blending device
and mixer.
f. Mixture Storage and Discharge
1) Provide a surge-storage system to minimize interruptions during operations
unless otherwise approved.
2) Furnish a gob hopper or other device to minimize segregation in the bin.
3) Provide an automated system that weighs the mixture upon discharge and
produces a ticket showing:
a) Date
b) Project identification number
c) Plant identification
d) Mix identification
e) Vehicle identification
t) Total weight of the load
g) Tare weight of the vehicle
h) Weight of mixture in each load
i) Load number or sequential ticket number for the day
g. Truck Scales
1) Provide standard platform scales at an approved location.
Weigh -Batch Plants. Provide a mixing plant that complies with Section 2.2.B.4
"Drum-Mix Plants," except as required below:
a. Screening and Proportioning
CITY OF FORT WORTH Village Creek WRF, Digester Mixing, Flare and Dome Improvements Phase I
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPEC1FICA TION DOCUMENT Citv Proiect No. 102652
Revised December 20 , 2012
I
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
32 12 16-17
ASPHALT PAVING
l) Provide enough hot bins to separate the aggregate and to control
proportioning of the mixture type specified.
Page 17 o f 26
a) Supply bins that discard excessive and oversized material through
overflow chutes.
b) Provide safe access for inspectors to obtain samples from the hot bins.
b. Aggregate Weigh Box and Batching Scales
l) Provide a weigh box and batching scales to hold and weigh a complete
batch of aggregate.
2) Provide an automatic proportioning system with low bin indicators that
automatically stop when material level in any bin is not sufficient to
complete the batch.
c. Asphalt Binder Measuring System
l) Provide bucket and scales of sufficient capacity to hold and weigh binder
for l batch.
d . Mixer
l) Equipment mixers with an adjustable automatic timer that controls the dry
and wet mixing period and locks the discharge doors for the required
mixing period
2) Furnish a pug mill with a mixing chamber large enough to prevent spillage .
6. Modified Weigh-Batch Plants. Provide a mixing plant that complies with Section
2.2 .B.5. "Weigh-Batch Plants ," except as specifically described below .
a. Aggregate Feeds
l) Aggregate control is required at the cold feeds . Hot bin screens are not
required .
b. Surge Bins
l) Provide l or more bins large enough to produce l complete batch of
mixture.
c . Hauling Equipment
1) Provide trucks with enclosed sides to prevent asphalt mixture loss .
2) Cover each load of mixture with waterproof tarpaulins.
3) Before use, clean all truck beds to ensure the mixture is not contaminated.
4) When necessary, coat the inside truck beds with an approved release agent
from the City.
d . Placement and Compaction Equipment
l) Provide equipment that does not damage underlying pavement.
2) Comp ly with laws and regulations concerning overweight vehicles .
3) When permitted, other equipment that will consistently produce satisfactory
results may be used.
7 . Asphalt Paver
a. General
1) Furnish a paver that will produce a finished surface that meets longitudinal
and transverse profile, typical section, and placement requirements.
2) Ensure the paver does not support the weight of any portion of hauling
equipment other than the connection .
3) Provide loading equipment that does not transmit vibrations or other
motions to the paver that adversely affect the finished pavement quality.
4) Equip the paver with an automatic, dual, longitudinal-grade control system
and an automatic, transverse-grade control system.
b. Tractor Unit
C ITY OF FORT WORTH Village Creek WRF, Digester Mixing. Flare and Dome Improvements Phase I
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPEC JFJCA TTON DO CUMENT City Proiect No. /02652
Revis ed December 20, 201 2
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
32 12 16 -1 8
ASPHA LT PA YING
Page 18 o f 26
I) Supply a tractor unit that can push or propel vehicles, dumping directly into
the finishing machine to obtain the desired lines and grades to eliminate any
hand finishing.
2) Equip the unit with a hitch sufficient to maintain contact between the
hauling equipment's rear wheels and the finishing machine's pusher rollers
while mixture is unloaded.
c . Screed
I) Provide a heated compacting screed that will produce a finished surface
that meets longitudinal and transverse profile, typical section, and
placement requirements.
2) Screed extensions must provide the same compacting action and heating as
the main unit unless otherwise approved.
d. Grade Reference
I) Provide a grade reference with enough support that the maximum
deflection does not exceed 1/16 inch between supports.
2) Ensure that the longitudinal controls can operate from any longitudinal
grade reference including a string line, ski, mobile string line, or matching
shoes .
3) Furnish paver skis or mobile string line at least 40 feet long unless
otherwise approved.
8 . Material Transfer Devices
a. Provide the specified type of device when shown on the Drawings.
b . Ensure the devices provide a continuous, uniform mixture flow to the asphalt
paver.
c. When used, provide windrow pick-up equipment constructed to pick up
substantially all roadway mixture placed in the windrow.
9 . Remixing Equipment
a . When required, provide equipment that includes a pug mill , variable pitch
augers, or variable diameter augers operating under a storage unit with a
minimum capacity of 8 tons .
I 0. Motor Grader
a. When allowed, provide a self-propelled grader with a blade length of at least 12
feet and a wheelbase of at least 16 feet.
I I . Handheld Infrared Thermometer
a . Provide a handheld infrared thermometer meeting the requirements of
Tex-244-F.
12 . Rollers
a. The Contractor may use any type of roller to meet the production rates and
quality requirements of the Contract unless otherwise shown on the Drawings
or directed.
b. When specific types of equipment are required, use equipment that meets the
specified requirements.
c. Alternate Equipment
I) Instead of the specified equipment, the Contractor may, as approved,
operate other compaction equipment that produces equivalent results .
2) Discontinue the use of the alternate equipment and furnish the specified
equipment if the desired results are not achieved.
d. City may require Contractor to substitute equipment if production rate and
quality requirements of the Contract are not met.
C ITY OF FORT WORTH Village Creek WRF, Digester Mixing, Flare and Dome Improvements Phase I
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECTFrC A TTON DOCUMENT City Proiect No. 102652
Re vised Decemb er 20, 20 12
32 12 16-19
ASPHALT PAVING
Page 19 of26
1 13. Straightedges and Templates. Furnish IO foot straightedges and other templates as
2 required or approved.
3 14 . Distributor vehicles
4 a . Furnish vehicle that can achieve a uniform tack coat placement.
5 b. The nozzle patterns, spray bar height and distribution pressure must work
6 together to produce uniform application .
7 c . The vehicle should be set to provide a "double lap" or "triple lap" coverage.
8 d. Nozzle spray patterns should be identical to one another along the distributor
9 spray bar.
1 O e. Spray bar height should remain constant.
11 f. Pressure within the distributor must be capable of forcing the tack coat material
12 out of spray nozzles at a constant rate .
13 15. Coring Equipment
14 a. When coring is required, provide equipment suitable to obtain a pavement
15 specimen meeting the dimensions for testing.
16 B. Construction
17 1. Design, produce, store, transport, place, and compact the specified paving mixture
18 in accordance with the requirements of this Section.
19 2. Unless otherwise shown on the Drawings , provide the mix design .
20 3 . The City will perform quality assurance (QA) testing.
21 4 . Provide quality control (QC) testing as needed to meet the requirements of this
22 Section.
23 C. Production Operations
24 I . General
25 a . The City may suspend production for noncompliance with this Section.
26 b. Take corrective action and obtain approval to proceed after any production
27 suspension for noncompliance.
28 2 . Operational Tolerances
29 a. Stop production if testing indicates tolerances are exceeded on any of the
30 following:
31 1) 3 consecutive tests on any individual sieve
32 2) 4 consecutive tests on any of the sieves
33 3) 2 consecutive tests on asphalt content
34 b . Begin production only when test results or other information indicate , to the
35 satisfaction of the City, that the next mixture produced will be within Table 9
36 tolerances .
37 3. Storage and Heating of Materials
38 a. Do not heat the asphalt binder above the temperatures specified in Section
39 2.2 .A. or outside the manufacturer's recommended values .
40 b . On a daily basis, provide the City with the records of asphalt binder and hot-
41 mix asphalt discharge temperatures in accordance with Table 10 .
42 c. Unless otherwise approved , do not store mixture for a period long enough to
43 affect the quality of the mixture, nor in any case longer than 12 hours.
44 4. Mixing and Discharge of Materials
45 a. Notify the City of the target discharge temperature and produce the mixture
46 within 25 degrees F of the target.
CITY OF FORT WORTH Village Creek WRF, Digester Mixing. Flare and Dome Improvements Phase 1
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENT City Proiect No. /02652
Revised Decem ber 20, 2012
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
D .
32 1216-20
ASPH A LT PAVJNG
Page 20 of 26
b . Monitor the temperature of the material in the truck before shipping to ensure
that it does not exceed 350 degrees F . The City will not pay for or allow
placement of any mixture produced at more than 350 degrees F.
c. Control the mixing time and temperature so that substantially all moisture is
removed from the mixture before discharging from the plant.
Placement Operations
1. Place the mixture to meet the typical section requirements and produce a smooth ,
finished surface or base course with a uniform appearance and texture.
2 . Offset longitudinal joints of successive courses of hot mix by at least 6 inches.
3 . Place mixture so longitudinal joints on the surface course coincide with lane lines ,
or as directed. Ensure that all finished surfaces will drain properly.
4 . When End Dump Trucks are used, ensure the bed does not contact the paver when
raised.
5. Placement can be performed by hand in situations where the paver cannot place it
adequately due to space restrictions .
6 . Hand-placing should be minimized to prevent aggregate segregation and surface
texture issues .
7 . All hand placement shall be checked with a straightedge or template before rolling
to ensure uniformity .
8. Place mixture within the compacted lift thickness shown in Table 9 , unless
otherwise shown on the Drawings or otherwise directed.
Table 9
C ompac e I IC ness an t dL'ftTh' k dR . dC eqmre ore H. ht e11:
Compacted Lift Thickness
Mixture Type Minimum Maximum
(in.) (in.)
B 2 .00 3 .00
C 2.00 2.50
D 1.50 2.00
9. Tack Coat
a. Clean the surface before placing the tack coat. Unless otherwise approved,
apply tack coat uniformly at the rate directed by the City.
b . The City will set the rate between 0.04 and 0.10 gallons of residual asphalt per
square yard of surface area.
c . Apply a thin , uniform tack coat to all contact surfaces of curbs , structures , and
all joints.
d . Prevent splattering of tack coat when placed adjacent to curb , gutter, metal
beam guard fence and structures .
e . Roll the tack coat with a pneumatic-tire roller when directed.
f. The City may use Tex-243-F to verify that the tack coat has adequate adhesive
properties .
g . The City may suspend pav ing operations until there is adequate adhesion .
h . The tack coat should be placed with enough time to break or set before
applying hot mix asphalt layers .
1. Traffic should not be allowed on tack coats.
C ITY O F FORT WORTH Village Creek WRF. Digester Mixing. Flare and Dome Improvements Phase I
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPEC JFI CA TJON DO CUMENT City Proiect No. 102652
Revise d December 20, 20 12
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
E.
F.
321216-21
AS PHALT PAVING
Page 21 of26
J . When a tacked road surface must be opened to traffic, they should be covered
with sand to provide friction and prevent pick-up .
k. A typical rate for applying a sand cover is 4 to 8 lbs/square yard .
I 0. General placement requirements
a. Material shou ld be delivered to maintain a re lative ly constant head of material
in front of the screed .
b. The hopper shou ld never be allowed to empty during paving.
c . Dumping wings between trucks not all owed. Dispose of at end of days
production .
Lay-Down Operation
1. Minimum Mixture Placement Temperatures . Use Table 10 for minimum mixture
placement temperatures.
2 . Windrow Op erations. When hot mix is placed in windrows, operate windrow
pickup equipment so that substantially a ll the mixture deposited on the road bed is
picked up and loaded into the paver.
s ue:e:es e m1 m um t d M".
T abl e 10
M " t PI 1x u re ace m en tT t emp er a ure
Hi gh-T emp e rature Mi nimum Placem ent
T e mp erature Binder Grade (B efo re E ntering Paver)
PG 64 or lower 260°F
PG 70 270°F
PG 76 280°F
PG 82 or higher 290 °F
Compaction
1. Use air void control unless ordinary compaction control is specified on the
Drawings.
2. Avoid displacement of the mixture. If displacement occurs , correct to the
satisfaction of the City.
3 . Ensure pavement is fully compacted before allowing rollers to stand on the
pavement.
4 . Unless otherwise directed, use only water or an approved release agent on rollers,
tamps , and other compaction equipment.
5. Keep diesel, gasoline , oil, grease, and other foreign matter off the mixture.
6 . Unless otherwise directed, operate vibratory rollers in static mode when not
compacting, when changing directions , or when the plan depth of the pavement mat
is less than 1-1 /2 inches .
7 . Use tamps to thoroughly compact the edges of the pavement a long curbs , headers ,
and similar structures and in locations that will not allow thoro ugh compaction with
the rollers .
8. The City may requi re rolling with a trench roller on widened areas , in trenches , and
in other limited areas.
9 . Allow the compacted pavement to coo l to 160 degrees For lower before open ing to
traffic unless otherwise directed .
CITY OF FORT WORTH Village Creek WRF, Digester Mixin g. Flare an d Dom e Im provements Phase I
ST AND ARD CONSTRUCTION SPECTFICA TION DO CUMENT Citv Proiect No. I 02652
Revised December 20 , 2012
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
321 2 16-22
A SPHALT PA VTNG
Page 22 o f2 6
I 0. When directed, sprinkle the finished mat with water or limewater to expedite
opening the roadway to traffic .
11 . Air Void Control
a . General
I) Compact dense-graded hot-mix asphalt to contain from 5 percent to 9
percent in-place air voids.
2) Do not increase the asphalt content of the mixture to reduce pavement air
voids.
b . Rollers
I) Furnish the type , size, and number of rollers required for compaction , as
approved.
2) Use a pneumatic-tire roller to seal the surface , unless otherwise shown on
the Drawings.
3) Use additional rollers as required to remove any roller marks .
c. Air Void Determination
I) Unless otherwise shown on the Drawings, obtain 2 roadway specimens at
each location selected by the City for in-place air void determination.
2) The City will measure air voids in accordance with Tex-207-F and
Tex-227-F.
3) Before drying to a constant weight, cores may be predried using a Corelok
or similar vacuum device to remove excess moisture.
4) The City will use the average air void content of the 2 cores to calculate the
in-place air voids at the selected location.
d . Air Voids Out of Range
I) If the in-place air void content in the compacted mixture is below 5 percent
or greater than 9 percent, change the production and placement operations
to bring the in-place air void content within requirements.
e . Te st Section
I) Construct a test section of I lane-width and at most 0.2 miles in length to
demonstrate that compaction to between 5 percent and 9 percent in-place
air voids can be obtained.
2) Continue this procedure until a test section with 5 percent to 9 percent in-
place air voids can be produced .
3) The City will allow only 2 test sections per day .
4) When a test section producing satisfactory in-place air void content is
placed, resume full production .
12. Ordinary Compaction Control
a . Furnish the type , size, and number of rollers required for compaction, as
approved . Furnish at least I medium pneumatic-tire roller (minimum 12-ton
weight).
b . Use the control strip method given in Tex-207-F, Part JV , to establish rolling
patterns that achieve maximum compaction.
c . Follow the selected rolling pattern unless changes that affect compaction occur
in the mixture or placement conditions.
d . When such changes occur, establish a new rolling pattern .
e . Compact the pavement to meet the requirements of the Drawings and
specifications.
C ITY OF FORT WORTH Village Creek WRF. Digester Mixing. Flare and Dome .Improvements Phase I
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECTFIC A TION DOCUMENT City Proiect No. 102652
Revised December 20 , 201 2
321216-23
ASPHALT PAVING
Page 23 of 26
2
3
f. When rolling with the 3-wheel, tandem or vibratory rollers, start by first rolling
the joint with the adjacent pavement and then continue by rolling longitudinally
at the sides.
4 g . Proceed toward the center of the pavement, overlapping on successive trips by
5 at least 1 ft., unless otherwise directed.
6 h . Make alternate trips of the roller slightly different in length.
7 1. On superelevated curves , begin rolling at the low side and progress toward the
8 high side unless otherwise directed.
9 G. Irregularities
10 1. Identify and correct irregularities including, but not limited to segregation , rutting,
11 raveling, flushing , fat spots , mat slippage, irregular color, irregular texture , roller
12 marks , tears , gouges, streaks, uncoated aggregate particles, or broken aggregate
13 particles.
14 2 . The City may also identify irregularities , and in such cases , the City shall promptly
15 notify the Contractor.
16 3. If the City determines that the irregularity will adversely affect pavement
17 performance, the City may require the Contractor to remove and replace (at the
18 Contractor's expense) areas of the pavement that contain the irregularities and areas
19 where the mixture does not bond to the existing pavement.
20 4. If irregularities are detected, the City may require the Contractor to immediately
21 suspend operations or may allow the Contractor to continue operations for no more
22 than 1 day while the Contractor is taking appropriate corrective action.
23 5. The City may suspend production or placement operations until the problem is
24 corrected.
25 6. At the expense of the Contractor and to the satisfaction of the City, remove and
26 replace any mixture that does not bond to the existing pavement or that has other
27 surface irregularities identified above .
28 3.5 REP AIR
29 A . See Section 32 0 I 17 .
30 3.6 QUALITY CONTROL
31 A. Production Tes ting
32 I . Contractor shall perform production tests to verify asphalt paving meets the
33 performance standard required in the Drawings and specifications.
34 2 . Contractor to measure density of asphalt paving with nuclear gauge .
35 3 . Contractor to core asphalt paving from the normal thickness of section once
36 acceptable density achieved . City identifies location of cores.
37 a. Minimum core diameter: 4 inches
38 b . Minimum spacing: 200 feet
39 c. Minimum of I core every block
40 d. Alternate lanes between core
41
42
43
44
4. Contractor to use cores to determine pavement thickness and calculate theoretical
density and present data to City .
a. Contrctor to perform theoretical density test a minimum of 1 per day per
street.
CITY OF FORT WORTH Village Creek WRF, Digester Mixing, Flare and Dome Improvements Phase J
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICA TTON DO CUMENT Citv Project No. /02652
Rev ised December 20, 2012
B . Density Test
32 12 16-24
ASPH A LT PAVING
Page 24 of2 6
2 1. The average measured density of asphalt paving must meet specified density .
3 2 . Average of measurements per street not meeting the minimum specified strength
4 shall be subject to the money penalties or removal and replacement at the
5 Contractor's expense as show in Table 11 .
6
7 Table 11
8 Density Payment Schedule
Percent Rice Percent of Contract Price Allowed
89 and lower remove and replace at the entire cost and expense of Contractor as
directed bv Citv.
90 75-percent
91-93 100-percent
94 90-percent
95 75-percent
Over 95 remove and replace at the entire cost and expense of Contractor as
directed bv Citv.
9
10 3. The amount of penalty shall be deducted from payment due to Contractor.
11 4 . These requirements are in addition to the requirements of Article 1.2 .
12 C. Pavement Thickness Test
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
1. Citys hall use core samples collected and provided by Contracto to measure
each core thickness by averaging at least 3 measurements.
2. The number of tests and location shall be at the discretion of the City, unless
otherwise specified in the special provisions or on the Drawings.
3. In the event a deficiency in the thickness of pavement is revealed during production
testing , subsequent tests necessary to isolate the deficiency shall be at the
Contractor's expense .
4. The cost for additional coring test shall be at the same rate charged by commercial
laboratories .
5 . Where the average thickness of pavement in the area found to be deficient, payment
shall be made at an adjusted price as specified in Table 12 .
CITY OF FORT WORTH Village Creek WRF, Digester Mixing , Flare and Dome Improvements Phase l
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFT CA TTON DOCUMENT City Proiect No. 102652
Rev ised Dece mb er 20 , 20 12
Table 12
2 IC ess e 1c1encv Th' kn D fl . p lti ena
Deficiency in Thickness
Determined by Cores
Greater Than O percent -Not More than 10 percent
Greater Than 10 percent -Not More than 15 percent
Greater Than 15 percent
es
321216-25
ASPHALT PAVING
Page 25 of26
Proportional Part
Of Contract Price
90 percent
80 percent
remove and replace at
the entire cost and
expense of Contractor
as directed by City.
3
4
5
6
7
8
6. If, in the judgment of the City, the area of such deficiency warrants removal, the
area shall be remo ve d and replaced, at the Contractor's entire expense, with asphalt
paving of the thickness shown on the Drawings.
7 . No additional payment over the contract unit price shall be made for any pavement
of a thickness exceeding that required by the Drawings.
9 3.7 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL [NOT USED]
JO 3.8 SYSTEM STARTUP [NOT USED]
11 3.9 ADJUSTING [NOT USED]
12 3.10 CLEANING [NOT USED]
13 3.11 CLOSEOUT ACTIVITIES [NOT USED]
14 3.12 PROTECTION [NOT USED]
15 3.13 MAINTENANCE [NOT USED]
16 3.14 ATTACHMENTS [NOT USED]
17 END OF SECTION
18
Revision Log
DATE NAME SUMMARY OF CHANGE
12/20/2012 D. John son 1.2 .A -Modified items to be included in price bid
19
20
21
22
CITY OF FORT WORTH Village Creek WRF, Digester Mixing. Flare and Dome Improvements Phase I
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECTFTCATTON DOCUMENT CitvProiect No. 102652
Revised December 20 , 2012
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK
321216-26
ASPHALT PAVING
Page 26 of26
CITY OF FORT WORTH Village Creek WRF, Digester Mixing. Flare and Dome Improvements Phase 1
ST AND ARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENT Citv Proiect No. 102652
Revised December 20 , 2012
32 13 13 -I
CONCRETE PA VTNG
Page I of22
1 SECTION 32 13 13
2 CONCRETE PAVING
3 PARTl-GENERAL
4 1.1 SUMMARY
5 A. Section includes:
6 1. Finished pavement constructed of Portland cement concrete including
7 monolithically poured curb on the prepared subgrade or other base course.
8 B. Deviations from this City of Fort Worth Standard Specification
9 1. Modified 1.2.A
IO C. Related Specification Sections include , but are not necessarily limited to:
11 1. Division O -Procurement and ContractingRequirements
12 2. Division 1 -General Requirements
13 3. Section 32 01 29 -Concrete PavingRepair
14 4. Section 32 13 73 -Concrete Paving JointSealants
15 1.2 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
A. Measurement
1. Meas1:1remeAt Work associated with this Item is considered subsidiary to the various
items bid. No separate payment will be allowed for this Item.
a. Meas¼¼feffleAt for this lteffl shall be by the sqt1are yard of eofflpleted aAd
aeeepted Coeerete Pa¥emeet m its final positioe as H1eas¼¼fed fFoHl baek of ew=b
for yariot1s:
I) Classes
2) Thielrnesses
2. P~'fl'leAt
a. The v,•orlE perfofffled GRd materials fureished in aeeorda0ee with this Item 1Nill
be paid for at the :unit priee bid per sqt1are yard of CoAerete PaveffleRt.
3. The price bid shall include:
a . Shaping and fine grading the placement area
b. Furnishing and applying all water required
c. Furnishing, loading and unloading, storing, hauling and handling all concrete
ingredients including all freight and royalty involved
d. Mixing, placing, finishing and curing all concrete
e. Furnishing and installing all reinforcing steel
f. Furnishing all materials and placing longitudinal, warping, expansion, and
contraction joints, including all steel dowels, dowel caps and load transmission
units required, wire and devices for placing, holding and supporting the steel
bar, load transmission units, and joint filler material in the proper position; for
coating steel bars where required by the Drawings
g . Sealing joints
h . Monolithically poured curb
1. Cleanup
CITY OF FORT WORTH
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUM ENTS
Revised June I 0, 2022
Village Creek WRF. Digester Mixing. Flare and Dome lmprovement.~ Phase l
Citv Proiect No. 102652
l 1.3 REFERENCES
2 A.Reference Standards
321313-2
CONCRETE PA VTNG
Page 2 of22
3 1. Reference standards cited in this specification refer to the current reference standard
4 published at the time of the latest revision date logged at the end of this
5 specification , unless a date is specifically cited.
6 2. ASTM International (ASTM):
7 a. A615 /A615M , Deformed and Plain Billet-Steel Bars forConcrete
8 Reinforcement
9 b. C3 l , Standard Practice for Making and Curing Concrete Test Specimens in the
10 Field
11 c . C33 , ConcreteAggregates
12 d . C39 , Standard Test Method for Compressive Strength of Cylindrical Concrete
13 Specimens
14 e. C42 , Standard Test Method for Obtaining and Testing Drilled Cores and Sawed
15 Beams of Concrete
16 f . C94 /C94M , Standard Specifications for Ready-Mixed Concrete
17 g. Cl50, PortlandCement
18 h. C595 , Portland-LimestoneCement
19 i. Cl 56 , Standard Test Method for Water Loss (from a mortar specimen) Through
20 Liquid Membrane-Forming Curing Compounds for Concrete
21 j . Cl 72 , Standard Practice for Sampling Freshly Mixed Concrete
22 k. C260 , Air Entraining Admixtures for Concrete
23 I. C309 , Liquid Membrane-Forming Compounds for Curing Concrete , Type 2
24 m. C494 , Chemical Admixtures for Concrete , Types "A", "D", "F" and "G"
25 n . C61 8, Coal Fly Ash and Raw or Calcined Natural Pozzolan for use as a Mineral
26 Admixture in Concrete
27 o. C881 , Standard Specification for Epoxy-Resin-Base Bonding Systems for
28 Concrete
29 p. Cl 064 , Standard Test M ethod for Temperature of Freshly Mixed Hydraulic-
30 Cement Concrete
31 q . Cl 602 , Standard Specification for Mixing Water Used in the Production of
32 Hydraulic Cement Concrete .
33 r. D698 , Laboratory Compaction Characteristics of Soil Using Standard Effort
34 (12 ,400 ft-lbf/ft3)
35 3. Am erican Concrete lnstitute(ACI):
36 a . ACI 305 .1-14 Specification for Hot Weather Concreting
37 b . ACI 306.1-90 , Standard Specification for Cold Weather Concreting
38 c. ACI 318 , Building Code Requirements for Structural Concrete and Commentary
39 1.4 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS [NOT USED]
40 1.5 SUBMITTALS [NOT USED]
41 1.6 ACTION SUBMITT ALS/INFORMATIONAL SUBMITT ALS
42 A. Mix De sign : submit for approval. See Item 2.4 .A.
C IT Y OF FORT WO RTH
STAN D ARD CO NSTRUC TION SPEC IFICATI ON DOCUMENTS
Re vise d Jun e 10 , 2022
Village Creek WRF, Digester Mixing, Flare and Dom e Improvements Phase 1
Citv Proiect No. 102652
1.7 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS rNoT USED]
2 1.8 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITT ALS [NOT USED]
3 1.9 QUALITY ASSURANCE [NOT USED]
4 1.10 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING [NOT USED]
5 1.11 FIELD CONDITIONS
6 A.Weather Conditions
321313 -3
CONCRETE PAVING
Pag e 3 of22
7 1. Place concrete when concrete temperature is between 40°F and 95 °F when
8 measured in accordance with ASTM C 1064 at point of placement.
9 2. Hot Weather Concreting
10 a. Concrete paving operations shall be approved by the City project manager or
11 designee when the concrete temperature exceeds 95 °F .
12 b. Concrete shall not be placed when concrete temperature is above 100 °F under
13 any circumstances.
14 3. Cold WeatherConcreting
15 a . No concrete shall be placed when ambient temp in shade and away from
16 artificial heat is below 40°F and falling. Concrete may be placed when ambient
17 temp is above 35°F and rising. Unless the City project manager or designee
18 approves paving to continue , suspend concreting operations if a descending air
19 temperature in the shade and away from artificial heat falls below 40°F . Do not
20 resume concreting operations until an ascending air temperature in the shade and
21 away from artificial heat reaches 35 °F and rising . Contractor should take all the
22 precautions necessary to prevent freezing of concrete. Frozen concrete must be
23 removed and replaced .
24 4. It is to be distinctly understood that the contractor is responsible for the quality and
25 strength of the concrete placed under any weather conditions .
26 B.Time: Place concrete after sunrise and no later than shall permit the finishing of the
27 pavement in natural light, or as directed by the City.
28 1.12 WARRANTY [NOT USED]
29 PART 2-PRODUCTS
30 2.1 OWNER-FURNISHED PRODUCTS [NOT USED]
31 2.2 MATERIALS
32 A.Cementitious Material : ASTM C150 , ASTM C595 Type IL Cement.
33 B.Aggregates : ASTM C33 .
34 C.Water : ASTM C1602 .
35 D.Admixtures : When admixtures are used , conform to the appropriate specification :
36 1. Air-Entraining Admixtures for Concrete: ASTM C260.
37 2. Chemical Admixtures for Concrete : ASTM C494 , Types "A", "D", "F" and "G."
38 3. Fly Ash
CITY OF FORT WORTH
STANDARD CONSTR UC TION SP ECIFICA TION DO CUM ENTS
Revised Jun e I 0, 2022
Village Creek WRF, .Digester Mixing. Flare and .Dome Improvements Phase 1
Citv Proiect No. 102652
32 13 13 -4
CONCRETE PAVING
Page 4 of22
1 a. Coal Fly Ash and Raw or Calcined Natural Pozzolan for Use in Concrete:
2 ASTM C618.
3 b. Fly ash may be substituted at one pound per pound of cement up to 25% of the
4 specified cement content when such batch design is approved by the Engineer.
5 E . Steel Reinforcement: ASTMA615 .
6 F . Steel Wire Reinforcement: Not used for concrete pavement.
7 G.Dowels and Tie Bars
8 1. Dowel and tie bars: ASTMA615.
9 2. Dowel Caps
10 a . Provide and install dowel caps with enough range of movement to allow
11 complete closure of the expansion joint.
12 b. Caps for dowel bars shall be of the length shown on the Drawings and shall have
13 an internal diameter sufficient to permit the cap to freely s lip over the bar.
14 c. In no case shall the internal diameter exceed the bar diameter by more 1/8 inch ,
15 and one end of the cap shall be tightly closed.
16 3. Epoxy for Dowel and Tie Bars: ASTMC881.
17 a . See following table for approved producers of epoxies and adhesives
18
19
20
21
22
Pre-Qualified Producers of Epoxies and Adhesives
Product Name Producer
Concresive 1420 BASF
HTE-50 Hilti
T308 + Powers Fasteners
PE 1000+ Powers Fasteners
C-6 Ramset-Redhead
Epcon G-5 Ramset-Redhead
Pro-Poxy-300 Fast Tube Unitex
Shep-Poxy Tx.III CMC Construction Services
Ultrabond 1300 Tubes Adhesives Technology
Ultrabone 2300 N .S . A-22-2300 Adhesives Technology Slow Set
Dynapoxy EP-430 Pecora Corp.
EDOT Simpson Strong Tie
ET22 Simpson Strong Tie
SET 22 Simp son Strong Tie
SpecPoxy 3000FS SpecChem
b. Epoxy Use, Storage and Handling
I) Package components in airtight containers and protect from light and
moisture.
C ITY OF FORT WORTH
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECTF ICA TION DO CUMENTS
Rev ised June I 0, 2022
Village Creek WRF, Digester Mixing, Flare and Dome Improvement.< Pha.<e I
Citv Proiect No. 102652
32131 3-5
CONCRETE PA VTNG
Page 5 of2 2
2) Include detailed instructions for the application of the material and all
2 safety information and warnings regarding contact with the components.
3 3) Epoxy label requirements
4 a) Resin or hardener components
5 b) Brand name
6 c) Name of manufacturer
7 d) Lot or batch number
8 e) Temperature range forstorage
9 t) Date of manufacture
10 g) Expiration date
11 h) Quantity contained
12 4) Store epoxy and adhesive components at temperatures recommended by the
13 manufacturer.
14 5) Do not use damaged or previously opened containers and any material that
15 shows evidence of crystallization , lumps skinning, extreme thickening , or
16 settling of pigments that cannot be readily dispersed with normal agitation .
17 6) Fallow sound environmental practices when disposing of epoxy and
18 adhesive wastes.
19 7) Dispose of all empty containers separately .
20 8) Dispose of epoxy by completely emptying and mixing the epoxy before
21 disposal
22 H .Reinforcement Bar Chairs
23 1. Reinforcement bar chairs or supports shall be of adequate strength to support the
24 reinforcement bars and shall not bend or break under the weight of the
25 reinforcement bars or Contractor 's personnel walking on the reinforcing bars.
26 2 . Bar chairs may be made of metal (free of rust), precast mortar or concrete blocks or
27 plastic.
28 3 . For approval of plastic chairs, representative samples of the plastic shall show no
29 visible indications of deterioration after immersion in a 5-percent solution of
30 sodium hydroxide for 120-hours .
31 4 . Bar chairs may be rejected for failure to meet any of the requirements of this
32 specification .
33 I. Joint Filler
34 I. Joint filler is the material placed in concrete pavement and concrete structures to
35 allow for the expansion and contraction of the concrete.
36 2 . Wood Boards: Used as joint filler for concrete paving.
3 7 a . Boards for expansion joint filler shall be of the required size, shape and type
38 indicated on the Drawings or required in the specifications .
39 I) Boards shall be of selected stock of redwood or cypress . The boards shall
40 be sound heartwood and shall be free from sapwood, knots, clustered
41 birdseyes , checks and splits.
42 2) Joint filler, boards , shall be smooth, flat and straight throughout, and shall
43 be sufficiently rigid to permit ease ofinstallation.
44 3) Boards shall be furnished in lengths equal to the width between
45 longitudinal joints, and may be furnished in strips or scored sheet of the
46 required shape .
CITY OF FORT WORTH
STANDARD CONSTRUC TIO N SP ECIF ICA TION DOC UM ENTS
Revi sed Jun e 10, 2022
Village Creek WRF, Digester Mixing, Flare and Dome Improvement.~ Phase 1
City Proiect No. 102652
32 1313 -6
CONCRETE PAVING
Page 6 of22
I 3 . Dimensions. The thickness of the expansion joint filler shall be shown on the
2 Drawings; the width shall be not less than that shown on the Drawings, providing
3 for the top seal space .
4 4. Rejection. Expansion joint filler may be rejected for failure to meet any of the
5 requirements of this specification.
6 J. Joint Sealants. Provide Joint Sealants in accordance with Section 32 13 73.
7 K.Curing Materials
8 1. Membrane-Forming Compounds.
9 a . Conform to the requirements of ASTM C309, Type 2, white pigmented
IO compound and be of such nature that it shall not produce permanent
11 discoloration of concrete surfaces nor react deleteriously with the concrete .
12 b. The compound shall produce a firm , continuous uniform moisture-impermeable
13 film free from pinholes and shall adhere satisfactorily to the surfaces of damp
14 concrete.
15 c. It shall , when applied to the damp concrete surface at the specified rate of
16 coverage, dry to touch in 1 hour and dry through in not more than 4 hours under
17 normal conditions suitable for concrete operations.
18 d. It shall adhere in a tenacious film without running off or appreciably sagging.
19 e . It shall not disintegrate, check, peel or crack during the required curing period.
20 f. The compound shall not peel or pick up under traffic and shall disappear from
21 the surface of the concrete by gradual disintegration.
22 g. The compound shall be delivered to the job site in the manufacturer's original
23 containers only, which shall be clearly labeled with the manufacturer's name , the
24 trade name of the material and a batch number or symbol with which test
25 samples may be correlated .
26 h . When tested in accordance with ASTM C156 Standard Test Method for Water
27 Loss (from a mortar specimen) Through Liquid Membrane-Forming Curing
28 Compounds for Concrete, the liquid membrane-forming compound shall restrict
29 the loss of water present in the test specimen at the time of application of the
30 curing compound to not more than 0.01-oz .-per-2 inches of surface.
31 2.3 ACCESSORIES [NOT USED]
32 2.4 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL
33 A .Mix Design
34 1. Concrete Mix Design and Control
35 a. The City has a pre-approved list of concrete mix designs. The pre-approved list
36 can be found on the City website under Project Resources Folder. These mix
37 designs meet the requirements of applicable City specifications and the
38 Contractor may use mix designs from the list without the need for review and
39 approval. The contractor shall notify the City in writing which mix in the pre-
40 approved list the contractor uses for a project.
41 b. For a mix design not included in the pre-approved list, the Contractor shall
42 submit a design of the concrete mix it proposes to use and a full description of
43 the source of supply of each material component at least 10 calendar days prior
44 to the start of concrete paving operations.
45 c. The design of the concrete mix shall produce a quality concrete complyingwith
46 these specifications and shall include the following information:
CITY OF FORT WORTH
ST ANDARD CONSTR UC TION SPECIFICATION DO CUMENTS
Revised Jun e l 0, 2022
Village Creek WRF, Digester Mixing, Flare and Dome Improvement.~ Phase 1
City Proiect No. 102652
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
321313-7
CONCRETE PA VTNG
Page 7 of22
I) Design Requirements and Design Summary
2) Material source
3) Dry weight of cement/cubic yard and type
4) Dry weight of fly ash/cubic yard and type, if used
5) Saturated surface dry weight of fine and coarse aggregates/cubic yard
6) Design water/cubic yard
7) Quantities, type, and name of admixtures with manufacturer's data sheets
8) Current strength tests or strength tests in accordance with ACI 318
9) Current Sieve Analysis and -200 Decantation of fine and coarse aggregates
and date of tests
10) Fineness modulus of fine aggregate
11) Specific Gravity and Absorption Values of fine and coarse aggregates
12) L.A. Abrasion of coarse aggregates
d. Once mix design approved by City, maintain intent of mix design and
maximum water to cement ratio.
e. No concrete may be placed on the job site until the mix design has been
approved by the City.
2. Quality of Concrete
a. Consistency
1) In general, the consistency of concrete mixtures shall be such that:
a) Mortar shall cling to the coarse aggregate
b) Aggregate shall not segregate in concrete when it is transported to the
place of deposit
c) Concrete, when dropped directly from the discharge chute of the mixer,
shall flatten out at the center of the pile, but the edges of the pile shall
stand and not flow
d) Concrete and mortar shall show no free water when removed from the
mixer
e) Concrete shall slide and not flow into place when transported in metal
chutes at an angle of 30 degrees with the horizontal
t) Surface of the finished concrete shall be free from a surface film or
laitance
2) When field conditions are such that additional moisture is needed for the
final concrete surface finishing operation, the required water shall be applied
to the surface by hand sprayer only and be held to a minimum amount.
3) The concrete shall be workable, cohesive, possess satisfactory finishing
qualities and be of the stiffest consistency that can be placed and vibrated into
a homogeneous mass .
4) Excessive bleeding shall be avoided.
5) If the strength or consistency required for the class of concrete being
produced is not secured with the minimum cement specified or without
exceeding the maximum water/cement ratio, the Contractor may use, or the
City may require, an approved cement dispersing agent (water reducer); or
the Contractor shall furnish additional aggregates, or aggregates with
different characteristics, or the Contractor may use additional cement in
order to produce the required results.
6) The additional cement may be permitted as a temporary measure, until
aggregates are changed and designs checked with the different aggregates
or cement dispersing agent.
CITY OF FORT WORTH
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS
Revi sed June l 0, 2022
Village Creek WRF, Digester Mixing, Flare and Dome Tmprovements Phase 1
Citv Proiect No. I 02652
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
32 131 3-8
CONCRETE PA YING
Page 8 o f 22
7) The Contractor is solely responsible for the quality of the concrete
produced.
8) The City reserves the right to independently verify the quality of the
concrete through inspection of the batch plant, testing of the various
materials used in the concrete and by casting and testing concrete cylinders
or beams on the concrete actually incorporated in the pavement.
b . Standard Class
1) Unless otherwise shown on the Drawings or detailed specifications, the
standard class for pavement and related concrete for streets and alleys is
shown in the following table:
CITY OF FORT WORTH
STANDARD CONSTRUC TION SPECIFI CA TYO N DO CUMENTS
R evi sed Jun e 10, 2022
Village Creek WRF, Dige.~ter Mixing, Flare and Dome Improvements Phase I
City Project No. /02652
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
C.
32 13 13 -9
CONCRETE PA YING
Page 9 of22
Standard Classes of Pavement and Related Concrete
28Day Course
Aggregat Minimum Min. Class of Cementitiou Compressi Max . e General Usage Concrete w/cm Maximu (Informational Only) I s ve Ratio (Lb. /CY) Strength2 m
Size (Psi) (Inch)
Sidewalks and ADA
A 470 3,000 0.58 1-1/2 ramps, driveways, curb
& gutter, median
pavement
Inlets , manholes,
junction boxes,
CIP 470 3.000 0.50 1-1 /2 encasement, blocking,
collars, light pole
foundations
C 517 3,600 0.45 1-1/2 Headwalls, wingwalls,
culverts, drilled shafts
p 517 3,600 0.45 1-1/2 Machine placed Paving
H 564 4,500 0.45 1-1/2 Hand Placed Paving
HES 564 4,500 0.45 1-1 /2 HES Paving
Bridge slabs, top slabs of
s 564 4,000 0.45 1-1 /2 direct traffic culverts,
aooroach slabs
I . All exposed horizontal concrete shall have a mm1mum of3% entramed-a1r.
2. Minimum Compressive Strength Required.
a) Concrete Sidewalks and Curb & Gutter: Class A
b) Cast-In-Place Concrete Structures: Class CIP and Class C
c) Machine-Laid concrete: Class P
d) Hand-Laid concrete: Class H
e) Structural Concrete: Class S
t) High Early Strength Concrete: Class HES
Slump
( 1) When shown on the Drawings or allowed, provide Class HES
concrete for very early opening of pavements area or leave outs to
traffic.
(2) Design class HES to meet the requirements of class specified for
concrete pavement and a minimum compressive strength of 2,600
psi in 24 hours, unless other early strength and time requirements
are shown on the Drawings allowed.
I) Slump requirements for pavement and related concrete shall be as specified
in the following table:
Concrete Pavement and Related Concrete Slump Requirements Add classes of
concrete
Recommended Acceptable Design Concrete Use and Placement Placement Slump,
Slumo, (Inch)
CITY OF FORT WORTH Village Creek WRF, Digester Mixing, Flare and Dome Improvements .Phase J
Citv .Proiect No. 102652 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS
Revised June I 0, 2022
Slip-Form/Fonn-Riding Paving
Hand Formed Paving
Headwalls, wingwalls, culverts, inlets ,
manholes, junction boxes, encasement,
blocking, collars, light pole foundations,
slabs, sidewalk, curb and gutter, concrete
valley gutter and other miscellaneous
concrete
Drilled shafts
(Inch)
1-1/2
4
4
6 112
32 13 13 -10
CONCRETE PAVING
Page 10 of22
1 -3
3 -5
3 -5
::, 12-I 12
2 2) No concrete shall be permitted with slump in excess of the maximums
3 shown.
4 3) Any concrete mix failing to meet the above consistency requirements,
5 although meeting the slump requirements, shall be considered unsatisfactory,
6 and the mix shall be changed to correct such unsatisfactory conditions .
7 PART 3 -EXECUTION
8 3.1 INSTALLERS [NOT USED]
9 3.2 EXAMINATION [NOT USED]
10 3.3 PREPARATION [NOT USED]
11 3.4 INSTALLATION
A.Equipment 12
13 1. All equipment necessary for the construction of this item shall be on the project.
14 2. The equipment shall include spreading devices (augers), internal vibration,
15 tamping, and surface floating necessary to finish the freshly placed concrete in such
16 a manner as to provide a dense and homogeneous pavement.
17 3. Machine-Laid Concrete Pavement
18 a. Fixed-Form Paver. Fixed-form paving equipment shall be provided with forms
19 that are uniformly supported on a sufficiently firm subbase to prevent sagging
20 under the weight of machine .
21 b . Slip-FormPaver
22 1) Slip-form paving equipment shall be provided with traveling side forms of
23 sufficient dimensions, shape and strength so as to support the concrete
24 laterally for a sufficient length of time during placement.
25 2) City may reject use of Slip-Form Paver if paver requires over-digging and
26 impacts trees, mailboxes or other improvements.
27 4. Hand-Laid ConcretePavement
28 a. Machines that do not incorporate these features, such as roller screeds or
29 vibrating screeds, shall be considered tools to be used in hand-laid concrete
30 construction, as slumps, spreading methods, vibration, and other procedures are
31 more common to hand methods than to machine methods.
32 5. City may reject equipment and stop operation if equipment does not meet
33 requirements.
34 B.Concrete Mixing and Delivery
CITY OF FORT WORTH
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS
Revised June 10 , 2022
Village Creek WRF, Digester Mixing, Flare and Dome Improvements Phase 1
Citv Proiect No. 102652
321313 -11
CONCRETE PA VTNG
Page 11 of22
1. Transit Batching: shall not be used -onsite mixing not permitted
2 2. Ready Mixed Concrete
3 a. The concrete shall be produced in an approved method conforming to the
4 requirements of this specification and ASTM C94/C94M.
5 b. City shall have access to ready mix plant to obtain material samples.
6 c . When ready-mix concrete is used, sample concrete per ASTM Cl 72Alternate
7 Procedure 2:
8 1) As the mjxer is being emptied, individual samples shall be taken after the
9 discharge of approximately 10 percent and 90 percent of the load.
10 2) The method of sampling shall provide that the samples are representative of
11 widely separated portions, but not from the very ends of the batch.
12 d . The mixing of each batch, after all materials are in the drum, shall continue unti I
13 it produces a thoroughly mixed concrete of uniform mass as determined by
14 established mixer performance ratings and inspection, or appropriate uniformity
15 tests as described in ASTM C94.
16 e. The entire contents of the drum shall be discharged before any materials are
17 placed therein for the succeeding batch.
18 f. Retempering or remixing shall not be permitted.
19 3. Delivery
20 a. Deliver concrete at an interval not exceeding 30 minutes or as determined by
21 City to prevent cold joint.
22 4. DeliveryTickets
23 a. For all operations, the manufacturer of the concrete shall , before unloading,
24 furnish to the purchaser with each batch of concrete at the site a delivery ticket
25 on which is printed, stamped, or written , the following information to determine
26 that the concrete was proportioned in accordance with the approved mix design:
27 1) Name of concrete supplier
28 2) Serial number of ticket
29 3) Date
30 4) Truck number
31 5) Name of purchaser
32 6) Specific designation of job (name and location)
33 7) Specific class, design identification and designation of the concrete in
34 conformance with that employed in job specifications
35 8) Amount of concrete in cubic yards
36 9) Time loaded or of first mixing of cement and aggregates
37 10) Water added by receiver of concrete
38 11) Type and amount of admixtures
39 C.Subgrade
40 1. When manipulation or treatment of subgrade is required on the Drawings, the work
41 shall be performed in proper sequence with the preparation of the sub grade for
42 pavement.
43 2. The roadbed shall be excavated and shaped in conformity with the typical sections
44 and to the lines and grades shown on the Drawings or established by the City.
45 3 . All holes , ruts and depressions shall be filled and compacted with suitable material
46 and, if required, the subgrade shall be thoroughly wetted and reshaped.
47 4. Irregularities of more than 1/2 inch ., as shown by straightedge or template, shall be
48 corrected.
CITY OF FORT WORTH
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFTCA TTON DOCUMENTS
Revi sed June I 0, 2022
Village Creek WRF, Dige.~ter Mixing, Flare and Dome Improvement.~ Pha.~e I
City Proiect No. 102652
32 13 13 -12
CONCRETE PAVING
Page 12 of22
2
3
4
5
5 . The subgrade shall be uniformly compacted to at least 95 percent of the maximum
density as determined by ASTM D698.
6. Moisture content shall be within minus 2 percent to plus 4 percent ofoptimum .
7. The prepared subgrade shall be wetted down sufficiently in advance of placing the
pavement to ensure its being in a firm and moist condition .
6
7
8. Sufficient subgrade shall be prepared in advance to ensure satisfactoryprosecution
of the work .
8
9
9. The Contractor shall notify the City at least 24 hours in advance of its intention to
place concrete pavement.
10
11
10 . After the specified moisture and density are achieved, the Contractor shall maintain
the subgrade moisture and density in accordance with this Section.
12 11. In the event that rain or other conditions may have adversely affected the condition
13 of the sub grade or base, additional tests may be required as directed by the City.
14 D .Placing and Removing Forms
15 1. Placing Forms
16 a . Forms for machine-laid concrete
17 1) The side forms shall be metal , of approved cross section and bracing, of a
18 height no less than the prescribed edge thickness of the concrete section, and a
19 minimum of 10 feet in length for each individual form.
20 2) Farms shall be of ample strength and staked with adequate number of pins
21 capable of resisting the pressure of concrete placed against them and the
22 thrust and the vibration of the construction equipment operating upon them
23 without appreciable springing, settling or deflection.
24 3) The forms shall be free from warps , bends or kinks and shall show no
25 variation from the true plane for face or top .
26 4) Forms shall be jointed neatly and tightly and set with exactness to the
27 established grade and alignment.
28 5) Forms shall be set to line and grade at least 200 feet, where practicable, in
29 advance of the paving operations .
30 6) In no case shall the base width be less than 8 inches for a form 8 inches or
31 more in height.
32 7) Forms must be in firm contact with the subgrade throughout their length
33 and base width .
34 8) If the sub grade becomes unstable, forms shall be reset, using heavy stakes
35 or other additional supports may be necessary to provide the required
36 stability.
37 b . Forms for hand-laid concrete
38 1) Forms shall extend the full depth of concrete and be a minimum of 1-1 /2
39 inches in thickness or equivalent when wooden forms are used, or be of a
40 gauge that shall provide equivalent rigidity and strength when metal forms are
41 used.
42 2) For curves with a radius of less than 250 feet, acceptable flexible metal or
43 wood forms shall be used.
44 3) All forms showing a deviation of 1 /8 inch in 10 feet from a straight line
45 shall be rejected.
46 2. Settling. When forms settle over 1 /8 inch under finishing operations, paving
47 operations shall be stopped the forms reset to line and grade and the pavement then
48 brought to the required section and thickness .
CITY OF FORT WORTH
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION S PECIF lCA TION DOCUMENTS
Revised Jun e 1 0, 2022
Village Creek WRF, Digester Mixing, Flare and Dome Tmprovements Phase I
Citv Proiect No. 102652
32 I 3 I 3 - I 3
CONCRETE PAVING
Page 13 of22
3 . Cleaning. Forms shall be thoroughly cleaned after each use.
2 4. Removal.
3 a. Forms shall remain in place until the concrete has taken its final set.
4 b . A void damage to the edge of the pavement when removing forms.
5 c . Repair damage resulting from form removal and honeycombed areas with a
6 mortar mix within 24 hours after form removal unless otherwise approved.
7 d. Clean joint face and repair honeycombed or damaged areas within 24 hours
8 after a bulkhead for a transverse construction joint has been removed unless
9 otherwise approved.
10 e . When forms are removed before 72 hours after concrete placement, promptly
11 apply membrane curing compound to the edge of the concrete pavement.
12 E . Placing Reinforcing Steel, Tie, and Dowel Bars
13 1. General
14 a. When reinforcing steel tie bars, dowels, etc., are required they shall be placed as
15 shown on the Drawings.
16 b . All reinforcing steel shall be clean, free from rust in the form ofloose or
17 objectionable scale, and of the type, size and dimensions shown on the
18 Drawings.
19 c. Reinforcing bars shall be securely wired together at the alternate intersections
20 and all splices and shall be securely wired at each intersection dowel and load-
21 transmission unit intersected.
22 d . All bars shall be installed in their required position as shown on the Drawings.
23 e . The storing of reinforcing or structural steel on completed roadway slabs
24 generally shall be avoided and, where permitted, such storage shall be limited to
25 quantities and distribution that shall not induce excessive stresses .
26 2 . Splices
27 a. Provide standard reinforcement splices by lapping and tying ends.
28 b . Comply with ACI 318 for minimum lap of spliced bars where not specified on
29 the Drawings.
30 3. Installation of Reinforcing Steel
31 a. All reinforcing bars and bar mats shall be installed in the slab at the required
32 depth below the finished surface and supported by and securely attached to bar
33 chairs installed on prescribed longitudinal and transverse centers as shown by
34 sectional and detailed drawings on the Drawings .
35 b. Chairs Assembly . The chair assembly shall be similar and equal to that shown
36 on the Drawings and shall be approved by the City prior to extensive fabrication .
37 c . After the reinforcing steel is securely installed above the subgrade as specified
38 in Drawings and as herein prescribed, no loading shall be imposed upon the bar
39 mats or individual bars before or during the placing or finishing of the concrete.
40 4 . Installation of Dowel Bars
41 a . Install through the predrilled joint filler and rigidly support in true horizontal
42 and vertical positions by an assembly of bar chairs and dowel baskets .
43 b. Dowel Baskets
44 1) The dowels shall be held in position exactly parallel to surface and
45 centerline of the slab , by a dowel basket that is left in the pav ement.
46 2) The dowel basket shall hold each dowel in exactly the correct position so
47 firmly that the dowel 's position cannot be altered by concreting operations .
48 c . Dowel Caps
C ITY OF FORT WORTH
STANDARD CO N STRUC TION SPEC IFI CATION DOCUMENTS
Revised Jun e I 0, 2022
Village Creek WRF, Digester Mixing. Flare and Dome Improvem ent.~ Pha se I
Citv Proiect No. 102652
32 13 13 -14
CONCRETE PA VTNG
Page 14 of22
1) Install cap to allow the bar to move not less than 1-1/4 inch in either
2 direction. Grease bar before adding cap to prevent bonding with the concrete .
3 5 . Tie Bar and Dowel Placement
4 a . Place at mid-depth of the pavement slab, parallel to the surface.
5 b. Place as shown on the Drawings .
6 6. Epoxy for Tie and Dowel Bar Instal la ti on
7 1) Epoxy bars as shown on the Drawings .
8 2) Use only drilling operations that do not damage the surrounding structures .
9 3) Blow out drilled holes with compressed air.
10 4) Completely fill the drilled hole with approved epoxy before inserting the tie
11 bar into the hole.
12 5) Install epoxy grout and bar at least 6 inches embedded into concrete.
13 F . Joints
14 1. Joints shall be placed where shown on the Drawings or where directed by the City.
15 2. The plane of all joints shall make a right angle with the surface of the pavement.
16 3 . No joints shall have an error in alignment of more than 1/2 inch at anypoint.
17 4. Joint Dimensions
18 a. The width of the joint shall be shown on the Drawings, creating the joint
19 sealant reservoir.
20 b . The depth of the joint shall be shown on the Drawings.
21 c . Dimensions of the sealant reservoir shall be in accordance with manufacturer's
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
recommendations.
d . After curing , the joint sealant shall be 1/8 inch to 1/4 inch below the pavement
surface at the center of the joint.
5 . Transverse ExpansionJoints
a. Expansion joints shall be installed perpendicularly to the surface and to the
centerline of the pavement at the locations shown on the Drawings, or as
approved by the City. Expansion joints shall continue to the farthest outside
edge of paving and adjacent slabs, and should extend through monolithic or
attached curbs so that there is no restriction to the movement of the joint at any
point.
b . Joints shall be of the design width , and spacing shown on the Drawings, or as
approved by the City .
c. Dowel bars , shall be of the size and type shown on the Drawings, or as
approved by the City, and shall be installed at the specified spacing.
d. Support dowel bars with dowel baskets.
e . Dowels shall not restrict the free opening and closing of the expansion join and
shall not make planes of weaknesses in the pavement.
f . Greased Dowels for Expansion Joints .
1) Coat dowels with a thin film of grease or other approved de-bonding
material.
2) Provide dowel caps on the lubricated end of each dowel bar.
g. Proximity to Existing Structures. When the pavement is adjacent to or around
existing structures , expansions joints shall be constructed in accordance with the
details shown on the Drawings .
6 . Transverse ContractionJoints
a . Contraction or dummy joints shall be installed at the locations and at the
intervals shown on the Drawings .
C ITY OF FORT WORTH
ST ANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFI CA TION DO CUMENTS
Revised Jun e 10 , 2022
Village Creek WRF, Digester Mixing, Flare and Dome Improvement.~ Phase I
City Project No. 102652
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
32 13 13 -15
CONCRETE PA VTNG
Page 15 of22
b. Joints shall be of the design width, and spacing shown on the Drawings, or as
approved by the City.
c . Dowel bars , shall be of the size and type shown on the Drawings, or as
approved by the City, and shall be installed at the specified spacing.
d. Saw joints in a single cut to the width and depth the plans show. Begin sawing
as soon as the concrete hardens sufficiently to prevent excessive raveling along
the saw cut and finish before conditions induce uncontrolled cracking.
e . The joints shall be constructed by sawing to a 1/4 -inch width and to a depth of
1/4 of the actual pavement thickness , or deeper if so indicated on the Drawings.
f. Complete sawing as soon as possible in hot weather conditions and within a
maximum of 24 hours after saw cutting begins under cool weather conditions.
g . If sharp edge joints are being obtained, the sawing process shall be sped up to
the point where some raveling is observed.
h. Damage by blade action to the slab surface and to the concrete immediately
adjacent to the joint shall be minimized.
1. Any portion of the curing membrane which has been disturbed by sawing
operations shall be restored by spraying the areas with additional curing
compound.
7. Transverse ConstructionJoints
a. Construction joints formed at the close of each day 's work or when the placing
of concrete has been interrupted for 30-minutes or longer shall be constructed
by use of metal or wooden bulkheads cut true to the section of the finished
pavement and cleaned.
b . Wooden bulkheads shall be constructed using material of a thickness not less
than nominal 2" lumber.
c . Longitudinal bars shall be held securely in place in a plane perpendicular to the
surface and at right angles to the centerline of the pavement.
d. Edges shall be rounded to 1/4-inch radius.
e. Any surplus concrete on the subgrade shall be removed upon the resumption of
the work.
8. Longitudinal ConstructionJoints
a . Longitudinal construction joints shall be of the type shown on the Drawings.
9. Joint Filler
a. Joint filler shall be as specified in 2.2.I of the size and shape shown on the
Drawings .
b . Redwood Board joints shall be used for all pavement joints except for
expansion joints that are coincident with a butt joint against existing
pavements.
c. Boards with less than 25-percent of moisture at the time of installation shall be
thoroughly wetted on the job.
d . Green lumber of much higher moisture content is desirable and acceptable.
e . The joint filler shall be appropriately drilled to admit the dowel bars when
required.
f. The bottom edge of the filler shall extend to or slightly below the bottom of the
slab. The top edge shall be held not less than l /2 inch below the finished
surface of the pavement in order to allow the finishing operations to be
continuous.
CITY OF FORT WORTH
STA ND ARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFI C ATION DOCUM ENTS
Revi se d Jun e I 0, 2022
Village Creek WRF, Digester Mixing, Flare and Dome Tmprovements Phase 1
Citv Proiect No. 102652
32131 3-16
CONCRETE PAVING
Page 16 of 22
I g . The joint filler may be composed of more than one length of board in the
2 length of joint, but no board of a length less than 6 foot may be used unless
3 othetWise shown on the Drawings .
4 h . After the removal of the side forms , the ends of the joints at the edges of the
5 slab shall be carefully opened for the entire depth of the slab .
6 10. Joint Sealing. Routine pavement joints shall be filled consistent with paving details
7 and as specified in Section 32 13 73 . Materials shall generally be handled and
8 applied according to the manufacturer's recommendations as specified in Section
9 32 13 73.
10 G.Placing Concrete
11 1. Unless otherwise specified in the Drawings , the finished pavement shall be
12 constructed monolithically and constructed by machined laid method unless
13 impractical. The City will make determination of what is practical. The maximum
14 length of concrete lane that can be placed by hand pouring is 50 linear feet.
15 2 . The concrete shall be rapidly deposited on the subgrade in successive batches and
16 shall be distributed to the required depth and for the entire width of the pavement
17 by approved methods.
18 3 . Any concrete not placed as herein prescribed within the time limits in the following
19 table will be rejected. Time begins when the water is added to the mixer.
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
T emperature -T" R 1me eqmrements
Concrete Temperature Max Time -minutes Max Time -minutes
(at point of placement) (no retarding agent) (with retarding agent)'
Non-Agitated Concrete
All temperatures 45 45
Agitated Concrete
Above 90 °F 45 75
Above 75 °F thru 90 °F 60 90
75 °F and Below 60 120
I Norm a l dosage o f retard er.
4. Rakes shall not be used in handling concrete .
5. At the end of the day , or in case of unavoidable interruption or delay of more than
30 minutes or longer to prevent cold joints, a transverse construction joint shall be
placed in accordance with 3.4 .F.7 of this Section.
6 . Honeycombing
a . Special care shall be taken in placing and v ibrating the concrete against the
forms and at all joints and assemblies so as to prevent honeycombing Concrete
shall be uniformly consolidated throughout its width and depth , free from honey
combed areas , and has a consistent void-free closed surface .
b. Exces siv e voids and honeycombing in the edge of the pavement, revealed by the
removal of th e side form s, may be cau se for rejection of th e se ction of slab in
which th e defect occurs .
CITY OF FORT WORTH
ST ANDARD CON STRUCTION SPEC TFI CA TION DOC UM ENTS
Revised Jun e I 0, 2022
Village Creek WRF, Dige ster Mixing. Flare and Dome Improvement.< Pha.<e 1
Citv Proiect No. 102652
321313-17
CONCRETE PA YING
Page 17 of22
I H.Finishing
2 1. Machine
3 a. Tolerance Limits
4 1) While the concrete is still workable, it shall be tested for irregularities with
5 a 10-foot straightedge placed parallel to the centerline of the pavement so as
6 to bridge depressions and to touch all high spots.
7 2) Ordinates measured from the face of the straightedge to the surface of the
8 pavement shall at no place exceed 1/16 inch-per-foot from the nearest point of
9 contact.
10 3) In no case shall the maximum ordinate to a 10-foot straightedge be greater
11 than 1 /8 inch.
12 4) Any surface not within the tolerance limits shall be reworked and
13 refinished.
14 b. Edging
15 1) The edges of slabs and all joints requiring edging shall be carefully tooled
16 with an edger of the radius required by the Drawings at the time the concrete
17 begins to take its "set" and becomes non-workable.
18 2) All such work shall be left smooth and true to lines .
19 2. Hand
20 a. Hand finishing permitted only in intersections and areas inaccessible to a
21 finishing machine .
22 b. When the hand method of striking off and consolidating is permitted, the
23 concrete, as soon as placed, shall be approximately leveled and then struck off
24 with screed bar to such elevation above grade that, when consolidated and
25 finished, the surface of the pavement shall be at the grade elevation shown on
26 the Drawings .
27
28 c. The straightedge and joint finishing shall be as prescribed herein.
29 I. Curing
30 1. The curing of concrete pavement shall be thorough and continuous throughout the
31 entire curing period.
32 2. Failure to provide proper curing as herein prescribed shall be considered as
33 sufficient cause for immediate suspension of the paving operations .
34 3. The curing method as herein specified does not preclude the use of any of the other
35 commonly used methods of curing, and the City may approve another method of
36 curing if so requested by the Contractor.
37 4. If any selected method of curing does not afford the desired results , the City shall
38 have the right to order that another method of curing be instituted.
39 5. After removal of the side forms , the sides of the slab shall receive a like coating
40 before earth is banked against them .
41 6. The solution shall be applied, under pressure with a spray nozzle, in such a manner
42 as to cover the entire surfaces thoroughly and completely with a uniform film.
43 7. The rate of appl ication shall be such as to ensure complete coverage and shall not
44 exceed 20-square-yards-per-gallon of curing compound.
45 8 . When thoroughly dry, it shall provide a continuous and flexible membrane, free
46 from cracks or pinholes, and shall not disintegrate , check, peel or crack during the
47 curing period.
CITY OF FORT WORTH
ST ANDA RD CONSTRUC TION SPECTFICA TION DO CUMENTS
Revised Jun e 10, 2022
Village Creek WRF, Digester Mixing. Flare and Dome Improvement.~ Phase 1
City Proiect No. /02652
32 13 13 -18
CONCRETE PA VTNG
Page 18 of22
9. If for any reason the seal is broken during the curing period, it shall be immediately
2 repaired with additional sealing solution.
3 10 . When tested in accordance with ASTM C156 Standard Test Method for Water Loss
4 (from a mortar specimen) Through Liquid Membrane-Forming Curing Compounds
5 for Concrete, the curing compound shall provide a film which shall have retained
6 within the test specimen a percentage of the moisture present in the specimen when
7 the curing compound was applied according to the following.
8 11 . Contractor shall maintain and properly repair damage to curing materials on
9 exposed surfaces of concrete pavement continuously for a least 72 hours .
10 J. MonolithicCurbs
11 1. Concrete for monolithic curb shall be the same as for the pavement and shall be
12 placed within 20 minutes of the placement of the slab concrete.
13 2 . After the concrete has been struck off and sufficiently set, the exposed surfaces
14 shall be thoroughly worked to achieve an acceptable surface finish .
15 3. The exposed edges shall be rounded by the use of an edging tool to the radius
16 indicated on the Drawings .
17 4 . All exposed surfaces of curb shall be brushed to a smooth and uniform surface .
18 K.Pavement Leaveouts
19 1. Pavement leaveouts as necessary to maintain and provide for local traffic shall be
20 provided at location indicated on the Drawings or as directed by the City.
21 2. The extent and location of each leaveout required and a suitable crossover
22 connection to provide for traffic movements shall be determined in the field by the
23 City .
24 3.5 REP AIR
25 A .Repair of concrete pavement concrete shall be consistent with the Drawings and as
26 specified in Section 32 01 29.
27 3.6 RE-INSTALLATION [NOT USED]
28 3.7 SITE QUALITY CONTROL
29 A .Concrete Placement
30 I . Place concrete using a fully automated paving machine. Hand paving is only
31 permitted in areas such as intersections where use of paving machine is not
32 practical.
33 a . All concrete pavement not placed by hand shall be placed using a fully
34 automated paving machine as approved by the City.
35 b . Screeds are considered hand placement paving method.
36 B .Testing of Materials
37 1. Samples of all materials for testing shall be provided by the contractor at no
38 expense to the City, unless otherwise specified in the special provisions or in the
39 Drawings.
40 2. In the event the in itial sampling and testing does not comply with the specifications,
41 all subsequent testing of the material in order to determine if the material is
42 acceptable shall be at the Contractor's expense at the same rate charged by the
43 commercial laboratories .
CITY OF FORT WORTH
ST ANDA RD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFI C A TJON DO CUM E NTS
Revised Jun e I 0, 2022
Village Creek WRF, Digester Mixing. Flare and Dome Improvements Phase I
Citv Proiect No. 102652
32131 3-19
CONCRETE PAVTNG
Page 19 of22
1 3 . All testing shall be in accordance with applicable ASTM Standards and concrete
2 testing technician must be ACI certified or equivalent.
3 C.Pavement Thickness Test
4 1. Pavement thickness test shall be performed by a commercial testing laboratory
5 approved by the City every I 00 feet or fraction thereof in accordance with TxDOT
6 Designation : Tex-423-A , unless otherwise shown on the p lans. Test locations shall
7 be at the discretion of the City.
8 2 . In the event a deficiency in the thickness of pavement is revealed during normal
9 testing operations , core samples shall be taken at the contractor's expense to verify
10 deficiency of more than 0 .2 in. from plan thickness and to isolate the deficient area.
11 3 . Where the average thickness of pavement in the area found to be deficient in
12 thickness by more than 0.20 inch, but not more than 0 .50-inch, payment shall be
13 made at an adjusted price as specified in the following table.
14
Deficiency in Thickness Proportional Part
Determined by Cores Of Contract Price
Inches Allowed
0 .00 -0 .20 100 percent
0 .21 -0 .30 80 percent
0 .31 -0.40 70 percent
0.41 -0.50 60 percent
15
16 4. Any area of pavement found deficient in thickness by more than 0 .50 inch but not
17 more than 0.75 inch or 1/10 of the thickness specified on the Drawings, whichever
18 is greater, shall be evaluated by the City.
19 5. If, in the judgment of the City the area of such deficiency should not beremoved
20 and replaced, there shall be no payment for the area retained.
21 6 . If, in the judgment of the City , the area of such deficiency warrants removal , the
22 area shall be removed and replaced, at the Contractor's entire expense, with
23 concrete of the thickness shown on the Drawings.
24 7. Any area of pavement found deficient in thickness by more than 0 .75 inch or more
25 than I /10 of the plan thickness, whichever is greater, shall be removed and replaced
26 with concrete of the thickness shown on the Drawings at the Contractor's sole
27 expense .
28 8 . No additional payment over the contract unit price shall be made for anypavement
29 of a thickness exceeding that required by the Drawings.
30 D .Pavement Strength Test
31 I . During the progress of the work the commercial testing laboratory casts test
32 cylinders for conforming to ASTM C3 l , to maintain a check on the compressive
33 strengths of the concrete being placed.
C ITY O F FORT WORTH
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPEC IFI CATION DOCUM ENTS
Revised Jun e I 0, 2022
Village Creek WRF, Digester Mixing. Flare and Dome Tmprovements Phase I
City Proiect No . 102652
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
32 13 13 -20
CONCRETE PA VTNG
Page 20 of22
2. Test cylinders shall be taken from a representative portion of concrete being placed
for every 150-cubic yards of concrete pavement placed, but in no case shall fewer
than l set of cylinders be taken per day of placement. After the cylinders have been
cast, they shall remain on the job site and then transported, moist cured, and tested
in accordance with ASTM C31 and ASTM C39 .
3. In each set, one of the cylinders shall be tested at 7 days (3 days for HES concrete),
two cylinders shall be tested at 28 days (three cylinders for 4" by 8" cylinders), and
the remaining cylinder shall be retained for testing at 56 days, if necessary .
Concrete must attain its design strength within 56 days. The 4" by 8" cylinders are
acceptable only when the nominal maximum aggregate size of the mix is less than
1-1 /4 inch .
4 . If the average 28-day test results indicate deficient strength, the Contractor may, at
its option and expense, core the pavement in question and have the cores tested by
an approved laboratory in accordance with ASTM C42 and ACI 318 protocol. The
average of all cores must meet l 00 percent of the minimum specified strength, with
no individual core resulting in less than 90 percent of design strength, in order to
override the results of the cylinder tests.
5. In the event cy linders and/or cores do not meet minimum specified strength,
additional cores may be taken to identify the limits of deficient concrete pavement
at the expense of the Contractor.
6 . Cylinders and/or cores must meet minimum specified strength . Pavement not
meeting the minimum specified strength shall be subject to the money penalties or
removal and placement at the Contractor 's expense as shown in the following table .
Percent Deficient Percent of Contract Price Allowed
Greater Than O percent -Not More Than IO percent 90-percent
Greater Than IO percent -Not More Than 15 percent 80-percent
Greater Than 15 percent 0-percent or removed and replaced at the entire cost
and expense of Contractor as directed by City
26 7. Deficiency shall be determined on a panel by panel basis.
27 8. The amount of penalty shall be deducted from payment due to Contractor
28 9. No additional payment over the contract unit price shall be made for any pavement
29 with a strength exceeding that required by the Drawings and/or specifications .
30 E. Cracked Concrete AcceptancePolicy
31 l. If cracks exist in concrete pavement upon completion of the project, the Project
32 Inspector shall decide as to the need for action to address the cracking as to its
33 cause and recommended remedial work.
34 2. If the recommended remedial work is routing and sealing of the cracks to protect
35 the subgrade, the Inspector shall make the determination as to whether to rout and
36 seal the cracks at the time of final inspection and acceptance or at any time prior to
37 the end of the project maintenance period . The Contractor shall perform the routing
38 and sealing work as directed by the Project Inspector, at no cost to the City,
3 9 regardless of the cause of the cracking .
40 3. If remedial work beyond routing and sealing is determined to be necessary, the
41 Inspector and the Contractor shall meet to determine the cause of the cracking.
C ITY OF FORT WORTH
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SP ECIFI CA TION DO CUMENTS
Revised Jun e I 0, 2022
Village Creek WRF, Digester Mixing, Flare and Dome Improvement.~ Phase I
City Proiect No. 102652
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
32 13 13 -21
CONCRETE PA VTNG
Page 21 of22
a. If agreement is reached that the cracking is due to deficient materials or
workmanship, the Contractor shall perform the remedial work at no cost to the
City. Remedial work in this case shall be limited to removing and replacing the
deficient work with new material and workmanship that meets the requirements
of the contract.
b. If the Inspector and the Contractor agree that the cause of the cracking is not
deficient materials or workmanship, the City may request the Contractor to
provide an estimate of the cost of the necessary remedial work and/or additional
work to address the cause of the cracking, and the Contractor will perform that
work at the agreed-upon price if the City elects to do so.
4. If the Inspector and the Contractor cannot agree on the cause of the cracking, the
City may hire an independent geotechnical engineer, acceptable to the Contractor,
to perform testing and analysis to determine the cause of the cracking. The
contractor shall pay 50 percent of the costs of the independent testing. Contractor
shall provide one half of the estimated costs of the independent testing to be held by
the City.
5. If the independent geotechnical engineer determines that the primary cause of the
cracking is the Contractor's deficient material or workmanship , the remedial work
will be performed at the Contractor's entire expense and the Contractor will also
reimburse the City for the City's portion of cost of the geotechnical investigation.
Remedial work in this case shall be limited to removing and replacing the deficient
work with new material and workmanship that meets the requirements of the
contract.
6 . If the geotechnical engineer determin es that the primary cause of the cracking is not
the Contractor's deficient material or workmanship , the City will return the held
funds to the Contractor. The Contractor, on request , will provide the City an
estimate of the costs of the necessary remedial work and/or additional work and
will perform the work at the agreed-upon price as directed by the City.
29 3.8 SYSTEM STARTUP [NOT USED]
30 3.9 ADJUSTING [NOT USED]
31 3.10 CLEANING [NOT USED]
32 A.No concrete washout, mix, sluny, cuts , mud or solids etc., may enter the storm water
33 system including curb lines . Equipment washout allowed only in areas shown on
34 drawings and test materials or slag must be removed from site prior to final acceptance.
35 3.11 CLOSEOUT ACTIVITIES [NOT USED]
36 3.12 PROTECTION [NOT USED]
37 3.13 MAINTENANCE [NOT USED]
38 3.14 ATTACHMENTS [NOT USED]
39
CITY OF FORT WORTH
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SP ECIFICATION DOCUM EN TS
Revi sed June I 0, 2022
Village Creek WRF, Digester Mixing, Flare and Dome Improvements Phase 1
Citv Proiect No. 102652
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
DATE NAME
12/20/2012
05 /21 /2014 Doug Rademaker
Zelalem
03 /19/2021 Arega/Do ug
Black
3/11 /2022 Z elalem Arega
6/10/2022 MOwen
C ITY OF FORT WORTH
END OF SEC TION
Revision Log
SUMMARY OF CHANGE
1.2 .A -Modified items to be included in price bid
32 13 13 -22
CONCRETE PAVING
Page 22 of22
2.2.D -Modified to clarify acceptable fly ash substitution in concrete pavi ng
1.11 .A -modified to cl arify concrete placement temperature re stri ctions
2.4 .A, B , D -to clarify concrete quality control process and requirements
3.7 . C & D -to modify and c larify the pavement strength te st and change in
pavement thickness meas urement methodology
3.7.E -Modified to clarify cracked concrete acceptance policy
1.3.A.h, 2.2 -Added ASTM C595, Type IL cement
3.4 G. I. -Clarified language re : machine laid vs. hand poured
STANDARD CONSTR UCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS
Revised Jun e 10, 2022
Village Creek WR F, Digester Mixing. Flare and Do me Im provement.< Ph ase 1
Citv Proiect No. 102652
32 1320-1
CONC RET E SID EWA LKS , DRIVE WAYS A N D BA RRI ER FR EE RAMPS
Page I of6
1 SECTION 32 13 20
2 CONCRETE SIDEWALKS , DRIVEWAYS AND BARRIER FREE RAMPS
3 PARTl-GENERAL
4 1.1 SUMMARY
5 A. Section Includes :
6 I . Concrete sidewalks
7 2 . Driveways
8 3. Barrier free ramps
9 B . Deviations from this City of Fort Worth Standard Specification
IO 1. Modified 1.2.A
11 C. Related Specification Sections include , but are not necessarily limited to :
12 1. Division O -Bidding Requirements , Contract Forms, and Conditions of the Contract
13 2. Division I -General Requirements
14 3 . Section 02 41 13 -Selective Site Demolition
15 4. Section 32 13 13 -Concrete Paving
16 5 . Section 32 13 73 -Concrete Paving Joint Sealants
17 1.2 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES
18 A. Measurement and Payment
19 I. Concrete Sidewalk
20 a . Measurement and Payment
21 l) Measurement for this Item shall be by the square foot of eompleted and
22 aeeepted Conerete Sidewalk in its final position for Yarious: Work associated
23 with this Item is considered subsidiary to the various items bid. No
24 separate payment will be allowed for this Item.
25 a) Thieknesses
26 b) TYf>es
27 b . Payfflent
28 l) The work performed and m.aterials furnished in aeeordanee 1.Yith this Item
29 and measured as provided under "Measurement" 1uill be paid for at the unit
30 priee bid per square foot of Conerete Sidei,•,al-k.
31 c. The price bid shall include:
32 I) Excavating and preparing the subgrade
33 2) Furnishing and placing all materials
34 3) Thickened edge under sidewalk limits, if adjacent to curb or retaining wall
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
2. Conerete Cure at Baek of Sidewalk (6 to 12 ineh fflax)
a. Measureff!ent
l) Measurement for this Item shall be by the linear foot of eompleted and
aeeepted Conerete Cure at the Baek of Sidewalk within the 6 to 12 ineh eure
height at eaek of walk in its frnal position .
b. Payment
C ITY OF FORT WORTH Village Creek WRF, Digester Mixing, Flare and Dome Improvements Phase .I
ST ANDA RD CONSTRUCTION SPECTFT C A TTON DOCUMENT Citv Proiect No. 101652
Revi sed Dece mber 9, 202 1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
321320-2
CONC RETE SIDEWA LKS , DRIVEWAYS A ND BARRIER FREE RAMPS
Page 2 of6
I) The work performed aRd materials furnished iR aeeordaRee 1Nith this Hem
and ffleasl:l:fed as proYided Hnder "MeasHJ"effleet" will be paid for at the Hnit
priee bid per liRear foot of CoRerete CHrb at the Baek of Sidewalk .
e . The priee bid shall inelHde:
I) Exea1ratiRg aRd prepariRg the sHbgrade
2) F1:1:Fnishing and f')laeing all fflaterials , inelHding eonerete and reinforeing
~
3) Exea¥ation in back of "retaining" el:l:fb
4) FHmishiRg, placiRg , and compaetiRg baekfill
3 . Concrete Driveway
a. Measurement and Payment
1) MeasHreffleRt for this Item shall be by the sqHare foot of eompleted aRd
aecef')ted Concrete Dri¥ewa:,· in its final position for ¥arioHs: Work
associated with this Item is considered subsidiary to the various items
bid. No separate payment will be allowed for this Item.
a) Thielrnesses
b) Types
2) Difflensions will be taken from the back of the f')rojeeted cl:l:fb, inelHding the
area of the eHrb radii and wi II extend to the limits specified in the DravriRgs.
3) Sidewalk f')Ortion of dri¥e will be inclHded in dri1t·eway ffleasl:l:fefflent.
4) Cl:l:Fb on dri¥e will be inclHded in the dri¥eway ffleasHrernent.
b. Payment
1) The v,rork f')erformed and materials furnished in aecordanee vAth this lteffl
aRd meas1:1red as proYided Hnder "MeasHFement" will be paid for at the Hnit
f')riee bid f')er sqHare foot of Concrete Dri¥eway.
c . The price bid shall include :
1) Excavating and preparing the subgrade
2) Furnishing and placing all materials
3) Temporary asphalt transition at width shown on plans (typically 9 inches)
when the pavement adjacent to the driveway will be improved
4. Barrier free Ramps
a. Measl:l:fement
I) MeasHrement for this Item shall be per each Barrier free Ramp completed
and accef')ted for ¥arioHs:
a) Types
b. Payment
I) The work f')erformed and fflaterials furnished ie accordaace with this Iteffl
and measl:l:fed as proYided Hnder "MeasHrement" wlll be paid for at the Hnit
f')rice bid f')er each "Barrier Free Rafflf')" tnstalled .
c . The price bid shall iaclHde:
I) Exca¥atiag and pref')aring the sHbgrade
2) Fl:l:Fnishing and !"'lacing all fflaterials
3) Cl:l:Fb Ramp
4) Laadiag and detectable 1Narning surfaee as shov,rn on the Drawings
5) Adjacent flares or side cHrb
e) Concrete gHtter width along raffll"' Of')eaieg
7) Doweling iato adjacent concrete f')aYefflent , if af')f')licable
CITY OF FORT WORTH Village Creek WRF, Digester Mixing, Flare and Dome Impro vements Phase I
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFTCA TTON DOCUMENT Citv Proiect No. 102652
Revi sed December 9, 2021
32 13 20 - 3
CONCRETE SIDEWALKS, DRIVEWAYS AND BARRIE R FREE RAMPS
Page 3 of6
1.3 REFERENCES
2 A. Abbreviations and Acronyms
3 1. T AS -Texas Accessibility Standards
4 2. TDLR -Texas Department of Licensing and Regulation
5 B. Reference Standards
6 1. Reference standards cited in this Specification refer to the current reference
7 standard published at the time of the latest revision date logged at the end of this
8 Specification, unless a date is specifically cited.
9 2. American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM)
1 0 a. D545 , Test Methods for Preformed Expansion Joint Fillers for Concrete
11 Construction (Non-extruding and Resilient Types)
12 b . D698, Test Methods for Laboratory Compaction Characteristics of Soil Using
13 Standard Effort (12,400 ft-lbf/ft3)
14 1.4 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS [NOT USED]
15 1.5 SUBMITTALS [NOT USED]
16 1.6 ACTION SUBMITT ALS/INFORMA TIONAL SUBMITT ALS
17 A. Mix Design : submit for approval. Section 32 13 13.
18 B. Product Data: submit product data and sample for pre-cast detectable warning for
19 barrier free ramp.
20 1.7 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS [NOT USED]
21 1.8 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED]
22 1.9 QUALITY ASSURANCE [NOT USED]
23 1.10 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING [NOT USED]
24 1.11 FIELD CONDITIONS
25 A. Weather Conditions: Placement of concrete shall be as specified in Section 32 13 13 .
26 1.12 WARRANTY [NOT USED]
27 PART 2 -PRODUCTS
28 2.1 OWNER-FURNISHED PRODUCTS [NOT USED]
29 2.2 EQUIPMENT AND MATERIALS
30 A . Forms: wood or metal straight, free from warp and of a depth equal to the thickness of
31 the finished work.
32 B. Concrete: see Section 32 13 13.
33 1. Unless otherwise shown on the Drawings or detailed specifications, the standard
34 class for concrete sidewalks, driveways and barrier free ramps is shown in the
35 following table:
36 Standard Classes of Pavement Concrete
Class of Minimum 28 Day Min. Maximum Course
Concrete 1 Cementitious, Compressive Water/ Aggregate
Lb.ICY Strength2 Cementitious Maximum
CITY OF FORT WORTH Village Creek WRF, Digester Mixing, Flare and Dome Improvements Phase 1
ST AND ARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICA TTON DOCUMENT City Proiect No. 102652
Revi sed December 9 , 202 1
32 13 20 -4
CONCRETE SIDEWALKS, DRIVEWAYS AND BARRI ER FREE RAMPS
Page 4 of6
Ip,; Ratio Size,
inch
A 470 3000 0 .58 1-1 /2
C. Reinforcement: see Section 32 13 13 .
2 I . Sidewalk, driveway and barrier free ramp reinforcing steel shall be #3 deformed
3 bars at 18 inches on-center-both-ways at the center plane of all slabs , unless
4 otherwise shown on the Drawings or detailed specifications .
5 D . Joint Filler
6 1. Wood Filler: see Section 32 13 13 .
7 2 . Pre-Molded Asphalt Board Filler
8 a . Use only in areas where not practical for wood boards.
9 b. Pre-molded asphalt board filler: ASTM D545.
10 c . Install the required size and uniform thickness and as specified in Drawings.
11 d. Include 2 liners of 0.016 asphalt impregnated kraft paper filled with a mastic
12 mixture of asphalt and vegetable fiber and/or mineral filler .
13 E. Expansion Joint Sealant: see Section 32 13 73 where shown on the Drawings.
14 2.3 ACCESSORIES rNOT USED]
15 2.4 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL [NOT USED]
16 PART 3-EXECUTION
17 3.1 INST ALLERS [NOT USED]
18 3.2 EXAMINATION [NOT USED]
19 3.3 PREPARATION
20 A. Surface Preparation
21 1. Excavation: Excavation required for the construction of sidewalks, driveways and
22 barrier free ramps shall be to the lines and grades as shown on the Drawings or as
23 established by the City.
24 2. Fine Grading
25 a . The Contractor shall do all necessary filling , leveling and fine grading required
26 to bring the subgrade to the exact grades specified and compacted to at least 90
27 percent of maximum density as determined by ASTM D698.
28 b. Moisture content shall be within minus 2 to plus 4 of optimum.
29 c . Any over-excavation shall be repaired to the satisfaction of the City .
30 B . Demolition / Removal
31 1. Sidewalk, Driveway and/ or Barrier Free Ramp Removal: see Section 02 41 13 .
32 3.4 INSTALLATION
33 A. General
34 1. Concrete sidewalks shall have a minimum thickness of 4 inches .
35 2. Sidewalks constructed in driveway approach sections shall have a minimum
36 thickness equal to that of driveway approach or as called for by Drawings and
37 specifications within the limits of the driveway approach.
C ITY OF FORT WORTH Village Creek WRF, Digester Mixing, Flare and Dome Improvements Phase 1
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFY CATTON DOCUMENT City Proiect No. 102652
Revised December 9, 2021
32 13 20-5
CONCRETE SIDEW ALKS , DRIVE WAYS A ND BA RRIER FRE E RAMPS
Page 5 o f6
3. Driveways shall have a minimum thickness of 6 inches. Standard cross-slopes for
2 walks shall be 2 percent max in accordance with current TAS/TDLR guidelines .
3 The construction of the driveway approach shall include the variable height radius
4 curb or a pan driveway approach in accordance with the Drawings.
5 4. All pedestrian facilities shall comply with provisions of TAS including location ,
6 slope , width , shapes, texture and coloring . Pedestrian facilities installed by the
7 Contractor and not meeting TAS must be removed and replaced to meet TAS (no
8 separate pay).
9 B. Forms : Forms shall be securely staked to line and grade and maintained in a true
10 position during the depositing of concrete.
11 C. Reinforcement: see Section 32 13 13.
12 D. Concrete Placement: see Section 32 13 13.
13 E . Finishing
14 1. Concrete sidewalks, driveways and barrier free ramps shall be finished to a true ,
15 even surface .
16 2 . Trowel and then brush transversely to obtain a smooth uniform brush finish .
17 3 . Prov ide exposed aggregate finish for driveways and sidewalks if specified.
18 4 . Edge joints and sides shall with suitable tools .
19 F . Joints
20 1. Expansion joints for sidewalks , driveways and barrier free ramps shall be formed
21 using redwood.
22 2 . Expansion joints shall be placed at intervals ten times the width of the sidewalk.
23 3 . Expansion joints shall also be placed at all intersections, sidewalks with concrete
24 driveways , curbs, formations , other sidewalks and other adjacent old concrete work .
25 Similar material shall be placed around all obstructions protruding into or through
26 sidewalks or dri veways .
27 4 . All expansion joints shall be I /2 inch in thickness .
28 5. Edges of all construction and expansion joints and outer edges of all sidewalks shall
29 be finished to approximately a I /2 inch radius with a suitable finishing tool.
30 6. Sidewalks shall be marked at intervals equal to the width of the walk with a
31 marking tool. Saw cutting of joints to the required depth may be desirable on wider
32 sidewalks and is acceptable if approved by the City
33 7. When sidewalk is against the curb, expansion joints shall be spaced to match those
34 in the curb , possibly in addition to the required spacing above.
35 G . Barrier Free Ramp
36 I. Furnish and install brick red color pre-cast detectable warning Dome-Tile,
37 manufactured by StrongGo Industries or approved equal by the City.
38 2. Detectable warning surface shall be a minimum of 24 -inch in depth in the direction
39 of pedestrian travel , and extend to the limit of the width of the landing where the
40 pedestrian access route enters the street.
41 3 . Locate detectable warning surface so that the edge nearest the curb line is at the
42 extension of the face of the curb.
43 4 . Detectable warning Dome-Tile surface may be curved along th e comer radius .
CITY OF FORT WORTH Village Creek WRF, Digester Mixing. Flare and Dome Improvements Phase I
STANDARD CONSTRUC TION SPEC JFT C A TTON DOCUMENT Citv Proiect No. 102652
Revised December 9, 202 1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
32 13 20 - 6
CONCRETE SIDEWALKS , DRTVEW A YS AND BARRIE R FREE RAMPS
Page 6 of6
5. Install detectable warning surface according to manufacturer 's instructions.
3.5 REPAIR/RESTORATION [NOT USED]
3.6 RE-INSTALLATION rNoT USED]
3.7 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL [NOT USED]
3.8 SYSTEM STARTUP [NOT USED)
3.9 ADJUSTING [NOT USED]
3.10 CLEANING [NOT USED]
3.11 CLOSEOUT ACTIVITIES [NOT USED]
3.12 PROTECTION [NOT USED]
3.13 MAINTENANCE [NOT USED)
3.14 ATTACHMENTS rNoT USED)
END OF SECTION
Revision Log
DATE NAME SUMMARY OF CHANGE
12/20/2012 D . Johnson 1.2 .A .3 -Measurement and Payment for Barrier Free Ramps mod ifi ed to match
updated City Details
4 /30/2013 F . Griffin Corrected Part 1, 1.2, A, 3, b, 1 to read; from ... square foot of Concrete Sidewalk.
to ... each "Barrier Free Ramp " installed.
June 5, 2018 MOwen Rev ised Measurement and Payment.section .
April 29 , 2021 MOwen 1.2 A. 4. c . Revi se Barrier Free Ramp -Payment Section
December 9, MOwen 1.2 A. I .c . and 1.2 A. 3. c. Clarified what is included in bid items for sidewalk and
2021 driveway, respectively
CITY OF FORT WORTH Village Creek WRF, Digester Mixing, Flare and Dome Improvements Phase I
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECTFTCA TTON DOCUMENT City Proiect No. 102652
Revised December 9, 2021
32 13 73 -I
CONCRETE PAVING JOINT SEALANTS
Pag e I of4
SECTION 32 13 73
2 CONCRETE PAVING JOINT SEALANTS
3 PARTl-GENERAL
4 1.1 SUMMARY
5 A. Section Includes:
6 1. Specification for silicone joint sealing for concrete pavement and curbs.
7 B . Deviations from this City of Fort Worth Standard Specification
8 1. Modified 1.2.A
9 C. Related Specification Sections include, but are not necessarily limited to:
l O 1. Division O -Bidding Requirements, Contract Farms, and Conditions of the Contract
11 2. Division 1 -General Requirements
12 3 . Section 32 13 13 -Concrete Paving
13 1.2 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES
14 A. Measurement and Payment
15 1. MeasuremeRt Work associated with this Item is considered subsidiary to the
16 various items bid. No separate payment will be allowed for this Item.
1 7 a . MeasuremeRt for this Item shall be by the liaear feet ef Jeiat Sealaat eempleted
18 am:! aeeepted esly wheR speeified iR the Drawisgs te be a pay item.
19 2 . PaymeRt
20 a. The v1erk performed aad materials furaished i-B. aeeerdasee with this Item are
21 sHbsidiary te the varieus items bid aRd Re ether eempeRsatieR ·.viii be allewed,
22 usless speeifieally speeified eR Dra-vrisgs.
23 1.3 REFERENCES
24 A. Reference Standards
25 1. Reference standards cited in this Specification refer to the current reference
26 standard published at the time of the latest revision date logged at the end of this
27 Specification, unless a date is specifically cited.
28 2. ASTM International (ASTM):
29 a. D5893, Standard Specification for Cold Applied, Single Component,
30 Chemically Curing Silicone Joint Sealant for Portland Cement Concrete
31 Pavements
32 1.4 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS (NOT USED]
33 1.5 ACTION SUBMITT ALS [NOT USED]
34 1.6 ACTION SUBMITTALS/INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS
35 A. Test and Evaluation Reports
36 I . Prior to installation , furnish certification by an independent testing laboratory that
37 the silicone joint sealant meets the requirements of this Section .
CITY OF FORT WORTH Village Creek WRF, Digester Mixing. Flare and Dome Improvements Pha se I
ST ANDA RD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICA TTON DOCUMENT City Proiect No . 102652
R evised Decemb er 20, 2012
32 13 73 -2
CONCRETE PAVING JOINT SEALANTS
Page 2 of 4
2. Submit verifiable documentation that the manufacturer of the silicone joint sealant
2 has a minimum 2-year demonstrated , documented successful field performance
3 with concrete pavement silicone joint sealant systems.
4 1.7 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS [NOT USED]
5 1.8 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED]
6 1.9 QUALITY ASSURANCE [NOT USED]
7 1.10 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING [NOT USED]
8 1.11 FIELD CONDITIONS
9 A. Do not apply joint sealant when the air and pavement temperature is less than 35
10 degrees F
11 B. Concrete surface must be clean , dry and frost free .
12 C. Do not place sealant in an expansion-type joint if surface temperature is below 35
13 degrees F or above 90 degrees F .
14 1.12 WARRANTY [NOT USED]
15 PART 2-PRODUCTS
16 2.1 OWNER FURNISHED PRODUCTS [NOT USED]
17 2.2 MATERIALS & EQUIPMENT
18 A. Materials
19 1. Joint Sealant: ASTM 05893 .
20 2. Joint Filler, Backer Rod and Breaker Tape
21 a . The joint filler sop shall be of a closed cell expanded polyethylene foam backer
22 rod and polyethylene bond breaker tape of sufficient size to provide a tight seal.
23 b. The back rod and breaker tape shall be installed in the saw-cut joint to prevent
24 the joint sealant from flowing to the bottom of the joint.
25 c. The backer rod and breaker tape shall be compatible with the silicone joint
26 sealant and no bond or reaction shall occur between them.
27 2.3 ACCESSORIES [NOT USED]
28 2.4 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL [NOT USED]
29 PART 3 -EXECUTION
30 3.1 INST ALLERS [NOT USED]
31 3.2 EXAMINATION [NOT USED]
32 3.3 PREPARATION [NOT USED]
CITY OF FORT WORTH Village Creek WRF, Digester Mixing. Flare and Dome Improvements Phase 1
ST ANDA RD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENT City Proiect No. 102652
Revised December 20, 2012
32 13 73 -3
CONC RETE PAVING JOINT SEALANTS
Page 3 of4
3.4 INSTALLATION
2 A. General
3 I. The silicone sealant shall be cold applied.
4 2. Allow concrete to cure for a minimum of 7 days to ensure it has sufficient strength
5 prior to sealing joints.
6 3. Perform joint reservoir saw cutting, cleaning, bond breaker installation , and joint
7 sealant placement in a continuous sequence of operations.
8 4 . See Drawings for the various joint details with their respective dimensions.
9 B. Equipment
IO 1. Provide all necessary equipment and keep equipment in a satisfactory working
11 condition.
12 2. Equipment shall be inspected by the City prior to the beginning of the work.
13 3 . The minimum requirements for construction equipment shall be as follows :
14 a . Concrete Saw. The sawing equipment shall be adequate in size and power to
15 complete the joint sawing to the required dimensions.
16 b . Air Compressors . The delivered compressed air shall have a pressure in excess
17 of 90 psi and shall be suitable for the removal of all free water and oil from the
18 compressed air.
19 c. Extrusion Pump. The output shall be capable of supplying a sufficient volume
20 of sealant to the joint.
21 d. Injection Tool. This mechanical device shall apply the sealant uniformly into
22 the joint.
23 e. Sandblaster. The design shall be for commercial use with air compressors as
24 specified in this Section.
25 f . Backer Rod Roller and Tooling Instrument. These devices shall be clean and
26 free of contamination. They shall be compatible with the joint depth and width
27 requirements.
28 C. Sawing Joints: see Section 32 13 13 .
29 D. Cleaning joints
30 1. Dry saw in 1 direction with reverse cutting blade then sand blast.
31 2. Use compressed air to remove the resulting dust from the joint.
32 3 . Sandblast joints after complete drying .
33 a . Attach nozzle to a mechanical aiming device so that the sand blast will be
34 directed at an angle of 45 degrees and at a distance of 1 to 2 inches from the
35 face of the joint.
36 b . Sandblast both joint faces sandblasted in separate , I directional passes .
37 c. When sandblasting is complete, blow-out using compressed air.
38 d . The blow tube shall fit into the joints.
39 4 . Check the blown joint for residual dust or other contamination.
40 a. If any dust or contamination is found, repeat sandblasting and blowing until the
41 joint is cleaned.
42 b . Do not use solvents to remove stains and contamination.
43 5 . Place the bond breaker and sealant in the joint immediately upon cleaning.
44 6 . Bond Breaker Rod and Tape : install in the cleaned joint prior to the application of
45 the joint sealant.
C ITY OF FORT WORTH Village Creek WRF, Digester Mixing, Flare and Dome Improvements Phase 1
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFIC A TTON DOCUM ENT City Proiect No. I 02652
R evised December 20, 201 2
32 13 73-4
CON CRET E PAV IN G JOINT SEALAN TS
Page 4 of 4
7 . Do not leave open , cleaned joints un sealed overnight.
2 E. Joint Sealant
3 I . Apply the joint sealant upon placement of the bond breaker rod and tape , using the
4 mechanical injection tool.
5 2 . Do not seal joints unless they are clean and dry.
6 3 . Remove and discard excess sealant left on the pavement surface.
7 a . Do not excess use to seal tbe joints.
8 4 . The pavement surface shall present a clean final condition as determined by City .
9 5 . Do not allow traffic on the fresh sealant until it becomes tack-free .
10 F . Approval of Joints
11 l . The City may request a representative of the sealant manufacturer to be present at
12 the job s ite at the beginning of the final cleaning and sealing of joints.
13 a . The representative shall demonstrate to the Contractor and the City the
14 acceptable method for sealant installation .
15 b. The representative shall approv e the clean , dry joints before the sealing
16 operation commences .
17 3.5 REPAIR/RESTORATION [NOT USED]
18 3.6 RE-INSTALLATION [NOT USED]
19 3.7 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL [NOT USED)
20 3.8 SYSTEM STARTUP [NOT USED]
2 1 3.9 ADJUSTING [NOT USED]
22 3.10 CLEANING [NOT USED]
23 3.11 CLOSEOUT ACTIVITIES [NOT USED)
24 3.12 PROTECTION [NOT USED]
25 3.13 MAINTENANCE [NOT USED)
26 3.14 ATTACHMENTS [NOT USED]
27 END OF SECTION
28
R evis ion Log
DATE NAME SUMMARY OF CHANGE
29
C ITY OF FORT WORTH Village Creek WRF. Dif!ester Mixing, Flare and Dome Improvements Phase I
ST ANDARD CONSTRUC TION S PECTFT C A TION DOCUMENT City Proiect No. 102652
Revised Decem ber 20 , 2012
32 16 13 -I
CONCR ETE CURB AND GUTTERS AND VALLEY GUTTERS
Page I of6
1 SECTION 32 16 13
2 CONCRETE CURB AND GUTTERS AND VALLEY GUTTERS
3
4 PART 1 -GENERAL
5 1.1 SUMMARY
6 A.Section Includes:
7 1. Concrete Curbs and Gutters
8 2 . Concrete ValleyGutters
9 B.Deviations from this City of Fort Worth Standard Specification
t O 1. Modified 1.2.A
11 C.Related Specification Sections include, but are not necessarily limited to:
12 1. Division O -Bidding Requirements , Contract Forms, and Conditions of the Contract
13 2. Division 1 -General Requirements
14 3. Section 02 41 13 -Selective SiteDemolition
15 4 . Section 32 13 13 -Concrete Paving
16 5. Section 32 13 73 -Concrete Paving Joint Sealants
17 6 . Section 32 11 23 -Flexible Base Courses
18
19 1.2 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
3 1
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
A.Measurement and Payment
1 . Concrete Curb and Gutter
a. Measurement Work associated with this Item is considered subsidiary to the
various items bid. No separate payment will be allowed for this Item.
1) Measurement for this Item shall ee ey the linear foot of Coeerete Cure and
Gutter.
e. Payn=ient
I) The 1uork performed and materials furnished in aeeordanee 1v1ith this Item
and measured as pro11ided under "Measurement" will ee paid for at the unit
priee aid per linear foot ofConerete Cure and Gutter complete and in plaee BJ'
eure height.
c . The price bid shall include:
1) Excavation and preparing the subgrade, including placement oftlexbase or
cement treated base under curb & gutter and 12" behind back of curb
2) Required excavation and backfill behind the curb
3) Remov al and disposal of all excavated material
4) Furnishing and placing all materials , including foundation course,
reinforcing steel , and expansion material
5) T emporary asphalt tran s ition at width shown on plans (typically 9 inches)
when the pavement adjacent to th e curb & gutter will be improved
2. Coaerete Valley Gutter
a. Measurement
CITY OF FORT WORTH Village Creek WRF. Digester Mixing. Flare and Dome Improvements Pha.~e I
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SP EC IFI CA TIO N DOCUMENTS City Proiect No. 102652
Revised June I 0, 2022
32 16 13 -2
CONCRETE CURB AND GUTTERS AND VALLEY GUTTERS
Pag e 2 of6
2
3
4
5
1) Measurement for this Item shall be by the square yard of Concrete Valley
Gutter.
7
g
9
11
12
13
14
15
b. Payment
1) The 1Nork performed and materials furnished in accordance vlith this Item
and measured as pro¥ided under "Measurement" v,ill be paid for at the unit
price bid per square :,•ard of Concrete Valley Gutter complete and in place for:
a) Various streett:,rpes
c. The price bid shall i0clude:
1) Required exccP,'ation
2) Prepari0g the subgrade, i0cluding placeff!ent of flexbase or stabili~ed
cement treated subgrade
3) Furnishi0g a0d placing all materials, i0cludi0g fou0dation course,
rei0forei0g steel, a0d e~cpa0sio0 material
4) Temporary asphalt tra0sition at v,idth shov,'H OH plaHs (t:,rpicall:,• 9") when
the paYeffleHt aajaeent to the ,,alley gutter will improYed
16 1.3 REFERENCES rNoT USED]
17 1.4 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS [NOT USED]
18 1.5 ACTION SUBMITT ALS [NOT USED]
19 1.6 ACTION SUBMITTALS/INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED]
20 1.7 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS [NOT USED]
21 1.8 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS rNOT USED]
22 1.9 QUALITY ASSURANCE [NOT USED]
23 1.10 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING [NOT USED]
24 1.11 FIELD CONDITIONS
25 A.Weather Conditions: See Section 32 13 13.
26 1.12 WARRANTY [NOT USED]
27 PART 2 -PRODUCTS
28 2.1 OWNER FURNISHED PRODUCTS [NOT USED]
29 2.2 EQUIPMENT AND MATERIALS
30 A.Forms: See Section 32 13 13.
31 B.Concrete:
32 1. Unless otherwise shown on the Drawings or detailed specifications, the standard
33 class for concrete curb & gutter and valley gutter is shown in the following table:
34
35 Standard Classes of Pavement Concrete
CITY OF FORT WORTH Village Creek WRF, Digester Mixing. Flare and Dome Improvements Pha.~e 1
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS City Proiect No. 102652
Revised June 10, 2022
321613-3
CONCRETE CURB AND GUTTERS AND VALLEY GUTTERS
Page 3 of6
Item Class of Minimum 28 Day Maximum Course
Concret Cementitious Min. Water/ Aggregat
e ' Compress iv Cementitiou e
Lb .I CY e s Maximu
Strength Ratio m
psi Size,
inch
Curb A 470 3 ,000 0 .58 1-1/2
&
Gutte
r
Valle H 564 4 ,500 0.45 1-1/2
y
Gutte
r
C.Reinforcement: See Section 32 13 13.
2 D.Joint Filler
3 1. Wood Filler: see Section 32 1313 .
4 2. Pre-Molded Asphalt Board Filler
5 a . Use only in areas where not practical for wood boards
6 b. Pre-molded asphalt board filler : ASTM D545
7 c. Install the required size and uniform thickness and as specified in the Drawings .
8 d . Include two liners of 0.016 asphalt impregnated kraft paper filled with a mastic
9 mixture of asphalt and vegetable fiber and/or mineral filler .
1 0 E. Expansion Joint Sealant: See Section 32 13 73.
11 2.3 ACCESSORIES [NOT USED]
12 2.4 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL [NOT USED]
13 PART 3-EXECUTION
14 3.1 INSTALLERS [NOT USED]
15 3.2 EXAMINATION [NOT USED]
16 3.3 PREPARATION
17 A.Demolition / Removal: See Section 02 41 13 .
18 3.4 INSTALLATION
19 A.Forms
20 1. Extend forms the full depth ofconcrete.
21 2 . Wood forms: minimum of 1-1/2 inches in thickness
22 3 . Metal Forms: a gauge that shall provide equivalent rigidity and strength
23 4. Use acceptable wood or metal forms for curves with a radius ofless than 250 feet .
24 5. All forms showing a deviation of I /8 inch in IO feet from a straight line shall be
25 rejected.
CITY OF FORT WORTH Village Creek WRF, Digester Mixing, Flare and Dome lmprovement.f Pha .fe 1
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS City Proiect No. 102652
R evised Jun e I 0, 2022
321613-4
CONCRETE CURB AND GUTTERS AND VALLEY GUTTERS
Page 4 of6
I B .Reinforcing Steel
2 I. Place all necessary reinforcement for City approval prior to depositing concrete.
3 2. All steel must be free from paint and oil and all loose scale, rust, dirt and other
4 foreign substances.
5 3. Remove foreign substances from steel before placing.
6 4 . Wire all bars at their intersections and at all laps orsplices.
7 5. Lap all bar splices a minimum of20 diameters of the bar or 12 inches , whichever is
8 greater.
9 C.Concrete Placement
10 1. Deposit concrete to maintain a horizontal surface.
11 2. Work concrete into all spaces and around any reinforcement to form a dense mass
12 free from voids.
13 3 . Work coarse aggregate away from contact with the forms
14 4 . Hand-Laid Concrete -Curb andgutter
15 a. Shape and compact subgrade to the lines, grades and cross section shown on the
16 Drawings.
17 b . Lightly sprinkle subgrade material immediately before concrete placement.
18 c. Deposit concrete into forms .
19 d . Shape the concrete to the required curb and gutter design and provide a brush
20 finish .
21 5. Machine-Laid Concrete -Curb andGutter
22 a. Hand-tamp and sprinkle subgrade material before concrete placement.
23 b. Provide clean surfaces for concrete placement.
24 c. Place the concrete to correct line and grade with approved self-propelled
25 equipment.
26 d. Brush finish surfaces immediately after extrusion orslipforming.
27 6. Hand-Laid Concrete -Concrete Valley Gutter: See Section 32 13 13 .
28 7 . Expansionjoints
29 a. Place expansion joints in the curb and gutter at 200-foot intervals and at
30 intersection returns and other rigid structures.
31 b. Place tooled joints at 15-foot intervals or matching abutting sidewalk joints and
32 pavement joints to a depth of 1-1 /2 inches .
33 c . Place expansion joints at all intersections with concrete driveways , structures,
34 valley gutters, and existing curb and gutters .
35 d. Make expansion joints no less than 1 /2 inch in thickness , extending the full
36 depth of the concrete .
37 e. Make expansion joints perpendicular and at right angles to the face of the curb .
38 f. Neatly trim any expansion material extending above the surface of the finished
39 work.
40 g. Make expansion joints in the curb and gutter coincide with existing concrete
41 expansion joints .
42 h. Longitudinal dowels across the expansion joints in the curb and gutterare
43 required.
44 i. Install 3 -1/2" round, smooth bars , 24 inches in length, for dowels at each
45 expansion joint.
46 j. Coat 1/2 of the dowel with a bond breaker and terminate with a dowel cap that
47 provides a minimum of I-inch free expansion .
CITY OF FORT WORTH Village Creek WRF. Digester Mixing. Flare and Dome Improvements Phase 1
STANDARD CONSTRUC TION SPECIFICATION DO CUMENTS Citv Proiect No. 102652
Re v ise d Jun e I 0, 2022
32 16 13 -5
CONCRETE CURB AND GUTTERS AND VALLEY GUTTERS
Page 5 of6
k. Support dowels by an approved method.
2 D .Curing: see Section 32 13 13 .
3 3.5 REPAIR/RESTORATION [NOT USED]
4 3.6 RE-INSTALLATION [NOT USED]
5 3.7 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL
6 A.Inspections
7 1. Steel reinforcementplacement
8 2. Headed bolts andstuds
9 3. Verification of use of required design mixture
10 4. Concrete placement, including conveying and depositing
11 5. Curing procedures and maintenance of curing temperature
12 B .Concrete Tests: Perform testing of fresh concrete sample obtained according to
13 ASTM Cl 72 with the following requirements :
14 1. Testing Frequency: Obtain 1 fresh concrete sample for each day's pour ofeach
15 concrete mixture exceeding 5 cubic yards , but less than 150 cubic yards , plus 1 set
16 for each additional 150 cubic yard or fraction thereof.
17 2 . Slump : ASTM Cl43 ; 1 test at point of placement for each concrete sample , but not
18 less than 1 test for each day's pour of each concrete mixture . Perform additional
19 tests when concrete consistency appears to change .
20 3. Air Content: ASTM C231 , pressure method, for normal-weight concrete ; 1 test for
21 each sample , but not less than 1 test for each day's pour of each concrete mixture .
22 4 . Concrete Temperature: ASTM C1064; 1 test fo r each concrete sample.
23 5. Compression Test Specimens: ASTMC31.
24 a . Cast and laboratory cure 3 cylinders for each fresh concrete sample .
25 I) Do not transport field cast cylinders until they have cured for a
26 minimum of24 hours .
27 6. Compressive-Strength Tests : ASTM C39;
28 a. Test 1 cylinder at 7 days.
29 b . Test 2 cylinders at 28 days .
30 7 . Upload test results into Buzzsaw within 48 hours of testing. Reports of
31 compressive-strength tests shall contain Project identification name and number,
32 date of concrete placement, name of concrete tester and inspector, location of
33 concrete batch in Work, design compressive strength at 28 days, concrete mixture
34 proportions and materials , compressive breaking strength , and type of break for
35 both 7-and 28-day tests.
36 8. Additional Tests : Additional tests of concrete shall be made when test results
37 indicate that slump , air entrainment, compressive strengths , or other City
38 specification requirements have not been met. The Lab Services division may
39 conduct or request tests to determine adequacy of concrete by cored cylinders
40 complying with ASTM C42 or by other methods as directed by the Project
41 Manager.
CITY OF FORT WORTH Village Creek WRF •. Digester Mixing. Flare and Dome Tmprovements Pha .~e 1
ST A ND ARD CONSTRUC TION SPECIFI CA TION DOCUMENTS Citv Proiect No. 102652
Revised Jun e I 0, 2022
l
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
32 16 13 - 6
CONCRETE CURB AND GUTTERS AND VALLEY GUTTERS
Page 6 of6
a . When the strength level of the concrete for any portion of the structure, as
indicated by cylinder tests , falls below the specified requirements, provide
improved curing conditions and/or adjustments to the mix design as required to
obtain the required strength . If the average strength of the laboratory control
cylinders falls so low as to be deemed unacceptable, follow the core test
procedure set forth in ACI 301, Chapter 17. Locations of core tests shall be
approved by the Project Engineer. Core sampling and testing shall be at
Contractors expense.
b. If the results of the core tests indicate that the strength of the structure is
inadequate, any replacement, load testing, or strengthening as may be ordered by
the Project Engineer shall be provided by the Contractor without cost to the
City.
9. Additional testing and inspecting, at Contractor's expense, will be performed to
determine compliance of replaced or additional work with specified requirements.
10. Correct deficiencies in the Work that test reports and inspections indicate does not
comply with the Contract Documents.
17 3.8 SYSTEM STARTUP [NOT USED]
18 3.9 ADJUSTING [NOT USED]
19 3.10 CLEANING [NOT USED]
20 3.11 CLOSEOUT ACTIVITIES [NOT USED]
21 3.12 PROTECTION [NOT USED]
22 3.13 MAINTENANCE [NOT USED]
23 3.14 ATTACHMENTS [NOT USED]
24 END OF SECTION
25
Revision Log
DATE NAME SUMMARY OF CHANGE
12/20 /2012 D. Johnson 1.2 .A.2. Modified payment item to vary by street type
10/05 /2016 Z . Arega Added Subsection 2 .2.B.1 and Subsection 3.7
1.2 A. I . c. Clarified what price bid includes for curb & gutter
12/09/2021 MOwen 1 .. 2 A. 2. d. Clarified what price bid includes for valley gutter
2.2 B. 1. Updated table: Valley gutter concrete shall meet hand poured concrete
paving requirements
6/10/2 022 MOwen 1.2 A. I. C . Clarify that price for curb & gutter to include excavation and removal
and disposal of excavated material
26
CITY OF FORT WORTH Village Creek WRF, Digester Mixing, Flare and Dome Improvements Phase 1
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Citv Proiect No . 102652
Revised June I 0, 2022
SECTION 32 90 00
FINAL GRADING AND LANDSCAPING
PART 1 -GENERAL
1.01 THE REQUIREMENT
A. Furnish all labor, equipment, and materials necessary for final grading , topsoiling,
seeding, and miscellaneous site work not included under other Sections, but required to
complete the work as shown on the Drawings and specified herein . Under this Section,
all areas of the project site disturbed by excavation, materials storage , temporary roads ,
etc., shall be reseeded as specified herein.
1.02 RELATED WORK SPECIFIED ELSEWHERE
A. Section 31 25 00 -Erosion and Sedimentation Control
B . Section 32 11 00 -Surface Restoration
1.03 SUBMITTALS
A. Submit the following in accordance with Section 01 33 00 -Submittal Procedures:
1. Product Data
2. Certification of all materials
3. Three (3) copies of composition and germination certification and of test results for
grass seed .
PART 2 -PRODUCTS
2.01 CONTRACTOR'S RESPONSIBILITIES
A. Furnish and submit certification for the materials used as specified in the General
Conditions, Division 01 and Division 02.
2.02 TOPSOIL
A. Upon completion and approval of the rough grading , the Contractor shall place the
topsoi l over all areas disturbed during construction under any contract except those
areas which will be paved , graveled or rip rapped . Topsoil shall not be placed in a frozen
or muddy condition and shall contain no toxic materials harmful to grass growth . Topsoil
shall be as defined under Section 31 00 01 -Earthwork .
CONFORMED , 12/01 /2022
FWW VILLAGE CREEK WRF , DIGESTER MIXING , FLARE , DOME IMPROVEMENTS
CITY PROJECT NO . 102652
32 90 00 -1 FINAL GRADING AND LANDSCAPING
2.03 WATER
A. Water shall be furnished to the Contractor by the Owner from existing facilities as
directed by the Engineer.
B. The Contractor shall furnish all hoses and connections necessary to complete the
landscaping work.
2.04 FERTILIZER
A. Fertilizer shall be a complete commercial fertilizer with components derived from
commercial sources . Contractor shall furnish fertilizer meeting the material requirements
as specified in Item 166 Fertilizer, of the Texas Department of Transportation
specifications.
B . Fertilizer shall be delivered in standard size bags marked with the weight, analysis of
contents, and the name of the manufacturer. Fertilizer shall be stored in weatherproof
storage areas and in such a manner that its effectiveness will not be impaired .
2.05 LIME
A. At least 50% shall pass a No. 200 U.S.S . mesh sieve . At least 90% shall pass a No . 100
U .S.S. mesh sieve and 100% shall pass a No. 10 U.S .S. mesh sieve. Total carbonates
shall not be less than 80% or 44 .8% Calcium Oxide equivalent. For the purpose of
calculation , total carbonates shall be considered as Calcium Carbonate.
2.06 GRASS SEED
A. The Contractor shall furnish the kinds and amounts of seed to be seeded in all areas
disturbed by the construction work. All seed shall be labeled to show that it meets the
requirements of the Texas Seed Law. All seed must have been tested within six (6)
months immediately preceding the planting of such material on the job.
B . Contractor shall provide seed from the previous season's crop meeting the requirements
of the Texas Seed Law. Furnish seed meeting the material requirements of Item 164
Seeding, Section 2.1 Materials , Texas Department of Transportation standard
specifications , and of the kind indicated for Dallas District in Item 164.2 .1 Table 2 -
Permanent Urban Seed Mix .
CONFORMED , 12/01/2022
FWW VILLAGE CREEK WRF , DIGESTER MIXING , FLARE , DOME IMPROVEMENTS
CITY PROJECT NO. 102652
32 90 00 -2 FINAL GRADING AND LANDSCAPING
C . All seed shall be in conformance with Texas Seed Law restrictions for restricted noxious
weeds.
D. Seed mixtures to be used on the project shall be as follows:
Permanent Seeding Reference TxDOT Item 164 , Table 2 Urban Seed Mix , Dallas
Temporary Reference TxDOT Item 164 , Table 3 Temporary Cool Season Seeding ,
Winter Seeding Dallas
Temporary Reference TxDOT Item 164 , Table 4 Temporary Warm Season
Summer Seeding Seeding
P Seed : (Mix of 4-6 species per ESC PDM requirements)
2.07 CELLULOSE FIBER MULCH
A. Cellulose fiber mulch shall be in accordance with TxDOT specification Item 164 .2.4.2 .
2.08 STRAW OR HAY MULCH
A. Straw or hay mulch shall be in accordance with TxDOT specifications Item 162.2.5.
2.09 TEMPORARY SOIL STABILIZER
A. Temporary soil stabilizers may be used in place of temporary seeding, as approved by
the Owner or Engineer. The temporary agent for soil erosion control shall consist of an
especially prepared plant-based or cementitious highly concentrated powder which ,
when mixed with water, forms a thick liquid such as "DustOut" manufactured by
DustOut™, "Stabilizer'' manufactured by Stabilizer Solutions, or "Soilok™" as
manufactured by Prime Resins , or equal , and having no growth or germination inhibiting
factors. The agent shall be used for bare soil stabilization or hydroseeding grass seed in
combination with other approved amendments resulting in a highly viscous slurry which ,
when sprayed directly on the soil, forms a wind and rain resistant crust.
2.10 RIPRAP AND HERBICIDES
A. Furnish and install sufficient quantity of landscape gravel or riprap to cover over the
ground to a minimum 4-inch depth for gravel and 24-inch depth for riprap, unless
otherwise noted, or indicated on the Drawings. Also furnish and apply an approved
herbicide to the subgrade surface just prior to installing the landscape gravel or riprap.
8. During placing, the stone shall be graded so that the smaller stones are uniformly
distributed through the mass . The Contractor may place the stone by mechanical
methods , augmented by hand placing where necessary or ordered by the Engineer. The
placed riprap shall form a properly graded, dense, neat layer of stone .
CONFORMED , 12/01/2022
FWW VILLAGE CREEK WRF , DIGESTER MIXING , FLARE , DOME IMPROVEMENTS
CITY PROJECT NO . 102652
32 90 00 -3 FINAL GRADING AND LANDSCAPING
C. All topsoil and vegetative matter shall be removed from the subgrade surfaces prior to
the application of the weed killer (herbicide) and to the placement of landscape gravel or
riprap. Apply commercial-type herbicide as preemergence cont rol of miscellaneous
grasses and broadleaf weeds in granular or liquid form such as "Treflan", "Dymid", or
equal. Methods and rates of application shall be in strict compliance to manufacturer's
directions and acceptable to the Engineer.
D. The herbicide selected shall be safe for use around ornamental plantings, have
long-lasting weed control , and shall be resistant to leaching away under excessive
rainfall.
E. A second application of the herbicide shall be made on the surface of the landscape
gravel or riprap sometime after the first six (6) months , but not later than 12-months.
Same methods and rates apply as specified previously.
PART 3 -EXECUTION
3.01 GRADING
A. After approval of the rough grading , the Contractor shall commence his preparat ions of
the subgrade for the various major conditions of the work as follows:
1. Bare soil for riprap area at subgrade (24-inches below final grade, or as directed
by the Engineer).
2 . Topsoil for lawn and road shoulder seed area -scarify 2-inch depth of subgrade
(4-inches below final grade) prior to placing topsoil.
B. Final surface grading of the top-soiled , landscape graveled , and riprapped areas shall be
mechanically raked , or hand raked to an even fin ished surface alignment.
3.02 TOPSOIL
A . Topsoil shall be spread in place for quantity required for lawn and road shoulder seed
areas at 4-inch consolidated depth , and sufficient quantity for certain plant beds and
backfill for shrubs and trees as specified .
3.03 SEEDBED PREPARATION
A. Preparation shall be in accordance with TxDOT specification Item 164 .3.
B . Contractor shall prepare all areas to receive temporary or permanent seeding measures
prior to planting .
C. Topsoil shall be placed in areas to be seeded and roughened with tracked equipment or
other suitable measures. Slopes steeper than 3: 1 may be roughened by grooving ,
FWW VILLAGE CREEK WRF , DIGESTER MIX ING , FLARE , DOME IMPROVEMENTS
CITY PROJECT NO . 102652
CONFORMED , 12/0 1/2022 32 90 00 -4 FIN AL GRADING AND LANDSCAPING
furrowing, tracking, or stairstep grading. Slopes flatter than 3:1 should be grooved by
disking, harrowing, raking, operating planting equipment on the contour.
D. Soil amendments including, but not limited to, lime and fertilizer shall be spread as
necessary, and at the rates specified in this Section. Seeding shall be as per the type
and rates specified in this Section. Seed shall be broadcast as soon as possible
following roughening before surface has been sealed by rainfall.
3.04 HYDROSEEDING AND GRASS
A. The Contractor shall grow a stand of temporary or permanent grass by hydroseeding
method on all disturbed areas. The Contractor shall be responsible for the satisfactory
growth of grass throughout the period of the one-year guarantee .
B . The Contractor's work shall include the preparation of the topsoil and bare soil seed bed,
application of fertilizer, limestone, mulching, inoculant, temporary soil stabilizer,
watering, and all other operations necessary to provide a satisfactory growth of sod at
the end of the one-year maintenance period . Areas without satisfactory sod at the end of
one (1) year shall be replanted until satisfactory growth is obtained and acceptable to the
Engineer.
C. All areas to be seeded shall be done by the hydraulic seeding method including all
additives and amendments required . A "Reinco", "Finn", or "Bowie" type hydromulcher
with adjustable nozzles and extension hoses, or equal, shall be utilized. General
capacity of tank should range from 500 to 2,500 gallons, or as approved by the
Engineer.
D. Hydraulic seeding shall be carried out in three steps . Step one shall consist of the
application of lime . In step two the seed mixture shall be mixed with the fertilizer, wood
cellulose fiber mulch , and any required inoculants and applied to the seed bed. Step
three shall consist of application of top dressing during the first spring or fall, whichever
comes first , after step two .
E. Top dressing shall consist of a commercial grade fertilizer plus Nitrogen or other analysis
as may be recommended by soil testing . Types and application rates of seed mixtures,
lime, fertilizer, and wood cellulose fiber mulch shall be as shown in the Seeding
Schedule .
F. Ingredients for the mixture and steps should be dumped into a tank of water and
thoroughly mixed to a homogeneous slurry and sprayed out under a minimum of
300-350 pounds pressure, in suitable proportions to accommodate the type and capacity
of the hydraulic machine to be used. Applications shall be evenly sprayed over the
ground surface . The Contractor shall free the topsoil of stones, roots, rubbish, and other
deleterious materials and dispose of same off the site . The bare soil , except existing
steep embankment area, shall be rough raked to remove stones, roots, and rubbish over
4-inches in size , and other deleterious materials and dispose of same off the site.
FWW VILLAGE CREEK WRF , DIGESTER MIXING , FLARE , DOME IMPROVEMENTS
CITY PROJECT NO . 102652
CONFORMED , 12/01/2022 32 90 00 -5 FINAL GRADING AND LANDSCAPING
G. No seeding should be undertaken in windy or unfavorable weather, when the ground is
too wet to rake easily, when it is in a frozen condition, or too dry. Any bare spots shown
in two to three weeks shall be recultivated, fertilized at half the rate , raked , seeded, and
mulched again by mechanical or hand broadcast method acceptable to the Engineer.
H . Areas that have been manually seeded or hydroseeded with a temporary seed mixture
shall be mowed to a height of less than 2inches and scarified prior to hydroseeding with
the permanent seed mixture .
I. The Contractor shall provide, at his own expense , protection for all seeded areas against
trespassing and damage at all times until acceptance of the work . Slopes shall be
protected from damage due to erosion , settlement , and other causes and shall be
repaired promptly at the Contractor's expense .
J . The Contractor shall water newly seeded areas of the lawn and road shoulder mix once
a week until the grasses have germinated sufficiently to produce a healthy turf, or unless
otherwise directed by the Engineer. Each watering shall provide three (3) gallons per
square yard . The Contractor shall furnish all necessary hoses , sprinklers , and
connections .
K. The fi rst and second cutting of the lawn grasses only shall be done by the Contractor. All
subsequent cuttings will be done by the Owner's forces in a manner specified by the
Contractor.
3.05 DITCH AND SWALE EROSION PROTECTION
A. All ditches and swales indicated on the Drawings shall be lined with a rolled erosion
control matting (RECM). The area to be covered shall be properly graded and
hydroseeded before the RECM is installed . Installation shall be in accordance with
Section 31 25 00 -Erosion and Sedimentation Control.
3.06 MAINTENANCE
A. The Contractor shall be responsible for maintaining all seeded areas through the end of
a one-year warranty period , beginning from the date of acceptance of final seed ing and
landscaping as determined by the Engineer. Maintenance shall include but not be limited
to , annual fertilization , mowing , repair of seeded areas, irrigation , and weed control. The
Contractor shall provide , at his own expense , protection for all seeded areas against
trespassing and damage at all times until acceptance of the work. Slopes shall be
protected from damage due to erosion , settlement, and other causes and shall be
repaired promptly at the Contractor's expense .
B. Annual fertilization shall consist of an application of 500#/acre of 10-10-1 O commercial
grade fertilizer, or its equivalent and 60#/acre of nitrogen in early fall , or other analysis
as may be determined by soil test. Annual fertilization shall be in add ition to top dressing
CONFORMED , 12/0 1/202 2
FWW VILLAGE CREEK WRF , DIGESTER MIXING , FLARE , DOME IMPROVEMENTS
C ITY PROJECT NO . 102652
32 90 00 -6 FINAL GRADING AND LANDSCAPING
and shall be performed by the Contractor each fall season after planting until the work is
substantially complete.
C. Mowing shall be scheduled so as to maintain a minimum stand height of 4-inches or as
directed by the Engineer. Stand height shall be allowed to reach 8 to 10-inches prior to
mowing.
D. All seeded areas shall be inspected on a regular basis and any necessary repairs or
reseedings made within the planting season , if possible. If the stand should be over 60%
damaged, it shall be re-established following the original seeding recommendations.
E. Weed growth shall be maintained mechanically and/or with herbicides . When chemicals
are used, the Contractor shall follow the current Texas Agricultural Experiment Stations'
weed control recommendations and adhere strictly to the instructions on the label of the
herbicide. No herbicide shall be used without prior approval of the Engineer.
3.07 CLEANUP
A. The Contractor shall remove from the site all subsoil excavated from his work and all
other debris including, but not limited to , branches, paper, and rubbish in all landscape
areas, and remove temporary barricades as the work proceeds .
B. All areas shall be kept in a neat, orderly condition at all times. Prior to final acceptance,
the Contractor shall clean up the entire landscaped area to the satisfaction of the
Engineer.
3.08 SEEDING SCHEDULE
A. All seeding and mulching to be completed by the Contractor shall conform to the TxDOT
specifications, Item 164 .
B. Application rates of seed mixtures , lime, fertilizer , mulch , and top dressing are as
specified in Item 164 of the TxDOT specifications.
CONFORMED , 12/01/2022
END OF SECTION
FWW VILLAGE CREEK WRF , DIGESTER MIXING, FLARE , DOME IMPROVEMENTS
CITY PROJECT NO . 102652
32 90 00 -7 FINAL GRADING AND LANDSCAPING
CONFORMED , 12/01 /2022
THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK
FWW VILLAGE CREEK WRF , DIGESTER MIXING , FLARE , DOME IMPROVEMENl ~
CITY PROJECT NO . 102652
32 90 00 -8 FINAL GRADING AND LANDSCAPING
33 04 30 -l
T EMPORARY W A TER SERVICES
Page l of4
SECTION 33 04 30
2 TEMPORARY WATER SERVICES
3 PARTl-GENERAL
4 1.1 SUMMARY
5 A. Section Includes :
6 1. Temporary Water Service needed to maintain service during water main
7 replacement project
8 B. Deviations from this City of Fort Worth Standard Specification
9 1. Modified 1.2.A
10 C. Products Installed But Not Furnished Under This Section
11 1. Fire Hydrant Meters
12 D . Related Specification Sections include, but are not necessarily limited to :
13 1. Division O -Bidding Requirements , Contract Forms, and Conditions of the
14 Contract
15 2 . Division 1 -General Requirements
16 3 . Specification 32 12 16 -Asphalt Paving
17 4 . Specification 33 05 10 -Utility Trench Excav ation, Embedment and Backfill
18 5. Specification 33 04 40 -Cleaning and Acceptance Testing of Water Mains
19 6 . Specification 33 12 10 -Water Services 1-inch to 2-inch
20 1.2 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES
21 A . Measurement and Payment
22 1. .Measuremeet Work associated with this Item is considered subsidiary to the
23 various items bid. No separate payment will be allowed for this Item.
24 a. Measurement for Temporary Water SerYices will ee rneasureG ey:
25 I) Lump sum or
26 2) Per lieear foot of Temporary Water Maie for .Miscella-eeous Projects oely
27 2 . Payment
28 a . The work performeG a-eG materials fumisheG iH accorGa-ece with this Item a-eG
29 measureG u0Ger "Measuremeet" 1,vill ee paiG for at the UHit price eiG for
30 "Temporary Water Service" of the type specifieG .
31 3 . The price bid shall include:
32 a . Temporary water service line
33 b . Connections
34 c. Fittings
35 d. Valves
36 e . Corporation stops
37 f . Temporary asphalt for crossings
38 g . Traffic Control
39 h. Disinfection
40 1. Removal of temporary services
C ITY O F FORT WORTH Village Creek WRF, Digester Mixing, Flare and Dome Improvements Phase 1
ST ANDARD C O N STRUCTION SPECIFICA TION D OCUMENT City Proiect No . 102652
Revised July l , 201 1
33 04 30 - 2
T EMPORARY WATE R SERVIC ES
Page 2 of4
1.3 REFERENCES
2 A. Reference Standards
3 1. Reference standards cited in this Specification refer to the current reference
4 standard published at the time of the latest revision date logged at the end of this
5 Specification, unless a date is specifically cited.
6 2 . NSF International
7 a. 61, Drinking Water System Components -Health Effects
8 3. ASTM International (ASTM):
9 a . D3035 , Standard Specification for Polyethylene (PE) Plastic Pipe (DR-PR)
10 Based on Controlled Outside Diameter
11 1.4 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS
12 A. Scheduling
13 1. Provide advance notice for service interruption and meet requirements of Division
14 1.
15 1.5 SUBMITTALS [NOT USED]
16 1.6 ACTION SUBMITTALS/INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED]
17 1.7 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS [NOT USED]
18 1.8 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED]
19 1.9 QUALITY ASSURANCE [NOT USED]
20 1.10 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING [NOT USED]
21 1.11 FIELD [SITE] CONDITIONS [NOT USED]
22 1.12 WARRANTY [NOT USED]
23 PART 2 -PRODUCTS
24 2.1 OWNER-FURNISHED PRODUCTS
25 A. Fire Hydrant Meters
26 2.2 EQUIPMENT, PRODUCT TYPE, AND MATERIALS
27 A. Description
28 1. Regulatory Requirements
29 a. All Temporary Water Service components in contact with potable water shall
30 conform to the requirements of NSF 61.
31 B. Materials
32 1. Service Couplings, Fittings , and Corporation Stops
33 a . Conform to Section 33 12 10.
34
35
CITY OF FORT WORTH Village Creek WRF. Digester Mixing. Flare and Dome Improvements Phase 1
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPE CTFI CA TION DOCUMENT Citv Proiect No. 102652
Revised July I , 2011
33 04 30 -3
TEMPORARY WATER SERVICES
Page 3 of 4
2. Service lines
2 a. Polyethylene tubing
3 b. Conform to ASTM D3035 and SDR 11
4 3. Temporary Water Service Main
5 a. Galvanized steel pipe
6 b. Conform to Schedule 40 .
7 4 . Driveway Approach
8 a. Asphalt
9 I) Type B Asphalt in accordance with Section 32 12 16
10 C. Design Criteria
11 1. Service lines
12 a . ¾-inch minimum pipe size
13 b . Minimum flow rate of 5 GPM at a dynamic pressure of 3 5 psi
14 2. Temporary Water Service Main
15 a . 2-inch minimum pipe size
16 2.3 ACCESSORIES [NOT USED]
17 2.4 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL [NOT USED]
18 PART 3 -EXECUTION
19 3.1 INSTALLERS [NOT USED]
20 3.2 EXAMINATION [NOT USED]
21 3.3 PREPARATION [NOT USED]
22 3.4 INSTALLATION
23 A . General
24 1. Install Temporary Water Services in accordance with prov isions herein and in
25 accordance with City Standard Details.
26 2 . Perform disinfection test of temporary water service main and water services in
27 accordance with Section 33 04 40.
28 B . Temporary Water Service Installation
29 1. Connect to existing water supply
30 a . Fire hydrant
31 I) Connect to fire hydrant with hydrant meter and 2-inch gate valve.
32 b . If a fire hydrant is not available , tap existing water main .
33 1) Connect to water main with 2-inch service tap and a corporation stop in
34 accordance with Section 33 12 10.
35 2) Record water usage with a hydrant meter.
36 3) Do not tap existing water main, unless approved by the City.
37 2 . Water service
38 a . Connect ¾-inch water service to 2-inch temporary water service main.
39 b. Remove existing meters, tag with address and provide to City Inspector.
40 c . Connect ¾-inch temporary water service to e x isting private service .
41 d. Cover domestic meter box with protective guard or barricade.
CITY OF FORT WORTH Village Creek WRF. Digester Mixing. Flare and Dom e Improvements Phase I
ST AND ARD CON STRUC TION SPECIFICA TION DO CUMENT City Proiect No. 102652
R ev ised July I , 20 I I
33 04 30 -4
TEMPORARY WATER SERVICES
Page 4 of 4
C. Intersection and Driveway Approach Crossing for Temporary Water Service
2 1. Crossing for Temporary Water Service Main
3 a. Cover temporary service line with sufficient asphalt to protect service line and
4 to provide a driveable crossing.
5 b . If required to bury temporary service line due to high volume traffic, or other
6 reasons required by the City, excavate, embed and backfill in accordance with
7 Section 33 05 10.
8 3.5 REPAIR/ RESTORATION [NOT USED]
9 3.6 RE-INSTALLATION [NOT USED]
10 3.7 FIELD [oR] SITE QUALITY CONTROL
11 A. Field Tests and Inspections
I 2 1. Check each water service installation for leaks with full flow through the curb stop
13 at the time the main is tested in accordance with Section 33 04 40.
14 3.8 SYSTEM STARTUP [NOT USED]
15 3.9 ADJUSTING [NOT USED]
16 3.10 CLEANING [NOT USED]
17 3.11 CLOSEOUT ACTIVITIES [NOT USED]
18 3.12 PROTECTION [NOT USED]
I 9 3.13 MAINTENANCE [NOT USED]
20 3.14 ATTACHMENTS [NOT USED]
21 END OF SECTION
22
Revision Log
DATE NAME SUMMARY OF CHANGE
23
CITY OF FORT WORTH Village Creek WRF, Digester Mixing, Flare and Dom e Improvements Phase I
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENT Citv Proiect No. 101651
Revi se d July I , 2011
33 05 10 -I
UTILITY TRENCH EXCAVATION, EMBEDMENT, AND BACKFILL
SECTION 33 05 10
2 UTILITY TRENCH EXCAVATION, EMBEDMENT AND BACKFILL
3 PARTl-GENERAL
4 1.1 SUMMARY
5 A. Section Includes:
6 1. Excavation, Embedment and Backfill for:
7 a . Pressure Applications
8 l) Water Distribution or Transmission Main
9 2) Wastewater Force Main
10 3) Reclaimed Water Main
11 b. Gravity Applications
12 1) Wastewater Gravity Mains
13 2) Storm Sewer Pipe and Culverts
14 3) Storm Sewer Precast Box and Culverts
15 2 . Including:
Page I of 23
16 a. Excavation of all material encountered, including rock and unsuitable materials
17 b. Disposal of excess unsuitable material
18 c . Site specific trench safety
19 d. Pumping and dewatering
20 e. Embedment
21 f. Concrete encasement for utility lines
22 g . Backfill
23 h . Compaction
24 B. Deviations from this City of Fort Worth Standard Specification
25 1. Modified 1.1.C.11
26 2. Modified 1.2.A
27 3. Modified 3.3.A.5
28 C. Related Specification Sections include, but are not necessarily limited to:
29 1. Division O -Bidding Requirements, Contract Forms, and Conditions of the
30 Contract
31 2. Division I -General Requirements
32 3 . Section 02 41 13 -Selective Site Demolition
33 4. Section 02 41 15 -Paving Removal
34 5 . Section 02 41 14 -Utility Removal/Abandonment
35 6 . Section 03 30 00 -Cast-in-place Concrete
36 7 . Section 03 34 13 -Controlled Low Strength Material (CLSM)
37 8. Section 31 10 00 -Site Clearing
38 9 . Section 31 25 00 -Erosion and Sediment Control
39 10. Section 33 05 26 -Utility Markers/Locators
40 11. Seetion 34 71 13 Traffie Control
CITY OF FORT WORTH Village Creek WRF, Digester Mixing. Flare and Dome Improvements Phase 1
ST AND ARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENT Citv Proiect No. 102652
Revised April 2, 2021
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
l 8
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
33 05 10-2
UTILITY TRENCH EXCA VA TJON , EMB EDMENT, AND BACKFILL
Page 2 of23
1.2 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES
A. Measurement and Payment
1. Trench Excavation, Embedment and B ackfi ll associated with the installation of an
underground utility or excavation
a . Measurement and Payment
1) This Item is eoRsidered s\ibsidiaf)' to the iRstallatioR of the Htility pipe liRe
as de sigHate d iH the DrawiHgs. Work associated with this Item is
considered subsidiary to the various items bid. No separate payment
will be allowed for this Item.
b. PaymeHt
1) The work f:)erfonned aHd the materials furnished iH aeeordaHee 1t't'ith this
Item are eoRsidered S\ibsidiaf)' to the iRstallatioR of the utility pipe for the
type of embedmeHt aHd baekfill as indieated on the plaes. },J:o other
eompeesatioe ·will be allm,1,•ed .
2. Imported Embedment or Backfill
a. Measurement and Payment
1) MeasHred by the eHbie yard as deliYered to the site aed reeorded by truek
tieket pro11ided to the City Work associated with this Item is considered
subsidiary to the various items bid. No separate payment will be
allowed for this Item.
b . PaymeRt
l) Imported fill shall only be paid whee Hsing materials for embedmeet aed
baekfill other thae those ideetified ie the Drawings. The work performed
and materials furnished ie aeeordaeee with pre bid item aRd meas\ired as
pro,·ided uader "Meas\ifement" Vlill be paid for at the \¼Bit priee bid per
eHbie yard of "Imported Bmbedmeet/Baekfill" deli•1ered to the Site for:
a) VarioHs embedmeet/baekfill materials
c . The price bid shall include :
1) Furnishing backfill or embedment as specified by this Specification
2) Hauling to the site
3) Placement and compaction of backfill or embedment
3. Concrete Encasement for Utility Lines
a. Measurement and Payment
1) Meas\ired by the eHbie yard per plan qHaHtity . Work associated with this
Item is considered subsidiary to the various items bid. No separate
payment will be allowed for this Item.
b . Paymeet
1) The work perfonnea aed materials furnished ie aeeordaRee with this Item
and meas\ifed as provided ueder "Meas\ifement" will be paid for at the Heit
priee bid per eHbie yard of "Coeerete Beeasement for Utility Liees" per
plan qHaetity .
c . The price bid shall include:
1) Furnishing, hauling, placing and finishing concrete in accordance with
Section 03 30 00
2) Clean-up
4 . Ground Water Control
a. Measurement and Payment
CITY OF FORT WORTH Village Creek WRF. Digester Mixing, Flare and Dome Improvements Phase 1
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENT City Proiect No.102652
Revised April 2, 202 1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
330510-3
UTILITY TRENCH EXCAVATION , EMBEDMENT, AND BACKFILL
Page 3 of23
1) Measw=emeRt shall ae lump sum vrheR a ground water eeRtrel plaR is
speeifieally required ay the CeRtraet Deeumeets. Work associated with
this Item is considered subsidiary to the various items bid. No separate
payment will be allowed for this Item.
a. Payreeet
1) PayreeRt shall ae per the h±mp sum priee aid fer "Greund Water CeRtrol"
ieeludieg:
a) 8uamittals
a) AdditieRal TestiRg
e) Ground 1Nater eeetrol systere iestallatiee
d) Greued 1,vater eeetrel s;·stere eperatiees aed maieteRaeee
e) Dispesal ef water
f) Reree¥al ef greued v,rater eeetrel s;•stere
5. Trench Safety
a. Measurement
1) Measured per linear foot of excavation for all trenches that require trench
safety in accordance with OSHA excavation safety standards (29 CFR Part
1926 Subpart P Safety and Health regulations for Construction)
b . Payment
1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this Item
and measured as provided under "Measurement" will be paid for at the unit
price bid per linear foot of excavation to comply with OSHA excavation
safety standards (29 CFR Part 1926.650 Subpart P), including , but not
limited to, all submittals, labor and equipment.
25 1.3 REFERENCES
26 A. Definitions
27 1. General -Definitions used in this section are in accordance with Terminologies
28 ASTM F412 and ASTM D8 and Terminology ASTM D653, unless otherwise
29 noted.
30 2. Definitions for trench width, backfill, embedment, initial backfill, pipe zone,
31 haunching bedding, springline, pipe zone and foundation are defined as shown in
32 the following schematic:
CITY OF FORT WORTH Village Creek WRF, Digester Mixing, Flare and Dome Improvements Phase 1
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENT Citv Proiect No.102652
Re vised April 2, 2021
330510-4
UTILITY TR ENCH EXCAVATION, EMBEDMENT, AND BACKFILL
I
_J
_J
G::
~ u
<;(
aJ
_J
<;(
z
LL_
f-z w
2
0 w
(D
2 w
k~ · ~~t-i•;--;_ -~~,_~;.=
, AS U PAVED AREAS
~--~/~.....__,-,,._,, ;;, ... .;.
INITIAL
BACKF ILL
SPR INGLI E
HAUNCHING
FOUNDATIO
<
~
0'. <
/ /(\(/(v( ~ >-~/>~,/';~/)._~/ , /, , , }
_J
<;( z
G::
w z
0
N
w
(l_
(l_
OD CLEARANCE
EXCA A TED TRENCH WIDTH
Page 4 of23
2 3. Deleterious materials -Harmful materials such as clay lumps, silts and organic
3 material
4 4. Excavated Trench Depth -Distance from the surface to the bottom of the bedding
5 or the trench foundation
6 5. Final Backfill Depth
7 a. Unpaved Areas -The depth of the final backfill measured from the top of the
8 initial backfill to the surface
9 b. Paved Areas -The depth of the final backfill measured from the top of the
10 initial backfill to bottom of permanent or temporary pavement repair
11 B. Reference Standards
12 1. Reference standards cited in this Specification refer to the current reference
13 standard published at the time of the latest revision date logged at the end of this
14 Specification, unless a date is specifically cited.
15 2. ASTM Standards:
16 a. ASTM C33-08 Standard Specifications for Concrete Aggregates
17 b. ASTM C88 -05 Soundness of Aggregate by Use of Sodium Sulfate or
18 Magnesium Sulfate
19 c. ASTM C136-01 Test Method for Sieve Analysis of Fine and Coarse Aggregate
20 d. ASTM 0448 -08 Standard Classification for Sizes of Aggregate for Road and
21 Bridge Construction.
CITY OF FORT WORTH Village Creek WRF. Digester Mixing. Flare and Dome Improvements Phase 1
ST ANDA RD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENT City Proiect No. 102652
Revised April 2, 2021
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
33 05 10 - 5
UTILITY TRENCH EXCAVA TJON, EMBEDMENT, AND BACKFILL
Page 5 of23
e. ASTM C535-09 Standard Test Method for Resistance to Degradation ofLarge-
Size Coarse Aggregate by Abrasion and Impact in the Los Angeles Machine
f. ASTM D588 -Standard Test method for Moisture-Density Relations of Soil-
Cement Mixture
g. ASTM D698-07 Test Method for Laboratory Compaction Characteristics of
Soil Using Stand Efforts (12,400 ft-lb/ft3 600 Kn-m/M3)).
h . ASTM 1556 Standard Test Methods for Density and Unit Weight of Soils in
Place by Sand Cone Method.
1. ASTM 2487 -10 Standard Classification of Soils for Engineering Purposes
(Unified Soil Classification System)
J. ASTM 2321-09 Underground Installation of Thermoplastic Pipe for Sewers
and Other Gravity-Flow Applications
k. ASTM D2922 -Standard Test Methods for Density of Soils and Soil
Aggregate in Place by Nuclear Methods (Shallow Depth)
I. ASTM 3017 -Standard Test Method for Water Content of Soil and Rock in
place by Nuclear Methods (Shallow Depth)
m. ASTM D4254 -Standard Test Method for Minimum Index Density and Unit
Weight of Soils and Calculations of Relative Density
3. OSHA
a. Occupational Safety and Health Administration CFR 29, Part 1926-Safety
Regulations for Construction, Subpart P -Excavations
22 1.4 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS
23 A. Coordination
24 1. Utility Company Notification
25 a. Notify area utility companies at least 48 hours in advance, excluding weekends
26 and holidays, before starting excavation.
27 b. Request the location of buried lines and cables in the vicinity of the proposed
28 work.
29 B. Sequencing
30 1. Sequence work for each section of the pipe installed to complete the embedment
3 I and backfill placement on the day the pipe foundation is complete.
32 2. Sequence work such that proctors are complete in accordance with ASTM D698
33 prior to commencement of construction activities.
34 1.5 SUBMITTALS
35 A. Submittals shall be in accordance with Section 01 33 00.
36 B. All submittals shall be approved by the City prior to construction.
37 1.6 ACTION SUBMITTALS/INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS
38 A. Shop Drawings
39 1. Provide detailed drawings and explanation for ground water and surface water
40 control, if required.
41 2. Trench Safety Plan in accordance with Occupational Safety and Health
42 Administration CFR 29, Part 1926-Safety Regulations for Construction, Subpart P -
43 Excavations
44 3. Stockpiled excavation and/or backfill material
CITY OF FORT WORTH Village Creek WRF, Digester Mixing, Flare and Dome Improvements Phase 1
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECTFICA TTON DOCUMENT Citv Proiect No. I 02652
Revised April 2, 2021
33 05 10 - 6
UTILITY TRENCH EXCAVATION , EMBEDMENT, AND BACKFILL
Page 6 of23
2
3
a . Provide a description of the storage of the excavated material only if the
Contract Documents do not allow storage of materials in the right-of-way of the
easement.
4 1.7 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS [NOT USED]
5 1.8 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED]
6 1.9 QUALITY ASSURANCE [NOT USED]
7 1.10 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING
8 A. Storage
9 1. Within Existing Rights-of-Way (ROW)
10 a . Spoil, imported embedment and backfill materials may be stored within
11 existing ROW, easements or temporary construction easements, unless
12 specifically disallowed in the Contract Documents.
13 b. Do not block drainage ways, inlets or driveways.
14 c. Provide erosion control in accordance with Section 31 25 00.
15 d. Store materials only in areas barricaded as provided in the traffic control plans .
16 e. In non-paved areas, do not store material on the root zone of any trees or in
17 landscaped areas.
18 2. Designated Storage Areas
19 a. If the Contract Documents do not allow the storage of spoi Is , embedment or
20 backfill materials within the ROW, easement or temporary construction
21 easement, then secure and maintain an adequate storage location .
22 b. Provide an affidavit that rights have been secured to store the materials on
23 private property.
24 c. Provide erosion control in accordance with Section 31 25 00.
25 d. Do not block drainage ways.
26 e. Only materials used for 1 working day will be allowed to be stored in the work
27 zone .
28 B. Deliveries and haul-off -Coordinate all deliveries and haul-off.
29 1.11 FIELD [SITE] CONDITIONS
30 A . Existing Conditions
31 1. Any data which has been or may be provided on subsurface conditions is not
32 intended as a representation or warranty of accuracy or continuity between soils. It
33 is expressly understood that neither the City nor the Engineer will be responsible
34 for interpretations or conclusions drawn there from by the Contractor.
35 2. Data is made available for the convenience of the Contractor.
CITY OF FORT WORTH Village Creek WRF, Digester Mixing. Flare and Dome Improvements Phase 1
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENT City Proiect No. 102652
Revi sed April 2, 202 l
1.12 WARRANTY [NOT USED]
33 05 IO -7
UTILITY TRENCH EX CAVATION , EMBEDMENT, AND BACKFILL
Page 7 of23
2 PART2-PRODUCTS
3 2.1 OWNER-FURNISHED [oR] OWNER-SUPPLIED PRODUCTS
4 2.2 MATERIALS
5 A. Materials
6 1. Utility Sand
7 a. Granular and free flowing
8 b. Generally meets or exceeds the limits on deleterious substances per Table 1 for
9 fine aggregate according to ASTM C 33
1 0 c. Reasonably free of organic material
11 d. Gradation: sand material consisting of durable particles, free of thin or
12 elongated pieces, lumps of clay , loam or vegetable matter and meets the
13 following gradation may be used for utility sand embedment/backftll
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
Sieve Size Percent Retained
½" 0
¼" 0-5
#4 0-10
#16 0-20
#50 20-70
#100 60-90
#200 90-100
e . The City has a pre-approved list of sand sources for utility embedment. The
pre-approved list can be found on the City website , Project Resources page.
The utility sand sources in the pre-approved list have demonstrated continued
quality and uniformity on City of Fort Worth projects. Sand from these sources
are pre-approved for use on City projects without project specific testing .
2. Crushed Rock
a. Durable crushed rock or recycled concrete
b. Meets the gradation of ASTM D448 size numbers 56 , 57 or 67
c. May be unwashed
d. Free from significant silt clay or unsuitable materials
e. Percentage of wear not more than 40 percent per ASTM Cl31 or C535
f. Not more than a 12 percent maximum loss when subjective to 5 cycles of
sodium sulfate soundness per ASTM C88
3. Fine Crushed Rock
a. Durable crushed rock
b . Meets the gradation of ASTM D448 size numbers 8 or 89
c. May be unwashed
d. Free from significant silt clay or unsuitable materials.
e. Have a percentage of wear not more than 40 percent per ASTM C131 or C535
f . Not more than a 12 percent maximum loss when subjective to 5 cycles of
sodium sulfate soundness per ASTM C88
4. Ballast Stone
CITY OF FORT WORTH Village Creek WRF, Digester Mixing. Flare and Dome Improvements Phase I
ST AND ARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFTCA TION DOCUMENT City Proiect No. 101651
Revised April 2, 2021
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
33 05 10 -8
UTILITY TRENCH EXCAVATION, EMBEDMENT , AND BACKFILL
Page 8 of23
a. Stone ranging from 3 inches to 6 inches in greatest dimension .
b. May be unwashed
c . Free from significant silt clay or unsuitable materials
d. Percentage of wear not more than 40 percent per ASTM C 131 or C535
e. Not more than a 12 percent maximum loss when subjected to 5 cycles of
sodium sulfate soundness per ASTM C88
5 . Acceptable Backfill Material
a . In-situ or imported soils classified as CL, CH, SC or GC in accordance with
ASTM D2487
b . Free from deleterious materials , boulders over 6 inches in size and organics
c . Can be placed free from voids
d . Must have 20 percent passing the number 200 sieve
6 . Blended Backfill Material
a. In-situ soils classified as SP , SM, GP or GM in accordance with ASTM D2487
b. Blended with in-situ or imported acceptable backfill material to meet the
requirements of an Acceptable Backfill Material
c . Free from deleterious materials , boulders over 6 inches in size and organics
d . Must have 20 percent passing the number 200 sieve
7. Unacceptable Backfill Material
a. In-situ soils classified as ML , MH , PT , OL or OH in accordance with ASTM
D2487
8. Select Fill
a. Classified as SC or CL in accordance with ASTM D2487
b . Liquid limit less than 35
c. Plasticity index between 8 and 20
9. Cement Stabilized Sand (CSS)
a. Sand
I) Shall be clean, durable sand meeting grading requirements for fin e
aggregates of ASTM C33 and the following requirements:
a) Classified as SW, SP , or SM by the United Soil Classification System
of ASTM D2487
b) Deleterious materials
(1) Clay lumps, ASTM Cl 42 , less than 0.5 percent
(2) Lightweight pieces , ASTM C 123, less than 5.0 percent
(3) Organic impurities , ASTM C40 , color no darker than standard
color
( 4) Plasticity index of 4 or less when tested in accordance with ASTM
D4318.
b. Minimum of 4 percent cement content of Type I/Tl portland cement
c . Water
1) Potable water, free of soils , acids , alkalis , organic matter or other
deleterious substances , meeting requirements of ASTM C94
d. Mix in a stationary pug mill, weigh-batch or continuous mixing plant.
e . Strength
I) 50 to 150 psi compressive strength at 2 days in accordance with ASTM
D1633 , Method A
2) 200 to 250 psi compressive strength at 28 days in accordance with ASTM
D1633 , Method A
CITY OF FORT WORTH Village Creek WRF. Dil!ester Mixing. Flare and Dome Improvements Phase I
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENT City Proiect No. 102652
Revised April 2, 2021
330510-9
UTILITY TRENCH EXCAVA TTON , EMB EDME NT, AND BACKFILL
Page 9 of23
2
3
4
5
6
3) The maximum compressive strength in 7 days shall be 400 psi. Backfill
that exceeds the maximum compressive strength shall be removed by the
Contractor for no additional compensation.
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
f. Random samples of delivered product will be taken in the field at point of
delivery for each day of placement in the work area. Specimens will be prepared
in accordance with ASTM D1632.
10. Controlled Low Strength Material (CLSM)
a. Conform to Section 03 34 13
11. Trench Geotextile Fabric
a . Soils other than ML or OH in accordance with ASTM D2487
1) Needle punch , nonwoven geotextile composed of polypropylene fibers
2) Fibers shall retain their relative position
3) Inert to biological degradation
4) Resist naturally occurring chemicals
5) UV Resistant
6) Mirafi 140N by T encate, or approved equal
b. Soils Classified as ML or OH in accordance with ASTM D2487
1) High-tenacity mono filament polypropylene woven yarn
2) Percent open area of 8 percent to IO percent
3) Fibers shall retain their relative position
4) Inert to biological degradation
5) Resist naturally occurring chemical s
6) UV Resistant
7) Mirafi FW402 by Tencate , or approved equal
12 . Concrete Encasement
a . Conform to Section 03 30 00 .
27 2.3 ACCESSORIES [NOT USED]
28 2.4 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL [NOT USED]
29 PART 3 -EXECUTION
30 3.1 INST ALLERS [NOT USED]
31 3.2 EXAMINATION
32 A. Verification of Conditions
33 1. Review all known , identified or marked utilities , whether public or private , prior to
34 excavation .
35 2 . Locate and protect all known , identified and marked utilities or underground
36 facilities as excavation progresses .
37 3 . Notify all utility owners within the project limits 48 hours prior to beginning
38 excavation .
39 4 . The information and data shown in the Drawings with respect to utilities is
40 approximate and based on record information or on physical appurtenances
41 observed within the project limits.
42 5 . Coordinate with the Owner(s) of underground facilities .
C ITY O F FORT WORTH Village Creek WRF. Digester Mixing. Flare and Dom e Improvem ents Phase 1
ST ANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFI CATI ON DOCUMENT City Proiect No. 102652
Revised April 2, 202 1
33 0510-10
UTILITY TRENCH EXCAVATION, EMB EDM ENT, AND BACKFILL
Pag e 10 of23
I 6 . Immediately notify any utility owner of damages to underground facilities resulting
2 from construction activities .
3 7 . Repair any damages resulting from the construction activities .
4 B. Notify the City immediately of any changed condition that impacts excavation and
5 installation of the proposed utility .
6 3.3 PREPARATION
7 A. Protection of In-Place Conditions
8 1. Pavement
9 a. Conduct activities in such a way that does not damage existing pavement that is
10 designated to remain.
11 l) Where desired to move equipment not licensed for operation on public
12 roads or across pavement, provide means to protect the pavement from all
13 damage.
14 b . Repair or replace any pavement damaged due to the negligence of the
15 contractor outside the limits designated for pavement removal at no additional
16 cost to the City.
17 2 . Drainage
18 a. Maintain positive drainage during construction and re-establish drainage for all
19 swales and culverts affected by construction .
20 3. Trees
21 a. When operating outside of existing ROW, stake permanent and temporary
22 construction easements.
23 b . Restrict all construction activities to the designated easements and ROW.
24 c . Flag and protect all trees designated to remain in accordance with Section 31 10
25 00.
26 d. Conduct excavation, embedment and backfill in a manner such that there is no
27 damage to the tree canopy .
28 e . Prune or trim tree limbs as specifically allowed by the Drawings or as
29 specifically allowed by the City.
30 l) Pruning or trimming may only be accomplished with equipments
31 specifically designed for tree pruning or trimming .
32 f. Remove trees specifically designated to be removed in the Drawings in
33 accordance with Section 31 10 00 .
34 4 . Above ground Structures
35 a. Protect all above ground structures adjacent to the construction.
36 b. Remove above ground structures designated for removal in the Drawings in
37 accordance with Section 02 41 13
3 8 S. Treffie
39 e. Meintein e'Kisting treffic, euept es modified by the treffic control plen,
40 end in eecordenee with Section 34 7113.
41 h. Do not block eccess to drivcweys or elleys for edended periods of time
42 unless:
43 1) Alterneti'le eccess hes been pro•,rided
44 2) Proper notificetion hes been pro•,rided to the property owner or
45 resident
46 3) It is specificelly ellowed in the treffic control plen
47 c. Use treffie reted plates to meintain access until eccess is restored.
C ITY OF FORT WORTH Village Creek WRF. Digester Mixing. Flare and Dome Improvements Phase I
ST ANDARD CON STRUCTION SPECIFI CA TION DOCUMEN T City Project No. 102652
R ev ise d Apri l 2, 202 1
33 05 10 -11
UTILITY TRENCH EXCAVATION , EMBEDMENT, AND BA CKFILL
Page 11 of23
6. Traffic Signal -Poles , Mast Arms, Pull boxes, Detector loops I
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
a. Notify the City's Transportation Management Division a minimum of 48 hours
prior to any excavation that could impact the operations of an existing traffic
signal.
10
11
12
13
14
b . Protect all traffic signal poles, mast arms, pull boxes, traffic cabinets , conduit
and detector loops .
c. Immediately notify the City's Transportation Management Division if any
damage occurs to any component of the traffic signal due to the contractors
activities.
d. Repair any damage to the traffic signal poles, mast arms, pull boxes , traffic
cabinets, conduit and detector loops as a result of the construction activities.
7 . Fences
a. Protect all fences designated to remain .
b. Leave fence in the equal or better condition as prior to construction .
15 3.4 INSTALLATION
16 A . Excavation
17 1. Excavate to a depth indicated on the Drawings.
18 2. Trench excavations are defined as unclassified. No additional payment shall be
19 granted for rock or other in-situ materials encountered in the trench.
20 3 . Excavate to a width sufficient for laying the pipe in accordance with the Drawings
21 and bracing in accordance with the Excavation Safety Plan.
22 4 . The bottom of the excavation shall be firm and free from standing water.
23 a. Notify the City immediately if the water and/or the in-situ soils do not provide
24 for a firm trench bottom.
25 b. The City will determine if any changes are required in the pipe foundation or
26 bedding .
27 5. Unless otherwise permitted by the Drawings or by the City, the limits of the
28 excavation shall not advance beyond the pipe placement so that the trench may be
29 backfilled in the same day.
30 6 . Over Excavation
31 a . Fill over excavated areas with the specified bedding material as specified for
32 the specific pipe to be installed.
33 b . No additional payment will be made for over excavation or additional bedding
34 material.
35 7. Unacceptable Backfill Materials
36 a. In-situ soi ls classified as unacceptable backfill material shall be separated from
37 acceptable backfill materials.
38 b. If the unacceptable backfill material is to be blended in accordance with this
39 Specification, then store material in a suitable location until the material is
40 blended.
41 c . Remove all unacceptable material from the project site that is not intended to be
42 blended or modified.
43 8 . Rock -No additional compensation will be paid for rock excavation or other
44 changed field conditions.
45 B . Shoring, Sheeting and Bracing
C ITY OF FORT WORTH Village Creek WRF, Digester Mixing. Flare and Dome Improvements Phase 1
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFIC ATION DOCUMENT Citv Proiect No. 102652
Revised April 2, 202 I
33 0510-1 2
UTILITY TRENC H EXCAVATION , EMBEDM ENT , A ND BACKFILL
Page 12 of23
I. Engage a Licensed Professional Engineer in the State of Texas to design a site
2 specific excavation safety system in accordance with Federal and State
3 requirements.
4 2 . Excavation protection systems shall be designed according to the space limitations
5 as indicated in the Drawings.
6 3. Furnish, put in place and maintain a trench safety system in accordance with the
7 Excavation Safety Plan and required by Federal, State or local safety requirements.
8 4 . If soil or water conditions are encountered that are not addressed by the current
9 Excavation Safety Plan , engage a Licensed Professional Engineer in the State of
10 Texas to modify the Excavation Safety Plan and provide a revised submittal to the
11 City.
12 5. Do not allow soil, or water containing soil, to migrate through the Excavation
13 Safety System in sufficient quantities to adversely affect the suitability of the
14 Excavation Protection System . Movable bracing, shoring plates or trench boxes
15 used to support the sides of the trench excavation sh al I not:
16 a. Disturb the embedment located in the pipe zone or lower
17 b . Alter the pipe's line and grade after the Excavation Protection System is
18 removed
19 c . Compromise the compaction of the embedment located below the spring line of
20 the pipe and in the haunching
21 C. Water Control
22 I . Surface Water
23 a. Furnish all material s and equipment and perform all incidental work required to
24 direct surface water away from the excavation.
25 2. Ground Water
26 a . Furnish all materials and equipment to dewater ground water by a method
27 which preserves the undisturbed state of the subgrade soils .
28 b . Do not allow the pipe to be submerged within 24 hours after placement.
29 c . Do not allow water to flow over concrete until it has sufficiently cured.
30 d . Engage a Lic ens e d Engin eer in the State of Texas to prepare a Ground Water
31 Control Plan if any of the following conditions are encountered:
32 I) A Ground Water Control Plan is specifically required by the Contract
33 · Documents
34 2) If in the sole judgment of the City, ground water is so severe that an
35 Engineered Ground Water Control Plan is required to protect the trench or
36 the installation of the pipe which may include:
37 a) Ground water levels in the trench are unable to be maintained below
38 th e top of the b e dding
39 b) A firm trench bottom cannot be maintained due to ground water
40 c) Ground water entering the excavation undermines the stability of the
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
excavation.
d) Ground water entering the excavation is transporting unacceptable
quantities of soil s through th e Excavation Safety System .
e . In the event that there is no bid item for a Ground Water Control and the City
require s an Engineered Ground Water Control Plan due to conditions discovered
at the site , th e contractor will be eli gible to submit a change order.
f . Control of ground water shall be considered sub sidiary to the excavation when:
C ITY O F FORT WORTH Villag e Creek WRF. Digester Mixing. Flare and Dome Improvements Phase I
ST ANDA RD CONSTRUC TI ON SPECJFI CA TI ON D OCUMENT City Proiect No. 102652
R ev ised April 2, 202 1
I
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
D.
330510-13
UTILITY TRENCH EX CAVA TTON , EMB EDMENT , AND BACKFILL
Page 13 of 23
I) No Ground Water Control Plan is specifically identified and required in the
Contract Documents
g . Ground Water Control Plan installation , operation and maintenance
I) Furnish all materials and equipment necessary to implement, operate and
maintain the Ground Water Control Plan.
2) Once the excavation is complete, remove all ground water control
equipment not called to be incorporated into the work.
h. Water Disposal
1) Dispose of ground water in accordance with City policy or Ordinance.
2) Do not discharge ground water onto or across private property without
written permission .
3) Permission from the City is required prior to disposal into the Sanitary
Sewer.
4) Disposal shall not violate any Federal , State or local regulations.
Embedment and Pipe Placement
1. Water Lines less than , or equal to, 12 inches in diameter :
a. The entire embedment zone shall be of uniform material.
b. Utility sand shall be generally used for embedment.
c. If ground water is in sufficient quantity to cause sand to pump, then use
crushed rock as embedment.
I) If crushed rock is not specifically identified in the Contract Documents ,
then crushed rock shall be paid by the pre-bid unit price.
d . Place evenly spread bedding material on a firm trench bottom.
e . Provide firm , uniform bedding .
f . Place pipe on the bedding in accordance with the alignment of the Drawings .
g . In no case shall the top of the pipe be less than 42 inches from the surface of the
proposed grade, unless specifically called for in the Drawings .
h. Place embedment, including initial backfill, to a minimum of 6 inches, but not
more than 12 inches, above the pipe.
1. Where gate valves are present , the initial backfill shall extend to 6 inches above
the elevation of the valve nut.
J. Form all blocking against undisturbed trench wall to the dimensions in the
Drawings .
k. Compact embedment and initial backfill.
1. Place marker tape on top of the initial trench backfill in accordance with
Section 33 05 26 .
2. Water Lines 16-inches through 24-inches in diameter:
a . The entire embedment zone shall be of uniform material.
b. Utility sand may be used for embedment when the excavated trench depth is
less than 15 feet deep.
c . Crushed rock or fine crushed rock shall be used for embedment for excavated
trench depths 15 feet, or greater.
d. Crushed rock shall be used for embedment for steel pipe.
e . Provide trench geotextile fabric at any location where crushed rock or fine
crushed rock come into contact with utility sand
f. Place evenly spread bedding material on a firm trench bottom.
g. Provide firm, uniform bedding.
1) Additional bedding may be required if ground water is present in the
trench.
CITY OF FORT WORTH Village Creek WRF, Digester Mixing. Flare and Dome Improvements Phase 1
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPE CIFICA TJON DOCUMENT City Project No . 102652
Revi sed April 2, 2021
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
3.
33 0510-14
UTILITY TRENC H EXCAVATION , EMB EDM ENT, AND BACK FILL
Page 14 of23
2) If additional crushed rock is required not specifically identified in the
Contract Documents, then crushed rock shall be paid by the pre-bid unit
pnce.
h . Place pipe on the bedding according to the alignment shown on the Drawings.
1. The pipe line shall be within:
1) ±3 inches of the elevation on the Drawings for 16-inch and 24 -inch water
lines
J . Place and compact embedment material to adequately support haunches in
accordance with the pipe manufacturer's recommendations.
k. Place remaining embedment including initial backfill to a minimum of 6 inches ,
but not more than 12 inches, above the pipe.
I. Where gate valves are present, the initial backfill shall extend to up to the valve
nut.
m. Compact the embedment and initial backfill to 95 percent Standard Proctor
ASTMD 698.
n. Density test performed by a commercial testing firm approved by the City to
verify that the compaction of embedment meets requirements.
o . Place trench geotextile fabric on top of the initial backfill.
p . Place marker tape on top of the trench geotextile fabric in accordance with
Section 33 05 26.
Water Lines 30-inches and greater in diameter
a. The entire embedment zone shall be of uniform material.
b . Crushed rock shall be used for embedment.
c. Provide trench geotextile fabric at any location where crushed rock or fine
crushed rock come into contact with utility sand .
d . Place evenly spread bedding material on a firm trench bottom.
e. Provide firm , uniform bedding .
1) Additional bedding may be required if ground water is present in the
trench .
2) If additional crushed rock is required which is not specifically identified in
the Contract Documents , then crushed rock shall be paid by the pre-bid unit
pnce.
f. Place pipe on the bedding according to the alignment shown on the Drawings .
g. The pipe line shall be within:
1) ± 1 inch of the elevation on the Drawings for 30-inch and larger water lines
h . Place and compact embedment material to adequately support haunches in
accordance with the pipe manufacturer's recommendations.
1. For steel pipe greater than 30 inches in diameter, the initial embedment lift shall
not exceed the spring line prior to compaction.
J. Place remaining embedment, including initial backfill, to a minimum of 6
inches , but not more than 12 inches , above the pipe .
k . Where gate valves are present, the initial backfill shall extend to up to the valve
nut.
I. Compact the embedment and initial backfill to 95 percent Standard Proctor
ASTMD 698 .
m. Density test may be performed by a commercial testing firm approved by the
City to verify that the compaction of embedment meets requirements.
n . Place trench geotextile fabric on top of the initial backfill.
o. Place marker tape on top of the trench geotextile fabric in accordance with
Section 33 05 26.
CITY OF FORT WORTH Village Creek WRF, Digester Mixing , Flare and Dome Improvements Phase 1
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENT Citv Proiect No. 102652
Revised Ap ril 2, 2021
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
4.
5.
33 05 10 -15
UTILITY TR EN CH EXCAVATION , EMBEDMENT, AND BACKFILL
Page 15 of23
Sanitary Sewer Lines and Storm Sewer Lines (HDPE)
a. The entire embedment zone shall be of uniform material.
b . Crushed rock shall be used for embedment.
c. Place evenly spread bedding material on a firm trench bottom.
d . Spread bedding so that lines and grades are maintained and that there are no
sags in the sanitary sewer pipe line.
e. Provide firm, uniform bedding.
l) Additional bedding may be required if ground water is present in the
trench.
2) If additional crushed rock is required which is not specifically identified in
the Contract Documents, then crushed rock shall be paid by the pre-bid unit
pnce.
f. Place pipe on the bedding according to the alignment shown in the Drawings.
g. The pipe line shall be within ±0.1 inches of the elevation, and be consistent
with the grade shown on the Drawings.
h. Place and compact embedment material to adequately support haunches in
accordance with the pipe manufacturer's recommendations.
1. For sewer lines greater than 30 inches in diameter, the embedment lift shall not
exceed the spring line prior to compaction.
J. Place remaining embedment including initial backfill to a minimum of 6 inches ,
but not more than 12 inches, above the pipe.
k. Compact the embedment and initial backfill to 95 percent Standard Proctor
ASTMD 698.
I. Density test may be performed by a commercial testing firm approved by the
City to verify that the compaction of embedment meets requirements.
m. Place trench geotextile fabric on top of the initial backfill.
n. Place marker tape on top of the trench geotextile fabric in accordance with
Section 33 05 26.
Storm Sewer (RCP)
a. The bedding and the pipe zone up to the spring line shall be of uniform
material.
b. Crushed rock shall be used for embedment up to the spring line.
c. The specified backfill material may be used above the spring line.
d . Place evenly spread bedding material on a firm trench bottom.
e. Spread bedding so that lines and grades are maintained and that there are no
sags in the storm sewer pipe line.
f. Provide firm, uniform bedding.
I) Additional bedding may be required if ground water is present in the
trench .
2) If additional crushed rock is required which is not specifically identified in
the Contract Documents, then crushed rock shall be paid by the pre-bid unit
pnce.
g . Place pipe on the bedding according to the alignment of the Drawings.
h. The pipe line shall be within ±0.1 inches of the elevation, and be consistent
with the grade, shown on the Drawings.
1. Place embedment material up to the spring line .
1) Place embedment to ensure that adequate support is obtained in the haunch .
J . Compact the embedment and initial backfill to 95 percent Standard Proctor
ASTMD 698.
CITY OF FORT WORTH Village Creek WRF, Digester Mixing , Flare and Dome Improvements Phase 1
ST ANDA RD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFJCA TION DOCUMENT Citv Proiect No. 102652
Revised April 2, 2021
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
6.
7 .
33 05 IO -16
UTILITY TRE NCH EXCAVATION , EMBEDMENT, AND BAC KFILL
Page 16 o f 23
k . Density test may be performed by a commercial testing firm approved by the
City to verify that the compaction of embedment meets requirements.
I. Place trench geotextile fabric on top of pipe and crushed rock.
a.
b.
C.
d .
e .
f.
g.
h.
l.
J .
k.
Storm Sewer (PP -Polypropylene)
The entire embedment zone shall be of uniform material.
Crushed rock shall be used for embedment up to top of pipe .
Place evenly spread bedding material on a firm trench bottom.
Spread bedding so that lines and grades are maintained and that there are no sags
in the storm sewer pipe line .
Provide firm , uniform bedding .
I) Additional bedding may be required if ground water is present in the
trench.
2) If additional crushed rock is required which is not specifically
identified in the Contract Documents, then crushed rock shall be paid
by the pre-bid unit price.
Place pipe on the bedding according to the alignment shown in the Drawings.
The pipe line shall be within ±0.1 inches of the elevation, and be consistent with
the grade shown on the Drawings .
Place and compact embedment material to adequately support haunches in
accordance with the pipe manufacturer 's recommendations.
Compact the embedment and initial backfill to 95 percent Standard Proctor
ASTMD 698 .
Density test may be performed by City to verify that the compaction of
embedment meets requirements.
Place trench geotextile fabric on top of the initial backfill.
Storm Sewer Reinforced Concrete Box
a . Crus hed rock shall be used for bedding.
b . The pipe zone and the initial backfill shall be:
1) Crushed rock, or
2) Acceptable backfill material compacted to 95 percent Standard Proctor
density
c . Place evenly spread compacted bedding material on a firm trench bottom.
d . Spread bedding so that lines and grades are maintained and that there are no
sags in the storm sewer pipe line .
e. Provide firm, uniform bedding.
1) Additional bedding may be required if ground water is present in the
trench.
2) If additional crushed rock is required which is not specifically identified in
the Contract Documents, then crushed rock shall be paid by the pre-bid unit
pnce .
f. Fill the annular space between multiple boxes with crushed rock, CLSM
according to 03 34 13 .
g. Place pipe on the bedding according to the alignment of the Drawings .
h. The pipe shall be within ±0 .1 inches of the elevation, and be consistent with the
grade , shown on the Drawings .
1. Compact the embedment initial backfill to 95 percent Standard Proctor ASTM
D698.
8 . Water Services (Less than 2 Inches in Diameter)
a. The entire embedment zone shall be of uniform material.
CITY OF FORT WORTH Village Creek WRF. Digester Mixing. Flare and Dome Improvements Phase 1
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECTFICATION DOCUMENT Citv Proiect No. 102652
Revised April 2, 202 1
33 05 10 -17
UTILITY TRENCH EXCAVATION, EM B EDMENT, AND BACKFILL
Page 17 of23
1 b. Utility sand shall be generally used for embedment.
2 c . Place evenly spread bedding material on a firm trench bottom.
3 d. Provide firm, uniform bedding.
4 e. Place pipe on the bedding according to the alignment of the Plans .
5 f. Compact the initial backfill to 95 percent Standard Proctor ASTM D698.
6 9 . Sanitary Sewer Services
7 a. The entire embedment zone shall be of uniform material.
8 b . Crushed rock shall be used for embedment.
9 c. Place evenly spread bedding material on a firm trench bottom .
10 d . Spread bedding so that lines and grades are maintained and that there are no
11 sags in the sanitary sewer pipe line.
12 e . Provide firm, uniform bedding .
13 I) Additional bedding may be required if ground water is present in the
14 trench.
15 2) If additional crushed rock is required which is not specifically identified in
16 the Contract Documents, then crushed rock shall be paid by the pre-bid unit
17 pnce.
18 f. Place pipe on the bedding according to the alignment of the Drawings.
19 g. Place remaining embedment, including initial backfill , to a minimum of 6
20 inches, but not more than 12 inches, above the pipe.
21 h. Compact the initial backfill to 95 percent Standard Proctor ASTM D698.
22 1. Density test may be required to verify that the compaction meets the density
23 requirements .
24 E. Trench Backfill
25 1. At a minimum , place backfill in such a manner that the required in-place density
26 and moisture content is obtained, and so that there will be no damage to the surface,
27 pavement or structures due to any trench settlement or trench movement.
28 a . Meeting the requirement herein does not relieve the responsibility to damages
29 associated with the Work .
30 2. Backfill Material
31 a. Final backfill (not under existing pavement or future pavement)
32 1) Backfill with :
33 a) Acceptable backfill material
34 b) Blended backfill material , or
35 c) Select backfill material , CSS , or CLSM when specifically required
36 b . Final backfill depth 15 feet or greater (under existing or future pavement)
3 7 I) Backfi 11 depth from O to 15 feet deep
38 a) Backfill with:
39 (1) Acceptable backfill material
40 (2) Blended backfill material, or
41 (3) Select backfill material, CSS, or CLSM when specifically required
42 2) Backfill depth from 15 feet and greater
43 a) Backfill with:
44 (I) Select Fill
45 (2) CSS, or
46 (3) CLSM when specifically required
47 b)
48 c. Backfill for service lines:
CITY OF FORT WORTH Village Creek WRF, Digester Mixing. Flare and Dome Improvements Phase I
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENT Citv Proiect No. /02652
Revi sed April 2, 2021
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
33 0510-1 8
UTILITY TRE C H EXCAVATIO N, EMB EDM E T , AND BACKFILL
1) Backfi 11 for water or sewer service I ines shall be the same as the
requirement of the main that the service is connected to .
Page I 8 of23
3. Required Compaction and Density
a. Final backfill (depths less than 15 feet/under existing or future pavement)
1) Compact acceptable backfill material , blended backfill material or select
backfill to a minimum of 95 percent Standard Proctor per ASTM D698 at
moisture content within -2 to +5 percent of the optimum moisture .
2) CSS or CLSM requires no compaction .
b. Final backfill ( depths 15 feet and greater/under existing or future pavement)
1) Compact select backfi 11 to a minimum of 98 percent Standard Proctor per
ASTM D 698 at moisture content within -2 to +5 percent of the optimum
moisture up to the final grade .
2) CSS or CLSM requires no compaction.
c . Final backfill (not under existing or future pavement)
1) Compact acceptable backfill material blended backfill material, or select
backfill to a minimum of 95 percent Standard Proctor per ASTM D 698 at
moisture content within -2 to +5 percent of the optimum moisture.
4 . Saturated Soils
a. If in-situ soils consistently demonstrate that they are greater than 5 percent over
optimum moisture content, the soils are considered saturated.
b . Flooding the trench or water jetting is strictly prohibited.
c . If saturated soils are identified in the Drawings or Geotechnical Report in the
Appendix , Contractor shall proceed with Work following all backfill procedures
outlined in the Drawings for areas of soil saturation greater than 5 percent.
d. If saturated soils are encountered during Work but not identified in Drawings or
Geotechnical Report in the Appendix :
1) The Contractor shall:
a) Immediately notify the City.
b) Submit a Contract Claim for Extra Work associated with direction from
City.
2) The City shall:
a) Investigate soils and determine if Work can proceed in the identified
location .
b) Direct the Contractor of changed backfill procedures associated with
the saturated soils that may include :
(I) Imported backfi II
(2) A site specific backfill design
5. Plac ement of Backfill
a. Use only compaction equipment specifically designed for compaction of a
particular soil type and within the space and depth limitation experienced in the
trench .
b. Flooding the trench or water setting is strictly prohibited.
c . Place in loose lifts not to exceed 12 inches.
d . Compact to specified densities .
e . Compact only on top of initial backfill , undisturbed trench or previously
compacted backfill.
f . Remove any loose materials due to the movement of any trench box or shoring
or due to sloughing of the trench wall.
CITY O F FORT WORTH Village Creek WRF, Digester Mixing, Flare and Dome Improvements Phase 1
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENT City Proiect No. 101651
Revised April 2, 2021
I
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
33 05 10 -19
UTILITY TRENCH EXCAVATION, EMBEDM ENT , A ND BAC K F ILL
Page 19 of23
g. Install appropriate tracking balls for water and sanitary sewer trenches in
accordance with Section 33 05 26.
6. Backfill Means and Methods Demonstration
a . Notify the City in writing with sufficient time for the City to obtain samples
and perform standard proctor test in accordance with ASTM D698 .
b . The results of the standard proctor test must be received prior to beginning
excavation .
c . Upon commencing of backfill placement for the project the Contractor shall
demonstrate means and methods to obtain the required densities.
d. Demonstrate Means and Methods for compaction including:
l) Depth of lifts for backfill which shall not exceed 12 inches
2) Method of moisture control for excessively dry or wet backfill
3) Placement and moving trench box, if used
4) Compaction techniques in an open trench
5) Compaction techniques around structure
e . Provide a testing trench box to provide access to the recently backfilled
material.
f. The City will provide a qualified testing lab full time during this period to
randomly test density and moisture continent.
1) The testing lab will provide results as available on the job site.
7. Varying Ground Conditions
a . Notify the City of varying ground conditions and the need for additional
proctors.
b. Request additional proctors when soil conditions change.
c . The City may acquire additional proctors at its discretion.
d. Significant changes in soil conditions will require an additional Means and
Methods demonstration.
28 3.5 REP AIR [NOT USED]
29 3.6 RE-INSTALLATION [NOT USED]
30 3.7 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL
31 A. Field Tests and Inspections
32 I . Proctors
33 a. The City will perform Proctors in accordance with ASTM D698 .
34 b . Test results will generally be available to within 4 calendar days and distributed
35 to :
36 I) Contractor
37 2) City Project Manager
38 3) City Inspector
39 4) Engineer
40 c. Notify the City if the characteristic of the soil changes .
41 d. City will perform new proctors for varying soils:
42 I) When indicated in the geotechnical investigation in the Appendix
43 2) If notified by the Contractor
44 3) At the convenience of the City
45 e . Trenches where different soil types are present at different depths , the proctors
46 shall be based on the mixture of those soils.
CITY OF FORT WORTH Village Creek WRF, Digester Mixing. Flare and Dome Improvements Phase I
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENT City Proiect No. 102652
Revised April 2 , 2021
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
B .
33 05 10 -20
UTILITY TRE CH EXCA VATIO N, EMB EDME T, A D BA CKFILL
Page 20 of 2 3
2. Density Testing of Backfill
a . Density Tests shall be in conformance with ASTM D2922.
b . Provide a testing trench protection for trench depths in excess of 5 feet.
c. Place , move and remove testi ng trench protection as necessary to facilitate all
test conducted by the commercial testing firm approved by the City.
d . The commercial testing lab will perform moisture/density test for every 200-ft
or less of trench length , as measured along the length of the pipe. A minimum of
one test shall be performed for every 2 vertical feet of compacted backfill
material, independent of the contractor's lift thickness for compaction. Test
locations shall be staggered within each lift so that successive lifts are not tested
in the same location . A random number generator may be used to determine test
locations. Moisture/density tests shall be performed at a depth not more than 2
feet above the top of the pipe bedding and in 2-foot increments up to the final
grade. The project inspector or project manager may request testing at an
increased frequency and/or at specific locations.
e . The contractor can proceed with subsequent earthwork only after test results for
previously completed work comply with requirements . If the required
compaction density has not been obtained, the backfill should be scarified and
moistened or aerated , or removed to a depth required, and be replaced with
approved backfill , and re -compacted to the specified density at the contractor's
expense . In no case will excavation , pipe-laying, or other operation be allowed
to proceed until the specified compaction is attained.
f. The testing lab will provide results to Contractor and the City 's Inspector upon
completion of the testing.
g. A formal report will be posted to the City 's Accela (Developer Projects) and
BIM 360 (City Projects) site within 48 hours .
h . Test reports shall include:
l) Location of test by station number
2) Time and date of test
3) Depth of testing
4) Field moisture
5) Dry density
6) Proctor identifier
7) Percent Proctor Density
3. Density of Embedment
a . Storm sewer boxes that are embedded with acceptable backfi ll material,
blended backfill material , cement modified backfill material or select material
will follow the same testing procedure as backfill.
b. The City may test fine crushed rock or crushed rock embedment in accordance
with ASTM D2922 or ASTM 1556 .
Non-Conforming Work
1. All non-conforming work shall be removed and replaced .
CITY OF FORT WORTH Village Creek WRF, Digester Mixing, Flare and Do me Im provements Phase I
STANDARD CON STRUC TION SP ECIFI CATIO DOCUMENT City Proiect No . 102652
Revi se d April 2, 202 1
3.8 SYSTEM STARTUP [NOT USED]
33 05 10-21
UTILITY TRENCH EXCAVATION , EMBEDMENT, AND BACKFILL
Page 21 of23
2 3.9 ADJUSTING [NOT USED]
3 3.10 CLEANING [NOT USED]
4 3.11 CLOSEOUT ACTIVITIES [NOT USED]
5 3.12 PROTECTION [NOT USED]
6 3.13 MAINTENANCE [NOT USED]
7 3.14 ATTACHMENTS [NOT USED]
8 END OF SECTION
Revision Log
DATE NAME SUMMARY OF CHANGE
1.2 -Added Item for Concrete Encasement for Utility Lines
Various Sections -Revised Depths to Include 15' and greater
12/20 /2012 D. Johnson 3.3 .A -Additional notes for pavement protection and positive drainage.
3.4 .E .2 -Added requirements for backfill of service lines.
3.4 .E .5 -Added language prohibiting flooding of trench
1.2.A.3 -Clarified measurement and payment for concrete encasement as per plan
6/18/20 13 D . Johnson quantity
2.2 .A -Added language for concrete encasement
11/09/16 Z. Arega 2.2 .A. I .d Modify gradation for sand material
2.2 A. I . E. -Added reference to pre-approved list of sand sources for e mbedment;
3 .3 A. 6 . -Changed reference to Transportation Management Division; 3.4 -
2/26/2021 Z . Arega Provided clarification re : use of commercial testing firms approved by City and
backfill requirements ; and 3 .7 A. 2 . Provided clarification re : backfill testing
requirements .
4 /2/2021 MOwen 3.4 D. 6 . Add requirements Storm Sewer (P P -Polypropylene)
9
10
11
12
13
14
CITY OF FORT WORTH Village Creek WR F, Digester Mixing, Flare and Dome Impro ve ments Pha se I
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENT Citv Proiect No . 102652
Revi sed April 2, 2021
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
33 05 10 -22
UTILITY TRE NCH EXCAVATION, EMBEDMENT, AND BACKFILL
Page 22 of23
PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK
C ITY OF FORT WORTH Village Creek WRF, Digester Mixing, Flare and Dome Improvements Phase I
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENT City Proiect No . 102652
Revised April 2, 2021
l. _,,,
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
..../
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
44
33 0 5 14 -I
ADJUSTTNG MANHOLES, INLETS , VAL VE BOXES , AND OTHER STRUCTURES TO GRADE
Page 1 of8
SECTION 33 05 14
ADJUSTING MANHOLES, INLETS , VAL VE BOXES, AND OTHER STRUCTIJRES TO
GRADE
PART 1-GENERAL
1.1 SUMMARY
1.2
A. Section Includes:
1. Vertical adjustments to manholes, drop inlets, valve boxes, cathodic protection test
stations and other miscellaneous structures to a new grade
B. Deviations from this City of Fort Worth Standard Specification
1. Mod ifie d 1.2A
C. Related Specification Sections include, but are not necessarily limited to :
1. Division O -Bidding Requirements, Contract Farms, and Conditions of the
Contract
2 . Division 1 -General Requirements
3. Section 32 01 1 7 -Permanent Asphalt paving Repair
4. Section 32 01 29 -Concrete Paving Repair
5 . Section 33 05 10 -Utility Trench Excavation, Embedment and Backfill
6 . Section 33 05 13 -Frame, Cover and Grade Rings
7. Section 33 39 10 -Cast-in-Place Concrete Manholes
8. Section 33 39 20 -Precast Concrete Manholes
9 . Section 33 12 20 -Resilient Seated (Wedge) Gate Valve
10. Section33 1221-AWWARubber-SeatedButterflyValve
11. Section 33 04 11 -Corrosion Control Test Station
12 . Section 33 04 12 -Magnesium Anode Cathodic Protection System
PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES
A. Measurement and Payment
1. Manhole -Minor Adjustment
a . Measurement an d P ayment
I) MeasHremeHt fer ER:is Item shall be per eaeh adjHstmeHt Hsing oRly graae
rings or other mieor adjHstmeHt EieYiees to raise or lower a mar.hole to a graae
as speeifiea OH the DrawiHgs . W o rk associated with this Item is c onsi dered
subsidiary to the various items bid. No separate p ayment will be allowed for
this Item.
b . PaymeHt
1) The work perfermea aHEi the materials furnishes in aeeorEiaHee with this
Item will be pa-ia fer at the 1.-Hlit priee bia per eaeh "MaRAole AdjHstmeHt,
Mieor" eompletea.
c . The price bid shall include:
1) Pavement removal
2) Excavation
3) Hauling
C ITY OF FORT WORTH Village Creek WRF, Digester Mixing, Flare, and Dome Improvements Phase I
Citv Proiect No. /02652 STANDARD CONSTRUC TION SP EC IFICATION DOCUMENTS
Revised March I I , 2022
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
33 05 14 -I
ADJUSTING MANHOLES, INLETS , VALVE BOXES, AND OTHER STR UCTURES TO GRA D E
Page 2 of 8
4) Disposal of excess material
5) Grade rings or other adjustment devic e
6) Reuse of the existing manhole frame and cover
7) Furnishing, placing and compaction of embedment and backfill
8) Concrete base material
9) Permanent asphalt patch or concrete paving repair, as required
l 0) Clean-up
2 . Manhole -Major Adjustment
a . Measurement and Payment
1) MeasHremeAt for this Item shall be 13er eaeh adjHstmeAt reqt1iriAg struerural
modifieatioAs to raise or lower a manhole to a grade as speeified OB the
Dr!¼\vings. Work associated with this Item is considered subsidiary to the
various items bid. No separate payment will be allowed for this Item.
b . PaymeAt
1) The work perfoFIHed aad the materials Fl:lfflished iB aeeordaaee ·uith this
Item will be paid for at the l:lflit 13riee bid 13er eaeh "MaAhole A.cljHstmeAt ,
Major" eompleted .
c. The price bid shall include:
1) Pavement removal
2) Excavation
3) Hauling
4) Disposal of excess material
5) Structural modifications , grade rings or other adjustment device
6) Reuse of the existing manhole frame and cover
7) Furnishing, placing and compaction of embedment and backfill
8) Concrete base material
9) Permanent asphalt patch or concrete paving repair, as required
1 0) Clean-up
3. Manhole -Major Adjustment with Frame and Cover
a . Measurement and Payment
1) MeasHremeAt for this lteFB shall be per eaeh adjHstrneat reqHir.ng strueraral
modifieatioAs to raise or lo•Ner a maahole to a grade s13ecified OR the
Dra•uiAgs or struetw=al modifieatioes for a mar.hole reqt1iriAg a Rev,' frame aAd
eover, oftea for chaages to cover diameter. Work associated with this Item is
considered subsidiary to the various items bid. No separate payment will be
allowed for this Item.
b. P€l3/ment
1) The work perfoFIHed and the materia-ls Fl:lfflished i:e aeeordaaee 1with this
Item 1.Yill be paid for at the \HH:t priee bid per eaeh ''Manhole AcljHstrneat ,
Major v,r/ Co1,'er" eom13leted.
c . The price bid shall include:
I) Pavement removal
2) Excavation
3) Hauling
4) Disposal of excess material
5) Structural modifications , grade rings or other adjustment device
6) Frame and cover
7) Furnishing, placing and compaction of embedment and backfill
8) Concrete base material
9) Permanent asphalt patch or concrete paving repair, as required
I 0) Clean-up
CITY OF FORT WORTH
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFIC ATION DOCUM ENTS
R evised March I I , 2022
Village Creek WRF. Digester Mixing. Flare. and Dome Improvements Phase I
City Proiect No. 102652
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
27
28
29 ·
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
)1
4 . Inlet
33 05 14 -I
ADJUSTING MANHOLES, INLETS , VAL VE BOXES, AND OTHER STRUCTURES TO GRADE
Page 3 of8
a . Measurement and Payment
I) Measurement for this Item shall ae per eaeh adjustment requiriAg struetural
modifieations to inlet to a grade speeified oe the Dravlings. Work associated
with this Item is considered subsidiary to the various items bid. No separate
payment will be allowed for this Item.
a . Payment
l) The work performed and the materials ftimished iH aeeordanee with this
Item will ae paid for at the unit priee aid per eaeh "Inlet Adjustment"
eompleted.
c . The price bid shall include:
1) Pavement removal
2) Excavation
3) Hauling
4) Disposal of excess material
5) Structural modifications
6) Furnishing, placing and compaction of embedment and backfill
7) Concrete base material, as required
8) Surface restoration , permanent asphalt patch or concrete paving repair, as
required
9) Clean-up
5. ValveBox
a. Measurement and Payment
1) Measurement for this Item shall ae per eaeh adjustmeet to a grade speeified
on the Drawings. Work associated with this Item is considered subsidiary to
the various items bid. No separate payment will be allowed for this Item.
a. Paymeet
1) The vfork performed and the materials ftimished iH aeeordanee with this
Item will ae paid for at the unit priee aid per eaeh "Val>.•e Bo* Adjustment"
eompleted.
c. The price bid shall include:
1) Pavement removal
2) Excavation
3) Hauling
4) Disposal of excess material
5) Adjustment device
6) Furnishing, placing and compaction of embedment and backfill
7) Concrete base material , as required
8) Surface restoration , permanent asphalt patch or concrete paving repair, as
required
9) Clean-up
6. Cathodic Protection TestStation
a. Measurement and Payment
1) Measurement for this Item shall ae per eaeh adjustmeet to a grade speeified
on the Drawings. Work associated with this Item is considered subsidiary to
the various items bid. No separate payment will be allowed for this Item.
a . Payment
1) The ,vork performed and the materials ftimished in aeeordanee with this
Item will ae paid for at the UHit priee aid per eaeh "Cathodie Proteetion Test
Station Adjustment" eompleted.
CITY OF FORT WORTH
ST AND ARD CONSTRUCTION SPEC IFICATIO N DOCUM ENTS
R evised March I I , 2022
Village Creek WRF, Digester Mixing. Flare, and Dome Improvements Phase I
Citv Proiect No. /02652
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
330514-1
ADJUSTfNG MANHOLES, fNLETS , VAL VE BOXES, AND OTHER STRUCTURES TO GRADE
Page 4 of 8
c. The price bid shall include :
1) Pavement removal
2) Excavation
3) Hauling
4) Disposal of excess material
5) Adjustment device
6) Furnishing, placing and compaction of embedment and backfill
7) Concrete base material , as required
8) Surface restoration, permanent asphalt patch or concrete paving repair, as
required
9) Clean-up
7. FireHydrant
a . Measurement and Payment
1) Measuremeat for this ltefH shall be per each adjust1Heat requiriHg stefH
eJcteflsiefls ta meet a grade specified by theDrawiflgs . Work associated with this
Item is considered subsidiary to the various items bid. No separate payment
will be allowed for this Item.
b. Pa)'fHeat
1) The v,rerk performed afld the materials furnished ifl accerdaf!ce with this
Item will be paid for at the unit price bid per each "Fire Hydraflt Stem
BJcteflsiefl" cempleted.
c . The price bid shall include:
1) Pavement removal
2) Excavation
3) Hauling
4) Disposal of excess material
5) Adjustment materials
6) Furnishing, placing and compaction of embedment and backfill
7) Concrete base material, as required
8) Surface restoration, permanent asphalt patch or concrete paving repair, as
required
9) Clean-up
8 . MeterBox
a. Measurement and Payment
I) Miaer adjustfHeflts ta fHeter bex le ss thafl 6 iaches Yertical shall be
ceasidered subsidiary ta the fHeter bex pay itefH. Work associated with this Item
is considered subsidiary to the various items bid. No separate payment will
be allowed for this Item.
2) Measuremeat for this ltefH shall be per eaeh water meter adjustmeat
required ifl excess ef 6 iflches vertically ta meet a grade specified by the
Drawiflgs .
b. Paymeflt
l) The werlc performed aad the fHaterials furnished iR aeeerdaaee 1,1,•ith this
Item will be paid for at the unit price bid per each "Meter Bex Adjustment
Bxteasien" cempleted.
c . The price bid shall include :
I) Excavation
2) Hauling
3) Disposal of excess material
4) Adjustment materials
C ITY OF FORT WORTH
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPEC IFICATION DOCUM ENTS
Revised March I I , 2022
Village Creek WRF. Digester Mixing, Flare, and Dome Improvements Phase I
Cuv Proiect No. 102652
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
33 05 14 - I
ADJUSTlNG MANHOLES, INLETS, VAL VE BOXES, AND OTHER STRUCTURES TO GRADE
Page 5 of8
5) Furnishing, placing and compaction of embedment and backfill
6) Concrete base material , as required
7) Surface restoration, unimproved area, as required
8) Clean-up
9. Miscellaneous Structure
a . Measurement and Payment
I) Measurement for this Item shall be per each adjustment requiring structural
modifications to said structure to a grade specified on the Drawings. Work
associated with this Item is considered subsidiary to the various items bid. No
separate payment will be allowed for this Item.
a. PaymeHt
l) The work performed aHd the materials furnished in aeeordBflee with this
Item will be paid for at H'le \:Hlit priee bid per eaeh "Miseellaneous Strueture
Aa:iustmeAt" eompleted.
c. The price bid shall include:
I) Pavement removal
2) Excavation
3) Hauling
4) Disposal of excess material
5) Structural modifications
6) Furnishing, placing and compaction of embedment and backfill
7) Concrete base material
8) Permanent asphalt patch or concrete paving repair, as required
9) Clean-up
1.3 REFERENCES
A Definitions
I . Minor Adjustment
a . Refers to a small elevation change performed on an existing manhole where the
existing frame and cover are reused.
2 . Major Adjustment
a . Refers to a significant elevation change performed on an existing manhole
which requires structural modification or when a 24-inch ring is changed to a
30-inch ring.
B. Reference Standards
1. Reference standards cited in this Specification refer to the current reference
standard published at the time of the latest revision date logged at the end of this
Specification , unless a date is specifically cited.
2 . Texas Commission on Environmental Quality (TCEQ):
a . Title 30, Part I , Chapter 217 , Subchapter C , Rule 217 .55 -Manholes and
Related Structures.
1.4 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS [NOT USED]
1.5 SUBMITT ALS [NOT USED]
1.6 ACTION SUBMITT ALS/INFORMATIONAL SUBMITT ALS [NOT USED]
1.7 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS [NOT USED]
1.8 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITT ALS [NOT USED]
C ITY O F FORT WORTH
ST ANDARD CONSTRUCTION SP ECIFICATION DOCUM ENTS
Rev ised March I I , 2022
Village Creek WRF. Digester Mixing. Flare, and Dome Improvements Phase I
Citv Proiect No. 102652
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
33 05 14 - 1
ADJUSTTNG MANHOLES, TNLETS , VAL VE BOXES, AND OTHER STRUCTURES TO GRADE
Page 6 of8
1.9 QUALITY ASSURANCE [NOT USED]
1.10 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING [NOT USED]
1.11 FIELD [SITE] CONDITIONS [NOT USED]
1.12 WARRANTY [NOT USED]
PART 2 -PRODUCTS
2.1 OWNER-FURNISHED [oR] OWNER-SUPPLIED PRODUCTS [NOT USED]
2.2 MATERIALS
A Cast-in-Place Concrete
1. See Section 03 30 00.
B. Modifications to Existing Concrete Structures
1. See Section 03 80 00.
C. Grade Rings
1. See Section 33 05 13.
D. Frame andCover
1. See Section 33 05 13 .
E. Backfill material
I. See Section 33 05 10.
F . Water valve box extension
I . See Section 33 12 20.
G. Corrosion Protection Test Station
I . See Section 33 04 11 .
H. Cast-in-Place Concrete Manholes
1. See Section 33 39 10 .
I. Precast Concrete Manholes
1. See Section 33 39 20.
2.3 ACCESSORIES [NOT USED]
2.4 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL [NOT USED]
PART3-EXECUTION
3.1 INSTALLERS [NOT USED]
3.2 EXAMINATION
A Verification of Conditions
I . Examine existing structure to be adjusted, for damage or defects that may affect
grade adjustment.
a. Report issue to City for consideration before beginningadjustment.
C ITY OF FORT WORTH
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SP EC IFICA TTON DOC UM E NTS
Revise d March 1 1, 2022
Village Creek WRF. Digester Mixing. Flare. and Dome Improvements Phase I
City Proiect No. I 02652
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
33 05 14 - I
ADJUSTING MANHOLE S, INLETS , VALVE BOXES , AND OTHER STRUC TURE S TO GRADE
Page 7 o f8
3.3 PREPARATION
A. Grade Verification
1. On major adjustments confirm any grade change noted on Drawings is consistent
with field measurements.
a. If not, coordinate with City to verify final grade before beginning adjustment.
3.4 ADJUSTMENT
A. Manholes, Inlets , and Miscellaneous Structures
I. On any sanitary sewer adjustment replace 24-inch frame and cover assembly with
30-inch frame and cover assembly per TCEQrequirement.
2. On manhole major adjustments, inlets and miscellaneous structures protect the
bottom using wood forms shaped to fit so that no debris blocks the invert or the
inlet or outlet piping in during adjustments .
a . Do not use any more than a 2-piece bottom .
3. Use the least number of grade rings necessary to meet required grade .
a. For example, ifa 1-foot adjustment is required, use 2 6-inch rings , not 6 2-inch
rmgs .
b . The maximum height of adjustment shall be no more than 12 inches for any
combination of grade rings . If 12 inches is required, use3 -4 inch rings.
B. Valve Boxes
1. Utilize typical 3 piece adjustable valve box for adjusting to final grade as shown on
the Drawings .
C. Backfill and Grading
I. Backfill area of excavation surrounding each adjustment in accordance to Section
33 05 10 .
D. Pavement Repair
1. If required pavement repair is to be performed in accordance with Section 32 0 I 17
or Section 32 01 29.
3.5 REPAIR/ RESTORATION [NOT USED]
3.6 RE-INSTALLATION [NOT USED]
3.7 FIELD [OR] SITE QUALITY CONTROL [NOT USED]
3.8 SYSTEM STARTUP [NOT USED]
3.9 ADJUSTING [NOT USED]
3.10 CLEANING [NOT USED]
3.11 CLOSEOUT ACTIVITIES [NOT USED]
3.12 PROTECTION [NOT USED]
3.13 MAINTENANCE [NOT USED]
3.14 ATTACHMENTS [NOT USED]
C ITY O F FORT WORTH
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFI CATION DOCUME NTS
Revised March I I, 202 2
Village Creek WRF. Digester Mixing. Flare, and Dome Improvements Phase I
City Proiect No. 102652
2
3
DATE
12/20/2012
9/20/2017
3/1 1/2022
33 05 14 -I
ADJUSTING MANHOLES, fNLETS , VAL VE BOXES, AND OT HER STRUCTURES TO GRA DE
Page 8 of 8
END OF SECTION
Revisi on Log
NAME SUMMARYOF CHANGE
1.2.A -Pay item added for a major manhole adjustment which re uses t he existing
frame an d cover and a major adjustment requiring a new frame and cover; Added
D. Johnson items to be inc luded in price bids ; Blue text added for clarification for misc e ll aneous
structure adjustments
3.4 -Pavement repair requirements were add ed
W. Norwood 3.4.3 Eliminate 24 inch requirement for maximum chimney height adjustment.
3.4.4 .b Add requirement for maximum height of grade rings to be 12 inches
or 3-4 inch rings
MOwen Add measurement and payment section for meter box adjustment
CITY O F FORT WORTH Village Creek WRF, Digester Mixing, Flare, and Dome Improvements Phase I
City Proiect No. 102652 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPEC IFICATION DOCUM E TS
Revi sed March I I, 2022
33 05 26 -I
UTILITY MARKERS /LOCATORS
Page I ofS
SECTION 33 05 26
2 UTILITY MARKERS/LOCATORS
3 PARTl-GENERAL
4 1.1 SUMMARY
5 A. Section Includes:
6 1. Buried and surface utility markers for utility construction
7 B . Deviations from this City of Fort Worth Standard Specification
8 1. Modified 1.2A
9 C. Related Specification Sections include, but are not necessarily limited to :
10 1. Division O -Bidding Requirements, Contract Forms, and Conditions of the
11 Contract
I 2 2. Division 1 -General Requirements
13 1.2 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES
14 A. Measurement and Payment
15 1. MeasuremeAt Work associated with this Item is considered subsidiary to the
16 various items bid. No separate payment will be allowed for this Item.
1 7 a. Meast-trem.eAt for this Item. will be b~· lUfB:p sum..
18 2. PaymeAt
19 a . The work performed and materials fm:aished in accordance with this Item will
20 ee paid for at the lump st-tm price aid for "Utility Markers".
21 3. The price bid shall include:
22 a. Furnishing and installing Utility Markers as specified by the Drawings
23 b. Mobilization
24 c. Pavement removal
25 d . Excavation
26 e. Hauling
27 f . Disposal of excess material
28 g . Furnishing, placement and compaction of backfill
29 h . Clean-up
30 1.3 REFERENCES
31 A. Reference Standards
32 1. Reference standards cited in this Specification refer to the current reference
33 standard published at the time of the latest revision date logged at the end of this
34 Specification, unless a date is specifically cited.
35 2 . American Public Works Association (AWPA):
36 a. Uniform Color Code .
37 1.4 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS [NOT USED]
38
CITY OF FORT WORTH Village Creek WRF. Digester Mixing. Flare and Dome Improvements Phase 1
ST ANDA RD CONSTRUCTION SPECTFICA TION DOCUMENT City Proiect No. 102652
Revised December 20, 2012
33 05 26 -2
UTILITY MARKE RS /LOCATORS
Page 2 of 5
1.5 SUBMITT ALS
2 A. Submittals shall be in accordance with Section O I 33 00.
3 B . All submittals shall be approved by the City prior to delivery .
4 1.6 ACTION SUBMITTALS/INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS
5 A. Product Data
6 I . Buried Marker
7 2. Surface Marker
8 1.7 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS [NOT USED]
9 1.8 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED]
10 1.9 QUALITY ASSURANCE rNoT USED]
11 1.10 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING [NOT USED]
12 1.11 FIELD [SITE] CONDITIONS [NOT USED]
13 1.12 WARRANTY [NOT USED]
14 PART 2-PRODUCTS
15 2.1 OWNER-FURNISHED [oR] OWNER-SUPPLIEDPRODUCTS [NOT USED]
16 2.2 MATERIALS
17 A. Manufacturers
18 I. Only the manufacturers as listed on the City's Standard Products List will be
19 considered as shown in Section O 1 60 00 .
20 a . The manufacturer must comply with this Specification and related Sections .
21 2 . Any product that is not listed on the Standard Products List is considered a
22 substitution and shall be submitted in accordance with Section O I 25 00 .
23 3. Provide new Utility Markers/Locators from a manufacturer regularly engaged in the
24 manufacturing of Utility Markers/Locators .
25 B. Materials
26 1. Buried Markers (Detectable Warning Tape)
27 a. Provide detectable warning tape as follows:
28 1) 5.0 mil overall thickn ess
29 2) Width -3 inch minimum
30 3) Weight -27.5 pounds per inch per 1,000 square feet
31 4) Triple Layer with:
32 a) Minimum thicknes s 0 .35 mils solid aluminum foil encased in a
33 protective inert plastic jacket
34 (I) I 00 percent virgin low density polyethylene
35 (2) Impervious to all known alkalis , acids , chemical reagents and
36 solvents within soil
37 (3) Aluminum foil visible to both sides
C ITY OF FORT WORTH Village Creek WRF, Digester Mixing. Flare and Dome Improvements Phase I
ST ANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENT City Proiect No. 102652
Revi sed December 20 , 2012
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
5) Locatable by conductive and inductive methods
6) Printing encased to avoid ink rub-off
7) Color and Legends
a) Potable water lines
33 05 26 - 3
UTILITY MARKERS /LOCATORS
Page 3 of5
(1) Color -Blue (in accordance with APWA Uniform Color Code)
(2) Legend -Caution Potable Water Line Below (repeated every 24
inches)
b) Reclaimed water lines
(1) Color -Purple (in accordance with APW A Uniform Color Code)
(2) Legend -Caution Reclaimed Water Line Below (repeated every 24
inches)
c) Sewer Line
(1) Color -Green (in accordance with APWA Uniform Color Code)
(2) Legend -Caution Sewer Line Below (repeated every 24 inches)
2 . Surface Markers
a . Provide as follows:
1) 4-inch diameter, 6-feet minimum length, polyethylene posts, or equal
2) White posts with colored, ultraviolet resistant domes as follows :
a) Water Lines
( 1) Color -Blue (in accordance with APW A Uniform Color Code)
(2) Legend -Caution Potable Water Line Below
b) Reclaimed water lines
(1) Color -Purple (in accordance with APWA Uniform Color Code)
(2) Legend -Caution Reclaimed Water Line Below
c) Sewer lines
( 1) Color -Green (in accordance with APW A Uniform Color Code)
(2) Legend -Caution Sewer Line Below
28 2.3 ACCESSORIES [NOT USED]
29 2.4 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL [NOT USED]
30 PART 3 -EXECUTION
31 3.1 INST ALLERS [NOT USED)
32 3.2 EXAMINATION [NOT USED]
33 3.3 PREPARATION [NOT USED]
34 3.4 INSTALLATION
35 A. Buried Markers (Detectable Warning Tape)
36 1. Install in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations below natural ground
37 surface and directly above the utility for which it is marking.
38 a . Allow 18 inches minimum between utility and marker.
39 b. Bury to a depth of 3 feet or as close to the grade as is practical for optimum
40 protection and detectability.
41 B. Surface Markers
42 I. Bury a minimum of 2 feet deep, with a minimum of 4 feet above ground
CITY OF FORT WORTH Village Creek WRF, Digester Mixing, Flare and Dome Improvements Phase I
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECTF TCA TION DOCUMENT City Proiect No. 102652
Revised December 20, 20 12
33 05 26 -4
UTILITY MARKERS/LOCATORS
Page 4 of 5
2. The warning sign for al I surface markers sh al I be 21 inches ( not including post cap).
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
3. Where possible , place surface markers near fixed objects .
4. Place Surface Markers at the following locations:
a. Buried Features
1) Place directly above a buried feature.
b. Above-Ground Features
1) Place a maximum of 2 feet away from an above-ground feature.
c. Water lines 16-inches and larger
1) Each right-of-way line (or end of casing pipe) for :
a) Highway crossings
b) Railroad crossings
2) Utility crossings such as:
a) High pressure or large diameter gas lines
b) Fiber optic lines
c) Underground electric transmission lines
d) Or other locations shown on the Drawings , or directed by the City
d. Surface markers not required for 12-inch and smaller water lines
e. For sanitary sewer lines:
1) In undeveloped areas , place marker maximum of 2 feet away from an
above-ground feature such as a manhole or combination air valve vault.
2) Place at 500-foot intervals along the pipeline .
22 3.5 REP AIR/RESTORATION [NOT USED]
23 3.6 RE-INSTALLATION [NOT USED]
24 3.7 FIELD [oR] SITE QUALITY CONTROL [NOT USED]
25 3.8 SYSTEM STARTUP [NOT USED]
26 3.9 ADJUSTING [NOT USED]
27 3.10 CLEANING [NOT USED]
28 3.11 CLOSEOUT ACTIVITIES [NOT USED]
29 3.12 PROTECTION [NOT USED]
30 3.13 MAINTENANCE [NOT USED]
31 3.14 ATTACHMENTS [NOT USED]
32 END OF SECTION
33
34 Revision Log
DATE NAME SUMMARY OF CHANGE
12/20/2012 D . John son Removed references to Utility Marker Balls throughout.
C ITY O F FORT WORTH Village Creek WRF, Digester Mixing. Flare and Dome Improvements Phase I
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECTFI CA TTON DOCUM ENT City Proiect No. 102652
Revi sed December 20, 20 I 2
1 SECTION 33 05 30
33 05 30 -l
LO CATION OF EXISTING UTILITIES
Page l of 5
2 LOCATION OF EXISTING UTILITIES
3 PARTl-GENERAL
4 1.1 SUMMARY
5 A. Section Includes:
6 I. Locating and verifying the location and elevation of the existing underground
7 utilities that may conflict with a facility proposed for construction by use of:
8 a . Exploratory Excavation
9 b . Vacuum Excavation
10 B. Deviations from this City of Fort Worth Standard Specification
11 1. Modified 1.2A
12 C. Related Specification Sections include , but are not necessarily limited to:
13 l . Division O -Bidding Requirements, Contract Forms, and Conditions of the
14 Contract
15 2 . Division I -General Requirements
16 3. Section 33 05 10 -Utility Trench Excavation, Embedment and Backfill
17 1.2 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES
18 A. Measurement and Payment
19 1. Exploratory Excavation of Existing Utilities
20 a . Measurement and Payment
21 I) Measurement for this Item shall be per eaeh e*e1Wation performed as
22 identified in the Drawings, or as directed. Work associated with this Item
23 is considered subsidiary to the various items bid. No separate payment
24 will be allowed for this Item.
25 b. PO)•ffient
26 l) The work performed and materials furnished ~n aecordaaee with this Item
27 and meas\:lfed as provided under "Meas\:lfement" will be paid for at tJ:ie HAit
28 price bid per eaeh "E*ploratory E*c1V+•atioa for E*isting Utilities" specified.
29 c . The price bid shall include :
30 I) Grade survey
31 2) Pavement removal
32 3) Excavation
33 4) Utility Location
34 5) Hauling
35 6) Disposal of excess material
36 7) Furnishing, placing and compaction of embedment
37 8) Furnishing, placing and compaction of backfill
38 9) Clean-up
39 I 0) Surface restoration
40 2. Vacuum Excavation of Existing Utilities
41 a. Measurement and Payment
CITY OF FORT WORTH Village Creek WRF, Digester Mixing. Flare and Dome Improvements Phase 1
STANDARD CON STRUCTION SPECTFT C A TION D OCUMENT City Proiect No. 102652
Revised December 20 , 201 2
33 05 30 -2
LO CA TION OF EXISTING UTILITI ES
Page 2 of5
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
1) Meam:1FemeRt fef this Item shall be per eaeh eJCeayatioR performed as
ideRtified iR the DrawiRgs, or as direeted. Work associated with this Item
is considered subsidiary to the various items bid. No separate payment
will be allowed for this Item.
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
b. PaymeRt
1) The work performed aRd materials fl±FRished iR aeeordaRee with this Item
aHd measurnd as provided llfider "MeasU:FemeRt" will be paid for at the lfflit
price bid per eaeh "Vaelltlffi EKeaYatioR" speeified.
c . The price bid shall include :
1) Grade survey
2) Pavement removal
3) Vacuum Excavation
4) Utility Location
5) Hauling
6) Disposal of excess material
7) Furnishing, placing and compaction of embedment
8) Furnishing, placing and compaction of backfill
9) Clean-up
10) Surface restoration
20 1.3 REFERENCES
21 A. Definitions
22 1. Exploratory Excavation: Previously called "D-Hole" within the City, a method
23 used to locate existing underground utility as shown on the plans through the use of
24 standard excavation equipment.
25 2 . Vacuum Excavation: Method used to locate existing underground utility as shown
26 on the plans through the use of geophysical prospecting equipment such as vacuum
27 excavation .
28 B . Reference Standards
29 I . Reference standards cited in this Specification refer to the current reference
30 standard published at the time of the latest revision date logged at the end of this
31 Specification, unless a date is specifically cited.
32 2 . American Society of Civil Engineers (ASCE)
33 a. ASCE Publication Cl/ASCE 38 (Standard Guideline for the Collection and
34 Depiction of Existing Subsurface Utility Data)
35 1.4 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS
36 A. Coordination
37 I. Coordinate with City Inspector at least 48 hours prior to commencing on site for
38 Exploratory Excavation of Existing Utilities.
39 2 . Coordinate location of all other existing utilities within vicinity of excavation prior
40 to commencing Exploratory Excavation.
41 3 . Coordinate staking of Exploratory Excavations with City at least I week prior to
42 commencement.
43 B. Sequencing
44 I. Exploratory Excavations shall be conducted prior to the construction of the entire
45 project.
CITY OF FORT WORTH Vi llage Creek WRF. Digester Mixing. Flare and Dome Improvements Phase I
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENT City Proiect No. 102652
Revised December 20 , 2012
33 05 30 - 3
LOCATION OF EXISTING UTILITIE S
Page 3 o f 5
C. Scheduling
2 I . For critical utility locations, the City may choose to be present during excavation .
3 2. Alter schedule for Exploratory Excavation of Existing Utilities to accommodate
4 City personnel.
5 1.5 SUBMITT ALS (NOT USED]
6 1.6 ACTION SUBMITTALS/INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED]
7 1. 7 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS
8 A. Report of Utility Location
9 1. Horizontal location of utility as surveyed
10 2 . Vertical elevation of utility as surveyed
11 a . Top of utility
12 b. Spring line of utility
13 c. Existing ground
14 3. Material type, diameter and description of the condition of existing utility
15 1.8 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED]
16 1.9 QUALITY ASSURANCE [NOT USED]
17 1.10 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING [NOT USED]
18 1.11 FIELD [SITE] CONDITIONS [NOT USED]
19 1.12 WARRANTY [NOT USED)
20 PART 2 -PRODUCTS [NOT USED]
21 PART 3 -EXECUTION
22 3.1 INSTALLERS [NOT USED]
23 3.2 EXAMINATION
24 A. Verification of Conditions
25 I. Verify location of existing utilities in accordance with the General Requirements,
26 the General Notes and the Drawings .
27 3.3 PREPARATION
28 A . Coordinate with City Survey, if applicable.
29 3.4 INSTALLATION
30 A. Exploratory Excavation
31 I . Verify location of existing utility at location denoted on the Drawings, or as
32 directed by the City .
33 a . Expose utility to spring line, as necessary.
34 b . Excavate and Backfill Trench for the Exploratory Excavation in accordance
35 with Section 33 05 I 0 .
CITY OF FORT WORTH Village Creek WRF, Digester Mixing. Flare and Dome Improvements Phase I
ST AND ARD CONSTRUCTION SPE CIFT C A TION DOCUMENT City Proiect No. 10265:Z
Revised December 20, 201 2
33 05 30 - 4
LO CATION OF EXISTING UTILITI ES
Page 4 of5
B . Vacuum Excavation
2 1. Verify location of existing utility at location denoted on the Drawings, or as
3 directed by the City .
4 2 . Designate the horizontal position of the existing underground utilities that are to be
5 located using geophysical prospecting equipment.
6 a . Acquire record documentation from and coordinate with utility companies , as
7 necessary to locate utility .
8 3. Perform excavation in general accordance with the recommended practices and
9 procedures described in ASCE Publication CI/ASCE 38 .
IO C. Upon completion of the utility locating, submit a report of the findings .
11 D . If location of utility is in conflict with the Drawings , notify the City Project Manager
12 for appropriate design modifications.
13 E . Place embedment and backfill in accordance w ith Section 33 05 I 0.
14 F. Once necessary data is obtained , immediately restore surface to existing conditions to :
15 1. Obtain a safe and proper driving surface, if applicable
16 2 . Ensure the safety of the general public
17 3. The satisfaction of the City
18 3.5 REPAIR/ RESTORATION [NOT USED]
19 3.6 RE-INSTALLATION [NOT USED]
20 3.7 FIELD [oR] SITE QUALITY CONTROL [NOT USED]
21 3.8 SYSTEM STARTUP [NOT USED]
22 3.9 ADJUSTING [NOT USED]
2 3 3.10 CLEANING [NOT USED]
24 3.11 CLOSEOUT ACTIVITIES [NOT USED]
25 3.12 PROTECTION [NOT USED]
2 6 3.13 MAINTENANCE [NOT USED]
27 3.14 ATTACHMENTS [NOT USED]
28 END OF SECTION
Re vision Log
DA TE N AME SUMMARY OF CHANGE
Titl e-Ex pl oratory Excavation o f Utiliti es changed to Location o f Ex istin g U tiliti es
12/20/201 2 D . John so n
1.2 -Add ed M eas ure me nt o f Pay me nt fo r Vacuum Exc av ati o n
1.3 -Added De finit io ns
3.4 -Add ed requirem ents fo r V ac uum Ex cavation
C ITY OF FORT WO RTH Village Creek WRF. Digester Mixing. Flare and Dome Improvements Phase I
ST ANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFI C ATION D OCUMENT City Proiect No. 102652
Revised Decemb er 20, 20 12
PART 1 -GENERAL
1.01 THE REQUIREMENT
SECTION 33 05 61
UTILITY STRUCTURES
A. Furnish all materials, labor, equipment, and tools required for the design, fabrication,
delivery and installment of utility structures and appurtenances in accordance with the
Drawings and as specified herein .
1.02 RELATED WORK SPECIFIED ELSEWHERE
A. Section 31 00 01 -Earthwork
B . Section 03 21 00 -Reinforcing Steel
C. Section 03 15 00 -Concrete Accessories
D. Section 03 30 00 -Cast-in-Place Concrete
E. Section 03 40 00 -Precast Concrete
F. Section 05 56 00 -Castings
1.03 REFERENCE SPECIFICATIONS, CODES AND STANDARDS
A. Without limiting the generality of the other requirements of the specifications, all work
herein shall conform to the applicable requirements of the following documents. All
referenced specifications , codes, and standards refer to the most current issue available
at the time of Bid.
1. ASTM C4 78 -Specification for Precast Reinforced Concrete Manhole Sections
2. ASTM C857 -Minimum Structural Design Loading for Underground Precast
Concrete Utility Structures
3. ASTM C990 -Specifications for Joints in Concrete Pipe, Manholes, and Precast
Box Sections Using Preformed Flexible Joint Sealants
1.04 SUBMITTALS
~
A. Submit samples and/or Shop Drawings in accordance with Section 01 33 00 -Submittal "'
Procedures.
CONFORMED , 12/01/2022
FWW VILLAGE CREEK WRF , DIGESTER MIXING , FLARE , DOME IMPROVEMENTS
CITY PROJECT NO . 102652
33 05 61 -1 UTILITY STRUCTURES
B . In addition to items listed in Section 03 40 00 -Precast Concrete, Shop Drawings shall
include, but not be limited to:
1. Complete layout and installation Drawings and schedules with clearly marked
dimensions.
2 . Material certificates on all piping materials .
3. Structural design calculations sealed by a Professional Engineer registered in the
State or Commonwealth in which the project is located. Design calculations for
precast manholes and vaults shall include confirmation structures adequately
resist flotation when they are totally empty and subjected to groundwater full height
of structure.
4. Results of leakage test
PART 2 -PRODUCTS
2.01 PRECAST MANHOLES, VAULTS, AND METER BOXES
A. Precast utility structures shall be furnished with water-stops, sleeves and openings as
noted on the Drawings. Box out for wall pipes shall conform accurately to the sizes and
elevations of the adjoining pipes . Precast utility structures shall be watertight and
conform to the requirements of ASTM C 478 and ASTM C857 with the following
modifications there to:
1. Materials shall conform to Section 03 40 00 -Precast Concrete .
2. Manholes shall meet the following:
a . Manhole section shall have an internal diameter of 4'-0", unless noted
otherwise. Clear lid openings shall be 24-inch diameter.
b . Minimum manhole wall thicknesses shall be 5 inches for 4-foot and 5-foot
diameter manholes, 6 inches for 6-foot diameter manholes and 7 inches for
7-foot diameter manholes .
c. Manholes and utility structures shall include ballast concrete and/or other
means necessary to insure manholes resist flotation when empty and
subjected to groundwater full height of structure.
d . Precast manholes and utility structures shall be as manufactured by
Oldcastle , Tindall Corporation, or equal.
FWW VILLAGE CREEK WRF , DIGESTER MIXING , FLARE , DOME IMPROVEMENTS .
CITY PROJECT NO. 102652
CONFORMED , 12/01 /2022 33 05 61 -2 UTILITY STRUCTURES
3. The date and name of manufacturer shall be marked inside each precast section.
4. No more than two lift holes may be cast or drilled in each section.
5. Dimensions shall be as shown on the Drawings.
6. Covers and frames shall be as specified in Paragraph 2.12 .
7. Mechanical Details such as piping, electrical, and other details shall be as shown
on the Drawings.
B. Joints between manhole and utility structures riser sections and at base slabs shall be
groove type.
2.02 BRICK
A. Brick shall be sound , hard-burned common brick conforming to ASTM C32 , Grade MS.
2.03 MORTAR
A. Mortar shall conform to Section 04 05 13 -Mortar and Masonry Grout.
2.04 CONCRETE
A. Concrete shall conform to Section 03 30 00 -Cast-in-Place Concrete.
2.05 REINFORCING
A. Reinforcing shall conform to Section 03 21 00 -Reinforcing Steel.
2.06 PRECAST CONCRETE
A. Precast concrete shall conform to Section 03 40 00 -Precast Concrete .
2.07 CONCRETE BLOCK
A. Concrete block shall be solid , rectangular concrete masonry units conforming to ASTM
C139 .
2.08 CASTINGS
A. Castings shall conform to Section 05 56 00 -Castings . Casting shall be of the type and
size indicated on the Drawings .
2.09 STEPS
A. Steps shall not be constructed in precast manholes.
CONFORMED , 12/01/2022
FWW VILLAGE CREEK WRF , DIGESTER MIXING , FLARE , DOME IMPROVEMENTS
CITY PROJECT NO . 102652
33 05 61 -3 UTILITY STRUCTURES
2.10 JOINT SEALANT
A. Joint sealant shall be a preformed flexible sealant conforming to the requirements of
ASTM C990 , paragraph 6.2, Butyl Rubber Sealant. Joint sealant shall be Pro-Stik Butyl
Sealant by Press-Seal Corporation , Butyl-Nek Join Sealant by Henry Company, CS-102
Butyl Rubber Sealant for all Precast Structures by ConSeal Concrete Sealants, Inc., or
equal.
2.11 PIPE TO MANHOLE CONNECTIONS
A. The spring set type shall have a stainless steel interior power sleeve or expander and
shall be the PSX assembly by Press-Seal Gasket Corporation, the Kor-N-Seal® 1106-
406 Series assembly by National Pollution Control Systems , or QUIK-LOK Boot
Connector by A-LOK Products, Inc, or equal.
B. The cast-in-place type shall conform to ASTM C923-18 for sanitary sewer connections
between reinforced concrete manhole structures, pipes, and laterals, ASTM C1478-19
for storm drain connections between pipes, and laterals, and ASTM F2510 for storm
drain connections between reinforced concrete manhole structures, and dual and triple-
wall polyethylene and polypropylene pipes. Sleeves shall include stainless steel take up
clamps.
C . Flexible seal assemblies shall permit at least an eight (8) degree deflection from the
center line of the opening in any direction while maintaining a watertight connection .
2.12 COVERS AND FRAMES
A. Covers and frames shall comply with Section 05 56 00 -Castings and shall be provided
by the utility structure manufacturer.
B. Manhole covers and frames shall meet the following requirements :
1. Locate so that there is ready access to the manhole steps
2 . Clear opening shall be a minimum of 22 inches, unless otherwise indicated on the
Drawings .
3 . Watertight manhole frames and covers shall be suitable for 20 psi internal
pressure and shall be Neenah Model R-1915 , Type E or equal, cast in place.
4 . Non-watertight manhole covers shall be perforated and shall be Neenah Model R-
1668, or equal.
5 . Storm drain grated inlet frames and grates shall be Neenah R-1878-B?G, East
Jordan Iron Works V5660, or equal.
CONFORMED , 12/01/2022
FWW VILLAGE CREEK WRF , DIGESTER MIXI NG , FLARE , DOME IMPROVEMENTS
CITY PROJECT NO . 102652
33 05 61 -4 UTILITY STRUCTURES
6. Curb inlet frames and grates shall be Neenah R-3067, East Jordan Iron Works EJ
7030, or equal, and shall include frame, grate, and hood.
C. Vault covers shall have lifting handles and shall be bolted with stainless steel bolts
complying with Section 05 05 23 -Metal Fastening.
D. Frames and covers shall be identical throughout the Contract.
2.13 GRATES
A. Grates shall comply w ith Section 05 56 00 -Castings .
2.14 CONCRETE BALLAST
A. Concrete ballast shall be Class B concrete in conformance with Section 03 30 00 -Cast-
in-Place Concrete . Ballast shall be provided as necessary to insure manhole resists
flotation when empty and subjected to full height groundwater conditions.
2.15 FLEXIBLE JOINT SEALER
A. Flexible joint sealer shall be a rubber ring waterstop as manufactured by Fernco Joint
Sealer Co ., or equal.
2.16 EPOXY BONDING AGENT
A. Epoxy bonding agent shall conform to Section 03 15 00 -Concrete Accessories .
2.17 TEE BASE MANHOLE AND RISER
A. Manhole tee bases shall be constructed of mitered sections of FRP pipes connected
with fiberglass reinforced laminations.
B . Pipe for the tee base shall have the same class and stiffness as the line pipe .
C . Assemble the tee base to the line pipes using the same gasket-sealed joint as pipe-to-
pipe connections .
D. Diameter and length of the tee base through section and vertical leg shall be as shown
on the drawings .
E. Diameter of the riser shall be as shown on the drawings and the pipe shall have the
same class and stiffness as the line pipe .
PART 3 -EXECUTION
3.01 DESIGN CRITERIA
CONFORMED , 12/0 1/2022
FWW VILLAGE CREEK WRF , DIGESTER MIXING , FLARE , DOME IMPROVEMENTS
CITY PROJECT NO . 102652
33 05 61 -5 UTILITY STRUCTURES
A. Minimum structural design loading for underground precast concrete vaults shall be as
indicated in ASTM C857 , unless otherwise noted herein . Precast items subjected to
vehicular traffic shall be designed for H-20 traffic loading. Other precast items shall be
designed for a vertical live load of 300 psf.
B . Walls of precast items shall be designed for a vertical surcharge of 100 psf.
C. Precast manholes and vaults shall be designed to resist flotation when totally empty and
subjected to groundwater full height of the manhole/vault.
3.02 FABRICATION AND CASTING
A . Fabrication and casting shall conform to Section 03 40 00 -Precast Concrete and
Section 03 30 00 -Cast-in-Place Concrete.
B . All base sections designated to receive concrete ballast and all electrical manholes shall
extend monolithically a minimum of 6 inches beyond the outside face of the wall for the
entire periphery . All other utility structures shall have a standard base.
C. Util ity structures built around existi ng pipe shall have a cast-in-place base slab.
3.03 HANDLING, TRANSPORTING, AND STORING
A . Handling , transporting and storing of precast items shall comply with Section 03 40 00 -
Precast Concrete .
3.04 INSTALLATION
A. Installation shall conform with Section 03 40 00 -Precast Concrete and with the
manufacturer's recommendations or to Section 03 30 00 -Cast-in-Place Concrete .
B. Frames and covers or grates shall be set so that tops are at elevations ind icated on the
Drawings or flush with finished grade where no elevation is indicated .
C . Joints between riser sections shall be sealed with joint sealant.
D. All openings in ut ility structures shall have flexible rubber sleeves sized to fit the
connecting pipe and installed to provide watertight joints in accordance with the
manufacturer's recommendations . The interior of the sleeve shall be filled with Class B
concrete.
E. Openings that are too large for flexible rubber sleeves shall utilize rubber bladder seals
which are expanded by water injected using a pressure pump .
F. All units shall be installed plumb and level.
CONFORMED , 12/0 1/2022
FWW V ILLAGE CREEK WRF , DIGESTER MIXING , FLARE , DOME IMPROVEMENTS
CITY PROJECT NO . 102652
33 05 61 -6 UTILITY STRUCTURES
G. All lift holes and joints shall be filled with non-shrink grout conforming to Section 03 60
00 -Grout, grout inside and out.
H. The manhole frames shall be set to their required elevations either with grade rings or
with two or three courses of brick masonry laid around the top of the upper wall section.
Such brick work shall be given a 1-inch mortar coat on the inside and out.
I. Concrete ballast shall be placed so that it bears directly on the utility structure base
against the outer wall monolithically encircling the structure for the full height indicated
on the Drawings. Additional ballast may be required where the depth or elevation of the
structure varies from the Drawings.
J. Brick or Concrete Block
1. Brick or concrete block shall be laid with broken joints and all horizontal and
vertical joints filled with cement-sand mortar. Outside of walls shall be plastered
with a minimum 1-inch thick coat of cement-sand mortar troweled smooth.
K. Connection to Existing Pipe
1. Verify the diameter and invert elevation of existing pipe to be connected to new
utility structures prior to beginning work on the structures .
2 . Provide adequate protection to prevent damage to the existing pipe.
3 . Provide adequate means for plugging and/or transferring the existing flow in the
pipe to allow for the construction of inverts and grouting.
4 . Cut off the existing pipe sufficiently for connection to the new structure and
remove.
5. Thoroughly clean all foreign matter and coat the pipe surface with epoxy adhesive
where the pipe joins the new structure.
6 . Install a flexible joint sealer around the pipe.
7. Grout inside and outside of wall penetration with non-shrink grout.
L. After assembly of tee base to the line pipe, encase the tee base in concrete to support
the riser and to prevent distortion of the tee base from overburden loads .
M. Backfill structures in accordance with Section 31 00 01 -Earthwork.
N. Clean all structures of any accumulation of silt , debris, or foreign matter and keep clean
until final acceptance of the work .
0 . Excavation shall conform to Section 31 00 01 -Earthwork.
FWW VILLAGE CREEK WRF , DIGESTER MIXING , FLARE , DOME IMPROVEMENTS
CITY PROJECT NO . 102652
CONFORMED , 12/01/2022 33 05 61 -7 UTILITY STRUCTURES
P. Structure bases shall bear on a minimum of 8-inches of compacted stone unless
otherwise indicated on the Drawings.
Q . Channel Inverts
1. Inverts shall be placed using Class B concrete with forms sufficient to provide a
smooth half-round shape as shown on the Drawings. Manhole bases employing
full depth precast inverts are acceptable .
2 . Where the slope of the line does not change through a manhole, a constant slope
shall be maintained in the invert. Where slope changes occur within a given
manhole, the transition shall be smooth and shall occur at the approximate center
of the manhole.
3. Inverts shown on the Drawings are taken at the center of the manhole unless
otherwise noted.
3.05 ADJUSTMENTS TO EXISTING UTILITY STRUCTURES
A. Adjust structures as indicated on the Drawings using concrete or cast iron adjustment
rings by approved methods .
B. Clean covers and inlet castings of all foreign material.
3.06 ADJUSTING COLLARS AND FINAL ADJUSTMENTS
A . Adjusting collars shall be as shown on the Drawings , or as necessary meet final grade .
Final adjustments shall be made so that the manhole ring and cover will be smooth and
flush with the finished grade of the adjacent surface, or as otherwise indicated on the
Drawings for manholes shown above grade.
3.07 LEAKAGE TESTING FOR MANHOLES
A. See Section 01 40 00 , Quality Requirements for testing methods and requirements for
manholes .
3.08 FLUSHING AND TESTING OF SEWERS
A . See Section 01 40 00 , Quality Requirements for testing methods and requirements for
sewers .
3.09 ABANDONMENT "OF EXISTING SANITARY SEWER MANHOLES
A. Manhole frame and cover shall be removed. Plug all pipe penetrations with Class B
concrete .
CONFORMED , 12/01/2022
FWW VILLAGE CREEK WRF , DIGESTER MIXING , FLARE , DOME IMPROVEMENTS
CITY PROJECT NO . 102652
33 05 61 -8 UTILITY STRUCTURES
B. Fill manhole with sufficient depth of Class B concrete to cover all plugged pipe
penetrations.
C. Demolish top of manhole to 6ft below grade. Fill manhole with sand and/or gravel
compacted to 95% of the maximum standard proctor dry density. Backfill above extents
of remaining concrete and repair existing pavement.
CONFORMED , 12/01/2022
END OF SECTION
FWW VILLAGE CREEK WRF , DIGESTER MIXING , FLARE , DOME IMPROVEMENTS
CITY PROJECT NO . 102652
33 05 61 -9 UTILITY STRUCTURES
THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK
SECTION 40 05 00
BASIC MECHANICAL REQUIREMENTS
PART 1 -GENERAL
1.01 THE REQUIREMENT
A. The Contractor shall furnish and install to the required line and grade, all piping together
with all fittings and appurtenances , required for a complete installation. All piping located
outside the face of structures or building foundations and all piping embedded in
concrete within a structure or foundation shall be considered exterior piping .
B . The Contractor shall furnish and install fittings, couplings, connections, sleeves,
adapters, harness rods and closure pieces as required to connect pipelines of dissimilar
materials and/or sizes herein included under this Section and other concurrent Contracts
for a complete installation.
C. The Contractor shall furnish all labor, materials, equipment, tools, and services required
for the furnishing, installation and testing of all piping as shown on the Drawings,
specified in this Section and required for the Work. Piping shall be furnished and
installed of the material, sizes, classes, and at the locations shown on the Drawings
and/or designated in this Section. Piping shall include all fittings, adapter pieces,
couplings, closure pieces , harnessing rods, hardware, bolts, gaskets, wall sleeves, wall
pipes, hangers, supports, and other associated appurtenances for required connections
to equipment, valves, or structures for a complete installation .
D. Piping assemblies under 4-inch size shall be generally supported on walls and ceilings,
unless otherwise shown on the Drawings or ordered by the Engineer, being kept clear of
openings and positioned above "headroom" space. Where practical, such piping shall be
run in neat clusters, plumb and level along walls, and parallel to overhead beams.
E. The Contractor shall provide taps on piping where required or shown on the Drawings.
Where pipe or fitting wall thicknesses are insufficient to provide the required number of
threads, a boss or pipe saddle shall be installed .
F. The work shall include, but not be limited to, the following:
1. Connections to existing pipelines .
2 . Test excavations necessary to locate or verify existing pipe and appurtenances.
3. Installation of all new pipe and materials required for a complete installation.
4. Cleaning, testing and disinfecting as required.
CONFORMED , 12/01/2022
FWW VILLAGE CREEK WRF , DIGESTER MIXING , FLARE , DOME IMPROVEMENTS
CITY PROJECT NO . 102652
40 05 00 -1 BASIC MECHANICAL REQUIREMENTS
1.02 RELATED WORK SPECIFIED ELSEWHERE
A. Division 01 -General Requirements
B. Division 02 -Existing Conditions
C. Division 05 -Metals
D . Division 09 -Finishes
E. Division 26 -Electrical
F. Division 46 -Water and Wastewater Equipment
1.03 MATERIAL CERTIFICATION AND SHOP DRAWINGS
A. The Contractor shall furn ish to the Owner (through the Engineer) a Material Certification
stating that the pipe materials and specials furnished under this Section conform to all
applicable provisions of the corresponding Specifications . Specifically, the Certification
shall state compliance with the applicable standards (ASTM , AWWA , etc .) for fabrication
and testing.
B. Shop Drawings for major piping (2-inches in diameter and greater) shall be prepared and
submitted in accordance with Section 01 33 00 -Submittals . In addition to the
requirements of Section 01 33 00 -Submittals , the Contractor shall submit laying
schedules and detailed Drawings in plan and profile for all piping as specified and shown
on the Drawings.
C . Shop Drawings shall include, but not be limited to, complete piping layout, pipe material ,
sizes, class , locations , necessary dimensions , elevations , supports , hanger details, pipe
joints , and the details of fittings including methods of joint restraint. No fabrication or
installation shall begin until Shop Drawings are approved by the Engineer.
PART 2 -PRODUCTS
2.01 GENERAL
A. All specials and every length of pipe shall be marked with the manufacturer's name or
trademark , size , class, and the date of manufacture . Special care in handling shall be
exercised during delivery, distribution, and storage of pipe to avoid damage and
unnecessary stresses. Damaged pipe will be rejected and shall be replaced at the
Contractor's expense . Pipe and specials stored prior to use shall be stored in such a
manner as to keep the interior free from dirt and foreign matter.
CONFORMED , 12/01/2022
FWW V IL LAGE CREEK WRF , DIGESTER MIXING , FLARE , DOME IMPROVEMENTS
CITY PROJECT NO . 102652
40 05 00 -2 BASIC MECHANICAL REQU IREMENTS
B. Testing of pipe before installation shall be as described in the corresponding ASTM or
AWWA Specifications and in the applicable standard specifications listed in the following
sections. Testing after the pipe is installed shall be as specified in Part 3.
C . Joints in piping shall be of the type as specified in the appropriate Piping System
Schedule in Section 40 06 20 -Process Pipe , Valve, and Gate Schedules.
D . ALL BURIED EXTERIOR PIPING SHALL HAVE RESTRAINED JOINTS FOR THRUST
PROTECTION UNLESS OTHERWISE SPECIFIED OR SHOWN ON THE DRAWINGS .
ALL EXPOSED EXTERIOR PIPING SHALL HAVE FLANGED JOINTS , UNLESS
OTHERWISE SPECIFIED OR SHOWN ON THE DRAWINGS.
E. The Drawings indicate work affecting existing piping and appurtenances. The Contractor
shall excavate test pits as required of all connections and crossings which may affect the
Contractor's work prior to ordering pipe and fittings to determine sufficient information for
ordering materials . The Contractor shall take whatever measurements that are required
to complete the work as shown or specified.
F . Fiberglass duct shall be as specified in Section 23 31 16 -Nonmetal Ducts and Duct
Accessories.
2.02 WALL PIPES
A. Where wall sleeves or wall pipes occur in walls that are continuously wet on one or both
sides, they shall have water stop flanges at the center of the casting or as shown on the
Drawings . Ends of wall pipes shall be flange, mechanical joint, plain end , or bell as
shown on the Drawings , or as required for connection to the piping . Wall pipes shall be
of the same material as the piping that they are connected to . If welded waterstop
flanges are employed , welds shall be 360 degree continuous on both sides of flange .
Unless otherwise shown on the Drawings, waterstop flanges shall conform to the
minimum dimensions shown below:
Pipe Size
4" -12 "
14" -24 "
30" -36"
42" -48 "
54"
2.03 SLEEVES
CONFORMED , 12/01 /2022
Waterstop Waterstop
Flange Diameter Flange Thickness
OD+ 3 .10" 0 .50"
OD+ 4 .15" 0.75"
OD+ 4.50" 1.00"
OD+ 5.00" 1.25"
OD+ 5 .90" 1.50"
FWW VILLAGE CREEK WRF , DIGESTER MIXING , FLARE , DOME IMPROVEMENTS
CITY PROJECT NO . 102652
40 05 00 -3 BASIC MECHANICAL REQUIREMENTS
/
A. Unless shown otherwise, all piping passing through walls and floors shall be installed in
sleeves or wall castings accurately located before concrete is poured or placed in
position during construction of masonry walls . Sleeves passing through floors shall
extend from the bottom of the floor to a point 3 inches above the finished floor, unless
shown otherwise. Water stop flanges are required on all sleeves located in floors or
walls which are continually wet or under hydrostatic pressure on one or both sides of the
floor or wall.
B. Sleeves shall be cast iron, black steel pipe , or fabricated steel in accordance with details
shown on the Drawings. If not shown on the Drawings , the Contractor shall submit to the
Engineer the details of sleeves he proposes to install; and no fabrication or installation
thereof shall take place until the Engineer's approval is obtained. Steel sleeves shall be
fabricated of structural steel plate in accordance with the standards and procedures of
AISC and AWS . Steel sleeve surfaces shall receive a commercial sandblast cleaning
and then be shop painted in accordance with Section 09 90 00 -Painting .
C. When shown on the Drawings or otherwise required, the annular space between the
installed piping and sleeve shall be completely sealed against a maximum hydrostatic
pressure of 20 psig. Seals shall be mechanically interlocked , solid rubber links, trade
name "Link-Seal", as manufactured by Garlock Pipeline Technologies (GPT) or equal.
Rubber link , seal-type , size, and installation thereof, shall be in strict accordance with the
manufacturer's recommendations. For non-fire rated walls and floors, pressure plate
shall be glass reinforced nylon plastic with EPDM rubber seal and 304 stainless steel
bolts and nuts. For fire rated walls and floors , two independent seals shall be provided
consisting of low carbon steel , zinc galvanized pressure plates, silicon rubber seals and
low carbon steel , zinc galvanized bolts and nuts.
D. Cast iron mechanical joint adapter sleeves shall be Clow# 1429, as manufactured by
the Clow Corp., or equal. Mechanical joint adapter sleeves shall be provided with
suitable gasket, follower ring , and bolts to affect a proper seal. In general , sleeves
installed in walls , floors, or roofs against one side of which will develop a hydrostatic
pressure , or through which leakage of liquid will occur, shall be so sealed. If welded
waterstop flanges are employed , welds shall be 360 degree continuous on both sides of
flange.
2.04 SOLID SLEEVE COUPLINGS (FOR BURIED SERVICE THROUGH 54-INCH)
A. Solid sleeve couplings shall be used to connect buried service piping were shown on the
Drawings. Solid sleeves shall be ductile iron, long body and shall conform to the
requirements of ANSI A21 .10 (AWWA C110). Unless otherwise shown or specified , solid
sleeve couplings shall be Style A 11760 as manufactured by American Cast Iron Pipe
Co., or equal. Unless otherwise shown or specified , solid sleeve couplings shall be
restrained with wedge-type restraining glands to meet the pressures specified in 40 06
20 -Schedules.
CONFORMED , 12/01/2022
FWW VILLAGE CREEK WRF , DIGESTER MIXING , FLARE , DOME IMPROVEMENTS
CITY PROJECT NO. 102652
40 05 00 -4 BASIC MECHANICAL REQUIREMENTS
B . Alternatively , EBAA Iron 3800 Mega-Coupling is acceptable .
2.05 SLEEVE TYPE COUPLINGS (FOR EXPOSED SERVICE AND BURIED SERVICE
ABOVE 54-INCH)
A. Sleeve type, flexible couplings shall be furnished and installed where shown on the
Drawings or otherwise required to resist internal operating pressures. In addition to that
specified herein, harnessed , sleeve type flexible couplings shall be provided on all
exposed pipe 3 inches and larger in diameter that spans any expansion joint in a
building or structure.
B. Materials shall be of high strength steel and couplings shall be rated for the same
pressures as the connecting piping .
C. Gaskets shall be rubber. Bolts and nuts shall be alloy steel, corrosion-resistant and
prime coated .
D. Harnessing for exposed applications shall be by rodding across the sleeve type coupling
to the nearest pipe joint on either side of the coupling using threaded rods and rod tabs
unless otherwise approved by the Engineer.
E. Couplings shall be as manufactured by Smith-Blair Model 411 , Romac Industries Model
400 , Dresser Industries Style 38 , or equal as required and shown on the Drawings . All
coup l ings shall be provided without interior pipe stop .
F. Couplings shall be prov ided with manufacturer's fusion bonded epoxy painting system .
2.06 FLANGED COUPLING ADAPTERS
A. Flanged coupling adapters shall be furnished as required and as shown on the
Drawings.
B . Flanged coupling adapters shall be of ductile iron or carbon steel construction and shall
be rated for the same pressure as the connected piping .
C. All flanged coupling adapters shall be harnessed by tying the adapter to the nearest pipe
joint flange using threaded rods and rod tabs unless otherw ise approved by the
Engineer.
D. Flanged coupling adapters shall be manufactured by Smith-Blair Model 912 or 913 ,
Romac Industries Model FCG or FC 400 , Dresser Industries Model 128-W, or equal.
E. Flanged coupling adapters shall be provided with manufacturer's fusion bonded epoxy
painting system.
2.07 DISMANTLING JOINTS
CONFORMED , 12/01 /2022
FWW VILLAGE CREEK WRF , DIGESTER MIXING , FLARE , DOME IMPROVEMENTS
CITY PROJECT NO . 102652
40 05 00 -5 BASIC MECHANICAL REQUIREMENTS
A. Dismantling joints shall be furnished at locations shown on the Drawings .
B. Dismantling joints for sizes less than 12-inch shall be of ductile iron or carbon steel
construction and shall be rated for the same pressure as the connected piping.
Dismantling joints for sizes greater than 12-inches shall be of carbon steel construction
and shall be rated for the same pressure as the connected piping .
C. Flanges for dismantling joints shall match the bolt pattern and pressure rating of the
flanges for the connected piping .
D. All dismantling joints shall be restrained utilizing restraining rods provided by the
manufacturer. Restraining rods shall be constructed from ASTM A 193 Grade 87 steel.
Restraining rods and restraint system shall be installed in strict accordance with
manufacturer's recommendations .
E. Dismantling joints shall be provided with manufacturer's fusion bonded epoxy painting
system .
F. Dismantling joints shall be manufactured by Smith Blair Model 975 , Romac Industries
Model DJ400, or equal.
2.08 GROOVED COUPLINGS
A. Grooved end pipe couplings shall be furnished as specified or shown on the Drawings.
B. Materials shall be of malleable iron and couplings shall be rated for the same pressures
as the connecting piping .
C. Gaskets shall be rubber. Bolts and nuts shall be heat treated carbon steel track bolts
and shall be plated.
D. After installation, buried couplings shall receive two heavy coats of an approved coal tar
which is compatible with the finish of the coupling. Exposed couplings shall be painted in
accordance with Section 09 90 00 -Painting.
E. Couplings shall be manufactured by Victaulic Company of America Style 31 or equal.
2.09 TAPPING SLEEVES AND TAPPING SADDLES
A. Tapping sleeves shall be similar to Mueller Outlet Seal , American Uniseal or Kennedy
Square Seal. All sleeves shall have a minimum working pressure of 150 psi. All sleeves
larger than twelve (12) inches shall be ductile iron. All taps shall be machine drilled; no
burned taps will be allowed.
B. Tapping saddles may be used on mains sixteen (16) inches and larger where the
required tap size does not exceed one-half the size of the main (i.e . 8-inch tapping
FWW VILLAGE CREEK WRF , DIGESTER MIXING , FLARE , DOME IMPROVEMENTS
CITY PROJECT NO . 102652
CONFORMED , 12/01/2022 40 05 00 -6 BASIC MECHANICAL REQUIREMENTS
saddle for use on a 16-inch main). Tapping saddles shall be manufactured of ductile iron
providing a factor of safety of at least 2 .5 at a working pressure of 250 psi. Saddles shall
be equipped with a standard AWWA C-110-77 flange connection on the branch . Sealing
gaskets shall be "O" ring type , high quality molded rubber having an approximate
seventy durometer hardness, placed into a groove on the curved surface of the tapping
saddles . Straps shall be of alloy steel. The tapping saddle shall be the American tapping
saddle, U.S. Pipe tapping saddle , or equal. All taps shall be machine cut ; no burned taps
will be allowed.
2.10 UNIONS
A. For ductile iron, carbon steel, and grey cast iron pipes assembled with threaded joints
and malleable iron fittings , unions shall conform to ANSI 816.39 .
B . For copper piping, unions shall have ground joints and conform to ANSI 816.18 .
C. For PVC and CPVC piping, unions shall be socket weld type with Viton O-ring .
2.11 THERMOPLASTIC TUBING AND FITTINGS
A. Thermoplastic tubing shall be manufactured from polyallomor tubing. Tubing shall be
protected from ultraviolet radiation degradation with a black coating or integral color
conforming to ASTM D-1248, Type 1, Class C, Category 3. Fittings and connectors used
with thermoplastic tubing shall be the flareless tube type constructed of brass
conforming to SAE CA377 , SAE CA360 or equal. Brass sleeves shall be used .
B. Assembly of the thermoplastic tubing shall consist of pushing the tubing into the fitting
and hand tightening the nut with final tightening with a wrench . Care shall be taken not to
overtighten the nut. Plastic tube racks and bend holders shall be provided for holding the
tubing in position . Needle valves used with thermoplastic tubing shall be the globe type
constructed with a brass body, stem and seat and Buna-N "O"-ring seals . Installation
shall be in accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations . Thermoplastic tubing,
shall be the lmpolene (polyallomor) system and needle valves, fittings and connectors
shall be the Poly-Flo with 261 UB Universal Nut and Sleeve system as manufactured by
Imperial Eastman, or equal.
2.12 HEAT TRACED PIPING
A. Exposed pipes to be insulated shall also be protected from freezing by heat tracing.
Freeze protection heat tracing shall consist of twin 16 AWG copper brass wires with a
semiconductor polymer core where electrical resistance varies with temperature . The
heat tracing shall have a fluoropolymer outer jacket for corrosion resistance. The heat
tracing shall be rated for three (3) watts per foot output, self-regulating with a maximum
temperature of 150°F, equal to a Chromalox No . SRL3-1CT383400 . Maximum length for
tape shall be 300 feet for each circuit. Temperature controller shall be provided to sense
pipe temperature to determine on or off condition of the heat tracing. Temperature
FWW VILLAGE CREEK WRF , DIGESTER MIXING , FLARE , DOME IMPROVEMENTS
CITY PROJECT NO . 102652
CONFORMED , 12/01/2022 40 05 00 -7 BASIC MECHANICAL REQUIREMENTS
control shall be equal to a Chromalox No . RTBC-2-384729 . The heat tracing system
shall operate on 120 VAC. See Drawings for installation detail. Heat tracing of piping
shall be provided as specified in Section 40 06 20 -Schedules.
2.13 FLEXIBLE RESTRAINED EXPANSION JOINTS
A. Restrained expansion joints shall be manufactured of 60-42-10 ductile iron conforming to
material and other applicable requirements of ANSI/AWWA C153/A21 .53 .
B. Each pressure containing component shall be lined with a minimum of 15 mils of fusion
bonded epoxy conforming to the materials requirements of, and tested in accordance
with , ANSI/AWWA C213 and shall meet or exceed the requirements of ANSI/AWWA
C550 .
C . Seals shall conform to the applicable requirements of ANSI/AWWA C111/A21.11.
D. All bolts used in the assemblies shall be stainless steel and shall be coated with a
premium quality epoxy .
E. Flanged ends shall comply with ANSI/AWWA C110/A21.10 , with the addition of O-ring
groove and O-ring .
F. Mechanical j oint ends shall comply with ANSI/AWWA C153/A21 .53 .
G . Restrained expansion joints shall have a minimum pressure rating of 350 psi with a
min i mum safety factor of 3 : 1. Each assembly shall be tested at 350 psi before shipment.
H . Restrained expansion joints shall provide for self-restraint without tie rods and shall
provide for expansion and contraction capabilities cast as an integral part of the end
connection.
I. Flexible restrained expansion joints shall allow for 8-inches (+6"-2") minimum expansion.
J . Flexible restrained expansion joints shall consist of an expansion joint designed and cast
as an integral part of a ball and socket type flexible joint having a minimum of 15 D
deflection per ball.
K. Restrained expansion joints shall be the Single Ball or Double Ball FLEX-TEND
Expansion Joint as manufactured by EBAA Iron Inc., or equal.
PART 3 -EXECUTION
3.01 INSTALLATION
A. All piping shall be installed by skilled workmen and in accordance with the best standard
practice for piping installation as shown on the Drawings , specified or recommended by
FWW V ILLAGE CREEK WRF , DIGESTER MIXING , FLARE , DOME IMPROVEMENTS
C ITY PROJECT NO . 102652
CONFORMED , 12/0 1/2022 40 05 00 -8 BASIC MECHANICAL REQUIREMENTS
the pipe manufacturer. Proper tools and appliances for the safe and convenient handling
and installing of the pipe and fittings shall be used . Great care shall be taken to prevent
any pipe coating from being damaged on the inside or outside of the pipe and fittings . All
pieces shall be carefully examined for defects, and no piece shall be installed which is
known to be cracked, damaged, or otherwise defective. If any defective pieces should be
discovered after having been installed, it shall be removed and replaced with a sound
one in a satisfactory manner by the Contractor and at his own expense. Pipe and fittings
shall be thoroughly cleaned before they are installed and shall be kept clean until they
are accepted in the complete work. All piping connections to equipment shall be
provided with unions or coupling flanges located so that piping may be readily
dismantled from the equipment. At certain applications, Dresser, Victaulic, or equal ,
couplings may also be used. All piping shall be installed in such a manner that it will be
free to expand and contract without injury to itself or to structures and equipment to
which it is connected. All piping shall be erected to accurate lines and grades with no
abrupt changes in line or grade and shall be supported and braced against movement,
temporary , or permanent. All exposed piping shall be installed with vertical and
horizontal angles properly related to adjoining surfaces or pipes to give the appearance
of good workmanship . Unless otherwise shown or approved, provided a minimum
headroom clearance under all piping of 7 feet 6 inches.
B. Unless otherwise shown or specified, all waste and vent piping shall pitch uniformly at a
1 /4-inch per foot grade and accessible cleanouts shall be furnished and installed as
shown and as required by local building codes . Installed length of waste and vent piping
shall be determined from field measurements in lieu of the Drawings .
C . All excavation shall be made in such a manner and to such widths as will provide ample
room for properly installing the pipe and permit thorough compaction of backfill around
the pipe. The minimum trench widths shall be in strict accordance with the "Trench Width
Excavation Limits" as shown on the Drawings. All excavation and trenching shall be
done in strict accordance with these specifications and all applicable parts of the OSHA
Regulations , 29CFR 1926 , Subpart P.
D. ALL EXCAVATION REQUIRED BY THIS CONTRACT SHALL BE UNCLASSIFIED. NO
ADDITIONAL PAYMENT WILL BE MADE FOR ROCK EXCAVATION REQUIRED FOR
THE INSTALLATION OF PIPE OR STRUCTURES SHOWN ON THE DRAWINGS .
E . Enlargements of the trench shall be made as needed to give ample space for operations
at pipe joints. The width of the trench shall be limited to the maximum dimensions shown
on the Drawings, except where a wider trench is needed for the installation of and work
within sheeting and bracing . Except where otherwise specified, excavation slopes shall
be flat enough to avoid slides which will cause disturbance of the subgrade , damage to
adjacent areas, or endanger the lives or safety of persons in the vicinity.
F. Hand excavation shall be employed wherever, in the opinion of the Engineer, it is
necessary for the protection of existing utilities , poles , trees , pavements, or obstructions .
CONFORMED , 12/01/2022
FWW VILLAGE CREEK WRF , DIGESTER MIXING , FLARE , DOME IMPROVEMENTS
CITY PROJECT NO . 102652
40 05 00 -9 BASIC MECHANICAL REQUIREMENTS
G. No greater length of trench in any location shall be left open , in advance of pipe laying ,
than shall be authorized or directed by the Engineer and , in general , such length shall be
limited to approximately one hundred (100) feet. The Contractor shall excavate the
trenches to the full depth , width and grade indicated on the Drawings including the
relevant requirements for bedding. The trench bottoms shall then be examined by the
Engineer as to the condition and bearing value before any pipe is laid or bedding is
placed .
H. No pressure testing shall be performed until the pipe has been properly backfilled in
place. All pipe passing through walls and/or floors shall be provided with wall pipes or
sleeves in accordance with the specifications and the details shown on the Drawings . All
wall pipes shall be of ductile iron and shall have a water stop located in the center of the
wall. Each wall pipe shall be of the same class , thickness , and interior coating as the
piping to which it is joined. All buried wall pipes shall have a coal tar outside coating on
exposed surfaces .
I. JOINT DEFLECTION SHALL NOT EXCEED 75 PERCENT OF THE
MANUFACTURER'S RECOMMENDED DEFLECTION . Excavation and backfilling shall
conform to the requirements of Section 31 00 01 -Earthwork, and as specified herein.
Maximum trench widths shall conform to the Trench Width Excavation Limits shown on
the Drawings . All exposed, submerged , and buried piping shall be adequately supported
and braced by means of hangers , concrete piers, pipe supports , or otherwise as may be
required by the location.
J . Following proper preparation of the trench subgrade, pipe and fittings shall be carefully
lowered into the trench so as to prevent dirt and other foreign substances from gaining
entrance into the p ipe and fittings . Proper facilities shall be provided for lowering
sections of pipe into trenches. UNDER NO CIRCUMSTANCES SHALL ANY OF THE
MATERIALS BE DROPPED OR DUMPED INTO THE TRENCH.
K. Water shall be kept out of the trench until jointing and backfilling are completed. When
work is not in progress , open ends of pipe , fittings , and valves shall be securely closed
so that no water, earth, or other substance will enter the pipes , fitting, or valves . Pipe
ends left for future connections shall be valved, plugged , or capped, and anchored as
required .
L. All piping shall be installed in such a manner that it will be free to expand and/or contract
without injury to itself or to structures and equipment to which it is connected . All piping
shall be erected to accurate lines and grades with no abrupt changes in line or grade
and shall be supported and braced against movement, temporary, or permanent. All
exposed piping shall be installed with vertical and horizontal angles properly related to
adjoining surfaces or pipes to give the appearance of good workmanship . Pipes crossing
within a vertical distance of less than or equal to one (1) foot shall be encased and
supported with concrete at the point of crossing to prevent damage to the adjacent pipes
as shown on the Drawings .
CONFORMED , 12/01 /2022
FWW VILLAGE CREEK WRF , DIGESTER MIXING , FLARE , DOME IMPROVEMENTS
CITY PROJECT NO. 102652
40 05 00 -10 BASIC MECHANICAL REQUIREMENTS
M . The full length of each section of pipe shall rest solidly upon the bed of the trench , with
recesses excavated to accommodate bells, couplings, joints, and fittings. Before joints
are made, each pipe shall be well bedded on a solid foundation ; and no pipe shall be
brought into position until the preceding length has been thoroughly bedded and secured
in place. Pipe that has the grade or joint disturbed after laying shall be taken up and re-
laid by the Contractor at his own expense. Pipe shall not be laid in water or when trench
conditions are unsuitable for work.
N. Proper and suitable tools and appliances for the safe convenient handling and laying of
pipe shall be used and shall in general agree with manufacturer's recommendations.
0. AT THE CLOSE OF EACH WORKDAY, THE END OF THE PIPELINE SHALL BE
TIGHTLY SEALED WITH A CAP OR PLUG SO THAT NO WATER, DIRT, OR OTHER
FOREIGN SUBSTANCE MAY ENTER THE PIPELINE, AND THIS PLUG SHALL BE
KEPT IN PLACE UNTIL PIPE LAYING IS RESUMED.
P . During the laying of pipe, each pipe manufacturer shall provide his own supervisor to
instruct the Contractor's pipe laying personnel in the correct procedure to be followed .
Q. Ordinarily only full lengths of pipe (as furnished by the pipe manufacturer) shall be used
exceptions: closure pieces at manholes and areas where joint deflection is required.
R. For gravity sewer installations, the Contractor shall use a laser device to maintain the
trench and pipe alignment. The laser device shall be re-checked for correct elevation
and pipe alignment prior to pipe installation if the device is left in the pipe overnight.
Corrected invert elevations at each manhole and any adjustments will be coordinated
and approved by the Engineer.
S. ALL PIPING SHALL HAVE TYPE "A" BEDDING AS SHOWN ON THE DRAWINGS ,
UNLESS OTHERWISE SPECIFIED HEREIN OR INDICATED ON THE DRAWINGS.
T. Detector tape shall be installed 12 inches below final grade and directly above all buried
potable water piping . The tape shall be blue and silver and shall be clearly and
permanently labeled "Water". Detector tape shall be Lineguard Ill as manufactured by
Lineguard, Inc., or equal.
U. AT THE CLOSE OF WORK EACH DAY, PIPELINE TRENCHES SHALL BE
COMPLETELY BACKFILLED . IN PAVED AREAS THE SURFACE SHALL BE
RESTORED AS SPECIFIED IN SECTION 32 10 00-PAVING AND SURFACING, TO
ALLOW FOR TRAFFIC OVER THE TRENCH DURING NON-WORKING HOURS .
UNDER NO CONDITIONS SHALL ANY PIPELINE TRENCH BE LEFT OPEN DURING
NON-WORKING HOURS .
3.02 CARBON AND STAINLESS-STEEL PIPE
CONFORMED , 12/01/2022
FWW VILLAGE CREEK WRF , DIGESTER MIXING , FLARE , DOME IMPROVEMENTS
CITY PROJECT NO . 102652
40 05 00 -11 BASIC MECHANICAL REQUIREMENTS
A. Installation of steel pipe shall be by skilled workmen and shall conform to the applicable
sections of AWWA Manual M-11. Joints for steel piping shall be either screwed, welded,
or flanged as shown on the Drawings or as specified.
B. Welding in the field shall be performed only when requested on the shop drawings and
permitted by the Engineer for carbon steel pipe . No welding of stainless-steel pipe shall
be allowed in the field. All field welds shall be radiographically inspected.
C . Installation of the steel casing pipe shall be by skilled workmen and in accordance with
the best standard practice for steel pipe installation. Joints for steel casing pipe shall be
butt welded.
1. The boring equipment to be used for installing the jacked casing shall be of such
size and capacity to allow the boring to proceed in a safe and expeditious manner.
The installation of the casing and boring of the hole shall be done simultaneously
to avoid cave-ins or settlement and for safety of traffic above.
2. The Contractor shall check the vertical and horizontal alignment of the casing by
survey instrument at least once during each four feet of advance , or as directed by
the Engineer. Pits shall be well sheeted and braced as necessary for safe and
adequate access for workmen, inspectors and materials and shall be of a size
suitable to equipment and material handling requirements .
3. Under no conditions shall jetting or wet boring of encasement under pavement be
allowed.
4 . After installation of the carrier pipe, each end of the casing pipe shall be made
watertight with a brick masonry bulkhead. In addition, a Class B concrete cradle
shall be provided from each end of the bulkhead to the first pipe joint outside of the
bulkhead .
3.03 JOINTS IN PIPING
A. Restrained joints shall be provided on all pipe joints as specified herein and shown on
the Drawings . Restrained joints shall be made up similar to that for push-on joints.
B . Push-on joints include a single rubber gasket which fits into the bell end of the pipe. The
gasket shall be wiped clean , flexed and then placed in the socket. Any bulges in the
gasket which might interfere with the entry of the plain end of the pipe shall be removed .
A thin film of lubricant shall be applied to the gasket surface which will come into contact
with the spigot end of the pipe . The lubricant shall be furnished by the pipe
manufacturer. The plain end of the pipe , which is tapered for ease of assembly, shall be
wiped clean and a thick film of lubricant applied to the outside . The pipe shall be aligned
and carefully entered into the socket until it just makes contact with the gasket. The joint
assembly shall be completed by entering the pipe past the gasket until it makes contact
with the bottom of the socket. The pipe shall be pulled "home" with an approved jack
CONFORMED , 12/01/2022
FWW VILLAGE CREEK WRF , DIGESTER MIXING , FLARE , DOME IMPROVEMENTS
CITY PROJECT NO . 102652
40 05 00 -12 BASIC MECHANICAL REQUIREMENTS
assembly as recommended by the pipe manufacturer. If assembly is not accomplished
by reasonable force , the plain end shall be removed , and the condition corrected.
C. Flanged joints shall be brought to exact alignment and all gaskets and bolts or studs
inserted in their proper places . Bolts or studs shall be uniformly tightened around the
joints . Where stud bolts are used , the bolts shall be un iformly centered in the
connections and equal pressure applied to each nut on the stud. Pipes in all lines
subject to temperature changes shall be cut short and cold sprung into place to
compensate for expans ion when hot.
D. Mechanical joints shall be made up with gaskets, glands and bolts. When a joint is to be
made up , the bell or socket and plain end shall be cleaned and washed with a solution of
mild soap in water; the gland and gasket shall be slid onto the plain end and the end
then entered into the socket until it is fully "home" on the centering ring . The gasket shall
then be painted with soapy water and slid into position , followed by the gland. All bolts
shall be inserted and made up hand tight and then tightened alternately to bring the
gland into position evenly. Excessive tightening of the bolts shall be avoided . All nuts
shall be pulled up using a torque wrench which will not permit unequal stresses in the
bolts. Torque shall not exceed the recommendations of the manufacturer of the pipe and
bolts for the various s izes . Care shall be taken to assure that the pipe remains fully
"home" while the joint is being made . Joints shall conform to the applicable AWWA
Specifications .
E . Threaded and/or screwed joints shall have long tapered full depth threads to be made
with the appropriate paste or jointing compound , depending on the type of fluid to be
processed through the pipe . All pipe up to, and including 1-1 /2-inches , shall be reamed
to remove burr and stood on end and well pounded to remove scale and dirt. Wrenches
on valves and fittings shall be applied directly over the joint being tightened. Not more
than three pipe threads shall be exposed at each connection . Pipe , in all lines subject to
temperature changes shall be cut short and cold sprung into place to compensate for
expansion when hot. Joints in all p iping used for chlorine gas lines shall be made up with
a glycerine and litharge cement. Joints in plastic piping (PVC/CPVC) shall be laid and
joints made with compounds recommended by the manufacturer. Installation shall
conform to the requirements of ASTM D2774 and ASTM D2855 . Unions required
adjacent to valves and equipment.
F . Soldered joints shall have the burrs removed and both the outside of pipe and the inside
of fittings shall be thoroughly cleaned by proper tools recommended for that purpose .
Flux shall be applied to both pipe and inside of fittings and the pipe placed i nto fittings
and rotated to insure equal distribution of flux . Joints shall be heated and solder applied
until it shows uniformly around the end of joints between fitting and pipe . All joints shall
be allowed to self-cool to prevent the chilling of solder. Combination flux and solder
paste manufactured by a reputable manufacturer is acceptable. Unions required
adjacent to valves and equipment.
CONFORMED , 12/0 1/2022
FWW VILLAGE CREEK WRF , DIGESTER MIXING , FLARE , DOME IMPROVEMENTS
CITY PROJECT NO . 102652
40 05 00 -13 BASIC MECHANICAL REQUIREMENTS
G. Welded joints shall be made by competent operators in a first-class workmanlike
manner, in complete accordance with ANSI 831.1 and AWWA C206. Welding electrodes
shall conform to ASTM A233, and welding rod shall conform to ASTM A251. Only skilled
welders capable of meeting the qualification tests for the type of welding which they are
performing shall be employed. Tests, if so required, shall be made at the expense of the
Contractor, if so ordered by the Engineer. Unions shall be required adjacent to valves
and equipment.
H. Copper joints shall be thoroughly cleaned, and the end of pipes uniformly flared by a
suitable tool to the bevels of the fittings used. Wrenches shall be applied to the bodies of
fittings where the joint is being made and in no case to a joint previously made .
Dimensions of tubing and copper piping shall be in complete accordance with the fittings
used . No flare joints shall be made on piping not suited for flare joints. Installations for
propane gas shall be in accordance with NFPA 54 and/or 58.
I. Solvent or adhesive welded joints in plastic piping shall be accomplished in strict
accordance with the pipe manufacturer's recommendations, including necessary field
cuttings, sanding of pipe ends , joint support during setting period , etc . Care shall be
taken that no droppings or deposits of adhesive or material remain inside the assembled
piping . Solvent or adhesive material shall be compatible with the pipe itself, being a
product approved by the pipe manufacturer. Unions are required adjacent to valves and
equipment. Sleeve-type expansion joints shall be supplied in exposed piping to permit 1-
in ch minimum of expansion per 100 feet of pipe length.
J . Dielectric isolation such as flange isolation kits , dielectric unions, or similar, shall be
installed wherever dissimilar metals are connected according to the following table.
(.)
C:
N
Zinc
Galvanized Steel
Aluminum •
Cast Iron •
Ductile Iron •
Mild Steel/
Carbon Steel •
Copper •
CONFORMED , 12/01/2022
C:
ai 0 .c GI ... ai -ra (/J (.) GI
C: -,, -(/J
GI E 0 ai Ill C: = .!:! :J 0 GI ... Ill
C: C: = _gi -GI GI ra .E .:: (/J -C. Ill i: .? -i, GI Ill Ill (.) C. ra :J ra :J -GI 0 ra ra
<( i in ... -(!) (.) C (.) al (/J
• • • • • • •
• • • • • • •
• • • • • • •
• • • • •
• • • • •
• • • • •
• • • • • •
FWW VILLAGE CREEK WRF , DIGESTER MIXING , FLARE , DOME IMPROVEMENTS
CITY PROJECT NO. 102652
40 05 00 -14 BASIC MECHANICAL REQUIREMENTS
Brass
Stainless Steel
Notes:
u
C
N
•
•
"ii
CII -Cl)
"C
CII -~ C
RI >
ia
(!)
•
•
E
::I
C ·e
::I <
•
•
C _g -en
RI
(J
•
•
C _g
.! ; u
::I
C
•
•
• signifies dielectric isolation is required between the two materials noted .
Consult Engineer for items not listed in table .
C
0 .c ...
RI
(J -"ii
~
Cl) -
"C CII
: CII
:IE ;;;
•
•
...
CII
C.
C.
0
(J
•
en en
~
al
•
Provide flange isolation kits for all flanged connections of dissimilar metals and hardware including
connections to equipment.
Contractor shall include all isolation descriptions with piping submittals .
"ii
~
Cl)
en en
CII
i:
]
Cl)
•
K . Eccentric reducers shall be installed where air or water pockets would otherwise occur in
mains because of a reduction in pipe size.
L. Joints in polypropylene and polyvinylidene fluoride pipe shall be butt fusion weld. All butt
welding shall follow the requirements of ASTM D-2657 and the manufacturer's
recommendations.
3.04 FLUSHING AND TESTING
A. All piping shall be properly flushed and tested unless specifically exempted elsewhere in
the Specifications or otherwise approved by the Engineer. Air and gas pipelines shall be
flushed and tested with compressed air. Gravity sewer piping shall be flushed and tested
as specified in Section 01 40 00, Quality Requirements . All other liquid conveying
pipelines shall be flushed and tested with water. The Contractor shall furnish and install
all means and apparatus necessary for getting the air or water into the pipeline for
flushing and testing including pumps, compressors, gauges, and meters, any necessary
plugs and caps, and any required blow-off piping and fittings, etc., complete with any
necessary reaction blocking to prevent pipe movement during the flushing and testing .
All pipelines shall be flushed and tested in such lengths or sections as agreed upon
among the Owner, Engineer, and Contractor. Test pressures shall be as specified in
Section 40 06 20 -Process Pipe, Valve and Gate Schedules and shall be measured at
the lowest point of the pipe segment being tested. The Contractor shall give the Owner
and Engineer reasonable notice of the time when he intends to test portions of the
pipelines . The Engineer reserves the right, within reason , to request flushing and testing
of any section or portion of a pipeline.
B. The Contractor shall provide water for all flushing and testing of liquid conveying
pipelines. Raw water or non-potable water may be used for flushing and testing liquid
CONFORMED , 12/01/2022
FWW VILLAGE CREEK WRF , DIGESTER MIXING , FLARE , DOME IMPROVEMENTS
CITY PROJECT NO. 102652
40 05 00-15 BASIC MECHANICAL REQUIREMENTS
pipelines not connected to the potable water system. Only potable water shall be used
for flushing and testing the potable water system.
C . Air and gas piping shall be completely and thoroughly cleaned of all foreign matter,
scale, and dirt prior to start-up of the a i r or gas system.
D. At the conclus ion of the installation work , the Contractor shall thoroughly clean all new
liquid conveying pipe by flushing with water or other means to remove all dirt, stones ,
pieces of wood , etc., which may have entered the pipe during the construction period. If
after this cleaning any obstructions remain , they shall be corrected by the Contractor, at
his own expense , to the satisfaction of the Engineer. Liquid conveying pipelines shall be
flushed at the rate of at least 2 .5 feet per second for a duration suitable to the Engineer
or shall be flushed by other methods approved by the Engineer.
E. Compressed/service air and gas piping shall be flushed by removing end caps from the
distribution lines and operating one (1) compressor, in accordance with the
manufacturer's instructions .
F . After flushing , all air piping shall be pressure and leak tested prior to coating and
wrapping of welded joints. Immediately upon successful completion of the pressure and
leak test, welded joints shall be thoroughly cleaned of all foreign matter, scale , rust , and
discoloration and coated in accordance with the Specifications .
G. All process air piping shall be leak tested by applying a soap solution to each joint. Leak
tests shall be conducted with one (1) blower in service at normal operating pressure .
H . During testing the piping shall show no leakage. Any leaks or defective piping disclosed
by the leakage test shall be repaired or replaced by the Contractor, at his own expense ,
and the test repeated until all such piping shows tight.
I. All buried process air piping shall be pressurized to 25 psig and tested for leaks by
applying a soap solution to each joint. The air supply shall be stopped , and the pipe
pressure monitored . System pressure shall not fall by more than 0.5% of the 25 psig test
pressure over a one-hour test period . Should the system fail to hold the required
pressure for one hour, the cause shall be determined and corrected , and the test
repeated until a successful test of the entire system is obtained .
J. Field leakage tests shall be performed for all submerged process air piping . The
procedure shall consist of operating the system under clear nonpotable water for visual
identification of all leaks . All field leakage tests shall be witnessed by the Engineer. All
submerged piping shall be installed free of any leaks .
K. After flushing, all liquid conveying pipelines shall be hydrostatically tested at the test
pressure specified in the appropriate Piping System Schedule in Section 40 06 20 -
Process Pipe, Valve and Gate Schedules . The procedure used for the hydrostatic test
shall be in accordance with the requirements of AWWA C600 . Each pipeline shall be
CONFORMED , 12/0 1/2022
FWW V ILLAGE CREEK WRF , DIGESTER MIXING , FLARE , DOME IMPROVEMENTS
CITY PROJECT NO . 102652
40 05 00 -16 BASIC MECHANICAL REQUIREMENTS
filled with water for a period of no less than 24 hours and then subjected to the specified
test pressure for 2 hours. During this test, exposed piping shall show no leakage .
Allowable leakage in buried piping shall be in accordance with AWWA C600 .
L. Any leaks or defective pipe disclosed by the hydrostatic test shall be repaired or
replaced by the Contractor, at his own expense, and the test repeated until all such
pip i ng shows tight.
M . After flushing , all gas piping shall be leak tested in accordance with all local codes and
regulations and in conformance with the recommendations or requirements of any
National Institute or Association for the specific service application .
3.05 DISINFECTION
A. All pipe and fitting connected to and forming a part of a potable water supply shall be
disinfected in accordance with the procedures described in AWWA C 651 . Dis i nfection
shall also be in accordance with the requirements of the Texas Comm iss ion on
Environmental Quality and the Owner.
B . Disinfection shall be accomplished after the pipe has been flushed , if applicable , and
passed the hydrostatic test. Such piping shall be filled with 50 parts per million (PPM) of
chlorine and held in contact for not less than 24 hours. Final tests after 24 hours contact
time shall show a minimum residual chlorine content of 10 ppm in all parts of the system .
Disinfection shall be repeated as often as necessary, and as d irected by the Engineer
and/or TCEQ and/or the Owner until the minimum residual chlorine content of 10 ppm
has been reached . The Contractor shall obtain certificates of satisfactory bacteriological
tests and furnish them to the Owner before the request is made for acceptance of the
work. The Contractor shall furnish and install , at his own expense , all means and
apparatus necessary for performing the disinfection . The chlorine solution shall be
thoroughly flushed out prior to placing the new sections of pipe in serv ice . The
Contractor is cautioned that the spent chlorine solution must be disposed of in such a
way as not to be detrimental to animal , plant, or fish life . Chlorine residual tests will be
made after flush ing to assure that residual is not in excess of 1 ppm at any point in
system .
3.06 PAINTING AND COLOR-CODING SYSTEM
A. All exposed piping specified shall be color coded in accordance with the Owner's
standard color designation system for pipe recognition and in accordance with Section
40 05 97 -Piping and Equipment Identification Systems. In the absence of a standard
color designation system , the Engineer will establish a standard color designation for
each piping service category from color charts submitted by the Contractor in
compliance with Section 09 90 00 -Painting .
B . All piping specified in th is Section shall be pa inted in accordance with Section 09 90 00 -
Painting , except as follows :
FWW VILLAGE CREEK WRF , DIGESTER MIXING , FLARE , DOME IMPROVEMENTS
CITY PROJECT NO . 102652
CONFORMED , 12/01/2022 40 05 00 -17 BASIC MECHANICAL REQUIREMENTS
1. Copper pipe
2 . Stainless steel pipe. Flanges and supports or hangers shall be painted .
CONFORMED , 12/01 /2022
END OF SECTION
FWW VILLAGE CREEK WRF , DIGESTER MIXING , FLARE , DOME IMPROVEMENTS
CITY PROJECT NO. 102652
40 05 00 -18 BASIC MECHANICAL REQUIREMENTS
PART 1 -GENERAL
1.01 THE REQUIREMENT
SECTION 40 05 07
PIPE SUPPORTS
A. Furnish all equipment , labor, materials, and design calculations required to provide pipe
supports in accordance with the Contract Documents .
1.02 RELATED WORK SPECIFIED ELSEWHERE
A. Division 03 -Concrete
B. Section 05 05 33 -Anchor Systems
C. Section 05 12 00 -Structural Steel Framing
D. Section 05 50 13 -Miscellaneous Metals Fabrications
E. Section 40 05 00 -Basic Mechanical Requirements
1.03 SUBMITTALS
A. Pipe support submittals will not be reviewed prior to review and acceptance of pipe
layout submittal. Pipe support submittal shall be fully coordinated with approved pipe
layout submittal. Contractor shall use approved piping layout submittal drawings to show
proposed pipe support type and location with accurate dimensions to demonstrate that
supports meet all specified requirements .
B. Applicable and associated cut sheets and drawings for materials and support
components shall be submitted with the Shop Drawings in accordance with or in addition
to the submittal requirements specified in Section 01 33 00 -Submittals , Section 40 05
00 -Basic Mechanical Requirements and other referenced Sections above .
1. Catalog cut information on all system components such as pipe supports , hangers ,
guides , anchors , and channel-type supports.
2 . Drawings of the piping support systems , locating each support , brace , hanger,
guide, component and anchor. Identify support , hanger, guide and anchor type by
catalog number and Shop Drawing detail number.
3. With each piping support system Shop Drawing , the Contractor shall attach
calculations prepared and sealed by a Professional Engineer, licensed in the State
or Commonwealth in which the project is located, showing that the piping support
FWW VILLAGE CREEK WRF , DIGESTER MIXING , FLARE , DOME IMPROVEMENTS
CITY PROJECT NO . 102652
CONFORMED , 12/01 /2022 40 05 07 -1 PIPE SUPPORTS
system complies with the specified requirements, including all building code and
seismic code requirements pertaining to support of piping and other non-structural
components .
4. Table showing the manufacturer's recommended hanger support spacing for PVC,
CPVC and FRP pipe for the services listed in Section 40 06 20 -Process Pipe,
Valve and Gate Schedules.
PART 2 -PRODUCTS
2.01 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS
2.02 GENERAL
A. The Contractor shall be responsible for the design of all piping support systems unless
noted otherwise herein. The absence of pipe supports and details on the Drawings shall
not relieve the Contractor of the responsibility of providing a pipe support design sealed
by a Professional Engineer, licensed in the State of Texas. Standard details for pipe
supports have been included on the Drawings to define minimum requirements as to the
types of Contractor designed pipe supports that will be acceptable .
B. Where a specific location or type of support is shown on the Drawings, the location and
type shall be incorporated in the Contractor's pipe support design .
C. Where special pipe support fabrications are required, products and execution shall be as
specified in Section 05 50 13 -Miscellaneous Metals Fabrications and other related and
referenced Sections of the Specifications .
D. Existing piping support systems to support new piping shall only be used if the
Contractor can show and demonstrate by submitting supporting calculations that they
are adequate for the additional load imposed by the new piping, or if they are
strengthened to support the additional load.
E. Contractor's pipe support design should include, but not be limited to, the following
criteria and loads imposed on the piping system:
1. Thrust Loads based on the design pressures as specified in Piping Schedules in
Section 40 06 20 -Process Pipe, Valve and Gate Schedules. Pipe support design
shall not utilize process equipment for thrust restraint or support of piping loads .
2 . Dead loads and live loads per the latest version of ASCE/SEI 7 or the local
building code if more stringent. Loads shall include, but not be limited to, the
following:
a. Weight of pipe
CONFORMED , 12/01/2022
FWW VILLAGE CREEK WRF , DIGESTER MIXING , FLARE, DOME IMPROVEMENTS
CITY PROJECT NO. 102652
40 05 07 -2 PIPE SUPPORTS
b. Weight of pipe contents
c . Weight of insulation
d. Ice loads (If applicable by location, ice loads per code shall be applied as
indicated in the governing building code)
e . If required, seismic loading requirements and conditions as specified in the
governing building code and referenced seismic design codes. Refer to the
structural code drawing for project specific seismic design criteria. Seismic
and sway bracing shall be provided at maximum 10-foot centers.
f. Wind loads
3. Loads associated with thermal expansion and contraction of the piping system
over the full range of potential temperatures the piping system could experience
that should include, but not be limited to, the following:
a. Ambient temperature range per local historical weather data (historic high
and low obtained from NOAA)
b. Process operating temperature range
c. Exposure to sunlight where applicable
4 . Additional pipe support design considerations shall include the following:
a . A minimum safety factor of 2 or as approved by the Engineer, based upon
the yield strength of the support material, shall be used for pipe supports,
braces, hangers, and guides as well as for beam and column members used
in channel-type support systems.
b . The horizontal pipe hanger and/or floor support spacing shall be as
recommended by the pipe and/or hanger manufacturer but shall not exceed
10 feet on center unless indicated otherwise herein or on the Drawings.
c. The design , sizing and spacing of anchor bolts, including concrete anchors ,
shall be based on withstanding shear and pullout loads imposed by loading
at each particular support. The minimum anchor bolt size shall be ½ inches
in diameter. Anchor bolts shall be stainless steel. Refer to Section 05 05 33
-Anchor Systems .
2.03 HANGERS AND SUPPORTS
A. All piping shall be adequately supported and braced by means of steel hangers and/or
supports, concrete piers, supplemental lateral bracing components, prefabricated
CONFORMED , 12/01/2022
FWW VILLAGE CREEK WRF , DIGESTER MIXING , FLARE , DOME IMPROVEMENTS
CITY PROJECT NO . 102652
40 05 07 -3 PIPE SUPPORTS
brackets, or otherwise as may be required by the location and forces applied per
governing code, including gravity and latera l forces from earthquake and/or wind (if
outdoors). Generally , concrete supports shall be used where pipe centerline is less than
3 feet above floor, hangers shall be used above 6 feet , and hangers within 3 feet of walls
shall be wall mounted unless otherwise specified, shown , or required . Supports shall be
not more than 10 feet on center for steel and cast iron , 5 feet on center for plastic unless
otherwise shown on the Drawings or required by the specific manufacturer. All
necessary inserts or appurtenances shall be furnished and installed in the concrete or
structures for adequately securing hangers and supports to the structure . Refer to
Standard Detail Drawings .
1. Metal pipe support materials , where stainless steel pipe is supported , shall be
Type 304L stainless steel meeting the requirements of Section 05 50 13 -
Miscellaneous Metals Fabrication unless otherwise noted on the drawings .
Hardware shall be 304 stainless steel.
2 . Metal pipe support materials , where carbon steel, ductile or other ferrous pipe is
supported , shall be hot dip galvanized carbon steel meeting Division 05
requirements unless indicated otherwise on the Drawings or in the Specifications
or by the Engineer. Hardware other than anchors shall be hot dip galvanized steel.
3 . Metal pipe supports indicated as standard type pipe hangers are designed and
detailed for gravity loading only . Resulting lateral loads from wind , earthquake, or
other lateral loads per code , or special loading conditions during construct ion , shall
be applied to the pipe in accordance with the governing building code .
Supplemental lateral stiffening members (when necessary) shall be provided along
pipe or at gravity supports using appropriate supplemental members and
connections when required by calculations . The Contractor shall include design
calculations and details with all pipe hangar and support submissions for review by
the Engineer. The main structure and structural components that will support the
pipe hangers and other appurtenant components of the facility have been
designed to resist all resulting secondary lateral loading from pipe hangers and
other non-structural members for gravity and resulting lateral loads .
B . Hangers and supports shall conform to the following requirements :
1. All fabricated metal hangers and supports shall be capable of adjustment after
installation. Different types of hangers and supports along a pipe length , including
bends , shall be kept to a minimum .
2 . Hanger rods shall be straight and vertical. Chain , wire , strap , or perforated bar
hangers shall not be used . Hangers shall not be suspended from other piping .
3. Vertical piping shall be properly supported at each floor and between floors by
stays or braces to prevent rattling and vibration.
CONFORMED , 12/0 1/2022
FWW VILLAGE CREEK WRF , DIGESTER MIXING , FLARE , DOME IMPROVEMENTS
CIT Y PROJECT NO . 102652
40 05 07 -4 PIPE SUPPORTS
4. Supports and hangers for plastic and FRP piping shall include wide saddles or
bands as recommended by the manufacturer and approved by the Engineer to
distribute load and thus avoid localized deformation of the pipe.
5 . Hanger and supports shall prevent contact between dissimilar metals by use of
copper plated, rubber, vinyl coated or stainless-steel hangers.
6. Ferrous pipes to be painted shall be painted in accordance with Section 09 90 00 -
Painting. Ferrous pipes that require painting or galvanizing shall be supported by
galvanized hangers and supports unless stainless steel is indicated elsewhere.
Stainless steel piping shall be supported by stainless steel saddles and straps (if
required).
7. Copper piping shall be supported by plastic coated or copper plated steel hangers
and supports.
8 . Plastic piping shall be supported by plastic coated steel hangers and supports .
9. Hangers and supports shall provide for thermal expansion throughout the full
operating temperature range .
10. Expansion and adhesive type anchors used for pipe hangers and supports shall be
Type 316 stainless steel.
C. Metallic hangers and supports may be standard make by Anvil International , Inc.,
"Witch" by Carpenter & Paterson , Ltd., 8-Line Systems , Inc., or equal ; and data on the
types and sizes to be used shall be furnished to the Engineer for approval. Metallic
support system brackets, rods , support clips , clevis hangers , hardware , etc. shall be cast
iron or welded steel construction. All gravity type hangers and supports shall be
restrained laterally to resist seismic loading and other loading as required by the
governing code .
D. Non-metallic support system shall be a heavy-duty channel framing system . Channel
frames shall be manufactured by the pultrusion process using corrosion grade polyester
or vinylester res ins . All fiberglass construction shall include suitable ultraviolet inhibitors
for UV exposure and shall have a flame spread rating of 25 or less per ASTM E84.
Piping accessories, pipe clamps , clevis hangers , support posts , support racks , fasteners,
etc., shall be constructed of vinylester or polyurethane resin . Non-metallic support
systems shall be standard make Aickinstrut by Aickinstrut, Inc ., Unistrut Fiberglass by
Unistrut, Inc ., Endure Fiberglass Systems , or equal. The Contractor shall submit data on
the types and sizes of approval. Unless otherwise shown or specified the Contractor
shall provide support spacings in the conformance with the pipe and support system
manufacturer's requirements.
2.04 DIGESTER GAS SUPPORTS
CONFORMED , 12/0 1/2022
FWW VILLAGE CREEK WRF , D IGESTER MI X ING , FLARE , DOME IMPROVEMENTS
CITY PROJECT NO . 102652
40 05 07 -5 PIPE SUPPORTS
A. Unless specifically designed and detailed on the Drawings , digester gas piping shall be
supported by slide bearings as manufactured by Fluorocarbon Company, Anaheim,
California , Anvil International , Inc., Portsmouth , New Hampshire, or equal. Refer to TFE
Bearing Surfaces in this specification for supplemental information and requirements.
B. The slide bearing material shall be 3/32-inch-thick, 25 percent glass-fiber reinforced
structural grade teflon . The bearing material shall withstand at least 1000 psi
(compression) at 250°F with a coefficient of friction between 0 .05 and 0.08. The
performance of bearing and bonding materials shall be unaffected by continual
immersion in wastewater containing domestic and industrial waste at a temperature of
210°F.
C . Non-submerged slide bearing type supports shall be provided with a bearing material
covering a 120° arc centered at the bottom of the pipe. The Teflon shall be at least 4
inches wide at the underside of the pipe and 8 inches wide at the top of the support. The
Teflon material shall be hot press bonded to 10 ga. stainless steel plates for welding to
the bottom of the pipe and securing to the top of the support.
D. Submerged slide bearing type supports shall be provided with Teflon bonded to the
underside of the hold down strap and the top of the pipe such that the sliding surface is
formed between two sheets of Teflon. Each surface shall cover a 120° arc centered at
the top of the pipe. On the underside of the strap the Teflon bearing shall be hot press
bonded directly to the stainless-steel strap or to a 10 ga . stainless steel plate for welding
to the strap. At the top of the pipe, the Teflon shall be bonded to a 10 ga. stainless steel
plate for welding to the pipe.
E. Pipe straps shall not tightly bind the pipe, but shall provide 1/16-inch clearance over the
top 180° of the pipe surface .
F. Wall bracket supports shall be used where shown for pipe to be installed adjacent to a
wall. Where it is not feasible to install hanger supports, adjustable pipe saddle supports
may be used with the permission of the Engineer. Concrete pier supports shall be
spaced at a maximum distance of 10 feet and shall be at least 12" wider than O.D. of
pipe and 10 inches thick unless otherwise shown on the Drawings. Refer to the Standard
Detail Drawings .
G . Small diameter piping (6-inches in diameter or less) shall not be strapped or otherwise
secured directly to walls. Suitable wall offset brackets of an approved type shall be used.
Anchors shall not be attached using percussion fasteners .
H. Sliding surfaces shall be protected from accumulation of dirt, grit, or other foreign matter.
I. Slide bearings shall be capable of adequately supporting the design loads and shall be
attached to pipe and supports as specified and recommended by the manufacturer.
CONFORMED , 12/01/2022
FWW VILLAGE CREEK WRF , DIGESTER MIXING , FLARE , DOME IMPROVEMENTS
CITY PROJECT NO . 102652
40 05 07 -6 PIPE SUPPORTS
J . The slide bearings shall be installed in the locations shown or indicated on the Drawings,
at required elevations, true to orientation and level, assuring that the correct half of each
bearing is in its proper position . The Contractor shall store the bearings to protect them
from mechanical damage prior to installation and shall protect the same during and after
installation from contamination and damage due to placing of concrete and other
materials. The Contractor shall clean the operating surfaces of bearings thoroughly
before final assembly.
K. The Contractor shall note that all pipe support locations are not shown on the Drawings
and shall follow the Specifications herein in locating supports . Where deviations and
modifications are required, they shall be made only with the permission of the Engineer.
A detailed layout of pipe supports and hangers shall be submitted for approval.
2.05 TFE BEARING SURFACES
A. TFE resin shall be virgin material conforming to the requirements of ASTM 04894 or
04895. The specific gravity shall be 2 .13 to 2.19. The melting point shall be 623±2°F.
B. Filler material shall be milled glass fibers, carbon, or other approved inert filler materials.
C. Adhesive material shall be an epoxy resin conforming to FS MMM-A-134, FEB film or
equal, as approved by the Engineer.
D. When tested in accordance with ASTM 04894 or 04895, finished unfilled TFE sheets
shall have a tensile strength of at least 2,800 pounds per square inch and an elongation
of at least 200 percent.
E. Filled TFE sheets shall contain inert filler material uniformly blended with TFE resin .
Finished filled TFE sheets containing glass fiber or carbon shall conform to the following :
ASTM 15% Glass 25% Carbon Method Fibers
Min . tensile strength D4894/D4895 2 ,000 psi 1,300 psi
Min . elongation D4894/D4895 150% 75%
Min. specific gravity D792 2.20 2 .1 0
Melting point D4894/D4895 321±10°c 311 ±10°c
F. Fabric containing TFE fibers shall be manufactured from oriented multifilament TFE
fluorocarbon fibers and other fibers as required by specific designs . When tested in
accordance with ASTM 02256, the tensile strength of TFE fibers shall be at least 24,000
pounds per square inch and the elongation shall be at least 75 percent.
CONFORMED , 12/01/2022
FWW VILLAGE CREEK WRF , DIGESTER MIXING , FLARE , DOME IMPROVEMENTS
CITY PROJECT NO. 102652
40 05 07 -7 PIPE SUPPORTS
G . Where TFE sheets are to be epoxy bonded, one surface of the sheet shall be factory
treated by an approved manufacturer using the sodium naphthalene or sodium ammonia
process.
H. Stainless steel mating surfaces shall be at least 16 gage in thickness and shall conform
to the requirements of ASTM A240, Type 304. The mating surface shall be a true plane
surface with a Brinnell hardness of at least 125 and a surface finish of an at least No. 8
mirror finish in accordance with ASTM A480 . Stainless steel mating surfaces shall be
polished or rolled as necessary to conform to the friction requirements specified herein.
The stainless steel shall be attached to the sole plate by means of a seal weld around
the entire perimeter of the facing material.
I. The coefficient of friction for the completed bearing assembly shall not be more than the
following:
Bearing Pressure
Material 500 psi 2,000 psi 3,500 psi
(3.447 MPa) (13.790 Mpa) (24.132 MPal
Unfilled TFE , fabric
Containing TFE fibers , TFE .08 .06 .04
oerforated metal comoosite
Filled TFE .12 .10 .08
Interlocked bronze and filled TFE .10 .07 .05 structures
PART 3 -EXECUTION
3.01 GENERAL INSTALLATION REQUIREMENTS
A. Support piping connections to equipment by pipe support and not by the equipment.
8. Support large or heavy valves , fittings, flow meters and appurtenances independently of
the connected piping.
C . Support no pipe from the pipe above it.
D. Support piping at changes in direction or in elevation, adjacent to flexible joints,
expansion joints, and couplings, and where shown :
E. The Contractor shall not install piping supports and hangers in equipment access areas
or bridge crane runs .
F. Brace hanging pipes against horizontal movement by both longitudinal and lateral sway
bracing .
CONFORMED , 12/01/2022
FWW VILLAGE CREEK WRF , DIGESTER MIXING , FLARE , DOME IMPROVEMENTS
CITY PROJECT NO . 102652
40 05 07 -8 PIPE SUPPORTS
G. Install pipe anchors (fixed supports and/or guides) where shown and/or as may
otherwise be required to withstand expansion thrust loads and to direct and control
thermal expansion. The Contractor may install additional pipe anchors and flexible
couplings to facilitate piping installation , provided that complete details describing
location, pipe supports and hydraulic thrust protection are submitted .
CONFORMED , 12/0 1/2022
END OF SECTION
FWW VILLAGE CREEK WRF , DIGESTER MIXING , FLARE , DOME IMPROVEMENTS
CITY PROJECT NO. 102652
40 05 07 -9 PIPE SUPPORTS
THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK
PART 1 -GENERAL
1.01 THE REQUIREMENT
SECTION 40 05 19
DUCTILE IRON PIPE
A. All ductile iron pipe and specials shall be marked with the manufacturer's name or
trademark, size , weight, thickness class , the date of manufacture , and the word
"Ductile".
B. Ductile iron pipe (DIP) of the sizes shown or specified shall conform to ANSI A21 .51
(AWWA C151 ), Grade 60-42-10 for ductile iron pipe centrifugally cast in metal molds or
sand-lined molds . All ductile iron pipe shall conform to ANSI A21 .50 (AWWA C150) for
thickness design and shall be supplied in 18 or 20 foot nom inal lengths or as required to
meet the requirements of the Drawings . Fittings and specials shall be cast iron or ducti le
iron , conforming to the requirements of ANSI A21.10 (AWWA C110) or ANSI A21 .53
(AWWA C153).
C. Minimum Class 53 pipe shall be used for flanged spools .
D. Reference Section 40 05 00 -Basic Mechanical Requirements
E . Reference Section 40 06 20 -Process Pipe , Valve , and Gate Schedules , for pressure
rating requirements for specific applications .
PART 2 -PRODUCT
2.01 DUCTILE IRON PIPE AND FITTINGS
A. Linings and Coatings
1. All pipe and fittings , with the exception of ceramic epoxy or glass lined pipe and
sleeves , shall be cement mortar lined. Linings shall conform to American Standard
Specifications for Cement Mortar Lining for Cast Iron Pipe and Ductile Iron Pipe
and Fittings , ANSI A21.4 (AWWA C104) and shall be standard thickness. The
mortar lining shall be protected with the bituminous seal coat. All buried DIP and
fittings shall have a bituminous coating on the exterior surfaces in accordance with
ANSI A21.51 (AWWA C151 ). All exposed DIP and fittings shall have a shop
applied prime coat in accordance with Section 09 90 00 -Painting .
2. Pipe and fittings shall be ceramic epoxy lined where specified or shown on the
Drawings. The Standard of Quality is Protecto 401 Ceramic Epoxy. The material
shall be an amine cured novalac epoxy containing at least 20% by volume of
CONFORMED , 12/01 /2022
FWW VILLAGE CREEK WRF , DIGESTER MIXING , FLARE , DOME IMPROVEMENTS
CITY PROJECT NO . 102652
40 05 19 -1 DUCTILE IRON PIPE
ceramic quartz pigment. Ceramic epoxy lined pipe and fittings shall be as
manufactured by American Cast Iron Pipe Co., or U .S . Pipe and Foundry Co.
The lining shall be applied by a certified firm with a successful history of applying
linings to the interior of ductile iron pipe and fittings . The ceramic epoxy lining
shall cover the inner surface of the pipe as follows :
a . Coating of bell sockets and spigot ends require the gasket area and spigot
ends up to 6 inches back from the end of the spigot end must be coated with
6 mils nominal , 10 mils maximum using Protecto Joint Compound.
b. The Joint Compound shall be applied by brush to ensure coverage. Care
should be taken that the Joint Compound is smooth without excess buildup
in the gasket seat or on the spigot ends .
c. Coating of the gasket seat and spigot ends shall be done after the
application of the lining . The lining shall extend from the spigot end through
the socket to the edge of the gasket sealing area.
d . The lining in fittings shall cover the interior surfaces including the socket
areas as defined above .
e . The lining in pipe and fittings shall be 40 mils nominal thickness.
f . Repair procedures for damaged ceramic epoxy lining shall be made with
Protecto Joint Compound in strict accordance with the manufacturer's
recommendations.
g . Any request for substitution must be accompanied by a successful history of
lining pipe and fittings for sewer service , a test report verifying the following
properties , and a certification of the test results .
1) A permeability rating of 0.00 when tested according to Method A of
ASTM E-96-66, Procedure A with a test duration of 30 days .
2) The following test must be run on coupons from factory lined ductile
iron pipe :
a)
b)
c)
CONFORMED , 12/01 /2022
ASTM B-117 Salt Spray (scribed panel)-Results to equal 0.00
undercutting after two years .
ASTM G-95 Cathodic Disbondment 1.5 volts @ 77°F. Results to
equal no more than 0 .5 mm undercutti ng after 30 days .
Immersion Testing rated using ASTM D-714 .87 .
20% Sulfuric Acid -No effect after two years.
FWW VI LLAGE CREEK WRF , DIGESTER MI XING , FLARE , DOME IMPROVEMENTS
CITY PROJECT NO . 102652
4 0 05 19 -2 DUCTILE IRON PIPE
140°F 25% Sodium Hydroxide -No effect after two years .
160°F Distilled Water -No effect after two years .
120°F Tap Water (scribed panel)
0.0 undercutting after two years with no effect.
d) An abrasion resistance of no more than 3 mils (.075mm) loss
after one million cycles using European Standard EN 598 : 1994
Section 7.8 Abrasion Resistance .
3 . Glass-lined ductile iron pipe shall be furnished and installed where specified in the
Exterior Piping System Schedule . The finished lining shall be from 0.008-inch to
0.012-inch thick , hardness of from 5 to 6 on the Mohs Scale, density of from 2.5 to
3.0 grams per cubic centimeter as measured in accordance with the requirements
of ASTM D792 and be capable of withstanding a thermal shock of 350°F without
crazing , blistering , or spalling . The lining shall be Ervite Type SG-14, as
manufactured by the Ervite Corporation, Erie , Pa ., Ferrock MEH-32 , by Water
Works Supply & Mfg ., Co., Marysville, CA, or equal.
a . Cutting of glass-lined pipe in the field shall be limited to only one piece per
run of pipe , and this shall be for closure purposes only. Spalling of the glass
liner shall be no more than 1/8-inch back from the cut. Flanges and bolt
holes on spool pieces shall be aligned prior to glassing and shall be sealed
and tested prior to shipment in accordance with the manufacturer's
recommendation . Warping of flanges and/or pipe may be cause for rejection
as determined by the Engineer.
B . Polyethylene Encasement:
1. All buried Ductile Iron Pipe and Fittings shall be polyethylene encased.
2. Use only virgin polyethylene material.
3 . Encasement for buried pipe shall be 8 mil linear low density (LLD) polyethylene
conforming to AWWA/ANSI C105/A21.5 or 4 mil high density cross-laminated
(HDCL) polyethylene encasement conforming to AWWA/ANSI C105/A21 .5 and
ASTM A674.
4 . Marking : At a minimum of every 2 feet along its length , mark the polyethylene film
with the following information:
a . Manufacturer's name or trademark
b. Year of manufacturer
c. AWWA/ANSI C105/A21.5
CONFORMED , 12/01/2022
FWW VILLAGE CREEK WRF , DIGESTER MIXING , FLARE , DOME IMPROVEMENTS
CITY PROJECT NO . 102652
4 0 05 19 -3 DUCTILE IRON PIPE
d . Minimum film thickness and material type
e. Applicable range of nominal diameter sizes
f. Warning -Corrosion Protection -Repair Any Damage
g. Provide polyethylene in color to be chosen by Owner. Furnish and attach
colored marker tape in color to be chosen by Owner. Label film with service
name to be confirmed by Owner. Contractor shall obtain Owner's
preferences for color and service name.
5 . Minimum widths
P I h I 0Iyet Iy ene T b u e an ee 1zes or us - n 01nt 1pe d Sh ts· f P h O J . p ·
Nominal Pipe Diameter Min. Width -Flat Tube Min. Width -Sheet
(inches) (inches) (inches)
3 14 28
4 14 28
6 16 32
8 20 40
10 24 48
12 27 54
14 30 60
16 34 68
18 37 74
20 41 82
24 54 108
30 67 134
36 81 162
42 81 162
48 95 190
54 108 216
60 108 216
64 121 242
C. Requirements for various types of joints are described in the following paragraphs.
UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED HEREIN OR ON THE DRAWINGS , ALL EXPOSED
DUCTILE IRON PIPING SHALL HAVE FLANGED JOINTS .
CONFORMED , 12/01/2022
FWW VILLAGE CREEK WRF , DIGESTER MIXING , FLARE , DOME IMPROVEMENTS
CITY PROJECT NO . 102652
40 05 19 -4 DUCTILE IRON PIPE
D. Flanged joints and fittings shall have a minimum pressure rating of 250 psi with 125 lb.
American Standard flanges . All flanges and fittings shall conform to the requirements of
ANSI B 16 .1. Flanges shall be ductile iron and shall be of the threaded or screw on type.
The face of the flanges shall be machined after installation of the flange to the pipe. No
raised surface shall be allowed on flanges . Flanged pipe shall conform to the
requirements of ANSI Specification A21.15, (AWWA C115). Pipe lengths shall be
fabricated to meet the requirements of the Drawings.
E. Gaskets shall be the "Ring Gasket" type, 1/8-inch minimum thickness , cloth inserted
rubber, red rubber or neoprene and shall be suitable for the service intended. Gaskets
for glass lined pipe shall be TORUS EAL flange gasket, or equal. Bolts shall be of the
size and length called for and in accordance with the "American Standard" and comply
with the requirements of the ANSI/AWWA Standards . The bolts for flanged joints shall
be a minimum ASTM A307; Grade B carbon steel and be in accordance with ANSI
A21.10 , (AWWA C110). The bolts shall have hexagonal heads and nuts , no washers
shall be used .
F. Bell and spigot pipe shall be provided with push on, O-ring rubber gasket, compression
type joints and shall conform to the requirements of ANSI A21.11 (AWWA C111 ).
Fittings and specials shall be supplied with mechanical joints as specified for mechanical
joint pipe. If required by installation conditions , pipe shall have cast-on lugs for
adequately tying it together.
G. Mechanical jo ints and fittings shall conform to the requirements of ANSI A21 .11,
(AWWA C111 ). Joints shall be made employing a tapered rubber gasket forced into a
tapered groove with a ductile iron follower ring. If required by installation conditions, pipe
and fittings shall have cast-on lugs for adequately tying the pipe and fittings together.
These shall be in conformance with standard practice and as outlined under the
appropriate AWWA Specifications .
H. Bolts for mechanical joints shall be high strength corrosion resistant low-alloy steel tee-
head bolts with hexagonal nuts .
I. Mechanical coupling joint pipe and fittings shall be split type , shouldered end . Coupling
materials shall be malleable iron. Couplings shall have a minimum pressure rating and
service equal to that of the connected piping . Gaskets shall be of rubber . Bolts and nuts
shall be heat treated carbon steel track bolts and shall be plated . After installation ,
buried couplings shall receive two heavy coats of coal tar epoxy (min . 24 mil thickness)
which is compatible with the finish of the couplings . Couplings shall be as manufactured
by Victaulic Company of America Style 31, or equal.
J . Restrained joint pipe shall consist of factory manufactured bolted retainer rings, ductile
iron locking segments held in place by rubber retainers , or ductile iron retaining rings
that lock over the bell of the joint and are secured to prevent rotation , and factory welded
retainer beads or rings on the spigot of the pipe. All components of the bolted or snap
CONFORMED , 12/01 /2022
FWW VILLAGE CREEK WRF , DIGESTER MIXING , FLARE , DOME IMPROVEMENTS
CITY PROJECT NO . 102652
40 05 19 -5 DUCTILE IRON PIPE
ring assemblies shall be constructed of corrosion-resistant, high strength, low-alloy steel.
Restrained joint pipe shall be Flex-Ring or Lock-Ring type joints as manufactured by
American Cast Iron Pipe Company, HP LOK or TR Flex as manufactured by US Pipe ,
Bolt-Lok or Snap-Lok as manufactured by Griffin Pipe Products, TR Flex or Super Lock
as manufactured by Clow Water Systems Co ., or approved equal.
K. Restrained fittings for piping systems 16-inches in diameter and greater shall have
factory restraint systems identical to the factory restrained joint pipe specified in Item K
above. All fittings shall be minimum pressure Class 250 unless otherwise specified.
L. Restrained fittings for pipe systems 14-inches in diameter and smaller shall be
Mechanical Joint fittings with restraint assemblies such as Stargrip by Star Pipe
Systems , Mega Lug by EBAA Iron , ONE LOK by Sigma , Grip Ring by Romac, or
approved equal. Where threaded-rods are allowed, the rods and tabs shall be designed
for the specified restra int system design pressure , shall have lengths less than 10 feet
between fittings , and shall be painted with two heavy coats of coal tar epoxy after
installation .
M . The manufactured systems for thrust restraint indicated above shall be used where
restrained joint ductile iron pipe and fittings are specified or indicated on the drawings .
Gripping gaskets are not an acceptable form of restraint. Thrust restraint and harnessing
systems such as threaded-rods , friction clamps , retainer glands shall be used only
where specifically specified herein, indicated on the drawings or if allowed by the
Engineer in isolated applications where conditions warrant and necessitate their use .
Concrete thrust blocks may be used in accordance with the schedule indicated on the
drawings, if applicable.
N. Cast Iron Soil Pipe shall conform to the standards of the Cast Iron Soil Pipe Institute
(CISPI) Specification HS-67 , and also ANSI Specification A-112 .5.2 for Hub & Spigot
pipe or A.112 .5 .1 for Hub & Spigot pipe or A .112 .5 .1 for No-Hub Pipe. Pipe class shall
be "Extra Heavy:(XH).
CONFORMED , 12/0 1/2022
END OF SECTION
FWW VI LLAGE CR EEK WRF , DIGEST ER M IXING , FLARE , DOME IMPROVEMEN TS
CITY PROJECT NO. 102652
4 0 05 19 -6 DUCTILE IRON PIPE
SECTION 40 05 24.13
STEEL PIPE FOR DIGESTER GAS SERVICE
PART 1 -GENERAL
1.01 THE REQUIREMENT
A. This specification shall apply to steel and stainless-steel pipe for digester gas
service. This includes low pressure digester gas (LOG), high pressure digester
gas (HOG), drain, flare (DF), and drain, condensate (DC). Requirements vary by
service as indicated below .
B. The AWWA Specifications referenced in this Section are supplemented as
follows:
1. An affidavit of compliance is required from the pipe manufacturer.
2. The steel manufacturer's certification that the material meets the ASTM
Specification will be accepted in lieu of tests on specimens taken from the
fabricated pipe.
3. The fabricator may purchase steel plates on the chemical basis only and
shall furnish to the Owner certified test reports.
C. All parts of the materials furnished shall be amply designed, manufactured, and
constructed for the maximum stresses occurring during fabrication, erection, and
operation. All materials shall be new and both workmanship and materials shall
be of the very best quality, shall be entirely suitable for the service to which they
will be subjected, and shall conform to all applicable Sections of these
Specifications . Manufacturer's designs shall accommodate all of the
requirements of these Specifications.
D. The Contractor shall be responsible for the structural design of the steel and
stainless-steel pipe, fittings, and couplings. The Contractor shall submit
certification that the steel and stainless-steel pipe, fittings, and couplings have
been designed to resist all loads implied and reasonably anticipated.
1.02 RELATED SECTIONS
A. Section 40 05 00 -Basic Mechanical Requirements
B. Section 40 05 07 -Pipe Supports
C. Section 40 05 41 -Piping Expansion Compensation
ISSUED FOR BID 9/19/2022
FWW VILLAGE CREEK WRF , DIGESTER MIXING , FLARE , DOME IMPROVEMENTS
40 05 24 .13 -1 STEEL PIPE FOR DIGESTER GAS SERVICE
PART 2 -PRODUCTS
2.01 STAINLESS STEEL PIPE AND FITTINGS
A. Only stainless-steel pipe shall be provided; tubing shall not be allowed. Stainless
steel pipe shall be as manufactured by Douglas Brothers , Felker Bros. Corp ., or
Engineer approved equal.
~ B. Stainless steel pipe for low pressure digester gas and digester gas drain services
(LOG, OF , and DC) for nominal pipe sizes ranging from three (3) inches to sixty
(60) inches shall be manufactured from J4.eb-304L stainless steel annealed and
pickled sheets and plates per ASTM A240.
1. Stainless steel pipe shall be fabricated in accordance with ASTM A778 and
shall be rated for at least 25 psig and 300 degrees Fahrenheit (°F). Only
seamless or one (1) long itudinal seam shall be permitted unless otherwise
required for fabrication of large diameter pipe in accordance with ASTM
A774 .
2. Stainless steel pipe shall be manufactured to the nominal pipe sizes as
listed in ANSI B36 .19 , Table 2, and shall have the following minimum wall
thicknesses:
Nominal Pipe Size Schedule/Gauge/Plate (inches)
4 and less Schedu le SS (0 .083-inch)
5 to 8 Schedu le SS (0 .109-inch)
10 to 12 12 gauge (0 .109-inch)
14 to 18 11 gauge (0 .125-inch)
20 10 gauge (0 .140-inch )
24 to 36 0 .187-inch
42 to 48 0 .250-inch
54 to 60 0 .312-inch
3. Fittings shall be fabricated from the pipe specified and shall conform to
ASTM A774 , unless otherwise shown on the Drawings or required for
proper installation.
4. Flanges where shown on the Drawings shall be a lap joint flange assembly
consisting of a J4.eb 304L stainless steel slip-on rolled angle ring with a
J.4-eb 304L stainless steel drilled backup flange conforming to ASTM A240 ,
and shall conform dimensionally to ANSI B 16.1 , Class 125. The leg of the
ISSUED FOR BID 9/19/2022
FWW VILLAGE CREEK WRF , DIGESTER MIXING , FLARE , DOME IMPROVEMENTS
40 05 24 .13 -2 STEEL PIPE FOR DIGESTER GAS SERVICE
angle ring shall not interfere with the flange bolt holes. Alternately, slip-on
plate flanges conforming to ANSI B 16.1, Class 125 are acceptable at
specific locations as approved by the Engineer. The plate flange shall be
continuously welded to the pipe. The backup flanges and plate flanges
shall be supplied with the following nominal thicknesses:
Nominal Pipe Size Flange Thickness
(inches) (inches)
2-1/2 to 3 1/2
4 9/16
6 to 10 5/8
12 to 16 3/4
18 to 20 7/8
24 to 30 1
36 1-1/8
42 1-1/4
48 1-3/8
54 1-3/8
60 1-1/2
5 . Joints in piping 3 inches in diameter or larger shall be butt welded or
flanged, unless otherwise shown on the Drawings .
6. All fittings shall be welded with J4eb 304L filler metal. All elbows through
24-inch size shall be long radius, die-formed, and shall be automatically
butt welded in accordance with ASTM A774 of the same material and
thickness as the pipe using gas tungsten arc procedures with inert gas
backing . Tees, crosses, true wyes , and laterals shall be shop-fabricated. All
short radius, special radius , and reducing elbows and long radius elbows
greater than 24-inch shall be mitered construction with at least (5) miter
sections for 90-degree bends, (3) mitered sections for 45-degree and 60-
degree bends , and (2) mitered sections for 30-degree and smaller bends.
All reducers shall be straight tapered, cone-type . Longitudinal welds on all
fittings, except elbows , shall be accomplished by the same procedures as
listed for pipe. Weld seams shall have full penetration and be free of
oxidation, crevices, pits, cracks, and protrusions. Fitting dimensions shall
be in accordance with ANSI 816.9 and shall be terminated and
dimensioned as indicated on the Drawings.
C . Stainless steel pipe less than 3 inches in diameter (LOG, OF, DC)
ISSUED FOR BID 9/19/2022
FWW VILLAGE CREEK WRF , DIGESTER MIXING , FLARE , DOME IMPROVEMENTS
40 05 24 .13-3 STEEL PIPE FOR DIGESTER GAS SERVICE
1. Schedule 10 , Type 304 stainless steel pipe, per ASTM A-312.
2 . Type 304 SS fittings per ASTM A351 . Joints and fittings shall be socket
weld unless otherwise shown on the Drawings.
3 . Flanges , where required , shall be ANSI 150#, socket welded .
D. Stainless steel pipe for high pressure digester gas (HOG):
1. Schedule 80 , Type 304 stainless steel pipe, per ASTM A-312.
2. Type 304 SS fittings per ASTM A351 . Joints and fittings shall be butt weld
weld unless otherwise shown on the Drawings .
3. Flanges, where required, shall be ANSI 150#, butt welded . Provide ANSI
300#, butt welded flanges where required to connect to existing flanges to
remain .
E. Bolts for flanged joints shall be of the size and length called for and in
accordance with the "American Standard" and comply with the requirements of
the ANSI/AWWA Standards. Bolts shall be per ANSI B18.2, stainless steel , type
and grade to prevent galling . Bolts shall have hexagonal heads and nuts ; no
washers shall be used . Bolts used at all transitions to material other than
stainless steel shall be furnished with dielectric insulation material service rated
for 300 degrees Fahrenheit continuous service at 25 psig .
F. Gaskets for flanged joints shall be Viton or silicone material , "Ring-Gasket" type,
1/8-inch minimum thickness, and suitable for 300 degrees Fahrenheit continuous
service at 25 psig . Dielectric gaskets shall be used at all transitions to material
other than stainless steel. Segmented gaskets will not be acceptable .
G . Welding practices for joints shall conform to those specified for the manufacture
of the pipe and fittings in ASTM A774 and A778, and the specifications contained
herein . All welds shall be free from burrs , snags, or rough projections .
H. Welding shall be performed by AWS-certified welders in conformance with
standard procedures. Piping with wall thickness up to 11 gauge (0.125-inch) shall
be welded with the TIG (GTAW) process. Heavier walls shall be properly beveled
and have a root pass with the TIG (GTAW) process followed by subsequent
passes with the TIG (GTAW), MIG (GMAW), or Metallic Arc (SMAW) process.
Filler wire of ELC grades only shall be added to all welds to provide a cross
section at the weld equal to or greater than the parent metal. Weld deposit shall
be greater than the parent metal. Weld deposit shall be smooth and evenly
distributed and have a crown of no more than 1/16 inch on the 1.0 . and 3/32 inch
on the 0.0. of the piping or fittings. Concavity, undercut, cracks , or crevices shall
not be allowed . Butt-welds shall have full penetration to the interior surface, and
inert gas shielding shall be provided to the interior and exterior of the joint.
ISSUED FOR BID 9/19/2022
FWW VILLAGE CREEK WRF , DIGESTER MIXING , FLARE , DOME IMPROVEMENTS
40 05 24 .13-4 STEEL PIPE FOR DIGESTER GAS SERVICE
Excessive weld deposits , slag, spatter, and projections shall be removed by
grinding. Angle face rings shall be continuously welded on both sides to the pipe
or fitting. Welds on gasket surfaces shall be ground smooth . Gaskets for welds
will be nitrile bound non-asbestos material type "Ring-Gasket" type , 1 /16-inch
minimum thickness 1/16".
I. Pipe spools shall be manually welded with J4.8h 304L filler metal using gas
tungsten-arc procedures with internal gas purge where internal weld seams are
not accessible. Where they are accessible, seams shall be welded both inside
and outside using manual shielded metal-arc procedures. Weld seams shall have
full penetration and shall be free of oxidation , crevices , pits , cracks , and
protrusions.
J. All pipe, fittings , and spools shall be completely pickled and passivated by
immersion in a nitric-hydrofluoric bath at the proper temperature and length of
time to insure removal of all free iron, weld scale , and other impurities and to
ensure the establishment of a passive surface. A clean water rinse shall follow
the acid pickle.
K. The visual inspection and pressure test of all welds shall be required. This shall
be a visual inspection for crevices, pits, cracks, protrusions, and oxidation
deposits. Presence of any of these items found in the weld seams shall be
considered as grounds for rejection of the joint.
L. All fabricated piping shall have openings plugged and flanges secured for
storage and/or transport after fabrication. All fabricated piping shall be piece
marked with identifying numbers or codes which correspond to the Contractor's
layout and installation drawings. The marks shall be located on the spools at
opposite ends and 180 degrees apart.
M . The piping supplier during manufacturing, fabrication , and handling stages and
the Contractor during handling and installation stages shall use extreme care to
avoid the contact of any ferrous materials with the stainless-steel piping. Only
manufacturer recommended saws , drills, files , wire brushes , etc. shall be used
for stainless steel piping . Pipe storage and fabrication racks shall be non-ferrous
or stainless steel or rubber-lined. Nylon slings or straps shall be used for
handling stainless steel piping. Contact with ferrous items may cause rusting of
iron particles embedded in the piping walls . After installation, the Contractor shall
wash and rinse all foreign matter from the pip ing surface. If rusting of embedded
iron occurs , the Contractor shall pickle the affected surface with Oakite
Deoxidizer SS or equal , scrub with stainless steel brushes , and rinse clean .
2.02 DIGESTER GAS PIPE SUPPORT AND EXPANSION/CONTRACTION SYSTEM
A. Digester gas pipe expansion/contraction system shall be coordinated with fixed
and sliding supports per Section 40 05 07 -Pipe Supports and Section 40 05 4 1
-Piping Expansion Compensation .
ISSUED FOR BID 9/19/2022
FWW VILLAGE CREEK WRF , DIGESTER MIXING , FLARE , DOME IMPROVEMENTS
40 05 24 .13 -5 STEEL PIPE FOR DIGESTER GAS SERVICE
PART 3-EXECUTION
3.01 FIELD WELDING OF STEEL AND STAINLESS-STEEL PIPING AND FITTINGS
A. Contractor shall minimize the amount of field welding of steel and stainless-steel
piping required. Locations for pipe field welding will be evaluated and allowed on
a case-by-case basis upon written approval of the Engineer. All field welding of
steel and stainless-steel pipe is subject to the following requirements:
1. Welding shall be performed by AWS-certified welders in conformance with
AWS 1.6. Submit welder's certification for approval prior to performing any
field welding.
2. Piping with wall thickness up to 11 gauge (0.125-inch) shall be welded with
the TIG (GTAW) process. Heavier walls shall be properly beveled and have
a root pass with the TIG (GTAW) process followed by subsequent passes
with the TIG (GTAW) or MIG (GMAW) process. Filler wire of ELC grades
only shall be added to all welds to provide a cross-section at the weld equal
to or greater than the parent metal. Weld deposit shall be greater than the
parent metal. Weld deposit shall be smooth and evenly distributed and
have a crown of no more than 1 /16 inch on the I. D . and 3/32 inch on the
O.D. of the piping or fittings. Concavity, undercut, cracks, or crevices shall
not be allowed . Butt-welds shall have full penetration to the interior surface.
Excessive weld deposits, slag, spatter, and projections shall be removed
by grinding .
3. Jigs shall be utilized to align adjacent sections of piping.
B. Post-Weld Treatment:
1. All field welds shall be wire brushed utilizing steel or stainless-steel wire
brushes to remove slag and spatter. Stainless steel brushes shall be used
on stainless steel pipe.
2. The weld and the heat affected area shall be pickled with a brush-on
pickling gel in accordance with ASTM A380 to remove all weld residue ,
oxide, and heat stain from the field weld and affected areas.
3. Pickling of stainless-steel pipe shall be done in accordance with pickling
paste manufacturer's directions, and areas being pickled shall be protected
from direct sunlight. After pickling period is complete, neutralize pickling gel
in accordance with directions and rinse area clean.
C . Where field welding of steel (carbon or stainless) piping is approved by the
Engineer, all field welds shall be visually inspected and either ultrasonic or
radiographically tested by an approved quality assurance testing firm in
accordance with AWS D1 .1, AISC Design Guide 21 Welded Connections,
ISSUED FOR BID 9/19/2022
FWW VILLAGE CREEK WRF, DIGESTER MIXING , FLARE , DOME IMPROVEMENTS
40 05 24 .13-6 STEEL PIPE FOR DIGESTER GAS SERVICE
Section 9.0, and other applicable referenced sections of AWS and AISC. The
Contractor is responsible for all costs associated with testing and shall be
responsible for contracting with an approved testing firm. The Contractor shall
submit a proposed testing firm and personnel for approval in addition to his
proposed plan to visually inspect and test all field welds of steel pipe prior to field
welding of steel pipe.
3.02 FLUSHING AND TESTING
A. Flushing and testing of all installed digester gas piping shall be performed as
specified in Section 40 05 00 -Basic Mechanical Requirements . The field-testing
procedure for digester gas piping shall use air pressure only .
ISSUED FOR BID 9/19 /2022
END OF SECTION
FWW VILLAGE CREEK WRF , DIGESTER MIXING , FLARE , DOME IMPROVEMENTS
40 05 24 .13-7 STEEL PIPE FOR DIGESTER GAS SERVICE
THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK
--F\/1/W VILLAGE CREEK WRF , DIGESTER MIXING , FLARE , DOME IMPROVEMENTS PHASE 1
100% DESIGN , 08/19/2022 40 05 24.13 -8 STEEL PIPE FOR DIGESTER GAS SERVICE
PART 1 -GENERAL
1.01 THE REQUIREMENT
SECTION 40 05 31
PVC/CPVC PIPE
A. Reference Section 40 05 00 -Basic Mechanical Requirements .
PART 2 -PRODUCTS
2.01 POLYVINYL CHLORIDE (PVC) PIPE AND FITTINGS
A. PVC pipe and fittings shall be manufactured in accordance with ASTM D 1785, D 1784
and F 441, "normal impact" pipe, Schedule 40 or 80 as specified.
B. Fittings used with this pipe shall be socket type or flanged type as specified herein , in
Wastewater Treatment Plant Piping Schedule as shown on General Drawings or
indicated elsewhere on the Drawings . Plastic piping shall be installed in full accordance
with the manufacturer's recommendations for the specific installation . No field bending or
distortion of the pipe will be permitted.
C. PVC pipe shall be Type 1 Grade 1 conforming to ASTM D 1784 and D 1785. Fittings
shall conform to the following standard specifications :
1. Socket Type: (Schedule 40); ASTM D 2466
2 . Socket Type: (Schedule 80); ASTM D 2467
D. Provide flanged fittings of the same material as the specified pipe and material
conforming to ANSI 816.5 at all valves and equipment except at true (double) union
valves. Flange gaskets shall be natural rubber or other material fully compatible with the
fluid being conveyed. Provide submittal information confirming compatibility of gasket
material. Flange bolts shall be type 316 stainless steel minimum, with higher grade
materials used where necessary for fluid (chemical) compatibility .
E. Solvent cement for socket type joints shall conform to ASTM D 2564 for PVC pipe and
fittings . Solvent cement for chemical service shall be Weld-On 724 as manufactured by
IPS Corporation, or equal.
F. C900-Class 305 shall be in sizes between 4 inches and 12 inches and shall meet the
requirements of AWWA C900 "Poly Vinyl Chloride (PVC) Pressure Pipe" and shall
conform to all the requirements of ASTM D1784 and ASTM D2241 . The pipe shall be a
CONFORMED , 12/01/2022
FWW VILLAGE CREEK WRF , DIGESTER MIXING , FLARE , DOME IMPROVEMENTS
CITY PROJECT NO . 102652
40 05 31 -1 PVC , CPVC PIPE
minimum of DR 14 and shall be capable of withstanding the overburden pressures
determined by the depth of burial in the field.
1. Pipe material shall be made from clean, virgin, NSF approved Class 12454-A PVC
compound conforming to resin specification ASTM D1784. Standard laying lengths
shall be 20-feet (±1 inch). Random lengths of not more than 15% of the total
footage of each size may be shipped in lieu of the standard lengths. Reruns of
reclaimed material shall not be accepted .
2. The pipe shall have bell and spigot ends with push-on, O-ring rubber gasket,
compression type joints conforming to the requirements of ASTM 2672 .
Elastomeric gaskets shall conform to the requirements of ASTM F477.
3. Minimum pipe stiffness (F/dY) at 5% deflection shall be 914 psi for all sizes when
tested in accordance with D2241.
4. The pipe shall be designed to pass a quick burst test pressure of 985 psi applied in
60 to 70 seconds when tested in accordance with ASTM D1599, as referenced in
ASTM D2241.
5. Fittings for C900-Class 200, DR 14 shall be ductile iron, bolted mechanical joint.
G . C900-Class 235 shall be in sizes between 4 inches and 12 inches and shall meet the
requirements of AWWA C900 "Poly Vinyl Chlorine (PVC) Pressure Pipe" and shall
conform to all the requirements of ASTM D1784 and ASTM D2241. The pipe shall be a
minimum of DR 18 and shall be capable of withstanding the overburden pressures
determined by the depth of burial in the field .
1. Pipe material shall be made from clean , virgin, NSF approved Class 12454-A PVC
compound conforming to resin specification ASTM D1784. Standard laying lengths
shall be 20-feet (±1 inch). Random lengths of not more than 15% of the total
footage of each size may be shipped in lieu of the standard lengths. Reruns of
reclaimed material shall not be accepted.
2. The pipe shall have bell and spigot ends with push-on, O-ring rubber gasket,
compression type joints conforming to the requirements of ASTM 2677 .
Elastomeric gaskets shall conform to the requirements of ASTM F477.
3. Minimum pipe stiffness (F/dY) at 5% deflection shall be 435 psi for all sizes when
tested in accordance with D2241.
4. The pipe shall be designed to pass a quick burst test pressure of 755 psi applied in
60 to 70 seconds when tested in accordance with ASTM D1599, as referenced in
ASTM D2241 .
CONFORMED , 12/01/2022
FWW VILLAGE CREEK WRF , DIGESTER MIXING , FLARE , DOME IMPROVEMENTS
CITY PROJECT NO . 102652
40 05 31 -2 PVC , CPVC PIPE
5. Fittings for C900-Class 235 , DR 18 shall be ductile iron, bolted mechanical joint.
H. PVC pressure rated pipe (PR 160) shall be in sizes between 1 1/2 inches and 12 inches
and shall conform to all the requirements of ASTM D1784 and ASTM D2241 and shall
be a minimum of SDR 26 and shall be capable of withstanding the overburden pressures
determined by the depth of burial in the field.
1. Pipe material shall be made from clean, virgin , NSF approved Class 12454-A PVC
compound conforming to resin specification ASTM D1784. Standard laying lengths
shall be 20-feet (1 ± inch). Random lengths of not more than 15% of the total
footage of each size may be shipped in lieu of the standard lengths. Reruns of
reclaimed materials shall not be accepted .
2 . The pipe shall have bell and spigot ends with push-on, O-ring rubber gasket,
compression type joints conforming to the requirements of ASTM 2672 .
Elastomeric gaskets shall conform to the requirements of ASTM F477 .
3. Minimum pipe stiffness (F/dY) at 5% deflection shall be 135 psi for all sizes when
tested in accordance with ASTM D2241.
4 . The pipe shall be designed to pass a quick burst test pressure of 500 psi applied in
60 to 70 seconds when tested in accordance with ASTM D1599, as referenced in
ASTM D2241 .
5. The pipe shall be designed to pass for 1000 hours a sustained test pressure of
340 psi when tested in accordance with ASTM D1598 , as referenced in ASTM
D2241 .
I. C900-Class 165 shall be in sizes between 14 inches and 36 inches and shall meet the
requirements of AWWA C900 "Poly Vinyl Chloride (PVC) Pressure Pipe" and shall
conform to all the requirements of ASTM D1784 and ASTM D2241 . The pipe shall be a
minimum of DR 25 and shall be capable of withstanding the overbu rden pressures
determined by the depth of burial in the field .
1. Pipe material shall be made from clean, virg i n, NSF approved Class 12454-A PVC
compound conforming to resin specification ASTM D1784 . Standard laying
lengths shall be 20-feet (±1 inch). Random lengths of not more than 15% of the
total footage of each size may be shipped in lieu of the standard lengths . Reruns
of reclaimed material shall not be accepted .
2 . The p ipe shall have bell and spigot ends with push-on , O-ring rubber gasket,
compression type joints conforming to the requirements of ASTM D3139.
Elastomeric gaskets shall conform to the requirements of ASTM F477 .
3. Minimum pipe stiffness (F/dY) at 5% deflection shall be 435 psi for all sizes when
tested in accordance with D2241 .
FWW VILLAGE CREEK WRF , DIGESTER MIXING , FLARE , DOME IMPROVEMENTS
CITY PROJECT NO . 102652
CONFORMED , 12/0 1/2022 40 05 31 -3 PVC , CPVC PIPE
4. The pipe shall be designed to pass a quick burst test pressure of 755 psi applied in
60 to 70 seconds when tested in accordance with ASTM 01599, as referenced in
ASTM 02241.
5 . Fittings for C900-Class 165, DR 25 shall be ductile iron , bolted mechanical joint.
J . Fittings for PR 160, SOR 26 shall be PVC and designed for the pipe being supplied.
K . Acrylonitrile-butadiene-styrene (ABS) shall conform to the requirements of ASTM D
2661 . Pipe and fittings shall have socket type couplings with solvent cement joints .
Solvent cement shall conform to ASTM D 2235.
L. Type PSM polyvinyl chloride (PVC) pipe and fittings shall conform to the requirements of
ASTM D 3034 with a maximum SOR of 35 . Pipe and fittings shall have bell and spigot
ends with 0-ring rubber gasketed, compression type joints. Joints shall conform to the
requirements of ASTM Specification D 3212. Reruns of reclaimed materials shall not be
accepted . Unless indicated otherwise , PVC wall pipes shall be provided for all piping
passing through exterior walls. Wall pipes shall have a water stop solvent-welded to the
pipe . Each wall pipe shall be of the same class and type as the piping to which it is
joined .
M . Perforated and closed drainage pipe and fittings shall be rigid PVC pipe , Schedule 40
unless otherwise shown or specified with solvent welded type joints or approved equal.
P ipe shall be slotted or have two rows of 1 /4-inch diameter holes spaced 4-inches apart
along the circumference of the pipe. Longitudinal spacing of holes shall be 5-inches
maximum.
2.02 CHLORINATED POLYVINYL CHLORIDE {CPVC) PIPE AND FITTINGS
A. CPVC shall be manufactured in accordance with ASTM D 1785, D 1784 and F 441 ,
"normal impact" pipe , Schedule 40 or 80 as specified.
B . Fittings used with this pipe shall be socket type or flanged type as specified herein or
indicated on the Drawings . Plastic piping shall be installed in full accordance with the
manufacturer's recommendations for the specific installation. No field bending or
d istortion of the pipe will be permitted.
C . CPVC pipe shall be Type 4, Grade 1, Schedule 80 , conforming to ASTM D 1784 and
ASTM F 441 . CPVC fittings shall be socket type conforming to ASTM F 439 .
D . Solvent cement for socket type joints shall conform to ASTM F 493 for CPVC pipe and
fittings . Solvent cement for chemical service shall be Weld-On 724 as manufactured by
IPS Corporation , or equal.
2.03 REINFORCED THERMOPLASTIC HOSE AND FITTINGS
CONFORMED , 12/0 1/2022
FWW VILLAGE CREEK WRF , DIGESTER MI XI NG , FLARE , DOME IMPROVEMENTS
CITY PROJECT NO . 102652
4 0 05 31 -4 PVC , CPVC PIPE
A. Reinforced thermoplastic hose shall be clear type, reinforced with polyester yarn . Hose
material shall be PVC, EVA (Ethyl Vinyl Acetate), or Low-Density Polyethylene ,
depending on the application , as indicated in Section 40 06 20 -Process Pipe , Valve,
and Gate Schedules. Hose shall be rated for the following working pressures:
Internal Diameter Minimum Working Pressure (at 68°F)
200 psi (75 psi at 150°F)
1" 125 psi (50 psi at 150°F)
1-½" 100 ps i
2" 75 psi
B. Hoses shall be continuous from the source to the discharge unless shown otherwise on
the drawings. Splices shall not be allowed unless approved in writing by the Engineer. If
allowed , splices shall occur only in handholes or manholes. Connections and splices, if
allowed, shall be barb and clamp type using materials that are compatible with the
chemical being conveyed.
Internal Diameter Minimum Continuous Length
½" 1000 feet
1" 1000 feet
1-½" 800 feet
2" 500 feet
C. Reinforced thermoplastic hose shall be a manufactured product of Parker Nexgen or
equal.
D. Wetted materials shall be completely resistant to corrosion by the specified chemicals.
Hose manufacturer shall guarantee that the hose is suitable for the intended service.
PART 3 -EXECUTION
3.01 INSTALLATION
A. Polyvinyl chloride (PVC) and chlorinated polyvinyl chloride (CPVC) pipe shall be laid and
joints assembled according to the respective manufacturer's recommendation. PVC pipe
installation shall comply with applicable sections of the Uni-Bell PVC Pipe Association
Recommended Standard Specifications.
CONFORMED , 12/0 1/2022
FWW VILLAGE CREEK WRF , DIGESTER MIXING , FLARE , DOME IMPROVEMENTS
CITY PROJECT NO . 102652
40 05 31 -5 PVC , CPVC PIPE
B. Plastic piping shall not be installed when the temperature is less than 60 degrees F
except as otherwise recommended by the manufacturer and approved by the Engineer.
CONFORMED , 12/0 1/2022
END OF SECTION
FWW VILLAGE CREEK WRF , DIGESTER MIXI NG , FLARE , DOME IMPROVEMENTS
CITY PROJECT NO . 102652
40 05 31 -6 PVC , CPVC PIPE
SECTION 40 05 33
HIGH DENSITY POLYETHYLENE (HOPE) PIPE
PART 1 -GENERAL
1.01 THE REQUIREMENT
A. Reference Section 40 05 00 -Basic Mechanical Requirements.
PART 2 -PRODUCTS
2.01 HIGH DENSITY POLYETHYLENE (HOPE) PIPE
~ A. The pipe shall be IPS and shall be manufactured from Type Ill, Category 5, Class C,
Grade P34 polyethylene resin in accordance with ASTM D-1248 and shall be SDR11 ,
minimum. The pipe shall be manufactured in accordance with ASTM F-714 and shall
conform to cell classification PE 345434G for PE 3408 under PE 445574C for PE 4710
per ASTM D-3350 . The pipe material shall conform to the following cell classification
requirements :
Property Value ASTM Test Procedure
Designation
Density 0 .955 -0.964 gm/cm3 D-1505
Melt Flow 0 .1 gm/10 mil D-1238
133 ,000 Jl6i Flexural Modular 110,000-160,000 psi D-790
Tensile Strength 3500 psi D-638
~PENT J;:.,>-eOOO-Fo>500 hrs ~F-1473
Hydraulic Design Basis 1600 psi D-2837
UV Stabilizer 2-3% carbon black D-160
B . The HOPE pipe shall have an elastic modulus of 100,000 psi as tested under ASTM
D-638 . The brittleness temperature shall be not greater than -180°F nor the Vicat
Softening Temperature greater than 255°F as tested under ASTM D-746 and D-1525,
respectively . The coefficient of thermal expansion shall be 8 x 10-5 inch/°F as tested
under ASTM D-606. The Shore Hardness D shall be greater than 61 as tested under
ASTM D-2240 . The Hydrostatic Design Stress Basis (HOB) shall be 1,600 psi at 23°C
and 800 psi at 60°C as tested under ASTM D-2837 . The pipe shall contain no recycled
materials or compounds.
CONFORMED , 12/01 /2 022
FWW VILLAGE CREEK WRF , DIGESTER MIXING , FLARE, DOME IMPROVEMENTS
CITY PROJECT NO. 102652
40 05 33 -1 HIGH DENSITY POLYETHYLENE (HOPE) PIPE
~
C . HOPE pipe shall be marked either continuously or on intervals not to exceed five (5) feet
by indirect printing with the following information:
1. Name and/or trademark of the manufacturer.
2. Nominal pipe size .
3 . Dimension ratio .
4 . The letters PE followed by the polyethylene grade per ASTM D-1248 , followed by
the Hydrostatic Design basis in 1 OO's of psi.
5. Manufacturing Standard Reference .
6. Production Code from which time and date of manufacture can be determined .
D . HOPE fittings shall be manufactured by Secor or Performance Pipe for PE 4710 to the
requirements of ASTM D-3261 and this Specification . Fabricated fittings shall be
manufactured from p ipe of at least one SOR heavier pipe than the system piping and
shall be pressure rated to match the system piping. The butt fusion outlets of fabricated
fittings shall be machined to the same SOR as the system piping to which they are to be
fused . The manufacturer shall subject samples of each production lot of molded fittings
to x-ray inspection for voids . Voids shall not be permitted, should voids be found in the
samples , the entire production lot shall be x-ray inspected . If additional voids are found ,
the production lot shall be rejected . The x-ray testing shall be conducted by an
independent laboratory and certified test reports made available to the Engineer upon
request. Initial sampling shall be limited to not less than 5% of the production lot.
E . HOPE pipes and fittings shall be joined one to another by thermal butt fusion, saddle
fusion, or socket fusion in accordance with procedures recommended by the pipe
manufacturer and as outlined in ASTM D 2657 ASTM F-2620. The manufacturer shall
provide fusion training services to the Contractor upon request.
F . Butt fusion joining of unlike SDR's shall not be permitted. Transition from one SOR to
another shall be accomplished by the use of mechanical couplings or a transition nipple ,
which is a short length of the heavier SOR pipe with one end machined to the lighter
SOR.
G . Mechanical connections of polyethylene pipe to systems or fittings of other materials , or
to unlike SOR , shall be by means of flanged connections (flange adapters and back-up
rings rated for the same pressure service as the system piping), or mechanical
compression couplings designed for jointing HOPE to HOPE or HOPE to another piping
material. Back-up flange rings, mechanical compression couplings, stiffeners, and
associated hardware shall be of Type 304 stainless steel or higher alloy
CONFORMED , 12/01 /2022
FWW VILLAGE CREEK WRF , DIGESTER MIXING , FLARE , DOME IMPROVEMENTS
CITY PROJECT NO . 102652
40 05 33 -2 HIGH DENSITY POLYETHYLENE (HOPE) PIPE
H. Flanged joints shall use compatible bolts in accordance with the American Standard
Gaskets of reinforced rubber or asbestos-rubber shall be required when joining to
non-HOPE materials. Flanged HOPE joints shall be gasketed at all service pressures.
I. Bolts in flanged joints shall be evenly torqued in a crossing pattern. Bolts shall be
re-torqued after one hour or more has passed . HOPE pipe adjacent to flanged joints and
the joints themselves shall be rigidly supported for a distance of one (1) foot or one pipe
diameter, whichever is greater, beyond the flange assembly.
J. When mechanical compression couplings are used HOPE pipes shall be reinforced by a
stiffener in the pipe bore. Stiffeners shall be properly sized from the size and SOR of
pipe being joined. Mechanical couplings shall be installed in accordance with the
manufacturer's recommended procedure.
K . Tests for compliance with this Specification shall be made as specified herein and in
accordance with the applicable ASTM Specification. A certificate of compliance and a
report of each test shall be furnished by the manufacturer for all material furnished under
this Specification . HOPE pipe and fittings shall be rejected for failure to meet the
requirements of this Specification.
CONFORMED , 12/01 /2022
END OF SECTION
FWW VILLAGE CREEK WRF , DIGESTER MIXING , FLARE , DOME IMPROVEMENTS
CITY PROJECT NO . 102652
40 05 33 -3 HIGH DENSITY POLYETHYLENE (HOPE) PIPE
CONFORMED , 12/01 /2022
THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK
FWW V ILLAGE CREEK WRF , DIGESTER MIXING , FLARE , DOME IMPROVEMENTS
CITY PROJECT NO . 102652
40 05 33 -4 HIGH DENSITY POLYETHYLENE (HDPE) PIPE
SECTION 40 05 41
PIPING EXPANSION COMPENSATION
PART 1 -GENERAL
1.01 THE REQUIREMENT
A. Reference Section 40 05 00 -Basic Mechanical Requirements.
PART 2 -PRODUCTS
2.01 EXPANSION/CONTRACTION SYSTEM FOR PROCESS AIR PIPING
A. Expansion/Contraction system shall be coord inated with fixed and sliding supports per
Section 40 05 07 -Pipe Supports.
B . The digester gas pipe support and expansion/contraction system shall include fixed
supports, sliding supports, and expansion compensation devices.
C. Expansion compensation devices shall be installed in locations as shown on the
Drawings , with one fixed support between each pair of expansion compensation
devices. Additional air pipe supports shall be sliding supports . Details and locations for
fixed and sliding supports shall be as indicated and/or scheduled on the Drawings .
D. Expansion compensation devices include stainless-steel expansion joints , rubber
expansion joints , and split sleeve expansion couplings. All expansion compensation
devices shall be stainless-steel expansion joints unless otherwise shown on the
Drawings.
E. Stainless-steel expansion joints shall be metal bellows by DME Incorporated, Hyspan
Precision Products , Inc ., Omniflex by Victaulic , or equivalent coupling by U.S . Bellows ,
Inc., as specified and indicated on the Drawings. Laying lengths of expansion joints vary
according to manufacturer. Lengths of expansion joints shown on the Drawings are
approximate. Contractor shall provide dimensioned layout drawings for air piping based
on the expansion joints ultimately furnished .
1. Stainless-steel expansion joints shall have fixed flanged end preparations with a
stainless-steel internal flow liner. The joints shall provide for a minimum of 2 inches
of axial movement in either direction for air pipe sizes 4 to 6 inches in diameter
and a minimum of 3.5 inches of axial movement in either direction for all pipe sizes
8 inches and larger. Joints shall provide for a minimum lateral movement of 1 /2
inch for all sizes . Number of convolutions shall be determined by the manufacturer
based on movement requirements specified and a cycle life of 2 ,000 or more. The
CONFORMED , 12/01/2022
FWW VILLAGE CREEK WRF , DIGESTER MIXING , FLARE , DOME IMPROVEMENTS
CITY PROJECT NO . 102652
40 05 41 -1 PIPING EXPANSION COMPENSATION
flanges shall meet the same thickness and class requirements as required for the
joining stainless steel pipe.
2. Stainless-steel expansion joints shall be suitable for a pressure of 25 psig and a
temperature of 300 degrees Fahrenheit, at a minimum . The design "delta" or
change in temperature shall be a minimum of 250 degrees Fahrenheit.
3. Stainless-steel expansion joints and flanges shall be manufactured from Type
316L stainless steel using Type 316 stainless steel bolts and nuts with a minimum
tensile strength of 85 ,000 psi and shall have an air service liner welded on the
upstream side of the bellows.
4. The length of bellows, number of convolutions, and spacing between flanges shall
be designed and installed accounting for the ambient temperature at the time of
installation , which shall accommodate the full range of expansion and contraction
movements as specified.
5. Required "cycle life " shall be a minimum of 2,000 based on "Expansion Joint
Manufacturers Association " (EJMA) criteria , 10th Edition or later.
6. Stainless-steel expansion joints shall be restrained using limit rods bolted between
flange tabs . All material shall be Type 316L stainless steel. The limit rods and
connecting tabs , including flanges , shall be designed by the manufacturer for the
maximum loading condition . Limit rods not required for digester gas for flares.
7 . Internal Lining for expansion couplings shall be compatible with hydrogen sulfide
and natural gas and shall be suitable for a pressure of 25 psig and a temperature
of 200 degrees Fahrenheit , at minimum . The design "delta" or change in
temperature shall be a minimum of 150 degrees Fahrenheit
F. Expansion couplings shall be bolted split-sleeve Style 231 Sas manufactured by
Victaulic Company, or equal. Couplings shall be installed where shown on the Drawings
and as specified in the following table, in accordance with the manufacturer's
recommendations for the specific application. Expansion couplings shall be provided at
each insert flow tube . Initial gap width (space between plain ends of joining pipes) shall
be set based on recommendations from the manufacturer. The body "type" shall be as
required to meet the working pressure indicated.
Nominal Pipe Size
(inch}
3 to 4
6
CONFORMED , 12/01/2022
Width "W" Longitudinal
Coupling Movement (C/E) (inch) (inch)
Type 1 Style 231 S 5 .25 0 .75
Type 1 Style 231 S 8 1.25
FWW VILLAGE CREEK WRF , DIGESTER MIXING , FLARE , DOME IMPROVEMENTS
CITY PROJECT NO . 102652
40 05 41 -2 PIPING EXPANSION COMPENSATION
Nominal Pipe Size Width "W" Longitudinal
Coupling Movement (C/E) (inch) (inch) (inch)
8 to 14 Type 1 Style 231 S 10 1.50
16 to 24 Type 1 Style 231 S 14 .38 2 .00
30 to 48 Type 2 Style 231 S 14 .38 2.00
Greater than 48 Type 2 Style 231 S 16 .38 3 .00
1. Couplings shall be suitable for a pressure of 25 psig and a temperature of 300
degrees Fahrenheit, at minimum. The design "delta " or change in temperature
shall be a minimum of 250 degrees Fahrenheit.
2 . Couplings shall be bolted , split-sleeve type and shall consist of four components :
one-piece housing , gasket assembly, bolts and nuts, and end rings as required for
pipe restraint. Gasket material shall be Viton or silicone .
3. Couplings shall be manufactured from Type 316L stainless steel using 316
stainless steel bolts and nuts with a minimum tensile strength of 85 ,000 psi. End
rings shall be Type 316L stainless steel. End rings shall be shop-welded to one
end of one pipe installed in the coupling.
4 . Couplings shall be provided and installed as specified and shown on the Drawings .
5 . The gap , "G ", between ends of pipe shall be initially set and installed based on
width of required clear space and the ambient temperature at the time of
installation in conformance with requirements provided by manufacturer
accounting for the required design movement allowance as specified for
contraction and expansion of pipe.
G. Expansion compensation devices required for buried pipe shall be installed within a
handhole or manhole as indicated on the Drawings . No backfill of any nature or material
shall be placed against, under or over the device.
2.02 EXPANSION/CONTRACTION SYSTEM FOR LIQUID SERVICE
A. Rubber expansion joints shall be of the single wide arch design unless specified as
multiple wide arch on the drawings. Rubber expansion joints shall be rated for the
temperature of the process liquid . Expansion joints for hot water and other process
liquids above 150-degree F shall be rated for a minimum of 250-degrees F. All other
applications shall be rated for a minimum of 180-degree F .
B . Expansion joints shall be provided with stainless steel retaining rings, gussets, threaded
rods , and hardware all in 316 stainless steel materials. Cover of exposed expansion
joints shall be fully resistant to ultraviolet degradation. Tube liner of expansion joints
FWW VILLAGE CREEK WRF , DIGESTER MIXING , FLARE , DOME IMPROVEMENTS
CITY PROJECT NO . 102652
CONFORMED , 12/01/2022 40 05 41 -3 PIPING EXPANSION COMPENSATION
shall be Nitrile (Buna-N), fully resistant to attack from organisms or chemicals found in
the associated process liquid.
C. Wide arch expansion joints shall be located as shown on the Drawings and as indicated
in the following table .
Minimum Required Movement
Nominal Pipe
Diameter
(In)
Comp .
(In)
Elong.
(In)
Single Wide Unfilled Arch Expansion Joints
1-1-1/2 5/8 1/4
2-5 1-3/4 3/4
6-12 1-3/4 3/4
14-20 2 7/8
24-84 2-1/4 1
Double Wide Unfilled Arch Expansion Joints
2-4 3-1/2 1-3/4
Triple Wide Filled Arch Expansion Joints
16-20 3-3/8 1-11/16
Quadruple Wide Filled Arch Expansion Joints
6 3-1/2 1-3/4
Lateral
(In)
1/4
3/4
1
1-1 /8
1-1/8
2
1-7/8
2
D. Control rods to prevent over extension shall be provided as indicated on the Contract
Drawings , as indicated below or as required by the manufacturer. All expansion joints
shall be the product of a single manufacturer.
E. Single wide unfilled arch expansion joints shall be Style 1015 as manufactured by
General Rubber Corporation , or equal. Furnish control rods where indicated on the
Drawings.
F. Double wide expansion joints shall be unfilled arch, furnished with control rods , outer
spherical washers, and grommets , Style 1102 as manufactured by General Rubber
Corporation , or equal.
G. Triple wide expansion joints shall be filled arch , furnished with control rods and outer
spherical washers , Style 1103 as manufactured by General Rubber Corporation , or
equal.
CONFORMED , 12/01/2022
FWW VILLAGE CREEK WRF , DIGESTER MIXING , FLARE , DOME IMPROVEMENTS
CITY PROJECT NO . 102652
40 05 41 -4 PIPING EXPANSION COMPENSATION
H. Quadruple wide expansion joints shall be filled arch, furnished with control rods , outer
spherical washers, and grommets, Style 1104 as manufactured by General Rubber
Corporation , or equal.
2.03 BURIED PIPE EXPANSION JOINTS
A. Buried pipe expansion joints shall be installed at the locations indicated on the Contract
Drawings and shall be manufactured from ductile iron, Grade 60-42-10 and conforming
to ANSI A21.53 (AWWA C153). Buried pipe expansion joints shall be capable of axial
expansion and contraction with a minimum of 4-inches total movement. All joint
assemblies shall be furnished preset for a minimum of 2-inches expansion and 2-inches
contraction. All pressure containing parts shall be lined with a minimum of 15 mils of
Fusion Bonded Epoxy conforming to AWWA C213. The lining shall also conform to the
applicable requirements of ANSI A21.11 (AWWA C111 ). All bolts used in the assembly
shall be stainless steel and coated with coal tar epoxy. The buried pipe expansion joint
shall be pressure rated at 350 psi with a minimum safety factor of 3: 1 and shall be tested
to 350 psi prior to shipment.
B . Buried pipe expansion joints shall be similar to the Ex-Tend expansion joint as
manufactured by EBAA Iron Inc., Eastland , Texas , or equal.
CONFORMED , 12/01 /2022
END OF SECTION
FWW V ILLAGE CREEK WRF , DIGESTER MIXING , FLARE , DOME IMPROVEMENTS
C ITY PROJECT NO . 102652
40 05 41 -5 PIPING EXPANSION COMPENSATION
THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK
SECTION 40 05 51
VALVES,GENERAL
PART 1 -GENERAL
1.01 THE REQUIREMENT
A. The Contractor shall furnish and install , complete with all assemblies and accessories ,
all valves shown on the Drawings and specified herein including all fittings ,
appurtenances and transition pieces required for a complete and operable installation .
B . All valves shall be constructed of first quality materials which have strength , wearing ,
and corrosion resistance characteristics entirely suitable for the types of service for
which the individual valves are designated. Except where noted otherwise, valves
designated for water service shall conform to pertinent sections of the latest revision of
AWWA C500 Specifications . Cast iron valve bodies and parts shall meet the
requirements of the latest revision of ASTM Designation A-126 , "Standard Specifications
for Gray Iron Castings for Valves, Flanges, and Pipe Fittings , Class B."
C. All valve body castings shall be clean , sound, and without defects of any kind. No
plugging , welding , or repairing of defects will be allowed .
D. Valves shall have flanged ends for exposed service and mechanical joint ends for buried
service, unless otherwise shown on the Drawings or specified herein . Flanged ends shall
be flat-faced , 125 lb. American Standard unless otherwise shown or specified in
accordance with ANSI 816 .1. All bolt heads and nuts shall be hexagonal of American
Standard size . The Contractor shall be responsible for coordinating connecting piping.
Valves with screwed ends shall be made tight with Teflon tape . Unions are required at all
screwed joint valves.
1.02 SUBMITTAL$
A. The following items shall be submitted in accordance with, or in addition to the submittal
requirements specified in Section 01 33 00 -Submittals and Section 46 00 00 -
Equipment General Provisions:
1. Performance tests shall be conducted in accordance with the latest revision of
AWWAC500.
2 . Shop Drawings conforming to the requirements of Section 01 33 00 -Submittals,
are required for all valves , and accessories . Submittals shall include all layout
dimensions , size and materials of construction for all components , information on
support and anchoring where necessary, pneumatic and hydraulic characteristics
and complete descriptive information to demonstrate full compliance with the
FWW VILLAGE CREEK WRF , DIGESTER MIXING , FLARE , DOME IMPROVEMENTS
CITY PROJECT NO . 102652
CONFORMED , 12/01 /2 022 40 05 51 -1 VALVES , GENERAL
Documents . Shop Drawings for electrically operated/controlled valves shall include
all details , notes , and diagrams which clearly identify required coordination with the
electrical power supply and remote status and alarm indicating devices. Electrical
control schematic diagrams shall be submitted with the Shop Drawings for all
electrical controls. Diagrams shall be drawn using a ladder-type format in
accordance with JIC standards. Shop Drawings for pneumatically
operated/controlled valves shall include all details , notes , and diagrams which
clearly identify required coordination with the compressed air (service air) system
and electrical controls.
3 . Operation and maintenance manuals and installation instructions shall be
submitted for all valves and accessories in accordance with the Specifications. The
manufacturer(s) shall delete all information which does not apply to the equipment
being furnished .
1.03 CONTRACTOR'S RESPONSIBILITIES
A . The Contractor shall provide the services of a qualified representative of the
manufacturer(s) of the equipment named below to inspect and certify the installation(s),
to supervise the initial operation , and to instruct the Owner's operating personnel in
proper operation and maintenance procedures in accordance with the following
schedule :
Item Valve/Operator Type Minimum On-Site
Time Requirements
1 Automatic Control Check Valve One (1) 8-hour day
B. Any additional time required to achieve successful installation and operation shall be at
the expense of the Contractor. The manufacturer's representative shall sign in and out at
the office of the Engineer's Resident Project Representative on each day he is at the
project.
C. A written report covering the representative's findings and installation approval shall be
mailed directly to the Engineer covering all inspection and outlining in detail any
deficiencies notes.
D. The times specified are exclusive of travel time to and from the facility and shall not be
construed as to relieve the manufacturer of any additional visits to provide sufficient
service to place the equipment in satisfactory operation .
PART 2 -PRODUCTS
2.01 FLOOR BOXES
CONFORMED , 12/01 /2022
FWW V ILLAGE CREEK WRF , DIGESTER MIXING , FLARE , DOME IMPROVEMENTS
CITY PROJECT NO . 102652
40 05 51 -2 VALVES , GENERAL
A. Floor boxes shall be provided for all nut operated or floor accessed valves . Floor boxes
shall be of the adjustable , sliding type, cast iron , suitable to withstand heavy traffic, as
manufactured by James B . Clow & Sons, Kennedy Valve Mfg . Co., or equal. The covers
shall be marked with appropriate designations of piping contents (i.e.: water, sewer) and
bases shall be the round type. All nut operated valves in this Section shall be clearly
identified by stainless steel or laminated plastic identification tags. The tags shall be
permanently affixed to the inside of the floor boxes, under grating, etc. and shall bear the
embossed letters which clearly identify each valve by its appropriate designation.
B . Two (2) valve operating wrenches shall be supplied in 4-foot lengths with tee handles for
each size nut supplied . Valve wrenches shall be Model No . F-2520 as manufactured by
James B. Clow & Sons, Kennedy Valve Mfg . Co., Figure No. 122, or equal.
2.02 VALVE BOXES
A. The Contractor shall furnish and install valve boxes as shown on the Drawings and
specified herein.
B . All valve boxes shall be placed so as not to transmit shock or stress to the valve and
shall be centered and plumb over the operating nut of the valve. The ground in the
trench upon which the valve boxes rest shall be thoroughly compacted to prevent
settlement. The boxes shall be fitted together securely and set so that the cover is flush
with the finished grade of the adjacent surface . A concrete pad as detailed on the
Drawings shall be provided around the valve box, sloped outwards .
C . All valve boxes shall be 2-piece cast iron , sliding type, 5-1/4" shaft, with heavy duty
traffic weight collar and the lid marked with the appropriate carrier product (i.e.:
WATER). Boxes shall be as manufactured by James B. Clow & Sons, Kennedy Valve
Mfg. Co., Charlotte Pipe and Foundry Company, or equal.
2.03 STRAINERS
A. Y-Strainers shall be Y-pattern cast iron body, flanged or screwed ends with stainless
steel or Monel, 20 mesh strainers. Strainers shall be 200 psi , cold-water service
strainers, as manufactured by WATTS, Crane Co ., Zurn, or equal.
B . Manually cleaned strainers shall be the duplex basket tapered plug type.
1. Strainers 3-inches in diameter and larger shall have flanged ends conforming to
ANSI B16 .1-125/150-pound standard.
2. Strainers less than 3-inches in diameter shall have screwed end connectors,
unless otherwise shown on the Drawings.
CONFORMED , 12/01/2022
FWW VILLAGE CREEK WRF , DIGESTER MIXING , FLARE , DOME IMPROVEMENTS
CITY PROJECT NO . 102652
40 05 51 -3 VALVES , GENERAL
3. Strainers shall be constructed with an ASTM A48, Class 30 cast iron body, ductile
iron trim, removable 0.045-inch staggered hole perforation, 304 stainless steel
filter baskets and gauges on the inlet and outlet.
4. All strainers shall be suitable for 125 psi service .
5 . Switching flow from one basket to the other shall be accomplished by moving the
handle through a 180° arc. The switching operation shall not stop flow through the
strainer and shall provide for on-line removal of either basket with the other basket
functional. The plug shall be automatically positioned with integral stops and shall
be easily lifted and reseated under pressure.
6. The strainer shall be designed to minimize the possibility of material bypassing the
plug while being rotated and to prevent debris from building up under the plug. The
strainer covers shall be designed for quick opening with swing away yoke .
7 . Each basket compartment shall have a side drain outlet.
8. All strainers shall be provided with support legs .
9. Duplex basket strainers shall be similar to the Model 53BTX as manufactured by
Hayward, or equal.
2.04 QUICK DISCONNECT COUPLINGS
A. Quick disconnect type coupling for chemical delivery and compressed/service air shall
be provided where indicated on the Drawings . Coupling shall provide for instantaneous
shutoff in socket end when lines are disconnected . Couplings shall be constructed of
316 sta inless steel with a BUNA-N O-ring and integral safety lock. Couplings shall
comply with Military Specification 4109 (interchangeable with standard plug of the same
size).
2.05 BACKFLOW PREVENTERS
A. Backflow preventer shall be the size shown on the Drawings and shall be of the double
check valve principle . Backflow preventer installation shall include isolation valves and
four test cocks , furnished as an assembly . For backflow preventers less than 2-1/2", the
installation assembly also shall include a strainer. Isolation valves for backflow
preventers shall be ball valves , except for size 2-1/2" and larger which shall be resilient
seat gate valves . Test cocks shall be located as recommended by the manufacturer to
facilitate functional testing of the assembly . The backflow preventer shall be a WATTS
709 ,orequal.
B. Reduced Pressure Backflow Preventer shall be of the size shown on the Drawings and
shall be of the reduced pressure principle type in accordance with AWWA Standards
C510 and C511 , with two (2) independent operati ng spring loaded check valves and one
CONFORMED , 12/0 1/202 2
FWW VI LLAGE CREEK WR F, DIGESTER MIXING , FLARE , DOME IMPROVEMENTS
CITY PROJECT NO . 102652
40 05 51 -4 VALVES , GENERAL
(1) spring loaded , diaphragm actuated, differential pressure relief valve shall be installed
between the check valves. Backflow preventer shall be bronze body construction, with
EPT rubber discs and Buna-N and nylon diaphragm. Screws and springs shall be of
stainless steel. End connections shall be screwed , unless otherwise specified or shown
on the Drawings . Reduced pressure backflow preventer installations shall include
isolation valves and four test cocks , furnished as an assembly. For reduced pressure
backflow preventers less than 2-1/2" the installation assembly also shall include a
strainer. Isolation valves for reduced pressure backflow preventers shall be ball valves,
except for sizes 2-1/2" and larger which shall be resilient seat gate valves . Test cocks
shall be located as recommended by the manufacturer to facilitate functional testing of
the assembly. The reduced pressure backflow preventer shall be as manufactured by
Beeco Division , Hersey Products Inc ., Aergap Model 6CM, WATTS 909 , or equal.
PART 3 -EXECUTION
3.01 INSTALLATION
A. Except where noted otherwise herein, all valves shall be installing and tested in
accordance with the latest revision of AWWA CS00. Before installation , all valves shall
be lubricated , manually opened and closed to check their operation and the interior of
the valves shall be thoroughly cleaned . Valves shall be placed in the positions shown on
the Drawings. Joints shall be made as directed under the Piping Specifications. The
valves shall be so located that they are easily accessible for operating purposes and
shall bear no stresses due to loads from the adjacent pipe . The Contractor shall be
responsible for coordinating connecting piping .
B . All valves shall be tested at the operating pressures at which the particular line will be
used. Any leakage or "sweating" of joints shall be stopped , and all joints shall be tight.
All motor operated and cylinder operated valves shall be tested for control operation as
directed by the Engineer.
C. Provide valves in quantity, size , and type with all required accessories as shown on the
Drawings .
D. Install all valves and appurtenances in accordance with manufacturer's instructions .
Install suitable corporation stops at all points shown or required where air binding of pipe
lines might occur. Install all valves so that operating handwheels or wrenches may be
conveniently turned from operating floor but without interfering with access , and as
approved by Engineer. Unless otherwise approved , install all valves plumb and level.
Valves shall be installed free from distortion and strain caused by misaligned piping,
equipment or other causes .
CONFORMED , 12/01 /2022
FWW VILLAGE CREEK WRF , D IGESTER MIXING , FLARE , DOME IMPROVEMENTS
CITY PROJECT NO. 102652
40 05 51 -5 VALVES , GENERAL
E . Valve boxes shall be set plumb and centered with the bodies directly over the valves so
that traffic loads are not transmitted to the valve. Earth fill shall be carefully tamped
around each valve box to a distance of 4 feet on all sides of the box, or to the
undisturbed trench face , if less than 4 feet.
3.02 SHOP AND FIELD TESTING
A. Shop and field testing of valves shall be as follows :
1. Certified factory testing shall be provided for all components of the valve and
operator system . Valves and operators shall be shop tested in accordance wi t h the
requirements in the latest revision of AWWA C500, including performance tests ,
leakage test, hydrostatic tests , and proof-of-design tests . The manufacturer
through the Contractor shall submit certified copies of the reports covering the test
for acceptance by the Engineer.
2 . Shop testing shall be provided for the operators consisting of a complete functional
check of each unit. Any deficiencies found in shop testing shall be corrected prior
to shipment. The system supplier through the Contractor shall submit written
certification that shop tests for the electrical/pneumatic system and all controls
were successfully conducted and that these components provide the functions
specified and required for proper operation of the valve operator system .
3. The Contractor shall conduct field tests to check and adjust system components ,
and to test and adjust operation of the overall system . Preliminary field tests shall
be conducted prior to start-up with final field tests conducted during start-up . T he
factory service representative shall assist the Contractor during all field testing and
prepare a written report describing test methods, and changes made during the
testing , and summarizing test results . The service representative shall certify
proper operation of the valve operator system upon successful completion of t he
final acceptance field testing.
4. Preliminary and final field tests shall be conducted at a time approved by the
Engineer. The Engineer shall witness all field testing .
5 . All costs in connection with field testing of equipment such as energy, light,
lubricants, water, instruments , labor, equipment , temporary facilities for test
purposes, etc. shall be borne by the Contractor. The Contractor shall be fully
responsible for the proper operation of equipment during tests and instruction
periods and shall neither have nor make any claim for damage which may occur to
equipment prior to the time when the Owner formally takes over the operation
thereof.
6 . Preliminary field tests shall be conducted prior to start-up and shall include a
functional check of the entire valve operator system and all system compone nts.
Preliminary field tests shall demonstrate that the valve operator system performs
FWW VILLAGE CREEK WRF , DIGESTER MIXING , FLARE , DOME IMPROVEMENTS
CITY PROJECT NO . 102652
CONFORMED , 12/01 /2 022 40 05 51 -6 VALVES , GENERAL
-
according to specifications and that all equipment, valves , controls, alarms ,
interlocks, etc ., function properly . The preliminary field test report must be
approved by the Engineer prior to conducting final field acceptance tests . Based
on results of preliminary field tests, the Contractor shall make any adjustments
required to settings , etc., to achieve the required valve closing time and operation
specified or otherwise directed by the Engineer.
7 . Final field acceptance tests shall be conducted simultaneously with the start-up
and field testing of the pumps , air compressors , process air blowers , etc. Field
tests shall be conducted for the full range of operating modes and conditions
specified and as directed by the Engineer. Each of the valves shall be tested at
minimum , maximum, and normal head/flow conditions , and under all specified
conditions of opening and closing . Performance of pneumatic valves and
compressed air system under normal operating conditions and during simulated
power failures shall be checked.
8. Field testing shall include optimization of opening and closing times of the valves .
The Contractor shall provide the means for accurate measurement of pipeline
pressures as directed by the Engineer. Valve opening and closing times shall be
adjusted based on process requirements to optimize operation of the valves. Final
valve opening and closing times as determined by field tests shall be approved by
the Engineer prior to final acceptance of the system.
CONFORMED , 12/0 1/2022
END OF SECTION
FWW V ILLAGE CREEK WR F, DIGESTER MIXING , FLARE , DOME IMPROVEMENTS
CITY PROJECT NO . 102652
40 05 51 -7 VALVES , GENERAL
THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK
FWW VILLAGE CREEK WRF , DIGESTER MIXING , FLARE , DOME IMPROVEMENTS
ISSUED FOR BID, 09/19/2022 40 05 51 -8 VALVES, GENERAL
SECTION 40 05 57
VALVE OPERATORS AND ELECTRIC VALVE ACTUATORS
PART 1 -GENERAL
1.01 THE REQUIREMENT
A. Equipment shall be provided in accordance with the requirements of Section 46 00 00 -
Equipment General Provisions and Section 40 05 00 -Basic Mechanical Requirements.
B. Reference Section 40 06 20 -Process Pipe, Valve, and Gate Schedules for additional
information on valves and operators/actuators.
C . The electric valve actuators shall meet the signal requirements described in Section 40
61 23 -Signal Coordination , Section 40 61 93 -Process Control System Input/Output
List , and Section 40 61 96 -Process Control Descriptions.
D. Valve operators and electric valve actuators shall be designed to unseat, open or close,
and seat the valve under the most adverse operating condition to which the valves will
be subjected.
E. Operator mounting arrangements shall be as indicated on the Drawings or as directed
by the manufacturer and/or Engineer. There shall be no mounting restrictions on the
electric valve actuator.
F. The valve operators and electric actuators shall be the full and undivided responsibility of
the valve manufacturer in order to ensure complete coordination of the components and
to provide unit responsibility .
G. The Contractor shall coordinate with the Manufacturer regarding details of
Manufacturer's scope, schedule, and terms and conditions. Scheduling, sequencing , and
coordination requirements apply to the work in this section and are defined in Section 01
14 00, Coordination with Owner's Operations, and in the construction, phasing plans in
the contract drawings.
1.02 SUBMITTALS
A. The following items shall be submitted in accordance with, or in addition to the submittal
requirements specified in Section 01 33 00 -Submittals and Section 46 00 00 -
Equipment General Provisions:
1. Shop Drawings
2. O&M Manuals
CONFORMED , 12/01/2022
FWW VILLAGE CREEK WRF , DIGESTER MIXING , FLARE , DOME IMPROVEMENTS
CITY PROJECT NO . 102652
40 05 57 -1 VALVE OPERATORS AND ELECTRIC VALVE
ACTUATORS
3. Certification that the force required to operate all valves is as specified herein.
PART 2 -PRODUCTS
2.01 GENERAL
A. Electric actuators shall be provided where specified in the Valve Schedule in Section 40
06 20 -Process Pipe, Valve, and Gate Schedules.
B. Manual operators shall be provided on all valves which do not receive electric actuators.
Manual operator type shall be as specified herein and as shown on the Drawings .
C. Quarter turn valves 8" and greater in size shall have geared operators. Gate valves 14 "
and greater in size shall have geared operators.
D. Operators/actuators shall be furnished with conservatively sized extension bonnets,
extension stems , or torque tubes, and all required appurtenances required for a
complete installation . Operators furnished with extension bonnets shall include stainless
steel extension stems , or stainless-steel torque tubes.
2.02 MANUAL OPERA TORS
A. Unless otherwise specified or shown on the Drawings, manual operator type shall be as
follows:
1. Buried valves shall be equipped with nut operators , extended stems, and valve
boxes. Where the depth of the operating nut is more than 4 feet below finish
grade, a valve operator extension shall be provided to bring the operating nut to
within 18-24 inches of the surface .
2 . Exposed valves up to 6-inch shall be lever operated (except gate valves).
3. Exposed valves 8-inches and larger shall be handwheel operated.
4 . Exposed gate valves shall be handwheel operated .
5 . Valves with centerline of operator located more than 6-feet above the floor or
platform from which it is to be operated shall have a chainwheel operator unless
otherwise indicated on the Drawings.
B. Manual operators shall be rigidly attached to the valve body unless otherwise specified
or shown on the Drawings .
C . All operators shall turn counter-clockwise to open and shall have the open direction
clearly and permanently marked.
CONFORMED , 12/01 /2022
FWW VILLAGE CREEK WRF , DIGESTER MIXI NG , FLARE , DOME IMPROVEMENTS
CITY PROJECT NO. 102652
40 05 57 -2 VALVE OPERATORS AND ELECTRIC VALVE
ACTUATORS
D. Valve operators shall be designed so that the force required to operate the handwheel,
lever, or chain (including breakaway torque requirements) does not exceed 80 pounds
applied at the extremity of handwheel or chainwheel operator. Design pressures for
sizing of valve operators shall be the piping test pressure for the piping in which the
valve is to be installed as shown in the Piping Schedule in Section 40 06 20 -Process
Pipe, Valve , and Gate Schedules.
E. Handwheels for valves operators shall not be less than 12 inches in diameter. The
maximum diameter of any handwheel shall not exceed 24 ".
F. Nut operators shall have standard 2-inch square AWWA operating nuts designed in
accordance with AWWA C504-94.
G . Geared manual operators shall be of the worm gear, traveling nut or scotch yolk type
except manual operators for butterfly valves 18-inch in diameter or larger which shall be
worm gear, unless otherwise indicated in the individual valve specification . Gear
operators shall be of the worm gear or bevel gear type . Gear box designs incorporating
end of travel stops in the housing shall be equipped with AWWA input stops. Each
gearbox shall require a minimum of 10 turns for 90 degree rotation or full valve stem
travel and shall be equipped with a mechanical valve position indicator.
H. Manual operators on below grade (and vault installed) valves shall be permanently
lubricated and watertight under an external water pressure of 10 psi.
2.03 ELECTRIC VALVE ACTUATORS
A Electric Actuators shall be open/close service or modulating service as specified in the
Valve Schedule in Section 40 06 20 -Process Pipe, Valve, and Gate Schedules.
1. Open/Close (non-modulating) valve actuators shall be IQ series as manufactured
by Rotork, SA series as manufactured by AUMA, or Series 2000 as manufactured
by EIM Controls.
2. Modulating valve actuators shall be Type IQM as manufactured by Rotork, Type
SAR as manufactured by AUMA, or Series 2000 Futronic as manufactured by EIM
Controls.
B. Performance Requirements
1. The actuators shall be designed for indoor and outdoor service and shall be
capable of mounting in any position.
2 . Torque capacity of the actuators shall be sufficient to operate the valves with the
maximum pressure differential, as indicated in the Valve Schedule in Section 40
06 20 -Process Pipe , Valve , and Gate Schedules , with a safety factor of 1.5.
CONFORMED , 12/01/2022
FWW VILLAGE CREEK WRF , DIGESTER MIXING , FLARE , DOME IMPROVEMENTS
CITY PROJECT NO . 102652
40 05 57 -3 VALVE OPERATORS AND ELECTRIC VALVE
ACTUATORS
Actuators in modulating service will be selected such that the required dynamic
valve torque is no more than 60% of the electric actuator's maximum rated
breakaway of torque.
3. Operating time for full limits of travel shall be not more than 2 seconds per inch
diameter of the valve, +/-50 percent through 20 inches; +/-30 percent for valves
24 inches and larger. Operating time shall not be less than 60 seconds for all
modulating valves.
4 . Actuators shall be capable of operating in ambient temperatures ranging from 0
degrees F -160 degrees F.
5 . For open/close (non-modulating) actuators, the gearing, motor, and contactor shall
be capable of 60 starts per hour without overheating.
6. For modulating actuators, the gearing, motor, and contactor shall be capable of
1200 starts per hour without overheating .
C. The actuators shall include, in one integral housing, individual compartments for the
motor, gearing , wiring terminals, and control circuits. The terminal compartment shall be
separated from the inner electrical components of the actuator by means of a watertight
seal. The inner seal shall protect the motor and all other internal electrical elements of
the actuator from entrance of moisture and dust when the terminal cover is removed .
Double cartridge shaft seals shall be provided on the hand wheel and output shafts for
weatherproof protection. All external fasteners shall be stainless steel. Compartments
shall be provided with moisture and dust-proof rigid cast covers meeting NEMA 6,
certified to submergence in 6 ft of water for 30 minutes . Actuators located in classified
areas shall be suitable for use in Class 1, Division 1, Group D environments .
D. The actuators shall be provided with externally operable and lockable 480VAC circuit
breakers integral to the control housing
E. All gearing shall be hardened alloy steel or bronze and shall be rated at twice the output
torque of the operator and shall be designed to withstand the stall torque of the motor
without failure . Output drive gearing shall consist of a worm shaft and worm gear pinion
operating in an oil bath. The worm gear pinion shall be alloy bronze . Worm gear drive
shall be self-locking to prevent creeping of the valve disc in an intermediate position.
Heavy-duty grease shall protect gearing and sealed ball bearings of the main shaft for
five years without changing. Motor reduction gearing shall be spur or planetary gearing
and shall allow for field repair and change in gear ratio. For quarter turn applications,
overtravel of the operator shall be prevented by internal mechanical stops cast into the
actuator.
F. A mechanical dial position indicator shall be furnished to continuously indicate the
position of the valve at and between the fully open and fully closed positions. The
CONFORMED , 12/01/2022
FWW VILLAGE CREEK WRF , DIGESTER MIXING , FLARE , DOME IMPROVEMENTS
CITY PROJECT NO. 102652
40 05 57 -4 VALVE OPERATORS AND ELECTRIC VALVE
ACTUATORS
indicator shall be driven by gearing driven off of the main worm gear pinion and shall
operate when the actuator is in either the electrical mode or manual mode .
G . A handwheel shall be permanently attached for manual operation . A gear assembly shall
be provided between the handwheel and the worm shaft if required to reduce the force
necessary to operate the handwheel to less than 40 pounds . A positive declutch
mechanism shall engage the handwheel when required. When the actuator is set in the
declutched position for handwheel operation , it shall return automatically to electric
operation when actuator motor is energized . The handwheel shall not rotate during
electric operation nor shall a fused motor prevent handwheel operation .
H. The drive motor shall be specifically designed for actuator service and shall be
characterized by high starting torque and low inertia. Motors shall be 460 volts , three
phase , 60 Hz AC reversible squirrel cage induction type motors and shall be specifically
designed for modulating service where indicated on the Valve Schedule in Section 40 06
20 -Process Pipe , Valve , and Gate Schedules. Motors shall be totally enclosed ,
non-ventilated , with NEMA Class F insulation min imum (Class H for modulating
actuators) and a max imum continuous temperature rating of 120 degree C (rise plus
ambient). A 120 VAC space heater shall be provided in the motor compartment. The
electric motor shall have a time rating of at least 15 minutes at 104°F (40°C) or twice the
valve stroking time , whichever is longer, at an average load of at least 33% of maximum
valve torque. Motor bearings shall be permanently lubricated by premium lubricant. The
motor shall have plug and socket electrical connection to facilitate easy removal and
replacement. The actuator shall include a device to ensure that the motor runs with the
correct rotation for the required direction of valve travel with either phase sequence of
the three-phase power supply connected to the actuator. The motor shall include single
phase protection . A suitable thermal protection device shall be incorporated in the motor
or motor starter circuits , connected to a tripping device. Fast acting fuses shall be
provided to protect solid state components . The motor shall be capable of starting
against the rated load in either the open or close direction when voltage to the motor
terminals is plus or minus ten (10) percent of nameplate rating .
1. Open/Close actuators shall be furnished with electro-mechanical reversing
starters .
2 . Modulating actuators shall be furnished w ith solid state reversing starters utilizing
thyristors .
I. Leads from the motor shall be brought to the control circuit (limit switch) compartment
without external piping or conduit box . An adequately sized space heater shall be
installed in the control circuit compartment to aid in the prevention of damage result ing in
from condensation . The following items shall be located in the control circuit
compartment.
CONFORMED , 12/01 /2022
FWW VI LLAGE CREEK WRF , DIGESTER MI X ING , FLARE , DOME IMPROVEMENTS
CITY PROJECT NO . 102652
4 0 05 57 -5 VALVE OPERATORS AND ELECTRIC VALVE
ACTUATORS
1. Torque limit switches shall be provided to de-energize the motor control circuit in
the event of a stall when attempting to unseat a jammed valve and when torque is
exceeded during valve travel. Each actuator shall have an open direction torque
switch and a close direction torque switch. The torque switches shall be
mechanically operated and able to be set in torque units. Torque switches shall be
calibrated prior to the actuator's assembly to the valve .
2. Travel limit switches shall be provided to de-energize the motor control circuit
when the actuator reaches the limits of travel in the open and close directions .
The limit switch drive shall be of the counter gear type and "in step"' with the
actuator output drive at all times in either the electrical or manual mode of
operation. A minimum of six (6) contacts , three (3) normally open and three (3)
normally closed , shall be supplied at each end of valve travel. Four (4) additional
contacts shall be provided to report end of travel or any desired position between
ends of travel.
J. Modulating actuators shall have a position feedback potentiometer mounted directly to
the valve actuator gearing inside the gearing compartment. The potentiometer shall
provide a 4-20 mA signal corresponding to valve position. Modulating valve actuators
shall be designed to respond to either a 4-20mADC analog signal or a digital pulse
signal as specified herein or as required to coordinate with the requirements of Division
40 .
1. Modulating valve actuators designed to respond to a 4-20mADC signal shall be
provided with a valve positioner which shall position the valve proportional to an
externally generated 4-20mADC signal. The valve positioning control circuitry shall
position the valve by comparing the command signal with the present valve
position as indicated by the feedback potentiometer. The positioner shall be field
adjustable to fail to the "open," "closed," or "last" position on loss of 4-20 mADC
command signal.
2 . Modulating valve actuators designed to respond to "pulse" open/close signals shall
operate the valve during the time the open or close pulse signal is high.
Modulating actuators designed to respond to "pulse" open/close signals shall have
the latching circuitry described above for open/close actuators disabled.
K. The electrical terminals shall be housed in a double sealed terminal compartment
isolated from the rest of the actuator components . The actuators shall be designed to
operate from a single 480VAC, 3-phase source . The actuators shall be furnished with
fuses inside of the terminal compartment. A quantity of two - ¾ inch NPT conduit entries
shall be furnished .
L. Actuators shall contain wiring and terminals for the following control functions. All dry
contacts shall be rated for 5A at 250VAC.
CONFORMED , 12/01/2022
FWW VILLAGE CREEK WRF , DIGESTER MIXING , FLARE , DOME IMPROVEMENTS
CITY PROJECT NO. 102652
40 05 57 -6 VALVE OPERATORS AND ELECTRIC VALVE
ACTUATORS
1. Open, Close , and Stop commands from external dry contacts (utilizing internal
24VDC power supply). The inputs for the open , close , stop signals shall be field
selectable to be respond to either maintained or momentary remote signals. In
momentary mode , the actuator shall have internal latching circuitry that causes the
operator to drive the valve to its limit of travel upon receipt of the momentary
contact signal unless a stop signal is received.
2 . Emergency override input from a normally closed or normally open contact. The
actuator shall either open or close (field selectable) upon receiving the emergency
override input.
3. Remote Local -Off-Remote selector switch, Open/Close pushbuttons, and
Open/Closed pilot lights for a remote manual control station (see below). The
remote Local-Off-Remote selector switch and Open/Close pushbuttons shall be a
dry contact input to the actuator control circuitry. The Open/Closed pilot lights shall
be powered from the valve actuator control power.
4. Four (4) unpowered contacts shall be provided which can be selected to indicate
valve "Opened " and "Closed " position , "Remote " status of the actuator, and fail
status of the actuator. The fail status contacts shall act ivate upon motor
overtemperature and actuator over torque as a minimum .
5. Terminals for 4-20mADC position command and 4-20mADC position feedback as
described above for modulating actuators.
M. Control Components
1. Reversing contactors , electrically interlocked .
2 . Internal control power supply.
3. The actuator shall include a device that shall cause the motor to run with the
correct rotation , regardless of connection sequence of the power supply.
N . Wiring
1. Internal wiring shall be high temperature , insulated stranded cable , sized for
control and power.
2. All external wiring shall terminate in terminal blocks or removal plug and socket
heads for power and control.
0. The overall short circuit withstand , and interrupting rating of the actuator shall be equal
to or greater than the overall short circuit withstand and interrupting rating of the feeder
CONFORMED , 12/0 1/2022
FWW VILLAGE CREEK WRF , DIGESTER MIXING , FLARE , DOME IMPROVEMENTS
CITY PROJECT NO . 102652
40 05 57 -7 VALVE OPERATORS AND ELECTRIC VALVE
ACTUATORS
device immediately upstream of the actuator, but not less than 22,000 amperes RMS
symmetrical at 480/277 Volts .
P. Local Controls
1. Actuators shall be furnished with a Local-Off-Remote selector switch ; Open , Close,
and Stop pushbuttons for local control; a red lamp indicating closed and a green
lamp indicating open . L-O-R switch shall be pad lockable in any of the three
positions .
a . When the LOR is in the "Local" position, open/close control shall be by the
open and close pushbuttons on the actuator. The stop push button shall stop
the actuator travel.
b. When the LOR is in the "Off' position , the actuator shall not operate.
c . When the LOR is in the "Remote " position , the actuator shall be controlled by
remote inputs from the PLC or from the remote manual controls station.
2 . The local controls shall be arranged so that the direction of travel can be reversed
without the necessity of stopping the actuator.
Q . Remote Manual Control Station
1. Where indicated in the Valve Schedule in Section 40 06 20 -Process Pipe , Valve ,
and Gate Schedules, manual actuator controls shall be furnished in a separate
NEMA 4X stainless steel enclosure (NEMA 7 if located in a classified area).
Manual control station controls shall include Hand-Off-Auto Selector switch; Open ,
Stop , and Close pushbuttons; a red lamp indicating closed and a green lamp
indicating open.
a . When the HOA is in the "Hand " position, open/close control shall be by the
open and close pushbuttons on the remote manual control station . The stop
push button shall stop actuator travel.
b. When the HOA is in the "Off' position , the actuator shall not operate .
c. When the HOA is in the "Auto " position, the actuator shall be controlled by
remote inputs to the valve actuator from the PLC
2.04 ELECTRIC OPERATORS FOR PVC/CPVC VALVES
A. Automatic electric operators shall be provided for PVC/CPVC valves where specified
and/or as shown on the Drawings. Operators shall operate on 120 volt AC , s ingle phase ,
60 hertz power and be equipped with solid state electronic internal controls . Motors shall
be brush less , capacitor-run , reversing type , suitable for high duty cycle applications and
CONFORMED , 12/01 /2022
FWW VILLAGE CREEK WRF , DIGESTER MIXING , FLARE , DOME IMPROVEMENTS
CITY PROJECT NO . 102652
40 05 57 -8 VALVE OPERATORS AND ELECTRIC VALVE
ACTUATORS
shall be specifically designed for open/close service . Motors shall be provided with
integral thermal overload protection with auto-reset. Operator gears and shafts shall be
constructed of heat treated high-alloy steel. Operator output shaft shall be electro-less
nickel plated. Operator gear trains shall be permanently lubricated. The gear train shall
withstand operator stall torque . Operator enclosures shall be NEMA 4. Operators shall
be provided with internally wired, thermostatically controlled enclosure heaters to
maintain an enclosure temperature of at least 40 degrees F. Operators shall be provided
with positive visual position indication markings permanently affixed to the operator body
and final output shaft. Operator drive output shall be provided with a declutch able
manual override . A manual lever shall be provided for manual valve positioning.
Operators shall be failsafe, utilizing a mechanical spring with a clutch mechanism to
uncouple the motor during spring return operation , allowing the spring to relax and either
open or close the valve. Selection of either fail-opened or fail-closed shall be made by
selection of field wiring terminals.
B. Independently adjustable cam-operated position limit switches shall be provided with dry
contacts for remote fully opened and fully closed valve position indication . Operators
shall respond to external dry contact open/close controls . The actuator shall have
internal latching circuitry that causes the operator to drive the valve to its limit of travel
upon receipt of the momentary contact open or close signal unless a stop signal is
received. The all actuator control circuitry, including latching circuitry, shall be internal to
the valve actuator. Valve control circuits and components mounted in a separate
enclosure external to the valve actuator assembly will not be permitted . Connections for
external remote controls shall be powered from an internal 24VDC or 120VAC power
supply. Limit switches shall be rated for 15 amps at 120 VAC. Valve remote status shall
also be provided as specified in Section 40 61 96 -Process Control Descriptions . The
Contractor shall coordinate operator controls with the functional requirements specified
in Section 40 61 96 -Process Control Descriptions.
PART 3-EXECUTION
3.01 MANUFACTURER'S FIELD SERVICES -NOT USED
3.02 INSTALLATION
A. All valve actuators shall be installed in accordance with the manufacturer's published
recommendations and the applicable Specification Sections for valves and motor
controls .
B. Valve actuators shall be factory coated in accordance with the manufacturer's standard
paint system .
3.03 SHOP TESTING
CONFORMED , 12/01/2022
FWW VILLAGE CREEK WRF , D IGESTER MIXING , FLARE , DOME IMPROVEMENTS
CITY PROJECT NO . 102652
40 05 57 -9 VALVE OPERATORS AND ELECTRIC VALVE
ACTUATORS
A. Shop testing shall be in accordance with Section 46 00 00 -Equipment General
Provisions and with the following additional requirements :
1. Conduct a complete functional check of each unit. Correct any deficiencies found
in shop testing prior to shipment.
2. Submit written certification that:
a . Shop tests for the electrical system and all controls were successfully
conducted.
b . Electrical system and all controls provide the functions specified and
required for proper operation of the valve operator system.
3. Each actuator shall be performance tested and individual test certificates shall be
supplied free of charge . The test equipment shall simulate each typical valve load
and the following parameters should be recorded :
a . Current at maximum torque setting
b. Torque at maximum torque setting
c . Flash Test Voltage
d. Actuator Output Speed or Operating Time
e . In addition , the test certificate should record details of specification , such as
gear ratios for both manual and automatic drive , closing direction, and wiring
diagram code number.
f . Verification of actuator torque rating with valve .
3.04 FIELD TESTS
A. Field testing shall be in accordance with Section 46 00 00 -Equipment General
Provis ions and with the following additional requirements:
1. Valve actuators shall be field-tested together with the associated valves .
2 . Test all valves at the operating pressures at which the particular line will be used.
3. Test all valves for control operation as directed .
4 . Field testing shall include optimization of open ing and closing times of the valves.
Valve opening and closing times shall be adjusted based on process requirements
to optimize operation of the valves . Final valve opening and closing times as
CONFORMED , 12/0 1/2022
FWW VILLAGE CREEK WRF , DIGESTER MIXING , FLARE , DOME IMPROVEMENTS
CITY PROJECT NO . 102652
4 0 05 57 -10 VALVE OPERATORS AND ELECTRIC VALVE
ACTUATORS
determined by field tests shall be approved by the Engineer prior to final
acceptance of the system.
B. Preliminary Field Tests
1. General: Preliminary field tests shall be conducted prior to start-up and shall
include a functional check of the entire valve operator system and all system
components .
2. Scope: Preliminary field tests shall demonstrate that the valve operator system
performs according to specifications and that all equipment, valves, controls,
alarms , interlocks , etc., function properly .
3. Based on results of preliminary field tests, the Contractor shall make any
adjustments required to settings, etc., to achieve the required valve closing time
and operation, as specified, or otherwise directed.
C. Final Field Tests
1. Final field tests shall be conducted in accordance with the latest revision of AWWA
CSOO.
2. Final field tests shall be conducted simultaneously with the start-up and field
testing of the pumps.
3 . Final field tests shall be conducted for the full range of operating modes and
conditions specified and as directed by the Engineer. Each of the valves shall be
tested at minimum, maximum, and normal head/flow conditions, and under all
specified conditions of opening and closing .
4. Certification of Equipment Compliance: After the final field tests are completed and
passed, submit affidavit according to Section 46 00 00 -Equipment General
Provisions .
CONFORMED , 12/01/2022
END OF SECTION
FWW VILLAGE CREEK WRF , DIGESTER MIXING , FLARE , DOME IMPROVEMENTS
CITY PROJECT NO . 102652
40 05 57-11 VALVE OPERATORS AND ELECTRIC VALVE
ACTUATORS
CONFORMED , 12/01/2022
THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK
FWW VILLAGE CREEK WRF , D IGESTER MIXING , FLARE , DOME IMPROVEMENTS
CITY PROJECT NO . 102652
40 05 57 -12 VALVE OPERATORS AND ELECTRIC VALVE
ACTUATORS
PART 1 -GENERAL
1.01 THE REQUIREMENT
SECTION 40 05 62
PLUG VALVES
A. Reference Section 40 05 00 -Basic Mechanical Requirements.
PART 2 -PRODUCTS
2.01 PLUG VALVES
A. Plug valves shall be of the non-lubricated , eccen t ric seating plug type with synthetic
rubber-faced plugs conforming to the latest revision of AWWA 517 as manufactured by
DeZurik Company , Pratt , Val-Matic, GA Industries or equal. All valves shall be provided
with limit stops and rotate 90 degrees from fully open to fully shut. The minimum working
pressure for all valves shall be 150 psi , and the test pressure shall be at least 270 psi for
valves up through 12-inch and at least 230 psi for valves 14-inch and larger. The port
area of valves shall be at least 80 percent of full pipe area for valves less than 24-inches
and 70 percent for valves 24-inches and larger, unless otherwise specified herein or
indicated in the appropriate Valve Schedule in Section 40 06 20 -Process Pipe , Valve ,
and Gate Schedules or indicated on the drawings . The body materials shall be of epoxy
coated cast iron or ductile iron , unless specified otherwise . Seats shall have a welded
overlay of at least 90 percent pure nickel and machined to a finish containing no stress
cracks . Plug facings shall be of Buna-N or equal and completely suitable for use with
domestic sewage .
B. Full port (100% of full pipe area) plug valves shall be furnished for all of the following
sludge applicat ions :
1. Anaerobic Digested Sludge (ADS)
C . Materials of Construction :
1. Digester Gas Applications : Valves shall be suitable for operation in a wet
anaerobic digester gas stream with moderate concentrations of hydrogen sulfide
The body materials shall be of ASTM 826 aluminum, Alloy 7130 , Temper TS or
ASTM A743 , Type 316 stainless steel , Grade CF-8M. The eccentric plug shall be
fabricated from the same material as the body of the valve . The bottom bearing
shall be Type 316 stainless steel. The top bearing shall be Type 316 stainless
steel , sintered . The valve bonnet shall be fabricated from the same material as the
CONFORMED , 12/0 1/2022
F\/1/W VILLAGE CREEK WRF , DIGESTER MIXING , FLARE , DOME IMPROVEMENTS
CITY PROJECT NO . 102652
40 05 62 -1 PLUG VALVES
body of the valve. The bonnet screws shall be 18-8 stainless steel. Packing shall
be NBR acrylonitrile-butadiene, V-type. Thrust bearing ring shall be PTFE.
D. The shaft seal shall be either the bronze cartridge type with at least two ORings ,
monolithic VType, U-Cup Type, or pull down packing type. If monolithic VType, U-Cup
Type, or pull down packings are utilized, it shall be self-adjusting, selfcompensating type.
Packing shall be as manufactured by Chevron, or equal. Plug valves with pull down
packings shall be designed with an extension bonnet so that repacking can be done
without removal of the actuator.
E. All buried valves shall have mechanical joint ends (unless otherwise shown), conforming
to ANSI A21.11 (AWWA C111 ), and shall be operated with a standard AWWA 2inch
square nut through a totally enclosed worm gear actuator. Valve boxes shall be installed
with all buried plug valves and shall be as specified herein.
F . Unless otherwise shown, all exposed valves 4-inches in diameter and larger shall have
flanged ends conforming to ANSI B 16.1-125/150 pound standard with face-to-face
dimensions of standard plug valves . Valves smaller than 4-inches in diameter shall have
screwed ends , unless otherwise noted.
G. Valves 8-inches in diameter and larger shall be handwheel or floorstand operated where
required or indicated on the Drawings through totally enclosed worm gear actuators ,
unless otherwise specified or shown on the Drawings. Valves 6-inches in diameter and
smaller shall have lever operators, unless otherwise specified or noted on the Drawings.
Manual operators for plug valves mounted above 6 feet from the operating floor shall be
equipped with worm gear chainwheel actuators.
H. Plug valves and operators shall be installed according to the manufacturer's
recommendations for conveying fluids with high solids concentrations. For horizontal
installations, plug valves shall be installed so that the plug face is pointing upwards when
the valve is open and so that the plug face is facing the pump when the valve is closed.
For vertical installations , plug valves shall be installed so that the plug face is pointing to
the side when the valve is open and so that the plug face is pointing upwards when the
valve is closed . All plug valves shall be installed horizontally with right angle operators
pointing up to allow operation from grade .
I. The manufacturer shall certify that the plug valves are capable of operating in
continuous duty service under these pressures and flow conditions.
J . Each valve shall by hydrostatically tested and tested for bubble tightness after the
operator has been mounted and adjusted. Copies of the hydrostatic and leakage test
certification and certification of conformance shall be submitted to the Engineer prior to
shipment.
CONFORMED , 12/01/2022
FWW VILLAGE CREEK WRF , DIGESTER MIXING , FLARE, DOME IMPROVEMENTS
CITY PROJECT NO . 102652
40 05 62 -2 PLUG VALVES
K. All internal and external ferrous components and surfaces of the valves, with the
exception of stainless steel, nickel, and finished or bearing surfaces, shall be shop
painted with two coats (10 mils min . dry film thickness) of the manufacturer's premium
epoxy for corrosion resistance. Damaged surfaces shall be repaired in accordance with
the manufacturer's recommendations.
CONFORMED , 12/01/2022
END OF SECTION
FWW VILLAGE CREEK WRF , DIGESTER MIXING , FLARE , DOME IMPROVEMENTS
CITY PROJECT NO . 102652
40 05 62 -3 PLUG VALVES
CONFORMED , 12/01/2022
PAGE LEFT INTENTIONALLY BLANK
FWW VILLAGE CREEK WRF , DIGESTER MIXING , FLARE , DOME IMPROVEMENTS
CITY PROJECT NO . 102652
40 05 62 -4 PLUG VALVES
PART 1 -GENERAL
1.01 THE REQUIREMENT
SECTION 40 05 63.00
BALL VALVES
A. Reference Section 40 05 00 -Basic Mechanical Requirements.
B. Valves required for chemical service shall be constructed of materials suitable for
the intended service.
PART 2 -PRODUCTS
2.01 BALL VALVES (SERVICE AIR, WATER, OR GLYCOL SOLUTION)
A. Ball valves shall be manufactured by Apollo Ball Valve Division of Conbraco
Industries, Inc. or equal. The body materials shall be cast bronze rated at 600
psi WOG , 150 psi saturated steam. Valves shall be tested by the manufacturer
to MSS SP 72, 100 psi air under water, in the opened and closed position . The
valve shall provide a port diameter equal to or exceeding the mating pipe size.
Valves 2 1 /2 inches in diameter and smaller shall have lever operators , unless
otherwise specified herein or noted on the Drawings. Levers shall be cadmium
plated steel covered with a vinyl grip and attached with a nut and have a hole for
tagging purposes . The stem gland shall be adjustable and independent of the
lever to compensate for wear. Bottom loaded stems shall be designed to be
blow out proof. The stuffing box seals, and ball seats shall be composed of glass
reinforced TFE. The ball and stem shall be Type 316 stainless steel. Ball valves
shall have NPT ends.
2.02 BALL VALVES (NATURAL GAS, DIGESTER GAS, "DRAIN, FLARE" (DF), OR
"DRAIN, CONDENSATE" (FD))
A. Ball valves shall be manufactured by Apollo Ball Valve Division of Conbraco
Industries, Inc., Bray, or equal. The body materials shall be Stainless Steel
CF8M rated at 250 psi WOG, 200 psi saturated steam. Valves shall be tested by
the manufacturer to MSS SP 72, 100 psi air under water, in the opened and
closed position. The valve shall provide a port diameter equal to or exceeding
the mating pipe size . Valves 2 1/2 inches in diameter and smaller shall have
lever operators, unless otherwise specified herein or noted on the Drawings.
Levers shall be galvanized steel covered with a vinyl grip and attached with a nut
and have a hole for tagging purposes . The stem gland shall be adjustable and
independent of the lever to compensate for wear. Bottom loaded stems shall be
designed to be blow out proof. The stuffing box seals, and ball seats shall be
FWW VILLAGE CREEK WRF , DIGESTER MIXING , FLARE , DOME IMPROVEMENTS
ISSUED FOR BID , 09/21/2022 40 05 63 .00 -1 BALL VALVES
composed of TFM 1600 . The ball and stem shall be Type 316 stainless steel or
ASTM A351 CF8M. Ball valves shall have NPT ends.
END OF SECTION
FWW VILLAGE CREEK WRF , DIGESTER MIXING , FLARE , DOME IMPROVEMENTS
ISSUED FOR BID , 09/21/2022 40 05 63 .00 -2 BALL VALVES
PART 1 -GENERAL
1.01 THE REQUIREMENT
SECTION 40 05 64.00
BUTTERFLY VALVES
A. Reference Section 40 05 00 -Basic Mechanical Requirements .
PART 2 -PRODUCTS
2.01 BUTTERFLY VALVES (WATER SERVICE)
A. Butterfly valves (water service) shall be of the rubber seated , tight closing type
conforming to the latest revision of AWWA C504 Specifications . The manufacturer shall
have a minimum of 5 years experience in manufacturing butterfly valves of the sizes
required in accordance with AWWA C504 Specifications. All butterfly valves shall be the
product of one manufacturer. Butterfly valves shall be as manufactured by Henry Pratt
Company , Val-Matic , or DeZURIK. Each valve shall be performance and leak tested as
specified in AWWA C504 revised as follows: In addition to the testing requirements of
AWWA C504 , each butterfly valve shall be thoroughly cleaned and opened and closed
at least three (3) times prior to testing. Certified copies of the test results shall be
submitted to the Engineer for approval prior to shipment of the valve .
B. Butterfly valves shall be Class 1508, unless otherwise indicated in the valve schedule ,
and of the short body design with mechanical joint or flanged ends as shown on the
Drawings .
C . Valve bodies shall be epoxy-coated cast iron conforming to ASTM A 126, Grade B, or
ASTM A48 , Class 40 , or ductile iron confirming to ASTM A536, Grade 65 45 12. Where
required to meet design operating conditions , valve bodies shall be manufactured of
higher strength materials. Valve bodies shall have integral hubs for housing shaft
bearings and seals.
D. Butterfly valves shall be of the concentric or eccentric shaft types . Valve discs shall be
constructed of epoxy-coated ductile iron conforming to ASTM A536, Grade 65 45 12 .
Disks shall be of the "offset" design to provide a full 360-degree seating surface with no
external ribs transverse to flow and shall comply with the latest revision of AWWA C504 .
The valve manufacturer shall furnish Shop Drawings that include end clearance
dimensions when the disc is in the full-open position .
E. The resilient valve seat shall be synthetic rubber designed to seat against a pressure
differential of 150 psi on either side of the valve , unless otherwise indicated . The
FWW VILLAGE CREEK WRF , DIGESTER MIXING , FLARE , DOME IMPROVEMENTS
CITY PROJECT NO . 102652
CONFORMED , 12/01/2022 40 05 64 .00 -1 BUTTERFLY VALVES
resilient seat shall be mechanically attached to the valve disc or valve body . Any
required seat attachment hardware shall be stainless steel. The resilient seat shall be
capable of being adjusted or replaced in the field without moving the valve disc along the
shaft axis or removing the valve from the line. The mating seat surface shall be
stainless steel or monel. The seats shall be factory tested per AWWA C504 at a test
pressure of 150 psig, unless otherwise indicated, and post adjusted for differential
pressures indicated herein .
F. Valve shafts shall be one piece or two-piece units of stainless-steel construction suitably
sized to transmit the torques required to operate the valves under the conditions listed in
the valve schedule with an appropriate safety factor. Shafts shall be securely attached
to valve disc by means of conservatively sized, corrosion resistant taper pins, threaded
at one end and secured with lock washers and nuts (i.e. mechanically attached).
Provide O ring seal on taper pin if required to prevent leakage. Shaft key shall be
constructed of corrosion resistant material.
G. Shaft bearings shall be contained in the integral hubs of the valve body and shall be
permanently self-lubricated, corrosion resistant, sleeve type composed of Teflon or
heavy-duty bronze. The valve assembly shall be furnished with a factory-set, two way
thrust bearing designed to center the valve disc in the valve seat at all times. End cover
bolts shall be of stainless-steel construction .
H. The shaft seal shall be the bronze cartridge type with at least two O-rings, monolithic V-
Type, or pull-down packing type. If monolithic V-Type or pull-down packings are utilized ,
it shall be self-adjusting, self-compensating type . Packing shall be as manufactured by
Chevron or equal. Butterfly valves with pull down packings shall be designed with an
extension bonnet so that repacking can be done without removal of the actuator. For
buried valves with pull down packing , the packing gland cover assembly shall be heavy
duty, soil-resistant, and water-resistant. Stuffing boxes for pull down packing shall have
a depth sufficient to accept at least four rings of self-compensating type packing
specifically selected for the operating pressures to be encountered . Stuffing box bolts,
studs, and nuts shall be stainless steel.
I. The O-ring type shaft seal shall be contained in a removable bronze cartridge. The
bronze cartridge shall be manufactured from ASTM B505 copper alloy UNS #C93200
and shall meet the requirements of AWWA C504 for bronze, Grade E . The O-ring
material shall be Buna-N , as intended for use with potable water or wastewater and in
accordance with ASTM 02000, with a hardness of 70 Shore A Durometer.
J. Manual operators for butterfly valves 18 inches in diameter or larger shall be the worm
gear type conforming to AWWA C504. Manual operators for butterfly valves mounted
above 6 feet from the operating floor shall be equipped with worm gear chainwheel
actuators . Operators shall be equipped with adjustable AWWA limit stops , shall be sized
according to Table IV for Class 150B, and shall require a minimum of 15 turns for 90
degrees or full stem valve travel. The capacity of the manual operator shall be adequate
CONFORMED , 12/01 /2022
FWW VILLAGE CREEK WRF , DIGESTER MIXING , FLARE , DOME IMPROVEMENTS
CITY PROJECT NO . 102652
40 05 64 .00 -2 BUTTERFLY VALVES
to drive the valve under the differential pressure of 150 psi and the maximum anticipated
flow, unless otherwise indicated in the valve schedule.
K. The manufacturer shall certify that the butterfly valves are capable of operating in
continuous duty service under these pressures and flow conditions .
L. Each valve shall by hydrostatically tested and tested for bubble tightness after the
operator has been mounted and adjusted. Copies of the hydrostatic and leakage test
certification and certification of conformance shall be submitted to the Engineer prior to
shipment.
M. All internal and external ferrous components and surfaces of the valves, with the
exception of stainless steel and finished or bearing surfaces, shall be shop painted with
two coats (10 mils min. dry film thickness) of the manufacturer's premium epoxy for
corrosion resistance. Damaged surfaces shall be repaired in accordance with the
manufacturer's recommendations.
2.02 BUTTERFLY VALVES (PROCESS AIR)
A. Isolation valves and throttling valves for low pressure (less than 15 psig) process air
service shall be high performance, resilient-seated butterfly valves as manufactured by
Center Line (Crane Co.), Bray , or Engineer approved equal. Valves shall have ductile
iron bodies with Type 316 stainless steel discs and shafts. Viton seats suitable for high
temperature operation shall be provided. All valve components shall be suitable for
continuous operation at temperatures up to 300 degrees Fahrenheit with a 25 psig
minimum working pressure .
1. Valves measuring less than 30 inches in diameter shall have a wafer or lug style
body and shall be compatible with ANSI B 16 .1 flanges. Contractor shall
coordinate flange connections upstream and downstream of the wafer or lug style
valves .
2. Valves measuring 30 inches and greater in diameter shall have flanged end
connections conforming to ANSI 816 .1, 125 lb. standard .
B. Manually-operated isolation valves shall be provided with a handwheel or chainwheel
operator, as required per Section 40 05 57 -Valve Operators and Electric Valve
Actuators and shall provide for tight shut-off. A mechanical dial indicator shall be
provided on the operator to continuously indicate valve position. Where specified and/or
shown on the Drawings , Contractor shall provide electric valve actuators in accordance
with Section 40 05 57 -Valve Operators and Electric Valve Actuators. Electric actuators
for throttling valves shall provide for modulating operation. Cycle time from full open to
full closed shall be approximately 60 seconds. Each actuator shall be provided with 4-20
mA position feedback signals. Contractor shall wire 4-20 mA position signals to the
PLC.
CONFORMED , 12/01/2022
FWW VILLAGE CREEK WRF , DIGESTER MIXING , FLARE , DOME IMPROVEMENTS
CITY PROJECT NO. 102652
40 05 64 .00 -3 BUTTERFLY VALVES
2.03 BUTTERFLY VALVES (LOW-PRESSURE AND HIGH-PRESSURE DIGESTER GAS)
/A. A. Isolation valves for digester gas service shall be resilient-seated high performance
stainless steel butterfly valves as manufactured by DeZurik (Model BHP), Jamesbury
(Model 815L), Flowserve (Crane), Bray or engineer approved equal. Direct bury valves
shall be Flowserve (Crane), Bray, or engineer approved equal unless manufacturer
can provide documentation to verify valves and actuators are suitable for buried
service.
B. Valves shall have a flanged or lugged wafer style body, suitable for end-of-line service,
and be compatible with installing between ASME B 16.5, MSS-SP-44 and B 16.4 7
flanges, Class 150. Face-to-face dimensions for lugged wafer style body shall meet
MSS-SP-68. Wafer style bodies without tapped lugs are not acceptable. The Contractor
shall coordinate flange connections upstream and downstream of the wafer valves .
C. Valves shall have 316 stainless steel bodies, discs, shafts, glands, and hardware. Body
seat shall be constructed of PTFE, with a titanium backup/control ring. Gasket and
packing shall be PTFE. Valves shall have graphite or PTFE impregnated 316 stainless
steel bearings. Operator mount shall be designed in accordance with ISO 5211.
D. Low-pressure digester gas: all valve components shall be suitable for continuous
operation at temperatures up to 250°F with a 25 psig minimum working pressure.
E. High-pressure digester gas: all valve components shall be suitable for continuous
operation at temperatures up to 250°F with a 175 psig minimum working pressure.
F. Isolation valves at the waste gas burners shall comply with API 607.
PART 3 -EXECUTION
3.01 INSTALLATION
CONFORMED, 12/01/2022
END OF SECTION
FWW VILLAGE CREEK WRF , DIGESTER MIXING , FLARE , DOME IMPROVEMENTS
CITY PROJECT NO . 102652
40 05 64 .00 -4 BUTTERFLY VALVES
PART 1 -GENERAL
1.01 THE REQUIREMENT
SECTION 40 05 65.23
CHECK VALVES
A. Reference Section 40 05 00 -Basic Mechanical Requirements.
B. Valves intended for chemical service shall be constructed of materials suitable for the
intended service .
PART 2 -PRODUCTS
2.01 SWING CHECK VALVES (WATER SERVICE)
A. Unless otherwise specified , check valves 3 inches and less shall be bronze, Y pattern ,
swing check valves of the regrinding type. Valves shall have a minimum 200 psi non
shock cold water pressure rating and shall be as manufactured by Jenkins Bros. Corp.
or Crane Company.
B. Check valves larger than 3 inches shall be cushioned swing check valves rated for a
minimum working pressure of 200 psi and shall be the "Shockless Swing-Check" type by
VAG USA LLC or equal.
C . Valve closure shall be controlled by an external weighted lever arm, the action of which
is cushioned by a hydraulic oil or pneumatic cylinder. Counterweights and cushion
cylinders shall be designed so that adjustments can be made in the field to minimize
surge and to prevent backflow and hammering noises during actual service conditions.
The hydraulic oil or pneumatic cushion system shall be completely self-contained.
D. Valve bodies, cover discs, levers , and disc arms shall be constructed of heavy cast iron
or cast steel fully conforming to the latest revision of ASTM A 126 Class B or Class
WCB , respectively . Valve ends shall be Standard American 125 pound flat faced
flanged , in accordance with ANSI B16.1. Each valve disc shall be suspended from a
noncorrosive shaft which shall pass through a stuffing box and be connected on the
outside of the valve to the cushion and counterweight mechanism.
E. Valve seating shall be rubber to metal designed for drop tight shutoff. The body seat
ring shall be made of bronze or stainless steel and the disc seat ring of 80 Durometer
rubber. Body and disc seats shall be renewable .
F. With the exception of the valve body and seat, all parts in contact with water shall be
manufactured from noncorrosive materials . Internal corrosive surfaces shall be shop
FWW VILLAGE CREEK WRF , DIGESTER MIXING , FLARE , DOME IMPROVEMENTS
CITY PROJECT NO . 102652
CONFORMED , 12/01/2022 40 05 65.23 -1 CHECK VALVES
painted with two coats of epoxy for corrosion resistance . Exterior surfaces shall be
painted in accordance with the requirements of Section 09 90 00 , Painting.
2.02 CHECK VALVES (PROCESS AIR)
A. Check valves (process air) shall be provided on the discharge of each of the new blower
units. Check valves shall be as manufactured by Val-Matic or APCO and shall be
double door type with cast iron bodies , ASTM A 126, Class B, and 125 pound standard
flanged connections , or insert Type ANSI B16.34. Discs shall be ductile iron , electroless
nickel -coated , ASTM A395 , and shall be spring loaded , normally closed , by means of
two (2) Type 316 stainless steel springs which act independently, one on each of two
hinged discs . Maximum spring deflection from neutral position for full-open valve shall
be 140. Valve seating shall be Butyl or Viton A and shall provide zero leakage at 5 to 25
psig at a working temperature of 225 degrees Fahrenheit.
2.03 LIMIT SWITCHES
A. Where applicable , the swing check va lves shall be provided with a limit switch to
remotely indicate the OPEN/CLOSE status .
B. The limit switch shall be Allen-Bradley Model 802M or equal. The limit switch shall be a
factory-sealed , corrosion-resistant type switch with a spring return lever. The enclosure
shall be rated NEMA 4 , UL-listed . The electrical rating of the switch shall be SPOT 15
amps at 120 VAC . The pre-wired switch cable shall include a common wire , normally
open wire , and normally closed wire .
C . The check valve manufacturer shall provide a solid mechanical support to secure the
limit switch. The limit switch support shall also be provided with a mechanical
adjustment to properly position the snapping of the limit switch .
2.04 INSTALLATION
CONFORMED , 12/0 1/2022
END OF SECTION
FWW VI LLAGE CR E EK WR F, D IGEST ER MIXI NG , FLARE , DO ME IMPROVEMENTS
CITY PROJECT NO . 102652
40 05 65 .23 -2 CHECK VALVES
PART 1 -GENERAL
SECTION 40 05 68.13
PVC AND CPVC VALVES
1.01 THE REQUIREMENT
A. Reference Section 40 05 00 -Basic Mechanical Requirements.
PART 2 -PRODUCTS
2.01 MATERIALS OF CONSTRUCTION
A. Valves provided for chemical service shall be constructed of materials suitable for the
intended service. PVC valves shall be provided in PVC piping and CPVC valves shall be
provided in CPVC piping .
8. PVC valve bodies shall be constructed of PVC which shall meet or exceed the
requirements of cell classification 12454 according to ASTM D1784. CVPC valve bodies
shall be constructed of CPVC which shall meet or exceed the requirements of cell
classification 23447 according to ASTM D1784 .
C . Materials of construction of other valve components shall be as specified below for the
particular type of valve. Acceptable materials of construction of elastomers for chemical
service shall be as follows:
Chemical Elastomer Material
Akagen EPDM , FKM
Ferric Sulfate EPDM , FKM
Magnesium Hydroxide EPDM , FKM
Polymers FKM
Sodium Hydroxide (Caustic) EPDM
Sodium Hypochlorite FKM
D . All flanged valves shall be flat face flanged end type conforming to ANSI 816 .5 bolt
pattern for 150 lb . flanges .
2.02 PVC/CPVC BALL VALVES
CONFORMED , 12/01/2022
FWW VILLAGE CREEK WRF , DIGESTER MIXING , FLARE , DOME IMPROVEMENTS
CITY PROJECT NO. 102652
40 05 68 .13 -1 PVC AND CPVC VALVES
A. Ball valves shall be true union design with socket, flanged or threaded ends as required
and as specified in Section 40 06 20 -Process Pipe, Valve, and Gate Schedules. All
valves shall be full-port design and allow for bi-directional flow . Valve stems shall contain
double a-ring seals. Valves shall have removable handles and integrally molded
mounting features for actuator installation. Ball valves shall have a pressure rating of
232 psi at 70°F.
B . Valve bodies, stems, balls, and unions shall be constructed of PVC or CPVC as
specified above. Ball seats shall be made of PTFE, and a-ring seals shall be as specified
above.
C . Ball valves shall be manufactured by Asahi/America , Chemtrol, IPEX, Hayward Flow
Control, or equal.
D. Ball valves for sodium hypochlorite service shall be vented , with a single minimum 3/16 "
hole factory-drilled into the ball to vent in the upstream direction when the ball is in the
closed position. Valves shall be color coded or marked to indicate vented ball design .
E. Where valves are installed in piping to be insulated and jacketed, stem extensions shall
be furnished and installed such that the valve can be operated without any interference
with these components.
2.03 PVC/CPVC SWING CHECK VALVES
A. Swing check valves shall be single-disc design with pivoting swing arm/disc clapper
assembly and flanged ends . Valves shall be full flow, gravity operated, and suitable for
either horizontal or vertical applications . Valves shall be capable of top entry to facilitate
cleaning and repair without removal from the line. Swing check valves shall be pressure
rated for 150 psi at ?0 °F.
B. Valve bodies, bonnets , swing arms, and discs shall be constructed of PVC or CPVC as
specified above . O-ring seals and shutters shall be as specified above.
C. Swing check valves shall be manufactured by Asahi/America, IPEX, Hayward Flow
Control , or equal.
2.04 PVC/CPVC BALL CHECK VALVES
A. Ball check valves shall be true union design with socket, flanged or threaded ends as
required and as specified in Section 40 06 20 -Process Pipe , Valve , and Gate
Schedules. Primary seat shall be square-cut design to ensure proper ball seating.
Valves shall be suitable for either horizontal or vertical applications. Ball check valves
shall be pressure rated for 150 psi at 70°F.
B. Valve bodies, balls , end connectors, and unions shall be constructed of PVC or CPVC
as specified above . O-ring seals shall be as specified above .
CONFORMED , 12/01/2022
FWW VILLAGE CREEK WRF , DIGESTER MIXING , FLARE , DOME IMPROVEMENTS
CITY PROJECT NO . 102652
40 05 68 .13-2 PVC AND CPVC VALVES
C . Ball check valves shall be manufactured by Asahi/America, Chemtrol , IPEX, Hayward
Flow Control, or equal.
2.05 PVC/CPVC DIAPHRAGM VALVES
A. Diaphragm valves shall be we ir-type design with multi-turn handwheel for throttling
applications. Diaphragm valves shall have socket, flanged or threaded ends as specified
in Section 40 06 20 -Process Pipe, Valve , and Gate Schedules . Valves shall have a
position indicator and adjustable travel stop . Diaphragm valves shall be pressure rated
for 150 psi at 70 °F.
B. Valve bodies , bonnets , end connectors, and unions shall be constructed of PVC or
CPVC as specified above. Valve diaphragms and o-rings shall be as specified above .
PVDF vapor barrier shall be provided for PTFE diaphragms.
C . Diaphragm valves shall be manufactured by Asahi/America , IPEX , Hayward Flow
Control , or equal.
2.06 PVC/CPVC BUTTERFLY VALVES
A. Butterfly valves shall be one piece construction and flanged , with fully supported flange
bolt holes . Valves shall have lever handles , or gear operators for valves larger than 6".
Valve shafts shall have standard ISO square dimensions for direct mounting of
actuators . Face seals shall completely isolate the valve body from process flow and
function as a flange gasket on both sides of the valve. Butterfly valves shall be pressure
rated for 150 psi at 70 °F.
B . Valve bodies and discs shall be constructed of PVC or CPVC as specified above. Valve
shafts shall be made of 316 stainless steel. Valve disc liners and o-ring seals shall be as
specified above .
C . Butterfly valves shall be as manufactured by Asahi/America , Chemtrol , IPEX , Hayward
Flow Control , or equal.
2.07 PVC/CPVC NEEDLE VALVES
A. Needle valves shall be provided for accurate flow control applications . Valves shall have
integrated stem /seat design and have fine pitch stem threads for precise adjustment.
Valve ends shall be threaded or flanged. Needle valves shall be pressure rated for 150
psi at 70°F .
B . Valve bodies shall be PVC as specified above , seats shall be PFTE , and o-ring seals
shall be as specified above.
C . Needle valves shall be as manufactured by Chemtrol , Hayward Flow Control , or equal.
CONFORMED , 12/01/2022
FWW VILLAGE CREEK WRF , DIGESTER M IX ING , FLARE , DOME IMPROVEMENTS
CITY PROJECT NO . 102652
40 05 68 .13 -3 PVC AND CPVC VALVES
2.08 PVC/CPVC GLOBE VALVES
A. Globe valves shall be provided for flow regulation applications . Valves shall be of union
bonnet or outside stem and yolk design . Globe valves shall be pressure rated for 150 psi
at 70°F.
B. Valve bodies and discs shall be PVC , and seals shall be as specified above .
C . Globe valves shall be as manufactured by Asahi/America , or equal.
PART 3 -EXECUTION (NOT USED)
CONFORMED , 12/01 /2022
END OF SECTION
FWW V ILLAGE CREEK WRF , DIGESTER M IXI NG , FLARE , DOME IMPROVEMENTS
C ITY PROJECT NO. 102652
40 05 68 .13 -4 PVC AND CPVC VALVES
PART 1 -GENERAL
1.01 THE REQUIREMENT
SECTION 40 05 68.23
MISCELLANEOUS VALVES
A. Reference Section 40 05 00 -Basic Mechanical Requirements.
B. Valves intended for chemical service shall be constructed of materials suitable for the
intended service .
PART 2 -PRODUCTS
2.01 GLOBE VALVES (SERVICE/COMPRESSED AIR, SERVICE WATER)
A. ½-Inch to 3-lnch
1. Globe valves for compressed air or water service shall be bronze body and bonnet
with brass stem and stainless steel regrindable disc plug. Rising stem and union
bonnet through 2-lnch and bolted bonnet to 3-lnch. Valves shall be Jenkins Valve
Fig . 2032J, Crane Co., or equal with minimum 300 psi non shock cold water
pressure rating and screwed ends.
2.02 SOLENOID VALVES
A. Three-way two-position solenoid valves shall be of the two coil type . Both coils shall be
normally closed and each shall open independently when energized. The valve shall be
of forged brass-body and bonnet with a Buna "N" diaphragm and screwed ends. The
solenoid's internal parts shall be of 300 and 400 series stainless steel. The valve shall
have a safe body working pressure of 125 psi and shall be as manufactured by ASCO
Valves, Automatic Switch Co., or equal, for 120V, 60 Hz , single phase operation .
Solenoid enclosure shall be NEMA 4 watertight unless NEMA 7 is indicated on the
drawings.
B . Two-way solenoid valves shall be normally closed and shall open when the solenoid is
energized, unless otherwise noted. The valve shall be of forged brass-body and bonnet
with a BUNA "N" diaphragm and screwed ends. The solenoid's internal parts shall be of
300 and 400 series stainless steel. The valve shall have a safe body working pressure of
125 psi , and shall be as manufactured by ASCO Valves, Automatic Switch Co., or equal,
for 120 volt, 60 Hz, single phase operation. Solenoid enclosure shall be NEMA 4
watertight unless NEMA 7 is indicated on the drawings .
C. Four-way two-position solenoid valves shall be of the single coil type and shall be
normally closed and shall open when the solenoid is energized (i.e . fail closed). The
CONFORMED , 12/01/2022
FWW VILLAGE CREEK WRF , DIGESTER MIXING , FLARE , DOME IMPROVEMENTS
CITY PROJECT NO. 102652
40 05 68 .23 -1 MISCELLANEOUS VALVES
remainder of the four-way two-position solenoid valves shall be of the two-coil type . Both
coils shall be normally closed , and each shall open independently when energized . The
valve shall be of forged brass-body and bonnet with a Buna "N" diaphragm and screwed
ends . The solenoid's internal parts shall be of 300 and 400 series stainless steel. The
valve shall have a safe body working pressure of 125 psi and shall be as manufactured
by ASCO Va lves , Automatic Switch Co . or equal, for 120V, 60 Hz , single phase
operation. Solenoid enclosure shall be NEMA 4 watertight unless NEMA 7 is indicated
on the drawings . The solenoid valve shall be provided with a manual override .
D . Where indicated on the drawings, solenoids shall be type NEMA 7 , explosion proof.
2.03 PRESSURE RELIEF, REDUCING AND REGULATING VALVES
A. Pressure relief valves 1 inch and under shall have bronze bodies and above 1 inch shall
have cast iron bodies, bronze fitted with grey iron diaphragm base and straight chamber
and phosphorus bronze diaphragm . The ratio of the diaphragm area to the seat area
shall be adequate to overcome sticking . The seat disc shall be of non-corrodible,
non-sticking material capable of withstanding extreme temperatures . Valves shall permit
dismantling for repairs and cleaning without being removed from the line. Valves shall
conform to the ASME Boiler Construction Code as approved by both the Underwriters
Lab., and the National Board of Boiler Pressure Vessel Inspectors . All valves shall be
designed for a minimum working pressure at least equal to the working pressure of the
corresponding pipeline and shall have adjustment over a range of at least 20 percent
above or below the required setting pressure of the installation.
B. Pressure relie f valves (non-potable water service) shall be diaphragm activated , single
seat, pilot operated and shall maintain a constant upstream pressure by relieving excess
pressure. The valve shall be normally closed and shall open to maintain the required
back pressure when the valve inlet pressure reaches the pilot control set point. The
initial pilot control setting shall be 78 psi. The stem shall be stainless steel and shall be
guided through the center for 100% of the stem travel. The main valve throttling plug
shall be provided with V-port sections to insure precise control at low flow rates. All
internal metal parts shall be bronze or stainless steel. The control pilot shall be direct
acting, spring loaded, and adjustable with bronze body and stainless-steel trim . The
diaphragm and seat disc shall be BUNA-N. The valve shall be of the angle or globe
pattern as shown on the Drawings and shall be fully repairable in the line. The pressure
relief valve shall be the Model 428CP as manufactured by Bailey , Fresno, California , or
equal.
C . Pressure reducing and regulating valves (water service) 1/2-inch and under shall be
bronze and above 1/2-inch shall have cast iron bodies bronze fitted . Valves shall be
constructed with full openings and capable of supplying a full flow of water at reduced
pressure . Valves shall be so constructed that repa irs can be made without removing the
valves from the line. The valves shall be equipped with a sedimentation chamber and
stainless steel or bronze strainer. Pressure reducing and regulating valves shall be the
back pressure sustaining type and shall operate over a range at differential pressures
from 5 to 120 psi . Reducing and regulat ing valves shall meet or exceed the requirements
CONFORMED , 12/01/2022
FWW VILLAGE CREEK WRF , DIGESTER MIXING , FLARE , DOME IMPROVEMENTS
CITY PROJECT NO. 102652
40 05 68.23 -2 MISCELLANEOUS VALVES
of ASSE 1003 (ANSI A112 .26.2) and shall be Model 616R, as manufactured by Fisher
Controls , WATTS Series 25 AUB, GA, or equal.
2.04 PRESSURE AIR RELEASE VALVE {POTABLE WATER ONLY)
A. The pressure air release valve shall be constructed of cast iron with stainless steel trim
and stainless steel float , and all working parts shall be bronze, brass , stainless steel , or
other corrosion resistant material. The valves shall be designed for a minimum working
pressure of 150 psi and a test pressure of 300 psi. All valves shall be provided with "soft
seating" material to provide drip-tight closure at 1 to 65 psig. All valves shall be provided
with a vacuum check.
B . All internal and external ferrous components and surfaces of the valves , with the
exception of stainless steel and finished or bearing surfaces, shall be shop painted with
two coats (10 mils min . dry film thickness) of the manufacturer's premium (NSF
approved) epoxy for corros ion resistance . Damaged surfaces shall be repaired in
accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations.
C . The pressure air release valve shall be the following types and models as manufactured
by the Crispin Valve Division of Multiplex Manufacturing Co., or equal.
D.
PRV Discharge
Location Size Capacity Model# Connection
2 si
All 2" 45 SCFM PL20N5 Screwed
2.05 HOSE VALVES
A . Hose valves shall be 300 lbs . non-shock cold water angle or globe valves, Fig. 112/113
as manufactured by Jenkins Valve Co ., or equal. Valves shall be bronze bodied with
Bun~-N or neoprene disc and bronze bonnet and packing nut. Valve stem, gland , and
lock nut shall be brass . Valve shall be provided with 3-inch diamete r malleable iron
handwheel , cap and chain , and 3/4-inch or 1-inch (or 2-inch near flushing connections)
hose connection outlet.
2.06 NEEDLE VALVES
A. Needle valves shall be bronze body and spindle with follower gland and shall be 400 psi,
non-shock cold water needle valves , Figure 743-G as manufactured by Jenkins Bros .,
Corp., Crane Co . No. 88 , or equal.
B . Needle valves (service air) shall be bronze body , with stainless steel stem . Valves shall
be Jenkins Valve Fig. 741G , Crane Co . or equal and shall have minimum 400 psi
non-shock co ld water pressure rating and screwed ends.
2.07 PINCH VALVES
CONFORMED , 12/01 /2022
FWW VILLAGE CREEK WRF , D IGESTER MIXING , FLARE , DOME IMPROVEMENTS
CITY PROJECT NO . 102652
40 05 68 .23 -3 MISCELLANEOUS VALVES
A. Pinch valves shall be of the full metal body mechanical pinch type with flanged joint ends
on both body and rubber sleeve . Port areas shall be 100% of the full pipe area through
the entire valve length. Flanges shall be of one size larger than pipeline size to allow
extra thickness of rubber. Mating pipeline flanges shall be standard reducing flange with
I.D . to exactly match valve I.D. All internal valve metal parts are to be completely
protected by the rubber pinch tube. The rubber pinch tube shall be one piece
construction with integral flanges drilled to ANSI 125# standard . The pinch tube shall
also be Nylon reinforced with an exterior wrapping of 1/8" thick neoprene. Handwheel
closing mechanism shall be double-acting and pinch the sleeve equally from two sides.
The stem shall be non-rising and have a non-rising handwheel. There shall be no cast
part in the operating mechanism. Each valve shall have flanges conforming to ANSI
B 16.1 , Class 125 lb. Valves shall be Series "75 DW" as manufactured by Red Valve Co.,
Inc. or equal.
2.08 MUD VALVES
A. Mud valves shall be cast iron body with bronze stem, stem nut, disc ring , and seat ring.
Bolts and nuts shall be corrosion resistant. Mud valve shall be flanged with non-rising
stem. Mud valve shall be Model F-3075 as manufactured by Clow, or equal.
2.09 TELESCOPING VALVES
A. Telescoping valves shall be of the size shown on the Drawings. The valves shall be
rising stem lift with stainless steel tube body material. All connecting bails and hardware
shall be stainless steel. Minimum wall thickness for the tube shall be 1/8". At the point
where the sliding tube enters the vertical stationary pipe a seal shall be affected by
means of a wiper gasket retained by a stainless-steel holding flange . The friction seal
flange shall have a neoprene or Buna-N wiper gasket. The valves shall have two
V-notched weirs located at 180 degrees to each other (maximum travel 36"). The valve
lift mechanism shall be ball bearing supported with torque plate, mounted on offset type
cast iron pedestal. Provide electric motor operator in weather-tight enclosure to be
mounted on valve floorstand . The operator shall be suitable for the intended operation
and sized for the telescoping valve that it is used with. The electric operator shall raise
and lower the telescoping valve at a rate of 1 FPM . Provide pushbutton station for
operation in stainless steel NEMA 4 enclosure. The operator shall have a manual hand
crank that does not turn during electric operation . The motor drive shall be a Limitorque
valve controller, or equal. Telescoping valves shall be as manufactured by Waterman
Industries , Inc., or equal.
CONFORMED , 12/01/2022
END OF SECTION
FWW VILLAGE CREEK WRF , DIGESTER MIXING , FLARE , DOME IMPROVEMENTS
CITY PROJECT NO . 102652
40 05 68 .23 -4 MISCELLANEOUS VALVES
SECTION 40 05 97
PIPING AND EQUIPMENT IDENTIFICATION SYSTEMS
PART 1 -GENERAL
1.01 THE REQUIREMENT
A. The Contractor shall furnish and install all components of the system for identification of
piping and equipment as specified hereinafter. The system shall include the application
of color coding to all new and altered plant piping . The Contractor shall paint the
equipment and piping of all Contracts in the colors herein specified, and in accordance
with the requirements of Section 09 90 00 -Painting.
B. In addition to the legends specified herein , the Engineer may order the Contractor to
furnish and install additional identification legends and arrows at no additional cost to the
Owner. Such additional signs may be requested near completion of the work and shall
be limited to no more than five (5) signs for each type specified herein . The legends and
color combinations for additional signs shall conform to the requirements specified
herein.
C. The Contractor shall submit a schedule of the colors and designations proposed in
accordance with Section 01 33 00 -Submittal Procedures and this Section. A minimum
of four (4) color charts with cross-references to the colors listed herein shall be included
with the Submittal.
D. Reference Section 40 05 00 -Basic Mechanical Requirements.
PART 2 -PRODUCTS
2.01 PIPING BAND
A. All new and altered piping shall receive identification bands. Such bands shall be
6-inches wide, neatly made by masking, and spaced at intervals of 30-inches on centers
regardless of the diameter of the pipe being painted . The Contractor may !..!Se approved
precut and prefinished metal bands on piping , in lieu of the masked and painted bands,
where approved by the Engineer.
2.02 PIPING IDENTIFICATION LEGEND
A. The Contractor shall apply identification legends to all types and sections of piping as
shown on the Drawings or as designated by the Engineer. Such legends shall be in the
form of plain block lettering giving the name of the pipe content in full or abbreviated
form and showing the direction of flow by arrows. All lettering and arrows shall be of the
plastic snap-on type, Seton nameplate "set marks", or equal, or they shall be formed by
stenciling in an approved manner using white or black as directed and shall have an
FWW VILLAGE CREEK WRF , DIGESTER MIXING , FLARE, DOME IMPROVEMENTS
CITY PROJECT NO . 102652
CONFORMED , 12/01/2022 40 05 97 -1 PIPING AND EQUIPMENT IDENTIFICATION SYSTEMS
overall height in inches in accordance with the following table:
Diameter of Pipe or
Pipe Covering Height of Lettering
3/4 to 1-1 /4 inches 1/2-inches
1-1/2 to 2-inches 3/4-inches
2-1 /2 to 6-inches 1-1 /4 -inches
8 to 10-inches 2-1 /2-inches
Over 10-inches 3-1/2-inches
B. Identification lettering shall be located midway between color coding bands where
possible. Identification lettering and arrows shall be placed as directed by the Engineer
but shall generally be located each fifteen (15) feet in pipe length , and shall be properly
inclined to the pipe axis to facilitate easy reading . In the event lettering and arrow
identifications are required for piping less than 3/4-inch in diameter, the Contractor shall
furnish and attach approved color-coded tags where instructed.
C. The colors referenced in the legend are as manufactured by KOP-COA T. They are used
for convenience only. Contractor shall confirm all colors with Owner before ordering
materials .
D. Piping and Equipment Identification
Service Legend Base
San itary and Process Drains Dra in 356 Dune Brown
Filtrate Dra ins Filtrate Drain 356 Dune Brown
Primary Sludge Primary Sludge 334 Light Brown
Return Activated Sludge Return Act. Sludge 334 Light Brown
Waste Activated Sludge Waste Act. Sludge 334 Light Brown
Th ickened Sludge Thickened Sludge 334 Light Brown
Scum Piping Scum 334 Light Brown
Service Air -365 Vista Green
Process A ir Process Air 365 Vista Green
Sodium Hypochlorite Solution Chlorine Solution 339 Medium Yellow
Potable Cold Water Potable Water 301 Light Blue
FWW VILLAGE CREEK WRF , DIGESTER M IXING , FLARE , DOME IMPROVEMENTS
CITY PROJECT NO. 102652
CONFORMED , 12/01 /2022 40 05 97 -2 PIPING AND EQUIPMENT IDENTIFICATION SYSTEMS
Service Legend Base
Potable Hot Water Potable Water-Hot 303 Dark Blue
Nonpotable Water Nonpotable Water 300 Aqua Green
Heating (HVAC) Piping HVAC 324 Orange
Seal Water Piping Seal Water 336 Jade Green
Natural Gas Piping Natural Gas 315 Tile Red
Sump Discharge Piping Sump Pump Disch . 332 French Grey
Dewatering Pump Piping -300 Aqua Green
Grit Pumping Grit 300 Aqua Green
Caustic Solution Caustic Solution -
Ferric Sulfate Solution Ferric Sulfate Solution
All valves , pumps , motors , 324 Orange hoist and monorails
Hydrants
CONFORMED , 12/01/2022
-
-319 Light Yellow
END OF SECTION
FWW VILLAGE CREEK WRF , DIGESTER MIXING , FLARE , DOME IMPROVEMENTS
CITY PROJECT NO. 102652
40 05 97 -3 PIPING AND EQUIPMENT IDENTIFICATION SYSTEMS
CONFORMED, 12/01/2022
THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK
FWW VILLAGE CREEK WRF , DIGESTER MIXING, FLARE , DOME IMPROVEMENTS
CITY PROJECT NO . 102652
40 05 97 -4 PIPING AND EQUIPMENT IDENTIFICATION SYSTEMS
~
SECTION 40 06 20
SCHEDULES
PART 1 -GENERAL
1.01
A.
1.02
A.
B.
1.03
1.04
THE REQUIREMENT
Reference Section 40 05 00 -Basic Mechanical Requirements.
PIPING SCHEDULES
Piping requirements for this Section are outlined on the Drawings and in the Piping Schedules .
In the absence of a specified test pressure, pipe shall be tested at the greater of: 1) 150 percent
of working pressure as determined by the Engineer or 2) 10 psig, unless the Schedule indicates
no test is required .
If the pipe material is not shown on the Piping Schedule or otherwise specified, the following
materials shall be used.
PIPE SIZE MATERIAL TYPE OF JOINT CLASS/DESIGN TEST PRESSURE
FLANGED (EXPOSED) CLASS 53
4-IN AND LARGER DIP (1 )
RESTRAINED (BURIED ) PRESSURE CLASS 350
LESS THAN 4-IN PVC /CPVC (2) SOCKET SCH 80 (1)
( 1) Test at 150 percent of working pressure or 10 psi , whichever is greater.
(2) For all PVC/ CPVC designations , if piping is exposed to direct sunlight or if heat t racing is requ ired , CPVC shall be used .
Otherwise , PVC shall be used .
VALVE SCHEDULES -NOT USED
GATE SCHEDULES -NOT USED
FWW V ILLAGE CREEK WRF , DIGESTER M IXING , FLARE , DOME IMPROVEMENTS PHASE 1
CITY PROJECT NO . 102652
CONFORMED , 12/01 /2022 40 06 20-1 PROCESS PIPE , VALVE , AND GATE SCHEDULES
PART 1 -GENERAL
1.01 SCOPE OF WORK
SECTION 40 06 70
PROCESS INSTRUMENT SCHEDULE
A. This Section includes a schedule of the Process Instruments provided by the PCSI.
1.02 RELATED WORK
A. SECTION 40 71 00 FLOW INSTRUMENTS
B. SECTION 40 72 00 LEVEL INSTRUMENTS
C. SECTION 40 73 00 PRESSURE INSTRUMENTS
D. SECTION 40 74 00 TEMPERATURE INSTRUMENTS
E. SECTION 40 75 00 ANALYTICAL INSTRUMENTS
F. SECTION 40 70 50 INSTRUMENT SUPPORT HARDWARE
1.03 SUBMITTALS
A. Refer to SECTION 40 61 00 and the related work sections for submittal requirements.
1.04 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
A. The Process Instrument Schedule provides a summary of the major process
instrumentation requirements as utilized within the control loops represented in the
Contract Documents. Additional instruments shall be provided as required to fully
implement the functionality as described in these specifications and as recommended by
the process and mechanical equipment division suppliers.
B. The Process Instrument Schedule is not intended to be an all-inclusive listing of all
elements and appurtenances required to execute the control loop functions; rather, it is
intended to supplement and complement the drawings and other specification sections.
The Process Instrument Schedule shall not be considered equal to a bill of materials.
C. Provide instrumentation hardware and software as necessary to perform control
functions specified herein and as shown on drawings.
1.05 PROCESS INSTRUMENT SCHEDULE
A. The Process Instrument Schedule follows in Table 40 06 70.
CONFORMED , 12/01/2022
FWW VILLAGE CREEK WRF , DIGESTER MIXING , FLARE , DOME IMPROVEMENTS
CITY PROJECT NO . 102652
40 06 70-1 PROCESS INSTRUMENT SCHEUDLE
TABLE 40 06 70 PCSI-FURNISHED PROCESS INSTRUMENT SCHEDULE
EQUIPMENT
TIT-07223
LSH-07422
LSH-07423
Pl-2011
PSH-2015
Pl-2014
Pl-2021
PSH-2025
Pl-2024
DESCRIPTION RANGE INSTRUMENT DRAWING
TYPE
DIG CONT BLDG NO. 1 0-120 DegF TEMPERATURE 1103
CONTROL ROOM TRANSMITTER
TEMP FOR NON-
PROCESS
ROOMS
DIGESTER 1-6 -FLOAT TYPE 1103
GALLERY FLOOD ALM LEVEL SWITCH ,
INTTRINSICALL Y
SAFE
PRIM SLUDGE -FLOAT TYPE 1103
GALLERY FLOOD ALM LEVEL SWITCH ,
INTTRINSICALL Y
SAFE
DIGESTER MIXING 0-30 psig PRESSURE 1201
PUMP PMX1 SUCTION GAUGE WITH
PRESS 18" DIAPHRAGM
RING SEALS -
CONCENTRIC
FLANGE
MOUNTED
DIGESTER MIXING 0-60 psig PRESSURE 1201
PUMP PMX1 DISCH SWITCH WITH
PRESS SWITCH 16 "DIAPHRAGM
SEALS -
CONCENTRIC
FLANGE
MOUNTED
DIGESTER MIXING 0-60 psig PRESSURE 1201
PUMP PMX1 DISCH GAUGE
PRESS
DIGESTER MIXING 0-30 psig PRESSURE 1202
PUMP PMX2 SUCTION GAUGE WITH
PRESS 18" DIAPHRAGM
RING SEALS -
CONCENTRIC
FLANGE
MOUNTED
DIGESTER MIXING 0-60 psig PRESSURE 1202
PUMP PMX2 DISCH SWITCH WITH
PRESS SWITCH 16 "DIAPHRAGM
SEALS-
CONCENTRIC
FLANGE
MOUNTED
DIGESTER MIXING 0-60 psig PRESSURE 1202
PUMP PMX2 DISCH GAUGE WITH
PRESS 18" DIAPHRAGM
RING SEALS -
CONCENTRIC
FLANGE
MOUNTED
FWW VILLAGE CREEK WRF , DIGESTER MIXING , FLARE , DOME IMPROVEMENTS
CITY PROJECT NO . 102652
CONFORMED , 12/01/2022 4 0 06 70-2 PROCESS INSTRUMENT SCHEUDLE
Pl-2031
PSH-2035
Pl-2034
Pl-2041
PSH-2045
Pl-2044
Pl-2051
PSH-2055
Pl-2054
Pl-2061
DIGESTER MIXING 0-30 psig PRESSURE 1203
PUMP PMX3 SUCTION SWITCH WITH
PRESS 16 "DIAPHRAGM
SEALS-
CONCENTRIC
FLANGE
MOUNTED
DIGESTER MIXING 0-60 psig PRESSURE 1203
PUMP PMX3 DISCH GAUGE
PRESS SWITCH
DIGESTER MIXING 0-60 psig PRESSURE 1203
PUMP PMX3 DISCH GAUGE WITH
PRESS 18" DIAPHRAGM
RING SEALS-
CONCENTRIC
FLANGE
MOUNTED
DIGESTER MIXING 0-30 psig PRESSURE 1204
PUMP PMX4 SUCTION GAUGE WITH
PRESS 18" DIAPHRAGM
RING SEALS-
CONCENTRIC
FLANGE
MOUNTED
DIGESTER MIXING 0-60 psig PRESSURE 1204
PUMP PMX4 DISCH SWITCH WITH
PRESS SWITCH 16 "DIAPHRAGM
SEALS -
CONCENTRIC
FLANGE
MOUNTED
DIGESTER MIXING 0-60 psig PRESSURE 1204
PUMP PMX4 DISCH GAUGE
PRESS
DIGESTER MIXING 0-30 psig PRESSURE 1205
PUMP PMX5 SUCTION GAUGE WITH
PRESS 18" DIAPHRAGM
RING SEALS -
CONCENTRIC
FLANGE
MOUNTED
DIGESTER MIXING 0-60 psig PRESSURE 1205
PUMP PMX5 DISCH SWITCH WITH
PRESS SWITCH 16 "DIAPHRAGM
SEALS -
CONCENTRIC
FLANGE
MOUNTED
DIGESTER MIXING 0-60 psig PRESSURE 1205
PUMP PMX5 DISCH GAUGE
PRESS
DIGESTER MIXING 0-30 psig PRESSURE 1206
PUMP PMX6 SUCTION GAUGE WITH
PRESS 18" DIAPHRAGM
RING SEALS-
CONCENTRIC
FLANGE
FWW VILLAGE CREEK WRF , DIGESTER MIXING , FLARE , DOME IMPROVEMENTS
CITY PROJECT NO. 102652
CONFORMED , 12/01/2022 40 06 70-3 PROCESS INSTRUMENT SCHEUDLE
PSH-2065
Pl-2064
AIT-36033-LEL
AE-36033-LEL
AE-336034-H2S
LSL-37489
LSL-37490
FIT-336030
FIT-336031
Pl-304
Pl-305
AIT-4 7036-H2S
DPIT-47039
DPIT-47040
MOUNTED
DIGESTER MIXING 0-60 psig PRESSURE 1206
PUMP PMX6 DISCH SWITCH WITH
PRESS SWITCH 16 "DIAPHRAGM
SEALS -
CONCENTRIC
FLANGE
MOUNTED
DIGESTER MIXING 0-60 psig PRESSURE 1206
PUMP PMX6 DISCH GAUGE
PRESS
DIG GAS DRIP SUMP COMBUSTIBLE 1301
FLR 4-6 LEL/H2S GAS
TRANSMITTER TRANSMITTER
(LEL/H2S)
DIG GAS DRIP SUMP 0-100 % COMBUSTIBLE 1301
FLR 4-6 LEL GAS DETECTOR
(LEL)
DIG GAS DRIP SUMP 0-50 ppm HYDROGEN 1301
FLR4-6 H2S SULFIDE GAS
DETECTOR
DIG GAS DRIP SUMP -FLOAT TYPE 1301
4-6 LO LVL ALM LEVEL SWITCH,
INTTRINSICALL Y
SAFE
DIG GAS DRIP SUMP -FLOAT TYPE 1301
4-6 LOLO L VL ALM LEVEL SWITCH ,
INTTRINSICALL Y
SAFE
DIG GAS FLARE FLR4 0-1500 THERMAL 1301
FLOW SCFM DISPERSION
MASS FLOW
TRANSMITTER -
WET GAS
SERVICE
DIG GAS FLARE FLR5 0-1500 THERMAL 1301
FLOW SCFM DISPERSION
MASS FLOW
TRANSMITTER -
WET GAS
SERVICE
DIG GAS FLARE FLR4 0-15 in H20 PRESSURE 1301
PRESSURE GAUGE GAUGE
DIG GAS FLARE FLR5 0-15 in H20 PRESSURE 1301
PRESSURE GAUGE GAUGE
DIG HP GAS HEADER 0-30 ppm H2S ANALIZER 1403
H2S CONCENTRATION (GAS PHASE
METHANE)
DG H2S REMOVAL 0-12"w .c . DIFFERENTIAL 1401
UNIT HSR1 DIFF PRESSURE
PRESS TRANSMITTER
DG H2S REMOVAL 0-12 "w .c. DIFFERENTIAL 1401
UNIT HSR2 DIFF PRESSURE
FWW VILLAGE CREEK WRF , DIGESTER MIXING , FLARE , DOME IMPROVEMENTS
CITY PROJECT NO. 102652
CONFORMED , 12/01/2022 40 06 70-4 PROCESS INSTRUMENT SCHEUDLE
PRESS TRANSMITTER
DPIT-47041 DG H2S REMOVAL 0-12 "w .c. DIFFERENTIAL 1401
UNIT HSR3 DIFF PRESSURE
PRESS TRANSMITTER
LSL-47438-L DIG COMP BLDG -FLOAT TYPE 1404
SUMPS LOW LVL ALM LEVEL SWITCH.
INTTRINSICALL Y
SAFE
LSL-47439-LL DIG COMP BLDG -FLOAT TYPE 1404
SUMPS LOLO LVL LEVEL SWITCH,
ALM INTTRINSICALL Y
SAFE
LSL-47440-L DIG COMP BLDG -FLOAT TYPE 1404
SUMP N LOW LVL LEVEL SWITCH,
ALM INTTRINSICALL Y
SAFE
LSL-47441-LL DIG COMP BLDG -FLOAT TYPE 1404
SUMP N LOLO LVL LEVEL SWITCH ,
ALM INTTRINSICALL Y
SAFE
PART 2 -PRODUCTS (NOT USED)
PART 3 -EXECUTION (NOT USED)
END OF SECTION
CONFORMED , 12/01/2022
FWW VILLAGE CREEK WRF , DIGESTER MIXING, FLARE , DOME IMPROVEMENTS
CITY PROJECT NO . 102652
40 06 70 -5 PROCESS INSTRUMENT SCHEUDLE
CONFORMED , 12/01/2022
THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK
FWW VILLAGE CREEK WRF , DIGESTER MIXING , FLARE , DOME IMPROVEMENTS
CITY PROJECT NO. 102652
40 06 70 -6 PROCESS INSTRUMENT SCHEUDLE
PART 1 -GENERAL
1.01 THE REQUIREMENT
SECTION 40 41 13
HEAT TRACING SYSTEMS
A. The Contractor shall furnish and install heat tracing and insulation systems as shown
and required by notes in the drawings or as required by the Section 40 06 20 -Process
Pipe, Valve, and Gate Schedules. All heat tracing components shall be supplied by the
same manufacturer. The heat tracing and insulation system shall include but shall not be
limited to self-regulating heater cables, lighted grommet end termination kits, power
connection kits , splice kits, NEMA 4X controllers with RTD sensors, piping insulation and
jacket and installation tape. The intent of this specification is for the contractor to supply
all appurtenances needed for a complete and fully operational system at each location
that a heat tracing system is required. The heat tracing system supplier shall be
completely responsible for the design of the system such that the entire system meets all
aspects of this specification and the system functions in the environment where it will be
installed. All parameters of the system shall be sized and as recommended by the
supplier.
B. The heat tracing system(s) shall be provided in accordance with the requirements of
Section 40 05 00 -Basic Mechanical Requirements.
C . Piping insulation and jacket shall be supplied with all heat traced piping and shall be in
conformance with Section 40 42 13 -Insulation. The thickness of the insulation shall be
as stipulated in this specification.
D. All air release valve piping that will remain constantly wet and that is installed outdoors
shall be heat traced. All pressure gauge piping installed outdoors shall be heat traced
and insulated .
E. The minimum design ambient temperature for the heat tracing system design shall be
-10°F .
F . See Drawings for requirements for digester gas condensate vault sump water heater.
Contractor shall coordinate with manufacturer to provide a heater compatible with the
second circuit of the heat trace control panel for that area .
G. All the components of the heat tracing system shall be individually Underwriters
Laboratory (UL) listed. The system as supplied shall conform to all applicable parts of
the following :
1. National Fire Protection Association (NFPA)
CONFORMED , 12/01/2022
FWW VILLAGE CREEK WRF, DIGESTER MIXING , FLARE , DOME IMPROVEMENTS
CITY PROJECT NO. 102652
40 41 13 -1 HEAT TRACING SYSTEMS
2. National Electric Code (NEC)
3. Local and State/Commonwealth Building Codes
1.02 OPERATING CONDITIONS AND PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS
A. Heat tracing system conductors and insulation for METAL piping shall be supplied in
conformance with the following table:
Heat Tracing Conductors and Insulation for Metal Piping
Cable Heat
Rating Watts
per Foot
Insulation Design Air Pipe Thickness Temperature Size (in) (in) -10°F
$3/4 1 3
1 1 3
1-1/4 1 3
1-1/2 1 3
2 1 3
2-1/2 1 3
3 1-1/2 3
4 1-1/2 5
6 2 5
8 2 5
10 2 8
12 2 8
B. Heat tracing system conductors and insulation for NONMETALLIC. Piping shall be
supplied in conformance with the following table:
Heat Tracing Conductors and Insulation for Nonmetallic Piping
CONFORMED , 12/01 /2022
Pipe
Size (in)
$3/4
Insulation
Thickness
(in)
Cable Heat
Rating
Watts er Foot
Ambient Air
Temperature
-10°F
3
FWW VILLAGE CREEK WRF , DIGESTER MIXING , FLARE , DOME IMPROVEMENTS
CITY PROJECT NO . 102652
40 4 1 13 -2 HEAT TRACING SYSTEMS
Cable Heat
Rating
Watts per Foot
Insulation Ambient Air Pipe Thickness Temperature Size (in) (in) -10°F
1 1 3
1-1 /4 1 3
1-1/2 1 3
2 1 3
2-1/2 1 5
3 1-1/2 3
4 1-1/2 5
6 2 5
8 2 8
10 2 8 (1)
12 2 8 (1)
1) Two conductors shall be provided and shall be placed on top of and
under the pipe .
1.03 SUBMITTALS
A. The following items shall be submitted with the Shop Drawings in accordance with, or in
addition to the submittal requirements specified in Section 01 33 00 -Submittal
Procedures:
1. Submittal data on all components of the heat trace system and any other data
recommended by the manufacturer
2. Installation and maintenance instructions
3. List of replacement parts for the entire system in table format
4. Bill of materials list of the system as supplied in table format
5. Final Operations and Maintenance Manuals for the Heat Tracing System shall
include tabulated data for each length of heat trace cable as described in §3.03.B.
Heat trace vendor control panels shall be listed by tag number and model. Final
settings for each heattrace control panel shall be listed. High/low current monitor
setting calculations shall be based on actual-installed cable quantities and
documented for each panel. These calculations shall reflect all attached loads to
each heat trace vendor control panel.
CONFORMED , 12/01/2022
FWW VILLAGE CREEK WRF , DIGESTER MIXING , FLARE , DOME IMPROVEMENTS
CITY PROJECT NO. 102652
40 41 13 -3 HEAT TRACING SYSTEMS
PART 2 -PRODUCTS
2.01 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS
A. Each heat trace system shall be supplied by Thermon Manufacturing Company,
Raychem Corporation or Chromalox. All system components shall be supplied by a
single manufacturer.
2.02 MATERIALS
A. The self-regulating heater cable assembly shall consist of two parallel copper bus wires ,
minimum size 16 AWG, connected through a semi-conductive heating matrix. This
heating element shall be covered with a cross-linked polyolefin insulation jacket. This
insulation shall be covered by a tinned copper braid and then covered with a
fluoropolymer insulating jacket. All heat cables shall be rated for 120 volt supply voltage.
B. The heating cable shall be suitable for installation on metallic and nonmetallic pipe. All
heating cable shall be properly marked by the manufactures number or nomenclature for
ease of future maintenance . Cable shall be suitable for use in class 1 (division 1 and 2)
or class 2 (division 1 and 2) hazardous locations where cable is shown on the contract
drawings to be installed in hazardous locations.
C . Each heat tracing circuit shall be supplied with a power connection and end seal kit.
Each end seal kit shall include a lighted end termination kit Chromalox model UESL or
equal. It shall be the Contractor's responsibility to make sure that no circuit in the system
be longer than as recommended by the heat tracing system manufacturer.
D . All cable connections and terminations in the circuit shall be made using manufacturer
recommended and supplied kits . Junction boxes shall be provided where required for
access to all circuit appurtenances. Cable shall be installed without splicing. Each
length of cable shall be continuous (uncut) and shall be provided with a dedicated
weatherproof local disconnect switch , power connection kit , and lighted end termination
kit as described above .
2.03 ELECTRICAL AND CONTROL REQUIREMENTS
A. The heat tracing system shall be controlled by a monitoring and control panel
manufactured specifically for this purpose by one of the named heat trace
manufacturers. The panel shall be a microprocessor-based control system incorporating
a digital information display. The panel shall be equipped for ambient temperature
sensing through up to 2 RTD inputs . The control panel shall be housed in a NEMA 4X
FRP enclosure in chemical applications and a NEMA 4X stainless steel enclosure for all
other applications. The control panel shall be Thermon model TraceNet TCM2 ,
Raychem Model 910 , or Chromalox model ITC .
1. The control panel shall have the following capabilities and specifications:
CONFORMED , 12/01/2022
FWW VILLAGE CREEK WRF , DIGESTER MIXING , FLARE , DOME IMPROVEMENTS
CITY PROJECT NO . 102652
40 41 13 -4 HEAT TRACING SYSTEMS
a . Factory Mutual and Underwriters Laboratory listed
b. . Designed for 120 / 240 VAC supply and output voltage . Dual circuit panels
shall be capable of providing different voltages (120 / 240 V) to each circuit.
c. Control Panel operating ambient temperature range of-40 °F-140°F
d . Accept input from up to 2 3-wire platinum RTDs for ambient temperature
sensing
e . Temperature control range -40 °F-300 °F
f. Alarm functions for high operating current, low operating current, and ground
fault indication , and RTD sensor(s) fault.
g . Alarm information for low temperature , high temperature , low heater current ,
high heater current , ground fault current and damaged RTD sensor(s)
h. Communication capability via a RS 485 port
i. Real time data for temperature, heater current and ground fault current
j . One (1) or two (2) heating circuits per control panel as shown in the electrical
drawings. Each circuit shall be controlled by a solid state relay with soft start
function available to eliminate in-rush current.
2 . Each control panel shall also include an ambient temperature sensing 3-wire
platinum RTD supplied by the manufacturer. The RTD shall be housed in a NEMA
4X enclosure and shall be adaptable for mounting in a number of configurations.
The RTD shall be rated for installation in Class 1, Division 2 hazardous locations .
The RTD resistance shall be 100 ohms at 32 °F . The sensor housing material shall
be 316 stainless steel. The RTD calibration shall conform to ASTM E 1137 Grade
B.
3. Contractor shall furnish pad , rack, and sunshade for each heat trace control panel
per detail E31 on sheet ED105 in the electrical drawings.
2.04 SPARE PARTS
A. Spare parts shall be provided in accordance with Section 46 00 00 -Equipment General
Provisions and shall include the following:
1. 100 ft. of self-regulating cable for each cable wattage provided for the system(s)
2. One (1) spare heat trace system controller
3 . One (1) spare ambient temperature RTD
CONFORMED , 12/01/2022
FWW VILLAGE CREEK WRF , DIGESTER MIX ING , FLARE , DOME IMPROVEMENTS
CITY PROJECT NO . 102652
40 4113 -5 HEAT TRACING SYSTEMS
4. Two (2) each of the following: cable power connection kits, lighted cable
termination kits , cable splice kits and cable tee kits
PART 3 -EXECUTION
3.01 MANUFACTURER'S FIELD SERVICES
A . The services of a qualified manufacturer's technical representative shall be provided in
accordance with Section 46 00 00 -Equipment General Provisions and shall include the
following site visits:
Service
Installation and Testing
Startup and Training
Number of
Trips
Number of
DavsfTrip
3.02 INSTALLATION
A. The installation of all heat tracing and insulation components shall conform to all
instructions and requirements recommended by the heat tracing system manufacturer.
All installation and terminations shall conform to the National Electric Code.
B. All piping shall be pressure tested prior to installation of any heat tracing or insulation
components. Thermal insulation shall only be installed when all heat tracing components
are in place and satisfactorily tested as indicated herein. Once tested , the insulation
shall be installed immediately to prevent damage to the heat tracing system
components.
C. No insulation shall be installed using staples. Insulation jackets shall be installed as
recommended by the insulation system supplier such that no damage is done to the heat
tracing system components .
D. The installation of heat tracing cable on nonmetallic pipe shall be done in strict
conformance with the heat tracing manufacturer's recommendations. Requirements shall
include heat shielding foil tape or wrap as recommended by the heat tracing
manufacturer
E. Contractor shall install weather proofing for all outdoor piping. The field applied jacket
with moisture barrier shall be slipped around pipe into preformed 2-lock position. Butt
next jacket section adjacent to previous section leaving 3/8-inch gap . Place preformed 2-
inch butt strap with sealant over the seam and secure with ½-inch aluminum band and
wing seal. Contractor shall install preformed fittings identical in composition to pipe
jacketing at all fittings
CONFORMED , 12/01/2022
FWW VILLAGE CREEK WRF , DIGESTER MIXING , FLARE, DOME IMPROVEMENTS
CITY PROJECT NO . 102652
40 41 13 -6 HEAT TRACING SYSTEMS
F. The Contractor shall insure that surfaces of pipes , valves , heat tracing , and fitt ings are
clean and dry prior to installation of insulation . Insulation shall be installed so as to make
surfaces smooth , even , and substantially flush with the adjacent insulation . The
Contractor shall follow the manufacturer's application instructions for the materials used
G. A weather resistant label shall be installed on the piping insulation jacket every 15 feet
and readily visible from ground level : ELECTRIC HEAT TRACING : CAUTION
H. Each local disconnect and lighted end termination kit for heat tracing shall be labelled
with a nameplate including heat trace control panel tag number, subcircu it number, and
functional name of connected subcircuit(s).
I. Heat trace control panels shall be configured according to manufacturer
recommendations.
J . Ambient temperature RTD sensors shall be mounted out of direct sunlight. Provide
instrument sunshades wherever the installation location does not prevent exposure to
direct sunlight. Coordinate locations with Owner.
1. Sunshades shall be Style E as manufactured by O'Brien Corporation , or equal.
Where possible , these instruments shall be mounted in a north facing direction.
3.03 FIELD TESTING
A. All heating cable shall be tested using a megohmeter (megger) between the heating
cable bus wires and the metallic ground braid . A 2 ,500 VDC megger test is required , and
the minimum acceptable resistance value shall be 20 megaohms regardless of the
circuit length . Any cables found to be less than this value shall be replaced at no
additional cost to the Owner. The megger tests shall be performed as follows :
1. Prior to removal from the cable reel.
2. After installation of the cable and all fabrication kits but prior to installing any of the
insulation system components .
3. After installation of the insulation system components but prior to energizing the
cables .
4. All test reading for each megger test shall be recorded by the installer and
submitted with the maintenance instructions .
B . Each length of heating cable shall be documented including model , wattage, length of
cable , and process service description . Cable length shall be measured before
installation on piping and appurtenances . After energizing the cables for at least 4 hours,
voltage , steady state current , and ambient temperature shall be documented for each
length of heating cable .
CONFORMED , 12/01 /2022
FWW VILLAGE CREEK WRF , DIGESTER MIXING , FLARE , DOME IMPROVEMENTS
CITY PROJECT NO . 102652
40 41 13 -7 HEAT TRACING SYSTEMS
C . Contractor shall artificially lower the temperature reading of the RTD to initiate operation
of the heat trace system. Contractor shall confirm operation of the heat trace systems
and field test all available alarms .
CONFORMED , 12/01/2022
END OF SECTION
FWW VILLAGE CREEK WRF , DIGESTER MIXING , FLARE , DOME IMPROVEMENTS
CITY PROJECT NO. 102652
40 41 13 -8 HEAT TRACING SYSTEMS
PART 1 -GENERAL
1.01 THE REQUIREMENT
SECTION 40 42 13
INSULATION
A. The Contractor shall furnish and install insulation as shown on the Drawings or
otherwise specified. Insulation shall not be installed until piping has been field tested and
approved by the Owner. The Contractor shall protect the insulation from moisture at all
times.
B. Reference Section 46 00 00 -Basic Mechanical Requirements .
PART 2 -PRODUCTS
2.01 INSULATED PROCESS/CHEMICAL PIPING
A. Flexible unicellular, closed-cell elastomeric piping insulation: ASTM C 534, Type I. AP
Armaflex by Armacell Company or K-Flex lnsul-Tube by K-Flex USA. Insulation shall be
mold-resistant and shall be non-wicking . Contractor shall use manufacturer's
recommended products and methods for jointing material. Minimum insulation thickness
shall be 1-1/2 inches for 4" diameter pipe and larger, and 1 inch for smaller pipe.
Insulation thickness for heat traced pipe is specified in Section 40 41 13 -Heat Tracing
Systems.
B . Weatherproof insulation jacket for process piping shall be Certain Teed Products
Corporation; Childers Products Company, Lock On and Slip On; or equal. Jacket shall
be smooth embossed aluminum metal jacket with minimum thickness 0.016 inches thick
for interior installations and at least 0.031 inches thick for exterior installations. Fastening
shall use preformed "2"-lock seam with 2 inch butt strap with sealant. Bonds shall be
1/2-inch aluminum with wing seals. Fittings shall be prefabricated 0.016/0.031 inches
thickness aluminum .
1. Contractor shall install weather proofing for outdoor piping. The field applied jacket
with moisture barrier shall be slipped around pipe into preformed 2-lock position .
Butt next jacket section adjacent to previous section leaving 3/8 inch gap. Place
preformed 2 inch butt strap with sealant over the seam and secure with 1/2 inch
aluminum band and wing seal. Contractor shall install preformed fittings identical in
composition to pipe jacketing at all fittings.
C . Insulation fitting covers and jacket for chemical piping shall be Zeston 2000 PVC by
Manville, or equal. Fitting covers shall fit snugly over fittings, including all elbows and
CONFORMED , 12/01/2022
FWW VILLAGE CREEK WRF , DIGESTER MIXING, FLARE , DOME IMPROVEMENTS
CITY PROJECT NO . 102652
404213-1 INSULATION
~
valves , etc. Jacketing shall be high-impact UV-resistant covering for insulated piping and
shall match fitting covers. Fitting covers and jackets shall be white and suitable for
painting . PVC jacketing shall be 30 mil thick and shall be factory curled to fit snugly.
Fitting covers and jacketing shall be secured with tacks .
D. The Contractor shall insure that surfaces of p ipes, valves , heat tracing , and fittings are
clean and dry prior to installation of insulation . Insulation shall be installed so as to make
surfaces smooth , even , and substantially flush with the adjacent insulation . The
Contractor shall follow the manufacturer's application instructions for the materials used .
E . Where shown on the drawings, removable insulation blankets shall be provided as
manufactured by MIT International, ThermaXX Jackets, LLC, or UniTherm
International, Inc. Blankets shall be of sewn assembly, constructed of Teflon
impregnated fiberglass fabric, minimum thickness 0.016 inches. Insulation shall
be of the same materials and thickness specified for pipe insulation.
Fastening straps shall be provided in the same material as the blanket cover. Both
D-rings and hook/loop patches shall be provided for redundant fastening of the
straps. 316 stainless steel wire lacing systems are an acceptable alternate for
blanket fastening. All metallic hardware shall be 316 stainless steel . Sleeves with
draw string cinches shall be provided for sealing of each pipe outlet from the
blanket. Sleeves shall extend either 3 inches past the end of pipe insulation or by
the manufacturer's recommended length, whichever is greater.
Each removable insulation blanket shall include an engraved aluminum nameplate
with a unique manufacturer's identifier to facilitate future re-ordering. Blanket
manufacturer shall review each type of fitting , valve, or instrument in each
applicable size and recommend a standard or custom product.
2.02 INSULATED AIR PIPING
A. Fiberglass insulation shall be provided for exposed exterior blower discharge piping as
shown on the Drawings and as specified herein . Insulation shall be a roll of semi-rigid
fiberglass board insulation . The fibrous insulation is adhered to the ASJ jacket with the
end grain of the insulation perpendicular to the jacket surface . Each section of insulation
may be secured on the longitudina l seam by using staples and mastic or vapor barrier
ASJ pressure sensitive tape . Adjacent sections shall be butted together and sealed with
vapor barrier ASJ tape . The insulation shall be 2-1/2 inches thick with a fiberglass
density of at least 3 pounds per cubic foot.
B. Insulation for fittings and flanges shall be mitered segments of nominal 6 pounds per
cubic foot density fiberglass p ipe covering. Cover with a coat of insu lating cement then
embed a 20 x 20 weave white glass reinforcing cloth between two 1/16 inch coats of
Benjamin Foster 30-36 . The glass cloth and second coat shall overlap adjacent covering
CONFORMED , 12/01 /2 022
FWW V ILLAGE CR EE K W RF , D IGES TER MI X ING , FLARE , DOME IMPROVEMENTS
CITY PROJECT NO . 102652
4 0 42 13 -2 INSULATION
by two inches. Insulation shall be fiberglass pipe wrap as manufactured by Owens-
Corning , Johns Mansfield, or equal.
C. The insulation shall be covered with a smooth, weatherproof, embossed aluminum
jacket with integral Kraft-polyethylene vapor barrier separating the insulation from the
metal. The factory applied aluminum jackets shall be at least .016 inches thick for interior
installation and at least .031 inches thick for exterior installation . They shall be at least
36" long as measured along the pipe .
D. Circumferentially, the width of the sheets shall be 1/2" to 2" greater than the
circumference of the pipe insulation, with a Pittsburgh locktype on the longitudinal edge.
E. The metal jackets shall be held in place by .020" thick, 3/4 inch wide, metal bands on 9"
centers.
F. Special care shall be taken to make all exterior insulation jackets completely waterproof
by the use of an appropriate silicone base sealant at all joints, etc.
PART 3 -EXECUTION (NOT USED)
CONFORMED , 12/01/2022
END OF SECTION
FWW VILLAGE CREEK WRF , DIGESTER MIXING , FLARE , DOME IMPROVEMENTS
CITY PROJECT NO. 102652
40 42 13 -3 INSULATION
SECTION 40 61 00
INSTRUMENTATION AND CONTROLS -GENERAL PROVISIONS
PART 1 -GENERAL
1.01 SCOPE OF WORK
A. The General Contractor, also known as the "Contractor", shall be responsible for all work
and shall provide the services of a Process Control Systems Integrator (PCSI), as a first-
tier subcontractor who shall perform all work necessary to select, furnish, configure,
customize, debug, install, connect, calibrate, and place into operation all instrumentation
hardware specified within this Division
B . All Software configuration and programming for the existing Emersion Distributed
Control System (DCS) and Data Collection Unit (DCU) shall be provided by the City of
Fort Worth herein identified as the Application Service Provider (ASP).
C . All Software configuration and programming for replacement PLC-47 in RTU47 cabinet
shall be provided by the PCSI contractor.
D. All work in RTUs shall be performed by the PCSI contractor.
E . The Contractor is advised that this facility is currently in operation which will continue to
be in operation throughout the execution of this Contract. The Contractor shall schedule
and conduct all work so as to minimize interference with system operation and
maintenance. The Contractor shall develop and submit for review a detailed system
startup plan that illustrate the strategy to be used for minimizing disruption to operation
during system installation , cutover, and startup
F. Contractors Scope of Work: All materials, equipment, labor, and services required to
achieve a fully integrated and operational Process Control System (PCS) coordinated
with the ASP shall be provided . The Contractor shall coordinate the PCS for proper
operation with related equipment and materials furnished under other Sections of these
specifications. Contractors scope shall include but not be limited to :
1. Provide overall coordination, installation , and supervision for the PCS.
2. Lead all meetings as directed by the specification .
3. Provide coordination and cooperation with ASP programmers.
4. Provide design, installation , configuration, calibration, and integration of the PCS
and associated sub-systems/Control Panels as shown on the contract documents.
CONFORMED , 12/01/2022
FWW VILLAGE CREEK WRF , DIGESTER MIXING , FLARE , DOME IMPROVEMENTS
CITY PROJECT NO . 102652
40 61 00-1 INSTRUMENTATION AND CONTROLS
GENERAL PROVISIONS
5. Perform field-wiring terminations associated with new 1/0, controllers, sub-panels,
control devices, rewiring of existing 1/0. The Contractor shall provide all conduit
and wiring between field devices and enclosures provided under other divisions.
6 . The Owner shall retain salvage rights to all materials and equipment removed in
the course of this work. All materials and equipment retained by the Owner shall
be delivered to a plant site location designated by the Owner. Any material or
equivalent not retained by the Owner shall be removed from the site and disposed
of by the contractor in accordance with applicable regulations and laws.
7. Equipment shall be fabricated, assembled, installed, and placed in proper
operating condition in full conformity with detail drawings, specifications,
engineering data, instructions, and recommendations by the equipment
manufacturer as approved by the Engineer.
8 . The Contractor shall furnish equipment which is the product of one manufacturer
to the maximum practical extent. Where this is not practical, the Contractor shall
obtain approval from Owner/Engineer.
9 . Provide all instrumentation work associated with the relocation of equipment from
the existing facility to the new facility, including disconnecting all existing wiring
and conduits and terminating, calibrating and placing into service any relocated
equipment.
10 . Coordinate the sequence of demolition with the sequence of construction to
maintain operation in each area . Remove and demolish equipment and materials
in such a sequence that the existing control system will function properly with no
disruption of plant operation . Work must be coordinated with mechanical and
electrical shutdowns per specification SECTION 01 14 00 COORDINATION WITH
OWNER'S OPERATIONS . There shall be temporary connections associated with
electrical construction work which shall need to be reterminated to final signals.
There shall be new signal wires run replacing existing field signal wires which shall
need to be connected to the RTU terminations as they become available .
11 . RTU wiring: The work for the following RTUs: RTU-07, RTU-36, RTU-37, RTU-47
and RTU-52 shall include the following:
a. RTU-07 shall be reworked completely onsite .
b . Other RTUs shall have points added and deleted .
c . RTU-47 shall have back panel replaced and PLC47 replaced with a Modicon
M340 .
d. RTU cabinet terminations shall be documented to create an 1/0 list based on
the tables in the plans . The form shall be completed in its entirety by the
CONFORMED , 12/01/2022
FWW VILLAGE CREEK WRF , DIGESTER MIXING , FLARE , DOME IMPROVEMENTS
CITY PROJECT NO . 102652
40 61 00-2 INSTRUMENTATION AND CONTROLS
GENERAL PROVISIONS
contractor to document the RTU . Any discrepancies in the document shall
be rectified, field verified, and updated in the document.
12. Modify the RTU-07 located at Digester Control Building 1 (Digesters 1-6). The
work shall include the following :
a. Work must be coordinated with other construction work . As described in
Section 01 14 00 Coordination with Owner's Operations.
b. Demolish the existing components on the Back Panel of the RTU-7 and
replace with new onsite .
c. Back Panel with DIN Rail shall be reused. All other components shall be
replaced , complete with the new terminal blocks and other new mounted
devices .
d . Disconnect all the existing signal wires maintaining the wire tags in small
segments to minim ize potential for confusion and minimize downtime .
Complete all modifications for points on day disconnected.
e. Reconnect all the existing and new signals with all new wire tags for all
points in the cabinet. This shall be done in a prioritize fashion to sustain plant
critical points for monitoring and control as identified in the 1/0 list
f . Do not reconnect signals from Digester Gas mixing systems being removed .
Do reconnect wires to those points to the DCS as spares .
g . Add signals as shown in plans .
13. Modify the RTU-36 located at Digester Control Building 3 (Digesters 11-14/ Blend-
Analogs ). The work shall include the following :
a . Disconnect signals from Digester Gas mixing systems being removed.
b. Add signals as shown in plans .
14 . Modify the RTU-37 located at Digester Control Building 3 (Digesters 11-14/ Blend-
Digitals). The work shall include the following :
a . Disconnect signals from Digester Gas mixing systems being removed.
b. Add signals as shown in plans .
15. Modify the RTU-47 located at Digester Gas Compressor Building (Gas
Compression and Treatment). The work shall include the following:
a . Replace the RTU in its entirety by replacing the back panel and replacing
with all new components .
FWW VILLAGE CREEK WRF , DIGESTER MIXING , FLARE , DOME IMPROVEMENTS
CITY PROJECT NO . 102652
CONFORMED , 12/01/2022 40 61 00-3 INSTRUMENTATION AND CONTROLS
GENERAL PROVISIONS
b. Add signals as shown in the plans.
c. PCSI shall be responsible to replace and configure PLC-47 and associated
power supplies
d. The existing ethernet switch may be reused.
e . The existing UPS, on top of the cabinet, may be reused .
f . Work must be coordinated with other construction work. As described in
Section 01 14 00 Coordination with Owner's Operations.
16. Modify the RTU-52 located in the Gravity Belt Building.
a . Add signals as shown in plans.
17 . Testing and commissioning of the reconnected signals and new signals as
specified in section 40 61 21 Process Control System Testing .
G. ASP Scope of Work : The ASP will provide all services for the existing Distributed Control
System which includes :
1. All Human Machine Interface configuration/modifications for the Ovation DCS.
2. Database and other necessary modification
3. Testing and verification of plant DCS for all supervisory and/or monitoring
functions specified in the contract document.
1.02 RELATED WORK
A. Where references are made to the Related Work paragraph in each Specification
Section , referring to other Sections and other Divisions of the Specifications , the
Contractor shall provide such information or work as may be required in those
references, and include such information or work as may be specified.
B . All Instrumentation work related to Process and Mechanical Divisions equipment that is
shown on the Instrumentation Drawings shall be provided under Division 40
Instrumentation Sections.
C. All instrumentation Equipment and work provided under any other Divisions of the
Specifications shall fully comply with the requirements of Division 40 Instrumentations
Sections.
D. Related Sections
1. Section 01 14 00 Coordination with Owner's Operations
CONFORMED , 12/01/2022
FWW VILLAGE CREEK WRF , DIGESTER MIXING , FLARE , DOME IMPROVEMENTS
CITY PROJECT NO. 102652
40 61 00-4 INSTRUMENTATION AND CONTROLS
GENERAL PROVISIONS
2. Section 40 61 21 Process Control System Testing
3. Section 40 61 96 Control Loop Descriptions and 10 Listing
4 . Section 40 78 00 Panel Mounted Control Devices .
5. Section 40 71 00 Field Instrumentation.
6. Other control equipment specified under other divisions.
1.03 SUBMITTALS
A. General Submittal Requirements :
1. Shop drawings shall be submitted as detailed herein. Shop drawings shall
demonstrate that the equipment and services to be furnished comply with the
provisions of these specifications and shall provide a complete record of the
equipment as manufactured, delivered, installed and placed in service.
2. Submittals shall be complete and shall give equipment specifications, details of
connections, wiring, ranges, installation requirements, and specific dimensions.
Submittals consisting of only general sales literature shall not be acceptable.
3 . Submittals shall be bound in separate three-ring binders, with an index and
sectional dividers, and with all included drawings reduced to a maximum size of
11-inches by 17-inches, then folded to 8.5-inches by 11-inches for inclusion inside
the binder. Maximum binder thickness shall be 3 inches.
4 . The shop drawings title block shall include, as a minimum, contractor registered
business name and address, Owner and project name , drawing name , revision
level, and shall identify personnel responsible for the content of the drawing.
5 . Incomplete or partial submittals not complying with the submittal requirements
outlined in this Section will be returned without review .
6. At a minimum, the following separate submittals as listed in the table below shall
be submitted :
Submittal Submittal Title Location/Governing
index Soecifications
1 O&M Manual Outline 40 61 00
2 Panel Layout Drawings , Wiring 40 61 00
DiaQrams and Loop DiaQrams 40 78 00
3 Commissioning/Startup and Testing 40 61 21 Plan
4 Final Documentation 40 61 00
B. Hardware and Software Packages
FWW VILLAGE CREEK WRF , DIGESTER MIXING , FLARE , DOME IMPROVEMENTS
CITY PROJECT NO . 102652
CONFORMED , 12/01/2022 40 61 00 -5 INSTRUMENTATION AND CONTROLS
GENERAL PROVISIONS
1. For each hardware component indicated below, submit a cover page that lists, at a
minimum, date, specification number, product name , manufacturer, model number,
Location(s), and power required. Preferred format for the cover page is ISA S20 ,
general data sheet ; however, other formats will be acceptable provided they
contain all required information .
2. Catalog cuts for power supplies, and all other hardware being provided. Submit
descriptive literature for each hardware component, which fully describes the units
being provided .
3. Submit details of power monitoring, and Radio System networks. Submittal shall
include details of the field device including type, power requirements, wiring
requirements , configuration details, device addressing, and interface to the PCS .
C. Panel/Sub-panel Layout Drawings, Wiring Diagrams and Loop Wiring Diagrams
Submittal
1. The Contractor shall provide within shop drawings , complete wiring diagrams
showing all wiring connections in the 1/0 system. This includes but is not limited to
terminal block numbering , relay contact information , instruments, equipment, and
control panel names. These drawings will be included in the Final Documentation
submittal. Leaving this information blank on the Final Documentation drawings is
not acceptable.
2 . Panel/Sub-Panel Layout Drawings: Drawings shall be furnished for all panels ,
consoles , and equipment enclosures specified. Panel assembly and elevation
drawings shall be drawn to scale and detail all equipment in or on the panel.
Panel drawings shall be 11"x17" minimum in size . As a minimum , the panel
drawings shall include the following :
a. Interior and exterior panel elevation drawings to scale
b. Nameplate schedule
c. Conduit access locations
d. Panel construction details
e . Include Panel/sub-panel/module assembly and layout drawings shown
drawn to scale. The assembly drawing shall include a bill of material on the
drawing with each panel component clearly defined . The bill of material shall
be cross-referenced to the assembly drawing so that a non-technical person
can readily identify any component of the assembly by manufacturer and
model number.
f . Fabrication and painting specifications including color (or color samples)
FWW VILLAGE CREEK WRF , DIGESTER MIXING , FLARE , DOME IMPROVEMENTS
CITY PROJECT NO. 102652
CONFORMED , 12/01/2022 40 61 00 -6 INSTRUMENTATION AND CONTROLS
GENERAL PROVISIONS
g. Submit construction details, NEMA ratings, intrinsically safe barrier
information, gas sealing recommendations, purging system details, etc. for
panels located in hazardous locations or interfacing to equipment located in
hazardous areas .
h. Heating and cooling calculations for each panel supplied indicating
conformance with cooling requirements of the supplied equipment and
environmental conditions. Calculations shall include the recommended type
of equipment required for both heating and cooling.
i. Submit evidence that all control panels shall be constructed in conformance
with UL 508 and bear the UL seal confirming the construction. Specify if UL
compliance and seal application shall be accomplished at the fabrication
location or by field inspection by UL inspectors. All costs associated with
obtaining the UL seal and any inspections shall be borne by the Contractor
and included in the Project Bid Price.
3 . Panel/sub-panel Wiring Diagrams: Panel wiring diagrams depicting wiring within
and on the panel as well as connections to external devices. Equipment external to
the control panel and related external connections do not need to be shown on the
Panel Wiring Diagrams. Panel wiring diagrams shall include power and signal
connections, UPS and normal power sources, all panel ancillary equipment ,
protective devices, wiring and wire numbers, and terminal blocks and numbering .
Field device wiring shall include the device ISA-tag and a unique numeric
identifier. The diagrams shall identify all device terminal points that the system
connects to, including terminal points where 1/0 wiring lands on equipment not
supplied by the Contractor. Wiring labeling used on the drawings shall match that
shown on the Contract Documents or as developed by the Contractor and
approved by the Engineer. Submit final wire numbering scheme. Panel drawings
shall be 11" x17" minimum in size.
4. ISA Loop Wiring Diagrams: Detailed ISA loop wiring diagrams showing
requirements for each loop which is shown on the contract drawings. The Loop
Drawings shall be prepared in accordance with ISA Standard S5.4 latest edition
with the layout following Figures 5 and 6 (shown in the S5.4 Standard), titled
Minimum Required Items Plus Optional items". Loop drawings shall be 11"x17"
minimum in size. The information required on the Loop Drawings in order to satisfy
the "minimum" and "optional" requirements is as follows :
a . Minimum Required Items -The following information shall be provided on
Loop Drawings in order to meet this requirement:
1)
CONFORMED , 12/01/2022
Identification of the loop and loop components shown on the P&IDs.
Other principal components of the loop to be shown and identified
under ISA-5.1 , "Instrumentation Symbols and Identification"
FWW VILLAGE CREEK WRF , DIGESTER MIXING , FLARE , DOME IMPROVEMENTS
CITY PROJECT NO . 102652
40 61 00-7 INSTRUMENTATION AND CONTROLS
GENERAL PROVISIONS
2) Word description of loop functions within the title. If not adequate , use
a supplemental note. Identify any special features or functions of
shutdown and safety circuits .
3) Indication of the interrelation to other instrumentation loops , including
overrides, interlocks , cascaded set points , shutdowns and safety
circuits .
4) All point-to-point interconnections with identifying numbers or colors of
electrical cables and conductors . This identification of interconnections
includes junction boxes , terminals , bulkheads , ports , and ground ing
connections .
5) General location of devices such as field , panel , auxiliary equipment,
rack , termination cabinet , cable spreading room , 1/0 cabinet , etc.
6) Energy sources of devices , such as electrical power, air supply , and
hydraul ic fluid supply . Identify voltage , pressure, and other applicable
requirements . For electrical sources, identify circuit or disconnect
numbers .
7) Process lines and equipment sufficient to describe the process side of
the loop and provide clarity of control action . Include what is be ing
measured and what is being controlled .
8) Actions or fail-safe positions (electronic , pneumatic , or both) of control
devices such as controllers , switches , control valves , solenoid valves ,
and transmitters (if reverse-acting). These are to be identified in
accordance with ISA-5.1 , "Instrumentation Symbols and Identification".
9) References to equ ipment descriptions , manufacturers, model
numbers , hardware types , specifications or data sheets , purchase
order numbers .
10) Signal ranges and calibration information , including set point values for
switches , and alarm and shutdown devices .
D. Commissioning/Startup and Testing Plan
1. Refer to Specification Section 40 61 21 Process Control System Testing .
E. Final Documentation
1. The Final System Documentation shall consist of operations and maintenance
manuals as specified here in . The manuals shall be bound in three-ring binders ,
maximum size of three inches , with Drawings reduced to 11-inch by 17-inch , then
folded to 8.5-inch by 11-inch for inclusion. Each section shall have a uniquely
CONFORMED , 12/0 1/2022
FWW V ILLAGE CREEK WRF , DIG ESTER MI X ING , FLARE , DOME IMPROVEM E NTS
CITY PROJECT NO . 102652
40 61 00-8 INSTRU MENTATION AND CONTROLS
GENERAL PROVISIONS
numbered tab divider, and each component within each section shall have a
separate binder tab divider.
2. The operations and maintenance manuals shall , at a minimum , contain the
following information:
a . Table of Contents
1) A Table of Contents shall be provided for the entire manual with the
specific contents of each volume clearly listed . The complete Table of
Contents shall appear in each volume .
b. Instrument and Equipment Lists
1) The following lists shall be developed in Excel and provided not only
as a hardcopy in O&M but also electronically on a CD .
2) An instrument list for all devices supplied including tag number,
description , specification section and paragraph number,
manufacturer, model number, serial number, range , span, location ,
manufacturer phone number, local supplier name , local supplier phone
number, completion year replacement cost, and any other pertinent
data.
3) An equipment list for all non-instrument devices supplied listing
description , specification section and paragraph number,
manufacturer, model number, serial number, location , manufacturer
phone number, local supplier name , local supplier phone number,
completion year replacement cost, and any other pertinent data .
c . Data Sheets with Vendor Operations and Maintenance Information
1)
2)
3)
CONFORMED , 12/01/2022
ISA S20 data sheets shall be provided for all field instruments.
Cover page for each device, piece of equipment, and OEM software
that lists , at a minimum , date , specification number, product name,
manufacturer, model number, Location(s), and power required .
Preferred format for the cover page is ISA S20 , general data sheet;
however, other formats will be acceptable provided they contain all
required information .
Final vendor O&M documentation for each device , piece of equipment,
or OEM software shall be either new documentation written specifically
fo r th is project, or modified standard vendor documentation. All
standard vendor documentation furnished shall have all portions that
apply clearly indicated with arrows or circles . All portions that do not
FWW V IL LAGE CREEK WRF , DIGESTER MIXING , FLARE , DOME IMPROVEMENTS
CITY PROJECT NO . 102652
40 61 00-9 INSTRUMENTATION AND CON T ROLS
GENERAL PROVISIONS
apply shall be neatly lined out or crossed out. Groups of pages that do
not apply at all to the specific model supplied shall be removed.
4) For any component requiring dip switch settings or custom software
configuration, that information shall be included along with the
corresponding data sheets and O&M information .
d. As-Built Drawings
1) Complete As-built Drawings , including all Drawings and diagrams
specified in this Section under the "Submittals" paragraph. These
Drawings shall include all termination points on all equipment the
system in connected to , including terminal points of equipment not
supplied by the PCSI.
2) As-built documentation shall include information from submittals , as
described in this Specification , updated to reflect the as-built system .
Any errors in or modifications to the system resulting from the Factory
and/or Functional Acceptance Tests shall be incorporated in this
documentation .
e. Electronic O&M Information
1) In addition to the hard copy of O&M data , provide an electronic version
of all equipment manuals CD-ROM or DVD or USB Drive . Electronic
documents shall be supplied in Adobe Acrobat format.
2) Provide electronic files for all custom-developed manuals. Text shall
be supplied in both Microsoft Office format and Adobe Acrobat format.
All manuals shall be provided with tables of contents and sections with
electronic bookmark links for ease of access .
3) Provide electronic files for all drawings produced . Drawings shall be in
AutoCAD 2007 ".dwg" format and in Adobe Acrobat format. Drawings
shall be provided using the AutoCAD eTransmit feature to bind
external references, pen/line styles , and fonts into individual zip files
along with the drawing file .
3. The cover and edge of each volume shall contain the following information :
a . Project Name (refer to Contract Documents)
b. Contract Number (refer to Contract Documents)
c. Instrumentation and Control Systems
d . Hardware [or Applications Engineering] Operations and Maintenance Manual
CONFORMED , 12/01/2022
FWW VILLAGE CREEK WRF , DIGESTER MIXING , FLARE , DOME IMPROVEMENTS
CITY PROJECT NO . 102652
4 0 61 00-10 INSTRUMENTATION AND CONTROLS
GENERAL PROVISIONS
e. Specification Sections ______ _
f. Subcontractor Name
g. Date
h. Volume X of Y
(Where Xis the volume number and Y is the number of volumes)
1.04 REFERENCE CODES AND STANDARDS
A. Instrumentation equipment, materials and installation shall comply with the National
Electrical Code (NEC) and with the latest edition of the following codes and standards:
1. National Electrical Safety Code (NESC)
2. National Electrical Manufacturers Association (NEMA)
3. Insulated Cable Engineers Association (ICEA)
4. The International Society of Automation (ISA)
5. Underwriters Laboratories (UL)
6. UL 508, the Standard of Safety for Industrial Control Equipment
7. UL 508A, the Standard of Safety for Industrial Control Panels
8. UL 50, the Standard of Safety for Enclosures for Electrical Equipment.
9 . Factory Mutual (FM)
10. All equipment and installations shall satisfy applicable Federal, State, and local
codes .
B. Where reference is made to one of the above standards, the revision in effect at the time
of bid opening shall apply .
C. All material and equipment, for which a UL standard exists, shall bear a UL label. No
such material or equipment shall be brought onsite without the UL label affixed.
D. If the issue of priority is due to a conflict or discrepancy between the provisions of the
Contract Documents and any referenced standard, or code of any technical society,
organization or association, the provisions of the Contract Documents shall take
precedence if they are more stringent or presumptively cause a higher level of
performance. If there is any conflict or discrepancy between standard specifications, or
codes of any technical society, organization or association , or between Laws and
CONFORMED , 12/01/2022
FWW VILLAGE CREEK WRF , DIGESTER MIXING , FLARE , DOME IMPROVEMENTS
CITY PROJECT NO . 102652
40 61 00-11 INSTRUMENTATION AND CONTROLS
GENERAL PROVISIONS
Regulations, the higher performance requirement shall be binding on the Contractor,
unless otherwise directed by the Owner/Engineer.
E. In accordance with the intent of the Contract Documents, the Contractor accepts the fact
that compliance with the priority order specified shall not justify an increase in Contract
Price or an extension in Contract Time nor limit in any way, the Contractor's
responsibility to comply with all Laws and Regulations at all times
F. All control panels shall be constructed , and the labeling shall be affixed in a UL 508
facility.
1.05 PROCESS CONTROL SYSTEMS INTEGRATOR (PCSI)
A. The Contractor shall provide the services of a pre-approved Process Control Systems
Integrator (PCSI) for all work under the instrumentation sections of this and related
Divisions , as described in this section and related sections.
B . Where shown on the Bid Documents, the Contractor shall name the proposed PCSI.
Only approved suppliers, as listed herein, will be accepted .
C . Qualifications
1. The PCSI shall be a "systems house," regularly engaged in the design and
installation of control and instrumentation systems and their associated
subsystems as they apply to the municipal water or wastewater industry. For the
purposes of this and other applicable Divisions, a "systems house" shall be
interpreted to mean an organization that complies with all the following criteria:
2 . Employs a registered professional Control Systems Engineer or Electrical
Engineer in the state of Texas to supervise or perform the work required by this
Specification Section .
3 . Employs personnel on this project who have successfully completed a
manufacturer's training course on the hardware configuration and implementation
of the specific programmable controllers , computers , and software proposed for
this project.
4 . Has been in the wastewater industry performing the type of work specified in this
specification section for a minimum of five (5) continuous years .
5. The PCSI shall maintain a fully equipped office/production facility with full-time
employees capable of fabricating, configuring , installing , calibrating,
troubleshooting, and testing the system specified herein . Qualified repair
personnel shall be available and capable of reaching the facility within 24 hours .
6. PCSI shall have an Electrical Contractor's license in the State of Texas .
D . The PCSI shall be one of the following:
FWW VILLAGE CREEK WRF , DIGESTER MIXING , FLARE , DOME IMPROVEMENTS
CITY PROJECT NO. 102652
CONFORMED , 12/01 /2022 40 61 00-12 INSTRUMENTATION AND CONTROLS
GENERAL PROVISIONS
1. Prime Controls
815 Office Park Circle
Lewisville, Texas 75057
Attn: Brian Poarch
Phone: 972-221-4849
2. Richardson Logic Control
8115 Hicks Hollow
McKinney, Texas 75071
Attn: Michael Cunningham
Phone : 972-542-7375
3. Walker Industrial
1505 W. Walnut Hill Lane
Irving, Texas 75038
Attn: Vance Smith
Phone:817-540-7777
E. The listing of specific PCSI organizations above does not imply acceptance of their
products and capabilities that do not meet the specified ratings, features , and functions.
PCSl's listed above are not relieved from meeting these specifications in their entirety.
1.06 HAZARDOUS AREAS
A. Equipment, materials, and installation in areas designated as hazardous on the
Drawings shall comply with NEC Articles 500 , 501, 502 and 503 .
B . Equipment and materials installed in hazardous areas shall be UL listed for the
appropriate hazardous area classification.
1.07 CODES, INSPECTION AND FEES
A. Equipment, materials and installation shall comply with the requirements of the local
authority having jurisdiction .
B. Obtain all necessary permits and pay all fees required for permits and inspections.
1.08 SIZE OF EQUIPMENT
A. Investigate each space in the structure through which equipment must pass to reach its
final location. Coordinate shipping splits with the manufacturer to permit safe handling
and passage through restricted areas in the structure .
B. The equipment shall be kept upright at all times during storage and handling . When
equipment must be tilted for passage through restricted areas , brace the equipment to
ensure that the tilting does not impair the functional integrity of the equipment.
CONFORMED , 12/01/2022
FWW VILLAGE CREEK WRF , DIGESTER MIXING, FLARE , DOME IMPROVEMENTS
CITY PROJECT NO . 102652
40 61 00-13 INSTRUMENTATION AND CONTROLS
GENERAL PROVISIONS
1.09 RECORD DRAWINGS
A. As the work progresses , legibly record all field changes on a set of Project Contract
Drawings , hereinafter called the "Record Drawings". The Record Drawings and
Specifications shall be kept up to date throughout the project.
B . Complete Record Drawings , including all Drawings and diagrams specified in this
Section under the "Submittals" paragraph shall be submitted. These Drawings shall
include all termination points on all equipment the control system is connected to ,
including terminal points of equipment not supplied by the contractor.
C. As-bu ilt documentation shall include information from submittals , as described in this
Specification, updated to reflect the as-built system. Any errors in or modifications to the
system resulting from the Factory and/or Functional Acceptance Tests shall be
incorporated into this documentation .
1.10 EQUIPMENT INTERCONNECTIONS
A. Review shop drawings of equipment furnished under other related Divisions and prepare
coordinated wiring interconnection diagrams or wiring tables . Submit copies of wiring
diagrams or tables with Record Drawings .
B. Furnish and install all equipment interconnections.
1.11 MATERIALS AND EQUIPMENT
A. Materials and equipment shall be new , except where specifically identified on the
Drawings to be re-used .
B . The Contractor shall not bring onsite , material or equipment from a manufacturer, not
submitted and approved for this project. Use of any such material or equipment, will be
rejected , removed and replaced by the Contractor, with the approved material and
equipment, at his own expense.
C . Material and equipment shall be UL listed , where such listing exists .
D. The Contractor shall be responsible for all material , product , equipment and
workmanship being furnished for the duration of the project. Equipment shall be replaced
if it does not meet the requirements of the Contract Documents .
1.12 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING
A. Equipment shall be handled and stored in accordance with manufacturer's instructions .
Two copies of these instructions shall be included with the equipment at time of
shipment, and shall be made available to the Contractor and Owner.
B. Shipping groups shall be des igned to be shipped by truck , rail , or ship . Indoor groups
shall be bolted to skids. Accessories shall be packaged and shipped separately.
FWW V IL LAG E CREEK WRF , DIGESTER MIXING , FLARE , DOME IMPROVEM ENTS
CITY PROJECT NO . 102652
CONFORMED , 12/0 1/202 2 40 61 00 -14 INSTRUMENTATION AND CONTROLS
GEN ERAL PROVISIONS
C. Equipment shall be equipped to be handled by crane. Where cranes are not available ,
equipment shall be suitable for skidding in place on_ rollers using jacks to raise and lower
the groups.
D. Equipment shall be installed in its permanent, finished location shown on the Drawings
within seven calendar days of arriving onsite. If the equipment cannot be installed within
Seven calendar days, the equipment shall not be delivered to the site, but stored offsite,
at the Contractor's expense, until such time that the site is ready for permanent
installation of the equipment.
1.13 WARRANTIES
A. The system warranty shall consist of a full scope in-place warranty. The warranty
duration shall be 24 months beyond final asseptanse 2 years from the date defined in .& Section 00 72 00 GENERAL CONDITIONS and Section 00 73 00 SUPPLEMENTARY
CONDITIONS TO GENERAL CONDITIONS of the entire system. All software and
hardware components that are part of the completed system shall be covered by the
warranty. The Contractor shall coordinate any warranties provided by third party
suppliers. All warranty and maintenance services shall be included in the Contract price .
B . Refer to other Sections for supplemental warranty requirements .
C. Corrective maintenance
1. The Contractor shall provide the services of factory-trained service technicians for
the purpose of performing corrective maintenance on all system hardware and
software. The period of coverage for each piece of equipment shall begin upon
initial equipment purchase or manufacture and shall continue for 24 month after
final asseptanse 2 years from the date defined in Section 00 72 00 GENERAL
CONDITIONS and Section 00 73 00 SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS TO
GENERAL CONDITIONS or until expiration of the manufacturer's warranty,
whichever period is longer.
2. The Contractor shall provide a 24-hour, 7-day/week-service hotline for telephone
notification of system malfunctions. Within 2 hours from notification by the Owner
of defective SCADA operation, the Contractor shall have a qualified service
representative establish telephone contact with the Owner's maintenance
personnel to discuss short-term corrective measures .
3 . If it is not possible to correct the defective operation as a result of the telephone
contact, the Contractor shall have a qualified service representative at the location
of the installed SCADA System within 24 hours from initial notification . The
service representative shall perform all necessary inspections and diagnostic tests
to determine the source of the defect and to establish a corrective action plan .
The corrective action plan shall be developed such that the defect is corrected as
quickly as possible and with the least impact on the operation of the Owner's
facilities.
CONFORMED , 12/01/2022
FWW VILLAGE CREEK WRF , DIGESTER MIXING , FLARE , DOME IMPROVEMENTS
CITY PROJECT NO . 102652
40 61 00-15 INSTRUMENTATION AND CONTROLS
GENERAL PROVISIONS
4. Prior to beginning any repair or replacement procedure , the Contractor shall
review the corrective action plan with the Owner in order to inform him of the
planned course of action and to allow assessment of any impact that course of
action might have on the operation of the Owner's facilities . At Owner's option ,
Owner maintenance personnel may part icipate in any corrective maintenance
procedures .
5 . If possible, the service representative shall replace or repair the defective
component before leaving the site using spare parts inventory delivered with the
system. If spare parts are not available on site, the Contractor shall obtain parts
within 48 hrs. Otherwise, the corrective action plan shall include a detailed
schedule for the planned course of action.
6. Once the defect has been corrected , the corrective action plan shall be updated
indicating the source of the defect and specific corrective action taken. A copy of
the updated corrective action plan shall be delivered to the Owner on the day the
work is performed . Any spares from the onsite supply of spares used by the
Contractor in correcting the system malfunction shall be replaced within 15 days .
7. If 24-hour response time is not provided , or other corrective maintenance
requirements are not met by the Contractor, the Owner shall have the right to
obtain corrective maintenance from other sources and charge the Contractor in the
amount of all Owner's costs plus alternate service providers invoice , plus 25% of
the aggregate amount.
8 . The Owner , at Owner's option , may elect to employ its own maintenance staff to
locate and remove a defective component. In this case, the Owner will return the
defective component to a repair location as instructed by the Contractor. The
Contractor shall repair or replace the defective component and return the properly
working unit to the Owner within 15 days.
D. Software maintenance
1. After any equipment has been placed in service and tested , Owner or Owner's
designated party shall be permitted to add , modify, and delete Owner provided
software . Performance of such actions by the Owner shall not release the
Contractor from satisfying any guarantee or maintenance requirements , or any
other specified requirements .
1.14 EQUIPMENT IDENTIFICATION
A. Identify equipment (control panels , control stations, instruments, etc.) furnished under
instrumentation sections of Division 40 with the name of the equipment it serves . Control
panels , Instruments , meters junction or terminal boxes , etc., shall have nameplate
designations as shown on the Drawings .
CONFORMED , 12/01/2022
FWW VILLAGE CREEK WRF , DIGESTER MIXING , FLARE , DOME IMPROVEMENTS
CITY PROJECT NO . 102652
40 61 00-16 INSTRUMENTATION AND CONTROLS
GENERAL PROVISIONS
B. Nameplates shall be engraved, laminated impact acrylic, black lettering on a white
background, matte finish, not less than 1/16-in thick by 3/4-in by 2-1/2-in, Rowmark
322402. Nameplates shall be 316 SS screw mounted to all enclosures except for NEMA
4 and 4X. Nameplates for NEMA 4 and 4X enclosures shall be attached with double
faced adhesive strips , TESA TUFF TAPE 4970, .009 X ½", no equal. Prior to installing
the nameplates, the metal surface shall be thoroughly cleaned, with a 70% alcohol
solution, until the metal surface residue has been removed. Epoxy adhesive or foam
tape is not acceptable .
PART 2 -PRODUCTS (NOT USED)
PART 3 -EXECUTION
3.01 GENERAL INSTALLATION REQUIREMENTS
A. Instrumentation and accessory equipment shall be installed in accordance with the
manufacturer's instructions . The locations of equipment, transmitters, alarms and similar
devices indicated are approximate only. Exact locations of all devices shall be as
approved by the Engineer during construction. All information relevant to the placing of
process control work shall be obtained in the field . In case of any interference with other
work, proceed as directed by the Engineer and furnish all labor and materials necessary
to complete the work in an approved manner.
B . The P&IDs and Drawings indicat e the intent of the interconnection between the
individual instruments. Any exceptions should be noted . Two complete sets of
approved shop drawings shall be kept at the jobsite during all onsite construction. Both
sets shall be marked up identically to reflect any modifications made during field
installation or start-up .
C . All equipment used in areas designated as hazardous shall be designed for the Class ,
Group and Division as required for the locations as shown on the Drawings and
specified in Division 26. All work shall be in strict accordance with codes and local
rulings .
D . The instrumentation installation details on the Contract Drawings indicate the designed
installation for the instruments specified . Where specific installation details are not
specified or shown on the Drawings , the American Petroleum Institute (API)
Recommended Practice 550 shall be followed as applicable.
E . Brackets and hangers requ ired for mounting of equipment shall be provided. They shall
be installed as shown and not interfere with any other equipment.
F. The shield on each process instrumentation cable shall be continuous from source to
destination and be grounded at only one ground point for each shield.
CONFORMED , 12/01/2022
FWW VILLAGE CREEK WRF , DIGESTER MIXING , FLARE , DOME IMPROVEMENTS
CITY PROJECT NO . 102652
40 61 00-17 INSTRUMENTATION AND CONTROLS
GENERAL PROVISIONS
G. Investigate each space in the building through which equipment must pass to reach its
final locations . If necessary, ship material in sections sized to permit passing through
restricted areas in the building. Provide on-site service to oversee the installation, the
location and placement of system components, their connections to the process
equipment panels, cabinets and devices, subject to the Engineer's approval. Certify that
field wiring associated with his/her equipment is installed in accordance with best
industry practice. Schedule and coordinate work under this section with that of the
electrical work specified under applicable Section of Division 26.
H. Provide local electrical shutoffs and disconnects for all instruments requiring 120 VAC
power. Electrical disconnects shall be suitable rated disconnect switches or manual
motor starters as specified under Division 26.
3.02 TESTING
A. Make the tests and checks prior to energizing instrumentation equipment in accordance
with Section 40 61 21, and the individual Specification sections.
B . Testing shall be scheduled and coordinated with the Owner/Engineer at least two weeks
in advance . Provide qualified test personnel, instruments and test equipment, including
manufacturer's services, as specified in the individual Specification sections.
C. Where test reports show unsatisfactory results, the Owner/Engineer will require the
removal of all defective or suspected materials, equipment and/or apparatus, and their
replacement with new items, all at no cost to the Owner. The Contractor shall bear all
costs for any retesting .
CONFORMED , 12/01/2022
END OF SECTION
FWW VILLAGE CREEK WRF , DIGESTER MIXING , FLARE , DOME IMPROVEMENTS
CITY PROJECT NO. 102652
40 61 00-18 INSTRUMENTATION AND CONTROLS
GENERAL PROVISIONS
SECTION 40 61 21
PROCESS CONTROL SYSTEM TESTING
PART 1 -GENERAL
1.01 SCOPE OF WORK
A. This Section covers the testing requirements for all devices furnished, installed by the
Contractor, Process Control System Integrator (PCSI) and the Application Engineering
Services (AES) as detailed in the Contract Documents and as described in the related
Sections of Division 40.
B . The Contractor shall provide, jointly with the PCSI/AES as required, all labor and
materials necessary to coordinate and perform the testing of the Process Control
System (PCS) as specified herein .
C . Provide all testing and commissioning equipment, materials, incidentals and labor,
necessary to perform and coordinate the system check-out and startup, commissioning
and field testing for the following;
1. All new signals and re-terminated signals for the existing RTUs and New
equipment and Plant Control System (PCS) as specified in the contract
documents.
2 . There shall be multiple periods of commissioning to coordinate with plant
construction schedule . As described in Section 01 14 00 Coordination with
Owner's Operations. These shall include initial work, temporary signals , field wire
replacements , and items added or deleted as identified in documents.
3. RTU-07 shall have expedited reconnection of some points as identified in the 1/0
List priority column .
D. The Contractor shall develop and submit for review and approval a plan for
commissioning and startup of work related to this project, with the existing Distributed
Control System (DCS)
E. The following describes the overall system checkout and sequencing and is intended to
be utilized as a guide for commissioning and startup activities. The Contractor, in
conjunction with the AES, shall coordinate a separate meeting with the Owner/Engineer
to discuss and coordinate the exact commissioning and startup sequence. A
commissioning and startup plan shall then be submitted for review and approval. The
commissioning and startup plan shall be successfully reviewed and approved prior to
commencing commissioning and startup activities.
F. DCS Checkout:
CONFORMED , 12/01/2022
FWW VILLAGE CREEK WRF , DIGESTER MIXING , FLARE , DOME IMPROVEMENTS
CITY PROJECT NO. 102652
40 61 21-1 PROCESS CONTROL SYSTEM TESTING
1. The DCS System is currently operational and performing monitoring and control
functions. The Contractor, in conjunction with the PCSI/AES, shall verify that the
new and existing signals which are being rewired/ reterminated are correctly
reporting to DCS and the control and monitoring functions are operational as
intended. Record any discrepancy and the termination details of the rewired/
reterminated signals.
2. The Contractor, in conjunction with the PCSI/AES , shall perform an end-to-end
(field termination to HMI) check , to check each new and re-wired/re-terminated
physical 1/0 point control and monitoring functions.
G. During installation and checkout , the Contractor shall provide a minimum of two (2)
personnel on site full-time. The Owner shall observe the Contractor's work associated
with startup of the new PL Cs and shall provide support for process operations.
H. Contractor shall provide all test equipment necessary to perform the test during System
Commissioning and startup .
I. Contractor shall furnish to Engineer two copies of an installation inspection report
certify ing that all equipment has been correctly installed and are operating properly. The
report shall be signed by the Contractor's representatives .
J. Related Sections
1. Section 01 14 00 Coordination with Owner's Operations
2 . Section 40 61 00 Instrumentation and Controls General Provisions
3 . Section 40 61 96 Control Loop Descriptions and 10 Listing
4. Section 40 95 15 Input-Output List
5. Section 40 78 00 Panel Mounted Control Devices .
6 . Section 40 71 00 Field Instrumentation .
7 . Other control equipment specified under other divisions.
1.02 SUBMITTALS
A. Submittal Process
1. Submit Shop Drawings, in accordance with Division 1 requirements, and as further
specified herein . An individually packaged submittal shall be made for this section
and shall contain all of the information required. Partial submittals will not be
accepted and will be returned un-reviewed.
B . Each Section submittal shall be complete , contain all of the items listed in the
Specification Section , and shall be clearly marked to indicate wh ich items are applicable
FWW VILLAGE CREEK WRF , DIGESTER MIXING , FLARE , DOME IMPROVEMENTS
CITY PROJECT NO . 102652
CONFORMED , 12/01/2022 40 61 21 -2 PROCESS CONTROL SYSTEM TESTING
on each cut sheet page . The Submittal shall list any exceptions to the Specifications
and Drawings , and the reason for such deviation. Shop drawings, not so checked and
noted , will be returned un-reviewed .
C. The Contractor shall check shop drawings for accuracy and Contract Requirements prior
to submittal to the Engineer. Errors and omissions on approved shop drawings shall not
relieve the Contractor from the responsibility of providing materials and workmanship
required by the Specifications and Drawings . Shop drawings shall be stamped with the
date checked and a Statement indicating that the shop drawings conform to
Specifications and Drawings. Only one Specification Section submittals will be allowed
per transmittal unless sections are indicated for grouping in the individual sections.
D. Commissioning/Startup Plan Submittal:
1. The Contractor shall submit a startup plan for Owner/Engineer review . Upon
successful review , the Contractor shall coordinate with Operations on an agreed
upon date and time for commissioning activities .
E. Testing Procedures Subm ittal
1. Test Procedure Submittal : Submit the procedures proposed to be followed for
each test. Procedures shall include test descriptions , forms , and checklists to be
used to control and document the required tests . Include sign -off forms for each
testing phase or loop with sign-off areas for the Contractor, PCSI , AES , Engineer,
and Owner.
2 . The system shall be tested using the system architecture Drawing and a BOM of
all hardware indicating manufacturer, model , and serial number. The documents
for the test plan shall be structured such that the Engineer understands what the
inputs are , what the predicted outputs should be and what the actual outputs are .
3. At a minimum , the test plan should include the following:
a . BOM listing control system components .
b . System hardware summary.
c . A test ing schedule describing the specific tasks to be performed and the time
allotted for each task.
d . Communications tests .
e . 100 percent 1/0 point test including all spare points. Prov ide checklist for
verification of each 1/0 point including spares . The checklist shall include
point tag name , description , rack, slot, point and process range (where
applicable).
CONFORMED , 12/0 1/2022
FWW V ILLAGE CREEK WRF , DIGESTER MIXING , FLARE , DOME IMPROVEMENTS
CITY PROJECT NO . 102652
4 0 61 21 -3 PROCESS CONTROL SYSTEM TES T ING
f. Test procedures which shall include test descriptions , forms and checklists
to be used to control and document the required tests. Testing shall not start
until the Test Procedures submittal has been approved.
g . Test documentation which shall include a copy of the signed off test
procedures upon completion of each required test.
4. Test Documentation: Upon completion of each required test, document the test by
submitting a copy of the signed off test procedures. Testing shall not be
considered complete until the signed-off test procedures have been submitted and
favorably reviewed . Submittal of other test documentation, including "highlighted "
wiring diagrams with field technician notes are not acceptable substitutes for the
formal test documentation .
1.03 TESTS (GENERAL)
A. The Contractor shall test all equipment at the factory prior to shipment. Unless otherwise
specified in the individual specification sections , all equipment provided by the contractor
shall be tested at the as a single fully integrated system .
B. As a minimum , the testing shall include the following:
1. Operational Readiness Test (ORT)
2 . Functional Demonstration Test (FDT)
3 . 30-Day Site Acceptance Test (SAT)
C. Each test shall be in the cause and effect format. The person conducting the test shall
initiate an input (cause) and, upon the system's or subsystem's producing the correct
result (effect), the specific test requirement shall be satisfied .
D. All tests shall be conducted in accordance with prior Owner/Engineer-approved
procedures , forms , and check lists . Each specific test shall be described and followed
by a section for sign off by the appropriate party after its status completion.
E. Copies of these sign off test procedures , forms , and check lists will constitute the
required test documentation.
F . Provide all special testing materials and equipment. Wherever possible , perform tests
using actual process variables , equipment, and data. Where it is not practical to test
with real process variables , equipment, and data , provides suitable means of simulation .
Define these simulation techniques in the test procedures .
G . The General Contractor shall require the Integration Subcontractor to coordinate all
testing with the Owner/Engineer, all affected Subcontractors.
CONFORMED , 12/0 1/2022
FWW VILLAGE CREEK WRF , DIGESTER MIXING , FLARE , DOME IMPROVEMENTS
CITY PROJECT NO . 102652
40 61 21-4 PROCESS CONTROL SYSTEM TESTING
-
H. The Owner/Engineer reserves the right to test or retest all specified functions whether or
not explicitly stated in the prior approved Test Procedures.
I. The Owner/Engineer's decision shall be final regarding the acceptability and
completeness of all testing .
J. No equipment shall be shipped to the Project Site until the Engineer has received all test
results and approved the system as ready for shipment.
K. The Contractor shall furnish the services of servicemen, all special calibration and test
equipment and labor to perform the field tests .
L. Correction of Deficiencies
1. All deficiencies in workmanship and/or items not meeting specified testing
requirements shall be corrected to meet specification requirements at no additional
cost to the Owner.
2 . Testing , as specified herein , shall be repeated after correction of deficiencies is
made until the specified requirements are met. This work shall be performed at no
additional cost to the Owner.
PART 2 -PRODUCTS (NOT USED)
PART 3 -EXECUTION
3.01 OPERATIONAL READINESS TEST (ORT)
A. Prior to startup and the Functional Demonstration Test, the entire system shall be
certified (inspected, tested , and documented) that it is READY for operation . The Input/
Output test shall be a witnessed by the OWNER/ENGINEER.
B. Loop/Component Inspections and Tests: The entire system shall be checked for proper
installation , calibrated , and adjusted on a loop-by-loop and component-by-component
basis to ensure that it is in conformance with related submittal's and these
Specifications.
1. The Loop/Component Inspections and Input/ Output Tests shall be implemented
using Engineer-approved forms and check lists.
a . Each loop shall have a Loop Status Report to organize and track its
inspection , adjustment, and calibration. These reports shall include the
following information and check off items with space for sign off by the
Contractor.
1)
CONFORMED , 12/0 1/2022
Project Name
FWW VILLAGE CREEK WRF , DIGESTER MIXING , FLARE , DOME IMPROVEMENTS
CITY PROJECT NO . 102652
40 61 21-5 PROCESS CONTROL SYSTEM TESTING
2) Loop Number
3 ) Tag Number for each component
4) Check offs/sign offs for each component
b. Tag/identification
c. Installation
d. Termination -wiring
e . Calibration/adjustment -Check offs/sign offs for the loop
f . Panel interface terminations
g . 1/0 interface terminations
h. 1/0 signal operation
i. Inputs/outputs operational : received/sent , processed , and adjusted .
j . Total loop operation -Provide space for comments
k . Each active Analog Subsystem element and each 1/0 module shall have a
Component Calibration Sheet. These sheets shall have the follow ing
information , spaces for data entry, and a space for sign off by the Contractor:
1) Project Name
2) Loop Number
3) Component Tag Number of 1/0 Module Number
4) Component Code Number Analog System
5) Manufacturer (for Analog system element)
6) Model Number/Serial Number (for Analog system)
7) Summary of Functional Requirements:
CONFORMED , 12/0 1/2022
a)
b)
c)
d)
Indicators and Recorders : Scale and chart ranges
Transmitters/Converters : Scale and chart ranges
Computing Elements : Function
Controllers : Action (direct/reverse) control Modes (PIO)
FWW VILLAGE CREEK WRF , DIGESTER MI X ING , FLARE , DOME IMPROVEMENTS
CITY PROJECT NO . 102652
4 0 6 1 21-6 PROCESS CONTROL SYSTEM TEST ING
e) Switching Elements: Unit range , differential
f) (FIXED/ADJUSTABLE), Preset (AUTO/MANUAL)
g) 1/0 Modules : Input or output
2. The Contractor shall maintain the Loop Status Reports and Component Calibration
Sheets at the job-site and make them available to the Engineer/Owner at any time.
3. These inspections and tests require witnessing by the OWNER/ENGINEER. The
Engineer will review and initial all Loop Status Sheets and Component Calibration
Sheets and spot-check the ir entries periodically and upon completion of the
Operational Readiness Test. Any deficiencies found shall be corrected.
3.04 FUNCTIONAL DEMONSTRATION TEST (FDT)
A. Prior to startup and the 30-Day Test, the entire installed instrument and control system
shall be certified that it is ready for operation. All preliminary testing , inspection , and
calibration shall be complete as defined in the Operational Readiness Tests .
B . Once the facility has been started up and is operating , a witnessed Functional
Demonstration Test shall be performed on the complete system to demonstrate that it is
operating and in compliance with these Specifications. Each specified function shall be
demonstrated on a paragraph-by-paragraph , loop-by-loop, and site-by-site basis .
C. Loop-specific and non-loop-specific tests shall be the same as specified under
Functional Demonstration Tests except that the entire installed system shall be tested ,
and all functionality demonstrated.
D . Updated versions of the documentation specified to be provided for during the tests shall
be made available to the Engineer at the job-site both before and during the tests . In
addition , one (1) copy of all O&M Manuals shall be made available to the Engineer at the
job-site both before and during testing .
E . The daily schedule specified to be followed during the tests shall also be followed during
the Functional Demonstration Test.
F . The system shall operate for 100 continuous hours without failure before this test shall
be considered successful.
G . Demonstrate communication failure and recovery
3.05 30-DAY SITE ACCEPTANCE TEST (SAT)
A. After completion of the Operational Readiness and Functional Demonstration Tests for
all sites, the Contractor shall be responsible for operation of the entire system for a
period of 30 consecutive days , under conditions of full plant process operation , without a
single non-field repairable malfunction .
CONFORM ED, 12/01 /2022
FWW VILLAGE CREEK WRF , DIGESTER MIXING , FLARE , DOME IMPROVEMENTS
CITY PROJECT NO . 102652
4 0 61 21-7 PROCESS CONTROL SYSTEM TESTING
B. During this test, Owner representative and Contractor personnel shall be present as
required . For this test, the Contractor is expected to provide personnel who have an
intimate knowledge of the system hardware and software.
C . While this test is proceeding, the Owner shall have full use of the system. Only plant
operating personnel shall be allowed to operate equipment associated with live plant
processes .
D. Any malfunction during the tests shall be analyzed and corrected by the Contractor. The
Engineer and/or Owner will determine whether any such malfunctions are sufficiently
serious to warrant a repeat of this test.
E. During this 30 consecutive day test period, any malfunction which cannot be corrected
within 24 hours of occurrence by Contractor personnel , or more than two similar failures
of any duration, will be considered a non-field-repairable malfunction .
F. Upon completion of repairs by the Contractor, the test shall be repeated as specified
herein .
G. In the event of rejection of any part or function, the Contractor shall perform repairs or
replacement within 90 days.
H. The total availability of the system shall be greater than 99 .5 percent (99.5%) during this
test period . Availability shall be defined as :
Availability= (Total Testing Time-Down Time)/ Total Testing Time
I. Down times due to power outages or other factors outside the normal protection devices
or back-up power supplies provided shall not contribute to the availability test times
above .
J. Upon successful completion of the 30-day site acceptance test and subsequent review
and approval of complete system final documentation, the system shall be considered
substantially complete, and the two-year warranty period shall commence .
CONFORMED , 12/01/2022
END OF SECTION
FWW VILLAGE CREEK WRF , DIGESTER MIXING , FLARE , DOME IMPROVEMENTS
CITY PROJECT NO . 102652
40 61 21-8 PROCESS CONTROL SYSTEM TESTING
SECTION 40 61 26
PROCESS CONTROL SYSTEMS TRAINING
PART 1 -GENERAL
1.01 SCOPE OF WORK
A. Provide all equipment, materials , incidentals and labor, necessary to perform and
coordinate the overall system training for the Instrumentation and Controls System.
B. The Application Services Provider (ASP) shall coordinate with the Contractor's Process
Control Systems Integrator (PCSI) and shall supervise and/or perform the requirements
of this Section . As part of these services, the PCS I/ASP shall include, for those
equipment items not manufactured by him , the services of an authorized manufacturer's
representative to provide training as set forth within this section and related sections of
the specifications .
C. The Scope of work does not include :
1. Manufacturer's standard training courses for:
a . DCS Software
b. PLC Software or Hardware
c. Networking
1.02 RELATED WORK
A. No references are made to any other section which may contain work related to any
other section. The Contract Documents shall be taken as a whole with every section
related to every other section as required to meet the requirements specified . The
organization of the Contract Documents into specification divisions and sections is for
organization of the documents themselves and does not relate to the division of
suppliers or labor which the Contractor may choose to employ in the execution of the
Contract. Where references are made to other Sections and other Divisions of the
Specifications, the Contractor shall provide such information or additional work as may
be required in those references and include such information or work as may be
specified.
1.03 SUBMITTALS
A. Application Service Provider (ASP) shall prepare and submit a complete overall system
training plan .
CONFORMED , 12/01 /2022
FWW VILLAGE CREEK WRF , DIGESTER MIXING , FLARE , DOME IMPROVEMENTS
CITY PROJECT NO . 102652
40 61 26 -1 PROCESS CONTROL SYSTEM TRAINING
B.
1. The Submittal shall contain an overall process control system overview. Each plant
process area as affected by this contract shall be included . The detail shall include
but not be limited to the following:
a. displays
b. control strategies
C. database
d. trends
e. reports
f . programming
Submittal Process
1. Submittals shall be made in accordance with the requirements of Division 1,
Section 40 61 00 , and as specified herein .
2 . All electronic submittals shall be submitted in an ISO/IEC 26300:2006 or Comma
Separated Values (CSV) readable electron ic file format on a CD-Rom and an 8 ½-
inch by 11-inch hard copy . PLC Programs shall be submitted in the native format
of the PLC as suggested by the manufacture .
C. Submittal Content
1. Training Submittals shall cover the following:
a . Programmable Logic Controller Programming
1) 1/0 List with register assignments.
2) Diagrams of the process control functions by each strategy.
3) List ing of inputs to the control function.
4) A short narrative of each control strategy.
5) Listing of all Operator inputs and outputs to and from the control
function . Any special displays related to the function shall be
illustrated . A descr iption of the operation of any display shall be
described as it relates to the control function .
6) Cross references of all 1/0 , showing to which 1/0 modules or software
modules , they are in.
7) Failure contingencies shall be described in detail.
FWW VILLAG E CREEK WRF , DIGESTER MIXING , FLARE , DOME IMPROVEMENTS
CITY PROJECT NO . 102652
CONFORMED , 12/0 1/2022 40 61 26-2 PROCESS CONTROL SYSTEM TRAINING
8) An annotated program , submitted in both hard copy and electronic
format.
9) Logic flow charts that explain how the control strategy implementation
logic works
b . Operation Interface Terminal Programming
1) 1/0 List with register assignments .
2) Listing of all Operator displays with inputs and outputs to and from the
control function . Displays shall be illustrated to show data presentation .
3) Cross references of all 1/0, showing to which 1/0 modules or software
modules , they are in.
4 ) Failure contingencies shall be described in detail.
c . Human Machine Interface Programming
1) 1/0 List with register assignments .
2) Displays for each process area including all necessary pop ups.
3) Listing of data points on each display.
4) A short narrative of each control usage .
5) Listing of all Operator inputs and outputs to and from the control
function. Any special displays related to the function shall be
illustrated . A description of the operation of any display shall be
described as it relates to the control function.
6) Cross references of all 1/0, showing which software module at each
point used.
7) Failure contingencies shall be described in detail.
8) A complete listing of all historical points.
9) Listing of all required configuration files for each SCADA client.
2 . Submit a proposed Training Schedule .
1.04 REFERENCE CODES AND STANDARDS
A. Instrumentation equipment and HMI programming shall comply with the following codes
and standards :
CONFORMED , 12/01 /2022
FWW VILLAGE CREEK WRF , D IGESTER MIXING , FLARE , DOME IMPROVEMENTS
CITY PROJECT NO . 102652
4 0 61 26-3 PROCESS CONTROL SYSTEM TRAINING
1. National Electrical Safety Code (NESC)
2. Occupational Safety and Health Administration (OSHA)
3. NEMA ICS 1-101 Diagrams, Designations and Symbols
4. ANSI/ISA-5.06 .01-2007 -Functional Requirements Documentation for Control
Software Applications.
5 . ISA-TR20.00.01-2001 -Specification Forms for Process Measurement and Control
Instruments Part 1: General Considerations Updated with 27 New Specification
Forms in 2004-2005.
6. ISA-5.4-1991 Instrument Loop Diagrams.
7. ISA-5.5-1985 Graphic Symbols for Process Displays.
8 . ISA-5.1 -1984 (R1992) Instrumentation Symbols and Identification .
9. ISA-5 .3-1983 Graphic Symbols for Distributed Control/Shared Display
Instrumentation , Logic , and Computer Systems.
10 . ISA-20-1981 Specification Forms for Process Measurement and Control
Instruments , Primary Elements , and Control Valves.
11 . ISA-5 .2-1976 (R1992) Binary Logic Diagrams for Process Operations.
12 . NEMA ICS 6 Enclosures for Industrial Controls and Systems
13 . National Fire Protection Association (NFPA)
14 . National Electrical Manufacturers Association (NEMA)
15 . American National Standards Institute (ANSI)
16 . Insulated Cable Engineers Association (ICEA)
17 . The International Society of Automation (ISA)
18 . Underwriters Laboratories (UL)
19 . UL 508 , the Standard of Safety for Industrial Control Equipment
20 . UL 508A , the Standard of Safety for Industrial Control Panels
• 21 . UL 50 , the Standard of Safety for Enclosures for Electrical Equipment.
22 . NFPA 79 , Electrical Standard for Industrial Machinery
23 . Factory Mutual (FM)
FWW VILLAGE CREEK WRF , DIGESTER MIXING , FLARE , DOME IMPROVEMENTS
CITY PROJECT NO . 102652
CONFORMED , 12/01 /2022 40 61 26-4 PROCESS CONTROL SYSTEM TRAINING
24. NFPA 70 National Electrical Code (NEC)
25. NFPA 70E Standard for Electrical Safety in the Workplace
26. ANSI C37.90.2 Standard Withstand Capability of Relay Systems to Radiated
Electromagnetic Interference from Transceivers .
27. NEMA ICS 4 Terminal Blocks for Industrial Use .
28. NEMA LS1 Low Voltage Surge Protection Devices.
29. UL 1283 Standard for Safety-Electromagnetic Interference Filters.
30. UL 1449 Third Edition Surge Protective Devices
31 . All equipment and installations shall conform to applicable Federal, State , and
local codes .
B. All equipment shall comply with the requirements of the National Electric Code and
Underwriters Laboratories (UL) where applicable.
C. Where reference is made to one of the above standards, the revision in effect at the time
of bid opening shall apply .
1.05 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. The Contractor shall provide services of manufactures and subcontractors as needed for
the owners training as specified herein and related sections:
1.06 SYSTEM FINAL DOCUMENTATION
A. Prior to final acceptance of the system and owner training, operating and maintenance
manuals covering instruction and maintenance on each type of equipment shall be
furnished in accordance with the Division 1.
B. The instructions shall be bound in three ring binders with Drawings reduced or folded for
inclusion. As a minimum, the following information shall be provided:
1. A comprehensive index.
2. A complete "As Constructed" set of approved shop Drawings .
3. A complete list of the equipment supplied, including serial numbers, ranges, and
pertinent data.
4 . Full specifications on each item.
5. System schematic drawings "As Constructed," illustrating all components, piping
and electrical connections of the systems supplied under this Section.
CONFORMED , 12/01/2022
FWW VILLAGE CREEK WRF , DIGESTER MIXING , FLARE , DOME IMPROVEMENTS
CITY PROJECT NO . 102652
40 61 26-5 PROCESS CONTROL SYSTEM TRAINING
6. Detailed service, maintenance and operation instructions for each item supplied .
7. Special maintenance requirements particular to this system shall be clearly
defined, along with special calibration and test procedures .
8. Operating instructions which incorporate a functional description of the entire
system with references to the systems schematic Drawings and instructions.
9. Complete parts lists with stock numbers and name , address , and telephone
number of the local supplier.
C . The final documentation shall be new documentation written specifically for this project
but may include standard and modified standard documentation. Modifications to
existing hardware or software manuals shall be made on the respective pages or
inserted adjacent to the modified pages . All standard documentation furnished shall
have all portions that apply clearly indicated . All portions that do not apply shall be lined
out.
D . The manuals shall contain all illustrations , detailed drawings and instructions necessary
for installing, operating , and maintaining the equipment. The illustrated parts shall be
numbered for identification. All information contained therein shall apply specifically to
the equipment furnished and shall only include instructions that are applicable . All such
illustrations shall be incorporated within the printing of the page to form a durable and
permanent reference book.
E. If the Contractors ASP transmits any documentation or other technical information which
he considers proprietary, such information shall be designated. Documentation or
technical information which is designated as be ing proprietary will be used only for the
design , construction , operation , or maintenance of the System and , to the extent
permitted by law, will not be published or otherwise disclosed .
F. The requirements for the final documentation are as follows :
1. As bu ilt documentation shall include all previous submittals , as described in this
Specification , updated to reflect the as-built system as well as any corrections or
modifications to the System resulting from the Factory and/or Field Demonstration
Tests .
PART 2 -PRODUCTS (NOT USED)
PART 3 -EXECUTION
3.01 TRAINING
A. General
CONFORMED , 12/01/2022
FWW VILLAGE CREEK WRF , DIGESTER MIXING , FLARE , DOME IMPROVEMENTS
CITY PROJECT NO . 102652
40 61 26-6 PROCESS CONTROL SYSTEM TRAINING
1. The cost of training programs for the Owner's personnel shall be included in the
Contract price. Where practical, the training and instruction shall be directly related
to the system being supplied .
2. Training shall be conducted at the Owners facilities.
3. All Technicians, Operators , Engineers , and Managers of the Facility shall require
training on the Process Control System (PCS). The training courses shall address
operation, maintenance , and troubleshooting of the system provided. The courses
shall be designed specifically for the type of personnel attending , such as
Operators, Engineers, etc .
4. All training schedules shall be coordinated with and at the convenience of the
Owner. Shift training may be required to correspond to the Owner's working
schedule .
5. Provide detailed training manuals to supplement the training courses. The
manuals shall include specific details of equipment supplied and operations
specific to the project.
6 . The trainer shall make use of teaching aids, manuals, slide/video presentations,
etc. After the training services, all training materials shall be delivered to Owner.
7. The Owner reserves the right to videotape all training sessions . All training tapes
shall become the sole property of the Owner.
B. Training
1. Manufacturer's Training
a. Training for vendor supplied equipment system will be supplied under
division 43 and Division 46.
b. Human Machine Interface (HMI) Software
1) No manufacturer's standard training course provided on this project.
c. Programmable Logic Controller (PLC) Hardware and Software
1) No manufacturer's standard training course provided on this project.
2 . Integrated Process Control System Training
a. Human Machine Interface (HMI)
1)
CONFORMED , 12/01/2022
Training personnel shall be intimately familiar with the control system
equipment, its manipulation, and configuration. Training personnel
shall command knowledge of system debugging, program
modification, troubleshooting, maintenance procedure, system
FWW VILLAGE CREEK WRF , DIGESTER MIXING , FLARE , DOME IMPROVEMENTS
CITY PROJECT NO. 102652
40 61 26-7 PROCESS CONTROL SYSTEM TRAINING
operation, and programming, and shall be capable of transferring this
knowledge in an orderly fashion to technically oriented personnel.
2) Training and instruction shall be specific to the system that is being
supplied .
3) Training shall consist of classroom and hands-on instruction utilizing
the Owner's system.
4) Detailed training shall be provided on the actual configuration and
implementation for this Contract. Training shall cover all aspects of the
system that will allow the Owner's personnel to ma intain, modify,
troubleshoot, and develop future additions/deletions to the system. The
training shall cover the following subjects , as a minimum :
a) System overview
b) System hardware components and specific equipment
arrangements
c) System startup, shut down , load , backup, and historical
archival/retrieval procedures
d) Specific application configuration covering the overall design and
implementation of the applications provided under this Contract.
The intent is to make the student fully knowledgeable in all
aspects of the system provided .
e) Periodic maintenance
f) Troubleshooting and diagnosis
g) Network configuration, communications , and operation
h) SCADA system hardware operating system operation and
maintenance
i) System backups and reload procedures
j) TCP/IP addressing procedures
b . Programmable Logic Controller (PLC) Hardware and Software
1)
2)
CONFORMED , 12/01/2022
A single 1-day session for four (4) of the Owner's personnel shall be
held before the FDT , but not more than one month before the FDT.
Training and instruction shall be specific to the system that is being
supplied .
FWW VILLAGE CREEK WRF , DIGESTER MIXING , FLARE , DOME IMPROVEMENTS
CITY PROJECT NO. 102652
40 61 26-8 PROCESS CONTROL SYSTEM TRAINING
3) Training shall consist of classroom and hands-on instruction utilizing
the Owner's system .
4) Detailed training shall be provided on the actual configuration and
implementation for this Contract. Training shall cover all aspects of the
system that will allow the Owner's personnel to maintain , modify,
troubleshoot, and develop future additions/deletions to the system. The
training shall cover the following subjects, as a minimum :
C. Field Training
a) System overview
b) System hardware components and specific equipment
arrangements
c) System startup, shut down , load , backup, and historical
archival /retrieval procedures
d) Specific application configuration covering the overall design and
implementation of the applications provided under this Contract.
The intent is to make the student fully knowledgeable in all
aspects of the system provided .
e) Periodic maintenance
f) Troubleshooting and diagnosis
g) Network configuration , communications , and operation
1. Field Instruments
a . Provide a minimum of one 8-hour hardware training and instruction on the
maintenance of the field instrumentation for four (4) of the Owners
instrumentation technicians . This training shall be conducted before the
Functional Demonstration Test, but no more than one (1) month before and
at a time suitable to the Owner. This training shall take place at the Owners
facility. As a minimum the following shall be included:
1)
2)
3)
4)
CONFORMED , 12/01 /2022
Training in standard hardware maintenance for the instruments
provided
Specific training for the actual instrumentation configuration to provide
a detailed understanding of how the equipment and components are
arranged , connected, and set up for this Contract
Test, adjustment, and calibration procedures
Troubleshooting and diagnosis
FWW VILLAGE CREEK WRF , DIGESTER MIXING , FLARE , DOME IMPROVEMENTS
CITY PROJECT NO . 102652
4 0 61 26-9 PROCESS CONTROL SYSTEM TRAINING
5) Periodic maintenance
2. Panel Instruments
a. Provide a minimum of one 8-hour hardware training and instruction in the
maintenance of the panel instrumentation for four (4) of the Owners
technicians. Training should be conducted before the Functional
Demonstration Test, but not more than one (1) month before and at a time
suitable to the Owner. This training shall be provided at the Owners facility
and at a minimum the following shall be included :
1) Training in standard hardware maintenance for the instruments
provided
2) Specific training for the actual instrumentation configuration to provide
a detailed understanding of how the equipment and components are
arranged, connected, and configured for this Contract
3) Test, adjustment, and calibration procedures
4) Troubleshooting and diagnosis
5) Periodic maintenance
3. Panel Functions
a . Provide a minimum of two 2-hour training sessions for four (4) shifts of
Owner's operations personnel on the detailed operation of the touch screen
panel. This training shall be conducted within two (2) days of the completion
of the Field Demonstration Test at times suitable to the Owner. This training
shall be provided at the Owner's facility and at a minimum, the following shall
be included:
1) Specific training for the actual instrumentation configuration to provide
a detailed understanding of how the equipment and components are
arranged, connected, and set up for this Contract.
4 . Management Seminar
a. Provide Management Seminar for the Owner's personnel at the Owner's
facility . The objective of this seminar is to provide non-
operations/maintenance personnel with an overview understanding of the
process control system . The attendees will be the Owner's management,
engineering, and other non-operations personnel. The seminar shall include,
but not limited to , the following:
CONFORMED , 12/01/2022
FWW VILLAGE CREEK WRF , DIGESTER MIXING , FLARE , DOME IMPROVEMENTS
CITY PROJECT NO . 102652
40 61 26-10 PROCESS CONTROL SYSTEM TRAINING
1) An overview of the process control system explaining how the
hardware and software supplied under this Contract is used for the
operation and control of the facilities.
2) A block diagram presentation of the process control system showing
how and what information flow within the System and what is done by
each functional unit.
3) An explanation of the operator interfaces including a demonstration of
how to use an Operator's CRT to access displays, reports, control, etc.
4) A walk-through of the installed system explaining each of the items
covered in the functional unit's discussion. The features and functions
of operator controls and interfaces shall be discussed.
CONFORMED , 12/01/2022
END OF SECTION
FWW VILLAGE CREEK WRF , DIGESTER MIXING , FLARE, DOME IMPROVEMENTS
CITY PROJECT NO. 102652
40 61 26-11 PROCESS CONTROL SYSTEM TRAINING
CONFORMED , 12/01/2022
THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK
FWW VILLAGE CREEK WRF , DIGESTER MIXING , FLARE , DOME IMPROVEMENTS
CITY PROJECT NO . 102652
40 61 26-12 PROCESS CONTROL SYSTEM TRAINING
PART 1 -GENERAL
1.01 SCOPE OF WORK
SECTION 40 61 96
CONTROL LOOP DESCRIPTIONS
A. This Section provides the detailed requirements for the programming of the Process
Control System Application (both HMI and PLC/DCS programming) by the Applications
Services Providers (ASP and ASP2).
B. This Section is provided for reference to the PCSI, and ASPs
1.02 RELATED WORK:
A. Process Equipment Divisions
B. Section 40 61 00 Instrumentation General Provisions
C . Section 40 61 26 Instrumentation System Training
D. Section 40 62 63 Operator Interface Terminal
E. Section 40 63 00 Programmable Logic Controller (PLC) Systems
F. Section 40 68 60 Application Services
G. Section 40 80 00 Instrumentation -Testing and Commissioning
1.03 SUBMITTALS:
A. Refer to Section 40 61 00 Instrumentation General Provisions, and 40 68 60 Application
Services.
PART 2 -PRODUCTS (NOT USED)
PART 3 -EXECUTION
3.01 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS AND DEFINITIONS
A. The following represent the requirements for all control loops. These Process Control
Descriptions shall be used in conjunction with all project drawings .
B. Alarms
CONFORMED , 12/01/2022
FWW VILLAGE CREEK WRF , DIGESTER MIXING , FLARE , DOME IMPROVEMENTS
CITY PROJECT NO . 102652
40 61 96 -1 CONTROL LOOP DESCRIPTIONS
1. The alarms described herein shall be provided for all devices described below
whether the alarm described herein is shown on the Process and Instrumentation
Diagrams (P&IDs) or not.
2. For all controlled devices such as pumps, motorized equipment or any device ,
currently under control by the PLC/DCS, that generates a start/stop, or on/off, and
has one or two discrete feedback state signals, provide an equipment discrepancy
alarm.
a. The discrepancy alarm shall be generated in the PLC/DCS when a device
receives a change of state discrete command signal from the PLC/DCS, and
the device feedback state does not match the commanded state within a
preset time.
b. The equipment discrepancy alarm generated by the PLC/DCS shall be
displayed and alarmed at the HMI, and the device shall be issued a
command to stop or close, as appropriate .
1) If, after attaining the commanded change of state, a device feedback
state does not match the commanded state, an equipment deviation
alarm shall be generated by the PLC/DCS.
2) The equipment deviation alarm generated by the PLC/DCS shall be
displayed and alarmed at the HMI, and the device shall be issued a
command to stop .
3) After a deviation alarm occurs, the device cannot be restarted by the
PLC/DCS until the user has issued a reset at the HMI.
3. For all controlled valves or gates, currently under control by the PLC/DCS , that
generate an open/close and have one or two discrete open/closed feedback
signals, provide an equipment discrepancy alarm .
a . The discrepancy alarm shall be generated in the PLC/DCS when a device
receives an open/close discrete command signal from the PLC/DCS and the
device feedback state does not match the commanded state within a preset
time.
b. The equipment discrepancy alarm generated by the PLC/DCS shall be
displayed and alarmed at the HMI , and the device shall be issued a
command to stop.
c. If a device feedback state does not match the commanded state, after
attaining the commanded state, an equipment deviation alarm shall be
generated by the PLC/DCS.
CONFORMED , 12/01/2022
FWW VILLAGE CREEK WRF , DIGESTER MIXING, FLARE , DOME IMPROVEMENTS
CITY PROJECT NO . 102652
40 61 96-2 CONTROL LOOP DESCRIPTIONS
d. The equipment deviation alarm generated by the PLC/DCS shall be
displayed and alarmed at the HMI, and the device shall be issued a
command to stop.
e . After a deviation alarm occurs, the device cannot be restarted by the
PLC/DCS until the user has issued a reset at the HMI.
4. For all analog modulating valves, currently under control by the PLC/DCS, that
generate an analog state request and have a position feedback signal , provide an
equipment discrepancy alarm.
a. The discrepancy alarm shall be generated in the PLC/DCS when a valve
receives a signal to open or close to a specific position and the position
feedback signal does not indicate the desired position, plus or minus a
dead band, within a preset period of time .
b . The equipment discrepancy alarm generated by the PLC/DCS shall be
displayed and alarmed at the HM I.
c . If a device feedback position does not match the commanded position , after
attaining the commanded position , plus or minus a deadband , a deviation
alarm shall be generated by the PLC/DCS.
d. The equipment deviation alarm shall be displayed and alarmed at the HMI ,
and the device shall be issued a command to stop.
e . After a deviation alarm occurs , the valve cannot be moved again by the
PLC/DCS until the Operator has issued a reset at the HMI.
5. For all variable speed pumps, currently under control by the PLC/DCS, that
generate an analog speed request and have a speed feedback signal , provide an
equipment discrepancy alarm.
a. The discrepancy alarm shall be generated in the PLC/DCS when a Variable
Frequency Drive (VFD) receives a signa l to increase or decrease speed , and
the speed feedback signal does not indicate the requested speed , plus or
minus a deadband , within a preset time period.
b . The equipment discrepancy alarm generated by the PLC/DCS shall be
displayed and alarmed at the HMI.
c. If a pump is off, and the pump is requested to run , and the pump does not
start within a preset time period after the request has been made , a pump
discrepancy alarm shall be generated by the PLC/DCS .
d . If a device feedback speed does not match the commanded speed, plus or
minus a deadband , after attaining the commanded speed , a deviation alarm
is generated .
CONFORMED , 12/01 /2022
FWW VILLAGE CREEK WRF , DIGESTER MIXING , FLARE , DOME IMPROVEMENTS
CITY PROJECT NO . 102652
4 0 61 96-3 CONTROL LOOP DESCRIPTIONS
e . After a deviation alarm occurs, the pump cannot be controlled again by the
PLC/OCS until the user has issued a reset at the HMI.
6 . Provide at least two high alarms and two low alarms for each analog input. The
quantities and types of alarms shall be configured for each input as appropriate.
The alarms generated by the PLC/OCS shall be displayed and alarmed at the HMI.
To eliminate excessive alarm reporting , the analog point shall remain in alarm until
its value returns to its alarm limit , plus or minus its alarm limit deadband.
7. All alarms shall be generated by the PLC/OCS. No alarms shall be calculated
within the HMI.
8. For each analog point , an alarm shall be generated in the PLC/DCS and displayed
at the HMI if the PLC/DCS detects a loss of signal. For analog points that are
used for automatic control , the last "good value " shall be used as the process
variable until the alarm is cleared.
9. For each analog point , if the value of the analog point is above or below the
instrument range , an out of range alarm shall be generated in the PLC/DCS and
displayed and alarmed at the HM I.
C . Interlocks
1. Interlocks described below are intended to detail hardware interlocks between
processes or sub-processes . The discussion below is not intended to detail the
interlocks associated within MCCs , VFOs , etc. For those details , please see the
manufacturer supplied information .
0 . Tuning Parameters
1. All tuning parameters for each PIO in the PLC/OCS shall be available at the
server/ workstations for monitoring and adjustment even if not shown on the
P&IOs . Tuning trends shall be provided to monitor the PIO functions . However,
these parameter settings shall be password protected to allow access only to
users who are given clearance by the Owner.
E. Equipment Runtimes
1. Runtimes for all motorized equipment shall be totaled in the PLC/DCS and
indicated at the HMI with one-hour resolution even if not shown on the drawings .
2. The total runtime shall be reset from the HMI ; however, this reset shall be
password protected to allow access only to users who are given clearance by the
Owner.
3. A second accumulated runtime shall also be provided . The Operator shall not
have the capability to reset this accumulated runtime.
CONFORMED , 12/01 /2022
FWW VILLAGE CREEK WRF , DIGESTER M IXING , FLARE , DOME IMPROVE MENTS
CITY PROJE CT NO . 102652
40 61 96-4 CON TROL LOOP DESCRIPTIONS
F. Historical Recording
1. All analog inputs shall be recorded historically even if not shown on the P&IDs.
G. Flow Totalization
1. All flows shall be totalized in the PLC/DCS. Yesterday 's total flow and today 's total
flow shall be indicated at the HMI even if not shown on the P&IDs . To eliminate
errors due to noise or calibration issues, flows will not be totalized when an
associated valve or pump is in the closed or off state.
2. The total flows shall have the ability to be reset from the HMI. However, this reset
shall be password protected to allow access only to users who are given clearance
by the Owner.
3.02 INDIVIDUAL CONTROL LOOP DESCRIPTIONS
A. Overview
1. Digesters 1-6 mixing are being modified from gas mixing to pumped nozzle mixing.
2. Additional Digester gas flares are being added with existing flares serving as
backup.
3. Digester gas scrubbing is being added upstream of digester gas compressors.
4. Digesters gas compressors will be refurbished on another project.
5. Digester gas dryers are being replaced.
6. Natural gas blending system is being demolished .
3.03 DIGESTER MIXING PUMPS
A . Control system overview and general description
1. Each digester 1-6 shall be equipped with a dedicated sludge mixing pump which
discharges through nozzles inside the digester to mix the contents of the digester,
scour grit from the bottom of the digester, breakup foam bubbles, and breakup
scum floating on the surface of the digester. There will be a nozzle dedicated to
surface scum break up, but it will typically run continuously (controlled separately
with a manual valve). A chemical feed tap shall be located on the scum breakup
nozzle line .
2. Each pump shall run continuously and have capability of running with cycles of low
speed normally and high speed periodically based on timer control thru the DCS.
3. Running at reduced speed is to save energy but may decrease grit scouring.
CONFORMED , 12/01/2022
FWW VILLAGE CREEK WRF , DIGESTER MIXING , FLARE , DOME IMPROVEMENTS
CITY PROJECT NO . 102652
40 61 96-5 CONTROL LOOP DESCRIPTIONS
4. Stopping the nozzle mixing can cause major excessive foaming conditions due to
"rapid rise" at high gas production rates . Additionally, reentraining grit is difficult
once settled.
B. Local Manual Control
1. The Start/Stop control of the sludge mixing pump is always in in Local Manual
Control
2. The On/Off switch on the associated Local Control Station (LCS) must be placed
into the On position to run.
3. In Local Manual, the sludge mixing pump may be started and stopped using the
On/Off switch located on the VFD. To run both On/Off of the switches must be On
at LCS and the VFD . Turning either off will stop the pump. Either On/Off selector
switch will start the pump if the other is already ON .
4 . Local Manual speed control is accomplished by placing the speed Local/Remote
switch in Local and the speed dial varied manually on variable speed drive .
C. Remote Manual Control
1. There is no remote manual control for start/stop from the DCS.
2. Remote Manual speed control is accomplished by placing the speed Local/Remote
switch in the VFD in Remote . The Manual mode must be selected at the DCS and
the speed may be entered manually at the HMI.
D. Local Automatic Control
1. There is no Local Automatic Control.
E. Remote Automatic Control
1. There is no Remote Automatic Control for start/stop from the DCS.
2. Remote Automatic speed control is accomplished by placing the speed
Local/Remote switch in Remote. The Auto mode must be selected at the DCS and
the speed will vary based on timers in the DCS .
3. The mixing pump speed shall be alternated between a normal low speed and a
short duration high speed repeating cycle from the DCS. The repeat cycle timer
setpoint shall control the overall cycle time. The duration timer setpoint shall
control how long the pump runs in high speed. The pump shall run at a low speed
the remainder of the cycle. The repeat cycle timer shall initially begin timing when
AUTO Mode is enabled and the pump is running. The adjustable cycle timer shall
be initially set at 60 minutes and adjustable high speed timer initially set at 10
minutes .
CONFORMED , 12/01/2022
FWW VILLAGE CREEK WRF , DIGESTER MIXING , FLARE, DOME IMPROVEMENTS
CITY PROJECT NO . 102652
40 61 96-6 CONTROL LOOP DESCRIPTIONS
4. Two automatic pump speed setpoints shall be available on the HMI for mixing
pump low speed and high speed.
a . The adjustable low speed setpoint, initially set at 60%.
b. The adjustable high speed setpoint, initially set at 100%.
F. Permissives/lnterlocks .
1. The field E-Stop shall be a hardwired interlock to stop the pump. This signal is not
intended to be brought to the DCS.
2 . Motor overload interlock shall stop pump.
3. High Discharge Pressure High interlock shall stop pump . This signal is not
intended to be brought to the DCS .
4 . Low oil level switch inte rlock shall stop the pump. This signal is not intended to be
brought to the DCS .
5. The VFDs shall calculate a shutdown condition indicating a nozzle blockage based
on various statuses . This signal is not intended to be brought to the DCS .
G . Calculated Variables , Remote Indications , and Alarms.
1. Calculate all variables and alarms as identified in 3.01 GENERAL
REQUIREMENTS AND DEFINITIONS.
2 . The Digester Mixing Pump Run Status shall be monitored and provide an alarm
when its status does not match an operator selected status after an adjustable
timer initially set at 10 minutes . The operator shall set a "Should Be On/Off' as an
intended status. If the status varies from selected status for the time delay a
discrepancy alarm w ill be generated and the status of the equipment shall indicate
as failed.
3.04 DIGESTER GAS FLARES
A. Control system overview and general description
1. Two (2) waste gas flares (FLR) shall be installed , FLR-004 and FLR-005 . Space
shall be provided for one future unit FLR-006.
2. There is one panel for each Flare .
3. Associated contro l panels FLR-004 CP and FLR-005 CP associated pressure
switches , and accessories shall be provided as specified under Section 46 73 19
Digester Gas Safety Equipment and Flares , paragraph 2.13 flares.
CONFORMED , 12/01/2022
FWW VILLAGE CREEK WRF , DIGESTER MIXING , FLARE , DOME IMPROVEMENTS
CITY PROJECT NO . 102652
4 0 61 96 -7 CONTROL LOOP DESCRIPTIONS
4 . New waste gas flares shall operate together with the three (3) existing flares
numbered 1-3 in the Gas Compressor Building functioning as backup.
5. Each vendor systems are controlled locally by individual high pressure switches
which are manually set to 5 " H2O for units 4-6 and 6" H2O for units 1-3.
6. Refer to flares specification for additional controls requirements.
B. Local Manual Control
1. To place the Flare Control Panel in Local Manual, the Local/Off/Remote switch
must be placed into the Local position .
2. In Local Manual , the flare may be started and stopped using the Start pushbutton
and the Off switch. located on the Flare Control Panel.
3. In the "Off' position, the pilot will not light and no digester gas will flow to the
burner. If pilot is lit when switched to the off position, the pilot shall be
extinguished .
C . Remote Manual Control
1. There is no Remote Manual Control from the DCS .
D . Local Automatic Control
1. To place the Flare Control Panel in Local Auto , the Local/Off/Remote switch must
be placed into the Remote position.
2 . In Remote , the flare pilot ignition system shall be started by individual high
pressure switches which are manually set (design setting 5 "H2O).
3. When the digester gas pressure increases above the pressure set point, the
pressure switch shall signal to ignite the pilot. When the pilot flame is established ,
the control panel will activate the backpressure regulator solenoid valve. When the
digester gas pressure decreases below the pressure set point, the pressure switch
shall signal to extinguish the pilot and deactivate the backpressure regulator
solenoid valve. The ignition controls shall include an adjustable delay relay to
delay the igniting and extinguishing of the pilot with the change in status of the
pressure switch to prevent nuisance switching.
4 . Once the pilot flame has been established, the flame sensor shall continuously
monitor for the presence of the pilot flame. The thermocouple shall verify if the
pilot is lit. The thermocouple shall continuously monitor the established pilot flame.
If the flame is lost, the controller shall automatically repeat the ignition sequence.
If the pilot is not re-established within 10 seconds in this repeated cycle , the
system shall go into a safety lockout, signal pilot flame failure and require manual
reset via the panel mounted reset pushbutton .
CONFORMED , 12/01/2022
FWW VILLAGE CREEK WRF , DIGESTER MIXING , FLARE , DOME IMPROVEMENTS
CITY PROJECT NO . 102652
40 61 96-8 CONTROL LOOP DESCRIPTIONS
5. Pressure switch setpoints for Flares shall be staggered as follows. FLR-004 is
called to run first (lowest setpoint). FLR-005 called to run at a higher setpoint. The
(3) existing waste gas flares are simultaneously called to run at the highest
setpoints (6 "H2O). Thus , as gas flows increase, the required number of FLRs
shall operate and as flows decrease , Flares shall be stopped in sequence based
on pressure switches.
E. Remote Automatic Control
1. There is no Remote Automatic Control from the DCS.
F. Permissives/lnterlocks.
1. A thermocouple-type main flame monitor shall be provided by the vendor system
to continuously monitor for the presence of the main burner flame. An adjustable
low temperature setpoint shall be utilized to determine the presence of a flame in
the main burner. The thermocouple shall verify if the pilot is lit. The thermocouple
shall continuously monitor the established pilot flame. If the flame is lost, the
controller shall automatically repeat the ignition sequence. If the pilot is not re-
established within 10 seconds in this repeated cycle , the system shall go into a
safety lockout, signal pilot flame failure and require manual reset via the panel
mounted reset pushbutton .
G. Calculated Variables , Remote Indications, and Alarms.
1. Calculate all variables and alarms as identified in 3.01 GENERAL
REQUIREMENTS AND DEFINITIONS .
3.05 DIGESTER GAS H2S SCRUBBERS
A. Control system overview and general description
1. The Hydrogen Sulfide Removal System is located prior to the digester gas
compressors.
2. The system consists of three vessels and space for an additional unit , HSR-001,
HSR-002, and HSR-003 , which contains an adsorbing medium for hydrogen
sulfide removal. The vessels are piped and valved so one vessel can be removed
from service for media replacement.
3. Differential pressure transmitters shall be provided for each vessel to measure
pressure drop through the operating vessel.
B . Local Manual Control
1. All operations are manual.
C. Remote Manual Control
CONFORMED , 12/01/2022
FWW VILLAGE CREEK WRF , DIGESTER MI X ING , FLARE , DOME IMPROVEMENTS
CITY PROJECT NO . 102652
40 61 96-9 CONTROL LOOP DESCRIPTIONS
1. There is no Remote manual Control.
D. Local Automatic Control
1. None
E. Remote Automatic Control
1. There is no Remote Manual Control.
F. Permissives/lnterlocks .
1. There are no permissives or interlocks .
G. Calculated Variables , Remote Indications, and Alarms.
1. For each vessel , when the pressure drop measured by rises to setpoint value ,
initially set at 6" w .c., the plant control system shall indicate a high head loss alarm
for that unit.
3.06 DIGESTER GAS COMPRESSORS
A. Control system overview and general description
1. The digester gas compressors are vendor systems which are being refurbished
under a separate contract.
2 . This section is presented as information only to clarify the overall area controls and
monitoring .
3 . Controls of the three Digester Gas Compressors are controlled within the one
vendor control panel with no control from the plant DCS .
4 . The overview of control :
a. The compressors normally vary capacity to maintain a constant downstream
pressure of 55 psi.
b. If the pressure upstream of the H2S scrubbers (PIT 4 7002) gets as low as 2
"H2O the capacity is varied to maintain no lower than 2 "H2O . If pressure
rises the normal pressure control is resumed. (Note: do not use PIT47004
which is upstream of the compressors and may have been used previously
for some functions before the scrubbers were installed .)
c . If the suction pressure to individua l compressors reaches as low as 5" w .c.
vacuum the compressor will stop .
B. Local Manual Control
CONFORMED , 12/01/2022
FWW V ILLAGE CREEK WRF , DIGESTER MIXING , FLARE , DOME IMPROVEMENTS
CITY PROJECT NO . 102652
40 61 96-10 CONTROL LOOP DESCRIPTIONS
1. There is no local Manual Control.
C. Remote Manual Control
1. There is no Remote Manual capability from Plant DCS or PLC4 7.
2. To place the Digester Gas Compressor in Remote Manual, the Off-Manual-Auto
(O/M/A) selector switch on the associated Compressor Control Panel must be
placed into the Manual position.
3. In Remote Manual, the Digester Gas Compressor may be started and stopped
using the Start and Stop pushbuttons located on the Compressor Control Panel in
the electrical room. The capacity slide control. (Sliding Vane) does not have a
Remote Manual control.
D. Local Automatic Control
1. There is no Local Automatic Control.
E. Remote Automatic Control
1. There is no remote control from the DCS system .
2 . To place the Digester Gas Compressor in Remote Automatic, the Off-Manual-Auto
(O/M/A) switch on the Compressor Control Panel must be placed into the Auto
position . Existing logic in PLC4 7 performs no control of the compressors. All
controls are through the vendor panel.
F. Permissives/lnterlocks.
1. The RVSS shall receive interlock contact inputs from the following field devices:
a . Motor overload interlock shall stop Compressor.
b . High Discharge Pressure High interlock shall stop Compressor.
c. Low suction pressure on each compressor interlock shall stop that
Compressor. (set 5.0 "H2O vacuum.)
d . Low oil level switch interlock shall stop Compressor.
G . Calculated Variables, Remote Indications, and Alarms.
1. Calculate all variables and alarms as identified in 3.01 GENERAL
REQUIREMENTS AND DEFINITIONS .
3.07 DIGESTER GAS DRYERS
A. Control system overview and general description
CONFORMED , 12/01/2022
FWW VILLAGE CREEK WRF , DIGESTER MIXING , FLARE , DOME IMPROVEMENTS
CITY PROJECT NO . 102652
40 61 96-11 CONTROL LOOP DESCRIPTIONS
1. Two refrigerative gas dryers cool and reheat digester gas in order to remove
moisture and prevent downstream condensation. Dryers will operate continuously
when gas is being compressed . Under normal conditions, one dryer will operate at
a time, however, both dryers may operate together if required .
2. Each gas dryer system shall be controlled by a vendor supplied control panel in
the control room that controls all components on the gas dryer system skid and the
remotely located chillers.
B. Local Manual Control
1. the Digester Gas Dryer may be started and stopped using the "Start Compressor
Switch " located on the control panel.
C . Remote Manual Control
1. There is no Remote Manual control from the DCS .
2 . The Digester Gas Dryer may be started and stopped at the control panel.
D. Local Automatic Control
1. None
E. Remote Automatic Control
1. There is no Remote Automatic Control through the DCS .
2. All automatic controls are vendor supplied control panels.
F. Permissives/lnterlocks.
1. Motor overload interlock will stop unit.
G. Calculated Variables, Remote Indications, and Alarms .
1. Calculate all variables and alarms as identified in 3.01 GENERAL
REQUIREMENTS AND DEFINITIONS.
3.08 TRACE H2S METER
A. General :
1. The gas existing the Gas compressor building shall be monitored for trace
concentrations of H2S in the Biagas stream .
2 . The goal is to document that gas meets the customer's pipeline requirements of
below 4 ppm H2S v/v.
CONFORMED , 12/01/2022
FWW VILLAGE CREEK WRF , DIGESTER MIXING , FLARE , DOME IMPROVEMENTS
CITY PROJECT NO . 102652
4 0 61 96-12 CONTROL LOOP DESCRIPTIONS
3. The meter shall be scaled at an appropriate range per specifications to provide a
sufficiently accurate measurement.
4. The meter shall be protected from excessively high temperatures or moisture
content by an isolation solenoid valve . This control signal shall be on when at
least one dehydrator is running, opening the solenoid for sample flow. Wiring as
shown in plans and depicted in P&ID drawings.
5. The Solenoid control signal shall be transmitted to the DCS and alarmed when off
indicating "Compressed Digester Gas H2S meter Isolated "
6 . The concentration shall be transmitted as a 4-20 mA signal to the DCS via RTU47.
7. Calculate a moving average for Processed Digester Gas Hydrogen Sulfide
concentration . Downstream of the Dryers a H2S Concentration Monitor shall be
installed to monitor for compliance with customer contract needs. A moving
average of concentrations shall be calculated . Calculation shall be based on
adjustable time intervals, initially set at 10 minutes, for an adjustable number of
samples , initially set at 20 samples. This example would give and average for a
200-minute period .
8. Calculate all variables and alarms as identified in 3.01 GENERAL
REQUIREMENTS AND DEFINITIONS .
3.09 PLC-47 UPGRADE
A. General
1. The PCSI shall provide all work in RTU47 .
2 . PLC 47 shall be upgraded to new hardware and software as specified in 40 63 00
Programmable Logic Controller (PLC) Systems.
3 . The PLC-4 7 shall be replaced including entire backplane in cabinet. The Quantum
PLC shall be replaced with all new components including; Modicon M340 with X80
chassis , associated I/Os., network card, and a single redundant 24vdc power
supply and any necessary parts to provide a complete and functional system . The
existing unmanaged switch and UPS on top of the cabinet may be reused .
4 . The old program will be downloaded and configured to perform as previously used .
5 . A modifications for addition or deletion of instruments are defined in these control
descriptions and as shown in plans.
3.10 POWER MONITORING
A. Power monitoring shall be by hardwired signals from power monitoring or relay units to
the RTUs and onto the DCS or contact closures
CONFORMED , 12/01/2022
FWW VILLAGE CREEK WRF , DIGESTER MIXING , FLARE , DOME IMPROVEMENTS
CITY PROJECT NO . 102652
40 61 96-13 CONTROL LOOP DESCRIPTIONS
B. Points measured shall be KW, Amps, selector switch closed statuses, and low pressure.
C. Some are replacement for existing points in DCS
D. See 1/0 list
CONFORMED , 12/01/2022
END OF SECTION
FWW VILLAGE CREEK WRF , DIGESTER MIXING, FLARE , DOME IMPROVEMENTS
CITY PROJECT NO . 102652
40 61 96-14 CONTROL LOOP DESCRIPTIONS
PART 1 -GENERAL
1.01 SCOPE OF WORK
SECTION 40 62 63
OPERATOR INTERFACE TERMINAL
A. This Section of the Specifications describes the requirements for Operations Interface
Terminals (OITs) to be furnished under other Sections of the Specifications as listed in
the Related Work paragraph of this Section.
B. All equipment described herein shall be submitted and furnished as an integral part of
equipment specified elsewhere in these Specifications.
1.02 RELATED WORK
A. Section 40 67 00 Instrumentation Control Panels
B. Section 26 29 87 Electrical Contractors Provided Control Panels (ECPs)
1.03 SUBMITTALS
A. Submittals for equipment specified herein shall be made as a part of equipment
furnished under the applicable related work sections. Individual submittals for devices
specified herein will not be accepted and will be returned un-reviewed.
B . Submit catalog data for all items supplied from this specification within the control panel
submittal specified else ware as applicable. Submittal shall include catalog data,
functions, ratings, inputs, outputs , displays, etc., sufficient to confirm that the equipment
provides every specified requirement. Any options or exceptions shall be clearly
indicated.
1.04 REFERENCE CODES AND STANDARDS
A. Instrumentation equipment, materials and installation shall comply with the National
Electrical Code (NEC and with the latest edition of the following codes and standards:
1. National Electrical Safety Code (NESC)
2 . NEMA ICS 1-101 Diagrams , Designations and Symbols
3. ANSI/ISA-5.06 .01-2007 -Functional Requirements Documentation for Control
Software Applications.
4 . ISA-TR20.00.01-2001 -Specification Forms for Process Measurement and Control
Instruments Part 1: General Considerations Updated with 27 New Specification
Forms in 2004-2005 .
CONFORMED , 12/01/2022
FWW VILLAGE CREEK WRF, DIGESTER MIXING , FLARE, DOME IMPROVEMENTS
CITY PROJECT NO . 102652
40 62 63-1 OPERATOR INTERFACE EQUIPMENT
5. ISA-5.4-1991 Instrument Loop Diagrams.
6 . ISA-5 .5-1985 Graphic Symbols for Process Displays.
7. ISA-5.1-1984 (R1992) Instrumentation Symbols and Identification.
8 . ISA-5.3-1983 Graphic Symbols for Distributed Control/Shared Display
Instrumentation , Logic, and Computer Systems .
9. ISA-5 .2-1976 (R1992) Binary Logic Diagrams for Process Operations.
10 . NEMA ICS 6 Enclosures for Industrial Controls and Systems
11. Underwriters Laboratories (UL)
12. UL 508 , the Standard of Safety for Industrial Control Equipment
13 . UL 508A, the Standard of Safety for Industrial Control Panels
14 . Factory Mutual (FM)
15. NEMA LS1 Low Voltage Surge Protection Devices.
16 . UL 1449 Third Ed ition Surge Protective Devices
17. City of Fort Worth Electrical Code
18 . All equipment and installations sha ll conform to applicable Federal , State , and
local codes .
B . All equipment shall comply with the requirements of the National Electric Code and
Underwriters Laboratories (UL) where appl icable .
C . Each specified device shall also conform to the standards and codes listed in the
individual device paragraphs .
1.05 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. The manufacturer of this equipment shall have produced similar equipment for a
minimum period of five (5) years . When requested by the Owner/Engineer, an
acceptable list of installations with similar equipment shall be provided demonstrating
compliance with this requirement.
B. Equipment submitted shall fit w ithin the space or location shown on the Drawings .
Equipment wh ich does not fit with in the space or location is not acceptable .
C . For the equipment specified herein , t he manufacturer shall be ISO 9001 2000 certified .
1.06 WARRANTY
CONFOR M ED , 12/01/202 2
FWW VILLAGE CREEK WRF , DIGESTER MIXING , FLARE , DOME IMPROVEMENTS
CITY PROJECT NO . 102652
4 0 62 63-2 OPERATOR INTERFACE EQUIPMENT
The Manufacturer shall warrant the equipment to be free from defects in material and
workmanship for 2 years from date of asseptanse 2 years from the date defined in
Section 00 72 00 GENERAL CONDITIONS and Section 00 73 00 SUPPLEMENTARY
CONDITIONS TO GENERAL CONDITIONS of the equipment containing the items
specified in this Section . Within such period of warranty the Manufacturer shall promptly
furnish all material and labor necessary to return the equipment to new operating
condition. Any warranty work requiring shipping or transporting of the equipment shall be
performed by the Contractor at no expense to the Owner.
PART 2 -PRODUCTS
2.01 OPERATOR INTERFACE TERMINAL
A. Subject to compliance with the Contract Documents , the following Manufacturers are
acceptable :
1. Modicon Magelis XBT GT Series
2 . Allen Bradley PANELVIEW PLUS
3 . Approved Equal
B. The listing of specific manufacturers above does not imply acceptance of their products
that do not meet the specified ratings , features and functions . Manufacturers listed
above are not relieved from meeting these specifications in their entirety.
C. Environmental
1. Operating Temperature 32 -113 Degrees F
2 . Relative Humidity 10% -90% Non-condensing
3 . Shock (Operating) 15 G for 11 ms.
4. NEMA4
D. Physical
1. Size : 12"
2. Color TFT LCD Touch screen
3. Cooling fans as required
4 . Embedded Operating System
FWW VILLAGE CREEK WRF , DIGESTER MIXING , FLARE , DOME IMPROVEMENTS
CITY PROJECT NO . 102652
CONFORMED , 12/01 /2022 40 62 63-3 OPERATOR INTERFACE EQUIPMENT
5. Two serial and USB ports
6. Minimum 64 Mb of battery backed memory
7. Programmable keys as required.
8. Power Supply 120 VAC
E. Protocol Interfaces
1. Modbus TCP
2. Ethernet/IP
F. Programming Capability
1. Alarm and event management.
2 . Bar graphs.
3. Multi colored background and objects.
4. Multi-level password security .
5. Communicate with a minimum of 4 PLCs simultaneously.
G. Spare Assemblies
1. Provide 1 spare OIT of each size provided .
2.02 SPARES
A. Provide the following spare parts for each control panel in the quantities specified:
1. One box replacement fuses, all types and sizes used.
2. One replacement interface cable of each type used.
B. Spare parts shall be boxed or packaged for long term storage. Identify each item with
manufacturer's name, description and part number on the exterior of the package.
PART 3 -EXECUTION
3.01 INSTALLATION
A. All equipment specified herein shall be factory installed , field adjusted, tested and
cleaned as an integral part of equipment specified elsewhere in these Specifications .
CONFORMED , 12/01/2022
FWW VILLAGE CREEK WRF , DIGESTER MIXING, FLARE , DOME IMPROVEMENTS
CITY PROJECT NO . 102652
40 62 63-4 OPERATOR INTERFACE EQUIPMENT
CONFORMED , 12/01 /2022
END OF SECTION
FWW VILLAGE CREEK WRF , DIGESTER MIXING , FLARE , DOME IMPROVEMENTS
CITY PROJECT NO . 102652
40 62 63-5 OPERATOR INTERFACE EQUIPMENT
CONFORMED , 12/01/2022
THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK
FWW VILLAGE CREEK WRF , DIGESTER MIXING , FLARE , DOME IMPROVEMENTS
CITY PROJECT NO. 102652
40 62 63-6 OPERATOR INTERFACE EQUIPMENT
SECTION 40 63 00
PROGRAMMABLE LOGIC CONTROLLER (PLC) SYSTEMS
PART 1 -GENERAL
1.01 SCOPE OF WORK
A. This Section of the Specifications describes the requirements for Programmable Logic
Controllers (PLCs) to be furnished under other Sections of the Specifications as listed in
the Related Work paragraph of this Section .
B. All equipment described herein shall be submitted and furnished as an integral part of
equipment specified elsewhere in these Specifications.
C . The PLC-4 7 shall be replaced including entire backplane in cabinet. The Quantum PLC
shall be replaced with all new components including ; Modicon M340 with X80 chassis ,
associated I/Os ., network card , and a single redundant 24vdc power supply and any
necessary parts to provide a complete and functional system. The existing unmanaged
switch and UPS on top of the cabinet may be reused .
1.02 RELATED WORK
A. Section 40 61 00 Instrumentation General Provisions
B . Section 40 67 00 Instrumentation Control Panels
C. Section 40 68 60 Application Services
D. Section 40 80 00 Instrumentation Testing and Commissioning
E. Division 43 -Process Gas and Liquid Handling , Purification , and Storage Equipment
F . Division 46 -Water and Wastewater Equipment
1.03 SUBMITTALS
A . Submittals for equ ipment specified herein shall be made as a part of equipment
furnished under other Sections . Individual submittals for equipment specified herein will
not be accepted and will be returned un-reviewed.
B . Submit catalog data for all items supplied from this specification Section as applicable.
Submittal shall include catalog data , functions , ratings , inputs, outputs , displays, etc .,
sufficient to confirm that the equipment provides every spec ified requirement. Any
options or exceptions shall be clearly indicated .
C. Submit catalog data sheets for all software licenses prov ided under this Specification
Section .
CONFORMED , 12/01 /2022
FWW VILLAGE CREEK WRF , DIGESTER MIXING , FLARE , DOME IMPROVEMENTS
CITY PROJECT NO. 102652
4 0 63 00 -1 PROGRAMMABLE LOGIC CONTROLLER (PLC )
D. Operation and Maintenance Manuals.
1. Operation and Maintenance manuals shall include the following information:
a. Manufacturer's contact address and telephone number for parts and service.
b. Instruction books and/or leaflets
c. Recommended renewal parts list
d. Record Documents for the information required by the Submittals above.
e. Copy of the software license data including serial numbers, license key, etc.
1.04 REFERENCE CODES AND STANDARDS
A. Instrumentation equipment, materials and installation shall comply with the National
Electrical Code (NEC and with the latest edition of the following codes and standards:
1. NEMA ICS 1-101 Diagrams, Designations and Symbols
2. ANSI/ISA-5.06.01-2007 -Functional Requirements Documentation for Control
Software Applications .
3. ISA-TR20.00.01-2001 -Specification Forms for Process Measurement and Control
Instruments Part 1: General Considerations Updated with 27 New Specification
Forms in 2004-2005.
4. ISA-5.4-1991 Instrument Loop Diagrams .
5 . ISA-5 .2-1976 (R1992) Binary Logic Diagrams For Process Operations .
6 . NEMA ICS 6 Enclosures for Industrial Controls and Systems
7. The International Society of Automation (ISA)
8. Underwriters Laboratories (UL)
9. UL 508, the Standard of Safety for Industrial Control Equipment
10 . UL 508A , the Standard of Safety for Industrial Control Panels
11 . UL 50 , the Standard of Safety for Enclosures for Electrical Equipment.
12 . Factory Mutual (FM)
13 . ANSI C37 .90 .2 Standard Withstand Capability of Relay Systems to Radiated
Electromagnetic Interference From Transceivers .
14 . UL 1449 Third Edition Surge Protective Devices
FWW VILLAGE CREEK WRF , DIGESTER MIXING , FLARE , DOME IMPROVEMENTS
CITY PROJECT NO . 102652
CONFORMED , 12/01/2022 40 63 00-2 PROGRAMMABLE LOGIC CONTROLLER (PLC)
15 . City of Fort Worth Electrical Code
16 . All equipment and installations shall conform to applicable Federal, State, and
local codes .
B . All equipment shall comply with the requirements of the National Electric Code and
Underwriters Laboratories (UL) where applicable.
C . Each specified device shall also conform to the standards and codes listed in the
individual device paragraphs.
1.05 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. The manufacturer of this equipment shall have produced similar equipment for a
minimum period of five (5) years . When requested by the Owner/Engineer, an
acceptable list of installations with similar equipment shall be provided demonstrating
compliance with this requirement.
B. Equipment submitted shall fit w ithin the space or location shown on the Drawings .
Equipment wh ich does not fit within the space or location is not acceptable.
C. For the equipment specified herein , the manufacturer shall be ISO 9001 2000 certified.
1.06 WARRANTY
A . The Manufacturer shall warrant the equipment to be free from defects in material and
workmanship for 2 years from date of acceptance 2 years from the date defined in & Section 00 72 00 GENERAL CONDITIONS and Section 00 73 00 SUPPLEMENTARY
CONDITIONS TO GENERAL CONDITIONS of the equipment containing the items
specified in this Section . Within such period of warranty the Manufacturer shall promptly
furnish all material and labor necessary to return the equipment to new operating
condition. Any warranty work requiring shipping or transporting of the equipment shall be
performed by the Contractor at no expense to the Owner.
1.07 COMMUNICATIONS PROTOCOL REQUIREMENTS
A. The PLC System shall communicate utilizing EtherNet/lP or Modbus/TCP Protocol with
the following as minimum capabil ities:
1. All data shall be available and/or mirrored within the 4x or "Holding Register"
memory area . The other areas can be optionally supported , but all Ox , 1x, and 3x
data shall be readab le and writable in the 4x memory area. For digital writes ,
supports of single-bit writes (function 5) to the Ox area are acceptable on a case by
case basis . Products that require access to the 1 x and 3x area to operate are not
acceptable ; access to 1 x/3x area shall be optional.
2 . Register 4x00001 shall exist and be readable to allow simple, predictable
"communications tests".
CONFORMED , 12 /01 /202 2
FWW VILLAGE CREEK WRF , DIGESTER MIXING , FLARE , DOME IMPROVEMENTS
CITY PROJECT NO. 102652
40 63 00-3 PROGRAMMABLE LOGIC CONTROLLER (PLC )
3. Software tools shall function properly with slaves ' only supporting functions 3, 4
and 16. Requiring support of diagnostic function 8 is not acceptable.
4 . Software tools shall be configurable to write a single register as either function 8 or
16 .
5. Software tools shall allow setting the communication Protocol Unit Id" to be a value
other than zero . This is required for Ethernet-to-Serial bridging .
PART 2 -PRODUCTS
2.01 PLC TYPE SELECTION CRITERIA:
A. A Type A PLC shall be used when :
1. PLCs communicate with 4 or more IP devices .
2. PLCs which have 1/0 counts (including installed spares) of any one point type of
greater than 70% capacity of a Type B PLC.
3 . Any requirements that cannot be met by a Type B PLC.
B. Type B PLC :
1. Any application that does not need requirements of Type B as stated above.
2.02 PROGRAMMABLE LOGIC CONTROLLER SYSTEM {TYPE A)
A. Subject to compliance with the Contract Documents , the following Manufacturers are
acceptable:
1. Allen Bradley Control Logix with Studio 5000 Logix Designer software
2 . Modicon M580 utilizing EcoStruxure Control Expert software
3 . Approved Equal
B. The listing of specific manufacturers above does not imply acceptance of their products
that do not meet the specified ratings, features and functions. Manufacturers listed
above are not relieved from meeting these specifications in their entirety.
C . Programming Languages
1. Each PLC shall support IEC Standard 61131-3 for all of the following programming
languages:
a. Ladder (LO)
b. Function Block Diagram (FBD)
FWW VILLAGE CREEK WRF , DIGESTER MIXING , FLARE , DOME IMPROVEMENTS
CITY PROJECT NO. 102652
CONFORMED , 12/01 /2022 40 63 00-4 PROGRAMMABLE LOGIC CONTROLLER (PLC)
c. Sequential Function Chart (SFC)
d. Structured Text (ST)
e. Instruction List (IL)
2 . Processor shall have a minimum IEC Program Memory s ize of 512 KB .
D. Input/ Output Capacity
1. Total Configured Input/ Output Capacity shall not be less than 4 ,096.
2 . Physical Input/ Output capacity shall not be less than the following:
a. Analog Inputs -128
b. Analog Outputs -128
c . Discrete Inputs -1024
d. Discrete Outputs -1024
E. Physical Construction
1. The PLC shall be of the modular construction , consisting of a back plane , plug in
modules for the processor, communication modules , 1/0 modules and expansion
modules .
2. The power supply shall be 120 Volt 60 Hz , and shall be sized for the total cards,
including the power requirement of the spare 1/0 rack slots .
3. Analog inputs and outputs shall be isolated physically and electronically from each
other and shall be of the 4-20ma type.
4 . Discrete inputs shall be 24VDC.
5. Discrete outputs shall be of the relay type and individually buffered with external
relays .
6. System shall include as a minimum 1 Ethernet, 1 RS-485 , and 1 USB
programming ports .
7. Ethernet port shall include 1/0 scanning capability without the use of logic
programming.
F. Spare Equipment
1. Provide a minimum of 20 percent wired spare 1/0 channel of each type provided.
CONFORMED , 12/01/2022
FWW VILLAGE CREEK WRF , DIGESTER MIXING , FLARE , DOME IMPROVEMENTS
CITY PROJECT NO . 102652
40 63 00-5 PROGRAMMABLE LOGIC CONTROLLER (PLC )
2 . Provide 1 spare card of each type provided , including CPU and power supply
cards.
2.03 PROGRAMMABLE LOGIC CONTROLLER SYSTEM (TYPE B)
A. Subject to compliance with the Contract Documents, the following Manufacturers are
acceptable :
1. Modicon M340 utilizing Unity Pro XL software
2 . Allen Bradley Compact Logic L3 Series with RSLogix-5000
3 . Approved Equal
B . The PLC-47 Quantum PLC shall be replaced with Modicon M340 PLC and associated
1/0 etc .. Associated power supplies shall also be replaced . No equal.
C. The listing of specific manufacturers above does not imply acceptance of their products
that do not meet the specified ratings, features and functions. Manufacturers listed
above are not relieved from meeting these specifications in their entirety.
D. Programming Languages
1. Each PLC shall support IEC Standard 61131-3 for all the following programming
languages :
a . Ladder (LO)
b. Function Block Diagram (FBD)
c. Sequential Function Chart (SFC)
d. Structured Text (ST)
e. Instruction List (IL)
2 . Processor shall have a minimum Program Memory size of 128 KB.
3. Provide 1 copy of the Manufacturer's Programming Software, with the highest-
level capability .
E. Input/ Output Capacity
1. Total Configured Input/ Output Capacity shall not be less than 1024.
2. Physical Input/ Output capacity shall not be less than the following:
a . Analog Inputs -32
CONFORMED , 12/01/2022
FWW VILLAGE CREEK WRF , DIGESTER MIXING , FLARE , DOME IMPROVEMENTS
CITY PROJECT NO . 102652
40 63 00-6 PROGRAMMABLE LOGIC CONTROLLER (PLC)
b. Analog Outputs -24
c . Discrete Inputs -96
d. Discrete Outputs -64
F. Physical Construction
1. The PLC shall be of the modular construction, consisting of DIN rail mounting,
expansion modules DIN rail mounted, connected with ribbon cable connectors.
2 . The power supply shall be 24VDC and shall be sized for the total number of
modules and 20% spare capacity.
3. Analog inputs and outputs shall be of the 4-20ma type.
4 . Discrete inputs shall be 24VDC.
5. Discrete outputs shall be of the relay type and individually buffered with external
relays .
6. System shall include as a minimum 1 Ethernet, 1 RS-485, and 1 USB
programming ports.
7 . Ethernet port shall include 1/0 scanning capability without the use of logic
programming.
G. Spare Equipment
1. Provide a minimum of 20 percent wired spare 1/0 channel of each type provided .
2. Provide 1 spare card of each type provided, including CPU and power supply
cards.
PART 3 -EXECUTION
3.01 INSTALLATION
A. All equipment specified herein shall be factory installed, programmed, field adjusted,
tested , and cleaned as an integral part of equipment specified elsewhere in these
Specifications.
CONFORMED , 12/01/2022
END OF SECTION
FWW VILLAGE CREEK WRF , DIGESTER MIXING , FLARE , DOME IMPROVEMENTS
CITY PROJECT NO. 102652
40 63 00-7 PROGRAMMABLE LOGIC CONTROLLER (PLC)
CONFORMED , 12/01/2022
THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK
FWW VILLAGE CREEK WRF , DIGESTER MIXING , FLARE, DOME IMPROVEMENTS
CITY PROJECT NO . 102652
40 63 00-8 PROGRAMMABLE LOGIC CONTROLLER (PLC)
PART 1 -GENERAL
SECTION 40 67 00
INSTRUMENTATION CONTROL PANELS
1.01 SCOPE OF WORK
A. Furnish and install fully functional control panels to manually and automatically operate
control systems as specified in the detailed requirements of the instrumentation sections
of Division 40 and supplemented with logic and schematics diagrams as shown on the
Electrical and Instrumentation Drawings.
B . This specification section applies to all equipment provided under DIVISION 43 and
DIVISION 46 .
C . It is the intent of these specifications to have all 1/0 and signal conditioning components
included within their respective control panels . The panel sizes shown on the Drawings
shall be considered minimum . The Process Control System Integrator (PCSI) shall be
responsible for final sizing of enclosures to meet the clearance requirements of NFPA
79, the NEC and as specified herein . Should the PCSI submit a panel size and layout
that is, in the opinion of the Owner and or Engineer, insufficient in size to meet these
requirements, the submittal will not be approved and will be returned for revision and
resubmission. The PCSI shall be required to revise the panel size and layout and
resubmit for approval at no additional cost to the Owner.
D. Control panels as specified in the Process Equipment Division , Electrical Equipment
Division or Mechanical Equipment Divisions , except as specifically stated herein shall
not be submitted under this section.
E. All enclosures and panel components shall be of the same manufacture wherever
possible .
F. Installation and configuration of network infrastructure cabling and equipment shall be a
cooperative and coordinated effort between Owner, the Contractor, and the PCSI. The
PCSI shall furnish all labor necessary for the installation and testing as required to fully
meet the applicable specifications of this equipment.
G . All field instruments and equipment shall be retagged with new tag names per the 1/0 list
provided. Retag all existing field instrumentation and equipment using stainless steel
plates with new tag names engraved.
H. The following panels shall be furnished by the PCSI. Each panel shall be supplied with
full back and side panels. The Contractor shall be responsible for furnishing all control
panels shown in the Drawings but not included in the following listing.
CONFORMED , 12/01/2022
FWW VILLAGE CREEK WRF , DIGESTER MIXING , FLARE , DOME IMPROVEMENTS
CITY PROJECT NO. 102652
40 67 00-1 INSTRUMENTATION CONTROL PANELS
PANEL ID ENCLOSURE PANEL LOCATION MINIMUM
RATING ENCLOSURE SIZE
RTU07 * NEMA 4X, floor Digester Control 60"H x 36 "W x 12"0 mounted Room #1
RTU47 ** NEMA 4X, floor Gas Compressor 62 "H x 60"W x 14"0
mounted Building Control
Room
Digester Gas Flare NEMA 4X, wall Digester Gas Flare 4-36"H MIN x 30"W
Control Panel mounted 6 MIN x 16"0 MIN
(UPS-FLR-001)
* Existing cabinet RTU07 cabinet and back panel with DIN Rails may be reused and
replace all internals with new to meet existing and updated 1/0 requirements .
Modifications shall be made onsite .
** RTU4 7 cabinet may be reused and replace backpanel and all internals with new
to meet existing and updated 1/0 requirements.
1.02 RELATED WORK
A . Section 40 61 00 Instrumentation General Provisions
B . Section 40 80 00 Instrumentation Testing and Commissioning
C. Section 40 63 00 Programmable Logic Controller (PLC) Systems
1.03 SUBMITTALS
A. Submittal Process :
1. Submittals shall be made in accordance with the requirements of Section 40 61
00 , and as additionally specified herein.
2. Submittals require information on related equipment to be furnished under this
Specification and described in the related sections listed in the Related Work
paragraph above. Incomplete submittals not containing the required information on
the related equipment will be returned un-reviewed.
3 . Equipment specified in Process, Mechanical, or Electrical Equipment Divisions ,
and supplied as an integral part of a process equipment manufacturer's package
shall be submitted with the manufacturer's submittals , in those Divisions .
B . Submittal Content:
1. The PCSI shall create equipment shop drawings, including all wiring diagrams, in
the PCSl's engineering department. All equipment shop drawings shall bear the
PCSI logo , drawing file numbers, and shall be maintained on file in the original
CONFORMED , 12/01/2022
FWW VILLAGE CREEK WRF , DIGESTER MIX ING , FLARE , DOME IMPROVEMENTS
CITY PROJECT NO . 102652
40 67 00-2 INSTRUMENTATION CONTROL PANELS
..__
equipment manufacturer's archive file system . Photocopies of the Engineer's
ladder schematics are unacceptable as shop drawings .
C. Required Submittals :
1. Copies of previously approved related work submittals
2. Documentation confirming that the Panel Assembly Facility is a UL-508 certified
panel shop
3. Facsimile of the UL label that is to be applied to each of the completed panels
4. Shop Drawings:
a. Shop Drawings shall include the following:
1) Drawings shall be to scale and shall show the location of panel
mounted devices, including doors, and sub panels.
2) Equipment outline drawings showing elevation, plan and interior views ,
front panel arrangement, dimensions, weight, shipping splits , conduit
entrance points and anchor bolt pattern . Indicate all options , special
features , ratings and deviations from this section 's requirements .
3) The first sheet of each Panel Drawing Packet shall contain a Bill of
Materials for that panel. The Bill of Materials shall list all devices
mounted within the panel, and shall include the tag number,
description , manufacturer, and model number of each item .
4) Following the Bill of Material shall be a listing , uniquely identifying each
component of the Panel, and a description of the item used, i.e .
devices by their assigned tag numbers, nameplate inscriptions , service
legend , and annunciator inscriptions .
5) Include power and control schematics with external connections . Show
wire and terminal numbers and color-coding.
b. Interconnecting Wiring Diagrams :
1)
2)
3)
CONFORMED , 12/01 /2022
Provide interconnecting wiring diagrams showing electrical
connections between equipment, consoles , panels , terminal junction
boxes, and field mounted components.
Diagrams shall show component and panel terminal board
identification numbers , and external wire and cable numbers.
Circuit names corresponding to the Circuit and Raceway Schedule
shall be shown. The diagram shall include intermediate terminations
FWW VILLAGE CREEK WRF , DIGESTER MIXING , FLARE , DOME IMPROVEMENTS
CITY PROJECT NO . 102652
40 67 00-3 INSTRUMENTATION CONTROL PANELS
between field elements and panels (e.g., terminal junction boxes , pull
boxes , etc .)
5. Factory Tests :
a. Submittals shall be made for factory tests as specified herein.
Owner/Engineer approval of required factory tests is required prior to
shipment of the equipment.
6. Field Tests :
a. Submittals shall be made for field tests as specified herein .
7. Operation and Maintenance Manuals:
a. Operation and maintenance manuals shall include the following information :
1) Manufacturer's contact address and telephone number for parts and
service.
2) Instruction books and/or leaflets
3) Recommended renewal parts list
4) Record documents for the information required by the Submittals
paragraph above .
5) The submittal shall include all final settings component configuration at
the time of successful field test and startup .
1.04 REFERENCE CODES AND STANDARDS
A. Instrumentation equipment, materials and installation shall comply with the National
Electrical Code (NEC and with the latest edition of the following codes and standards :
1. National Electrical Safety Code (NESC)
2 . NEMA ICS 6 Enclosures for Industrial Controls and Systems
3. The International Society of Automation (ISA)
4. Underwriters Laboratories (UL)
5 . UL 508 , the Standard of Safety for Industrial Control Equipment
6. UL 508A , the Standard of Safety for Industrial Contro l Panels
7 . Factory Mutual (FM)
CONFOR MED , 12/01 /2022
FWW VI LLAGE CREEK WRF , DIGESTER MI X ING , FLARE , DOME IMPROVEMENTS
CITY PROJECT NO. 102652
40 67 00 -4 INSTRUMENTATION CONTROL PANELS
8. NFPA 70 National Electrical Code (NEC)
9 . NFPA ?OE Standard for Electrical Safety in the Workplace
10. ANSI C37.90.2 Standard Withstand Capability of Relay Systems to Radiated
Electromagnetic Interference from Transceivers .
11 . NEMA ICS 4 Terminal Blocks for Industrial Use.
12 . NEMA LS1 Low Voltage Surge Protection Devices
13 . UL 1283 Standard for Safety-Electromagnetic Interference Filters .
14. UL 1449 Third Edition Surge Protective Devices
15 . All equipment and installations shall conform to applicable Federal , State , and
local codes.
1.05 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. The manufacturer of this equipment shall have produced similar equipment for a
minimum period of two (2) years. When requested by the Owner or Engineer, an
acceptable list of installations with similar equipment shall be provided demonstrating
compliance with this requirement.
B. The control panels shall be assembled in a UL-certified panel shop , experienced in the
assembled of control panels for water and waste water treatment systems. A submittal of
the documentation , that certifies the panel fabrication shop is a UL-certified shop , is
required.
C. Equipment components and devices shall be UL labeled wherever UL standards exist
for such equipment. The completed control panel shall be UL Labeled in accordance
with UL 508 and or 508A as applicable. The panel shall be UL labeled for the
environment in which it is to be placed. A UL label shall be affixed to the inside of the
external door by the panel fabrication assembly shop. Submit a facsimile of the UL label
in the submittal information .
D. Equipment submitted shall fit within the space shown on the drawings. Equipment which
does not fit within the space is not acceptable.
1.06 DELIVERY STORAGE AND HANDLING
A. Completed control panels and related equipment shall be handled and stored in
accordance with manufacturer's instructions. Two (2) copies of these instructions shall
be included with the equipment at time of shipment, and shall be made available to the
general contractor, the Owner and Engineer.
B. Shipping groups shall be designed to be shipped by truck, rail, or ship . Indoor groups
shall be bolted to skids . Accessories shall be packaged and shipped with each panel.
FWW VILLAGE CREEK WRF , DIGESTER MIXING , FLARE , DOME IMPROVEMENTS
CITY PROJECT NO . 102652
CONFORMED , 12/01/2022 40 67 00-5 INSTRUMENTATION CONTROL PANELS
C. Visible shipping damage to any portion of a shipment shall be assumed to have also
damaged the surrounding portion. The visibly damaged and the surrounding panels shall
be returned to the manufacturer's UL 508 facility, for examination and damaged
equipment replaced, followed by a Witnessed Test of the returned portion, as specified
in Section 40 61 21, at no expense to the Owner or Engineer.
D. Control Panels shall be installed in their permanent finished location shown on the
drawings within seven (7) calendar days of arriving onsite. If the equipment cannot be
installed within seven (7) calendar days , the equipment shall not be delivered to the site,
but stored offsite, at the contractor's expense, until such time that the site is ready for
permanent installation of the equipment.
E. Space heaters shall be furnished in control panels and the contractor shall provide
temporary electrical power and operate space heaters during storage, and after
equipment is installed in permanent location, until equipment is placed in service .
1.07
A.
WARRANTY
The Manufacturer shall warrant the equipment to be free from defects in material and
workmanship for 2 years from date of final acceptance 2 years from the date defined
in Section 00 72 00 GENERAL CONDITIONS and Section 00 73 00
SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS TO GENERAL CONDITIONS.
IA
PART 2 -PRODUCTS
2.01 MATERIAL MANUFACTURERS
A. Subject to compliance with the contract documents, the following electrical material
manufacturers are acceptable for all materials not otherwise specified herein or related
specifications:
1 . General Electric Co.
2 . Eaton / Cutler-Hammer
3 . Square D Co .
4 . Allen Bradley
B . The listing of specific manufacturers above does not imply acceptance of their products
that do not meet the specified ratings , features and functions. Materials Manufactures
listed above are not relieved from meeting the requirements of these Specifications in
their entirety.
C . Manufactures of all related devices and components shall be as specified elsewhere in
related work specifications
CONFORMED , 12/01/2022
FWW VILLAGE CREEK WRF , DIGESTER MIXING , FLARE , DOME IMPROVEMENTS
CITY PROJECT NO . 102652
40 67 00 -6 INSTRUMENTATION CONTROL PANELS
2.02 RA TINGS
A. The complete control panel assembly shall be UL certified or carry a UL 508A listing for
"Industrial Control Panels".
B. The control panel shall meet all applicable requirements of the National Electrical Code.
C. All devises unless otherwise specified shall be designed for continuous operation at
rated current in a 40-degree C ambient temperature
D. For additional ratings and construction notes, refer to the drawings.
E. The service voltage shall be as specified and as shown on the drawings. The overall
short circuit withstand, and interrupting rating of the equipment and devices shall be
equal to or greater than the overall short circuit withstand and interrupting rating of the
feeder device immediately upstream of the Control Panel, but not less than 10,000
amperes RMS symmetrical at 120 volts single phase.
2.03 CONSTRUCTION
A. General :
1. Refer to the drawings for: schematics, actual layout and location of equipment and
components ; current ratings of devices, bus bars, components; protective relays,
voltage ratings of devices, components and assemblies; and other required
details.
B. Enclosures:
1. General:
a. Each enclosure shall incorporate a removable back panel, and side panels,
on which control components shall be mounted. Back panel shall be secured
to the enclosure with collar studs for wall mounted enclosures, and 316 SS
hardware for free standing enclosures .
b. All free-standing enclosures shall be provided with feet of the same
construction as the enclosure.
c. Back panel shall be tapped to accept all mounting screws. Self-tapping
screws shall not be used to mount any components.
d. All enclosure doors shall have bonding studs. The enclosure interior shall
have a bonding stud .
e. Each enclosure shall be provided with a documentation pocket on the inner
door.
f. Enclosures shall not have holes or knockouts.
CONFORMED , 12/01/2022
FWW VILLAGE CREEK WRF , DIGESTER MIXING , FLARE , DOME IMPROVEMENTS
CITY PROJECT NO . 102652
40 67 00-7 INSTRUMENTATION CONTROL PANELS
g. Provide manufacturer's window kits where shown on the drawings.
h . All panels installed outdoors shall have a factory applied, suitable primer and
final coat of weatherproof white paint.
i. All enclosures shall be provided with three-point latch.
j . All enclosures shall be lockable, and keyed alike .
k. Power shall be distributed and coordinated such that the loss of an individual
powered component does not result in further loss of other components,
power, or capability
I. All critical control functions shall be powered by redundant separate power
sources. One shall be UPS or a UPS shall be supplied as required to meet
UPS requirements specified and the other shall be an alternate conditioned
120 VAC source .
m . All power subsystems shall be supplied with redundant 125% capacity power
supplies , equipped with redundancy diodes, for all DC voltage levels and
services. Each set of redundant power supplies shall be wired and equipped
to accept two separate power feeds . The Contractor shall size the power
supply not to exceed 50% of normal operating capacity.
2. All Panels shall be supplied as follows:
a. NEMA rating shall be as indicated on Drawings
b. Stainless steel, body and door
c. Stainless steel continuous hinge
d . Foam in-place gasket
e. 3-point latch
3. Manufacturers:
a . Pentair
b. Rittal WM Series
c . EMF Company
d. NEMA Enclosures Company
e. Hammond Company
C. Environmental Controls:
FWW VILLAGE CREEK WRF , DIGESTER MIXING , FLARE , DOME IMPROVEMENTS
CITY PROJECT NO. 102652
CONFORMED , 12/01/2022 40 67 00-8 INSTRUMENTATION CONTROL PANELS
1. Enclosure Condensate Heaters:
a . A self-contained enclosure condensation heater with thermostat and fan
shall be mounted inside the control panel, if panel is to be installed outdoors
or in a non-air-conditioned space:
1) Enclosure heaters shall be energized from 120 volt, single-phase
power supply and sized to prevent condensation within the enclosure.
2) Locate enclosure heaters to avoid overheating electronic hardware or
producing large temperature fluctuations on the hardware.
3) Enclosure heaters shall have an internal fan for heat distribution and
shall be controlled with adjustable thermostats. The thermostat shall
have an adjustment range of 40 degrees Fahrenheit to 90 degrees
Fahrenheit. Provide a circuit breaker or fused disconnect switch within
the enclosure .
4) Enclosure heaters shall be Hoffman type DAH .
2 . Corrosion Protection:
a . Provide corrosion protection in each control panel with a corrosion-Inhibiting
vapor capsule as manufactured by Northern Instruments; Model Zerust VC,
or Hoffman Engineering ; Model A-HCI.
2.04 PANEL EQUIPMENT
A. Equipment Requirements :
1. The requirements for equipment, controls, meters, converters, etc ., for each
Control Panel, shall be as shown on the Panel Schedule herein, the drawings,
panel schematics, and the functions specified in the control narratives sections of
the specifications.
2 . Where a programmable logic controller is designed as a part of the control panel,
the PLC shall be as specified in Section 40 63 00 Programmable Logic Controllers.
3. All other equipment, controls, meters, converters that are designed as a part of the
control panel, shall be as specified in Section 40 78 00 Panel Mounted Control
Devices and the Related Work Sections specified herein .
4 . Furnish installed in each Control Panel, a dedicated Surge Protective Device
(SPD) (UL 1449 Type 3), permanently connected, on the load side of the power
entrance, as specified in Section 40 78 00 Panel Mounted Control Devices.
5. Provide a main circuit protective device, DIN rail mounted, to protect the panel
equipment with an external cable actuated lockable disconnected means .
CONFORMED, 12/01/2022
FWW VILLAGE CREEK WRF , DIGESTER MIXING , FLARE , DOME IMPROVEMENTS
CITY PROJECT NO . 102652
40 67 00-9 INSTRUMENTATION CONTROL PANELS
B. Panel Control Device Requirements :
1. Control Devices and Indicators:
a. All operating control devices , indicators, and instruments shall be securely
mounted on the panel door. All controls and indicators shall be 30mm,
corrosion resistant, NEMA 4X/13, anodized aluminum or reinforced plastic.
Booted control devices are not acceptable. Auxiliary contacts shall be
provided for remote run indication and indication of each status and alarm
condition . Additional controls shall be provided as specified herein and as
required by the detailed mechanical and electrical equipment requirements.
b. Indicator lamps shall be LED type. For all control applications, indicator
lamps shall incorporate a push-to-test feature. Lens colors shall be as
follows :
1) Red for RUNNING , Valve OPENED, and Breaker CLOSED.
2) Green for OFF, Valve CLOSED, and Breaker OPEN
3) Amber for FAILED
4) Blue for READY
5) White for POWER ON
c. Mode selector switches (HAND-OFF-AUTO , LOCAL-OFF-REMOTE , etc .)
shall be as shown on the drawings . Units shall have the number of positions
and contact arrangements , as required . Each switch shall have an extra dry
contact for remote monitoring .
d. Pushbuttons shall be as follows :
1) Red for STOP , Valve OPEN , Breaker CLOSE , and mushroom Red for
EMERGENCY STOP
2) Green for START , Valve CLOSE , and Breaker OPEN
3) Black for RESET
e. Furnish nameplates for each device. All nameplates shall be laminated
plastic , black lettering on a white background , attached with stainless steel
screws. Device mounted nameplates are not acceptable.
2 . A failure alarm with horn and beacon light shall be provided when required or
specified . Silence and reset buttons shall be furnished. Alarm horn and beacon
shall be by Federal Signal or Crouse-Hinds, NEMA 4X for all areas except for
NEMA 7 areas , which shall be NEMA 7/4X cast aluminum.
CONFORMED , 12/01 /2022
FWW VILLAGE CREEK WRF , DIGESTER MIXING , FLARE , DOME IMPROVEMENTS
CITY PROJECT NO . 102652
40 67 00-10 INSTRUMENTATION CONTROL PANELS
2.05 EQUIPMENT INSTALLATION
,
A. Equipment Mounting:
1. The location of the installed equipment shall be as shown on the Panel Layouts on
the drawings.
2 . Each piece of equipment shall be securely mounted to the back plate or side plate
in accordance with the manufacturer's installation instructions . All mounting
hardware shall be from the front of the back plate or side plate with threaded
screws . Attaching hardware shall not be installed from the rear of the back plate or
side plate . Removal of any piece of equipment shall not require the removal or
loosening of any other piece of equipment.
3 . Operator interface equipment installed on the door shall be arranged as shown on
the drawings in accordance with the manufacturer's installation instructions . No
penetrations of the door shall be made except for equipment mounting . Provide
adequate clearance between pieces of equipment and door latching mechanisms .
B. Nameplates :
1. External :
a . Nameplates shall be engraved, laminated impact acrylic, matte finish , not
less than 1/16-in thick by 3/4-in by 2-1/2-in , Rowmark 322402. Nameplates
shall be 316 SS screw mounted to all enclosures except for NEMA 4 and 4X.
Nameplates for NEMA 4 and 4X enclosures shall be attached with double
faced adhesive strips , TESA TUFF TAPE 4970 , .009 X ½". Prior to installing
the adhesive nameplates , the metal surface shall be thoroughly cleaned with
70% alcohol until all residues has been removed . Epoxy adhesive or foam
tape is not acceptable:
1) There shall be a master nameplate that indicates supply voltage
equipment ratings , short circuit current rating , manufacturer's name ,
shop order number and general information . Cubicle nameplates shall
be mounted on the front face , on the rear panel and inside the
assembly, visible when the rear panel is removed.
2) Provide permanent warning signs as follows:
2 . Internal:
CONFORMED , 12/01/2022
a) "Danger-High Voltage-Keep Out" on all doors where any voltage
over 125 volts AC is present.
b) "Warn ing-Hazard of Electric Shock -Disconnect Power before
Opening or Working On This Unit" on main power disconnect or
disconnects .
FWW VILLAGE CREEK WRF , DIGESTER MIXING , FLARE , DOME IMPROVEMENTS
CITY PROJ ECT NO . 102652
40 67 00-11 INSTRUMENTATION CONTROL PANELS
a. Provide the panel with a UL 508A label.
b . Control components mounted within the assembly , such as fuse blocks ,
relays , pushbuttons , switches , etc., shall be suitably marked for
identification , corresponding to appropriate designations on the submitted
and reviewed wiring diagrams.
3. Special :
a. Identification nameplates shall be white with black letters , caution
nameplates shall be yellow with black letters, and warning nameplates shall
be red with white letters.
C . Wiring Trough and Terminal Block Installation :
1. Space between wiring troughs and equipment shall be such that space for terminal
blocks is provided for termination of each conductor or group of conductors before
connection to the equipment. Removal of equipment for service shall not leave any
exposed conductors hanging unconnected.
2 . Install the wiring troughs such that one may be removed w ithout interference from
the other. Troughs shall be installed such that trough covers may be removed
without cover interference .
3 . Install terminal blocks on DIN rail w ith adequate space for access to the terminal
with clear view of the wire identification label. All incoming or outgoing wiring shall
enter or leave the panel on terminal blocks . Terminal blocks or wiring troughs shall
not be installed on the doors . Provide terminal blocks on side plates and back
plates for all door mounted equipment.
4 . In no case shall internal and external wiring share a wiring trough.
5 . Provide 600 volt rated terminal blocks for any conductor carrying any voltage over
120 volts to ground .
6 . Provide 600 volt rated strap screw terminal blocks for any power conductors
carrying over 20 amps, at any voltage. Terminals shall be double sided and
supplied with removable covers to prevent accidental contact with live circuits.
7 . Power conductors carrying over 20 amps , at any voltage shall be terminated to
strap-screw type terminal blocks with crimp type, pre-insulated , ring-tongue lugs.
Lugs shall be of the appropriate size for the terminal block screws and for the
number and size of the wires terminated . Do not terminate more than one
conductor in any lug , and do not land more than two conductors under any strap-
screw terminal point.
CONFORMED , 12/01/2022
FWW V ILLAGE CREEK WRF , DIGESTER MIXING , FLARE , DOME IMPROVEMENTS
CITY PROJE CT NO . 102652
40 67 00-12 INSTRUMENTATION CONTROL PANELS
8. Terminals shall have permanent, legible identification, clearly visible with the
protect ive cover removed . Each terminal block shall have 20 percent spare
terminals, but not less than two spare terminals.
9. Do not land more than two conductors per terminal point. Use the manufacturer's
provided bridge connectors to interconnect terminal blocks terminating common or
ground conductors .
10. Twisted shielded pair or triad cables shall have each individual conductor and
shield drain wire landed on indiv idual terminal blocks . Use the manufacturer's
provided bridge connectors to interconnect terminal blocks terminating the shield
drain wire conductors.
11. Provide an AC ground bar bonded to the panel enclosure , if metal , with 20 percent
spare terminals.
12 . Provided ground terminal blocks for each twisted-shielded pair drain wire.
D. Internal Panel Wiring:
1. Power and control wiring shall be tinned stranded copper, minimum size No. 14
AWG , with 600 volts , 90 degree C , flame retardant, Type MTW thermoplastic
insulation. Line side power wiring shall be sized for the full fault current rating or
frame size of the connected device, and as shown on the drawings .
2. Analog signal wires shall be 600 Volt Class , insulated stranded tinned copper,
twisted shielded #16 AWG pair.
3. All interconnecting wires between panel mounted equipment and external
equipment shall be terminated at numbered terminal blocks . Field wiring shall not
be terminated directly on any panel-mounted device.
4 . All wiring shall be tagged and coded with an identification number as shown on the
drawings . Coding shall be typed on a heat shrinkable tube applied to each end
showing origination and destination of each wire . The marking shall be permanent,
non-smearing, solvent-resistant type similar to Raychem TMS-SCE.
5 . All wiring shall be enclosed in PVC wire trough with slotted side openings and
removable cover. Plan wire routing such that no twisted shielded pair cable
conducting analog 4-20 mA signals or low voltage analog signals are routed in the
same wire trough as conductors carrying discrete signals or power.
6 . Control panel wire color code shall be as follows:
a. Black: AC power at line voltage
b . Red : switched AC power
CONFORMED , 12/01/2022
FWW VILLAGE CREEK WRF , DIGESTER M IXING , FLARE , DOME IMPROVEMENTS
CITY PROJECT NO . 102652
40 67 00 -13 INSTRUMENTATION CONTROL PANELS
c . Orange: May be energized while the main disconnect is in the off position
d. White : AC neutral
e. Orange/white stripe or white/orange stripe: separate derived neutral
f . Red/white stripe or white/red stripe: switched neutral
g. Green or green w/ yellow tracer: ground/earth ground
h. Blue: Ungrounded DC power
i. Blue/white stripe or white/blue stripe: DC grounded common
j . Brown: 480V AC 3 phase -phase A
k. Orange: 480V AC 3 phase -phase B
I. Yellow : 480V AC 3 Phase -phase C
m . Purple : common for analog signal wiring
n . Brown : positive leg of an analog signal
E. Field Entrance Internal Wiring:
1. Field entrance internal wiring shall be neatly grouped by circuit and bound by
plastic tie wraps . Circuit groups shall be supported so that circuit terminations are
not stressed. In addition , low signal wiring (millivolt and milliamp) shall be bundle
separately from the rest of the control wiring.
2. All field wiring shall be tagged and coded with an identification number. Coding
shall be typed on a heat shrinkable tube applied to each end of the wire. The
marking shall be a permanent, non-smearing, solvent-resistant type similar to
Raychem TMS-SCE .
3. All conduit entering or leaving equipment shall be coordinated , in advance with the
panel installer, so that the conduit entrances to the enclosure are directly below
the termination area for immediate termination . Conduits shall not enter the top or
side of the panel unless approved in writing by the Owner and Engineer.
F. Fusing of PLC Inputs and Outputs :
1. All PLC analog inputs and outputs shall be individually fused for each channel. All
discrete outputs shall be buffered with relays from the field connections. Discrete
points shall be fused for each circuit group with no less than one fuse per 8
Discrete Inputs .
G. Buffering PLC Discrete Inputs and Outputs:
CONFORMED , 12/01/2022
FWW VILLAGE CREEK WRF , DIGESTER MIXING , FLARE , DOME IMPROVEMENTS
CITY PROJECT NO. 102652
40 67 00-14 INSTRUMENTATION CONTROL PANELS
1. All Discrete Outputs shall be individually buffered with DIN rail mounted socket
type relays as specified under Section 40 78 00.
2.06 FACTORY TESTING -GENERAL
A. The entire control panel shall be completely assembled, wired, and adjusted at the
factory and shall be given the manufacturer's routine shop tests and any other additional
operational test to insure the workability and reliable operation of the equipment.
B . The operational test shall include the proper connection of supply and control voltage
and, as far as practical, a mockup of simulated control signals and control devices shall
be fed into the boards to check for proper operation.
C. Factory test equipment and test methods shall conform to the latest applicable
requirements of ANSI, IEEE, UL, and NEMA standards, and shall be subject to the
Owner and Engineer's approval.
2.07 WITNESSED FACTORY TESTING
A. All Panels shall remain at the Manufacturer's facility, for a single Witness Testing by the
Owner and Engineer, of all panels manufactured under this specification. The
manufacturer may, for their requirements or satisfaction, make such inspections or tests
as he deems necessary, but such tests, not witnessed by the Owner and Engineer, will
not be acceptable as a substitute for the Factory Witness Testing of every panel.
B. Under no circumstances, will the equipment be approved for shipment, nor will the
equipment be accepted by the Owner, if witness testing is specified, and the equipment
is shipped without the testing being witnessed .
C. The Owner and Engineer will witness the Factory Testing, as described above, including
a complete inspection of the mounting and wiring of each device, to assure conformance
with Paragraph 2.05 Equipment installation . Any Panel not meeting all requirements of
the Paragraph 2 .05 and 2.06 will be rejected.
D. Subsequent to the Factory Testing, the Manufacturer may ship the Approved Panels
when desired, to the Project Site or an Assembly Site, as required by the Specifications.
Rejected Panels shall be revised to meet the Specifications and a subsequent
Witnessed Test shall be required and scheduled with the Owner and Engineer. All
additional expense related to retesting shall be at the contractor's expense.
E. The Owner and Engineer representatives , who are witnessing the testing, shall approve
all travel arrangements, including the airline selected, flight times , ground transportation ,
hotel selected , testing agenda, etc.
F. The Witnessed Testing shall be conducted entirely within the Continental United States .
CONFORMED , 12/01/2022
FWW VILLAGE CREEK WRF , DIGESTER MIXING , FLARE , DOME IMPROVEMENTS
CITY PROJECT NO . 102652
40 67 00-15 INSTRUMENTATION CONTROL PANELS
G. The Owner and Engineer shall have direct communications with the person who is
responsible for local arrangements and has the authority to pay for those expenses prior
to leaving the project location, or other designated location .
H. The contractor shall submit the testing agenda for approval at least 30 days prior to the
test date , or the test date shall be rescheduled, with no change in the contract price or
time .
I. Where travel is overnight, testing shall not start on the arrival day.
J. Owner and Engineer Travel Expenses :
1. Owner and Engineer representatives shall not have to provide for any out of
pocket expenses related to the trip , transportation , meals or incidentals that would
require later reimbursement.
2. The contractor shall provide , and pay for, all travel , including airfare, ground
shuttle or taxi , to and from the Owner and Engineer's office or residence . Airfare
shall be non-stop if available , coach class or better, from Dallas/Fort Worth .
3. Ground transportation at any destination shall be provided by the Contractor
unless prior agreement otherwise has been made .
4. The contractor shall provide for hotel, meals , travel and incidentals to be paid for
by the Contractor at the testing location , whose equipment is being tested. If the
hotel offers restaurants , those charges shall be covered in the Hotel expenses . If
meals are not offered at the hotel , transportation to restaurants and the cost of
those meals shall be provided by the Contractor.
5 . Access to the Internet shall be provided at the testing location.
PART 3 -EXECUTION
3.01 INSTALLER'S QUALIFICATIONS
A. Installer shall be specialized in installing this type of equipment with minimum 5 years
documented experience . Experience documentation shall be submitted for approval prior
to beginning work on this project.
3.02 EXAMINATION
A. Examine installation area to assure there is enough clearance to install the equipment.
8. Housekeeping pads shall be included for the floor mounted panels as detailed on the
drawings.
C . Check concrete pads and baseplates for uniformity and level surface.
CONFORMED , 12/01/2022
FWW VILLAGE CREEK WRF , DIGESTER MIXING , FLARE , DOME IMPROVEMENTS
CITY PROJECT NO . 102652
40 67 00-16 INSTRUMENTATION CONTROL PANELS
D. Verify that the equipment is ready to install.
E. Verify field measurements are as instructed by manufacturer.
3.03 INSTALLATION
A. The contractor shall install all equipment per the manufacturer's recommendations and
contract drawings.
B. Conduit hubs for use on raceway system pull and junction boxes shall be watertight,
threaded aluminum, insulated throat, stainless steel grounding screw, as manufactured
by T&B H150GRA Series.
C. Conduits entering a control Panel or box containing electrical equipment shall not enter
the enclosure through the top .
D . Install required safety labels .
3.04 RACEWAY SEALING
A. Where raceways enter control panels containing electrical or instrumentation equipment,
all entrances shall be sealed with 3M 1 000NS Watertight Sealant.
B. This requirement shall be strictly adhered to for all raceways in the conduit system .
3.05 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL
A. Inspect installed equipment for anchoring, alignment, grounding and physical damage.
B . Check tightness of all accessible electrical connections . Minimum acceptable values are
specified in manufacturer's instructions.
C. Provide laminated copies of the Control schematics along with the final approved 1/0 list
in each enclosure door pocket.
3.06 FIELD TESTING
A. Perform all electrical field tests recommended by the manufacturer. Disconnect all
connections to solid-state equipment prior to testing .
B. Test each key interlock system for proper functioning.
C. Test all control logic before energizing the equipment.
3.07 CLEANING
A. Remove all rubbish and debris from inside and around the panel. Remove dirt, dust, or
concrete spatter from the interior and exterior of the equipment using brushes , vacuum
cleaner, or clean, lint free rags . Do not use compressed air.
CONFORMED , 12/01/2022
FWW VILLAGE CREEK WRF , DIGESTER MIXING , FLARE , DOME IMPROVEMENTS
CITY PROJECT NO . 102652
40 67 00-17 INSTRUMENTATION CONTROL PANELS
3.08 EQUIPMENT PROTECTION AND RESTORATION
A. Touch-up and restore damaged surfaces to factory finish, as approved by the
manufacturer. If the damaged surface cannot be returned to factory specification, the
surface shall be replaced.
CONFORMED , 12/01/2022
END OF SECTION
FWW VILLAGE CREEK WRF , DIGESTER MIXING , FLARE , DOME IMPROVEMENTS
CITY PROJECT NO . 102652
40 67 00-18 INSTRUMENTATION CONTROL PANELS
PART 1 -GENERAL
1.01 SCOPE OF WORK
SECTION 40 68 60
APPLICATION SERVICES
A. The Process Control Systems Integrator (PCSI) will provide the Programmable Logic
Controllers (PLC) programming , testing of PLC logic, and startup/training activities
associated with programmed portion of the PLCs .
B. The Application Service Provider (ASP) will provide the Human Machine Interface (HMI)
graphics development, HMI software configuration , graphics development, database
development, report development, startup/training activities associated with the
configured portions of the existing HMI system and any DCS configuration required . The
ASP services will be supplied by the City of Fort Worth , Village Creek Water
Reclamation Facility, Process Control System Department.
C. The Process Control System Integrator (PCSI) shall provide support services to the ASP
as defined herein.
D. This specification is a performance-based document and it defines the minimum
requirements for the PCSI. Basic information is provided regarding the ASP scope of
work to assist the PCSI in determining their role in providing support services to the
ASP .
E. It shall be the responsibility of the PCSI to obtain and provide any information required
from other Divisions , as listed in the related work below.
F. The PCSI shall coordinate with the ASP to schedule all testing procedures for the PLC ,
DCS HMI. These testing procedures shall be incorporated within the PCSls testing plan .
G. The Owner will provide the PCSI an electronic copy of the current PLC programs that
require modification . While the PCSI has these programs, any change made by anyone
else to these copies may be lost or overwritten if not coordinate with the ASP .
H. The PCSI shall furnish the services of qualified personnel to perform the work as defined
herein , in the Related Work Paragraph of this Section , and other Specification Sections
as specified herein .
I. Auxiliary and accessory programming structures necessary for proper system operation
and performance will be included whether or not they are shown on the contract
drawings .
1. All equipment shall be controlled in full conformity with the contract drawings,
process control descriptions , specifications , engineering data , instructions , and
recommendations of the equipment manufacturer.
FWW VILLAGE CREEK WRF , DIGESTER MIXING , FLARE , DOME IMPROVEMENTS
CITY PROJECT NO . 102652
CONFORMED , 12 /01/2022 40 68 60-1 APPLICATION SERVICES
2 . All work shall be coordinated with plant operating personnel to minimize impacts
on daily operation . Delays caused for any reason shall be noted and formally
submitted to the Engineer and the Owner in the form of a letter.
J . The ASP will provide all Human Machine Interface (HMI) configuration including
development of control programs , database configuration , graphic screens ,
communication links , historical arch iving, as specified herein. The ASP will perform the
following generalized functions :
1. Configuration of the existing HMI/DCS System Software and drivers .
2 . Configuration of the existing SCADA Historian Software provided.
3 . Configuration of system reports to reflect all of the facility's processes being
executed under this project.
4 . Provide for and test commun ications and functionality between all connected
devices (such as PLCs) and the HMI and/or DCS software package as depicted on
the system architecture drawings.
5 . Configure and test data collection and interactivity between all software packages
and PCs in order to provide a comprehensive working system of data collection ,
storage and reporting.
6 . Provide HMI graph ics and configuration , DCS programming , historical logging
configuration , historical reports , coordination , testing , and startup services as
needed to integrate the packaged equipment systems into the overall plant Control
System . Several of these systems are "stand-alone" and will be programmed ,
tested , commiss ioned , and warran t ed by the suppliers themselves . The ASP , in
association with the PCSI , wi ll be responsible for coordinating the sharing of
monitoring, control, historical , and alarm data with the suppliers over the Ethernet
Global Data interface of each system as appropriate for the individual systems .
The PCSI is not responsible for the operation of the individual systems . The ASP ,
in association with the PCSI , w ill be responsible to monitor and provide
supervisory commands or set point changes to the packaged systems and collect
information for historical logging and reporting .
7 . Perform real-time process control , including proportional integral derivative control
action , sequencing , process calculations , etc .
8 . Collect and store accurate , rel iable operating information for present and future
uses .
9 . Assist remote site operating personnel by noting and communicating off normal
operating conditions and equipment failures .
10 . Store equipment running times for use in preventative maintenance .
CONFORMED , 12 /0 1/202 2
FWW VILLAGE CREEK WRF , DIGESTER MIXING , FLARE , DOME IMPROVEMENTS
CITY PROJECT NO . 102652
40 68 60-2 APPLICATION SERVICES
1.02 RELATED WORK
A. Section 40 61 00 Instrumentation General Provisions
B . Section 40 61 96 Control Loop Descriptions
C. Section 40 63 00 Programmable Logic Controllers (PLC)
1.03 SUBMITTAL$
A. Prior to the beginning the PCSI submittal process , the ASP will hold a specific workshop ,
in which the PCSI will observe the displays and discuss specifics with control strategies
prior to submittal of the Process Control Strategies .
B . The PCSI shall submit the submittals in accordance with Section 40 61 00, Submittals.
The submittals listed below will be provided as a minimum.
List Submittal Description Submittal Number Section(s) with
No. Requirements
1 Process Control Strategy 40 68 60-00 1 40 61 00 , 40 61 96
C . Process Control Strategy Submittal
1. This submittal will present all control schemes to be developed and will include the
following as a minimum :
a . A brief description of the scope of the control function
b. Listing of all scanned inputs to the control function
c . A short narrative of the control strategy
d . Any assumptions made in developing the program .
e. 1/0 database listing showing all inputs and outputs (i.e ., Al , DI , AO, DO)
associated with the control function.
f. Cross reference list of all 1/0 showing to which 1/0 modules or software
modules they are linked .
g. Listing of all operator inputs/outputs to and from the control function. A
description of the operation of any panels will be described as it relates to
the control function.
h. All failure contingencies will be described in detail.
CONFORMED , 12/0 1/2022
FWW VILLAGE CREEK WRF , DIGESTER MIXI NG , FL ARE , DOME IMPROVEMENTS
CITY PROJECT NO . 102652
4 0 68 60 -3 APPLICAT ION SERVICES
2. All applications programs will be developed in a structured manner and will follow
an intuitive arrangement so that an instrumentation technician with basic
programming knowledge will be able to understand. Programs will utilize standard
program templates or subroutines for repetitive logic such as equipment control,
flow total calculations, equipment runtime calculations.
3. All applications programs will be submitted in 8.5 -inch x 11-inch format. All
programs will be fully annotated and all rungs , contacts, coils and listings labeled.
4 . This submittal will also include copies of the PLC 1/0 configuration tables, 1/0
reference usage table , complete cross reference to specific rung used of all inputs,
outputs , internal coils, data registers , and special purpose coils. In addition , any
special switch settings or hardware configuration requirements such as
communications port configurations will be described in detail and submitted.
1.04 REFERENCE CODES AND STANDARDS
A. Refer to Section 40 61 00 Instrumentation General Provisions.
1.05 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
A. The PCSI and ASP are responsible for providing applications programming and
configuration services to accomplish the control and monitoring functions as described in
the contract specifications and drawings. The Contractors PCSI shall provide all PLC
programming functions . The ASP shall provide all configuration for the Plant Ovation
DCS and HMI. The Equipment manufacturer supplied PLC systems programming is the
respective suppliers ' responsibility . The Contractors PCSI will obtain from the OWNER
copies of all existing PLC configurat ions . The Contractors PCSI shall also provide all
PLC applications programming software licenses, and configuration services necessary
to produce the PLC programming as described in the contract specifications and
drawings .
1.06 WARRANTY
A. Provide programming logic warranty as defined in Division 1.
1.07 SYSTEM FINAL DOCUMENTATION
A. Prior to final acceptance of the system and owner training , operating and maintenance
manuals covering instruction and maintenance on each type of equipment shall be
furnished in accordance with the Section 40 61 00 .
B. The instructions shall be bound in three-ring binders with Drawings reduced or folded for
inclusion. As a minimum , the following information shall be provided :
1. A comprehensive index
CONFORMED , 12 /01 /2022
FWW VILLAGE CREEK WRF , DIGESTER MIX ING , FLARE , DOME IMPROVEMENTS
CITY PROJECT NO . 102652
40 68 60 -4 APPLICATION SERVICES
-
2. A complete "As Constructed" set of approved shop Drawings.
3. A complete list of all programs furnished in their native format and PDF format.
4. Detailed service, maintenance and operation instructions for each item supplied.
5. Operating instructions which incorporate a functional description of the entire
system with references to the systems schematic Drawings and instructions.
C. The final documentation shall be new documentation written specifically for this project
but may include standard and modified standard documentation. Modifications to
existing hardware or software manuals shall be made on the respective pages or
inserted adjacent to the modified pages. All standard documentation furnished shall
have all portions that apply clearly indicated. Any portions that do not apply shall be
shown strike through the texts.
D . The manuals shall contain all illustrations , detailed displays, and instructions necessary
for installing, operating, and maintaining the equipment. The illustrated parts shall be
numbered for identification . All information contained therein shall apply specifically to
the equipment furnished and shall only include instructions that are applicable . All such
illustrations shall be incorporated within the printing of the page to form a durable and
permanent reference book .
E . All PCSI related software application work shall become the property of the Owner.
F. The following approved submittals shall be used as the basis for generating the final
documentation for HMI and PLC/DCS:
1. Process Control Strategy
G . The final documentation requirements in this Section are supplemental to requirements
under Section 40 61 00.
PART 2 -PRODUCTS (NOT USED)
PART 3 -EXECUTION
3.01 APPLICATION DEVELOPMENT COORDINATION MEETINGS
A. The PCSI and ASP shall attend all coordination meetings as defined under Section 40
61 00, Instrumentation and Controls General Provisions. The purpose of these meetings
is to discuss PCSl's milestone deliverables related to the HMI and PLC/DCS software
applications. The PCSI shall generate meeting minutes , within three business days,
after the completion of each workshop specified herein. The meeting minutes shall
document all items discussed, with the appropriate action items, to be reviewed during
the next workshop to ensure all action items are addressed .
CONFORMED , 12/01/2022
FWW VILLAGE CREEK WRF , DIGESTER MIXING , FLARE , DOME IMPROVEMENTS
CITY PROJECT NO . 102652
40 68 60-5 APPLICATION SERVICES
B. Workshops and Submittal Requirements
1. HMI Graphics workshop
a. The purpose of the first workshop shall be focused on screen enhancement
and how the screens relate to the PLC Control Strategies
b. Additional coordination will be as follows:
1) Review any existing graphic standards.
2) Review existing HMI guidelines for various display types such as
overviews , system overview, trends, popups, alarming, equipment
control, navigation, information density, etc.
3) Review hand-sketched screens for additional process monitoring that
are currently not on the existing HMI.
4) Conventions for naming and identifying devices and depiction of
equipment operational states .
5) General guidelines for layout of graphics (levels 1 through 4) regarding
Process Overview, Process Unit Control, Process Unit Detail , Process
Unit Support and Diagnostic graphics. Furthermore, typical content
and information density of graphics shall be discussed.
6) Analog and equipment control popups and how they relate to Control
Strategies.
7) Proper depiction and implementation of trends.
c. Submittal Requirements : The items discussed during the first workshop
shall be used to generate the Standard HMI Screens submittal.
d. The purpose of the second workshop shall be focused on screen review,
PLC review and shall be as follows:
1) Review proposed HMI screen modifications.
2) Using the control descriptions , review and demonstrate the HMI control
functions with the PLC programming .
3) Address final comments and/or clarifications to complete the PLC
programming .
2 . Control Strategy and 1/0 Database Workshop
a. Schedule a mandatory workshop with the Owner/Engineer to discuss
development and modification to existing databases and control strategies
FWW VILLAGE CREEK WRF , DIGESTER MIXING , FLARE , DOME IMPROVEMENTS
CITY PROJECT NO. 102652
CONFORMED , 12/01/2022 40 68 60-6 APPLICATION SERVICES
-
specific to the Village Creek Chlorine Improvements . The existing tag 1/0
database shall be retained as much as practical.
b. The PCSI and ASP shall schedule a workshop to discuss the field 1/0 list,
monitoring and control aspects of the Village Creek Chlorine Improvements.
c . The purpose of the workshop is to :
1) Review Owner's guidelines and/or standards documents.
2) Review existing tag naming convention .
3) Discuss any revision to the 1/0 database.
4) Discuss naming convention for pseudo 1/0 points such as equipment
start/stop request , runtime , no . of starts , flow totals , alarms , etc .
5) Ensure PCSI/ASP understands the monitoring and control functions .
6) Present to the Owner/Engineer sample PLC programs , methodology,
program documentation , to be used in conjunction with standard
Instructions used in control strategy generation.
7) Present memory map address ranges for specific inpuUoutput
functions .
8) Other related topics
d. Submittal Requirements : The items discussed during the workshop shall be
utilized to generate the 1/0 database and control strategy submittals.
3.02 TESTS-GENERAL
Refer to Section 40 80 00 Instrumentation -Testing and Comm issioning .
3.03 CONTROL SYSTEM DIAGRAMS AND DETAILS
Refer to Section 40 61 96 (Control Loop Descriptions) and contract drawings.
CONFORMED , 12 /01 /2022
END OF SECTION
FWW VILLAGE CREEK WRF , DIGESTER MIXING , FLARE , DOME IMPROVEMENTS
CITY PROJECT NO . 102652
4 0 68 60-7 APPLICATION SERVICES
CONFORMED , 12/01/2022
THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK
FWW VILLAGE CREEK WRF , DIGESTER MIXING , FLARE , DOME IMPROVEMENTS
CITY PROJECT NO . 102652
40 68 60 -8 APPLICATION SERVICES
SECTION 40 70 50
INSTRUMENTATION SUPPORT HARDWARE
PART 1 -GENERAL
1.01 SCOPE OF WORK
A. Furnish and install instrumentation mounting and support hardware , as shown on the
Drawings and as specified herein.
B . Hardware shall include anchor systems, adhesive anchor systems , metal framing
systems , and other instrumentation installation mounting and support systems as
specified herein with additional requirements as shown on the Drawings or specified
within related sections .
1.02 RELATED WORK
A. Division 40 Process Control Systems Specification Sections
1.03 SUBMITTALS
A. Submit to the Owner/Engineer, in accordance with Division 1, the manufacturers' names
and product designation or catalog numbers for each of the types of materials specified
and where shown on the Drawings .
B. The submittal information, for anchor systems, shall contain manufacturer's
specifications and technical data including ;
1. Acceptable base material conditions (i.e . cracked , un-cracked concrete)
2. Acceptable drilling methods
3. Acceptable bore hole conditions (dry, water saturated, water filled , under water)
4. Manufacturer's installation instructions including bore hole cleaning procedures
and adhesive injection.
5. Cure and gel time tables
6. Temperature ranges (storage, installation and in-service).
1.04 REFERENCE CODES AND STANDARDS
A. All products and components shown on the Drawings and listed in this specification shall
be designed and manufactured according to latest revision of the following standards
(unless otherwise noted):
CONFORMED , 12 /01/2022
FWW VILLAGE CREEK WRF , DIGESTER MIXING , FLARE , DOME IMPROVEMENTS
CITY PROJECT NO. 102652
40 70 50-1 INSTRUMENTATION SUPPORT HARDWARE
1. NFPA 70 National Electrical Code (NEC)
2. NFPA 70E Standard for Electrical Safety in the Workplace
3. ASTM E 488-96 (2003); Standard Test Method for Strength of Anchors in
Concrete and Masonry Elements, ASTM International.
4. ASTM E 1512-93, Standard Test Methods for Testing Bond Performance of
Adhesive-Bonded Anchors, ASTM International
5 . AC308; Acceptance Criteria for Post-Installed Anchors in Concrete Elements,
Latest revision.
6. SAE 316 Stainless Steel Grades
B . All equipment components and completed assemblies specified in this Section of the
Specifications , having a UL standard , shall bear the appropriate label of Underwriters
Laboratories .
1.05 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A . The manufacturer of these materials shall have produced similar electrical materials and
equipment for a minimum period of five (5) years. When requested by the
Owner/Engineer, an acceptable list of installations with similar equipment shall be
provided demonstrating compliance with this requirement.
1.06 JOBSITE DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING
A. Prior to jobsite delivery, the Contractor shall have successfully completed all submittal
requirements , and present to the Owner/Engineer upon delivery of the equipment, an
approved copy of all such submittals . Delivery of incomplete constructed equipment,
onsite factory work, or failed factory tests will not be permitted.
B. Materials shall be handled and stored in accordance with manufacturer's instructions.
C . Adhesive Anchor Systems.
1. Deliver materials undamaged in Manufacturer's clearly labeled, unopened
containers , identified with brand, type , and ICC-ES Evaluation Report number.
2. Coordinate delivery of materials with scheduled installation date, minimizing
storage time at job-site.
3 . Store materials under cover and protect from weather and damage in compliance
with Manufacturer's requirements , including temperature restrictions.
4. Comply with recommended procedures, precautions or remedies described in
material safety data sheets as applicable.
CONFORMED , 12/01/2022
FWW VILLAGE CREEK WRF , DIGESTER MIXING , FLARE , DOME IMPROVEMENTS
CITY PROJECT NO . 102652
40 70 50 -2 INSTRUMENTATION SUPPORT HARDWARE
5 . Do not use damaged or expired materials.
6. Storage restrictions (temperature range) and expiration date must be supplied with
product
D. Metal Framing Systems
1. Material shall be new and unused , with no signs of damage from handling.
1.07 WARRANTY
A. The Manufacturer shall warrant the equipment to be free from defects in material and
workmanship for two years from date of final acceptance 2 years from the date defined
in Section 00 72 00 GENERAL CONDITIONS and Section 00 73 00
SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS TO GENERAL CONDITIONS of the equipment. IA
Within such period of warranty the Manufacturer shall promptly furnish all material and
labor necessary to return the equipment to new operating condition.
PART 2 -PRODUCTS
2.01 ANCHORING SYSTEMS
A. Acceptable Manufacturers
1. Subject to compliance with the Contract Documents , the following Manufacturers
are acceptable:
a. HIL Tl Kwik Bolt 3
b . Approved Equal
2 . The listing of specific manufacturers above does not imply acceptance of their
products that do not meet the specified ratings , features and functions .
Manufacturers listed above are not relieved from meeting these specifications in
their entirety.
B. Product Descript ion
1. Torque controlled expansion anchor consisting of anchor body , expansion element
(wedges), washer and nut. Anchor shall be used for anchor sizes less than 3/8
inch .
2 . All parts and materials shall be manufactured of 316 sta inless steel and conform to
SAE 316 standards .
3 . UL 203 Rated .
CONFORMED , 12 /01 /2 022
FWW VIL LAGE CREEK WRF , DIGESTER MIXING , FLARE , DOME IMPROVEMENTS
CITY PROJECT NO . 102652
40 70 50 -3 INSTRUMENTATION SUPPORT HARDWARE
2.02 ADHESIVE ANCHORING SYSTEMS
A. Acceptable Manufacturers
1. Subject to compliance with the Contract Documents, the following Manufacturers
are acceptable:
a. HIL Tl HIT-RTZ with HIT-HY 200 MAX.
b. Approved Equal
2 . The listing of specific manufacturers above does not imply acceptance of their
products that do not meet the specified ratings, features and functions.
Manufacturers listed above are not relieved from meeting these specifications in
their entirety.
B. Product Description
1. Anchor body with helical cone shaped thread on the embedded end and standard
threads on the exposed end, with washer and nut, inserted into Injection adhesive .
Anchor shall be used for anchor sizes 3/8 inch and larger.
2. All parts and material shall be manufactured of 316 Stainless Steel and shall
conform to SAE 316 standards.
2.03 U-CHANNEL SUPPORT SYSTEMS
A. Acceptable Manufacturers
1. Subject to compliance with the Contract Documents, the following Manufacturers
are acceptable:
a. Tyco Unistrut
b . 8-Line
c. Super-Strut
d . Approved Equal
2. The listing of specific manufacturers above does not imply acceptance of their
products that do not meet the specified ratings , features and functions .
Manufacturers listed above are not relieved from meeting these specifications in
their entirety.
B. Product Description
CONFORMED , 12 /01/2022
FWW VILLAGE CREEK WRF , DIGESTER MIXING , FLARE , DOME IMPROVEMENTS
CITY PROJECT NO. 102652
40 70 50-4 INSTRUMENTATION SUPPORT HARDWARE
1. Metal framing system for use in the mounting or support of electrical systems ,
panels and enclosures , and including lighting fixture supports, trapeze hangers
and conduit supports .
2. Components shall consist of telescoping channels, slotted back-to-back channels ,
end clamps all-threads and conduit clamps .
3. Minimum sizes shall be 13/16" through 3-1/4"
4 . Components shall be assembled by means of flat plate fittings, 90-degree angle
fittings, braces , clevis fittings , Li-fittings , Z-fittings , Wing-fittings, Post Bases,
channel nuts , washers , etc.
5 . Field welding of components will not be permitted .
6 . Unless otherwise specified or shown on the Drawings , all parts shall be
manufactured of 316 stainless steel and conform to SAE 316 standards .
7. Framing systems for chlorine and ammonia rooms shall be manufactured of
structural fiberglass .
2.04 INSTRUMENT PIPE STANDS
A. Acceptable Manufacturers
1. Subject to compliance with the Contract Documents, the following Manufacturers
are acceptable:
a . O 'BRIEN Saddlepak
b . Channel Track
c . Techline Manufacturing
d . Approved Equal
2 . The listing of specific manufacturers above does not imply acceptance of their
products that do not meet the specified ratings , features and functions.
Manufacturers listed above are not relieved from meeting these specifications in
their entirety .
B . Product Description
1. Floor mount pipe stand for use in the mounting or support of Instrumentation
Transmitters .
2 . Stand shall consist of a 10 by 10-inch base plate of 1/4 inch steel with a min imum
40-inch-long 2-inch steel tube center welded with a minimum of two 8-inch-long
CONFORMED , 12/01 /2022
FWW V ILLAGE CREEK WRF , DIGESTER MIXING , FLARE , DOME IMPROVEMENTS
CITY PROJECT NO . 102652
40 70 50-5 INSTRUMENTATION SUPPORT HARDWARE
gussets fully welded for maximum strength . The base plate shall have slotted
mounting holes near all four corners .
3. The stand shall be fully zinc metallized or hot dip galvanize coated .
4. Field welding of components will not be permitted.
2.05 INSTRUMENT SUNSHIELD
A. Acceptable Manufacturers
1. Subject to compl iance with the Contract Documents, the following Manufacturers
are acceptable:
a. International Metal Engineering Pte. ltd
b . Approved Equal
2 . The listing of specific manufacturers above does not imply acceptance of their
products that do not meet the specified ratings , features and functions .
Manufacturers listed above are not relieved from meeting these specifications in
their entirety.
B . Product Description
1. For all instruments installed outdoors , provide a pipe stand or structure mounted
sunshield for use in the protection of instrumentation from direct sunlight.
2 . Sunshield shall consist of a minimum 5-inch overhang measured from front face of
instrument, a hinged display shield that protects the display from sun and working
space for service of the instrumentation without removal. Refer to Drawings for
further details .
3. The sunshield shall be fabricated from fiberglass , unless otherwise shown on the
Drawings. All mounting hardware shall be 316 stainless steel. Alternate materials,
if indicated on the Drawings , shall be aluminum or fiberglass reinforced plastic with
UV inhibitors .
2.06 INSTRUMENT TUBING AND FITTINGS
A. Acceptable Manufacturers
1. Subject to compliance with the Contract Documents, the following Manufacturers
are acceptable :
a . Tubing
1)
CONFORMED , 12/01/2022
Swagelok
FWW VILLAGE CREEK WRF , DIGESTER MIXING , FLARE , DOME IMPROVEMENTS
CITY PROJECT NO . 102652
40 70 50-6 INSTRUMENTATION SUPPORT HARDWARE
2) Parker
3) Approved Equal
b. Fittings
1) Swagelok
2) Parker
3) Approved Equal
c. Valves
1) Whitney
2) Parker
3) Approved Equal
2. The listing of specific manufacturers above does not imply acceptance of their
products that do not meet the specified ratings, features and functions .
Manufacturers listed above are not relieved from meeting these specifications in
their entirety .
B. Product Description
1. All instrument air header and branch connections shall be 316 stainless steel
materials .
2 . All instrument shut-off valves and associated fittings shall be supplied in
accordance with the piping specifications and all instrument installation details.
Fittings shall be 316 stainless steel. Valves shall be 316 stainless steel.
3. All instrument tubing shall be fully annealed ASTM A269 Seamless 316 grade free
of O .D. scratches and having the following dimensional characteristics as required
to fit the specific installation:
a. 1/4-in to 1/2-in O.D . x 0.035 wall thickness
b. 5/8-in to 1-in O.D. x 0.049 wall thickness
c. 1-in O.D. x 0.065 wall thickness
d. 1-1/4-in O.D. x 0.065 wall thickness
e. 1-1/2-in O.D . x 0.083 wall thickness
f. 2-in O.D. x 0.095 wall thickness
CONFORMED , 12/01/2022
FWW VILLAGE CREEK WRF , DIGESTER MIXING , FLARE , DOME IMPROVEMENTS
CITY PROJECT NO . 102652
40 70 50-7 INSTRUMENTATION SUPPORT HARDWARE
4. All process connections to instruments shall be annealed 1/2-in O.D . stainless
steel tubing, Type 316.
5. All mounting hardware shall be provided of 316 Stainless steel.
6. All tubing shall be supported by stainless steel and installed as per manufacturer's
installation instructions .
2.07 THERMOWELL
A. Acceptable Manufacturers
1. Subject to compliance with the Contract Documents, the following Manufacturers
are acceptable:
a . Ashcroft
b . Wika
c . Omega
d. Approved Equal
2. The listing of specific manufacturers above does not imply acceptance of their
products that do not meet the specified ratings , features and functions .
Manufacturers listed above are not relieved from meeting these specifications in
their entirety.
B . Product Description
1. Standard: ASME B40.200 .
2. Pressure-tight, socket-type fitting made for insertion into process piping threaded
tap fitting.
3. Material shall be 316 Stainless Steel unless otherwise directed and shall be
compatible with the process piping as shown on the drawings.
4 . External Threads: NPS 1/2, NPS 3/4, or NPS 1, (ON 15, DN 20, or NPS 25,)
ASME B1 .20.1 pipe threads to match tap provided.
5. Internal Threads : 1/2 , 3/4, and 1 inch (13, 19, and 25 mm), with ASME B1 .1 screw
threads .
6 . Bore: Diameter required to match thermometer bulb or stem as specified else ware
7. Insertion Length: Length required to match thermometer bulb or stem
CONFORMED , 12/01/2022
FWW VILLAGE CREEK WRF , DIGESTER MIXING , FLARE , DOME IMPROVEMENTS
CITY PROJECT NO. 102652
40 70 50-8 INSTRUMENTATION SUPPORT HARDWARE
8. Lagging Extension : shall be furnished on thermowells for insulated piping and
tubing
9. Bushings: For converting size of thermowells internal screw thread to size of
thermometer connection shall be provided.
2.08 STAINLESS TIES
A. Acceptable Manufacturers
1. Subject to compliance with the Contract Documents, the following Manufacturers
are acceptable :
a. Panduit
b. Phoenix Contact
c. Gardner Bender
d. Approved Equal
2. The listing of specific manufacturers above does not imply acceptance of their
products that do not meet the specified ratings , features and functions.
Manufacturers listed above are not relieved from meeting these specifications in
their entirety .
B. Product Description
1. Cable Ties for securing and supporting of flexible raceway and conductors.
2. Self-locking mechanism.
3. Material shall be 304 Stainless Steel unless otherwise directed as shown on the
drawings.
C . Locations for Use
1. Cable Ties of stainless steel to be used in wet environments, where exposed to
process , or when exposed to sunlight
2 . Self-locking mechanism .
PART 3-EXECUTION
3.01 GENERAL
A. The Contractor shall install all equipment strictly in accordance with the manufacturer's
instructions and the Contract Drawings.
CONFORMED , 12 /01 /2022
FWW VILLAGE CREEK WRF , DIGESTER MIXING , FLARE , DOME IMPROVEMENTS
CITY PROJECT NO. 102652
40 70 50-9 INSTRUMENTATION SUPPORT HARDWARE
B. The location of all devices is shown, in general, on the Drawings and may be varied
within reasonable limits to avoid any piping or other obstruction without extra cost,
subject to the approval of the Owner. Coordinate the installation of the devices for
piping and equipment clearance.
C. No electrical equipment, Instrumentation or raceways shall be attached to or supported
from , sheet metal walls.
D. Install required safety labels.
3.02 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL
A. Inspect installed equipment for anchoring, alignment, grounding and physical damage.
B. Check tightness of all accessible electrical connections. Minimum acceptable values are
specified in manufacturer's instructions.
3.03 POST INSTALLED ANCHOR SYSTEMS
A. Prior to installation of the anchor systems , the hole shall be clean and dry in accordance
with the manufacturer's instructions .
3.04 CLEANING
A. Remove all rubbish and debris from inside and around the installation . Remove dirt,
dust, or concrete spatter from the interior and exterior of the equipment using brushes,
vacuum cleaner , or clean, lint free rags. Do not use compressed air.
CONFORMED , 12 /01 /2022
END OF SECTION
FWW VILLAGE CREEK WRF , DIGESTER MIXING , FLARE , DOME IMPROVEMENTS
CITY PROJECT NO . 102652
4 0 70 50 -10 INSTRUMENTATION SUPPORT HARDWARE
PART 1 -GENERAL
1.01 SCOPE OF WORK
SECTION 40 71 00
FLOW INSTRUMENTS
A. Furnish, install and test all flow measurement, flow control devices and appurtenances ,
as shown on the Drawings, specified in the Related Work Sections and Divisions, and as
specified herein.
B. Flow equipment, specified in other Divisions, shall be manufactured in accordance with
this Section and submitted as a part of the equipment specified in other Divisions .
1.02 RELATED WORK
A. No references are made to any other section which may contain work related to any
other section. The Contract Documents shall be taken as a whole with every section
related to every other section as required to meet the requirements specified. The
organization of the Contract Documents into specification divisions and sections is for
organization of the documents themselves and does not relate to the division of
suppliers or labor which the Contractor may choose to employ in the execution of the
Contract. Where references are made to other Sections and other Divisions of the
Specifications , the Contractor shall provide such information or additional work as may
be required in those references and include such information or work as may be
specified.
1.03 SUBMITTAL$
A. Submit catalog data for all items supplied from this specification Section as applicable.
Submittal shall include catalog data, functions , ratings, inputs, outputs, displays, etc.,
sufficient to confirm that the meter or relay provides every specified requirement. Any
options or exceptions shall be clearly indicated.
B. Submittals for equipment specified herein, for other Sections or Divisions, shall be made
as a part of equipment submittals furnished under other Sections or Divisions.
C . Installation experience documentation shall be submitted for approval with the Section
Equipment Submittal
D. Operation and Maintenance Manuals.
1. Operation and Ma intenance manuals shall be constructed in accordance with
Division 1 and shall include the following information:
a. Manufacturer's contact address and telephone number for parts and service.
CONFORMED , 12/01/2022
FWW VILLAGE CREEK WRF , DIGESTER MIXING , FLARE , DOME IMPROVEMENTS
CITY PROJECT NO. 102652
40 71 00-1 FLOW INSTRUMENTS
b. Instruction books and/or leaflets
c. Recommended renewal parts list
d . Record Documents for the information required by the Submittals above.
1.04 REFERENCE CODES AND STANDARDS
A. The equipment in this specification shall be designed and manufactured according to
latest revision of the following standards (unless otherwise noted):
1. ISO 2975Nll liquids and BS 5857-2.4 for gases. Transit Time Meters
2 . ISO 9555-1 and ISO 9555-2. Liquid flow in open channels . Radiotracer dilution
method of calibration for open channel flow measurements .
3. American Society of Mechanical Engineers (ASME). 1971. Fluid meters: Their
theory and application .
4. International Organization of Standards (ISO 5167-1 ). 1991. Measurement of fluid
flow by means of pressure differential devices Venturi Tube w/ liquid
5 . ASME PTC 19.2 Pressure Measurement
6. ANSI B88 .1 Pressure Transducers Calibration
7 . ISA S37 .6 Strain Gage Transducers Potentiometric
8. Calibration AVS 6.2 , 6.4 , 6.5 Hazardous Areas
9 . IEC 79-1 O Intrinsically Safe Circuits
10. ANSI 913 Electrical Instruments in Hazardous Atmospheres
B. All meters , relays and associated equipment shall comply with the requirements of the
National Electric Code and Underwriters Laboratories (UL) where applicable.
C. Each specified device shall also conform to the standards and codes listed in the
individual device paragraphs.
1.05 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. The manufacturer of this equipment shall have produced similar instrumentation
equipment for a minimum period of five years. When requested by the Owner/Engineer,
an acceptable list of installations with similar equipment shall be provided demonstrating
compliance with this requirement.
B. Equipment submitted shall fit within the space or location shown on the Drawings.
Equipment which does not fit within the space or location is not acceptable .
CONFORMED , 12/01/2022
FWW VILLAGE CREEK WRF , DIGESTER MIXING , FLARE , DOME IMPROVEMENTS
CITY PROJECT NO . 102652
40 71 00 -2 FLOW INSTRUMENTS
C. For the equipment specified herein , the manufacturer shall be ISO 9001 2000 certified.
1.06 WARRANTY
A. The Manufacturer shall warrant the equipment to be free from defects in material and
workmanship for two (2) years from date of acceptance 2 years from the date defined
in Section 00 72 00 GENERAL CONDITIONS and Section 00 73 00
SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS TO GENERAL CONDITIONS of the equipment IA
containing the items specified in this Section. Within such period of warranty, the
Manufacturer shall promptly furnish all material and labor necessary to return the
equipment to new operating condition . Any warranty work requiring shipping or
transporting of the equipment shall be performed by the Contractor at no expense to the
Owner.
PART 2 -PRODUCTS
2.01 THERMAL DISPERSION MASS FLOW TRANSMITTER -WET GAS SERVICE
A. Subject to compliance with the Contract Documents, the following Manufacturers are
acceptable
1. Fluid Components, Inc. -ST80-WG
2 . Kurz -454FTB-WGF
3 Approved equal
B. The listing of specific manufacturers above does not imply acceptance of their products
that do not meet the specified ratings , features and functions. Manufacturers listed
above are not relieved from meeting these specifications in their entirety.
C . General
1. Provide sufficient lengths of Manufacturer's specialty cables for installation of
power and signal conductors as provided with each instrument.
2 . Instruments shall be designed for corrosive wet gas service .
D. Type:
1. Thermal dispersion type , FM and CSA approved.
2. Air or gas mass flow measurement of moist gas , condensing.
3. Remote mounted electronics.
4 . Rated Explosion Proof; Class I Division 2 Group D
CONFORMED , 12/01/2022
FWW V ILLAGE CREEK WRF , DIGESTER MIXING , FLARE , DOME IMPROVEMENTS
CITY PROJECT NO . 102652
4 0 71 00-3 FLOW INSTRUMENTS
E. Function/Performance
1. Calibrated Flow Range : 0-10 ,000 ft/min , field programmable
2. Power Supply : 120 volts AC, 60 Hertz
3. Accuracy: 1 percent of full scale or 3 percent of reading .
4. Repeatability : 1 percent of full scale .
5. Output: 4-20 mA linearized process signal, zero based. Maximum load is 600
ohms.
6. Turndown Ratio : 100=1 within flow range .
7. Temperature: 40 to 200 C
F. Physical :
1. Electrical Classification: explosion proof for Class I and Class II, Division 2 Group
D locations .
Transmitter Housing : NEMA Type 4X.
2 . Sensing Element: Insertion Type .
3. Insertion Length : As required for ball valve to maintain sensor at the centerline of
the pipe.
4 . Mounting : Pipe mounting per manufacturers recommendation. (Angle mounted at
135 ° or 225 ° position or Side mounted at 90 ° or 270 ° position)
5 . Process Connection: At least 3/4" NPT with compression fitting
6. Materials: All wetted parts 316 sta inless steel with nickel braze utilizing an all
welded design .
G. Power Requirements
1. As shown on the Drawings
H. Options/Accessories .
1. Rate Indicator: Calibrated SCFM , 3-1/2-digit LCD display .
2 . Totalizer: Integral.
3. Hot Tap Ball Valve : Provide a 50-psi retractable packing gland assembly for
insertion and removal of the sensor.
CONFORMED , 12/01/2022
FWW VILLAGE CREEK WRF , DIGESTER MIXING , FLARE , DOME IMPROVEMENTS
CITY PROJECT NO . 102652
40 71 00 -4 FLOW INSTRUMENTS
4. Alarm Contacts: Two DPDT relays with dry contacts rated 1 0A at 120 VAC.
5. Provide a hand-held programmer for each transmitter, where full setup is not
available for the instrument directly.
2.02 SPARE INSTRUMENTS AND RELATED COMPONENTS
A. Spare Instruments shall be as listed in SECTION 40 06 70 PROCESS INSTRUMENT
SCHEDULE.
B. Contractor shall furnish a minimum of one or 10 percent of each installed instrument,
whichever is greater.
C . All spare equipment shall be packed in a manner suitable for long-term storage and shall
be adequately protected against corrosion , humidity and temperature . Individually mark
and vacuum seal all spare parts . Provide other spare parts as indicated on the individual
device specifications.
PART 3-EXECUTION
3.01 INSTALLER'S QUALIFICATIONS
A. Installer shall be specialized in installing this type of equipment with minimum 5 years
documented experience
3.02 EXAMINATION
A. Examine installation area to assure there is enough clearance to install the equipment.
B. Verify that the equipment is ready to install.
C. Verify field measurements are as instructed by the manufacturer.
3.03 INSTALLATION
A . The Contractor shall install all equipment per the manufacturer's recommendations and
Contract Drawings.
B. All process connections shall be 316 stainless steel tubing, 3/8 " minimum, unless
otherwise shown on the Drawings. Fittings shall be of the compression type, 316
stainless steel.
C . All conduit entries into the instruments shall use hubs of watertight, threaded aluminum,
insulated throat , stainless steel grounding screw, as manufactured by T&B H150GRA
Series, or equal.
D. Install stainless steel instrument labels with instrument ID , secured with safety wire.
CONFORMED , 12/01/2022
FWW VILLAGE CREEK WRF , DIGESTER MIXING , FLARE , DOME IMPROVEMENTS
CITY PROJECT NO . 102652
40 71 00-5 FLOW INSTRUMENTS
E. All non-loop powered instrument transmitters shall have an approved disconnecting
means for power mounted within reach of the transmitter.
3.04 RACEWAY SEALING
A. Where raceways enter terminal boxes, junction boxes, or instrumentation equipment, all
entrances shall be sealed with 3M 1 000NS Watertight Sealant or approved equal.
3.05 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL
A. Inspect installed equipment for anchoring, alignment, grounding and physical damage.
B. Check tightness of all accessible electrical connections. Minimum acceptable values
shall be specified in the manufacturer's instructions.
3.06 FIELD ADJUSTING
A. Adjust all equipment for proper range and field conditions , as described in the
manufacturer's instructions .
B . Any field adjustments, required for proper system operation, shall be included in the
Final O&M.
3.07 FIELD TESTING
A. Perform all electrical field tests recommended by the manufacturer.
B. Test each interlock system for proper functioning.
C. Test all control logic for proper operation.
3.08 CLEANING
A. Remove all rubbish and debris from inside and around the equipment. Remove dirt,
dust, or concrete spatter from the interior and exterior of the equipment using brushes,
vacuum cleaner, or clean, lint free rags. Do not use compressed air.
3.09 EQUIPMENT PROTECTION AND RESTORATION
A. Touch-up and restore damaged surfaces to factory finish, as approved by the
manufacturer. If the damaged surface cannot be returned to factory specification , the
surface shall be replaced .
3.10 MANUFACTURER'S CERTIFICATION
A. A qualified factory-trained and certified representative shall certify in writing that the
equipment has been installed, adjusted, including all settings as defined in the Contract
Documents.
CONFORMED , 12/01/2022
FWW VILLAGE CREEK WRF , DIGESTER MIXING , FLARE , DOME IMPROVEMENTS
CITY PROJECT NO . 102652
40 71 00-6 FLOW INSTRUMENTS
8. The Contractor shall provide three copies of the representative 's certification.
CONFORMED , 12/01/2022
END OF SECTION
FWW VILLAGE CREEK WRF , DIGESTER MIXING , FLARE , DOME IMPROVEMENTS
CITY PROJECT NO . 102652
40 71 00-7 FLOW INSTRUMENTS
CONFORMED , 12/01/2022
THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK
FWW VILLAGE CREEK WRF , DIGESTER MIXING , FLARE, DOME IMPROVEMENTS
CITY PROJECT NO . 102652
40 71 00-8 FLOW INSTRUMENTS
PART 1 -GENERAL
1.01 SCOPE OF WORK
SECTION 40 72 00
LEVEL INSTRUMENTS
A. Furnish, install and test all level measurement, level control devices and appurtenances,
as shown on the Drawings, specified in the Related Work Sections and Divisions, and as
specified herein.
B. Level equipment, specified in other Divisions, shall be manufactured in accordance with
this Section , and submitted as a part of the equipment specified in other Divisions.
1.02 RELATED WORK
A. No references are made to any other section which may contain work related to any
other section. The Contract Documents shall be taken as a whole with every section
related to every other section as required to meet the requirements specified . The
organization of the Contract Documents into specification divisions and sections is for
organization of the documents themselves and does not relate to the division of
suppliers or labor which the Contractor may choose to employ in the execution of the
Contract. Where references are made to other Sections and other Divisions of the
Specifications , the Contractor shall provide such information or additional work as may
be required in those references and include such information or work as may be
specified.
1.03 SUBMITTAL$
A. Submit catalog data for all items supplied from this specification Section as applicable.
Submittal shall include catalog data , functions, ratings , inputs, outputs, displays, etc.,
sufficient to confirm that the meter or relay provides every specified requirement. Any
options or exceptions shall be clearly indicated .
B. Submittals for equipment specified herein , for other Sections or Divisions, shall be made
as a part of equipment submittals furnished under other Sections or Divisions.
C . Installation experience documentation shall be submitted for approval with the Section
Equipment Submittal
D. Operation and Maintenance Manuals.
1. Operation and Maintenance manuals shall be constructed in accordance with
Division 1 and shall include the following information:
a. Manufacturer's contact address and telephone number for parts and service.
CONFORMED , 12/01/2022
FWW VILLAGE CREEK WRF , DIGESTER MIXING , FLARE , DOME IMPROVEMENTS
CITY PROJECT NO. 102652
4 0 72 00 -1 LEVEL INSTRUMENTS
b. Instruction books and/or leaflets
c. Recommended renewal parts list
d . Record Documents for the information required by the Submittals above.
1.04 REFERENCE CODES AND STANDARDS
A. The equipment in this specification shall be designed and manufactured according to
latest revision of the following standards (unless otherwise noted):
1. National Electrical Safety Code (NESC)
2. Occupational Safety and Health Administration (OSHA)
3. National Fire Protection Association (NFPA)
4. National Electrical Manufacturers Association (NEMA)
5. American National Standards Institute (ANSI)
6. Insulated Cable Engineers Association (ICEA)
7. Instrumentation Society of Automation (ISA)
8. Underwriters Laboratories (UL)
9. UL 508, the Standard of Safety for Industrial Control Equipment
10. UL 508A, the Standard of Safety for Industrial Control Panels
11 . UL 50, the Standard of Safety for Enclosures for Electrical Equipment.
12 . NFPA 79, Electrical Standard for Industrial Machinery
13. Factory Mutual (FM)
14 . All equipment and installations shall satisfy applicable Federal, State, and local
codes.
1.05 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. The manufacturer of this equipment shall have produced similar instrumentation
equipment for a minimum period of five (5) years. When requested by the
Owner/Engineer, an acceptable list of installations with similar equipment shall be
provided demonstrating compliance with this requirement.
B. Equipment submitted shall fit within the space or location shown on the Drawings.
Equipment which does not fit within the space or location is not acceptable.
CONFORMED , 12/01/2022
FWW VILLAGE CREEK WRF , DIGESTER MIXING , FLARE , DOME IMPROVEMENTS
CITY PROJECT NO. 102652
40 72 00-2 LEVEL INSTRUMENTS
C. For the equipment specified herein , the manufacturer shall be ISO 9001 2000 certified.
1.06 WARRANTY
A. The Manufacturer shall warrant the equipment to be free from defects in material and
workmanship for two (2) years from date of acceptance 2 years from the date defined & in Section 00 72 00 GENERAL CONDITIONS and Section 00 73 00 2 SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS TO GENERAL CONDITIONS of the equipment
containing the items specified in this Section. Within such period of warranty, the
Manufacturer shall promptly furnish all material and labor necessary to return the
equipment to new operating condition. Any warranty work requiring shipping or
transporting of the equipment shall be performed by the Contractor at no expense to the
Owner.
PART 2 -PRODUCTS
2.01 FLOAT TYPE LEVEL SWITCHES -INTRINSICALLY SAFE -NARROW RANGE
A. Subject to compliance with the Contract Documents , the following Manufacturers are
acceptable :
1. SJE Rhombus -SJE MILLIAMPMASTER narrow angle
2. Approved Equal
B. The listing of specific manufacturers above does not imply acceptance of their products
that do not meet the specified ratings , features and functions . Manufacturers listed
above are not relieved from meeting these specifications in their entirety .
C . General
1. Provide sufficient lengths of Manufacturer's specialty cables for installation of
power and signal conductors as provided with each instrument.
D. Type:
1. The switch assembly shall be weighted and suspended on its own cable.
E. Function/Performance:
1. Temperature Rating : 0-50 degrees C .
2. Contact Rating: Up to 150V AC/DC and 1 amps AC, 1 amps DC. Intrinsically safe .
3. Contact Arrangement: Form C contact which is field selectable normally open or
closed .
CONFORMED , 12/01 /2022
FWW V ILLAGE CREEK WRF , DIGESTER MIXING , FLARE, DOME IMPRO V EMENTS
CITY PROJECT NO . 102652
40 72 00-3 LEVEL INSTRUMENTS
4 . The narrow angle shall activate/deactivate at approximately 1.5" (3.81 cm) above
and below horizontal with a 3.5" (9 cm) the tether. Shall not be sensitive to
rotation. Activation and deactivation shall be no greater than 5.0 " level difference.
F. Physical:
1. Electrical Classification: Intrinsically safe for Class I and Class II , Division 1
locations .
2. Contact: Sealed mercury free switch housed in a chemical-resistant
polypropylene, PVC, or Stainless-Steel casing.
3. Switch shall have a rating for the area in which it is installed.
4 . Flexible Support Cable: Synthetic four wire cable, minimum 19 AWG wire.
5 . Float must be secured at a tether mounted to a pipe to ensure accurate switching
and not floating out of measurement well.
6. Specific Gravity: Match to fluid being measured.
G . Power Requirements
1. None
H. Required Options/Accessories
1. Provide flexible support cable of sufficient length to ensure no splice or connection
is required in the wet well.
2. Provide junction box rated for the area in which it is installed.
3. Provide stainless steel supports/mounting accessories as required.
I. Installation
1. Provide All Hardware from the manufacture for the installation as described and
shown on the plans .
2 . Provide stainless steel wire ties for all cables within the wet well area or exposed
to outdoor environments.
2.02 MANIFOLDS
A. Subject to compliance with the Contract Documents , the following Manufacturers are
acceptable :
1. DIA Manufacturing Model GP5TC
2. Parker H Series
CONFORMED , 12/01/2022
FWW VILLAGE CREEK WRF , DIGESTER MIXING , FLARE , DOME IMPROVEMENTS
CITY PROJECT NO. 102652
40 72 00-4 LEVEL INSTRUMENTS
3 . Swagelok
4. Approved Equal
B. The listing of specific manufacturers above does not imply acceptance of their products
that do not meet the specified ratings, features and functions. Manufacturers listed
above are not relieved from meeting these specifications in their entirety.
C . General
1. Provide fully machined surfaces.
D. Type
1. Type as shown on Drawings or specified else ware .
E. Functions/Performance
1. Five or three valve, as shown or specified else ware.
F. Physical
1. Manifold shall be of 316 stainless steel.
2. Flanged or Transmount as shown on the Drawings.
G . Power Requirements
1. None
H. Required Options/Accessories
1. Provide one set of spare gaskets.
2.03 SPARE INSTRUMENTS AND RELATED COMPONENTS
A. Spare Instruments shall be as listed in Section 40 06 70 Process Instruments List.
B. Contractor shall furnish a minimum of one or 10 percent of each installed instrument,
whichever is greater.
C. All spare equipment shall be packed in a manner suitable for long-term storage and shall
be adequately protected against corrosion , humidity and temperature. Individually mark
and vacuum seal all spare parts . Provide other spare parts as indicated on the individual
device specifications.
CONFORMED , 12/01/2022
FWW VILLAGE CREEK WRF , DIGESTER MIXING , FLARE , DOME IMPROVEMENTS
CITY PROJECT NO . 102652
40 72 00-5 LEVEL INSTRUMENTS
PART 3 -EXECUTION
3.01 INSTALLER'S QUALIFICATIONS
A. Installer shall be specialized in installing this type of equipment with minimum 5 years
documented experience
3.02 EXAMINATION
A. Examine installation area to assure there is enough clearance to install the equipment.
B. Verify that the equipment is ready to install.
C. Verify field measurements are as instructed by the manufacturer.
3.03 INSTALLATION
A. The Contractor shall install all equipment per the manufacturer's recommendations and
Contract Drawings.
B . All process connections shall be 316 stainless steel tubing, 3/8" minimum, unless
otherwise shown on the Drawings. Fittings shall be of the compression type, 316
stainless steel.
C. All conduit entries into the instruments shall use hubs of watertight, threaded aluminum ,
insulated throat , stainless steel grounding screw, as manufactured by T&B H150GRA
Series, or equal.
D. Install stainless steel instrument labels with instrument ID, secured with safety wire.
E. All non-loop powered instrument transmitters shall have an approved disconnecting
means for power mounted within reach of the transmitter.
3.04 RACEWAY SEALING
A. Where raceways enter terminal boxes, junction boxes, or instrumentation equipment, all
entrances shall be sealed with 3M 1 000NS Watertight Sealant or approved equal.
3.05 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL
A. Inspect installed equipment for anchoring, alignment, grounding and physical damage.
B. Check tightness of all accessible electrical connections . Minimum acceptable values
shall be specified in the manufacturer's instructions.
3.06 FIELD ADJUSTING
A. Adjust all equipment for proper range and field conditions, as described in the
manufacturer's instructions.
CONFORMED , 12/01/2022
FWW VILLAGE CREEK WRF , DIGESTER MIXING, FLARE , DOME IMPROVEMENTS
CITY PROJECT NO . 102652
40 72 00 -6 LEVEL INSTRUMENTS
B. Any field adjustments, required for proper system operation, shall be included in the
Final O&M .
3.07 FIELD TESTING
A. Perform all electrical field tests recommended by the manufacturer.
B. Test each interlock system for proper functioning.
C . Test all control logic for proper operation.
3.08 CLEANING
A . Remove all rubbish and debris from inside and around the equipment. Remove dirt,
dust, or concrete spatter from the interior and exterior of the equipment using brushes ,
vacuum cleaner, or clean , lint free rags. Do not use compressed air.
3.09 EQUIPMENT PROTECTION AND RESTORATION
A. Touch-up and restore damaged surfaces to factory finish , as approved by the
manufacturer. If the damaged surface cannot be returned to factory specification , the
surface shall be replaced.
3.10 MANUFACTURER'S CERTIFICATION
A. A qualified factory-trained and certified representative shall certify in writing that the
equipment has been installed, adjusted, including all settings as defined in the Contract
Documents.
B. The Contractor shall provide three (3) copies of the representative 's certification.
3.11 TRAINING
A. Provide the representatives, services for training of Owner's personnel in operation and
maintenance of the equipment furnished under this Section.
B. The training for each type of equipment shall be for a period of not less than one (1)
eight-hour day .
C. The cost of training program to be conducted with Owner's personnel shall be included
in the Contract Price . The training and instruction , insofar as practicable, shall be directly
related to the system being supplied.
D. Provide detailed O&M manuals to supplement the training course . The manuals shall
include specific details of equipment supplied and operations specific to the project.
E. The training session shall be conducted by a manufacturer's qualified representative.
Training program shall include instructions on the assembly, motor starters , protective
devices , metering, and other major components.
FWW VILLAGE CREEK WRF , DIGESTER MIXING , FLARE , DOME IMPROVEMENTS
CITY PROJECT NO . 102652
CONFORMED , 12/01/2022 40 72 00-7 LEVEL INSTRUMENTS
F. The Owner reserves the right to videotape the training sessions for the Owner's use.
PART 4 -LEVEL INSTRUMENTS
See 40 06 70 Process Instruments Schedule
CONFORMED , 12/01/2022
END OF SECTION
FWW VI LLAGE CREEK WRF , DIGESTER MIXING , FLARE , DOME IMPROVEMENTS
CITY PROJECT NO. 102652
40 72 00-8 LEVEL INSTRUMENTS
PART 1 -GENERAL
1.01 SCOPE OF WORK
SECTION 40 73 00
PRESSURE INSTRUMENTS
A. Furnish, install and test all pressure measurement, pressure control devices and
appurtenances, as shown on the Drawings, specified in the Related Work Sections and
Divisions, and as specified herein.
B. Pressure equipment, specified in other Divisions , shall be manufactured in accordance
with this Section, and submitted as a part of the equipment specified in other Divisions.
1.02 RELATED WORK
A. Section 40 61 00 Instrumentation General Provisions
B . Section 40 80 00 Instrumentation Testing and Commissioning
1.03 SUBMITTALS
A. Submit catalog data for all items supplied from this specification Section as applicable.
Submittal shall include catalog data, functions, ratings, inputs, outputs, displays, etc.,
sufficient to confirm that the meter or relay provides every specified requirement. Any
options or exceptions shall be clearly indicated.
B. Submittals for equipment specified herein, for other Sections or Divisions, shall be made
as a part of equipment submittals furnished under other Sections or Divisions .
C. Installation experience documentation shall be submitted for approval with the Section
Equipment Submittal
D. Operation and Maintenance Manuals.
1. Operation and Maintenance manuals shall be constructed in accordance with
Division 1 and shall include the following information:
a. Manufacturer's contact address and telephone number for parts and service .
b. Instruction books and/or leaflets
c . Recommended renewal parts list
d . Record Documents for the information required by the Submittals above .
1.04 REFERENCE CODES AND STANDARDS
CONFORMED , 12/01/2022
FWW VILLAGE CREEK WRF , DIGESTER MIXING , FLARE , DOME IMPROVEMENTS
CITY PROJECT NO . 102652
40 73 00-1 PRESSURE INSTRUMENTS
A. The equipment in this specification shall be designed and manufactured according to
latest revision of the following standards (unless otherwise noted):
1. ANSI B40.1 Pressure Gauges
2 . ASME PTC 19.2 Pressure Measurement
3. ANSI B88 .1 Pressure Transducers Calibration
4. ISA S37 .6Strain Gage Transducers Potentiometric
5. ISA S37.3 5 Vacuum Gauges
6. Calibration AVS 6.2, 6.4, 6.5 Hazardous Areas
7. IEC 79-10 Intrinsically Safe Circu its
8. IEC 79-3
9 . 913 Electrical Instruments in Hazardous Atmospheres
10 . ISA RP12 .1, 4 , 6, 10 , 11 Weighing Scales
11 . ASMEPTC19 .5.1
B . All meters , relays and associated equipment shall comply with the requirements of the
National Electric Code and Underwriters Laboratories (UL) where applicable .
C . Each specified device shall also conform to the standards and codes listed in the
individual device paragraphs .
1.05 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A . The manufacturer of this equipment shall have produced similar instrumentation
equipment for a minimum period of five (5) years. When requested by the
Owner/Engineer, an acceptable list of installations with similar equipment shall be
provided demonstrating compliance with this requirement.
B. Equipment submitted shall fit within the space or location shown on the Drawings .
Equipment which does not fit within the space or location is not acceptable .
C. For the equipment specified herein, the manufacturer shall be ISO 9001 2000 certified.
1.06 WARRANTY
CONFORMED , 12/01/2022
FWW VILLAGE CREEK WRF , DIGESTER MIXING , FLARE , DOME IMPROVEMENTS
CITY PROJECT NO . 102652
4 0 73 00-2 PRESSURE INSTRUMENTS
A. The Manufacturer shall warrant the equipment to be free from defects in material and
workmanship for two years from date of aooeptanoe 2 years from the date defined in
~ Section 00 72 00 GENERAL CONDITIONS and Section 00 73 00 SUPPLEMENTARY
f..3 CONDITIONS TO GENERAL CONDITIONS of the equipment containing the items
specified in this Section. Within such period of warranty the Manufacturer shall promptly
furnish all material and labor necessary to return the equipment to new operating
condition. Any warranty work requiring shipping or transporting of the equipment shall be
performed by the Contractor at no expense to the Owner.
PART 2 -PRODUCTS
2.01 DIFFERENTIAL PRESSURE TRANSMITTERS
A. Subject to compliance with the Contract Documents , the following Manufacturers are
acceptable :
1. Endress + Houser
2 . Rosemount 3051 Series
3. Approved Equal
B. The listing of specific manufacturers above does not imply acceptance of their products
that do not meet the specified ratings, features and functions . Manufacturers listed
above are not relieved from meeting these specifications in their entirety.
C . General
1. Provide signal surge protection at all transmitters.
D. Type
1. Microprocessor based intelligent type .
2 . Diaphragm actuated .
E. Function/Performance:
1. Output: 4-20 mA DC. Output shall be linear for pressure applications .
2 . Accuracy: 0 .1 percent of span (linear output).
3 . Stability: Combined temperature effects shall be less than 0 .2 percent of
maximum span per 50 degrees F temperature change . Effect on accuracy due to
static pressure changes shall be negligible .
4 . RFI Protection : 0.1 percent error between 27 and 500 MHZ at 30 v/m field
intensity.
CONFORMED , 12/01/2022
FWW VILLAGE CREEK WRF , DIGESTER MIXING , FLARE , DOME IMPROVEMENTS
CITY PROJECT NO . 102652
40 73 00-3 PRESSURE INSTRUMENTS
5. Drift : 0.10 percent per six months for 4-20 mA output.
6. Sensor Technology: Digital.
7. Over Range Protection : Provide positive over range protection .
F. Physical
1. Electrical Classification : Intrinsically safe for Class I and Class II , Division 1
locations.
2. Enclosure: NEMA 4X .
3. Sensor Diaphragm Material : 316 Stainless Steel alloy or Hastelloy C.
4 . Gaskets : Teflon .
5 . Sensor Fill Fluid : Shall be suitable for process fluid being measured. When used
for chemical metering service , sensor fill fluid shall be rated specifically for the
chemical being measured .
G . Power Requirements :
1. Loop powered , two wire type .
H. Required Opt ions/Accessories
1. Instrument to be HART capable .
2 . Provide span and zero adjustment at each transmitter.
3 . Provide local ind icat ion at each transmitter using LCD readout. Scale shall be in
engineering units . With a minimum of 4 digits of precision
4 . For each transmitter provide a manifold as specified herein , with the following
Modes :
a . Normal Mode
b. Zeroing Mode
c . Isolation Mode
d. Calibration Mode
e. Slowdown Mode
5. Provide hand held programmer(s) where full setup is not available for the
instrument directly from the display.
CONFORMED , 12/01 /2 022
FWW VI LLAGE CREEK WRF , DIGESTER MIXING , FLARE , DOME IMPROVEM E NTS
CITY PROJECT NO . 102652
407300-4 PRESSURE INSTRUMENTS
2.02 PRESSURE TRANSMITTERS
A. Subject to compliance with the Contract Documents, the following Manufacturers are
acceptable :
1. Endress + Houser
2. Rosemount 3051 Series
3. Approved Equal
8. The listing of specific manufacturers above does not imply acceptance of their products
that do not meet the specified ratings, features and functions. Manufacturers listed
above are not relieved from meeting these specifications in their entirety.
C . General
1. Provide surge protection for each instrument.
D. Type
1. Microprocessor based intelligent type, diaphragm actuated .
2. The instrument shall measure gage pressure.
E. Function/Performance
1. Accuracy: Plus or minus 0.1 percent of calibrated span .
2. Over Range Protection: Provide positive over range protection to maximum
process pressure .
3. RFI Protection: 0.1 percent error between 27 and 500 MHZ at 20 v/m field
intensity.
4 . Output: 4-20 mA
5. Stability: Combined temperature effects shall be less than 0.2 percent of
maximum span per 50 degrees F temperature change.
F. Physical
1. Electrical Classification: Intrinsically safe or explosion proof for Class I and Class
II, Division 1 locations .
2. Enclosure : Rated NEMA 4X.
3 . Diaphragm Sensor Material: 316 Stainless Steel alloy or Hastelloy C.
CONFORMED , 12/01/2022
FWW VILLAGE CREEK WRF , DIGESTER MIXING , FLARE , DOME IMPROVEMENTS
CITY PROJECT NO . 102652
4 0 73 00-5 PRESSURE INSTRUMENTS
4. Sensor Fill Fluid: Shall be suitable for process fluid being measured. When used
for chemical metering service, the fill fluid shall be rated for the chemical being
measured .
G . Power Requirements
1. Loop powered two wire type
H. Required Options/Accessories
1. HART capable.
2. If required to meet the range or suppression/elevation requirements, the
Contractor shall supply a differential pressure transmitter.
3. Provide a shutoff valve and mounting bracket for each transmitter.
4 . Provide an integral indicator scaled in engineering units.
5. Provide hand held programmer(s) where full setup is not available for the
instrument directly.
2.03 FLANGE MOUNTED PRESSURE TRANSMITTER
A. Subject to compliance with the Contract Documents, the following Manufacturers are
acceptable:
1. Endress + Houser
2 . Rosemount 3051 Series
3. Approved Equal
B . The listing of specific manufacturers above does not imply acceptance of their products
that do not meet the specified ratings, features and functions. Manufacturers listed
above are not relieved from meeting these specifications in their entirety.
C . General
1. Provide sufficient lengths of any Manufacturer's specialty cables for installation of
power and signal conductors as provided with each instrument.
D. Type
1. Differential pressure type with remote flanged diaphragm seal(s).
2 . Microprocessor based intelligent type .
E. Function/Performance
CONFORMED , 12 /01/2022
FWW VILLAGE CREEK WRF , DIGESTER MIXING , FLARE , DOME IMPROVEMENTS
CITY PROJECT NO . 102652
40 73 00-6 PRESSURE INSTRUMENTS
1. Accuracy : Plus or minus 0.1 percent of calibrated span.
2. Output: 4-20 mA
3. RFI Protection: 0.1 percent error between 27 and 500 MHZ at 20 v/m field
intensity.
4. Over Range Protection: Positive over range protection .
5. Stability: Combined temperature effects shall be less than 0.2 percent of
maximum span per 50 degree F temperature change .
F. Physical
1. Electrical Classification: Intrinsically safe or explosion proof for Class I and Class
II, Division 1 locations.
2. Enclosure : NEMA 4X.
3. Diaphragm Sensor Material: 316 Stainless Steel alloy or Hastalloy C.
4 . Connection : Process connection shall be with a 2-in , Class 150 , carbon steel
flange.
5 . Process or atmospheric reference connection shall be a ½-in NPT.
6. Sensor Fill Fluid: Suitable for the process fluid being measured. When used for
chemical metering service , the fill fluid shall be rated for the chemical being
measured.
G . Power Requirement
1. Loop powered 2 wire types .
H. Options/Accessories
1. HART capable .
2. Provide an integral indicator scaled in engineering units .
3 . Provide hand he ld programmer(s) as specified under tools and test equipment.
4 . Provide all necessary remote seal equipment and accessories to mount the
transmitter up to ten feet from the remote seal.
5. Provide hand held programmer(s) where full setup is not available for the
instrument directly.
2.04 MANIFOLDS
CONFORMED , 12/01 /2022
FWW VILLAGE CREEK WRF , DIGESTER MIXING , FLARE , DOME IMPROVEMENTS
CITY PROJECT NO . 102652
40 73 00-7 PRESSURE INSTRUMENTS
A . Subject to compliance with the Contract Documents, the following Manufacturers are
acceptable :
1. D/A Manufacturing Model GP5TC
2 . Parker H Series
3. Swagelok
4 . Approved Equal
B . The listing of specific manufacturers above does not imply acceptance of their products
that do not meet the specified ratings, features and functions. Manufacturers listed
above are not relieved from meeting these specifications in their entirety.
C . General
1. Provide fully machined surfaces.
D. Type
1. Type as shown on Drawings or specified else ware .
E. Functions/Performance
1. Five or three valve , as shown or specified else ware.
F. Physical
1. Manifold shall be of 316 stainless steel.
2 . Flanged or Transmount as shown on the Drawings .
G . Power Requirements
1. None
2.05 DIAPHRAGM SEALS -THREADED
A. Subject to compliance with the Contract Documents , the following Manufacturers are
acceptable :
1. Ashcroft .
2 . Red Valve Company, Inc.
3. Approved equal.
CONFORMED , 12/01 /2022
FWW V IL LAGE CREEK WRF , DIGESTER MIXING , FLARE , DOME IMPROVEM E NTS
CITY PROJECT NO . 102652
4 0 73 00-8 PRESSURE INSTRUMENTS
B. The listing of specific manufacturers above does not imply acceptance of their products
that do not meet the specified ratings , features and funct ions. Manufacturers listed
above are not relieved from meeting these specifications in their entirety.
C .
D.
E.
General
1. Rating to match pipe rating .
Type
1. Thread attached.
2 . Welded Metal Diaphragm .
3. Exposed Surfaces -316 stainless steel.
Function/Performance
1. Purpose : To protect instruments or gauges from the process medium .
2 . A flexible diaphragm shall separate the process medium from the instrument
element. Space on the instrument side of the diaphragm shall be completely filled
with a suitable silicone or instrument oil. The process pressure is transmitted by
the liquid filled system to the instrument element.
3. Filling Screw: Include on all units .
4 . Pressure Limits : 1,000 psi.
5. Flushing Connection : Include on all units .
6. Tubing as required to connect with related instrument. ¼ ID minimum s ize flexible
stainless.
F. Physical
1. Top Housing : Carbon Steel , Cadmium plated .
2 . Diaphragm : 316 ELC Stainless Steel.
3. Exposed Surfaces : 316 stainless steel.
4 . Bolts , Nuts and Plugs : 18-8 stainless steel or 316 stainless steel.
G . Power Requirements
1. None
2.06 DIAPHRAGM SEALS -CONCENTRIC FLANGE MOUNTED
CONFORMED, 12/01/2022
FWW VILLAGE CREEK WRF , DIGESTER MIXING , FLARE , DOME IMPROVEMENTS
CITY PROJECT NO . 102652
40 73 00 -9 PRESSURE INSTRUMENTS
A. Subject to compliance with the Contract Documents, the following Manufacturers are
acceptable:
1. Red Valve Company, Inc.
2. Ashcroft.
3. Approved equal.
B. The listing of specific manufacturers above does not imply acceptance of their products
that do not meet the specified ratings, features and functions. Manufacturers listed
above are not relieved from meeting these specifications in their entirety .
C. General
1. Rating to be equal to or greater than the piping .
D. Type
1. Line mounted, between two flanges.
2 . Flange Drilling conforms to ANSI #125 flanges .
3. Carbon Steel Body.
E. Function/Performance
1. Protect instruments or gauges from the process medium .
2 . Operating principle: A 360 ° sensing sleeve shall separate the process medium
from the instrument element. The volume on the instrument side of the sensing
sleeve shall be completely filled with sensing liquid. The process pressure shall be
transferred to the instrument element by the sensing liquid.
3 . Pressure Limit: Correspond to flange ratings .
4. Inside diameter shall conform to schedule 40 pipe .
5. Bolt drilling shall conform to ANSI 125/150-pound flange and bolting dimensions.
F. Physical
1. Body material: Carbon steel.
2. Process connection : 1/4-inch NPT. Minimum
3 . Sensing Sleeve : Buna-N .
4 . Sensing Liquid : Silicone Oil.
CONFORMED , 12/01/2022
FWW VILLAGE CREEK WRF , DIGESTER MIXING , FLARE , DOME IMPROVEMENTS
CITY PROJECT NO . 102652
40 73 00-10 PRESSURE INSTRUMENTS
G. Power Requirements
1. None
H. Required Options/Accessories
1. Provide one set of spare gaskets.
2.07 PRESSURE GAUGES
A. Subject to compliance with the Contract Documents , the following Manufacturers are
acceptable
1. Ashcroft
2 . Ametek/U .S . Gauge Division
3 . Wika
4. Approved equal
B. The listing of specific manufacturers above does not imply acceptance of their products
that do not meet the specified ratings , features and functions. Manufacturers listed
above are not relieved from meeting these specifications in their entirety .
C. General
1. Ratings shall be equal to or exceed the piping .
D. Type :
1. Bourdon tube actuated pressure gauge. Bellows actuated pressure gauge for low
pressure applications .
E. Function/Performance :
1. Accuracy : Plus or minus 1.0 percent of span or better.
F. Physical :
1. Case: Phenolic shock resistant or 316 stainless steel for surface/stem mounting
with a pressure relieving back. The case shall be vented for
temperature/atmospheric compensation. Gauge shall be capable of being liquid
filled in the field or at the factory .
2 . Window : Clear acrylic or shatter proof glass .
3 . Bourdon Tube: 316 stainless steel.
CONFORMED , 12/0 1/2022
FWW VILLAGE CREEK WRF , DIGESTER MIX ING , FLARE , DOME IMPROVEMENTS
CITY PROJECT NO . 102652
40 73 00 -11 PRESSURE INSTRUMENTS
4. Connection: ½-in NPT.
5. Gauge size: Minimum 4.0 inches viewable .
6. Pointer travel: Not less than 200 degrees nor more than 270 degree arc.
7. Range: As indicated in the instrument device schedule.
G. Power Requirements
1. None
H. Required Options/Accessories
1. Shutoff valve: Each gauge shall have a process shutoff valve which can also be
used as an adjustable pressure snubber.
2 . Special scales: The Engineer reserves the right to require special scales and/or
calibration if the manufacturer's standard is not suitable for the application.
3. Gauges listed as liquid filled in the Instrument Device Schedule shall be liquid filled
at the Manufacturer's Factory.
2.08 PRESSURE SWITCHES
A. Subject to compliance with the Contract Documents, the following Manufacturers are
acceptable:
1. Ashcroft
2 . Static-O-Ring (SOR)
3. United Electric
4 . Approved Equal
B. The listing of specific manufacturers above does not imply acceptance of their products
that do not meet the specified ratings, features and functions. Manufacturers listed
above are not relieved from meeting these specifications in their entirety .
C. General
1. Ratings shall be equal to or exceed the piping .
D. Type:
1. Diaphragm actuated .
E. Function/Performance :
CONFORMED , 12/01/2022
FWW VILLAGE CREEK WRF , DIGESTER MIXING , FLARE , DOME IMPROVEMENTS
CITY PROJECT NO . 102652
40 73 00 -12 PRESSURE INSTRUMENTS
1. Repeatability : Greater than 1.0 percent of pressure.
2. Setpoint: Field adjustable and set between 30 and 70 percent of the adjustable
range.
3. Dead Band : Adjustable
4. Reset: Unit shall be of the automatic reset type unless noted otherwise on the
Instrument Device Schedules.
5. Over Range Protection: Over range protection to maximum process line pressure.
6. Switch Rating: 250V AC at 10 amps; and 30V DC at 5 amps.
F. Physical:
1. Electrical Classification : explosion proof for Class I and Class II , Division 2 Group
D locations .
2. Housing: NEMA 4X.
3. Switching Arrangement: Single pole double throw (SPOT) unless double pole
double throw (DPDT) switches are shown on the instrument device schedule .
4 . Wetted Parts : 316 Stainless Steel Alloy, Hastelloy C or Monel diaphragm, viton
seals, stainless steel connection port as confirmed compatible with the process
fluid by the manufacture .
5 . Connection Size: ½-in NPT.
G. Power Requirements
1. None
H. Required Options/Accessories
1. Shutoff Valve : Provide process shutoff valve which can be used as an adjustable
pressure snubber.
PART 3 -EXECUTION
3.01 INSTALLER'S QUALIFICATIONS
A. Installer shall be specialized in installing this type of equipment with minimum 5 years
documented experience
3.02 EXAMINATION
CONFORMED , 12/01/2022
FWW VILLAGE CREEK WRF , DIGESTER MIXING , FLARE , DOME IMPROVEMENTS
CITY PROJECT NO . 102652
40 73 00 -13 PRESSURE INSTRUMENTS
A. Examine installation area to assure there is enough clearance to install the equipment.
B. Verify that the equipment is ready to install.
C. Verify field measurements are as instructed by the manufacturer.
3.03 INSTALLATION
A. The Contractor shall install all equipment per the manufacturer's recommendations and
Contract Drawings .
B. All process connections shall be 316 stainless steel tubing , 3/8 " minimum, unless
otherwise shown on the Drawings. Fittings shall be of the compression type, 316
stainless steel.
C. All conduit entries into the instruments shall use hubs of watertight, threaded aluminum,
insulated throat, stainless steel grounding screw , as manufactured by T&B H150GRA
Series, or equal.
D. Install stainless steel instrument labels with instrument ID , secured with safety wire.
3.04 RACEWAY SEALING
A. Where raceways enter instrumentation equipment, all entrances shall be sealed with 3M
1 000NS Watertight Sealant, or approved equal.
3.05 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL
A. Inspect installed equipment for anchoring, alignment, grounding and physical damage.
B . Check tightness of all accessible electrical connections . Minimum acceptable values
shall be specified in the manufacturer's instructions.
3.06 FIELD ADJUSTING
A. Adjust all equipment for proper range and field conditions , as described in the
manufacturer's instructions.
B. Any field adjustments , required for proper system operation, shall be included in the
Final O&M .
3.07 FIELD TESTING
A. Perform all electrical field tests recommended by the manufacturer.
B. Test as specified in Instrumentation Testing and System Commissioning specification
section .
3.08 CLEANING
CONFORMED , 12/01/2022
FWW VILLAGE CREEK WRF , DIGESTER MIXING , FLARE , DOME IMPROVEMENTS
CITY PROJECT NO . 102652
40 73 00-14 PRESSURE INSTRUMENTS
A. Remove all rubbish and debris from inside and around the equipment. Remove dirt,
dust, or concrete spatter from the interior and exterior of the equipment using brushes,
vacuum cleaner, or clean, lint free rags. Do not use compressed air.
3.09 EQUIPMENT PROTECTION AND RESTORATION
A. Touch-up and restore damaged surfaces to factory finish, as approved by the
manufacturer. If the damaged surface cannot be returned to factory specification, the
surface shall be replaced.
3.10 MANUFACTURER'S CERTIFICATION
A. A qualified factory-trained and certified representative shall certify in writing that the
equipment has been installed, adjusted, including all settings as defined in the Contract
Documents.
8 . The Contractor shall provide three (3) copies of the representative's certification .
CONFORMED , 12/01/2022
END OF SECTION
FWW VILLAGE CREEK WRF , DIGESTER MIXING , FLARE , DOME IMPROVEMENTS
CITY PROJECT NO . 102652
40 73 00-15 PRESSURE INSTRUMENTS
CONFORMED , 12/01/2022
THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK
FWW VILLAGE CREEK WRF , DIGESTER MIXING , FLARE , DOME IMPROVEMENTS
CITY PROJECT NO. 102652
4 0 73 00-16 PRESSURE INSTRUMENTS
PART 1 -GENERAL
1.01 SCOPE OF WORK
SECTION 40 7 4 00
TEMPERATURE INSTRUMENTS
A. This section covers the furnishing, installation, and services for the field-mounted
temperature instruments as detailed on the Drawings.
B. Temperature equipment, specified in other Divisions, shall be manufactured in
accordance with this Section , and submitted as a part of the equipment specified in other
Divisions.
C. Include HART protocol-compatible instruments to the extent possible.
1.02 RELATED WORK
A. No references are made to any other section which may contain work related to any
other section. The Contract Documents shall be taken as a whole with every section
related to every other section as required to meet the requirements specified. The
organization of the Contract Documents into specification divisions and sections is for
organization of the documents themselves and does not relate to the division of
suppliers or labor which the Contractor may choose to employ in the execution of the
Contract. Where references are made to other Sections and other Divisions of the
Specifications, the Contractor shall provide such information or additional work as may
be required in those references and include such information or work as may be
specified.
1.03 SUBMITTALS
A. Submit catalog data for all items supplied from this specification Section as applicable .
Submittal shall include catalog data, functions, ratings, inputs, outputs, displays, etc.,
sufficient to confirm that the meter or relay provides every specified requirement. Any
options or exceptions shall be clearly indicated.
B . Submittals for equipment specified herein, for other Sections or Divisions, shall be made
as a part of equipment submittals furnished under other Sections or Divisions .
C. Installation experience documentation shall be submitted for approval with the Section
Equipment Submittal
D. Operation and Maintenance Manuals.
1. Operation and Maintenance manuals shall be constructed in accordance with
Division 1 and shall include the following information :
CONFORMED , 12/01/2022
FWW VILLAGE CREEK WRF , DIGESTER MIXING , FLARE , DOME IMPROVEMENTS
CITY PROJECT NO . 102652
40 74 00-1 TEMPERATURE INSTRUMENTS
a. Manufacturer's contact address and telephone number for parts and service .
b. Instruction books and/or leaflets
c. Recommended renewal parts list
d. Record Documents for the information required by the Submittals above.
1.04 REFERENCE CODES AND STANDARDS
A. The equipment in this specification shall be designed and manufactured according to
latest revision of the following standards (unless otherwise noted):
1. ANSI B 40 .3
2 . Calibration AVS 6.2, 6 .4, 6.5 Hazardous Areas
3. IEC 79-10 Intrinsically Safe Circuits
4 . IEC 79-3
5. 913 Electrical Instruments in Hazardous Atmospheres
6. ASME PTC 19.5.1
B. All meters, relays and associated equipment shall comply with the requirements of the
National Electric Code and Underwriters Laboratories (UL) where applicable.
C. Each specified device shall also conform to the standards and codes listed in the
individual device paragraphs .
1.05 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. The manufacturer of this equipment shall have produced similar instrumentation
equipment for a minimum period of five years . When requested by the Owner/Engineer,
an acceptable list of installations with similar equipment shall be provided demonstrating
compliance with this requirement.
B . Equipment submitted shall fit within the space or location shown on the Drawings.
Equipment which does not fit within the space or location is not acceptable .
C. For the equipment specified herein , the manufacturer shall be ISO 9001 2000 certified.
1.06
A.
IA
WARRANTY
The Manufacturer shall warrant the equipment to be free from defects in material and
workmanship for two years from date of acceptance 2 years from the date defined in
Section 00 72 00 GENERAL CONDITIONS and Section 00 73 00 SUPPLEMENTARY
FWW VILLAGE CREEK WRF , DIGESTER MIXING , FLARE , DOME IMPROVEMENTS
CITY PROJECT NO . 102652
CONFORMED , 12/01/2022 40 74 00-2 TEMPERATURE INSTRUMENTS
CONDITIONS TO GENERAL CONDITIONS of the equipment containing the items
specified in this Section. Within such period of warranty, the Manufacturer shall promptly
furnish all material and labor necessary to return the equipment to new operating
condition. Any warranty work requiring shipping or transporting of the equipment shall be
performed by the Contractor at no expense to the Owner.
PART 2 -PRODUCTS
2.01 TEMPERATURE GAUGE-BIMETAL TYPE
A. Subject to compliance with the Contract Documents, the following Manufacturers are
acceptable:
1. Ashcroft
2 . Wekslar
3. Ametek/US Gauge
B. The listing of specific manufacturers above does not imply acceptance of their products
that do not meet the specified ratings , features and functions. Manufacturers listed
above are not relieved from meeting these specifications in their entirety.
C . General
1. Provide gauge with ratings for the area where installed.
D . Type
1. Bimetal type.
E. Function/Performance :
1. Helical bimetal element enclosed in a metal shield expands when heated.
2. Range : Refer to the loop diagrams .
3. Accuracy: +/-1 percent.
4 . Stem Length: One-half (½) the pipe diameter.
F. Physical
1. Dial Size : 3-1/2-inch minimum .
2 . Case : Painted steel.
3. Ring/Window: Polycarbonate.
FWW VILLAGE CREEK WRF , DIGESTER MIXING , FLARE , DOME IMPROVEMENTS
CITY PROJECT NO . 102652
CONFORMED , 12/01/2022 40 74 00 -3 TEMPERATURE INSTRUMENTS
4. Dial : Steel , white with black markings.
5. Element: 316 stainless steel.
6. Connection : ½-inch NPT.
G . Power Requirements
1. None
H. Options/Accessories
1. Scale shall be in engineering units .
2. Swivel Head : Provide adjustable gauge position for viewing from any angle .
3. Over Range Protection: Provide positive over range protection.
2.02 TEMPERATURE TRANSMITTER -RTD TYPE
A. Subject to compliance with the Contract Documents , the following Manufacturers are
acceptable :
1. Rosemount
2 . Foxboro
B . The listing of specific manufacturers above does not imply acceptance of their products
that do not meet the specified ratings , features and functions . Manufacturers listed
above are not relieved from meeting these specifications in their entirety .
C. General
1. Provide sufficient lengths of Manufacturer's specialty cables for installation of
power and signal conductors as provided with each instrument.
D. Type :
1. Input: 3-wire , 100 Ohm platinum RTD.
2 . Output: 2-wire, 4-20 mA DC into 750 Ohm
3. Element mounted
E. Function/Performance :
1. Receive input signal from resistance temperature device (RTD) indicated in
process units and transmit a 4-20mA DC signal linear proportional to the
measured temperature .
FWW V IL LAGE CREEK WRF , DIGESTER MIXING , FLARE , DOME IMPROVEMENTS
CITY PROJECT NO . 102652
CONFORM E D, 12/01 /2022 40 74 00-4 T EMPERATURE INSTRUMENTS
2. Calibrated Accuracy - + 0.25 percent of calibrated span, or, + 0 .1 percent,
whichever is greater.
3. Independent Linearity - + 0.05 percent of calibrated span
4 . Speed of Response -0.5 seconds for 90 percent of step change
5. Stability -+ 0.02 percent (1-degree F.) zero and span
F. Physical:
1. Electrical Classification: explosion proof for Class I and Class 11, Division 12
Group D locations.
a. Case Material: Cast aluminum
b. Cast Type: NEMA 4X
c. Mounting : Threaded connection on a thermowell
d. Indicator: 2-in ARC type
G. Power Requirements
1 . Loop powered
H. Options/Accessories
1. Provide span and zero adjustment at each transmitter.
2. Provide local indication at each transmitter, either analog gauge or LCD readout.
Scale shall be in engineering units.
3. Provide handheld programmer(s) where full setup is not available for the
instrument directly.
2.03 TEMPERATURE TRANSMITTER-HEAD MOUNTED RTD TYPE
A. Subject to compliance with the Contract Documents , the following Manufacturers are
acceptable:
1. Endress+Hauser T15
2. Rosemount
3. Moore Industries
CONFORMED , 12/01/2022
FWW VILLAGE CREEK WRF , DIGESTER MIXING , FLARE, DOME IMPROVEMENTS
CITY PROJECT NO . 102652
40 74 00-5 TEMPERATURE INSTRUMENTS
B . The listing of specific manufacturers above does not imply acceptance of their products
that do not meet the specified ratings , features and functions . Manufacturers listed
above are not relieved from meeting these specifications in their entirety .
C. General
1. Thermowell mounted RTD device with transmitter incorporated into the connection
head .
D. Type:
1. Input: 3-w i re , 100 Ohm platinum RTD.
2 . Outpu t: 2-wire , 4-20 mA DC into 750 Ohm
3. Element mounted
E. Function/Performance :
1. Receive input signal from resistance temperature device (RTD) indicated in
process units and transmit a 4-20mA DC signal linear proportional to the
measured temperature.
2 . Calibrated Accuracy -+ 0.25 percent of cal ibrated span , or, + 0.1 percent ,
whichever is greater.
3 . Independent Linearity -+ 0.05 percent of calibrated span
4. Speed of Response -0.5 seconds for 90 percent of step change
5. Stability -+ 0 .02 percent (1-degree F.) zero and span
F. Physical :
1. Electrical Classification : explosion proof for Class I and Class II , Division 12
Group D locations .
a. Case Material : Cast aluminum
b. Cast Type: NEMA 4X
c. Mounting: Threaded connection on a thermowell
G . Power Requirements
1. Loop powered
H. Options/Accessories required
CONFORM ED, 12/0 1/2022
FWW V IL LAGE CREEK WRF , DIGESTER MIXING , FLARE , DOME IMPROVEMENTS
CITY PROJECT NO . 102652
40 74 00 -6 TEMPERATUR E INS T RUMENTS
1. Provide span and zero adjustment at each transmitter via software interface
uti lizing USB connection or Bluetooth. Include all manufacturer software or
applications and cabling as required to calibrate each transmitter.
2.04 TEMPERATURE TRANSMITTER -THERMOCOUPLE TYPE
A. Subject to compliance with the Contract Documents, the following Manufacturers are
acceptable :
1. Moore
2. Precision Digital
B . The listing of specific manufacturers above does not imply acceptance of their products
that do not meet the specified ratings , features and functions. Manufacturers listed
above are not relieved from meeting these specifications in their entirety.
C. General
1. Provide sufficient lengths of Manufacturer's specialty cables for installation of
power and signal conductors as provided with each instrument.
D. Type :
1. Input: Thermocouple Type T
2 . Output: 2-wire , 4-20 mA DC into 750 Ohm
3. Element mounted
E. Function/Performance :
1. Rece ive input signal from a Type T thermocouple , converted to process units and
transmit a 4-20mA DC signal linear proportional to the measured temperature .
2. Cal ibrated Accuracy - + 0.25 percent of calibrated span , or, + 0 .1 percen t,
whichever is greater.
3 . Independent Linearity -+ 0.05 percent of calibrated span
4 . Speed of Response - 0.5 seconds for 90 percent of step change
5 . Stability -+ 0 .02 percent (1-degree F.) zero and span
F. Physical :
1. Case Material : Cast aluminum
CONFORMED , 12/0 1/2022
FWW V ILLAGE CREEK WRF , DIGESTER MIXING , FLARE , DOME IMPROVE MENTS
CITY PROJECT NO . 102652
40 74 00-7 TEMPERATUR E INSTRUMENTS
2 . Cast Type: NEMA 4X
3. Mounting: Threaded connection on a thermowell
4 . Indicator: 2-in ARC type
G. Power Requirements
1. Loop powered
H. Options/Accessories
1. Provide span and zero adjustment at each transmitter.
2 . Provide local indication at each transmitter, either analog gauge or LCD readout.
Scale shall be in engineering units.
3. Provide handheld programmer(s) where full setup is not available for the
instrument directly.
2.05 FIELD MOUNTED TEMPERATURE INDICATOR
A. Subject to compliance with the Contract Documents, the following Manufacturers are
acceptable:
1. Precision Digital
2. Moore Industries
B . The listing of specific manufacturers above does not imply acceptance of their products
that do not meet the specified ratings , features and functions. Manufacturers listed
above are not relieved from meeting these specifications in their entirety.
C. Design and fabrication:
1. Power source: Loop powered by the 4-20 ma signal with a drop of no more than 1
volt.
2 . Input: 4-20 mA DC.
3 . Accuracy (maximum error): ±0 .25 percent.
4. Ambient temperature range : 0-120 Deg F.
5 . Display shall be in a NEMA 4X Factory Enclosure suitable for wall or pipe
mounting.
6 . Three and a half digit one-inch high characters shall be the minimum .
CONFORMED , 12/01/2022
FWW VILLAGE CREEK WRF , DIGESTER MIXING , FLARE , DOME IMPROVEMENTS
CITY PROJECT NO . 102652
40 74 00-8 TEMPERATURE INSTRUMENTS
7 . Unit shall be field calibratable with operating range suitable for the process value
to be indicated.
8 . Minimum size 5.5-inch diameter housing.
2.06 TEMPERATURE SWITCH FOR PROCESS
A. Subject to compliance with the Contract Documents, the following Manufacturers are
acceptable:
1. Ashcroft
2. United Electric
B. The listing of specific manufacturers above does not imply acceptance of their products
that do not meet the specified ratings, features and functions. Manufacturers listed
above are not relieved from meeting these specifications in their entirety.
C. General
1. Ratings shall be equal to or exceed the piping .
D. Type:
1. Bi-metal actuated .
E. Function/Performance :
1. Repeatability: Greater than 1.0 percent of temperature.
2 . Setpoint: Field adjustable and set between 30 and 70 percent of the adjustable
range .
3. Dead Band: Adjustable
4. Reset: Unit shall be of the automatic reset type unless noted otherwise on the
Instrument Device Schedules.
5. Over Range Protection : Over temperature protection to maximum process line
temperature.
6 . Switch Rating: 250V AC at 10 amps; and 30V DC at 5 amps.
F. Physical:
1. Housing : NEMA 4X.
CONFORMED, 12/01/2022
FWW VILLAGE CREEK WRF , DIGESTER MIXING , FLARE, DOME IMPROVEMENTS
CITY PROJECT NO. 102652
40 74 00-9 TEMPERATURE INSTRUMENTS
2. Switching Arrangement: Single pole double throw (SPOT) unless double pole
double throw (DPDT) switches are shown on the instrument device schedule.
3. Wetted Parts: Teflon coated diaphragm, Viton seals, stainless steel connection
port.
4. Connection Size: ½-in NPT.
G. Power Requirements
1. None
H. Options/Accessories
1 . Provide with thermowell
2.07 TEMPERATURE TRANSMITTER FOR NON-PROCESS ROOMS
A. Subject to compliance with the Contract Documents, the following Manufacturers are
acceptable:
1. Dwyer BTT Series
B. The listing of specific manufacturers above does not imply acceptance of their products
that do not meet the specified ratings, features and functions. Manufacturers listed
above are not relieved from meeting these specifications in their entirety.
C . General
1. Wall Mountable.
D. Type:
1. Pt 1000 0 RTD DIN Class A.
E. Function/Performance:
1. Range : 32 to 122 °F (0 to 50 °C).
2 . Temperature Limits: 32 to 122 °F (0 to 50 °C).
3 . Accuracy: ±0 .5 °C @ 25 °C .
4 . Thermal Effect: ±0.01 %/°C.
5. Response Time: 100 ms .
6 . Power Requirements : 13 to 36 voe.
CONFORMED , 12/01/2022
FWW VILLAGE CREEK WRF , DIGESTER MIXING , FLARE , DOME IMPROVEMENTS
CITY PROJECT NO . 102652
4 0 74 00-10 TEMPERATURE INSTRUMENTS
7. Output Signal : 4 to 20 mA.
8. Electrical Connections: Screw terminal block.
9. Enclosure Rating: IP20 .
2.08 SPARE INSTRUMENTS AND RELATED COMPONENTS
A. Spare Instruments shall be as listed in SECTION 40 06 70 PROCESS INSTRUMENTS
LIST.
B . Contractor shall furnish a minimum of one or 10 percent of each installed instrument,
whichever is greater.
C . All spare equipment shall be packed in a manner suitable for long-term storage and shall
be adequately protected against corrosion, humidity and temperature . Individually mark
and vacuum seal all spare parts. Provide other spare parts as indicated on the individual
device specifications .
PART 3-EXECUTION
3.01 INSTALLER'S QUALIFICATIONS
A . Installer shall be specialized in installing this type of equipment with minimum 5 years
documented experience
3.02 EXAMINATION
A. Examine installation area to assure there is enough clearance to install the equipment.
B. Verify that the equipment is ready to install.
C. Verify field measurements are as instructed by the manufacturer.
3.03 INSTALLATION
A. The Contractor shall install all equipment per the manufacturer's recommendations and
Contract Drawings.
B. All process connections shall be 316 stainless steel tubing , 3/8 " minimum , unless
otherwise shown on the Drawings. Fittings shall be of the compression type, 316
stainless steel.
C. All conduit entries into the instruments shall use hubs of watertight, threaded aluminum ,
insulated throat, stainless steel grounding screw , as manufactured by T&B H150GRA
Series , or equal.
CONFORMED , 12/01/2022
FWW VILLAGE CREEK WRF , DIGESTER MIXING , FLARE , DOME IMPROVEMENTS
CITY PROJECT NO . 102652
4 0 74 00-11 TEMPERATURE INSTRUMENTS
D. Install stainless steel instrument labels with instrument ID , secured with safety wire.
3.04 RACEWAY SEALING
A. Where raceways enter terminal boxes, junction boxes , or instrumentation equipment , all
entrances shall be sealed with 3M 1 000NS Watertight Sealant or approved equal.
3.05 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL
A . Inspect insta ll ed equipment for anchoring , alignment , grounding and physical damage.
B. Check tightness of all accessible electrical connections. Minimum acceptable values
shall be specified in the manufacturer's instructions .
3.06 FIELD ADJUSTING
A. Adjust all equipment for proper range and field conditions , as described in the
manufacturer's instructions .
B . Any field adjustments , required for proper system operation , shall be included in the
Final O&M.
3.07 FIELD TESTING
A. Perform all electrical field tests recommended by the manufacturer.
B. Test each interlock system for proper function ing .
C . Test all control log ic for proper ope ration .
3.08 CLEANING
A . Remove all rubbish and debris from inside and around the equipment. Remove dirt,
dust, or concrete spatter from the interior and exterior of the equipment using brushes ,
vacuum cleaner , or clean , lint free rags . Do not use compressed air.
3.09 EQUIPMENT PROTECTION AND RESTORATION
A. Touch -up and restore damaged surfaces to factory finish , as approved by the
manufacturer. If the damaged surface cannot be returned to factory specification , the
surface shall be replaced .
3.10 MANUFACTURER'S CERTIFICATION
A. A qual ified factory-trained and certified representative shall certify in writing that the
equ ipment has been installed , adjusted , includ ing all sett ings as defined in the Contract
Documents.
CONFORMED , 12/01 /2022
FWW VI LLAG E CREEK WRF , DIGESTER MIXING , FLAR E, DOME IMPROVEMENTS
CITY PROJECT NO . 102652
40 74 00-12 T EMPERATURE INSTRUMENTS
8. The Contractor shall provide three copies of the representative's certification.
CONFORMED , 12/01/2022
END OF SECTION
FWW VILLAGE CREEK WRF, DIGESTER MIXING , FLARE , DOME IMPROVEMENTS
CITY PROJECT NO . 102652
40 74 00-13 TEMPERATURE INSTRUMENTS
CONFORMED , 12/01/2022
THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK
FWW VILLAGE CREEK WRF , DIGESTER MIXING , FLARE , DOME IMPROVEMENTS
CITY PROJECT NO . 102652
40 74 00-14 TEMPERATURE INSTRUMENTS
PART 1 -GENERAL
1.01 SCOPE OF WORK
SECTION 40 75 00
ANALYTICAL INSTRUMENTS
A Furnish, install and test all analytical measurement, analytical control devices and
appurtenances, as shown on the Drawings, specified in the Related Work Sections and
Divisions, and as specified herein.
B. Analytical equipment, specified in other Divisions, shall be manufactured in accordance
with this Section, and submitted as a part of the equipment specified in other Divisions.
1.02 RELATED WORK
A Section 40 61 00 Instrumentation General Provisions
B . Section 40 80 00 Instrumentation Testing and Commissioning
1.03 SUBMITTALS
A Submit catalog data for all items supplied from this specification Section as applicable.
Submittal shall include catalog data, functions , ratings, inputs , outputs, displays , etc.,
sufficient to confirm that the meter or relay provides every specified requirement. Any
included options or exceptions shall be clearly indicated .
B. Submittals for equipment specified herein, for other Sections or Divisions, shall be made
as a part of equipment submittals furnished under other Sections or Divisions.
C. Installation experience documentation shall be submitted for approval with the Section
Equipment Submittal
D. Operation and Maintenance Manuals .
1. Operation and Maintenance manuals shall be constructed in accordance with
Division 1 and shall include the following information :
a. Manufacturer's contact address and telephone number for parts and service .
b. Instruction books and/or leaflets
c. Recommended renewal parts list
d . Record Documents for the information required by the Submittals above.
CONFORMED , 12/01/2022
FWW VILLAGE CREEK WRF , DIGESTER MIXING , FLARE , DOME IMPROVEMENTS
CITY PROJECT NO . 102652
40 75 00-1 ANALYTICAL INSTRUMENTS
1.04 REFERENCE CODES AND STANDARDS
A. The equipment in this specification shall be designed and manufactured according to
latest revision of the following standards (unless otherwise noted):
1. International Organization of Standards (ISO 5167-1 ). 1991. Measurement of fluid
flow by means of pressure differential devices Venturi Tube w/ liquid
2. Calibration AVS 6 .2, 6.4 , 6 .5 Hazardous Areas
3 . ANSI 913 Electrical Instruments in Hazardous Atmospheres
4 . NFPA 496 Standard for Purged and Pressurized Enclosures for Electrical
Equipment.
5. FM Class 3615 -Explosion Proof Electrical Equipment General.
6. FM Class 3611 Class I Division 2 Hazardous Locations.
7. FM Class 3610 Class I, II , Ill Division 2 Intrinsically Safe Apparatus & Associated
Apparatus .
8. FM Class 6310 Combustible Gas Detectors .
9. FM Class 3810 Measuring and Process Control Equipment.
10 . ANSI/NEMA 250 -Enclosures for Electrical Equipment.
11 . UL 1950 Safety of Information Technology Equipment.
B . All meters, relays and associated equipment shall comply with the requirements of the
National Electric Code and Underwriters Laboratories (UL) where applicable.
C . Each specified device shall also conform to the standards and codes listed in the
individual device paragraphs.
1.05 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A . The manufacturer of this equipment shall have produced similar instrumentation
equipment for a minimum period of five (5) years. When requested by the
Owner/Engineer, an acceptable list of installations with similar equipment shall be
provided demonstrating compliance with this requirement.
B. Equipment submitted shall fit within the space or location shown on the Drawings .
Equipment which does not fit within the space or location is not acceptable .
C. For the equipment specified herein , the manufacturer shall be ISO 9001 2000 certified.
CONFORMED , 12/01/2022
FWW VILLAGE CREEK WRF , DIGESTER MIXING , FLARE , DOME IMPROVEMENTS
CITY PROJECT NO. 102652
40 75 00-2 ANALYTICAL INSTRUMENTS
1.06 WARRANTY
A. The Manufacturer shall warrant the equipment to be free from defects in material and
/2... workmanship for two (2) years from date of 366eptan6e 2 years from the date defined
B in Section 00 72 00 GENERAL CONDITIONS and Section 00 73 00
SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS TO GENERAL CONDITIONS of the equipment
containing the items specified in this Section . Within such period of warranty the
Manufacturer shall promptly furnish all material and labor necessary to return the
equipment to new operating condition. Any warranty work requiring shipping or
transporting of the equipment shall be performed by the Contractor at no expense to the
Owner.
PART 2 -PRODUCTS
2.01 H2S ANALIZER (LOW RANGE IN GAS PHASE METHANE)
A. Subject to compliance with the Contract Documents , the following Manufacturers are
acceptable:
1. AMI: MODEL 3010BX
2. KECO: Series 2605H
3. Approved Equal
B. The listing of specific manufacturers above does not imply acceptance of their products
that do not meet the specified ratings , features and functions. Manufacturers listed
above are not relieved from meeting these specifications in their entirety.
C . General
1. Unit shall measure hydrogen sulfide in methane/ carbon dioxide mixture. Low
range approximately 0-30 ppm
2. Provide sufficient lengths of Manufacturer's specialty cables for installation of
power and signal conductors as provided with each instrument.
3. All applicable components shall be UL Listed .
4 . Contractor shall supply a solenoid valve to close sample to instrument if a
dehydrator is not running to protect the instrument from high gas temperatures or
moisture.
D. Type
1. Electrochemical principal of operation
2. Alternative -Multiple-wavelength, high-resolution, non-dispersive UV
FWW VILLAGE CREEK WRF , DIGESTER MIXING , FLARE , DOME IMPROVEMENTS
CITY PROJECT NO. 102652
CONFORMED, 12/01/2022 40 75 00-3 ANALYTICAL INSTRUMENTS
3. Suitable for wall mounting.
E. Function/Performance
1. Measure and display gas concentration of trace Hydrogen Sulfide in methane/CO2
gas mixture as shown in drawings.
2. System compatible of measurement without damage occasional spikes of H2S up
to 1000 ppm and saturated with moisture and up to 240 DegF. Nominal conditions
60 PSI and 85-140 DegF. During abnormal conditions of above 1000 ppm H2S or
high temperature, the sensor will quit sampling the gas and shut the solenoid
inside cabinet to avoid damage to the sensor. All accessories to provide reliable
service for the particular instrument shall be provided at no additional cost.
3 . System shall provide any appurtenances for sample conditioning including but not
limited to : sampling/ insertion probe , isolation solenoid, inlet filter, pressure
reducer, pressure gauge , flow metering.
4. Output 4-20 ma.
5 . Electronic speed of response: < 90% in 60 seconds or less. Cyclic sampling is
allowed or recommended it accuracy or reliability is enhanced . Sample must be
given at least once per 5-minute period .
6. Span and zero drift: <+/-1.0 of full scale.
7. Repeatability: +/-0.5 % of full scale.
8. Linearity H2S: < ±1 .5% full scale .
9. Operating ambient temperature : -20 to +50 °C (-4 to 122 °F) or Oto +50°C (32 to
122 °F)-analyzers with HMI
10. Relative humidity: 95%
11. Storage temperature: -20 to 60 °C (-4 to 140 °F);
12 . Built in keyboard with customizable keys.
13 . Provide a System Malfunction output contact for Loss of Power, Loss of Sensor,
and Sensor Out of Range
F. Physical
1. Monitor/readout unit for panel mounting
2 . Rated Class 1 Division 1 Group D.
CONFORMED , 12/01/2022
FWW VILLAGE CREEK WRF , DIGESTER MIXING , FLARE , DOME IMPROVEMENTS
CITY PROJECT NO . 102652
40 75 00-4 ANALYTICAL INSTRUMENTS
3. Housing : NEMA 4X environmental enclosure with access to monitor mounted
through the hinged , front facing, full length door.
4 . Display : LCD back-lit liquid crystal display.
5 . Readout shall be capable of being configured to read any value between 0-25
ppm. (adjustable to 1,000 ppm.)
6. Relays are Form C, SPOT rated for 5 amps resistive at 24VDC/250 VAC.
G. Power Requirements
1. Operate on 115/230 VAC.
H. Options/Accessories
1. Provide all equipment necessary for calibrating the sensors.
2 . Provide handheld programmer(s) where full setup is not available for the
instrument.
2.02 GAS DETECTION MONITOR -DUAL SENSOR-H2S/LEL
A. Subject to compliance with the Contract Documents , the following Manufacturers are
acceptable :
1. MSA ULTIMA® X5000 Gas Monitor
2 . Approved equal
B. The listing of specific manufacturers above does not imply acceptance of their products
that do not meet the specified ratings , features and functions . Manufacturers listed
above are not relieved from meeting these specifications in their entirety .
C . General
1. Gas monitor shall provide signal for two sensors as specified.
2 . Sensors shall be located remotely , provide junction boxes as required by the
manufacturer.
3. Provide sufficient lengths of Manufacturer's specialty cables for installation of
power and signal conductors as provided with each instrument.
4 . System shall require no periodic maintenance other than periodic checking of
sensor unit function . Periodic sensor checking , or actual adjustment of the sensor
units shall be capable of being accomplished by one person at the sensor unit
location .
CONFORMED , 12/01 /2022
FWW VILLAGE CREEK WRF , DIGESTER MIXING , FLARE , DOME IMPROVEMENTS
CITY PROJECT NO . 102652
40 75 00 -5 ANALYTICAL INSTRUMENTS
5. All applicable components shall be UL Listed.
D. Type
1. Su itable for wall mounting as shown in drawings .
E. Function /Performance
1. Measure and display gas concentration from sensors as shown in drawings .
2 . Se lf-configuring to the connected gas detection transmitters.
3 . Provide audio and visual alarms when preset limits are exceeded. Relay output
for alarms shall be provided for each sensor.
4 . Inputs to each monitor shall be as shown on the Drawings.
5 . Display all Sensor Data on Main Screen .
6 . Built in keyboard with custom izable keys .
7 . Provide 4-20 ma output signals for analog points.
F. Physical
1. Monitor/readout unit for panel mounting
2 . Housing : Screw-on NEMA 4X enclosure rated for Class 1 Division 1 Group D.
3 . Display: LED display to display the value of each sensor. Readout shall be
capable of being configured to read any value between 0-99 .99
4 . Two (2) separate sensors. The setpoints shall be independently adjustable for any
value in the readout range and any mix of sensors .
5. Relays are Form C, SPOT rated for 5 amps resistive at 120 VAC .
6. Temperature Limits : 0 to 60 degrees C (32 to 140 degrees F).
G . Power Requirements
1. Operate on 24 VDC.
H. Combustible Gas Sensor (LEL)
1. Sense the presence of methane gas prior to reach ing explosive levels
2 . Provide early warning indication to personnel.
CONFORMED , 12/0 1/2022
FWW VIL LAGE CREEK WRF , DIGESTER MIXING , FLARE , DOME IMPROVEMENTS
CITY PROJECT NO . 102652
40 75 00-6 ANALYTICAL INSTRUMENTS
3 . Response Time: Not more than 25 seconds to 90% of final reading from a step
change in gas concentration.
4. Range: 0-99 percent LEL. Repeatability <3%.
5. Alarm Settings: Field adjustable.
6. Temperature Limits: 0 to 60 degrees C (32 to 140 degrees F).
7. Sensor Life: Three (3) years .
I. Hydrogen Sulfide Gas Sensor
1. Sense the presence of hydrogen sulfide gas prior to reaching toxic levels.
2 . Provide early warning indication to personnel.
3. Response Time: Less than 25 seconds to 90% of final reading from a step change
in gas concentration.
4 . Range: 0-50 PPM . Repeatability <2%.
6 . Temperature Limits: Oto 60 degrees C (32 to 140 degrees F).
7 . Sensor Life: Three (3) years.
J. Options/Accessories
1. Provide all equipment necessary for calibrating the sensors.
PART 3 -EXECUTION
3.01 INSTALLER'S QUALIFICATIONS
A. Installer shall be specialized in installing this type of equipment with minimum 5 years
documented experience
3.02 EXAMINATION
A. Examine installation area to assure there is enough clearance to install the equipment.
B. Verify that the equipment is ready to install
C. Verify field measurements are as instructed by the manufacturer.
CONFORMED , 12/01/2022
FWW VILLAGE CREEK WRF , DIGESTER MIXING , FLARE , DOME IMPROVEMENTS
CITY PROJECT NO . 102652
40 75 00-7 ANALYTICAL INSTRUMENTS
3.03 INSTALLATION
A. The Contractor shall install all equipment per the manufacturer's recommendations and
Contract Drawings.
B. All process connections shall be 316 stainless steel tubing, 3/8" minimum, unless
otherwise shown on the Drawings. Fittings shall be of the compression type , 316
stainless steel.
C. All conduit entries into the instruments shall use hubs of watertight, threaded aluminum,
insulated throat, stainless steel grounding screw, as manufactured by T&B H150GRA
Series , or equal.
D. Install stainless steel instrument labels with instrument ID, secured with safety wire.
3.04 RACEWAY SEALING
A. Where raceways enter terminal boxes, junction boxes, or instrumentation equipment, all
entrances shall be sealed with 3M 1 000NS Watertight Sealant, or approved equal.
3.05 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL
A. Inspect installed equipment for anchoring , alignment, grounding and physical damage.
B . Check tightness of all accessible electrical connections. Minimum acceptable values
shall be specified in the manufacturer's instructions.
3.06 FIELD ADJUSTING
A. Adjust all equipment for proper range and field conditions , as described in the
manufacturer's instructions.
B . Any field adjustments, required for proper system operation, shall be included in the
Final O&M .
3.07 FIELD TESTING
A. Perform all electrical field tests recommended by the manufacturer.
B. Test each interlock system for proper functioning.
C . Test all control logic for proper operation.
3.08 CLEANING
A. Remove all rubbish and debris from inside and around the equipment. Remove dirt,
dust, or concrete spatter from the interior and exterior of the equipment using brushes,
vacuum cleaner , or clean, lint free rags . Do not use compressed air.
CONFORMED , 12/01/2022
FWW VILLAGE CREEK WRF , DIGESTER MIXING , FLARE , DOME IMPROVEMENTS
CITY PROJECT NO . 102652
40 75 00-8 ANALYTICAL INSTRUMENTS
3.09 EQUIPMENT PROTECTION AND RESTORATION
A. Touch-up and restore damaged surfaces to factory finish, as approved by the
manufacturer. If the damaged surface cannot be returned to factory specification, the
surface shall be replaced.
3.10 MANUFACTURER'S CERTIFICATION
A. A qualified factory-trained and certified representative shall certify in writing that the
equipment has been installed , adjusted, including all settings as defined in the Contract
Documents.
B. The Contractor shall provide three (3) copies of the representative's certification.
3.11 TRAINING
A. Provide the representatives , services for training of Owner's personnel in operation and
maintenance of the equipment furnished under this Section.
B . The training for each type of equipment shall be for a period of not less than one (1/2)
eight-hour day.
C . The cost of training program to be conducted with Owner's personnel shall be included
in the Contract Price. The training and instruction , insofar as practicable, shall be directly
related to the system be ing supplied .
D. Provide detailed O&M manuals to supplement the training course . The manuals shall
include specific details of equipment supplied and operations specific to the project.
E. The training session shall be conducted by a manufacturer's qualified representative .
Training program shall include instructions on the assembly, motor starters, protective
devices, metering , and other major components .
F . The Owner reserves the right to videotape the training sessions for the Owner's use .
CONFORMED , 12/01 /2022
END OF SECTION
FWW VILLAGE CREEK WRF , DIGESTER MIXING , FLARE , DOME IMPROVEMENTS
CITY PROJECT NO . 102652
40 75 00-9 ANALYTICAL INSTRUMENTS
CONFORMED , 12/01/2022
THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK
FWW VILLAGE CREEK WRF , DIGESTER MIXING , FLARE , DOME IMPROVEMENTS
CITY PROJECT NO . 102652
4 0 75 00-10 ANALYTICAL INSTRUMENTS
SECTION 40 78 00
PANEL MOUNTED CONTROL DEVICES
PART 1 -GENERAL
1.01 SCOPE OF WORK
A. This Section of the Specifications describes the requirements for panel mounted
equipment to be furnished under other Sections of the Specifications as listed in the
Related Work paragraph of this Section.
B. All equipment described herein shall be submitted and furnished as an integral part of
equipment specified elsewhere in these Specifications .
1.02 RELATED WORK
A. Section 40 61 00 Instrumentation and Controls -General Provision
B. Section 40 71 00 Field Instrumentation
C. Electrical system Division 26
1.03 SUBMITT ALS
A. Submittals for equipment specified herein shall be made as a part of equipment
furnished under other Sections. Individual submittals for equipment specified herein will
not be accepted and will be returned un-reviewed .
B . Submit catalog data for all items supplied from this specification section as applicable
with the control panel submittal as referenced in the related work paragraph. Submittal
shall include catalog data, functions , ratings, inputs , outputs , displays, etc ., sufficient to
confirm that the devices provide every specified requirement. Any options or exceptions
shall be clearly indicated .
1.04 REFERENCE CODES AND STANDARDS
A. The equipment in this specification shall be designed and manufactured according to
latest revision of the following standards (unless otherwise noted):
1. NEMNISCI 109 Transient Over-voltage Withstand Test
2 . IEEE Std . 472/ANSI C37.90.2 Withstand Capability of Relay Systems to Radiated
Electromagnetic Interference from Transceivers .
3 . IEC 255 .4 Surge Withstand Capability Tests
4 . NEMNICS 1 General Standard for Industrial Control Systems.
CONFORMED , 12/01/2022
FWW VILLAGE CREEK WRF , DIGESTER MIXING , FLARE , DOME IMPROVEMENTS
CITY PROJECT NO . 102652
40 78 00 -1 PANEL MOUNTED CONTROL DEVICES
5. NEMA/ICS 4 Terminal Blocks for Industrial Use .
6 . NEMA/ICS 6 Enclosures for Industrial Control Systems.
7. NEMA LS 1 Low Voltage Surge Protective Devices.
8 . UL 1449 Third Edition -Surge Protective Devices
B. All equipment shall comply with the requirements of the National Electric Code and
Underwriters Laboratories (UL) where applicable.
C . Each specified device shall also conform to the standards and codes listed in the
individual device paragraphs.
1.05 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. The manufacturer of this equipment shall have produced similar electrical equipment for
a minimum period of five (5) years. When requested by the Owner/Engineer, an
acceptable list of installations with similar equipment shall be provided demonstrating
compliance with this requirement.
B. Equipment submitted shall fit within the space or location shown on the Drawings.
Equipment which does not fit within the space or location is not acceptable.
C. For the equipment specified herein , the manufacturer shall be ISO 9001 2000 certified.
1.06 WARRANTY
A. The Manufacturer shall warrant the specified equipment to be free from defects in
material and workmanship for two (2) year from date of acceptance 2 years from the
date defined in Section 00 72 00 GENERAL CONDITIONS and Section 00 73 00
SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS TO GENERAL CONDITIONS of the assembly IA
containing the items specified in this Section . Within such period of warranty, the
Manufacturer shall promptly furnish all material and labor necessary to return the
equipment to new operating condition. Any warranty work requiring shipping or
transporting of the equipment shall be performed by the Contractor at no expense to the
Owner.
PART 2 -PRODUCTS
2.01 MODE SELECTOR SWITCHES, PUSHBUTTONS AND INDICATING LAMPS
A. Subject to compliance with the Contract Documents, the following Manufacturers are
acceptable :
1. Allen Bradley
2. Cutler Hammer
CONFORMED , 12/01/2022
FWW VILLAGE CREEK WRF , DIGESTER MIXING , FLARE , DOME IMPROVEMENTS
CITY PROJECT NO. 102652
40 78 00-2 PANEL MOUNTED CONTROL DEVICES
3. GE
4. Square D
B. The listing of specific manufacturers above does not imply acceptance of their products
that do not meet the specified ratings, features and functions. Manufacturers listed
above are not relieved from meeting these specifications in their entirety.
C . Construction
1. 30mm Diameter
2. Corrosion resistant,
3. NEMA 4/4X/13 without booted covers
4. "Finger safe" contact blocks, 1 OA rating, hermetically sealed contacts .
5 . Function indicating colors per NFPA 79 unless otherwise shown on the Drawings .
6. Engraved corrosion resistant nameplates
7. LED lamps
8. Mode selector switches shall have 1 spare set auxiliary contacts .
9. Indicator lights to be Push-to-Test
10 . Potentiometer ratings to match 1/0 devices connected
2.02 TERMINAL BLOCKS
A. Subject to compliance with the Contract Documents, the following Manufacturers are
acceptable :
1. Phoenix Contact
2. Entrelec
3. Weidmuller
4 . Allen Bradley
B . The listing of specific manufacturers above does not imply acceptance of their products
that do not meet the specified ratings , features and functions. Manufacturers listed
above are not relieved from meeting these specifications in their entirety.
C. Terminal Blocks
CONFORMED , 12/01/2022
FWW VILLAGE CREEK WRF , DIGESTER MIXING , FLARE , DOME IMPROVEMENTS
CITY PROJECT NO. 102652
40 78 00-3 PANEL MOUNTED CONTROL DEVICES
1. Terminal blocks shall be DIN-rail-mounted one-piece molded plastic blocks with
tubular-clamp-screw type, with end barriers, dual side terminal block numbers and
terminal group identifiers . Terminal blocks shall be rated for 600 volts except for
control and instrumentation circuits, or 4-20 mA analog signal conductors.
2. Provide 600 volt rated terminal blocks for any conductor carrying any voltage over
120 volts to ground.
3. Provide 600 volt rated strap screw terminal blocks for any power conductors
carrying over 20 amps, at any voltage. Terminals shall be double sided and
supplied with removable covers to prevent accidental contact with live circuits.
4. Power conductors carrying over 20 amps, at any voltage shall be terminated to
strap-screw type terminal blocks with crimp type, pre-insulated, ring-tongue lugs.
Lugs shall be of the appropriate size for the terminal block screws and for the
number and size of the wires terminated. Do not terminate more than one
conductor in any lug, and do not land more than two conductors under any strap-
screw terminal point.
5 . Terminals shall have permanent , legible identification, clearly visible with the
protective cover removed. Each terminal block shall have 20 percent spare
terminals , but not less than two spare terminals .
6. Do not land more than two conductors per terminal point. Use the manufacturer's
provided bridge connectors to interconnect terminal blocks terminating common or
ground conductors .
7 . Twisted shielded pair or triad cables shall have each individual conductor and
shield drain wire landed on individual terminal blocks. Use the manufacturer's
provided bridge connectors to interconnect terminal blocks terminating the shield
drain wire conductors.
8 . Control circuits , 120 volts and below, and 4-20 mA analog signal conductors shall
be terminated with manufacturer's recommended ferrules . Ferrules shall be
provided with plastic sleeves .
9. Provide an AC ground bar bonded to the panel enclosure , if metal, with 20 percent
spare terminals.
10. Provided ground terminal blocks for each twisted-shielded pair drain wire .
D. Terminal Blocks (Analog Input/output)
1. Fused modular terminal blocks shall be provided for all analog inputs and outputs .
2. Technical:
a . Connection : Screw
CONFORMED , 12/01/2022
FWW VILLAGE CREEK WRF , DIGESTER MIXING , FLARE , DOME IMPROVEMENTS
CITY PROJECT NO . 102652
4 0 78 00-4 PANEL MOUNTED CONTROL DEVICES
b . No. of levels: 3
c. No. of connections: 5
d . Nominal cross section: 4 mm/\2
e . Insulating material : PA
f . Fuse: G/5 x 20
g. Fuse type: Glass
h. Rate surge voltage: 6 KV
i. Overvoltage category: 111
j. LED voltage range : 12V AC/DC ... 30V AC/DC
k. LED current range : 0 .31 mA ... 0.95 mA
I. Maximum load current: 36 A
m . Connection standard : IEC 60947-7-2/IEC 60947-7-3
2 .03 WIRE TROUGHS
A. Subject to compliance with the Contract Documents, the following Manufacturers are
acceptable :
1. Panduit
a. Model : PanelMax
b. Type F
c . Approved equal.
B. The listing of specific manufacturers above does not imply acceptance of their products
that do not meet the specified ratings , features and functions . Manufacturers listed
above are not relieved from meeting these specifications in their entirety .
C . All wiring shall be enclosed in PVC wire trough with slotted side openings and removable
cover. Plan wire routing such that no low voltage twisted shielded pair cable conducting
analog 4-20 mA signals or communications low voltage analog signals are routed in the
same wire trough as conductors carrying discrete signals or power
D. The following trough colors shall be used :
1. Black : All 480 volt AC
CONFORMED , 12/01 /2022
FWW VILLAGE CREEK WRF , DIGESTER MIXING , FLARE , DOME IMPROVEMENTS
CITY PROJECT NO . 102652
40 78 00 -5 PANEL MOUNTED CONTROL DEVICES
2 . Grey: All 24 volt DC
3. White: All 120 volt AC
4. Blue :lntrinsic Safe Circuits
2.04 DIN RAILS
A. Subject to compliance with the Contract Documents, the following Manufacturers are
acceptable :
1. Phoenix Contact
2. Entrelec
3 . Weidmuller
4 . Allen Bradley
B. The listing of specific manufacturers above does not imply acceptance of their products
that do not meet the specified ratings , features and functions . Manufacturers listed
above are not relieved from meeting these specifications in their entirety .
C . Standard 35 mm rails shall be made of steel zinc-plated and chromated. Rails shall be
7.5 mm tall and meet standard EN 60715 : 2001.
D. Unless noted otherwise, all reference to DIN Rail mounting shall be of type standoff
(raised) DIN Rail mounted .
2.05 RELAYS AND TIMERS
A . Subject to compliance with the Contract Documents , the following Manufacturers are
acceptable :
1. Phoenix Contact
2 . Square D
3 . IDEC
4 . Potter-Broomfield.
5. Allen-Bradley
B. The listing of specific manufacturers above does not imply acceptance of their products
that do not meet the specified ratings , features and functions . Manufacturers listed
above are not relieved from meeting these specifications in their entirety.
C . Type:
CONFORMED , 12/01/2022
FWW VILLAGE CREEK WRF , DIGESTER MIXING , FLARE , DOME IMPROVEMENTS
CITY PROJECT NO. 102652
40 78 00-6 PANEL MOUNTED CONTROL DEVICES
1. Relays shall be double pole, double throw (form C) except PLC 1/0 buffer relays
which shall be single pole, double throw (form C), spade plug in type with a
transparent dust cover. The relay shall be equipped with an indicating light to
indicate when its coil is energized.
2 . Units shall be of the general purpose plug-in type.
D. Functional/Performance:
1. Coil voltage shall match supply voltage.
2 . Contact arrangemenUfunction shall be as required to meet the specified control
function.
3. Mechanical life expectancy shall be in excess of 10,000,000 cycles .
4 . Duty cycle shall be rated for continuous operation .
5. Units shall be provided with integral indicating light to indicate if relay is energized.
6. Solid state time delays shall be provided with polarity protection (DC units) and
transient protection.
7 . Time delay units shall be adjustable and available in ranges from .1 second to 4 .5
hours.
8. Plug-in general purpose relay.
9 . Blade connector type.
10 . Contact material: Silver cadmium oxide .
11 . Relay sockets are DIN rail mounted.
12 . Internal neon or LED indicator is lit when coil is energized .
13 . Clear polycarbonate dust cover with clip fastener.
14 . Operating temperature : -20 to +150 Deg F.
15. UL listed or recognized .
E. Ratings :
1. For 120VAC service provide contacts rated 1 O amps at 120VAC, for 24 VDC
service provide contacts rated 5 amps at 28VDC, for electronic (milliamp/ millivolt)
switching applicator provide gold plated contacts rated for electronic service.
2 . Relays shall be provided with dust and moisture resistant covers .
CONFORMED , 12/01 /2022
FWW VILLAGE CREEK WRF , DIGESTER MIXING , FLARE , DOME IMPROVEMENTS
CITY PROJECT NO. 102652
40 78 00-7 PANEL MOUNTED CONTROL DEVICES
F. Physical
1. DIN Rail mounting base
2. Screw Terminals
G. Options/Accessories Required:
1. Provide mounting sockets with pressure type terminal blocks rated 300 volts and
10 amps .
2. Provide mounting rails/holders as required.
2.06 24 VDC POWER SUPPLIES
A. All 24 Vdc subsystems shall be supplied with redundant 125% capacity power supplies ,
equipped with redundancy diodes, for all DC voltage levels and services. Each power
supply shall have sufficient power to continuously supply the total system for each
voltage required . Auctioneering , load sharing or switching circuits shall be provided
such that failure of a power supply shall transfer, without bump, to the backup supply.
Each set of redundant power supplies shall be wired and equipped to accept two
separate power feeds . The Contractor shall size the power supply not to exceed 50% of
normal operating capacity .
B . A "power on " switch and indicating light shall be provided for each power supply . Each
power supply shall be provided with voltage monitors for the output of each bus voltage
level. An alarm shall provide the operator with adequate warning before power failure
equipment malfunction .
C. Subject to compliance with the Contract Documents, the following Manufacturers are
acceptable:
1. Phoenix Contact
D. The listing of specific manufacturers above does not imply acceptance of their products
that do not meet the specified ratings, features and functions . Manufacturers listed
above are not relieved from meeting these specifications in their entirety.
E. Design and fabrication
1. Converts 120 Vac input to DC power at required voltage .
2. Sized as required by the load. Minimum 2.5 Amp output
3 . AC input: 120 Vac +10 percent -13 percent ; 47 to 63 HZ.
4. Provision for output failure alarm contact.
5. DIN rail mounting.
CONFORMED , 12/01/2022
FWW VILLAGE CREEK WRF , DIGESTER MIXING , FLARE , DOME IMPROVEMENTS
CITY PROJECT NO . 102652
40 78 00 -8 PANEL MOUNTED CONTROL DEVICES
6. All Power Supplies shall be redundant pairs .
2.07 SINGLE PHASE UPS
A. Subject to compliance with the Contract Documents , the following Manufacturers are
acceptable :
1. APC
2 . Powerware
3. Tripp Lite
4. CyberPower
5. Falcon Electric Inc .
6 . lntellipower
7 . Approved Equal
B. The listing of specific manufacturers above does not imply acceptance of their products
that do not meet the specified ratings, features and functions . Manufacturers listed
above are not relieved from meeting these specifications in their entirety.
C . Design and fabrication
1. Rating : 120VAC , 60 hertz, 1000 VA minimum shall provide uninterrupted
conditioned power fully loaded conditions for 30 minutes.
2 . Description : On line dual track power conditioner and true (zero second transfer
time) uninterruptible power supply providing isolation , line regulation and
conditioning , using sealed maintenance free batteries and switch mode power
supply for uninterrupted power.
3. Lightning and Surge Protection: IEEE/ANSI C62.4 .1.
4 . Regulation : 1-3 percent load regulation with less than 2pF effective coupling
capacitance for line to load .
5. Output Waveform: Computer grade sine-wave with 3% maximum single harmonic
and 5% maximum total harmonic distortion .
6 . Output Frequency: 60 hertz+/-0.5 hertz.
7 . Operating Temperature : located in indoor conditioned spaces O degrees to +40
degrees Centigrade . All other locations -20 to 55 degrees Centigrade
CONFORMED , 12/01/2022
FWW VILLAGE CREEK WRF , DIGESTER MIXING , FLARE , DOME IMPROVEMENTS
CITY PROJ ECT NO . 102652
4 0 78 00-9 PANEL MOUNTED CONTROL DEVICES
8. Relative Humidity: 5% -90% without condensation.
9. Input Protection: Independent battery charger fuse and DC fuses.
10. Output Protection: Current limited.
11. AC Input: 120V, 60Hz, single phase , +15%, -20%.
12 . Provide Simple Network Monitoring Protocol (SNMP) Ethernet interface for all
units . Where shown on the drawings provide a dry contact interface of UPS status
in place of SNMP interface .
13. Provide an external maintenance bypass switch with an auxiliary contact for each
UPS supplied . The switch shall transfer power without interrupting the load utilizing
make before brake contacts. The switch shall provide auxiliary contact to monitor
switch position .
a . Maintenance switch as manufactured by Control Switches International N
series , Electroswitch , or approved equal.
b. Contacts rated for 120 volts AC and 10 amperes minimum .
2 .08 NAMEPLATES
A. Furnish nameplates for each device as indicated in Drawings. Nameplates shall be
engraved , laminated impact acrylic, matte finish , black lettering on a white background,
not less than 1/16-in thick by 1/2-in by 1-1/2-in, Rowmark NoMark Plus or equal,
Nameplates shall be attached to the backplate with double faced adhesive strips , TESA
TUFF TAPE 4970, .009 X ½", no equal. Prior to installing the nameplates, the metal
surface shall be thoroughly cleaned with 70% alcohol until all residues has been
removed . Epoxy adhesive or foam tape is not acceptable.
PART 3 -EXECUTION
3.01 INSTALLATION
A. All equipment specified herein shall be installed, field adjusted , tested and cleaned as an
integral part of equipment specified elsewhere in these Specifications.
CONFORMED , 12/01/2022
END OF SECTION
FWW VILLAGE CREEK WRF , DIGESTER MIXING , FLARE , DOME IMPROVEMENTS
CITY PROJECT NO. 102652
40 78 00-10 PANEL MOUNTED CONTROL DEVICES
PART 1 -GENERAL
1.01 SCOPE OF WORK
SECTION 40 95 15
INPUT/OUTPUT LIST
A. This Section includes the Input/Output List.
1.02 RELATED WORK
A. Where references are made to the Related Work paragraph in each Specification
Section , referring to other Sections and other Divisions of the specifications , the Process
Control System Integrator (PCSI) shall provide such information or work as may be
required in those references, and include such information or work as may be specified.
B . All Instrumentation and Controls work related to Process and Mechanical Divisions
equipment that is shown on the Instrumentation Drawings shall be provided under
Division 40 .
C . All instrumentation and Controls work provided under any Division of the specifications
shall fully comply with the requirements of Division 40.
D. Related Sections
1. Section 40 61 00 Instrumentation General Provisions
2 . Section 40 61 96 Control Loop Descriptions
3. Section 40 63 00 Programmable Logic Controller (PLC) Systems
4. Section 40 68 60 Application Services
5. Section 40 80 00 Instrumentation -Testing and Commissioning
1.03 SUBMITTALS
A. Refer to Section 40 68 60 Applications Services and Section 40 61 00 Instrumentation
General Provisions .
1.04 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
A. The Input/Output List provides the minimum physical signal requirements of the control
loops represented in the Contract Documents . Additional soft 1/0 as required to fully
implement the strategies as described in these specifications shall be included.
CONFORMED , 12/01/2022
FWW VILLAGE CREEK WRF , DIGESTER MIXING , FLARE , DOME IMPROVEMENTS
CITY PROJECT NO. 102652
4 0 95 15-1 INPUT/OUTPUT LIST
B. The inpuUoutput list is not intended to be an inclusive listing but, rather , is intended to
supplement and complement the drawings and other specification sections. The
lnpuUOutput List shall not be considered equal to a bill of materials.
C. Provide instrumentation hardware and software as necessary to perform control
functions specified herein and as shown on the Drawings .
PART 2 -PRODUCTS (NOT USED)
PART 3 -EXECUTION
3.01 INSTALLATION
A. All inputs and outputs listed shall be programmed in the system as specified herein and
shall be field adjusted and tested as an integral part of the control system specified
elsewhere in these Specifications .
3.02 INPUT/OUTPUT LIST
A. The Input/Output List is shown in Table 40 95 15.
Show
Line Point Name ERN Desaiotion RTU DI DO AI AO HMI
1 AR07150JT ELECT POWER MCC-RTU07 1 Yes
DC1A (KW)
2 AR07151IT ELECT CURRENT RTU07 1 Yes
MCC-DC 1 A(AM PS)
3 AR07150JT ELECT POWER MCC-RTU07 1 Yes
DC1A (KW)
4 AR07151IT ELECT CURRENT RTU07 1 Yes
MCC-DC 1 A(AM PS)
5 AR07223TT DIG CONT BLDG NO . RTU07 1 Yes
1 CONTROL ROOM
TEMP
6 AT07225SC DIGESTER MIXING RTU07 1 Yes
PUMP PMX1 SPEED
CMD
7 AT07226SC DIGESTER MIXING RTU07 1 Yes
PUMP PMX2 SPEED
CMD
8 AT07227SC DIGESTER MIXING RTU07 1 Yes
PUMP PMX3 SPEED
CMD
9 AT07228SC DIGESTER MIXING RTU07 1 Yes
PUMP PMX4 SPEED
CMD
--',
/R=~
Replace
Replace
Replace
Replace
New
New
New
New
New,-
FWW VILLAGE CREEK WRF , DIGESTER MIXING , FLARE, DOME IMPROVEMENTS
CITY PROJECT NO . 102652
CONFORMED, 12/01/2022 40 95 15-2 INPUT/OUTPUT LIST
Une PointName ERN
10 AT07229SC
11 AT07230SC
12 DR07033JS
13 DR07146ZB
14 DR07147ZB
15 DR07148ZB
16 DR07149ZB
17
DR07413MM
18 DR07414MM
19 DR07415MM
20 DR07416MM
21 DR07417MM
22 DR07418MM
23 DR07419PL
24 DR07420PL
25 DR07421ZB
26 DR07422LH
CONFORMED , 12/01/2022
Show New -. .. RTU DI DO AI AO HMI ... ~--•
DIGESTER MIXING RTU07 1 Yes New
PUMP PMX5 SPEED
CMD
DIGESTER MIXING RTU07 1 Yes New
PUMP PMX6 SPEED
CMD
MAIN BREAKER RTU07 1 Yes Replace
STAT MCC-DC1A
CLSD
FDR SFA1 PWR SEL RTU07 1 Yes Replace
SWITCH SS7 CLSD
FDR SFB 1 PWR SEL RTU07 1 Yes Replace
SWITCH SS7 CLSD
FDR SFA2 PWR SEL RTU07 1 Yes Replace
SWITCH ssa CLSD
FDR SFB2 PWR SEL RTU07 1 Yes Replace
SWITCH ssa CLSD
DIGESTER MIXING RTU07 1 Yes New
PUMP PMX1 RUN
STAT
DIGESTER MIXING RTU07 1 Yes New
PUMP PMX2 RUN
STAT
DIGESTER MIXING RTU07 1 Yes New
PUMP PMX3 RUN
STAT
DIGESTER MIXING RTU07 1 Yes New
PUMP PMX4 RUN
STAT
DIGESTER MIXING RTU07 1 Yes New
PUMP PMX5 RUN
STAT
DIGESTER MIXING RTU07 1 Yes New
PUMP PMX6 RUN
STAT
PWR SEL SWTH SS7 RTU07 1 Yes New
LO GAS PRES ALM
PWR SEL SWTH ssa RTU07 1 Yes New
LO GAS PRES ALM
MAIN BREAKER RTU07 1 Yes New
STAT MCC-DC1B
CLSD
DIGESTER 1-6 RTU07 1 Yes New
GALLERY FLOOD
ALM
FWW VILLAGE CREEK WRF , DIGESTER MIXING, FLARE , DOME IMPROVEMENTS
CITY PROJECT NO . 102652
40 95 15-3 INPUT/OUTPUT LIST
Line Point Name ERN
27 DR07423LH
28
29
30 AR36030FT
31 AR36031FT
32 AR36032FT
33 AR36033AT
34 AR36034AT
35
36
37 DR37488LH
38 DR37489LL
39 DR37490LL
40 DR37491MF
41 DR37492MM
42 DR37493MM
43 DR37494MM
44 DR37495MF
45 DR37496MF
46 DR37497MF
47 DR37498MF
48
49
50 AR47025JT
CONFORMED , 12/01/2022
Show New -RTU DI DO AI AO HMI ma..1 ...
IJl!5[J ·-· • I
PRIM SLUDGE RTU07 1 Yes New
GALLERY FLOOD
ALM
Sum 14 0 5 6
DIG GAS FLARE RTU36 1 Yes
FLR4 FLOW New
DIG GAS FLARE RTU36 1 Yes
FLR5 FLOW New
DIG GAS FLARE RTU36 1 Yes
FLR6 FLOW (Future) New
DIG GAS DRIP SUMP RTU36 1 Yes
FLR 4-6 LEL New
DIG GAS DRIP RTU36 1 Yes
SUMP FLR4-6 H2S New
Sum 0 0 5 0
DIG GAS DRIP SUMP RTU37 1 Yes New
4-6 HI LVL ALM
DIG GAS DRIP SUMP RTU37 1 Yes New
4-6 LO L VL ALM r
DIG GAS DRIP SUMP RTU37 1 Yes I
4-6 LOLO L VL ALM
DIGESTER GAS DRIP RTU37 1 Yes New
HeatTrace Com ALM
DIG GAS FLARE RTU37 1 Yes New
FLR4 BURNER ON
DIG GAS FLARE RTU37 1 Yes New
FLR5 BURNER ON
DIG GAS FLARE RTU37 1 Yes New
FLR6 BURNER
ON(FUTURE)
DIG GAS FLARE RTU37 1 Yes New
FLR4 COMMON ALM
DIG GAS FLARE RTU37 1 Yes New
FLR5 COMMON ALM
DIG GAS FLARE RTU37 1 Yes New
FLR6 COMMON
ALM(FUTURE)
DIG GAS DRIP SUMP RTU37 1 Yes New
4-6 EXHAUST FAN
FAIL
Sum 0 0 11 0
r
POWER MCC-GCA-1-RTU47 1 Yes Repla
PA67 (KW)
FWW VILLAGE CREEK WRF , DIGESTER MIXING , FLARE , DOME IMPROVEMENTS
CITY PROJECT NO . 102652
40 95 15-4 INPUT/OUTPUT LIST
I
Line PolntName ERN
51 AR47034JT
52 AR47036IT
53 AR47037IT
54 AR47038IT
55 AR47039PT
56 AR47040PT
57 AR47041PT
58 AR47042PT
59 DR47417PL
60 DR47418ZB
61 DR47419ZB
62 DR47431ZB
63 DR47432ZB
64 DR47433ZB
65 DR47434ZB
66 DR47435PL
67 DR47438LL
CONFORMED , 12/01/2022
Show New -RTU OJ DO Al KJ HMJ ·-. 1.JeSCJ--•· -
POWER MCC-GCA-2-RTU47 1 Yes Replace
PA68 (KW)
DIG HP GAS RTU47 1 Yes New
HEADER H2S
CONCENTRATION
ELECT CURRENT RTU47 1 Yes New
MCC-GCA-1-
PA67AMPS)
ELECT CURRENT RTU47 1 Yes New
MCC-GCA-2-
PA68(AMPS)
DG H2S REMOVAL RTU47 1 Yes New
UNIT HSR1 DIFF
PRESS
DG H2S REMOVAL RTU47 1 Yes New
UNIT HSR2 DIFF
PRESS
DG H2S REMOVAL RTU47 1 Yes New
UNIT HSR3 DIFF
PRESS
DG H2S REMOVAL RTU47 1 Yes New
UNIT HSR4 DIFF
PRESS (Future)
PWRSELSWTH RTU47 1 Replace
SS67 LO GAS PRES
ALM
FDR A 1 PWR SEL RTU47 1 Replace
SWITCH SS67 CLSD
FDR 81 PWR SEL RTU47 1 Replace
SWITCH SS67 CLSD
FDR A 1 PWR SEL RTU47 1 Replace
SWITCH SS68 CLSD
FDR 81 PWR SEL RTU47 1 Replace
SWITCH SS68 CLSD
ELECT POWER RTU47 1 Replace
MCC-GCA-1-PA68
CLOSED
ELECT POWER RTU47 1 Replace
MCC-GCA-1-PA67
CLOSED '
PWR SEL SWITH RTU47 1 Replace
SS68 LO GAS PRES
ALM
DIG COMP BLDG RTU47 1 Yes New
SUMPS LOW LVL
ALM
FWW VILLAGE CREEK WRF , DIGESTER MIXING, FLARE , DOME IMPROVEMENTS
CITY PROJECT NO . 102652
40 95 15-5 INPUT/OUTPUT LIST
Line Point Name ERN
68 DR47439LL
69 DR47440LL
70 DR47441 LL
71 DT47604MN
72
73
74 DR52483ZB
75 DR52484ZB
76 DR52485PL
77 DR52486ZB
78 DR52487ZB
79 DR52488PL
80
CONFORMED , 12/01/2022
Show New
Desatotion RTU DJ DO AJ. AO HMJ /Reola,
DIG COMP BLDG RTU47 1 Yes
SUMP S LOLO LVL
ALM
DIG COMP BLDG RTU47 1 Yes
SUMP N LOW LVL
ALM
DIG COMP BLDG RTU47 1 Yes
SUMP N LOLO LVL
ALM
DIG HP GAS H2S RTU47 1 Yes
METER ISO CLOSE
CMD
Sum 12 1 9 0
FEEDER A 1 PWR RTU52 1 Yes
SEL SWTH SS9
CLOSED
FEEDER B 1 PWR RTU52 1 Yes
SEL SWTH SS9
CLOSED
PWR SEL SWTH SS9 RTU52 1 Yes
LO GAS PRES
FEEDER A 1 PWR RTU52 1 Yes
SEL SWTH SS 10
CLOSED
FEEDER 81 PWR RTU52 1 Yes
SEL SWTH SS10
CLOSED
SEL SWTH PWR RTU52 1 Yes
SS 10 LO GAS PRES
Sum 6 0 0 0
END OF SECTION
FWW VILLAGE CREEK WRF, DIGESTER MIXING , FLARE , DOME IMPROVEMENTS
CITY PROJECT NO . 102652
40 95 15-6 INPUT/OUTPUT LIST
New
New
New
New
New
New
New
~
Nei
-
New
New
PART 1 -GENERAL
1.01 THE REQUIREMENT
SECTION 41 22 00
PORTABLE DAVIT CRANE
A. The manufacturer shall furnish all equipment and appurtenances required to install (by
the Contractor), test, and place into operation a portable davit crane as shown on the
Drawings and as specified herein.
B. All materials and equipment furnished under this section , whether shown on the
Drawings or not, are to conform to the material requirements specified herein or in other
Specification sections , whether specifically noted or not. Applicable installation and
testing requirements specified in other sections shall apply to materials and equipment
furnished under this section.
1.02 REFERENCE SPECIFICATIONS, CODES AND STANDARDS
A. Reference Specifications:
1. Division 01 - General Requirements
2 . Division 05 -Metals
3. Division 40 -Process Interconnections
4 . Division 46 -Water and Wastewater Equipment
1.03 SUBMITTALS
A. In addition to the submittal requirements specified in Section 01 33 00 -Submittals , and
Section 46 00 00 -Equipment General Provisions , submit the following :
1. Performance Affidavit.
2 . Shop test lifting capacity results
3. Operations and Maintenance Manual.
4 . Manufacturer's literature , illustrations , specifications and engineering data ,
including dimensions , materials, size and weight of all components , crane
reactions, coatings specifications , and complete assembly details .
CONFORMED , 12/0 1/2022
FWW VILLAGE CREEK WRF , D IGESTER MIXING , FLARE , DOME IMPROVEMENTS
CITY PROJECT NO . 102652
41 22 00 -1 DAVIT CRANE
5 . Drawings showing plans and sections of the equipment to demonstrate proper
coordination between components , fabrication methods , assembly and
accessories .
6 . Plans shall show proposed base locations for ENGINEER review and approval.
7 . Total weight of the equipment plus the approximate weight of the shipped
materials .
8. Complete erection , anchorage , installation , and adjustment instructions and
recommendations.
9. Anchor system design calculations signed and sealed by a Registered
Professional Engineer in the State of Texas. Shall include, but not be limited to ,
anchor calculations for design of fastening system to concrete structure to
withstand lifting loads, applicable wind load criteria and other loadings discussed
herein . Shall include size , embedment, and installation design criteria for anchor
bolts.
10 . Operation and Maintenance Manual per Section 01 78 23 .
11. Certificate of installation from manufacturer.
1.04 CONTRACTOR'S RESPONSIBILITY
A. The services of the manufacturer's representative shall be provided in accordance with
the follow ing :
1. At least one (1) trip of one (1) day to check and supervise the installation of the
pedestal base , supervise field testi ng , and instruct the Owner's personnel in proper
operation and maintenance of the equipment.
2 . Any additional time required to achieve successful installation and operation shall
be at the expense of the Contractor.
3 . A written report covering the representative 's findings and installation approval
shall be mailed directly to the Engineer covering all inspection and outlining in
detail any deficiencies noted . Written report shall state that the equipment has
been properly installed and tested to the manufacturer's satisfaction and that all
required final adjustments have been made .
4 . The times specified exclude travel time to and from the facil ity and shall not be
construed as to relieve the manufacturer of any additional visits to provide
sufficient service to place the equipment in satisfactory operation.
5 . The manufacturer and the Contractor shall be responsible for any license fees that
may apply to this system .
CONFORMED , 12/0 1/2022
FWW VI LLAGE CR EEK WRF , DIGESTER MIX ING , FLARE , DOME IMPROVEMENTS
CITY PROJECT NO . 102652
41 22 00 -2 DAVIT CRANE
1.05 WARRANTY
A. The portable crane system shall be warranted for a period of two (2) years from final
acceptance 2 years from the date defined in Section 00 72 00 GENERAL
CONDITIONS and Section 00 73 00 SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS TO GENERAL
CONDITIONS and shall be warranted free of manufacturing defects.
PART 2 -PRODUCTS
2.01 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS
A. ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS
1. Portable davit crane shall be Commander Series portable davit crane by Thern, or
approved equal.
B . The portable davit crane manufacturer shall be experienced in the design, construction
and successful operation of portable davit cranes having a minimum of five (5) years of
experience producing substantially similar equipment, and shall show evidence of at
least five (5) installations in satisfactory operation for at least five (5) years in the United
States . Within one month after Award of this Contract and prior to submission of Shop
Drawings , the portable davit crane manufacturer shall submit records and data to
demonstrate his experience and qualifications .
C . Quality Assurance : manufacturer shall be registered ISO 9001 :2000 compliant with an
independent certification agency approved by the International Organization for
Standardization.
2.02 OVERALL SYSTEM REQUIREMENTS
A. The operating conditions for the portable davit crane shall be as follows:
1. Range of Hook Reach (ft from centerline of mast): 2.0 -5.5 feet
2 . Range of Hook Height (ft from crane mounting floor): 3.5 -7.0 feet
3. Lifting Capacity (lbs):
a. 1,200 with boom at shortest length
b. 550 with boom fully extended
B. Design Factor: designed with an ultimate design factor greater than 3:1 for all
components including the lifting winch and base .
C. Lift Capacity : davit crane shall have a variable lift capacity based on boom length.
CONFORMED , 12/01/2022
FWW VILLAGE CREEK WRF , DIGESTER MIXING , FLARE , DOME IMPROVEMENTS
CITY PROJECT NO . 102652
41 22 00 -3 DAVIT CRANE
D . Hook Reach : boom shall telescope to at least 4 different lengths .
E . Hook Height: hook height shall be adjustable by moving the boom up or down
F. Boom Angle : boom angle shall be adjustable at all times, including when under full rated
load , with a hand operated screw jack acting to raise or lower the boom between
horizontal and 45 degrees from vertical.
G. Rotation : mast and boom shall rotate 360 degrees in the base on pin bearing and
bearing sleeve , with a rotational handle attached to mast to facilitate rotation .
H . Portability: davit crane shall break down into portable components with no single
component weighing more than 40 pounds. Carrying handles shall be welded to mast
and boom.
2.03 CRANE CONSTRUCTION
A. Materials of construction:
1. Crane boom , boom extension , mast, pedestal base and base extension shall be
steel with 3-part epoxy coating system .
B. Base : Shall be pedestal type base , anchored directly into the concrete structure·.
C . Interface: crane base shall allow for removal of the mast.
D. Bearings: crane base shall have a pin bearing to support the end of the mast and a
Nylatron GSM bearing sleeve to support the mast at the top of the base.
E . Extens ion: provide extension tube to provide 15-inches of additional height to crane
(Provide 2 base extensions)
F. Lifting Winch : winch shall have machine cut worm gears operating in an enclosed oil
bath , cast aluminum gear case and drum construction , an adjustable handle that mounts
securely to the drive shaft for manual operation, bronze and radial ball bearings ,
pressure plate , and a positive load holding mechanical brake able to stop and hold the
load automatically if the winch handle is released. Winch shall be provided with a 3 part
epoxy coating finish.
G . Cable Anchor: lifting winch shall include a quick disconnect feature allowing quick
attachment and detachment of wire rope equipped with a swaged ball anchor.
H. Drill Operation: lifting winch shall be equipped with a hex drive input to allow drill drive
operation with a maximum rated drill speed of 400 rpm . Provide one (1) drill drive kit with
120 V , 300 RPM drill driver.
I. Wire Rope: wire rope construction shall be 1/4-inch d iameter, type 304 stainless steel
cable . Provide 60 feet of wire rope for each crane .
FWW VILLAGE CREEK WRF , DIGESTER MIX ING , FLARE , DOME IMPROVEMENTS
CITY PROJECT NO . 102652
CONFORMED , 12/0 1/20 22 41 2200 -4 DAVIT CRANE
J. Hooks: latch type hooks shall be used and shall be either non-rotating eye type or swivel
type to allow 360 degree rotation under all load conditions . Hooks shall be heat treated
drop forged type 316 stainless steel.
K. Boom Sheave : wire rope shall pass over a sheave at the end of the boom. Sheave shall
have a bronze bearing.
L. Fastening Pins : crane components shall be fastened together using stainless steel clevis
style pins , secured with lynch pins with lanyards fastening the lynch pins to primary
structural components .
M . Winch Locat ion : lifting w inches shall be located such that the center point of the drive
shaft is behind the centerline of the mast.
2.04 ACCESSORIES
A. Drill drive kit: To provide mechanical operation of the winch. Drill drive shall be 120 VAC ,
11 .5 amp and provide 300 rpm to the winch . Shall include a 1 1/8-inch hex drive socket
for connection to winch operator.
B. All bolts , nuts , washers , and other fasteners shall be Type 316 stainless steel unless
otherwise noted.
2.05 ANCHOR SYSTEMS
A. Portable davit crane pedestal base anchor systems shall be designed to withstand the
lifting capacity of the unit w ith the design factor discussed in Paragraph 2.02 .B and
horizontal loadings of 40 pounds per square foot or the maximum wind load at the
location in accordance with the latest edition of the Building Code in the jurisdiction
where the system will be installed , for the area under the worst condition , whichever is
greater. Type 316L stainless steel anchor bolts and accessories shall be provided to
securely anchor the pedestal bases to the concrete structure. Anchor bolts shall comply
with Section 05 05 33 , Anchor Systems .
PART 3 -EXECUTION
3.01 INSTALLATION
A. All equipment shall be assembled and shipped so that field assembly will be minimized
and installation can be completed with little or no field fabrication.
B . The portable davit cranes shall be installed by the CONTRACTOR in accordance with
the Contract Documents , the instructions of the Manufacturer, and Section 46 00 00 ,
Equipment General Provisions .
CONFORMED , 12/0 1/2022
FWW VIL LAGE CREEK WRF , DIGEST ER MIX ING , FLARE , DOME IMPROVEMENTS
CI TY PROJECT NO . 102652
41 22 00 -5 DAVIT CRANE
C. Manufacturer shall provide the CONTRACTOR with space and structural requirements,
clearances and features required by the manufacturer for the equipment installation .
3.02 FIELD TESTING
A. Field testing shall be performed by the Contractor and shall commence only after a
visual inspection confirming proper installation by the manufacturer's representative and
the required training has been provided .
B. All testing shall be done in the presence of the Engineer and the portable davit crane
manufacturer or their approved representative.
C. The Contractor shall perform the following under the supervision of the Portable Davit
Crane manufacturer:
1. Field test and calibrate equipment and demonstrate to the Owner that all
equipment satisfactorily performs as specified.
2. Field test shall include a lift of each piece of equipment/materials from its
associated portable crane pedestal .
3. Submit field testing reports and certification of proper installation to Engineer and
Owner.
4 . Contractor shall perform the field tests under the supervision of the manufacturer's
representative. The Contractor shall provide all test apparatus required.
5. List and recommend corrective action for any deficiencies found .
D. All data shall be submitted to the Engineer and Owner in written report form . Field
testing report shall include , at a minimum , description of testing procedure , summary of
all data collected in tabular form , operational comments , confirmation of compliance with
performance requirements, and recommendations/corrective actions (if necessary).
3.03 PAINTING
A. All paint and coatings shall be shop applied in accordance with Section 09 90 00 -
Painting .
3.04 TOOLS, SUPPLIES, AND SPARE PARTS
A. The manufacturer shall furn ish one (1) set of all special tools required to disassemble ,
service, repair, and adjust the portable davit cranes equipment and appurtenances .
B. The portable davit cranes shall include the follow ing spare parts :
1. Five (5) clevis style pins
CONFORMED , 12/01/2022
FWW V ILLAGE CREEK WRF , D IGESTER MIX ING , FLARE , DOME IMPROVEMENTS
CITY PROJECT NO . 102652
41 22 00 -6 DAVIT CRANE
C. The Contractor shall furnish other spare parts as recommended by the manufacturer. All
of these materials shall be properly packed, labeled and stored where directed by the
Engineer. The Contractor shall furnish start-up lubricants.
CONFORMED , 12/01/2022
END OF SECTION
FWW VILLAGE CREEK WRF , DIGESTER MIXING , FLARE , DOME IMPROVEMENTS
CITY PROJECT NO. 102652
41 22 00 -7 DAVIT CRANE
THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK
PART 1 -GENERAL
1.01 THE REQUIREMENT
SECTION 43 20 00
PUMPS -GENERAL
A. Comply with the requirements of Section 46 00 00 -Equipment General Provisions.
B. The pumps shall be provided complete with all accessories, special tools , spare parts,
mountings , shims, sheaves , couplings , and other appurtenances as specified, and as
may be required for a complete and operating installation.
C. The provisions of this section shall apply to all pumps and pumping equipment specified
except where specifically noted otherwise in the Contract Documents.
D. All pumps provided under an individual specification section shall be by the same
manufacturer unless otherwise indicated in the specification.
E. All equipment for the pumps, including motors , cans and bases , shall be provided as a
complete unit by the pump Manufacturer.
F. The pump supplier shall have unit responsibility for coordinating the proper pump
mounting system with the Contractor to ensure stable pump operation free from
abnormal vibration.
G . The pump supplier shall include, in his bid, time , labor, materials and tools required for
installation assistance, testing and start-up with the Contractor.
1.02 REFERENCE SPECIFICATIONS, CODES AND STANDARDS
A. Pumping system equipment, installation and testing shall be in accordance with the
following applicable codes and standards. All standards shall be the latest version as of
the date of project bidding .
1. Hydraulic Institute
a. ANSI/HI 3.1-3 .5 Rotary Pumps for Nomenclature, Definitions , Application
and Operation
b . ANSI/HI 3 .6 Rotary Pump Test
c. ANSI/HI 9 .6 .1 Rotodynamic Pumps -Guideline for NPSH Margin
CONFORMED , 12/01/2022
FWW VILLAGE CREEK WRF , DIGESTER MIXING , FLARE , DOME IMPROVEMENTS
CITY PROJECT NO . 102652
43 20 00 -1 PUMPS -GENERAL
d . ANSI/HI 9 .6 .2 Rotodynamic Pumps for Assessment of Applied Nozzle Loads
e . ANSI/HI 9.6 .3 Rotodynamic Pumps -Guideline for Operating Regions
f. ANSI/HI 9.6.4 Rotodynamic Pumps for Vibration Measurements and
Allowable Values
g. ANSI/HI 9 .6 .5 Rotodynamic Pumps Guideline for Condition Monitoring
h . ANSI/HI 9.6 .6 Rotodynamic Pumps for Pump Piping
i. ANSI/HI 9.6.8 Rotodynamic Pumps -Guideline for Dynamics of Pumping
Machinery
j. ANSI/HI 9.8 Rotodynamic Pumps for Pump Intake Design
k. ANSI/HI 11.6 Rotodynamic Submersible Pumps for Hydraulic Performance,
Hydrostatic Pressure , Mechanical and Electrical Tests
I. ANSI/HI 12 .1-12 .6 Rotodynamic Slurry Pump for Nomenclature , Definitions,
Applications and Operation
m. ANSI/HI 14 .1-14 .2 Rotodynamic Pumps for Nomenclature and Definitions
n . ANSI/HI 14.3 Rotodynamic Pumps for Design and Application
o . ANSI/HI 14 .6 Rotodynamic Pumps for Hydraulic Performance Acceptance
Tests
2 . American Society of Mechanical Engineers
a . ANSI/ASME B73 .1 Specifications for Horizontal End Suction Centrifugal
Pumps for Chemical Process
3. American Petroleum Institute
a. ANSI/API Standard 610 Centrifugal Pumps for Petroleum , Petrochemical
and Natural Gas Industries
4 . American Water Works Association
a . ANSI/AWWA E103 Standard for Horizontal and Vertical Line-Shaft Pumps
5 . American Society for Testing and Materials
a . A36 Specification for Structural Steel
FWW VILLAGE CREEK WRF , DIGESTER MIX ING , FLARE , DOME IMPROVEMENTS
CITY PROJECT NO . 102652
CONFORMED , 12/01 /2022 43 20 00 -2 PUMPS -GENERAL
b. A48 Specification for Gray Iron Castings
c . A53 Specification for Pipe , Steel, Black and Hot-Dipped, Zinc-Coated,
Welded and Seamless
d. A148 Specification for Steel Castings, High Strength , for Structural Purposes
e. A 193 Specification for Alloy Steel and Stainless Steel Bolting Materials for
High Temperature Service
f. A276 Specification for Stainless Steel HoUCold-Finished Bars
g. A322 Specification for Steel Bars, Alloy, Standard Grades
h. A514 Specification for High Yield Strength , Quenched and Tempered alloy
Steel Plate, Suitable for Welding
i. A532 Specification for Abrasion-Resistant Cast Irons
j. A536 Specification for Ductile Iron Castings
k. A565 Specification for Martensitic Stainless Steel Bars
I. A582 Specification for Free-Machining Stainless and Heat-Resisting Steel
Bar, Hot-Rolled and Cold-Rolled
m. A743 Specification for Castings , Iron-Chromium , Iron-Chromium-Nickel and
Nickel-Base, Corrosion-Resistant for General Application
n. 8148 Specification for Aluminum-Bronze Sand Castings
o. 8584 Specification for Copper Alloy Sand Castings for General Application
6. American National Standards Institute
a. 816.1 Standard for Cast Iron Pipe Flanges and Flanged Fittings
b. 816 .5 Standard for Pipe Flanges and Flanged Fittings
7 . ANSI/NFPA 70 National Electric Code
8 . Society of Automotive Engineers SAE J404 Chemical Compositions of SAE Alloy
Steels
9 . Standard , ISO 1940 -Mechanical Vibration -Balance quality requirements for
rotors balance quality grade for rotors in a constant rigid state .
CONFORMED , 12/01/2022
FWW VILLAGE CREEK WRF , DIGESTER MIXING , FLARE , DOME IMPROVEMENTS
CITY PROJECT NO . 102652
4 3 20 00 -3 PUMPS -GENERAL
B. Related contract specification sections :
1. Section 01 33 00 -Submittal Procedures
2 . Section 46 00 00 -Equipment General Provisions
3. Division 40 -Mechanical and Instrumentation
4. Division 26 -Electrical
5 . Section 26 05 50 -NEMA Frame Induction Motors , 600 Volts and Below
1.03 ACTION/INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS
A. Product Data:
1. Comply with Section 01 33 00 -Submittals .
2. Fabrication information
B . Provide submittals identified in Specification Section 46 00 00 -Equipment General
Provisions in addition to the submittals identified herein and in addition to the submittals
identified in the individual pumping specification sections.
C. Shop Drawings shall include the following information in addition to the requirements of
Section 01 33 00 -Submittal Procedures:
1. Pump name , identification number and specification number.
2. Performance characteristics and descriptive data, including but not limited to pump
performance curves at rated speed and reduced speeds (if reduced speeds are
specified). Curves shall indicate flow , head , impeller diameter, efficiency, brake
horsepower, and NPSH requ ired . Curves shall identify minimum continuous stable
flow (minimum flow to avoid suction recirculation), preferred operating region
(POR) and allowable operating region (AOR) per the latest version of ANSI/H I
9.6 .3. Performance curves submitted shall be for the entire pump assembly ,
including efficiency corrections and losses . Pump performance curves shall be
submitted both in the form of performance data cut sheets and in tabular format.
Tabular data shall include the following:
a . Flow
b. Pump Head
c. NPSH required
d . Pump Efficiency
CONFORMED , 12/0 1/202 2
FWW VI LLAGE CREEK WRF , DIGESTER MI X ING , FLARE , DOME IMPROVEMENTS
CITY PROJECT NO . 102652
43 20 00 -4 PUMPS -GENERAL
e. A minimum of 10 data points shall define rotodynamic pump performance
curves listed above. Performance curve data points shall include the
following:
1) best efficiency point
2) all specified operating points
3) preferred operating range minimum and maximum
4) allowable operating range minimum and maximum
5) shutoff condition
6) runout.
7) The remainder of the points shall be distributed evenly to clearly define
the shape of each of the curves.
8) Each data point shall be reported to a minimum of three (3) significant
figures.
9) The curve data shall align with the HI acceptance grade (1 B, 2B, 1 U,
etc.) as specified in the individual pump specification and shall
explicitly state the applicable tolerance band, as defined by the
Hydraulic Institute Standards, associated with each value .
3. Detailed dimensional drawings pnd setting plans including but not limited to :
a.
b.
C.
d.
e.
f.
g.
h.
i.
General cutaway sections
Materials
Dimension of shaft projections
Shaft and keyway dimensions
Shaft diameter
Shaft-impeller connection details
Dimension between bearings
General dimensions of pump
Suction head bolt orientation
FWW VILLAGE CREEK WRF , DIGESTER MIXING , FLARE , DOME IMPROVEMENTS
CITY PROJECT NO . 102652
CONFORMED , 12/01/2022 43 20 00 -5 PUMPS -GENERAL
j . Anchor bolt locations
k. Forces.
I. Assembly views
m . Provide weight of entire pump assembly, including motor and base weight of
individual major subassemblies. Indicate the weight of each component , and
total static and dynamic loads imparted by the equipment to the supporting
structure.
n. Impeller
o. Drawings shall identify each component by tag number to which the catalog
data and detail sheets pertain .
4. Drive and motor data as required by Division 26 -Electrical. Complete motor data
shall include but not be limited to size , make , type and characteristics along with
wiring diagrams . Where pump and motor speeds are to be regulated by variable
speed drives , the CONTRACTOR shall coordinate, furnish and exchange all
necessary requirements with the respective equipment manufacturers to ensure
compatibility and shall submit pump, motor and variable speed drive shop
drawings together as a complete system.
5. Information on bearing types and bearing life .
6 . Gear box design and performance criteria and AGMA service factor.
7. Equipment protective device details and connection diagrams .
8 . Details of shaft sealing system including seal/packing type , seal water control
devices , and seal water piping schematic.
9 . Information on pump appurtenances including couplings , shaft guards , v-belt drive
systems , etc.
10 . Submersible pump submittals shall also include :
a. Product data sheets for power and control cables, length of cables and cable
support system .
b. Details on pump guide rail system and mounting requirements.
c . Minimum allowable pump submergence
d. Details on submersible pump 's retrieval system.
CONFORMED , 12/01 /2022
FWW VILLAGE CREEK WRF , DIGESTER MIXING , FLARE , DOME IMPROVEMENTS
CITY PROJECT NO . 102652
43 20 00 -6 PUMPS -GENERAL
11. Any additional information required to demonstrate compliance with the
specifications.
D. Results of structural, lateral, and torsional dynamic analyses as required herein and in
the individual specification sections.
E. Shipment, Delivery, Handling and Storage instructions.
F. Installation instructions .
G. Manufacturers literature and brochures
H. Lubrication Information: Complete lubrication instructions and lubricant schedule,
including manufacturer's recommended lubricant. All lubricants shall be food grade , NSF
61 approved. Schedule shall include frequency of lubricant application , type of lubricant,
and instructions regarding lubricant application
I. Materials of construction and associated specifications (such as AISI , ASTM , SAE , etc.),
including grade and type.
J. Coatings: Coating system data and description of coating system, surface preparation
and shop painting , including certification that the shop paint is compatible with the finish
paint.
1.04 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS
A . Submit warranty documentation in compliance with :
1. Section 01 33 00 -Submittals
2 . Section 01 78 23 -Operation and Maintenance Data
B. Operation and Maintenance (O&M) manuals shall be submitted in accordance with
Section 01 33 00 -Submittal Procedures and Section 01 78 23 -Operation and
Maintenance Data.
1.05 MAINTENANCE MATERIALS SUBMITTALS
A. Operation and Maintenance (O&M) manuals shall be submitted in accordance with:
1. Section 01 33 00 -Submittal Procedures
2 . Section 01 78 23 -Operation and Ma intenance Data .
B. Comply with 01 75 00 -Starting and Adjusting .
C . Comply with Section 46 00 00 -Equipment General.
FWW V ILLAGE CREEK WRF , DIGESTER MIXING , FLARE , DOME IMPROVEMENTS
CI TY PROJECT NO . 102652
CONFORMED , 12/01/2022 4 3 20 00 -7 PUMPS -GENERAL
1.06 QUALITY ASSURANCE SUBMITTALS
A. Factory testing plan.
B. Factory Test Results shall be submitted and approved prior to shipment of equipment.
C. Field testing plan.
D. Comply with Section 01 75 00 -Starting and Adjusting .
E. Preliminary field test data.
F. System field quality control testing
G . Final field test data.
H. Certified test reports
I. Startup report including data substantiation .
1.07 GENERAL INFORMATION AND DESCRIPTION
A. Comply with Section 46 00 00 -Equipment -General Provisions .
1.08 DYNAMIC ANALYSIS
A. Dynamic analyses shall be performed to determine the potential for a critical natura l
frequency (lateral , torsional, or structural) occurring within the application's operating
speed range of the pumps. All dynamic analyses shall be performed in accordance with
the latest edition of ANSI/HI 9 .6.8 -Rotodynamic Pumps Guideline for Dynamics of
Pumping Machinery.
1. Types of analyses , level of analysis, and minimum frequency separation margins
required for each pump service is indicated in the individual pump specification
sections. If no specific dynamic analysis requirements are included in the
individual pump specification section, the shop drawing submittal shall include a
statement that no critical speeds fall within a range of 25% below to 25% above
the pump operating speed range.
2. The analyses shall identify natural frequencies (critical speeds) of the equipment
and demonstrate that these natural frequencies are outside of the pump normal
operating speed range and associated excitation frequencies by the specified
frequency separation margin. Excitation frequencies to be considered in the
analyses shall include 1 x running speed , 2x running speed , and vane pass
CONFORMED, 12/01/2022
FWW VILLAGE CREEK WRF , DIGESTER MIXING , FLARE , DOME IMPROVEMENTS
CITY PROJECT NO . 102652
43 20 00 -8 PUMPS -GENERAL
frequency. Torsional analyses shall also consider 1x line frequency, 2x line
frequency, and VFD excitations.
3. Pump operating speed range used in the dynamic analyses shall extend from the
minimum to the maximum operating speeds required by the manufacturer to
satisfy the full range of the specified pump operating conditions.
B. Where Level 1 analyses are required in the individual pump specifications, the
manufacturer shall perform the following:
1. Lateral analysis shall include standard calculations using established equations to
calculate a value for the first transverse (lateral) critical speed of the rotor.
2 . Torsional analysis shall include standard calculations using established equations
to calculate a value for the torsional critical speed of the pump/motor rotor system.
3. Structural analysis for vertically suspended (VS), vertically mounted overhung
(OH), and vertically mounted between bearing (BB) type pumps shall include
calculation of the structural reed critical frequency (RCF) of the vertical
pump/motor structure.
C. Reporting of Results
1. Prior to manufacture , a submittal shall be provided to the Engineer demonstrating
that the required dynamic analyses have been performed and that the specified
requirements will be met. Reports shall be in accordance with ANSI/HI 9.6.8. The
report shall include the following:
a. A Level 1 lateral, structural, or torsional dynamic analysis report shall
include:
1 ) A statement that the analyses were performed in accordance with the
requirements of ANSI/HI 9.6.8.
2) Equations used, with references
3) Equation input values used
4) Results obtained including a statement of the margin of separation
from rated speeds .
b . Interpretation of the results and recommendations , including
recommendations for appropriate corrective action .
CONFORMED , 12/01/2022
FWW VILLAGE CREEK WRF , DIGESTER MIXING , FLARE , DOME IMPROVEMENTS
CITY PROJECT NO. 102652
43 20 00 -9 PUMPS -GENERAL
be shaped to follow the contours of the casing or adjoining piping to avoid any
obstructions in the water passage .
D. The minimum ABMA L 10 bearing life for all pump , motor and drive bearings shall be
60,000 hours unless otherwise specified in the individual pump specification sections.
2.02 ANCHORS AND SUPPORTS
A. Comply with the following Specification Sections:
1. Specification Section 05 05 33 -Anchor Systems
2. Specification Section 46 00 00 -Equipment General Provisions.
3. Comply with individual pump specifications .
B. Comply with ACI 351.3R-04 -Foundations for Dynamic Equipment.
2.03 DEFAULT MATERIALS
A. Pumps shall be constructed out of the materials specified in respective individual
pumping specification sections . Material not specifically called for shall be high-grade ,
standard commercial quality, free from all defects and imperfection that might affect the
serviceability of the product for the purpose for which it is intended , and shall conform to
the following requirements unless otherwise specified in individual pumping equipment
Specifications:
Component Material
Cas ings and Bowls Close-grained gray cast iron , conforming to ASTM A 48, or equal
Impellers ASTM B 148, aluminum bronze
Shafts , wetted Type 400 series stainless steel
Shafts , non-wetted AISI 4140 steel
Miscellaneous stainless steel parts Type 316 series stainless steel
Anchor Bolts and Fasteners Type 316 stainless steel
2.04 COMPONENTS:
A. Refer to individual specification sections for specific requirements.
B. Pump Shaft:
CONFORMED , 12/01/2022
FWW VILLAGE CREEK WRF , DIGESTER MIXING , FLARE , DOME IMPROVEMENTS
CITY PROJECT NO . 102652
43 20 00 -11 PUMPS -GENERAL
1. Contractor shall supply all pressure gauges for all pumps by one manufacturer.
2 . Gauges shall be provided through the instrumentation subcontractor to match
other gauges on the project.
3. Gauges shall be as specified in Section 40 73 00 -Pressure Instruments.
4. All gauges shall be provided with diaphragm seals or isolating ring seals
(concentric flange mounted diaphragm seals) as specified in Section 40 73 00 -
Pressure Instruments.
5. The Contractor shall furnish and install pressure gauges as shown on the
Drawings , but the following gauges shall be provided as a minimum:
a. On the suction and discharge of each pump, except wet-pit submersible
pumps and vertical turbine pumps.
b. On the discharge piping of each wet-pit submersible pump and vertical
turbine pump in the locations shown on the Drawings or as directed by the
Engineer.
6 . Gauge ranges shall be coordinated with the pump manufacturer and shall meet
the following requirements, except where otherwise specified (See Instrumentation
Schedule in Division 40):
Location Type Graduation Vacuum Pressure Range Range
Suction Single Scale , FT H20 -34-FT +34 -FT Compound
Greatest of the following :
Discharge Single Scale FT H20 0-FT -Shutoff+ 5-FT
-130% of Maximum
C. Shaft Couplings:
1. Except as otherwise specified in individual pump specification sections , flexible
couplings for direct driven pumps shall be as manufactured by Falk , Dodge ,
Woods Corp., or equal and shall be furnished with guards in accordance with
OSHA Rules and Regulations .
2. Spacer couplings shall be provided where necessary to allow removal of the pump
rotating element without disturbing the driver.
CONFORMED , 12/01 /2022
FWW VILLAGE CREEK WRF , DIGESTER MIXING , FLARE , DOME IMPROVEMENTS
CITY PROJECT NO . 102652
43 20 00 -13 PUMPS -GENERAL
C . The Contractor shall furnish a one-year supply of all recommended lubricating oils and
greases .
2.12 EQUIPMENT IDENTIFICATION
A . Comply with the requirements of Section 46 00 00 -Equipment General Provisions .
B . All pumps shall be provided with a substantial sta inless steel nameplate , mechanically
fastened with stainless steel hardware in a conspicuous place, and clearly inscribed
with:
1. the manufacturer's name
2 . year of manufacture
3. model number
4. serial number
5 . and principal rating data including the following at the primary design point:
a . Capacity in gallons per minute
b. rated total dynamic head
c. speed in rotat ions per minute
d . efficiency at the primary design point.
C . Each pump shall also be identified as to name and number by a suitable laminated
plastic or stainless steel nameplate mechanically fastened with stainless steel hardware;
for example, "Raw Water Pump - 1 (RWP-1 )". Coordinate name and number with same
on remotely located controls , control panel , and other related equ i pment.
D. Nameplates shall not be painted over.
PART 3 -EXECUTION
3.01 SHOP TESTING
A. The terms Shop Testing and Factory Testing shall be considered to be interchangeable .
B . Perform Shop Testing in conformance with Section 46 00 00 -Equipment General
Provisions .
CONFORMED , 12/01 /2022
FWW V ILLAGE CREEK WRF , DIGESTER MIX ING , FLARE , DOME IMPROVEMEN T S
C ITY PROJECT NO. 102652
43 20 00 -15 PUMPS -GENERAL
8. For wet pit submersible pumps and vertical turbine pumps, all tests shall be run at
minimum pump submergence specified in the individual pump specifications.
9 . All instruments shall be calibrated as required by ANSI/HI 14.6 or 11.6 as
applicable.
F. Where required in the individual pump specifications, a certified hydrostatic test shall be
completed on each pumping unit in accordance with ANSI/HI 14.6 or 11.6 as applicable .
Test pressure shall be 1.5 times maximum operating head or 1.25 times shutoff head,
whichever is greater.
G. Where required in the individual pump specifications, each individual casting shall be
Brinnell tested in a minimum of two places, in an area of representative casting
thickness to ASTM Method E-10 . Results shall be certified by a registered professional
ENGINEER.
H. Shop testing of electric motors shall conform to:
1. Section 46 00 00 -Equipment General Provisions
2 . Section 26 05 50 -NEMA Frame Induction Motors, 600 Volts and Below
3 . Section 26 00 00 -Electrical -General Provisions
3.02 SHIPMENT, DELIVERY, HANDLING AND STORAGE
A. Storage of equipment shall be in accordance with Section 01 66 00 -Product Storage
and Handling Requirements.
B . Factory assembled parts and components shall not be dismantled for shipment unless
permission is received in writing from the Engineer.
C. Machined surfaces of all exposed pump openings or other exposed unpainted surfaces
shall be protected by wooden blanks or Cosmoline, as appropriate , strongly built and
securely bolted thereto.
D. After hydrostatic or other tests , all entrapped water shall be drained prior to shipment,
and proper care shall be taken to protect parts from the entrance of water during
shipment, storage and handling .
3.03 MANUFACTURER'S FIELD SERVICES
A . Manufacturer's field services shall be in accordance with:
1. Section 01 75 00 -Starting and Adjusting
2. Section 46 00 00 -Equipment General Provisions
CONFORMED , 12/01 /2022
FWW VILLAGE CREEK WRF , DIGESTER MIXING , FLARE , DOME IMPROVEMENTS
CITY PROJECT NO. 102652
43 20 00 -17 PUMPS -GENERAL
C. All pumping units shall be field tested after installation, in accordance with the Contract
Documents, to demonstrate satisfactory operation over the full operating speed range,
without excessive noise, vibration, cavitation , and overheating of the bearings. The field
testing shall be performed in the presence of an experienced field representative of the
manufacturer of each major item of equipment, who shall supervise the following tasks
and shall certify in writing that the equipment and controls have been properly installed ,
aligned , lubricated , adjusted, and readied for operation:
1. Pumps shall be tested for vibration over the full specified speed range. Unless
otherwise required by individual specification sections, vibration shall be within the
limits identified in the latest version of ANSI/HI 9.6.4 (or ANSI/HI 11.6 for
submersible pumps), or manufacturer's limits if more stringent. If vibration is
greater than 80% of the limits identified in ANSI/HI 9 .6.4, follow-up vibration testing
shall be completed after a 90-day break-in period to ensure that vibration remains
within ANSI/HI 9.6.4 allowable limits. If vibration exceeds the allowable limits
during the follow up testing, modifications shall be made as a warranty repair.
2. Bearing temperatures shall be determined . A running time of at least 20 minutes
shall be maintained for this test, unless liquid volume available is insufficient for a
complete test.
3. Where specified in the individual pump specifications , the natural frequencies of
each installed pump shall be determined using the "bump test" method. Natural
frequency testing shall demonstrate a minimum of 10% separation from the 1 x
running speed, 2x running speed and vane pass frequencies .
4. Pump performance shall be documented by obtaining concurrent readings,
showing motor voltage, amperage, motor power, flow (when available with
installed instruments), pump suction head, and pump discharge head, for at least
five (5) pumping conditions at full speed. One of the points shall be within -5% and
0%, and one being within 0% and +5% of the guarantee point flow rate; the
remaining three points shall be spaced over the allowable operating range of the
pump performance curve with points taken at or near the maximum allowable
(shutoff) head region and at or near the maximum allowable flow (runout).
Additional reduced speed testing shall be performed to demonstrate that pumps
can achieve performance at turndown conditions where specified in individual
pump specification sections. Each power lead to the motor shall be checked for
proper current balance . Flow shall be measured to the extent possible by
permanently installed instrumentation or drawdown measurement. The rated motor
nameplate current shall not be exceeded at any point. Pumps with drive motors
rated at less than five horsepower shall only be tested for overcurrent when
overheating or other malfunction becomes evident in general testing. Field
performance testing shall meet HI 14.6 pump acceptance test grade and tolerance
band grade 3B.
CONFORMED , 12/01/2022
FWW VILLAGE CREEK WRF , DIGESTER MIXING , FLARE , DOME IMPROVEMENTS
CITY PROJECT NO . 102652
43 20 00 -19 PUMPS -GENERAL
SECTION 43 23 19
HORIZONTAL CENTRIFUGAL CHOPPER PUMPS
PART 1 -GENERAL
1.01 THE REQUIREMENT
A. The horizontal centrifugal chopper pumps for digester mixing (PMX-001 , PMX-002 ,
PMX-003 , PMX-004 , PMX-005 , and PMX-006 and one (1) shelf spare pump) shall be
provided by the pumped mixing system manufacturer as specified in Section 46 73 36 ,
Pumped Mixing Systems. The digester pumped mixing system manufacturer shall be
responsible for coordinating sizing of each horizontal chopper pump to meet the mixing
systems ' flow and head requirements. The horizontal centrifugal chopper pumps shall
be furnished and installed at the locations shown on the Drawings and as specified
here in . All pumps shall be supplied by the same manufacturer.
B. Digester Nos. 1-2 are 80 ft diameter and Digester Nos . 3-6 are 90 ft diameter. Mixing
pumps at all digesters shall be the same model and configuration in order to share a
common shelf spare pump . Pumps shall be sized for the larger requirement.
Manufacturer shall provide VFD speed recommendations for the lesser flow
requ irement.
C . Equipment shall be provided in accordance with the requirements of Section 46 00 00 -
Equipment Genera l Provisions , Section 43 20 00 -Pumps - General , and Section 26 05
50 -NEMA Frame Induction Motors , 600 Volts and Below.
1.02 RELATED WORK SPECIFIED ELSEWHERE
A. Division 1 -General Requirements
B. Division 5 -Metals
C . Section 09 90 00 -Pa inting
D. Section 46 00 00 -Equipment General Provisions
E. Section 43 20 00 -Pumps -Gene ral
F. Section 46 73 36 .00 -Pumped Digester Mixing Systems
G . Division 26 -Electrical
H. Section 26 05 50 -NEMA Frame Induction Motors , 600 Volts and Below
I. Division 40 -Process Interconnections
CON FORMED , 12/01 /2022
FWW VILLAGE CREEK WRF , D IGESTER MIXING , FLARE , DOME IMPROV EME NTS
CI TY PROJECT NO . 102652
43 23 19 -1 HORIZONTAL CEN T RIFUGAL CHOPPER PUMPS
B. The following items shall be submitted with the Shop Drawings in accordance with, or in
addition to, the submittal requirements specified in Section 01 33 00 -Submittals,
Section 46 00 00 -Equipment General Provisions, and Section 43 20 00 -Pumps -
General:
1. Complete pump data sheet
2. Hydraulic calculations for the pump total dynamic head
3. Cross sectional details of each pump and pump seal with complete cross-
referenced materials list
4. Baseplate details with anchor bolt details
5. Certified pump curves including head, capacity, efficiency, net positive suction
head, and power expressed in kilowatts
6 . Details of impeller size and pump rpm
7. Dimensional drawings of motors and drives and details including full output power
in kilowatts, rpm, and slip
8 . Seal lubricating requirements
9 . Electrical wiring diagrams
10 . Details of storage and off-loading requirements
11. Sample warranty
12 . Performance Affidavit
13 . Certified , nonwitnessed, shop test results for all pumps
14. Level I Dynamic Analysis per requirements in Section 43 20 00 -Pumps -
General.
PART 2 -PRODUCTS
2.01 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS
A. Each horizontal centrifugal chopper pump shall be Vaughan Direct Driven Horizontal
Chopper Pump Model HE12W18CS-160, Hayward Gordon CHOPX12B, or equal.
CONFORMED , 12/01/2022
FWW VILLAGE CREEK WRF , DIGESTER MIXING , FLARE , DOME IMPROVEMENTS
CITY PROJECT NO. 102652
43 23 19 -3 HORIZONTAL CENTRIFUGAL CHOPPER PUMPS
F. Upper Cutter:
1. Upper cutter shall be threaded into the back pull-out adapter plate above the
impeller and designed to cut against the pump-out vanes and the impeller hub ,
reducing and removing stringy materials from the mechanical seal area.
2 . Upper cutter shall be cast steel hardened to minimum Rockwell C 60 .
G. External Cutter:
1. External cutter shall cut against the outside surface of the cutter bar.
2 . External cutter shall be cast steel , heat treated to minimum Rockwell C 60.
H. Pump Shafting:
1. The pump shaft and impeller shall be supported by ball bearings.
2 . Shafting shall be AISI 4140 heat-treated steel with a minimum diameter of 1.5
inches .
I. Bearing Housing:
1. Bearing housing shall be A536 ductile iron and machined with piloted bearing fits
for concentricity of all components.
2 . Bearing housing shall have oil bath lubrication using ISO Gr. 46 turbine oil and a
side-mounted sight glass to provide a permanently-lubricated assembly.
3. Viton double lip seals riding on stainless steel shaft sleeves shall provide sealing
at each end of the bearing housing .
4 . Shaft thrust in both directions shall be taken up by two back-to-back mounted
single-row angular contact ball bearings . Two single-row radial bearings shall also
be provided. Bearings shall be rated with a minimum 810 bearing life of 100 ,000
hours.
J. An automatic oil level switch shall be provided to stop the pump in the event of low oil
level .
K. Pump Mechanical Seal: Mechanical seal system shall be specifically designed to
require no seal flush water. The mechanical seal shall be located immediately behind
the impeller hub to minimize the depth of the stuffing box and maximize the flushing
available from the impeller pumpout vanes. The seal shall be made of stainless steel
and shall be a cartridge-type mechanical seal with Viton O-rings and silicon carbide or
tungsten carbide faces. This cartridge seal shall be pre-assembled and pre-tested so
that no seal settings or adjustments are required from the installer. Any springs used to
FWW VILLAGE CREEK WRF , DIGESTER MIXING , FLARE , DOME IMPROVEMENTS
CITY PROJECT NO . 102652
CONFORMED , 12/01/2022 43 2319 -5 HORIZONTAL CENTRIFUGAL CHOPPER PUMPS
2.04 SPARE PARTS
A. Spare parts shall be furnished in accordance with Section 46 00 00 -Equipment
General Provisions and shall include the following for each size of pump :
1. One (1) shaft sleeve
2. One (1) set of motor and pump bearings
3. One (1) complete mechanical seal assembly
4. Two (2) sets of gaskets and O-ring seals
5 . One (1) pump impeller
6 . One (1) set of all pump cutting elements
B . Provide one (1) complete spare pump and motor for the size of pump installed at
Digesters 3, 4 , 5, and 6.
PART 3 -EXECUTION
3.01 MANUFACTURER'S FIELD SERVICES
A. Field service requirements are specified under Section 46 73 36 , Pumped Mixing
Systems.
3.02 SHOP TESTING
A. Shop testing shall be in accordance with Section 46 00 00 -Equipment General
Provisions with the following additional requirements :
1. Prior to shipment, manufacturer shall submit certified pump curve for each pump
for approval.
2 . Provide all Shop Testing required in Section 43 20 00 -Pumps -General.
3.03 FIELD TESTING
A. Provide all Field Testing required in Section 43 20 00 -Pumps -General.
CONFORMED , 12/01/2022
END OF SECTION
FWW VILLAGE CREEK WRF , DIGESTER MIXING , FLARE , DOME IMPROVEMENTS
CITY PROJECT NO . 102652
43 2319 -7 HORIZONTAL CENTRIFUGAL CHOPPER PUMPS
PART 1 -GENERAL
SECTION 46 00 00
EQUIPMENT GENERAL PROVISIONS
1.01 THE REQUIREMENT
A. The Contractor shall furnish, install, test, and place in acceptable operation all
mechanical equipment and all necessary accessories as specified herein, as
shown on the Drawings, and as required for a complete and operable system.
B. The mechanical equipment shall be provided complete with all accessories,
special tools, spare parts , mountings, and other appurtenances as specified, and
as may be required for a complete and operating installation.
C. It is the intent of these Specifications that the Contractor shall provide the Owner
complete and operational equipment/systems. To this end, it is the responsibility
of the Contractor to coordinate all interfaces with related mechanical , structural ,
electrical, instrumentation and control work and to provide necessary ancillary
items such as controls, wiring, etc., to make each piece of equipment operational
as intended by the Specifications.
D. The complete installation shall be free from excessive vibration, cavitation, noise,
and oil or water leaks.
E. The requirements of this Section shall apply to equipment furnished under
Divisions 40 , 43 and 46.
1.02 REFERENCE SPECIFICATIONS, CODES, AND STANDARDS
A. All equipment, materials, and installations shall conform to the requirements of
the most recent editions with latest revisions, supplements, and amendments of
the specifications, codes, and standards listed in Section 01 42 00 -References.
1.03 SHOP DRAWINGS
A. Shop Drawings shall be submitted to the Engineer for all equipment in
accordance with Section 01 33 00 -Submittals and shall include the following
information in addition to the requirements of Section 01 33 00 -Submittals:
1. Performance characteristics and descriptive data.
2 . Detailed equipment dimensional drawings and setting plans.
3. General lifting, erection, installation, and adjustment instructions , and
recommendations.
FWW VILLAGE CREEK WRF , DIGESTER MIXING , FLARE , DOME IMPROVEMENTS
CITY PROJECT NO . 102652
CONFORMED , 12/01/2022 46 00 00 -1 EQUIPMENT GENERAL PROVISIONS
drawings, containing full information required for the proper operation,
maintenance, and repair of the equipment. Included in this submission shall be a
spare parts diagram, complete spare parts list, bill of materials, OEM part
numbers and manufacturer's catalog information of all equipment components .
C. Each set of instructions shall be bound together in appropriate three ring binders
with a detailed Table of Contents .
D. Written operation and maintenance instructions shall be required for all
equipment items supplied for this project. The amount of detail shall be
commensurate with the complexity of the equipment item.
E. Information not applicable to the specific piece of equipment installed on this
project shall be struck from the submission.
F. Information provided shall include a source of replacement parts and names of
service representatives, including address and telephone number.
G. Extensive pictorial cuts of equipment are required for operator reference in
servicing.
H. When written instructions include Shop Drawings and other information
previously rev iewed by the Engineer, only those editions thereof which were
approved by the Engineer, and which accurately depict the equipment installed ,
shall be incorporated in the instructions.
1.05 GENERAL INFORMATION AND DESCRIPTION
A. All parts of the equipment furnished shall , be designed and constructed for the
maximum stresses occurring during fabrication, transportation, installation ,
testing , and all conditions of operation. All materials shall be new, and both
workmanship and materials shall be entirely suitable for the service to which the
units are to be subjected and shall conform to all applicable Sections of these
Specifications .
B. All parts of duplicate equipment shall be interchangeable without modification.
Manufacturer's design shall accommodate all the requirements of these
Specifications.
C. Equipment and appurtenances shall be designed in conformity with ASTM ,
ASME , AIEE , NEMA, and other generally accepted applicable standards .
D. All bearings and moving parts shall be adequately protected by bushings or other
approved means against wear, and provision shall be made for accessible
lubrication by extending lubrication lines and fittings to approximately 30 inches
above finished floor elevation .
CONFORMED , 12/01/2022
FWW VILLAGE CREEK WRF , DIGESTER MIXING , FLARE , DOME IMPROVEMENTS
CITY PROJECT NO . 102652
46 00 00 -3 EQUIPMENT GENERAL PROVISIONS
D. The Equipment Supplier shall guarantee to the Owner that all equipment offered
under these specifications , or that any process resulting from the use of such
equipment in the manner stated is not the subject of patent litigation , and that he
has not knowingly offered equipment, the installation or use of which is likely to
result in a patent controversy , in which the Owner as user is likely to be made the
defendant.
1. Where patent infringements are likely to occur, each Equipment Supplier
shall submit, as a part of his bid, license arrangements between himself, or
the manufacturer of the equipment offered, and the patent owner or the
controller of the patent, which will permit the use in the specified manner of
such mechanical equipment as he may be bidding.
2 . Each Equipment Supplier, by submitting his bid , agrees to hold and save
the Owner and Engineer or its officers , agents , servants, and employees
harmless from liability of any nature or kind , including cost and expenses
for, or on account of, any patented or unpatented invention , process ,
article, or appliance manufactured or used in the performance of the work
under this contract , including the use of the same by the Owner.
PART 2 -PRODUCTS
2.01 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS
A. The materials covered by these Specificat ions are intended to be equipment of
proven reliability , and as manufactured by reputable manufacturers having
experience in the production of such equ ipment. The Contractor shall , upon
request of the Engineer, furn ish the names of not less than 5 successful
installations of the manufacturer's equipment of the same size and model of that
offered under this contract. The equipment furn ished shall be designed ,
constructed , and installed in accordance with the industry accepted practices and
shall operate satisfactorily when installed as shown on the Drawings and
operated per manufacturer's recommendations .
2.02 ANCHORS AND SUPPORTS
A. The Contractor shall furnish , install , and protect all necessary guides , bearing
plates , anchor and attachment bolts, and all other appurtenances required for the
installation of the devices included in the equipment specified . Working Drawings
for installation shall be furnished by the equipment manufacturer, and suitable
templates shall be used by the Contractor when required in the detailed
equipment Specifications .
B . Anchor bolts and fasteners shall be furnished in accordance w ith Division 05,
including Section 05 05 33 -Anchor Systems , and with the individual equipment
Specifications. All anchor bolts shall be a minimum of 1 /2-inch diameter. All
FWW VILLAGE CREEK WRF , DIGESTER MIXING , FLARE , DOME IMPROVEMENTS
CITY PROJECT NO . 102652
CONFORMED , 12/0 1/2022 46 00 00 -5 EQUIPMENT GENERAL PROVISIONS
B. Motors shall conform to the applicable requirements of Section 26 05 50 -NEMA
Frame Induction Motors 600V and Below .
C. In the individual equipment specifications, specified motor horsepower is
intended to be the minimum size motor to be provided . If a larger motor is
required to meet the specified operating conditions and performance
requirements , the Contractor shall furnish the larger sized motor and shall
upgrade the electrical service (conduit , wires , starters , etc.) at no additional cost
to the Owner.
D. Where variable frequency drives (VFDs) are specified , the Contractor shall be
respons ible for coordinating between equipment supplier and VFD supplier to
ensure a complete and operational system . VFDs shall be furnished under
Division 26 and shall be as specified in Section 26 29 23 -Low-Voltage Variable
Frequency Drives .
E. Motor starters and controls shall be furnished and installed under Division 26 and
Division 40 unless otherwise specified in the individual pump specifications.
2.08 ACCESSORIES, SPARE PARTS, AND SPECIAL TOOLS
A. Spare parts for equipment shall be furnished where indicated in the equipment
Specifications or where recommended by the equipment manufacturer.
B. Spare parts shall be identical and interchangeable with original parts.
C . The spare parts shall be packed in containers suitable for long term storage ,
bearing labels clearly designating the contents and the p ieces of equipment for
which they are intended .
D. Painting requirements for spare parts shall be identical to those for original ,
installed parts . Where no painting or protective coating is specified , suitable
provisions shall be made to protect against corrosion.
E . Spa re parts shall be delivered at the same time as the equipment to which they
pertain. Spare parts shall be stored separately in a locked area , maintained by
the Contractor, and shall be turned over to the Owner in a group prior to
substantial completion . All of these materials shall be properly packed , labeled ,
and stored where directed by the Owner and Engineer.
F. The Contractor shall furnish all special tools necessary to operate, disassemble ,
service , repair, and adjust the equipment in accordance with the manufacturers '
operation and maintenance manual.
G . The Contractor shall furnish a one-year supply of all recommended lubricating
oils and greases . The manufacturer shall submit a list of at least four
manufacturer's standard lubricants which may be used interchangeably for each
FWW VILLAGE CREEK WRF , DIGESTER MIXING , FLARE , DOME IMPROVEMENTS
CITY PROJECT NO . 102652
CONFORMED , 12/01/2022 46 00 00 -7 EQUIPMENT GENERAL PROVISIONS
A . Contractor shall store his equipment and materials at the job site in strict
accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations and as directed by the
Owner or Engineer, and in conformity to applicable statutes, ordinances,
regulations, and rulings of the public authority having jurisdiction. Equipment and
materials shall not be delivered to the site prior to 90 days in advance of the
scheduled installation. Partial payment requests will not be processed for
materials delivered prior to 90 days before installation or for materials that are not
properly stored.
B. Material or equipment stored on the job site is stored at the Contractor's risk. Any
damage sustained of whatever nature shall be repaired to the Engineer's
satisfaction at no expense to the Owner. Stored electrical equipment is to be
protected from the elements and shall have space heaters energized.
C. Contractor shall not store unnecessary materials or equipment on the job site
and shall take care to prevent any structure from being loaded with a weight
which will endanger its security or the safety of persons .
D. Contractor shall observe all regulatory signs for loadings on structures, fire
safety, and smoking areas.
E. Contractor shall not store materials or encroach upon private property without the
written consent of the owners of such private property.
3.03 MANUFACTURER'S FIELD SERVICES
A. The Contractor shall arrange for a qualified Technical Representative from each
manufacturer or supplier of equipment who is regularly involved in the inspection,
installation, start-up, troubleshooting, testing , maintenance, and operation of the
specified equipment. Qualification of the Technical Representative shall be
appropriate to the type of equipment furnished and subject to the approval of the
Engineer and the Owner. Where equipment furnished has significant process
complexity, furnish the services of engineering personnel knowledgeable in the
process involved and the function of the equipment. When necessary, the
Contractor shall schedule multiple Technical Representatives to be present at the
same time for the purpose of coordinating the operation of multiple pieces of
related equipment.
B. For each site visit, the Technical Representative shall submit jointly to the Owner,
the Engineer, and the Contractor a complete signed report of the results of his
inspection, operation, adjustments, and testing. The report shall include detailed
descriptions of the points inspected, tests and adjustments made, quantitative
results obtained if such are specified.
C . The manufacturer's Technical Representative shall provide the following
services.
CONFORMED , 12/01/2022
FWW VILLAGE CREEK WRF , DIGESTER MIXING , FLARE , DOME IMPROVEMENTS
CITY PROJECT NO . 102652
46 00 00 -9 EQUIPMENT GENERAL PROVISIONS
equipment problems, each manufacturer shall certify to the Owner in
writing that his equipment is fully operational and capable of meeting
operating requirements. If the equipment is operating incorrectly, the
Technical Representative will make no certification to the Owner until the
problems are corrected and the equipment demonstrates a successful
thirty (30) days operating period.
D. Services of the Technical Representative will require a minimum of two (2) site
visits, one for installation and testing and one for startup and training, and will be
for the minimum number of days recommended by the manufacturer and
approved by the Engineer but will not be less than the number of days specified
in individual equipment sections.
E. The Contract amount shall include the cost of furnishing the Technical
Representative for the minimum number of days specified, and any additional
time required to achieve successful installation and operation. The times
specified for services by the Technical Representative in the equipment
Specifications are exclusive of travel time to and from the facility and shall not be
construed as to relieve the manufacturer of any additional visits to provide
sufficient service to place the equipment in satisfactory operation .
F. The Contractor shall notify the Engineer at least 14 days in advance of each
equipment test or Owner training session.
G. The Technical Representative shall sign in and out at the office of the Engineer's
Resident Project Representative on each day he is at the project.
3.04 INSTALLATION
A. The Contractor shall obtain written installation manuals from the equipment
manufacturer prior to installation. Equipment shall be installed strictly in
accordance with recommendations of the manufacturer. A copy of all installation
instructions shall be furnished the Engineer's field representative one week prior
to installation.
B . The Contractor shall have on hand sufficient personnel , proper construction
equipment, and machinery of ample capacity to facilitate the work and to handle
all emergencies normally encountered in work of this character. To minimize field
erection problems, mechanical units shall be factory-assembled insofar as
practical.
C. Equipment shall be erected in a neat and workmanlike manner on the
foundations at the locations and elevations shown on the Drawings.
D. All equipment sections and loose items shall be match-marked prior to shipping.
CONFORMED , 12/01/2022
FWW VILLAGE CREEK WRF , DIGESTER MIXING , FLARE , DOME IMPROVEMENTS
CITY PROJECT NO . 102652
46 00 00 -11 EQUIPMENT GENERAL PROVISIONS
6. Level Verification. After grout has cured, and immediately prior to drive
alignment, recheck equipment for level and plumb . Re-level and square as
necessary. Hold final checks for inspection and approval by Engineer.
D . Inspect for and remove all machining burrs or thread pulls in female holes on
mating surfaces of mounting frame and machine feet.
E. Inspect and clean equipment mounting base pads , feet, and frames to remove all
grease, rust, paint and dirt.
F. Assembled equipment shafts shall be set level to .0015 inches per foot of shaft
length(+/-.0005 inches) up to a maximum of 0.015 inches for any length shaft
unless the manufacturers requirements are more stringent or unless otherwise
noted in the equipment specifications. Use the machined surfaces on which the
equipment sets for the base/mounting frame leveling plane . Use the machined
shaft surface for equipment leveling plane .
G. Sprocket and Sheave Alignment. Check shaft mounted components for face
runout and eccentricity (outside diameter) runout by magnetically mounting a dial
indicator on a stationary base and indicating over 360 degrees on a continuous
machined surface at the outside diameter of the component. Maximum allowable
total indicated face runout and eccentricity for sprockets and sheaves will be per
ANSI Standard 829.1-1975.
H . Belt tensioning. Set drive belt tension to manufacturer's specification for the belt
type. Recheck alignment after drive tensioning.
I. Thermal/Mechanical Growth . Thermal/mechanical growth corrections for driver
and driven machines will be used in vertical and horizontal alignment where
applicable . The equipment manufacturer will determine thermal/mechanical
growth applicability for any machine and provide the correction offsets to be
used.
J . Rotating Shaft Alignment
1 . Fixtures will be set up on the driver and driven machine, machines shaft
surfaces. Machined coupling hubs may be used only if there is no
clearance to mount fixtures directly on the shafts.
2 . Primary alignment method for direct drive machines is when coupled .
Uncoupled alignment will be used only when approved by the Engineer.
3. Account for possible coupling flex by always rotating coupled machines in
the same direction during alignment.
4 . Uncoupled machines must be connected so that both shafts turn together
without relative motion during alignment.
FWW VILLAGE CREEK WRF , DIGESTER MIXING , FLARE , DOME IMPROVEMENTS
CITY PROJECT NO . 102652
CONFORMED , 12/01/2022 46 00 00 -13 EQUIPMENT GENERAL PROVISIONS
3 . When the Contractor has demonstrated to the Engineer that the equipment
is ready for operation, a yellow tag will be .issued. The tag will be signed by
the Engineer, or his assigned representative and attached to the
equipment. The tag shall not be removed.
4 . Preliminary field tests, yellow tag, must be completed before equipment is
subjected to final field tests, blue tag.
C. Final Field Tests , Blue Tag
1. Upon completion of the above, and at a time approved by the Engineer, the
equipment will be tested by operating it as a unit with all related piping,
ducting, electrical and controls, and other ancillary facilities.
2. The equipment will be placed in continuous operation as prescribed or
required and witnessed by the Engineer or his assigned representative and
the Owner or his assigned representative .
3. The tests shall prove that the equipment and appurtenances are properly
installed, meet their operating cycles and are free from defects such as
overheating , overloading, and undue vibration and noise . Operating field
tests shall consist of the following:
a. Check equipment for excessive vibration and noise as specified
herein .
b. Check motor current draw under load conditions. The rated motor
nameplate current shall not be exceeded.
c . Recheck alignment with dial indicators where applicable, after unit
has run under load for a minimum of 24 hours .
D. In addition to the above described field tests, any other tests specifically required
by Section 43 20 00 -Pumps-General, the individual equipment Specifications,
or by the manufacturer shall be performed.
E. Until final field tests are acceptable to the Engineer, the Contractor shall make all
necessary changes, readjustments and replacements at no additional cost to the
Owner.
F. Upon acceptance of the field tests, a blue tag will be issued. The tag will be
signed by the Engineer and attached to the unit. The tag shall not be removed
and no further construction work will be performed on the unit, except as required
during start-up operations and directed by the Engineer.
G. Defects which cannot be corrected by installation adjustments will be sufficient
grounds for rejection of any equipment.
CONFORMED , 12/01/2022
FWW VILLAGE CREEK WRF , DIGESTER MIXING , FLARE , DOME IMPROVEMENTS
CITY PROJECT NO. 102652
46 00 00 -15 EQUIPMENT GENERAL PROVISIONS
G. For all equipment tested, vibration shall be checked in the radial and axial
directions . Unless otherwise specified elsewhere , axial vibration shall not exceed
0.1 in/sec; and radial vibration shall not exceed 0.2 in/sec. For pumps radial
vibration shall not exceed that permitted by the Hydraulic Institute Standards
except that, at vibration frequencies in excess of 8 ,000 cpm, the velocity shall not
exceed 0 .2 in/sec .
H. Copies of test results shall be submitted to the Engineer for review. Should the
vibration field test results exceed shop test results, the manufacturer's
recommendations , or the limits specified herein , the Contractor shall correct the
deficiencies within thirty (30) days. After corrections have been completed, the
vibration testing shall be re-run and the results re-submitted to the Engineer for
review.
I. Noise or vibration in any rotating equipment which the Engineer judges to be
excessive or damaging , shall be cause for rejection.
3.08 FAILURE OF EQUIPMENT TO PERFORM
A. Any defects in the equipment, or failure to meet the guarantees or performance
requirements of the Specifications shall be promptly corrected by the Contractor
by replacements or otherwise.
B . If the Contractor fails to make these corrections , or if the improved equipment
shall fail again to meet the guarantees or specified requirements, the Owner,
notwithstanding his having made partial payment for work and materials which
have entered into the manufacture of said equipment, may reject said equipment
and order the Contractor to remove it from the premises at the Contractor's
expense.
C . The Contractor shall then obtain specified equipment to meet the contract
requirements or upon mutual agreement with the Owner, adjust the contract price
to reflect not supplying the specific equipment item .
D . In case the Owner rejects said equipment, then the Contractor hereby agrees to
repay to the Owner all sums of money paid to him for said rejected equipment on
progress certificates or otherwise on account of the lump sum prices herein
specified .
E. Upon receipt of said sums of money, the Owner will execute and deliver to the
Contractor a bill of sale of all his rights , title , and interest in and to said rejected
equipment; provided , however, that said equipment shall not be removed from
the premises until the Owner obtains from other sources other equipment to take
the place of that rejected.
F . Said bill of sale shall not abrogate Owner's right to recover damages for delays ,
losses , or other conditions arising out of the basic contract.
FWW V ILLAGE CREEK WRF , DIGESTER MIXING , FLARE , DOME IMPROVEMENT S
CITY PROJECT NO . 102652
CONFORMED , 12/0 1/2022 46 00 00 -17 EQUIPMENT GENERAL PROVISIONS
SECTION 46 73 19
DIGESTER GAS SAFETY EQUIPMENT AND FLARES
PART 1 -GENERAL
1.01 THE REQUIREMENT
A. The Contractor shall furnish and install gas safety and control equipment as specified
herein and shown on the Drawings .
B . Equipment shall be provided in accordance with the requirements of Section 46 00 00,
Equipment General Provisions.
C . Insulation blankets shall be provided for digester gas safety equipment where indicated
in this Specification.
D. The Contractor shall be responsible for coordinating work in this Section with related
work specified elsewhere in this Contract so as to provide all assemblies, hardware,
appurtenances, transition pieces and accessories for a complete and fully functional
installation .
1.02 DESIGN AND OPERATING CONDITIONS
A. Digester gas safety and control equipment shall be designed for digester gas service
with saturated gas composed of approximately 65% methane and 35% carbon dioxide
having a heating value between 550 and 650 Btu per cubic foot , temperature between
40°F and 110°F, and a specific gravity of approximately 0.80-0.90.
B. Free air capacity , where specified herein, shall be based on atmosphere air at a
pressure of 14 .7 psia (1 atmosphere) and a temperature of 50°F (15.6°C).
C . Gas control systems shall include all safety devices specified, indicated on the
Drawings , or otherwise required to ensure continuous protection against fire , explosion
and gas hazard.
1.03 SUBMITTALS
A. The following items shall be submitted with the Shop Drawings in accordance with, or in
addition to the submittal requirements specified in Section 01 33 00 , Submittals; and
Section 46 00 00 , Equipment General Provisions :
1. Performance Affidavit
2 . Complete design data and pressure drop information for each size and type of gas
safety and control accessory provided.
FWW VILLAGE CREEK WRF , DIGESTER MIXING , FLARE , DOME IMPROVEMENTS
CITY PROJECT NO. 102652
CONFORMED , 12/01/2022 46 7319 -1 DIGESTER GAS SAFETY EQUIPMENT AND FLARES
C . All bolt heads and nuts shall be hexagonal of American Standard size . All hardware shall
be 316 stainless steel. The Contractor shall be responsible for coordinating connecting
piping . Gas safety and control devices with screwed ends shall be made tight with Teflon
tape. Unions are required at all screwed joint valves within a run of pipe
D. Unless otherwise specified, all equipment to be installed in piping less than 4 inches
shall have NPT connections and equipment installed in piping 4" and larger shall have
flanged connections. Unless otherwise specified, flanges shall be flat faced with ANSI
B 16.1, Class 125 diameter and drilling .
2.03 FLAME ARRESTERS
A. The contractor shall provide flame arresters in the gas piping as shown on the Drawings
to prevent the passage of flame by means of a removable flame-arresting bank arranged
for easy removal for cleaning, inspection and replacement without disturbing adjacent
piping.
B. Flame arresters shall be Varec Biagas 5000/5010 Series , Shand & Jurs Model 94309, or
equal.
C. Flame arresters shall be provided with Underwriters Laboratory (UL) and/or Factory
Mutual (FM) approved elements , or elements of similar design and configuration as
elements approved by UL and/or FM for similar service conditions .
D. Net free area through the bank assembly shall be not less than three times the
corresponding size standard pipe . The entire bank assembly shall slide out of the
arrester housing to facilitate inspection and cleaning .
E. The bank assembly shall be filled with corrugated rectangular shaped sheets . The flame
sheets shall be arranged to facilitate removal for inspection and cleaning .
F. Flame arresters for vertical installation shall be self-draining . Flame arresters for
horizontal service shall include an offset hous ing with a 1/2" NPT drip trap connection at
the low point.
G. Housing construction shall be 356-T6 low copper cast aluminum . Bank assembly shall
include a low copper aluminum frame and low copper aluminum bank sheets .
H. Flame arrester shall be leakproof to 1 0 psig.
I. Drain piping with drip traps shall be provided from the inverts of all horizontally installed
flame arresters which do not completely drain to adjacent piping.
J . Flame arresters shall be provided in accordance with the following minimum free air
capacity (FAC = 60 °F at 14.7 psia) and maximum pressure drop requirements .
CONFORMED , 12/01 /2022
FWW VILLAGE CREEK WRF , DIGESTER MIXING , FLARE , DOME IMPROVEMENTS
CITY PROJECT NO . 102652
46 73 19 -3 DIGESTER GAS SAFETY EQUIPMENT AND FLARES
shall include a low copper aluminum pallet assembly with 304 stainless steel
compression spring. Sight glass shall be acrylic with neoprene gaskets.
E. Thermal shutoff valves shall be designed to withstand a working pressure of 5 psig
without leaking.
F. Thermal shutoff valves shall be provided in accordance with the following minimum free
air capacity (FAC = 60°F at 14.7 psia) and maximum pressure drop requirements.
Size Minimum FAC Maximum AP
(inches) (CFH) (inches w.c.)
4 7,500 2.0
6 20,000 2.0
8 35,000 2.0
10 60 ,000 2.0
12 85 ,000 2 .0
2.06 FLAME TRAP ASSEMBLY -AT FLARES
A. The Contractor shall provide a flame trap assembly, consisting of a flame arrestor and
thermal shutoff valve, in the gas piping as shown on the Drawings . Assembly shall be
suitable for installation in the orientation shown on the Drawings .
B. The flame trap assembly shall be Varec Biogas 450 Series, Shand & Jurs , or equal. The
thermal shutoff valve and flame arrester components of the flame trap assembly shall be
as previously specified in Paragraphs 2.03 and 2.05.
C . The flame trap assembly shall be provided in accordance with the following minimum
free air capacity (FAC = 60°F at 14.7 psia) and maximum pressure drop requirements.
Size Minimum FAC Maximum AP
(inches) (CFH) (inches w.c.)
4 9,000 3 .0
6 20,000 3 .0
8 35,000 3 .0
10 60 ,000 3.0
12 90,000 3.0
2.07 FLAME CHECKS
A. The Contractor shall provide flame checks in the gas piping where required and/or as
shown on the Contract Drawings.
B. Flame checks shall be Varec Biogas 5200 Series , equivalent by Shand & Jurs, or equal.
CONFORMED , 12/01/2022
FWW VILLAGE CREEK WRF , DIGESTER MIXING , FLARE , DOME IMPROVEMENTS
CITY PROJECT NO . 102652
46 7319-5 DIGESTER GAS SAFETY EQUIPMENT AND FLARES
J . The pressure regulating valve shall be provided in accordance with the following
minimum free air capacity (FAC = 60°F at 14.7 psia) and maximum pressure drop
requirements.
Size Minimum FAC Maximum f.P
(inches} (CFH} (inches w.c.)
12 60 ,000 1.0
2.09 PRESSURE RELIEF AND VACUUM BREAKER VALVE
A. Pressure relief and vacuum breaker valves shall be provided at the locations shown on
the Drawings.
B. The pressure relief and vacuum breaker valves shall be Varec Biogas Model 2011 B ,
Shand & Jurs 94020, or equal.
C. The pressure relief and vacuum breaker valves shall provide both over-pressure and
over-vacuum protection for the anaerobic digester. The valve shall be suitable for
installation in an exterior location and operation in all-weather conditions
D. The pressure relief and vacuum breaker valve shall have a 356-T6 low copper cast
aluminum body with Type 316 stainless steel pallet assembly and seating ring. Pallet
seats shall be PTFE (Teflon®).
E . The pressure relief and vacuum breaker valve shall be weight loaded with removable
lead weights to allow adjustment of the pressure relief pallet. Pallet weights shall be
lead. The pressure pallet shall be adjustable from +2" to +15" water column . The
vacuum pallet shall be set at -2 " water column .
F. The pressure and vacuum breaker valve provided shall have the following minimum free
air capacity (FAC = 60°F at 14.7 psia) at the indicated over-pressure and over-vacuum
operating conditions.
Size
(inches}
4
6
8
10
12
Size
(inches)
4
CONFORMED , 12/01/2022
Minimum FAC Set Pressure Over-Pressure
(CFH} (inches w.c.} (of Set Pressure}
60,000 +10.0 50%
140,000 +10.0 50%
180,000 +10.0 50%
300,000 +10.0 50%
500 ,000 +10 .0 50%
Minimum FAC Set Pressure Over-Vacuum
(CFH) (inches w.c.) (of Set Pressure)
20,000 -2.0 100%
FWW VILLAGE CREEK WRF , DIGESTER MIXING , FLARE , DOME IMPROVEMENTS
CITY PROJECT NO. 102652
46 73 19 -7 DIGESTER GAS SAFETY EQUIPMENT AND FLARES
2.11 SAFETY SELECTOR VALVE-DIGESTER COVERS
A. Safety selector valves shall be provided at each pair of pressure relief and vacuum
breaker with flame arrester assemblies at the digester covers as shown on the drawings .
B. Safety selector valves shall be of aluminum body with stainless steel internal
components and hardware. Minimum Cv values shall be 1,000 (4" size), 2,700 (6 " size),
4,500 (8" size).
C. Safety Selector Valves shall be Varec Biogas Model SVR, Shand & Jurs 97190, or
equal.
2.12 EMERGENCY PRESSURE RELIEF MANHOLE MANWAY COVERS-DIGESTER
COVERS
A. Emergency pressure relief manhole manway covers shall be provided at the locations
shown on the Drawings.
B. The emergency pressure relief manhole manway covers shall be Varec Biagas Model
400W, Shand & Jurs 94210, or equal.
C . The emergency pressure relief manhole manway cover shall have a 316 stainless steel
body and cover with 304 or 316 stainless steel hinge arm. Diaphragm seating material
shall be PTFE with neoprene pads . Cover hardware (spring retainer, cotter pin , sleeve ,
hinge pin , cap screws, nuts, washers , etc.) shall be 304 stainless steel. The emergency
pressure relief manhole manway cover shall be drilled for mounting based on ANSI
150# dimensions .
D. Pressure setpoints shall be as stated on sheet G009 , Digester Gas Process Flow
Diagram.
2.13 DIGESTER GAS FLARES
A. Digester gas flares (FLR-004 and FLR-005) with automatic ignition systems shall be
provided as shown on the Drawings to dispose of excess digester gas. Flare shall be
designed for waste gas composed primarily of methane with a minimum heating value of
550 BTU/cubic foot. Flare shall be designed to meet peak waste gas flow of 1,000
standard cubic feet per minute (scfm) at a gas supply pressure of 5 in w.c. upstream of
the pressure regulating valve . Manufacturer shall coordinate all valves specified in this
section from the pressure regulating valves through the flares in order to ensure the
design operating condition is met. Flares shall be 12" size .
B . Digester gas flares shall be Varec Biogas Series 244W with automatic ignition system
Shand & Jurs 97301, John Zink Hamworthy, or equal.
C . Flare stack height shall provide for burner elevation above ground level to the height
CONFORMED , 12/01/2022
FWW VILLAGE CREEK WRF , DIGESTER MIXING , FLARE , DOME IMPROVEMENTS
CITY PROJECT NO . 102652
46 7319-9 DIGESTER GAS SAFETY EQUIPMENT AND FLARES
1. The pilot gas control components shall be mounted on a stainless steel plate with
weatherhood and mounting stand . Provide with an XP junction box to facilitate
wiring of the pilot gas components and the flare control panel.
2 . Class 1, Div. 1 Group D explosion proof solenoid valves with aluminum
construction and stainless steel internals
3. Pressure gauges , 0-30 psig
4 . Isolation Valves
5. 2 inch 34 7 stainless steel inspiriting venturi
6. All tubing , piping , and threaded fasteners shall be provided in stainless steel.
7. Gas inlet connection shall be 1" NPT . Gas outlet connections shall be 2" NPT to
the continuous flame line and 1/2" NPT to the flame retention line . Pilot gas and air
shall be mixed and ignited remote from the burner stack. Specifically, no
component of the ignition system shall be mounted to the burner stack assembly.
K. A thermocouple shall be provided for each flare, mounted on the corresponding flare
stack.
L. When the H-O-A sw itch is in the HAND position , the pilot ignition transformer shall be
energized and deliver voltage to the ignition electrode . When the switch is in the AUTO
position a pressure switch in the flare influent piping shall energize the pilot ignition
transformer. The pilot ignition pressure setpoint and the back pressure valve setpoint
shall both be adjustable. Once the pilot flame has been established (HAND or AUTO),
the solenoid valve will be actuated to enable gas flow through the backpressure
regulating valve to the flare . Pressure switch and back pressure valve setpoints shall be
as shown on the Digester Gas Process Flow Diagram in the Contract Drawings.
M . After the pilot flame has been established , the flame sensor shall continuously monitor
for the presence of the pilot flame . The thermocouple shall verify if the pilot is lit. if the
pilot is successfully lit , the ignition transformer shall be de-energized. The thermocouple
shall continuously monitor the established pilot flame . If the flame is lost, the controller
shall automatically repeat the ignition sequence. If the pilot is not re-established within
1 O seconds in this repeated cycle , the system shall go into a safety lockout, de-energize
the back pressure valve solenoid valve, signal pilot flame failure and require manual
reset via the panel mounted reset pushbutton.
N . A thermocouple-type main flame mon itor shall be provided to continuously monitor for
the presence of the main burner flame. An adjustable low temperature setpoint shall be
utilized to determine the presence of a flame in the main burner.
0 . Pressure switch shall be provided per requirements in Specification 40 73 00 .
FWW VILLAGE CREEK WRF , DIGESTER MI X ING , FLARE , DOME IMPROVEMENTS
CITY PROJECT NO . 102652
CONFORMED , 12/01 /2022 46 73 19 -11 DIGESTER GAS SAFETY EQUIPMENT AND FLARES
2. The covers shall be of one or two piece sewn construction with end closures and
securing belts of Velcro or fiberglass straps with nylon buckles.
3. Each cover shall have a permanent embossed identification tag .
4. The covers shall be suitable for installation over heat tape wires and shall be easily
removed and replaced.
5. Safety selector valve covers and drip trap covers shall allow operation of the valve
with the cover in place.
6. Flame arrestor covers shall have a removable flap to allow access to the bank
assembly with the cover in place.
7. Covers shall be furnished by the manufacturer of the digester gas safety
equipment.
B. Removable insulation covers shall be furnished for the following components:
1. Low pressure drip traps
2. Backpressure regulating valves (flares)
3. Flame trap assemblies (flares)
4. Pressure relief and vacuum breaker valves
5. Pressure relief and vacuum breakers with flame arresters (digester covers)
6. Safety selector valves (digester covers)
7. Any other components recommended by the manufacturer for operation in an
outdoors location subject to freezing conditions.
2.15 SPARE PARTS
A. The Contractor shall furnish one rebuild kit for each size and type of gas safety and
control device provided under this Section.
PART 3 -EXECUTION
3.01 MANUFACTURER'S FIELD SERVICES
A. The services of a qualified manufacturer's technical representative shall be provided in
accordance with Section 46 00 00, Equipment General Provisions and shall include the
following site visits:
CONFORMED , 12/01/2022
FWW VILLAGE CREEK WRF , DIGESTER MIXING , FLARE , DOME IMPROVEMENTS
CITY PROJECT NO . 102652
46 73 19-13 DIGESTER GAS SAFETY EQUIPMENT AND FLARES
5 . Preliminary field tests shall be conducted prior to start-up and shall include a
functional check of all gas safety and control devices and all system components.
a . Preliminary field tests shall demonstrate that the gas safety and control
devices perform according to specifications and that all equipment, valves,
controls , alarms, interlocks, etc., function properly .
b. The preliminary field tests shall include all leakage testing .
c. The preliminary field test report much be approved by the Engineer prior to
conduction final field acceptance tests.
d. Based on results of preliminary field tests, the Contractor shall make any
adjustments required to settings, etc ., to achieve the required operation
specified or otherwise directed by the Engineer.
6. Final field acceptance tests shall be conducted simultaneously with the start-up
and field testing of the digesters , gas holders , gas compressors , gas drying and
conditioning system , engines , boilers , etc . Field tests shall be conducted for the full
range of operating modes and conditions specified and as directed by the
Engineer. Each of the gas safety and control devices shall be tested at minimum ,
maximum, and normal head/flow conditions , and under all specified conditions of
opening and closing .
7. Field testing shall include optimization of opening and closing times of the
applicable gas safety and control devices. The Contractor shall provide the means
for accurate measurement of pipeline pressures. Valve and vent opening and
closing times shall be adjusted based on process requirements to optimize their
operation . Final valve and vent opening and closing times as determined by field
tests shall be approved by the Engineer prior to final acceptance of the system.
CONFORMED , 12/01 /2022
END OF SECTION
FWW VILLAGE CREEK WRF , DIGESTER MI X ING , FLARE , DOME IMPROVEMENTS
CITY PROJECT NO . 102652
46 73 19 -15 DIGESTER GAS SAFETY EQUIPMENT AND FLARES
SECTION 46 73 22
HYDROGEN SULFIDE REMOVAL VESSELS
PART 1 -GENERAL
1.01 THE REQUIREMENT
A. The Contractor shall furnish and install hydrogen sulfide removal equipment for the
digester gas system as specified herein and shown on the Drawings.
B. The Contractor shall coordinate work in this Section with related work specified
elsewhere in this Contract so as to provide all assemblies, hardware, appurtenances,
transition pieces, and accessories for a complete and fully functional installation.
C. The required tank configuration is shown on the Contract Drawings and varies by vessel.
Identical vessels will not be accepted due to site fit considerations.
D. Contractor shall provide insulation and jacketing for hydrogen sulfide removal vessels
and coordinate details with vessel manufacturer.
1.02 SUBMITTALS
A. The following items shall be submitted with the shop drawings in accordance with, or in
addition to , the submittal requirements specified in Section 01 33 00 -Submittals and
Section 46 00 00 -Equipment General Provisions:
1. Manufacturer's Certificate of Compliance
2. Complete design data and pressure drop information through each vessel
3. Structural design calculations and drawings for vessels including ladder and
platform signed and sealed by a professional engineer licensed in the State of
Texas.
1.03 WARRANTY
A. The Manufacturer shall guarantee the equipment for a period of PHO (2) years starting at
Final Asseptanse of the project 2 years from the date defined in Section 00 72 00
GENERAL CONDITIONS and Section 00 73 00 SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS TO
GENERAL CONDITIONS. The warranty shall be in accordance with Section 46 00 00 of
the Specifications and with the General Conditions. Interim Milestone 2 applies to the
equipment in this section as specified in the Agreement and in Section 01 14 00 -
Coordination with Owner's Operations.
CONFORMED , 12/01/2022
FWW VILLAGE CREEK WRF , DIGESTER MIXING , FLARE , DOME IMPROVEMENTS
CITY PROJECT NO . 102652
46 73 22-1 HYDROGEN SULFIDE REMOVAL VESSELS
1. The vessels shall be fabricated of minimum 1/4-inch Type 304L stainless steel.
Vessel shall be designed and hydrostatically tested to 10 psig before shipping .
2. All stainless steel surfaces shall be precleaned, descaled , passivated , and
inspected per Specification Section 05 13 00 -Stainless Steel.
3 . The vessels shall be provided with a fiberglass grating that supports a HOPE
screen or foam pad on which the media is placed.
4. The vessels shall be provided with 12-inch diameter ANSI Class 125 flanged inlet
and outlet for connection to digester gas piping .
5. All fasteners and anchor bolts shall be Type 316 stainless steel.
6. Vessels shall be provided with differential pressure transmitters as specified in
Section 40 73 00, Pressure Instruments. All wetted components of differential
pressure transmitters shall be compatible with digester gas of the properties
indicated in Section 2.02 above . Pressure transmitter shall be mounted above the
top pressure tap with bracket on handrail of platform on top of tank. Drip traps shall
be installed on all pressure gauges and pressure transmitters. Pressure taps shall
be provided with stainless steel isolation valves and located adjacent to the ladder
to access. Impulse tubing to the transmitters shall be 1/2 x 0.065-inch seamless ,
annealed , ASTM A-269 Type 316L stainless steel with 37 degrees Type 316
stainless steel flared fittings or Swagelock or Parker-CPI flareless fittings. Tubing
shall be routed and sloped to drain back condensate into the vessels.
a . Provide instrument sunshade for each differential pressure transmitter .
Sunshades shall be Style E as manufactured by O'Brien Corporation, or
equal. Differential pressure transmitters shall be mounted in a north or south
facing direction as required for access from ladder and platform.
7. Vessels shall be provided with a Drager Accuro gas detector pump with detection
tubes with ranges of Oto 1,000 ppm for the inlet (24 tubes) and Oto 100 ppm for
the outlet (24 tubes).
8 . Each vessel shall be provided with a ladder and platform to access accessories on
top of the vessels . Platform shall be designed for dead load plus live load of 100
psf over the entire span with a maximum live load deflection of L/360. Both ladder
and platform shall be composed of painted carbon steel and di-electrically
separated from the stainless steel vessel. Ladder shall have fall protection system
equal to Miller Saf-T-Climb Ladder System . Platform shall have handrail on all
sides with spring loaded gate . Coating shall comply with the requirements of
Specification Section 09 90 00 .
9. Contractor shall provide insulation for vessels. Tank top and sidewalls shall be
insulated with 2 inches of 2 lb/ft3 polyurethane foam board insulation. Foam boards
FWW VILLAGE CREEK WRF , DIGESTER MIXING , FLARE , DOME IMPROVEMENTS
CITY PROJECT NO . 102652
CONFORMED , 12/01/2022 46 73 22 -3 HYDROGEN SULFIDE REMOVAL VESSELS
3.03 FILED TESTING
A. Field testing shall be performed in accordance with Section 46 00 00 -Equipment
General Provisions.
B. One month after start-up, manufacturer shall sample inlet and outlet hydrogen sulfide
concentrations, to confirm performance requirements are achieved. All costs for
sampling and sample analysis shall be included in the manufacturer's scope of supply. If
outlet concentrations are not achieved as specified in Paragraph A of Article 2.02 herein ,
modifications to the system shall be performed at no addition cost to the Owner and new
samples shall be taken until the performance requirement is achieved .
3.04 SPARE PARTS
A. None .
CONFORMED , 12/01 /2022
END OF SECTION
FWW VILLAGE CREEK WRF , DIGESTER MIXING , FLARE , DOME IMPROVEMENTS
CITY PROJECT NO . 102652
46 73 22 -5 HYDROGEN SULFIDE REMOVAL VESSELS
THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK
SECTION 46 73 23
RE FRIG ERA TIVE DIGESTER GAS DRYERS
PART 1 -GENERAL
1.01 THE REQUIREMENT
A. The Contractor shall furnish, test, adjust, and place in satisfactory operation two (2)
refrigerative digester gas drying systems. Each drying system shall consist of one (1)
gas drying skid, one (1) chiller skid, and one (1) dryer PLC control panel. Gas dryer
skids shall be located in the Compressor Room of the Digester Gas Compressor
Building and shall include all digester gas heat exchangers, coalescers, and ancillary
equipment including moisture/particulate filters for a complete system . All refrigeration
equipment shall be located on the chiller skids outdoors. Dryer PLC control panels shall
be provided by the system manufacturer separate from the equipment skids.
B . Drying systems shall remove moisture from the gas stream by utilizing heat exchanger
condensers and coalescing filters.
C. Drying systems , complete with all accessories including electric motors, motor
controllers, steel bases, check valves, butterfly valves, moisture/particulate filters, heat
exchangers, coalescers, chillers, interconnecting piping, wiring, electrical conduit and
related supports, structural steel supports for each component, control panels, gas
temperature and pressure gauges and sensors and other components as indicated on
the Contract Drawings and as specified herein shall be provided as factory assembled ,
skid mounted units ready for connection to gas, water, glycol solution, and drain piping
and power and signal wiring . Not all required instruments are shown on the
instrumentation drawings .
D. The drying systems manufacturer shall furnish all equipment items which are an integral
part of a complete gas drying system including all other equipment items specified in this
section.
E. Chillers furnished under this section shall be in accordance with Section 23 64 00 -
Packaged Water Chillers.
F. Manufacturer shall configure skid to fit the existing space and the existing equipment
pads as indicated on the mechanical drawings . The Contractor shall provide any pad
modifications required to fit the provided equipment at no additional cost to the Owner.
G . Drying systems shall conform to the requirements and process flow indicated on the
P&IDs, except where the requirements of this section are more stringent or more
detailed . Not all details are shown on the P&IDs . Manufacturer represents that they are
CONFORMED , 12/01/2022
FWW VILLAGE CREEK WRF , DIGESTER MIXING , FLARE , DOME IMPROVEMENTS
CITY PROJECT NO . 102652
46 73 23 -1 REFRIGERATIVE DIGESTER GAS DRYERS
experienced in the design and manufacture of digester gas drying systems.
Manufacturer shall include all components required for a complete system that provides
the functionality indicated in this section, even if such components are not specifically
listed or shown .
H. Drying systems shall be designed for digester gas service for the conditions indicated in
Subsection 1.07.
I. Sequencing requirements apply to the work in this Section. Dryer systems will be
required to be installed and commissioned at separate times in order to maintain plant
operations . Refer to Section 01 14 00 -Coordination with Owner's Operations for
details.
1.02 RELATED WORK SPECIFIED ELSEWHERE
A. Section 01 33 00 -Submittal Procedures
B . Section 01 45 23 -Testing Services Furnished by Contractor
C. Section 05 10 00 -Metal Materials
D . Section 05 05 23 -Metal Fastening
E. Section 09 90 00 -Painting
F. Division 26 -Electrical
G . Section 26 05 50-NEMA Frame Induction Motors, 600 Volts and Below
H . Division 40 -Process Interconnections
I. Section 46 00 00 -Equipment General Provisions
1.03 REFERENCE SPECIFICATIONS, CODES, AND STANDARDS
A. ASTM -American Society for Testing Materials
B. AISC -American Institute of Steel Construction
C. AWS -American Welding Society
D. NEMA-National Electrical Manufacturers Association
E. NEC -National Electrical Code
F. UL-Underwriters Laboratories
FWW VILLAGE CREEK WRF , DIGESTER MIXING , FLARE , DOME IMPROVEMENTS
CITY PROJECT NO . 102652
CONFORMED , 12/01/2022 46 73 23 -2 REFRIGERATIVE DIGESTER GAS DRYERS
1.04 SUBMITTALS
A. In addition to submittal requirements specified in Section 01 33 00 , Submittal
Procedures and Section 46 00 00 , Equipment General Provisions , submit the following:
1. Performance Affidavit
2 . Support locations and loads that will be transmitted to bases and foundations
3. Complete control panel and field termination drawings
4. Overall equipment layout and piping interconnection drawings
5. All field wiring to and from equipment , devices , panels , etc.
6. Complete list of electrica l loads
7. Installation instructions
8. Field test results
B. Any design or fabrication changes made by Vendor after the review and acceptance
shall be reviewed and approved by Owner and/or Engineer prior to fabrication.
1.05 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. The materials covered by these Specifications are intended to be standard equipment of
proven reliability and as manufactured by reputable manufacturers having experience in
the production of such equipment. The equipment furnished shall be designed ,
constructed , and installed in accordance with the best practices and methods and shall
operate satisfactorily when installed as shown on the Drawings and operated per
manufacturers recommendations .
1.06 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS
A . A ll materials shall be new and both workmanship and materials shall be of the very best
quality, entirely suitable for the service to which the units are to be subjected and shall
conform to all applicable sections of these specifications.
B . The construction of the heat exchangers , coalescers , chillers and moisture/particulate
filters , shall be such that they will not be damaged for either intermittent or continuous
operation.
C. Sizes and capacities of equipment components specified shall be understood to
establish minimum requirements only and do not relieve the Contractor of responsibility
for provid ing a properly functioning system.
FWW VILLAGE CREEK WRF , D IGESTER MIXING , FLARE , DOME IMPROVEMENTS
CITY PROJECT NO . 102652
CONFORMED , 12/01 /2022 46 73 23 -3 REFRIGERATIVE DIGESTER GAS DRYERS
D. The drying system manufacturer shall furnish all equipment items which are an integral
part of a complete drying system including all other equipment items specified in this
section.
E . Each motor, heat exchanger, coalescers , chillers and moisture/particulate filters , shall be
provided with a substantial stainless steel nameplate securely fastened in a conspicuous
place and clearly inscribed with the manufacturer's name , year of manufacture , serial
number, and specified rating data .
1. Motor rating data .
2. Heat exchanger data shall include flows, water requirements , heat exchange area
and pressure rating.
3 . Coalescer data shall include flows , maximum temperature , pressure rating and
filter element part number.
4 . Chiller data shall include capacity.
F. In addition , each drying system shall be furnished with a nameplate suitably attached to
the unit identifying it by name and number, e .g . Refrigerative Gas Dryer No . 1. The
name and number shall be coordinated with those on control panels, motor starters ,
control equipment, etc. Nameplates shall not be painted over.
G . The dryer skid shall be suitable for installation in a Class I , Divis ion I, Group D
hazardous classified area and all components shall be compatible with this area. The
dryer control panel and the chiller skid w ill be installed in unclassified areas .
H. The dryer skid shall be designed to fit on the existing housekeeping pads as shown in
the drawings. Dryer skid shall be no more than 9 '6" wide at the widest point , no more
than 16 ' long , and no more than 9 ' tall including skid base in order to fit through the
existing roll-up doors.
I. Pa inting of compressor and drying system equipment shall be in accordance with
Section 09 90 00 , Painting and as specified herein .
1.07 OPERATING CONDITIONS AND PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS
A. Refrigerative Gas Dryers shall operate under the following conditions and achieve the
following performance:
CONFORMED , 12/01/2022
Descri tion Parameter
Digest er Gas Flowrat e (pe r
D er , scfm 2 ,300
FWW VILLAGE CREEK WRF , DIGESTER M IX ING , FLARE , DOME IMPROVEMENTS
CITY PROJECT NO . 102652
46 73 23 -4 REFRIGERATIVE DIGESTER GAS DRYERS
Description Parameter
30%-40% CO 2
Digester Gas Composition , 60% -70% CH 4 (methane)
~-%-l=bS volume basis S 0.5% H2S
~ 1% Air
Digester Gas Specific Gravity 0 .80-0.90
Inlet Gas Temperature , °F 175
Inlet Gas Pressure , psig 1 30-60
Maximum Inlet Gas Pressure, 100 psiq 2
Inlet Moisture Content Saturated
Gas to Gas Heat Exchanger
Wet Gas Maximum Outlet 160
Temperature, °F
Gas to Water Heat Exchanger
Maximum Gas Outlet 100
Temperature , °F
Minimum Outlet Temperature, 84 .5 OF
Outlet Dew Point, °F 40
Maximum Cooling Water Flow , 150 aom 3
Cooling Water Maximum Supply 88 Temperature , °F
Cooling Water Supply Pressure 30-100 Range , psig
Maximum Glycol Solution 70 Flowrate per Svstem , aom
4
Maximum Digester Gas Total 2 psid at 60 psig gas inlet
Pressure Loss across Dryer pressure
Skid , psid 3.5 psid at 30 psig gas
inlet pressure.
1. Dryer shall deliver the indicated performance over the stated
range of inlet gas pressure.
2. Dryer shall operate without damage at the maximum inlet
gas pressure .
3 . Cooling water flow is total for one whole drying system
including both dryer skid and chiller skid .
B. The chiller shall be selected based upon design calculations incorporating the most
severe of the following expected operating conditions:
Location
CONFORMED , 12/01/2022
Parameter Desi n Criteria
Outdoors
FWW VILLAGE CREEK WRF , DIGESTER MIXING , FLARE , DOME IMPROVEMENTS
CITY PROJECT NO . 102652
46 73 23--5 REFRIGERATIVE DIGESTER GAS DRYERS
Parameter
Number of Chiller Units
Condenser Type
Ambient Temperature, °F
Cooling Fluid Supply Temperature
leaving Chiller, °F
Cooling Fluid
Outlet Gas Dew Point, °F
Cooling Capacity Turndown
1.08 WARRANTY
Design Criteria
2
Water-Cooled
0-110
30°F
40% Propylene Glycol / 60% Water
Mixture
40
8 to 1 with hot gas bypass
4 to 1 without using hot gas bypass
A. The Manufacturer shall guarantee the equipment for a period of tv.io (2) years starting at
Final Acceptance of the project 2 years from the date defined in Section 00 72 00
GENERAL CONDITIONS and Section 00 73 00 SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS TO
GENERAL CONDITIONS against defects in materials or workmanship and against
problems attributable to ordinary wear under normal operation of the equipment. The
warranty shall be in accordance with Section 46 00 00 of the Specifications and with the
General Conditions . Interim Milestone 2 applies to the equipment in this section as
specified in the Agreement and in Section 01 14 00 -Coordination with Owner's
Operations.
PART 2 -PRODUCTS
2.01 GENERAL
A. The drying system manufacturer shall furnish all equipment items which are an integral
part of a complete gas drying system including all other equipment items specified in this
section .
B. Each refrigerative digester gas drying system shall be packaged by Lectrodryer, Parker,
Unison Solutions , or equal.
2.02 BUTTERFLY VALVES
A. Butterfly valves shall be provided in 316 stainless steel materials per Section 40 05 64 -
Butterfly Valves .
B. A motorized isolation butterfly valve shall be provided at the digester gas inlet on the
dryer skid in order to bring the dryer in and out of service. Actuator shall be per Section
FWW VILLAGE CREEK WRF , DIGESTER MIXING , FLARE , DOME IMPROVEMENTS
CITY PROJECT NO. 102652
CONFORMED , 12/01/2022 46 73 23 -6 REFRIGERATIVE DIGESTER GAS DRYERS
40 05 57 -Valve Operators and Electric Valve Actuators, rated for Class I, Division 1,
Group D hazardous area and shall be controlled from the dryer control panel.
2.03 HEAT EXCHANGERS
A. All heat exchangers on dryer skids shall be as follows: Shell-and-tube type, constructed
and tested and stamped in accordance with Section VIII D1 of ASME Boiler and
Pressure Vessel Code where applicable for working pressure produced by refrigerant
used and water system installed, but not less than 1035 kPa (150 psig) working pressure
both sides. Shell shall be fabricated of 316 stainless steel and shall have 316 stainless
steel alloy tube sheets; drilled and reamed to accommodate the tubes. Tubes shall be
70/30 cupronickel , externally and internally enhanced individually replaceable and shall
be expanded full diameter into tube sheets, seal welded providing a leak proof seal.
Intermediate tube supports sheets shall be provided as recommended by the
manufacturer to minimize tube vibration, stress, and wear. Performance shall be based
on a water velocity not less than 1 m/s (3 fps) nor more than 4 m/s (12 fps), and fouling
factor of 0.000088 m2 degrees C (0.0005 hr. sq. ft. degrees F/Btu). Performance for
gas shall be based on a fouling factor of 0.0000176 m2 degrees C (0.0001 hr. sq. ft.
degrees F/Btu). Removable marine water box shall be constructed of 316 stainless
steel. Design working pressure shall be 1035 kPa (150 psig); pressure tested at 130
percent of working pressure. Nozzle connections shall be flanged .
B. Each dryer skid shall include the following heat exchangers. The process flow through
the skid shall be as indicated on the P&IDs.
1 . Digester Gas to Digester Gas pre-cool I reheat
2. Digester Gas to Service water pre-cool
3 . Digester Gas to Glycol Solution chilling
C. The gas inlet and outlet connections shall be minimum 6" ANSI 150 pound flanges
matching the connecting piping . Cooling water inlet and outlet connections shall be 4"
pipe with 4" ANSI 150 pound flanges matching the connecting piping . Drain connections
shall be as recommended by the manufacturer.
D. The heat exchanger tubes shall be removable through the waterbox cover flanges
without disconnecting process gas piping and without any disassembly of components
other than the cover flanges.
E . The heat exchangers shall be hydrostatically tested to 150 psig on both sides.
F. Pressure drop of process gas through any heat exchanger shall not exceed 4 .0 inches
water column, gauge, per heat exchanger, at 60 psig gas inlet pressure.
CONFORMED , 12/01/2022
FWW VILLAGE CREEK WRF , DIGESTER MIXING , FLARE , DOME IMPROVEMENTS
CITY PROJECT NO . 102652
46 73 23 -7 REFRIGERATIVE DIGESTER GAS DRYERS
G. Heat exchangers shall include provisions for removing condensate in order to prevent
accumulation in the heat exchanger.
H. Each heat exchanger shall be thoroughly cleaned after fabrication and before shipment
to the job site . The manufacturer shall provide caps to protect the internal during
shipment and site storage.
I. After the installation of the heat exchanger and the gas piping the Contractor shall
completely clean and remove all welding and construction debris from the interior of the
heat exchanger and piping. This shall be completed before any operation of the gas
fueled engines or boilers.
J. The heat exchanger manufacturer shall furnish with the shop drawings data to
substantiate compliance with the performance requirements specified herein.
2.04 SERVICE WATER APPURTENANCES
A. A rotameter shall be sized by the manufacturer and provided for view of water flowrate to
the service water-to-digester gas heat exchanger. Rotameter shall be as specified in
Division 40.
B. An automatic valve shall be sized by the manufacturer and provided to limit the flow of
service water to that required to achieve the specified gas outlet temperature. Automatic
valve shall be either:
1. Mechanically actuated valve with remote sensing bulb, Powers #11 by Watts, or
equal. Bronze body with stainless trim.
2 . Globe valve with modulating electric actuator rated for Class 1, Division 1, Group
D, hazardous area. Valve and actuator shall comply with requirements of Division
40. Corresponding instrumentation and controls to be coordinated by manufacturer
for fully automatic operation. Bronze body with stainless trim .
2.05 WATER SE PARA TOR
A. A water separator shall be provided following the gas chilling heat exchanger and
upstream of the coalescers. Water separator shall be sized by the manufacturer with
minimum 6" 150# flange connections . Water separator shall be in 316 stainless steel
materials .
CONFORMED , 12/01/2022
FWW VILLAGE CREEK WRF , DIGESTER MIXING , FLARE , DOME IMPROVEMENTS
CITY PROJECT NO . 102652
46 73 23 -8 REFRIGERATIVE DIGESTER GAS DRYERS
2.06 COALESCERS
A. Each dryer skid shall include two (2) coalescers with valves provided to allow
maintenance of one coalescer while the other remains in operation. Skid shall be
configured to allow operation of one or both coalescers.
B. The coalescer shall remove entrained liquids and particulates from the gas stream.
Coalescers shall be sized by the manufacturer according to the capacity requirements
herein and shall be configured equivalent to Dollinger Model GP-198, 150# Design .
Coalescers shall be as manufactured by Dollinger, Inc. of Rich Creek, Virginia, equal as
manufactured by Perry Equipment Corp. (PECO) of Mineral Wells, Texas, Unison
Solutions, Inc. or approved equal.
C. All coalescers shall be of rugged construction and free from defects in design , materials ,
and workmanship. The coalescer shall be of the filter element type, with replaceable
elements .
D. The coalescer housing shall be 316L SS with 316L SS internals.
E. The gas inlet and outlet connections shall be minimum 6" ANSI RFSO 150 pound
flanges matching the connecting piping. Drain and gauge connections shall be 3000#
couplings with plugs , 1/2" minimum for drain and 1/4" for gauges .
F. Gaskets shall be Buna-N.
G. Service access shall be through a davit-mounted top closure in the housing with lifting
lugs provided on the closure . The closure shall be secured in place with swing-bolt
located around the periphery of the housing .
H. The coalescer shall be manufactured in accordance with ASME Section VIII, Division 1.
I. Stainless steel filter elements shall be provided which utilize borosilicate glass filter
media. Filter media shall provide 99.9% nominal retention of 0.3 micron aerosols and
particulates at temperatures up to 250°F. Pressure drop through a clean filter shall not
exceed 0.5 psig .
J . The coalescer shall be designed to operate at the rates and conditions indicated in
Subsection 1.07.
K . Liquid level gauge glass with isolation valves and 3/4" NPT housing connections shall be
provided.
L. Coalescer drain valves and piping are specified in Subsection 2.08. The coalescer shall
be provided with a suitable non-flowing corrosion resistant drain trap piped up to include
CONFORMED , 12/01/2022
FWW VILLAGE CREEK WRF , DIGESTER MIXING , FLARE , DOME IMPROVEMENTS
CITY PROJECT NO . 102652
46 73 23 -9 REFRIGERATIVE DIGESTER GAS DRYERS
a 316 SS ½" in-line strainer with blowdown and isolation valves . Drain piping shall be
316 stainless steel.
M . Each coalescer shall be thoroughly cleaned after fabrication and before shipment to the
job site . The manufacturer shall provide caps to protect the filter elements and internals
during shipment and site storage.
N. The coalescer manufacturer shall furnish with the shop drawings, test data to
substantiate compliance with the performance requirements specified herein .
2.07 SKID-MOUNTED INTERCONNECTING PIPING
A. The compressor skid manufacturer shall provide and install all interconnecting piping
among the above major system components on each skid. Glycol solution piping
between the Gas Compressor Drying System and the Glycol Chiller to be provided by
the Contractor.
B. Piping shall have 150# ANSI flanges to match flange sizes of major components.
Digester gas piping and condensate drain piping shall be of 316 stainless steel
construction . Glycol solution, service water, and cooling water drain piping shall be either
of carbon steel or 304 stainless steel construction.
C . Half couplings shall be welded in place for mounting pressure and temperature gauges
as required .
2.08 AUTOMATIC DRAIN VALVES
A. Each dryer skid shall be provided with no less than three (3) 316 stainless steel
automatic drain valves. Separate drain valves will be provided to remove condensate
from the chilling heat exchanger, from the filters , and from the coalescer.
B. Automatic drain valves shall be sized and selected by the manufacturer.
C . A bypass ball shall be provided at each automatic drain valve . Valves shall be ball
valves . Valves and piping shall be the same size as the automatic drain valve.
D. Automatic drain valves shall be installed with a SS isolation valve and a y-type SS in-line
strainer located upstream of each drain valve . Provisions shall be made to blow down
the strainer without having to remove it from the line or take the dryer out of service . A
bypass SS isolation valve shall be provided parallel to the drain valve with a common
discharge. Isolation valves and strainers shall be the same size as the automatic drain
valve.
CONFORMED , 12/01 /2022
FWW V ILLAGE CREEK WR F, DIGESTER MIXING , FLARE , DOME IMPROVEMENTS
CITY PROJECT NO . 102652
46 73 23 -10 REFRIGERATIVE DIGESTER GAS DRYERS
E. All condensate drains shall be piped to the edge of the skid in the location indicated on
the drawings. All condensate drains including associated piping , valves , and strainers
shall be sized by the manufacturer, however, shall not be less than ½ inch nominal size .
2.09 DRYER CONTROL PANELS AND DRYER SKID JUNCTION BOXES
A. The gas drying system manufacturer shall be responsible for furnishing and coordinating
all instrumentation and controls as specified herein and as required for a complete
monitoring and control system, including all ancillary equipment, parts, devices , wiring ,
electrical conduit, and hardware necessary to meet system functional requirements.
B. The gas drying system manufacturer shall be responsible for proper interfacing with
instruments and controls provided under this section of the Specifications and under
Division 26 and Division 40.
C. Refer to Section 26 29 86 Mechanical Equipment Control Panels (MECPs), for the
construction requirements of each Control Panel. All panel components shall comply
with the Division 26 and Division 40 specifications referenced in Section 26 29 86. In
particular, PLCs shall be Compactlogix or Modicon as specified in Section 40 63 00 -
PLC, and Operator Interface Terminals shall be as specified in Section 40 62 63 . All
panels specified under this Section , shall be submitted as a part of each associated
mechanical equipment submittal.
D. Electrical control schematic diagrams for the gas dryer control and all associated control
equipment and instrumentation shall be submitted in accordance with Subsection 1.04.
E. Each drying system shall be controlled by a dedicated control panel which shall provide
all controls and monitoring functions for the dryers as follows:
1. Selection of local or remote operation of the gas dryer system.
2. Call to run chiller skid .
3. Fully automated startup , operation and shutdown of gas dryer system including
chiller skid based on call to run signal from SCADA.
4. Provide for ethernet communications directly to the DCS for all monitoring points.
F. The control panels shall be completely pre-wired and tested at the factory .
G. Each dryer control panel shall be designed for a single 120VAC/10/60Hz external power
connection . Each dryer skid shall be designed for a single 120VAC/10/60Hz external
power connection to the skid mount junction box(es). Any control power transformers ,
power supplies , power adapters , etc . shall be provided at control panel or junction
CONFORMED , 12/01/2022
FWW VILLAGE CREEK WRF , DIGESTER MIXING , FLARE , DOME IMPROVEMENTS
CITY PROJECT NO. 102652
46 73 23-11 REFRIGERATIVE DIGESTER GAS DRYERS
box(es) as required to power all associated instruments, controls, valves and other
accessories from within the panel or junction box(es).
H . Detailed equipment specifications for the instruments and controls at the drying system
control panel and system functional descriptions are included herein.
I. All electrical work associated with the gas dryer control instruments, and controls
provided by the gas drying system manufacturer shall be in accordance with the Local ,
State , and National Electric Codes, the National Fire Protection Association , OSHA and
shall be U.L. listed . Electrical work provided under this section shall be in compliance
with applicable parts of Division 26 .
J . The gas drying system control panels shall be a wall-mounted NEMA 12 enclosure with
hinged access doors. Panel construction shall be of carbon steel. Dryer skid junction
boxes shall be NEMA 7, aluminum construction .
K. The panels and access doors shall be reinforced as required to support heavy
components , to provide rigidity , and to prevent drumming. The structural components
shall be sufficiently strong to withstand the load of all appurtenances mounted thereon .
Steel angle braces shall be provided for support of deep case instruments and
components. Panel construction shall be free from all flaws in fabrication. All exterior
seams shall be continuous , and all surfaces shall be ground smooth.
L. All wiring shall be tinned copper. Includes skid wiring, panel wiring, and all other wiring
under this section .
M . Internal wiring shall be minimum wire size 14 AWG for control circuits and shall be Type
MTW color coded with thermoplastic insulation rated for 600 volts and 90°C . Terminal
blocks shall be 300 volt, 30 amp, barrier type screw terminals with 20 percent of
terminals on each terminal block as spares. Each terminal shall be identified by an
engraved or painted wire number on a marking strip attached to the block. Power and
control wiring shall use separate blocks from analog signal wiring. Analog signal wiring
shall be shielded .
N. Wiring shall run in plastic wiring ducts . Outside wiring ducts , wiring shall be bundled with
plastic wrapping strips. The bundles shall be securely fastened to the steel of the panel
using standard switchboard cleats located at suitable points between the terminal blocks
and electrical devices . AC and DC wiring shall be run separately. All wiring shall be in
horizontal or vertical runs and groups of wires to and from common points shall be neatly
harnessed and adequately supported. Maximum bundle s ize shall be 1 inch .
0. Lamp test circuitry and pushbuttons shall be provided for panel indicating lights. The
dryer control panel shall be provided with an interior LED light.
CONFORMED , 12/01 /2022
FWW VILLAGE CREEK WRF , DIGESTER MIXING , FLARE , DOME IMPROVEMENTS
CITY PROJECT NO . 102652
46 73 23 -12 RE FRIGERATIVE DIGESTER GAS DRYERS
P. A grounding bus shall be installed in the panel with adequate provisions for grounding all
installed devices , plus the future unit, plus an additional 20%. A lug shall be provided for
connection of the bus to the system ground .
Q . An as built wiring diagram of the completed panel shall be encased in plastic or
plexiglass for installation inside the panel.
R. Engraved plastic nameplates shall be mounted on the inside of the control panel to
designate the gas compressor served and to identify the various indicators , devices ,
instruments , etc. Nameplates shall have white letters on a black background.
S. Panel / Junction box layout and wiring diagrams shall be submitted in accordance with
Subsection 1.04. Drawings shall show all control elements which originate or receive
signals as part of the gas compressor control system. Drawings shall be prepared
specifically for this project. In addition, a detailed narrative functional description shall be
submitted fully describing start up , normal operation , and shutdown for automatic and
manual control operations .
T . The following instruments and controls shall be included on the front of each gas dryer
control panel:
1. Power disconnect switch with lockout device
2. Control power switch and indicating light
3 . Local-Off-Remote selector switch for gas dryer control mode selection
4 . Start and Stop pushbuttons for gas dryer operation
5. Alarm horn .
U. The following instruments and controls shall be included at the gas dryer control panel
touchscreen HMI. All indications at the OIT touchscreen shall be made available for
viewing from the Plant DCS .
1. Indicators for all dryer system sensors as ind icated on P&IDs , including but not
limited to:
a. Digester gas flow rate
b. Digester gas temperatures at indicated locations
c. Glycol solution supply temperature
2. Indicators
CONFORMED , 12/01 /2022
FWW VILLAGE CREEK WRF , DIGESTER MI XI NG , FLARE , DOME IMPROVEMENTS
CITY PROJECT NO. 102652
46 73 23-13 REFR IGERATIVE DIGESTER GAS DRYERS
3. Status and alarm lights
V. Pressure Gauges
1. Gauges shall be provided where shown on the P&IDs, however, not all required
gauges are shown on the P&IDs. Provide all pressure and/or differential pressure
gauges or sensors required for operator to individually determine pressure drop
across each side of each supplied heat exchanger and across the coalescing
filters. Pressure tap locations shall be selected for stable measurement and
accurate evaluation of pressure drop across the heat exchangers and pressure
drop across the coalescer.
2. The inlet and discharge pressure gauges shall be a 316 stainless steel bellows
gauge with a range of 0-100 psig. Scale shall be a 270° arc scale Dial size shall be
4 1 /2 inches with black phenolic case and flush panel mounting with back
connection. Gauge tap shall be 1/4 inch minimum. Inlet 1.iasuum gauge shall be
Ashsroft series 1188, or equal, liquid filled. Pressure gauges shall be Ashcroft
series 1279, or equal, liquid filled. Gauges shall have an accuracy of+ 1
percent. All gauges shall be by the same manufacturer.
3. All equipment shall be installed in strict accordance with the manufacturer's
instructions and recommendations .
W . Temperature Gauges
1. Bimetallic gauges shall be provided on gas , water, glycol solution, and refrigerant
piping before and after every heat exchanger. Temperature gauge tap locations
shall be selected for stable measurement and accurate evaluation of temperature
change across the heat exchanger.
X . Flow Indicating Transmitters
1. The dryer gas discharge shall include a thermal dispersion mass flow indicating
transmitter as specified in Section 40 71 00 -Flow Instruments. Flow element
shall be skid-mounted and factory-wired with installation per flow indicating
transmitter manufacturer recommendations.
2.10 SYSTEM CONTROL PANEL FUNCTIONAL DESCRIPTION
A. The following functional descriptions describe the operation of the gas drying control
system. The functional descriptions are not intended as complete descriptions of
required logic but as descriptions of the most significant control sequences and
interlocks required.
CONFORMED , 12/01/2022
FWW VILLAGE CREEK WRF , DIGESTER MIXING , FLARE , DOME IMPROVEMENTS
CITY PROJECT NO . 102652
46 73 23-14 REFRIGERATIVE DIGESTER GAS DRYERS
B. The General Contractor shall coordinate all interfaces with equipment and control
furnished under other sections of the Specifications. The gas drying system
manufacturer shall furnish the control panel complete with all required equipment to
provide all required control functions for proper manual operation .
C . Process Overview
1. Two refrigerative gas dryers chill digester gas and reheat in order to remove
moisture and mitigate condensation. Dryers will operate continuously when gas is
being compressed. Under normal conditions , one dryer will operate at a time,
however, both dryers may operate together if required.
D . Control Operations
1. When the local control panel local/off/remote switch is in remote, each dryer will
start and stop based on a call -to-run command issued by operators via RTU 4 7 in
the Digester Gas Compressor Building Electrical Room . When the L/O/R switch is
in local, each dryer will be controlled at the local control panel. Procedures for
startup and normal shutdown will be fully automated at the dryer PLC panels.
2. As cooling load fluctuates due to varying digester gas flowrates, the chiller system
will automatically adjust number of refrigerant compressors operating (2 per chiller
skid) and speed of refrigerant compressors to maintain chilled glycol temperature.
A notification will be transmitted to SCADA if the chilled digester gas temperature
rises above the setpoint of 40°F by a configurable dead band initially set at 5°F.
The operator may then call a second dryer to run .
E . Each dryer control panel shall be provided with a Local-Off-Remote (L-O-R) selector
switch . In the "local" position, the dryer shall be started and stopped using the panel
mounted pushbuttons . In the "off' position, the gas dryer shall not run under any
condition . In the "remote" position , the gas compressor and drying system shall be
controlled remotely from the PLC operator work station (HMI) by manually entered
start/stop commands .
F . Each dryer control panel shall be provided with a Hand-Auto (H-A) selector switch. In the
"Hand " position, dryer components such as gas shutoff valve, water shutoff valve, and
chiller call-to-run shall be manually started and stopped from the OIT. In the "auto"
position, the drying system start sequence, stop sequence, and operation shall be
controlled automatically by the dryer PLC .
G. Critical operating parameters shall be intermittently displayed on the keypad. Critical
operating data shall also be logged into memory for at least seven days. Data shall
include but not be limited to total operating hours each day, date, time and description of
any alarms, and gas flow rate .
CONFORMED , 12/01 /2022
FWW VILLAGE CREEK WRF , DIGESTER MIXING , FLARE , DOME IMPROVEMENTS
CITY PROJECT NO . 102652
46 73 23-15 REFRIGERATIVE DIGESTER GAS DRYERS
H. Immediately upon resumption of power after a power failure, all controls shall be reset in
the gas dryer control panel.
I. Each control panel shall be provided with auxiliary dry contacts for the following remote
indications:
1. Run status
2. General Fault alarm
3. Remote status
J. Each control panel shall accept the following discrete signals for remote control:
1. Start
2. Stop
K. Each control panel shall have the following analog signals for remote indication:
1. Digester gas flow
2. Discharge pressure
2.11 GLYCOL CHILLER
A. The chillers shall be as specified in Section 23 64 00 -Packaged Water Chillers .
PART 3 -EXECUTION
3.01 INSTALLATION
A. Shall be as specified in Section 01 45 23, Testing and Inspection Services, and Section
46 00 00, Equipment General Provisions, and be in accordance with the manufacturer's
requirements .
B. After the installation of the dryer system and the gas piping the Contractor shall
completely clean and remove all welding and construction debris from the interior of the
piping. This shall be completed before any operation of dryer system.
C. All equipment specified herein shall be installed in accordance with the manufacturer's
instructions and checked by the respective manufacturer's representative, in conformity
with the applicable sections of this Specification . After installation, the equipment shall
CONFORMED , 12/01/2022
FWW VILLAGE CREEK WRF , DIGESTER MIXING , FLARE , DOME IMPROVEMENTS
CITY PROJECT NO . 102652
46 73 23-16 REFRIGERATIVE DIGESTER GAS DRYERS
be aligned, balanced and adjusted , as required for proper operation and proper
alignment.
3.02 FIELD TESTS
A. Field tests shall be conducted after each gas dryer system is completely installed and all
the electrical connections have been made . Field tests shall be conducted by the factory
service people with assistance of the Contractor and witnessed by the Engineer. Field
tests shall include an 8-hour extended running tests.
B. The 8-hour running tests shall be conducted under actual operating conditions as far as
practical for a period of not less than 8 hours. The tests shall demonstrate that the §as
sompressor is free gas dryer and chiller are free from all objectionable vibration and
noise and overheating throughout the entire range of specified operation. Initial running
tests shall demonstrate that all instruments, controls, and protective shutdown interlock
function properly. Field check out of shutdown interlocks shall be as directed by the
Engineer. Temperature, pressure, amperage and gas flow rate readings for all monitored
points shall be recorded hourly and at the conclusion of the 8 hour run period. Any
shutdown of the gas dryer during the test periods shall be recorded and the cause noted.
Any defects or operating problems found during extended running tests shall be
promptly corrected .
C. Field performance testing shall verify compliance with all performance requirements.
D. Field performance tests shall be run with all accessory items and associated
instrumentation and controls installed and fully functional. The Contractor shall
coordinate with suppliers of equipment and instrumentation furnished under other
sections of the specifications as required. The following data shall be recorded by the
Contractor and provided to the Engineer for all field performance tests :
1. Barometric pressure during testing
2 . Inlet and discharge gas temperature
3. Inlet and discharge gas pressure
4. Capacity
5. Line voltage and current
6. Functional check of all accessory devices
E . The Contractor shall be responsible for providing all material, labor, and equipment
required for running all field tests.
CONFORMED , 12/01/2022
FWW VILLAGE CREEK WRF , DIGESTER MIXING , FLARE , DOME IMPROVEMENTS
CITY PROJECT NO. 102652
46 73 23-17 REFRIGERATIVE DIGESTER GAS DRYERS
F. The Contractor shall submit four copies of field performance test results certifying that
field tests were successfully conducted in accordance with test requirements and that all
specified performance conditions were demonstrated for each gas compressor system.
Certified performance curves shall be submitted for field performance tests in terms of
standard conditions as specified above .
3.03 PAINTING
A. All surface preparation, shop painting , field repairs, and field painting shall conform to
applicable sections of Section 09 90 00, Painting. All inaccessible surfaces of the
equipment which normally requires painting , shall be shop finish painting by the
respective manufacturers .
3.04 EQUIPMENT IDENTIFICATION
A. The equipment shall be provided with a substantial stainless steel nameplate, securely
fastened in a conspicuous place and clearly inscribed with the manufacturer's name ,
year of manufacture , serial number, and principal rating data .
3.05 TOOLS, SUPPLIES AND SPARE PARTS
A. The Contractor shall furnish all special tools necessary to disassemble service, repair
and adjust the equipment, and shall furnish a one year supply of all recommended
lubricating oils and greases.
B. The Contractor shall furnish one set of spare parts recommended by the equipment
manufacturers in addition to those listed below. All of these materials shall be properly
packed , labeled and stored where directed by the Engineer.
C . The spare parts identical and interchangeable with the original parts shall be furnished in
clearly identifiable and labeled containers .
1. Heat Exchanger
a . One (1) complete set of gaskets for each heat exchanger
2 . Coalescer
a. One (1) complete set of gaskets for each coalescer
b. One (1) complete set of filter elements for each coalescer
CONFORMED , 12/0 1/2022
FWW VILLAGE CREEK WRF , DIGESTER MIXI NG , FLARE , DOME IMPROVEMENTS
CITY PROJECT NO. 102652
46 73 23-18 REFRIGERATIVE DIGESTER GAS DRYERS
3.06 MANUFACTURER'S FIELD SERVICES
A. The services of a qualified manufacturer's technical representative shall be provided in
accordance with Section 46 00 00, Equipment General Provisions and shall include the
following site visits for each cover:
Service
Installation and Testing
Startup and Training
Services after Startup
Number of
Trips
2
2
Number of
Days/Trip
2
B . Two rounds of startup will be required in order to maintain plant operations . Refer to
Section 01 14 00 -Coordination with Owner's Operations for details.
C. Following installation and prior to startup, the systems shall be soap bubble tested for
tightness at normal operating pressures., confirmation shall be made that all system
items perform as designed and operators/maintenance personnel shall be trained. An 8-
hour extended run test shall also be performed as specified in Section 3.02 on air prior
to introduction of digester gas into the system .
D. The Contractor shall arrange for the manufacturer to furnish the services of a qualified
service person, with at least five years of experience , who is regularly involved in the
inspection , operation, and maintenance of heat exchangers , coalescers, chillers, inlet
moisture/particulate filters (when required), and gas drying systems of the size and type
being furnished . The service persons shall :
1. Witness and check installation
2. Witness and check final adjustments and alignments
3 . Witness and check start up of each gas drying system
4 . Assist the Contractor in performing field testing and prepare a written report as
specified below
5. Troubleshoot and correct any mechanical or control problems with the system
which are noted during initial operation
6 . Submit written certification signed by the service person that the system has been
properly installed, tested , and adjusted ; that the system operates as specified or
CONFORMED , 12/01/2022
FWW VILLAGE CREEK WRF , DIGESTER MIXING , FLARE , DOME IMPROVEMENTS
CITY PROJECT NO . 102652
46 73 23 -1 9 REFRIGERATIVE DIGESTER GAS DRYERS
as required ; and that all controls and protective devices operate properly, including
date of field test, as well as a listing of all persons present during the tests .
7. Investigate and supervise correction of any operating problems which may arise
during the guarantee period of the equipment
E. Such services shall be furnished at no additional cost to the Owner. Any additional time
required to achieve successful installation and operation shall be at the expense of the
Contractor.
CONFORMED , 12/01/2022
END OF SECTION
FWW VILLAGE CREEK WRF , DIGESTER MIXING , FLARE , DOME IMPROVEMENTS
CITY PROJECT NO . 102652
46 73 23-20 REFRIGERATIVE DIGESTER GAS DRYERS
SECTION 46 73 36
PUMPED DIGESTER MIXING SYSTEM
PART 1 -GENERAL
1.01 THE REQUIREMENT
A . The Contractor shall furnish and install six (6) digester pumped mixing systems for
existing Anaerobic Secondary Digester Nos . 1, 2 , 3, 4, 5 , and 6 consisting of nozzles
and mixing pumps and one shelf spare pump as specified herein .
B. This section covers supply, delivery , storage, installation, testing, and placement into
operation of mixing equipment and includes pumps, motors, drives, control equipment,
and all appurtenances necessary for an operating system. Mixing pumps and motors
shall be provided by pumped mixing system supplier in accordance with Section 43 23
19 -Horizontal Centrifugal Chopper Pumps and shall be designed to operate with the
mixing system piping and nozzles as designed by the mixing system supplier.
C. The complete installation shall be free from excessive vibration , cavitation , noise , and oil
or water leaks .
D. Contractor shall coordinate piping and nozzle locations for the selected pumped mixing
system manufacturer. Any changes to piping and/or nozzle arrangements/anchoring , as
shown on the Contract Drawings , shall be at no additional cost to Owner.
1.02 RELATED WORK SPECIFIED ELSEWHERE
A. Division 1 -General Requirements
B. Division 5 -Metals
C. Section 09 90 00 -Painting
D. Section 46 00 00 -Equipment General Provisions
E. Section 43 20 00 -Pumps -General
F. Section 43 23 19 -Horizontal Centrifugal Chopper Pumps
G. Division 26 -Electrical
H. Division 40-Process Interconnections
FWW VILLAGE CREEK WRF , DIGESTER MIXING , FLARE , DOME IMPROVEMENTS
ISSUED FOR BID , 09/19/2022 46 73 36 -1 PUMPED DIGESTER MIXING SYSTEM
1.03 SUBMITTAL$
A. Shop drawing for digester pumped mixing systems shall be submitted with the horizontal
centrifugal chopper pumps submittal per Specification Section 43 23 19 -Horizontal
Centrifugal Chopper Pumps.
B. Shop Drawings :
1. General layout for the mixing nozzles and the pump unit complete with motor and
drive showing anchor bolt locations , casing position , direction of rotation, and
electric motor terminal box location
2. Details of storage and off-loading requirements
3 . Sample warranty
C. Computational Fluid Dynamics Mixing Analysis
1. The mixer manufacturer shall include as an integral part of the submittal, a 3-D
model computational fluid dynamics (CFO) mixing analysis for the specific
configuration of the tanks where the mixer(s) will be installed . Any interference for
the occurrence of the normal mixing patterns such as columns, and any other
significant support structures shall be included in the 3-D model of the tank being
analyzed . The mixing analysis shall simulate the addition of a known amount of
tracer fluid that will be dispersed through the tank as an indication of adequate
mixing. The values obtained by this analysis shall closely follow the recommended
parameters for mixing of a digester tank . The analysis shall consider the
anticipated viscosity of material to be mixed in the digester. A submittal lacking
this site-specific analysis w ill be considered non-conforming and will be rejected.
Manufacturer shall provide computational fluid dynamics (CFO) analysis prepared
specifically for this project to verify mixing performance of proposed mixing
system . A separate CFO analysis shall be provided for each size of digester.
D. Quality Control Submittals:
1. Manufacturer's installation manuals
2 . List of recommended spare parts with current prices and anticipated delivery times
3. Operation and maintenance manual
1.04 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Provide manufacturer's warranty and a Performance Affidavit for equipment to be
furnished in accordance with this Specification Section .
FWW VILLAGE CREEK WRF , DIGESTER MIXING , FLARE , DOME IMPROVEMENTS
ISSUED FOR BID , 09/19/2022 4 6 73 36 -2 PUMPED DIGESTER MIXING SYSTEM
1.
2.
3 .
The pump warranty shall be for a period of two (2) years starting at Final
/\sseptanse 2 years from the date defined in Section 00 72 00 GENERAL
CONDITIONS and Section 00 73 00 SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS TO
GENERAL CONDITIONS of the project. The warranty shall be in accordance with
Section 46 00 00 of the Specifications and with the General Conditions.
The nozzle warranty shall be the manufacturer's standard , commencing on the
initial start-up date, except the warranty end date shall not be before the pump
warranty end date.
Performance Affidavit: A Performance Affidavit as required by Section 46 00 00 -
Equipment General Provisions and as modified as follows shall be submitted to the
Contractor and Owner certifying that the system as provided will meet or exceed
the performance requirements for the specific application.
a . The Affidavit shall also include a statement that the mixing system shall
provide a minimum of 90 percent active digester volume as determined by
producing a concentration differential not to exceed 10 percent of the solids
geometric mean.
b. The Affidavit shall also include a statement to the Owner and Contractor that
the mixing pumps shall be the complete responsibility of the mixing
equipment supplier, guaranteeing its performance not to clog or bind on
solids typically found in application set forth.
4. The mixing system as outlined for this Project shall be the complete responsibility
of the approved manufacturer listed . A complete system shall be provided ,
including pumps , motors, nozzle assemblies , and anchor bolts. The Contractor,
unless otherwise specified herein, shall supply pump suction piping , pump
discharge piping between the pump and the m ixing nozzle assemblies , piping
supports , controls , valves , gauges , and other specialties. All performance and
warranty requirements shall also be the responsibility of the manufacturer.
PART 2 -PRODUCTS
2.01 GENERAL
A. The pumped mixing system shall be Rotamix System by Vaughan Company , Inc.,
HydroMix by Hayward Gordon, or Jet Mix System by Evoqua Water Technologies.
B. Provide workmanship , materials , and methods of construction that conform to best
practice and highest standard of the industry .
C. Supply and install units complete in all particulars and ready for operation.
FWW VILLAGE CREEK WRF , DIGESTER MIXING , FLARE , DOME IMPROVEMENTS
ISSUED FOR BID , 09 /19/2022 46 73 36 -3 PUMPED DIGESTER MIXING SYSTEM
D. Design and proportion all parts to have liberal strength , stability, and stiffness and to be
specially adapted to conditions of service .
E. Provide pumping units that satisfy the performance specified for the service indicated .
Pumps may be certified on water, but pumps will not be accepted until performance
specified is demonstrated on the service indicated .
2.02 DIGESTER PUMPED MIXING SYSTEMS
A. The vendor shall furnish digester mixing systems for Digester Nos. 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, and 6
plus one (1) shelf spare pump. The nozzles shall be designed to produce a rotational
mixing pattern within the tank while also producing flow across the middle portion of the
tank , thereby preventing solids from migrating towards the center . Solids are effectively
drafted by the nozzle discharge to the outer 30 percent of the tank where the peripheral
rotation will create a homogeneous state throughout the entire process suspending both
organic and inorganic solids. The mixing pattern shall effectively prevent mounding in
the center of the process . The vendor shall be responsible for determining mixing
assembly quantity, location, and appropriate nozzle angles.
Digester Nos. 1 and 2 Mixing Systems
Number of Systems 2
Digester Diameter (feet) 80
Maximum Side Water Depth (feet) 27
Solids Concentration (percent) 3.5 to 5.5
Digester Nos. 3, 4, 5, and 6 Mixing Systems
Number of Systems 4
Digester Diameter (feet) 90
Maximum Side Water Depth (feet) 27
Solids Concentration (percent) 3.5 to 5.5
B. At the specified mixing pump flow conditions , the mixing system shall deliver a minimum
of 19 HP/mg at the nozzle discharge.
2.03 DIGESTER MIXING NOZZLE ASSEMBLIES
A. Nozzles shall be high chrome cast iron or ASTM A536 glass-lined ductile iron, with 1-
inch minimum wall thickness or greater to protect against abrasive conditions and a long
straight taper length of at least 12 inches.
B. Assembly fittings shall be ASTM A536 glass-lined ductile iron with 150-pound flanged
piping connections .
FWW VILLAGE CREEK WRF , DIGESTER MIXING , FLARE , DOME IMPROVEMENTS
ISSUED FOR BID , 09/19/2022 46 73 36 -4 PUMPED DIGESTER MIXING SYSTEM
C. Base shall be fabricated AISI 1018 carbon steel with 3/4-inch mounting holes for 5/8-
inch diameter anchor bolts.
D. Pipe support for foam buster nozzle shall be designed and furnished by the vendor for
mounting to the concrete digester wall and accommodating the existing digesters
configuration. Support shall be designed to withstand nozzle thrust loads .
E. Anchor bolts shall be of sufficient length to support thrust loads from nozzles.
Construction shall be of Type 316 stainless steel.
2.04 MIXING PUMPS
A. Digester mixing pumps (PMX-001, PMX-002, PMX-003, PMX-004 , PMX-005, and PMX-
006 and One (1) shelf spare pump) shall be supplied and selected by the mixing system
manufacturer and shall be as specified in Section 43 23 19 -Horizontal Centrifugal
Chopper Pumps.
PART 3 -EXECUTION
3.01 MANUFACTURER'S FIELD SERVICES
A. The services of a qualified manufacturer's technical representative shall be provided in
accordance with Section 46 00 00 -Equipment General Provisions, Section 43 20 00 -
Pumps -General, and Section 43 23 19 -Horizontal Centrifugal Chopper Pumps. Due
to construction sequencing, installation and startup service for digester mixing systems
will be required to be performed during three phases of startup . Refer to
Section 01 14 00 for further detail of sequencing requirements. Field services for four
phases of startup shall include the following total number of site visits:
Service Number of Trips Number of Days/Trip
Installation and Testinq 3 3
Startup and Traininq 3 3
Services after Startup 3 1
3.02 SPARE PARTS
A. Spare parts shall be supplied for digester mixing pumps as specified in Section 43 23 19
-Horizontal Centrifugal Chopper Pumps .
3.03 SURFACE PREPARATION AND PAINTING
A. Nozzle assemblies shall be SSPC-SPS commercial sandblasted and finished with 3M TM
Scotchkote™ 134 fusion bonded epoxy coating . All fasteners shall be Type 316
stainless steel.
FWW VILLAGE CREEK WRF , DIGESTER MIXING , FLARE , DOME IMPROVEMENTS
ISSUED FOR BID, 09/19/2022 46 73 36 -5 PUMPED DIGESTER MIXING SYSTEM
B. Painting shall be as specified in Section 09 90 00 -Painting and Section 46 00 00
Equipment General Provisions .
3.04 FIELD TESTING AND PERFORMANCE VALIDATION
A. The mixing system shall be field tested by the Contractor in accordance with the
manufacturer's instructions and Section 46 00 00 -Equipment General Provisions.
B. The Contactor shall validate performance of the mixing system following installation and
start-up of the digester on sludge solids at each digester indicated below. When the
digester has been filled to at least the minimum water level and the solids concentration
reaches at least 4% solids in the digester the manufacturer, or their designated
representative, shall collect samples from each of four cover mounted sampling
locations at the 25%, 50% and 75% depths of the digester (12 samples). Sample
locations shall be chosen by the Engineer to represent different sides of the tank and
different distances from the center. The samples shall be analyzed for total suspended
solids concentration. The geometric mean shall be determined from the twelve samples.
The highest and lowest concentration samples shall be not more than 10% from the
geometric mean to demonstrate satisfactory mixing performance.
1. The Contractor shall furnish a dipping bottle for collecting samples. Dipping bottle
shall be Series 5332S by Sampling Systems, or equal; 304 stainless steel
construction with aluminum stopper and 500 ml capacity. Dipping bottle shall be
turned over to the Owner upon acceptance of the last digester mixing system .
2. Performance Testing shall be performed on one digester from each of the
following groups -the first digester commissioned with pumped mixing in each
group. If any pumped mixing systems fail to achieve the specified performance in
the first round of testing, Performance Testing may be required of the remaining
digesters at the Engineer's discretion. If additional testing is required for this
reason, all costs shall be borne by the Contractor.
a. Digester Nos 1-2
b . Digester Nos . 3-6
END OF SECTION
FWW VILLAGE CREEK WRF , DIGESTER MIXING , FLARE , DOME IMPROVEMENTS
ISSUED FOR BID , 09/19/2022 46 73 36 -6 PUMPED DIGESTER MIXING SYSTEM
GC-4.01
GC-4.02
GC-4.04
GC-4.06
GC-6.06.D
GC-6 .07
APPENDIX
Availability of Lands: None
Subsurface and Physical Conditions
Geotechnical Investigation New Digester Mixing Flare and Dome Improvements, Dated
September 19, 2022 by Alliance Geotechnical Group
Subsurface Utility Exploration by CPY, Dated November l 6, 202 l
Subsurface Utility Exploration by Criado & Associates
Underground Facilities: None
Hazardous Environmental Condition at Site
Comprehensive Asbestos and lead Survey Dated August 31, 2022 by Industrial Hygiene and
Safety Technology , Inc .
Minority and Women Owned Business Enterprise Compliance
MBE Good Faith Effort Form
MBE Joint Venture Form
MBE Prime Contractor Waiver Form
MBE Special Instructions Form
MBE Subcontractor Supplier Utilization Form
Wage Rates
Wage Rate Table
GC-6.09 Permits and Utilities : None
GC-6.24 Nondiscrimination: None
GR-01 60 00 Product Requirements
Standard Products list
CITY OF FORT WORTH Village Creek WRF, Digester Mixing. Flare and Dome Improvements Phase I
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Citv Proiect No. 102652
Revised July I , 20 I I
C ITY OF FORT WORTH
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS
Revised Jul y I , 2011
Village Creek WRF, Digester Mixing. Flare and Dome Improvements Phase I
City Proiect No. 102652
GC-4.01 Availability of Lands
THIS PAGE LEFT INTENTIONALLY BLANK
CITY OF FORT WORTH Village Creek WRF, Digester Mixing, Flare and Dome Improvements Phase I
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Citv Proiect No. 102652
R ev ised Jul y I , 201 I
GC-4.02 Subsurface and Physical Conditions
THIS PAGE LEFT INTENTIONALLY BLANK
CITY OF FORT WORTH Village Creek WRF. Digester Mixing. Flare and Dome Improvement.~ Phase I
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS City Proiect No. 102652
Revi sed July I , 2011
GEOTECHNICAL INVESTIGATION
NEW DIGESTER MIXING, FLARE AND DOME
IMPROVEMENTS
VILLAGE CREEK WATER
RECLAMATION FACILI.TY (WRF)
FORT WORTH, TEXAS
AGG REPORT: DE21-226R6
SEPTEMBER 19, 2022
PREPARED FOR:
HAZEN AND SAWYER
FORT WORTH, TEXAS
PRESENTED BY:
lll'1t RWfY1CE
'1Dl1 (fi)TEG-f11Cfl..
ffiOUP
Geotechnical Engineering -Construction Services -Construct ion Materials Engineering Testing
3228 Halifax Street • Dallas, TX 75247 Ph . 972 .444.8889 FX . 972 .444 .8893
'7 <EOTECJ-1'1 ctL
<fiOUP
September 19 , 2022
Ms. Tracey L. Long , P .E
Associate
Hazen and Sawyer
1600 West 7th Street, Suite 402
Fort Worth , TX 76102
P ho ne: (81 7) 870-2630
Ce ll : (817) 999-0582
Email : tlong@hazenandsawyer.com
Re : Geotechnical Investigation
• GEOTECHNICAL ENGINEERING
ENVIRONM ENTAL CONSULTING
CONSTRUCTION MATERIALS E NGINEERING AND T ESTING
• CONSTRUCTION INSP ECTION
Proposed New Digester Mixing , Flare and Dome Improvements
Village Creek Water Reclamat ion Facility (WRF)
Fort Worth , Texas
AGG Report No . DE21-226r6
Dear Ms . Long :
Please find enclosed our report summarizing the results of the geotechnical investigation
performed at the above referenced project. We trust the recommendat ions derived from this
investigation will provide you with the information necessary to complete your proposed project
successfully .
For your future construction materials testing and related quality control requirements , it is
recommended that the work be performed by Alliance Geotechnical Group, Inc. in order to
maintain continuity of inspection and testing services for the project under the direction of the
Geotechnical Project Eng ineer.
We thank you for the opportunity to provide you with our professional services . If we can be of
further ass istance , please do not hesitate to contact us .
Sincerely ,
ALLIANCE GEOTECHNICAL GROV,~~j ~ic
v~-~ ~ OF r :4\~(
Fra ing , P.E.
Pro er
~-~·\ ........ .{~_,, ,,o
-s; ~::-··· * ···-::!o-•16 .....,,, . . '•,,... .....,,,, . .. ·. . . ...... q;:,. : · .• ,.~
L····~·······•··············: .... ~
lMICHAEL DAINE ROLAND:, I································~ I. ..... 96043 / J '•?'~ .. ~ICENsf:.2-•·~~ ~ ,,~~--·······~'\': .:' \\._ IOHA\. t~~-
f\ z::·· .... ~ ......... -
Michae l DR and , P.E .
Vice President
,,,,,,-
Da ll a s • Ft . \V o rt h • Fr is &J9U')Qy ton • L o ng,·iew • Hunt s vi ll e
3228 H a l ifax S tr ee t • D a ll as , T exas 7524 7 AIV
TABLE OF CONTENTS
PAGE
1.0 INTRODUCTION---------------------------------------------------------------------1
1.1 PROJECT DESCRIPTION ............................................................................. 1
1.2 PURPOSE AND SCOPE ................................................................................ 1
2.0 FIELD INVESTIGATION-------------------------------------------1
3. 0 LABO RA TO RY TESTING ------------------------------------------------------------------------3
4.0 SITE AND SUBSURFACE CONDITIONS----------------3
4.1 GENERAL SITE CONDITIONS ...................................................................... 3
4.2 SITE GEOLOGY ............................................................................................ 3
4.3 SIESMIC SITE CLASS ................................................................................... 4
4.4 SUBSURFACE CONDITIONS ....................................................................... 4
4 .5 GROUNDWATER CONDITIONS ................................................................... 4
5.0 ANALYSES AND RECOMMENDATIONS------------------------------------4
5 .1 SOIL MOVEMENT ......................................................................................... 4
5.2 EXISTING FILL SOILS ................................................................................... 5
5.3 STRAIGHT SHAFT FOUNDATION SYSTEM ................................................ 5
5.3.1 DRILLED SHAFT SOIL INDUCED UPLIFT LOADS ............................. 7
5.3.2 DRILLED SHAFT CONSTRUCTION CONSIDERATIONS ................... ?
5.4 GRADE BEAMS, PIER CAPS AND SLABS ................................................... 8
5.5 FLOOR SLAB ................................................................................................ 9
5.5.1 STRUCTURALLY SUPPORTED FLOOR SLAB .................................. 9
5 .5.2 SLAB-ON-GRADE CONSTRUCTION ................................................ 10
5.6 FLAT WORK AND PIPING CONSIDERATIONS .......................................... 11
6.0 SHALLOW FOUNDATION SYSTEMS----------------------------------12
7.0 ARCHITECTURAL AND STRUCTURAL DETAILING----------------------------------15
8.0 MAT FOUNDATION -CONDENSATE VAULT STRUCTURE-------------------------16
8.1 PROTECTION OF EXISTING STRUCTURE ............................................... 16
8 .2 SITE PREPARATION WORK FOR NEW VAULT STRUCTURE .................. 16
8.3 MAT FOUNDATION SYSTEM ..................................................................... 18
8.4 RESISTANCE TO BUOYANCY ................................................................... 18
8.5 CONSTRUCTION CONSIDERATIONS ....................................................... 19
8.6 BELOW GRADE WALLS ............................................................................. 20
8.7 ADJACENT FLAT WORK , PIPING AND CONSIDERATIONS ..................... 21
9.0 BELLED PIER FOUNDATION SYSTEM-PIPE SUPPORTS----------------22
9.1 DRILLED SHAFT SOIL INDUCED UPLIFT LOADS ..................................... 22
9.2 DRILLED SHAFT CONSTRUCTION CONSIDERATIONS ........................... 23
9.3 GRADE BEAMS/ PIER CAPS ..................................................................... 24
10 .0 EARTHWORK GUIDELINES---------------------------------------------24
10.1 SITE GRADING AND DRAINAGE ............................................................... 24
10.2 UTILITY TRENCH EXCAVATION ................................................................ 25
10.3 PROOFROLLING AND SUBGRADE PREPARATION ................................. 26
10.4 FILL PLACEMENT IN PAVEMENT AND LANDSCAPING AREAS ............... 26
10.5 ON-SITE CLAY FILL PLACEMENT IN BUILDING AREAS .......................... 26
10.5.1 MOISTURE CONDITIONING PRIOR TO COMPACTION .................. 26
10.5.2QUALITY ASSURANCE REQUIREMENTS ....................................... 27
10 .6 SELECT FILL PLACEMENT IN BUILDING AREAS ..................................... 27
11 .0 TREE EFFECTS---------------------------------------------------------------------28
ALLIANCE GEOTECHNICAL GROUP, INC. DE21-226r6
12.0
13.0
FIELD SU PERVIS ION ------------------------------------------------·-------------------28
LIMITATIONS---------------------------------------------------------------------29
FIGURES
FIGURE
PLAN OF BORINGS ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------1
LOGS OF BORINGS---------------------------------------------------------------------------------2 thru 16
LEGEND -KEY TO LOG TERMS & SYMBOLS-------------------------------------------------------17
SWELL TEST RESULTS -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------18
LATERAL EARTH PRESSURES -------------------------------------------------------------------------19
ALLIANCE GEOTECHNICAL GROUP, INC. DE21-226r6
GEOTECHNICAL INVESTIGATION
PROPOSED NEW DIGESTER MIXING, FLARE AND DOME IMPROVEMENTS
VILLAGE CREEK WATER RECLAMATION FACILITY (WRF)
FORT WORTH, TEXAS
1.0 INTRODUCTION
1.1 PROJECT DESCRIPTION
The project will consist of adding three new flares, a condensate vault structure, five iron
sponge/H2S removal vessels , elevated yard pipe supports, and pumps for mixing the
digesters at the existing Village Creek Water Reclamation Facility (WRF) located at 4500
Wilma Lane in Arlington Texas . It is understood that the pumps will be placed on equipment
pads that will be constructed at depths of 2'-4 " below existing grades . In addition to the
digester pump pads , two electrical transformers and switchgear pads will also be constructed.
Flairs and iron sponge/H2S are anticipated to be supported by piers . The majority of the
proposed structures will be founded on-grade . However, a condensate vault structure will be
founded on a mat slab founded at a depth of about 20 feet below existing grade . A grading
plan has not be provided at this time . Based upon site grades, cuts and fills of 2 feet or less
are anticipated to achieve final pad grades for the proposed new structures.
1.2 PURPOSE AND SCOPE
The purposes of this geotechnical investigation were to: 1) explore the subsurface conditions
at the site , 2) evaluate the pertinent engineering properties of the subsurface materials , 3)
provide foundation recommendations to reduce the soil swell movements for the proposed
new structures, 4) provide subgrade preparation recommendations for the pump equipment
pads, and 5) provide comments and recommendations for site grading and drainage. This
report was prepared in general accordance with AGG Proposal No . P21-0926E-R7 dated
January 19 , 2022 .
2.0 FIELD INVESTIGATION
The original field investigation consisted of drilling a total of seven (7) test borings (Borings B-
1, B-2 and B-4 thru B-8) in the vicinity of the proposed improvements . The original plans
consisted of drilling eight (8) test borings. However, due to access issues and concerns of
damaging underground utilities , Boring B-3 was omitted. The boring locations were first "pot
holed " with a vacuum truck for the first 10 feet to avoid damage to existing utilities .
ALLIANCE GEOTECHNICAL GROUP, INC. DE21-226r6
PAGE 1
The majority of the test borings were advanced to depths of 20 feet below the existing ground
surface . However, Borings B-2 and B-4 were extended to deeper depths in order to penetrate
at least 15 feet into unweathered rock to boring termination depths ranging from 80 to 85 feet
below existing ground surface.
In order to reduce the risk of damaging existing underground utilities lines , the owner
requested that the boring locations be first "pot holed " with a vacuum truck. The pot hole
operations extended to depths ranging from 9 to 12 feet at each of the test boring locations.
Therefore, AGG was unable to obtained undisturbed samples of the upper soils during the
initial field investigation. However, the design team and owner identified four (4) locations
where they were comfortable enough to perform drilling without having to first perform "pot
holing ". Therefore , four (4) additional test borings (Borings B-9 thru B-12) were located in and
around the existing dig esters. These test borings were drilled to depths of 10 feet within these
identified areas. The purposes of these additional test borings were to determine the potential
upward soil swell movements that currently exists beneath the existing concrete pavement /
flatwork that is present around the existing digesters .
A truck-mounted auger drill rig was used to advance the test borings and to obtain samples
for laboratory evaluation . The borings were located at the approximate locations shown on
the Plan of Borings (Figure 1 ).
Undisturbed samples of cohesive soils were obtained at intermittent intervals with standard,
thin-walled, seamless tube samplers . These samples were extruded in the field , logged ,
sealed , and packaged to protect them from disturbance and maintain their in-situ moisture
content during transportation to our laboratory.
Foundation bearing properties of the overburden soils and weathered shale encountered in
the borings were evaluated by the Standard Penetration Test (SPT) in conjunction with split
spoon sampling. The SPT involves driving a standard 2 inch diameter sampler a total of
eighteen inches and recording the blow counts and driving distances for each 6 inch or 50
blow increment. The first 6 inch drive is for seating purposes . The results of the SPT are
recorded at the respective testing depths on the Logs of Borings.
The rock encountered in the test borings was evaluated by the Texas Department of
Transportation Penetrometer (TxDOT Cone) tests . The TxDOT Cone is driven with the
resulting penetration in inches recorded for 100 blows. The penetration results are recorded
ALLIANCE GEOTECHNICAL GROUP, INC. DE21-226r6
PAGE2
for two (2) 50 blow increments. The results of the TxDOT Cone test are recorded at the
respective testing depths on the Logs of Borings .
The results of the boring program are presented on the Logs of Borings, Figures 2 thru 16. A
key to the descriptive terms and symbols used on the logs is presented on Figure 17 .
3.0 LABORATORY TESTING
Laboratory tests were performed on representative samples of the soil to aid in classification
of the soil materials . These tests included Atterberg limits tests, percent passing #200 sieve,
moisture content tests and unit weight determinations. Hand penetrometer tests were
performed on the clay soil samples to provide indications of the swell potential and the
foundation bearing properties of the subsurface strata . Unconfined compression strength tests
were performed on select cohesive samples to provide foundation bearing properties.
To provide additional information about the swell characteristics of these soils, absorption
swell tests were performed on selected samples of the clay soils . The results of our testing
program are presented on the Logs of Borings (Figures 2 thru 16) and on the Swell Test
Results (Figure 18).
4.0 SITE AND SUBSURFACE CONDITIONS
4.1 GENERAL SITE CONDITIONS
The project will consist of adding three new flares, five iron sponge/H2S removal vessels and
eight pumps for mixing the digester at the existing Village Creek Water Reclamation Facility
(WRF) located at 4500 Wilma Lane in Arlington Texas. See Plan of Borings (Figure 1) for site
configuration , location and aerial view.
4.2 SITE GEOLOGY
As shown on the Dallas sheet of the Geologic Atlas of Texas, the site is located in an area
where Fluviatile Terrace Deposits are overlying the Woodbine Formation. The Fluviatile
Terrace Deposits are Quaternary Age deposits consisting of gravel, sand, silt and clay. The
Woodbine Formation typically consists of shale, sandstone , and cemented sand interbedded
with clay seams. Soils derived from the formation are typically moderately to highly active
clays exhibiting moderate to high shrink/swell potential with variations in moisture content.
ALLIANCE GEOTECHNICAL GROUP, INC. DE21-226r6
PAGE3
4.3 SIESMIC SITE CLASS
The International Building Code (IBC) was reviewed to determine the seismic site class of the
subject property. In accordance to Table 1615.1.1 of the IBC , the subject site has a seismic
site class of D for a stiff soil profile.
4.4 SUBSURFACE CONDITIONS
Subsurface conditions encountered in the borings , including descriptions of the various strata,
their depths , and thicknesses, are presented on the Logs of Borings . Note that depth on all
borings refers to the depth from the existing grade or ground surface present at the time of the
investigation. Boundaries between the various soil types are approximate.
4.5 GROUNDWATER CONDITIONS
The borings were advanced using both continuous flight augers and hollow stem auger
methods. Advancement of the borings using these methods allows observation of the initial
zones of seepage. Groundwater was not encountered within the 20 foot deep test borings .
However, groundwater was encountered within the deeper test borings (Borings B-2 and B-
4) during the drilling operations at depths ranging from 33 to 36 feet below the existing ground
surface . Shallower groundwater levels should be anticipated after periods of rain and when
water levels within nearby Village Creek and Trin ity River are elevated.
It is not possible to accurately predict the magnitude of subsurface water fluctuations that ,
might occur based upon short-term observations . The subsurface water conditions are subject
to change with variations in climatic conditions and are functions of subsurface soil conditions,
and rainfall.
5.0 ANALYSES AND RECOMMENDATIONS
5.1 SOIL MOVEMENT
In order to reduce the risk of damaging existing underground utilities lines, the owner
requested that the boring locations be first "pot holed " with a vacuum truck. The pot hole
operations extended to depths of about 10 feet at each of the test boring locations . Therefore,
AGG was unable to obtained undisturbed samples of the upper soils within these test borings .
AGG was able to obtain some disturbed samples from the vacuuming operations to be used
with our analyses. Since the samples obtained were wet from the vacuuming operations, the
samples were "air dried " and remolded prior to performing the swell testing in order to be able
ALLIANCE GEOTECHNICAL GROUP, INC. DE21-226r6
PAGE4
to estimate swell potential in a dry condition. Swell testing was also able to be performed on
undisturbed samples from the recent test borings .
The subsurface exploration at this site revealed the presence of expansive clay soils. These
clay soils will have a moderate to high shrink/swell potential depending upon their existing soil
moisture condition at the time of construction. Potential soil swell movement calculations were
performed using swell test results, pocket penetrometer readings, and moisture content tests
to estimate the swell potential of the soil.
Potential soil swell upward movements are generally anticipated to be on the order of 2 to 3
inches when in a moist to average moisture condition. In a dry condition, the potential soil swell
upward movements would exceed 8+ inches. Based upon the recently drilled test borings
(Borings B-9 thru B-12), the clay soils beneath the existing concrete pavement/ flatwork at the
proposed digester's pump mixing pads are currently in a moist condition with the potential soil
swell upward movements ranging from 1 to 1. 75 inches.
5.2 EXISTING FILL SOILS
Existing fill soils are anticipated to be encountered within the majority of the site due to
previous construction activities. Relatively deep existing fill soils were encountered within the
southwestern portion of the site (see Borings B-1 and B-2). If the existing fill soils were placed
in an uncontrolled manner without engineering supervision and without moisture / compaction
verification of each fill lift, excessive settlements should be anticipated for shallow foundations,
slabs, pavements and flatwork placed over existing uncontrolled fill soils. If building pad
preparation work consisting of over-excavation and moisture conditioning is performed in
accordance with Section 5.6 .2 of these report, the majority of the existing fills will be over-
excavated and reworked within the proposed new building pads. Soil stabilization thru
potassium injection should not be performed within the existing fill soils unless it can be
verified that these fill soils were placed in a controlled manner in thin uniform moisture and
compaction lifts due to the risk of excessive settlements.
5.3 STRAIGHT SHAFT FOUNDATION SYSTEM
The proposed new structures should be supported by cased straight sided continuously
reinforced drilled shafts founded in the hard to very hard gray unweathered calcareous shale.
As an alternative, the proposed structure could be supported on auger cast piles. See Notes
3 and 4 for auger cast pile recommendations.
ALLIANCE GEOTECHNICAL GROUP, INC. DE21-226r6
PAGES
The hard to very hard gray unweathered calcareous shale was first encountered within the
test borings at depths ranging from 69 .5 to 74 feet below the existing ground surface . It should
be noted that actual pier depths required during construct ion will vary depending upon the
depth to bearing stratum, the depth of cut and/or fill required , and the design penetrations into
the bearing stratum .
The allowable end bearing pressure and side resistance pressures are provided in Table 1
and have been developed based on the assumption that a minimum 2 pier diameter clear
spacing will be provided between piers. For piers touching , a 50% reduction in skin friction
should be used . Where the clear spacing is 2D , no reduction is necessary. For a spacing
between 0 and 2D , a straight line interpolation should be used .
The skin friction values provided are for compression loading and for resistance to soil swell
uplift. For other tension loads (sustained uplift), the allowable skin friction is 50% of the value
indicated above .
These foundations should be subject to settlements on the order of ¾ inch. Differential
settlements should be on the order of½ inch.
TABLE 1. ALLOWABLE BEARING VALUES
BEARING STRATA
SHAFT LOADING TYPE
HARD TO VERY HARD GRAY UNWEATHERED
CALCAREOUS SHALE
Axial End Bearing 40,000 osf **
Skin Friction Side Resistance 6,000 psf *
* For penetrations into hard to very hard gray unweathered calcareous shale exceeding 1
foot as verified by the AGG geotechnical team. The skin friction values provided are for
compression loading and for resistance to soil swell uplift. For other tension loads
(sustained uplift), the allowable skin friction is 50% of the value indicated above . All pier
penetrations (below temporary casing) may be counted on for resistance to soil swell
uplift.
** A minimum 5 feet or 2 pier diameters into very hard gray unweathered calcareous shale
(whichever is greater) is recommended to develop the allowable end bearing pressure.
Larger penetrations may be required to resist soil swell uplift and for axial support.
Penetrations into gray weathered shale (identified by its softer consistency, iron staining
or tan colored seams) should not be counted on for the design penetrations during pier
installations. The design penetrations should be counted on only for penetrations into
continuous hard to very hard gray unweathered calcareous shale below any temporary
ALLIANCE GEOTECHNICAL GROUP, INC. DE21-226r6
PAGE6
casing. Design penetrations should not be counted on within the cased length.
Note 1:
Note 2:
Note 3:
Note 4:
We recommend than an AGG Geotechnical Engineer be present at the start of
the drill pier operations in order to identify the proper bearing stratum to field
personnel.
A minimum shaft diameter of 18 inches should be used for the straight shaft
piers. In addition, we recommend that a maximum length to diameter ratio of
30 be used for design of the drilled shafts.
In lieu of using cased straight shaft piers to support the proposed new
structures , consideration can be given to using auger cast piles . If auger cast
piles are used, the auger cast piles should be designed by the Structure
Engineer and/or piling specialist to penetrate into the bearing stratum. The
allowable bearing values provided in Table 1 should be used for design. The
auger cast piles should be constructed in general accordance with the
recommendations within this report for straight shaft piers. The auger cast pile
contractor will most likely be required to use fixed mast style drill rigs that can
apply sufficient crowd force in order to achieve the required design
penetrations
We recommend that the first three (3) auger cast piles and at least 10% of the
remaining auger cast piles thereafter be integrity tested. We recommend that
the integrity testing be performed using sonic echo testing methods. These
tests will assist in the evaluation of the integrity of the auger cast piles. We
recommend that AGG be retained to perform the sonic echo testing on the
auger cast piles.
5.3.1 DRILLED SHAFT SOIL INDUCED UPLIFT LOADS
All piers will be subject to uplift loads as a result of swelling within the overlying clays. Straight
shafts should be designed by the Structural Engineer with adequate penetration lengths in
order to have sufficient anchorage in resisting uplift forces generated by soil swelling . The
piers should have sufficient continuous vertical reinforcing steel extending to the bottom of the
piers to resist the computed net uplift loads (uplift less dead load).
The magnitude of the uplift loads varies with the shaft diameter, soil parameters, free water
sources, and the depth of the active clays acting on the shaft. The uplift pressures can be
approximated at this site by assuming a uniform uplift pressure of 2,500 pounds per square
foot acting on the shaft perimeter for a depth of 10 feet.
5.3.2 DRILLED SHAFT CONSTRUCTION CONSIDERATIONS
Due to the presence of water bearing granular soils above the bearing stratum, temporary
casing will be required for all piers. Temporary casing should be properly seated and sealed
within the hard to very hard gray unweathered calcareous shale to prevent seepage into the
ALLIANCE GEOTECHNICAL GROUP, INC. DE21-226r6
PAGE7
drilled shaft excavation . Care must be taken that a sufficient head of plastic concrete is
maintained within the casing during extract ion .
Note 1: Penetrations should be counted for hard to very hard gray unweathered calcareous
shale below the bottom of casing. Penetrations should not be counted on within the
cased portion of the shaft .
Concrete used for the shafts should have a slump of 6 to 8 inches and placed in a manner to
avoid striking the reinforcing steel and walls of the shaft during placement. Complete
installation of ind ividual shafts should be accomplished within an 8-hour period in order to
minimize deterioration of bearing surfaces . The drilling of individual shafts should be
excavated in a continuous operation and concrete placed as soon as practical after completion
of the drilling . No shaft should be left open for more than 8 hours .
We recommend that Alliance Geotechnical Group be retained to observe and document the
drilled pier construction . The engineer, or his representative , should document the shaft
diameter , penetration , depth , casing installations and extractions , cleanliness , plumbness of
the shaft , and the type of bearing material. Significant deviations from the specified or
anticipated cond itions should be reported to the owner's representat ive and to the Structural
Eng ineer. The drilled pier excavation should be observed to verify the bottom of the excavation
is dry and thoroughly cleaned of cuttings after completion.
Note 2: "Mushroom ing " should not be allowed around piers , pier caps or grade beams .
5.4 GRADE BEAMS, PIER CAPS AND SLABS
Grade beams , pier caps and slabs supported by straight shaft piers should be constructed
over a void space. A minimum void space of 12 inches should be provided between the bottom
of these members and the subgrade . Permanent retainer forms should be used . Structural
cardboard forms are one acceptable means of providing this void beneath these members.
Care must be exercised during concrete placement to avoid collapsing the cardboard void
boxes . The cardboard carton forms should not be allowed to become wet or crushed prior to
concrete placement. Permanent earth retainer forms should be used.
The exterior portions of the grade beams along the perimeter of the structures should be
carefully backfilled w it h on -site clay soils unless specified otherwise below. The backfill soils
should be placed at a moisture content between optimum and +3% of optimum mo isture
content. The fill should be compacted to a minimum of 95 percent of maximum dry density as
determined in accordance with ASTM D-698 (Standard Proctor).
ALLIANCE GEOTECHNICAL GROUP, INC. DE21-226r6
PAGES
5.5 FLOOR SLAB
Potential soil swell upward movements has been estimated to exceed 8+ inches when in a
dry condition. Due to the potential for upward slab movements , the proposed new structures
should either be structurally supported and suspended above the site soils by void spaces or
should consist of slabs on grade floor systems that are placed on improved subgrade soils to
reduce the anticipated potential soil swell movements to one (1) inch.
5.5.1 STRUCTURALLY SUPPORTED FLOOR SLAB
Due to the potential for excessive slab movements, one method of minimizing the effects of soil
movements in areas sensitive to movement would be the use of a structurally supported floor
slab suspended above the underlying soils by crawl spaces or minimum twelve (12) inch void
spaces maintained with permanent earth retainer forms. The void spaces created between the
bottom of the floor slab and the subgrade will serve to reduce distress resulting from swell
pressures generated by the clays . Any crawl space should be ventilated and drained. A suitable
vapor barrier should be used below all floor slabs .
If a structurally supported floor slab is used, structural cardboard forms could be used to provide
the required voids beneath the floor slab. If carton forms are used , care should be taken to assure
that the void boxes are not allowed to become wet or crushed prior to or during concrete
placement and finishing operations. Masonite placed on the top of the carton forms should be
used to reduce the risk of crushing of the carton forms during concrete placement and finishing
operations. As a quality control measure during construction , "actual" concrete quantities placed
should be checked against "anticipated" quantities . Significant concrete "overage" would be an
early indication of a collapsed void.
Note 1: A crawl space would be preferred and is recommended to allow access for
maintenance. This would allow utility lines to be hung to the floor system and
suspended above the expansive clays by at least 12 inches . Otherwise, soil swell
movements beneath utility lines could cause leaks or crush the pipe at
connections to floor fixtures unless appropriate details are used to prevent
upward pipe movement (such as Plumbing Void Systems). Flexible joints must
be provided to accommodate large differential pipe movements for all utility lines.
These required flexible joints are required for all utility lines and particular
attention should be given to joints at both ends of elbows where vertical risers
are required and where suspended utility lines transition from the crawl space to
ground supported lines beyond the crawl space . Utility lines extending into crawl
spaces should be placed 12 inches below grade beam void boxes . Utility
penetrations through grade beams are not recommended for many reasons.
Penetrations through floor slabs should be sleeved appropriately to
accommodate differential soil swell movement. See Section 5.1 of this report. All
ALLIANCE GEOTECHNICAL GROUP, INC. DE21-226r6
PAGE9
of this should be coordinated with the Architect, the Structural Engineer and the
Geotechnical Engineer.
Note 2: Large differential upward movements should be anticipated where sub-floor
piping transitions to expansive soil at the building perimeter. Flexible connections
should be used at the building perimeter to accommodate large differential
movements. See Section 5.1 of this report.
Note 3: Concrete cut-off collars should be used for below grade piping adjacent to the
building perimeter to minimize water seepage into the crawl space via utility
trenches .
5.5.2 SLAB-ON-GRADE CONSTRUCTION
Slabs-on-grade floor systems may be used at this site . Site preparation work will be required
in order to lower the potential soil movements . Recommendations for site preparation work to
reduce the soil swell movements to one (1) inch are presented below.
1. Excavate to a depth of 10 feet below final pad grade. Excavations should extend 5 feet
beyond building lines and 2 feet beyond adjacent sidewalks and entry areas,
whichever is greater. Excavation tapers along minimum 1 H:1V slopes should be used
for safety purposes unless appropriate shoring is used. We recommend that Alliance
Geotechnical Group review the excavation plan for compliance with this report prior to
construction bidding .
Note 1 Shoring and/or underpinning will be required prior to any excavation operations adjacent
to existing structures , pavements and underground utilities unless structurally supported
floors are used . The shoring should be designed by a shoring specialist to prevent
undermining and to prevent lateral loading and stresses from being imposed on the
existing structures during excavation . The contract documents should specify that the
contractor is responsible for preventing damage to all existing structures, pavements , and
underground utilities .
2. After excavation has been approved, the upper 10 inches at the base of cut should be
scarified , moisture conditioned and compacted as specified below in Item 3.
3. Fill to within 18 inches of final pad grade using on-site materials as follows :
Clay Soils: On-site clay soils having a Pl of less than 40 can be used as fill within
the building pads if the clay soils are moisture conditioned and placed in controlled
lifts . Compact on-site clay soils at +5% to +8% above optimum moisture content to
a minimum of 92% of Standard Proctor density (ASTM D698).
Proper moisture conditioning should be indicated with hand penetrometer readings
within the following ranges.
Material Type
Clay Soils
ALLIANCE GEOTECHNICAL GROUP, INC.
Pocket Penetrometer Range
1.2 tsf to 2.0 tsf
DE21-226r6
PAGE10
Note 2: These "targeted" moisture contents are subject to soil swell and compressive
strength verifications and adjustment per Section 10.5.2 of this report.
4. Fill to final pad grade with a minimum of 18 inches of non-expansive select fill. The
select fill should extend to the limits as specified in Item #1 above. The material used
as select fill should be a very sandy clay to clayey sand (uniform consistency free of
clay clods) with a liquid limit less than 35 and a plasticity index between 4 and 15. The
fill should be spread in loose lifts, less than 8 inches thick , and uniformly compacted
to a minimum of 95 percent of ASTM Standard D-698 between -2% and +2% of the
soil's optimum moisture content.
The upper 6 inches of select fill within areas subject to heavy loads and forklift loads
should consist of crushed Chico stone flex base or recycled crushed concrete flex
base compacted at optimum to +2% above optimum to a minimum of 95% of Modified
Proctor density (ASTM 01557). The base materials should comply with TxDOT Item
247, Type D, Grade 1.
5. The upper 18 inches of fill in unpaved areas near the building should consist of
compacted on-site clay soils to minimize water infiltration into the select fill (compact
in 8 inch lifts to a minimum of 95% of ASTM D 698) at optimum to +4% of optimum
moisture.
6. The moisture condition of completed pads must be maintained until all slabs are in
place as verified by AGG. This will be particularly important along the building
perimeter where clay soils will possibly be exposed after excavations for grade beams .
The use of 6 inches of select fill above exposed clay excavations would reduce
moisture losses during prolonged dry weather conditions. It must be verified that moist
soil conditions are present along the leave-out areas (as verified by AGG) prior to
backfilling of grade beams . All dry clayey soils will have to be over-excavated and
moisture conditioned prior to backfilling. Full depth select fill backfill is recommended
along the interior of the grade beams.
All work should be performed in accordance with the Earthwork Guidelines (Section 10.0) of
this report.
A polyethylene moisture barrier is recommended below slab-on-grade floor slabs where floor
coverings or painted floor surfaces will be applied with products which are sensitive to
moisture or if products stored on the building floors are sensitive to moisture. Procedures for
installation of vapor barriers are recommended in ACI 302.
5.6 FLAT WORK AND PIPING CONSIDERATIONS
Provisions should be made for post-construction differential upward movement of adjacent flat
work and piping. Site grading plans should include provisions for the effects of soil swell
movements on access and entry slabs, adjacent sidewalks and all pavements. See Section 5.1
of this report. Utility line details and fixtures should consider the potential for differential movement
ALLIANCE GEOTECHNICAL GROUP, INC. DE21-226r6
PAGE11
beneath any piping. To prevent potential tripping hazards, access and entry slabs should be
elevated above the adjacent sidewalks and pavement slabs (where possible). We recommend
that Alliance Geotechnical Group be retained to review the project drawings and specifications
to ensure compliance with the geotechnical report.
Note: Civil Engineer must consider differential upward soil swell potential for grading plan
design. Civil Engineer should specify excavation / moisture conditioning limits to
prevent negative drainage and ponding adjacent to structures and excessive
differential piping movements.
6.0 SHALLOW FOUNDATION SYSTEMS
Shallow mat foundation systems designed to accommodate differential movements may be
used for the digestor's pump mixing pads and for the electrical transformers and switchgear
pads if some foundation movements are acceptable . The recommended building pad
preparation work for the electrical transformers and switchgear pads is provided in Section
6.1 of this report and the recommended building pad preparation work for the digester pump
mixing pads is provided in Section 6.2 of this report .
6.1 ELECTRICAL TRANSFORMERS AND SWITCHGEAR PADS
In a dry condition, the potential soil swell movements for the electrical transformers and
switchgear pads are anticipated to exceed 8+ inches. The clay soils in the area of the SS7,
PA?, SS8 and PA8 electrical transformers and switchgear pad is anticipated to be in a very
dry condition with potential for large soil swell movements due to tree root moisture absorption
(soil desiccation). Due to the large potential for soil swell uplift movements, either
significant over-excavation and moisture conditioning will need to be performed or
these pads should be supported by piers over void spaces as specified in Sections 5.3
and 5.5.1 of this report.
The following building pad preparation work will be required in order to reduce the potential
soil swell movements to on the order of one (1) inch and to reduce the risk of settlements of
existing fill soils .
1. Excavate to depths of 10 feet below final pad grades . Excavations should extend 5
feet beyond building lines and 2 feet beyond adjacent sidewalks and entry areas,
whichever is greater (where possible). Excavation tapers along minimum 1 H:1V
slopes should be used for safety purposes unless appropriate shoring is used. We
recommend that Alliance Geotechnical Group review the excavation plan for
compliance with this report prior to construction bidding.
ALLIANCE GEOTECHNICAL GROUP, INC. DE21-226r6
PAGE12
Note 1: Shoring and/or underpinning will be required prior to any excavation operations
adjacent to existing structures, pavements and underground utilities unless
structurally supported floors are used. The shoring should be designed by a shoring
specialist to prevent undermining and to prevent lateral loading and stresses from
being imposed on the existing structures during excavation. The contract documents
should specify that the contractor is responsible for preventing damage to all existing
structures , pavements , and underground utilities.
Note 2: We recommend that the excavation operations be performed to depths of 5 feet
below the final pad grade and no deeper until a test pit is performed for the PA 10 and
PA9 electrical transformers and switchgear pad. After excavating to 5 feet , a test pit
should be performed by the contractor below the 5 foot cut under the direction of an
AGG Engineer to see if the deeper clay soils are adequately moist with a swell
potential of one (1) percent or less. If the deeper clay soils are adequately moist with
a swell potential of one (1) percent or less , excavation and moisture conditioning from
5 to 10 feet will not be required . If dry expansive clay soils are found, they should be
over-excavated and moisture conditioned as specified below.
We recommend that an item be placed in the bid documents for the deeper
excavation and moisture conditioning in order that the owner may receive a credit
if moist soils are encountered within the test pits and lesser excavation and
moisture conditioning are required.
2. After excavation has been approved, the upper 10 inches at the base of cut should be
scarified, moisture conditioned and compacted as specified below in Item 3.
3 . Fill to within 18 inches of final pad grade using on-site materials as follows:
Note 3:
Clay Soils: On-site clay soils having a Pl of less than 40 can be used as fill within
the building pads if the clay soils are moisture conditioned and placed in controlled
lifts . Compact on-site clay soils at +5% to +8% above optimum moisture content to
a minimum of 92% of Standard Proctor density (ASTM 0698).
Proper moisture conditioning should be indicated with hand penetrometer readings
within the following ranges.
Material Type
Clay Soils
Pocket Penetrometer Range
1.2 tsf to 2.0 tsf
These "targeted " moisture contents are subject to soil swell and compressive
strength verifications and adjustment per Section 10 .5.2 of this report .
4 . Fill to final pad grade with a minimum of 18 inches of non-expansive select fill. The
select fill should extend to the limits as specified in Item #1 above. The material used
as select fill should be a very sandy clay to clayey sand (uniform consistency free of
clay clods) with a liquid limit less than 35 and a plasticity index between 4 and 15 . The
fill should be spread in loose lifts , less than 8 inches thick, and uniformly compacted
to a minimum of 95 percent of ASTM Standard 0-698 between -2% and +2% of the
soil's optimum moisture content.
ALLIANCE GEOTECHNICAL GROUP, INC. DE21-226r6
PAGE13
The upper 6 inches of select fill should consist of crushed Chico stone flex base or
recycled crushed concrete flex base compacted at optimum to +2% above optimum to
a minimum of 95% of Modified Proctor density (ASTM 01557). The base materials
should comply with TxDOT Item 247 , Type D, Grade 1.
5. The upper 18 inches of fill in unpaved areas near the pads should consist of
compacted on -site clay soils to minimize water infiltration into the select fill (compact
in 8 inch lifts to a minimum of 95% of ASTM D 698) at optimum to +4% of optimum
moisture.
6 . The moisture condition of completed pads must be maintained until all slabs are in
place as verified by AGG .
Note 4: If the existing trees present adjacent to the proposed SS7 , PA7, SS8 , and PA8
electrical transformers and switchgear pad are not removed, then tree root barriers
will be required if shallow footings are placed on moisture conditioned clay so ils are
used . See Section 11 .0 of this report.
6.2 DIGESTER PUMP MIXING PADS
Based upon the recently drilled test borings (Borings B-9 thru B-12), the clay soils beneath the
existing concrete pavement/ flatwork at the proposed digester's pump mixing pads are
currently in moist conditions with the potential soil swell upward movements ranging from 1 to
1. 75 inches . Based upon conversations with the design team , the proposed new digester's
pump mixing pads can be designed to withstand up to 1. 75 inches .
It will be imperative that the clay soils not be allowed to dry out after the existing concrete
pavement / flatwork is removed for construction of these proposed pads . Therefore , we
recommend that as soon as the concrete is removed that excavation be performed to a depth of
at least 6 inches beneath the proposed mat foundations and immediately backfilled with flowable
fill ("mud s lab "). The mud slab should extend to at least 5 feet beyond the edges of the proposed
mat foundations.
6.3 FOOTING RECOMMENDATIONS
Mat footings founded on moisture conditioned clay soils and/orflowable fill shou ld be des igned
for an allowable soil bearing capacity of 1,200 psf. All footings should be founded at least 18
inches below final adjacent grades . These footings should be subject to maximum settlements
of one inch and differential settlements of 3/4 inch. See Section 11.0 regarding effects of trees
near slabs and shallow foundations .
Note : We recommend that probings be performed by an Alliance Geotechnical Group
Engineer after excavation of the footings has been performed (prior to installing
ALLIANCE GEOTECHNICAL GROUP, INC. DE21-226r6
PAGE14
poly and placement of reinforcement steel) in order to verify adequate bearing
capacity. Probings will not be required where flowable fill was used as backfill.
The footing bases should not be formed. All footings should be constructed using neat vertical
cuts without forming the footing base. The foundation plan and the utility plan should be cross-
checked to verify that no utility line excavation extends beneath the bearing influence of any
footing. Trench cuts extending beneath the footings (or within their bearing influence) should
be avoided, if possible . Otherwise , the trench backfill should consist of compacted low Pl
select fill and/or lean concrete within the bearing influence of the footing .
We recommend that an Alliance Geotechnical Group Geotechnical Engineer or a qualified
engineering technician observe the footing excavations prior to placing concrete. The
foundation bearing area should be level or suitably benched. It should be free of loose rock ,
soil , ponded water, and debris prior to the inspection . We recommend that the footing
excavations be observed , probed and tested by an Alliance Geotechnical Engineer prior to
concrete placement to verify that the footings will be founded at the proper depths , verify
proper bearing materials, verify neat vertical cuts , and to verify the footings are properly
cleaned prior to concrete placement.
A polyethylene moisture barrier is recommended below slab-on-grade floor slabs where floor
coverings or painted floor surfaces will be applied with products which are sensitive to
moisture or if products stored on the building floors are sensitive to moisture . Procedures for
installation of vapor barriers should be followed as recommended in ACI 302.
7.0 ARCHITECTURAL AND STRUCTURAL DETAILING
It should be recognized that even slight differential movements of floor slabs due to
settlements and/or shrink/swell soil movements of about one-half inch +/-can cause cracking
of interior sheetrock walls, ceilings , floor slabs, floor coverings , and masonry walls that are
sensitive to movements . In order to minimize cracking , deep cased straight shaft piers
founded within unweathered rock in conjunction with structural floors over a void space or
crawlspace would be needed. In order to reduce costly maintenance associated with these
periodic repairs caused by minor floor movement, we recommend the following .
1. Use resilient floor and wall coverings that can accommodate differential movement
without cracking.
ALLIANCE GEOTECHNICAL GROUP, INC. DE21-226r6
PAGE15
2. Provide closely spaced joints within interior and exterior walls to control cracking and
reduce irregular crack patterns and maintenance (especially over doors and windows).
3. Coordinate with General Contractor and all subcontractors regarding the need for
appropriate jointing in all interior and exterior walls to reduce future cracking and
maintenance after occupancy.
4 . The Architect should advise the Owner regarding the likelihood of future maintenance
due to minor movement of ground supported floor slabs so that Owner expectations
are not unreasonable . The Owner should be advised that future maintenance should
be expected over the life of the facility.
5. A landscape architect and arborist should be contacted for recommendations for root
barriers and irrigated tree wells for trees within 35 feet of the building or pavement.
The ground beneath the un-pruned drip lines of trees should not be paved unless an
arborist is consulted regarding the installation of root barriers and irrigated tree wells .
8.0 MAT FOUNDATION -CONDENSATE VAULT STRUCTURE
We understand that the proposed condensate vault structure will be supported by a mat
foundation system that will be founded at a depth of about 20 feet below the existing ground
surface .
8.1 PROTECTION OF EXISTING STRUCTURE
Shoring will possibly be required prior to excavation operations adjacent to existing structures,
pavements and underground utilities . The shoring should be designed by a shoring specialist
to prevent undermining and to prevent unbalanced lateral forces on the existing structures
during excavation. The contract documents should specify that the contractor is responsible
for preventing damage to all existing structures, pavements , and underground utilities.
8.2 SITE PREPARATION WORK FOR NEW VAULT STRUCTURE
We understand that the proposed new vault structure will be founded at a depth of about 20
feet below the existing ground surface . Based upon the results of the test boring (Boring B-
2), expansive clay soils will be present at the base of the 20-foot cut. The potential upward
soil swell movements of the mat structure will be on the order of 3 inches. Site preparation
work is provided below in order to reduce the potential soil swell movements to on the order
of one (1) inch .
1. Excavate to a depth of 7 feet below final pad grade (27 feet below existing grade).
Excavations should extend 5 feet beyond the mat foundation. Excavation should be
tapered in accordance with OSHA standards (see Section 8.5) for safety purposes
ALLIANCE GEOTECHNICAL GROUP, INC. DE21-226r6
PAGE16
Note 1
unless appropriate shoring is used. We recommend that Alliance Geotechnical Group
review the excavation plan for compliance with this report prior to construction bidding.
Shoring and/or underpinning will be required prior to any excavation operations
adjacent to existing structures, pavements and underground utilities unless
structurally supported floors are used. The shoring should be designed by a shoring
specialist to prevent undermining and to prevent lateral loading and stresses from
being imposed on the existing structures during excavation. The contract documents
should specify that the contractor is responsible for preventing damage to all existing
structures , pavements, and underground utilities.
2 . After excavation has been approved , the upper 10 inches at the base of cut should be
scarified, moisture conditioned and compacted as specified below in Item 3.
3. Fill to within 18 inches of final pad grade using on-site materials as follows:
Note 2:
Clay Soils: On-site clay soils having a Pl of less than 40 can be used as fill within
the building pads if the clay soils are moisture conditioned and placed in controlled
lifts . Compact on-site clay soils at +5% to +8% above optimum moisture content to
a minimum of 92% of Standard Proctor density (ASTM 0698).
Proper moisture conditioning should be indicated with hand penetrometer readings
within the following ranges.
Material Type
Clay Soils
Pocket Penetrometer Range
1.2 tsf to 2.0 tsf
These "targeted" moisture contents are subject to soil swell and compressive
strength verifications and adjustment per Section 10.5.2 of this report.
4. Fill to final pad grade with a minimum of 18 inches of non-expansive select fill. The
select fill should extend to the limits as specified in Item #1 above. The material used
as select fill should be a very sandy clay to clayey sand (uniform consistency free of
clay clods) with a liquid limit less than 35 and a plasticity index between 4 and 15. The
fill should be spread in loose lifts, less than 8 inches thick, and uniformly compacted
to a minimum of 98 percent of ASTM Standard 0-698 between -2% and +2% of the
soil's optimum moisture content.
The upper 6 inches of select fill should consist of crushed Chico stone flex base or
recycled crushed concrete flex base compacted at optimum to +2% above optimum to
a minimum of 95% of Modified Proctor density (ASTM 01557). The base materials
should comply with TxOOT Item 247, Type 0 , Grade 1.
5. The moisture condition of completed pads must be maintained until the mat foundation
is place as verified by AGG .
ALLIANCE GEOTECHNICAL GROUP, INC. DE21-226r6
PAGE17
8.3 MAT FOUNDATION SYSTEM
Shallow mat foundation systems may be used to support the new vault structure . The mat
foundation may be designed for an allowable bearing capacity of 1,500 psf. Foundation
settlements should be limited to about one inch and differential settlements should be limited
to¾ inches.
Note: Flexible piping connections should be used to accommodate differential upward
movement between the structures and the piping.
8.4 RESISTANCE TO BUOYANCY
Buoyant uplift forces should be anticipated for the new vault structure . Buoyant uplift forces
may typically be resisted using one of three methods.
a.) Extending the mat foundation footing beyond the edge of the structure and using the
weight of the compacted backfill directly above the footing to resist buoyant uplift
forces.
b.) Drilled shafts founded in unweathered shale.
c .) Rock anchors founded in unweathered shale .
Recommendations for extending the footings to resist buoyancy are provided below .
Recommendations for drilled shafts to reduce buoyant uplift forces are provided in Section
5.3 of this report. Rock anchors (if used) should be designed by a design build contractor that
specializes in rock anchors using the geotechnical design parameters in Section 5.3. Prior to
construction , pull-out tests should be performed under the direction of AGG to verify the
means and methods used to construct the anchors results in an adequate factor of safety
against creep pullout. If drilled shafts and/or rock anchors are used to resist buoyancy , the
mat foundation should be supported by the drilled shafts and/or rock anchors and constructed
over a minimum void space of 8 inches with permanent earth retainer forms.
All below grade structures should be checked for their resistance to flotation, assuming
groundwater levels rise to the ground surface due to elevated groundwater levels in
combination with trapped rain water within the undrained excavation. If the weight of the
structures is not sufficient to resist the buoyant hydrostatic forces beneath the mat
foundations , measures should be taken to provide added resistance.
ALLIANCE GEOTECHNICAL GROUP, INC. DE21-226r6
PAGE18
One method to provide added resistance to floatation would be to extend the mat foundation
footing beyond the edge of the walls. The weight of the compacted backfill directly above the
extended portion of the mat could then b~ counted on for added resistance. The Naval
Facilities Engineering Command, Design Manual NAVFAC DM-7 .2, recommends this design
method. Where buoyant forces must be resisted , it is suggested that a zero (0) degree friction
angle be assumed and that only the fill immediately above the extended portion of the mat or
footing be counted on for resistance . An appropriate safety factor should be used to ensure
that the structure is anchored to resist the buoyant uplift forces . In our opinion, a safety factor
of at least 1.5 is recommended for buoyancy if a groundwater level is conservatively assumed
at the ground surface and all backfill is placed in thin compacted lifts and verified with
compaction tests .
If placement of the backfill is inspected and tested to assure that all backfill is compacted in
maximum eight (8) inch lifts to a minimum of 95% of ASTM D 698 (Standard Proctor), the
following soil unit weights could be assumed .
Soil Unit Weight Below Groundwater Table
(Submerged Soil Unit Weight:)
8.5 CONSTRUCTION CONSIDERATIONS
62 pct
Excavation for the proposed structure and for all required piping should generally be
performed in accordance with OSHA requirements . This will require excavation slopes no
steeper than 1 (H): 1 (V) for stiff to hard clay from which water seepage is not occurring and
1.5(H): 1(V) for short term (less than 12 hours) and no steeper than 2(H): 1(V) for long term
(greater than 12 hours) for existing fill soils and where water seepage is occurring.
Where s ite limitations require excavations to have vertical side walls , soi l nails will be
necessary. Alternatively , an interna l bracing system could be used for trench excavations. If
drilled shafts will be required to support the shoring for the structures, the drilled shafts should
be designed in accordance with Section 5.3 of this report. Bracing may also consist of
temporary timber or steel shoring . The lateral pressure distribution to be used in the design of
temporary trench bracing may be determined as presented on Figure 19. It should be
recognized that pressures are not included from hydrostatic pressures , surcharge loads , or
traffic live loads at trench s ide walls , dynamic loads , and vibration, which if present, must be
ALLIANCE GEOTECHNICAL GROUP, INC. DE21-226r6
PAGE19
included in bracing design. An earth pressure coefficient may be assumed to be 0.50 for
determination of lateral soil pressures resulting from surcharge loads.
Note1:
Note 2:
Larger lateral soil pressures due to swell pressures can occur along shoring
that must be in place for extended periods to allow construction. The area
behind the shoring must be sealed to prevent soil swelling behind the shoring.
Otherwise , large lateral pressures could develop .
Prior to construction , the contractor should be required to submit an excavation
plan showing what measures will be taken to protect all existing structures
(including pavements , flatwork and utilities) in the vicinity of the proposed
improvements during excavation and construction activities. This will include
shoring and tie-backs to retain vertical excavations, where required.
Dewatering might be required at this site during construction . The actual dewatering system
required should be designed and implemented by the General Contractor. Prior to
construction, the contractor should also be required to submit an excavation plan showing
what measures will be taken to protect all existing structures in the vicinity of the proposed
improvements during excavation and construction activities .
8.6 BELOW GRADE WALLS
The below grade walls should be backfilled with low Pl select fill in compacted lifts within a 45
degree wedge extending 2 feet beyond the edge of the vault structure and then upward from
the base of the wall to the ground surface . The material used as select fill should be very
sandy clay to clayey sand with a liquid limit of less than 35. We recommend the plasticity index
of this material be between 4 and 15 . The fill should be spread in loose lifts, less than 8 inches
thick , and uniformly compacted in horizontal benched lifts to between 95% and 100% ASTM
D 698 between -2% and +2% of optimum moisture content. Compaction must be achieved
along the full width of the backfill (from the edge of the structure to the benched 45 degree
excavation interface). Do not over compact. The upper 24 inches of backfill placed along
exterior walls in unpaved areas should consist of on-site clay compacted in 8 inch lifts to a
minimum of 95% of ASTM 0698 at optimum to +4% above optimum.
Compaction levels should be increased for fill depths over 15 feet in areas sensitive to
settlement. For fill depths over 15 feet, we recommend that the fill be compacted to between
98% and 100% of ASTM D 698.
For all backfill , use hand compaction within 5 feet of walls and backfill in lifts uniformly around
each structure . Settlement of compacted backfill and the deeper moisture conditioned clay fill
ALLIANCE GEOTECHNICAL GROUP, INC. DE21-226r6
PAGE 20
soils should be anticipated . Long term settlement should be in the range of 1.0% of the total
fill height.
Note 1: All below grade walls should be water proofed.
The below grade walls will be subject to the following at-rest pressures where low Pl select
fill is used in a 45 degree wedge .
A. At-Rest Pressure On Walls:
Select Fill : 92 pcf undrained
Where site limitations will not allow temporary sloped excavations and placement of a 45
degree wedge of low Pl select fill, we recommend that the at-rest pressures be increased for
expansive clay soils and expansive shale as shown below. It should be noted that the at-rest
lateral pressures in expansive clay are relatively large.
B. At-Rest Pressure On Walls :
In-Situ Expansive Clay: 150 pcf undrained
It is understood that temporary shoring might be required to allow a vertical cut for portions of
lift station . If a narrow horizontal annular space will be provided between the shoring and the
structure , the annular space should be filled with suitable flowable fill.
Note 2: All at-rest earth pressures indicated above assume flat grades above the walls and
do not include any surcharge load or traffic live load. Any traffic live load or any
surcharge load (including weight of sloped embankment above top of wall) must be
included during final design studies by the design engineer. These added pressures
should be included for any sloped embankment or any other loading condition within
a distance of H + 5 feet from the back of the wall (where H is the height of the wall).
An earth pressure coefficient may be assumed to be 0.50 for determination of lateral
soil pressures resulting from surcharge loads.
8. 7 ADJACENT FLAT WORK, PIPING AND CONSTRUCTION CONSIDERATIONS
Provisions should be made for post-construction differential upward movement of adjacent
flatwork and piping. Site grading plans should include provisions for the effects of soil
movements on adjacent flatwork and piping. The potential soil swell upward movements for
ground level flatwork and shallow piping adjacent to the proposed structure are estimated to
exceed 8+ inches at the proposed structures.
ALLIANCE GEOTECHNICAL GROUP, INC. DE21-226r6
PAGE 21
Note: If it is desired to reduce the potential soil swell movement of the adjacent flatwork and
piping, Alliance Geotechnical Group should be contacted for recommendations .
Differential upward soil swell movements will be minimized within the tapered
excavation I low Pl select fill backfill zone.
9.0 BELLED PIER FOUNDATION SYSTEM-ELEVATED YARD PIPE SUPPORTS
Underreamed belled pier foundation systems could be considered at this site to support the
proposed elevated yard pipe supports. According to the results of the test boring (Boring B-
4 ), very stiff to hard clay soils are anticipated to be encountered at the founding depths . The
belled piers should be founded at depths ranging from 15 to 17 feet below existing grade on
very stiff to hard clay soils .
The recommended allowable bearing capacity for the belled piers founded in very stiff to hard
clay soils at the founding depths is 3,000 psf. This value contains a factor-of safety of 3.0
based on the results of geotechnical borings.
A bell to shaft ratio of 2.75 :1 should be used . We recommend that a minimum shaft diameter
of 18 inch be used.
Note 1: Belling in the very stiff to hard clay soils will be time consuming. The use of
properly equipped reamers with fresh sharp cutting teeth will be required for
maximum production.
Note 2 : It should be specified that the belling tool be at least 1 inch smaller than the
drilled shaft diameter to min imize sloughing along the drilled shaft as the belling
tool is used .
Note 3: The depth to bottom of the completed belled pier should be equal to or slightly
deeper than the depth of shaft prior to belling to verify that there is no sloughing
build-up at the bottom of the belled pier.
Note 4: A bell checker should be used to verify that proper bell sizes are being
achieved and to verify that the bell bottoms are clean of cuttings . The bell
checker should also be used just prior to installing the reinforcing steel and
concrete .
9.1 DRILLED SHAFT SOIL INDUCED UPLIFT LOADS
All piers will be subject to uplift loads as a result of swelling within the overlying clays . The
underreamed shafts should have a base to shaft diameter ratio of at least 2 . 75 to 1.0 to provide
anchorage and to minimize the potential soil swell uplift (heave) of the belled piers. The piers
ALLIANCE GEOTECHNICAL GROUP, INC. DE21-226r6
PAGE 22
should have sufficient continuous vertical reinforcing steel extending to the bottom of the piers
to resist the computed net uplift loads (uplift less dead load).
The magnitude of the uplift loads varies with the shaft diameter, soil parameters, free water
sources and the depth of the active clays acting on the shaft . The upl ift pressures can be
approximated by assuming a uniform uplift pressure of 2,500 pounds per square foot acting
on the shaft perimeter for a depth of 10 feet.
Note: We recommend that isolation joints be provided around the piers/ pier caps and the
surrounding sidewalk / flatwork in order to allow the flatwork to freely move upward
when soil swell heaving occurs .
9.2 DRILLED SHAFT CONSTRUCTION CONSIDERATIONS
Groundwater was encountered at a depth of 36 feet during drilling within Boring B-4. Since
this groundwater depth is well below the proposed founded depths of the belled piers ,
groundwater seepage is not anticipated during belled pier construction as long as the belled
pier construction is performed in an expedited manner and during dry weather periods. If minor
water seepage is occurring and no caving , the pier steel and concrete should be placed
immediately after belling. If excessive groundwater infiltration is encountered and/or caving in
any area , AGG should be contacted immediately for recommendations .
Concrete used for the shafts should have a slump of 4 to 6 inches and placed in a manner to
avoid striking the reinforcing steel and walls of the shaft during placement. Complete
installation of individual piers should be accomplished within a 4-hour period in order to help
minimize deterioration of bearing surfaces and to minimize caving of the bells . The drilling of
individual shafts should be excavated in a continuous operation and concrete placed as soon
as practical after belling . No shaft should be left open for more than 4 hours. Belled piers
should be concreted as soon as possible after belling (within 2 hours) in order to reduce the
risk for water seepage and/or caving.
We recommend that Alliance Geotechnical Group be retained to observe and document the
drilled pier construction. The engineer, or his representative , should document the shaft
diameter, underream diameter , depth , cleanliness , plumbness of the shaft , and the type of
bearing material. Significant deviations from the specified or anticipated conditions should be
reported to the owner's representative and to the Structural Engineer. The drilled pier
ALLIANCE GEOTECHNICAL GROUP, INC . DE21-226r6
PAGE 23
excavation should be observed to verify the bottom of the hole is dry and thoroughly cleaned
of cuttings after completion and prior to concrete placement.
Note 1: A bell checker should be used to verify that proper bell sizes are being achieved and
to verify that the bell bottoms are clean of cuttings.
Note 2: "Mushrooming " should not be allowed around the top of piers, pier caps and/or grade
beams.
Belled piers at this site will be subjected to differential movements caused by post-construction
settlement and caused by post-construction shrink/swell movements . These foundations
should be subject to settlements of about one inch . Differential shrink/swell movements could
be on the order of 3/4 inch.
9.3 GRADE BEAMS / PIER CAPS
Grade beams and pier caps supported by belled piers should be constructed over a void
space. A minimum void space of 12 inches should be provided between the bottom of these
members and the subgrade . Permanent retainer forms should be used. Structural cardboard
forms are one acceptable means of providing this void beneath these members. Care must
be exercised during concrete placement to avoid collapsing the cardboard void boxes. The
cardboard carton forms should not be allowed to become wet or crushed prior to concrete
placement. Permanent earth retainer forms should be used .
The exterior portions of the grade beams/ pier caps should be carefully backfilled with on-site
clayey soils unless specified otherwise below. The backfill soils should be placed at a mo isture
content between optimum and +4% above optimum moisture content. The fill should be
compacted to a minimum of 95 percent of maximum dry density as determined in accordance
with ASTM 0 -698 (Standard Proctor).
10.0 EARTHWORK GUIDELINES
10.1 SITE GRADING AND DRAINAGE
All grading should provide positive drainage away from the proposed structures and should
prevent water from collecting or discharging near the foundations. Water must not be
permitted to pond adjacent to the structures during or after construction. Otherwise, differential
soil swell movements and resulting differential foundation movements could occur.
ALLIANCE GEOTECHNICAL GROUP, INC. DE21-226r6
PAGE 24
Leave outs for drilled shafts or around the perimeter of the structures should not be allowed
to collect and hold water. These leave outs should be pumped out as needed .
Surface drainage gradients should be designed to divert surface water away from the
structures and edges of pavements . Surface drainage gradients of sidewalks, pavements, and
landscaping, within 20 feet of the bu ildings should be constructed with maximum slopes
allowed by local codes and maintained after occupancy (5% minimum in landscaping areas
and 2% minimum for flatwork subject to ADA requirements). If flatter grades are used, a
permanent horizontal moisture barrier should be used for a distance of 15 feet from the
building (20 mil poly sheeting with UV protection attached to the building and covered with 16
inches of on-site compacted clay (compacted in 8 inch lifts at or above optimum to a minimum
of 95% of ASTM 0698).
Provisions should be made for post-construction differential upward movement of adjacent
flat work. Site grading plans should include provisions for the effects of soil swell movements
on access and entry slabs , adjacent sidewalks, and all pavements. See Section 5.1 of this
report .
The roofs should be provided with gutters and downspouts to prevent the discharge of
rainwater directly onto the ground adjacent to the build i ng foundations . Downspouts should
discharge directly onto well-drained areas or drainage swales , if possible. Roof downspouts
and surface drain outlets should discharge into erosion-resistant areas . Water permitted to
pond in planters , open areas , or areas with unsealed joints next to the structures can result in
excessive slab or pavement movements as indicated in this report.
Exterior sidewalks and pavements will be subject to post construction movement as indicated
in this report . These potential movements should be considered during preparation of the
grading plan. Flat grades should be avoided. Where concrete pavement is used , joints should
also be sealed to prevent the infiltration of water. Since post construction movement of
pavement and flat work will occur, joints particularly around the building should be periodically
inspected and resealed where necessary.
10.2 UTILITY TRENCH EXCAVATION
Trench excavation for utilities should be sloped or braced in the interest of safety. Attention
is drawn to OSHA Safety and Health Standards (29 CFR 1926/1910), Subpart P, regarding
trench excavations greater than 5 feet in depth . Fill placement in trenches should be
performed as specified below.
ALLIANCE GEOTECHNICAL GROUP, INC. DE21-226r6
PAGE 25
10.3 PROOFROLLING AND SUBGRADE PREPARATION
Prior to placing fill, the exposed subgrade in areas to receive fill should be stripped and
proofrolled using a fully loaded dump truck . Proofrolling and removal and replacement of soft
materials should be performed .
Proofrolling can generally be accompl ished using a heavy (25 ton or greater total weight)
pneumatic tired roller making several passes over the areas. Where soft or compressible
zones are encountered , these areas should be removed to a firm subgrade. Wet or very moist
surficial materials may need to be undercut and either dried or replaced with proper
compaction or replaced with a material which can be properly compacted. Any resulting void
areas should be backfilled to finished subgrade in 6 inch compacted lifts compacted to a
minimum of 95 percent of maximum dry density as determined by ASTM D 698 at optimum to
+4%. The upper 8 inches of subgrade soil within pavement areas should be compacted at -
1 % to +2% of optimum moisture to a minimum of 98% of Standard Proctor density (ASTM D
698).
10.4 ON-SITE CLAY FILL PLACEMENT IN PAVEMENT AND LANDSCAPING AREAS
The on -site surficial clays may be used for general grading and filling . The fill materials should
be free of surficial vegetation or debris . Clay materials should be spread in loose lifts , less
than 8 inches thick and uniformly compacted to a minimum of 95 percent of the maximum
density as determined by ASTM D 698 (Standard Proctor) between optimum and +4% above
its optimum moisture content. The upper 8 inches of subgrade soil within pavement areas
should be compacted at -1 % to +2% of optimum moisture to a minimum of 98% of Standard
Proctor density (ASTM D 698).
10.5 ON-SITE CLAY FILL PLACEMENT IN BUILDING AREAS
On-site clay soils may be used as fill in building areas if this option is elected . All fill should be
placed and compacted in maximum 8-inch lifts. Prior to fill placement, the subgrade should
be scarified and compacted to a depth of 8 inches . See Section 5.5 .2 of this report.
10.5.1 MOISTURE CONDITIONING PRIOR TO COMPACTION
Each layer shall be leveled with approved equipment. After spreading , each layer shall be
thoroughly manipulated by plowing , discing , or other approved methods of the full depth of
the layer being placed to insure uniform density and moisture distribution for proper
compaction . The moisture content at the time of compaction shall be within the range specified
in this report . If the material is too dry, it shall be mo istened by watering before and during
ALLIANCE GEOTECHNICAL GROUP, INC. DE21-226r6
PAGE 26
manipulation, to properly condition the material for compaction. If the material is too wet, the
compaction operation shall be delayed until the moisture content has been reduced to within
satisfactory compaction range.
Because of time of completion limitations, thoroughly processing of the on-site clay soils will
be required during manipulation if the moisture content is below optimum at the time of
placement. Each fill lift should be processed until the soil mixture is free of large clods to allow
uniform moisture distribution and uniform compaction within the entire fill lift. This is
particularly important if highly plastic clay soils are to be used as fill in the building pads . The
amount of processing and reworking required to achieve uniform moisture conditions can be
reduced by pre-wetting the onsite soils prior to placement.
10.5.2 QUALITY ASSURANCE REQUIREMENTS
As a quality control measure, pocket penetrometer (P .P .) tests shall be performed with each
field density test during construction as further verification that proper moisture conditioning
is being achieved within the clay fill soils . Proper moisture conditioning should be indicated
with hand penetrometer readings within the following ranges.
Material Type
Clay Soils (+5% to +8%)
Pocket Penetrometer Range
1.2 tsf to 2 .0 tsf
Similarly, P .P. tests should be performed on each Proctor Compaction Point in the laboratory
for correlation and verification of the desired P.P. range with respect to Proctor moisture ,
density and swell (with verification that volumetric swell is less than 1 % at the targeted
moisture content). Prior to construction, it should be confirmed that the "targeted moisture
contents" recommended in this report will result in an average volumetric swell of less than
1 % within the moisture conditioned clay soils . This swell testing should be performed in
conjunction with all proctor compaction testing . If the targeted moisture contents result in an
average swell of over 1% or in a P.P . value outside the range indicated above , AGG should
be contacted to determine if the intent of the geotechnical design is being achieved with
respect to required swell reduction and bearing capacity.
10.6 SELECT FILL PLACEMENT IN BUILDING AREAS
The material used as select fill should be a very sandy clay to clayey sand (uniform
consistency free of clay clods) with a liquid limit of less than 35 and a plasticity index between
4 and 15. The select fill should be spread in loose lifts, less than 8 inches thick , and uniformly
compacted to a minimum of 95 percent of ASTM Standard D 698 between -2% and +2 of the
ALLIANCE GEOTECHNICAL GROUP, INC. DE21-226r6
PAGE 27
soil's optimum moisture content. The upper 18 inches of fill in unpaved areas near the building
should consist of compacted on -site clay soils in order to minimize water infiltration into the
select fill (compacted in 6 inch lifts at optimum to +4% to minimum of 95% of ASTM D698).
11.0 TREE EFFECTS
It should be recognized that concrete slabs (floor slabs, shallow foundations, plazas ,
sidewalks, and pavements) will be subject to long term settlement due to ground shrinkage
caused by moisture absorption of tree root systems. To minimize long term settlements , trees
and deep rooted shrubs should not be planted within their ultimate mature height of the
building and critical flatwork areas sensitive to movement in order to minimize settlements
caused by ground shrinkage associated with moisture absorption of the tree root systems .
Also , the area beneath the un-pruned mature tree drip lines and to limits of at least 10 feet
beyond the drip line should not be paved. The area beneath the drip line should be landscaped
and irrigated . Otherwise , an arborist should be contacted regarding the installation ,
effectiveness , and use of root barriers and irrigated tree wells to minimize future slab-on-grade
foundation and flatwork settlements due to ground shrinkage caused by tree root absorption.
12.0 FIELD SUPERVISION
Field density and moisture content determinations should be made on each lift of fill with a
minimum of 1 test per lift per 5,000 square feet in the building pad areas , 1 test per lift per
5 ,000 to 10 ,000 sf in other fill areas , and 1 test per lift per 150 linear feet of utility trench
backfill. Supervision by the field technician and the project engineer is required. Some
adjustments in the test frequencies may be required based upon the general fill types and soil
conditions at the time of fill placement.
Many problems can be avoided or solved in the field if proper inspection and testing services
are provided . It is recommended that all pier excavations , footing excavations, proofrolling ,
site and subgrade preparation , subgrade stabilization and pavement construction be
monitored by a qualified engineering technician. Density tests should be performed to verify
compaction and moisture content of any earthwork. Inspection should be performed prior to
and during concrete placement operations. Alliance Geotechnical Group employs a group of
experienced , well-trained technicians for inspection and construction materials testing who
would be pleased to assist you on this project.
ALLIANCE GEOTECHNICAL GROUP, INC. DE21-226r6
PAGE 28
13.0 LIMITATIONS
The professional services, which have been performed, the findings obtained, and the
recommendations prepared were accomplished in accordance with currently accepted
geotechnical engineering principles and practices . The possibility always exists that the
subsurface conditions at the site may vary somewhat from those encountered in the test
borings . The number and spacing of test borings were chosen in such a manner as to
decrease the possibility of undiscovered abnormalities, while considering the nature of
loading , size , and cost of the project. If there are any unusual conditions differing significantly
from those described herein , Alliance Geotechnical Group, Inc. should be notified to review
the effects on the performance of the recommended foundation system .
The recommendations given in this report were prepared exclusively for the use of client, their
client and their consultants . The information supplied herein is applicable only for the design
of the previously described development to be constructed at locations indicated at this site
and should not be used for any other structures , locations , or for any other purpose.
We will retain the samples acquired for this project for a period of 30 days subsequent to the
submittal date printed on the report . After this period, the samples will be discarded unless
otherwise notified by the owner in writing .
ALLIANCE GEOTECHNICAL GROUP, INC. DE21-226r6
PAGE 29
FIGURES
./
~&~ICfll ffiOUP
Project No:
DE21-226r6 PLAN OF BORINGS
NEW DIGESTER MIXING, FLARE AND DOME
IMPROVEMENTS
VILLAGE CREEK WRF
FIGURE NO:
1
LOG OF BORING B-1
Project: Village Creek Digester & Flares Project No .: DE21-226
Date : 2/10/2022 Elev .: Location : See Figure 1
Depth to wa ter at completion of boring : Dry ----~
Depth to water when checked : was :
Depth to cav ing when checked : was :
ELEVATION/ I SOIL SYM BOLS MC LL PL Pl -200 DD P.PEN UNCON Strain DEPTH SAMPLER SYM BOLS DESCRIPTION
(feetl & FIELD T EST DATA % % % % % pcf tsf ksf %
0
Clay Fill (Vacuumed Pot Holed)
5
10
----------------------~ Dark brown and tan CLAY , jointed , w/ gravel and 28 58 19 39 2.0
asphalt layers {FILL) 1.0
29 2.0
----------------------Ir ~ Brown CLAY , jointed , w/ sand , iron stains , gravel and 1.75
~15 gypsum 2.5 ....___
24 51 18 33 98 1.5 3.3 6 .6
~ 2.75
1.75
2.25
~20
Boring terminated at 20 feet
'-25
~30
'-35
~
Notes: FIGURE:;I
All iance Geot echn ical Group , Inc .
LOG OF BORING 8-2
Project: Village Creek Digester & Flares Proj ect No .: DE21-226
Date : 2/11/2022 Elev .: Location : See Figure 1
Depth to water at comple ti on of boring : 33'
Depth to water when checked : was :
was : Depth to caving when checked :
ELEVATION/
DE PTH
feet
0
5
10
15
20
25
30
SOIL SYMBOLS
SAMPLER SYM BOLS
& FIELD TEST DATA
DESCRIPTION
Clay Fill (Vacuumed Pot Holed)
Dark brown sand y CLAY , w/ iron stains and calcareous
nodules (FILL )
Dark brown si lty CLAY, w/ sand seams and lenses
Brown CLAY , jointed , w/ iron stains , trace gypsum and
silt seams
Tan and gray CLAY , jointed , w/ calcareous nodu les ,
gypsum and trace gravel
MC LL PL Pl -2 00 DD P.PEN UNCON Strain
%%%%% pcf tsf ksf %
26 48 18 30
24
----------
22
105
98
---
3.0
2.75
2.75
2.5
2.5
1.75
1.50
1.25
3.0
3.75
4 .0
4 .0
4 .5
3 .25
2.5
---------
---------
3.3 4 .8
---------
--,f------------------------+-------------
35
Gray CLAY, jointed , w/ numerous iron seams and trace
silt 2.75
2.75
FIGURE:3 I Notes :
._ __________________ Alliance Geotechnical Group , Inc . ________________ _
LOG OF BORING 8-2
Project: Village Creek Digester & Flares Project No.: DE21-226
Date : 2/11/2022 Elev .:
Depth to wate r at complet ion of boring : 33'
Depth to water when checked :
Depth to caving when checked :
ELEVATION/
DEPTH
feet
SOIL SYM BOLS
SAMPLER SYM BOLS
& FIELD T EST DATA
Locati on : See Figure 1
DESCRIPTION
was :
was :
Gray CLAY , jointed , w/ numerous iron seams and trace
silt
40
45
MC LL PL Pl -200 DD P.PEN UNCON Strain
% % % % % pcf tsf ksf %
2 .0
2 .5
1.25
2 .50
--<>-------------------------+--------------
50
55
60
65
70
Notes :
1/6"
5/6"
2/6"
7/6"
8/6"
7/6"
8/6"
50/4"
50/4 .5"
Tan and gray sand CLAY , w/ sand seams
25 59
---!------------------------+-------------
Gray and tan CLAY, jointed
2 .0
1.75
2 .0
---!------------------------+--------------------------
Tan SAND and GRAVEL (wa ter bearing )
--!>-------------------------+--------------------------
Firm gray and tan weathered SHALE , fractured w/
shaley clay layers
-----------------Al liance Geotechnical Group , Inc .
LOG OF BORING B-2
Project: Village Creek Digester & Flares Project No .: DE21-226
Date : 2/11/2022 Elev .: Location : See Figure 1
Depth to wate r at completion of boring: 33'
Depth to water when checked : was :
was : Depth to caving when checked:
ELEVATION /
DEP TH
feet
75
80
85
90
95
100
105
50/0 .5"
50/0 .25 "
50 /0.25"
50/0 .125"
50/0 .25 "
50/0 "
DESCRIPTION
Very hard gray unweathered calcareous SHALE , w/
cemented sand and very hard sandstone and limestone
layers
Boring terminated at 85 feet
MC LL PL Pl -200 DD P.PEN UNCON Strain
%%%%% pct tsf ksf %
FIGURE:5 I Notes:
... _________________ Alliance Geotechnical Group , Inc . ________________ __
LOG OF BORING B-4
Project: Village Creek Digester & Flares Project No.: DE21-226
Date : 2/14/2022 Elev .:
Depth to water at completion of boring : 36'
Depth to water when checked :
Depth to caving when checked :
Locat ion : See Figure 1
was :
was :
ELEVAT ION/
DEPTH
feet
SOIL SYM BOLS
SAMPLER SYM BOLS
& FIELD TEST DATA
DESCRIPTION MC LL PL Pl -200 DD P.PEN UNCON Strain
% %%% % pcf tsf ksf %
10
15
20
25
30
35
Notes:
Clay Fill (Vacuumed Pot Holed)
Brown CLAY , j ointed , w/ calcareous nodules and trace 24
iron sta ins
23
--<-----------------------+-------------
Light brown CLAY, j o inted , w / calcareous nodu les and
iron stains
Dark gray CLAY , jointed, w/ iron sta ins and trace sand 23
-----------------Alliance Geotechn ical Group , Inc.
3.75
4 .50
3.0
4 .0
3.75
4 .0
4 .25
4 .25
3.5
3.75
4 .0
4 .5
4 .0
3.5
3.5
3.5
LOG OF BORING B-4
Project: Village Creek Digester & Flares Project No.: DE21-226
Date: 2/14/2022 Elev.:
Depth to water at completion of boring : 36'
Depth to water when checked :
Depth to caving when checked :
ELEVATION /
DEPTH
feet
Location : See Figure 1
DESCRIPTION
was :
was:
Dark gray CLAY , jointed, w/ iron stains and trace sand
MC LL PL Pl -200 DD P.PEN UNCON Stra in
% % % % % pcf tsf ksf %
---11------------------------+------- ------3.0
2.0 40
45
50
55
60
65
70
1/6"
2/6"
3/6"
1/6"
1/6"
2/6"
14/6"
26/6"
55/6"
50/1 .5"
50/1 .5"
Dark brown silty CLAY , w/ sand
-Water seepage @ 43'
Tan and gray sand CLAY, w/ silt seams
27
24
2 .0
2.0
1.5
---11------------------------+ --------------------------
Tan and gray gravelly CLAY , w/ iron sta ins and sand
---11------------------------+ --------------------------
Tan and gray SAND and GRAVEL (water bearing)
---11------------------------+ --------------------------
Tan and gray shaley CLAY, jointed , striated
Hard to very hard dark gray calcareous SHALE , w/
cemented sand and very hard sandstone and limestone
layers
FIGURE:7 I Notes:
•------------------All iance Geotechnical Group , Inc . ________________ ____.
LOG OF BORING B-4
Project: Village Creek Digester & Flares Project No.: DE21-226
Date : 2/14/2022 Elev .: Locat ion : See Figure 1
Depth to water at completion of boring : 36'
Depth to water when checked : was :
was : Depth to caving when checked:
ELEVATION /
DEPTH
feet
75
80
85
90
95
100
105
Notes:
SO IL SYM BOLS
SAM PLER SYMBOLS
& FIELD TEST DATA
50 /0 .1"
50 /0.25 "
50/0 .25 "
50/0 .125"
DESCRIPTION
Hard to very hard dark gray calcareous SHALE, w/
cemen ted sand and very hard sandstone and limestone
layers
Boring terminated at 80 feet
MC LL PL Pl -200 DD P.PEN UNCON Strai n
%%%%% pcf tsf ksf %
FIGURE:~1
-----------------Alliance Geotechnical Group , Inc. _________________ _
LOG OF BORING B-5
Proj ect: Village Creek Digester & Flares Project No .: DE21-226
ate : 2/10/2022 Elev .: Location : See Figure 1
Oepth to water at complet ion of borin g : Dry
Depth to water when checked : was :
Depth to caving when checked : was :
ELEVATION/ I SOIL SYM BOLS MC LL PL Pl -200 DD P.PEN UNCON Strain
DEPTH SAMPLER SYMBOLS DESCRIPTION
(feet) & FIELD TEST DATA % % % % % pct tsf ksf %
-o Clay Fill (Vacuumed Pot Holed)
f-5
--------------------------~ Tan and brown sandv CLAY 1.0
>-10 .
1.5 :z; 1.0
-----------------------
Brown CLAY , jointed , w/ trace calcareous nodules, 28 58 20 38 92 102 1.5
trace iron sta ins and gypsum 3.20
3.20
-15 24 3.0
3.20
3.0
3.5
3.0
-20
Boring terminated at 20 feet
~25
>-30
-35
I Notes: FIGURE:9
Alliance Geotechnical Group, Inc.
LOG OF BORING B-6
Project: Village Creek Digester & Flares Project No.: DE21-226 r Date: 2/10/2022 Elev.: Location : See Figure 1
Depth to water at completion of boring : Dry -
Depth to water when checked: was :
Depth to caving when checked : was :
ELEVATI ON/ I SOIL SYMBOLS MC LL PL Pl -200 DD P.PEN UN CON Strain DEPTH SA MPLE R SYM BOLS DESCRIPTION
(feet) & FIE LD TEST DATA % % % % % pct tsf ksf %
-o
Clay Fill (Vacuumed Pot Holed)
5
10
--------------------------
Brown CLAY , jointed , w/ trace iron stains , nodules and
1.5 calcareous nodules Ir , 2.5
15 29 60 21 39 97 101 2.0 2.5
-
2.25
2.5
2.6
2 .5
20
Boring terminated at 20 feet
25
30
35 ~
Notes: FIGURE,1~ I
Alliance Geotechnical Group , Inc.
LOG OF BORING B-7
Project: Village Creek Digester & Flares Project No .: DE21-226 -Location : See Figure 1 ate : 2/10/2022 Elev .:
Jepth to water at completion of boring : Dry
Depth to water when checked : was:
Depth to caving when checked : was :
ELEVATION/ I SOIL SYMBOLS MC LL PL Pl -2 00 DD P.PEN UNCON Strain
DEPTH SAMPLER SYM BOLS DESCRIPTION
(feet) & FIE LD TEST DATA % % % % % pct tsf ksf %
~o
Clay Fill (Vacuumed Pot Holed)
r 5
r 10
------------------------
~ Brown CLAY , jointed, w/ trace calcareus nodules and 2 .0
gyspum 1.5
24 57 19 38 105 1.5 3 .3 10.0
3 .0
f--15 3 .5
~ 4.0
3 .0
3 .0
3 .0
f--20
Boring terminated at 20 feet
r 25
r 30
f--35
I Notes: FIGURE:11
Alliance Geotechnical Group , Inc.
LOG OF BORING B-8
Project: Village Creek Digester & Flares Project No .: DE21-226
r' Date : 2/10/2022 Elev.: Loca t ion : See Figure 1
Dept h to wa t e r at complet ion of boring : Dry
Depth to water when checked : was :
Depth to cav ing when checked : was :
ELEVAT ION / I SOIL SYMBOLS MC LL PL Pl -200 OD P .P E N UNCON Strai n DEPTH SAMPLER SYMBOLS DESCRIPTION
(feet) & FIELD TEST DATA % % % % % pct !sf ksf %
~o
Clay F ill (Vacuumed Pot Holed)
r 5
>--10 ------------------------~ Dark brown CLAY , jointed , w/ trace calcareous nodules 2 .0
28 54 20 34 2 .75
1.5
1.75
-----------------------,-. ½ Brown CLAY , jointed , w/ trace calcareous nodules and 2 .75
I >--15 gypsum 2 .25
~ 23 56 20 36 2 .5
3 .0
2 .5
3.0
r 20
>--25
r 30
>--35
r'!
Notes: FIGURE:1~ I
Alliance Geotechn ica l Group , Inc.
LOG OF BORING B-9
Project: Village Creek Digester & Flares Project No .: DE21-226
Date : 9/8/2022 Elev.: Location : See Figure 1
Depth to water at completion of borin g: Dry
Depth to water when checked : was :
Depth to caving when checked : was :
ELEVATION/ I SOIL SYM BOLS MC LL PL Pl -200 OD P.PEN UNCON Strain DEPTH SAMPLER SYMBOLS DESCRIPTION
(feet) & FIELD TEST DATA % % % % % pct tsf ksf %
~o --------- ----------------=1ri ~~~t 6" CONCRETE over 3" Sand BASE -------------------------
Dark brown CLAY, jointed , w/ calcareous nodules 2.0
2 .0
28 57 19 38 2.0
2.0
5 2.25
~ 1.75
31 1.75
i 1.50
2 .0
10
Boring terminated at 10 feet
' 15
20
25
30
r 35
~
I Notes: FIGURE:13
Alliance Geotechnical Group , Inc.
LOG OF BORING 8-10
Project: Village Creek Digester & Flares Project No .: DE21-226
Date : 9/8/2022 Elev .: Location : See Figure 1
Depth to water at completion of boring : Dry
Depth to water when checked : was :
Depth to cav ing when checked : was :
ELEVATION/ I SO IL SYM BOLS MC LL PL Pl -200 DD P.PEN UNCON Strain DEPTH SAMPLER SYMBOLS DESCRIPTION
(feet) & FIELD TEST DATA % % % % % pcf tsf ksf %
~o --------------------------:1·J~.\~1:• 6.5" CONCRETE over 4" Sand BASE -------------------------
/~ Dark brown CLAY, jointed , w/ sand seams, calcareous 3 .25
½
-r\nodules and qravel (FILL) r --------------------------
2 .5
Dark gray and dark brown CLAY, jointed, w/ calcareus 29 68 23 45 2 .5 ~ nodules
1.75
5 ~ 2 .25
3 .0
~ 24 3.25
3 .25 ~ 3 .0
10
Boring terminated at 10 feet
I~
15
-
20
25
30
35
~
'
Notes : FIGURE:1~1
Alliance Geotechnical Group , Inc .
LOG OF BORING B-11
Project: Village Creek Digester & Flares Project No.: DE21-226
Date : 9/8/2022 Elev.: Location : See Figure 1
Depth to water at completion of boring : Dry
Depth to water when checked : was :
Depth to caving when checked : was :
ELEV ATI ON/ I SOIL SYM BOL S MC LL PL Pl -200 DD P.PEN UNCON Strain
DEPTH SA MPL ER SYM BOLS DESCRIPTION
(feetl & FI ELD TEST DATA % % % % % pcf tsf ks f %
~o --------------------------1;1•:i.;.~~~: -~ 5" CONCRETE over 3" Sand BASE ------------------------
~ Dark brown CLAY , jointed 2 .25
3.0
24 3.0 ~ 3.25
r 5 3.25 ~ 2 .75
~ 24 59 19 40 2 .75
2 .5
~ 2 .75
r 10
>-15
r 20
r 25
r 30
r 35
I Notes: FIGURE:15
Alliance Geotechnical Group , Inc.
LOG OF BORING B-12
Project: Village Creek Digester & Flares Project No .: DE21-226
Date : 9/8/2022 Elev .: Location : See Figure 1
Depth to water at completion of boring : Dry
Depth to water when checked : was :
Depth to cav ing when checked : was :
ELE VATI ON/ I SOIL SYM BOLS MC LL PL Pl -200 DD P.PEN UNCON Strain DEPTH SA MPLER SYMBOLS DESCRIPTION
(feet) & FIE LD TEST DATA % % % % % pcf Isl ks f %
~o ------------------------:f•t:~~~t 6 " CONCRETE over 4" Sand BASE ------------------------~ Dark gray and brown CLAY , jointed , w/ calcareous 3.0
nodules (FILL) 26 2.5
1.5
1.0
~ ------------------------
>--5 Brown clavev SAND (FILL) 0.75 ... 'i, --------------------------~ Tan clayey SAND , w/ limestone fragments and clay 2.25
~ seams (FILL) 1.25 ~ 1.0 ½ ------------------------
/ // Brown CLAY , jointed 25 3.0
>--10
Boring terminated at 10 feet
>--15
r ,
-
>--20
>--25
30
35
I~
\
'
Notes: FIGURE:1~1
Alliance Geotechnical Group , Inc.
KEY TO LOG TERMS & SYMBOLS
Symbol Description
Strata symbols
II
II
Notes:
CLAY
CLAY,
sandy
CLAY,
silty
SAND,
gravelly
SHALE,
weathered
Calcareous SHALE
CLAY,
gravelly
CLAY,
shaley
CONCRETE
Symbol Description
SAND ,
clayey
Misc. Symbols
~
...sz__
Boring continues
Water table
at boring
completion
Soil Samplers
I
I]
Thin Wall
Shelby Tube
Standard
Penetration
Test
Auger
THD Cone
Penetration
Test
1. Exploratory borings were drilled on dates indicated using truck
mounted drilling equipment.
2 . Water level observations are noted on boring logs.
3. Results of tests conducted on samples recovered are reported on the
boring logs. Abbreviations used are:
DD= natural dry density (pcf)
MC= natural moisture content (%)
Uncon.= unconfined compression (tsf)
P.Pen.= hand penetrometer (tsf)
Rock Cores
LL =
PL =
PI =
-200 =
liquid limit (%)
plastic limit (%)
plasticity index
percent passing #200
REC= (Recovery) sum of core sample recovered divided by length
of run, expressed as percentage.
RQD = (Rock Quality Designation) sum of core sample recovery 4"
or greater in length divided by the run, expressed as
percentage.
-----------------All iance Geotechnical Group , Inc.
FIGURE:17
SWELL TEST RESULTS
ATTERBERG IN-SITU FINAL VERTICAL BORING DEPTH UNIT LIMITS MOISTURE MOISTURE LOAD SWELL NO. (FEET) WEIGHT (PSF)
LL PL Pl CONTENT CONTENT %
9-10 105.4 48 18 30 21.1 -1188 4.4
B-2 9-10 -48 18 30 -26 .0 375 6.7
24-25 108.2 -- -21.6 23.6 563 2 .7
4-5 113.1 58 21 37 15.5 -1188 12 .9*
B-4
4-5 -58 21 37 -27.6 375 16 .3*
3-4 96.0 57 19 38 27 .7 28.5 438 0.6
B-9
7-8 91.6 ---31 .1 31 .5 938 0 .2
3-4 94.4 68 23 45 28 .5 29.8 438 1.0
B-10
7-8 101 .8 ---24 .2 25 .1 938 0 .8
3-4 101 .6 - -
-24 .0 25.4 438 1.7
B-11
7-8 101 .8 59 19 40 24 .2 25 .2 938 1.0
2-3 98 .1 -- -26 .2 27 .3 313 1.1 -----B-12
9-10 99 .3 ---25 .1 25 .6 1188 0.3
PROCEDURE:
1. Two of the subject samples were placed in confined rings. Then, an overburden load of
1,188 psf (representing 9 to 10-foot depths) was initially applied . After the swelling had
stabilized, the confining pressure was reduced to an overburden load of 375 psf
(representing 3-foot depths).
2. The confined ring with the sample is then submerged with free water with surfactant
and allowed to swell completely .
3. Once the swell movement stabilized, the design load was removed and the sample was
retrieved for final moisture content determination.
4. Both samples were "air dried prior to performing the swell testing in order to estimate soil
swell movements in a dry condition.
*A grab sample was obtained from the vacuumed pot hole spoils. These spoils were "air dried" and
then compacted to modified effort prior to performing the swell testing.
Project No:
fUJfY'ICE DE21-226 SWELL TEST RESULTS / GI} CE>TEOl'llctl. -
ffiOUP VILLAGE CREEK DISASTER & FLARES FIGURE
DALLAS, TEXAS 18
LATERAL EARTH PRESSURES FOR INTERNALLY BRACED EXCAVATIONS
Excavation
Bottom
WHERE:
Ground Surface
H
3H /4
I ◄ ►I
Sh = Lateral Earth Pressure, psf.
g = Saturated Unit Weight of Soil;
Use 130 pcf for Overburden Soils
H = Height of Excavation , ft.
k = Earth Pressure Coefficient;
Use 0.40 for fill, sand , gravel
Use 0.35 for clay.
NOTES: 1) If water is not allowed to drain from behind shoring or bracing, full hydrostatic
pressure must be considered .
2) Surcharge loads and traffic live loads must also be considered, if present.
ll[I~ ALLlffiCE
\1 □17 CcOTEOf11CftL
ffiOUP
Village Creek Disaster &
Flairs
Dallas, Texas
LATERAL EARTH
PRESSURES
PROJECT NO : DE21-226
FIGURE
19
SUBSURFACE UTILITY
EXPLORATION
OCTOBER 2021
BYCP&Y
-.....__.
THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK -
.1--1!~~
' r-111 Y~--------------------
1
LEGEND
DRY HOLE
QL-"A"
CITY OF
FORT WORTH
TEST HOLE
LOCATION
UTILITY CROSS-S ECTION A-A V IEW
NOTTO SCA LE
PROJECT CONTROL:
CONTROL POINT :
NORTH ING = 6967842.4 3 EASTING = 2385438.63 ELEV= 478.36'
ALL COORDINATES SHOWN ARE SURFACE VALUES .
"THC SE A1.N'PC..-..COI TH500CtNCNT WASAUTMOIIIZCO IY
.w,1($ 0. PRUTT
'919!,J
OI THCO ATC SHOWl(fj THCOATCST.wP.AI.TCRATICJrl(S
A SEAi.CO OOCUWENT •™<ll.Jt PRoP(JI: NOTflCATION TO
THCll£9'0l!illll.[(NOl,l[£111SAJI0HOISCllf«RTHC
TC1AS(HQNEUIWCPRACTla:ACT"
TEST HOLE PHOTO OF COMPLETION
DATE: 10/25/21
LOCAT ION : WILMA LANE
CITY OF FORT WORTH, TX
UTILITY STATION: N/A
TEST HOLE: 1 POINT NUMBER : 300001
NORTHING : 6968141 .2330 EASTING : 2385126.0450
GROUND ELEVATION : 473.25' TEST HOLE DEPTH: 12 .20
FIELD CREW : DALLAS
FIELD COND ITIONS : FAIR
DATE OF WORK : 10/25/2021
FIE LD INVEN TORY BY : TH , CH, SM
UTILITY INFO RM ATION
DESCRIPTION :
TARGET UTILITY : 14 " SCUM (PER RECORD)
UTILITY OWNER : CITY OF FORT WORTH
UTILITY TYPE: DRY HOLE
UTILITY SIZE : DRY HOLE BOTT OF HOLE ELEV. 461 .0
UTILITY MATERIAL : DRY HOLE
UTILITY CONDITION : DRY HOLE
SURFACE MATERIAL: CONCRETE (9" THICK)
SOIL TYPE : DIRT
NOTE : DRY HOLE, DUG 12' HOLE WITH AN ADDITIONA
2' ON EACH SIDE PER CLIENT REQUEST.
QUA LITY LEVEL "A"
UTILITY TE ST HOLES
AT
VC DIGEST ER
CITY OF PORT WORT H. TX
SUBSURFACE UTILITY ENGINEERING
-.tawntml!llllfll_ ,QO __ .... ,._.._~ ... .,,,.JJ>ll ~ ... ____ ,_,..,
DRAWN BY: JP
CHECKED BY : REL
JOB : 2000502
DATE: November 16, 2021 SHEET : 1 OF 11
'
,
LEGEND
(.._;
/
lO"DIA . CORE ~ EX ISTING GROUND
EXIST . GROUND ELEV. 473 .88'
DEPTH Df TD~1 •·•··
DUCT BANK . = 3.67'
----rffi
I
DEPTH Of BOTTOM Of
DUCT BANK . = 6.35'
-TOP OF DUCT BAN K ELEV . = 470 .21'
QL -"A"
CITY OF
FORT WORTH
TEST HOLE
LOCATION
DUCT BANK
-BOTT Of DUCT BANK ELEV. = 467 .53'
DUCT BANK
UTILITY CROSS-SECTION VIEW
NOTTO SCA LE
PROJECT CONTROL:
CONTROL POIN T:
NORTH ING = 6967842.43 EASTING= 2385438.63 ELEV= 478.36'
ALL COORDINATES SHOWN ARE SURFACE VA LU ES .
"THC SO I. APPENINC QII MS DQCUll[Nl •"-S AUl1'IOIZCO IY
JAlll(SOptgJTT
'919Sl
QIITHCOATC~Oi'ITHCOATCST.wP"'-lCJl"ll(J,IIF
,. SUI.CO OOCUWOIT MIHOUT PROPCA NOTFIC"TIO'I TO
THC11£SP!»l!ia.E(NQH[ElltS Nl<J"fEN!iC UNOl'.RTHC
TCU.S (NClll((JIIMC PfU,c na: .t.er"
LOCAT ION : WILMA LANE
CITY OF FORT WORTH , TX
UTILITY STATION : N/A
TEST HOLE : 2 POINT NUMBER : 30000!
NORTHING: 6968187.1730 EASTING : 2385324.3550
GROUND ELEVATION : 473.88' UTILITY DEPTH: 3.67'
FIELD CREW : DALLAS
FIELD CONDITIONS : FAIR
DATE OF WORK : 10/28/2021
FIE LD INVEN TORY BY : TH , SM
UTILITY INFOR M ATION
DESCRIPTION : CITY OF FORT WORTH DUCT BANK
RUNNING IN (N & S) DIRECTION .
TARGET UTILITY : ELECTRIC DUCT BANK
UTILITY OWN ER: CITY OF FOR WORTH
UTILITY TYPE : ELECTRIC DUCT BANK
UTILITY SIZE : N/A T Of DB EL EV.
UTILITY MATERIAL : CONCRETE OUCT BAN
UTILITY CONDITION : FAIR
SURFACE MAT ERIAL : ASPHALT (10"THICK)
SOIL TYPE : DIRT
470 .2
NOT E: TOP OF CONCRETE DUCT BANK IDENTIFIED Al
-3.67' AND BOTTOM AT -6 .35' BELOW SURFACE OF
PAVEMENT.
QUALITY LEVEL "A "
UT ILITY TE ST HOLE S
AT
VC DIGESTER
CITY OF' FORT WORT H, TX
SUBSURFACE UTILITY ENG INE ERING
...... ACIIITlllT'IUOll!Ol-,uo .... -,_.,.__,,_J!ollto "•h1J1" ........ _,..,,.,.,-•·•'"'
DRAWN BY : JP
CHECKED BY : REL
JOB : 2000502
DATE : November 16, 202 1 SHEET : 2 Of 11
r:_ .. ~~-->Y~-------------• ______ _
I s
J,,.
LEGEND
lO"DIA CORE ~ r EXISTING GROUND ~I"~ EXIST GROUND ELE V =
DEPTH OF UTILITY 2 3T
- --ft'.' ,,J - - ---TOP OF CONC ELEV
QL -"A"
I
CONCRETE CAP
UT ILI TY CROSS-SECTION VIEW
NOTTO SCA LE
PROJECT CONTROL:
474.13'
471 .76'
--GAS --CITYOF CONTROL POINT :
FORT WORTH
TEST HOLE
LOCATION
CONCRETE
CAP
NORTH ING = 6967842 .43 EASTING= 2385438.63 ELEV= 478 .36'
All COORDINATES SHOWN ARE SURFACE VAL UES.
.TI-I( SCA&. APP[Niarl(; ON TW'5 oocu,011 WAS AUIMOllllt:O a,
JAt,l(SO.PR\IITT
1911~
ONlHCOATE940WIH ON1HC0Al(SlAIIP.Ai.TERAIIOla'
4SUW1000JWCNl lll llO.IIPf!OPOl:N0TflCAlla','TO
THC M:SPONSl!l.C OGN£LII IS N4 Of"fCIIS{ UfolOCR THC
11/115/11
o,rr
T(JAS(JolQHCCIIINCPIIACIICCACT"
LOCATION : WILMA LANE
CITY OF FORT WORTH , TX
UTILITY STATION : N/A
TEST HOLE : 3 POINT NUM BER : 30000!
NORTHING : 6968176.5930 EASTING : 2385348.2080
GROUND ELEVATION : 474.13' UTILITY DEPTH : 2.37'
FIELD CREW : DALLAS
FIELD COND ITIONS : FAIR
DATE OF WORK : 10/27/2021
FIELD INVENTORY BY : TH , SM
UTILITY IN FORMATION
DESCRIPTION : CITY OF FORT WORTH 14" (PER RECOR!
GAS RUNNING IN (NW & SE) DIRECTION.
TARGET UTILITYc 14" LOG GAS (PER RECORD)
UTILITY OWNER : CITY OF FORT WORTH
UTILITY TYPE : CONCRETE CAP
UTILITY Sl2E : N/A T OF CONC. ELEV . 471 .7<
UTILITY MATERIAL : CONCRETE CAP (GRAY)
UTILITY CONDITION : FAIR
SU RFAC E MATER IAL : ASPHALT (10" THICK)
SDI L TYPE : DIRT
NOTE :
QUALITY LEVEL "A "
UTILITY TES T HOLES
AT
VC DIGESTER
CITY OF FORT WORT H, TX
CR.YJ -SUBSU RFACE UTILITV ENG INE ER ING -AavnuTT( __ _
,.,,,...,._._.,,._, __ >UJI 11•><1nu ._ ... ,. .. __ ,_.,.,
DRAWN BY : JP
CHECKED BY : REL
JOB : 2000502
DATE : November 16, 2021 SHEET : 3 OF 11
LEGEND
lO"DIA. CORE ~... / EXISTING GROUND
~ ~ EXIST . GROUND ELEV. ,13.67'
Ql-"A"
DEPTH OF UTILITY. •.so·
- - - --TOP OF UTI LITY ELEV. •&a .87'
I
•• (PER RECORD)
UTILITY CROSS-SECTION VIEW
NOTTO SCA LE
PROJECT CONTROL:
1------CITY OF CONTROL POINT :
0
FORT WORTH
TEST HOLE
LOCATION
UTILITY
PROFI LE
NORTH ING = 6967842.43 EASTING = 2385438.63 ELEV= 478 .36'
All COORDINATES SHOWN ARE SURFACE VALUES .
"IWCSUI. APl'CNIIM.OI THISOOCU61CNT .SAUll◄CAZ'C 08't'
Jl<MCS O.PRUITT
f911"
OI IHC0AT(~OI MIM.TESUMP lllTUIAliOlrY
A S(Al(Q OOCUIIOH •THOUT Plt(J'(JI HOrr.t.il(»I TO
114(11£5PONSl9..£(NQNWI IS ANorrt"5CIJlrl0CllrH(
TC V.S (JCH:Ull!C PR.-CTlCl .-er
TEST HOLE PHOTO OF COMPLETION
DATE: 10/29/21
LOCATION : WILMA LANE
CITY OF FORT WORTH, TX
UTILITY STATION : N/A
TEST HOLE : • PO INT NUM BER : 30001 ,
NORTHING: 6968152.9270 EASTING: 2385351.4970
GROUND ELEVATION : •73.67' UTILITY DEPTH: ,.so·
FIELD CREW : DALLAS
FIELD COND ITIONS : FAIR
DATE OF WORK : 10/29/2021
FIELD INVENTORY BY : TH , SM , CH
UTILITY IN FO RMATION
DESCRIPTION : CITY OF FORT WORTH •• DRAIN (PER
RECORD) RUNNING IN (N & S) DIRECTION.
TARGET UTI LITY : •• DRAIN (PER RECORD)
UTILITY OWNER : CITY OF FORT WORTH
UTILITY TYPE : STORM
UTILITY SIZE : •• (PER RECORD)
UTILITY MATERIAL : PVC (WHITE)
UTILITY CONDITION : FAIR
SURFACE MATERIAL : ASPHALT (8" THICK)
SOIL TYPE : DIRT
NOTE :
QUALITY LEVEL "A"
UT I LITY T ES T HO LES
AT
VC DI GEST ER
CITY OF FORT WORTH , TX
CR.YJ -SUBSURFACE UTILITY ENGINEERI NG
--..WMl'unul'!'---·----·--•-l'WJO :,,,1,1n1.1 ,._~:-=--··· ...
DRAWN BY : JP
CHECKED BY : RE L
JOB : 2000502
DATE: November 16, 2021 SHEET: 4 Of 1(
---B~N-_ I I II
' I • I r-.,, . . F. ---"°71""--------------------
1
QL -"A "
--GAS --CITYOF
FORT WORTH
TEST HOLE
LOCATI ON
UTILITY
PROFI LE
473.63'
471.13'
CONCRETE CAP
UTILITY CROSS-SECTION VIEW
NOTTO SCA LE
PROJECT CONTROL:
CONTROL PO INT :
NORTH ING = 6967842 .43 EASTING = 238S438 .63 ELEV= 478 .36 '
ALL COORDINATES SHOWN ARE SURFACE VA LU ES .
"TH(S(-'l. .lr,PP(AR!NC ON IWSOOQlliOIT WASAUl'HOll2(09Y
JAl,l(SO.PRUITT
f91U l
0NTH[0Alt5"0Wl(l!ITH[0AltSTAIIIP -'l.TCII ATIOII~
-' 5£"1.D) QCXlNOII •THOU! PIKf'CR ~IFlCUl(llrl TO
TH[ lill'.SPON9EU OrlQN[[R rs ,.,.. orrEHS1: 1J110011 THC
llV.S (JrlQ!j((IIING PIIIAC TIC{ Atr
LOCAT ION : WILMA LANE
CITY OF FORT WORTH , TX
UTILITY STATION : NIA
TEST HOLE : 5 POINT NUM BER : 300011
NORTHING : 6968148.7600 EASTING : 2385355.0270
GROUND ELEVATION : 473.63' UTILITY DEPTH : 2.50'
FIELD CR EW : CALLAS
FIE LD COND ITIONS: FAIR
DATE Of WORK : 10/29/2021
FI ELD INVEN TORY BY : TH , SM, CH
UTILITY INFORMATION
DESCRIPTION : CITY OF FORT WORTH 14" (PER RECORI
GAS RUNNING IN (NE & SW) DIRECTION.
TARGET UTILITY : 14"OIP LOG GAS (PER RECORD)
UTILITY OWN ER: CITY OF FORT WORTH
UTILITY TYPE : CONCRETE CAP
UTILITY SIZE : N/A T.O.U. ELEV . 471 .13
UTILITY MATERIAL: CONCRETE (GRAY)
UT ILITY CONDIT ION : FAIR
SURFACE MATERIAL: ASPHALT (7" THICK)
SO IL TYP E: SANO
NOTE: FOUND YELLOW TAPE ON TOP OF CONCRETE.
QUALITY LEVEL "A "
UTILITY T ES T HOLE S
AT
VC DI GESTER
CITY OF FORT WORTH. TX
CR.YJ -SUBSU RFACE UTILJTY ENG INEERING --UTllm--_...., __ , __ ,_"lll 1'•1•JJUJ --·--·-··•'"'
DRAWN BY : JP
CHECKED BY : REL
JOB : 2000502
DATE : November 16, 2021 SHEET : 5 Of 1(
lO"DIA . CORE ~. r EXISTING GROUND ==4 ~ EXIST . GROUND ELE V. 474.49'
QL -"A"
--LIGE --CITYOF
FORT WORTH
TE ST HOLE
LOCATION
CONCRETE
CAP
DEPTH OF UTILITY. .63'
- ---TOP OF CONC. ELEV. 473.86'
I
CONCRETE CAP
UT ILITY CROSS-SECTION VIEW
NOTTO SCALE
PROJE CT CONTROL:
CONTROL POIN T:
NORTH ING = 6967842 .43 EASTING = 238S438 .63 ELEV= 478 .36 '
ALL COORDI NATES SHOWN ARE SURFACE VA LU ES.
"™£ S£,t,L lff'CMINC ON MS OCIC\NOII WAS AUnollZCO 8l'
J.wESO.PRI.JTT ,~n,"
C)Jrl lH(QAI'( ~ (IJj MD,.rr STMIP ~TERATIOI or
A SU l£0 OOQJlj(N I -.no.11 PMJ'CR NOmc•IION TO
IHC 11'.SPQIISIEIU OIONWI IS AA' Of"JtkSC UNOOI TM[
11/1 11/21
om
rcv.s C"ICIIICCIWC PIU.Cna: ACr
TEST HOLE PHOTO OF UTILITY
DATE : 10/26/2 1
Utllltlel a Survey
Dt4M OIFl'tea
ZP00 £7
/0 -z.G-tl _
"
LOCATION : WILMA LANE
CITY OF FORT WORTH, TX
UTILITY STATION : N/A
TEST HOLE: 6 POINT NUM BER : 30003,
NORTHING: 6968-418 .4500 EASTING : 2385506.4-400
GROUND ELEVATION : 474.49' UTILITY DEPTH: .63'
FIELD CREW : DALLAS
FIELD CO NDITIONS : FAIR
DATE OF WORK : 10/26/2021
FIELD INVENTORY BY: TH, SM , CH
UTILITY INFORM ATION
DESCRIP TION : CITY OF FORT WORTH ELECTRIC
RUNNING IN (NW & SE) DIRECTION.
TARGET UTILITY : ELECTRIC
UTILITY OWNER : CITY OF FORT WORTH
UTILITY TY PE: CONCRETE CAP
UTILITY SIZE: N/A
UTILITY MATERIAL : CONCRETE CAP (GRA
UTILITY CON DITION : FAIR
SURFACE M ATE RIAL: ASPHALT (5 .5" THICk,
SOIL TYPE : DIRT
NOTE:
QUALITY LEVEL "A"
UTILITY TEST HOLES
AT
PROJE CT NAM E
CITY OF FORT WORT H, TX
SU BSU RFACE UTILJT'I' ENG INEE RING
DRAWN BY : JP
CHECKED BY : ARJ
JOB: 2000502
DATE : Novem ber 16, 2021 SHEET : 6 OF 1t
QL-"A"
CITY OF
FORT WORTH
TEST HO LE
LOCATION
CONCRE TE
CAP
474.80"
472 .14 '
CONCRETE CAP
UTI LI TY C ROSS-SECTI ON VI EW
NOTTO SCA LE
PROJECT CONTROL:
CONTROL POINT:
NORTH ING = 6967842 .43 EASTING = 2385438.63 ELE V= 478 .36'
All COORDINATES SHOWN ARE SURFACE VAL UES.
"lHCSCAL APPCN!1NGONMSDOCWOITWASAUl'HOlllE0~Y
JAW(S O. PRUTT
f!l19!>J
ON Tl'l(llATE5HO _,.ONTtt(DATESTA.¥P.,\l,.T(ftAflO'l{Y
~51::~~~(~I~ ~ft~~~~
fClAS (NQ"l((RINC PA-.C:Tl(( ACT"
"'"'" /M, ~ p.j,U,I[ ,
lJtllitJet a Survey
DttC,t,a
LOCATION: WILMA LANE
CITY OF FORT WORTH, TX
UTILITY STATION : N/A
TEST HOLE: 8 POINT NUM BER: 30002 1
NORTHING : 6968207.0860 EASTING: 2385490.4390
GROUND ELEVATION : 474.80' UTILITY DEPTH: 2.66'
FIE LD CREW : DALLAS
FIELD COND ITIONS: FAIR
DATE OF WORK : 10/2 7/2021
FIE LD INV ENTORY BY : TH , SM
UTILITY INFORMAT ION
DESCRIPTION : CITY OF FORT WORTH ELECTRIC DUCT
RUNNING IN (E & W) DIRECTION.
TARGET UTILITY: ELECTRIC DUCT
UTILITY OWN ER: CITY OF FORT WORTH
UTILI TY TYPE : ELECTRIC DUCT
UTILITY SIZE: N/A T OF CONC. ELEV . 472.14
UTILITY MATERIAL : CONCRETE CAP (GRAY)
UT ILITY CONDI TIO N: N/A
SURFACE MATER IAL: CONCRETE (5" THICK)
SOI L TYPE : DIRT
NO TE: TEST HOLE PHOTO OF COMPLETION
UNAVAILABLE.
QUALITY LEVEL "A"
UTILIT Y TEST HOLE S
AT
VC DI GES TER
CIT Y OF FORT WORT H, TX
CRY) -SU BS URFACE UTILITY ENG INEER ING
IUUl,aflollll,fTIU1'fut&l--'""' ____ ,..,_,_,u» ,,.,,,1nJ ________ ,_,..,
DRAWN BY : JP
CHECKED BY : RE L
JOB : 2000502
DATE: November 16, 2021 SHEET: 7 OF 1(
lO"DIA. ~O·'•R•E····~,--.· ,, r EXISTING GROUND ~ EX IST. GROUND ELEV.
LEGEND
QL-"A"
--UGE --CITYOF
0
FORT WORTH
TEST HOLE
LOCATION
UTILITY
PROFIL E
DEPTH OF UTILITY. 2.20'
-----TOP OF UTILITY ELEV . = 472 .1'
I
1" PVC PIPE
UTILITY CROSS-SECTION VIEW
NOTTO SCALE
PROJE CT CONTROL:
CONTROL POIN T:
NORTHING= 6967842.43 EASTING= 238S438 .63 ELEV= 478 .36'
ALL COORD INATES SHOWN ARE SURFACE VALUES .
•THE!iEALAl'PCNIING(),jllfSOOCUW(MT •ASAUtMCRZCOIY
J.t.1r,1CS O.PIIIUI TT
f919~J
(),j TH[ 0,U ( 9tO'aN (),j ntC DATt 51 -111.TtllATIOII (Y
A SCM.(0 OOQ..l,l(NI •TIIOJT PAOPOI NOfW'lCA n(Jj 10
ntEl!C5PO'fSIBL((NQHCOI IS Ni.(1'f[NSCI.INOCR THC
TtU,S OION((RIHG PIU,cna ACr
LOCATION : WILMA LANE
CITY OF FORT WORTH , TX
UT ILITY STATION : N/A
TEST HOLE: 9 POINT NUMBER : 300031
NORT HING : 6968215.7640 EASTING : 2385593.6820
GROUND ELEVATION : 474.30 ' UT ILITY DEPTH : 2.20'
FIELD CREW : DALLAS
FIELD CONDI TIONS : FAIR
DATE Of WORK: 10/27/2021
FIELD INVENTORY BY: TH , SM
UTI LITY INFORMATION
DESCRIPTION : CITY OF FORT WORTH ELECTRIC
RUNNING IN (E & W) DIRECTION.
TARGET UTILITY: ELECTRIC
UTILITY OW NER : CITY OF FORT WORTH
UT ILITY TYPE: ELECTRIC
UT ILITY SIZ E: 1"
UT ILITY MATERIAL : PVC (GRAY)
UTILITY COND ITION : FAIR
SURFACE MATER IAL : CONCRETE (4 .55" THI ,
SOIL TYPE : DIRT
NOTE :
QUA LITY LEVEL n An
UTILITY TE ST HOLES
AT
VC DIG ES T ER
CITY OF' F'ORT WORTH , TX
CP&YJ -SUBSURFACE UTILITY ENGINEER ING -ll(li,mun_, __
........ --••M.-t-~ll, l1•1•llU> ..... ·--·--·-·"'
DR AWN BY : JP
CHECKED BY : REL
JOB : 2000502
DATE : November 17, 2021 SHEET : 8 Of 1<
lO"DIA , CORE ~. / EXISTING GROUND
~ ~ EX IST. GROUND ELEV . 474.68'
DEPTH OF UTILITY. 2,55'
- - --TOP OF CONC. ELEV . 472 .1 3'
I
CONCRETE CAP
QL-"A"
CITY OF
FORT WORTH
TEST HOLE
LOCATION
CONCRE TE
CAP
UTI LI TY C ROSS-SECTION V IEW
NOTTO SCA LE
PROJECT CONT ROL:
CONTROL POINT:
NORTH ING = 6967842 .43 EASTING = 2385438.63 ELEV= 478.3 6'
ALL COORDINATES SHOWN ARE SURFACE VALUES .
"MS£.\1.M"'EARINGON MSOOCUlilENTWA54UTHOIU£D8r
JA\IES D. F'R\.ifl
f919SJ
ON MOAT[SH09'1 0N THCOAftSTA,l,IP. ~T£11ATI0Nf;F
1,S(M.(ODOQN[Nl lln+01,/l~fi0Tn:ATION IO
THC IIESPON981.E t'.NGINWI IS !.N OffEHSE UNOCII lHC
TOAS(NQHC(RINC:~ACTIC( A.CT"
~o J• ..Z:@"'"'
t')~'TE ,U •t.?•11
"",. ·"'·· --~"'·---\l"t\\. ,,.0;pr<-
MA..'l'"\.. -~.,.t;t,_.
~:,... ""ii"'
C.llti.W
TEST HOLE PHOTO OF COMPLETIO N
DATE : 10/27/21
LOCAT ION: WILMA LANE
CITY OF FORT WORTH, TX
UTILITY STATION: N/A
TEST HOLE: 9A POINT NUM BER: 30002!
NORTHING: 6968209.7620 EASTING: 2385593.4280
GROUND ELE VATI ON: 474.68' UTILITY DEPTH: 2.55'
FIELD CREW : DALLAS
FIELD COND ITIONS: FAIR
DATE OF WO RK: 10/2 7/2021
FIELD INVE NTORY BY: TH , SM
UTILITY IN FO RM ATION
DESC RIPTION : CITY OF FORT WORTH ELECTRIC
RUNNING IN (E & W) DIRECTION.
TARGET UTILITY: ELECTRIC & FIBER
UTILITY OWNER : CITY OF FORT WORTH
UT ILI TY TYPE: CONCRETE CAP
UTILITY SIZE: N/A T OF CONC. ELEV . 472.13
UTILITY MATERIAL: CONCRETE (GRAY)
UTILITY CONDITION : N/A
SURFACE MATER IAL : CONCRETE (5 " THICK)
SOIL TYPE: DIRT
NOTE :
QUA LITY LEVEL "A"
UTILITY TE ST HOLE S
AT
VC DIGESTER
CITY OF FORT WORT H, TX
CR.YJ -SU BSURFACE UTILITY ENGINEERING ---~~ ,.,.,,._ __ ,..__,_>'ii» ,,..,-,11u ......... _. __ ,_,_, ...
DRAWN BY: JP
CHECKED BY : RE L
JO B: 2000502
DATE: November 16, 2021 SH EET: 9 OF 11
EXISTING GROU ND
EXIST. GROUND ELEV. 475.00'
.89'
----TOP Of CONC. ELEV . 474.11 '
I
CONCRETE CAP
LEGEND
QL -"A"
--FOC --CITYOF
FORT WORTH
TEST HOLE
LOCATION
CONCRETE
CAP
UTILITY CROSS-SECTION V IEW
NOTTO SCALE
PROJECT CONTROL:
CONTROL POINT :
NORTHING = 6967842 .43 EASTING = 2385438.63 ELEV= 478 .36'
ALL COORDINATES SHOWN ARE SURFACE VA LU ES .
"JHCSOI. APPCNIINCONfH!SCICIClNOII WASMJntORl lCOIT
JAWESO.PAUITT
f911!1.J
OH fHCOAl[~IJ,JMC O,.lCSlt.MP AI.TUIATICfrlfS
,. SC.CO oocu,,on •nGJT Pll<J'CR N0TTICATil0N TO
fHC •SPONsa.C CNQrlCOI IS t.11 0HOiSC UN0EJI THC rc us C/IIQl',(CIINC PRACncc ...er
TEST HOLE PHOTO OF UTILITY
DATE : 10/26/21
) Utlllt MS a S urv•y { 7 DtWJ,c,. f I
=.a
tOflQ,az rs
,c.z.,~~, fs
-~--H
Ulc,e,u .,fHI+ ~3
MA.T'l. ~-~2
~!!T M__z__ ~J
C RE.W~i:!,
TEST HOLE PHOTO OF UTILITY MEASUREMENT
DAT E: 10/26/21
TEST HOLE PHOTO OF COMPLETION
DATE: 10/26/21
LOCATION: WILMA LANE
CITY OF FORT WORTH, TX
UTILITY STATION: NIA
TEST HOLE : 10 POINT NUMBER : J000JE
NORTHING : 6967932.2760 EASTING : 2385625.7190
GROUND ELEVATION : 475.0' UTILITY DEPTH : .89'
FIELD CREW : DALLAS
FIELD COND ITIONS: FAIR
DATE Of WORK : 10126/2021
FIELD INVENTORY BY : TH , SM, CH
UTILITY IN FORMATION
DESCRIPTION : CITY OF FORT WORTH ELECTRIC & FIBE
RUNNING IN (NE & SW) DIRECTION.
TARGET UTILITY : ELECTRIC & FIBER
UTILITY OWNER : CITY OF FORT WORTH
UTILITY TYPE : CONCRETE CAP
UTILITY SIZE : NIA
UTILITY MATE RIAL: CONCRETE CAP (GRA
UTILITY CONDITION : FAIR
SURFACE MATER IAL: CONCRETE (6.5 THICK,
SOIL TYPE : DIRT
NOT E: EXISTING ELECTRIC & FIBER ARE BELIEVED Tl
BE CITY DF FORT WORTH, NO RECORDS AVAILABLE.
QUA LITY LEVEL "A"
UTILITY T EST HOLES
AT
VC DI GEST ER
CITY OF' FORT WORT H, TX
Cf\YJ -SUBSU RFACE UTILITY ENGINEERING .-...o:UT!lm._._ ,.,., ____ ,..__,_>IIA >t•IOJllJ "'..,..,.,... __ ,_,,..
DRAWN BY : JP
CHECKED BY : REL
JOB : 2000502
DATE : November 16, 2021 SHEET : 10 Of 1(
SUBSURFACE UTILITY
EXPLORATION
FEBRUARY 2022
BY CRIADO &
ASSOCIATES, INC.
THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK
Test Hole Number 2-1 Client Nome Vill age Creek
Da te Excavated 2-28 -22 CRIADO Project City Fort Worth
Criado Project Number R15055 .13 Project County Tarrant
4100 Spr ing Valley Road , Suite 1001
Criado Truck Number 09 Dallas, TX 75244 Street Name C .M. Thelin Drive
Main : 972.392.9092
SUE Crew JL, RH Fax : 972.392.9192 Hours to Complete 1.5
C RO SS S ECTIO N VIEW 'Ji. PLAN VIEW
'U°*'' A --·---· A --------------· B s ,,, ....
I I , T\-. Pin A: g IN .
I I ,1/ Ro d/Ca p
~ft
PK Nail
' I <83)
I I I \ I Pin B: g IN . \\ l/' Rod/Ca p
PK Nail
' .--,, ~ ....
..... ·----,,,,, B ,-
Type of Utility FOC Rod on Marker A 5.18'
Utility Owner UNK Rod on Marker B 5.18'
Surface Type Concrete Rod on top of target utility 6.56' /Circle One)
Surface Thickness 5" Calculated top from A 1.38 '
Soi/ Conditions (:) Sand O Clay Q Silt 0 Rock Calculated bottom from A N/A /Circle One or More)
Diameter of Utility 17" Hand Measure Top 1.38 '
Material of Utility Co ncrete Hand Measure Bottom N/A
Condition of Utility Good Before/After Pictures EMAIL I Circle One)
Board Pictures EMA IL Utility Pictures EMAI L
Location Plan (not to scale): 9(_
I Q) I
> W. S. Mahlie ·;::
0
c~
I
-~
Q)
A B .c
I-
~
I ()
Remarks (type, size, depth, o f 2nd utility): Sw ing Ties from Structures Distance
A B .O.C . 11.9
B Street Li gh t 10.8
C Sto rm Inle t 27 .9
Data Entered By : Jason Lemay ReviewedBy: Patrick Dunn
Test Hole Number 2-2 Clie n t Name Vi llage Creek
Date Excavated 2-28 -22 CRIADO Project City Fort Worth
Criado Project Number R 15055.13 Project County Tarrant
4100 Spring Valley Road, Suite 1001
Criado Truck Number 09 Dallas , TX 75244 Street Name C .M . Thelin Drive
Main: 972.392.9092
SUE Crew JL, RH Fax : 972.392.9192 Hours to Complete 1.5
CROSS SECTION V IEW ... PLAN VIEW
"'*""
A --·---· A
______________ .,
B s .,,. ....
I I ; ' Pin A: g IN . ' I I / ' ,'/ ~\ Rod/Cap
~ft
PK Nail
I I ~
I I
'\\ J, I Pin B: g IN.
Rod/Cap / ' / PK Nail
' .,,. ~ ' -.,,.
..... ·----B ,--
Type of Utility FOC Rad on Marker A 5 .19'
Utility Owner UNK Rod on Marker B 5.18 '
Surface Type Concrete Rod on tap of target utility 6.36' (Circle One)
Surface Thickness 5" Calculated top from A 1.19'
Soil Conditions Q Sand 0 Clay Q Silt 0 Rock Calculated bottom from A N/A (Circle One or More)
Diameter of Utility UNK Hand Measure Top 1.19'
Material of Utility Concrete Hand Measure Bottom N/A
Condition of Utility Good Before/After Pictures EMAIL (Circle One)
Board Pictures EMAIL Utility Pictures EMAIL
Location Plan (not to scale): ?-.[_
I (l) I
> W. S. Mah lie ·.:::
0 c':F-
I
-~ <i3
A B .i:::.
I-
~
I (.)
Remarks (type, size, depth, of 2nd utility): Sw ing Ties from Structures Distance
A 8 .O .C . 10.2
B Street Light 8 .1
C Storm Inlet 29.4
Data Entered By : Jason Lemay Reviewed By:
Patrick Dunn ----------------
Test Hole Num ber 2-3 Client Nome Village C reek
Date Excavate d 2-28 -22 CRIADO Prajeet City Fort Worth
Criado Project Num ber R15055 .13 Project Co unty Tarrant
4100 Spr ing Valley Road, Suite 1001
Criado Truck Number 09 Dalla s, TX 75244 Street Nam e C .M . Thelin Drive
Ma in: 972.392 .9092
SUE Crew JL, RH Fax : 972 .392.9192 Hours to Complete 3
CROSS S ECTI O N VIEW ?( PLAN V IE W
•v♦x ... ---A --------------· B s ....
I I ,,/ ' Pin A: 15 IN . ' I I ' \ Ro d/Cap
_EJ_Q_tt \ PK Nail
I X-Cut
I
B I I A
I I PinB : 15 IN. '-\: /,✓' ~
PK Nai l
.... ., X-Cut .... ____ ,.
Type of Utility UNK Rod on Marker A 4.64'
Utili ty Owner UNK Rod on Marker B 4 .7 1'
Surface Type Natural Ground Ro d on top of target utility 9.72' (Circle One)
Surface Thickness N/A Calculated top from A 5 .08 '
So il Condit ion s 0 San d O Clay Q Silt 0 Rock Calcu la ted bottom from A N/A (Circle On e or More)
Diameter of Utility 8" Hand Measure Top 5 .10'
Material of Utility Steel Hand Measure Bo t tom N/A
Condition of Utility Moderate Before/After Pic t ures E MA IL /Circle One I
Boa rd Pictu res EMAIL Utility Pictures EMAIL
Lo cation Pl an (not to scale): 9{_
W. S. Mahl ie
I (I)
> ·;::
0 LJ I -~ Parking Lot
Q)
.c A
I
I-:11: ~
()
Rema rks (ty pe, siz e, depth, of 2nd utility): Sw ing Ties from Structures Dis tance
A B .O .C . 30 .9
B Wate r Va lve 19 .3
C Street Light 19 .2
Data Entered By : Jason Lemay Rev ie w ed By : Patrick Dunn
Test Hole Number
Date Excavated CRIADO
Client Name
Project City
Criado Project Number Project County
1-------~::,,u.ue..,....""-''-"--l4100 Spring Valley Road, Suite 10011------+--=""""'=----=---------1
Criado Truck Number
UECrew
CROSS SECTION VIEW
A-------B
Type of Ut/1/ty ~
Utility Owner
Surface Type
(Circle One}
Surface Thickness '(\)'Pt-
Soll Condi tions Sand Cla
Clrde One or More
Diameter of Utility
Material of Uti lity
CondiHon of Utility
QrdeOne Good
Boord Pi ctures
location Plan (not to scale):
Remarks (type, si ze, depth, of 2nd utility):
I
I
I
\
\
Dallas, TX 75244
Main: 972.392.9092
Fax: 972.392.9192
,-------,,
~ , '
Street Name
Haurs ta
Com lete
PLAN VIEW
' ' \
\
' I
I
I
Pin A:
Pin B:
\ I
Silt
' ' ' ... --
Gravel
Overlay
Rock
Poor
~ ,, -;
Rod on Marker A
Rod on Marker 8
Rod on top of target utility
Calculated top from A
Calculated bottom from A
Hand Measure Top
Hand Measure Bottom
Before/After Pictures
Utility Pictures
Swing Ties from Structur es
A
B
C
IN.
Rod/cap
PK Nail
X•Cut
IN .
Rod/Cap
PK Nail
X-Cut
Distance
Rev iewed By : _______________ _
Test Hole Number 2-15 Client Name Alliance
Da te Excavated 2-25-2022 CRIADO Project City Fort Worth
Criado Project Number R15055 .13 Project County Tarrant
4100 Spring Valley Road, Suite 1001
Criado Truck Number 9 Dallas, TX 75244 Street Name C.M . Thelin
Main: 972.392.9092
SUE Crew RG /RH Fax : 972.392.9192 Hours to Complete 1
CROSS SECTION VIEW ?{_ PLAN VIEW -..~ A ... ---A ---------------B s .... ; ' Pin A: 17 I I ; ' IN.
I I / ' I \ e 1.01 'ft I \ I
I X-Cut
I Cone. Natural I
Ground I
\ I Pin B: 20 IN . \ I
Cone. \ I ~ ' ; a
' ; X-Cut .... .... ____ .,,
B
Type of Utility Communication Rad on Marker A 5.48
Utility Owner N/A Rod on Marker B 5.48
Surface Type Natural Ground Rod on top of torget utility 6.52 /Circle One)
Surface Thickness N/A Calculated top /ram A 1.04
Soil Conditions Q Sand O Clay (:) Silt 0 Rock Calculated bottom /ram A N/A /Circle One or More)
Diameter of Utility N/A Hand Measure Top 1.01
Material of Utility Cone . Hand Measure Bottom N/A
Condition of Utility Moderate Bef ore/After Pictures email (Circ le On e)
Board Pictures email Utility Pic tures email
Location Plan (notto scale): 'J(
B W . s. Mahlie
C:
A (l)
.s:::.
TH#15 ~ C I-Parking Lot
~
(.)
0 . C. Allen
Remark s (type, si ze , depth, of 2nd utility): Sw ing Ties from St ru ct ures Dis tance
A Light Pole 7'0"
B Manhole 50'6"
C Asphalt 9'5"
R. Godbolt
Data Entered By: ---------------. Patrick Dunn
Reviewed By : _______________ _
Test Hole Number 2-1 6 Clie nt Name A lliance
Date Exc a vated 2 -25-2022 CRIADO Pr oject City Fort Worth
Criado Project Number R15055 .1 3 Project County Tarrant
4100 Spr ing Valley Road, Suite 1001
Criado Truck Number 9 Dallas, TX 75244 Street Nome C.M. Thelin
Main : 972 .392 .9092
SUE Crew RG /RH Fax : 972.392.9192 Hours to Complete 2
CROSS SECTION VIEW '>(_ PLAN VIEW
w♦~ A -----A -------.-------.. B s ,,, ....
I I / ' PinA: 16 IN .
I I / ' ' I \ Rod/Cap
7.56' h I \ PK Nail
I X-Cut
I Cone. I
I
\ I Pin B: 19 IN. \ I \ I Rod/Cap
' / PK Na i l
' ,,, X-Cut .... , ____ ,,,,
8
Type of Utility Electric Rod on Marker A 5 .42
Utility Owner Oncer Rod on Marker B 5 .60
Surface Type Natural Ground Rod on top of target utility 13 .03 (Circle One)
Surface Thickness N/A Calculated top from A 7 .52
Soil Conditions Q Sand O Clay (:) Silt 0 Rock Calculated bottom from A N/A (Circle One or More)
Diameter of Utility N/A Hand Measure Top 7 .56
Material of Utility Cone . Hand Measure Bottom N/A
Condition of Utility Moderate Before/After Pictures email (Cir cle On e) TH#16
Board Pictures email Ut ility Pic tures email
Locat ion Plan (not to scal e ): ?(_
C
0 (l) .. -8 ..c .
,/ I-. .. ..
A w ··· I ~ -..... "
' 0 \ () ' :
C
Remarks (type, si ze , depth, of 2nd utility): Sw ing Ties from Structures Dis tan ce
Very hard to dig, had to probe with water. A Aspha lt 11 '9"
B Electric Box 34'7"
C Water Va lve 37'7"
R. Godbolt Data Entered By : ______________ _
Patrick Dunn Reviewed By : _______________ _
GC-4.04 Underground Facilities
THIS PAGE LEFT INTENTIONALLY BLANK
C ITY OF FORT WORTH Vi llage Creek WRF, Digeste r Mixing. Flare and Dome Improvements Phase I
STANDARD CONSTR UCTION SPECIF ICATION DOCUMENTS Citv Proiect No . 102652
Revised July I, 2011
GC-4.06 Hazardous Environmental Condition at Site
THIS PAGE LEFT INTENTIONALLY BLANK
CITY OF FORT WORTH Village Creek WRF, Digester Mixing. Flare and Dome Improvements Phase I
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Citv Proiect No . 10 2652
Revi sed July I, 20 I I
Industrial Hygiene and
Safety Technology, Inc.
2235 Keller Way
Carrollton , TX 75006
Phone: (972) 4 78-7 415
Fax : (972) 478-7615
http://www.ihst.com
Leaders in
Quality, Service
and Innovation
Report of
Comprehensive
Asbestos & Lead Survey
Prepared for:
City of Fort Worth
1000 Throckmorton
Fort Worth, TX 76102
Building Surveyed:
Village Creek Wastewater Treatment
4500 Wilma Lane
Arlington, TX 76012
(Digester Control Area)
Report Date:
Wednesday,August31,2022
Industrial Hygiene and Safety Technology, Inc. IHST Project Number: 22897
1111
1.0
2 .0
3 .0
4 .0
5 .0
5 .1
5 .2
5 .3
6 .0
6 .1
6.2
7 .0
7 .1
8 .0
Comprehensive
Asbestos Survey
Village Creek Wastewater Treatment Plant
4500 Wilma Lane
Arlington, TX 76012
(Digester Control Area)
Table of Contents
Introduction
Purpose and Scope
Report Organization
Field Investigation
Sampling
Laboratory Analysis
Analytical Methods
Bulk Sample Results
Hazard Assessment
Hazard Assessment Ratings
Asbestos-Containing Material Assessments
Hazard Assessment Summary
Response Actions
Qual ifications
Appendices
Appendix A: Site Drawings
Appendix B: Lab Results
Appendix C : Bulk Summary Report
Appendix D: Cost Estimate for Removal
Appendix E: Photographs
Appendix F: Lead Report
Comprehensive Asbestos Survey
C ity of Fort Worth -Village Creek Wastewater Treatment Plant
4500 Wilma Lane
Arlington , TX 76012
3
3
3
3
4
4
5
5
7
7
8
10
10
11
Page 2 of 11
Industrial Hygiene and Safety Technology, Inc . IHST Project Number: 22897
1.0 Introduction
This document is a report of a Comprehensive Asbestos Survey performed by Industrial Hygiene and
Safety Technology, lnc.(IHST). IHST is licensed by the Texas Department of State Health Services
(DSHS), formerly the Texas Department of Health , as an Asbestos Consultant Agency (DSHS License
#10-0145. Figure 1 provides a description of the assessment described by this report.
Figure 1. Comprehensive Asbestos Survey Profile
Client Name: City of Fort Worth
Facility/Campus Village Creek Wastewater Treatment
Building: Plant Digester Control Area
4500 Wilma Lane
Arlington , TX 76012
Survey Date(s): 8/12/2022
lnspector(s): Mohamad EI-Jechi -DSHS Asbestos Inspector License #60-3212
2.0 Purpose and Scope
The purpose of this project was to locate, identify, and assess the condition of asbestos containing
material (ACM) present at the subject building, and to develop recommendations based on existing and
potential asbestos related hazards. The following scope of work was used during the asbestos
assessment for the subject property:
A . Collecting and analyzing bulk samples of suspected asbestos-containing materials .
B. Quantification of the suspected asbestos-containing material.
C. Preparing a report discussing the findings and remedial recommendations .
3.0 Report Organization
This report is divided into sections which discuss the review of available documentation, field
investigation, laboratory analysis , hazard assessments, and recommendations . Illustrations, such as
tables and figures follow the text. Other supporting documentation, such as laboratory reports are also
included.
4.0 Field Investigation
The survey was conducted to determine the amount of asbestos-containing materials present in the
subject building . The survey included an observation of accessible areas and unusual conditions; and
bulk sampling of suspected asbestos-containing materials . Bulk samples were collected of suspect
materials and analyzed by Polarized Light Microscopy (PLM) with dispersion staining , in accordance
with the Environmental Protection Agency's (EPA) Method for the Determination of Asbestos in Bulk
Building Material Samples (Method 600/R-93/116). Percentage estimates are based on the analyst's
1111
Comprehensive Asbestos Survey
City of Fort Worth -Village Creek Wastewater Treatment Plant
4500 Wilma Lane
Arlington , TX 76012
Page 3 of 11
Industrial Hygiene and Safety Technology, Inc. IHST Project Number: 22897
best judgment following PLM/DS and examination with a stereoscope . Laboratory reports containing
sample location and results are included with this report.
The survey was designed to identify the presence of both friable and non-friable asbestos-containing
materials present in the surveyed area . Fr iable means that the material , when dry, may be crumbled,
pulverized , or reduced to powder by hand pressure . Building materials suspected of containing
asbestos were grouped into "Homogeneous" sampling areas . The homogeneous areas were defined
based on uniform texture , color , and appearance. Additionally , homogeneous areas were further
defined based on building construction date(s). Each of the items sampled were classified into one of
three categories :
1.) Surfacing Material : A surfacing material is a building material which has been applied to a surface
(i.e., walls or ceilings) or structural members . Examples of surfacing materials which may contain
asbestos are : spray-applied fireproofing , spray-applied acoustical texture , and trowel-applied textu red
ceilings and walls .
2 .) Thermal System Insulation: All types of insulation used on a building's mechanical system are
classified into the category of thermal system insulation. Examples of thermal system materials which
may contain asbestos are: boilers and related piping , or duct insulation .
3 .) Miscellaneous : All remaining materials which do not fall into the two above categories are placed in
the miscellaneous category. Examples of miscellaneous materials which may contain asbestos are :
lay-in ceiling tile , floor tile , mastic adhesives and roofing felt.
An assessment was conducted for each bu ilding material sampled . The physical assessment consists
of evaluating the condition of the suspect material and the potential for future disturbance.
Recommendations made for a building material which contains asbestos are based on the
assessments made by the inspector during the survey . The data developed during the asbestos survey
is presented in the following sections of this report .
Table 1 contains the Summary of Bulk Sample Analysis and Assessment and Table 2 contains the
Cost Estimate Summary (if applicable). Both tables present specific locations , results of additional
asbestos analysis , time schedules , and quantit ies of asbestos . The cost estimates are based on IHST's
experience and commercial estimates used by local abatemen t contractors. However, it should be
noted that the cost estimates are not based on a written set of specifications or a confirmed scope of
work , which can affect the final contract cost.
5.0 Sampling
Sampling during the field investigation included the collection of bu lk samples of suspected asbestos
containing materials, as listed in Table 1., Summary of Bulk Sample Analysis and Assessment. After
sample recovery , samples were placed in secure containers , and the sampling vicinity was cleaned and
sealed. Appropriate cha in-of-custody protocols were initiated at that t ime to track handling of bulk
samples .
5 .1 Laboratory Analysis
The samples were transported to and analyzed by the analytica l laboratory specified in Figure 2.,
a successful participant in the Department of Commerce , National Institute of Standards and
Technology's (NIST) National Voluntary Laboratory Accreditation Program and licensed by the
Texas Department of State Health Services (DSHS), formerly the Texas Department of Health .
Ten percent ( 10%) of the bulk samples were reanalyzed independently as part of the quality
assurance and quality control programs .
1111
Comprehens ive Asbestos Surve y
C ity of Fort Worth -Village Cree k Wast ewa ter Treatment Plan t
4 500 Wilma Lane
Arl ington , TX 760 12
Page 4 of 11
Industrial Hygiene and Safety Technology, Inc. IHST Project Number: 22897
Figure 2. Bulk Sample Laboratory Profile
Laboratory Name: Moody Labs
DSHS License Number: #30-0084
NVLAP Lab ID: #102056-0 Expires: 5/31/2024
5.2 Analytical Methods
Bulk samples were analyzed by Polarized Light Microscopy (PLM). This technique characterizes
the materials refractive indices, fiber morphology, birefringence, extinction angle , sign of
elongation , and dispersion staining colors to detect asbestos. Percentage estimates are based
on approximate area compositions under a stereo-microscope .
5.3 Bulk Sample Results
The results of the sample analysis and the laboratory analysis report are included as appendices .
Figure 3. Materials with Asbestos Detected at 1% or Greater
Mat'/ Type
• Pipe Ins .
• Caulking
• Flooring Matis
• Cau lking
• Cau lking
Description
Pipe Insulation -Elbows & Fittings
Exterior Window Caulking -Gray
Beige Floor Tile with Black Mastic
Door Caulking
Exterior Window Glazing
Location
Digester Control Building
Digester Control Building 2
Floors throughout Digester Control Bui lding
Underground Digester Contro l Bui lding
North and south windows of Digester Control
Build ing
Figure 4. Materials with NO Asbestos Detected (Pursuant to EPA and DSHS Definition)
Mat'/ Type
• Ce ram ic Matis
• Caulking
• Caulk ing
• Pipe Ins .
• Insulation
• Cau lk ing
• Brick
• Cau lking
• Textu re Matis
• Gaskets
Description
Ceram ic Wall Bric k with Grout
Window Grout
Door Caulk ing
Pipe Insulation -Stra ight Run
Ceiling Insulation
Exterior Window Caulking
Exterior Brick & Grout
Exterior Caulking
CMU Texture wi th Gro ut
Red Gasket Cover
1111
Comprehensive Asbestos Survey
City of Fort Worth -Village Creek Wast ewater Treatment Plant
4500 Wi lma Lane
Arlington , TX 76012
Location
South & East wall of Digester Control Bu ilding
&
East wall of Digester Cont rol Bu ild ing 2
Both windows in Digester Control Building &
Digester Control Building 2
Digester Co ntrol Building -Entrance & Ex it
Doors ;
Digester Control Bu ild ing 2 -Entrance Door
Digester Control Build ing
Throughout ceil ings in Digester Co ntrol
Build ing
North and south windows of Digester Control
Bu ild ing
Digester Control Building
Ex haust window of Digester Con t rol Build ing
North , so uth and west walls in Digeste r
Control Building
Underground Digester Control Build ing
Page 5 of 11
Industrial Hygiene and Safety Technology, Inc.
• PlasterSurf
■ Gaskets
■ Pipe Ins .
• Pipe Ins .
• Gaskets
• Brick
• Pipe Ins .
• Pipe Ins .
• Gaskets
• Gaskets
• Ceramic Matis
• Gaskets
• HardSurfMatls
• JntCmpTxt
• Caulking
• Caulking
Plaster Wall
Black Gasket Cover
1 0" Pipe Insulation -Straight Run &
Elbows with White Mastic
8" Pipe Insulation -Straight Run &
Elbows with White Mastic
White Gasket Cover
Exterior Brick & Grout
12" Pipe Insulation -Straight Run with
White Mastic
12" Pipe Insulation -Elbows with White
Mastic
Red Gasket Cover
Black Gasket Cover
Ceramic Wall with Grout
Red Gasket Cover
Exterior Brick & Grout
Interior Wall Joint
Interior Door Caulking
Interior Window Caulking
1111
Comprehensive Asbestos Survey
lllduslrial Hygi.neand
Safety Tadwlolon Inc:.
City of Fort Worth -Village Creek Wastewater Treatment Plant
4500 Wilma Lane
Arlington , TX 76012
IHST Project Number: 22897
North , west and south walls in Underground
Digester Control Building
Underground Digester Control Building
Underground Digester Control Build ing
Underground Digester Control Building
Underground Digester Control Build ing
Digester Control Building 2
Underground Digester Control Building 2
Underground Digester Control Building 2
Underground Digester Control Building 2
Underground Digester Control Building 2
Interior walls in Gas Compressor Building
Gas Compressor Building
Gas Compressor Building
Walls in Gas Compressor Building
Gas Compressor Building
Gas Compressor Building
Page 6 of 11
Industrial Hygiene and Safety Technology , In c . IHST Project Number: 22897
6.0 Hazard Assessment
Asbestos is an airborne hazard . A hazard assessment refers to the process by which we evaluate a
material's potential to release fibers into the air. Fibers may be released spontaneously as part of the
aging process , or as a result of sudden impact, vibration , air movement, or localized deterioration.
Assessing a material's potential for fiber release , and hence its associated hazard , is based upon
evaluating the material's condition and potential for further disturbance, damage , or deterioration.
6.1 Hazard Assessment Rankings
Any material identified as asbestos containing that exhibits damage , should be considered a
hazard to anyone who works in the area . Typically , damage is classified as minor or significant.
Minor damage is characterized by small cuts , tears , scuffs , small openings , or other lim ited
disturbance to asbestos containing materials . Areas with minor damage represent varying
degrees of hazards from sl ight to high depending on :
* The nature of the damage ;
* Proximity to disturbers , such as airstreams;
* Location with respect to building occupants ;
* Activity in the immediate area ; and
* Frequency of maintenance in the area .
Significant damage is characterized by large openings , visible flaking , loose particles , and debris
on surfaces below the material. Asbestos containing materials which exhib it significant damage
are either high or critical hazards , depending upon accessibility. High hazards exist where
significantly damaged materia ls are generally inaccessible ; however, where significant damage is
accessible , or in the v icinity of building occupants, there is a critical hazard . The recommended
action for addressing asbestos related hazards depends upon the degree of hazard . For
example :
* An immediate hazard or critical assessment describes a situation in which the material is
exposed and friable , accessible to personnel , and is disturbed releasing fibers in the air. In th is
situa tion , immediate action should be taken . At a minimum , the area should be isolated and
access res t ricted .
* A high assessment describes a situation in which the material is in poor condition , exposed and
friable , with a potential for disturbance . In this case , interim controls should be instituted , and the
material should be removed when practical. Repairs should be made to the ACM if abatement is
not scheduled .
* A medium or moderate assessment describes a s ituation in which a combination of the
determining factors vary , such as a material that is in good condition but has a high asbestos
content and is generally access ible . In situations like this , abatement can be scheduled with
future building renovation or maintenance .
* A low or slight assessment describes a situation in which the materia l is in good condition and
has a low potential for disturbance , damage , or deterioration . In th is situation , an O&M program
is usually all that is needed .
In general , those areas that are classified as critical or high damage should be abated . These
are areas where a high probabil ity of exposure could occur. Moderately damaged areas would
require an Operations and Maintenance (O&M) Program to be instituted. In addition , these areas
should be considered for abatement, or at the very least repa ired .
1111
Comprehensive Asbestos Survey
City of Fort Worth -Village Cree k Wastewater Treatment Plant
4500 Wilma Lane
Arlington , TX 76012
Page 7 of 11
Industrial Hygiene and Safety Technology, Inc. IHST Project Number: 22897
6.2 Asbestos-Containing Material Assessments
Figure 5 provides a summary of the asbestos identified during the survey, along with a hazard
assessment for each type and condition of asbestos-containing material.
Figure 5. Hazard Assessments for Asbestos-Containing Materials
Flooring Materials
Condition: Damaged, Friability: NF I, Disturbance Potential:Moderate
T
Area Ref# Homogeneous Area Description
■ 01 Beige Floor Tile with Black Mastic
Pipe Insulation
Quantity
900 s.f.
Condition: Good, Friability: F, Disturbance Potential: Low
AC
Location
Floors throughout Digester Control
Building
The insulation was damaged and friable at the time of the survey and presents a moderate
potential hazard . Prior to building demolition, renovation or work activities that would disturb
these materials, removal must be performed by a properly trained and TDSHS-licensed
abatement contractor.
The preceding hazard assessment applies to the asbestos-containing materials listed below:
Area Ref# Homogeneous Area Description
05 Pipe Insulation -Elbows & Fittings
Window Glazing, Caulking and Sealant
Quantity
10 fittings
Location
Digester Control Building
Condition: Damaged, Friability: NF II, Disturbance Potential: Low
This material is considered a Category II non-friable material. The material presents a low
potential hazard because the material is in damaged condition . The ACM should be removed
or repaired . The ACM in the caulking should be placed into the operations and maintenance
program and managed until renovation or demolition plans require removal by a licensed
abatement contractor.
The preceding hazard assessment applies to the asbestos-containing materials listed below:
1111
Area Ref# Homogeneous Area Description Quantity
08 Exterior Window Glazing 30 l.f.
14 Door Caulking 20 l.f .
Comprehensive Asbestos Survey
City of Fort Worth -Village Creek Wastewater Treatment Plant
4500 Wilma Lane
Arlington , TX 76012
Location
North and south windows of Digester
Control Bu il ding
Underground Digester Control Building
Page 8 of 11
Industrial Hygiene and Safety Technology, Inc. IHST Project Number: 22897
Window Glazing, Caulking and Sealant
Condition: Good, Friability: NF II , Disturbance Potential: Low
At the time of the survey, this ACM was observed to be non-friable and in good condition .
Please refer to schmematic drawings for material location.
The window glazing and caulking is in good condition and presents a low potential health
hazard to building occupants due to its observed good condition and intact binding matrices.
The preceding hazard assessment applies to the asbestos-containing materials listed below :
1111
Area Ref# Homogeneous Area Description Quantity
■ 21 Exterior Window Caulking -Gray 20 l.f.
Comprehensive Asbestos Survey
City of Fort Worth -Village Creek Wastewater Treatment Plant
4500 Wilma Lane
Arlington , TX 76012
Location
Digeste r Control Build ing 2
Page 9 of 11
Industrial Hygiene and Safety Technology, Inc . IHST Project Number: 22897
7 .0 Hazard Assessment Summary
In the event other bu ilding materials are discovered in addition to the materials sampled in this survey,
those building materials should be presumed to contain asbestos and treated as such until proven
otherwise by PLM laboratory analysis .
7 .1 Response Actions
Asbestos Containing Materials
The identified asbestos in the building should be removed by a Texas licensed asbestos
abatement contractor prior to renovation or demolition plans which may disturb the material
7.2 Explanation of Response Ratings
Table 1 includes a response rating based on factors such as friability , accessibility , potential for
disturbance , etc . Definitions for the response ratings are listed below:
0 = Material does not contain detectable amounts of asbestos and requires no asbestos-related
abatement action.
1 = Material contains asbestos, was non-friable , and requires no abatement action unless
sanded, abraded , drilled or otherwise disturbed .
2 = Material contains asbestos and was friable . Damage was not observed; no immediate
abatement action is required .
3 = Material contains asbestos , was friable , and shows signs of localized damage with a potential
for disturbance .
4 = Material contains friable asbestos and was significantly damaged.
1111
Comprehensive Asbestos Survey
C ity of Fort Worth -Village Creek Wastewater Treatment Plant
4500 Wilma Lane
Arlington , TX 76012
Page 10 of 11
Industrial Hygiene and Safety Technology, Inc . IHST Project Number: 22897
8.0 Qualifications
Industrial Hygiene and Safety Technology, Inc. has attempted to observe the existing conditions within
the aforementioned building utilizing generally accepted procedures . Regardless of the thoroughness
of a survey , the possibility exists that some areas containing asbestos were overlooked , inaccessible
or different from those at specific locations . Furthermore, renovation and/or construction may reveal
altered conditions .
This report describes only the conditions present at the time of the survey, in the areas surveyed . The
recommendations presented apply to the conditions that were observed during the survey. IHST
policies are to not perform destructive sampling unless previously authorized by the client. Therefore ,
IHST does not perform core sampling of roofing materials unless previously authorized and
accompanied by the owner and/or his representative . Other conditions may exist in unsurveyed or
inaccessible areas such as behind walls and above permanent ceilings. In addition, the conditions of
asbestos-containing materials may change gradually or suddenly depending upon use , maintenance
or accident. As a result, the recommendations presented should be periodically reviewed and
updated.
The quantity estimates presented in this report were based upon observations during the survey as
well as information from building plans provided by the owner. While it is believed that the estimated
quantities are reasonable , unanticipated conditions could be present in inaccessible or unsurveyed
areas . Industrial Hygiene & Safety Technology, Inc. do not warrant or guarantee the quantity
estimates . The use of such estimates shall be at the user's own risk and shall constitute a release
and agreement to defend and indemnify Industrial Hygiene & Safety Technology, Inc. from and
against any liability.
If you have any questions or comments regarding the content of this report , I would be glad to discuss
them at your convenience .
Sincerely,
Mohamad EI-Jechi -DSHS Asbestos Inspector License #60-3212
Tracy K. Bramlett
President
DSHS Individual Asbestos Consultant License #10-5040
1111
Comp rehensive Asbestos Survey
City of Fort Worth -Village Creek Wastewater Treatment Plant
4500 Wilma Lane
Arlington , TX 76012
Page 11 of 11
Industrial Hygiene and Safety Technology, Inc . IHST Project Number: 22897
Appendix:
Appendix A: Site Drawings
1111
Asbestos Survey Appendix
City of Fort Worth -Village Creek Wastewater Treatment Plant
4500 Wilma Lane
Arlington , TX 76012
Di ester Control 2 Bid
Ind ustrial Hyg iene
and
Safety Technology, Inc.
JO B NUMBER:
22897 _02
DRAWN B Y :
PD
Aerial Image
DRAWING TIT LE:
Ci ty of Fort W orth
V ill iage Creek WWT P
4500 W ilma Ln
Arli ng ton , TX 76012
Scale :
DATE : CAD File : None
08/25/2022 22897 _02 VC WWTP A
Sheet:
1 of 9
028
034
020
002
004
019
001
036
KEY
[!] NEGATIVE ASBESTOS SAMPLE
w POSITIVE ASBESTOS SAMPLE
•POSITIVE ASBESTO,
AS BEING GREATER
ING MATERIAL IS CLASSIFIED
ASBESTOS.
Note :
023
022
007
030
I Digester Control I
024
025
026
008
031
035
I Open Area I
Drawing is not an exact representation of the
'---------------'
026
027
017
016
013
005
003
021
014
015
Digester Control Building
Asbestos Sample Locations
Industrial Hygiene
and
Safety Technology, Inc.
DRAWING TITLE :
City of Fort Worth
Vill ia ge Creek WWTP
4500 Wilma Ln
Arlington , TX 76012
JOB NUMBER : DRAWN BY: DATE: CAD File :
22897 _02 PD 08/25/2022 22897 _02 VC \o\
Sheet:
one 2of9
043
054
044
051
045
KEY
~ NEGATIVE ASBESTOS SAMPLE
[iJ POSITIVE ASBESTOS SAMPLE
052
•POS ITIV E ASBESTOS CONTAINI NG MATERIAL IS CLASSIF IED
AS BEING GREATER THAN 1% ASBESTOS .
I Digester Control -Underground Gallery I
Note :
Drawing is not an exact representation of the
049
038
046
040
041
042
048
Digester Control Building
Underground Gallery
Asbestos Sample Locations
Industrial Hygiene
and
Safety Te chnology, Inc.
JOB NUMBER :
22897 _02
DRAWN BY:
PD
DRAWING TITLE :
City of Fort Worth
Villiage Creek WWTP
4500 Wilma Ln
Arlington , TX 76012
Scale:
DA TE: CAD File : None
08/25/2022 22897 _02 VC WWTP A
Sheet:
3of 9
KEY
~ NEGATIVE ASBESTOS SAMPLE
~ POSI TIVE ASBESTOS SAMPLE
•POSITIVE ASBESTC'
AS BEING GREATEF
ING MATERIAL IS CLASS IFIED
ASBESTOS .
Di ester Control #2
I Open Area I
061
062
063
009
058
059
012
006
060
Digester Control Building 2
Asbestos Sample Locations
Industria l Hygiene
and
Safety Technology, Inc .
DRAWING TITLE:
City of Fort Worth
Villiage Creek WWTP
4500 Wilma Ln
Arlington , TX 760 12
JOB NUMBER : DRAWN BY: DATE: CAD File :
22897 _02 PD 08/25/2022 22897 _02 VC V..
Sheet:
one 4of9
)
074
073
069
068
065
070
KEY
[!] NEGATIVE ASBESTOS SAMPLE
W POSITIVE ASBESTOS SAMPLE
•POSITIVE ASBESTOS CONTAINING MATERIAL IS CLASSIFIED
AS BEING GREATER THAN 1 % ASBESTOS .
Di ester Control 2 -Under round Galle
072
Note:
Drawing is not an exact representation of the
Digester Control 2 Building
Underground Gallery
Asbestos Sample Locations
Industrial Hygiene
and
Safety Technology, Inc.
JOB NUMBER :
22897 _02
DRAWN BY:
PD
DRAWING TITLE:
City of Fort Worth
Villiage Creek WWTP
4500 Wilma Ln
Arlington , TX 76012
Scale:
DATE : CAD File : None
08/25/2022 22897 _02 VC WWTP A
Sheet:
5 of9
076
078
085
091
092
093
077
KEY
[!] NEGATIVE ASBESTOS SAMPLE
~ POSITIVE ASBESTOS SAMPLE
•POS ITIVE ASBESTO'
AS BEING GREATEF
ING MATERIAL IS CLASSIF IED
ASBESTOS .
079
080
081
089
!Gas Compressor Building
087
Note :
Drawing is not an exact representation of the
088
084
Gas Compressor Building
Asbestos Sample Locations
Industrial Hygiene
and
Safety Technology, Inc .
DRAWING TITLE :
City of Fort Worth
Villiage Creek WWTP
4500 Wilma Ln
Arlington , TX 76012
JOB NUMBER : DRAWN BY : DATE : CAD File :
22897 _02 PD 08/25/2022 22897 _02 Ve VI
Sheet:
one 6of9
KEY
1/ h AC M Be ige Fklo r Tile & Bla ck Ma stic
• ACM Therm a l Ins ulatio n on Elbows & Fittings
-ACM W indow Gla zi ng
•POS ITIVE ASBES TOS CONTAIN ING MATERIAL IS CLASSIFIE D
AS BEING GREATE R THA N 1% AS BESTOS .
Note :
Drawing is not an exact representation of the
Digester Control Building
ACM
Ind ustria l Hygiene
a nd
Safety Techno logy , Inc.
JOB NUMB ER :
22897 _02
DRAWN BY :
PD
DRAWING TITLE :
City of Fort Worth
Villiage Creek WWTP
4500 Wilma Ln
Arlington , TX 7601 2
Scale :
DA TE: CAD File : No ne
08/25/2022 2289 7 _02 VC WWTP A
Sheet:
7 of 9
KEY
-ACM Tan Caulking around Doors
•POSITIVE ASBESTC'
AS BEING GREATEf
ING MATERIAL IS CLASSIFIED
ASBE STOS .
Di ester Control -Under round Galle
=
Note :
Drawing is not an exact representation of the
Digester Control Building
Underground Gallery
ACM
Industrial Hyg iene
and
Safety Technology , Inc.
DRAWING TITLE:
City of Fort Worth
Villiage Creek WWTP
4500 Wilma Ln
Arlington , TX 76012
JOB NUMBER : DRAWN BY: DATE: CAD File :
22897 _02 PD 08/25/2022 22897 _02 VC ~
Sh eet:
one 8019
.:°'-~----_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_::J :::::='.'.:=====================================================,-, \:1/
I Digester Control #2 I
I Open Area I
~~~-========M •:::::===:===.=======----=======------=======-----=======:::'..
KEY
-ACM Window Gla zing
·POSITIVE ASBESTOS CONTAINING MATERIAL IS CLASSIFIED
AS BEING GREATER THAN 1% ASBESTOS .
Digester Control Building
ACM
Industrial Hygiene
and
Safety Technology, Inc.
JOB NUMBER :
22897_02
DRAWN BY :
PD
DRAWING TITLE :
City of Fort Worth
Villiage Creek WWTP
4500 Wilma Ln
Arlington, TX 76012
DATE : CAD F ile :
08/25/2022 22897 _02 VC WWTP A
Scale:
None
Sheet:
9 of9
Industrial Hygiene and Safety Technology, Inc. IHST Project Number: 22897
Appendix:
Appendix B: Lab Results
1111
Asbestos Survey Appendix
City of Fort Worth - V illage Creek Wastewater Treatment Plant
4500 Wilma Lane
Arlington , TX 76012
-,.,;;;:.,._ PLM Summary Report ..
2051 Valley View Lane
Farmers Branch, TX 75234 Phone: (972) 241-8460
Client :
Project :
Project#:
Indu strial Hygiene & Safety Technology
CoFW, WWTP Village Ck, 4500 Wilman Ln, Arlington
22897
Identification : Asbestos, Bulk Sample Analysis
Test Method : Polarized Light Microscopy/ Dispersion Staining (PLM/DS)
EPA Method 600 / R-93 / 116
NVLAP Lab Code 102056-0
TDSHS License No. 300084
Lab Job No . : 22B-09238
Report Date : 08/18/2022
Sample Date :08/12/2022
Page I of 7
On 8/15/2022, ninety three (93) bulk material samples were s ubmitted by a representative of Indu strial Hygiene & Safety Technology for asbesto s analysi s
by PLM/DS . The PLM Detai l Report is attached ; additional information may be found therein . The re sults are summarized below :
Sample Number
001
002
003
004
005
006
007
008
009
010
011
012
013
014
015
016
Client Sample Description / Location
Floor Tile (Beige) with Mastic (Black), Digester Control
Building Center
Floor Tile (Beige) with Mastic (Black), Digester Control
Building West
Floor Tile (Beige) with Mastic (Black), Digester Control
Building East
Ceramic Wall Brick with Grout, Digester Control Building
West
Ceramic Wall Brick with Grout, Digester Control Building
South
Ceramic Wall Brick with Grout, Digester Control Building
2 East
Window Grout, Digester Control Building North Window
Window Grout, Digester Control Building South Window
Window Grout, Digester Control Building 2 South Window
Door Caulking, Digester Control Building Entrance
Door Caulking, Digester Control Building Exit
Door Caulking, Digester Control Building 2 Entrance
Pipe Insulation Elbows and Fittings, Digester Control
Building North
Pipe In sulation Elbows and Fittings, Digeste r Control
Building South
Pipe Insulation Elbows and Fittings , Digester Control
Building South
Pipe Insulation Straight Run , Digester Control Building
North
Asbestos Content
3 % Chrysotile -Floor Tile
3 % Chrysotile -Black Mastic
3 % Chrysotile -Floor Tile
3 % Chrysotile -Black Mastic
3% Chrysotile -Floor Tile
3% Chrysotile -Black Mastic
None Detected -Brick
None Detected -Grout
None Detected -Brick
None Detected -Grout
None Detected -Brick
None Detected -Grout
None Detected -Grout
None Detected -Grout
None Detected -Grout
None Detected -Caulking
None Detected -Caulking
None Detected -Caulking
20 % Chrysotile -Thermal In sulation
20 % Chrysotile -Thermal Insulation
20 % Chrysotile -Thermal Insulation
None Detected -Cotton Wrap
None Detected -Thermal Insulation
None Detected -Paper/Tar/Foil Wrap
PLM Summary Report
2051 Valley Vi ew Lane
Farm ers Branch , TX 75234 Phone : (972) 241-8460
Client :
Project :
Project#:
Industrial Hygiene & Safety Technology
CoFW, WWTP Village Ck, 4500 Wilman Ln , Arlington
22897
Identification : Asbestos, Bulk Sample Analys is
Test Method : Polari ze d Light Microsc opy/ Di spers ion Staining (PLM/DS)
EPA M e thod 600 / R-93 / 116
NVLAP Lab Code I 02056-0
TDSHS License No. 300084
Lab Job No. : 22B-09238
Report Date : 08/18/2022
Sample Date : 08/12/2022
Page 2 of 7
On 8/15/2022 , nin ety three (93) bulk material sampl es were s ubm itted by a representative of Indu strial Hy giene & Safety Techn o logy for asbes tos analysis
by PLM/0S. The PLM Detail Report is attached ; add ition al information may be found th erein. The results are summari zed be low :
Sample Number Client Sampl e Description / Location Asbestos Content
017 Pipe In sulation Straight Run, Digeste r Control Building
North
None De tecte d -Thermal In sulation
None Detected -Paper/Tar/Foil Wrap
018 Pipe In sulation Straight Run , Digester Control Building
South
None Detected -Thermal Insulation
None Detected -Paper/Tar/Foil Wrap
019 Ce iling In sulation , Diges te r Control Building Ce nte r None Detected -In sulation
020
021
0 22
023
024
025
026
027
028
029
030
031
032
033
Ceil ing In sulation, Digester Control Building W est None D etecte d -In sulation
Ceiling Insulation, Digeste r Control Building East None D etec ted -In sulation
Exterior Window Glazing, Digeste r Control Building North 3 % Chryso tile -Window Glazing
Exterior Window Glazing , Digeste r Control Building North 3 % Chryso til e -Window Glazing
Exterior Window Glazing , Digeste r Control Building South 3 % Chryso til e -Window Glazing
Exterior Window Caulking, Digeste r Control Building South None De tected -Caulking
Exterior Window Caulking, Diges ter Control Building North None Detecte d -Caulking
Exterior Window Caulking, Digeste r Control Building North None Detec ted -Caulking
Exterior Brick and Grout, Diges ter Control Building West None Detected -Brick
None Detected -Grout
Exterior Brick and Grout, Digester Control Building South None Detected -Brick
None De tected -Grout
Exte rior Brick and Grout, Diges ter Control Building North None Detected -Brick
None Detec ted -Grout
Exterior Caulking on Exhaust Window, Diges te r Control
Building South
Exte rior Caulking on Exhaust Window, Digeste r Control
Building South
Exte rior Caulking on Exhaust Window, Diges te r Control
Building South
None D etected -Caulking
None D etected -Caulking
None Detec ted -Caulking
-...
PLM Summary Report
2051 Valley View Lane
NVLAP Lab Code I 02056-0
TDSHS License No. 300084
Farmers Branch, TX 75234 Phone : (972) 241-8460
Client:
Project :
Project#:
Industrial Hygiene & Safety Technology
CoFW, WWTP Village Ck, 4500 Witman Ln, Arlington
22897
Lab Job No. : 22B-09238
Report Date : 08/1 8/2022
Sample Date : 08/12/2022
Identification : Asbe stos, Bulk Sample Analysis
Test Method : Polarized Light Microscopy/ Dispers ion Staining (PLM/DS)
EPA Method 600 / R -93 / 116 Page 3 of 7
On 8/15/2022, ninety three (93) bulk material samp les were submitted by a representative oflndustrial Hygiene & Safety Technology for asbestos analysis
by PLM/DS . The PLM Detail Report is attached ; additional information may be found therein. The results are summarized below:
Sample Number Client Sample Description / Location Asbestos Content
034 CMU Texture with Grout, Digester Control Building North None Detected -CMU
035
036
037
038
039
040
041
042
043
044
045
046
047
048
049
None Detected -Grout
None Detected -Paint
CMU Texture with Grout, Digester Control Building South None Detected -CMU
None Detected -Grout
None Detected -Paint
CMU Texture with Grout, Digester Control Building West None Detected -CMU
None Detected -Grout
None Detected -Paint
Gasket Cover (Red), Underground DCB North
Gasket Cover (Red), Underground DCB Center
Gasket Cover (Red), Underground DCB South
Door Caulking, Underground DCB North
Door Caulking , Underground DCB North
Door Caulking, Underground DCB North
Plaster Wall, Underground DCB North
Plaster Wall, Underground DCB West
Plaster Wall , Underground DCB South
Gasket Cover (Black), Underground DCB South
Gasket Cover (Black), Underground DCB Center
Gasket Cover (Black), Underground DCB North
Pipe Insulation Straight Run and Elbows with Mastic
(White), 10", Underground DCB South
None Detected -Gasket Cover
None Detected -Gasket Cover
None Detected -Gasket Cover
2% Chrysotile -Caulking
2% Chrysoti le -Caulking
2% Chrysotile -Caulking
None Detected -Base Plaster
None Detected -Top Plaster
None Detected -Base Plaster
None Detected -Top Plaster
None Detected -Base Plaster
None Detected -Top Plaster
None Detected -Gasket Cover
None Detected -Gasket Cover
None Detected -Gasket Cover
None Detected -Thermal Insulation
None Detected -Paper/ Foil Wrap
None Detected -White Mastic
----PLM Summary Report
~,-_~
2051 Valley View Lane
Farmers Branch, TX 75234 Phone: (972) 241-8460
Client :
Project :
Project#:
Industrial Hygiene & Safety Technology
CoFW, WWTP Village Ck, 4500 WiJman Ln, Arlington
22897
Identification : Asbestos, Bulk Sample Analysis
Test Method : Polarized Light Microscopy/ Dispersion Staining (PLM/DS)
EPA Method 600 / R-93 / 116
NVLAP Lab Code I 02056-0
TDSHS License No . 300084
Lab Job No.: 22B-09238
Report Date : 08/18/2022
Sample Date : 08/12/2022
Page 4 of 7
On 8/15/2022, ninety three (93) bulk material sample s were submitted by a re prese ntati ve of Industrial Hygiene & Safety Technology for asbestos analysis
by PLM/DS . Th e PLM Detail Report is attached; additional infonnation may be found therein . Th e results are summari zed below :
Sample Number Client Sample Description / Location Asbestos Content
050 Pipe Insulation Straight Run and Elbows with Mastic
(White), 10", Underground DCB Center
None Detected -Thermal Insulation
None Detected -Paper/ Foil Wrap
None Detected -White Mastic
051 Pipe Insulation Straight Run and Elbows with Mastic
(White), 10 ", Underground DCB West
None Detected -Thermal In s ulation
None Detected -Paper/ Foil Wrap
No Mastic
052
053
054
055
056
057
058
059
060
061
062
Pipe Insulation Straight Run and Elbows with Mastic
(White), 8", Underground DCB South
Pipe In sulation Straight Run and Elbows with Mastic
(White), 8", Underground DCB Center
Pipe In sulation Straight Run and Elbows with Mastic
(White), 8", Underground DCB North
Gasket Cover (White), Underground DCB South
Gasket Cover (White), Underground DCB South
Ga sket Cover (White), Underground DCB South
None Detected -Thermal Insulation
None Detected -White Mastic
None Detected -Thermal Insulation
None Detected -Glass Fiber Mesh
None Detected -White Mastic
None Detected -Thermal In su lation
None Detected -Glas s Fiber Mesh
None Detected -White Mastic
None Detected -Gaske t Cover
None Detected -Ga sket Cover
None Detected -Ga sket Cover
Exterior Brick and Grout, Digester Control Building 2 West None Detected -Brick
None Detected -Grout
Exterior Brick and Grout, Digester Control Building 2 North None Detected -Brick
None Detected -Grout
Exterior Brick and Grout, Digester Control Building 2 East None Detected -Brick
None Detected -Grout
Exterior Window Caulking (Gray), Digester Control
Building 2 South
Exterior Window Caulking (Gray), Digester Control
Building 2 South
3 % Chryso til e -Caulking
3 % Chrysoti le -Caulking
PLM Summary Report
2051 Valley View Lane
Farmers Branch, TX 75234 Phone: (972) 241-8460
Client :
Project :
Project#:
Identification :
Test Method :
Industrial Hygiene & Safety Technology
CoFW, WWTP Village Ck, 4500 Witman Ln, Arlington
22897
Asbestos, Bulk Sample Analysis
Polarized Light Microscopy/ Dispersion Staining (PLM/DS)
EPA Method 600 / R-93 / 116
NVLAP Lab Code I 02056-0
TDSHS License No . 300084
Lab Job No .: 22B-09238
Report Date : 08/18/2022
Sample Date : 08/12/2022
Page 5 of 7
On 8/15/2022, ninety three (93) bulk material samples were submitted by a representative of Industrial Hygiene & Safety Technology for asbestos analysi s
by PLM/DS . The PLM Detail Report is attached ; additional information may be found therein. The re sults are summarized below :
Sample Number Client Sample Description / Location
063 Exterior Window Caulking (Gray), Digester Control
Building 2 South
064 12" Pipe Insulation Straight with Mastic (White),
Underground DCB 2 Center
065 12" Pipe Insulation Straight with Mastic (White),
Underground DCB 2 West
066 12" Pipe Insulation Straight with Mastic (White),
Underground DCB 2 East
067 12" Pipe Insulation Elbows with Mastic (White),
Underground DCB 2 South
068
069
070
071
072
073
074
075
12" Pipe Insulation Elbows with Mastic (White),
Underground DCB 2 North
12" Pipe Insulation Elbows with Mastic (White),
Underground DCB 2 West
Gasket Cover (Red), Underground DCB 2 West
Gasket Cover (Red), Underground DCB 2 Center
Gasket Cover (Red), Underground DCB 2 South
Gasket Cover (Black), Underground DCB 2 North
Gasket Cover (Black), Underground DCB 2 West
Gasket Cover (Black), Underground DCB 2 Center
Asbestos Content
3 % Chrysotile -Caulking
None Detected -Thermal Insulation
None Detected -Paper/ Foil Wrap
No Mastic
None Detected -Thermal Insulation
None Detected -Paper/ Foil Wrap
No Mastic
None Detected -Thermal Insulation
None Detected -Paper/ Foil Wrap
None Detected -White Mastic
None Detected -Thermal Insulation
None Detected -Paper/ Foil Wrap
None Detected -Glass Fiber Mesh
None Detected -White Mastic
None Detected -Thermal Insulation
None Detected -Paper/ Foil Wrap
None Detected -Glass Fiber Mesh
None Detected -White Mastic
None Detected -Thermal Insulation
None Detected -Paper/ Foil Wrap
None Detected -Glass Fiber Mesh
None Detected -White Mastic
None Detected -Gasket Cover
None Detected -Gasket Cover
None Detected -Gasket Cover
None Detected -Gasket Cover
None Detected -Gasket Cover
None Detected -Gasket Cover
PLM Summary Report
2051 Vall e y Vi ew L ane
F arm er s Bra nch , TX 75 23 4 Phone: (972) 241-8460
Cli e nt :
Proj ect :
Proj ect#:
Industrial Hygiene & Safe ty T echnology
CoFW, WWTP Village Ck, 4500 Wi1man Ln , Arlington
22 897
Id e ntification : Asb es to s, Bulk Sampl e An a lys is
T es t M e thod : Polari zed Light Microscopy/ Di spe rs ion Staining (PLM/DS )
EPA M e thod 600 / R-93 / 116
NVLAP Lab Code I 02056-0
TDSHS Li cen se No . 300084
Lab Job No .: 22B -09238
R eport Date : 08/18/2022
Sampl e Date :08/1 2/2022
Page 6 of 7
On 8/15/2022 , nin ety three (93) bul k material sam pl es were subm itted by a re presentative o f Indu stri al Hygiene & Sa fety Techn olog y fo r as bestos analys is
by PLM/DS . Th e PLM Detai l Re port is attached ; add itiona l in fo rm ati o n may be fo und th erei n. The res ults are summ ari zed be low:
Sample Number Cli e nt Sample Des cription / Location
076 C e ramic Wall with Grout, Gas Compress or Building
077
078
079
080
081
08 2
08 3
084
085
086
087
088
089
090
091
092
093
C e rami c Wall with Grout, G as Compress or Building
C e rami c W all with Grout, G as Compress or Building
Gaske t Co ve r (R ed), G as Compress or Building
Gaske t Cove r (R ed), Gas Co mpress or Building
Gaske t Co ve r (R ed), G as Compress or Buildin g
Exte rior Brick and Grout, Gas Compress or Building
Exte rior Brick and Grout, Gas Compress or Building
Exterior Bri ck and Grout, Gas Compress or Building
Interior Wall Joint, Gas Compress or Building
Interior Wall Joint, Gas Compress or Building
Interior W a ll Joint, Ga s Compress or Building
Inte rior Door Caulking , Gas Compress or Building
Inte rior Door Caulking, Gas Compress or Building
Interior Door C aulkin g, G as Compress or Building
Inte rior Window Caulking, Gas Compress or Building
Inte rior Window Caulking , Gas Compresso r Building
Inte rior Window C aulking , G as Co mpress or Building
Asb esto s Conte nt
Non e Detecte d -Til e
Non e Dete cte d -Grout
None D e te cte d -Til e
None Detected -Grout
Non e Dete cte d -Til e
Non e Dete cted -Grout
Non e Detected -Gasket Cove r
None Dete cted -G as ket Cove r
None D ete cted -G as ket Cover
Non e Detected -Brick
None Detected -Grout
None Detected -Brick
None Detected -Grout
None Detected -Brick
Non e Detected -Grout
None Detected -Caulking
None Detected -Caulking
Non e Detec ted -C aulking
Non e De tec te d -Caulking
Non e De te c te d -Caulking
Non e De tecte d -Caulking
None Detected -Caulking
Non e D etected -Caulking
Non e De tected -Caulking
__ .. -~ '••·---PLM Summary Report ----,··-
2051 Valley View Lane
NVLAP Lab Code I 02056-0
TDSHS License No . 300084
Farmers Branch, TX 75234 Phone: (972) 241-8460
Client :
Project :
Project#:
Industrial Hygiene & Safety Technology
CoFW, WWTP Village Ck, 4500 Wilman Ln , Arlington
22897
Identification : Asbestos, Bulk Sample Analysis
Test Method : Polarized Light Microscopy I Dispersion Staining (PLM/DS)
EPA Method 600 I R-93 I 116
Lab Job No.: 22B-09238
Report Date : 08/18/2022
Sample Date :08/12/2022
Page 7 of 7
On 8/15/2022, ninety three (93) bulk material samples were submitted by a representative of Industrial Hygiene & Safety Technology for asbestos analysis
by PLM/DS. The PLM Detail Report is attached; additional information may be found therein . The results are summ arized below:
Sample Number Client Sample Description / Location Asbestos Content
Th ese sam ples were analyzed by layers. Quantification, unl ess otherwise noted , is perform ed by calibrated visual
estimate. The test report shall not be reproduced except in full without written approval of the laboratory . Th e results
relate only 10 the items tested. These test results do not imply endorsement by NVLAP or any agency o f the U.S .
Government. Accredited by the National Voluntary Laboratory Accreditation Program for Bulk Asbestos Fiber Analysis
under Lab Code I 02056-0.
r', Analyst(s): Shaun Wilkerson, Willie Pruitt
Lab Manager : Heather Lopez
Lab Director : Bruce Crabb
Approved Signatory:_ ~~~ ____ .
Approved Signatory : ~ ~
Thank you for choosing Moody Labs -~:r,e_ ---------
This Page Left Intentionally Blank
Moody Labs PLM Detail Report NVLAP Lab Code 102056-0
r' 205 1 Valley View Lane Suppl ement to PLM S ummary Report TDSHS License No . 300084
Farmer s Branch , TX 75 23 4 Phone : (972 ) 24 1-8460
Cli ent : I ndu strial H yg iene & Safety T ech no logy Lab Job No. : 22B-09238
P roject : CoFW , WWTP Village Ck, 4500 Wi l man Ln , Arlington Report Date : 08/18/2022
Project#: 22897
P age I of 10
Sample Number I Layer I %Of
Samole Components I % of !Analys is I Anal st
Layer D ate y
00 1 Floor T ile (B eige) 95 % Chrysotile 3 % 08/18 SW
Calcite/ Viny l Binders 97 %
Black Mastic (Bl ack) 5 % Chrysoti le 3 %
T ar Binders 97 %
002 Floor T ile (Beige) 95 % Chrysotile 3 % 08/18 SW
Calcite/ Vinyl Bi nders 97 %
B lack Mastic (Black) 5 % Chrysotile 3 %
Tar B inders 97 %
003 Floor Tile (B eige) 95 % Chrysotile 3 % 08/18 SW
Calcite/ Vinyl Binders 97 %
Black Mastic (Black) 5 % Chrysotile 3 %
Tar Binders 97 %
004 Brick (Tan) 90 % Sintered Clays 100 % 08/18 SW
Grout (Grey) 10 % Aggregate 65 %
Cement B inders 35 %
005 Brick (Tan) 90 % Sintered Clays 100% 08/18 SW
G rout (Grey) 10 % Aggregate 65 %
Cement Binders 35 %
006 B rick (Tan) 90 % Sintered Clays 100 % 08/18 SW
Grout (Grey) 10 % Aggregate 65 %
Cement B inders 35 %
007 Grout (Grey) 100% Aggregate 65 % 08/18 SW
Cement B ind ers 35 %
008 Grout (Grey ) 100% Aggregate 65 % 08/18 SW
Cement B in ders 35 %
009 G ro ut (Grey) 100% Aggregate 65 % 08/18 SW
Cement Binders 35 %
010 Caulking (G ray ) 100 % Calcite 5 % 08/18 SW
Binders / Fi ll ers 95 %
Moody Lab s PLM Detail Report NVLAP Lab Code I 02056-0 A 2051 Valle y Vie w Lane Supplement to PLM Summary R eport TDSHS Li cense No. 300084
Farm ers Branch, TX 75 234 Phone : (972 ) 24 1-8460
Clie nt : In du stria l H ygi e ne & S afety T ech nology Lab Job No . : 22B-09238
P roj ec t : CoFW, WWTP Village Ck, 4500 Wi lman Ln , Arlington Report D ate : 08/18/2022
P roj e ct#: 22897
P age 2 of LO
Sa mp le N umber I Layer I %O f
S am ple Compone nts I % of !A naly sis I Anal st
Lave r D ate Y
01 1 Caul king (G ra y) 100% Calcite 5 % 08/18 SW
B inders / Fille rs 95 %
01 2 Caulking (G ra y) 100% Calcite 5 % 08/18 SW
B in de r s / Fi ll ers 95 %
013 T he rm a l In sul ation (White) 100% Chrysotile 20% 08/18 SW
Bi nde rs / F ill e rs 80%
014 The rmal In sulation (White) 100% Chrysoti le 20% 08/18 SW
B ind e rs / Fille rs 80%
015 T he rma l In sul atio n (White) 95 % Chryso til e 20 % 08/18 SW
Binde r s / Fi ll e rs 80 %
Cotton Wrap (Ye ll ow) 5 % Cotton Fibe rs 100 %
016 The rm al I ns u latio n (Y ellow) 90% Mineral Wool Fibe rs 95 % 08/18 SW
R es in Binders 5 %
P ape r/Tar/Foil Wrap (Tan / Si lve r) 10 % C e ll u lo se Fibe r s 50%
T ar Binde rs 30%
M etal Foi l 20%
017 The rmal In sulation (Ye llow) 90% Mine ral Wool Fibe rs 95 % 08/18 SW
R es in Binde rs 5 %
Paper/Tar/Foi l Wrap (Tan/ Silve r) 10 % C e llul os e Fibers 50%
Tar Binde rs 30%
M etal Foi l 20%
018 Thermal In sulation (Ye ll ow) 90% Mineral Wool Fibe r s 95 % 08/18 SW
R es in Binde rs 5 %
P a p er/Tar/Foil Wrap (Tan/ Sil ve r) 10 % Ce ll ulo se Fibe rs 50%
Tar Binde rs 30%
M e ta l Foil 20 %
019 In sul ation (Ye llow) 100% Min e ral Wool Fibe rs 95 % 08/18 SW
R es in B ind ers 5 %
Moody Labs PLM Detail Report NVLAP Lab Code I 02056-0
205 1 Valley View Lane Supplement to PLM Summary Report TDSHS License No . 300084
Farmers Branch , TX 75234 Phone: (972) 24 1-8460
Cl ie nt: I ndu strial Hygiene & Safety Tech nology Lab Job No.: 22B-0 9238
P roject : CoFW, WWTP Vi ll age Ck, 4500 Wilman Ln, Ar lington Report D ate: 08/18/2022
Project#: 22897
P age 3 of 10
Sample N u mber I Layer I %Of
Samo le Components l % of l Analysis I Anal st
Laver D ate Y
020 Insu lation (Yellow) 100% Mineral Wool Fibers 95 % 08/18 SW
Resin Binders 5 %
021 I nsul at ion (Yellow) 100% Mi neral Wool Fibers 95 % 08/18 SW
Resin B inders 5 %
022 Window Glazing (Grey) 100% Chrysotile 3 % 08/18 SW
Calcite 57 %
Binders I Fi ll ers 40%
023 Window Gl azing (Grey) 100 % Chrysoti le 3 % 08/18 SW
Calcite 57 %
Bi nders I Fillers 40%
024 Window G lazing (Grey) 100 % Chrysotile 3 % 08/18 SW
Calcite 57 %
Binders/ Fillers 40 %
025 Caul king (Gray) 100% Binders/ Fillers 100 % 08/18 SW
026 Caulking (Gray) 100% Binders I Fi ll ers 100 % 08/18 SW
027 Cau lking (Gray) 100% Binders/ Fi ll ers 100 % 08 /1 8 SW
028 Brick (Red) 50% Sintered Clays 100 % 08 /18 SW
Grout (White) 50% Aggregate 65 %
Cement Bi nders 35 %
029 Brick (Red) 50% Sintered Clays 100 % 08 /1 8 SW
Grout (White) 50% Aggregate 65 %
Cement B inders 35 %
030 Brick (Red) 50% Sintered Clays 100 % 08/18 SW
Grout (White) 50% Aggregate 65 %
Cement Binders 35 %
031 Caulking (White) 100 % Calcite 50 % 08/18 SW
Binders I Fillers 50 %
Moody La,b s PLM Detail Report NVLAP Lab Code I 02056-0 A 2051 Valle y View Lane Supplement to PLM Summary Report TDSHS License No. 3000 84
Farmers Bra nch, TX 75 23 4 Ph one: (972) 24 1-84 60 ~
Client : Industri al Hygi e ne & Safety Technology Lab Job No .: 22B-09238
Proj ect : CoFW, WWTP Village Ck, 4500 Wilman Ln, Arlington Report Date : 08/18/2022
Proj ect#: 22897
Page 4 of 10
Sample Number I Layer I %Of
Sample Components I % of !Analysis I Anal st
Laver Date Y
03 2 Caulking (White) 100 % Calcite 50% 08/18 SW
Binders / Fill ers 50%
033 Caulking {White) 100 % Calcite 50 % 08/18 SW
Binders / Fill ers 50 %
034 CMU (Grey) 79 % Aggregate 65 % 08/18 SW
Ce ment Binders 35 %
Grout (Grey) 20 % Aggregate 65 %
C ement Binders 35 %
Paint (Yellow) 1% Pigment/ Binders 100 %
0 35 CMU (Grey) 79 % Aggregate 65 % 08/18 SW
Cement Binders 35 %
~
Grout (Grey) 20 % Aggregate 65 %
Ce me nt Binders 35 %
Paint (Yellow) 1% Pigment/ Binders 100 %
036 CMU (Grey) 79 % Aggregate 65 % 08/18 SW
Ceme nt Binders 35 %
Grout (Grey) 20 % Aggregate 65 %
Ce ment Binders 35 %
Paint (Yellow) 1% Pigm ent/ Binders 100 %
037 Gasket Cover (R ed ) 100 % Calcite/ Vinyl Binders 100 % 08/18 WP
0 3 8 Gasket Co ver (Red ) 100 % Calcite / Vinyl Binders 100 % 08/18 WP
0 39 Ga sket Co ver (R ed) 100 % Calcite/ Vinyl Binders 100 % 08/18 WP
040 Caulking (T an) 100% Chrysotil e 2 % 08/18 WP
Binders / F ill ers 98 %
041 Caulking (Tan) 100 % Chrysotil e 2 % 08/18 WP
Binders / Fill ers 98 %
{
042 C aulking (Tan) 100 % Chrysotil e 2 % 08/18 WP
Binders / Fillers 98 %
Moody Labs PLM Detail Report NVLAP Lab Code 102056-0
205 1 Valley View Lane Supplement to PLM Summary Report TDSHS License No . 300084
Farmers Branch , TX 75234 Phone: (972 ) 241 -8460
Client: Industrial Hygiene & Safety Technology Lab Job No. : 22B-09238
Proj ect : CoFW, WWTP Village Ck, 4500 Wilman Ln, Arlingto n R eport Date : 08/18/2022
Proj ect#: 22897
P age 5 of 10
Sample Number I Layer I %Of
Sample Components I % of I Analysis I Anal st
Laver D ate Y
043 B ase Pl aster (Tan) 55 % Aggregate 65 % 08/18 WP
Calcite / Binders 35 %
Top Pl aster (Grey) 45 % Aggregate 65 %
Cement Binders 35 %
044 B ase Pl aster (Tan) 3 % Aggregate 65 % 08/18 WP
Calcite/ Binders 35 %
T op Plaster (Grey) 97 % Aggregate 65 %
Cement Binders 35 %
045 B ase Pl aster (T an) 3 % Aggregate 65 % 08/18 WP
Calcite/ Binders 35 %
Top Pl aster (Grey) 97 % Aggregate 65 %
Cement Binders 35 %
046 G asket Cover (Black) 100 % Rubb er Binders 100 % 08/18 WP
047 Gasket Cover (Black) 100% Rubber Binders 100 % 08/18 WP
048 G asket Cover (Bl ack) 100 % Rubber Binders 100 % 08/18 WP
049 Thermal Insulation (Yellow) 80% Mineral Wool Fibers 95 % 08/18 WP
R esin Binders 5 %
P aper/ Foil Wrap (White / Silver) 17 % Cellulose Fibers 60%
Gl ass Wool Fibers 20%
Metal Foil 20%
White Mastic (White) 3 % Cellulose Fibers 5 %
Binders/ Fillers 95 %
050 Thermal Insulation (Yellow) 80 % Mineral Wool Fibers 95 % 08/18 WP
Resin Binders 5 %
Paper/ Foil Wrap (White/ Silver) 17 % Cellulose Fibers 60%
Glass Wool Fibers 20 %
Ii Metal Foil 20 %
White Mastic (White) 3 % Cellulose Fibers 5 %
Binders/ Fillers 95 %
Moody Labs PLM Detail Report NVLAP Lab Code I 02056-0
2051 Vall ey View Lane Suppl ement to PLM Summa ry Repo rt TDSHS Li ce nse No. 300084
Farmer s Br anch, TX 75234 Ph one : (972) 24 1-8460
Cl ie nt : In du strial Hygi ene & Safety T ech no logy Lab Job No.: 22B -09238
P roj ec t : CoFW, WWTP Vi ll ag e Ck, 4500 Wilma n Ln , Arlington R eport D ate : 08/18/2022
P roj ect#: 22897
P age 6 of 10
Sample Number I Layer I %Of
Samp le Co mp o ne nts I % of I Analys is I Anal st
Laver D ate Y
051 Thermal I nsul ation (Ye ll ow) 85 % Min e ral Wool Fibe rs 95 % 08/18 WP
R es in B ind ers 5 %
P a per/ Fo il Wrap (Wh ite / Silve r) 15 % Ce llul ose F ibers 60 %
Gl ass Wool Fibers 20 %
M eta l Foi l 20 %
No Mastic
05 2 The rm al Ins u lation (Yellow) 90% Min eral Wool Fibers 95 % 08/18 WP
R es in B inders 5 %
White Mastic (White) 10 % Ce llu lose F ib e rs 5 %
Binde rs I Fill e rs 95 % --
05 3 The rm al In sulation (Y e llow) 85 % Min eral Wool Fibe rs 95 % 08/18 WP f '" R es in Bi nders 5 %
G lass Fibe r M esh (Wh ite) 5 % G la ss Wool Fibe r s 100 %
White Mastic (White) 10 % C e llu lose Fibers 5 %
Binders I Fill e rs 95 %
054 The rmal In sul ation (Yellow) 85 % Mineral Wool Fibe rs 95 % 08/18 WP
R es in B in der s 5 %
Gl ass Fib e r M esh (White) 5 % Gl ass Wool Fibers 100 %
White Mastic (White) 10 % Ce llul o se Fibers 5 %
Binde rs I Fi ll ers 95 %
055 Gaske t Cove r (White) 100 % Vinyl B ind ers 100% 08/18 WP
056 G as ket Co ver (White) 100 % Vi nyl Bi nd ers 100 % 08/18 WP
057 G as ket Co ver (White) 100 % Viny l B inders 100% 08/1 8 WP
058 Bri c k (B e ig e) 95 % Sinte re d Clays 100 % 08/18 WP
Grout (Grey) 5 % Aggre gate 65 %
Ce me nt B ind e rs 35 %
059 Bri ck (B eig e) 90% Sinte red Cl ays 100% 08/18 WP
Grout (Grey) 10 % Aggregate 65 %
C e me nt B ind e rs 35 %
Moody Labs PLM Detail Report NVLAP Lab Code 102056-0
2051 Valley View Lane Supplement to PLM Summary Report TDSHS License No . 300084
Farmers Branch , TX 75234 Phone: (972) 241-8460
Client : Industrial Hygiene & Safety T echnology Lab Job No. : 22B-09238
Proj ect : CoFW, WWTP Village Ck, 4500 Wilman Ln, Arlington Report Date : 08/18/2022
Project#: 22897
Page 7 of JO
Sample N umb er I Layer I %Of
Samole Components I % of I Analysis I Anal st
Laver Date Y
060 Brick (Beige) 90 % Sintered Clays 100 % 08/18 WP
Grout (Grey) 10 % Aggregate 65 %
Cement Binders 35 %
061 Caulking (Gray) 100% Chrysotile 3 % 08/18 WP
Calcite 42%
Binders I Fillers 55 %
062 Caulking (Gray) 100 % Chrysotile 3 % 08/18 WP
Calcite 42 %
Binders/ Fillers 55 %
063 Caulking (Gray) 100 % Chrysotile 3 % 08/18 WP
Calcite 42%
Binders I Fillers 55 %
064 Thermal Insulation (Yell ow) 80% Mineral Wool Fibers 95 % 08/18 WP
Resin Binders 5 %
P aper/ Foil Wrap (White/ Silver) 20 % Cellulose Fibers 60%
Glass Wool Fibers 20 %
Metal Foil 20 %
Aggregate 65 %
Cement Binders 35 %
065 Thermal Insulation (Yellow) 70% Mineral Wool Fibers 95 % 08/18 WP
Resin Binders 5 %
Paper/ Foil Wrap (White/ Silver) 30% Cellulose Fibers 60 %
Glass Wool Fibers 20 %
Metal Foil 20 %
Aggregate 65 %
Cement Binders 35 %
r,
Moody Labs PLM Detail Report NVLAP Lab Code 102056-0
2051 Valley View Lane Supplement to PLM Summary Report TDSHS License No. 300084
Farmers Bran ch, TX 75 234 Ph one : (972) 24 1-8460
Client : Industrial Hygiene & Safety Technology Lab Job No.: 22B-09238
Proj ect : CoFW, WWTP Village Ck, 4500 Wilman Ln , Arlington Report Date : 08/18/2022
Proj ect#: 22897
Page 8 of 10
Sample Numb er I Layer I %Of
Sample Components I % of !Analysis I Anal st
Laver Date Y
066 Thermal In sulation (Yellow) 79% Mineral Wool Fib ers 95 % 08/18 WP
Resin Binders 5 %
Paper/ Foil Wrap (White/ Silver) 20 % Cellulose Fibers 60 %
Glass Wool Fibers 20 %
M etal Foil 20 %
White Ma stic (Off-White) 1% Pigment/ Binders 100 %
067 Thermal In sulation (Yellow) 70 % Mineral Wool Fibers 95 % 08/18 WP
Res in Binders 5 %
Paper/ Foil Wrap (White/ Silver) 15 % Cellulose Fibers 60 %
Glass Wool Fibers 20 %
M etal Foil 20 %
Glass Fib er M es h (White) 10 % Glass Wool Fibers 100 %
White Ma stic (Off-White) 5 % Calcite 10 %
Binders I Fillers 90 %
068 Thermal In sul atio n (Yellow) 70% Mineral Wool Fibers 95 % 08/18 WP
Re sin Binders 5 %
Paper/ Foil Wrap (White/ Silver) 15 % Cellulose Fibers 60 %
Glass Wool Fibers 20 %
M etal Foil 20 %
Glass Fiber M es h (White) 10 % Glass Wool Fibers 100 %
White Mastic (Off-White) 5 % Calcite 10 %
Binders / Fillers 90 %
069 Thermal In sulation (Yellow) 70 % Mineral Wool Fibers 95 % 08/18 WP
Resin Binders 5 %
Paper/ Foil Wrap (White/ Silver) 15 % C ellulo se Fibers 60 %
Glass Wool Fibers 20 %
M etal Foil 20 %
Glass Fib er Mesh (White) 10 % Glass Wool Fibers 100 %
White Mastic (Off-White) 5 % Calcite 10 %
Binders / Fillers 90% I
~ Moody Labs PLM Detail Report NVLAP Lab Code I 02056-0
205 1 Valley View Lane Supplement to PLM Summary Report TDSHS License No . 300084
Farmers Branch , TX 75 234 Phone : (9 72) 241-8460
Client : In du strial Hygiene & Safety Technology Lab Job No. : 22B-09238
Project : C oFW , WWTP Village Ck, 4500 Wilman Ln, Arlington Report D ate : 08 /18/2022
Project#: 22897
P age 9 of 10
Sample Nu mber I Layer I %Of
Samole Components I % of !Analysis I Anal st
Laver D ate Y
070 Gasket Cover (Red) 100% Calcite 50% 08/18 W P
Binders/ Fillers 50%
071 Gasket Cover (Red) 100% Calcite 50% 08/18 WP
B inders I Fillers 50%
072 Gasket Cover (Red) 100% Calcite 50% 08/18 WP
Binders I Fillers 50%
07 3 G asket Cover (Bl ack) 100% Calcite/ Vi nyl Binders 100 % 08/18 W P
074 Gasket Cover (Black) 100% Calcite/ Vinyl Binders 100 % 08/18 WP
075 Gasket Cover (B lack) 100% Calcite/ Vinyl Binders 100 % 08/18 W P n 076 Tile (White) 50% Aggregate 65 % 08/18 WP
Resin Binders 35 %
Gro ut (Grey) 50% Aggregate 65 %
Cement B inders 35 %
077 T ile (White) 50% Aggregate 65 % 08/18 WP
Resin Binders 35 %
Grout (Grey) 50% Aggregate 65 %
Cement Binders 35%
078 Tile (White) 90 % Aggregate 65 % 08/18 WP
Resin Binders 35%
Grou t (Grey) 10 % Aggregate 65 %
Cement Binders 35 %
079 G asket Cover (Red) 100 % Calcite/ Viny l B inders 100 % 08 /1 8 WP
080 Gasket Cover (Red) 100 % Calcite/ V iny l Binders 100% 08/18 WP
081 Gasket Cover (Red) 100 % Calcite/ Vi nyl Binders 100 % 08/18 WP
082 Brick (R ed) 80 % Sintered Clays 100% 08/18 WP
~ Grout (Red) 20 % Aggregate 65 %
Cement Binders 35 %
Moody Labs PLM Detail Report NVLAP Lab Code I 02056-0 A 2051 Valle y View Lane Supplement to PLM Summary Report TDSHS Li cen se No . 300084
Farmers Br anch, TX 75234 Ph one: (972) 241-8460
Client : Industrial Hygiene & Safety Technology Lab Job No . : 22B-09238
Proj ect: CoFW, WWTP Village Ck, 4500 Wilman Ln , Arlington Report Date : 08/18/2022
Project#: 22897
Page 10 of 10
Sampl e Number I Layer I %Of
Samole Components I % of I Analysis I Anal st
Laver Date Y
083 Brick (Red) 65 % Sintered Clays 100 % 08/18 WP
Grout (Red) 35 % Aggregate 65 %
Ce ment Binders 35%
084 Brick (Red) 60 % Sintered Clay s 100 % 08/18 WP
Grout (Red) 40% Aggregate 65 %
C ement Binders 35 %
085 Caulking (Tan) 100% Binders / Fill ers 100 % 08/18 WP
086 Caulking (Tan) 100% Binders/ Fillers 100 % 08/18 WP
087 Caulking (Tan) 100% Binders / Fillers 100 % 08/18 WP
088 Caulking (Tan) 100% Binders / Fillers 100 % 08/18 WP (
089 Caulking (Tan) 100% Binders/ Fill ers 100 % 08/18 WP
090 Caulking (Tan) 100 % Binders / Fill ers 100 % 08/18 WP
091 Caulking (Tan) 100% Binders / Fillers 100 % 08/18 WP
092 Caulking (Tan) 100 % Binders / Fill ers 100 % 08/18 WP
093 Caulking (Tan) 100% Binders / Fillers 100 % 08/18 WP
/ /./ izrrt.1
Pt
'TffLE: uFw~ t,v{,<lfP. V~{St ~
, ADDRESS: '($a; i)jM4-1 l"1
Avf,~(K
HOMO
AREA SAMPLE# SAMPLE DESCRIPTION
#
~ .. I a;I ~ -tla¥~it. (/'JI rsktcl t.sN G -(Ir/"[, ' I I I I
I , (k} .3 I ( I
J. I {,D~ C~ W-lf Rrrc)A., w/ ~V
w£ ,, '
I . I f
d' .,. ·-I . I .,
. I d7 Wt~~+' ., d'/ I ' (/ (J 0, I (
. z:. dlO ~~~
'-J II Of( I , , ,, dft, I l l
A
_.
r i .. l
!
2.1i>· Oqz3~ PlL\
g .. ,z -2z ;DA~~,
:l NSPECTOR/TDH #
:CLIENT/CONTACT
. Turnaround Tlme ( ) Immediate ( )1 &/-f ~ Day •( , 1 ... uctv \ ~ 3 Day
ESTIMATED TYPE F POTEN"l'!AI._ '
LOC.ATIO_N QUANmY of NFI CONDIDON FOR ~-_ ~
(SF/LF/ea,) ACM NFll (G/D/SD) DISTURBANCE RA11NG
!)J~ {a1m1l ~. {t;./tr 'fPP5f D I -
I I !Ntsl-If I I ,,
I ( Ei,,~ ., I,
(.,\
P,¢1-fY ~I /S/rl,., ~ .t, r.«J SF &-/\J
--,, ~ I'
., , r,
D~~tc,..I R~ i Gtsl--,, I ,,
I ,
-1,1.
Pr1tti"' {Atfn{ ~~. /J-"1 wYli. '/otf Sb t/J
., lJ ,, It ~-.:-'-~ ,, ,, ,,
~--5!...-r~~--Z~~ , I I r r ,
y V.
µ~ cadJ Fl«. ~~ -?otF f-r A)
-<.J ~,.,_ ,, ,,
Ir II
,,
btdwcdof"4--l :.~ ·· --/ ~ ,, ., . 't
..., -'/ j I • i ~
'eased by: ~ Date/Time: B / /: Received bl ~,r Date/T~7e1 (b? "(., "(I' ,z &.&. ' ,.
'eased by: Date/Time: Received b) : Date/Time :
. fndustnal Hygiene & Safety Technology, Inc, • 2235 Keller Way • Carrollton, Texas 75006 • 972-478--7415 • Fax 972-478-7615 TDH License #10-0145
3il address: labresults@ihst.com Page __ l __ of a
•
PROJ ECT TITL E:
:J ROJE CT ADDRE SS :
fOMO
~REA SAMPLE#
#
SI· I 013
II tl/'f
I I 1)/j
~--l:, o/6
,, 0(1 .
fl olt
. I 0 l'1 .
., old
.. , 07/
-3 r)l/t,
• I r/l'"!:,
I I -()'Z-l{
~leased by:
,leased by:
,Jr;n
SAMPLE DESCRIPTI ON
fl~ ~~/,rhrn f1 /xws{ f;f1.-0
<.J
I I I
l I I
?,pe ~~ -#ncrl)tl-WN1
...,
'
I t I I --.. I (
Ul(Mf\ ~/,r/iH! -l I
( I
{Idf.YI« ~,ni,w 1,/"t~
-...J
I I I
I I ,-
Date/Tim e:
Da te/Time:
.. 'I
. Tu rnaro und T im e ( ) l mm ediate (
ESTIM ATED TYPE F
LO CATIO_N QUANTITY of NFI
(SF/LF/ea.) ACM NFII
p,~~61~.~ lo e.,, ~ -..., ., tr ~ t I ,,
,, u <-IA ( , ,,
--"'ll"""l
D,¥5'.r u,r/,,;( flti.~ ~ lctJ {.,j: F -\J ~ ,, •1 ,, ,.
~ " .. ,, ~,
'(:)~-~~-~ ilf~. ~ 1«J1F -.....
, , f/11(#-~.,
r I ~ , ,
i>•~~tAil'.,~ . J:;tF
..., -NwU . I, '/ I ' ,, ., ~ .,
Receive d by:
Rece i ved by :
:DATE
:IN SPECT OR/TOH#
·:CLlENT/CO NTACT
)1 Da y -( ~a~ 3 oa:
POTENTIAL""-'
CONDITTON FOR ~ -,--
(G/D/SD) DISTURBANCE RATING
(y )J
,, ,,
., ,. . .,
::,I) ;V
,, r.,
t • I,.
-sl> tJ
,, ,,
,, (,,
S/) ;(J
I I f.
I '" t,
·Date/Time:
Date/Time:
Indus t r ial Hygi en e & Safe ty Techno l ogy, Inc, • 2235 Keller Way .-Carrollton, Texas 75006 • 972-478-7415 • Fax 972 -478 .. 7615 TDH Lice ns e #1 0-0145
1ail ad d res s: labresults@ih st.com Pa ge __ ~_of _i_~
. i '·
IHST Pi...,., •.
PROJECT TlrLE:
JROJECT ADDRESS :
-~
)(
!OMO
\REA SAMPLE# SAMPLE DESCRIPTION
#
1-'{ dZ:5 l!f~w·~~,~
t;Z t,, V
'I I I l
cl dt7 I I I
-'t-(jl,// ~~ ~t;U. I I __ ,.I -·, {.,~.,....,
OZ'! ' II I . I I
()'50 l . '• I f . ,,
'· 5 ()?,/ ~Wio( ~l/t-~M ~~ w,~
'-.I
IJ o~i I 1 I
• l //3~ l I I
• 3 o~Lf CftA.fJ. T~ v-1' ~+-
·I ti)'5 I , I
I I , ' .
•J . ()Yi
➔leased by: Date/Time:
,}eased by: Date/Time:
f ' .. 'I
. Turnaround Time ( ) Immediate (
ESTIMATED TYPE F
LOCATIO_N QUANTITY of NFI
(SF/LF/ea,) ACM NFII .
'i1-Jv-~ 8114 ~ 3o lF ~ -
""v ~ " ,, ,,
I/ ~ ' ' ,,
r I
l)~~ JJ"'. ~~ /,,U/1:rF ~F
...,
v~ ,, ,, '' I I
Nwft. 'I
.,
I I , I
i),~~ /fd., ~ !Ot,f . fl~
.., u ,, I/ /, ,,, ,,
,, ,, ,, I I ,. ,
br'I~ (.llf'rl'w/ &'14. ~ -Z~~ }J~
V ,, I'/ ~ ,, ,,
,., ,, ~ ( I ,,
Received by:
Received by:
.
:DATE ......,.,.,
:lNSPECTOR/TDH#
:CLIENT/CONTACT --
1 Day ( ~0 "a3 oa,D
POTENTIAL ~ _, -
CONDIDON FOR RESPONSE
(G/D/SD) DISfURBANCE RATING
9) f')
, ' r_,
it , ,
~ ;U
,, r,. ,, ,,
6--/J
,, ,,
r I . ,
IT-/J
,, ,,.
,, ' r I
· Date/Time:
Date/Time:
Industrial Hygiene & Safety Technology, Inc, • 2235 Kellar Way ~ Carrollton, Texas 75006 • 972-478•7415 • Fax 972-478-7615 TDH Lice nse #10-0145
1ail address: labresults@ihst.com Page _? __ of _B_~
z;z<t"f.1
PROJECT TITLE :
JROJECT ADDRESS:
Ml-rf-#Yl r,(
OMO
1REA SAM PLE # SAMPLE DESCRIPTIO N
#
t __ (, O°":J7 ~ f-~t,_, ~
,, 03f I I I .
r I O'Y'I I f l
1. 7 Olfo [}Pru.I~
Ol/( ' v
I/ I I
I -. { I I O'fl-
-'i rJLf3. Pltdt/ ~II
I/ tJC{'{ ' r I
r/ 0'15 I ' l
.. ~ d't~ F},,ck.~ ~--1 /~
I J {)'{1
,J 04'6
i/eased by: Date/Time:
,}eased by: Date/Time :
-'1 r ."i .. I
. Turnaround Time ( ) Immediate (
ESTIMATED TYPE F
LOCATIO _N QUA NTITY of NPI
(SF/LF/ea ,) ACM NFTI
~~1X5Nr-t4)1 Ito e,i NF -
11 t~lv-,, ,,
,, ~ r, I I
~A~ l)(," Aw//4 'a,tF )Jr:
V
I I I f • I (1 ,,
,, ,, I I , I I I
'-~~Dc/5 ~ //Jr,(I() d . JJF
V Wtfi}, I f " ', 'I
~ r ' " r I I I
!Ma.~ D~ ~ -//,II t~ ))f
V
I/ ,., ~ ,, .,
t I ~ , , " ,,
Received by:
Received by:
:DATE
:l NSPECTOR/T DH#
:C U ENT /CO NTA CT
)1 o:y(, f O a~:, ~i3 D~
POTENTI AL
CONDIDO N FOR RESPONSE
(G/D/SD) DI STURBA NCE RATING
I,, fa
I I r,
It ,.,
5/; /1,)
,, ,,
' ,. ( ,
Sf> tJ
,, r,
" t1
fr ~
,, .,
.,. •· I
· Date/Time :
Date/Time :
lndustrial Hygiene & Safety Technology, Inc. • 2235 Keller Way • Carrollton, Texas 75006 • 972-478.,74'15 • Fax 972-478.,7615 TDH License #10-0145
1a il add r ess: lab r esu lts@ihs t.com Page
PROJECT TITLE:
'ROJECT ADDRESS:
DMO
REA SAMPLE#
#
(-3 o<flf
J ()5<J
'l o5/
,_ 'f o5i
I} ()~
r ) o~4
.. '1 oss
,, d S~
'1 057 • 0·5y-
., 051
.,, r)~d
i/ea sed by:
►leased by:
't:J+lf"l r~
SAMPLE DESCRIPTION
APt~Wton ~ur~~uk
w/ ~ ,,.,_1t1·~ . to''
I ( ( . -
APt ~~ finu~Ltf J?w, =
/j~ 45 fl'jl '4,~ n,;f, C 8''' .. .. I . ( I
~&.!;,. C,wv' . , , .
i, I
ti~ Bndc. : ~
1, r
~~ I
Date/Time:
Date/Time:
., .. r •.
. Turnarou nd Time ( ) Immediate (
ESTIMATED TYPE F
LOCATION QUANTITY of NFI
(SF/LF/ea,) ACM NFU
lhtj,rA~ DlB <· •• A~~ Z/QU' .F -~
~ t.,,rty I I f / ,,
r1
I 1 I I vve-5'-I I I (
lAtl.. :-fiH4M,(' U/3 ~ lSotJ p
V ~ ,, II ,, I I
I I ~ l f I I
fl
ttrkr,.,,,,.J Da ~ s~ µ~
V
I I/ " " ,,
I ti I I ,,
r,
D~~~ N'◄-l~ -t~rP AJF
-...,
Ir ~ .. .,
6-s.J-(, ,,
t ,
Received by:
Received by:
:DATE --~
:lNSPECTOR/TDH#
:CLIENT/CONTACT
1 Day ,/(,,-~· "~· ,~ Jy ~
POTENTIAL
CONDIDON FOR RESPONSE
(G/D/SD) DISTURBANCE RATING
SD .A).
,,
. /•
'( /I
S/J ~
It , ,
• I
,,
fr ~
,, ,,
• I 'I
6--N
,, I,
I,. . f,
· Date/Time:
Date/Time:
Industrial Hygiene & Safety Technology, Inc, • 2235 Keller Way # Carrollton, Texas 75006 • 972•478-7415 • Fax 972-478 -7615 TDH License #10-0145
1ail address: labresults@ihst.com Page __ 5_of_~~
PROJECT TITLE:
lRQJECT ADDRESS:
OMO
1REA
#
-II
,,
r-. s
"
1. (,
//
ti
I
SAMPLE#
d,f
r,{,'7
Old
071
07z,
~leased by:
~leased by:
SAMPLE DESCRIPTION
Date/Time:
Date/Time:
. Turnaround Time (
ESTIMATED
LOCATION QLIAN1TIY
(SF/LF/ea,)
l6t-f
Reoeived by:
Received by:
Immediate
TYPE F
of NFI
ACM NFil
CONDmON
(G/D/SD)
:DATE
:lNSPECTOR/TDH#
:CLIENT/CONTACT
RESPONSE
RA11NG
µF Ir
. ,N
A)
·Date/Time :
Date/Time:
Industrial Hygiene & Safety Technology, Inc, • 2235 Ke/far Way • Carrollton, Texas 75006 • 972•478-7415 • Fax 972-478 .. 7615 TDH Lfcense #10-0145
. .
1ail address: labresults@ihst.com Page __ /;_ of _Y_~
. r=·'
lHSTP 1... '""16.,.,
PRDJECTTITlE: ufll,J. (io)Wt (/J 1fii [/ye,
'RDJECT ADDRESS: w v)i/,.,,..
-~,fuYJ Tx.
OMO
.REA SAMPLE# SAMPLE DESCRIPTION
#
, .. L-, r/1:1 8/11elt !· _1_., ~ ,, U7'f I I I
( l ff,5 I I j
__ , 011, ~c~{~/GYtJ--,, 011 /. ' I I
.f .. ( I t• c)7"j
'-flf v7'1 i«J6'dlel-(~
t)~ ,, I I I
., r/of I { I
·1 oiz ~k¥-tr B~&k ~ ~f-
I (J~ I , I .. , ""1 I ( I
~leased by: Date/Time:
~leased by: Date/Time:
.:; ..
. Turnaround Time ( ) Imm ediate (
ESTIMATED TYPE F
LOCATIO_N QUANTITT of • NFI
(SF/LF/ea,) ACM NFTI
! ... I :, --./ f>cB l ~ '"~ JIF
...., ~ I f I I
I I /2. /. --l (
Al'f/(1111"
(., /, ----tyrJ, ~-,---· l,Pfl)~ }.)F
I I If I I
/, r, I I
/,,,s(IJW(~PAj jo e-1 ,4Jr
...,,
,. {• . , I ,, ., I (
/7,s (M~~~-/(JI(,(/ ,F ).If:.
V
If II I #f
l, rr I rr
Received by:
Received by:
:DATE ._.,.,,
: lNSPECTOR/TDH#
:CLIENT/CONTACT
)1 Day;' IJ.v: ::., (;3 oa-2)
POTENTIAr:-
CONDIDON FOR RESPONSE
(G/D/SD) DISTURBANCE RA11NG
t,-N
I .. I
( I-
6--. /J
·I I
l l
if N
I I .
{ {
v l"'1
I I
l . {
·Date/Time:
Date/Time:
, lndustnal Hygiene & Safety Technology, Inc, • 2235 Kellar Way • Carrollton, Texas 75006 • 972-478-7415 • Fax 972-478,.7615 TDH Lfcense #10-0145
1ail address: labresults@ihst.com Page __ 7_ of _r-_~
:DATE
~ ·1 r ' ~-.
..--::::::::,..
~ .. 'I
, ' . Turnaround Tlme ( ) Immediate ( )1 Day -( ( N._3 Day L. Q
/,(j., "SZ/Z.. :lNSPECTOR/TDH# --l-dj_~--=*=..:::.....:f;,;f.~~---w;µ;,-~-.~ :CLlENT/CONTACT
DMD ESTIMATED TYPE F POTENTIAL -..... --.REA SAMPLE# SAMPLE DESCRIPTION LOCATIO_N QUANTITY of NFI CONDffiON FOR RESPONSE
# (SF/LF/ea.) ACM NFII (G/D/SD) DISTURBANCE RATING
·(S-~f5 tltlrrtr {A;.!/ 1-;v,f--fJTAS {t;.,prt~8"-3sotr #f Ir tV
,_
" ur~ I I I . ,ct ,, I 1 I .. I
... 4'(7 { { I (, r, I ' l [.
-If, Pi'S 'L#wi" ~ &.ult+.. 645 ~~ 11,6,, ftJ tP rJF Ir' . f)
(8'1t ·Aro I
"v .
I ., I , I I . ( ,, I
d'fO
.• I ( . I I { I ' j : ' ( . ,
,11 ~cql ~ .. J ,.1 (p.,,/~ ~ {rl.nSJ"'" 'f/«1 . ~oir NF fr ~ .,.._
Offj_ · V -·, I ' I "
,,
I I I I -. , _711.•.~-... I f I l f . I { v7v oq~ .. ,. t
ifeased by: Date/Time: Received by: ·Date/Time:
,]eased by: Date/Time: Received by: Date/Time:
Industrial Hygiene & Safety Technology, Inc, • 2235 Keller Way • Carrollton, Texas 75006 • 972M478~7415 • Fax 972-478-7615 TDH Lfcense #10-0145
1ail address: labresults@ihst.com Page __ ~_of ~
Industrial Hygiene and Safety Technology, Inc. IHST Project Number: 22897
1111
Asbestos Survey Appendix
Appendix:
Appendix C: Bulk Summary
Report
City of Fort Worth -Village Creek Wastewater Treatment Plant
4500 Wilma Lane
Arlington , TX 76012
Table 1. Summary of Bulk Sample Analysis and Assessment
City of Fort Worth
Village Creek Wastewater Treatment Plant
4500 Wilma Lane
Arlington, TX 76012
Survey Date(s): 8/12/2022 through 8/12/2022
Sample
ID#
001
002
003
004
005
006
1111
lnd"'1n111Hyg5-and
U.,Ttdlnology,ll'IC.
Sample Description Materlal Location
Beige Floor Tile with Bl ack Floors throughout Digester
Mastic (homogeneous area Control Build ing
# 01)
Beige Floor Tile with Black Floors throughout Digester
Masti c (homogeneous area Control Build ing
# 01)
Beige Floor Tile with Bla ck Floors throughout Digester
Mastic (homogeneous area Control Bu ildi ng
# 01)
Ceramic Wall Brick with South & East wall of Digester
Grout (homogeneous area Control Building &
#02) East wall of Digester Control
Building 2
Ceramic Wall Brick with South & East wall of Digester
Grout (homogeneous area Control Building &
#02) East wall of Digester Control
Bu ilding 2
Ceramic Wall Brick with South & East wall of Digester
Grout (homogeneou s area Control Building &
# 02) East wall of Digester Control
Bu ild ing 2
Asbestos Survey -IHST 22897
City of Fort Worth -Village Creek Wastewater Treatment Plant
4500 Wilma Lane
Arlington , TX 76012
Percent & Type of
Asbestos Detected (a)
3% CH -Floor Tile
3% CH -Black Mastic
3% CH -Floor Tile
3% CH -Bla ck Mastic
3% CH -Floor Tile
3% CH -Black Mastic
NAO -Brick
NAO -Grout
NAO -Brick
NAO -Grout
NAO -Brick
NAO -Grout
Estimated Type of ACM
Quantity (b)
900 s.f. Misc
900 s.f. Misc
900 s.f. Misc
6000 s.f. Misc
6000 s.f. Misc
6000 s.f. Misc
Frlablllty Physlcal Potentlal for Response
(c) Condition Disturbance Rating
NFI Damaged High 1
NFI Damaged High 1
NFI Damaged High 1
NF II Good Low 0
NF II Good Low 0
NF II Good Low 0
Bulk Sample Analysis and Assessment Summary
Page 1 of 12
Sample
ID#
007
008
009
010
0 11
012
013
014
1111
mple Description Materlal Location
Window Grout Both w indows in Digester
(homogeneous area # 03 ) Control Building & Digester
Control Building 2
Window Grout Both windows in Digester
(homogeneous area # 03) Control Building & Digester
Control Building 2
Window Grout Both windows in Digester
(homogeneous area # 03) Control Building & Digester
Control Building 2
Door Caulking Digester Control Building -
(homogeneous area # 04 ) Entrance & Exit Doors ;
Digester Control Building 2 -
Entrance Door
Door Caulking Digester Control Building -
(homogeneous area # 04 ) Entrance & Exit Doors ;
Digester Control Bu ilding 2 -
Entrance Door
Door Caulking Digester Control Building -
(homogeneous area # 04) Entrance & Exit Doors ;
Digester Control Bu ilding 2 -
Entrance Door
Pipe Insulation -Elbows & Digester Control Building
Fittings (homogeneous area
# 05)
Pipe Insulation -Elbows & Digester Control Building
Fittings (homogeneous area
# 05)
Asbestos Survey -IHST 22897
City of Fort Worth -Village Creek Wastewater Treatment Plant
4500 Wilma Lane
Arlington, TX 76012
Percent & Typ , I Estimated
Asbestos Detected (a) Quantity
NAO -Grout 40 l.f.
NAO -Grout 40 l.f.
NAO -Grout 40 l.f.
NAO -Caulking 60 l.f.
NAO -Caulking 60 l.f.
NAO -Caulking 60 l.f.
20 % CH -Thermal Insulation 1 O fittings
20 % CH -Thermal Insulation 10 fittings
Type of ACM
(b)
Misc
Misc
Misc
Misc
Misc
M isc
Misc
Misc
Frlablllty Physlcal Potentlal 1 &sponse
(c) Condition Disturbance Rating
NF II Sig Damg Low 0
NF II Sig Damg Low 0
NF II Sig Damg Low 0
NF II Good Low 0
NF II Good Low 0
NF II Good Low 0
F Good Low 1
F Good Low 1
Bulk Sample Analysis and Assessment Summary
Page 2 of 12
Sample
ID#
015
016
017
018
019
020
021
022
1111 ................
5-.«y Tecllnm:ieY,lnc:.
Sample Description Material Location
Pipe Insulation -Elbows & Digester Control Building
Fittings (homogeneous area
#05)
Pipe Insulation -Straight Digester Control Building
Run (homogeneous area #
06)
Pipe Insulation -Straight Digester Control Building
Run (homogeneous area #
06)
Pipe Insulation -Straight Digester Control Building
Run (homogeneous area #
06)
Ceiling Insulation Throughout ceilings in
(homogeneous area # 07) Digester Control Building
Ceiling Insulation Throughout ceilings in
(homogeneous area # 07) Digester Control Building
Ceiling Insulation Throughout ceilings in
(homogeneous area # 07) Digester Control Building
Exterior Window Glazing North and south windows of
(homogeneous area # 08) Digester Control Building
Asbestos Survey -IHST 22897
City of Fort Worth -Village Creek Wastewater Treatment Plant
4500 Wilma Lane
Arlington, TX 76012
Percent & Type of
Asbestos Detected (a)
20% CH -Thermal Insulation
NAO -Cotton Wrap
NAO -Thermal Insulation
NAO -Paper/ Tar/ Foil Wrap
NAO -Thermal Insulation
NAO -Paper/ Tar/ Foil Wrap
NAO -Thermal Insulation
NAO -Paper/ Tar/ Foil Wrap
NAO -Insulation
NAO -Insulation
NAO -Insulation
3 % CH -Window Glazing
Estimated Type of ACM
Quantity (b)
10 fittings Misc
200 l.f. Misc
200 l.f. Misc
200 l.f. Misc
900 s.f. M isc
900 s.f. Misc
900 s.f. Misc
30 l.f. Misc
Frlablllty Physical Potential for Response
(c) Condition Disturbance Rating
F Good Low 1
F Sig Damg Low 0
F Sig Damg Low 0
F Sig Damg Low 0
F Sig Damg Low 0
F Sig Damg Low 0
F Sig Damg Low 0
NF II Damaged Low 3
Bulk Sample Analysis and Assessment Summary
Page 3 of 12
Sample
ID#
023
024
025
026
027
028
029
030
1111
mple Description Materlal Location
Exterior Window Glazing North and south windows of
(homogeneous area# 08) Digester Control Building
Exterior Window Glazing North and south windows of
(homogeneous area # 08) Digester Control Building
Exterior Window Caulking North and south windows of
(homogeneous area # 09) Digester Control Building
Exterior Window Caulking North and south windows of
(homogeneous area # 09) Digester Control Building
Exterior Window Caulking North and south windows of
(homogeneous area # 09) Digester Control Building
Exterior Brick & Grout Digester Control Building
(homogeneous area # 10)
Exterior Brick & Grout Digester Control Building
(homogeneous area # 10)
Exterior Brick & Grout Digester Control Building
(homoge neous area # 10)
Asbestos Survey -IHST 22897
City of Fort Worth -Village Creek Wastewater Treatment Plant
4500 Wilma Lane
Arlington, TX 76012
Percent & TyJ) I Estimated
Asbestos Detected (a) Quantity
3% CH -Window Glazing 30 l.f.
3% CH -Window Glazing 30 l.f.
NAO -Caulking 30 l.f.
NAO -Caulking 30 l.f.
NAO -Caulking 30 l.f.
NAO -Brick 6200 s.f.
NAO-Grout
NAO -Brick 6200 s.f.
NAO -Grout
NAO -Brick 6200 s.f.
NAO -Grout
Type of ACM
(b)
Misc
Misc
Misc
Misc
Misc
Misc
Misc
Misc
Frlablllty Physlcal Potential 1 lesponse
(c) Condition Disturbance Rating
NF II Damaged Low 3
NF II Damaged Low 3
NF II Sig Damg Low 0
NF 11 Sig Damg Low 0
NF II Sig Damg Low 0
NF II Good Low 0
NF II Good Low 0
NF II Good Low 0
Bulk Sample Analysis and Assessment Summary
Page 4 of 12
Sample
ID#
031
032
033
034
035
036
037
038
1111
Sample Description Material Location
Exterior Caulking Exhaus t window of Digester
(homogeneous area # 11) Control Build ing
Exterior Caulking Exhaust window of Digester
(homogeneous area # 11) Control Building
Exterior Caulking Exhaust window of Digester
(homogeneous area # 11 ) Control Bu ild ing
CMU Texture with Grout North , south and west walls in
(homogeneous area # 12) Digester Control Building
CMU Te xture with Grout North , south and west walls in
(homogeneous area # 12) Digester Control Building
CMU Texture with Grout North , south and west walls in
(homogeneous area# 12) Digester Control Building
Red Gasket Cover Underground Digester Control
(homogeneous area# 13) Building
Red Gasket Cover Underground Digester Control
(homogeneous area # 13 ) Building
Asbestos Survey -IHST 22897
City of Fort Worth -Village Creek Wastewater Treatment Plant
4500 Wilma Lane
rrngton , TX 76012
Percent & Type of
Asbestos Detected (a)
NAO -Caulking
NAO -Caulking
NAO -Caulking
NAD-CMU
NAO -Grout
NAO -Paint
NAD -CMU
NAO -Grout
NAO -Paint
NAD-CMU
NAO -Grout
NAO -Paint
NAO -Gasket Cover
NAO -Gasket Cover
Estimated Type of ACM
Quantity (b)
10 l.f. Misc
10 l.f. Misc
10 l.f. Misc
2000s.f. Surfacing
2000s.f. Surfacing
2000 s.f. Surfa c ing
100 fillings Misc
100 fittings Misc
Frlablllty Physical Potential for Response
(c) Condition Disturbance Rating
NF II Good Low 0
NF II Good Low 0
NF II Good Low 0
NF II Good Low 0
NF II Good Low 0
NF II Good Low 0
NF II Good Low 0
NF II Good Low 0
Bulk Sample Analysis and Assessment Summary
Page 5 of 12
Sample
ID#
039
040
041
042
043
044
045
046
1111
,>mple Description Material Location
Red Gasket Cover Underground Digester Control
(homogeneous area# 13) Building
Door Caulking Underground Digester Control
(homogeneous area# 14) Building
Door Caulking Underground Digester Control
(homogeneous area# 14) Building
Door Caulking Underground Digester Control
(homogeneous area# 14) Building
Plaster Wall (homogeneous North , west and south walls in
area# 15) Underground Digester Control
Building
Plaster Wall (homogeneous North , west and south walls in
area# 15) Underground Digester Control
Building
Plaster Wall (homogeneous North, west and south walls in
area# 15) Underground Digester Control
Building
Black Gasket Cover Underground Digester Control
(homogeneous area# 16) Building
Asbestos Survey -IHST 22897
City of Fort Worth -Village Creek Wastewater Treatment Plant
4500 Wilma Lane
Arlington, TX 76012
Percent & Typ , ' Asbestos Detected (a)
NAO -Gasket Cover
2% CH -Caulking
2% CH -Caulking
2% CH -Caulking
NAO -Base Plaster
NAO -Top Plaster
NAO -Base Plaster
NAO -Top Plaster
NAO -Base Plaster
NAO -Top Plaster
NAO -Gasket Cover
Estimated Type of ACM
Quantity (b)
100 fittings Misc
20 l.f . Misc
20 l.f. Misc
20 l.f. Misc
10000 s.f. Misc
10000 s.f. Misc
10000 s.f. Misc
100 fittings Misc
Frlablllty Physical Potential 1 &tsponse
(c) Condition Disturbance Rating
NF II Good Low 0
NF II Damaged Low 3
NF II Damaged Low 3
NF II Damaged Low 3
NF II Sig Damg Low 0
NF II Sig Damg Low 0
NF II Sig Damg Low 0
NF II Good Low 0
Bulk Sample Analysis and Assessment Summary
Page 6 of 12
Sample
ID#
047
048
049
050
051
052
053
054
1111
lnd111'1111 Hygltnt nt
SlhtyTadlnoloey,1111,:.
Sample Description Material Location
Black Gasket Cover Underground Digester Control
(homogeneous area# 16 ) Building
Black Gasket Cover Underground Digester Control
(homogeneous area# 16) Building
10" Pipe Insulation -Straight Underground Digester Control
Run & Elbows with White Building
Mastic (homogeneous area
# 17 )
1 O" Pipe Insulation -Straight Underground Digester Control
Run & Elbows with Wh ite Building
Mastic (homogeneous area
# 17)
10" Pipe Insulation -Straight Underground Digester Contro l
Run & Elbows with White Building
Mastic (homogeneous area
# 17)
8" Pipe Insulation -Straight Underground Digester Control
Run & Elbows with White Building
Mastic (homogeneous area
# 18 )
8" Pipe Insulation -Straight Underground Digester Control
Run & Elbows with White Building
Mastic (homogeneous area
# 18)
8" Pipe Insulation -Straight Underground Digester Control
Run & Elbows with White Building
Mastic (homogeneous area
# 18)
Asbestos Survey -IHST 22897
City of Fort Worth -Village Creek Wastewater Treatment Plant
4500 Wilma Lane
Ar ·ngton , TX 76012
Percent & Type of Estimated Type of ACM
Asbestos Detected (a) Quantity (b)
NAO -Gasket Cover 100 fittings Misc
NAO -Gasket Cover 100 fittings Misc
NAO -Thermal Insulation 200 l.f. Misc
NAO -Paper/ Foil Wrap
NAO -While Mastic
NAO -Thermal Insulation 200 l.f. Misc
NAO -Paper/ Foil Wrap
NAO -White Mastic
NAO -Thermal Insulation 200 l.f. Misc
NAO -Paper/ Foil Wrap
No Mastic
NAO -Thermal Insulation 250 l.f. Misc
NAO -White Mastic
NAO -Thermal Insulation 250 l.f. Misc
NAO -Glass Fiber Mesh
NAO -White Mastic
NAO -Thermal Insulation 250 l.f. Misc
NAO -Glass Fiber Mesh
NAO -White Mastic
Frlablllty Physical Potential for Response
(c) Condition Disturbance Rating
NF II Good Low 0
NF II Good Low 0
F Sig Damg Low 0
F Sig Damg Low 0
F Sig Damg Low 0
F Sig Damg Low 0
F Sig Damg Low 0
F Sig Damg Low 0
Bulk Sample Analysis and Assessment Summary
Page 7 of 12
r
I
Sample
ID#
055
056
057
058
059
060
061
062
1111
lndllllrillHJv-ne-1
~TKllfD119r,lnc::.
mple Description Materlal Location
White Gasket Cover Underground Digester Control
(homogeneous area # 19) Building
White Gasket Cover Underground Digester Control
(homogeneous area# 19) Building
White Gasket Cover Underground Digester Control
(homogeneous area # 19) Building
Exterior Brick & Grout Digester Control Building 2
(homogeneous area # 20)
Exterior Brick & Grout Digester Control Building 2
(homogeneous area # 20)
Exterior Brick & Grout Digester Control Building 2
(homogeneous area # 20)
Exterior Window Caulking -Digester Control Building 2
Gray (homogeneous area #
21)
Exterior Window Caulking -Digester Control Building 2
Gray (homogeneous area #
21)
Asbestos Survey -IHST 22897
C ity of Fort Worth -Village Creek Wastewater Treatment Plant
4500 Wilma Lane
Arlington, TX 76012
Percent & Typ, Estimated
Asbestos Detected (a) Quantity
NAO -Gasket Cover 5 fittings
NAO -Gasket Cover 5 fittings
NAO -Gasket Cover 5 fittings
NAO -Brick 3000 s.f.
NAO -Grout
NAO -Brick 3000 s.f.
NAO -Grout
NAO -Brick 3000 s .f .
NAO -Grout
3% CH -Caulking 20 l.f.
3% CH -Caulking 20 l.f.
Type of ACM
(b)
Misc
Misc
Misc
Misc
Misc
Misc
Misc
Misc
Frlablllty Physlcal Potential \, .lsponse
(c) Condition Disturbance Rating
NF II Good Low 0
NF II Good Low 0
NF II Good Low 0
NF II Good Low 0
NF II Good Low 0
NF II Good Low 0
NF II Good Low 1
NF II Good Low 1
Bulk Sample Analysis and Assessment Summary
Page 8 of 12
Sample
ID#
063
064
065
066
067
068
069
070
1111
lnd1111N!ltfgllne.-l
S-.«yTtdlnology,ln(:.
Sample Description Material Location
Exterior Window Caulking -Digester Control Building 2
Gray (homogeneous area #
21)
12" Pipe Insulation -Straight Underground Digester Control
Run with White Mastic Building 2
(homogeneous area # 22)
12" Pipe Insulation -Straight Underground Digester Control
Run with White Mastic Building 2
(homogeneous area # 22)
12" Pipe Insulation -Straig ht Underground Digester Control
Run with White Mastic Building 2
(homogeneous area # 22)
12" Pipe Insulation -Elbows Underground Digester Control
with White Mastic Building 2
(homogeneous area# 23)
12" Pipe Insulation -Elbows Underground Digester Control
with White Mastic Building 2
(homoge neous area # 23)
12" Pipe Insulation -Elbows Underground Digester Control
with Wh ite Mastic Building 2
(homogeneous area # 23)
Red Gasket Cover Underground Digester Control
(homogeneous area# 24) Building 2
Asbestos Survey -IHST 22897
City of Fort Worth -Village Creek Wastewater Treatment Plant
4500 Wilma Lane
l>.rl"ngton , TX 76012
Percent ~ Type of
Asbestos Detected (a)
3% CH -Caulking
NAO -Thermal Insulation
NAO -Paper/ Foil Wrap
No Mastic
NAO -Thermal Insulation
NAO -Paper/ Foil Wrap
No Mastic
NAO -Thermal In su lation
NAO -Paper/ Foil Wrap
NAO -White Mastic
NAO -Thermal Insulation
NAO -Paper/ Foil Wrap
NAO -Glass Fiber Mesh
NAO -White Mastic
NAO -Thermal Insulation
NAO -Paper / Foil Wrap
NAO -Glass Fiber Mesh
NAO -White Masti c
NAO -Thermal Insulation
NAO -Paper/ Foil Wrap
NAO -Glass Fiber Mesh
NAO -White Mastic
NAO -Gasket Cover
(
Estimated Type of ACM
Quantity (b)
20 l.f. Misc
200 l.f. Misc
200 l.f. Misc
200 l.f. Misc
12 fillings Misc
12 fittings Misc
12 fittings Misc
45 fittings Misc
Frlablllty Physical Potential for Response
(c) Condition Disturbance Rating
NF II Good Low 1
F Good Low 0
F Good Low 0
F Good Low 0
F Good Low 0
F Good Low 0
F Good Low 0
NF II Good Low 0
Bulk Sample Analysis and Assessment Summary
Page 9 of 12
/
!
Sample
ID#
071
072
073
074
075
076
077
078
1111
lnduttrlaltfy~llnd
5,ftty Ttchnoio91,lne.
,Ample Description Material Location
Red Gasket Cover Underground Digester Control
(homogeneous area# 24) Building 2
Red Gasket Cover Underground Digester Control
(homogeneous area# 24) Building 2
Black Gasket Cover Underground Digester Control
(homogeneous area # 25) Building 2
Black Gasket Cover Underground Digester Control
(homogeneous area # 25) Building 2
Black Gasket Cover Underground Digester Control
(homogeneous area # 25) Building 2
Ceramic Wall with Grout Interior walls in Gas
(homogeneous area # 26) Compressor Building
Ceramic Wall with Grout Interior walls in Gas
(homogeneous area # 26) Compressor Building
Ceramic Wall with Grout Interior walls in Gas
(homogeneous area # 26) Compressor Building
Asbestos Survey -IHST 22897
City of Fort Worth -Village Creek Wastewater Treatment Plant
4500 Wilma Lane
Arlington , TX 76012
Percent & Typ._ I Estimated
Asbestos Detected (a) Quantity
NAO -Gasket Cover 45 fittings
NAO -Gasket Cover 45 fittings
NAO -Gasket Cover 30 fittings
NAO -Gasket Cover 30 fittings
NAO -Gasket Cover 30 fittings
NAO-Tile 6000 s.f.
NAO -Grout
NAO-Tile 6000 s.f.
NAO -Grout
NAO-Tile 6000 s.f.
NAO -Grout
Type of ACM
(b)
Misc
Misc
Misc
Misc
Misc
Misc
Misc
Misc
Frlablllty Physical Potential t-_A sponse
(c) Condition Disturbance Rating
NF II Good Low 0
NF II Good Low 0
NF II Good Low 0
NF II Good Low 0
NF II Good Low 0
NF II Good Low 0
NF II Good Low 0
NF II Good Low 0
Bulk Sample Analysis and Assessment Summary
Page 10 of 12
Sample
ID#
079
080
081
082
083
084
085
086
1111
lndus.-!lllfi/gilrMllnCI
Slf.tyTKllnology,IIIC.
Sample Description Materlal Location
Red Gasket Cover Gas Compressor Building
(homogeneous area # 27)
Red Gasket Cover Gas Compressor Building
(homogeneous area # 27)
Red Gasket Cover Gas Compressor Building
(homogeneous area # 27)
Exterior Brick & Grout Gas Compressor Building
(homogeneous area # 28)
Exterior Brick & Grout Gas Compressor Building
(homogeneous area # 28 )
Exterior Brick & Grout Gas Compressor Building
(homogeneous area # 28)
Interior Wall Joint Walls in Gas Compressor
(homogeneous a re a # 29) Building
Interior Wall Joint Walls in Gas Compressor
(homogeneous area # 29) Building
Asbestos Survey -IHST 22897
City of Fort Worth -Village Creek Wastewater Treatment Plant
4500 Wilma Lane
Atlington, TX 76012
Percent & Type of
Asbestos Detected (a)
NAD -Gasket Cover
NAD -Gasket Cover
NAD -Gasket Cover
NAD -Brick
NAD -Grout
NAD -Brick
NAD -Grout
NAD -Brick
NAD -Grout
NAD -Caulking
NAD -Caulking
Estimated Type of ACM
Quantity (b)
50 fittings Misc
50 fittings Misc
50 fittings M isc
10000 s.f. Misc
10000 s.f. M isc
10000 s.f. Misc
350 l.f. Misc
350 l.f. Misc
Frlablllty Physlcal Potential for Response
(c) Condition Disturbance Rating
NF II Good Low 0
NF II Good Low 0
NF II Good Low 0
NF II Good Low 0
NF II Good Low 0
NF II Good Low 0
NF II Good Low 0
NF II Good Low 0
Bulk Sample Ana lysis and Assessment Summary
Page 11 of 12
Sample
ID#
087
088
089
090
091
092
093
Table Key:
mple Description
Interior Wall Joint
(homogeneous area # 29)
Interior Door Caulking
(homogeneous area # 30)
Interior Door Caulking
(homogeneous area # 30)
Interior Door Caulking
(homogeneous area # 30)
Interior Window Caulking
(homogeneous area # 31)
Interior Window Caulking
(homogeneous area # 31)
Interior Window Caulking
(homogeneous area # 31)
Material Location
Walls in Gas Compressor
Building
Gas Compressor Building
Gas Compressor Building
Gas Compressor Building
Gas Compressor Building
Gas Compressor Building
Gas Compressor Building
Percent & Typ"
Asbestos Detected (a)
NAO • Caulking
NAO -Caulking
NAO -Caulking
NAO -Caulking
NAO -Caulking
NAO -Caulking
NAO -Caulking
Estimated
Quantity
350 l.f.
40 l.f.
40 l.f.
40 l.f.
30 l.f.
30 l.f.
30 l.f.
(a) CH = Chrysotile ; AM = Amosite ; CR= Crocidolite ; AN = Anthophyllite ; AC = Actinolite ; NAO = NAO = No Asbestos Detected
(b) Misc= Miscellaneous; TSI = Thermal Systems Insulation
(c) F = Friable; NF I= Non-Friable Category I ; NF II = Non-Friable Category II
1111
Asbestos Survey -IHST 22897
City of Fort Worth -Village Creek Wastewater Treatment Plant
4500 Wilma Lane
Arlington , TX 76012
Type of ACM
(b)
Misc
Misc
M isc
Misc
Misc
Misc
Misc
Frlablllty
(c)
NF II
NF II
NF II
NF II
NF II
NF II
NF II
Physical
Condition
Good
Good
Good
Good
Good
Good
Good
Potential fL
Disturbance
Low
Low
Low
Low
Low
Low
Low
.. sponse
Rating
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
Bulk Sample Analysis and Assessment Summary
Page 12 of 12
Industrial Hygiene and Safety Technology, Inc. IHST Project Number: 22897
1111
Asbestos Survey Appendix
Appendix:
Appendix D: Cost Estimate
for Removal
City of Fort Worth - V illage Creek Wastewater Treatment Plant
4500 Wilma Lane
Arlington , TX 76012
2. Approximate Cost to Remove Asbestos
City of Fort Worth
Village Creek Wastewater Treatment Plant
4500 Wilma Lane
Arlington, TX 76012
Survey Date(s): 8/12/2022 through 8/12/2022
Material Description Locatlon(s)
Beige Floor Tile and Mastic See Drawings
TSI Pipe Fittings Se e Drawings
Window Glazing See Drawings
Doo r Caulk ing See Drawings
Approx.
Quantity
900 s .f .
10 fitt ings
50 l.f .
20 l.f .
Unit Cost #Days Removal Air Monitoring
to Abate Cost (per day)
$2 .50 1 $2,250.00 $650.00
$50 .00 1 $500.00 $250.00
$10 .00 1 $500.00 $250.00
$15 .00 1 $300.00 $250.00
Removal Costs Subtotal:
Abatement Specifications:
Total Abatement Cost:
1. The pri ce estimates were derived from current estimates f rom asbestos abatement contractors .
2 . Price does not include replacement costs w ith non-asbestos materials .
3 . Air monitoring costs do not include final air clearance by Transmission Electron Microscopy.
4 . Price estimates listed above are intended as a guide for budget estimating only . To determine the total abatement costs for the project ,
asbestos removal specifications should be prepared and the project bid by professional asbestos abatement contractors.
5 . Prices could be reduced if all abatement activities are performed at one time .
6 . Prices may be slightly higher for small abatement projects due to mobilization costs .
7 . Prices do not include the Texas Department of State Health Services (DSHS) fee for asbestos regulated units generated for the
removal of ACM quantified in Table 2 .
8 . Time schedule includes air clearance monitoring and contractor demobilization from site . Time schedule for abatement will also vary
depending on the size of the contractor's wo rk force and the specified scope of work.
1111
Approximate Cost to Remove Asbestos
City of Fort Worth -Village Creek Wastewater Treatment Plant
4500 Wilma Lane
Arlington , TX76012
Line Item Subtotal
$2,900.00
$750 .00
$750.00
$450.00
$4,850.00
$350.00
$5,200.00
Page 1 of 1
Industrial Hyg iene and Safety Technology, Inc . IHST Project Number: 22897
Appendix:
Appendix E: Photographs
1111
Asbestos Survey Appendix
City of Fort Worth -Village Creek Wastewater Treatment Plant
4500 Wilma Lane
Arlington , TX 76012
C B
C B
Village Creek WWTP
Digester Area
4500 Wilma Lane
Arlinqton, Texas
B
Samples 001-003
Samples 004-006
Samples 010-012
Village Creek WWTP
Digester Area
4500 Wilma Lane
Arlinqton, Texas
Samples 007-009
Samples 0 13-015
Samples 016-018
Samples 022-024
Village Creek WWTP
Digester Area
4500 Wilma Lane
Arlinqton , Texas
Samples 019-021
Samples 025-027
Samples 028-030
Samples 034-036
Village Creek WWTP
Digester Area
4500 Wilma Lane
Arlinqton, Texas
Samples 031-033
Samples 037-039
Samples 040-042
Samples 046-048
Village Creek WWTP
Digester Area
4500 Wilma Lane
Arlinqton, Texas
Samples 043-045
Samples 049-051
Samples 052-054
Samples 058-060
Village Creek WWTP
Digester Area
4500 Wilma Lane
Arlinqton, Texas
Samples 055-057
Samples 061-063
Samples 064-066
Samples 070-072
Village Creek WWTP
Digester Area
4500 Wilma Lane
Arlinqton, Texas
Samples 067-069
Samples 073-075
Samples 076-078
Samples 082 -084
Village Creek WWTP
Digester Area
4500 Wilma Lane
Arlinqton, Texas
Samples 079-081
Samples 085-087
Samples 088-090
Village Creek WWTP
Digester Area
4500 Wilma Lane
Arlinqton, Texas
Samples 091-093
Industrial Hygiene and Safety Technology, Inc . IHST Project Number: 22897
1111
lndllH'ial..,._,.and
S"-tyTec:hna6Dgy,lnc.
Appendix:
Appendix F: Lead Survey
Asbestos Survey Appendix
City of Fort Worth -Village Creek Wastewater Treatment Plant
4500 Wilma Lane
Arlington , TX 76012
lill INDUSTRIAL HYGIENE AND
SAFETY TECHNOLOGY, INC.
August23,2022
Mr. Roger Grantham
City of Fort Worth
1000 Throckmorton
Fort Worth , Texas 76102
RE : Lead Building Materials Survey
Location : Village Creek Wastewater Treatment Plant
4500 Wilma Lane
Arlington , Texas
Sample Date : August 12 , 2022
IHST Job#: 22897 _02
Dear Mr. Grantham ,
Mr. Mohamad EI-Jechi representing Industrial Hygiene and Safety Technology , Inc. performed a visual inspection
and collected bulk samples of suspect lead -based paint at address listed above .
Th irty-s ix (36) suspect lead based painted materials were identified during the visual inspection of the structure.
Table 1 list the materials sampled and the results of the lead-based paint analysis. EMSL Analytical Inc. was
contracted to perform the laboratory analys is . A copy of the orig inal laboratory report is included as Appendix A to
th is report. The samples were analyzed utilizing SW 846 3050B/7000B method for lead analysis.
T bl 1 R a e ' esu ts o ea ase amt fl dB dP. T estIng
Sample ID Material Tested Location Results
WWTP-22897-001 L Grey Pa int Exterior -Transformer -North <0 .0083 % wt
WWTP-22897-002L Yellow Pa int Exterior -Manhole Cover -North 0.68 % wt
WWTP-22897-003L Green Paint Exterior -Transformer -NE of <0 .017 % wt
Digester Control Building
WWTP-22897-004L Yellow Pa int Exterior -Manhole Cover -East <0 .0081 % wt
WWTP-22897-005L Grey Pain t Exterior -Transformer -East of Gas <0.0080 % wt
Compressor Buildinq
WWTP-22897-006L Yellow Paint Exterior -Manhole Cover -East of 0.35 % wt
Gas Compressor Building
WWTP-22897-007L Grev Paint Exterior -Transformer -SE 0 .0087 % wt
WWTP-22897-008L Yellow Paint Exterior -Manhole Cover -SE <0 .0080 % wt
WWTP-22897-009L Red Paint Interior - D igester Control Build ing -<0 .0098 % wt
Floor
WWTP-22897-01 0L White Paint Interior -Digester Control Building - 0 .15%wt
Ce iling
WWTP-22897-011 L Pink Paint Exterior -Digester Control Building -0.019 % wt
Brick
WWTP-22897-012L Brown Paint Interior -Digester Control Building -<0.012 % wt
Door
WWTP-22897-013L Wh ite Paint Underground Digester Control <0.0093 % wt
Bu ildinq -Plaster Wall
WWTP-22897-014L Brown Paint Underground Digester Control <0 .0083 % wt
Bu ildinq -Interior Door
WWTP-22897-015L Brown Paint Underground Digester Control .072%wt
Bu ild ing -Steel Pipe
WWTP-22897-016L Red Paint Underground Digester Control 0 .010 % wt
Buildinq -Steel Gasket
2235 Keller Way • Carrollton , Texas 75006 • (972) 478-7415 • FAX (972) 478-7615
Sample ID Material Tested Location Results
WWTP-22897-01 ?L White Paint Underground Digester Control <0 .0090 % wt
Bu ildinq -Steel Gasket
WWTP-22897-018L Green Paint Underground Digester Control <0 .0082 % wt
Bui lding -Steel Pipe
WWTP-22897-019L White Paint Underground Digester Control 0.014 % wt
Buildinq -Steel Pipe
WWTP-22897-020L Brown Paint Underground Digester Control 0.054 % wt
Building -Steel Gasket
WWTP-22897-021 L Green Paint Underground Digester Control <0 .0080 % wt
Building -Steel Gasket
WWTP-22897-022L White Paint Digester Control Building 2 -Metal 0.014 % wt
Ceilinq
WWTP-22897-023L White Paint Underground Digester Control <0 .0090 % wt
Build inq 2 -Steel Gasket
WWTP-22897-024L White Paint Underground Digester Control <0.0080 % wt
Building 2 -Steel Pipe
WWTP-22897-025L Grey Paint Underground D igester Control <0 .0099 % wt
Building 2 -Sludge Pump
WWTP-22897-026L Green Paint Underground Digester Control <0 .0080 % wt
Building 2 -Steel Gasket
WWTP-22897-027L Grey Paint Underground Digester Control 17 % wt
Building 2 -Steel WEMCO Pump
WWTP-22897-028L Green Paint Underground Digester Control 0.0096 % wt
Bu ilding 2 -Steel Pipe Holder
WWTP-22897-029L White Paint Gas Compressor Building -Floor <0 .0080 % wt
WWTP-22897 -030L Red Pa int Gas Compressor Building -Steel <0.0083 % wt
Gasket
WWTP-22897-031 L Green Pa int Gas Compressor Building -Steel <0 .0084 % wt
Pipe
WWTP-22897-032L White Paint Gas Compressor Building -Steel <0 .061 % wt
Pipe
WWTP-22897-033L Green Paint Gas Compressor Building -Steel <0 .0080 % wt
Gasket
WWTP-22897-034L Blue Paint Gas Compressor Building -Steel <0.0091 % wt
Pipe
WWTP-22897-035L Blue Paint Gas Compressor Build ing -Steel <0 .0089 % wt
Gasket
WWTP-22897-036L Wh ite Paint Interior -Gas Compressor Building -<0 .0080 % wt
Concrete Ceilinq
In reviewing the results of the lead-based paint sampling , the yellow paint of north exterior manhole cover , brown
paint on the steel pipe underground Digester Control Building , and the grey paint on the steel WEMCO pump of
Underground Digester Control Building 2 exceed the HUD/EPA standard of paint equal to or greater than 0 .5% by
weight.
Should you or your staff have any questions regard ing the content of this report , please do not hesitate to contact
our office at your convenience .
Cord ially ,
)(~I( 6/X,mlf
Tracy Bramlett, CIH , CSP
President
Appendix A
♦ EMSL Analytical, Inc.
5950 Fairbanks N. Houston Rd., Houston, TX 77040
Phone/Fax: (713) 686-3635 / (713) 686-3645
http ://www .EMSL.com houstonlab@emsl.com
Attn : Lab Results
Industrial Hygiene & Safety Technology
2235 Keller Way
Carrollton, TX 75006
Project: CoFW-WWTP -Village Creek, TX 22897
Phone:
Fax:
Received:
Collected :
EMSL Order:
CustomerlD:
CustomerPO:
ProjectlD :
(972) 478-7415
(972) 478-7615
8/16/202211:15AM
8/12/2022
Test Report: Lead in Paint Chips by Flame AAS {SW 846 3050B/7000B)*
152205225
INDU60
I
Client SampleDescription Collected Analyzed Wei g ht RDL Lead Concentration
WWTP-22897-001 L 8/12/2022 8/18/2022
152205225-0001 Site : Exterior Transformer-Grey-North
WWTP-22897-002L 8/12/2022 8/18/2022
152205225-0002 Site: Exterior Manhole Cover-Yellow-North
WWTP-22897-003L 8/12/2022 8/18/2022
152205225-0003 Site: Exterior Transformer-Green-NE of Digester Control Bldg
WWTP-22897-004L 8/12/2022 8/18/2022
152205225-0004 Site: Exterior Manhole Cover-Yellow-East
WWTP-22897-005L 8/12/2022 8/18/2022
152205225-0005 Site: Exterior Transformer-Grey-East of Gas Compressor Bldg
WWTP-22897-006L 8/12/2022 8/18/2022
152205225-0006 Site : Exterior Manhole Cover-Yell ow-East of Gas Compressor Bldg
WWTP-22897-007L 8/12/2022 8/18/2022
152205225-0007 Site: Exterior Transformer-Grey-SE
WWTP-22897-008L 8/12/2022 8/18/2022
152205225-0008 Site : Exterior Manhole Cover-Yellow-SE
WWTP-22897-009L 8/12/2022 8/18/2022
152205225-0009 Site: Flooring-Red-Digester Control Bldg
WWTP-22897-010L 8/12/2022 8/18/2022
1522052 25-0010 Site: Ceiling-White-Digester Control Bldg
WWTP-22897-011 L 8/12/2022 8/18/2022
152205225-0011 Site: Exterior-Brick-Pink-Digester Control Bldg
0 .2423 g 0.0083 % wt <0 .0083 % wt
0 .2498 g 0.016 % wt 0.68 ¾wt
0.1188 g 0.017 % wt <0 .017 % wt
0.2477 g 0.0081 % wt <0 .0081 % wt
0.2494 g 0.0080 % wt <0 .0080 % wt
0.2415 g 0.0083 % wt 0.35 %wt
0.2464 g 0 .0081 % wt 0.0087 %wt
0.251 g 0.0080 % wt <0 .0080 % wt
0.2042 g 0.0098 % wt <0 .0098 % wt
0.2026 g 0.0099 % wt 0 .15%wt
0.2547 g 0.0080 % wt 0.019 % wt
Michelle Leggett , Laboratory Manager
or other approved signatory
EMSL mai ntains liability limited to cost of ana lysis . Interpretation and use of test results are the responsibility of the client. Th is report relates only to the samples reported abow, and may not be
reproduced , except in full , without written approval by EMSL. EMSL bears no respons ibil ity for sample collection acti,,;ties or analytical method limitations. The report reflects the samples as receiwd .
Resu lts are generated from the field sampling data (sampl ing YOlumes and areas , locations, etc.) pro,,;ded by the cl ient on the Chain of Custody. Samples are within quality control criteria and met meth
specifications unless otherwise noted .
• Analys is following Lead in Paint by EMSL SOP/Detennination of En-.;ronmental Lead by FLAA . Reporting limit is 0.008% wt based on the m inimum sample weight per our SOP . "<" (less than) resu lt
s ign ifies the analyte was not detected at or above the reporting limit. Measurement of uncertainty is available upon request. Definitions of modifications are ava il able upon request.
Samples analyzed by EMSL Analytical , Inc. Houston , TX AIHA-LAP , LLC--ELLAP Accredited #102575
Initial report from 08/19/2022 13 :45 :21
Test Report PB w/RDL-2 .0.0.0 Printed: 8/19/2022 1 :45 :21 PM Page 1 of 4
♦ EMSL Analytical, Inc. EMSL Order: 152205225
CustomerlD : INDU60
5950 Fairbanks N. Houston Rd., Houston , TX 77040
CustomerPO: Phone/Fax: (713) 686-3635 / (713) 686-3645
hll1rttwww.EMl;zL '-Qm hQ!Jli!Qnll!b@11mlil.'-Q!!! Projectl D :
' lab Results Phone : (972) 478-7415
Industrial Hygiene & Safety Technology Fax: (972) 478-7615
2235 Keller Way Received : 8/16/2022 11:15 AM
Carrollton, TX 75006 Collected : 8/12/2022
Project: CoFW-WWTP -Village Creek, TX 22897
Test Report: Lead in Paint Chips by Flame AAS (SW 846 3050B/7000B)*
Client SampleDescription Collected Analyzed
WWTP-22897-012L 8/12/2022 8/18/2022
152205225-0012 Site: Interior Door-Brown-Digester Control Bldg
WWTP-22897-013L 8/12/2022 8/18/2 022
152205225-0013 Site: Plaster Wall-White-Underground DCB
WWTP-22897-014L 8/12/2022 8/18/2022
1522052 25-0014 Site : Interi or Door-Brown-Underground DCB
WWTP-22897-015L 8/12/2022 8/18/2022
152205225-0015 Site : Steel Pipe-BraNn-Underground DCB
WWTP-22897-016L 8/12/2022 8/18/2022
152205225-0016 Site: Steel Gasket-Red-Underground DCB
V :2897-017L 8/12/2022 8/18/2022
L .:25-0017 Site: Steel Gasket-White-Underground DCB
WWTP-22897-018L 8/12/2022 8/18/2022
152205225-0018 Site: Steel Pipe-Green-Underground DCB
WWTP-22897-019L 8/12/2022 8/19/2022
152205225-0019 Site : Steel Pipe-White-Underground DCB
WWTP-22897-020L 8/12/2022 8/19/2022
152205225-0020 Site : Steel Gasket-Brown-Underground DCB
WWTP-22897-021L 8/12/2022 8/19/2022
152205225-0021 Site : Steel Gasket-Green-Underground DCB
WWTP-22897-022L 8/12/2022 8/19/2022
152205225-0022 Site : Metal Ceiling-White-Digester Control Bldg 2
Weight RDL Lead Concentration
0 .1601 g 0.012 % wt <0.012 % wt
0.2159 g 0.0093 % wt <0 .0093 %wt
0.2422 g 0 .0083 % wt <0 .0083 %wt
0 .2331 g 0 .043 % wt 0.72 %wt
0.2378 g 0.0084 % wt 0.010 %wt
0.2211 g 0.0090 % wt <0.0090 %wt
0.2451 g 0 .0082 % wt <0 .0082 % wt
0 .2064 g 0.0097 % wt 0.014 % wt
0.2039 g 0.0098 % wt 0.054 %wt
0.2523 g 0.0080 % wt <0 .0080 %wt
0.25 1 g 0.0080 % wt 0.014 % wt
Michelle Leggett , Laboratory Manager
or other approved signatory
EMSL mainta ins liability limited to cost of analysis . Interpretation and use of test resu lts are the responsi bi lity of the cl ient. This report relates only to the samples reported above. and may not be
reproduced, except in full , without written approval by EMSL. EMSL bears no responsibility for sample collection acti1.1ties or analytical method limitations. The report reflects the samples as received .
re generated from the field sampling data (sampl ing l<llumes and areas , locations, etc.) pro1.1ded by the cl ient on the Chain of Custody. Samples are within quality control criteria and met method
ions unless otherwise noted .
, following Lead in Paint by EMSL SOP/Detenn ination of En1.1ronmental Le ad by FLAA . Reporting limit is 0.008% wt based on the minimum sample weight per our SOP . "<" (less than) result
the analyte was not detected at or above the reporting limit. Measurement of uncertainty is available upon request. Definitions of modifications are available upon request.
Samples analyzed by EMSL Analytical , Inc . Houston, TX AIHA-LAP , LLC-ELLAP Accredited #102575
Initial report from 08/19/2022 13:45:21
Test Report PB w/RDL-2 .0.0.0 Printed : 8/19/2022 1 :45 :21 PM Page 2 of 4
♦ EMSL Analytical, Inc.
5950 Fairbanks N. Houston Rd ., Houston , TX 77040
Phone/Fax: (713) 686-3635 I (713) 686-3645
http ://www .EMSL.com houstonlab@emsl.com
Attn : Lab Results
Industrial Hygiene & Safety Technology
2235 Keller Way
Carrollton, TX 75006
Project: CoFW-WWTP -Village Creek, TX 22897
Phone:
Fax:
Received :
Collected :
EMSL Order:
CustomerlD :
CustomerPO:
ProjectlD :
(972) 478-7415
(972) 478-7615
8/16/202211:15AM
8/1212022
152205225
INDU60
F
Test Report: Lead in Paint Chips by Flame AAS (SW 846 3050B/7000B)*
Client SampleDescription Collected Analyzed
WWTP-22897-023L 8/1212022 8/19/2022
152205225-0023 Site: Steel Gasket-White-Underground DCB 2
WWTP-22897-024L 8/1212022 8/19/2022
152205225-0024 Site: Steel Pipe-White-Underground DCB 2
WWTP-22897-025L 8/1212022 8/19/2022
152205225-0025 Site : Sludge Pump-Grey-Underground DCB 2
WWTP-22897-026L 8/1212022 8/19/2022
152205225-0026 Site : Steel Gasket-Green-Underground DCB 2
WWTP-22897-027L 8/12/2022 8119/2022
152205225-0027 Site : Steel WEMCO Pump-Grey-Underground DCB 2
WWTP-22897-028L 8/1212022 8/1912022
152205225-0028 Site : Steel Pipe Holder-Green-Underground DCB 2
WWTP-22897-029L 8/1212022 8/19/2022
152205225-0029 Site : Floorin g-White-Gas Compressor B ldg
WWTP-22897-030L 8/1212022 8/19/2022
152205225-0030 Site : Steel Gasket-Red-Gas Compressor Bldg
WWTP-22897-031L 8/12/2022 8119/2022
152205225-0031 Site : Steel Pipe-Green-Gas Compressor Bldg
WWTP-22897-032L 8/1212022 8/19/2022
152205225-0032 Site: Steel Pipe-White-Gas Compressor Bldg
WWTP-22897-033L 8/1212022 8119/2022
152205225-0033 Site: Steel Gasket-Green-Gas Compressor Bldg
Weigh t RDL Lead Concentration
0.2234 g 0 .0090 % wt <0 .0090 % wt
0.2486 g 0 .0080 % wt <0 .0080 % wt
0 .2021 g 0 .0099 % wt <0 .0099 %wt
0.253 g 0.0080 % wt <0 .0080 %wt
0 .21 g 0.48 % wt 17 % wt
0 .2154 g 0.0093 % wt 0 .0096 % wt
0 .2546 g 0 .0080 % wt <0.0080 % wt
0 .2416 g 0.0083 % wt <0.0083 %wt
0 .2389 g 0.0084 % wt <0 .0084 %wt
0 .0326 g 0 .061 % wt <0.061 % wt
0 .2518 g 0 .0080 % wt <0 .0080 %wt
Michelle Leggett , Laboratory Manager
or other apprCNed signatory
EMSL mainta ins liability limited to cost of analysis . Interpretation and use of test results are the responsibility of the client. Th is report relates only to th e samples reported abo ve , and may not be
repro duce d, except in full , witho ut written approval by EMSL. EMSL bears no responsibility for sample co ll ection actillities or analytical method li m itati on s. The report reflects the sam ples as received .
Results are generated from the fi eld sampling data (sampling 110lumes and areas , locations , etc.) prollided by the client on th e Chain of Custody. Samples are with in quality control criteria and met meth
specifications unless oth erwise noted .
• Ana lysis followi ng Lead in Pa int by EMS L SOP /Determination of Enllironmental Lead by FLAA . Reporting li m it is 0.008% wt based on the minimum sam ple we ight per our SOP . "<" (less than) result
s ign ifi es the analyte was not detected at or above the reporting lim it. Measu rement of uncerta inty is ava ila ble upon reques t. De fi nitions of modifications are ava ilable upon re quest.
Samples analyzed by EMSL Analytical , Inc. Houston , TX AIHA-LAP , LLC-ELLAP Accredited #102575
Initial report from 08119/2022 13 :45 :21
Test Report PB w/RDL-2 .0 .0 .0 Printed : 8/19/2022 1 :45 :21 PM Page 3 of 4
♦ EMSL Analytical, Inc. EMSL Order: 152205225
CustomerlD: INDU60
5950 Fairbanks N. Houston Rd ., Houston , TX 77040
CustomerPO: Phone/Fax: (713) 686-3635 / (713) 686-3645
hl!Q ://www.EMS!.-i.Qm hQ!.J~IQnl 2t!@~m~l .i;Q!!! ProjectlD:
r--lab Results Phone: (972) 478-7415
Industrial Hygiene & Safety Technology Fax: (972) 478-7615
2235 Keller Way Received: 8/16/2022 11 :15 AM
Carrollton, TX 75006 Collected : 8/12/2022
Project: CoFW-WWTP -Village Creek, TX 22897
Test Report: Lead in Paint Chips by Flame AAS (SW 846 3050BnoooB)*
Client SampleDescription Collected Analyzed
WWTP-22897-034L 8/12/2022 8/19/2022
152205225-0034 Site: Steel P ip e-Blue-Gas Compressor Bldg
WWTP-22897-035L 8/12/2022 8/19/2022
152205225-0035 Site: Steel Gasket-Blue-Gas Compressor Bldg
WWTP-22897-036L 8/12/2022 8/19/2022
152205225-0036 Site: Concrete Ceiling-White-Gas Compressor B ldg
Samples 9 ,10, 11 , 13 , 19,and 25 results in clude inseparable attached material.
Weight RDL Lead Concentration
0 .2196 g 0 .009 1 % wt <0 .0091 % wt
0 .22 58 g 0 .0089 % wt <0 .0089 % wt
0.249 g 0 .0080 % wt <0.0080 %wt
Michelle Leggett , Laboratory Manager
or other approved sig natory
EMSL maintains liability limited to cost of analysis. Interpretation and use of test results are the responsibility of the client. Th is report relates only to the samples reported above, and may not be
reproduced , except in full , without written approval by EMSL. EMSL bears no responsibility for sample collection activities or analytica l method limitations . The report reflects the samples as received .
re generated from the field sampli ng data (sampl ing l/0lumes and areas , locations, etc.) provided by the cl ient on the Chain of Custody. Samples are w ith in quality control criteria and met method
tions unless otherwise noted.
; following Lead in Paint by EMSL SOP /Determination of Environmental Lead by FLAA . Reporting li m it is 0.008% wt based on the minimum sample we ight per our SOP . "<" (less than) result
the analyte was not detected at or above the reporting limit. Measurement of uncertainty is available upon request. Definitions of modifications are available upon request.
Samples analyzed by EMSL Analytical , Inc. Houston, TX AIHA-LAP , LLC-ELLAP Accredited #102575
Initial report from 08/19/2022 13 :45 :21
Test Report PB w/RDL-2.0 .0 .0 Printed: 8/19/2022 1 :45 :21 PM Page 4 of 4
♦
(MSL A NA LYT ICAL, INC.
lAtlOl"A.T""1'•rf\OOU,;Tt,•~0.
Comoanv : IHST, Inc.
Stree t: 2235 Keller W ay
LEAD
Lead (Pb) Chain of Custody
EMSL Order ID (Lab Use On ly):
EMSL Ana lyti ca l, Inc.
5950 Fairbanks North Houston Rd
Houston, Texas 77040
PHONE: 866-318-3920
EMAIL: houstonlab@emsl.com
E MSL-B ill t o: e~ Different
If BIii to is Different note ins c ons In Comments ..
Third Party Bi/ling req uires written authorizatio n from third party
Citv: Carrollton I State/Province: TX Zip/Po stal Code: 75 00 6 I Country : USA
Report To (N ame): A d am Jam es Telephone#: 972 -4 78 -7415
Em ail Address: labresult s@ihst.com Fax#: 9 72-478 -7 615 I Purchase O.rder : n/a
Project Name/Number: {pfW-ww1r-U:/&,,e C,r-et,fA Please Provide Results: Fax ( Email)
U.S . State Samples Taken: '3fl ,-x i'tli'11 CT Samples : Commercial/Taxable Residential/Tax Exempt
Turnaround Time (TAT) Options* -Please Check _,,,.-----...
3 Hour I 6 Hour I 24 Hour I 48 Hour I 72 Hour I 96 Hour ( 1 Week )I 2Week
*A nalysis comple te d in accordan ce with EMSL's Terms and Condition s loca ted in th e Price :J------
Matrix Method Instrument Reporting Limit Check
Chips % bywt. SW8 46-7 000 B Flame Atomic Absorp tio n 0.01%
~
Name of Sampler: M,~....J ,, ~J.,;. I Signature of Sampler: ./~ _,
T
Sample ID Sample Description Date SclmPled
wwrP -1,z<i'17-call-~v TYW1Std"t1ftV' -l$Y'tl -/J~ r-rz. . it:.-
~-11'1'17 ... O{/Z, l •
1 J1N.th</4 'YJt /?l.~w e &Nu'-~ .. Nqf"-fn I
W~1P-lm1-(1)3l ~~ r; .... --~ ~ {.,t"t1J1 -AIE * =~. -
wwrf · -zigff7 -<>O'I L eflt/lot" /4,'JM_ (My-fd/r;i!J .--GJ,$f--r
WttJt1>-1Wl1-{J(J5l f)t.k,1w T.a11,~-&rer -/i,,t;l-t>f 616 ~M1'~ -
t,NW(P • 'llif'f7-ool,l ex-Ju,.1¥" 111,,,,h,/e uver--~/la,.; · li.,1-~~ ~--
k.WTP-718''17-~L IX~Tnt15~-6Yol-~. --
~-~7 -tJtYI L, et~ 1'1>hk ~-Yd~ -4SE' ,. It
tw>T? · revt1 .. eo11.-f/O"IJ'I~ -M .. Pi4tsbr f ~ Bid...
IJ,)vJ'/f·lZif!-tJ/OL. ~[J~ · wWft-.. 0~4'6/tr Ca,ilr1' ~•.
(.41Wf?. nrrr,. 011 L extdllv irtt,k_ -~ffl-P,~esltY ~ ;:., ,
~n • ?Tlffl-01? L I.tkr1, ba.,,-.., ~ .. tl4~w-clilt/-,i ~ ,
[Altp'ft. rt-8'"17-() J3L ~~/-~Wtt,.., U/rk4~ ... I {)d3.., ... ~
~ · ~<i'f7-o/ '1 L 1il/(Y'lrr /).y-~ ~, !'.!/"' ~;---~ Dt/3 j-
Client Samole #'s I '3 (Jo ... I Total# of Sam oles: I 3~
Relinquished (Client): ~ Date: &[,.,_/ zi.. Time:
Receiv ed (Lab): Date: Time:
Comments: DlB -P,~~ &,1/l7,{ 8'~,
r .)
♦
t:MSL ANAWTICAL, INC ,
A•O,-A,TOlltt'•~CWl;T'S•"f1IUJil'IIIHCI
LEAD
Lead (Pb) Chain of Custody
EMSL Order ID (L ab Use On ly):
EMSL Ana lyti cal, tnc .
5950 Fai rb anks North Houston Rd
Houston, Texas 7704 0
PHONE: 866 -318 -3920
E MAIL: houstonlab@emsl.com
Com an : IHST, Inc. EMSL-B ill to: Different
ans in Comments"
Street: 2235 Keller Wa
Email Address: labresults@ihst.com
Pro'ect Name/Number: ~-WIA/fP • V
U.S. State Samples Taken: 1,
3 Hour 6 Hour 24 Hour
Fax#: 972-478-7615
lease Provide Results: Fax
Zl'l'fl CT Samples: Commercial/Taxable
48 Hour 72 Hour 96 Hour
*Analysis completed in accordance with EMSL's Terms and Conditions located in the Price
n/a
Residential/Tax Exempt
2Week
Matrix Method Instrument Reporting Limit Check
Chips % by wt. SW846-70008
Name of Sampler:
Sam le ID
Client Sam le #'s
Relin uished Client : Date:
Received (Lab): Date:
Comments: DlE ~ ~~ ("1fn,{ ~~ ,
1XB z -'/>Je;dr.r ~ ~ , z_
Flame Atomic Absorption 0.01%
er:
Dates m led
Total# of Sam
Time:
Time:
♦
t:MSL ANALYTICAL. INO.
l.AIOl't-''TOll"t",>-"OOU(;Tf,~(l
Comoanv: IHST, Inc.
Street: 2235 Keller Way
LEAD
Lead (Pb) Chain of Custody
EMSL Order ID (Lab Use Only):
EMSL Analytica l, In c.
5950 Fairbanks North Houston Rd
Houston, Texas 77040
PHONE : 866-318 -3920
EMAIL: houstonlab@emsl.com
EMSL-Bill to: e~ Differe nt
If BIii to Is Different note Ins c ions In Comments ..
Third Party Billing requires written authorization from third o art v
Citv : Carrollton I State/Province: TX Zip/Postal Code: 750 06 I Countrv: USA
Report To (Name): Adam James Telephone#: 972-478 -7415
Email Address: labresults@ihst.com Fax#: 972 -478 -7615 I Purchase O.rder: n/a
Project Name/Number:lof'W•a,iµTP .. l/JfftAte. Cnet<. Please Provide Results: Fax ( Email)
U.S. State Samples Taken : ~{, vzr,"7 GT Samples: Commercial/Taxable Residential/Tax Exempt
Turnaround Time IT AT) Options* -Please Check _,,,.--
3 Hour I 6 Hour I 24 Hour I 48 Hour I 72 Hour I 96 Hour 1 Week )I 2Week
"A nalysis completed in accordance with EMSL's Terms and Conditions located in the Price r::r,,_, -
Matrix Method Instrument Reporting Limit Check
Chips % bywt. SW846-70008 Fla me Atomic Absorption 0.01%
Name of Sampler: I Signature of Sampler:
Samole ID Sample Description Date Sc'lmnled
uwTP · 11'&ff'l1 --ozr;t t,. r;tcu~ -~ -6r,,s {Rw{)nss«-~ . ~-/?-~
~ .. n,oq7 -cf!Pl,. ~/rd fv,_11_' -(~ -&16 CPM(lnssir81'it. , .
I # -~ .. -mi'17-(13/l, 6~, P>Pt: -brefl,. l,R.S u;t;vpYe5JK ~~-I --~--Wff't7-o3li--sfaJ p,pe, -~ttJ-1:,.s ~~~w~, I (
~y1J,i7~7-O'!,Sl 'bttd ~-/4,.;._T'°i, -~ (rl11$$1Y l~ ~ "I ---
~-im7-or,"Jl. lskd PIP~-w~ --ems u;'!Af'~ ~ ,, I f ,.
(M(f-?/w;ffJ-055l... b~ c_;,: -Ti/,f(,, -r~ {~~:,;,.,-Ila >J I ,.
~-7M1-03~ l ~trek., {:LJ/•~ , ww/e -l:k5 ~IZ$ft/Y Si~~ J,,.-
v V
Client Samnle #'s I ~l, I Total# of Samples: I ~le
Relinquished (Client): Date: Time:
Received (Lab): Date: Time:
Comments:
-
...
-~
GC-6.06.D Minority and Women Owned Business
Enterprise Compliance
THIS PAGE LEFT INTENTIONALLY BLANK
CITY OF FORT WORTH Vi llage Creek WRF. Digester Mixing. Fla re and Dome Improvem ents Phas e I
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Citv Proiect No. 102652
Revised Ju ly I, 2011
FORT WORTH ·-· ,--
OFFEROR COMPANY NAME:
PROJECT NAME:
City's MBE Project Goal :
%
City of Fort Worth
Minority Business Enterprise
MBE Good Faith Effort Form
Offeror's MBE Project Commitment:
%
ATTACHMENT 1C
Page 1 of 4
Check applicable block to describe
Offeror
I M/W/DBE I I NON -M/W/DBE
BID DATE
PROJECT NUMBER
If the Offeror did not meet or exceed the MBE subcontracting goal for this project, the Offeror must complete this
form.
If the Offeror's method of compliance with the MBE goal is based upon demonstration of a
"good faith effort", the Offeror will have the burden of correctly and accurately preparing and
submitting the documentation required by the City. Compliance with each item, 1 thru 11 below,
shall satisfy the Good Faith Effort requirement absent proof of fraud, intentional and/or knowing
misrepresentation of the facts or intentional discrimination by the Offeror.
Failure to complete this form, In Its entirety with supporting documentation, and received by the
Purchasing Division no later than 2:00 p.m. on the second City business day after bid opening, exclusive
of bid opening date, will result in the bid being considered non-responsive to bid specifications.
1.) Please list each and every subcontracting and/or supplier opportunity for the completion of this
project, regardless of whether it is to be provided by a MBE or non-MBE. (DO NOT LIST NAMES OF
FIRMS) On all projects, the Offeror must list each subcontracting and or supplier opportunity
regardless of tier.
(Use additional sheets, if necessary)
List of Subcontracting Opportunities List of Supplier Opportunities
Rev. 2/10/15
ATTACHMENT 1C
Page 2 of 4
2.) Obtain a current (not more than two (2) months old from the bid open date) list of MBE subcontracto
and/or suppliers from the City's M/WBE Office.
__ Yes
__ No
Date of Listing __ / ___ / __
3.) Did you solicit bids from MBE firms, within the subcontracting and/or supplier areas previously listed,
at least ten calendar days prior to bid opening by mail, exclusive of the day the bids are opened?
__ Yes (If yes , attach MBE mail listing to include name of firm and address and a dated copy of letter mailed.)
__ No
4.) Did you solicit bids from MBE firms, within the subcontracting and/or supplier areas previously listed,
at least ten calendar days prior to bid opening by telephone, exclusive of the day the bids are
opened?
__ Yes (If yes, attach list to include name of MBE firm, person contacted , phone number and date and time of contact.)
__ No
5 .) Did you solicit bids from MBE firms, within the subcontracting and/or supplier areas previously listed,
at least ten calendar days prior to bid opening by facsimile (fax), exclusive of the day the bids are
opened?
__ Yes (If yes , attach list to include name of MBE firm, fax number and date and time of contact. In addition, if the fax is
returned as undeliverable, then that "undeliverable confirmation" received must be printed directly from the
facsimile for proper documentation. Failure to submit confirmation and/or "undeliverable confirmation"
documentation may render the GFE non-responsive.)
No
6.) Did you solicit bids from MBE firms, within the subcontracting and/or supplier areas previously listed,
at least ten calendar days prior to bid opening by email, exclusive of the day the bids are opened?
__ Yes
__ No
(If yes , attach email confirmation to include name of MBE firm, date and time. In addition, if an email is returned
as undeliverable, then that "undeliverable message" receipt must be printed directly from the email system for
proper documentation. Failure to submit confirmation and/or "undeliverable message" documentation may
render the GFE non-responsive.)
NOTE: The four methods identified above are acceptable for soliciting bids, and each selected method
must be applied to the applicable contract. The Offeror must document that either at least two attempts
were made using two of the four methods 2! that at least 2!!! successful contact was made using one of
the four methods in order to be deemed responsive to the Good Faith Effort requirement.
NOTE: The Offeror must contact the entire MBE list specific to each subcontracting and supplier
opportunity to be in compliance with questions 3 through 6.
7 .) Did you provide plans and specifications to potential MBEs?
__ Yes
__ No
8.) Did you provide the information regarding the location of plans and specifications in order to assist
the MBEs?
__ Yes
__ No
Rev. 2/10/15
ATTACHMENT 1C
Page 3 of 4
9.) Did you prepare a quotation for the MBEs to bid on goods/services specific to their skill set?
__ Yes (If yes, attach all copies of quotations.)
__ No
10.) Was the contact information on any of the listings not valid?
__ Yes (If yes, attach the information that was not valid in order for the M/WBE Office to address the corrections
needed.)
__ No
11.)Submit documentation if MBE quotes were rejected. The documentation submitted should be in the
forms of an affidavit, include a detailed explanation of why the MBE was rejected and any supporting
documentation the Offeror wishes to. be considered by the City. In the event of a bona fide dispute
concerning quotes, the Offeror will provide for confidential in-camera access to an inspection of any
relevant documentation by City personnel.
(Please use additional sheets, if necessary, and attach.)
Company Name Telephone Contact Person Scope of Work Reason for Rejection
ADDITIONAL INFORMATION:
Please provide additional information you feel will further explain your good and honest efforts to obtain
MBE participation on this project.
The Offeror further agrees to provide, directly to the City upon request, complete and
accurate information regarding actual work performed on this contract, the payment
thereof and any proposed changes to the original arrangements submitted with this bid.
The Offeror also agrees to allow an audit and/or examination of any books, records and
files held by their company that will substantiate the actual work performed on this
contract, by an authorized officer or employee of the City.
Any intentional and/or knowing misrepresentation of facts will be grounds for
terminating the contract or debarment from City work for a period of not less than three
(3) years and for initiating action under Federal, State or Local laws concerning false
statements. Any failure to comply with this ordinance shall create a material breach of
contract and may result in a determination of an irresponsible Offeror and debarment
from participating in City work for a period of time not less than one (1) year.
Rev. 2/10/15
ATTACHMENT 1C
Page 4 of 4
The undersigned certifies that the information provided and the MBE(s) listed was/were
contacted in good faith. It is understood that any MBE(s) listed in Attachment 1C will
contacted and the reasons for not using them will be verified by the City's M/WE:i...._
Office.
Authorized Signature Printed Signature
Title Contact Name and Title (if different)
Company Name Phone Number Fax Number
Address Email Address
City/State/Zip Date
Rev. 2/10/15
r
-r
FORT WORTH
-'-a ••• --CITY OF FORT WORTH
MBE Joint Venture Eligibility Form
All questio ns must be answered; use "NIA" if not applicable.
Joint Venture
Page 1 of 3
Name of City project:---------------------------------
A joint ve nture fo rm mu st be co mpl eted on each proj ec t
RFP/Bid/Purchasing Number: ___________ _
1. Joint venture information:
Join t V enture N ame :
Joint Venture Address :
(If ap plicable)
T elephon e: Fac si mil e: E-mail addres s :
Ce llul a r:
Identify the firm s th a t compri se the joint v enture :
Please attach extra sheets if additional space is required to provide deta iled explanati ons of work to be performed by each firm comprising the
joint venture
MB E firm I Non-MBE firm I name: name:
Business Address : Bu si ness Address:
City, State, Zip: City, State, Zip:
Telephone Facsimile E-mai l Te lephone Facs im il e
Cellular Ce ll ular
Certification Status: E-mai l address
Name of Certifying Agency :
2 S cope o wor per orme f k ,v e om en ure: db th J . t V t
Describe the scope of work of the MBE: Describe the scope of work of the non-MBE:
Rev. 2/10/15
Joint Venture
Page 2 of 3
3. What is the percentage of MBE participation on this joint venture that you wish to be counted toward
meeting the project goal?
4. Attach a copy of the joint venture agreement.
5. List components of ownership of joint venture: (Do not co mplete if this information is described in joint venture agreement)
Pro fit and lo ss sharing:
Capital contribution s, including
equipment:
Other applicable ownership interests :
6. Identify by name, race, sex and firm those individuals (with titles) who are responsible for the day-to-day
management and decision making of the joint venture:
Financial decisions
(to include Account Payable and Receivabl e):
Management decisions :
a. Estimating
-------------------------------------------------------------
b . Marketing an d Sales
-------------------------------------------------------------
C. Hiring and Firing of management
personnel
-------------------------------------------------------------
d . Purchasing of major eq uipment
and/or supplies
Sup ervision of field operations
The City's Minority and Women Business Enterprise Office will review your joint venture submission and
will have final approval of the MBE percentage applied toward the goal for the project listed on this form.
NOTE:
From and after the date of project award , if any of the participants , the individually defined scopes of work or
the dollar amounts/percentages change from the originally approved information , then the participants must
inform the City's M/WBE Office immediately for approval. Any unjustified change or deletion shall be a
material breach of contract and may result in debarment in accord with the procedures outlined in the City
BOE Ordinance .
Rev. 2/10/15
,~
r'
r
Joint Venture
Paae 3 of 3
AFFIDAVIT
The undersigned affirms that the foregoing statements are true and correct and include all material information
necessary to identify and explain the terms and operation of the joint venture . Furthermore , the undersigned shall
agree to provide to the joint venture the stated scope of work , decision -making responsibilities and payments
herein.
The City also reserves the right to request any additional information deemed necessary to determine if the joint
venture is eligib le . Failure to cooperate and/or provide requested information within the time specified is grounds
for termination of the eligibility process .
The undersigned agree to permit audits , interviews with owners and examination of the books, records and files
of the joint ve n ture by any authorized representatives of the City of Fort Worth . Failure to comply with this
provision shall result in the termination of any contract, which may be awarded under the provisions of this joint
venture 's eligibi lity and may initiate action unde r Federal , State and/or Local laws /ordinances concerning false
statements or willful misrepresentation of facts.
Name of MB E finn Name of non -MB E finn
Printed N am e o f Own e r Pri nted N a me o f O wner
Sign ature of Own er Si gnature of Owner
Printed Nam e of Owner Printed Name of Owner
Si gnature of Owner Sign ature of Own er
Titl e Title
Date Date
No t ari zati on
State of ___________________ County of ______________ _
On this _____________ day of ________ , 20 __ , before me appeared
and ------------------------------------------
to me personally known and who , being duly sworn, did execute the foregoing affidavit and did state that they were
properly authorized to execute this affidavit and did so as their free act and deed .
Notary Public --------------------------Print Name
Notary Public --:--,---------------------------
Si gnature
Commission Expires ______________________ _ (seal)
Re v . 2/1 0/15
FORT WORTH "•w· City of Fort Worth
Minority Business Enterprise Specifications
Prime Contractor Waiver Form
ATTACHMENT 1 B
Page 1 of 1
OFFEROR COMPANY NAME: Check applicable block to describe prime
PROJECT NAME: I M/W/DBE I I NON-M/W/DBE
BID DATE
City's MBE Project Goal: Offeror's MBE Project Commitment: PROJECT NUMBER
% %
If both answers to this form are YES, do not complete ATTACHMENT 1C (Good Faith Effort Form). All questions on
this form must be completed and a detailed explanation provided , if applicable . If the answer to either question is
NO , then you must complete ATTACHMENT 1C . This form is only applicable if both answers are yes.
Failure to complete this form In Its entirety and be received by the Purchasing Division no later than 2:00
p.m.1 on the second City business day after bid opening, exclusive of the bid opening date, will result In
the bid being considered non-responsive to bid specifications.
Will you perform this entire contract without subcontractors? YES
If yes , please provide a detailed explanation that proves based on the size and scope of this NO project, this is your normal business practice and provide an operational profile of your business .
Will you perform this entire contract without suppliers? YES
If yes , please provide a detailed explanation that proves based on the size and scope of this
project , this is your normal business practice and provide an inventory profile of your business . NO
The Offeror further agrees to provide , directly to the City upon request , complete and accurate information
regarding actual work performed by all subcontractors, including MBE(s) on this contract, the payment thereof and
any proposed changes to the original MBE(s) arrangements submitted with this bid . The Offeror also agrees to
allow an audit and/or examination of any books , records and files held by their company that will substantiate the
actual work performed by the MBEs on this contract, by an authorized officer or employee of the City. Any
intentional and/or knowing misrepresentation of facts will be grounds for terminating the contract or debarment
from City work for a period of not less than three (3) years and for initiating action under Federal , State or Local
laws concerning false statements. Any failure to comply with this ordinance creates a material breach of contract
and may result in a determination of an irresponsible Offeror and barred from participating in City work for a
period of time not less than one (1) year.
Autho ri zed Signature Printed Signature
Title Contact Name (if different)
Company Name Phone Number Fax Number
Address Email Address
City/State/Zip Date
Rev . 2/10/15
FORT WORTH
'-, ----~ City of Fort Worth
Minority Business Enterprise Specifications
SPECIAL INSTRUCTIONS FOR OFFERORS
APPLICATION OF POLICY
! If the total dollar value of the contract is $50,000 or more, then a MBE subcontracting goal is applicable.
POLICY STATEMENT
It is the policy of the City of Fort Worth to ensure the full and equi table partic ipation by Minority Business Enterprises
(MBE) in the procurement of all goods and services . All requirements and regulations stated in the City's current
Business Diversity Enterprise Ordinance appl ies to th is bid .
MBE PROJECT GOALS
The City's MBE goal on th is project is ____ % of the base bid value of the contract.
Note : If both MBE and SBE subcontracting goals are established for this project, then an Offeror must submit both a
MBE Utilization Form and a SBE Utilization Form to be deemed responsive.
COMPLIANCE TO BID SPECIFICATIONS
On C ity contracts $50 ,000 or more where a MBE subcontracting goal is applied , Offerors are required to comply with
the intent of the City's Business Diversity Enterprise Ordinance by one of the following :
1. Meet or exceed the above stated MBE goal through MBE subcontracting participation, or
2. Meet or exceed the above stated MBE goal through MBE Joint Venture participation, or;
3. Good Faith Effort documentation, or ;
4 . Prime Waiver documentation .
SUBMITTAL OF REQUIRED DOCUMENTATION
The app li cable documents must be received by the Purchasing Divis ion , w ithin the following times allocated , in order
for the entire bid to be cons idered responsive to the specifications . The Offeror shall deliver the MBE documentation in
person to the appropriate employee of the purchasing division and obtain a date/time receipt. Such receipt shall be
evidence that the Cit received the documentation in the time allocated. A faxed and/or emailed co will not b
acce_P-ted
1. Subcontractor Utilization Form , if goal is received no later than 2 :00 p .m., on the second City business day
met or exceeded : after the bid open ing date , exclusive of the bid opening da te.
2. Good Faith Effort and Subcontractor received no later than 2 :00 p .m ., on the second City business day
Utilization Form , if part icipation is less than after the bid opening date , excl usive of the bid open ing date .
stated qoal :
3. Good Faith Effort and Subcontractor rece ived no later than 2 :00 p.m ., on the second City bus iness day
Utilization Form , if no MBE participation : after the bid open inq date , exclusive of the bid open inq date .
4. Prime Contractor Waiver Form , if you will received no later than 2 :00 p .m ., on the second City business day
perform all subcontractinq/suool ier work : after the b id open ing date , exclusive of the bid opening date .
5. Joint Venture Form , if goal is met or received no later than 2 :00 p .m., on the second City business day
exceeded : after the bid openinq date , exclusive of the bid open inq date .
FAILURE TO COMPLY WITH THE CITY'S BUSINESS DIVERSITY ENTERPRISE ORDINANCE, WILL RESULT IN
THE BID BEING CONSIDERED NON-RESPONSIVE TO SPECIFICATIONS .
FAILURE TO SUBMIT THE REQUIRED MBE DOCUMENTATION WILL RESULT IN THE BID BEING CONSIDERED
NON-RESPONSIVE. A SECOND FAILURE WILL RESULT IN THE OFFEROR BEING DISQUALIFIED FOR A
PERIOD OF ONE YEAR. THREE FAILURES IN A FIVE YEAR PERIOD WILL RESULT IN A DISQUALIFICATION
PERIOD OF THREE YEARS.
Any questions, please contact the M/WBE Office at (817) 212-2674.
Rev . 2/10/15
r
FORT WORTH
~
OFFEROR COMPANY NAME:
PROJECT NAME :
City's MBE Project Goal:
%
City of Fort Worth
Minority Business Enterprise
ATTACHMENT 1A
Page 1 of 4
MBE Subcontractors/Suppliers Utilization Form
Check applicable block to describe
Offeror
7 M/W/DBE H NON-M/W/DBE
BID DATE
Offeror's MBE Project Commitment: PROJECT NUMBER
%
Identify all subcontractors/suppliers you will use on this project
Failure to complete this form, in its entirety with requested documentation, and received by the Purchasing
Division no later than 2:00 p.m. on the second City business day after bid opening, exclusive of bid opening date,
will result in the bid being considered non-responsive to bid specifications.
The undersigned Offeror agrees to enter into a formal agreement with the MBE firm(s) listed in this utilization
schedule, conditioned upon execution of a contract with the City of Fort Worth . The intentional and/or knowing
misrepresentation of facts is grounds for consideration of disqualification and will result in the bid being
considered non-responsive to bid specifications.
MBEs listed toward meeting the project goal must be located in the six (6) county marketplace at the time of
bid or the business has a Significant Business Presence in the Marketplace. Marketplace is the geographic
area of Tarrant, Dallas, Denton, Johnson, Parker, and Wise counties.
Prime contractors must identify by tier level of all subcontractors/suppliers. Tier: means the level of
subcontracting below the prime contractor/consultant i.e. a direct payment from the prime contractor to a
subcontractor is considered 1st tier, a payment by a subcontractor to its supplier is considered 2nd tier. The prime
contractor is responsible to provide proof of payment of all tiered subcontractors identified as a MBE and
counting those dollars towards meeting the contract committed goal.
ALL MBEs MUST BE CERTIFIED BEFORE CONTRACT AWARD.
Certification means those firms , located within the Marketplace , that have been determined to be a bondafide minority
business enterprise by the North Central Texas Regional Certification Agency (NCTRCA) or other certifying agencies that
the City may deem appropriate and accepted by the City of Fort Worth .
If hauling services are utilized, the Offeror will be given credit as long as the MBE listed owns and
operates at least one fully licensed and operational truck to be used on the contract. The MBE may lease
trucks from another MBE firm, including MBE owner-operated, and receive full MBE credit. The MBE may
lease trucks from non-MBEs, including owner-operated, but will only receive credit for the fees and
commissions earned bv the MBE as outlined in the lease aoreement.
Rev . 2/10/15
FORT WOR TH
~
ATTACHMENT 1A
Page 2 of 4
Offem,s a,e ,equ;,ed to ;denUfy ALL subcontracto,s/soppl;e,s , ,ega<dless of status ; ie., Minority and non-MBEs . MBE finns an, t ~~
listed first , use additional sheets if necessary . Please note that only certified MBEs will be counted to meet an MBE goal.
NCTRCA N --
SUBCONTRACTOR/SUPPLIER 0
Company Name n Detail Detail T
Address i M w Subcontracting Supplies Dollar Amount Telephone/Fax e B B M Work Purchased
Email r E E B
Contact Person E
□ □ --
□ □ -
-
□ □
...__
-
□ □ -
-
□ □ --
□ □ -
~
Rev . 2/10/15
FOR TWORTH ---...-,-
Offerers are required to identify ALL subcontractors/suppliers, regardless of status ; i .e ., Minority and non-MBEs .
ATTACHMENT 1A
Page 3 of 4
MBE firms are to be
l~.first , use additional sheets if necessary. Please note that only certified MBEs will be counted to meet an MBE goal.
NCTRCA N
SUBCONTRACTOR/SUPPLIER 0
Company Name n Detail Detail T
Address i M w Subcontracting Supplies Dollar Amount Telephone/Fax e B B M Work Purchased
Email r E E B
Contact Person E
□ □ -
~
□ □ '-
'-
,-,
□ □ -
-
□ □
,__
~
□ □
,__
,__
□ □
,__
I~ ,__
Rev. 2/10/15
FORT WORTH
~
Total Dollar Amount of MBE Subcontractors/Suppliers
Total Dollar Amount of Non-MBE Subcontractors/Suppliers
TOTAL DOLLAR AMOUNT OF ALL SUBCONTRACTORS/SUPPLIERS
$
$
$
ATTACHMENT 1A
Page 4 of 4
The Offerer will not make additions, deletions, or substitutions to this certified list without the prior approval of the
Minority and Women Business Enterprise Office through the submittal of a Request for Approval o,
Change/Addition form. Any unjustified change or deletion shall be a material breach of contract and may result
in debarment in accord with the procedures outlined in the ordinance. The Offerer shall submit a detailed
explanation of how the requested change/addition or deletion will affect the committed MBE goal. If the detail
explanation is not submitted, it will affect the final compliance determination.
By affixing a signature to this form, the Offerer further agrees to provide , directly to the City upon request,
complete and accurate information regarding actual work performed by all subcontractors, including MBE(s) and
any special arrangements with MBEs. The Offerer also agrees to allow an audit and/or examination of any
books, records and files held by their company. The Offerer agrees to allow the transmission of interviews with
owners , principals, officers, employees and applicable subcontractors/suppliers participating on the contract that
will substantiate the actual work performed by the MBE(s) on this contract, by an authorized officer or employee
of the City. Any intentional and/or knowing misrepresentation of facts will be grounds for terminating the contr
or debarment from City work for a period of not less than three (3) years and for initiating action under Fede ,
State or Local laws concerning false statements. Any failure to comply with this ordinance creates a materiai -
breach of the contract and may result in a determination of an irresponsible Offerer and debarment from
participating in City work for a period of time not less than one (1) year .
Authorized Signature Printed Signature
Title Contact Name/Title (if different)
Company Name Telephone and/or Fax
Address E-mail Address
City/State/Zip Date
Rev. 2/10/15
GC-6.07 Wage Rates
THIS PAGE LEFT INTENTIONALLY BLANK
CITY OF FORT WORTH
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS
Revised July I , 20 I I
Vi llage Creek WRF, Digester Mixing, Flare and Dome Impro vements Phas e I
Citv Proiect No . ./01651
2013 PREVAILING WAGE RATES
(Heavy and Highway Construction Projects)
CLASSIFICATION DESCRIPTION
Asphalt Distributor Operator
Asphalt Paving Machine Operator
Asphalt Raker
Broom or Sweeper Operator
Concrete Finisher, Paving and Structures
Concrete Pavement Finishing Machine Operator
Concrete Saw Operator
Crane Operator, Hydraulic 80 tons or less
Crane Operator, Lattice Boom 80 Tons or Less
Crane Operator, Lattice Boom Over 80 Tons
Crawler Tractor Operator
Electrician
Excavator Operator, 50,000 pounds or less
Excavator Operator, Over 50,000 pounds
Flagger
Form Builder/Setter, Structures
Form Setter, Paving & Curb
Foundation Drill Operator, Crawler Mounted
Foundation Drill Operator, Truck Mounted
Front End Loader Operator, 3 CY or Less
Front End Loader Operator, Over 3 CY
Laborer, Common
Laborer, Utility
Loader /Backhoe Operator
Mechanic
Mill i ng Machine Operator
Motor Grader Operator, Fine Grade
Motor Grader Operator, Rough
Off Road Hauler
Pavement Marking Machine Operator
Pipelayer
Reclaimer/Pulverizer Operator
Reinforcing Steel Worker
Roller Operator, Asphalt
Roller Operator, Other
Scraper Operator
Servicer
Small Slipform Machine Operator
Spreader Box Operator
Truck Driver Lowboy-Float
Truck Driver Transit-Mix
Truck Driver, Single Axle
Truck Driver, Single or Tandem Axle Dump Truck
Truck Driver, Tandem Axle Tractor with Semi Trailer
Welder
Work Zone Barricade Servicer
Wage Rate
$ 15 .32
$ 13 .99
$ 12.69
$ 11.74
$ 14 .12
$ 16.05
$ 14.48
$ 18.12
$ 17.27
$ 20.52
$ 14.07
$ 19 .80
$ 17.19
$ 16 .99
$ 10.06
$ 13 .84
$ 13.16
$ 17.99
$ 21.07
$ 13.69
$ 14 .72
$ 10.72
$ 12 .32
$ 15 .18
$ 17 .68
$ 14.32
$ 17.19
$ 16 .02
$ 12.25
$ 13 .63
$ 13.24
$ 11.01
$ 16.18
$ 13.08
$ 11.51
$ 12.96
$ 14.58
$ 15.96
$ 14 .73
$ 16 .24
$ 14.14
$ 12.31
$ 12.62
$ 12.86
$ 14 .84
$ 11.68
The Davis-Bacon Act prevailing wage rates shown for Heavy and Highway construction projects were determined by
the United States Department of Labor and current as of September 2013 . The titles and descriptions for the
classifications listed are detailed in the AGC ofTexas' Standard Job Classifications and Descriptions for Highway,
Heavy, Utilities, and Industrial Construction in Texas.
Page 1 of 1
2013 PREVAILING WAGE RATES
(Commercial Construction Projects)
CLASSIFICATION DESCRIPTION Wage Rate
AC Mechanic $ 25 .24
AC Mechanic Helper $ 13 .67
Acoustical Ceiling Installer $ 16 .83
Acoustical Ceiling Installer Helper $ 12 .70
Bricklayer/Stone Mason $ 19.45
Bricklayer/Stone Mason Trainee $ 13 .31
Bricklayer/Stone Mason Helper $ 10.91
Carpenter $ 17 .75
Carpenter Helper $ 14.32
Concrete Cutter/Sawer $ 17 .00
Concrete Cutter/Sawer Helper $ 11.00
Concrete Finisher $ 15 .77
Concrete Finisher Helper $ 11 .00
Concrete Form Builder $ 15 .27
Concrete Form Builder Helper $ 11 .00
Drywall Mechanic $ 15 .36
Drywall Helper $ 12.54
Drywall Taper $ 15 .00
Drywall Taper Helper $ 11.50
Electrician (Journeyman) $ 19.63
Electrician Apprentice (Helper) $ 15 .64
Electronic Technician $ 20.00
Floor Layer $ 18 .00
Floor Layer Helper $ 10 .00
Glazier $ 21.03
Glazier Helper $ 12 .81
Insulator $ 16.59
Insulator Helper $ 11.21
Laborer Common $ 10.89
Laborer Skilled $ 14.15
Lather $ 12.99
Metal Building Assembler $ 16 .00
Metal Building Assembler Helper $ 12.00
Metal Installer (Miscellaneous) $ 13 .00
Metal Installer Helper (Miscellaneous) $ 11.00
Metal Stud Framer $ 16 .12
Metal Stud Framer Helper $ 12 .54
Painter $ 16.44
Painter Helper $ 9 .98
Pipefitter $ 21.22
Pipefitter Helper $ 15 .39
Plasterer $ 16 .17
Plasterer Helper $ 12.85
Plumber $ 21.98
Plumber Helper $ 15 .85
Reinforcing Steel Setter $ 12 .87
Page 1 of 2
Reinforcing Steel Setter Helper $ 11 .08
Roofe r $ 16.90
Roofer Helper $ 11 .15
Sheet Metal Worker $ 16.35
Sheet Metal Worker Helper $ 13.11
Sprinkler System Installer $ 19 .17
Sprinkler System Installer Helper $ 14.15
Steel Worker Structural $ 17.00
Steel Worker Structural Helper $ 13 .74
Waterproofer $ 15.00
Equipment Operators
Concrete Pump $ 18.50
Crane, Clamsheel, Backhoe, Derrick, D'Line Shovel $ 19 .31
Forklift $ 16.45
Foundation Drill Operator $ 22.50
Front End Loader $ 16 .97
Truck Driver $ 16.77
Welder $ 19.96
Welder Helper $ 13.00
The prevailing wage rates shown for Commercial construction projects were based on a salary survey conducted
and published by the North Texas Construction Industry (Fall 2012) Independently compiled by the Lane Gorman
Trubitt, PLLC Construction Group . The descr i ptions for the classifications listed are provided on the TEXO 's (The
Construction Association) website . www .texoassociation .org/Chapter/wagerates.asp
Page 2 of 2
GC-6.09 Permits and Utilities
THIS PAGE LEFT INTENTIONALLY BLANK
CITY OF FORT WORTH Village Creek WRF, Digester Mixing, Flare and Dome Improvements Phase 1
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Citv Proiect No. 102652
Revised July I , 2011
GC-6.24 Nondiscrimination
THIS PAGE LEFT INTENTIONALLY BLANK
CITY OF FORT WORTH
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DO CUMENTS
Re vised July I , 2011
Village Creek WRF, Digester Mixing, Flare and Dome Improvements Phase 1
City Proiect No . 102652
GR-016000 Product Requirements
THIS PAGE LEFT INTENTIONALLY BLANK
CITY OF FORT WORTH Village Creek WRF, Digester Mixing, Flare and Dome Impro vements Phase I
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPEClFICATION DO CUMENTS City Proiect No. 102652
Revi sed July I , 2011
07n3/97 3305 13 Urethane 1-1 r hilic Waterst
3305 13 Offset Joint for 4' Di am. Ml-I
04n6/oo 3305 13 Profile Gasket for 4' Diam. MH.
l n6199 3305 13 HO PE Manhole Ad "ustment Rin s
5/13105 33 05 13 Man hole External Wra
ln6/99
08/30/06
3305 13 Manhole Frames and Covers
330513 Manttolc Frames and Covers
osn411s 3305 13 Manhole Frames and Covers
08124/18 330513 Manhole Frames and Covers
08/24/18 3305 13 Manhole Frames and Covers
08/24/18 33 05 13 Manhole Frames and Covers
33 05 13 Manhole Frames and Covers
33 05 13 Manhole Frames and CovcTS
33 05 13 Manhole Frames and Covers
33 05 13 Manhole Frames and Covers
10/31 /06 33 05 13 Manhole Frames and Covers in cd
1n5101 33 05 13 Manhole Frames and Covers
01 /3 1/06 3305 13 JO" Dia. MH Rin and Cover
11 /021 10 3305 13 30" Dia. MH Rin and Cover
07/19/1 1 3305 13 JO" Dia. MH Rin and Cover
3305 13 JO" Dia. MH Rin and Cover
/13 33 05 13 JO" Dia. MH Rin and Cover -Jin cd & Lockable
117 34 05 13 JO" Dia. MH Rin an d Cover fin cd & Lockable C l
09/16/19 33 05 13 JO • Dia. MHRin and Cover
10/0?n l 34 05 13 JO" Dia. MH Rin and Cover
33 05 13 Manhole Frames and Covers
330513 Manhole Frames and Covers
3305 13 Manhole Frames and Covers
3305 13 Manhole Frames and Covers
03/08/00 33 05 13 Manhole Frames and Covers
04n0101 3305 13 Manhole Frames and Covers
CITY OF FORT WORTH
WA T ER DEP ART MENT
STA ND ARD PRODUCT LI ST
Asahi K K.K. Adcka Ullra-Scal P-20 1
Hanson Concrete Prcxlucts Drawin No. 35-0048-00 1
Press-Seal Gasket C 250-4G Gasket
l.adtcch Inc HOPE Ad "ustment R.in
Canusa -CPS Wra idScal Manhole Enca sulation S tern
Flowtitc
1001
Western Iron Works Bass & Ha Foun 30024
A 24 AM
R-1272
NF 1274
MH-144N
MH-143N
Pont-A-Mousson GTS-STD
Neenah Castin
Hin cd Ductile Iron Manhole
REJ2-R8FS
Vl432-2 and V l483 Desi ns
MHl65 1F\VN & Ml-1 16502
MHJ 2FfWSS-DC
Accucast 220700 Hea Out with Gasket Rin
30" ERGO XL Assem bly
East Jordan Iron Works with Cam Lock/MPIC/T-Gaskct
srr In dustries 2280 32"
CAP-ONE-30-FTW, Composi te, w/ l..oclc
Com itc Access Products L.P. w/o Hin
Trumbull Manufacturin 32" JO" Frame and Cover
Pont-A-Mousson Pamti ht
Neenah Castin
Western Iron Works Bas s & Ha Faun 300-241'
McKinl I.rm Works Inc. WPA24AM
Accucast RC-2 100
SIP Scram e Industries Private Ltd. 300-24-23.75 Rin and Cover
~ ........... ,-1:"\.1
33 39 10 Manhole Precast Concrete H o Conduit C SPL Item #49
33 39 10 Manhole Prccast Concrete Wall Concrete Pi Co. Inc.
09n3!96 33 39 10 Manhole Precast Concrete 48" 1.0. Manhole w/ 32" Cone
05/08118 33 39 10 Manhole Precast Concrete 48 " 60" 1.0. Manhole w/ 32" Cone
10n7/06 33 39 10 48" 1.0. Manhole w/ 24" Cone
06/09/10 33 39 10 US Com Reinforced Pol er Concrete
09106/19 33 3920 Manhole Precast Concrete 60" & 72" l.D. Manhole w/32" Cone
10/07/2 1 32 39 20 48" 1.0. Manhole w/32" Cone
10/07n l 33 3920 Manhole Prccast Annorock 48• & 60• 1.0. Manhole w/32" Cone
10/07/2 1 33 39 20 Prcdl S tcms 48" & 60" 1.0. Manhole w/32" Cone
adcx
04/23/01
4 n 0/0 I
5/12/03
08130/06
s ,a
Sun Coast
Coa.tin for Corrosion rOlection ::.xtcrior ERTECI-I Series 20230 and 2 100 A hatic Emulsion
Coa.ti n s for Corrosion Protection Chesterton
.,/2006 Coati n s for Corrosion Protection Warren Environmental
08/30/06 Coati n s for Corrosion Protection Citadel
33 05 16, 33 39 10,
03/19/18 33 39 20 Cootin for Corrosion rotection ~xterior Sherwi n Williams
• From Or iginal Standard Products List
ASTM 0 2240/04 12/0792
ASTM C-443/C-36I
ASTM 3753
ASTM A48 & AASlffO M3 06
ASTM A48 & AASl-ITO M306
ASTM A48 & AASlffO MJ06
ASTM A48 & AASHTO MJ06
ASTMA536
AASI-ITO MJ06-04
ASSITTO M I 05 & ASTM A536
ASTMA48
ASTM A 48
ASTM A 48
ASTM C478
ASTM C443
ASTM C478
ASTM C478
ASTM C478
ASTMC-76
ASTM C-76
ASTMC-77
ASTM 058 13
ASTM 0639nJ790
Acid Resisw,cc Test
Upd ated : 03/29/2022
SSMH
Traffic and Non -1.raffic area
Non-traffic area
Non -traffic area
24"x40" WO
24" Dia.
24" Dia.
24" Dia.
24" Dia.
30" Dia.
30" dia.
24" dia.
24" dia.
30" Dia.
30" Dia.
30" Di a
30" Dia
30" Dia
30" Dia
30" Dia.
30" Dia.
JO" Dia.
24" Dia.
24" Dia.
24" Dia.
48"
48"
48" w/32" cone
48" 60"
48" Diam w 24" Rin
60" & 72"
48"
48" & 6()·
48" & 60" Non Traffic Areas
Misc. Use
For Exterior Coa.ting of Concrete
StructuresOnl
For Exterior Coa.ti ng of Concrete
Structures On!
CITY OF FORT WORTH
WATER DEPARTMENT
STANDARD PRODUCT LIST
Updated : 03/29/2022
N All t ' . •• • • ' • . ' •• h 15 . h d" h II b d f b th W t D rtm t ·r, b S . I b dd" df . -
Appro, al Spec "Jo. Classsitication \fanufacturer \lodcl :\"o. '.'.ational Spec Size
3305 13 Manhole Insert Knutson Ent rises
3305 13 Manhole Insert South Western Pack.a in
3305 13 Manhole Insert Noflow-lnflow
09nJ/96 33 05 13 Manhole Insert Southwestern Packin & Seals Inc.
09nJ/96 33 05 13 Manhole Insert Southwestern Packin & Seals Inc.
~ -.• • I• J
11/04/02 Steel Ba nd Casing Spacers Advanced Products and Systems, l nc.
02/02/93 Stainless Steel Casing Spacer Advanced Products an d Systems, Inc.
04/22/87 Casing Spacers Cascade Watc-wcrks Manufacturing
09/14/10 Stainless Steel Casing Spaffl" Pipeline Seal and Insulator
09/14 /10 Coated Steel Casin Spacers Pipeline Sca1 and Insulator
0S/10/1 1 Stainless Steel Casing Spaffl" Powcrseal
03/19/18 Casing Spacers BWM
03/19/18 Casing Spacers BWM
03/29/22 33 05 13 Casing Spacers CCI Pipeline Syacm1
33 11 10 Ductile Iron Pipe Griffin Pipe Products, Co.
osn411s 33 11 10 Ductile Iron Pi American Ductile Iron Pi Co.
osn411s 33 11 10 Ductile Iron Pi American Ductile Iron Pi Co.
33 11 10 Ductile Iron Pipe U.S. Pipe and Foundry Co.
33 11 10 Ductile Iron Pipe Mc Wane Cast Iron Pipe Co.
02/25/02 Sauerciscn Inc
12/14 /0 1 Ertcch Technical Coatin s
04/14/05 Coatin lnduron
0 1/3 1/06 Chesterton
8/28/2006 Warren Environmental
05n 511s A.R.I. USA Inc.
1n1191
03/22/10
04/09/2 1
4/14/05
06/09/10
12/02/11 Pipclifc Jetstream
10/22/14 Royal Building Products
• From Original St andard Products List
Made to Order • Plastic
Made to Order• Plastic
Made 10 Order -Plastic
LifoSaver -Stain less Stoel
Tcthcrlok -Sla inlcss Steel
Carbon Steel Spacers, Model SI
Stainless Steel Spacer, Model SSI
Casing Spacers
Stain less Steel Casing Spacer
Coated Steel Casin S pacers
48 10 Power chock
SS-12 Casing S paccr(Stain less Steel)
FB-12 Casing Spacer (Coated Carbon Steel)
for Nc.i_pressurc Pipe and Grouted Casing
csc 12, CSS 11
Super Bcl\-Tite Ductile Iron Pressure Pipe,
American Fastitc Pi (Bell S i ot)
American Flex Rin (Restrained Joint
ScwerGard 21 ORS
Ertcch 2030 and 2 100 Series
Protccto401
Arc 791 SIHB SI S2
S-301 and M-30 1
D025L TP02 Com itc Bod
PVC Pressure Pipe
Royal Sca1 PVC Pressure Pipe
ASTM D 1248
ASTM D 1248
ASTM D 1248
AWWA C150 C ISI
AWWA C 150, CISI
AWWA C 150, C ISI
A\VWA Cl50, C ISI
AWWA Cl 50, Cl51
LA Count #210-1.33
ASTM B-1 17
Acid Resistance Test
ASTM C 76
ASTMC76
ASTM C 76
ASTM C76
PIM Co . Piscata Wa N.J.
Houston Texas
Cal Canada
ASTM 03262/03754
ASTM 03261/03754
ASTM 03262/03754
ASTM C33 A276 F4 77
ASTM C-76
ASTM D 1248
ASTM D 1248
ASTM D 1248
ASTM D 1248
AWWAC900
AWWAC900
For24• dia.
For24" dia.
For24" dia.
Foc24" dia.
For 24" dia
Up to48"
Upto48"
Up to48"
3"thru 24"
4" lhru 30"
4" lhru 30"
Ductile Iron Pi Onl
Sewer A lications
Scwo-A lications
2"
8" to I Or Class V
8"
8"
8"
4•rnru ,r
4• thru 12"
12123/97•
33-3 1-20
01 /18/18 33-3 1-20
1 1/11 /98 33-31-20
33-3 1-20
09/11/12 33-31-20
05/06/05 33-31-20
04n 1l06 33-31-20 PVC Sewer Fittings
33-31-20 PVC Sewer Fiuings
3119no18 33 31 20 PVC Sewer Pi
J/l 9n 0 18 33 J I 20 PVC Sewer Pi
Jn9n0l 9 33 JI 20
1on 1no20 33 3 1 20 PVC Sewer Pi
1omn o20 33 3 1 20 PVC Sewer Pi
10/21/2020 33 31 20 PVC Sewer Pi
Cured in Place Pi
0S/03/99 Cured in Place Pi
05n9l96 Cured in Place Pi
1 1/03/98
12/04/00
06/09/03
6/9 1
.0/10
11 /10/10
0S/16/1 1
0 1/18/18
08n8/02
07 3/12
10/27/87
10n7/87
5n5no1 8 33-12-10 Curb St s-Ball Meter Valves
sns12018 33-1 2-10 Curb St -Ball Meter Valves
S/25/20 18 33-12-10 Curb St s-Ball Meter Valves
sns120 18 33-1 2-IO Curb St s-Ball Meter Valves
5nsno 18 33-12-10 Curb St -Ball Meter Valves
S/2S/20 18 33-12-10 Curb St s-Ball Meter Valves
0 1/26/00
0/S/21/12 33-12-25
OJ/29m 33--12-25
0S/10/1 1
02/29/12 33-12-2S
02/29/12 33-12-25
02/29/12 33-12-25
05/l0/11
08/30/06
Concrete Meter Box
• From Original Sta ndard Prod ucts list
CITY OF FORT WORTH
WAT ER DEPARTMENT
STANDARD PRODUCT LIST
Diamond Plastics Corporation
Harco
Plastic Traidl, hK:.(Wc,llue)
Pi li fe Jct Stream
Pi life Jct Stream
R olds lnc/lnliner Tcchnol
Romac
Smith Blair
Mueller Com an
McDonald
Ford Meter Box Co. lnc.
Ford Meter Box Co. Inc.
Ford Meter Box Co. In c.
Mueller Co. Ltd..
Mueller Co. Ltd..
Mueller Co. Ltd..
JCM Industries Inc.
JC M Industries, Inc.
JCM lDdultri lac.
Powerscal
Romac
Rom ac
Rom,c
Powerscal
DFW Pl astics Inc.
DFW Plastics In c.
DFWPlastics lnc.
Bass & ~la
Bass & Ha
Bass & Ha
SDR-26
Gravit Sewer
"S" Gravit Sewer Pi
SOR 26/35 PS 11 5/46
SDR-26 and SOR-35
SOR 26/35 PS 11 S/46
SDR-26 and SDR-35 Gasket Fittin s
Gaskctcd PVC Sewer Main Fiuin s
SDRJS
SDR 26
SOR 26
SDR 26
SDR 26
SOR 26/35 PS 1 1 S/46
National Liner SPL Item #27
ln li ncr Tcchnol
lnsituform "NuPI "
Ultrali ner PVC All Pi liner
EX Method
SaniTitc l·IP Double Wall Corru atcd
46038 46048 6 100M 6JOOTM and 6101M
FB600-7NL, FBl 600-7-NI.., FV23-777-W-NL,
L22-77NL
F8600-6-NL, FBl600-6-NL, FV23-666-W-
N L22-66NL
FB600-4-NL, F81 600-4-N I.,. Bl 1-444-WR-
NL 9 22444-WR-N L28-44NL
B-25000N, B-24277N-3 , B-20200N-3, H-
15000N H-I SS2 N 1·11 42276N
B-2SOOON , B-20200N-3, B-24277N-3Jl-
15000N H-1 4276N H-1552SN
B-25000N, 8-20200N-3,H-15000N , H-
155J0N
SST Stainless Steel
SST Ill Stainless Steel
3232 Bell Joint R ·r C lam
DFW37C-l2-IEPAF ITW
DFW39C-12-IEPAF ITW
DFW6SC-1 4-IEPAF FTW
C MB37-B12 11 18 UD-9
C MB-18-Dual 14 16 LID-9
CMB65-865 1527 LID-9
ASTM D 3034
ASTM F 789
ASTM D3034
ASTM F 679
ASTM F 679
ASTMF--679
ASTM F-679
ASTM IJ..3034 D-1784 etc
ASTM D3034
ASTM F679
ASTM D3034
ASTM D3034/F-679
ASTM D3034
ASTM 0 3034
ASTM F-679
ASTM F 1216
ASTM F-1216/D-5813
ASTM F 12 16
ASTM F-1504
ASTM F-1 504 187 1 1867
ASTM F-1 504 F-1947
ASTM F 679
ASTM F 679
ASTM F 2736
ASTM F 2764
ASTM F 2562
AWWAC800
AWWAC800
AWWAC800
AWWA C800
AWWA C800
AWWA C800, ANSF 61 ,
ANSI/NSF 372
AWWA C 800, ANSF 6 1,
ANSI/NSF 372
AWWA C 800, A NSF 6 1,
ANSl/NSF 372
A WWAC-223
AWWA C-223
AWWAC-223
AWWA C-223
AWWA C-223
Updated : 03 /29/2022
4 " thru 15 "
4 " thru 15 "
4" thru 15"
18" io27"
18" -28"
18"
18" to48"
4" -15"
18"-24"
4"-15"
4"-15"
4 " -15"
4"-15"
18"-36"
Demo. Pu e Onl
U to 18"diamctcr
18" to 48"
24"-30"
30" to60"
24" to 72"
1"-2" SVC u to 24" Pi
1"-2"SVC u to24"Pi
3/4 " and I"
1½" and r
2"
I "
2"
U to 42" w/24" Oul
U to 24" w/12" Out
U to 30" w/12" Out
Class"A"
10/01/87
03/3 1/88 E-1-12
09130/87 E-1-12
01/12/93 E-1-12
08/24/88 E-1-12
E-1-12
09 4/87 E-1-12
10/14/87 E-1-1 2
01 /15/88 El-12
10 /09/87 E-1-1 2
09/16/87 E-1-1 2
08 /12/16
0210S/93
~-''
0 1/18/18 33-1 1-12 PVC Pressure Pi
3/19/2018 33 11 12 PVC Pressure Pi
3/19/20 18 33 11 12 PVC Pressure Pi
snsno 18 33 II 12 PVC Pressure Pi
5/25/201 8 33 11 12 PVC Pressure Pi
12/6/1018 33 11 12 PV C Pressure Pipe
12/6/2018 33 1 1 12 PV C Pressure Pipe
9/6/2019 33 11 12 PVC Pressure Pipe
9/6/20 19 33 11 12 PVC Pressure Pipe
9/6/20 19 33 11 12 PVC Pressure Pipe
9/6/2019 33 11 12 PVC Pressure Pipe
07123192 El-07 Ductile Iron Fillings
E l-07 Ductile Iron Fitti n
E l-07 Ductile Iron Fi tti n s
08/1 1/98 El-07 Ductile Iron Fitti n s
02/26/14 E l -07 MJ Fiuin s
05/14/98 El-07 Ductile lroo Joi nt R~ainls
05/14/98 E l -24 PVC Joint Restraints
1 1/09/04 El -07
02/29/12 33-11 -11
02/29/12 33-11-11
0810S/04 El -07 vc
03/06/19 33-11-11 vc
0810S/04 El-07 vc
08/10/98 El-07
10/12/10 El -24
08116106 El-07
11 /07/16 33-11-1 I Mechanical Joint Retainer Glands
1 1/07/1 6 33-11 -1 I Mechanical Joint Retainer Glands
03/19/18 33-11-11 Mechanical Joi nt Retai ner Glands
03/19/18 33-1 1-1 I Mechanical Joint Retainer Glands
03/19/18 33-11-11 Mechanical Joint Retai ner Glands
• From Origina l Standard Products List
CITY OF FORT WORTH
WATER DEPARTME T
STAND ARD PROD UCT LI ST
Multi lex Manufacturin Co.
Valve and Primer C
EJ
Ames Com an
Ha
Vin ltcch PVC Pi
Pi life Jet Stream
Pi life Jct Slrca.m
Diamond Plaslics C ation
Diamond Plastics C tion
J-M Manufacturing Co., Inc dlb/a JM Eagle
J-M Manufacturing Co., Inc d/b,'a JM Eagle
Underground Solutions Inc.
NAPCO(Wowakc)
NAPCO(W..Uakc)
Sanderson Pipe Corp.
Star Pipe Products, In c.
Ford Meter Box Co./Un i-Ftan c
Ford Meter Box Co./1.fo i-Flan c
One Bolt Inc.
EBAA Iron Inc.
SIP lnduslries(Scnunporc)
SIP lnduslries(Scramporc)
Crispin A ir and Vacuum Valves, Model No.
APCO #143C #145C and #147C
Shop Drawings No. 6461
A-423 Centurion
Model 1000 Detector Check Valve
Ma ctic Drive Vertical
DR14
DR14
DRl 8
DR 14
DR 18
DR 14
DR 18
OR l4 Fusible PVC
DR18
DR l4
DR14
Mechan ical Joint Fittings
Mechanical Joint Fittin s
Mechanical Joint Fitti ngs, SS B Clau 350
Mechanical Joint Fitti ngs, SSB Class 351
C lass 350 C-153 MJ Fittings
Uni-Fl ange Series 1400
Uni-Flange Series 1500 Ci rcle-Lock
One Bolt Restrai ned Joint Fitting
Mcgalug Series 1100 (for DI Pipe)
Mcgalug Series 2000 (for PVC Pipe)
Sigma Ono-Lok SLC4 -SLC I 0
Sigma One-Lok SLCS4. SLCSl2
Sigma One-Lok SLCE
Sigma One-Lok SLDE
Bulldog System ( Diamond Lok 21 & JM
Mechanical Join1 Fillings
PVC Stargrip Series 4000
DIP Swgrip Series 3000
EZ Grip Joint Restraint (EZD) Black For DIP
EZ Grip Joint Restraint (E.ZO) Red for-C900
DR 14 PVC Pipe
EZ Grip Joint Resin.int (EZO) Red for C900
DR 18 PVC Pipe
AWWA C-502
AWWA C-502
AWWAC.502
AWWA C-502
AWWA C-502
AWWA C-502
AWWA C-S02
AWWAC-502
AWWAC-502
A\VWA C-502
AWWA C-502
AWWA C550
AWWA C701 C lass I
AWWA C900, AWWA C605,
ASTM Dl784
AWWAC900
AWWA C900
A\VWA C900
AWWA C900
AWWA C900-l6
UL 1285
ANSI/NSF 61
FM 1612
AWWA C900-16
UL 1285
A NSI/NSF 61
FMl612
A\VWAC900
AWWA C900
AWWA C900
A \VWA C900
AWWACl53&CJI0
AWWACII0
AWWA C 153 C II0 C III
AWWA C 153 C I I0 C\12
AWWA C l 53
AWWA C III/Cl53
AWWA C l I I/C l53
AWWA C l I I/C l 16/Cl 53
AWWA C l I I/C l 16/C l 53
AWWA C l I I/C l l &C l53
AWWA C l I I/C l53
AWWA C l 1 I/Cl53
AWWA Cl I I/Cl53
AWWA C l 53
ASTM F-1624
AWWA C l 53
ASTM A536 AWWA C l 11
ASTM A536 AWWA C l 11
ASTM A536 A\VWA C l 1 1
ASTM A536A\VWA C l 11
ASTM A536 A\VWA C l 11
Updated: 03/29/2022
4" -10"
3/4" -6"
4"-12"
4"-1 2"
16"-24"
4"-28"
16"-24"
4"-8"
16" • 24"
4"-12"
4"-12"
4" to 36"
4" lO 12"
4" to42"
4" 10 24"
4" to 10 "
4" to 12"
12" to24"
4" -24"
4" to 12"
4" to24"
3"-48 "
4"-12"
16"-24"
FORT WOR TH ..
~
12/13/02
08/31/99
05118/99
1Dn4/00 El-26
08/05/04
05123191 E l-26
Oln4l02 El-26
El-26 Resilient Seated Gate Valve
E l-26 Resilient Seated Ga1c Valve
E l-26 Res ilient Seated Gate Valve
11 /08199 Resilient Wed e Gate Val ve
01123/03 Resilient Wed c Gate Valve
05/13/05 Resilient Wed c Gate Valve
01 /3 1/06 Resil ient Wed c Gate Valve
0 1n8/88 E l-26 Resilient Wed c Gate Valve
10/04/9:4 Resilient Wed c Gate Valve
11 /08/99 E l-26 Resilient Wed c Gate Valve
11 n 9104 Resilient Wed c Gate Valve
11/30/12 Resilient Wed c Gate Valve
05/08/9 1 E l-26 Resilient Seated Gate Valve
E l -26 Resilient Seated Gate Valve
10/26116 33-12-20 Resili ent Seated Gate Valve
08/24/18 Mateo Gate Valve
CITY OF FORT WORTH
WATER DEPARTMENT
ST ANDA RD PRODUCT LIST
American Flow Control
American Flow Control
American Flow Control
American Flow Conlrol
American A VK Com an
American A VK Com an
Kenned
M&l·I
Mueller Co.
Mueller Co. Series A236 1 SD 6647
Mueller Co. Series A2360 for 18"-24" SD 6709
Mueller Co. Muel ler 30" &36" C-5 15
Mueller Co. Mucll cr42"&48" C-5 15
Clow Valve Co.
Clow Valve Co. 16" RS GV SD D-20995
Clow Valve Co. Clow RW Val ve SD 0-21652
C low Valve Co. Clow 30" & 36" C-5 15
C low Valve Co. Clow Valve Model 2638
Stockham Valves & Fittings
U.S.Pi and Foun Co. Mctr015e&I 250 r uircmcnl5 SPL #74
EJ East Jonian Iron Works EJ FlowMutcr Gate Valve & Bou.11
Matco-Norca 225 MR
~~:'rJ•3l~
El-30 Rubber Seated Buuern Valve
E l-30 Rubber Seated Buuc:rn Valve
E l -30 Rubber Seated Buucrn Valve
E l-30 Valmatic American Buucrn Valve
07 El-30 Rubber Seated Butterfl Valve
33 12 2 1 Rubbcr Seated Buttcrfl Valve
1on 1n o Autcmatcd Fl ushin S tern
04109n, Autcmatcd Flushing System
04l09nl Autcmated Flushing System
• Fro m Origina l Standard Products List
Hen Pratt Co.
Flex.sol Pac.lea in
Mountain States Pl astics MSP and AEP ln d.
AEP Industries
Northtown Products Inc.
Water Plus
Mueller H uard
Kupfcrle Foundry Company
Kupferle Foundry Company
Valmatic American Buttcrfl Valve.
M&H St e4500 & 1450
AWWA C504 Buttcrfl Valve
Fulton Ent rises
Standard Hardware
Bullstron CowtO\\n Bolt & Gasket
PE Encasement for DIP
820 Water Sam lin Station
HG6-A-TN-2-BRN-LPRR(Portable)
I-IG2-A-IN-2-PVC-018-LPLG crmanenl
Eclipse #9800wc
Ecl ipse #9700 (Portable)
AWWA C 515
AWWACS IS
AWWAC5 15
A\VWAC51 5
AWWAC51 5
AWWAC509
AWWACS IS
A\VWA C5 15
A\VWAC5 15
A\VWAC51 5
AWWAC509
AWWAC5 15
AWWAC51 5
AWWACSIS
AWWA C515
AWWA C 509, ANSI 420-stcm,
ASTM A 276 Type 304 -&lls &
AWWN A NSI C l 15/An21.15
AWWA C-504
AWWAC-504
AWWAC-504
AWWA C-504
AWWAC-504
A\VWACIOS
AWWAC IOS
AWWA C I05
AWWA C IOS
Updated: 03 /29/2022
16"
4" to 12"
42" and 48"
20" and smaller
4" -1 2"
4" -12"
4" • 12"
16"
24" and smaller
30" and 36"
42" and 48"
4" -12"
16"
24" and smaller
30" and 36" ote 3
24" to 48" ote 3
4" • 12"
3" to 16"
4" to 16"
24"
24" and lar er
U to 84 " diameter
24" 10 48"
30"-54"
8mil LLD
8mil LLD
8mil U..D
8mil U..D